diff --git a/CHANGES b/CHANGES index ea3f7ac2d..e7d43d037 100644 --- a/CHANGES +++ b/CHANGES @@ -1,3 +1,54 @@ +2009-12-27 + Benjamin Jemlich + 69a05b8 Small fixes for the german translation + 1c2a5b3 Change some translated strings + + Thorvald Natvig + a42f160 Set uiAccess to true + eac3c5a Allow spotify links + 107aedb No, really, use short instead of char + 075098e Listen to IPv4 explicitly if IPV6_V6ONLY is 1 + 357e016 Fix bandwidth monitor to handle larger frame sizes + + zentriple + b24f793 Danish translation for 1.2 + +2009-12-26 + Tuck Therebelos + 2566014 Linkcheck is different if loading movies + 87ec3c5 Fix BF2 link bug; improved context address + 98cd01e Update MW2; remove useless context + +2009-12-25 + Natenom + 60ca8ee Added some new translations for 1.2.1 + +2009-12-24 + Stefan Hacker + 7a058a9 Add possibility to attenuate other applications while talking + a7a18de Show talking state in tray icon + + Benjamin Jemlich + b39f73b Remove the flags column and draw the flags icons right aligned + a6a4bba Fix 11x compile error + e2568ea Added/Fixed accelerator keys and tab ordering + f3a3d1d Add channel join action to context menu + 4a45dd8 Fix TTS output for user links + + Tuck Therebelos + 9f48958 TF2 update + +2009-12-23 + Thorvald Natvig + 27ad7ea Update Qt license text + 8389b64 Print a big, fat warning if resource limits indicate + insuficient descriptors are available + c360c5c Update path to G15SDK 3.04 + +2009-12-22 + Thorvald Natvig + 20e65f8 Automatic certificate creation with backup and restore + 2009-12-21 Stefan Hacker bb55b37 Fix current index on item move + chatbar default text update @@ -7,6 +58,7 @@ 6da2259 update wow plugin Benjamin Jemlich + c25a624 Fix joined server link for registered users 9f19fe4 Fixed typos and missing types in log messages. fa8a98d Change getPathToChannel to return a QString instead of modifing it's arguments @@ -56,6 +108,9 @@ Stefan Hacker c421faf Fix faulty function call in phpBB3auth.py + Kissaki + f5260da indendation fix, normalization + Benjamin Jemlich 9d16137 Set correct target for the last whisper frame @@ -515,6 +570,9 @@ Álvaro Manuel Recio Pérez 0bfaea9 Updated Spanish translation. + Benjamin Jemlich + 5f8aedf Add tasklist entries for recent connections + meanracoon 6db9fb1 Dutch Installer Translation diff --git a/installer/MumbleDanish.nsh b/installer/MumbleDanish.nsh index a04c8288d..389588ec8 100644 --- a/installer/MumbleDanish.nsh +++ b/installer/MumbleDanish.nsh @@ -1,44 +1,44 @@ -; By Thorvald Natvig - -LangString MUMBLE_CREATE_SHORTCUT ${LANG_DANISH} "Opret genvej p skrivebordet" -LangString MUMBLE_DONATE ${LANG_DANISH} "Donr til Mumble projektet" -LangString MUMBLE_TERMINATE_DBUS ${LANG_DANISH} "DBus-dmonen, som Mumble bruger, krer i jeblikket. Afslut dmonen s den kan blive opdateret?" -LangString MUMBLE_NO_SSE ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble krver SSE, som er en funktion, der kun er tilgngelig p Intel Pentium III, AMD Athlon XP og nyere processorer. SSE blev ikke detekteret p din processor, og derfor vil Mumble sansynligvis ikke fungere. nsker du stadig at installere Mumble?" -LangString MUMBLE_NO_XP ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble vil kun virke p Windows XP SP2 eller nyere. Et ldre og ikke kompatibelt operativsystem blev detekteret, og derfor vil Mumble sansynligvis ikke fungere. nsker du stadig at installere Mumble?" -LangString MUMBLE_START ${LANG_DANISH} "Start Mumble" - -; For the start menu -LangString MUMBLE_README_LNK ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble Lsmig" -LangString MUMBLE_LICENSE_LNK ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble Licens" -LangString MUMBLE_QT_LNK ${LANG_DANISH} "Qt Licens" -LangString MUMBLE_SPEEX_LNK ${LANG_DANISH} "Speex Licens" -LangString MUMBLE_UNINSTALL_LNK ${LANG_DANISH} "Afinstaller Mumble" -LangString MUMBLE_COMPAT_LNK ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble (Bagudkompatibel)" - -; Install types -LangString INSTALL_FULL ${LANG_DANISH} "Fuld" -LangString INSTALL_CLIENT ${LANG_DANISH} "Kun klient" -LangString INSTALL_SERVER ${LANG_DANISH} "Kun server" - -; Install sections -LangString MUMBLE_SEC_MUMBLE ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble (klient)" -LangString MUMBLE_SEC_MUMBLE11X ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble (Bagudkompatibel klient)" -LangString MUMBLE_SEC_MURMUR ${LANG_DANISH} "Murmur (server)" -LangString MUMBLE_SEC_BONJOUR ${LANG_DANISH} "Bonjour for Windows" -LangString DESC_SectionMumble ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble-klienten, som du behver for at kunne oprette forbindelse til en server." -LangString DESC_SectionMumble11X ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble-klienten til at oprette forbindelse til ldre servere." -LangString DESC_SectionMurmur ${LANG_DANISH} "Serveren for Mumble. Inkluderer alt hvad der er ndvendigt for at kre din egen server." -LangString DESC_SectionBonjour ${LANG_DANISH} "Bonjour annoncerer og opdager Murmur-servere p dit LAN-netvrk. This will download and run the Bonjour installer." - -; Uninstall sections -LangString MUMBLE_UNSEC_BASE ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble og Murmur" -LangString MUMBLE_UNSEC_ALL ${LANG_DANISH} "Indstillinger og databaser" -LangString DESC_SectionUninstBase ${LANG_DANISH} "Afinstallerer Mumble og Murmur programmerne" -LangString DESC_SectionUninstAll ${LANG_DANISH} "Afinstallerer alle spor af Mumble og Murmur, inklusiv indstillinger og databaser." - -; Already installed -LangString MUMBLE_ALREADY_INSTALLED ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble er allerede installeret. Det anbefales at du frst afinstallerer den nuvrende version, fr du installerer. Vlg operationen du nsker at udfre og klik Nste for at fortstte." -LangString MUMBLE_ALREADY_INSTALLED_HEAD ${LANG_DANISH} "Allerede installeret" -LangString MUMBLE_ALREADY_INSTALLED_SUBTEXT ${LANG_DANISH} "Vlg hvordan du vil installere Mumble." -LangString MUMBLE_UNINSTALL ${LANG_DANISH} "Afinstaller fr installering" +; By Thorvald Natvig + +LangString MUMBLE_CREATE_SHORTCUT ${LANG_DANISH} "Opret genvej p skrivebordet" +LangString MUMBLE_DONATE ${LANG_DANISH} "Donr til Mumble projektet" +LangString MUMBLE_TERMINATE_DBUS ${LANG_DANISH} "DBus-dmonen, som Mumble bruger, krer i jeblikket. Afslut dmonen s den kan blive opdateret?" +LangString MUMBLE_NO_SSE ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble krver SSE, som er en funktion, der kun er tilgngelig p Intel Pentium III, AMD Athlon XP og nyere processorer. SSE blev ikke detekteret p din processor, og derfor vil Mumble sansynligvis ikke fungere. nsker du stadig at installere Mumble?" +LangString MUMBLE_NO_XP ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble vil kun virke p Windows XP SP2 eller nyere. Et ldre og ikke kompatibelt operativsystem blev detekteret, og derfor vil Mumble sansynligvis ikke fungere. nsker du stadig at installere Mumble?" +LangString MUMBLE_START ${LANG_DANISH} "Start Mumble" + +; For the start menu +LangString MUMBLE_README_LNK ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble Lsmig" +LangString MUMBLE_LICENSE_LNK ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble Licens" +LangString MUMBLE_QT_LNK ${LANG_DANISH} "Qt Licens" +LangString MUMBLE_SPEEX_LNK ${LANG_DANISH} "Speex Licens" +LangString MUMBLE_UNINSTALL_LNK ${LANG_DANISH} "Afinstaller Mumble" +LangString MUMBLE_COMPAT_LNK ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble (Bagudkompatibel)" + +; Install types +LangString INSTALL_FULL ${LANG_DANISH} "Fuld" +LangString INSTALL_CLIENT ${LANG_DANISH} "Kun klient" +LangString INSTALL_SERVER ${LANG_DANISH} "Kun server" + +; Install sections +LangString MUMBLE_SEC_MUMBLE ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble (klient)" +LangString MUMBLE_SEC_MUMBLE11X ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble (Bagudkompatibel klient)" +LangString MUMBLE_SEC_MURMUR ${LANG_DANISH} "Murmur (server)" +LangString MUMBLE_SEC_BONJOUR ${LANG_DANISH} "Bonjour for Windows" +LangString DESC_SectionMumble ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble-klienten, som du behver for at kunne oprette forbindelse til en server." +LangString DESC_SectionMumble11X ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble-klienten til at oprette forbindelse til ldre servere." +LangString DESC_SectionMurmur ${LANG_DANISH} "Serveren for Mumble. Inkluderer alt hvad der er ndvendigt for at kre din egen server." +LangString DESC_SectionBonjour ${LANG_DANISH} "Bonjour annoncerer og opdager Murmur-servere p dit LAN-netvrk. This will download and run the Bonjour installer." + +; Uninstall sections +LangString MUMBLE_UNSEC_BASE ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble og Murmur" +LangString MUMBLE_UNSEC_ALL ${LANG_DANISH} "Indstillinger og databaser" +LangString DESC_SectionUninstBase ${LANG_DANISH} "Afinstallerer Mumble og Murmur programmerne" +LangString DESC_SectionUninstAll ${LANG_DANISH} "Afinstallerer alle spor af Mumble og Murmur, inklusiv indstillinger og databaser." + +; Already installed +LangString MUMBLE_ALREADY_INSTALLED ${LANG_DANISH} "Mumble er allerede installeret. Det anbefales at du frst afinstallerer den nuvrende version, fr du installerer. Vlg operationen du nsker at udfre og klik Nste for at fortstte." +LangString MUMBLE_ALREADY_INSTALLED_HEAD ${LANG_DANISH} "Allerede installeret" +LangString MUMBLE_ALREADY_INSTALLED_SUBTEXT ${LANG_DANISH} "Vlg hvordan du vil installere Mumble." +LangString MUMBLE_UNINSTALL ${LANG_DANISH} "Afinstaller fr installering" LangString MUMBLE_NO_UNINSTALL ${LANG_DANISH} "Afinstaller ikke" \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/plugins/bf2/bf2.cpp b/plugins/bf2/bf2.cpp index deca629ad..83f7617b9 100644 --- a/plugins/bf2/bf2.cpp +++ b/plugins/bf2/bf2.cpp @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ static int fetch(float *avatar_pos, float *avatar_front, float *avatar_top, floa char state; char logincheck; bool ok; - + ok = peekProc((BYTE *) 0x30058642, &logincheck, 1); if (! ok) return false; diff --git a/src/mumble/TaskList.h b/src/mumble/TaskList.h index 6f4512f3f..b420ea6af 100644 --- a/src/mumble/TaskList.h +++ b/src/mumble/TaskList.h @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ #define TASK_LIST_H class TaskList { -public: - static void addToRecentList(QString name, QString host, int port); + public: + static void addToRecentList(QString name, QString host, int port); }; #endif // TASK_LIST_H diff --git a/src/mumble/mumble_cs.ts b/src/mumble/mumble_cs.ts index cb5b4e650..36f57b99c 100644 --- a/src/mumble/mumble_cs.ts +++ b/src/mumble/mumble_cs.ts @@ -8,118 +8,112 @@ Mumble - upravit ACL pro %1 - + Active ACLs Aktivní pravidla ACL - + Context Kontext - + User/Group Uživatel/skupina - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a '!', its membership is negated, and if it starts with a '~', it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in.<br />If a group name starts with a '#', it is interpreted as an access token. Users must have entered whatever follows the '#' in their list of access tokens to match. This can be used for very simple password access to channels for non-authenticated users.<br />If a group name starts with a '$', it will only match users whose certificate hash matches what follows the '$'.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for '<i>sub,0,0,0</i>').<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for '<i>!sub,0,0,0</i>').<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. - + Permissions Oprávnění - - + Group Skupina - - + Members Členové - + &Add Přid&at - + &Remove Odst&ranit - + &Up Nahor&u - + &Down &Ðolů - + Inherit ACLs Zdědit ACL - + Applies to this channel Použít pro tento kanál - + Applies to sub-channels Použít pro kanály umístěné v tomto kanále - + User ID Uživatelovo ID - + Deny Zakázat - + Allow Povolit - - - + Remove Odstranit - + Inherit Zdědit - + Inheritable Děditelné - + Inherited Zděděno - - - + Add Přidat @@ -128,12 +122,12 @@ Přidat k odstranění - + &Groups S&kupiny - + &ACL &ACL @@ -162,108 +156,103 @@ Toto tlačítko způsobí, že okno bude zavřeno, aniž by se upravily záznamy ACL nebo skupin na serveru. - + List of entries Seznam položek - + Inherit ACL of parent? Zdědit ACL mateřského kanálu? - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. Nastavuje, jestli ACL nadřazeného kanálu bude aplikováno na tento objekt. Zděděny mohou být pouze položky označené v nadřazeném kanálu jako "aplikovat na podkanály". - + Add new entry Přidat záznam - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. - + Remove entry Odstranit záznam - + This removes the currently selected entry. Odstraní vybraný záznam. - + Move entry up Přesunout záznam nahoru - - Properties - - - - + Name Jméno - + Enter the channel name here. - + <b>Name</b><br>Enter the channel name in this field. The name has to comply with the restriction imposed by the server you are connected to. - + Description - + Password - + Enter the channel password here. - + <b>Password</b><br>This field allows you to easily set and change the password of a channel. In the background it uses Mumble's access tokens feature. To allow more fine grained and powerful access control directly use ACLs and groups instead (<i>Advanced configuration</i> has to be checked to be able to see these settings). - + Check to create a temporary channel. - + <b>Temporary</b><br> When checked the channel created will be marked as temporary. This means when the last player leaves it the channel will be automatically deleted by the server. - + Temporary - + Channel positioning facility value - + <b>Position</b><br/> This value enables you to change the way Mumble arranges the channels in the tree. A channel with a higher <i>Position</i> value will always be placed below one with a lower value and the other way around. If the <i>Position</i> value of two channels is equal they will get sorted alphabetically by their name. <b>Position</b><br/> @@ -271,12 +260,12 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre - + Position Umístění - + <b>Group</b><br> These are all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. <b>Group</b><br> @@ -284,183 +273,183 @@ This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, - + Add new group - + <b>Add</b><br/> Add a new group. - + <b>Remove</b><br>This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. - + <b>Inherit</b><br>This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. - + <b>Inheritable</b><br>This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. - + <b>Inherited</b><br>This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. - + Inherited members - + Contains the list of members added to the group by this channel. - + <b>Members</b><br> This list contains all members that were added to the group by the current channel. Be aware that this does not include members inherited by higher levels of the channel tree. These can be found in the <i>Inherited members</i> list. To prevent this list to be inherited by lower level channels uncheck <i>Inheritable</i> or manually add the members to the <i>Excluded members</i> list. - + Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. - + <b>Excluded members</b><br> Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. - + Contains the list of members inherited by other channels. - + <b>Inherited members</b><br> Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i>Inherit</i> to prevent inheritance from higher level channels. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to add to the group and click Add. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to remove from the group and click Add. - + Exclude - + Excluded members - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. Přesune záznam nahoru v seznamu. Protože záznamy pravidel jsou vyhodnocovány postupně, to může změnit privilegia přidělená uživateli. Nemůžete přesunout záznam nad zděděný záznam -- pokud je to opravdu potřeba pak musíte duplikovat zděděný záznam. - + Move entry down Přesunout záznam dolů - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. Přesune záznam dolů v seznamu. Protože záznamy pravidel jsou vyhodnocovány postupně, může to změnit privilegia přidělená uživateli. - + Entry should apply to this channel. Entry should apply to this channel Použít pro tento kanál - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. Tímto se daná položka stane platnou pro tento kanál. - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. Použít v podkanálech. - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. Tímto se daná položka stane platnou pro podkanály tohoto kanálu. - + Group this entry applies to - + User this entry applies to - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. - + Allow %1 Povolit %1 - + Deny %1 Odepřít %1 - + Mumble - Add channel - - + + Failed: Invalid channel - + Mumble - Edit %1 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Tímto se povolí privilegium %1. Pokud je privilegium zároveň přiděleno i odepřeno, považuje se za odepřené.<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Odebere privilegium %1. Pokud je privilegium zároveň přiděleno i odepřeno, považuje se za odepřené.<br />%2 - + List of groups Seznam skupin @@ -469,7 +458,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Toto je seznam skupin definovaných pro tento kanál. Pro vytvoření nové skupiny jen napište její jméno a zmáčkněte klávesu Enter. - + Remove selected group Odstranit vybranou skupinu @@ -478,7 +467,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Odstraní vybranou skupinu. Pokud byla skupina zděděna, nebude odstraněna ze seznamu, ale všechny místní informace o skupině budou smazány. - + Inherit group members from parent Zdědit členy skupiny od rodiče @@ -487,7 +476,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Tímto se zdědí všichni členové skupiny z rodiče, pokud je skupina označena jako <i>děditelná</i> v nadřazeném kanálu. - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels Učiní skupiny děditelnými pro podkanály @@ -496,12 +485,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Učiní tuto skupinu děditelnou do podkanálů. Pokud je skupina neděditelná, podkanály mohou zvovy vytvořit stejně pojmenovanou skupinu. - + Group was inherited from parent channel Skupina byla zděděna od mateřského kanálu - + Add member to group Přidat člena do skupiny @@ -510,7 +499,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Napište jméno uživatele, kterého chcete přidat do skupiny a zmáčkněte enter. - + Remove member from group Odebrat uživatele ze skupiny @@ -519,25 +508,30 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Napište jméno uživatele, kterého chcete odstranit ze skupiny a zmáčkněte enter. - + Dialog - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. + + + &Properties + + ALSAAudioInput - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 Otevírání zvoleného zvukového vstupu selhalo. Nebude tedy snímán zvuk ze žádného mikrofonu, - + Default ALSA Card @@ -545,12 +539,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ALSAAudioOutput - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 Otevírání zvukového výstupu selhalo: %1 - + Default ALSA Card @@ -609,150 +603,148 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ASIOConfig - + Device selection Výběr zařízení - + Capabilities - + Buffer size - + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. - + Channels - + Configure input channels - + Device to use for microphone Zařízení, na kterém je mikrofon - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. - + Device Zařízení - + &Query - + Query selected device - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. - + &Configure - + Configure selected device - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. - + Driver name - + Microphone Mikrofon - - + <- - - + -> - + Unused - + Speakers Bedničky - + %1 (version %2) - + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5Hz - - - - + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver - + ASIO - + Form @@ -760,18 +752,18 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ASIOInput - - + + Mumble Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. @@ -784,27 +776,27 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <p><tt>http://mumble.sourceforge.net/</tt></p> - + &About Mumble O &aplikaci Mumble - + &License &Licenční ujednání - + OK OK - + About Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> @@ -812,7 +804,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AboutSpeexDialog - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%1">%1</a></tt></p><p>This program uses SpeexDSP.</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering and voice activity detection.</p> @@ -821,12 +813,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <h3>O kodeku Speex</h3><p><tt>http://www.speex.org/</tt></p><p>Tento program používá Speex verze %1</p><p>Speex je použit pro omezení ozvěny, pro redukci šumu, <br />pro detekování hlasové aktivity a pro kompresi řeči</p> - + OK OK - + About Speex @@ -1057,169 +1049,163 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioInput - + Form - + Interface - + System Systém - + Input method for audio Vstupní metoda pro audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. - + Device Zařízení - + Input device for audio Output method for audio Výstupní metoda pro zvuk - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>To je metoda pro přehrávání zvuku.</b><br /> Pravděpodobně budete chtít použít ALSA nebo DirectSound. - + Transmission Přenos - + &Transmit - + When to transmit your speech Kdy vysílat Vaši řeč - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. Nastaví, kdy bude Vaše řeč přenášena do internetu.</b><br /><i>Stále</i> - neustálé vysílání<br /><i>Při hlasové aktivitě</i> - když je detekována hlasová aktivita .<br /><i>Mluvení na stisk tlačítka</i> - mluvení je přenášeno, pouze když držíte stisknutou nadefinovanou klávesu pro mluvení. - + DoublePush Time - - - TextLabel - - Audible audio cue when push-to-talk pressed and released Slyšitelný zvuk signalizující každý začátek a konec vysílání - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. <b>Zahraje krátký signál, když někdo začíná a končí vysílání.</b> - + PTT Audio cue Zvukový signál na počátku a konci vysílání - + Use SNR based speech detection - + Signal to Noise - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. - + Amplitude - + Voice &Hold - + How long to keep transmitting after silence Jak dlouho se ještě vysílá po ukončení hlasové aktivity - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>Nastaví, jak dlouho po ukončení hlasových aktivit zůstane vysílání aktivní.</b><br /> Nastavte na vyšší hodnotu, pokud je vaše vysílání přerušováno mezi větami (což je vidět i vizuálně na ikonce vedle vašeho jména).<br />Toto nastavení má smysl pouze pokud je použito vysílání při hlasové aktivitě. - + Silence Below - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. - + Speech Above - + Signal values above this count as voice - + Compression Komprese - + &Quality - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) Kvalita komprese (maximální šířka pásma) - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. @@ -1228,17 +1214,17 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Síla komprese (zvedne zatížení CPU) - + Audio per packet Audio/blok - + How many audio frames to send per packet Množství úseků zvuku odeslaných v jednom bloku - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>Vybere kolik úseků zvuku bude zasíláno v jednom bloku dat.</b><br />Zvětšením této hodnoty se zvětší zpoždění v komunikaci, ale také bude efektivnější využití šířky pásma. @@ -1247,198 +1233,197 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Maximální šířka pásma pro zasílané audio - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). - + Audio Processing - + Noise Suppression - + Noise suppression - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be suppressed. - + Amplification - + Maximum amplification of input sound Maximální zesílení vstupního audio signálu - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. - + Current speech detection chance - + Cancel echo from speakers - + Enabling this will cancel the echo from your speakers. Mixed has low CPU impact, but only works well if your speakers are equally loud and equidistant from the microphone. Multichannel echo cancellation provides much better echo cancellation, but at a higher CPU cost. - + Disabled - + Mixed - + Multichannel - + Echo - + If you press the PTT key twice in this time it will get locked. - + <b>DoublePush Time</b><br />If you press the push-to-talk key twice during the configured interval of time it will be locked. Mumble will keep transmitting until you hit the key once more to unlock PTT again. - + Gets played when the PTT button is pressed - + Gets played when the PTT button is released - + Reset audio cue to default - + <b>Reset</b><br/>Reset the paths for the files to their default. - + Reset - + Browse for on audio file - - + Browse - + Browse for off audio file - + Off - + On - + Preview the audio cues - + <b>Preview</b><br/>Plays the current <i>on</i> soundfile followed by the current <i>off</i> soundfile. - + Preview - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. - + Idle AutoMute - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. - + Signal values below this count as silence - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio - + Server maximum network bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Audio quality auto-adjusted to %2 kbit/s (%3ms) @@ -1446,65 +1431,66 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioInputDialog - + Continuous Stále - + Voice Activity Při hlasové aktivitě - + Push To Talk Mluvení pouze na stisk tlačítka - + Audio Input - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - + + + Off - + %1 s %1 s - + %1 kb/s - + -%1 dB - - %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + + %1 kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) - + CELT - + Speex @@ -1513,7 +1499,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> %1kbit/s (Audio %2, Pozice %4, režie %3) - + %1 min @@ -1521,309 +1507,322 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioOutput - + Form - + Interface - + System Systém - + Output method for audio Input method for audio Vstupní metoda pro audio - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>To je metoda pro přehrávání zvuku.</b><br /> Pravděpodobně budete chtít použít ALSA nebo DirectSound. - + Device Zařízení - + Output device for audio - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> - - + Positional Audio - + Audio Output - + Default &Jitter Buffer - + Safety margin for jitter buffer - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. - + Minimum distance to user before sound volume decreases - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other users' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other users' speech volume will not decrease any further. - + <b>This enables one of the loopback test modes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other users will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. - + Volume Hlasitost - + Volume of incoming speech - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. - + Output Delay Výstupní opoždění - + Amount of data to buffer - + Factor for sound volume decrease - + Bloom - + Loopback Test Testování místním propojením do smyčky - + Delay Variance - + Variance in packet latency - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you to set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. - + Packet Loss Ztráta paketů - + Packet loss for loopback mode Ztráta paketů v režimu místní smyčky - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% - + &Loopback - + Desired loopback mode Vyžadovaný režim smyčky - + Factor for sound volume increase - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. - + Minimum Distance - + Maximum Distance - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease - + Minimum Volume - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. - + Headphones - + Other Applications - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. - + Volume of other applications during speech - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. + + + If checked Mumble also lowers the volume of other applications when you talk + + + + + Attenuate other applications while you talk + + AudioOutputDialog - + None - + Local Místní - + Server Server - + Audio Output - - + + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - - - - %1% - %1% - - - - %1ms - %1ms - - - - - %1m + + + + + + %1 % + + + + %1 m + + + + %1% + %1% + + + %1ms + %1ms + AudioOutputSample - + Choose sound file - + Invalid sound file - + The file '%1' cannot be used by Mumble. Please select a file with a compatible format and encoding. @@ -1835,17 +1834,17 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Mumble - + Peak microphone level Nejvyšší úroveň mikrofonu - + Peak speaker level Nejvyšší úroveň výstupu - + Peak clean level Nejnižší klidová úroveň @@ -1858,7 +1857,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Poměr signál/šum - + Speech Probability Pravděpodobnost řeči @@ -1867,9 +1866,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Šířka datového pásma - - - + Peak power in last frame Max. výkon v posledním časovém úseku @@ -1878,7 +1875,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Ukazuje maximální výkon v poslením úseku zvuku (20 ms). Této hodnoty si nemusíte všímat, pravděpodobně bude lepší sledovat <b>Hlasitost</b>, jejíž hodnota se nemění tak rychle. - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) of the speakers. Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. Ukazuje maximální výkon zvukového výstupu za poslední časový úsek (20 ms). Pokud nepoužíváte vícekanálovou samplovací metodu (jako např. ASIO) s nastavenými kanály pro výstup, pak tato hodnota bude rovna 0. Pokud máte takové nastavení a stále vidíte 0 zatímco jiné aplikace hrají zvuk, Vaše nastavení asi není v pořádku. @@ -1888,7 +1885,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Ukazuje hodnotu maximálního výkonu za poslední časový úsek (20ms) po veškerém zpracování. Ideálně tato hodnota bude -96 dB když nemluvíte. V realném světě tato hodnota může být např. -60 dB ve zvukovém studiu jinak běžně asi 20 dB. Pokud mluvíte, tato hodnota stoupne na asi -10 až -5 dB.<br /> Pokud používáte používáte potlačení ozvěny a tato hodnota stoupne na více než -15 dB když nemluvíte, pak Vaše nastavení nefunguje správně a dozajista budete obtěžovat ostatní uživatele ozvěnou. - + How close the current input level is to ideal Jak blízko je současná hlasitost vstupu k ideální hlasitosti @@ -1897,142 +1894,143 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Ukazuje, jak blízko je současná úroveň hlasitosti k ideální. Pro nastavení úrovně mikrofonu, otevřete svou oblíbenou aplikaci pro nastavení zvuku, upravte úroveň záznamu a sledujte změny této hodnoty během mluvení.<br /><b>Mluvte nahlas podobně jako při nadšení nebo rozčilení</b><br /> Upravte hlasitost tak, aby byla hodnota blízká 100 %, ale aby nepřesahovala. Přesahování vede k degradaci kvality zvuku (limitací) a možnému cvakání. - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone Poměr signál-šum mikrofonu (SNR) - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. Poměr signál-šum mikrofonu v posledním zvukovém rámci (20 ms). Ukazuje jak je hlas silný v porovnání se šumem.<br /> Pokud je tato hodnota pod 1.0, je šum silnější než hlas a kvalita nebude dobrá. <br /> Neexistuje žádný horní limit pro tuto hodnotu, ale neočekávejte hodnoty větší než 40 nebo 50, pokud nejste ve zvukovém studiu. - + Probability of speech Pravděpodobnost, že je mluveno - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). Toto je pravděpodobnost, že poslední zvukový rámec (20 ms) byl řeč, ne jenom hluk okolního prostředí.<br /> Přenos při hlasová aktivitě závisí na tom, aby detekce proběhla správně. Trik je v tom, že uprostřed věty je vždy snadné rozpoznat řeč, problémem jsou pauzy mezi slovy a začátek mluvení. Je obtížné rozpoznat povzdech od písmenka 'h' na začátku slova.<br /> Pokud tohle je zobrazeno tučně, znamená to, že hlasová aktivita byla rozpoznána. - + Bitrate of last frame Šířka zvukového pásma - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. Šířka zvukového pásma pro poslední časový úsek (20 ms). Tato hodnota se prúběžně automaticky mění, aby se ideálně přizpůsobila potřebám kvality. V nastavení je možno upravit šířku pásma. - + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate Výkonové spektrum vstupního signálu a odhad šumu - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. Ukazuje výkonové spektrum aktuálního vstupu (červená čára) a aktuální odhad šumu (vyplněno modře).<br />Všechny amplitudy jsou vynásobeny 30x aby byly vidět zajímavé části (jak moc je signál větší než zvuk pro různé frekvence).<br /> To je pravděpodobně zajímavé, pokud zkoušíte vyladit šumové podmínky mikrofonu. V dobrých podmínkách bude dole pouze modrá čára. Pokud dosahuje modrá oblast do poloviny výšky grafu, znamená to, že zvuk je rušen silným šumem. - + Weights of the echo canceller Intenzita snahy o odstranění ozvěny - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. - - >1000ms + + >1000 ms + >1000ms - + Audio Statistics - + Input Levels - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. - + Signal Analysis - + Microphone power - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Poměr zvuku k šumu - + Configuration feedback - + Current audio bitrate - + DoublePush interval - + Speech Detection - + Current speech detection chance - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. - + Signal and noise power spectrum - + Echo Analysis @@ -2040,17 +2038,17 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard Průvodce nastavením zvuku - + Introduction Úvod - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard Vítejte v průvodci pro nastavení zvuku pro aplikaci Mumble @@ -2063,12 +2061,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Prosím všimněte si, že dokud je průvodce aktivní, zvuk bude používán pouze místně, abyste si jej mohli poslechnout - žádné zvuky se nepřenesou na případně připojený server. - + Finished Dokončeno - + Enjoy using Mumble Mumble je připraveno k použití @@ -2077,12 +2075,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Blahopřejeme. Nyní si můžete plně užít zvukovou komunikaci s Mumble. - + Device selection Výběr zařízení - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. Vyberte vstupní a výstupní zvukové zařízení pro použití v Mumble. @@ -2091,39 +2089,37 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Vstupní zařízení - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. Zařízení pro zvukový vstup (s mikrofonem). - - + System Systém - + Input method for audio Vstupní metoda pro audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>To je metoda pro zaznamenávání zvuku.</b><br /> Pravděpodobně budete chtít použít ALSA nebo DirectSound. - - + Device Zařízení - + Input device to use Vstupní zařízení - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> <b>Vyberte zvukovou kartu, která bude snímat zvuk.</b> @@ -2132,37 +2128,37 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Výstupní zařízení - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. Zařízení, ke kterému jsou připojeny sluchátka nebo mikrofon. - + Output method for audio Výstupní metoda pro zvuk - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>To je metoda pro přehrávání zvuku.</b><br /> Pravděpodobně budete chtít použít ALSA nebo DirectSound. - + Output device to use Výstupní zařízení - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> <b>Vyberte zvukovou kartu, která bude přehrávat zvuk.</b> - + Volume tuning Vyladění hlasitosti - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. Nastavení hlasitosti mikrofonu pro optimální hlasitost. @@ -2175,37 +2171,37 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Mluvte nahlas, jako kdybyste byl podrážděn nebo nadšen. Během mluvení nastavte hlasitost v ovladacim panelu zvuku tak, aby monitorovaný zvuk byl co možná nejvýše v modré a zelené oblastí, ale aby <b>nezasahoval</b> do oblasti rudé. - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. Nyní se uvolněte a mluvte potichu, jako kdyby byla pozdní noc a nechtěli jste nikoho rušit ve spánku. Nastavte táhlo pod tímto textem tak, aby monitorovaný zvuk byl v zelené oblasti při mluvení, ale aby bezpečně zůstal v modré oblasti, když jste potichu. - + Voice Activity Detection Detekce hlasové aktivity - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. Mumble umí rozpoznávat mluvení a ticho. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. Toto pomůže aplikaci Mumble rozpoznat, kdy mluvíte. První krok je výběr, podle které hodnoty se má provádět rozpoznání. - + Raw amplitude from input Hlasitost vstupu - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Poměr zvuku k šumu - + Next you need to adjust the following slider. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Nyní je potřeba nastavit následující dvě hodnoty. Prvních několik vašich slabik by mělo skončit v zelené oblasti (rozpoznáno jako řeč). Pokud mluvíte, měl by monitor zůstávat ve žluté (rozpoznáno jako pravděpopdobná řeč). Když nemluvíte, vše by mělo být v červené oblasti (to dozajista není řeč). @@ -2215,12 +2211,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Nakonec je potřeba nastavit čas prodlevy, kdy je po skončení řeči stále ješte mikrofon zapnut a můžete tak během řeči udělat malou pauzu, aniž by byl přenos ukončen. - + Device tuning Vyladění zařízení - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. Změní výstupní parametry zvuku tak, aby prodleva v komunikaci mohla být minimální. @@ -2241,37 +2237,36 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> To nastaví množství dat, která budou v výstupním zásobníku aplikace, než se pošlou na zvukový výstup. Experimentujte s rozdílnými hodnotami a nastavte si nejmenší hodnotu, která nezpůsobí přerušování nebo cvakání ve zvuku. - %1ms - %1ms + %1ms %1 s %1 s - + Use echo cancellation - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. - + Enable positional audio - + Allows positioning of sound Allows positioning of sound. - + <p> This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. </p> @@ -2281,27 +2276,27 @@ Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped loca - + Input Device - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers - + Output Device - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. - + <p> To keep latency to an absolute minimum, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. </p> @@ -2312,17 +2307,17 @@ You should hear a voice sample. Change the slider below to the lowest value whic - + Amount of data to buffer - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. - + <p> Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. </p> @@ -2333,17 +2328,17 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou - + Positional Audio - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. - + <p> Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other users relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other user is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. </p> @@ -2354,12 +2349,12 @@ The graph below shows the position of <font color="red">you</ - + Use headphones instead of speakers - + <p> Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. </p> @@ -2370,30 +2365,95 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus - + Use headphones - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project - + Push To Talk: + + + Quality & Notifications + + + + + Adjust quality and notification settings. + + + + + Quality settings + + + + + Low + + + + + In this configuration Mumble will use a <b>low amount of bandwidth</b>. This will inevitable result in high latency and poor quality. Choose this only if your connection cannot handle the other settings. (Speex 16kbit/s, 60ms per packet) + + + + + Balanced + + + + + This is the <b>recommended default</b> configuration. It provides a good balance between quality, latency and bandwidth usage. (CELT 40kbit/s, 20ms per packet) + + + + + Ultra + + + + + This configuration is only recommended for use in setups where bandwidth is not an issue like a LAN. It provides the lowest latency supported by Mumble and <b>high quality</b>. (CELT 72kbit/s, 10ms per packet) + + + + + Notification settings + + + + + Use Text-To-Speech to read notifications and messages to you. + + + + + Disable Text-To-Speech and use sounds instead. + + + + + %1 ms + + BanEditor - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - Upravit bany (zákazy) @@ -2402,42 +2462,42 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus 0.0.0.0 - + Reason - + Start - + End - + User - + Hash - + &Add Přid&at - + &Update &Obnovit - + &Remove Odst&ranit @@ -2466,12 +2526,12 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus Toto tlačítko zruší veškeré právě provedené změny a uzavře dialog bez úpravy skupin a ACL na serveru. - + &Address - + &Mask @@ -2479,27 +2539,27 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus CertView - + Name Jméno - + Email - + Issuer - + (none) - + Self-signed @@ -2507,67 +2567,67 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus CertWizard - + Resolving domain %1. - + Unable to validate email.<br />Enter a valid (or blank) email to continue. - + There was an error generating your certificate.<br />Please try again. - + Your certificate and key could not be exported to PKCS#12 format. There might be an error in your certificate. - + The file could not be opened for writing. Please use another file. - + The file could not be written successfully. Please use another file. - + The file could not be opened for reading. Please use another file. - + The file is empty or could not be read. Please use another file. - + The file did not contain a valid certificate and key. Please use another file. - + Select file to export certificate to - + Select file to import certificate from - + Unable to resolve domain. - + Mumble User @@ -2575,174 +2635,168 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus Certificates - + Certificate Management - + Certificate Authentication - + Authenticating to servers without using passwords - + <p>Mumble can use certificates to authenticate with servers. Using certificates avoids passwords, meaning you don't need to disclose any password to the remote site. It also enables very easy user registration.</p><p>While Mumble can work without certificates, the majority of servers will expect you to have one.</p> - - - + Current certificate - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. - - + Current Certificate - - + Create a new certificate - + This will create a new certificate. - + Import certificate from file - + This will import a certificate from file. - + Import a certificate - - + Export Certificate - + This will export a certificate to file. - + Export current certificate - + Import Certificate - + PKCS #12 Certificate import - + <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from FireFox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> - + Import from - + Filename to import from - + This is the filename you wish to import a certificate from. - + Select file to import from - + This opens a file selection dialog to choose a file to import a certificate from. - + Open... - + Password - + Password for PKCS#12 file - + This is the password for the PKCS#12 file containing your certificate. - + Certificate to import - + This is the certificate you are importing. - - + Certificate Details - + Replace Certificate - + Replace existing certificate with new certificate? - + <p>You already have a certificate stored in Mumble, and you are about to replace it.</p> <p>If you are upgrading to a certificate issued to you by a trusted CA and the email addresses match your current certificate, this is completely safe, and servers you connect to will automatically recognize the strong certificate for your email address. </p> @@ -2755,117 +2809,121 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be replaced. - + New certificate - + This is the new certificate that will replace the old one. - - + New Certificate - + Make a backup of your certificate - + <p>If you ever lose your current certificate, which will happen if your computer suffers a hardware failure or you reinstall your machine, you will no longer be able to authenticate to any server you are registered on. It is therefore <b>mandatory</b> that you make a backup of your certificate. We strongly recommend you store this backup on removable storage, such as an USB memory stick.</p> <p>Note that this file will not be encrypted, and if anyone gains access to it, they will be able to impersonate you, so take good care of it.</p> - + Export to - + Filename to export to - + This is the filename you wish to export a certificate to. - + Save As... - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be exported. - + Generate a new certificate for strong authentication - + <p>Mumble will now generate a strong certificate for authentication to servers.</p><p>If you wish, you may provide some additional information to be stored in the certificate, which will be presented to servers when you connect. If you provide a valid email address, you can upgrade to a CA issued email certificate later on, which provides strong identification.</p> - + Name Jméno - + Email - + Your email address (e.g. johndoe@mumble.info) - + This is your email address. It is strongly recommended to provide a valid email address, as this will allow you to upgrade to a strong certificate without authentication problems. - + Your name (e.g. John Doe) - + This is your name, and will be filled out in the certificate. This field is entirely optional. - + Finish - + Certificate-based authentication is ready for use - + Enjoy using Mumble with strong authentication. + + + Automatic certificate creation + + ChanACL @@ -2906,7 +2964,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? N - + None Žádné @@ -2915,17 +2973,17 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Zápis - + Traverse Průchod - + Enter Vstup - + Speak Mluvení @@ -2934,7 +2992,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Alt_mluvení - + Mute/Deafen Zakázat mluvení/poslouchání @@ -2943,132 +3001,132 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Přesunout/Vykopnout - + Make channel Vytvoření kanálu - + Make temporary - + Link channel Propojení kanálů - + This represents no privileges. Toto představuje absenci jakýchkoliv privilegií. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. Reprezentuje totální právo ke kanálu, včetně schopnosti změnit skupiny a ACL. Mít toto privilegium automaticky znamená mít všechna ostatní práva. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. Reprezentuje povolení procházet kanálem. Pokud je procházení uživateli odepřeno, nebude schopen přijít do kanálu či jeho podkanálů (i kdyby tam měl průchod povolen). - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. Povolení vejít do kanálu. V hierarchicky uspořádaných kanálech je často výhodné dám všem právo průchodu (traverse), ale omezit právo vstupu (enter) v kořeni hierarchie. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. Representuje oprávnění mluvit v kanálu. Uživatelům bez tohoto privilegia bude serverem zakázáno mluvit a nebudou mít možnost mluvit, dokud jim nějaký administrátor tuto schopnost neumožní. - + This represents the permission to whisper to this channel from the outside. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with the Whisper key held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other users. Once muted, a user will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged user or reconnects to the server. - + This represents the permission to move a user to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the user, either the moving user must have Move privileges in the destination channel, or the user must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Users with this privilege can move users into channels the target user normally wouldn't have permission to enter. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. - + This represents the permission to make a temporary subchannel. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Temporary channels are not stored and disappear when the last user leaves. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Users in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking user has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. - + This represents the permission to write text messages to other users in this channel. - + This represents the permission to forcibly remove users from the server. - + This represents the permission to permanently remove users from the server. - + This represents the permission to register and unregister users on the server. - + This represents the permission to register oneself on the server. - + Whisper - + Move - + Text message - + Kick - + Ban - + Register User - + Register Self @@ -3093,7 +3151,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Reprezentuje oprávnění propojovat kanály. Uživatelé ve spojených kanálech slyší jeden druhého, pokud mluvící uživatel má oprávnění <i>mluvit</i> v kanále, kde je posluchač. Pro vytvoření zvukového propojení je nutno mít toto oprávnění v obou kanálech, pří rušení stačí oprávnění v jednom z nich. - + Write ACL @@ -3101,7 +3159,12 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ChatbarLineEdit - + + Paste and send + + + + Type chat message here @@ -3109,37 +3172,37 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ClientUser - + Friend - + Authenticated - + Muted (server) - + Deafened (server) - + Local Mute - + Muted (self) - + Deafened (self) @@ -3147,13 +3210,13 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ConfigDialog - + Mumble Configuration Konfigurace Mumble - - + + Advanced @@ -3162,14 +3225,14 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &OK - - + + Accept changes Potvrdit změny - - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. Toto tlačítko potvrdí současné nastavení a navrátí se do aplikace.<br />Nastavení bude uloženo na disku při ukončení aplikace. @@ -3178,14 +3241,14 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &Zrušit - - + + Reject changes Odmítnout nové změny - - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. Tímto tlačítkem můžete odmítnout nastavované změny a vrátit se do aplikace.<br />Nastavení nebude změněno. @@ -3194,38 +3257,38 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &Použít - - + + Apply changes Potvrdit změny - - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. Toto tlačítko okamžitě provede všechny vybrané změny. - - + + Undo changes for current page - - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. - - + + Restore defaults for current page - - + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. @@ -3261,8 +3324,9 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &Heslo + &Connect - &Připojit + &Připojit Cancel @@ -3297,202 +3361,161 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Otevřít &Webovou stránku - + Connecting to %1 Připojování k %1 - - + + Enter username Zadejte jmého uživatele - + Adding host %1 - - + + Servername - + Hostname - + Bonjour name - + Port - + Addresses - + Website - + Packet loss - + Ping (80%) - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - + Ping (95%) - + Bandwidth - + %1 kbit/s - - + + &Filters + + + + + Users - + Version - - Connect - - - - - - Add New... - - - - - Filters - - - - + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list Selhalo stažení seznamu dostupných serverů - + Mumble Server Connect - + Ping - + Remove from Favorites - - Edit... - - - - + Add custom server - - Add to Favorites - - - - - Open Webpage - - - - - Show Reachable - - - - + Show all servers that respond to ping - - Show Populated - - - - + Show all servers with users - - Show All - - - - + Show all servers - + &Copy - + Copy favorite link to clipboard - + &Paste - + Paste favorite from clipboard @@ -3500,43 +3523,79 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Add Přidat + + + &Edit... + + + + + + &Add New... + + + + + Add to &Favorites + + + + + Open &Webpage + + + + + Show &Reachable + + + + + Show &Populated + + + + + Show &All + + ConnectDialogEdit - + Edit Server - + &Servername - + Name of the server - + <b>Name</b><br/> Name of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your serverlist and can be chosen freely. - + A&ddress A&dresa - + Internet address of the server. Internet address of the server. - + <b>Address</b><br/> Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an IPv4/IPv6 address or a Bonjour service identifier. Bonjour service identifiers have to be prefixed with a '@' to be recognized by Mumble. <b>Address</b></br> @@ -3544,33 +3603,33 @@ Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an ipv4/6 address - + &Port &Port - + Port on which the server is listening - + <b>Port</b><br/> Port on which the server is listening. If the server is identified by a Bonjour service identifier this field will be ignored. - + &Username &Uživatelské jméno - + Username to send to the server - + <b>Username</b><br/> Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions on how a username might look like. Also your username could already be taken by another user. @@ -3579,7 +3638,7 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions CoreAudioSystem - + Default Device @@ -3587,68 +3646,68 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions CrashReporter - + Mumble Crash Report - + <p><b>We're terribly sorry, but it seems Mumble has crashed. Do you want to send a crash report to the Mumble developers?</b></p><p>The crash report contains a partial copy of Mumble's memory at the time it crashed, and will help the developers fix the problem.</p> - + Email address (optional) - + Please briefly describe what you were doing at the time of the crash - + Send Report - + Don't send report - + Crash upload successful - + Thank you for helping make Mumble better! - - + + Crash upload failed - + We're really sorry, but it appears the crash upload has failed with error %1 %2. Please inform a developer. - + This really isn't funny, but apparently there's a bug in the crash reporting code, and we've failed to upload the report. You may inform a developer about error %1 - + Uploading crash report - + Abort upload @@ -3664,22 +3723,22 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions Otevírání vybraného vstupu DirectSound selhalo. Nebude prováděn záznam mikrofonu. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. Otevírání vybraného vstupu DirectSound selhalo. Bude použito výchozí zařízení. - + Default DirectSound Voice Input Výchozí DirectSound hlasový vstup - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. - + Lost DirectSound input device. @@ -3691,22 +3750,22 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions Mumble - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. Otevírání vybraného výstupu DirectSound selhalo. Nebude slyšet žádný zvukový výstup. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. Otevírání vybraného výstupu DirectSound selhalo. Bude použito výchozí zařízení. - + Default DirectSound Voice Output Výchozí DirectSound hlasový výstup - + Lost DirectSound output device. @@ -3773,20 +3832,20 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions Database - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Mumble nedokazalo inicializovat databázi v žádném z možných míst. - + The database '%1' is read-only. Mumble can not store server settings (ie. SSL certificates) until you fix this problem. @@ -3801,62 +3860,62 @@ v žádném z možných míst. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts - + List of configured shortcuts - + Function Funkce - + Data - + Shortcut Zkratka - + Suppress - + Add new shortcut - + This will add a new global shortcut - + &Add - + Remove selected shortcut - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. - + &Remove Odst&ranit @@ -3864,7 +3923,7 @@ v žádném z možných míst. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts @@ -3881,22 +3940,23 @@ v žádném z možných míst. <b>Toto je globální klávesová zkratka přiřazena k '%1'</br>Klikněte na toto políčko a pak zmáčkněte klávesu/tlačítko pro změnu. Dvojité kliknutí zruší přiřazení. - + Shortcut button combination. - - <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. + + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Click this field and then press the desired key/button combo to rebind. Double-click to clear. + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. - + Suppress keys from other applications - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. @@ -3904,7 +3964,7 @@ v žádném z možných míst. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. @@ -3912,82 +3972,82 @@ v žádném z možných míst. GlobalShortcutTarget - + Whisper Target - + Whisper to list of Users - + Channel Target - + Restrict to Group - + If specified, only members of this group will receive the whisper. - + If checked the whisper will also be transmitted to linked channels. - + Whisper to Linked channels - + If checked this whisper will also be sent to the subchannels of the channel target. - + Whisper to subchannels - + List of users - + Add Přidat - + Remove Odstranit - + Whisper to Channel - + Modifiers - + Do not send positional audio information when using this whisper shortcut. - + Ignore positional audio @@ -4018,7 +4078,7 @@ v žádném z možných míst. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 @@ -4049,7 +4109,7 @@ v žádném z možných míst. LCD - + Not connected @@ -4057,32 +4117,32 @@ v žádném z možných míst. LCDConfig - + Enable this device - + LCD - + Form - + Devices - + Name Jméno - + <p>This is the list of available LCD devices on your system. It lists devices by name, but also includes the size of the display. Mumble supports outputting to several LCD devices at a time.</p> <h3>Size:</h3> <p> @@ -4092,39 +4152,39 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe - + Size - + Enabled - + Views - + Minimum Column Width - + <p>This option decides the minimum width a column in the User View.</p> <p>If too many people are speaking at once, the User View will split itself into columns. You can use this option to pick a compromise between number of users shown on the LCD, and width of user names.</p> - + This setting decides the width of column splitter. - + Splitter Width @@ -4132,32 +4192,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Log - + Debug Debug - + Critical Critical - + Warning Warning - + Information Information - + Server Connected Server připojen - + Server Disconnected Server odpojen @@ -4178,12 +4238,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Uživatel vykopnut - + You self-muted/deafened Zakázal jste si možnost hovoru/poslechu - + Other self-muted/deafened Uživatel si vypnul mluvení/poslech @@ -4208,12 +4268,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Uživatel opustil kanál - + Permission Denied K provedení akce chybí potřebné oprávnění - + Text Message Textová zpráva @@ -4222,57 +4282,62 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe [%2] %1 - + User Joined Server - + User Left Server - + User kicked (you or by you) - + User kicked - + User muted (you) - + User muted (by you) - + User muted (other) - + User Joined Channel - + User Left Channel - + + the server + + + + [[ Text object too large to display ]] - + [Date changed to %1] @@ -4281,65 +4346,65 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change<br />Ensure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for sound files. Text-To-Speech and sound files cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a sound file predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Sound files and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. - + Messages Zprávy - + Console Konsola @@ -4356,82 +4421,82 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Povolit čtení textu nahlas pro %1 - + Text To Speech Čtení textu nahlas - + Volume Hlasitost - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine Hlasitost čtení textu nahlas - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>Hlasitost pro hlasovou syntézu</b> - + Length threshold Maximální délka - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine Maximální délka zprávy pro přečtení hlasovým systémem - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. <b>Toto je maximální délka zprávy pro čtení</b><br />Zprávy delší než tento limit nebudou přečteny v celé svojí délce. - + Whisper - + If checked you will only hear whispers from users you added to your friend list. - + Only accept whispers from friends - + Message - + Notification - + Text-To-Speech - + Soundfile - + Path - + Characters @@ -4439,121 +4504,120 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe LookConfig - - + Language Jazyk - + Look and Feel Vzhled a motivy - - + + System default Podle výchozího nastavení systému - + Language to use (requires restart) Jazyk pro uživatelské rozhraní (vyžaduje restart) - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. <b>Nastaví jazyk, který má aplikace Mumble používat.</b><br />Musíte restartovat Mumble, aby se změna projevila. - + Style Styl - + Layout - + Classic - + Stacked - + Hybrid - + Custom - + This changes the behavior when moving channels. - + This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. - + Basic widget style Základní styl prvků grafického prostředí - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> <b>nastaví základní styl vzhledu aplikace.</b> - + Skin Motiv - + ... ... - + Check to show chat bar - + <b>If checked the chat bar is shown.</b><br />Uncheck this to hide it. <b>If checked the chat bar is shown</b><br />Uncheck to hide it - + Show chatbar - + Show number of users in each channel - + Show channel user count - + Skin file to use Soubor motivu, který se bude používat @@ -4594,161 +4658,191 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Vypíše seznam uživatelů nad seznamem kanálů (vyžaduje restart aplikace). - + User Interface Rozhraní - + Choose skin file Vyberte soubor s motivem - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. - + Form - + None - + All - + Expand - + When to automatically expand channels - + Only with users - + Ask - + Do Nothing - + Move - + Channel Dragging - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. - + Ask on quit while connected - - Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. - - - - - <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> - - - - + Always On Top - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with users</i> will expand and collapse channels as users join and leave them. - + List users above subchannels (requires restart). - + <b>If set, users will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. - + Users above Channels - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. + + + This setting controls when the application will be always on top. + + + + + This setting controls in which situations the application will stay always on top. If you select <i>Never</i> the application will not stay on top. <i>Always</i> will always keep the application on top. <i>In minimal view</i> / <i>In normal mode</i> will only keep the application always on top when minimal view is activated / deactivated. + + + + + Never + + + + + Always + + + + + In minimal view + + + + + In normal view + + + + + Displays talking status in system tray + + + + + Show talking status in tray icon + + MainWindow - + Welcome to Mumble. Vítejte v aplikaci Mumble. - - + + Root Kořen - + &Quit Mumble &Ukončit - + Closes the program Uzavře aplikaci - + Exits the application. Ukončí aplikaci. @@ -4758,12 +4852,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Ukončit - + &Connect &Připojit - + Open the server connection dialog Otevřít dialog nastavení spojení se serverem @@ -4772,37 +4866,37 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Ukáže dialog registrovaných serverů a umožňuje tak rychlé a snadné připojení k nim. - + &Disconnect &Odpojit - + Disconnect from server Odpojit od serveru - + Disconnects you from the server. Odpojí k serveru otevřená spojení. - + &Ban lists Seznam &zákazů - + Edit ban lists on server Upravit seznam banů - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. Tady můžete upravit seznam banů (zakázaných ip adres) pro server. - + &Kick &Vykopnout @@ -4815,7 +4909,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Vykopne vybraného uživatele ze serveru. Budete dotázán na důvod. - + &Ban Zákaz (&ban) @@ -4828,7 +4922,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Vykopne a zakáže vybraného uživatele. Budete požádání o doplnění důvodu. - + &Mute Vypnout &mluvení @@ -4841,7 +4935,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Zakáže vybranému uživateli na serveru schopost mluvit, nebo mu ji opět vrátí. Vrácením práva mluvit uživateli s vypnutým poslechem se mu zároveň zapne poslech. - + &Deafen Zakázat &poslouchání @@ -4854,7 +4948,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Vypnout/zapnout poslech uživateli. Vypnutím poslechu se uživateli zároveň zakáže mluvit. - + &Local Mute Lokální um&lčení @@ -4863,49 +4957,46 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Lokální zákaz/povolení mluvení uživateli. - - Send Messa&ge - &Odeslat zprávu + &Odeslat zprávu - - + Send a Text Message Odeslat textovou zprávu - + Sends a text message to another user. Pošle textovou zprávu jinému uživateli. - + &Add &Přidat - + Add new channel Přidat nový kanál - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. Přidá nový kanál do vybraného kanálu. - + &Remove Odst&ranit - + Remove channel Odstranit kanál - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. Odstraní kanál a všechny jeho podkanály. @@ -4914,22 +5005,22 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Uprav&it ACL - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel Upravit Skupiny a ACL pro kanál - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. Otevře dialogové okno skupin a ACL daného kanálu. Zde se mohou nastavit oprávnění k určitým operacím. - + &Link &Propojit - + Link your channel to another channel Propojí současný kanál s kanálem označeným kurzorem @@ -4942,253 +5033,252 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe O&dpojit - + &User - + This is the chatbar<br />If you enter text here and then press enter the text is sent to the user or channel that was selected. If nothing is selected the message is sent to your current channel. - + Chatbar - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick-connect. - + Kick user (with reason) - + Kick selected user off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. - + Mute user - + Mute or unmute user on server. Unmuting a deafened user will also undeafen them. - + Kick and ban user (with reason) - + Kick and ban selected user from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. - + Deafen user - + Deafen or undeafen user on server. Deafening a user will also mute them. - + Mute user locally - + Mute or unmute user locally. Use this on other users in the same room. - + &Edit - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If users in a channel have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. - + Unlink your channel from another channel Zruší propojení současného a zvoleného kanálu - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. Zruší propojení mezi současným a vybraným kanálem. - Unlink &All - Odpoj&it vše + Odpoj&it vše - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. Zruší propojení sučasného kanálu ke všem kanálům s ním spojeným. - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. Zruší propojení mezi současným kanálem uživatele a všech kanálů, které jsou s tímto kanálem propojeny. - + &Reset &Resetovat audio - + Reset audio preprocessor Resetuje zvukový preprocesor - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. Resetuje zvukový preprocesor, včetně rušení šumu, automatické hlasitosti a detekce hlasové aktivity. Pokud se nějak náhle zhorší zvukové prostředí (například při upuštění mikrofonu na stůl) a příčina problémů odezní, jde tak rychle znovunastavit rozumné hodnoty. - + &Mute Self Vypnout si &mluvení - + Mute yourself Zakázat si mluvení - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. Zakázat/povolit si mluvení. Když je zakázáno mluvení, neposílají se na server žádná zvuková data. Povolením mluvení se zároveň zapína poslech. - + &Deafen Self Vypnout si &poslech - + Deafen yourself Vypnout si poslech - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. Vypnout si poslech. Tak neuslyšíte komunikaci. Vypnutí poslechu automaticky zároveň zakáže mluvení. - + &Text-To-Speech Výstup &textu do hlasové syntézy - + Toggle Text-To-Speech Přepnout výstup textu do hlasové syntézy - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. Povolí nebo zakáže převod textu na počítačem mluvený hlas. Budou přečtena pouze textová hlášení, u kterých je to nastaveno v konfiguračním dialogu. - + S&tatistics S&tatistika - + Display audio statistics Zobrazí zvukovou statistiku - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. Vyskočí malé okénko s informacemi o současném audio vstupu. - + Forcibly unlink plugin Násilně odstraň plugin - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. Násilně udpojí současný plugin, což může být užitečné, pokud čte a zpracovává úplně chybný data. - + &Settings &Nastavení - + Configure Mumble Nastavit Mumble - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. Nastavení většiny možností. - + &Audio Wizard &Zvukový Wizard - + Start the audio configuration wizard Spustí zvukový Wizard pro nastavení - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. Tohle vás provede zkrze proces konfigurace zvukového hardware. - + &What's This? &Co je to? - + Enter What's This? mode Vstoupí do režimu "co je tohle?" - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. Klikněte pro vsoupení do režimu "Co je tohle?" Váš kurzor se změní na otazník. Jakmile máte tlačítko, výběr menu nebo cokoliv co chcete ukázat. - + &About &O aplikaci - + Information about Mumble Informace o Mumble - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. Ukáže okno s informacemi a licenčním ujednáním pro používání Mumble. @@ -5196,152 +5286,132 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe - + About &Speex O kodeku &Speex - + Information about Speex Informace o kodeku Speex - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. Ukáže informace o použitém kodeku Speex. - + &Change Comment - + Change the comment on the selected user. - + This allows you to change the comment (shown as a tooltip) of a user. Unless you've been given extra privileges on the server, you can only change your own comment. - - Certificate Wizard - - - - + Configure certificates for strong authentication - + This starts the wizard for creating, importing and exporting certificates for authentication against servers. - - Register - - - - + Register user on server - + This will permanently register the user on the server. - + Add &Friend - + Adds a user as your friend. - + This will add the user as a friend, so you can recognize him on this and other servers. - + &Remove Friend - + Removes a user from your friends. - + This will remove a user from your friends list. - + &Update Friend - + Update name of your friend. - + Your friend uses a different name than what is in your database. This will update the name. - + Registered &Users - + Edit registered users list - + This opens the editor for registered users, which allow you to change their name or unregister them. - - Change Texture - - - - + Change your overlay texture on this server - + &Access Tokens - + Add or remove text-based access tokens - - Remove Texture - - - - + Remove currently defined user texture. @@ -5350,33 +5420,33 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe O &knihovně Qt - + Information about Qt Informace o knihovně Qt - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. Ukáže dialogové okno s informacemi o knihovně QT. - + Check for &Updates Zjistit &dostupnost nové verze - + Check for new version of Mumble Ověřit dostupnost nových verzí aplikace Mumble - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. Připojí se k webové stránce Mumble pro zjištění případné dostupnosti novějších verzí a vypíše vhodný odkaz na stažení, pokud je nová verze k dispozici. - - + + Mumble -- %1 Mumble =- %1 @@ -5385,12 +5455,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Záznam zpráv - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. Zobrazuje nedávné aktivity, jako např. připojování k serverům, chyby a informační zprávy.<br /> V nastavení jde určit, které z těchto zpráv se mají či nemají zobrazovat. - + &Server &Server @@ -5399,45 +5469,45 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe &Uživatel - + &Channel &Kanál - + &Audio &Zvuk - + C&onfigure &Nastavit - + &Help &Pomoc - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Mluvení při stisku klávesy - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut Resetovat zvukový procesor @@ -5453,7 +5523,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Poslech zapnout/vypnout - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut Odpojit Plugin @@ -5474,25 +5544,25 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Podkanál #%1 - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut Zakázat si mluvení při stisku klávesy - + Join Channel Global Shortcut Vstoupit do kanálu - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut Přepnout Overlay - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut @@ -5503,7 +5573,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Alternativní klávesa pro mluvení - + Reconnecting. Opětovné připojování. @@ -5512,8 +5582,8 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Vykopnutí uživaetele %1 - - + + Enter reason Zadejte důvod @@ -5522,7 +5592,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Ban pro uživatele %1 - + Sending message to %1 Posílam zprávu pro %1 @@ -5531,23 +5601,25 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Zadejte zprávu - - + + + To %1: %2 Pro %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 Zpráva pro %1 - - - - - + + + + + + Mumble Mumble @@ -5556,42 +5628,42 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Název kanálu - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? Opravdu chcete odstranit kanál %1 včetně všech jeho podkanálů? - + Unmuted and undeafened. Opět schopen slyšet a mluvit. - + Unmuted. Opět schopen mluvit. - + Muted. Zakázáno mluvení. - + Muted and deafened. Zakázáno mluvit a poslouchat. - + Deafened. Vypnut poslech. - + Undeafened. Opět schopen slyšet. - + About Qt O knihovně Qt @@ -5604,67 +5676,65 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Připojen k serveru. - + Server connection failed: %1. Připojování k serveru selhalo: %1. - + Invalid username Špatné jméno uživatele - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. Připojujete se s nesprávným jménem uživatele, prosím zkuste nějaké jiné. - + That username is already in use, please try another username. Toto uživatelské jméno je již používáno, prosím zkuste nějaké jiné. - + Wrong password Špatné heslo - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. Špatné heslo registrovaného uživatele, prosím zkuste znova. - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. Špatné heslo serveru pro neregistrované uživatele, prosím zkuste znova. - + Disconnected from server. Spojení se serverem bylo zrušeno. - Joined server: %1. - K serveru se připojil: %1. + K serveru se připojil: %1. - Left server: %1. - Uživatel %1 opustil server. + Uživatel %1 opustil server. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 má zakázáno mluvit a poslouchat. - + %1 is now muted. %1 má zakázáno mluvit. - + %1 is now unmuted. %1 je nyní schopen mluvit. @@ -5673,33 +5743,33 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe server - + You were muted by %1. %1 Vám zakázal mluvit. - + You were unmuted by %1. Vrácena schopnost mluvit od %1. - + %1 muted by %2. %2 zakázal mluvit uživateli %1. - + %1 unmuted by %2. %1 získává schopnost mluvit od %2. - + You were muted and deafened by %1. You were deafened by %1. Bylo vám vypnut poslech uživatelem %1. - + You were undeafened by %1. Byla Vám vrácena schopnost slyšet od %1. @@ -5708,32 +5778,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe %2 vypnul poslech uživateli %1. - + %1 undeafened by %2. %1 byla vlrácena schopnost slyšet od %2. - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. Byl jste vykopnut ze serveru od %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 byl vykopnut ze serveru od %1: %2. - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. Byl jste vykopnut a dostal jste ban (zákaz) od %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 byl vykopnut a dostal ban (zákaz) od %1: %2. - + You were moved to %1 by %2. @@ -5746,7 +5816,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe %1 byl přesunut z kanálu uživatelem %2. - + %1 entered channel. %1 vstoupil do kanálu. @@ -5755,668 +5825,729 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe %1 byl přesunut do kanálu zásahem uživatele %2. - + Server connection rejected: %1. Spojení se serverem bylo odmítnuto: %1. - + You were denied %1 privileges in %2. - + %3 was denied %1 privileges in %2. - + Denied: Cannot modify SuperUser. - + Denied: Invalid channel name. - + Denied: Text message too long. - + Denied: Operation not permitted in temporary channel. - + You need a certificate to perform this operation. - + %1 does not have a certificate. - + Denied: %1. Zakázano: %1. - + Permission denied. - - - - the server - - - - + You were unmuted and undeafened by %1. - + You were suppressed by %1. - + You were unsuppressed by %1. - + You muted %1. - + You suppressed %1. - + You unsuppressed %1. - + You unmuted %1. - + + %1 connected. + + + + You muted and deafened %1. - + You unmuted and undeafened %1. - + You undeafened %1. - + %1 muted and deafened by %2. - + %1 unmuted and undeafened by %2. - + %1 suppressed by %2. - + %1 unsuppressed by %2. - + %1 moved to %2. - + %1 moved to %2 by %3. - + %1 moved in from %2 by %3. - - the server - message from + + %1 disconnected. - - From %1: %2 - Od %1: %2 + + (Tree) + - + + (Channel) + + + + + %2%1: %3 + + + + From %1: %2 + Od %1: %2 + + + Message from %1 - + Unable to find matching CELT codecs with other clients. You will not be able to talk to all users. - + &Information - + Show information about the server connection - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. - + Opening URL %1 - + File does not exist - + File is not a configuration file. - + Settings merged from file. - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' - + This version of Mumble can't handle URLs for Mumble version %1.%2.%3 - + Connecting to %1 Připojování k %1 - + Enter username Zadejte jmého uživatele - - + + Connecting to server %1. - + <h2>Version</h2><p>Protocol %1.%2.%3.</p> - + <p>No build information or OS version available.</p> - + <p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p> - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s</p> - + Mumble Server Information - - + + &View Certificate - + Register yourself as %1 - + <p>You are about to register yourself on this server. This action cannot be undone, and your username cannot be changed once this is done. You will forever be known as '%1' on this server.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register yourself?</p> - + Register user %1 - + <p>You are about to register %1 on the server. This action cannot be undone, the username cannot be changed, and as a registered user, %1 will have access to the server even if you change the server password.</p><p>From this point on, %1 will be authenticated with the certificate currently in use.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register %1?</p> - + Kicking user %1 - + Banning user %1 - + Change comment on user %1 - - - To channel %1: %2 - - - - - + + Message to channel %1 - + Connected. - + SSL Version mismatch - + This server is using an older encryption standard. It might be an older 1.1 based Mumble server.<br />Would you like to launch the compatibility client to connect to it? - + The compatibility client could not be found, or failed to start.<br />Note that the compatibility client is an optional component for most installations, and might not be installed. - + SSL Verification failed: %1 - + + Are you sure you want to reset the comment of user %1? + + + + + (Tree) %1: %2 + + + + + %1: %2 + + + + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> - + Failed to launch compatibility client - + Type message to channel '%1' here - + Type message to user '%1' here - + Choose image file - + Images (*.png *.jpg) - - + + Failed to load image - + Could not open file for reading. - + Image format not recognized. - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. - + UDP Statistics - + To Server - + From Server - + Good - + Late - + Lost - + Resync - + Sending message to channel %1 - - To tree %1: %2 - - - - + Message to tree %1 - + Ctrl+Q Ukončit - + About &Qt - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? - + Close - - + + Minimize - + Mute Self Global Shortcut - + Set self-mute status. Global Shortcut - + This will set or toggle your muted status. If you turn this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut - + Deafen Self Global Shortcut - + Set self-deafen status. Global Shortcut - + This will set or toggle your deafened status. If you turn this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut - + This will switch the states of the in-game overlay between showing everybody, just the users who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut - + Whisper - + &Window - + Ctrl+M - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut - + &Minimal View - + Toggle minimal window modes - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut - - + + Not connected - + Clear - + Log - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in UserModel::dropMimeData. - + &Unlink Channel O&dpojit - + &Unlink Plugin O&dpojit + Server message from - Server + Server - + Hide Frame - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. + + + Send &Message + + + + + &Unlink All + + + + + &Certificate Wizard + + + + + &Register + + + + + Change &Texture + + + + + &Remove Texture + + + + + Reset &Comment + + + + + Reset the comment of the selected user. + + + + + &Join Channel + + NetworkConfig - + Network - + Form - + Connection - + Use TCP compatibility mode Use TCP compatability mode - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). @@ -6425,218 +6556,218 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Použít TCP režim - + Reconnect when disconnected Přihlásit zpátky na server, pokud došlo k výpadku spojení - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>Automatické připojení</b>.<br />Pokud se ztratí spojení se serverem, Mumble se pokusí automaticky spojení obnovit každých 10 sekund. - + Reconnect automatically - + Proxy - + Type - + Type of proxy to connect through - + Direct connection - + HTTP(S) proxy - + SOCKS5 proxy - + Hostname - + Hostname of the proxy - + Force TCP mode - + Enable QoS to prioritize packets - + This will enable QoS, which will attempt to prioritize voice packets over other traffic. - + Use Quality of Service - + Don't send certificate to server and don't save passwords. (Not saved). - + <b>This will suppress identity information from the client.</b><p>The client will not identify itself with a certificate, even if defined, and will not cache passwords for connections. This is primarily a test-option and is not saved.</p> - + Suppress certificate and password storage - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through.</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. - + Port - + Port number of the proxy - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. - + Username - + Username for proxy authentication - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. - + Password - + Password for proxy authentication - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. - + Misc - + Prevent log from downloading images - + <b>Disable image download</b><br/> Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the img tag. - + Disable image download - + Mumble services - + Check for new releases of Mumble automatically. - + This will check for new releases of Mumble every time you start the program, and notify you if one is available. - + Check for application updates on startup - + Check for new releases of plugins automatically. - + This will check for new releases of plugins every time you start the program, and download them automatically. - + Download plugin updates on startup - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus its development where it is needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project - + Submit anonymous statistics @@ -6687,8 +6818,8 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the Overlay - - + + Mumble Mumble @@ -6704,14 +6835,14 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: - nemáte aktualizaci DX9.0c z června 2007 - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 - + Failed to initialize overlay memory. This usually means that the shared memory is locked by the OS, and you need to reboot to release it. @@ -6719,27 +6850,27 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: OverlayConfig - + Options Volby - + Position Umístění - + Font Písmo - + Enable Overlay Zapnout Overlay - + Enable overlay. Zapnout overlay. @@ -6764,62 +6895,62 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: Ukázat - + Who to show on the overlay Kdo bude zobrazen v overlay vrstvě - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. <b>Nastaví, kdo bude vidět v overlay vrstvě.</b><br />Pokud bude připojeno příliš mnoho lidí, seznam se může stát nepříjemně dlouhým. Tímto nastavením jej můžete zkrátit.<br /><i>Nikoho</i> - nezobrazovat nikoho (ale nechat běžící overlay).<br /><i>Pozue mluvící</i> - zobrazí pouze uživatele, kteří právě mluví.<br /><i>Každého</i> - zobrazí úplně každého. - + Always Show Self Vždy ukázat sebe - + Always show yourself on overlay. Vždy ukáže vaše jméno v overlay vrstvě. - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. Nastavuje, jestli budete vidět vy sami. Toto nastavení je nejvíce užitečné, pokud nikoho ostatního vidět nechcete, pouze chcete vidět svůj vlastní stav - jestli mluvíte nebo ne, nebo jestli máte zakázáno mluvení/poslech. - + Show User Textures Ukázat obrázky uživatelů - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. Ukázat v overlay vrstvě uživatelův nastavený obrázek místo textu. - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. Nastavuje, jestli se má stáhnout a použít navolený obrázek pro zobrazení registrovaných uživatelů. Pokud je zakázáno, zobrazí se uživatelé běžným textem. - + Grow Left Zvětšovat doleva - + Let overlay grow to the left Overlay se zvětšuje směrem doleva - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. Ovelay vrstva je tak malá, jak je to jenom možné a je na zvolené pozici. Tímto nastavením se povolí zvětšování overlay na levou stranu, pokud je to potřeba. - + Grow Right Zvětšovat doprava @@ -6832,12 +6963,12 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: Ovelay vrstva je tak malá, jak je to jenom možné a je na zvolené pozici. Tímto nastavením se povolí zvětšování overlay na pravou stranu, pokud je to potřeba. - + Grow Up Zvětšovat nahoru - + Let overlay grow upwards Overlay se zvětšuje směrem nahoru @@ -6846,12 +6977,12 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: Ovelay vrstva je tak malá, jak je to jenom možné a je na zvolené pozici. Tímto nastavením se povolí zvětšování overlay nahoru, pokud je to potřeba. - + Grow Down Zvětšovat dolů - + Let overlay grow downwards Overlay se zvětšuje směrem dolů @@ -6860,62 +6991,58 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: Ovelay vrstva je tak malá, jak je to jenom možné a je na zvolené pozici. Tímto nastavením se povolí zvětšování overlay směrem dolů, pokud je to potřeba. - + X-Position of Overlay Pozice overlay na ose X - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. Relativni pozice na ose X. - + Y-Position of Overlay Pozice overlay na ose Y - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start Mumble after starting the application, or if you disable the overlay while the application is running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. Relativni pozice na ose Y. - + Current Font Současný font - + Set Font nastavit font - + Maximum height of names. Maximální výška jmen. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. Nastaví maximální výšku zobrazených jmen, relativně k výšce obrazovky. Pokud vaše 3D okno má 800 pixelů na výšku a tato hodnota je nastavena na 5%, každé jméno bude 40 pixelů vysoké. Jména nikdy nebudou větší než 60 pixelů, i kdybyste nastavili vyšší hodnotu. - + Maximum height Maximální výška - - - - - + Change Změnit @@ -6932,90 +7059,90 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: Barva pro Alt-mluvící uživatele - + Color for Channels Barva pro kanály - + Color for active Channels Barva pro aktivní kanály - + Overlay Overlay - + Show no one - + Show only talking - + Show everyone - - + + Color for users - - + + Color for talking users - - + + Color for whispering users - + Color for channels - + Color for active channels - + Form - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. - + Let overlay grow to the right - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. - + TextLabel @@ -7062,118 +7189,128 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: PluginConfig - + Options Volby - - + + Plugins - + Link to Game and Transmit Position - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information - + &Reload plugins - + Reloads all plugins - + This allows plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit it with each voice packet. This enables other users to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. - + &About &O aplikaci - + Information about plugin - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. - + &Configure - + Show configuration page of plugin - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. - + Plugin has no about function. - + Form + + + Name + + + + + Enabled + + Plugins - - + + Downloaded new or updated plugin to %1. - + Failed to install new plugin to %1. - + %1 lost link. - + %1 linked. @@ -7181,7 +7318,7 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: PortAudioSystem - + Default Device @@ -7224,12 +7361,12 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input - + Default Output @@ -7237,82 +7374,77 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: RichTextEditor - + Failed to load image - + Image file too large to embed in document. Please use images smaller than %1 kB. - - TabWidget - - - - + Display - + Source Text - + &Bold - + Ctrl+B - + &Italic - + Italic - + Ctrl+I - + Underline - + Ctrl+U - + Color - + Insert Link - + Ctrl+L - + Insert Image @@ -7320,17 +7452,17 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: RichTextEditorLink - + Add Link - + URL URL - + Text @@ -7338,27 +7470,27 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: ServerHandler - + UDP packets cannot be sent to or received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. - + UDP packets cannot be sent to the server. Switching to TCP mode. - + UDP packets cannot be received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. - + UDP packets can be sent to and received from the server. Switching back to UDP mode. - + Connection timed out @@ -7366,42 +7498,42 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: ServerView - + Favorite - + LAN - + Public Internet - + Asia - + North America - + South America - + Europe - + Oceania @@ -7409,7 +7541,7 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned @@ -7417,22 +7549,22 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: ShortcutDelegate - + On - + Off - + Toggle - + Unassigned @@ -7440,7 +7572,7 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut @@ -7448,22 +7580,22 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: ShortcutTargetDialog - + Root Kořen - + Parent - + Current - + Subchannel #%1 @@ -7471,42 +7603,42 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: ShortcutTargetWidget - + ... ... - + , - + Root Kořen - + Parent - + Current - + Subchannel #%1 - + Invalid - + <Empty> @@ -7514,17 +7646,17 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: ShortcutToggleWidget - + Off - + Toggle - + On @@ -7532,17 +7664,17 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: TextMessage - + Enter text - + If checked the message is recursively sent to all subchannels - + Send recursively to subchannels @@ -7550,22 +7682,22 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: Tokens - + Empty Token - + Mumble - Access Tokens - + List of access tokens on current server - + <b>This is an editable list of access tokens on the connected server.</b> <br /> An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simple access management on channels. Mumble will remember the tokens you've used and resend them to the server next time you reconnect, so you don't have to enter these every time. @@ -7573,22 +7705,22 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl - + Add a token - + &Add - + Remove a token - + &Remove Odst&ranit @@ -7596,159 +7728,164 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl UserEdit - - + Registered Users - + + Remove Odstranit + + + Rename + + UserModel - + This is a user connected to the server. The icon to the left of the user indicates whether or not they are talking: - + Talking to your channel. - + Whispering directly to your channel. - + Whispering directly to you. - + Not talking. - + This is a channel on the server. The icon indicates the state of the channel: - + Your current channel. - + A channel that is linked with your channel. Linked channels can talk to each other. - + A channel on the server that you are not linked to. - + This shows the flags the user has on the server, if any: - + On your friend list - + Authenticated user - + Muted (manually muted by self) - + Muted (manually muted by admin) - + Muted (not allowed to speak in current channel) - + Muted (muted by you, only on your machine) - + Deafened (by self) - + Deafened (by admin) - + User has a new comment set (click to show) - + User has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) - + This shows the flags the channel has, if any: - + Channel has a new comment set (click to show) - + Channel has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) - + Name Jméno - + Flags Příznaky - - - + + + Mumble Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? - - + + Cannot perform this movement automatically, please reset the numeric sorting indicators or adjust it manually. @@ -7760,7 +7897,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl Mumble - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. Mumble nedokázalo získat informace o aktuálních verzích ze serveru SourceForge. @@ -7768,102 +7905,102 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details - + Certificate chain - + Certificate details - + %1 %2 - - + + Common Name: %1 - - + + Organization: %1 - + Subunit: %1 - - + + Country: %1 - - + + Locality: %1 - - + + State: %1 - + Valid from: %1 - + Valid to: %1 - + Serial: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 - + RSA - + DSA - + Digest (MD5): %1 - + Issued by: - + Unit Name: %1 @@ -7890,7 +8027,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl WASAPISystem - + Default Device diff --git a/src/mumble/mumble_da.ts b/src/mumble/mumble_da.ts index 5ba9de807..57c132bf4 100644 --- a/src/mumble/mumble_da.ts +++ b/src/mumble/mumble_da.ts @@ -4,120 +4,119 @@ ACLEditor - + Deny Nægt - + Allow Tillad - + Allow %1 Tillad %1 - + Deny %1 Nægt %1 - + Mumble - Add channel Mumble - Tilføj kanal - - + + Failed: Invalid channel Mislykkedes: Ugyldig kanal - + Mumble - Edit %1 Mumble - Redigér %1 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Dette tildeler %1-privilegiet. Hvis et privilegium både er tilladt og nægtet, er det nægtet.<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Dette ophæver %1-privilegiet. Hvis et privilegium både er tilladt og nægtet, er det nægtet.<br />%2 - + Dialog Dialogboks - Properties - Egenskaber + Egenskaber - + Name Navn - + Enter the channel name here. Skriv kanalnavnet hér. - + <b>Name</b><br>Enter the channel name in this field. The name has to comply with the restriction imposed by the server you are connected to. <b>Navn</b><br>Skriv kanalnavnet i dette felt. Navnet skal opfylde de begrænsninger, som serveren, du har forbindelse til, pålægger. - + Description Beskrivelse - + Password Adgangskode - + Enter the channel password here. Skriv adgangskoden for kanalen hér. - + <b>Password</b><br>This field allows you to easily set and change the password of a channel. In the background it uses Mumble's access tokens feature. To allow more fine grained and powerful access control directly use ACLs and groups instead (<i>Advanced configuration</i> has to be checked to be able to see these settings). <b>Adgangskode</b><br>Dette felt gør dig i stand til let at indstille og skifte adgangskode en kanal. I baggrunden bruger det Mumble's adgangsudtryk-funktion. For at bruge mere finindstilled og kraftfuld adgangskontrol skal du direkte bruge ACL's og grupper i stedet (<i>Avanceret konfiguration</i> skal være slået til for at være i stand til at se disse indstillinger). - + Check to create a temporary channel. Markér for at oprette en midlertidig kanal. - + <b>Temporary</b><br> When checked the channel created will be marked as temporary. This means when the last player leaves it the channel will be automatically deleted by the server. <b>Midlertidig</b><br> Hvis denne er markeret, vil kanalen der oprettes blive markeret som midlertidig. Dette betyder, at når den sidste bruger forlader kanalen, vil den automatisk blive slettet af serveren. - + Temporary Midlertidig - + Channel positioning facility value Prioriteringsværdi for placering af kanalen - + <b>Position</b><br/> This value enables you to change the way Mumble arranges the channels in the tree. A channel with a higher <i>Position</i> value will always be placed below one with a lower value and the other way around. If the <i>Position</i> value of two channels is equal they will get sorted alphabetically by their name. <b>Position</b><br/> @@ -126,214 +125,208 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre Denne værdi gør dig i stand til at ændre måden Mumble arrangerer kanalerne i træet. En kanal med en højere <i>placerings</i>-værdi vil altid blive placeret under én med en lavere værdi og omvendt. Hvis <i>placerings</i>-værdien er ens for to kanaler, vil de blive sorteres alfabetisk efter deres navn. - + Position Placering - + &Groups &Grupper - - + Group Gruppe - + List of groups Liste over grupper - + Remove selected group Fjern den valgte gruppe - - - + Remove Fjern - + Inherit group members from parent Arv gruppemedlemmer fra forælder - + Inherit Arv - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels Lav gruppe arvelig for underkanaler - + Inheritable Arvelig - + Group was inherited from parent channel Gruppe var arvet fra forælderkanal - + Inherited Arvet - - + Members Medlemmer - - - + Add Tilføj - + Add member to group Tilføj medlem til gruppe - + Remove member from group Fjern medlem fra gruppe - + &ACL &ACL - + Active ACLs Aktive ACLs - + List of entries Liste over indtastninger - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. Dette viser alle aktive indtastninger for denne kanal. Indtastninger arvet fra forælderkanaler vil vises med kursiv.<br />ACLs er evalueret fra op til ned, hvilket vil sige at prioriteringen forøges, når du rykker en indtastning ned på listen. - + Inherit ACL of parent? Arv ACL fra forælder? - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. Dette indstiller hvorvidt ACL fra forælderkanaler anvendes på denne kanal. Kun indtastninger i forælderkanaler, der er markeret som "Anvend på underkanaler", vil blive arvet. - + Inherit ACLs Arv ACLs - + Move entry up Flyt indtastning op - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. Dette flytter indtastningen op ad listen. Eftersom indtastninger er evalueret i rækkefølge, kan dette ændre de faktiske rettigheder for brugere. Du kan ikke flytte en indtastning over arvede indtastninger, men hvis du virkelig behøver dette, så skal du gentage den arvede indtastning. - + &Up &Op - + Move entry down Flyt indtastning ned - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. Dette flytter indtastningen ned på listen. Eftersom indtastninger er evalueret i rækkefølge, kan dette ændre de faktiske rettigheder for brugere. - + &Down &Ned - + Add new entry Tilføj ny indtastning - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. Dette tilføjer en ny indtastning, hvori der fra start af ikke er specificeret nogen rettigheder og som anvendes på alle. - + &Add &Tilføj - + Remove entry Fjern indtastning - + This removes the currently selected entry. Dette fjerne den nuværende valgte indtastning. - + &Remove &Fjern - + Context Indflydelse - + Entry should apply to this channel. Entry should apply to this channel Indtastning skal anvendes på denne kanal. - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. Dette gør, så indtastningen anvendes på denne kanal. - + Applies to this channel Anvend på denne kanal - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. Indtastning skal anvendes på underkanaler. - + <b>Group</b><br> These are all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. <b>Group</b><br> @@ -342,153 +335,158 @@ This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, Disse er alle grupperne, der i øjeblikket gælder for kanalen. For at oprette en ny gruppe skal du bare skrive navnet og trykke enter. - + Add new group Tilføj ny gruppe - + <b>Add</b><br/> Add a new group. <b>Tilføj</b><br/> Tilføj en ny gruppe. - + <b>Remove</b><br>This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. <b>Fjern</b><br>Dette fjerner den nuværende valgte gruppe. Hvis gruppen var arvet, vil den ikke blive fjernet fra listen, men alt lokal information om gruppen vil blive slettet. - + <b>Inherit</b><br>This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. <b>Arv</b><br>Dette arver alle medlemmer i gruppen fra forælderen, hvis gruppen er markeret som <i>arvelig</i> i forælderkanalen. - + <b>Inheritable</b><br>This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. <b>Arvelig</b><br>Dette gør denne gruppe arvelig for underkanaler. Hvis gruppen ikke er arvelig, kan der i underkanaler oprettes en ny gruppe med samme navn. - + <b>Inherited</b><br>This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. <b>Arvet</b><br>Dette indikerer at gruppen er arvet fra forælderkanalen. Du kan ikke ændre dette flag, det er kun til information. - + Inherited members Arvede medlemmer - + Contains the list of members added to the group by this channel. Indeholder listen over brugere tilføjet til gruppen af denne kanal. - + <b>Members</b><br> This list contains all members that were added to the group by the current channel. Be aware that this does not include members inherited by higher levels of the channel tree. These can be found in the <i>Inherited members</i> list. To prevent this list to be inherited by lower level channels uncheck <i>Inheritable</i> or manually add the members to the <i>Excluded members</i> list. <b>Medlemmer</b><br> Denne liste inderholder medlemmer, der er blevet tilføjet til gruppen af den nuværende kanal. Vær opmærksom på at listen ikke inkluderer medlemmer arvet fra højere niveauer i kanaltræet. Disse kan findes i listen <i>Arvede medlemmer</i>. For at forhindre denne liste i at blive arvet til underkanaler, skal du fjerne markeringen <i>Arvelig</i> eller manuelt tilføje medlemmer til listen <i>Udeladte medlemmer</i>. - + Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. Indeholder en liste over brugere hvis gruppemedlemskab ikke vil blive arvet fra forælderkanalen. - + <b>Excluded members</b><br> Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. <b>Udeladte medlemmer</b><br /> Inderholder en liste over medlemmer hvis gruppemedlemskab ikke vil blive arvet fra forælderkanaler. - + Contains the list of members inherited by other channels. Indeholder listen over brugere arvet fra andre kanaler. - + <b>Inherited members</b><br> Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i>Inherit</i> to prevent inheritance from higher level channels. <b>Arvede medlemmer</b><br> Indeholder listen over medlemmer der er arvet af den nuværende kanal. Fjern markeringen af <i>Arv</i> for at forhindre, at der kan arves fra kanaler i højere niveauer. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to add to the group and click Add. Skriv navnet på en bruger du vil tilføje til gruppen og klik <i>Tilføj</i>. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to remove from the group and click Add. Skriv navnet på en bruger du vil fjerne fra gruppen og klik <i>Tilføj</i>. - + Exclude Udelad - + Excluded members Udeladte medlemmer - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. Dette gør så indtastningen anvendes på underkanaler til denne kanal. - + Applies to sub-channels Anvend på underkanaler - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a '!', its membership is negated, and if it starts with a '~', it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in.<br />If a group name starts with a '#', it is interpreted as an access token. Users must have entered whatever follows the '#' in their list of access tokens to match. This can be used for very simple password access to channels for non-authenticated users.<br />If a group name starts with a '$', it will only match users whose certificate hash matches what follows the '$'.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for '<i>sub,0,0,0</i>').<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for '<i>!sub,0,0,0</i>').<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. Dette kontrollerer hvilken gruppe brugere, som denne indtastningen gælder for.<br />Vær opmærksom på at gruppen er evalueret i sammenhæng med kanalen. som indtastningen er brugt i. Fx giver standard ACL på rod-kanalen <i>Skriv ACL</i>-rettigheder til <i>admin</i>-gruppen. Denne indtastning, hvis den altså er arvet af en kanal, vil give en bruger <i>Skriv ACL</i>-rettigheder, hvis brugeren tilhører admin-gruppen i dén kanal, også selvom brugeren ikke tilhører <i>admin</i>-gruppen i dén kanal, hvor den ACL oprindeligt er sat.<br />Hvis et gruppenavn starter med et '!', er dets medlemskab ophævet, og hvis det starter med en '~' er det evalueret i den kanal, hvor den ACL er defineret i, i stedet for den kanal hvor den ACL er aktiv i.<br />Hvis et gruppenavn starter med en '#', er det aflæst som et adgangsudtryk. Brugere skal have indtastet dét der står efter '#' i deres liste over adgangsudtryk for at matche. Dette kan bruges til meget simpel adgangskodebaseret adgang til kanaler for brugere der ikke er autentificeret.<br />Hvis et gruppenavn starter med et '$', vil det kun matche brugere, hvis certifikat-hash matcher dét, der kommer efter '$'.<br />Nogle få specielle foruddefinerede grupper er:<br /><b>all</b> - Alle vil matche.<br /><b>auth</b> - Alle autentificerede brugere vil matche.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - Brugere der i øjeblikket er i en underkanal minimum <i>a</i> fælles forældre, og mellem <i>b</i> og <i>c</i> kanaler ned ad rækken. Se webstedet for mere omfattende dokumentation relateret til dette.<br /><b>in</b> - Brugere der i øjeblikket er i kanalen vil matche (fordel for '<i>sub,0,0,0</i>').<br /><b>out</b> - Brugere uden for kanalen vil matche (fordel for '<i>!sub,0,0,0</i>').<br />Bemærk at en indtastning gælder for enten en bruger eller en gruppe men aldrig begge. - + Permissions Tilladelser - + User/Group Bruger/gruppe - + Group this entry applies to Gruppe som denne indtastning anvendes på - + User ID Bruger ID - + User this entry applies to Brugere denne indtastning gælder for - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. Dette kontrollerer, hvilken bruger indtastningen anvendes på. Skriv bare brugernavnet og tryk enter for at forespørge serveren for et match. + + + &Properties + + ALSAAudioInput - + Default ALSA Card Standard ALSA-kort - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 Åbning af valgte ALSA-afspilning mislykkedes: %1 @@ -496,12 +494,12 @@ Indeholder listen over medlemmer der er arvet af den nuværende kanal. Fjern mar ALSAAudioOutput - + Default ALSA Card Standard ALSA-kort - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 Åbning af valgte ALSA afspilnings mislykkedes: %1 @@ -509,150 +507,148 @@ Indeholder listen over medlemmer der er arvet af den nuværende kanal. Fjern mar ASIOConfig - + %1 (version %2) %1 (version %2) - + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5Hz %1 -> %2 prøvebuffer, med %3 prøveopløsning (%4 foretrukken) ved %5 Hz - - - - + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 ASIO initialisering mislykkedes: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver Instantiering af ASIO-driver mislykkedes - + ASIO ASIO - + Form Form - + Device selection Enhedsvalg - + Device Enhed - + Device to use for microphone Enhed til brug som mikrofon - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. Dette vælger hvilken enhed der skal forespørges. Du behøver stadig at egentlig forespørge enheden og vælge hvilke kanaler der skal bruges. - + Query selected device Forespørg valgt enhed - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Dette forespørger den valgte enhed for kanaler. Vær opmærksom på at mange ASIO-drivere er ekstremt fejlfyldte, og at forespørge dem kan foresage et nedbrud af enten programmet eller systemet. - + &Query &Forespørgsel - + Configure selected device Konfigurér valgt enhed - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Dette konfigurerer den valgte enhed. Vær opmærksom på at mange ASIO-drivere er ekstremt fejlfyldte, og at forespørge dem kan foresage et nedbrud af enten programmet eller systemet. - + &Configure &Konfigurér - + Capabilities Evner - + Driver name Drivernavn - + Buffer size Bufferstørrelse - + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. Dette vil konfigurere indspilningskanalerne for ASIO. Vær sikker på at du har valgt mindst én kanal som mikrofon og højtaler. <i>Mikrofon</i> skal være hvor din mikrofon er fastgjort, og <i>højtaler</i> skal være en kanal afprøver '<i>hvad du hører</i>'.<br />For eksempel på Audigy 2 ZS'en ville et godt valg for mikrofon være '<i>Mic L</i>' mens højtaler skal være '<i>Mix L</i>' og '<i>Mix R</i>'. - + Configure input channels Konfigurér indspilningskanaler - + Channels Kanaler - + Microphone Mikrofon - - + <- <- - - + -> -> - + Unused Ubenyttet - + Speakers Højtalere @@ -660,18 +656,18 @@ Indeholder listen over medlemmer der er arvet af den nuværende kanal. Fjern mar ASIOInput - - + + Mumble Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. Du skal vælge mindst én mikrofon- og én højtalerkilde til at bruge ASIO. Hvis du kun behøver mikrofon-sampling, så brug DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. Åbning af valgte ASIO-enhed mislykkedes. Ingen indspilning vil blive udført. @@ -679,27 +675,27 @@ Indeholder listen over medlemmer der er arvet af den nuværende kanal. Fjern mar AboutDialog - + About Mumble Om Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Et stemme-chat program for gamere</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> - + &About Mumble &Om Mumble - + &License &Licens - + OK OK @@ -707,17 +703,17 @@ Indeholder listen over medlemmer der er arvet af den nuværende kanal. Fjern mar AboutSpeexDialog - + About Speex Om Speex - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%1">%1</a></tt></p><p>This program uses SpeexDSP.</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering and voice activity detection.</p> <h3>Om Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%1">%1</a></tt></p><p>Dette program bruger SpeexDSP.</p><p>Speex bliver brugt til ekkoeliminering, støjdæmpning og lydaktivitets-detektering.</p> - + OK OK @@ -725,374 +721,371 @@ Indeholder listen over medlemmer der er arvet af den nuværende kanal. Fjern mar AudioInput - + Form Form - + Interface Grænseflade - + System System - + Input method for audio Indspilningsmetode for lyd - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Indspilningsmetoden der skal bruges for lyd.</b><br />Du skal højest sansynligt bruge DirectSound. - + Device Enhed - + Input device for audio Indspilningsenhed for lyd - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> <b>Dette er indspilningsenheden der skal bruges for lyd.</b> - + Transmission Overførsel - + &Transmit &Overfør lyd - + When to transmit your speech Hvornår din tale skal overføres - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. <b>Dette indstiller hvornår tale skal overføres.</b><br /><i>Uafbrudt</i> - Hele tiden<br /><i>Stemmeaktivering</i> - Når du taler klart.<br /><i>Tryk-for-snak</i> - Når du holder en genvejsknap nede, som du har indstilt under <i>Genveje</i>. - + DoublePush Time Dobbelttryk tid - + If you press the PTT key twice in this time it will get locked. Hvis du trykker to gange på Tryk-for-snak-knappen inden for denne tid, vil den blive låst. - + <b>DoublePush Time</b><br />If you press the push-to-talk key twice during the configured interval of time it will be locked. Mumble will keep transmitting until you hit the key once more to unlock PTT again. <b>Dobbelttryk tid</b><br />Hvis du trykker tryk-for-snak-knappen to gange i løbet af af det konfigurerede tidsinterval, vil den blive låst. Mumble vil fortsætte med at overføre lyd, indtil du trykker knappen én gang mere, hvilket låser tryk-for-snak-knappen op igen. - TextLabel - Tekstetiket + Tekstetiket - + Gets played when the PTT button is pressed Bliver afspillet når Tryk-for-snak-knappen trykkes ned - + Gets played when the PTT button is released Bliver afspillet når Tryk-for-snak-knappen slippes - + Reset audio cue to default Nulstil lydsignal til standard - + <b>Reset</b><br/>Reset the paths for the files to their default. <b>Nulstil</b><br/>Nulstiller stien for filerne til standard. - + Reset Nulstil - + Browse for on audio file Gennemse for en <i>til</i>-lydfil - - + Browse Gennemse - + Browse for off audio file Gennemse for en <i>fra</i>-lydfil - + Off Fra - + On Til - + Preview the audio cues Afprøv lydsignalet - + <b>Preview</b><br/>Plays the current <i>on</i> soundfile followed by the current <i>off</i> soundfile. <b>Afprøv</b><br/>Afspiller den nuværende <i>til</i>-lydfil efterfulgt af den nuværende <i>fra</i>-lydfil. - + Preview Afprøv - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. <b>Dette aktiverer lydsignalet for Tryk-for-snak.</b><br />Hvis du aktiverer dette, vil der lyde et kort bip, når Tryk-for-snak-knappen bliver trykket ned og sluppet. - + PTT Audio cue Tryk-for-snak lydsignal - + Use SNR based speech detection Brug signal-til-støj-baseret stemmeaktivering - + Signal to Noise Signal til støj - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. Brug amplitude-baseret stemmegenkendelse. - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. <b>Dette indstiller stemmeaktiveringen der skal bruges ved <i>Forstærkning</i></b><br />I denne tilstand, bruges den rå kraft fra indspilningssignalet til at detektere tale. - + Amplitude Forstærk - + Voice &Hold Lyd &Hold - + How long to keep transmitting after silence Hvor lang tid skal der fortsat overføres, efter der er blevet stille - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>Dette indstiller hvor længe overførslen skal fortsætte efter et opfattet stop.</b><br />Indstil denne højere hvis din stemme afbrydes, når du snakker (det ses ved at lydikonet ved siden af dit navn blinker hurtigt).<br />Brug af denne indstilling giver kun mening, hvis du bruger stemmeaktivering. - + Silence Below Stilhed under - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. <b>Dette indstiller værdien der udløser stemmeaktivering.</b><br />Brug denne, sammen med lydstatistikker-vinduet, for manuelt at indstille værdierne der udløser stemmeaktivering. Indspilnings-værdierne under "Stilhed under" tæller altid som stilhed. Værdier over "Tale over" tæller altid som stemme. Værdier i mellem vil tælle som stemme, hvis du allerede taler, men vil ikke udløse en ny aktivering. - + Speech Above Tale over - + Signal values above this count as voice Signal-værdier over dette tæller som stemme - + Compression Komprimering - + &Quality &Kvalitet - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) Kvalitet af komprimering (maksimal båndbredde) - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. <b>Dette indstiller kvaliteten af komprimeringen.</b><br />Dette fastslår hvor meget båndbredde Mumble må bruge til udgående lyd. - + Audio per packet Lyd per pakke - + How many audio frames to send per packet Hvor mange lyd-frames der skal sendes per pakke - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>Dette indstiller hvor mange lyd-frames der skal puttes i én pakke.</b><br />Forøgelse af dette vil øge forsinkelsen af din stemme, men vil også reducere båndbredde-krav. - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). <b>Dette viser den maksimale udgående båndbredde-brug.</b><br />Dette viser den maksimale mængde båndbredde, der bliver sendt fra din maskine. Lyd-bitrate er den maksimale bitrate (eftersom vi bruger VBR) for alene lyddata. <i>Placering</i> er bitrate'en der bliver brugt til placeringsinformation. <i>Overhead</i> er vores framing og IP-pakke-headers (IP og UDP er 75% af denne overhead). - + Audio Processing Lydbehandling - + Noise Suppression Støjdæmpning - + Noise suppression Støjdæmpning - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be suppressed. <b>Dette indstiller hvor meget støjdæmpning der skal anvendes.</b><br />Jo højere denne værdi er, des mere aggressivt vil stationær støj blive dæmpet. - + Amplification Forstærkning - + Maximum amplification of input sound Maksimal forstærkning af indspilningslyd - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. <b>Maksimal forstærkning af indspilning</b><br />Mumble normaliserer inspilnings-lydstyrken før komprimering, og dette indstiller hvor meget Mumble må forstærke.<br />Det egentlige niveau bliver hele tiden opdateret baseret på det nuværende talemønster, men det vil aldrig komme over niveauet angivet hér.<br />Hvis <i>Mikrofon lydstyrke</i>-niveauet ligger omkring 100%, skal du sandsynligvis sætte denne til 2.0 eller deromkring, men hvis du som de fleste folk ikke er i stand til at opnå 100%, skal du sætte denne til noget meget højere.<br />Ideelt skal du sætte den til <i>Mikrofon lydstyrke * forstærkning faktor >= 100</i>, selv når du taler dæmpet.<br /><br />Bemærk at det ikke gør noget, hvis du sætter denne til maksimum, men Mumble vil begynde at opsamle andre samtaler, hvis du lader den automatisk tune i dette niveau. - + Current speech detection chance Nuværende stemmeaktiverings-sansynlighed - + Cancel echo from speakers Eliminér ekko fra højtalere - + Enabling this will cancel the echo from your speakers. Mixed has low CPU impact, but only works well if your speakers are equally loud and equidistant from the microphone. Multichannel echo cancellation provides much better echo cancellation, but at a higher CPU cost. Aktivering af dette vil eliminere ekko fra din højtalere. <i>Blandet</i> forbruger ikke så meget CPU, men vil kun virke godt, hvis dine højtalere er lige højre og lige langt væk fra din mikrofon. <i>Multikanal</i>-ekkoeliminering giver meget bedre ekkoeliminering, men forbruger meget CPU. - + Disabled Deaktiveret - + Mixed Blandet - + Multichannel Multikanal - + Echo Ekkoeliminering - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated Hørtbart lydsignal når tryk-for-snak er aktiveret og deaktiveret - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. <b>Dette indstiller stemmeaktivering til at bruge Signal til støj forhold.</b><br />I denne tilstand, er indspilningen analyseret for noget der minder om rent signal, og klarhed af signalet er brugt til udløse stemmeaktivering. - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Dette viser de nuværende stemmeaktiverings-indstillinger.</b><br />Du kan ændre indstillingerne fra "Indstillinger"-dialogboksen eller fra lydguiden. - + Idle AutoMute Automute ved ubenyttet - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. Hvor længe skal computeren være ubenyttet før auto-mute. - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. Dette indstiller en ubenyttet-timer. Hvis timeren udløber, og der ikke bliver sendt noget lyd til serveren, vil du blive muted. - + Signal values below this count as silence Signalværdier under dette tæller som stilhed - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio Maksimal båndbredde ved afsendelse af lyd - + Server maximum network bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Audio quality auto-adjusted to %2 kbit/s (%3ms) Serverens maksimale netværks-båndbredde er kun %1 kbit/s. Lydkvaliteten blev automatisk justeret til %2 kbit/s (%3ms) @@ -1100,70 +1093,71 @@ Indeholder listen over medlemmer der er arvet af den nuværende kanal. Fjern mar AudioInputDialog - + Continuous Uafbrudt - + Voice Activity Stemmeaktivering - + Push To Talk Tryk for snak - + Audio Input Lydindspilning - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - + + + Off Fra - + %1 s %1 s - + %1 kb/s %1 kb/s - + -%1 dB -%1 dB - - %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) - %1kbit/s (Lyd %2 %5, Placering %4, Overhead %3) + + %1 kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + %1kbit/s (Lyd %2 %5, Placering %4, Overhead %3) - + CELT CELT - + Speex Speex - + %1 min %1 min @@ -1171,308 +1165,325 @@ Indeholder listen over medlemmer der er arvet af den nuværende kanal. Fjern mar AudioOutput - + Form Form - + Interface Grænseflade - + System System - + Output method for audio Afspilningsmetode for lyd - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Dette er afspilningsmetoden der skal bruges for lyd</b><br />Du skal højest sansynligt bruge DirectSound. - + Device Enhed - + Output device for audio Afspilningsenhed for lyd - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> <b>Dette er afspilningsenheden der skal bruges for lyd.</b> - - + Positional Audio Placeringsbestemt lyd - + Audio Output Lydafspilning - + Default &Jitter Buffer Standard &flimmerbuffer - + Safety margin for jitter buffer Sikkerhedsmargin for flimmerbuffer - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. <b>Dette indstiller den minimale sikkerhedsmargen for flimmer-bufferen.</b><br />Alt indgående lyd er buffet, og flimmer-bufferen prøver uafbrudt at presse bufferen til det minimale opretholdelige af dit netværk, så forsinkelsen kan være så lille som muligt. Dette indstiller den minimale buffer-størrelse der kan bruges. Hvis starten af sætninger, du hører, er meget flimrende, så forøg denne værdi. - + Minimum distance to user before sound volume decreases Minimum afstand til bruger før lydstyrken reduceres - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other users' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. Dette indstiller den minimale distance for lydberegninger. Lydstyrken fra andre brugeres tale vil ikke formindskes før de er mindst dette væk fra dig. - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other users' speech volume will not decrease any further. Dette indstiller den maksimale distance for lydberegninger. Hvis længere væk end dette, vil andre brugeres talelydstyrke ikke formindskes yderligere. - + <b>This enables one of the loopback test modes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other users will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. <b>Dette aktiverer én af loopback-testtilstandene.</b><br /><i>Ingen</i> - Loopback deaktiveret<br /><i>Lokal</i> - Efterlign en lokal server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Anmod om loopback fra server<br />Vær opmærksom på at når loopback er aktiveret, vil ingen andre brugere høre din stemme. Denne indstilling bliver ikke gemt, når programmet afsluttes. - + Volume Lydstyrke - + Volume of incoming speech Lydstyrke for indgående tale - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. <b>Dette justere lydstyrken af ingående tale.</b><br />Vær opmærksom på, at hvis du for forøger den endnu mere end 100%, vil lyden blive forvrænget. - + Output Delay Afspilningsforsinkelse - + Amount of data to buffer Mængde af data der skal buffers - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. De forbundne "højtalere" er rent faktisk et headset - + Factor for sound volume decrease Faktor for lydstyrke formindskelse - + Bloom Bloom - + Factor for sound volume increase Faktor for lydstyrkeforøgelse - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? Hvor meget skal lydstyrken forhøjes for kilder der er rigtig tæt på? - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. Markering af denne indikerer, at du ikke har højtalere sat til, men bare headset. Dette er vigtigt, eftersom højtalere normalt er foran dig, mens et headset sidder direkte på din højre og venstre side. - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. Dette indstiller mængden af data der skal forud-buffers i afspilningsbufferen. Eksperimentér med forskellige værdier og indstil den til det laveste som ikke forårsager flimmer i lyden. - + Headphones Headset - + Minimum Distance Minimum distance - + Maximum Distance Maksimal distance - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease Maksimal afstand, hvor tale-lydstyrken udover denne afstand ikke reduceres - + Minimum Volume Minimal lydstyrke - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? Hvad skal lydstyrken være ved maksimal distance? - + Loopback Test Loopback-test - + Delay Variance Forsinkelse varians - + Variance in packet latency Variation i pakkeforsinkelse - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you to set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. <b>Dette indstiller pakkeforsinkelses-variationen for loopback-test.</b><br />De fleste lydstier inderholder noget varierende forsinkelse. Dette gør dig i stand til, at indstille den variation for loopback-tilstands-test. Hvis du fx sætter denne til 15ms, vil det svare til et netværk med 20-35ms ping forsinkelse eller 80-95ms forsinkelse. De fleste indenlandske internetforbindelser har en variation på omkring 5ms. - + Packet Loss Pakketab - + Packet loss for loopback mode Pakketab for loopback-tilstand - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% <b>Dette indstiller pakketabet for loopback-tilstand.</b><br />Dette vil være forholdet for tabte pakker. Medmindre din udgående båndbredde er maksimeret ud, eller der er noget galt med din netværksforbindelse, vil dette være 0% - + &Loopback &Loopback - + Desired loopback mode Ønsket loopback-tilstand - + Other Applications Andre programmer - + Volume of other applications during speech Lydstyrke for andre programmer når der snakkes - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. <b>Formindsker lydstyrken af andre programmer under tale.</b><br />Mumble giver mulighed for at formindske lydstyken af andre programmer under indgående tale. Dette indstiller den relative lydstyrke af andre programmer, når andre snakker. + + + If checked Mumble also lowers the volume of other applications when you talk + + + + + Attenuate other applications while you talk + + AudioOutputDialog - + None Ingen - + Local Lokal - + Server Server - + Audio Output Lydafspilning - - + + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - - - + + + + + + %1 % + + + + + + %1 m + + + %1% - %1% + %1% - %1ms - %1ms + %1ms - - %1m - %1m + %1m AudioOutputSample - + Choose sound file Vælg lydfil - + Invalid sound file Ugyldig lydfil - + The file '%1' cannot be used by Mumble. Please select a file with a compatible format and encoding. Filen '%1' kan ikke bruges af Mumble. Vælg venligst en fil med et kompatibelt format og kodning. @@ -1480,180 +1491,179 @@ Indeholder listen over medlemmer der er arvet af den nuværende kanal. Fjern mar AudioStats - - >1000ms - >1000ms + + >1000 ms + >1000ms + >1000ms - + Audio Statistics Lydstatistikker - + Input Levels Indspilningsniveau - + Peak microphone level Maksimalt mikrofonniveau - - - + Peak power in last frame Maksimal kraft i sidste frame - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. Dette viser den maksimale kraft i den forrige frame (20 ms), og det er den samme måling som du normalt vil finde vist som "indspilningskraft". Vær venlig at ignorere dette og se i stedet på <b>mikrofonkraft</b>, som er meget mere jævnt og ser bort fra afvigelser. - + Peak speaker level Maksimalt højtaler niveau - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) of the speakers. Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. Dette viser den maksimale styrke fra højtalere i forrige frame (20 ms). Medmindre du bruger en multi-kanal-sampling metode (såsom ASIO) med konfigurerede højtalerkanaler, vil dette være 0. Hvis du har konfigureret en sådan opsætning, og denne stadig viser 0, mens du afspiller lyd fra andre programmer, virker din opsætning ikke. - + Peak clean level Maksimalt rent niveau - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. Dette viser den maksimale kraft i den forrige frame (20 ms) efter al behandling. Ideelt set skulle dette være -96 dB, når du ikke snakker. I realiteten vil dette være -60 dB i et lydstudie, og du skulle gerne se noget omkring -20 dB. Når du snakker, burde dette stige til et sted mellem -5 og -10 dB.<br />Hvis du bruger ekkoeliminering, og dette stiger til mere end -15 dB, når du ikke snakker, virker din opsætning ikke, og du vil genere andre brugere med ekko. - + Signal Analysis Signal analyse - + Microphone power Mikrofonstyrke - + How close the current input level is to ideal Hvor tæt det nuværende indspilnings-niveau er på det ideelle - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. Dette viser hvor tæt din nuværende indspilningslydstyrke er på det ideelle. For at justere dit mikrofinniveau skal du åbne dét program, du bruger til at justere din optagelydstyrke, og kigge på værdierne hér, mens du snakker.<br /><b>Snak højt, som om du oprevet over at blive nakket af en noob.</b><br />Justér lydstyrken indtil denne værdi er tæt på 100%, men vær sikker på den ikke kommer over. Hvis den kommer, vil din stemme sansynligvis "falde ud", når du snakker, hvilket vil forringe lydkvaliteten. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Signal-til-støj forhold - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone Signal-til-støj forhold fra mikrofonen - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. Dette er Signal-til-Støj forholdet (SNR) af mikrofonen i den forrige frame (20 ms). Det viser hvor meget tydeligere din stemme er i forhold til støjen.<br />Hvis denne værdi er under 1.0, er der mere støj end stemme i signalet, og så er kvaliteten nedsat.<br />Der er ingen øvre grænse for denne værdi, men forvent ikke at se noget over 40-50 uden at være i et lydstudie. - + Speech Probability Sandsynlighed for tale - + Probability of speech Sandsynlighed for tale - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). Dette er sandsynligheden for, at den forrige frame (20 ms) var tale og ikke støj fra omgivelserne.<br />Stemmeaktivitets-overførsel afhænger af, at dette er rigtigt. Tricket ved dette er, at midten af en sætning altid bliver detekteret som tale; problemet er pauserne mellem ordene og starten af tale. Det er svært at skelne et suk fra et ord, der starter med 'h'.<br />Hvis dette vises med fed skrift, betyder det, at Mumble i øjeblikket overfører (hvis du har oprettet forbindelse). - + Configuration feedback Konfiguration af feedback - + Current audio bitrate Nuværende lydbitrate - + Bitrate of last frame Bitrate for sidste frame - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. Dette er lyd-bitrate'en for den forrige komprimerede frame (20 ms), og vil som sådan hoppe op og ned samtidig med VBR justerer kvaliteten. For at justere den maksimale bitrate, skal du justere <b>Komprimeringskompleksitet</b> i "Indstillinger"-dialogboksen. - + DoublePush interval Dobbelttryk interval - + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses Tid mellem to Tryk-for-snak tryk - + Speech Detection Stemmeaktivering - + Current speech detection chance Nuværende stemmegenkendelses-sansynlighed - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Dette viser de nuværende stemmeaktiverings-indstillinger.</b><br />Du kan skifte indstillingerne i <i>Indstillinger</i>-dialogboksen eller i lydguiden. - + Signal and noise power spectrum Signal og støj kraftspektrum - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate Kraftspektrum for indspilningssignal og støjvurdering - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. Dette viser kraftspektrummet af det nuværende indgående signal (rød linje) and den nuværende støjeliminering (udfyldt blå).<br />Alle forstærkninger er ganget med 30 for at vise den interessante del (hvor meget mere signal end støj der er til stede i hvert waveband).<br />Dette er sansynligvis kun interessant, hvis du prøver at finindstille støjforholdende for din mikrofon. Under gode forhold burde der kun være en lillebitte antydning af blå ved bunden. Hvis det blå er mere end halvejs oppe ad grafen, er du i et seriøst støjende miljø. - + Echo Analysis Ekkoanalyse - + Weights of the echo canceller Vægt af ekkoeliminering - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. Dette viser vægten af ekkoelimineringen, hvor tiden forøges nedad og svingningstal forøges mod højre.<br />Ideelt set skulle dette være sort, hvilket indikere at der overhovedet ikke er noget ekko. Du skulle være i stand til at se vægten blive opdateret i real time.<br />Læg venligst mærke til at så længe du ikke har noget, der kan være ekko, vil du ikke se ret meget brugtbar data hér. Afspil noget musik og tingene skulle gerne stabilisere sig.<br />Du kan vælge at se den rigtige eller indbildte dele af frekvens-område vægten, eller alternativt den beregnede absolutte værdi og fase. Den mest brugbare af disse, vil være den absolutte værdi, som er amplituden af ekkoet, og som viser dig hvor meget af det udgående signal, der bliver fjernet på dét tidstrin. De andre visningstilstande er mest brugbare for folk, der gerne vil tune ekkoeliminerings-algoritmerne.<br />Bemærk: Hvis hele billedet svinger enormt ved absolut værdi tilstanden, vil det mislykkedes ekkoelimineringen at finde nogen sammenhæng overhovedet mellem de to indspilningskilder (højtalere og mikrofon). Enten har du en meget lang forsinkel på ekkoet, eller også er en af indspilningskilderne konfigureret forkert. @@ -1661,130 +1671,128 @@ Indeholder listen over medlemmer der er arvet af den nuværende kanal. Fjern mar AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard Lydjusteringsguide - + Introduction Introduktion - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard Velkommen til Mumble lydguide - + Finished Færdig - + Enjoy using Mumble Nyd at bruge Mumble - + Device selection Enhedsvalg - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. Vælg indspilnings- og afspilningsenheden der skal bruges med Mumble. - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. Dette er enheden din mikrofon er forbundet til. - - + System System - + Input method for audio Indspilningsmetode for lyd - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Indspilningsmetoden der skal bruges for lyd.</b><br />Du skal højest sansynligt bruge DirectSound. - - + Device Enhed - + Input device to use Indspilningsenhed - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> <b>Vælger hvilket lydkort der skal bruges for lydindspilning.</b> - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers Eliminér ekko fra headset eller højtalere - + Use echo cancellation Brug ekkoeliminering - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. Dette aktiverer ekkoeliminering for udgående lyd, hvilket både hjælper for højtalere og headsets. - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. Dette er enheden dine højtalere eller dit headset er forbundet til. - + Output method for audio Afspilningsmetode for lyd - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Dette er afspilningsmetoden der skal bruges for lyd</b><br />Du skal højest sansynligt bruge DirectSound. - + Output device to use Afspilningsenhed - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> <b>Vælg hvilket lydkort der skal bruges til lydafspilnings.</b> - + Enable positional audio Aktivér placeringsbestemt lyd - + Allows positioning of sound Allows positioning of sound. Tillad placering af lyd - + <p> This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. </p> @@ -1799,22 +1807,22 @@ Vær opmærksom på at så længe denne guide er aktiv, vil lyden blive gentaget </p> - + Input Device Indspilningsenhed - + Output Device Afspilningsenhed - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. Dette tillader Mumble at bruge placeringsbestemt lyd til at placere stemmer. - + <p> To keep latency to an absolute minimum, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. </p> @@ -1831,17 +1839,17 @@ Du skulle hér høre et stemme-eksempel. Flyt skyderen neden for til den laveste - + Amount of data to buffer Mængde af data der skal buffers - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. Dette indstiller mængden af data der skal forud-buffers i afspilnings-bufferen. Eksperimentér med forskellige værdier og sæt den til den laveste, der ikke giver flimmer i lyden. - + <p> Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. </p> @@ -1858,17 +1866,17 @@ Tal højlydt som når du er irriteret og ophidset. Formindsk nu lydstyrken i lyd - + Positional Audio Placeringsbestemt lyd - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. Justér reducering af placeringsbestemt lyd. - + <p> Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other users relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other user is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. </p> @@ -1884,12 +1892,12 @@ Grafen nedenunder viser placeringen af <font color="red">dig< - + Use headphones instead of speakers Brug headset i stedet for højtalere - + <p> Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. </p> @@ -1906,141 +1914,205 @@ Mumble er under konstant udvikling, og udviklerteamet vil gerne fokusere på fun - + Use headphones Bruge headset - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. Dette ignorerer operativsystem-højtalerkonfigurationen og konfigurerer placeringen af headset i stedet. - + Volume tuning Lydstyrkejustering - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. Justér hardware-lydstyrken for mikrofonen til de optimale indstillinger. - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. Tal nu dæmpet som du ville gøre sent om natten, hvor du ikke vil forstyrre nogen. Justér skyderen nedenunder, så baren bevæger sig ind i det grønne område, når du snakker, men forbliver i det blå område når du er stille. - + Voice Activity Detection Stemmeaktivering - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. Lader Mumble finde ud af hvornår du taler, og hvornår du er stille. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. Dette hjælper Mumble med at finde ud af hvornår du snakker. Det første du skal gøre er at vælge hvilke dataværdier der skal bruges. - + Raw amplitude from input Rå styrke af input - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Signal-til-støj forhold - + Next you need to adjust the following slider. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Dernæst skal du justere følgende skyder. De første få udtagelser du siger, burde ende i det grønne område (definitiv snak). Når du snakker, burde du forblive inden for det gule (kan være tale), og når du ikke snakker, burde alt være i det røde (definitivt ikke snak). - + Device tuning Enhedsjustering - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. Indstil hardware-afspilningsforsinkelse til den mindst mulige værdi. - %1ms - %1ms + %1ms - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Indsend anonyme statistikker til Mumble-projektet - + Push To Talk: Tryk-for-snak: + + + Quality & Notifications + + + + + Adjust quality and notification settings. + + + + + Quality settings + + + + + Low + + + + + In this configuration Mumble will use a <b>low amount of bandwidth</b>. This will inevitable result in high latency and poor quality. Choose this only if your connection cannot handle the other settings. (Speex 16kbit/s, 60ms per packet) + + + + + Balanced + + + + + This is the <b>recommended default</b> configuration. It provides a good balance between quality, latency and bandwidth usage. (CELT 40kbit/s, 20ms per packet) + + + + + Ultra + + + + + This configuration is only recommended for use in setups where bandwidth is not an issue like a LAN. It provides the lowest latency supported by Mumble and <b>high quality</b>. (CELT 72kbit/s, 10ms per packet) + + + + + Notification settings + + + + + Use Text-To-Speech to read notifications and messages to you. + + + + + Disable Text-To-Speech and use sounds instead. + + + + + %1 ms + + BanEditor - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - Redigér udelukkelser - + &Address &Adresse - + &Mask &Maske - + Reason Begrundelse - + Start Start - + End Slut - + User Bruger - + Hash Hash - + &Add &Tilføj - + &Update &Opdatér - + &Remove &Fjern @@ -2048,27 +2120,27 @@ Mumble er under konstant udvikling, og udviklerteamet vil gerne fokusere på fun CertView - + Name Navn - + Email Email - + Issuer Udsteder - + (none) (ingen) - + Self-signed Selv-signeret @@ -2076,67 +2148,67 @@ Mumble er under konstant udvikling, og udviklerteamet vil gerne fokusere på fun CertWizard - + Resolving domain %1. Afprøver domænet %1. - + Unable to validate email.<br />Enter a valid (or blank) email to continue. Ikke i stand til at validere emailen.<br />Skriv en gyldig (eller tom) email for at fortsætte. - + There was an error generating your certificate.<br />Please try again. There opstod en fejl under genereringen af dit certifikat<br />Prøv venligst igen. - + Your certificate and key could not be exported to PKCS#12 format. There might be an error in your certificate. Dit certifikat og nøgle kunne ikke blive eksporteres til PKCS#12-format. Der kan være en fejl i dit certifikat. - + The file could not be opened for writing. Please use another file. Denne fil kunne ikke åbnes for skrivning. Brug venligst en anden fil. - + The file could not be written successfully. Please use another file. Denne fil kunne der ikke skrives succesfuldt til. Brug venligst en anden fil. - + The file could not be opened for reading. Please use another file. Denne fil kunne ikke åbnes for læsning. Brug venligst en anden fil. - + The file is empty or could not be read. Please use another file. Denne fil er tom eller kunne ikke læses. Brug venligst en anden fil. - + The file did not contain a valid certificate and key. Please use another file. Filen indeholdt ikke et gyldigt certifikat og nøgle. Brug venligst en anden fil. - + Select file to export certificate to Vælg filen certifikatet skal eksporteres til - + Select file to import certificate from Vælg filen der skal importeres certifikat fra - + Unable to resolve domain. Ude af stand til at afprøve domænet. - + Mumble User Mumble bruger @@ -2144,174 +2216,168 @@ Mumble er under konstant udvikling, og udviklerteamet vil gerne fokusere på fun Certificates - + Certificate Management Certifikat administration - + Certificate Authentication Certifikat autentificering - + Authenticating to servers without using passwords Autentificér til servere uden at bruge adgangskoder - + <p>Mumble can use certificates to authenticate with servers. Using certificates avoids passwords, meaning you don't need to disclose any password to the remote site. It also enables very easy user registration.</p><p>While Mumble can work without certificates, the majority of servers will expect you to have one.</p> <p>Mumble kan bruge certifikater til at autentificere dig med servere. Ved at bruge certifikater, undgår man adgangskoder, hvilket vil sige at du ikke behøver afsløre nogen adgangskoder som nemt kan komme i omløb. Med certifikater er der mulighed for meget nem brugerregistrering.</p><p>Mumble kan godt nok fungere uden certifikater, men størstedelen af alle servere forventer at du har et.</p> - - - + Current certificate Nuværende certifikat - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. Dette er certifikatet Mumble i øjeblikket bruger. - - + Current Certificate Nuværende certifikat - - + Create a new certificate Opret et nyt certifikat - + This will create a new certificate. Dette vil oprette et nyt certifikat. - + Import certificate from file Importér certifikat fra fil - + This will import a certificate from file. Dette vil importere et certifikat fra en fil. - + Import a certificate Importér et certifikat - - + Export Certificate Eksportér certifikat - + This will export a certificate to file. Dette vil eksportere et certifikat til en fil. - + Export current certificate Exportér nuværende certifikat - + Import Certificate Importér certifikat - + PKCS #12 Certificate import PKCS #12 Certifikatimportering - + <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from FireFox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> <p>Mumble kan importere certifikater gemt i PKCS #12-formatet. Dette er formatet der bliver brugt når man eksporterer en nøgle fra Mumble, og også når man eksportere nøgler fra Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera osv.</p><p>Hvis filen er beskyttet af en adgangskode, skal du bruge adgangskoden for at importere certifikatet.</p> - + Import from Importér fra - + Filename to import from Filnavn der skal importeres fra - + This is the filename you wish to import a certificate from. Dette er filnavnet du ønsker at importere et certifikat fra. - + Select file to import from Vælg fil at importere fra - + This opens a file selection dialog to choose a file to import a certificate from. Dette åbner en filvalgs-dialogboks for at vælge en fil der skal importeres et certifikat fra. - + Open... Åben... - + Password Adgangskode - + Password for PKCS#12 file Adgangskode for PKCS#12 fil - + This is the password for the PKCS#12 file containing your certificate. Dette er adgangskoden for PKCS#12-filen der indeholder dit certifikat. - + Certificate to import Certifikat der skal importeres - + This is the certificate you are importing. Dette er certifikatet du importerer. - - + Certificate Details Certifikatdetaljer - + Replace Certificate Erstat certifikat - + Replace existing certificate with new certificate? Erstat eksisterende certifikat med nyt certifikat? - + <p>You already have a certificate stored in Mumble, and you are about to replace it.</p> <p>If you are upgrading to a certificate issued to you by a trusted CA and the email addresses match your current certificate, this is completely safe, and servers you connect to will automatically recognize the strong certificate for your email address. </p> @@ -2332,278 +2398,282 @@ Er du sikker på du vil erstatte dit certifikat? - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be replaced. Dette er certifikatet Mumble i øjeblikket bruger. Det vil blive erstattet. - + New certificate Nyt certifikat - + This is the new certificate that will replace the old one. Dette er det nye certifikat som vil erstatte det gamle. - - + New Certificate Nyt certifikat - + Make a backup of your certificate Lav en backup af dit certifikat - + <p>If you ever lose your current certificate, which will happen if your computer suffers a hardware failure or you reinstall your machine, you will no longer be able to authenticate to any server you are registered on. It is therefore <b>mandatory</b> that you make a backup of your certificate. We strongly recommend you store this backup on removable storage, such as an USB memory stick.</p> <p>Note that this file will not be encrypted, and if anyone gains access to it, they will be able to impersonate you, so take good care of it.</p> <p>Hvis du nogensinde mister dit nuværende certifikat, hvilket vil ske hvis din computer udsættes for et hardware-nedbrud, eller hvis du geninstallerer dit system, vil du ikke længere være i stand til at autentificere på nogen server, som du er registreret på. Det er derfor <b>påkrævet</b> at du opretter en backup af dit certifikat. Vi anbefaler dig kraftigt at gemme denne backup på en flytbar opbevaring, fx en USB-nøgle.</p> <p>Vær opmærksom på at denne fil ikke vil blive krypteret, og hvis nogen får adgang til den, vil de være i stand til at udgive sig for at være dig, så pas godt på den.</p> - + Export to Eksportér til - + Filename to export to Filnavn der skal eksporteres til - + This is the filename you wish to export a certificate to. Dette er filnavnet du ønsker at eksportere et certifikat til. - + Save As... Gem som... - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be exported. Dette er certifikatet Mumble i øjeblikket bruger. Det vil blive eksporteret. - + Generate a new certificate for strong authentication Generér et nyt certifikat til stærk autentificering - + <p>Mumble will now generate a strong certificate for authentication to servers.</p><p>If you wish, you may provide some additional information to be stored in the certificate, which will be presented to servers when you connect. If you provide a valid email address, you can upgrade to a CA issued email certificate later on, which provides strong identification.</p> <p>Mumble vil nu generere et stærkt certifikat, der kan bruges til at autentificere til servere.</p><p>Hvis du ønsker det, kan du tilføje yderligere information, som skal gemmes i certifikatet, hvilket vil blive sendt til servere, når du opretter forbindelse. Hvis du tilføjer en gyldig emailadresse, kan du opgradere til et CA-udstedt email-certifikat senere, som giver stærk identifikation.</p> - + Name Navn - + Email Email - + Your email address (e.g. johndoe@mumble.info) Din emailadresse (fx johndoe@mumble.info) - + This is your email address. It is strongly recommended to provide a valid email address, as this will allow you to upgrade to a strong certificate without authentication problems. Dette er din emailadresse. Det anbefales kraftigt at opgive en gyldig emailadresse, eftersom dette vil gøre dig i stand til at opgradere til et stærkt certifikat uden autenticiferingsproblemer. - + Your name (e.g. John Doe) Dit navn (fx John Doe) - + This is your name, and will be filled out in the certificate. This field is entirely optional. Dette er dit navn, og vil blive udfyldt i dit certifikat. Dette felt er fuldstændigt valgfrit. - + Finish Færdig - + Certificate-based authentication is ready for use Certifikat-baseret autentificering er klar til brug - + Enjoy using Mumble with strong authentication. Nyd at brug Mumble med stærk autentificering. + + + Automatic certificate creation + + ChanACL - + None Ingen - + Traverse Gennemse - + Enter Gå ind i - + Speak Tal - + Mute/Deafen Mute/Gøv døv - + Make channel Lav kanal - + Make temporary Lav midlertidig - + Link channel Sammenkæd kanal - + This represents no privileges. Dette repræsenterer ingen privilegier. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. Dette repræsenterer total adgang til kanalen, inklusiv muligheden for at ændre grupper og ACL-information. Dette privilegie indebærer alle andre privilegier. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. Dette repræsenterer rettigheden til at gennemse kanalen. Hvis en bruger er nægtet dette privilegie, vil brugeren ikke være i stand til at tilgå denne kanal og nogen underkanaler på nogen måde usanset andre rettigheder i underkanalerne. - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. Dette repræsenterer rettigheden til at gå ind i kanalen. Hvis du har en hierarkisk-kanalstruktur, vil du måske have gavn af at give alle <i>Gennemse</i>, men begrænse <i>Gå ind i</i> for rod-kanalen i hierarkiet. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. Dette repræsenterer rettigheden til at tale i en kanal. Brugere uden dette privilegie vil blive muted af serveren (ser ud som muted) og vil være ude af stand til at snakke, indtil de bliver unmuted af nogen med de fornødne privilegier. - + This represents the permission to whisper to this channel from the outside. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with the Whisper key held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. Dette repræsenterer rettigheden til at hviske til denne kanal udefra. Dette virker præcis ligesom <i>Tal</i>-privilegiet, men gælder for tale der bliver sendt ved hjælp af hviske-knappen. Dette kan bruges til at tale til et hierarki af kanaler uden at sammenkæde dem. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other users. Once muted, a user will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged user or reconnects to the server. Dette repræsenterer rettigheden til at mute og gøre andre brugere døve. Når en bruger først er muted, vil brugeren forblive muted indtil han bliver unmuted af en anden priviligeret bruger, eller opretter forbindelse til serveren igen. - + This represents the permission to move a user to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the user, either the moving user must have Move privileges in the destination channel, or the user must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Users with this privilege can move users into channels the target user normally wouldn't have permission to enter. Dette repræsenterer rettigheden til at flytte en bruger til en anden kanal eller kicke brugeren fra serveren. For rent faktisk at flytte brugeren, skal brugeren der flytter den anden bruger have flyt-privilegiet i destinationskanalen, eller brugeren, der bliver flyttet, skal have rettigheder til at gå ind i destinationskanalen. Brugere med dette privilegium kan flytte brugere ind i kanaler, som brugeren, der bliver flyttet, normalt ikke har rettigheder til at gå ind i. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Dette repræsenterer rettigheden til at lave underkanaler. Brugeren, der laver underkanaler, vil blive tilføjet til admin-gruppen i underkanalen. - + This represents the permission to make a temporary subchannel. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Temporary channels are not stored and disappear when the last user leaves. Dette repræsenterer rettigheden til at lave en midlertidig underkanal. Brugeren, der laver underkanaler, vil blive tilføjet til admin-gruppen i underkanalen. Midlertidige kanaler er ikke gemt og forsvinder, når den sidste bruger forlader kanelen. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Users in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking user has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. Dette repræsenterer rettigheden til at sammenkæde kanaler. Brugere i sammenkædede kanaler kan høre hinanden, så længe den snakkende bruger har <i>tale</i>-privilegiet i kanalen med lytterne. Du skal have sammenkæd-privilegiet i begge kanaler for at oprette en sammenkædning, men kun i én af kanalerne for at fjerne sammenkædningen. - + This represents the permission to write text messages to other users in this channel. Dette repræsenterer rettigheden til at skrive tekstbeskeder til andre brugere i denne kanal. - + This represents the permission to forcibly remove users from the server. Dette repræsenterer rettigheden til at tvangsfjerne brugere fra serveren. - + This represents the permission to permanently remove users from the server. Dette repræsenterer rettigheden til permanent at fjerne brugere fra serveren. - + This represents the permission to register and unregister users on the server. Dette repræsenterer rettigheden til at registrere og fjerne registreringen af brugere på serveren. - + This represents the permission to register oneself on the server. Dette repræsenterer rettigheden til at registrere sig selv på serveren. - + Whisper Hvisk - + Move Flyt - + Text message Tekstbeskeder - + Kick Kick - + Ban Udeluk - + Register User Registrér bruger - + Register Self Registrér selv - + Write ACL Skriv ACL @@ -2611,7 +2681,12 @@ Er du sikker på du vil erstatte dit certifikat? ChatbarLineEdit - + + Paste and send + + + + Type chat message here Skriv chatbesked hér @@ -2619,37 +2694,37 @@ Er du sikker på du vil erstatte dit certifikat? ClientUser - + Friend Ven - + Authenticated Autentificeret - + Muted (server) Muted (server) - + Deafened (server) Gjort døv (server) - + Local Mute Lokal mute - + Muted (self) Muted (selv) - + Deafened (self) Gjort døv (selv) @@ -2657,73 +2732,73 @@ Er du sikker på du vil erstatte dit certifikat? ConfigDialog - - + + Accept changes Acceptér ændringer - - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. Denne knap vil anvende nuværende indstillinger og vende tilbage til programmet.<br />Indstillingerne vil blive gemt, når du lukker programmet. - - + + Reject changes Afvis ændringer - - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. Denne knap vil kassere alle ændringer og vende tilbage til programmet.<br />Indstillingerne vil blive sat til deres tidligere positioner. - - + + Apply changes Anvend ændringer - - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. Denne knap vil øjeblikkeligt anvende alle ændringer. - - + + Undo changes for current page Fortryd ændringer på nuværende side - - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. Denne knap vil genskabe alle tidligere anvendte indstillinger for den nuværende side. - - + + Restore defaults for current page Genskab standardindstillinger for nuværende side - - + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. Denne knap vil genskabe indstillingerne for den nuværende side til deres oprindelige standardindstilling. Der vil ikke blive ændret på andre sider.<br />For at genskabe <i>alle</i> standardindstillinger skal du bruge denne knap på hver enkelt side. - + Mumble Configuration Mumble konfiguration - - + + Advanced Avanceret @@ -2731,243 +2806,279 @@ Er du sikker på du vil erstatte dit certifikat? ConnectDialog - + Connecting to %1 Opretter forbindelse til %1 - - + + Enter username Skriv brugernavn - + Adding host %1 Tilføjer vært %1 - - + + Servername Servernavn - + Hostname Værtsnavn - + Bonjour name Bonjour navn - + Port Port - + Addresses Adresser - + Website Websted - + Packet loss Pakketab - + Ping (80%) Ping (80%) - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - + Ping (95%) Ping (95%) - + Bandwidth Båndbredde - + %1 kbit/s %1 kbit/s - - + + &Connect + + + + + &Filters + + + + + Users Brugere - + Version Version - Connect - Opret forbindelse + Opret forbindelse - - Add New... - Tilføj ny... + Tilføj ny... - Filters - Filtre + Filtre - + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list Hentning af serverliste mislykkedes - + Mumble Server Connect Mumble serverforbindelse - + Ping Ping - + Remove from Favorites Fjern fra favoritter - Edit... - Redigér... + Redigér... - + Add custom server Tilføj brugerdefineret server - Add to Favorites - Tilføj til favoritter + Tilføj til favoritter - Open Webpage - Åben websted + Åben websted - Show Reachable - Vis opnåelige + Vis opnåelige - + Show all servers that respond to ping Vis alle servere der besvare ping - Show Populated - Vis befolkede + Vis befolkede - + Show all servers with users Vis alle servere med brugere - Show All - Vis alle + Vis alle - + Show all servers Vis alle servere - + &Copy &Kopiér - + Copy favorite link to clipboard Kopiér favorit link til udklipsholder - + &Paste &Indsæt - + Paste favorite from clipboard Indsæt favorit fra udklipsholder + + + &Edit... + + + + + + &Add New... + + + + + Add to &Favorites + + + + + Open &Webpage + + + + + Show &Reachable + + + + + Show &Populated + + + + + Show &All + + ConnectDialogEdit - + Edit Server Redigér server - + &Servername &Servernavn - + Name of the server Navn på serveren - + <b>Name</b><br/> Name of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your serverlist and can be chosen freely. <b>Navn</b><br/> Navn på serveren. Dette er, hvad serveren vil blive navngivet som i din serverliste og kan frit vælges. - + A&ddress &Adresse - + Internet address of the server. Internet address of the server. Internetadresse for serveren. - + <b>Address</b><br/> Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an IPv4/IPv6 address or a Bonjour service identifier. Bonjour service identifiers have to be prefixed with a '@' to be recognized by Mumble. <b>Address</b></br> @@ -2976,34 +3087,34 @@ Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an ipv4/6 address Internetadressen for serveren. Dette kan være et normalt værtsnavn, en IPv4/IPv6-adresse eller en Bonjour-tjeneste identifikator. Bonjour-tjeneste identifikatorer skal have et '@' foran for at blive genkendt af Mumble. - + &Port &Port - + Port on which the server is listening Port som serveren lytter på - + <b>Port</b><br/> Port on which the server is listening. If the server is identified by a Bonjour service identifier this field will be ignored. <b>Port</b><br/> Port som serveren lytter på. Hvis serveren er opdaget af Bonjour-tjeneste finderen, vil dette felt blive ignoreret. - + &Username &Brugernavn - + Username to send to the server Brugernavn der skal sendes til serveren - + <b>Username</b><br/> Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions on how a username might look like. Also your username could already be taken by another user. <b>Brugernavn</b><br/> @@ -3013,7 +3124,7 @@ Brugernavn der skal sendes til serveren. Vær opmærksom på at serveren kan hav CoreAudioSystem - + Default Device Standardenhed @@ -3021,68 +3132,68 @@ Brugernavn der skal sendes til serveren. Vær opmærksom på at serveren kan hav CrashReporter - + Mumble Crash Report Mumble crash rapport - + <p><b>We're terribly sorry, but it seems Mumble has crashed. Do you want to send a crash report to the Mumble developers?</b></p><p>The crash report contains a partial copy of Mumble's memory at the time it crashed, and will help the developers fix the problem.</p> <p><b>Vi undskylder mange gange, men det ser ud som om Mumble gik ned. Vil du sende en nedbrudsrapport til udviklerne af Mumble?</b></p><p>Nedbrudsrapporten indeholder en delvis kopi af Mumbles hukommelse på det tidspunkt det gik ned, og dette kan hjælpe udviklerne til at løse problemet.</p> - + Email address (optional) Email-adresse (valgfri) - + Please briefly describe what you were doing at the time of the crash Skriv venligst (på engelsk) i korte træk hvad du gjorde da Mumble crashede - + Send Report Send rapport - + Don't send report Send ikke rapport - + Crash upload successful Crash upload vellykket - + Thank you for helping make Mumble better! Tak fordi du hjælper med at gøre Mumble bedre! - - + + Crash upload failed Crash upload mislykkedes - + We're really sorry, but it appears the crash upload has failed with error %1 %2. Please inform a developer. Vi undeskylder mange gange, men det ser ud som om uploading af nedbrudsrapporten mislykkedes med fejlen %1 %2. Vær venlig at informér en udvikler. - + This really isn't funny, but apparently there's a bug in the crash reporting code, and we've failed to upload the report. You may inform a developer about error %1 Det her er ikke sjovt, for der er tilsyneladende en fejl i nedbrudsrapporterings-koden, og rapporten kunne derfor ikke uploades. Du må gerne informere en udvikler om fejlen %1 - + Uploading crash report Uploader crash rapport - + Abort upload Afbryd upload @@ -3090,22 +3201,22 @@ Brugernavn der skal sendes til serveren. Vær opmærksom på at serveren kan hav DXAudioInput - + Default DirectSound Voice Input Standard DirectSounds stemmeindspilning - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. Åbning af valgte DirectSound indspilningsenhed mislykkedes. Ingen mikrofonopfangelse vil blive udført. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. Åbning af valgte DirectSound indspilning mislykkedes. Standardenheden vil blive brugt. - + Lost DirectSound input device. Mistede DirectSound indspilningsenhed. @@ -3113,22 +3224,22 @@ Brugernavn der skal sendes til serveren. Vær opmærksom på at serveren kan hav DXAudioOutput - + Default DirectSound Voice Output Standard DirectSound lydafspilning - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. Åbning af valgte DirectSound afspilnings mislykkedes. Standardenhed vil blive brugt. - + Lost DirectSound output device. Mistede DirectSound afspilningsenhed. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. Åbning af valgte DirectSounds afspilnings mislykkedes. Ingen lyd vil kunne høres. @@ -3136,20 +3247,20 @@ Brugernavn der skal sendes til serveren. Vær opmærksom på at serveren kan hav Database - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Det mislykkedes Mumble at initialisere en database i nogen som helst mulige placeringer. - + The database '%1' is read-only. Mumble can not store server settings (ie. SSL certificates) until you fix this problem. Databasen '%1' er kun læsbar (read-only). Mumble kan ikke gemme server indstillinger (fx SSL certifikater), før du har fikset dette problem. @@ -3157,62 +3268,62 @@ som helst mulige placeringer. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts Genveje - + List of configured shortcuts Liste over konfigurerede genveje - + Function Funktion - + Data Data - + Shortcut Genvej - + Suppress Tilbagehold - + Add new shortcut Tilføj ny genvej - + This will add a new global shortcut Dette vil tilføje en ny global genvej - + &Add &Tilføj - + Remove selected shortcut Fjern valgte genvej - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. Dette vil permanent fjerne en valgt genvej. - + &Remove &Fjern @@ -3220,27 +3331,28 @@ som helst mulige placeringer. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts Genveje - + Shortcut button combination. Kombination af genvejsknapper. - - <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. - <b>Dette er den globale genvejstast kombination.</b><br />Dobbeltklik i dette felt og tryk derefter på den ønskede knap/tastkombination. + + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Click this field and then press the desired key/button combo to rebind. Double-click to clear. + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. + <b>Dette er den globale genvejstast kombination.</b><br />Dobbeltklik i dette felt og tryk derefter på den ønskede knap/tastkombination. - + Suppress keys from other applications Tilbagehold knappen fra andre programmer - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. <b>Dette fjerner tryk på knappen fra andre programmer.</b><br />Aktivering vil skjule tryk på knappen (eller i det mindste den sidste knap i en tastkombination) fra andre programmer. Vær opmærksom på at ikke alle knapper kan tilbageholdes. @@ -3248,7 +3360,7 @@ som helst mulige placeringer. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. Mumble har detekteret at det ikke er i stand til at modtage globale genvejshændelser, når det er i baggrunden.<br /><br />Dette er fordi at Universaladgangs-egenskaben 'Aktivér adgang for hjælpeenheder' i øjeblikket er deaktiveret<br /><br />Aktivér venligst <a href=" ">denne indstilling</a> og fortsæt når du er færdig. @@ -3256,82 +3368,82 @@ som helst mulige placeringer. GlobalShortcutTarget - + Whisper Target Hviskemål - + Whisper to list of Users Hvisk til liste over brugere - + Channel Target Kanalmål - + Restrict to Group Begræns til gruppe - + If specified, only members of this group will receive the whisper. Hvis anført vil kun medlemmer af denne gruppe modtage hvisken. - + If checked the whisper will also be transmitted to linked channels. If denne er markeret vil hvisken også overføres til sammenkædede kanaler. - + Whisper to Linked channels Hvisk til sammenkædede kanaler - + If checked this whisper will also be sent to the subchannels of the channel target. Hvis denne er markeret, vil hvisken og blive sendt til underkanaler af kanalmålet. - + Whisper to subchannels Hvisk til underkanaler - + List of users Liste over brugere - + Add Tilføj - + Remove Fjern - + Whisper to Channel Hvisk til kanal - + Modifiers Modifikatorer - + Do not send positional audio information when using this whisper shortcut. Send ikke placeringsbestemt lydinformation når hviskegenvejen bliver brugt. - + Ignore positional audio Ignorér placeringsbestemt lyd @@ -3339,7 +3451,7 @@ som helst mulige placeringer. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 Mus %1 @@ -3347,7 +3459,7 @@ som helst mulige placeringer. LCD - + Not connected Ingen forbindelse oprettet @@ -3355,32 +3467,32 @@ som helst mulige placeringer. LCDConfig - + Enable this device Aktivér denne enhed - + LCD LCD - + Form Form - + Devices Enheder - + Name Navn - + <p>This is the list of available LCD devices on your system. It lists devices by name, but also includes the size of the display. Mumble supports outputting to several LCD devices at a time.</p> <h3>Size:</h3> <p> @@ -3395,27 +3507,27 @@ Dette felt beskriver størrelsen af en LCD-enhed. Størrelsen er enten opgivet i <p>Dette afgør om Mumble skal aktivere visning på den pågældende enhed.</p> - + Size Størrelse - + Enabled Aktiveret - + Views Visninger - + Minimum Column Width Minimum kolonnebredde - + <p>This option decides the minimum width a column in the User View.</p> <p>If too many people are speaking at once, the User View will split itself into columns. You can use this option to pick a compromise between number of users shown on the LCD, and width of user names.</p> @@ -3424,12 +3536,12 @@ Dette felt beskriver størrelsen af en LCD-enhed. Størrelsen er enten opgivet i - + This setting decides the width of column splitter. Denne indstilning afgør bredden af kolonnemellemrumene. - + Splitter Width Bredde af mellemrum @@ -3437,107 +3549,112 @@ Dette felt beskriver størrelsen af en LCD-enhed. Størrelsen er enten opgivet i Log - + Debug Fejlfinding - + Critical Kritisk - + Warning Advarsel - + Information Information - + Server Connected Forbindelse til server oprettet - + Server Disconnected Forbindelse til server afbrudt - + You self-muted/deafened Dig muted og gjort døv af dig selv - + Other self-muted/deafened Andre muted og gjort døv af dem selv - + Permission Denied Tilladelse nægtet - + Text Message Tekstbesked - + User Joined Server Bruger oprettede forbindelse til server - + User Left Server Bruger forlader server - + User kicked (you or by you) Bruger kicked (dig eller af dig) - + User kicked Bruger kicked - + User muted (you) Bruger muted (dig) - + User muted (by you) Bruger muted (af dig) - + User muted (other) Bruger muted (andre) - + User Joined Channel Bruger deltager i kanal - + User Left Channel Bruger forlader kanal - + + the server + + + + [[ Text object too large to display ]] [[ Tekstobjekt for stort til at blive vist ]] - + [Date changed to %1] [Datoen skiftede til %1] @@ -3547,145 +3664,145 @@ Dette felt beskriver størrelsen af en LCD-enhed. Størrelsen er enten opgivet i LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events Slå konsol til/fra for %1-hændelser - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events Slå pop-up-meddelelser til/fra for %1-hændelser - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events Slå Tekst-til-tale til/fra for %1-hændelser - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events Klik her for at slå lydmeddelelser til/fra for %1-hændelser - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change Sti til lydfilen der skal bruges ved lydnotifikationer i tilfælde af %1-hændelser<br />Enkeltklik for at afspille<br />Dobbeltklik for at skifte - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. Klik hér for at slå udskrivning i konsol af %1-hændelser til/fra.<br />Hvis denne er markeret, vil denne valgmulighed få Mumble til at udskrive alle %1-hændelser i beskedloggen. - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. Klik her for at slå pop-up-notifikationer for %1-hændelser til/fra.<br />Hvis denne er markeret, vil der blive lavet en pop-up-notifikation ved alle %1-hændelser. - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change<br />Ensure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. Sti til lydfil der skal bruges ved lydnotifikationer i tilfælde af %1-hændelser.<br />Enkeltklik for at afspille<br />Dobbeltklik for at skifte<br />Vær sikker på at lydnotifikationer for disse hændelser er slået til, eller vil dette felt ikke have nogen virkning. - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for sound files. Text-To-Speech and sound files cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Klik hér for at slå Tekst-til-tale for %1-hændelser til/fra.<br />Hvis denne er markeret, vil Mumble bruge Tekst-til-tale til at læse %1-hændelser højt for dig. Tekst-til-tale er også i stand til at læse indholdet af hændelserne, der ikke er erstattet af lydfiler. Tekst-til-tale og lydfiler kan ikke bruges på samme tid. - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a sound file predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Sound files and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. Klik hér for at slå lydmeddelelser for %1-hændelser til/fra.<br />Hvis denne er markeret, vil Mumble bruge en lydfil, som er valgt af dig, til at indikere %1-hændelser. Lydfiler og Tekst-til-tale kan ikke bruges på samme tid. - + Messages Beskeder - + Message Besked - + Console Konsol - + Notification Notifikation - + Text-To-Speech Tekst-til-tale - + Soundfile Lydfil - + Path Sti - + Text To Speech Tekst til tale - + Volume Lydstyrke - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine Lydstyrke for Tekst-til-tale - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>Dette er lydstyrken for talen.</b> - + Length threshold Længde tærskel - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine Den maksimale længde af en besked til oplæsning - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. <b>Dette er tærsklen for længden af beskeder i Tekst-til-tale.</b><br />Beskeder der er længere end denne grænse, vil ikke blive læst højt i deres fulde længde. - + Characters tegn - + Whisper Hviske - + If checked you will only hear whispers from users you added to your friend list. Hvis denne er markeret, vil du kun høre hvisken, fra venner du har tilføjet til din venneliste. - + Only accept whispers from friends Acceptér kun hvisken fra venner @@ -3693,2014 +3810,2126 @@ Dette felt beskriver størrelsen af en LCD-enhed. Størrelsen er enten opgivet i LookConfig - - + + System default Systemstandard - + None Ingen - + Only with users Kun med brugere - + All Alle - + Ask Spørg - + Do Nothing Gør intet - + Move Flyt - + User Interface Brugergrænseflade - + Choose skin file Vælg temafil - + Form Form - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with users</i> will expand and collapse channels as users join and leave them. Dette indstiller hvilke kanaler der automatisk skal udvides. <i>Ingen</i> og <i>Alle</i> vil enten udvide ingen eller alle kanaler, hvorimod <i>Kun med brugere</i> vil udvide og sammenklappe kanaler i takt med at brugere går ind og ud af dem. - + List users above subchannels (requires restart). Vis brugere over underkanaler (kræver genstart). - + <b>If set, users will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. <b>Hvis denne er markeret, vil brugere blive vist over underkanaler i kanaloversigten.</b><br />Det er nødvendigt at genstarte Mumble for at anvende ændringen. - + Users above Channels Brugere over underkanaler - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.</b> <b>Hvis denne er markeret, vil du skulle bekræfte, at du vil afslutte, hvis du har oprettet forbindelse.</b> - + Check to show chat bar Markér for at vise chatbaren - + <b>If checked the chat bar is shown.</b><br />Uncheck this to hide it. <b>If checked the chat bar is shown</b><br />Uncheck to hide it <b>Hvis denne er markeret, er chatbaren vist.</b><br />Fjern markering for at skjule den. - + Show chatbar Vis chatbar - + Show number of users in each channel Vis antallet af brugere i hver kanal - + Show channel user count Vis optælling af brugere - - + Language Sprog - + Language to use (requires restart) Sprog der skal bruges (kræver genstart) - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. <b>Dette indstiller hvilket sprog Mumble skal bruge.</b><br />Du skal genstarte Mumble for at bruge det nye sprog. - + Look and Feel Udseende og opførsel - + Layout Layout - + Classic Klassisk - + Stacked Stablet - + Hybrid Hybrid - + Custom Brugerdefineret - + This changes the behavior when moving channels. Dette ændrer opførslen når kanaler flyttes. - + This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. Dette indstiller opførslen af kanalflytning; det kan bruges til at forhindre uønsket flytning. <i>Flyt</i> flytter kanalen uden at spørge. <i>Gør ingenting</i> gør ingenting og skriver en fejlbesked i loggen. <i>Spørg</i> viser en dialogboks hvor du skal bekræfte, om du virkelig ønsker at flytte kanalen. - + Style Stil - + Basic widget style Grundlæggende widgetstil - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> <b>Dette indstiller det basale udseende og opførslen.</b> - + Skin Tema - + Skin file to use Temafil der skal bruges - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. <b>Dette indstiller hvilket tema Mumble skal bruge.</b><br />Temaet er en stil-fil anvendt ovenpå den basale widget-stil. Hvis der er ikoner i den samme mappe som stil-filen, vil disse erstatte standardikonerne. - + ... ... - + Expand Udvid kanaler - + When to automatically expand channels Hvornår kanaler automatisk skal udvides - + Channel Dragging Kanalflytning - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. Spørg om du vil lukke eller minimere, når du afslutter Mumble. - + Ask on quit while connected Spørg før afslutning (hvis forbindelse er oprettet) - Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. - Gør så Mumble vinduet vises ovenpå andre vinduer. + Gør så Mumble vinduet vises ovenpå andre vinduer. - <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> - <b>Dette gør så Mumble-vinduet altid er det øverste vindue.</b> + <b>Dette gør så Mumble-vinduet altid er det øverste vindue.</b> - + Always On Top Altid øverst - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> <b>Hvis denne er markeret, vil minimering af Mumble's hovedvindue få det til at blive skjult og kun være tilgængeligt fra systembakken. Ellers vil det blive minimeret, som et vindue normalt bliver.</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized Skjul i systembakken (når minimeret) - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. Skjul Mumble hovedvinduet i systembakken når det er minimeret. + + + This setting controls when the application will be always on top. + + + + + This setting controls in which situations the application will stay always on top. If you select <i>Never</i> the application will not stay on top. <i>Always</i> will always keep the application on top. <i>In minimal view</i> / <i>In normal mode</i> will only keep the application always on top when minimal view is activated / deactivated. + + + + + Never + + + + + Always + + + + + In minimal view + + + + + In normal view + + + + + Displays talking status in system tray + + + + + Show talking status in tray icon + + MainWindow - - + + Root Rod - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Tryk-for-snak - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut Tryk og hold denne knap for at sende stemme. - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut Dette konfigurerer tryk-for-snak knappen, og så længe du holder denne knap nede, vil du sende stemme. - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut Nulstil Lyd Processor - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut Unlink plugin - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut Tryk-for-mute - + Join Channel Global Shortcut Gå ind i kanal - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut Slå overlægning til/fra - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut Skift tilstand for overlægning i spillet. - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut Slå minimal tilstand til/fra - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut Lydstyrke op (+10%) - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut Lydstyrke ned (-10%) - - - - - + + + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + Mumble -- %1 Mumble -- %1 - + &Window &Vindue - - + + Minimize Minimér - + Ctrl+M Ctrl+M - + Close Luk - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? Mumble har i øjeblikket forbindelse til en server. Vil du lukke eller minimere det? - + Mute Self Global Shortcut Mute dig selv - + Set self-mute status. Global Shortcut Sæt selv-mute status. - + This will set or toggle your muted status. If you turn this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut Dette vil sætte eller skifte din mute-status. Hvis du slår dette fra, vil du også aktivere din lyd igen. - + Deafen Self Global Shortcut Gør dig selv døv - + Set self-deafen status. Global Shortcut Sæt gør-selv-døv status. - + This will set or toggle your deafened status. If you turn this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut Dette vil indstille eller slå din gør-selv-døv status til/fra. Hvis du slår dette til, vil du også aktivere selv-mute. - + This will switch the states of the in-game overlay between showing everybody, just the users who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut Dette vil skifte tilstanden af overlægning i spillet mellem visning af alle, kun brugere der snakker eller ingen. - + Whisper Hvisk - - + + Not connected Ingen forbindelse oprettet - + Clear Ryd - + Opening URL %1 Åbner URL %1 - + File does not exist Filen eksisterer ikke - + File is not a configuration file. Filen er ikke en konfigurationsfil. - + Settings merged from file. Indstillinger fletted fra fil. - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' URL ordning er ikke 'mumble' - + This version of Mumble can't handle URLs for Mumble version %1.%2.%3 Denne version af Mumble kan ikke håndtere URLs for Mumble version %1.%2.%3 - + Connecting to %1 Opretter forbindelse til %1 - + Enter username Skriv brugernavn - - + + Connecting to server %1. Opretter forbindelse til server %1. - + Reconnecting. Opretter forbindelse igen. - + <h2>Version</h2><p>Protocol %1.%2.%3.</p> <h2>Version</h2><p>Protocol %1.%2.%3.</p> - + <p>No build information or OS version available.</p> <p>Ingen build information eller OS version tilgængelig.</p> - + <p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p> <p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p> - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> <h2>Kontrolkanal</h2><p>Krypteret med %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms gennemsnitlig forsinkelse (%4 afvigelse)</p> - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> <h2>Stemmekanal</h2><p>Krypteret med 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms gennemsnitlig forsinkelse (%4 afvigelse)</p> - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s</p> <h2>Lyd båndbredde</h2><p>Maksimum %1 kbit/s<br />Nuværende %2 kbit/s</p> - + Register yourself as %1 Registrér dig selv som %1 - + <p>You are about to register yourself on this server. This action cannot be undone, and your username cannot be changed once this is done. You will forever be known as '%1' on this server.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register yourself?</p> <p>Du er ved at registrere dig selv på denne server. Denne handling kan ikke fortrydes, og dit brugernavn kan ikke senere ændres. Du vil for altid være kendt som '%1' på denne server.</p><p>Er du sikker på du vil registrere dig selv?</p> - + Register user %1 Registrér bruger %1 - + <p>You are about to register %1 on the server. This action cannot be undone, the username cannot be changed, and as a registered user, %1 will have access to the server even if you change the server password.</p><p>From this point on, %1 will be authenticated with the certificate currently in use.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register %1?</p> <p>Du er ved at registrere '%1' på serveren. Denne handling kan ikke fortrydes, brugernavnet kan ikke ændres, og som en registreret bruger vil '%1' have adgangs til serveren, selvom du skifter serveradgangskoden.</p><p>%1 vil blive autentificeret med certifikatet der i øjeblikket er i brug.</p><p>Er du sikker på du vil registrere '%1'?</p> - + Kicking user %1 Kicker bruger %1 - + Banning user %1 Udelukker bruger %1 - + Change comment on user %1 Skift kommentar for brugeren %1 - - To channel %1: %2 - Til kanal %1: %2 + Til kanal %1: %2 - - + + Message to channel %1 Besked til kanal %1 - + Connected. Forbindelse oprettet. - + SSL Version mismatch SSL-version uoverenstemmelse - + This server is using an older encryption standard. It might be an older 1.1 based Mumble server.<br />Would you like to launch the compatibility client to connect to it? Denne server bruger en ældre krypteringstandard. Det kan være en ældre version 1.1-baseret Mumble server.<br />Vil du start kompatibilitetsprogrammet for at oprette forbindelse til den? - + The compatibility client could not be found, or failed to start.<br />Note that the compatibility client is an optional component for most installations, and might not be installed. Kompatibilitetsprogrammet kunne ikke findes, eller kunne ikke starte.<br />Dette kan skyldes at kompatibilitetsprogrammet er et valgfrit komponent, som muligvis ikke er installeret. - + Type message to channel '%1' here Skriv besked til kanalen '%1' hér - + Type message to user '%1' here Skriv besked til brugeren '%1' hér - + Choose image file Vælg billedfil - + Images (*.png *.jpg) Billeder (*.png *.jpg) - - + + Failed to load image Indlæsning af billede mislykkedes - + Could not open file for reading. Kunne ikke åbne filen for læsning. - + Image format not recognized. Billedformatet blev ikke genkendt. - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. Lydkanal er sendt over kontrolkanal. - + UDP Statistics UDP-statistikker - + To Server Til server - + From Server Fra server - + Good Gode - + Late Forsinkede - + Lost Tabte - + Resync Gensynkroniseret - + Mumble Server Information Mumble serverinformation - - + + &View Certificate &Se certifikat - - + + Enter reason Skriv begrundelse - + Sending message to %1 Sender besked til %1 - - + + + To %1: %2 Til %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 Besked til %1 - + + Are you sure you want to reset the comment of user %1? + + + + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? Er du sikker på, at du vil slette %1 og alle dens underkanaler? - + Sending message to channel %1 Sender besked til kanalen %1 - To tree %1: %2 - Til træet %1: %2 + Til træet %1: %2 - + Message to tree %1 Besked til træet %1 - + + (Tree) %1: %2 + + + + + %1: %2 + + + + Unmuted and undeafened. Unmuted og ikke længere døv. - + Unmuted. Unmuted. - + Muted. Muted. - + Muted and deafened. Muted og gjort døv. - + Deafened. Gjort døv. - + Undeafened. Ikke længere døv. - + About Qt Om Qt - + SSL Verification failed: %1 SSL-verificering mislykkedes: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. <b>ADVARSEL:</b> Serveren forelagde et certifikat, der var forskellig fra det, du i forvejen har gemt. - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. Serveren forelagde et certifikat som mislykkedes verificering. - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> <p>%1.<br />Den specifikke fejl med dette certifikat er: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Vil du acceptere certifikatet alligevel?<br />(Det vil blive gemt, så du ikke bliver spurgt igen.)</p> - + Failed to launch compatibility client Start af kompatibilitetsklient mislykkedes - + Server connection failed: %1. Serverforbindelse fejlede: %1. - + Disconnected from server. Forbindelse til server afbrudt. - + Invalid username Ugyldigt brugernavn - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. Du oprettede forbindelse med et ugyldigt brugernavn. Prøv venligst et andet. - + That username is already in use, please try another username. Dét brugernavn er allerede i brug, prøv venligst et andet brugernavn. - + Wrong password Forkert adgangskode - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. Forkert adgangskode for registreret bruger, prøv venligst igen. - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. Forkert serveradgangskode for uregistreret brugerkonto, prøv venligst igen. - + &Server &Server - + &Channel &Kanal - + &Audio &Lyd - + C&onfigure K&onfigurér - + &Help &Hjælp - + Log Log - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. Dette viser alle seneste aktiviter. Oprettelse af forbindelse til serveren, fejl og informationbeskeder vises alle hér.<br />For at konfigurere præcis hvilke beskeder der vises her, skal du gå ind under <b>Indstillinger</b> som du finder i menuen. - + &Quit Mumble &Afslut Mumble - + Closes the program Lukker programmet - + Exits the application. Går ud af programmet. - + Ctrl+Q CTRL+Q - + &Connect &Opret forbindelse - + Open the server connection dialog Åben serverforbindelse-dialogen - + &Disconnect &Afbryd forbindelse - + Disconnect from server Afbryd forbindelse til server - + Disconnects you from the server. Afbryder din forbindelse til serveren. - + &Ban lists &Udelukkelsesliste - + Edit ban lists on server Redigér udelukkelsesliste på serveren - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. Dette lader dig redigere serverens IP-udelukkelsesliste. - + &Information &Information - + Show information about the server connection Viser information om serverforbindelsen - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. Dette vil vise udvidet information om forbindelsen til serveren. - + &Kick &Kick - + &Mute &Mute - + &Ban &Udeluk - + &Deafen Gør &døv - + &Local Mute &Lokal mute - - Send Messa&ge - Send &besked + Send &besked - - + Send a Text Message Send en tekstbesked - + Sends a text message to another user. Sender en tekstbesked til en anden bruger. - + &Add &Tilføj - + Add new channel Tilføj ny kanal - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. Dette tilføjer en ny underkanal til den nuværende valgte kanal. - + &Remove &Fjern - + Remove channel Fjern kanal - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. Dette fjerner en kanal og alle underkanaler. - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel Redigér grupper og ACL for kanal - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. Dette åbner dialogboksen med grupper og ACL for denne kanal, så du kan kontrollere rettigheder. - + &Link &Sammenkæd - + Link your channel to another channel Sammenkæd din kanal med en anden kanal - + &User &Bruger - + This is the chatbar<br />If you enter text here and then press enter the text is sent to the user or channel that was selected. If nothing is selected the message is sent to your current channel. Dette er chatbaren<br />Hvis du skriver tekst hér og trykker enter, vil teksten blive sendt til brugeren eller kanalen som du har valgt. Hvis ingenting er valgt, vil beskeden blive sendt til din nuværende kanal. - + Chatbar Chatbar - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick-connect. Viser en dialogboks med registrerede servere, og giver også mulighed for lynforbindelse. - + Kick user (with reason) Kick bruger (med begrundelse) - + Kick selected user off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Kick valgte bruger fra server. Du vil blive bedt om at angive en grund. - + Mute user Mute bruger - + Mute or unmute user on server. Unmuting a deafened user will also undeafen them. Mute eller unmute bruger på server. Unmuting af en døv bruger vil også resultere i, at brugeren ikke længere er døv. - + Kick and ban user (with reason) Kick og udeluk bruger (med begrundelse) - + Kick and ban selected user from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Kick og udeluk valgt bruger fra server. Du vil blive bedt om at angive en begrundelse. - + Deafen user Gør bruger døv - + Deafen or undeafen user on server. Deafening a user will also mute them. Gør bruger døv eller gør så brugeren ikke længere er døv på denne server. At gøre en bruger døv, vil også gøre brugeren muted. - + Mute user locally Mute bruger lokalt - + Mute or unmute user locally. Use this on other users in the same room. Mute eller unmute bruger lokalt. Brug denne på andre brugere i det samme rum. - + &Edit &Redigér - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If users in a channel have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. Dette sammenkæder din nuværende kanal med den valgte kanal. Hvis brugere i en kanal har rettighedder til at snakke i den anden kanal, kan brugerne nu høre hinanden. Dette er en permanent sammenkædning, som vil vare indtil sammenkædningen fjernes manuelt eller serveren genstartes. Du kan kigge under genveje for at finde <i>Tryk-for-sammenkædning</i>. - + &Unlink Channel &Fjern sammenkædning - + Unlink your channel from another channel Fjern sammenkædningen af din kanal med en anden kanal - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. Fjerner sammenkædningen mellem din nuværende kanal og den valgte kanal. - Unlink &All - Fjern &alle sammenkædninger + Fjern &alle sammenkædninger - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. Fjerner sammenkædningen af alle de kanaler, som din kanal er sammenkædet med. - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. Dette fjerner sammenkædning fra din kanal (ikke den valgte) til alle andre kanaler. - + &Reset &Nulstil - + Reset audio preprocessor Nulstil lyd-forudbearbejdning - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. Dette vil nulstille lydforudbehandlingen. Herunder støjedæmpning automatisk stemmeaktivitet. Hvis noget pludselig forværrer lydmiljøet (fx dropper mikrofonen) og det er midlertidigt, brug denne til at undgå, at skulle vente på at forudbehandlingen justerer. - + &Mute Self &Mute dig selv - + Mute yourself Mute dig selv - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. Mute eller unmute dig selv. Hvis du er muted, vil der ikke sende nogen data til serveren. At unmute, mens man er døv, vil også resultere i, at man ikke længere er døv. - + &Deafen Self Gør dig selv &døv - + Deafen yourself Gør dig selv døv - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. Gør dig selv døv eller gør så du ikke længere er døv. Når man er døv, vil man ikke høre noget. Hvis du gør dig selv døv, bliver du også muted. - + &Text-To-Speech &Tekst-til-tale - + Toggle Text-To-Speech Slå Tekst-til-tale til/fra - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. Aktivér eller deaktivér Tekst-til-tale. Kun beskedtyper der er aktiveret for Tekst-til-tale under konfiguration, vil blive læst højt. - + S&tatistics S&tatistikker - + Display audio statistics Vis lydstatistikker - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. Åbner en lille dialogboks med information om din nuværende lydindspilning. - + &Unlink Plugin &Unlink - + Forcibly unlink plugin Tving unlink af plugin - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. Dette tvinger det nuværende plugin til at unlink, som er praktisk hvis læser totalt forkerte data. - + &Settings &Indstillinger - + Configure Mumble Konfigurér Mumble - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. Gør dig i stand til at ændre de flere indstillinger i Mumble. - + &Audio Wizard &Lydguide - + Start the audio configuration wizard Start lydkonfigurations-guiden - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. Dette vil guide dig gennem processen, hvor du kan konfigurere din lydhardware. - + &What's This? &Hvad er dette? - + Enter What's This? mode Gå ind i <i>Hvad er dette?</i>-tilstand - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. Klik hér for at gå ind i "Hvad er dette?"-tilstand. Din markør vil skifte til et spørgsmåltegn. Klik på enhver knap, et menupunkt eller et område for at vise en beskrivelse af <i>hvad det er</i>. - + &About &Om - + Information about Mumble Information om Mumble - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. Viser en lille dialogboks med information om licens for Mumble. - + About &Speex Om &Speex - + Information about Speex Information om Speex - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. Viser en lille dialogboks med information om Speex. - + About &Qt Om &Qt - + Information about Qt Information om Qt - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. Viser en lille dialogboks med information om Qt. - + Check for &Updates Tjek for &opdateringer - + Check for new version of Mumble Tjek for ny version af Mumble - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. Opretter forbindelse til Mumble-webstedet for at tjekke om der er en ny version tilgængelig, og informerer dig med en relevant download-URL hvis dette er tilfældet. - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. Sender en tekstbesked til alle brugere i en kanal. - + &Change Comment &Skift kommentar - + Change the comment on the selected user. Skift kommentaren på den valgte bruger. - + This allows you to change the comment (shown as a tooltip) of a user. Unless you've been given extra privileges on the server, you can only change your own comment. Dette gør dig i stand til at ændre kommentaren (vist som et tooltip) for en bruger. Medmindre du har fået tildelt ekstra privilegier på serveren, kan du kun ændre din egen kommentar. - Certificate Wizard - Certifikatguide + Certifikatguide - + Configure certificates for strong authentication Konfigurere certifikater for stærk autentificering - + This starts the wizard for creating, importing and exporting certificates for authentication against servers. Dette starter guiden, der kan bruges til at oprette, importere og eksportere certifikater til stærk autentificering på servere. - Register - Registrér + Registrér - + Register user on server Registrér bruger på server - + This will permanently register the user on the server. Dette vil permanent registere brugeren på serveren. - + Add &Friend Tilføj som &ven - + Adds a user as your friend. Tilføj en bruger som din ven. - + This will add the user as a friend, so you can recognize him on this and other servers. Dette vil tilføje brugeren som en ven, så du kan genkende brugeren på denne og andre servere. - + &Remove Friend &Fjern som ven - + Removes a user from your friends. Fjerner en bruger som din ven. - + This will remove a user from your friends list. Dette vil fjerne en bruger fra din venneliste. - + &Update Friend &Opdatér ven - + Update name of your friend. Opdater navn på din ven. - + Your friend uses a different name than what is in your database. This will update the name. Din ven bruger et andet navn, end det som er i din database. Dette vil opdatere navnet. - + Registered &Users Registrerede &brugere - + Edit registered users list Redigér listen over registrerede brugere - + This opens the editor for registered users, which allow you to change their name or unregister them. Dette åbner editoren for registrerede brugere, som gør dig i stand til at skifte deres navn eller fjerne deres registration. - Change Texture - Skift tekstur + Skift tekstur - + Change your overlay texture on this server Skift din overlægningstekstur på denne server - + &Access Tokens &Adgangsudtryk - + Add or remove text-based access tokens Tilføj eller fjer tekstbaserede adgangsudtryk - Remove Texture - Fjern tekstur + Fjern tekstur - + Remove currently defined user texture. Fjern nuværende brugertekstur. - + &Minimal View &Minimal visning - + Toggle minimal window modes Slå minimal tilstand til/fra - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. Dette vil slå minimal tilstand til/fra, hvor log-vinduet og menuen er skjult. - Joined server: %1. - Oprettede forbindelse til server: %1. + Oprettede forbindelse til server: %1. - - - the server - serveren + serveren - + You muted and deafened %1. Du muted og gjorde %1 døv. - + You unmuted and undeafened %1. Du unmuted og gjorde så %1 ikke længere er døv. - + You undeafened %1. Du gjorde så %1 ikke længere er døv. - + You suppressed %1. Du mutede %1. - + %1 muted and deafened by %2. %1 muted og gjort døv af %2. - + %1 unmuted and undeafened by %2. %2 unmuted og og gjorde så %1 ikke længere er døv. - + %1 undeafened by %2. %2 gjorde så %1 ikke længere er døv. - + %1 suppressed by %2. %1 muted af %2. - + %1 moved to %2. %1 flyttet til %2. - + %1 moved to %2 by %3. %1 flyttet til %2 af %3. - + %1 moved in from %2 by %3. %1 flyttet ind fra %2 af %3. - Left server: %1. - Forlod server: %1. + Forlod server: %1. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 er nu muted og gjort døv. - + You were denied %1 privileges in %2. Du blev nægtet <i>%1</i>-privilegier i %2. - + %3 was denied %1 privileges in %2. %3 blev nægtet %1-privilegier i %2. - + Denied: Cannot modify SuperUser. Nægtet: Kan ikke modificere SuperUser. - + Denied: Invalid channel name. Nægtet: Ugyldigt kanalnavn. - + Denied: Text message too long. Nægtet: Tekstbesked for lang. - + Denied: Operation not permitted in temporary channel. Nægtet: Handling ikke tilladt i midlertidig kanal. - + You need a certificate to perform this operation. Du skal bruge et certifikat for at gøre dette. - + %1 does not have a certificate. %1 har ikke et certifikat. - + Permission denied. Tilladelser nægtet. - + + %1 connected. + + + + %1 is now muted. %1 er nu muted. - + %1 is now unmuted. %1 er nu unmuted. - + You were unmuted and undeafened by %1. %1 unmuted dig og gjorde så du ikke længere er døv. - + You were muted by %1. Du blev muted af %1. - + You were undeafened by %1. %1 gjorde så du ikke længere er døv. - + You were suppressed by %1. Du blev muted af %1. - + You were unsuppressed by %1. Du blev unmuted af %1. - + + %1 disconnected. + + + + + Server + message from + + + + + (Tree) + + + + + (Channel) + + + + + %2%1: %3 + + + + You were unmuted by %1. Du blev unmuted af %1. - + You muted %1. Du muted %1. - + You unsuppressed %1. Du unmutede %1. - + You unmuted %1. Du unmuted %1. - + %1 muted by %2. %1 muted af %2. - + %1 unsuppressed by %2. %2 unmutede %1. - + %1 unmuted by %2. %1 unmuted af %2. - the server message from - serveren + serveren - + Unable to find matching CELT codecs with other clients. You will not be able to talk to all users. Kunne ikke finde matchende CELT-codecs host andre klienter. Du vil ikke være i stand til at snakke med alle brugere. - + You were muted and deafened by %1. You were deafened by %1. Du blev muted og gjort døv af %1. - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. Du blev kicked fra serveren af %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 blev kicked fra serveren af %1: %2. - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. Du blev kicked og udelukket fra serveren af %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 blev kicked og udelukket fra serveren af %1: %2. - + You were moved to %1 by %2. Du blev flyttet til %1 af %2. - + %1 entered channel. %1 gik ind i kanalen. - + Server connection rejected: %1. Forbindelse til server afvist: %1. - + Denied: %1. Nægtet. %1. - From %1: %2 - Fra %1: %2 + Fra %1: %2 - + Message from %1 Besked fra %1 - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. Du har kanalflytning sat til "Gør intet", så kanalen blev ikke flyttet. - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in UserModel::dropMimeData. Ukendt kanalflytning-tilstand i UserModel::dropMimeData. - + Welcome to Mumble. Velkommen til Mumble. - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? Dette er første gang du åbner Mumble.<br />Kunne du tænke dig at gennemgå lydguiden for at konfigurere dit lydkort? - + Hide Frame Skjul ramme - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window Slå visning af ramme på minimal-vinduet til/fra - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. Dette vil slå til/fra hvorvidt det minimale vindue skal have en ramme der kan bruges til flytning eller ændring af størrelsen. + + + Send &Message + + + + + &Unlink All + + + + + &Certificate Wizard + + + + + &Register + + + + + Change &Texture + + + + + &Remove Texture + + + + + Reset &Comment + + + + + Reset the comment of the selected user. + + + + + &Join Channel + + NetworkConfig - + Network Netværk - + Form Form - + Connection Forbindelse - + Use TCP compatibility mode Use TCP compatability mode Brug TCP-kompatibilitetstilstand - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). <b>Aktivér TCP-kompatibilitetstilstand</b>.<br />Dette vil få Mumble til kun at bruge TCP når der kommunikeres med serveren. Dette vil forøge overhead, og forårsage at mistede pakker frembringer hørbare pauser i kommunikationen, så dette skal kun bruges, hvis du ikke er i stand til at bruge standarden (som bruger UDP for tale og TCP for kontrol). - + Reconnect when disconnected Opret forbindelse igen ved afbrudt forbindelse - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>Opret forbindelse igen ved mistet forbindelse</b>.<br />Dette vil få Mumble til at forsøge at oprette forbindelse igen efter 10 sekunder hvis forbindelsen mistes. - + Reconnect automatically Opret automatisk forbindelse igen - + Proxy Proxy - + Type Type - + Type of proxy to connect through Proxytype der skal forbindes gennem - + Direct connection Direkte forbindelse - + HTTP(S) proxy HTTP(S) proxy - + SOCKS5 proxy SOCKS5 proxy - + Hostname Værtsnavn - + Hostname of the proxy Værtsnavn for proxy'en - + Force TCP mode Gennemtving TCP-tilstand - + Enable QoS to prioritize packets Aktivér QoS til pakkeprioritering - + This will enable QoS, which will attempt to prioritize voice packets over other traffic. Dette vil aktivere QOS, som vil forsøge at prioritere lydpakker over andet trafik. - + Use Quality of Service Brug Quality of Service - + Don't send certificate to server and don't save passwords. (Not saved). Send ikke certifikat til server og gem ikke adgangskoder. (Gemmes ikke). - + <b>This will suppress identity information from the client.</b><p>The client will not identify itself with a certificate, even if defined, and will not cache passwords for connections. This is primarily a test-option and is not saved.</p> <b>Dette vil tilbageholde identificerbar information, så det ikke sendes til serveren.</b><p>Du vil ikke autenticifere med et certifikat, selvom du har ét, og du vil ikke opbevare adgangskoder for forbindelser. Dette er primært en test-indstilling og bliver derfor ikke gemt.</p> - + Suppress certificate and password storage Tilbagehold certifikat og gemte adgangskoder - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through.</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>Typen af proxyen der skal oprettes forbindelse gennem.</b><br />Dette får Mumble til at oprette forbindelse gennem en proxy for alle udgående forbindelser. Vær opmærksom på, at brug af proxy tvinger Mumble til at bruge TCP-kompatibilitetstilstand, som resulterer, i at alt tale-data vil blive sendt gennem kontrolkanalen. - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. <b>Værtsnavn for proxyen.</b><br />Dette felt angiver værtsnavnet for proxyen, som du ønsker at føre alt netværkstrafik gennem. - + Port Port - + Port number of the proxy Portnummer for proxyen - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. <b>Portnummeret for proxyen.</b><br />Dette felt angiver portnummeret som proxyen forventer forbindelser på. - + Username Brugernavn - + Username for proxy authentication Brugernavn for proxyautentificering - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>Brugernavn for proxy-autentificering.</b><br />Dette angiver brugernavnet, som du vil bruge til at autenticifere dig selv med proxyen. I tilfælde af at proxyen ikke bruger autenticikation, eller hvis du ønsker at oprette forbindelse anonymt, skal du blot lade dette være tomt. - + Password Adgangskode - + Password for proxy authentication Adgangskode for proxyautentificering - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>Adgangskode for proxy-autentificering.</b><br />Dette felt angiver adgangskoden, som du vil bruge til at autentificere dig selv med proxyen. I tilfælde af at proxyen ikke bruger autenticikation, eller hvis du ønsker at oprette forbindelse anonymt, skal du blot lade dette være tomt. - + Misc Diverse - + Prevent log from downloading images Forhindrér loggen i at downloade billeder - + <b>Disable image download</b><br/> Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the img tag. <b>Deaktivér billeddownload</b><br /> Forhindrer at programmet downloader billeder, der er indsat i chatbeskeder med img-tagget. - + Disable image download Deaktivér downloading af billeder - + Mumble services Mumble tjenester - + Check for new releases of Mumble automatically. Tjek automatisk for ny Mumble version. - + This will check for new releases of Mumble every time you start the program, and notify you if one is available. Dette vil tjekke for nye udgivelser af Mumble, hver gang du starter programmet, og give dig besked hvis en ny er tilgængelig. - + Check for application updates on startup Tjek for programopdateringer ved start - + Check for new releases of plugins automatically. Tjek automatisk for nye pluginudgivelser. - + This will check for new releases of plugins every time you start the program, and download them automatically. Dette vil tjekke for nye udgivelser af plugins, hver gang du starter programmet, og downloade dem automatisk. - + Download plugin updates on startup Download pluginopdateringer ved start - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus its development where it is needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. <b>Indsend anonyme statistikker.</b><br />Mumble har et lille udviklingsteam, og der skal derfor fokuseres på udvikling, hvor det er mest nødvendigt. Ved at indsende en smule statistikker vil du hjælpe projektet med at finde ud af, hvor der skal fokuseres på udvikling. - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Indsend anonyme statistikker til Mumble-projektet - + Submit anonymous statistics Send anonyme statistikker @@ -5708,13 +5937,13 @@ Forhindrer at programmet downloader billeder, der er indsat i chatbeskeder med i Overlay - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 @@ -5723,7 +5952,7 @@ Forhindrer at programmet downloader billeder, der er indsat i chatbeskeder med i - du er på et operativsystem ældre end WinXP SP2 - + Failed to initialize overlay memory. This usually means that the shared memory is locked by the OS, and you need to reboot to release it. Det mislykkedes at initialisere overlægningshukommelse. Dette betyder som regel at den delte hukommelse er låst af operativsystemet, og du behøver derfor at genstarte for at frigøre den. @@ -5731,255 +5960,251 @@ Forhindrer at programmet downloader billeder, der er indsat i chatbeskeder med i OverlayConfig - + Show no one Vis ingen - + Show only talking Vis kun talende - + Show everyone Vis alle - - + + Color for users Farve for brugere - - + + Color for talking users Farve for talende brugere - - + + Color for whispering users Farve for hviskende brugere - + Color for channels Farve for kanaler - + Color for active channels Farve for aktive kanaler - + Overlay Overlægning - + Form Form - + Options Valgmuligheder - + Enable overlay. Aktivér overlægning. - + Enable Overlay Aktivér overlægning - + Who to show on the overlay Hvem skal vises på overlægningen - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. <b>Dette indstiller, hvem der skal vises i på overlægning i spillet.</b><br />Hvis der er mange folk i den samme kanal, vil overlægningslisten blive meget lang. Brug disse indstillinger for at gøre den mindre.<br /><i>Ingen</i> - Vis ingen (men lad overlægningen være aktiv).<br /><i>Kun talende</i> - Vis kun talende folk.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Vis alle. - + Always show yourself on overlay. Vis altid dig selv på overlægningen. - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. Dette indstiller, om du altid selv skal vises eller ej. Denne indstilling er nyttig, hvis du har valgt ikke at se alle i overlægningen, eftersom du da kun vil kunne se din egen status i overlægningen, når du snakker, hvilket ikke gør dig i stand til at se, når du er muted eller gjort døv. - + Always Show Self Vis altid dig selv - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. Vis brugertilpassede teksturer i stedet for tekst i overlægningen. - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. Dette indstiller, om der skal downloades og vises brugerdefineret teksturer for registrerede brugere. Hvis denne er markeret, vil den almindelige tekst blive brugt i stedet. - + Show User Textures Vis brugerteksturer - + Position Placering - + Let overlay grow upwards Tillad overlægningen at udvide opad - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. Overlægningen prøver at forblive så lille som mulig, og på den placering du har valgt. Dette gør overlægningen i stand til at udvide opad, hvis det er nødvendigt. - + Grow Up Udvid opad - + Y-Position of Overlay Y-position for overlægning - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. Dette indstiller den relative Y-placering af overlægningen. - + Let overlay grow to the left Tillad overlægningen at udvide mod venstre - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. Overlægningen prøver at forblive så lille som mulig, og på den placering du har valgt. Dette gør overlægningen i stand til at udvide mod venstre, hvis det er nødvendigt. - + Grow Left Udvid mod venstre - + Let overlay grow to the right Tillad overlægningen at udvide mod højre - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. Overlægningen prøver at forblive så lille som mulig, og på den placering du har valgt. Dette gør overlægningen i stand til at udvide mod højre, hvis det er nødvendigt. - + Grow Right Udvid mod højre - + Let overlay grow downwards Tillad overlægningen at udvide nedad - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. Overlægningen prøver at forblive så lille som mulig, og på den placering du har valgt. Dette gør overlægningen i stand til at udvide nedad, hvis det er nødvendigt. - + Grow Down Udvid nedad - + X-Position of Overlay X-position for overlægning - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. Dette indstiller den relative X-placering af overlægningen. - + Font Skrifttype - + Current Font Nuværende skrifttype - + TextLabel Tekstetiket - + Set Font Indstil skrifttype - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start Mumble after starting the application, or if you disable the overlay while the application is running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. Dette indstiller hvorvidt overlægningen er aktiveret eller ej. Denne indstilling bliver kun tjekket, når programmer startes, så vær sikker på at Mumble er startet, og denne valgmulighed er slået til, før du starter et program.<br />Vær opmærksom på at hvis du starter Mumble efter du har startet programmet, eller hvis du deaktiverer overlægningen mens programmet kører, er der ingen sikker måde at genstarte overlægningen uden også at genstarte programmet. - + Maximum height Maksimal højde - + Maximum height of names. Maksimal højde af navne. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. Dette indstiller den maksimale højde af viste navne i forhold til højden på skærmen. Hvis dit aktive 3D-vindue er 800 pixels høj, og denne er indstillet til 5%, vil hvert navn være 40 pixel højt. Bemærk at navnene ikke vil være højere end 60 pixels, uanset hvad du indstiller hér. - - - - - + Change Skift - + Color for Channels Farve for kanaler - + Color for active Channels Farve for aktive kanaler @@ -5987,118 +6212,128 @@ Forhindrer at programmet downloader billeder, der er indsat i chatbeskeder med i PluginConfig - - + + Plugins Plugins - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. Plugin'et har ingen konfigurationsfunktioner. - + Plugin has no about function. Plugin'et har ingen om-funktion. - + Form Form - + Options Valgmuligheder - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information Aktiverer plugins og overfører placeringsinformation - + This allows plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit it with each voice packet. This enables other users to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. Dette tillader plugins for understøttede spil, at aflæse din position i spillet og sende den sammen med hver enkelt lydpakke. Dette gør andre brugere i stand til at høre din stemme i spillet fra den retning din karakter er i forhold til din egen. - + Link to Game and Transmit Position Sammenkæd til spil og overfør placering - + Reloads all plugins Genindlæs alle plugins - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. Dette scanner og loader plugins igen. Brug dette hvis du lige har ændret eller tilføjet et plugin til plugin-biblioteket. - + &Reload plugins &Genindlæs plugins - + Information about plugin Information om plugin - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. Dette viser en lille informationsbesked om pluginet. - + &About &Om - + Show configuration page of plugin Vis konfigurationsside for plugin - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. Dette viser konfigurations-siden for pluginet, hvis der er nogen. - + &Configure &Konfigurér + + + Name + + + + + Enabled + + Plugins - - + + Downloaded new or updated plugin to %1. Downloadede nyt eller opdateret plugin til %1. - + Failed to install new plugin to %1. Installation af nyt plugin til %1 mislykkedes. - + %1 lost link. %1 mistede link. - + %1 linked. %1 er linket. @@ -6106,7 +6341,7 @@ Forhindrer at programmet downloader billeder, der er indsat i chatbeskeder med i PortAudioSystem - + Default Device Standardenhed @@ -6114,12 +6349,12 @@ Forhindrer at programmet downloader billeder, der er indsat i chatbeskeder med i PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input Standardindspilning - + Default Output Standardafspilning @@ -6127,82 +6362,81 @@ Forhindrer at programmet downloader billeder, der er indsat i chatbeskeder med i RichTextEditor - + Failed to load image Indlæsning af billede mislykkedes - + Image file too large to embed in document. Please use images smaller than %1 kB. Billedfilen er for stor til at blive indsat. Brug venligst billeder mindre end %1 kB. - TabWidget - TabWidget + TabWidget - + Display Vis - + Source Text Kildekode - + &Bold &Fed - + Ctrl+B CTRL+F - + &Italic &Kursiv - + Italic Kursiv - + Ctrl+I CTRL+K - + Underline Understregning - + Ctrl+U CTRL+U - + Color Farve - + Insert Link Insæt link - + Ctrl+L CTRL+L - + Insert Image Indsæt billede @@ -6210,17 +6444,17 @@ Forhindrer at programmet downloader billeder, der er indsat i chatbeskeder med i RichTextEditorLink - + Add Link Tilføj link - + URL URL - + Text Tekst @@ -6228,27 +6462,27 @@ Forhindrer at programmet downloader billeder, der er indsat i chatbeskeder med i ServerHandler - + UDP packets cannot be sent to or received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. UDP-pakker kan ikke blive sendt eller modtaget fra serveren. Skifter til TCP-tilstand. - + UDP packets cannot be sent to the server. Switching to TCP mode. UDP-pakker kan ikke blive sendt til serveren. Skifter til TCP-tilstand. - + UDP packets cannot be received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. UDP-pakker kan ikke blive modtaget fra serveren. Skifter til TCP-tilstand. - + UDP packets can be sent to and received from the server. Switching back to UDP mode. UDP-takker kan igen blive sendt og modtaget fra serveren. Skifter tilbage til UDP-tilstand. - + Connection timed out Forbindelse fik timeout @@ -6256,42 +6490,42 @@ Forhindrer at programmet downloader billeder, der er indsat i chatbeskeder med i ServerView - + Favorite Favoritter - + LAN LAN - + Public Internet Offentligt internet - + Asia Asien - + North America Nordamerika - + South America Sydamerika - + Europe Europa - + Oceania Oceanien @@ -6299,7 +6533,7 @@ Forhindrer at programmet downloader billeder, der er indsat i chatbeskeder med i ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned Ubenyttet @@ -6307,22 +6541,22 @@ Forhindrer at programmet downloader billeder, der er indsat i chatbeskeder med i ShortcutDelegate - + On Til - + Off Fra - + Toggle Slå til/fra - + Unassigned Ubenyttet @@ -6330,7 +6564,7 @@ Forhindrer at programmet downloader billeder, der er indsat i chatbeskeder med i ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut Tryk genvej @@ -6338,22 +6572,22 @@ Forhindrer at programmet downloader billeder, der er indsat i chatbeskeder med i ShortcutTargetDialog - + Root Rod - + Parent Forælder - + Current Nuværende - + Subchannel #%1 Underkanal #%1 @@ -6361,42 +6595,42 @@ Forhindrer at programmet downloader billeder, der er indsat i chatbeskeder med i ShortcutTargetWidget - + ... ... - + , , - + Root Rod - + Parent Forælder - + Current Nuværende - + Subchannel #%1 Underkanal #%1 - + Invalid Ugyldig - + <Empty> <Tom> @@ -6404,17 +6638,17 @@ Forhindrer at programmet downloader billeder, der er indsat i chatbeskeder med i ShortcutToggleWidget - + Off Fra - + Toggle Slå til/fra - + On Til @@ -6422,17 +6656,17 @@ Forhindrer at programmet downloader billeder, der er indsat i chatbeskeder med i TextMessage - + Enter text Skriv tekst - + If checked the message is recursively sent to all subchannels Hvis denne er markeret, bliver beskeden rekursivt sendt til alle underkanaler - + Send recursively to subchannels Send rekursivt til underkanaler @@ -6440,22 +6674,22 @@ Forhindrer at programmet downloader billeder, der er indsat i chatbeskeder med i Tokens - + Empty Token Tomt udtryk - + Mumble - Access Tokens Mumble - Adgangsudtryk - + List of access tokens on current server Liste over adgangsudtryk på nuværende server - + <b>This is an editable list of access tokens on the connected server.</b> <br /> An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simple access management on channels. Mumble will remember the tokens you've used and resend them to the server next time you reconnect, so you don't have to enter these every time. @@ -6465,22 +6699,22 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl Et adgangsudtryk er en tekststreng, der kan bruges som en adgangskode for meget simpel adgangsadministration på kanaler. Mumble vil huske de udtryk du har brugt, og gensende dem til serveren næste gang du forbinder, så du ikke skal skrive dem hver gang. - + Add a token Tilføj et adgangsudtryk - + &Add &Tilføj - + Remove a token Fjern et adgangsudtryk - + &Remove &Fjern @@ -6488,159 +6722,164 @@ Et adgangsudtryk er en tekststreng, der kan bruges som en adgangskode for meget UserEdit - - + Registered Users Registrerede brugere - + + Remove Fjern + + + Rename + + UserModel - + This is a user connected to the server. The icon to the left of the user indicates whether or not they are talking: Dette er en bruger, der har oprettet forbindelse til serveren. Ikonet til venstre for brugeren viser om vedkommende snakker: - + Talking to your channel. Snakker til din kanal. - + Whispering directly to your channel. Hvisken direkte til din kanal. - + Whispering directly to you. Hvisken direkte til dig. - + Not talking. Snakker ikke. - + This is a channel on the server. The icon indicates the state of the channel: Dette er en kanal på serveren. Ikonet viser tilstanden af kanalen: - + Your current channel. Din nuværende kanal. - + A channel that is linked with your channel. Linked channels can talk to each other. En kanal der er sammenkædet med din kanal. Brugere i sammenkædede kanaler kan snakke med hinanden. - + A channel on the server that you are not linked to. En kanal på serveren som du ikke er sammenkædet med. - + This shows the flags the user has on the server, if any: Dette viser de flag brugeren har på serveren, hvis der er nogen: - + On your friend list På din venneliste - + Authenticated user Autentificeret bruger - + Muted (manually muted by self) Muted (manuelt muted af sig selv) - + Muted (manually muted by admin) Muted (manuelt muted af admin) - + Muted (not allowed to speak in current channel) Muted (har ikke tilladelse til at tale i nuværende kanal) - + Muted (muted by you, only on your machine) Muted (muted af dig, og kun på din computer) - + Deafened (by self) Gjort døv (af sig selv) - + Deafened (by admin) Gjort døv (af admin) - + User has a new comment set (click to show) Brugeren har sat en ny kommentar (klik for at vise) - + User has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) Bruger har sat en kommentar, som du allerede har set. (klik for at vise) - + This shows the flags the channel has, if any: Dette viser kanalernes flag, hvis der er nogen: - + Channel has a new comment set (click to show) Kanal har fået en ny kommentar (klik for at vise) - + Channel has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) Kanal har en kommentar, som du allerede har set (klik for at vise) - + Name Navn - + Flags Flag - - - + + + Mumble Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? Er du sikker på, at du vil flytte denne kanal? - - + + Cannot perform this movement automatically, please reset the numeric sorting indicators or adjust it manually. Kan ikke udføre denne flytning automatisk. Vær venlig at nulstille de numeriske sorteringsindikatorer eller juster det manuelt. @@ -6648,7 +6887,7 @@ Et adgangsudtryk er en tekststreng, der kan bruges som en adgangskode for meget VersionCheck - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. Det mislykkedes Mumble at hente version-information fra SourceForge-serveren. @@ -6656,102 +6895,102 @@ Et adgangsudtryk er en tekststreng, der kan bruges som en adgangskode for meget ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details Certifikatrække-detaljer - + Certificate chain Certifikatrække - + %1 %2 %1 %2 - + Certificate details Certifikatdetaljer - - + + Common Name: %1 Fælles navn: %1 - - + + Organization: %1 Organisation: %1 - + Subunit: %1 Underenhed: %1 - - + + Country: %1 Land: %1 - - + + Locality: %1 Lokalitet: %1 - - + + State: %1 Stat: %1 - + Valid from: %1 Gyldig fra: %1 - + Valid to: %1 Gyldig til: %1 - + Serial: %1 Serial: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 Offentlig nøgle: %1 bits %2 - + RSA RSA - + DSA DSA - + Digest (MD5): %1 Digest (MD5): %1 - + Issued by: Udstedt af: - + Unit Name: %1 Enhedsnavn: %1 @@ -6759,7 +6998,7 @@ Et adgangsudtryk er en tekststreng, der kan bruges som en adgangskode for meget WASAPISystem - + Default Device Standard enhed diff --git a/src/mumble/mumble_de.ts b/src/mumble/mumble_de.ts index d7805a492..29f2b43f7 100644 --- a/src/mumble/mumble_de.ts +++ b/src/mumble/mumble_de.ts @@ -4,38 +4,37 @@ ACLEditor - + Active ACLs Aktive Berechtigungen - + Context Kontext - + User/Group Benutzer/Gruppe - + Permissions Rechte - - + Group Gruppe - + <b>Password</b><br>This field allows you to easily set and change the password of a channel. In the background it uses Mumble's access tokens feature. To allow more fine grained and powerful access control directly use ACLs and groups instead (<i>Advanced configuration</i> has to be checked to be able to see these settings). <b>Passwort</b><br>Dieses Feld erlaubt es Ihnen auf einfache Weise ein Kanal-Passwort zu setzen und zu ändern. Im Hintergrund werden dazu die Zugriffscodes verwendet. Für noch genauere und feinjustierbarere Einstellungen verwenden Sie die ACLs und Gruppen (<i>Erweiterte Einstellungen</i> muss aktiviert sein um diese Einstellungen zu sehen). - + <b>Position</b><br/> This value enables you to change the way Mumble arranges the channels in the tree. A channel with a higher <i>Position</i> value will always be placed below one with a lower value and the other way around. If the <i>Position</i> value of two channels is equal they will get sorted alphabetically by their name. <b>Position</b><br/> @@ -44,104 +43,99 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre Dieser Wert erlaubt es Ihnen die Reihenfolge der Kanäle innerhalb des Baumes festzulegen. Ein Kanal mit einem höheren <i>Positionswert</i> wird immer unter einem Kanal mit einem niedrigeren <i>Positionswert</i> platziert und umgekehrt. Wenn der <i>Positionswert</i> zweier Kanäle gleich ist, dann werden diese ihrem Namen nach alphabetisch sortiert. - - + Members Mitglieder - + Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. Enthält eine Liste von Mitgliedern, deren Gruppenmitgliedschaft nicht vom übergeordneten Kanal geerbt wird. - + <b>Excluded members</b><br> Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. <b>Ausgeschlossene Mitglieder</b><br> Enthält eine Liste von Mitgliedern, deren Gruppenmitgliedschaft nicht vom übergeordneten Kanal geerbt wird. - + &Add &Hinzufügen - + &Remove &Entfernen - + &Up &Hoch - + &Down &Runter - + Inherit ACLs Berechtigungen erben - + Applies to this channel Betrifft diesen Kanal - + Applies to sub-channels Betrifft Unterkanäle - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a '!', its membership is negated, and if it starts with a '~', it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in.<br />If a group name starts with a '#', it is interpreted as an access token. Users must have entered whatever follows the '#' in their list of access tokens to match. This can be used for very simple password access to channels for non-authenticated users.<br />If a group name starts with a '$', it will only match users whose certificate hash matches what follows the '$'.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for '<i>sub,0,0,0</i>').<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for '<i>!sub,0,0,0</i>').<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. Dieses Feld legt fest, für welche Gruppe dieser Eintrag gilt.<br />Beachten Sie, dass diese Gruppe im Kontext des Kanals des Eintrags evaluiert wird. Zum Beispiel gibt die Standardberechtigung der admin-Gruppe im Wurzel-Kanal <i>Schreib</i>rechte. Dieser Eintrag, wenn von einem Kanal geerbt, gibt einem Benutzer Schreibrechte wenn er in diesem Kanal zur <i>admin</i>-Gruppe gehört, selbst wenn er nicht zur <i>admin</i>-Gruppe des Kanals, in welchem die Berechtigung ursprünglich definiert wurde, gehört.<br />Wenn ein Gruppenname mit '!' beginnt, werden seine Mitgliedschaften umgekehrt und wenn sie mit einem '~' beginnt werden die Mitgliedschaften im Kanal, in welchem die Berechtigung definiert wurde, geprüft statt in jenem, in dem die Berechtigung gerade aktiv ist.<br />Wenn ein Gruppenname mit einem '#'-Zeichen beginnt wird dieser als Zugriffscode interpretiert. Benutzer müssen das was hinter dem '#'-Zeichen stehen in ihre Zugriffscode-Liste eingegeben haben um die entsprechende Berechtigung zu erhalten. Dies kann für einen einfachen Passwortschutz, auch für nicht authentifizierte Benutzer, verwendet werden.<br />Wenn ein Gruppenname mit '$' beginnt gilt der Eintrag nur für Benutzer deren Zertifikat-Hash mit dem dem '$'-Zeichen folgenden übereinstimmt.<br />Einige spezielle, vordefinierte Gruppen sind:<br /><b>all</b>: Trifft auf jeden Benutzer zu.<br /><b>auth</b>: Trifft auf alle authentifizierten Benutzer.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b>: Benutzer in einem Unterkanal mit mindestens <i>a</i> gemeinsamen übgeordneten Kanälen und zwischen <i>b</i> und <i>c</i> Kanälen dazwischen (zwischen gemeinsamem übergeordneten Kanal und aktuellem Kanal). Auf der Webseite gibt es hierzu eine weiterführende Dokumentation.<br /><b>in</b>: Trifft auf Benutzer im aktuellen Kanal zu (Kurzform für '<i>sub,0,0,0</i>').<br /><b>out</b>: Trifft auf Benutzer die nicht im aktuellen Kanal sind zu (Kurzform für '<i>!sub,0,0,0</i>').<br />Beachten Sie, dass ein Eintrag entweder für einen bestimmten Benutzer oder eine Gruppe zutrifft, nicht für beide gleichzeitig. - + User ID Benutzer ID - + Deny Verweigern - + Allow Erlauben - - - + Remove Entfernen - + Inherit Erben - + Inheritable Vererbbar - + Inherited Vererbt - - - + Add Hinzufügen @@ -150,12 +144,12 @@ Enthält eine Liste von Mitgliedern, deren Gruppenmitgliedschaft nicht vom über Entfernen - + &Groups &Gruppen - + &ACL &Berechtigungen @@ -184,72 +178,71 @@ Enthält eine Liste von Mitgliedern, deren Gruppenmitgliedschaft nicht vom über Dieser Button macht alle Änderungen rückgängig und schließt den Dialog ohne ACLs oder Gruppen auf dem Server zu aktualisieren. - + List of entries Liste von Einträgen - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. Dies Feld zeigt alle aktiven Einträge in diesem Kanal an. Von übergeordneten Kanälen geerbte Einträge werden kursiv angezeigt.<br />Berechtigungen werden von oben nach unten ausgewertet. Das bedeutet, dass sich die Priorität nach unten hin erhöht. - + Inherit ACL of parent? Berechtigungen von übergeordneten Kanälen erben? - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. Dieses Feld legt fest ob die Berechtigung am Anfang von übergeordneten Kanälen geerbt werden. Nur Einträge bei denen die Option "Betrifft Unterkanäle" markiert ist, werden geerbt. - + Add new entry Neuen Eintrag hinzufügen - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. Dies fügt einen neuen Eintrag hinzu, der Anfangs alle Benutzer betrifft und keine Berechtigungen vergibt. - + Remove entry Eintrag entfernen - + This removes the currently selected entry. Dies entfernt den aktuell ausgewählten Eintrag. - + Move entry up Eintrag nach oben verschieben - Properties - Eigenschaften + Eigenschaften - + Name Name - + Enter the channel name here. Geben Sie hier den Kanalnamen ein. - + <b>Name</b><br>Enter the channel name in this field. The name has to comply with the restriction imposed by the server you are connected to. <b>Name</b><br>Geben Sie den Kanalnamen in dieses Feld ein. Der Name muss von den Einschränkungen des aktuellen Servers erlaubt sein. - + Description Beschreibung @@ -258,44 +251,44 @@ Enthält eine Liste von Mitgliedern, deren Gruppenmitgliedschaft nicht vom über Kanalbeschreibung hier eingeben. - + Password Passwort - + Enter the channel password here. Geben Sie hier das Kanalpasswort ein. - + Check to create a temporary channel. Aktivieren Sie dieses Feld um einen temporären Kanal zu erstellen. - + <b>Temporary</b><br> When checked the channel created will be marked as temporary. This means when the last player leaves it the channel will be automatically deleted by the server. <b>Temporär</b><br/> Dieses Feld markiert den Kanal als temporär. Das heißt, dass er automatisch gelöscht wird, sobald der letzte Benutzer den Kanal verlässt. - + Temporary Temporär - + Channel positioning facility value Kanalpositionswert - + Position Position - + <b>Group</b><br> These are all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. <b>Group</b><br> @@ -304,53 +297,53 @@ This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, Dies sind alle für diesen Kanal definierten Gruppen. Um eine neue Gruppe zu erstellen geben Sie einfach deren Namen ein und drücken Enter. - + Add new group Neue Gruppe hinzufügen - + <b>Add</b><br/> Add a new group. <b>Hinzufügen</b><br/> Fügt eine neue Gruppe hinzu. - + <b>Remove</b><br>This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. <b>Entfernen</b><br/> Dies löscht die aktuell ausgewählte Gruppe. Wenn die Gruppe von einem übergeordneten Kanal geerbt wurde wird sie nicht aus der Liste gelöscht, aber alle lokalen Informationen für diese Gruppe werden entfernt. - + <b>Inherit</b><br>This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. <b>Erben</b><br/> Dies erbt alle Mitglieder der Gruppe von übergeordneten Kanälen, sofern die Gruppe in übergeordneten Kanälen als <i>vererbbar</i> markiert ist. - + <b>Inheritable</b><br>This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. <b>Vererbbar</b><br/> Dies macht die Gruppe an Unterkanäle vererbbar. Wenn die Gruppe nicht vererbbar ist können die Unterkanäle trotzdem eine Gruppe mit dem gleichen Namen erstellen. - + <b>Inherited</b><br>This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. <b>Vererbt</b><br/> Dies gibt an, ob die Gruppe von einem übergeordneten Kanal geerbt wurde. Sie können diese Option hier nicht ändern, sie dient nur der Information. - + Inherited members Geerbte Mitglieder - + Contains the list of members added to the group by this channel. Enthält die Liste der zur Gruppe gehörenden Mitglieder in diesem Kanal. - + <b>Members</b><br> This list contains all members that were added to the group by the current channel. Be aware that this does not include members inherited by higher levels of the channel tree. These can be found in the <i>Inherited members</i> list. To prevent this list to be inherited by lower level channels uncheck <i>Inheritable</i> or manually add the members to the <i>Excluded members</i> list. <b>Mitglieder</b><br/> @@ -361,74 +354,74 @@ Diese Liste enthält alle Mitglieder welche der Gruppe in diesem Kanal hinzugef Enthält eine Liste der Mitglieder, deren Gruppenmitgliedschaft nicht an die Unterkanäle vererbt wird. - + Contains the list of members inherited by other channels. Enthält die Liste der Mitglieder die von anderen Kanälen geerbt wurden. - + <b>Inherited members</b><br> Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i>Inherit</i> to prevent inheritance from higher level channels. <b>Geerbte Mitglieder</b><br/> Enthält die Liste von Mitgliedern, welche vom aktuellen Kanal geerbt wurden. Deaktivieren Sie die Option <i>Erben</i> um zu verhindern, dass von übergeordneten Kanälen geerbt wird. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to add to the group and click Add. Geben sie den Namen des Benutzers ein der zur Gruppe hinzugefügt werden soll und klicken sie auf Hinzufügen. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to remove from the group and click Add. Geben sie den Namen des Benutzers ein der aus der Gruppe entfernt werden soll und klicken sie auf Hinzufügen. - + Exclude Ausschließen - + Excluded members Ausgeschlossene Mitglieder - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. Dies verschiebt den Eintrag in der Liste nach oben. Da Einträge der Reihenfolge nach ausgewertet werden, könnte dies die effektiven Rechte der Benutzer ändern. Man kann keinen Eintrag über einen geerbten Eintrag verschieben. Sollte dies jedoch notwendig sein, so muss der Eintrag dupliziert werden. - + Move entry down Eintrag nach unten verschieben - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. Dies verschiebt den Eintrag in der Liste nach unten. Da Einträge der Reihenfolge nach ausgewertet werden, könnte dies die effektiven Rechte der Benutzer ändern. - + Entry should apply to this channel. Eintrag soll für diesen Kanal gelten. - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. Dies lässt den Eintrag für diesen Kanal gelten. - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. Eintrag soll für Unterkanäle gelten. - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. Dies lässt den Eintrag für Unterkanäle gelten. - + Group this entry applies to Gruppe, für die dieser Eintrag gilt @@ -437,53 +430,53 @@ Enthält die Liste von Mitgliedern, welche vom aktuellen Kanal geerbt wurden. De Dies steuert welche Gruppe von Beutzern dieser Eintrag betrifft.<br />Die Gruppen werden im Kontext des Kanals ausgewertet in dem sich der Eintrag befindet. Zum Beispiel gibt der Standard ACL in den Wurzelkanälen <i>Schreib</i>-Rechte der <i>Admin</i>-Gruppe. Dieser Eintrag gibt den Benutzern - wenn von einem Kanal geerbt - Schreibrecht, wenn er zur Gruppe der <i>Admin</i>s in diesem Kanal gehört, selbst wenn er nicht zu der <i>Admin</i>-Gruppe gehört woher der ACL eigentlich stammt.<br />Beginnt ein Gruppenname mit einem "!", wird die Mitgliedschaft negiert und wenn es mit einem "~" beginnt, wird es in dem Kanal ausgewertet in dem die ACL definiert wurde. Die Reihenfolge ist wichtig; <i>!~in</i> ist gültig, <i>~!in</i> jedoch nicht. Einige wenige spezielle vordefinierte Gruppen sind: <br /><b>all</b> - Jeder trifft zu.<br /><b>auth</b> - Alle authentifizierten Benutzer treffen zu.<br /><b>in</b> - Benutzer im Channel treffen zu.<br /><b>out</b> - Benutzer außerhalb des Kanals treffen zu.<br />Ein Eintrag trifft dabei entweder auf einen Benutzer oder eine Gruppe zu, nicht auf beide. - + User this entry applies to Benutzer, für den der Eintrag gilt - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. Dieses Feld steuert welchen Benutzer dieser Eintrag betrifft. Geben Sie einen Benutzernamen ein und drücken Sie Enter um die Existenz des Accounts auf dem Server zu überprüfen. - + Allow %1 %1 erlauben - + Deny %1 %1 ablehnen - + Mumble - Add channel Mumble - Kanal hinzufügen - - + + Failed: Invalid channel Fehlgeschlagen: Ungültiger Kanal - + Mumble - Edit %1 Mumble - Bearbeite %1 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Dies gibt das %1-Recht. Wenn ein Recht sowohl erlaubt als auch verweigert wird, so wird es verweigert.<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Dies nimmt das %1-Recht. Wenn ein Recht sowohl erlaubt als auch verweigert wird, so wird es verweigert.<br />%2 - + List of groups Liste von Gruppen @@ -492,7 +485,7 @@ Enthält die Liste von Mitgliedern, welche vom aktuellen Kanal geerbt wurden. De Dies sind alle aktuell im Kanal definierten Gruppen. Um eine neue Gruppe zu erstellen, den Namen eingeben und Enter drücken. - + Remove selected group Entferne ausgewählte Gruppe @@ -501,7 +494,7 @@ Enthält die Liste von Mitgliedern, welche vom aktuellen Kanal geerbt wurden. De Dies entfernt die momentan ausgewählte Gruppe. Wenn die Gruppe geerbt wurde wird sie nicht von der Liste entfernt, aber alle lokalen Informationen über diese Gruppe werden gelöscht. - + Inherit group members from parent Erbe Gruppenmitglieder von übergeordneten Kanälen @@ -510,7 +503,7 @@ Enthält die Liste von Mitgliedern, welche vom aktuellen Kanal geerbt wurden. De Dies erbt alle Mitglieder der Elterngruppe, wenn die Gruppe als <i>Vererbbar</i> im Elternkanal markiert ist. - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels Erlaubt das Unterkanälen die Gruppe erben können @@ -519,7 +512,7 @@ Enthält die Liste von Mitgliedern, welche vom aktuellen Kanal geerbt wurden. De Dies macht die Gruppe zu Unterkanälen vererbbar. Ist die Gruppe nicht vererbbar können Unterkanäle Gruppen mit demselben Namen erstellen. - + Group was inherited from parent channel Gruppe wurde von einem übergeordneten Kanal geerbt @@ -528,7 +521,7 @@ Enthält die Liste von Mitgliedern, welche vom aktuellen Kanal geerbt wurden. De Dies zeigt an, dass die Gruppe vom Elternkanal geerbt wurde. Dieses Attribut dient nur zur Information und kann nicht bearbeitet werden. - + Add member to group Mitglied zur Gruppe hinzufügen @@ -537,7 +530,7 @@ Enthält die Liste von Mitgliedern, welche vom aktuellen Kanal geerbt wurden. De Namen des Spielers eingeben, der zur Gruppe hinzugefügt werden soll. - + Remove member from group Entferne Mitglied aus der Gruppe @@ -550,7 +543,7 @@ Enthält die Liste von Mitgliedern, welche vom aktuellen Kanal geerbt wurden. De Mumble - ACL von %1 editieren - + Dialog Dialog @@ -562,16 +555,21 @@ Enthält die Liste von Mitgliedern, welche vom aktuellen Kanal geerbt wurden. De Type in the name of a player you wish to remove from the group and click Add. Namen des Benutzers, der aus der Gruppe entfernt werden soll, hier eingeben und Entfernen drücken. + + + &Properties + + ALSAAudioInput - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 Öffnen des ALSA-Eingabegerätes fehlgeschlagen: %1 - + Default ALSA Card Standard ALSA-Karte @@ -579,12 +577,12 @@ Enthält die Liste von Mitgliedern, welche vom aktuellen Kanal geerbt wurden. De ALSAAudioOutput - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 Öffnen des ALSA-Ausgabegerätes fehlgeschlagen: %1 - + Default ALSA Card Standard ALSA-Karte @@ -655,33 +653,33 @@ Enthält die Liste von Mitgliedern, welche vom aktuellen Kanal geerbt wurden. De ASIOConfig - + Device selection Geräteauswahl - + Capabilities Funktionalitäten - + Buffer size Puffergröße - + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. Dies konfiguriert die Eingangskanäle für ASIO. Stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie mindestens einen Kanal für Mikrofon und Lautsprecher wählen. <i>Mikrofon</i> sollte jener sein, wo an dem Ihr Mikrofon hängt und <i>Lautsprecher</b> sollte ein Kanal sein, welcher ausgibt '<i>was Sie hören</i>'.<br/> Zum Beispiel wäre für die Audigy 2 ZS '<i>Mic L</i>' eine gute Wahl für Mikrofon und '<i>Mix L</i>' und '<i>Mix R</i>' für Lautsprecher. - + Channels Kanäle - + Configure input channels Eingabekanäle konfigurieren @@ -690,42 +688,42 @@ Zum Beispiel wäre für die Audigy 2 ZS '<i>Mic L</i>' ein Dies konfiguriert die Eingangskanäle für ASIO. Es muss sichergestellt werden, dass wenigstens ein Kanal als Mikrofon und Lautsprecher ausgewählt wurde. <br />Eine gute Auswahl für eine Audigy 2 ZS wäre für Mikrofon "Mic L", während es für die Lautsprecher "Mix L" und "Mix R" sein sollte - + Device to use for microphone Mikrofongerät - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. Dies wählt das abzufragende Gerät aus. Man muss trotzdem das Gerät abfragen und die zu nutzenden Kanäle auswählen. - + Device Gerät - + Query selected device Gewähltes Gerät abfragen - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Dies fragt das ausgewählte Gerät nach Kanälen ab. Achtung: Viele ASIO-Treiber sind extrem fehlerbehaftet und sie abzufragen könnte die Anwendung oder das System zum Absturz bringen. - + Configure selected device Ausgewähltes Gerät konfigurieren - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Dies konfiguriert das ausgewählte Gerät. Achtung: Viele ASIO-Treiber sind extrem fehlerbehaftet und sie abzufragen könnte die Anwendung oder das System zum Absturz bringen. - + Driver name Treibername @@ -734,34 +732,32 @@ Zum Beispiel wäre für die Audigy 2 ZS '<i>Mic L</i>' ein Puffergröße - + Microphone Mikrofon - - + <- <- - - + -> -> - + Unused Ungenutzt - + Speakers Lautsprecher - + %1 (version %2) %1 (ver %2) %1 (Version %2) @@ -775,49 +771,49 @@ Zum Beispiel wäre für die Audigy 2 ZS '<i>Mic L</i>' ein %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms Auflösung) %4Hz -- Unbenutzbar - + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5Hz sample = Abtastung/Abtastrate, sample geläufig genug/einzige richtige Wahl? %1 -> %2 Samples-Puffer mit %3 Sample-Auflösung (%4 bevorzugt) bei %5 Hz - - - - + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 ASIO-Initialisierung fehlgeschlagen: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver Konnte ASIO-Treiber nicht instanziieren - + ASIO ASIO - + &Query &Abfragen - + &Configure &Konfigurieren - + Form Formular @@ -833,18 +829,18 @@ Zum Beispiel wäre für die Audigy 2 ZS '<i>Mic L</i>' ein ASIOInput - - + + Mumble Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. Es muss mindestens eine Mikrofon- und eine Lautsprecherquelle ausgewählt sein um ASIO zu nutzen. Wenn Sie lediglich den Mikrofoneingang nutzen wählen Sie DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. Öffnen des ausgewählten ASIO-Gerätes fehlgeschlagen. Es wird kein Eingang benutzt. @@ -856,17 +852,17 @@ Zum Beispiel wäre für die Audigy 2 ZS '<i>Mic L</i>' ein <h3>Mumble v0.9.4</h3><p>Copyright 2005-2006 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p>Deutsche Übersetzung von Matthias Vogelgesang<br /> m0ta@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Ein Voicechat-Programm für Spieler</b></p><p><tt>http://mumble.sourceforge.net/</tt></p> - + &About Mumble Ü&ber Mumble - + &License &Lizenz - + OK OK @@ -875,12 +871,12 @@ Zum Beispiel wäre für die Audigy 2 ZS '<i>Mic L</i>' ein <h3>Mumble v%1</h3><p>Copyright 2005-2007 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p>Deutsche Übersetzung von Matthias Vogelgesang<br /> m0ta@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Ein Voicechat-Programm für Spieler</b></p><p><tt>http://mumble.sourceforge.net/</tt></p> - + About Mumble Über Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> <h3>Mumble v%1</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p>Deutsche Übersetzung von Jan Klass und Matthias Vogelgesang<br /> m0ta@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Ein Voicechat-Programm für Spieler</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a>/</tt></p> @@ -888,7 +884,7 @@ Zum Beispiel wäre für die Audigy 2 ZS '<i>Mic L</i>' ein AboutSpeexDialog - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%1">%1</a></tt></p><p>This program uses SpeexDSP.</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering and voice activity detection.</p> <h3>Über Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%1">%1</a></tt></p><p>Dieses Programm benutzt SpeexDSP.</p><p>Speex wird für die Echo-Auslöschung, Rausch-<br />unterdrückung und die Stimmaktivierung verwendet.</p> @@ -897,12 +893,12 @@ Zum Beispiel wäre für die Audigy 2 ZS '<i>Mic L</i>' ein <h3>Über Speex</h3><p><tt>http://www.speex.org/</tt></p><p>Dieses Programm nutzt Speex Version %1</p><p>Speex wird zur Echoreduktion, Geräuschfilterung<br />, Stimmaktivierungserkennung und<br />Sprachkompression genutzt.</p> - + OK OK - + About Speex Über Speex @@ -1277,42 +1273,42 @@ Zum Beispiel wäre für die Audigy 2 ZS '<i>Mic L</i>' ein AudioInput - + Form Formular - + Interface Schnittstelle - + System System - + Input method for audio Audio-Eingabemethode - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. Dies ist die zu verwendende Audio-Eingabemethode. - + Device Gerät - + Input device for audio Audio-Eingabegerät - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> <b>Dies ist das zu verwendende Audio-Eingabegerät.</b> @@ -1321,51 +1317,50 @@ Zum Beispiel wäre für die Audigy 2 ZS '<i>Mic L</i>' ein Echo auslöschen - + Transmission Übertragung - + &Transmit Über&tragen - + When to transmit your speech Wann Sprache übertragen werden soll - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. <b>Dies legt fest, wann Sprache übertragen werden soll.</b><br /><i>Kontinuierlich</i> - Die ganze Zeit<br /><i>Stimmaktivierung</i> - Sobald man deutlich spricht.</br><i>Push-To-Talk</i> - Wenn ein Hotkey gedrückt wird (siehe <i>Shortcuts</i>). - + DoublePush Time Doppeldruck-Zeit - TextLabel - Textlabel + Textlabel Audible audio cue when push-to-talk pressed and released Hörbarer Audio Hinweis, wenn Push-To-Talk gedrückt und losgelassen wird - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. <b>Dies aktiviert die Push-To-Talk Audio-Hinweise.</b><br />Wenn diese Option aktiviert ist, gibt es wird der eingestellte Ton abgespielt wenn Push-To-Talk gedrückt und losgelassen wird. - + PTT Audio cue PTT Audio-Hinweis - + Use SNR based speech detection Benutze SNR basierte Spracherkennung @@ -1374,42 +1369,42 @@ Zum Beispiel wäre für die Audigy 2 ZS '<i>Mic L</i>' ein <b>Dies legt fest, dass Sprache durch ein Signal-Rausch-Verhältnis erkannt wird.</b><br />In diesem Modus wird die Eingabe auf ein klares Signal hin analysiert und die Klarheit des Signals für die Spracherkennung genutzt. - + Signal to Noise Signal zu Rauschen - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. Benutze amplitudenbasierte Spracherkennung. - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. <b>Dies legt fest, dass Sprache durch die Amplitude erkannt wird.</b><br />In diesem Modus wird die Stärke des Eingangssignals genutzt um Sprache zu erkennen. - + Amplitude Amplitude - + Voice &Hold Stimme &halten - + How long to keep transmitting after silence Wie lange nach dem Einsetzen von Stille übertragen werden soll - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>Dies wählt aus, wie lange nach Beenden des Gesprächs noch übertragen werden soll.</b><br />Höhere Werte nutzen können helfen wenn die Stimme plötzlich abbricht (erkennbar an einem flackernden Voice-Icon neben dem Namen).<br />Dies ist nur bei sprachaktivierter Übertragung sinnvoll. - + Silence Below Stille bis @@ -1418,38 +1413,37 @@ Zum Beispiel wäre für die Audigy 2 ZS '<i>Mic L</i>' ein Signalwerte darunter zählen als Stille - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. <b>Dies setzt die Auslösewerte für die Spracherkennung.</b><br />Zusammen mit dem Audiostatistik Fenster können die Auslösewerte für die Spracherkennung manuell eingestellt werden. Eingabewerte unter "Stille bis" zählen immer als Stille, Werte über "Sprache über" immer als Sprache. Werte dazwischen zählen als Sprache wenn schon gesprochen wird, lösen aber keine Erkennung (und damit Übertragung) aus. - + Speech Above Sprache über - + Signal values above this count as voice Signalwerte darüber zählen als Sprache - + Compression Kompression - + &Quality &Qualität - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) Qualität der Kompression (Spitzenbandbreite) - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. <b>Dies setzt die Qualität der Kompression.</b><br />Dies bestimmt wieviel Bandbreite Mumble für ausgehendes Audio nutzen darf. @@ -1466,17 +1460,17 @@ Zum Beispiel wäre für die Audigy 2 ZS '<i>Mic L</i>' ein <b>Dies legt die Komplexität der Kompression fest.</b><br />Es bestimmt wieviel CPU-Zeit Mumble nutzen darf um die übertragene Sprachqualität zu steigern. Einstellungen über 5 bringen nur minimale Verbesserungen. - + Audio per packet Audio pro Paket - + How many audio frames to send per packet Wieviele Audioframes pro Paket zu senden sind - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>Dies legt fest, wieviele Audioframes in ein Paket gepackt werden sollen.</b><br />Durch Erhöhung steigt die Latenz der Sprache, gleichzeitig sinkt aber der Bandbreitenbedarf. @@ -1485,17 +1479,17 @@ Zum Beispiel wäre für die Audigy 2 ZS '<i>Mic L</i>' ein Maximal verwendete Bandbreite für Audiodaten - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). <b>Dies zeigt die Spitze der ausgehenden Bandbreite an.</b><br />Dies zeigt die maximale Bandbreite an, die zum Senden verwendet wurde. Die Audio-Bitrate ist die maximale Bitrate, die für Audio-Daten genutzt wird (maximal da VBR verwendet wird). Position ist die Bitrate für Positionsinformationen. Overhead wird durch das verpacken der Audiodaten in Netzwerkpakete verursacht (75% dieses Overheads enstehen durch die IP- und UDP-Paketheader). - + Audio Processing Audioverarbeitung - + Noise Suppression Rauschunterdrückung @@ -1504,182 +1498,181 @@ Zum Beispiel wäre für die Audigy 2 ZS '<i>Mic L</i>' ein <b>Dies legt die Menge an Rauschunterdrückung fest.</b><br />Je höher dieser Wert ist, desto aggressiver werden stationäre Geräusche unterdrückt. - + Amplification Verstärkung - + Maximum amplification of input sound Maximale Verstärkung des Eingangssignals - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. <b>Maximale Verstärkung des Eingangssignals.</b><br />Mumble normalisiert die Eingangslautstärke vor der Kompression, wobei diese Option festlegt wie sehr verstärkt werden darf.<br />Der tatsächliche Level wird kontinuierlich, abhängig vom Sprachmuster, aktualisiert; allerdings nie höher als hier festgelegt.<br />Wenn die Mikrofonlautstärke in den Audiostatistiken um 100% liegt, sollte man dies auf 2.0 setzen. Für Leute die dies kaum erreichen, muss es deutlich höher angesetzt werden.<br />Idealerweise sollte es folgendermaßen gesetzt werden: <i>Mikrofon Lautstärke * Verstärkungsfaktor >= 100</i>, selbst wenn man wirklich leise spricht.<br />Es ist nicht schädlich dies auf das Maximum zu setzen, aber Mumble wird dadurch auch Umgebungsgeräusche aufnehmen. - + Current speech detection chance Aktuelle Spracherkennungswahrscheinlichkeit - + Cancel echo from speakers Unterdrücke das Echo der Lautsprecher - + Enabling this will cancel the echo from your speakers. Mixed has low CPU impact, but only works well if your speakers are equally loud and equidistant from the microphone. Multichannel echo cancellation provides much better echo cancellation, but at a higher CPU cost. Bei Aktivieren dieser Option wird versucht das Echo der Lautsprecher zu unterdrücken. Gemischt hat geringe Auswirkung auf die CPU-Auslastung aber funktioniert nur wenn Ihre Lautsprecher gleich laut und vom Mikrofon gleich weit entfernt sind. Mehrkanal-Echo-Unterdrückung bietet weitaus bessere Echo-Unterdrückung, verbraucht aber mehr CPU-Zeit. - + Disabled Deaktiviert - + Mixed Gemischt - + Multichannel Mehrkanal - + Echo Echo - + If you press the PTT key twice in this time it will get locked. Wenn Sie die PTT-Taste (Sprech-Taste) zweimal innerhalb dieser Zeit drücken wird die Sprachübertragung dauerhaft aktiviert. - + <b>DoublePush Time</b><br />If you press the push-to-talk key twice during the configured interval of time it will be locked. Mumble will keep transmitting until you hit the key once more to unlock PTT again. <b>Doppeldruck-Zeit</b><br/> Wenn Sie die PTT-Taste zweimal innerhalb der Doppeldruck-Zeit drücken wird die Sprachübertragung dauerhaft aktiviert. Diese wird beendet wenn sie die Taste ein weiteres mal drücken. - + Gets played when the PTT button is pressed Wird abgespielt wenn die PTT-Taste gedrückt wird - + Gets played when the PTT button is released Wird abgespielt wenn die PTT-Taste losgelassen wird - + Reset audio cue to default Audio-Hinweis auf Standard zurücksetzen - + Reset Zurücksetzen - + Browse for on audio file Nach einer Datei für den Beginn der Audioübertragung suchen - - + Browse Durchsuchen - + Browse for off audio file Nach einer Datei für das Ende der Audioübertragung suchen - + Off Aus - + On An - + Preview the audio cues Die Audio-Hinweise probeweise abspielen - + <b>Preview</b><br/>Plays the current <i>on</i> soundfile followed by the current <i>off</i> soundfile. <b>Vorschau</b><br/> Spielt den aktuellen <i>An</i>-Audio-Hinweis gefolgt vom aktuellen <i>Aus</i>-Hinweis ab. - + Preview Vorschau - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated Akustischer Hinweis, wenn Push-to-Talk aktiviert oder deaktiviert wird - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. <b>Dies wählt als Spracherkennungsmechanismus das Signal-zu-Rausch-Verhältnis.</b><br />In diesem Modus werden die eingehenden Audiodaten auf ein klares Signal hin überprüft. Die Klarheit des Signals aktiviert dann die Spracherkennung. - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Dies zeigt die aktuellen Spracherkennungs-Einstellungen an.</b><br />Die Einstellung können im Einstellungsdialog oder dem Audio-Assistenten geändert werden. - + Noise suppression Rauschunterdrückung - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be suppressed. <b>Dies setzt die Stärke der Rauschunterdrückung die angewandt werden soll</b><br/> Je höher der Wert, desto aggressiver wird Rauschen unterdrückt. - + Idle AutoMute AutoStumm bei Untätigkeit - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. Gibt an wie lange Sie untätig sein dürfen bevor Sie stumm gestellt werden. - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. Dies setzt den Untätigkeits-Timer. Wenn der Timer ausläuft, ohne dass Ton-Daten an den Server gesendet werden, werden Sie stumm geschaltet. - + <b>Reset</b><br/>Reset the paths for the files to their default. <b>Zurücksetzen</b><br/> Setzt die Pfade zu den Dateien auf die Standardwerte zurück. - + Signal values below this count as silence Signalwerte darunter zählen als Stille - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio Maximale Bandbreite, die zum Senden von Audiodaten verwendet wird @@ -1688,7 +1681,7 @@ Setzt die Pfade zu den Dateien auf die Standardwerte zurück. <b>Dies legt die Menge an Rauschunterdrückung fest, die verwendet werden soll.</b><br />Je höher dieser Wert, desto aggressiver wird stationäres Rauschen unterdrückt. - + Server maximum network bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Audio quality auto-adjusted to %2 kbit/s (%3ms) Die maximal mögliche Bandbreite des Servers beträgt nur %1 kbit/s. Die Audio-Qualität wurde automatisch auf %2 kbit/s (%3ms) gesetzt @@ -1696,65 +1689,66 @@ Setzt die Pfade zu den Dateien auf die Standardwerte zurück. AudioInputDialog - + Continuous Kontinuierlich - + Voice Activity Sprachaktivierung - + Push To Talk Push-To-Talk - + Audio Input Audioeingabe - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - + + + Off Aus - + %1 s %1 s - + %1 kb/s %1 kb/s - + -%1 dB -%1 dB - - %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) - %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + + %1 kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) - + CELT CELT - + Speex Speex @@ -1775,7 +1769,7 @@ Setzt die Pfade zu den Dateien auf die Standardwerte zurück. %1 kbit/s (Audio %2, Position %4, Overhead %3) - + %1 min %1 min @@ -1783,98 +1777,97 @@ Setzt die Pfade zu den Dateien auf die Standardwerte zurück. AudioOutput - + Form Formular - + Interface Schnittstelle - + System System - + Output method for audio Audio-Ausgabemethode - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. Dies ist die Audio-Ausgabemethode die verwendet werden soll. - + Device Gerät - + Output device for audio Audio-Ausgabegerät - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> <b>Dies ist das Audio-Ausgabegerät.</b> - - + Positional Audio Positionsabhängiges Audio - + Audio Output Audioausgabe - + Default &Jitter Buffer Standard &Jitter-Puffer - + Safety margin for jitter buffer Sicherheitsgrenze für den Jitter-Puffer - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. <b>Dies legt die minimale Sicherheitsgrenze für den Jitter-Puffer fest.</b><br />Eingehende Sprachdaten werden gepuffert und der Jitter-Puffer versucht den Puffer so klein wie möglich zu halten so dass die Latenz so gering wie möglich sein kann. Dies legt die minimale Puffergröße fest. Falls sich der Anfang eines Satzes unterbrochen anhört, erhöhen Sie diesen Wert. - + If checked Mumble also lowers the volume of other applications when you talk - + Attenuate other applications while you talk Lautstärke anderer Programme dämpfen während gesprochen wird - + Minimum distance to user before sound volume decreases Minimale Distanz zu einem Benutzer bevor die Lautstärke abnimmt - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other users' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. Dies setzt die minimale Distanz für Klangberechnungen fest. Die Lautstärke anderer Benutzer wird nicht sinken, so lange Sie nicht mindestens so weit entfernt sind. - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other users' speech volume will not decrease any further. Dies setzt die maximale Distanz für Klangberechnungen fest. Die Lautstärke anderer Benutzer wird nicht mehr sinken, wenn sie weiter entfernt sind. - + <b>This enables one of the loopback test modes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other users will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. <b>Dies aktiviert einen der Rückkopplungs-Testmodi.</b><br/> <i>Keine</i>: Rückkopplung deaktiviert<br/> @@ -1887,27 +1880,27 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Textlabel - + Volume Lautstärke - + Volume of incoming speech Lautstärke der ankommenden Sprache - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. <b>Dies legt die Lautstärke der eingehenden Sprache fest.</b><br />Beachten Sie, dass bei einem Wert über 100% die Geräusche verzerrt werden. - + Output Delay Ausgabeverzögerung - + Amount of data to buffer Datenmenge die gepuffert werden soll @@ -1948,7 +1941,7 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Rolloff - + Factor for sound volume decrease Faktor zur Lautstärkensenkung @@ -1957,53 +1950,53 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Wie schnell soll die Lautstärke sinken, wenn die Minimaldistanz überschritten ist. Mit der Standardeinstellung (1.0) wird die Lautstärke bei doppelter Entfernung halbiert. Ein höherer Wert lässt die Lautstärke schneller fallen, während ein geringerer Wert die Lautstärker langsamer fallen lässt. - + Bloom Bloom - + Loopback Test Rückkopplungs-Test - + Delay Variance Verzögerungsvarianz - + Variance in packet latency Varianz der Paketlatenz - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you to set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. <b>Dies legt die Varianz der Paketlatenz für den Rückkopplungs-Test fest.</b><br/>Die meisten Audiopfade haben eine variable, sich ständig Ändernde Latenz. Hiermit können Sie die Varianz für den Rückkopplungs-Test festlegen. Falls Sie dies zum Beispiel auf 15ms setzen, wird ein Netzwerk mit 20-35ms oder eines mit 80-95ms Latenz immitiert. Die meisten Netzverbindungen haben eine Varianz von etwa 5ms. - + Packet Loss Paketverlust - + Packet loss for loopback mode Paketverlust für den Rückkopplungs-Modus - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% <b>Dies legt den Paketverlust für den Rückkopplungs-Modus fest.</b><br />Dies ist das Verhältnis an verlorenen Paketen. Solange Ihre Ausgangsbandbreite nicht an ihre Grenze stößt oder etwas mit Ihrer Netzwerkverbindung nicht stimmt, wird dieser 0% betragen - + &Loopback &Rückkopplung - + Desired loopback mode Gewünschter Rückkopplungs-Modus @@ -2012,18 +2005,18 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer <b>Dies aktiviert einen der Rückkopplungs-Testmodi.</b><br /><i>Keiner</i> - Rückkopplung deaktiviert<br /><i>Lokal</i> - Immitiert einen lokalen Server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Fordere vom Server eine Rückkopplung.<br />Beachten Sie, dass Sie niemand bei aktiviertem Loopback hören kann. Diese Einstellung wird beim Beenden der Anwendung nicht gespeichert. - + Factor for sound volume increase Faktor zur Lautstärkenerhöhung - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. Die angeschlossenen Audioausgabe-Geräte sind Kopfhörer - + Minimum Distance Minimale Distanz @@ -2032,12 +2025,12 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Minimale Distanz zum Spieler, bevor dessen Lautstärke geringer wird. - + Maximum Distance Maximale Distanz - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease Maximale Distanz zum Benutzer, hinter der seine Lautstärke nicht mehr geringer wird @@ -2046,17 +2039,17 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Dies setzt die maximale Distanz für Ton-Berechnungen. Wenn man weiter weg als diese Distanz ist, wird die Lautstärke des anderen Spielers nicht mehr weiter verringert. - + Minimum Volume Minimale Lautstärke - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? Wie hoch soll die Lautstärke bei maximaler Distanz sein? - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? Um wie viel soll die Lautstärke für Quellen erhöht werden, die sehr nah sind? @@ -2065,32 +2058,32 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Kopfhöhrer sind angeschlossen und werden verwendet. - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. Ist dies aktiviert bedeutet dies, dass keine Lautsprecher angeschlossen sind, sondern nur Kopfhörer. Dies ist wichtig, da Lautsprecher für gewöhnlich vor Ihnen sind, während Kopfhörer direkt links und rechts anliegen. - + Headphones Kopfhörer - + Other Applications Andere Anwendungen - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. Dies setzt die Menge an Daten, welche im Ausgabepuffer vorgepuffert wird. Experimentieren Sie mit verschiedenen Werten und nehmen Sie den niedrigsten, welcher kein schnelles Zittern im Ton produziert. - + Volume of other applications during speech Lautstärke anderer Anwendungen während jemand spricht - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. <b>Reduziere Lautstärke anderer Anwendungen während jemand spricht.</b><br />Mumble unterstützt die Reduzierung der Lautstärke anderer Anwendungen während des Sprechens. Dies legt die relative Lautstärke anderer Anwendungen fest, wenn andere sprechen. @@ -2098,50 +2091,56 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer AudioOutputDialog - + None Keine - + Local Lokal - + Server Server - + Audio Output Audioausgabe - - + + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - - - - %1% - %1% + + + + + + %1 % + %1% + %1% - - %1ms - %1ms + + + + %1 ms + %1ms + %1ms - - - %1m - %1m + + + %1 m + %1m + %1m %1 @@ -2151,17 +2150,17 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer AudioOutputSample - + Choose sound file Wählen Sie eine Sounddatei - + Invalid sound file Ungültige Sounddatei - + The file '%1' cannot be used by Mumble. Please select a file with a compatible format and encoding. Die Datei '%1' kann nicht in Mumble verwendet werden. Bitte wählen Sie eine Datei mit kompatiblem Format und Kodierung. @@ -2169,17 +2168,17 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer AudioStats - + Peak microphone level Spitzen Mikrofonpegel - + Peak speaker level Spitzen Lautsprecherpegel - + Peak clean level Gesäuberter Spitzenpegel @@ -2192,7 +2191,7 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Mic Signal-Rauschen-Verhältnis - + Speech Probability Sprachwahrscheinlichkeit @@ -2201,9 +2200,7 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Audio Bitrate - - - + Peak power in last frame Spitzenpegel im letzten Paket @@ -2212,7 +2209,7 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Dies zeigt die Spitzenleistung im letzten Frame (20ms) an und ist als Maß äquivalent zu "Input Power". Stattdessen bitte <b>Lautstärke</b> nutzen. - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. Dies zeigt den Spitzenpegel des Lautsprechers im letzten Paket (20ms) an. Solange keine Multikanal-Sampling-Methode (wie ASIO) genutzt wird, wird dieser Wert 0 sein. Verwenden Sie jedoch eine solche Anordnung und der Wert ist beim abspielen von Audio in anderen Programmen trotzdem 0 so arbeitet die Einstellung nicht korrekt. @@ -2221,7 +2218,7 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Dies zeigt den Spitzenpegel nach dem Processing im letzten Paket (20ms) an. Im Idealfall sollte dies -96 dB betragen, wenn man nicht spricht. Die Realität zeigt, dass man in einem Tonstudio etwa -60 dB und zuhause -20 dB erwarten kann. When man spricht, sollte dies auf -5 bis -10 dB ansteigen.<br />Nutzt man Echounterdrückung und der Wert steigt auf mehr als -15 dB wenn man nicht spricht, sind die Audioeinstellungen nicht korrekt und man stört andere Spieler mit Echos. - + How close the current input level is to ideal Wie nah der aktuelle Eingangspegel am Idealwert ist @@ -2230,52 +2227,52 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Dies zeigt an wie nah die Eingangssignallautstärke am Ideal ist. Um die Mikrofonlautstärke anzupassen, sollte das Programm gestartet werden mit dem die Aufnahmelautstärke angepasst wird.<br /><b>Nun sollte man, so laut wie es im Spiel vorkommt, sprechen</b><br />Die Lautstärke muss nun so nah wie möglich an die 100% angepasst werden, aber nicht darüber hinaus. Wenn dem so ist, wird es hörbares Clipping geben, was die Soundqualität mindert - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone Signal-Rausch-Verhältnis des Mikrofons - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. Dies ist das Signal-Rausch-Verhältnis (SRV) des Mikrofons im letzten Paket (20ms). Es zeigt an, um wie viel stärker die Stimme im Vergleich zum Hintergrundrauschen ist.<br />Ist der Wert unter 1.0 gibt es mehr Geräusche als Stimme im Signal, weshalb die Qualität reduziert ist.<br />Es gibt keine Obergrenze, aber ein Wert über 40-50 kann ohne Tonstudio nicht erwartet werden. - + Probability of speech Sprachwahrscheinlichkeit - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). Dies ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit, dass das letzte Paket (20ms) Sprache und kein Umgebungsgeräusch war.<br />Die Sprachaktivitätserkennung hängt von der Korrektheit dieses Wertes ab. Der Trick ist, dass die Mitte eines Satzes immer als Sprache erkannt wird; problematisch sind Pausen zwischen Wörtern und der Anfang des Satzes. Es ist schwierig ein Seufzen von einem mit 'h' beginnenden Wort zu unterscheiden.<br />Ist dieser Text fett geschrieben, bedeutet dies, dass Mumble gerade überträgt (falls Sie verbunden sind). - + Bitrate of last frame Bitrate des letzten Paketes - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. Dies ist die Audiobitrate des letzten komprimierten Paketes (20ms). Aus diesem Grund springt sie auf und ab während die VBR die Qualität anpasst. Um die Spitzenbitrate einzustellen muss <b>Kompressionsqualität</b> im Einstellungsdialog angepasst werden. - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate Leistungsspektrum des Eingangssignals und Rauschabschätzung - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. Dieses Diagramm zeigt das Leistungsspektrum des Eingangssignals (rote Linie) und die aktuelle Rauschabschätzung (blau gefüllt) an.<br />Alle Amplituden werden mit 30 multipliziert um anzuzeigen wie viel mehr Signal als Rauschen im Frequenzband vorhanden ist.<br />Dies ist vermutlich nur von Interesse, wenn man die Rauschbedingungen des Mikrofones präzise einstellt. Unter guten Voraussetzungen sollte nur eine winzige blaue Stelle unten zu sehen sein. Ist mehr als die Hälfte des Graphen blau, hat man eine ungünstige Geräuschkulisse. - + Weights of the echo canceller Gewichte des Echounterdrückers - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. Dieses Diagramm zeigt die Gewichte des Echounterdrückers mit der Zeit nach unten und der Frequenz nach rechts wachsend.<br />Idealerweise sollte das Diagramm schwarz sein, also kein Echo existieren. Normalerweise hat man einen oder mehrere horizontale Streifen von blauer Farbe, die das zeitverzögerte Echo darstellen. Sie sollten sehen können, wie die Gewichte in Echtzeit aktualisiert werden.<br />Solange keine Echoquelle vorhanden ist werden Sie hier keine nützlichen Daten sehen. Spielen Sie deshalb z.B. Musik ab um das Diagramm zu stabilisieren.<br />Sie können zwischen Real- und Imaginäranteilen der Frequenzdomänen-Gewichte, oder alternativ dem berechneten Modulus und der Phase auswählen. Am nützlichsten ist hierbei Modulus, dieser ist die Amplitude des Echos und zeigt an wieviel vom ausgehenden Signal bei diesem Zeitschritt entfernt wird. Die anderen Ansichten sind nützlich für diejenigen die den Echoauslöschungs-Algorithmus feinjustieren wollen.<br />Achtung: Wenn das Gesamtbild im Modulus-Modus massiv fluktuiert, kann der Echoauslöscher keine Korrelation zwischen den beiden Eingangsquellen (Lautsprecher und Mikrofon) herstellen. Entweder Sie haben eine sehr lange Verzögerung des Echos oder eine der Eingangsquellen ist falsch konfiguriert. @@ -2304,22 +2301,23 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer DoublePush Intervall - - >1000ms - >1000ms + + >1000 ms + >1000ms + >1000ms - + Audio Statistics Audiostatistiken - + Input Levels Eingangspegel - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. Dies zeigt den Spitzenpegel im letzten Paket (20ms) an und zeigt was üblicherweise auch "Eingangspegel" genannt wird. Bitte ignorieren Sie diesen Wert und sehen Sie sich stattdessen <b>Mikrofonpegel</b> an, was deutlich stabiler ist und Ausreißer verwirft. @@ -2328,73 +2326,73 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Textlabel - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. Dies zeigt den Spitzenwert des letzten Frames (20 ms) nach der kompletten Verarbeitung. Idealerweise sollte dies -96 dB sein, wenn Sie nicht sprechen. In der Realität sollte ein Tonstudio -60 dB und Sie hoffentlich in etwa -20 dB sehen. Wenn Sie sprechen sollte dieser Wert auf ungefähr -5 bis -10 dB steigen.<br />Wenn Sie Echounterdrückung verwenden und der Wert auf über -15 dB steigt wenn Sie sind Einstellungen oder Hardware fehlerhaft und Sie werden andere Benutzer mit Echos stören. - + Signal Analysis Signalanalyse - + Microphone power Mikrofonpegel - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. Dieser Wert zeigt wie nah die aktuelle Eingangslautstärke am Ideal ist. Um den Mikrofonpegel anzupassen, öffnen Sie ein Programm mit welchem sie ihre Aufnahmelautstärken verändern können und schauen Sie hier auf den Wert während Sie reden.<br /><b>Sprechen Sie so laut, als wären Sie über etwas verärgert.</b><br />Passen Sie die Lautstärke an, bis der Wert nahe der 100% ist, aber nicht darüber hinaus. Sollte der Wert darüber steigen werden vermutlich Teile ihrer Sprache abgeschnitten, was die Soundqualität stark beeinträchtigt. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Signal-Rausch-Verhältnis - + Configuration feedback Konfigurations-Rückmeldung - + Current audio bitrate Aktuelle Audio Bitrate - + DoublePush interval DoppelDruck Intervall - + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses Time between last two PushToTalk presses Zeit zwischen den beiden letzten Push-To-Talk-Betätigungen - + Speech Detection Spracherkennung - + Current speech detection chance Aktuelle Spracherkennungswahrscheinlichkeit - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Dies zeigt die aktuellen Spracherkennungs-Einstellungen an.</b><br />Diese Einstellungen können im Einstellungsdialog oder dem Audio-Assistenten geändert werden. - + Signal and noise power spectrum Signal- und Rauschleistungsspektrum - + Echo Analysis Echo Analyse @@ -2402,17 +2400,17 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard Audio Einstellungs-Assistent - + Introduction Einführung - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard Willkommen zum Mumble Audio-Assistenten @@ -2425,12 +2423,12 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Bitte beachten Sie, dass, während dieser Assistent ausgeführt wird, jegliche Tondaten lokal zurückgekoppelt werden und keine Ton-Daten an den Server gesendet werden. - + Finished Fertig - + Enjoy using Mumble Viel Spaß mit Mumble @@ -2439,12 +2437,12 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Herzlichen Glückwunsch. Sie sollten nun eine reichere Sounderfahrung mit Mumble machen. - + Device selection Geräteauswahl - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. Wählen Sie das Eingabe- und Ausgabegerät aus, welches Mumble verwenden soll. @@ -2453,39 +2451,37 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Eingabegerät - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. Dies ist das Gerät, mit dem ihr Mikrofon verbunden ist. - - + System System - + Input method for audio Eingabemethode für Audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Dies ist die Eingabemethode für Audio.</b><br />Am wahrscheinlichsten sollte DirectSound ausgewählt werden. - - + Device Gerät - + Input device to use Eingabegerät - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> <b>Wählen Sie, welche Soundkarte für Audioeingaben verwendet werden soll.</b> @@ -2494,37 +2490,37 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Ausgabegerät - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. Dies ist das Gerät, an welches ihre Lautsprecher oder Kopfhörer angeschlossen sind. - + Output method for audio Ausgabemethode für Audio - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Dies ist die Ausgabemethode für Audio.</b><br />Am wahrscheinlichsten sollte DirectSound ausgewählt werden. - + Output device to use Ausgabegerät - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> <b>Wählen Sie, welche Soundkarte für Audioausgaben verwendet werden soll.</b> - + Volume tuning Lautstärken-Einstellung - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. Mikrofonhardware-Lautstärke auf optimalen Wert einstellen. @@ -2537,37 +2533,37 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Sprechen Sie so laut, als wären Sie verärgert oder aufgeregt. Verringern Sie die Lautstärke in den Lautstärkeeinstellungen bis der Balken so weit wie möglich oben im blauen und grünen, aber nicht im roten Bereich ist, während Sie sprechen. - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. Sprechen Sie jetzt so laut, als würden Sie spät nachts sprechen und niemanden stören wollen. Bewegen Sie den Schieber so, dass der Balken im Grünen ist während Sie sprechen, aber im Blauen bleibt wenn Sie nichts sagen. - + Voice Activity Detection Sprachaktivitätserkennung - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. Lassen Sie Mumble herausfinden wann Sie sprechen und wann nicht. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. Dies wird Mumble helfen herauszufinden, wann Sie sprechen. Der erste Schritt ist den zu benutzenden Datenwert auszuwählen. - + Raw amplitude from input Rohamplitude der Eingabe - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Signal-Rausch-Verhältnis - + Next you need to adjust the following slider. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Als nächstes müssen Sie den folgenden Schieber anpassen. Die ersten paar Geräusche die Sie beim Sprechen machen sollten im grünen Bereich (definitv Sprache) landen. Während Sie sprechen sollten Sie im gelben Bereich (könnte Sprache sein) bleiben und wenn Sie nicht sprechen, sollte alles im roten Bereich (definitiv keine Sprache) bleiben. @@ -2577,12 +2573,12 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Als letztes müssen Sie die Aufschubzeit festlegen. Mumble kann so lange weiteren Ton aufnehmen und weiterhin übertragen, bevor es abbricht. Dies erlaubt ihnen während des Sprechens Luft zu holen. - + Device tuning Geräte-Einstellungen - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. Setze Hardware Ausgabeverzögerungen auf ein Minimum. @@ -2603,9 +2599,10 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Dies legt die Menge an Daten fest, die im Ausgabepuffer vorgepuffert werden sollen. Experimentieren Sie mit verschiedenen Werten und setzen Sie es auf den niedrigsten Wert, der noch kein schnelles Zittern oder Vibrieren im Ton verursacht. - - %1ms - %1ms + + %1 ms + %1ms + %1ms %1 s @@ -2628,7 +2625,7 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Audiopfad konnte nicht bestimmt werden. Eingabe wurde nicht erkannt. - + Use echo cancellation Benutze Echounterdrückung @@ -2637,23 +2634,23 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange die Rückkopplung aktiv ist, Sie kein anderer Unterdrücke Echos vom Headset oder den Lautsprechern. - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. Dies aktiviert die Echo-Unterdrückung für ausgehende Audio-Signale, was sowohl bei Lautsprechern wie auch Headsets hilft. - + Enable positional audio Positionsabhängiges Audio aktivieren - + Allows positioning of sound Allows positioning of sound. Erlaubt die Positionierung der Audio-Signale. - + <p> This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. </p> @@ -2668,27 +2665,27 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass, so lange dieser Assistent aktiv ist, der Ton lokal aus </p> - + Input Device Eingabegerät - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers Unterdrücke das Echo des Headsets oder der Lautsprecher - + Output Device Ausgabegerät - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. Die Option erlaubt Mumble positionsabhängiges Audio zu verwenden um Stimmen zu platzieren. - + <p> To keep latency to an absolute minimum, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. </p> @@ -2706,17 +2703,17 @@ Bitte beachten Sie, dass die lokale Wiedergabe Ihrer Aufnahmegeräte für diesen </p> - + Amount of data to buffer Menge an Daten die gepuffert werden sollen - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. Dies setzt die Menge an Daten, welche im Ausgabepuffer vorgepuffert werden. Experimentieren Sie mit verschiedenen Werten und setzen Sie ihn auf den niedrigsten, bei dem keine Tonstörungen auftreten. - + <p> Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. </p> @@ -2735,72 +2732,72 @@ Verringern Sie die Mikrofonlautstärke in Ihren Ton-Einstellungen so weit, dass </p> - + Quality & Notifications - + Quality settings Qualitätseinstellungen - + Low Niedrig - + In this configuration Mumble will use a <b>low amount of bandwidth</b>. This will inevitable result in high latency and poor quality. Choose this only if your connection cannot handle the other settings. (Speex 16kbit/s, 60ms per packet) - + Balanced Ausgeglichen - + This is the <b>recommended default</b> configuration. It provides a good balance between quality, latency and bandwidth usage. (CELT 40kbit/s, 20ms per packet) - + Ultra - + This configuration is only recommended for use in setups where bandwidth is not an issue like a LAN. It provides the lowest latency supported by Mumble and <b>high quality</b>. (CELT 72kbit/s, 10ms per packet) - + Notification settings Benachrichtigungen - + Use Text-To-Speech to read notifications and messages to you. - + Disable Text-To-Speech and use sounds instead. Text-zu-Sprache deaktivieren und Sounds benutzen. - + Positional Audio Positionsabhängiges Audio - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. Einstellen der Lautstärkenverminderung positionsabhängiger Audio-Signale. - + <p> Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other users relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other user is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. </p> @@ -2820,12 +2817,12 @@ Sie sollten den Ton sich zwischen den Kanälen bewegen hören. </p> - + Use headphones instead of speakers Benutze Kopfhörer anstatt Lautsprechern - + <p> Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. </p> @@ -2851,7 +2848,7 @@ Diese Statistiken sind grundlegend für die weitere Entwicklung und stellen sich Die Grafik unten zeigt die Position von <font color="red">Ihnen</font>, den <font color="yellow">Lautsprechern</font> und einer sich <font color="green">bewegenden Quelle</font> von oben gesehen. Sie sollten das Geräusch sich zwischen den Kanälen bewegen hören. - + Use headphones Benutze Kopfhörer @@ -2860,7 +2857,7 @@ Diese Statistiken sind grundlegend für die weitere Entwicklung und stellen sich Benutze Kopfhörer statt Lautsprechern. - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. Dies ignoriert die Betriebssystem Lautsprechereinstellungen und konfiguriert die Positionierung stattdessen für Kopfhörer. @@ -2869,55 +2866,60 @@ Diese Statistiken sind grundlegend für die weitere Entwicklung und stellen sich Mumble ist in ständiger Entwicklung und das Entwicklungsteam will sich auf die Features konzentrieren, die den meisten Benutzern nützen. Dazu unterstützt Mumble das Senden anonymer Statistiken über die Konfiguration. Diese Statistiken sind essentiell für die weitere Entwicklung und stellen sicher, dass die benutzten Features die Sie nutzen nicht entfernt werden. - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Sende anonyme Statistiken an das Mumble Projekt - + Push To Talk: Push-To-Talk: + + + Adjust quality and notification settings. + + BanEditor - + Reason Begründung - + Start Start - + End Ende - + User Benutzer - + Hash Hash - + &Add &Hinzufügen - + &Update &Aktualisieren - + &Remove &Entfernen @@ -2946,7 +2948,7 @@ Diese Statistiken sind grundlegend für die weitere Entwicklung und stellen sich Dieser Button macht alle Änderungen rückgängig und schließt den Dialog ohne ACLs oder Gruppen auf dem Server zu aktualisieren. - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - Bans bearbeiten @@ -2955,12 +2957,12 @@ Diese Statistiken sind grundlegend für die weitere Entwicklung und stellen sich 0.0.0.0 - + &Address &Adresse - + &Mask &Maske @@ -2968,27 +2970,27 @@ Diese Statistiken sind grundlegend für die weitere Entwicklung und stellen sich CertView - + Name Name - + Email Email - + Issuer Aussteller - + (none) (keiner) - + Self-signed Selbst signiert @@ -2996,75 +2998,75 @@ Diese Statistiken sind grundlegend für die weitere Entwicklung und stellen sich CertWizard - + Resolving domain %1. Löse Domain %1 auf. - + Unable to validate email.<br />Enter a valid (or blank) email to continue. Email konnte nicht validiert werden.<br/> Geben Sie eine korrekte (oder leere) E-Mail Adresse an um fortzufahren. - + There was an error generating your certificate.<br />Please try again. Beim generieren Ihres Zertifikats ist ein Fehler aufgetreten.<br/> Bitte versuchen Sie es erneut. - + Your certificate and key could not be exported to PKCS#12 format. There might be an error in your certificate. Ihr Zertifikat und der Schlüssel konnten nicht in das Format PKCS#12 exportiert werden. Ihr Zertifikat könnte einen Fehler enthalten. - + The file could not be opened for writing. Please use another file. Die Datei konnte nicht zum Schreiben geöffnet werden. Bitte verwenden Sie eine andere Datei. - + The file could not be written successfully. Please use another file. Die Datei konnte nicht beschrieben werden. Bitte verwenden Sie eine andere Datei. - + The file could not be opened for reading. Please use another file. Die Datei konnte nicht zum Lesen geöffnet werden. Bitte verwenden Sie eine andere Datei. - + The file is empty or could not be read. Please use another file. Die Datei ist leer oder konnte nicht gelesen werden. Bitte verwenden Sie eine andere Datei. - + The file did not contain a valid certificate and key. Please use another file. Die Datei enthielt kein gültiges Zertifikat und Schlüssel. Bitte verwenden Sie eine andere Datei. - + Select file to export certificate to Wählen Sie eine Datei, in welche das Zertifikat exportiert werden soll - + Select file to import certificate from Wählen Sie eine Datei, aus welcher ein Zertifikat importiert werden soll - + Unable to resolve domain. Auflösen der Domain nicht möglich. - + Mumble User Mumble-Benutzer @@ -3072,7 +3074,7 @@ Bitte verwenden Sie eine andere Datei. Certificates - + Certificate Management Zertifikat-Management @@ -3081,17 +3083,17 @@ Bitte verwenden Sie eine andere Datei. Dies öffnet ein Dateiauswahl-Fenster um eine Datei zu wählen, in welche das Zertifikat exportiert wird. - + Certificate Authentication Zertifikat Authentifikation - + Authenticating to servers without using passwords Gegenüber Servern ohne Passwort authentifizieren - + <p>Mumble can use certificates to authenticate with servers. Using certificates avoids passwords, meaning you don't need to disclose any password to the remote site. It also enables very easy user registration.</p><p>While Mumble can work without certificates, the majority of servers will expect you to have one.</p> <p> Mumble kann Zertifikate verwenden, um sich gegenüber Servern zu authentifizieren. @@ -3103,77 +3105,72 @@ Auch wenn Mumble ohne Zertifikate funktioniert werden die meisten Server erwarte </p> - - - + Current certificate Aktuelles Zertifikat - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. Dies ist das Zertifikat, welches Mumble momentan verwendet. - - + Current Certificate Aktuelles Zertifikat - - + Create a new certificate Neues Zertifikat erstellen - + This will create a new certificate. Hiermit wird ein neues Zertifikat erstellt. - + Import certificate from file Zertifikat aus einer Datei importieren - + This will import a certificate from file. Hiermit wird ein Zertifikat aus einer Datei importiert. - + Import a certificate Zertifikat importieren - - + Export Certificate Zertifikat exportieren - + This will export a certificate to file. Hiermit wird ein Zertifikat in eine Datei exportiert. - + Export current certificate Aktuelles Zertifikat exportieren - + Import Certificate Zertifikat importieren - + PKCS #12 Certificate import PKCS#12-Zertifikat Import - + <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from FireFox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> <p> @@ -3185,78 +3182,77 @@ Wenn die Datei passwortgeschützt ist benötigen Sie dieses, um das Zertifikat z </p> - + Import from Importieren aus - + Filename to import from Datei aus welcher importiert werden soll - + This is the filename you wish to import a certificate from. Dies ist die Datei, aus welcher Sie ein Zertifikat importieren möchten. - + Select file to import from Wählen Sie die Datei, aus welcher importiert werden soll - + This opens a file selection dialog to choose a file to import a certificate from. Dies öffnet ein Dateiauswahlfenster zur Auswahl der Datei, aus welcher das Zertifikat importiert werden soll. - + Open... Öffnen... - + Password Passwort - + Password for PKCS#12 file Passwort für PKCS#12-Datei - + This is the password for the PKCS#12 file containing your certificate. Dies ist das Password für die PKCS#12-Datei, welche Ihr Zertifikat enthält. - + Certificate to import Zu importierendes Zertifikat - + This is the certificate you are importing. Dies ist das Zertifikat, welches Sie importieren. - - + Certificate Details Zertifikat-Details - + Replace Certificate Zertifikat ersetzen - + Replace existing certificate with new certificate? Soll das vorhandene Zertifikat durch das Neue ersetzt werden? - + <p>You already have a certificate stored in Mumble, and you are about to replace it.</p> <p>If you are upgrading to a certificate issued to you by a trusted CA and the email addresses match your current certificate, this is completely safe, and servers you connect to will automatically recognize the strong certificate for your email address. </p> @@ -3277,33 +3273,32 @@ Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie Ihr Zertifikat ersetzen möchten? </p> - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be replaced. Dies ist das aktuell von Mumble verwendete Zertifikat. Dieses wird ersetzt. - + New certificate Neues Zertifikat - + This is the new certificate that will replace the old one. Dies ist das neue Zertifikat, welches das Alte ersetzen wird. - - + New Certificate Neues Zertifikat - + Make a backup of your certificate Erstelle eine Sicherheitskopie des Zertifikats - + <p>If you ever lose your current certificate, which will happen if your computer suffers a hardware failure or you reinstall your machine, you will no longer be able to authenticate to any server you are registered on. It is therefore <b>mandatory</b> that you make a backup of your certificate. We strongly recommend you store this backup on removable storage, such as an USB memory stick.</p> <p>Note that this file will not be encrypted, and if anyone gains access to it, they will be able to impersonate you, so take good care of it.</p> <p> @@ -3317,37 +3312,37 @@ Stellen Sie also sicher, dass nur Sie Zugriff auf diese Datei haben. </p> - + Export to Exportieren nach - + Filename to export to Datei, in welche exportiert werden soll - + This is the filename you wish to export a certificate to. Dies ist die Datei, in welche das Zertifikat exportiert wird. - + Save As... Speichern unter... - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be exported. Dies ist das Zertifikat, welches Mumble derzeit verwendet. Es wird exportiert. - + Generate a new certificate for strong authentication Generiere ein neues Zertifikat zur sicheren Authentifikation - + <p>Mumble will now generate a strong certificate for authentication to servers.</p><p>If you wish, you may provide some additional information to be stored in the certificate, which will be presented to servers when you connect. If you provide a valid email address, you can upgrade to a CA issued email certificate later on, which provides strong identification.</p> <p>Mumble wird nun ein sicheres Zertifikat zur Authentifikation gegenüber Servern generieren.</p> <p> @@ -3357,52 +3352,57 @@ Wenn Sie eine korrekte E-Mail Adresse angeben können Sie zu einem von einer Zer </p> - + Name Name - + Email E-Mail - + Your email address (e.g. johndoe@mumble.info) Ihre E-Mail-Adresse (z.B. johndoe@mumble.info) - + This is your email address. It is strongly recommended to provide a valid email address, as this will allow you to upgrade to a strong certificate without authentication problems. Dies ist Ihre E-Mail Adresse. Es wird dringend empfohlen hier eine korrekte E-Mail Adresse anzugeben, dieses erlaubt Ihnen später ohne Probleme zu einem vertrauenswürdigen Zertifikat zu upgraden. - + Your name (e.g. John Doe) Ihr Name (z.B. John Doe) - + This is your name, and will be filled out in the certificate. This field is entirely optional. Dies ist Ihr Name und wird in Ihrem Zertifikat gespeichert. Dieses Feld ist optional. - + Finish Fertigstellen - + Certificate-based authentication is ready for use Die Zertifikat-basierte Authentifikation ist zur Verwendung bereit - + Enjoy using Mumble with strong authentication. Viel Spaß bei der Verwendung von Mumble mit sicherer Authentifikation. + + + Automatic certificate creation + + ChanACL @@ -3443,7 +3443,7 @@ Dieses Feld ist optional. L - + None Keine @@ -3452,17 +3452,17 @@ Dieses Feld ist optional. Schreiben - + Traverse Durchqueren - + Enter Betreten - + Speak Sprechen @@ -3471,7 +3471,7 @@ Dieses Feld ist optional. AltSpeak - + Mute/Deafen Stumm-/Taubstellen @@ -3480,141 +3480,141 @@ Dieses Feld ist optional. Verschieben/Kicken - + Make channel Kanal erstellen - + Make temporary Temporären Kanal erstellen - + Link channel Kanal verbinden - + This represents no privileges. Dies repräsentiert keine Rechte. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. Dies repräsentiert vollen Zugriff auf den Kanal, einschließlich den Fähigkeiten Gruppen und Berechtigungen zu ändern. Dieses Recht impliziert alle anderen Rechte. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. Dies repräsentiert das Recht den Kanal zu durchqueren. Wenn ein Benutzer dieses Privileg nicht hat, kann er nicht auf diesen Kanal oder einen der Unterkanäle zugreifen, egal welche Rechte er in den Unterkanälen hat. - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. Dies repräsentiert das Recht den Kanal zu betreten. Hat man eine hierarchische Kanalstruktur, sollte man jedem das Recht Durchqueren geben und dafür Betreten in der Wurzel der Hierarchie einschränken. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. Dies repräsentiert das Recht in einem Kanal zu sprechen. Benutzer ohne dieses Recht werden vom Server unterdrückt (gekennzeichnet als stumm) und können in diesem Kanal erst sprechen, wenn sie von jemandem mit den entsprechenden Rechten ent-stummgestellt werden. - + This represents the permission to whisper to this channel from the outside. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with the Whisper key held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. Dies repräsentiert das Recht von außerhalb in diesen Kanal zu flüstern. Dies funktioniert exakt wie das <i>Sprechen</i>-Recht gilt aber für Sprachpakete mit gedrückter Flüstern-Taste. Dies kann verwendet werden, um zu einer Hierarchie von Kanälen zu sprechen ohne diese zu verbinden. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other users. Once muted, a user will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged user or reconnects to the server. Dies representiert das Recht andere Benutzer stumm und taub zu stellen. Wenn ein Benutzer stummgestellt wird bleibt er dies, bis ein anderer privilegierten Benutzer das stummstellen entfernt, oder der Benutzer neu zum Server verbindet. - + This represents the permission to move a user to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the user, either the moving user must have Move privileges in the destination channel, or the user must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Users with this privilege can move users into channels the target user normally wouldn't have permission to enter. Dies repräsentiert das Recht einen Benutzer in einen anderen Kanal zu verschieben oder ihn vom Server zu kicken. Um einen Benutzer auch wirklich zu verschieben muss der verschiebende Benutzer entweder Verschieben/Kick-Rechte im Zielkanal haben oder dem verschobenen Benutzer muss es erlaubt sein, den Zielkanal zu betreten. Benutzer mit diesem Recht können also (ausreichende Rechte im Zielkanal vorausgesetzt) andere Benutzer in Kanäle verschieben, die diese normalerweise nicht betreten dürfen. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Dies repräsentiert das Recht Unterkanäle zu erstellen. Der Benutzer, welcher den Unterkanal erstellt, wird automatisch zur admin-Gruppe des Kanals hinzugefügt. - + This represents the permission to make a temporary subchannel. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Temporary channels are not stored and disappear when the last user leaves. Dies repräsentiert das Recht temporäre Unterkanäle zu erstellen. Der Benutzer, welcher den Unterkanal erstellt, wird automatisch zur admin-Gruppe des Unterkanals hinzugefügt. Temporäre Kanäle werden nicht gespeichert und verschwinden, sobald der letzte Benutzer den Kanal verlässt. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Users in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking user has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. Dies repräsentiert das Recht Kanäle zu verbinden. Benutzer in verbundenen Kanälen können sich gegenseitig hören, so lange der sprechende Benutzer das <i>Sprechen</i>-Recht im Kanal des Hörers hat. Man benötigt Verbindungsrechte in beiden Kanälen um eine Verbindung aufzubauen, aber nur in einem der Beiden um sie aufzuheben. - + This represents the permission to write text messages to other users in this channel. Dies repräsentiert das Recht Textnachrichten an andere Benutzer dieses Kanals zu senden. - + This represents the permission to forcibly remove users from the server. Dies repräsentiert das Recht, andere Benutzer zwingend vom Server zu entfernen (zu “kicken”). - + This represents the permission to permanently remove users from the server. Dies repräsentiert das Recht Benutzer permanent vom Server zu entfernen (zu ”bannen”). - + This represents the permission to register and unregister users on the server. Dies repräsentiert das Recht andere Benutzer auf dem Server zu registrieren und diese auch wieder zu entfernen. - + This represents the permission to register oneself on the server. Dies repräsentiert das Recht sich selbst auf dem Server zu registrieren. - + Whisper Flüstern - + Move Bewegen - + Text message Textnachricht - + Kick Kicken - + Ban Bannen - + Register User Benutzer registrieren - + Register Self Selbst registrieren @@ -3639,7 +3639,7 @@ Man benötigt Verbindungsrechte in beiden Kanälen um eine Verbindung aufzubauen Dies repräsentiert das Recht Kanäle zu verbinden. Benutzer in verbundenen Kanälen können sich gegenseitig hören, solange der sprechende Benutzer das <i>Sprechen</i>-Privileg im Kanal des Hörers hat. Man benötigt Verbindungsprivilegien in beiden Kanälen um eine Verbindung aufzubauen, aber nur in einem der Beiden um sie aufzuheben. - + Write ACL Berechtigungen bearbeiten @@ -3647,12 +3647,12 @@ Man benötigt Verbindungsrechte in beiden Kanälen um eine Verbindung aufzubauen ChatbarLineEdit - + Paste and send Einfügen und senden - + Type chat message here Geben Sie die Chatnachricht hier ein @@ -3687,37 +3687,37 @@ Man benötigt Verbindungsrechte in beiden Kanälen um eine Verbindung aufzubauen ClientUser - + Friend Freund - + Authenticated Authentifiziert - + Muted (server) Stumm (Server) - + Deafened (server) Taub (Server) - + Local Mute Lokal Stumm - + Muted (self) Stumm (selbst) - + Deafened (self) Taub (selbst) @@ -3725,13 +3725,13 @@ Man benötigt Verbindungsrechte in beiden Kanälen um eine Verbindung aufzubauen ConfigDialog - + Mumble Configuration Mumble-Konfiguration - - + + Advanced Erweitert @@ -3740,14 +3740,14 @@ Man benötigt Verbindungsrechte in beiden Kanälen um eine Verbindung aufzubauen &OK - - + + Accept changes Änderungen übernehmen - - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. Dieser Knopf übernimmt die aktuellen Einstellungen und kehrt zur Anwendung zurück.<br />Die Einstellungen werden beim Beenden der Anwendung gespeichert. @@ -3756,14 +3756,14 @@ Man benötigt Verbindungsrechte in beiden Kanälen um eine Verbindung aufzubauen &Abbrechen - - + + Reject changes Änderungen verwerfen - - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. Der Knopf verwirft alle Änderungen und kehrt zur Anwendung zurück.<br />Die Einstellungen werden auf die vorherigen Werte zurückgesetzt. @@ -3772,38 +3772,38 @@ Man benötigt Verbindungsrechte in beiden Kanälen um eine Verbindung aufzubauen Ü&bernehmen - - + + Apply changes Änderungen übernehmen - - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. Dieser Button übernimmt alle Änderungen sofort. - - + + Undo changes for current page Änderungen der aktuellen Seite rückgängig machen - - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. Dieser Knopf setzt alle Änderunge auf der aktuellen Seite auf die zuletzt angewandten Einstellung zurück. - - + + Restore defaults for current page Standardeinstellungen für die aktuelle Seite wiederherstellen - - + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. Dieser Knopf setzt die Einstellungen der aktuellen Seite auf die Standardwerte zurück. Andere Seiten werden nicht geändert.<br/> @@ -3853,7 +3853,7 @@ Um alle Einstellungen auf die Standardwerte zurückzusetzen müssen Sie diesen K &Passwort - + &Connect &Verbinden @@ -3906,69 +3906,69 @@ Um alle Einstellungen auf die Standardwerte zurückzusetzen müssen Sie diesen K LAN - + Hostname Hostname - + Bonjour name Bonjourname - + Port Port - + Addresses Adressen - + Website Webseite - + Packet loss Paketverlust - + Ping (80%) Ping (80%) - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - + Ping (95%) Ping (95%) - + Bandwidth Bandbreite - + %1 kbit/s %1 kbit/s - - + + Users Benutzer - + Version Version @@ -3977,8 +3977,8 @@ Um alle Einstellungen auf die Standardwerte zurückzusetzen müssen Sie diesen K Verbinden - - + + &Add New... Add New... &Server hinzufügen... @@ -3988,39 +3988,39 @@ Um alle Einstellungen auf die Standardwerte zurückzusetzen müssen Sie diesen K Filter - + Connecting to %1 Verbinde zu %1 - - + + Enter username Benutzername eingeben - + Adding host %1 Host %1 hinzufügen - - + + Servername Servername - + &Filters &Filter - + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list Serverliste konnte nicht geladen werden @@ -4037,7 +4037,7 @@ Um alle Einstellungen auf die Standardwerte zurückzusetzen müssen Sie diesen K -Unbenannter Eintrag- - + Mumble Server Connect Mumble - Server Verbinden @@ -4046,88 +4046,88 @@ Um alle Einstellungen auf die Standardwerte zurückzusetzen müssen Sie diesen K Standort - + Ping Ping - + Remove from Favorites Aus den Favoriten entfernen - + &Edit... Edit... &Bearbeiten... - + Add custom server Benutzerdefinierten Server hinzufügen - + Add to &Favorites Add to Favorites Zu &Favoriten hinzufügen - + Open &Webpage Open Webpage &Webseite öffnen - + Show &Reachable Show Reachable Nur &erreichbare Server anzeigen - + Show all servers that respond to ping Alle Server anzeigen die auf Pings antworten - + Show &Populated Show Populated Server mit &Benutzern anzeigen - + Show all servers with users Zeige alle Server auf denen sich Benutzern befinden - + Show &All Show All &Alle anzeigen - + Show all servers Alle Server anzeigen - + &Copy &Kopieren - + Copy favorite link to clipboard Kopiere Favoriten-Link in die Zwischenablage - + &Paste &Einfügen - + Paste favorite from clipboard Füge Favorit aus der Zwischenablage ein @@ -4163,41 +4163,41 @@ Um alle Einstellungen auf die Standardwerte zurückzusetzen müssen Sie diesen K ConnectDialogEdit - + Edit Server Server bearbeiten - + &Servername &Name &Servername - + Name of the server Name des Servers - + <b>Name</b><br/> Name of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your serverlist and can be chosen freely. <b>Name</b><br/> Name des Servers. Dies ist ein frei wählbarer Name der in der Serverliste anzeigt wird. - + A&ddress A&dresse - + Internet address of the server. Internet address of the server. Internet-Adresse des Servers. - + <b>Address</b><br/> Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an IPv4/IPv6 address or a Bonjour service identifier. Bonjour service identifiers have to be prefixed with a '@' to be recognized by Mumble. <b>Address</b></br> @@ -4207,34 +4207,34 @@ Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an ipv4/6 address Internet-Adresse des Servers. Dies kann ein normaler Hostname, eine IPv4/IPv6 Adresse oder eine Bonjour-Service-Identifikation sein. Bonjour-Service-Identifikationen müssen mit einem '@' beginnen um von Mumble erkannt zu werden. - + &Port &Port - + Port on which the server is listening Port, auf welchem der Server hört - + <b>Port</b><br/> Port on which the server is listening. If the server is identified by a Bonjour service identifier this field will be ignored. <b>Port</b><br/> Port auf welchem der Server hört. Wenn eine Bonjour-Service-Identifikation verwendet wird, wird dieses Feld ignoriert. - + &Username Ben&utzername - + Username to send to the server Benutzername, welcher an den Server gesendet wird - + <b>Username</b><br/> Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions on how a username might look like. Also your username could already be taken by another user. <b>Benutzername</b><br/> @@ -4244,7 +4244,7 @@ Benutzername, welcher an den Server gesendet wird. Beachten Sie, dass jeder Serv CoreAudioSystem - + Default Device Standardgerät @@ -4252,12 +4252,12 @@ Benutzername, welcher an den Server gesendet wird. Beachten Sie, dass jeder Serv CrashReporter - + Mumble Crash Report Mumble - Absturzbericht - + <p><b>We're terribly sorry, but it seems Mumble has crashed. Do you want to send a crash report to the Mumble developers?</b></p><p>The crash report contains a partial copy of Mumble's memory at the time it crashed, and will help the developers fix the problem.</p> <p><b>Es tut uns sehr leid, aber es scheint so, als sei Mumble abgestürzt. Möchten Sie einen Absturz-Bericht an die Mumble-Entwickler senden?</b></p> <p> @@ -4265,59 +4265,59 @@ Der Absturz-Bericht enthält eine Teilkopie von Mumbles Speicher zum Zeitpunkt d </p> - + Email address (optional) E-Mail Adresse (optional) - + Please briefly describe what you were doing at the time of the crash Bitte beschreiben Sie kurz, was Sie getan haben, als Mumble abgestürzt ist - + Send Report Bericht senden - + Don't send report Bericht nicht senden - + Crash upload successful Crash upload successfull Hochladen des Absturz-Berichts erfolgreich - + Thank you for helping make Mumble better! Danke dass Sie dabei helfen, Mumble zu verbessern! - - + + Crash upload failed Hochladen des Berichts fehlgeschlagen - + We're really sorry, but it appears the crash upload has failed with error %1 %2. Please inform a developer. Das Hochladen des Berichts scheint mit der Fehlermeldung %1 %2 fehlgeschlagen zu sein. Bitte informieren Sie einen Entwickler. - + This really isn't funny, but apparently there's a bug in the crash reporting code, and we've failed to upload the report. You may inform a developer about error %1 Das ist wirklich nicht witzig, aber es scheint einen Bug im Absturz-Bericht-Melden-Code zu geben und das Hochladen des Berichts schlug fehl. Sie können einen Entwickler über den Fehler %1 informieren - + Uploading crash report Absturzbericht wird hochladen - + Abort upload Upload abbrechen @@ -4337,22 +4337,22 @@ Der Absturz-Bericht enthält eine Teilkopie von Mumbles Speicher zum Zeitpunkt d Öffnen des DirectSound Eingangsgerätes gescheitert. Standardeinstellungen werden benutzt. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. Öffnen des DirectSound Eingangsgerätes fehlgeschlagen. Standardgerät wird benutzt. - + Default DirectSound Voice Input Standard DirectSound Spracheingabe - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. Öffnen des DirectSound Eingangsgerätes fehlgeschlagen. Es wird kein Mikrofonsound aufgenommen. - + Lost DirectSound input device. DirectSound Eingangsgerät verloren. @@ -4364,7 +4364,7 @@ Der Absturz-Bericht enthält eine Teilkopie von Mumbles Speicher zum Zeitpunkt d Mumble - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. Öffnen des DirectSound Ausgabegerätes fehlgeschlagen. Es kann kein Ton gehört werden. @@ -4373,17 +4373,17 @@ Der Absturz-Bericht enthält eine Teilkopie von Mumbles Speicher zum Zeitpunkt d Öffnen des DirectSound Ausgabegerätes gescheitert. Standardeinstellungen werden benutzt. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. Öffnen des DirectSound Ausgabegerätes fehlgeschlagen. Standardgerät wird benutzt. - + Default DirectSound Voice Output Standard DirectSound Sprachausgabe - + Lost DirectSound output device. DirectSound Ausgabegerät verloren. @@ -4546,20 +4546,20 @@ Der Absturz-Bericht enthält eine Teilkopie von Mumbles Speicher zum Zeitpunkt d Database - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Mumble konnte keine Datenbank an einem der möglichen Orte initialisieren. - + The database '%1' is read-only. Mumble can not store server settings (ie. SSL certificates) until you fix this problem. Der Schreibzugriff auf die Datenbank '%1' ist nicht möglich. Mumble kann ohne Schreibzugriff keine Servereinstellungen (z.B. SSL-Zertifikate) speichern. @@ -4574,62 +4574,62 @@ der möglichen Orte initialisieren. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts Tastenkürzel - + List of configured shortcuts Liste der konfigurierten Tastenkürzel - + Function Funktion - + Data Daten - + Shortcut Tastenkürzel - + Suppress Unterdrücken - + Add new shortcut Neues Tastenkürzel hinzufügen - + This will add a new global shortcut Dies fügt ein globales Tastenkürzel hinzu - + &Add &Hinzufügen - + Remove selected shortcut Gewähltes Tastenkürzel entfernen - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. Dies wird das gewählte Tastenkürzel permanent löschen. - + &Remove &Entfernen @@ -4637,7 +4637,7 @@ der möglichen Orte initialisieren. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts Tastenkürzel @@ -4666,23 +4666,23 @@ der möglichen Orte initialisieren. Unterdrücken - + Shortcut button combination. Tastenkombination des Tastenkürzels. - - <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. Double-click to clear. - <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. + + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Click this field and then press the desired key/button combo to rebind. Double-click to clear. + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. Double-click to clear. <b>Dies ist die globale Tastenkombination des Tastenkürzels.</b><br />Doppelklicken Sie dieses Feld und dann die gewünschte Tastenkombination um sie neu zu setzen. - + Suppress keys from other applications Unterdrücke Tasten vor anderen Anwendungen - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. <b>Dies unterdrückt Tastendrücke von anderen Anwendungen.</b><br />Durch Aktivierung wird der Tastendruck (oder die letzte Taste einer Mehrfachtasten-Kombination) vor anderen Anwendungen versteckt. Es können aber nicht alle Tasten unterdrückt werden. @@ -4690,7 +4690,7 @@ der möglichen Orte initialisieren. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. Mumble hat festgestellt, dass es keine globalen Tastenkürzel Ereignisse erhalten kann, wenn es im Hintergrund läuft.<br /><br />Dies wird durch die Deaktivierung des Universal Access Features "Enable access for assitive devices" verursacht.<br /><br />Bitte <a href="">aktivieren sie diese Einstellung</a>. @@ -4698,82 +4698,82 @@ der möglichen Orte initialisieren. GlobalShortcutTarget - + Whisper Target Flüster-Ziel - + Whisper to list of Users An Liste von Benutzern flüstern - + Channel Target Zielkanal - + Restrict to Group Beschränke auf Gruppe - + If specified, only members of this group will receive the whisper. Wenn festgelegt empfangen nur Mitglieder dieser Gruppe das Flüstern. - + If checked the whisper will also be transmitted to linked channels. Wenn gewählt wird das Flüstern auch an verknüpfte Kanäle gesandt. - + Whisper to Linked channels An verbundene Kanäle flüstern - + If checked this whisper will also be sent to the subchannels of the channel target. Wenn gewählt wird das Flüstern auch an Unterkanäle des Zielkanals gesandt. - + Whisper to subchannels An Unterkanäle flüstern - + List of users Benutzerliste - + Add Hinzufügen - + Remove Entfernen - + Whisper to Channel An den Kanal flüstern - + Modifiers Optionen - + Do not send positional audio information when using this whisper shortcut. Sende keine Positionsinformationen beim Flüstern. - + Ignore positional audio Ignoriere positionsabhängiges Audio @@ -4808,7 +4808,7 @@ der möglichen Orte initialisieren. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 Maus %1 @@ -4839,7 +4839,7 @@ der möglichen Orte initialisieren. LCD - + Not connected Nicht verbunden @@ -4855,17 +4855,17 @@ der möglichen Orte initialisieren. Zeichen - + Enable this device Dieses Gerät aktivieren - + LCD LCD - + Form Formular @@ -4900,12 +4900,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt; font-weight:600; font-style:italic;"><span style=" font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">Dies entscheidet ob Mumble auf ein bestimmtes LCD zeichnen soll.</span></p></body></html> - + Devices Geräte - + Name Name @@ -4914,7 +4914,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Typ - + <p>This is the list of available LCD devices on your system. It lists devices by name, but also includes the size of the display. Mumble supports outputting to several LCD devices at a time.</p> <h3>Size:</h3> <p> @@ -4928,27 +4928,27 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <p>Dies legt fest, ob Mumble ein bestimmtes LCD Gerät verwenden soll.</p> - + Size Größe - + Enabled Aktiviert - + Views Ansichten - + Minimum Column Width Minimale Spaltenbreite - + <p>This option decides the minimum width a column in the User View.</p> <p>If too many people are speaking at once, the User View will split itself into columns. You can use this option to pick a compromise between number of users shown on the LCD, and width of user names.</p> @@ -4956,7 +4956,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <p>Wenn zu viele Benutzer gleichzeitig reden wird die Benutzeransicht in mehrere Spalten geteilt. Sie können diese Option verwenden, um einen Kompromiss zwischen auf dem LCD angezeigten Benutzern oder der Breite der angezeigten Benutzernamen zu finden.</p> - + This setting decides the width of column splitter. Diese Einstellung legt die Spaltebreite fest. @@ -4977,7 +4977,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Textlabel - + Splitter Width Splitterbreite @@ -4997,32 +4997,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } [%2] %1 - + Debug Debug - + Critical Kritisch - + Warning Warnung - + Information Information - + Server Connected Server verbunden - + Server Disconnected Serververbindung abgebrochen @@ -5043,17 +5043,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Benutzer gekickt - + You self-muted/deafened Selbst stumm/taub gestellt - + Other self-muted/deafened Anderer stumm-/taub gestellt - + User kicked (you or by you) Player muted (you) Benutzer gekickt (du oder von dir) @@ -5075,12 +5075,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Benutzer verließ Kanal - + Permission Denied Erlaubnis verweigert - + Text Message Textnachricht @@ -5089,57 +5089,57 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Skript Fehler - + User Joined Server Benutzer betrat den Server - + User Left Server Benutzer verließ den Server - + User kicked Benutzer gekickt - + User muted (you) Benutzer stumm gestellt (du selbst) - + User muted (by you) Benutzer stumm gestellt (durch dich) - + User muted (other) Benutzer stummgestellt (jemand anderes) - + User Joined Channel Benutzer betrat Kanal - + User Left Channel Benutzer verließ den Kanal - + the server vom Server - + [[ Text object too large to display ]] [[ Text zu gross um dargestellt zu werden ]] - + [Date changed to %1] [Datum geändert nach %1] @@ -5149,58 +5149,58 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events Wechsle Einstellung für Konsole für %1 Ereignisse - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events De-/Aktiviere Pop-up Benachrichtgungen für %1 Ereignisse - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events De-/Aktiviere Text-zu-Sprache für %1 Ereignisse - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events Klicken Sie hier, um die Audio-Hinweise für %1 Ereignisse zu wechseln - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change Pfad zur Sounddatei, die für die Audio-Benachrichtigung für %1 Ereignisse verwendet wird.<br />Einfacher Klick zum abspielen<br />Doppelklick zum ändern - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. Klicken Sie hier, um die Konsolenausgabe für %1 Ereignisse zu wechseln (zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren).<br />Wenn gewählt gibt Mumble alle %1 Ereignisse in seinem Nachrichten-Log aus. - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. Klicken Sie hier, um die Pop-up Benachrichtigungen für %1 Ereignisse zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren.<br /> Wenn gewählt, wird für jedes %1 Ereignis ein Benachrichtigungs-Pop-up erzeugt. - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for sound files. Text-To-Speech and sound files cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. Klicken Sie hier, um Text-zu-Sprache für %1 Ereignisse zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren.<br /> Wenn gewählt veranlasst Mumble, dass %1 Ereignisse vorgelesen werden. Text-zu-Sprache kann auch den Inhalt von Ereignissen vorlesen, was Sounddateien nicht können. Text-zu-Sprache und Sounddateien können nicht gleichzeitig verwendet werden. - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a sound file predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Sound files and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Klicken Sie hier, um Sound-Benachrichtigungen für %1 Ereignisse zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren.<br />Wenn gewählt, verwendet Mumble von ihnen gewählte Sounddateien um %1 Ereignisse zu kennzeichnen. Sounddateien und Text-zu-Sprache können nicht gleichzeitig verwendet werden. - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change<br />Ensure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. Pfad zur Sounddatei zur Wiedergabe von Sound-Hinweisen im Falle von %1 Ereignissen.<br/> Einfaches Klicken zum Abspielen<br/> @@ -5224,12 +5224,12 @@ Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Sound-Hinweise für diesen Ereignistyp aktiviert si Die Datei '%1' existiert nicht oder ist keine gültige speex Datei. - + Messages Nachrichten - + Console Konsole @@ -5246,82 +5246,82 @@ Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Sound-Hinweise für diesen Ereignistyp aktiviert si Text-zu-Sprache für %1 einschalten - + Text To Speech Text-zu-Sprache - + Volume Lautstärke - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine Lautstärke der Text-zu-Sprache-Engine - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>Dies ist die Lautstärke für die Sprachsynthese.</b> - + Length threshold Längen-Schwellwert - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine Nachrichtenlängen-Schwellwert für die Text-zu-Sprache-Engine - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. <b>Dieser Längen-Schwellwert wird von der Text-zu-Sprache-Engine genutzt.</b><br />Nachrichten die Länger als der Grenzwert sind, werden nicht in voller Länge laut vorgelesen. - + Whisper Flüstern - + If checked you will only hear whispers from users you added to your friend list. Wenn diese Option gewählt ist erhalten Sie Flüsternachrichten nur von Benutzern auf Ihrer Freundesliste. - + Only accept whispers from friends Flüstern nur von Freunden akzeptieren - + Message Nachricht - + Notification Benachrichtigung - + Text-To-Speech Text-zu-Sprache - + Soundfile Sounddatei - + Path Pfad - + Characters Zeichen @@ -5329,157 +5329,150 @@ Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Sound-Hinweise für diesen Ereignistyp aktiviert si LookConfig - - + Language Sprache - + Look and Feel Aussehen - - + + System default Systemstandard - + Language to use (requires restart) Sprachauswahl (benötigt Neustart) - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. <b>Dies legt die Sprache fest, die Mumble verwenden soll.</b><br />Ein Neustart ist nötig um die neue Sprache zu nutzen. - + Style Stil - + Layout Anordnung - + Classic Klassisch - + Stacked Gestapelt - + Hybrid Hybrid - + Custom Benutzerdefiniert - + This changes the behavior when moving channels. Ändert das Verhalten beim Bewegen von Kanälen. - + This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. Dies verändert das Verhalten beim Verschieben von Kanälen. Es kann verwendet werden, um versehentliches Verschieben von Kanälen zu verhindern. <i>Nichts tun</i> tut nichts und gibt eine Fehlermeldung aus. <i>Fragen</i> fragt in einem Nachrichtenfenster ob der Kanal wirklich verschoben werden soll. - + Basic widget style Einfacher Widget-Stil - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> <b>Dies legt das einfache Aussehen fest.</b> - + Skin Skin - + Skin file to use Zu verwendende Skindatei - + This setting controls when the application will be always on top. - - This setting controls in which situations the application will stay always on top. If you select <i>Never</i> the application will not stay on top. <i>Always</i> will always keep the application on top. <i>In minimal view</i> / <i>In normal mode</i> will only raise the application on top when minimal view is activated / deactivated. - - - - + Never Niemals - + Always Immer - + In minimal view In der Minimalansicht - + In normal view In der Normalansicht - + Check to show chat bar Auswählen um die Chatbar anzuzeigen - + <b>If checked the chat bar is shown.</b><br />Uncheck this to hide it. <b>If checked the chat bar is shown</b><br />Uncheck to hide it <b>Wenn diese Option ausgewählt ist wird der Chat-Balken angezeigt.</b><br/> Entfernen Sie die Auswahl um ihn zu verstecken. - + Show chatbar Zeige Chatbar - + Show number of users in each channel Zeige die Anzahl an Benutzern in jedem Kanal - + Show channel user count Zeige Kanal-Benutzeranzahl - Displays talking status in tray - Zeigt den Sendestatus im Tray + Zeigt den Sendestatus im Tray - + Show talking status in tray icon Zeige Sendestatus im Tray Icon @@ -5504,17 +5497,17 @@ Entfernen Sie die Auswahl um ihn zu verstecken. Liste Spieler über Unterkanälen auf (benötigt Neustart). - + User Interface Benutzerinterface - + ... ... - + Choose skin file Wähle Skindatei @@ -5539,12 +5532,12 @@ Entfernen Sie die Auswahl um ihn zu verstecken. Spieler über Kanälen - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. <b>Dies legt fest, welchen Skin Mumble verwenden soll.</b><br />Der Skin ist eine Stildatei, die über den einfachen Widgetstil gelegt wird. Wenn Icons im selben Verzeichnis wie die Stilvorlage liegen, so werden die Standard-Icons ausgetauscht. - + Form Formular @@ -5557,28 +5550,28 @@ Entfernen Sie die Auswahl um ihn zu verstecken. Prüfe nach Updates bei Start - + None Keine - + Only with users Only with players Nur mit Benutzern - + All Alle - + Expand Expandieren - + When to automatically expand channels Wann sollen Kanäle automatisch erweitert werden @@ -5587,22 +5580,22 @@ Entfernen Sie die Auswahl um ihn zu verstecken. Dies legt fest, welche Kanäle automatisch expandiert werden sollen.<i>Keine</i> und <i>Alle</i> expandieren keinen, respektive alle Kanäle, während <i>Nur mit Benutzer</i> die Kanäle expandiert bzw. zusammenschließt in denen Benutzer beitreten bzw. verlassen. - + Ask Fragen - + Do Nothing Nichts tun - + Move Bewegen - + Channel Dragging Kanal ziehen @@ -5615,7 +5608,7 @@ Entfernen Sie die Auswahl um ihn zu verstecken. Dies legt das Verhalten vom Kanal ziehen fest, um unabsichtliches Ziehen zu verhindern.<i>Bewege Kanal</i> bewegt den Kanal ohne nachzufragen.<i>Tue Nichts</i> tut nichts und zeigt eine Fehlermeldung an.<i>Frage nach</i> zeigt ein Nachrichtenfenster an, mit dem das Ziehen bestätigt werden kann. - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. Fragen, ob das Mumblefenster geschlossen oder minimiert werden soll, wenn Mumble beendet wird. @@ -5624,7 +5617,7 @@ Entfernen Sie die Auswahl um ihn zu verstecken. <b>Wenn gesetzt, wird gefragt ob beendet werden soll, wenn noch verbunden ist.<b> - + Ask on quit while connected Frage beim Beenden mit aktiver Verbindung nach @@ -5637,43 +5630,43 @@ Entfernen Sie die Auswahl um ihn zu verstecken. <b>Dies lässt das Mumblefenster das oberste Fenster sein.</b> - + Always On Top Immer oben - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> <b>Wenn gesetzt, wird das Mumble-Hauptfenster in den Infobereich minimiert. Anderenfalls wird es wie üblich minimiert.</b> - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with users</i> will expand and collapse channels as users join and leave them. Dies setzt welche Kanäle automatisch expandiert werden. <i>Keine</i> und <i>Alle</i> expandieren keine und alle Kanäle, während <i>Nur mit Benutzern</i> Kanäle expandiert und schließt wenn Benutzer diese betreten oder verlassen. - + List users above subchannels (requires restart). Zeige Benutzer über den Kanälen (benötigt einen Neustart). - + <b>If set, users will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. <b>Wenn gesetzt werden Benutzer über den Unterkanälen angezeigt.</b><br/> Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird. - + Users above Channels Benutzer über Kanälen - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.</b> <b>Wenn aktiviert, kommt beim Beenden eine Abfrage.</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized Verstecke im Tray, wenn minimiert @@ -5690,26 +5683,36 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Expertenkonfiguration - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. Verstecke das Mumble-Fenster im Tray, wenn es minimiert wird. + + + This setting controls in which situations the application will stay always on top. If you select <i>Never</i> the application will not stay on top. <i>Always</i> will always keep the application on top. <i>In minimal view</i> / <i>In normal mode</i> will only keep the application always on top when minimal view is activated / deactivated. + + + + + Displays talking status in system tray + + MainWindow - - + + Root Wurzel - + &Connect &Verbinden - + Open the server connection dialog Öffne den Serververbindungs-Dialog @@ -5718,37 +5721,37 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Zeigt einen Dialog mit registrierten Servern und erlaubt schnelles Verbinden. - + &Disconnect Tre&nnen - + Disconnect from server Verbindung zum Server trennen - + Disconnects you from the server. Trennt Ihre Verbindung zum Server. - + &Ban lists &Bannliste - + Edit ban lists on server Bannliste des Servers bearbeiten - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. Dies lässt Sie die serverseitige IP-Bannliste bearbeiten. - + &Kick &Kicken @@ -5761,7 +5764,7 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Den ausgewählten Benutzer vom Server werfen. Sie werden aufgefordert, einen Grund anzugeben. - + &Ban &Bannen @@ -5774,7 +5777,7 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Den ausgewählten Benutzer vom Server werfen und bannen. Man wird aufgefordert, einen Grund anzugeben. - + &Mute &Stumm stellen @@ -5787,7 +5790,7 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Den Benutzer stumm stellen oder das reden wieder erlauben. Erlaubt man einem Taub gestellten Benutzer das reden, darf er automatisch auch wieder etwas hören. - + &Deafen &Taub stellen @@ -5800,7 +5803,7 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Benutzer taub stellen oder das zuhören wieder erlauben. Einen Benutzer taub zu stellen wird ihn automatisch auch stumm stellen. - + &Local Mute &Lokal stumm stellen @@ -5809,32 +5812,32 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Benutzer lokal stumm stellen oder entstummen. - + &Add &Hinzufügen - + Add new channel Neuen Kanal hinzufügen - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. Dies fügt dem aktuell gewählten Kanal einen Unterkanal hinzu. - + &Remove &Entfernen - + Remove channel Kanal entfernen - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. Dies entfernt einen Kanal und all seine Unterkanäle. @@ -5843,12 +5846,12 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.ACL &editieren - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel Gruppen und Berechtigungen des Kanals bearbeiten - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. Dies öffnet den Gruppen- und Berechtigungen-Dialog des Kanals um die Berechtigungen einzustellen. @@ -5869,12 +5872,12 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Dies ändert die Beschreibung eines Kanals. - + &Link &Verknüpfen - + Link your channel to another channel Verknüpft ihren aktuellen Kanal mit einem anderen @@ -5887,12 +5890,12 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.&Unlink - + Unlink your channel from another channel Die Verknüpfung des aktuellen Kanals zu einem anderen Kanal trennen - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. Dies trennt die Verknüpfung des aktuellen Kanals zum Ausgewählten. @@ -5901,198 +5904,198 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.&Alle Verknüpfungen entfernen - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. Trennt alle verbundenen Kanäle. - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. Dies trennt die Verbindungen des aktuellen Kanals (nicht des ausgewählten) zu allen verknüpften Kanälen. - + &Reset &Zurücksetzen - + Reset audio preprocessor Setzt den Audio-Präprozessor zurück - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. Setzt den Audio-Präprozessor zurück: unter anderem Geräuschunterdrückung, automatische Gain und Sprachaktivitätserkennung. Wenn etwas plötzlich die Audioumgebung verschlechtert (z.B. das Fallen lassen des Mikrofons), so kann dies verwendet werden um nicht auf das Anpassen des Präprozessor warten zu müssen. - + &Mute Self Selbst &Stumm stellen - + Mute yourself Sich selbst stumm stellen - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. Stellen Sie sich selbst stumm oder deaktivieren es. Wenn Sie stummgestellt sind werden keine Daten von Ihnen an den Server gesandt. Deaktivieren Sie das Stummstellen während Sie taubgestellt sind, wird dieses auch deaktiviert. - + &Deafen Self Selbst &Taub stellen - + Deafen yourself Sich selbst taubstellen - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. Sich selbst Taubstellen an/aus. Wenn taubgestellt hört man nichts. Sich taub zu stellen stellt einen automatisch stumm. - + &Text-To-Speech &Text-Zu-Sprache - + Toggle Text-To-Speech Text-Zu-Sprache ein-/ausschalten - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. Text-Zu-Sprache-Engine ein- oder ausschalten. Nur Nachrichten die in den Einstellungen aktiviert sind werden auch tatsächlich gesprochen. - + S&tatistics St&atistiken - + Display audio statistics Zeigt Audiostatistiken an - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. Zeigt einen kleinen Dialog mit Informationen über den aktuellen Audio-Eingang. - + Forcibly unlink plugin Trennen des Plugins erzwingen - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. Dies zwingt das aktuelle Plugin zur Trennung, was hilfreich sein kann, wenn es völlig falsche Daten einliest. - + &Settings &Einstellungen - + Configure Mumble Mumble konfigurieren - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. Erlaubt Ihnen die meisten Einstellungen von Mumble zu ändern. - + &What's This? &Was ist das? - + Enter What's This? mode Was ist das?-Modus betreten - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. Dies anklicken um den "Was ist das?"-Modus zu aktivieren. Der Cursor wird sich in ein Fragezeichen ändern. Klickt man damit auf irgendeinen Button, Menüeintrag oder ein Gebiet, wird eine kurze Beschreibung angezeigt. - + &About Ü&ber - + Information about Mumble Informationen über Mumble - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. Zeigt einen kleinen Dialog mit Informationen über Mumble und zur Lizenzierung. - + About &Speex Über &Speex - + Information about Speex Informationen über Speex - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. Zeigt einen kleinen Dialog mit Informationen über Speex. - + &Certificate Wizard &Zertifikats-Assistent - + &Register &Registrieren - + This will permanently register the user on the server. permanent auslassen? Dies registriert den Benutzer permanent auf dem Server. - + Change &Texture &Textur ändern - + &Remove Texture Textur entfe&rnen - + Reset &Comment &Kommentar zurücksetzen - + Reset the comment of the selected user. Setzt den Kommentar des ausgewählten Benutzers zurück. - + &Join Channel &Kanal betreten @@ -6101,7 +6104,7 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Textur entfernen - + Remove currently defined user texture. Entfernt die aktuelle Benutzertextur. @@ -6110,17 +6113,17 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Sendet eine Textnachricht an einen Kanal und alle Unterkanäle. - + &Change Comment K&ommentar ändern - + Change the comment on the selected user. Ändert den Kommentar des ausgewählten Benutzers. - + This allows you to change the comment (shown as a tooltip) of a user. Unless you've been given extra privileges on the server, you can only change your own comment. Dies erlaubt es Ihnen den Kommentar (angezeigt als Tooltip) eines Benutzers zu ändern. Nur wenn Sie die notwendigen Rechte auf dem Server haben können Sie den Kommentar anderer Benutzer ändern, sonst nur Ihren eigenen. @@ -6129,12 +6132,12 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Zertifikats-Assistent - + Configure certificates for strong authentication Konfiguriert Zertifikate für die sichere Authentifikation - + This starts the wizard for creating, importing and exporting certificates for authentication against servers. Dies startet einen Assistenten zum Erstellen, Importieren und Exportieren von Zertifikaten welche zum authentifizieren gegenüber Servern verwendet werden. @@ -6143,7 +6146,7 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Registrieren - + Register user on server Registriert den Benutzer auf dem Server @@ -6152,62 +6155,62 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Dies registriert den Benutzer permanent auf dem Server. Beachten Sie, dass Sie den Benutzernamen später nicht mehr ändern können und den Benutzer nicht einfach löschen können. Gehen Sie also sicher, dass Sie dies möchten. - + Add &Friend &Freund hinzufügen - + Adds a user as your friend. Fügt einen Benutzer als Freund hinzu. - + This will add the user as a friend, so you can recognize him on this and other servers. Dies fügt den Benutzer als Freund hinzu, so dass Sie ihn sowohl auf diesem, wie auch auf anderen Servern wieder erkennen. - + &Remove Friend Freund entfe&rnen - + Removes a user from your friends. Entfernt einen Benutzer aus der Freundesliste. - + This will remove a user from your friends list. Entfernt einen Benutzer aus der Freundesliste. - + &Update Friend Fre&und aktualisieren - + Update name of your friend. Aktualisiere den Namen des Freundes. - + Your friend uses a different name than what is in your database. This will update the name. Ihr Freund verwendet einen anderen Namen als jenen, der in Ihrer Datenbank gespeichert ist. Dies aktualisiert den Namen. - + Registered &Users Registrierte Ben&utzer - + Edit registered users list Bearbeitet die Liste der registrierten Benutzer - + This opens the editor for registered users, which allow you to change their name or unregister them. Dies öffnet den Editor für registrierte Benutzer, welcher es Ihnen erlaubt deren Namen zu ändern und Sie zu löschen. @@ -6216,17 +6219,17 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Textur ändern - + Change your overlay texture on this server Ändert die Overlay-Textur auf diesem Server - + &Access Tokens &Zugriffscodes - + Add or remove text-based access tokens Text-basierte Zugriffscodes (Passwörter) hinzufügen und entfernen @@ -6235,33 +6238,33 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Über &Qt - + Information about Qt Informationen über Qt - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. Zeigt einen kleinen Dialog mit Informationen über Qt. - + Check for &Updates Auf &Updates prüfen - + Check for new version of Mumble Prüfen, ob eine neue Version von Mumble verfügbar ist - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. Verbindet sich mit der Mumble-Webseite um zu überprüfen ob eine neue Version verfügbar ist. Ist eine neue Version verfügbar wird mit einer passenden Download-URL darauf hingewiesen. - - + + Mumble -- %1 Mumble -- %1 @@ -6270,12 +6273,12 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Log mit Nachrichten - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. Dieser Bereich zeigt die letzten Aktivitäten an. Verbindungen zum Server, Fehler und Informationsnachrichten werden hier angezeigt.<br />Um genau festzulegen welche Nachrichten hier angezeigt werden verwenden Sie den <b>Einstellungen</b>-Menüeintrag und öffnen die Registerkarte <b>Nachrichten</b>. - + &Server &Server @@ -6284,22 +6287,22 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.B&enutzer - + &Channel &Kanal - + &Audio &Audio - + C&onfigure K&onfiguration - + &Help &Hilfe @@ -6308,8 +6311,8 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Kicke Benutzer %1 - - + + Enter reason Grund eingeben @@ -6318,12 +6321,12 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Banne Benutzer %1 - - - - - - + + + + + + Mumble Mumble @@ -6336,37 +6339,37 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Sind Sie sicher Kanal %1 und all seine Unterkanäle zu löschen? - + Unmuted and undeafened. Stumm- und Taubstellen deaktiviert. - + Unmuted. Stummstellen deaktiviert. - + Muted. Stumm. - + Muted and deafened. Stumm und taub gestellt. - + Deafened. Taub gestellt. - + Undeafened. Taubstellen deaktiviert. - + About Qt Über Qt @@ -6379,17 +6382,17 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Mit Server verbunden. - + Server connection failed: %1. Serververbindung fehlgeschlagen: %1. - + Disconnected from server. Verbindung zum Server unterbrochen. - + Reconnecting. Neuverbindung. @@ -6402,57 +6405,57 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.den Server - + You were unmuted and undeafened by %1. Stumm-/Taubstellen wurde deaktiviert durch %1. - + You muted and deafened %1. Sie haben %1 stumm und taub gestellt. - + You unmuted and undeafened %1. Sie haben Taub-/Stummstellen von %1 deaktiviert. - + You undeafened %1. Sie haben die Sprachunterdrückung von %1 deaktiviert. - + You suppressed %1. Sie haben die Sprachunterdrückung von %1 aktiviert. - + %1 muted and deafened by %2. %1 wurde stumm und taub gestellt durch %2. - + %1 unmuted and undeafened by %2. Taub-/Stummstellen von %1 wurden durch %2 deaktiviert. - + %1 suppressed by %2. Sprachunterdrückung von %1 aktiviert durch %2. - + %1 moved to %2. %1 verschoben nach %2. - + %1 moved to %2 by %3. %1 verschoben nach %2 durch %3. - + %1 moved in from %2 by %3. %1 hinein verschoben aus %2 durch %3. @@ -6461,87 +6464,87 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Server verlassen: %1. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 hat sich stumm und taub gestellt. - + You were denied %1 privileges in %2. Ihnen wurden die Rechte %1 in %2 verweigert. - + %3 was denied %1 privileges in %2. %3 wurden die Rechte %1 in %2 verweigert. - + Denied: Cannot modify SuperUser. Abgelehnt: SuperUser kann nicht geändert werden. - + Denied: Invalid channel name. Abgelehnt: Ungültiger Kanalname. - + Denied: Text message too long. Abgelehnt: Text-Nachricht zu lang. - + Denied: Operation not permitted in temporary channel. Abgelehnt: Operation in temporärem Kanal nicht erlaubt. - + You need a certificate to perform this operation. Sie benötigen ein Zertifikat um diese Operation auszuführen. - + %1 does not have a certificate. %1 hat kein Zertifikat. - + Permission denied. Zugriff verweigert. - + %1 connected. %1 beigetreten. - + %1 is now muted. %1 hat sich stumm gestellt. - + %1 is now unmuted. %1 ist jetzt nicht mehr stumm gestellt. - + %1 disconnected. %1 verlassen. - + (Tree) (Baum) - + (Channel) (Kanal) - + %2%1: %3 %2%1: %3 @@ -6550,22 +6553,22 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Server - + You were muted by %1. Ihre Sprachunterdrückung wurde aktiviert durch %1. - + You were suppressed by %1. Ihre Sprachunterdrückung wurde aktiviert durch %1. - + You were unsuppressed by %1. Ihre Sprachunterdrückung wurde deaktiviert durch %1. - + You were unmuted by %1. Stummstellen wurde deaktiviert durch %1. @@ -6574,32 +6577,32 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Sie haben %1 stumm und taubgestellt. - + You muted %1. Sie haben %1 stumm gestellt. - + You unsuppressed %1. Sie haben die Sprachunterdrückung von %1 deaktiviert. - + You unmuted %1. Sie haben die Sprachunterdrückung von %1 deaktiviert. - + %1 muted by %2. %1 durch %2 stumm gestellt. - + %1 unsuppressed by %2. Die Sprachunterdrückung von %1 wurde durch %2 deaktiviert. - + %1 unmuted by %2. Stummstellen von %1 wurde durch %2 deaktiviert. @@ -6609,18 +6612,18 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Server - + Unable to find matching CELT codecs with other clients. You will not be able to talk to all users. Es wurde kein für alle Benutzer passender CELT-Codec gefunden. Sie werden nicht zu allen Benutzern sprechen können. - + You were muted and deafened by %1. You were deafened by %1. Sie wurden taub gestellt durch %1. - + You were undeafened by %1. Taubstellen wurde deaktiviert durch %1. @@ -6629,32 +6632,32 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.%1 wurde taub gestellt durch %2. - + %1 undeafened by %2. Taubstellen von %1 wurde durch %2 deaktiviert. - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. Sie wurden vom Server gekickt durch %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 wurde vom Server gekickt durch %1: %2. - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. Sie wurden vom Server gekickt und gebannt durch %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 wurde vom Server gekickt und gebannt durch %1: %2. - + You were moved to %1 by %2. Sie wurden nach %1 verschoben durch %2. @@ -6675,7 +6678,7 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.%1 wurde von %2 rausgeschoben. - + %1 entered channel. %1 betrat den Kanal. @@ -6684,40 +6687,40 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.%1 wurde von %2 reingeschoben. - + Server connection rejected: %1. Serververbindung abgelehnt : %1. - + Denied: %1. Abgelehnt: %1. - + Welcome to Mumble. Willkommen in Mumble. - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Push-To-Talk - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut Drücken und halten Sie diese Taste um Sprache zu senden. - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut Dies konfiguriert die Push-To-Talk-Taste. So lange Sie diese Taste gedrückt halten, übermitteln Sie Sprache. - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut Audio-Prozessor zurücksetzen @@ -6773,26 +6776,26 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Alle Unterkanäle - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut Sollte nicht uebersetzt werden, da entweder zu lang oder unverstaendlich Push-to-Mute - + Join Channel Global Shortcut Kanal betreten - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut Overlay-Modus umschalten - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut Wechsle den Modus des in-game Overlays. @@ -6808,79 +6811,79 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Alt Push-To-Talk - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut Plugin trennen - + File is not a configuration file. Die Datei ist keine Konfigurationsdatei. - + This version of Mumble can't handle URLs for Mumble version %1.%2.%3 Diese Version von Mumble kann keine URLs von Mumble Version %1.%2.%3 verarbeiten - - + + Connecting to server %1. Zu Server %1 verbinden. - + <h2>Version</h2><p>Protocol %1.%2.%3.</p> <h2>Version</h2><p>Protokoll %1.%2.%3.</p> - + <p>No build information or OS version available.</p> <p>Keine Build- oder Betriebssystem-Informationen verfügbar.</p> - + <p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p> <p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p> - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> <h2>Kontrollkanal</h2><p>Verschlüsselt mit %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms Durchschnittslatenz (%4 Abweichung)</p> - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> <h2>Sprachkanal</h2><p>Verschlüsselt mit 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms Durchschnittslatenz (%4 Abweichung)</p> - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s</p> <h2>Audio-Bandbreite</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Derzeit %2 kbit/s</p> - + Are you sure you want to reset the comment of user %1? Wollen Sie wirklich den Kommentar des Benutzers %1 löschen? - + (Tree) %1: %2 (Baum) %1: %2 - + %1: %2 %1: %2 - + Failed to launch compatibility client Starten des Kompatibilitätsclienten fehlgeschlagen - + Images (*.png *.jpg) Bilddateien (*.png *.jpg) @@ -6893,39 +6896,39 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.Öffnen der Bilddatei fehlgeschlagen. - + Register yourself as %1 Sich selbst als %1 registrieren - + <p>You are about to register yourself on this server. This action cannot be undone, and your username cannot be changed once this is done. You will forever be known as '%1' on this server.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register yourself?</p> <p>Sie sind dabei sich auf dem Server zu registrieren. Diese Aktion kann nicht rückgängig gemacht werden und Ihr Benutzername '%1' auf diesem Server kann von Ihnen selbst nicht mehr geändert werden.</p><p>Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie sich selbst registrieren möchten?</p> - + Register user %1 Benutzer %1 registrieren - + <p>You are about to register %1 on the server. This action cannot be undone, the username cannot be changed, and as a registered user, %1 will have access to the server even if you change the server password.</p><p>From this point on, %1 will be authenticated with the certificate currently in use.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register %1?</p> <p>Sie sind dabei %1 auf dem Server zu registrieren. Diese Aktion kann nicht rückgängig gemacht werden und %1 wird sich, auch wenn Sie Ihr Serverpasswort ändern, weiterhin mit dem Server verbinden können.</p> <p>Von diesem Punkt an wird %1 mit dem Zertifikat welches er momentan verwendet, authentifiziert.</p> <p>Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie %1 registrieren möchten?</p> - + Kicking user %1 Benutzer %1 kicken - + Banning user %1 Benutzer %1 bannen - + Change comment on user %1 Ändert den Kommentar für Benutzer %1 @@ -6934,29 +6937,29 @@ Ein Neustart von Mumble ist notwendig damit die Änderung wirksam wird.An den Kanal %1: %2 - - + + Message to channel %1 Nachricht an den Kanal %1 - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie %1 und alle Unterkanäle löschen möchten? - + Connected. Verbunden. - + SSL Version mismatch please improve… “mismatch”? SSL Versions Diskrepanz - + This server is using an older encryption standard. It might be an older 1.1 based Mumble server.<br />Would you like to launch the compatibility client to connect to it? Dieser Server verwendet einen älteren Verschlüsselungsstandard. Es könnte ein älterer 1.1 basierter Mumble Server sein.<br/> Möchten Sie die Kompatibilitätsversion starten und zu ihm verbinden? @@ -6966,54 +6969,54 @@ Möchten Sie die Kompatibilitätsversion starten und zu ihm verbinden?Konnte die Kompatibilitätsversion nicht starten - + The compatibility client could not be found, or failed to start.<br />Note that the compatibility client is an optional component for most installations, and might not be installed. Die Kompatibilitätsversion konnte nicht gefunden oder nicht gestartet werden.<br/> Beachten Sie, dass die Kompatibilitätsversion eine optionale Komponente bei den meisten Installationen ist und möglicherweise nicht mit installiert wurde. - + Type message to channel '%1' here Geben Sie hier Ihre Nachricht an den Kanal '%1' ein - + Type message to user '%1' here Geben Sie hier Ihre Nachricht an den Benutzer '%1' ein - + Choose image file Bilddatei wählen - - + + Failed to load image Fehler beim Laden des Bildes - + Could not open file for reading. Konnte Datei nicht zum Lesen öffnen. - + Image format not recognized. Bildformat wurde nicht erkannt. - + &Quit Mumble Mumble B&eenden - + Closes the program Schließt das Programm - + Exits the application. Beendet die Applikation. @@ -7027,8 +7030,7 @@ Beachten Sie, dass die Kompatibilitätsversion eine optionale Komponente bei den Sende Nachri&cht - - + Send a Text Message Sende eine Text-Nachricht @@ -7037,20 +7039,20 @@ Beachten Sie, dass die Kompatibilitätsversion eine optionale Komponente bei den Sende eine Text-Nachricht an einen anderen Benutzer. - + Sending message to %1 Sende Nachricht an %1 - - - + + + To %1: %2 An %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 Nachricht an %1 @@ -7059,32 +7061,32 @@ Beachten Sie, dass die Kompatibilitätsversion eine optionale Komponente bei den Ändere Beschreibung von Kanal %1 - + Invalid username Ungültiger Benutzername - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. Sie verwenden einen ungültigen Benutzernamen. Bitte versuchen Sie einen anderen. - + That username is already in use, please try another username. Dieser Benutzername ist bereits vergeben. Bitte benutzen Sie einen anderen. - + Wrong password Falsches Passwort - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. Falsches Passwort für den registrierten Benutzer. Bitte versuchen Sie es noch einmal. - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. Falsches Serverpasswort für unregistrierte Benutzer. Bitte versuchen Sie es noch einmal. @@ -7093,135 +7095,134 @@ Beachten Sie, dass die Kompatibilitätsversion eine optionale Komponente bei den Von %1: %2 - + Message from %1 Nachricht von %1 - + &Audio Wizard &Audio-Assistent - + Sends a text message to another user. Schickt eine Textnachricht an einen anderen Benutzer. - + &User &Benutzer - + This is the chatbar<br />If you enter text here and then press enter the text is sent to the user or channel that was selected. If nothing is selected the message is sent to your current channel. Dies ist die Chatbar<br /> Wenn Sie hier Text eingeben und Enter drücken wird der Text an den Benutzer oder Kanal gesendet, welcher ausgewählt ist. Sofern nichts selektiert ist wird die Nachricht an den aktuellen Kanal gesendet. - + Chatbar Chatbar - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick-connect. Zeigt ein Fenster mit registrierten Servern und erlaubt es Ihnen schnell zu diesen zu verbinden. - + Kick user (with reason) Benutzer kicken (mit Begründung) - + Kick selected user off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Den ausgewählten Benutzer vom Server kicken. Sie werden nach einer Begründung gefragt. - + Mute user Benutzer stumm stellen - + Mute or unmute user on server. Unmuting a deafened user will also undeafen them. Benutzer auf dem Server stummstellen oder das stummstellen aufheben. Das aufheben auf einem taubgestellten Benutzer wird das taubstellen ebenfalls entfernen. - + Kick and ban user (with reason) Benutzer kicken und bannen (mit Begründung) - + Kick and ban selected user from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Den gewählten Benutzer vom Server kicken und bannen. Sie werden nach einem Grund gefragt werden. - + Deafen user Benutzer taub stellen - + Deafen or undeafen user on server. Deafening a user will also mute them. Den Benutzer auf dem Server taubstellen oder das taubstellen aufheben. Beim Taubstellen eines Benutzers wird dieser automatisch auch stummgestellt. - + Mute user locally Benutzer lokal stumm stellen - + Mute or unmute user locally. Use this on other users in the same room. Benutzer lokal stummstellen oder lokales Stummstellen aufheben. Verwenden Sie dies auf andere Benutzer im selben Raum. - - + Send &Message &Nachricht senden - + &Edit B&earbeiten - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If users in a channel have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. Dies verbindet den aktuellen Kanal mit dem Gewählten. Wenn Benutzer Spracherlaubnis auch im anderen Kanal haben, so können sie sich jetzt, mit jenen aus dem anderen Kanal, gegenseitig hören. Dies ist eine permanente Verbindung die so lange bestehen bleibt, bis die Verknüpfung manuell aufgehoben oder der Server neu gestartet wird. - + &Unlink All &Alle Verknüpfungen entfernen - + Start the audio configuration wizard Startet den Audiokonfigurations-Assistenten - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. Dies leitet Sie durch den Hardware-Konfigurationsprozess. - + SSL Verification failed: %1 SSL-Überprüfung fehlgeschlagen: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. <b>WARNUNG:</b> Der Server hat ein Zertifikat gesendet, das sich vom für diesen Server gespeicherten Zertifikat unterscheidet. - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. Der Server hat Zertifikat gesendet, dessen Überprüfung gescheitert ist. @@ -7250,27 +7251,27 @@ Wenn Sie hier Text eingeben und Enter drücken wird der Text an den Benutzer ode <li><b>Bundesstaat:</b> %1</li> - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> <p>%1.<br />Die Fehler dieses Zertifikats sind: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Wollen Sie dieses Zertifikat trotzdem akzeptieren?<br />(Es wird auch abgespeichert, weshalb Sie nicht wieder gefragt werden.)</p> - + &Information &Informationen - + Show information about the server connection Zeigt Informationen über die Serververbindung an - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. Dies zeigt erweitertete Informationen über die Verbindung zum Server an. - + Mumble Server Information Mumble - Server Informationen @@ -7279,71 +7280,71 @@ Wenn Sie hier Text eingeben und Enter drücken wird der Text an den Benutzer ode Kontrollkanal: %1 ms Latenz. Verschlüsselt mit %3 bit %4<br />Sprachkanal: %2 ms Latenz, verschlüsselt mit OCB-AES128 - - + + &View Certificate &Zertifikat zeigen - + Opening URL %1 Öffne URL %1 - + Mute Self Global Shortcut Selbst stumm stellen - + Set self-mute status. Global Shortcut Selbst stumm stellen Status. - + This will set or toggle your muted status. If you turn this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut Dies setzt oder wechselt Ihren selbst-stummstellen Status. Wenn Sie dies deaktivieren werden Sie ebenfalls das selbst taubstellen deaktivieren. - + Deafen Self Global Shortcut Selbst taub stellen - + Set self-deafen status. Global Shortcut Setze selbst-taub stellen Status. - + This will set or toggle your deafened status. If you turn this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut Dies setzt oder wechselt Ihren selbst-taub stellen Status. Wenn Sie dies aktivieren werden Sie ebenfalls selbst-stumm gestellt. - + This will switch the states of the in-game overlay between showing everybody, just the users who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut Dies wechselt den in-game Overlay Modus zwischen 'Zeige Jeden', 'nur Sprechende' und 'Niemanden'. - + Whisper Flüstern - - + + Not connected Nicht verbunden - + File does not exist Datei existiert nicht @@ -7352,22 +7353,22 @@ Wenn Sie hier Text eingeben und Enter drücken wird der Text an den Benutzer ode Diese Datei ist keine Konfigurationsdatei. - + Settings merged from file. Einstellungen aus Datei eingelesen. - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' URL-Schema ist nicht 'mumble' - + Connecting to %1 Verbinde zu %1 - + Enter username Benutzernamen eingeben @@ -7384,7 +7385,7 @@ Wenn Sie hier Text eingeben und Enter drücken wird der Text an den Benutzer ode Dies benennt einen Kanal um. - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? Dies ist das erste Mal, dass Sie Mumble starten.<br />Wollen Sie den Audio-Assistenten starten, um Ihre Soundkarte zu konfigurieren? @@ -7393,7 +7394,7 @@ Wenn Sie hier Text eingeben und Enter drücken wird der Text an den Benutzer ode <h2>Kontrollkanal</h2><p>Verschlüsselt mit %1 Bit %2<br />%3 ms Durchschnittslatenz (%4 Varianz)</p> - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. Sprachkanal wird über den Kontrollkanal gesendet. @@ -7402,37 +7403,37 @@ Wenn Sie hier Text eingeben und Enter drücken wird der Text an den Benutzer ode <h2>Sprachkanal</h2><p>Verschlüsselt mit 128 Bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms Durchschnittslatenz (%4 Varianz)</p> - + UDP Statistics UDP-Statistiken - + To Server Zum Server - + From Server Vom Server - + Good Gut - + Late Verspätet - + Lost Verloren - + Resync Neu synchronisieren @@ -7441,7 +7442,7 @@ Wenn Sie hier Text eingeben und Enter drücken wird der Text an den Benutzer ode Sie befinden sich jetzt im lokalen Taubmodus. Dieser Modus stimmt nicht mit dem des Servers überein und ihre Stimme wird weiterhin zum Server übertragen. Dieser Modus sollte nur genutzt werden, wenn sich mehrere Leute im selben Raum befinden und einer von ihnen benutzt Lautsprecher. - + Ctrl+Q Strg+Q @@ -7470,12 +7471,12 @@ Wenn Sie hier Text eingeben und Enter drücken wird der Text an den Benutzer ode Versetzt Sie in den lokale Taubmodus in welchem Ihre Lautsprecher leise gestellt sind, aber immer noch Audio übertragen wird. - + About &Qt Über &Qt - + Sending message to channel %1 Sende Nachricht an den Kanal %1 @@ -7488,12 +7489,12 @@ Wenn Sie hier Text eingeben und Enter drücken wird der Text an den Benutzer ode An Baum %1: %2 - + Message to tree %1 Nachricht an Baum %1 - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. Schickt eine Textnachricht an alle Benutzer im Kanal. @@ -7522,28 +7523,28 @@ Wenn Sie hier Text eingeben und Enter drücken wird der Text an den Benutzer ode Mit Server %1 verbunden. - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? Mumble ist gerade zu einem Server verbunden. Möchten Sie es schließen oder minimieren? - + Close Schließen - - + + Minimize Minimieren - + &Window &Fenster - + Ctrl+M Strg+M @@ -7552,55 +7553,55 @@ Wenn Sie hier Text eingeben und Enter drücken wird der Text an den Benutzer ode Strg+W - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut Minimalansichts-Modus umschalten - + &Minimal View &Minimalansicht - + Toggle minimal window modes Zwischen Minimalansichts-Modi umschalten - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. Dies schaltet in den Minimal-Modus um, in dem das Logfenster und das Menu versteckt sind. - + Log Log - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut Lauter (+10%) - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut Leiser (-10%) - + Clear Löschen - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. Die Kanal-Ziehen-Aktion wurde auf "Nichts tun" gesetzt. Der Kanal wird also nicht bewegt. - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in UserModel::dropMimeData. Unbekannter Kanal-Verschiebe-Modus in UserModel::dropMimeData. @@ -7609,19 +7610,19 @@ Wenn Sie hier Text eingeben und Enter drücken wird der Text an den Benutzer ode Unbekannter Kanalzieh-Modus in PlayerModel:dropMimeData. - + &Unlink Channel &Verknüpfung entfernen - + &Unlink Plugin &Deaktivieren - + Server message from Server @@ -7631,17 +7632,17 @@ Wenn Sie hier Text eingeben und Enter drücken wird der Text an den Benutzer ode &Beenden - + Hide Frame Fenster verstecken - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window Anzeige des Rahmens im Minimal-Modus wechseln - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. Dies wechselt ob das Minimal-Fenster einen Rahmen zum verschieben und vergrößern hat oder nicht. @@ -7649,141 +7650,141 @@ Wenn Sie hier Text eingeben und Enter drücken wird der Text an den Benutzer ode NetworkConfig - + Network Netzwerk - + Form Formular - + Connection Verbindung - + Use TCP compatibility mode Benutze TCP-Kompatibilitätsmodus - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). <b>TCP-Kompatibilitätsmodus aktivieren</b>.<br />Dies lässt Mumble nur TCP zur Kommunikation mit dem Server nutzen. Dies wird den Overhead erhöhen und bei verlorenen Paketen hörbare Pausen produzieren. Sie sollten diese Einstellung also nur verwenden, wenn die Standardeinstellungen nicht funktionieren. - + Force TCP mode Use TCP mode Erzwinge TCP-Modus - + Enable QoS to prioritize packets Aktiviere QoS um Pakete zu priorisieren - + This will enable QoS, which will attempt to prioritize voice packets over other traffic. Dies aktiviert QoS, welches versucht Audio-Pakete höher zu priorisieren als anderen Netzwerkverkehr. - + Use Quality of Service Verwende Quality of Service (QoS) - + Reconnect when disconnected Nach Verbindungsabbruch erneut verbinden - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>Neuverbinden nach Verbindungsabbruch</b>.<br />Ist dieses Feld aktiviert führt Mumble beim Abbruch der Serververbindung eine automatische Neuverbindung nach 10 Sekunden durch. - + Reconnect automatically Automatisch Neuverbinden - + Don't send certificate to server and don't save passwords. (Not saved). Schicke kein Zertifikat zum Server und speichere keine Passwörter (Wird nicht gespeichert). - + <b>This will suppress identity information from the client.</b><p>The client will not identify itself with a certificate, even if defined, and will not cache passwords for connections. This is primarily a test-option and is not saved.</p> <b>Dies verhindert das senden von Identitäts-Informationen vom Client.</b> <p>Der Client wird sich nicht mit einem Zertifikat identifizieren, selbst wenn der Zugriff dann verweigert wird, und wird keine Passwörter für Verbindungen zwischenspeichern. Dies ist hauptsächlich eine Test-Option und wird daher nicht gespeichert.</p> - + Suppress certificate and password storage Zertifikats- und Passwort-Speicherung unterdrücken - + Proxy Proxy - + Type Typ - + Type of proxy to connect through Art des Proxys durch den verbunden werden soll - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through.</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>Proxytyp über den verbunden wird.</b><br/> Dies lässt Mumble für alle ausgehenden Verbindungen über einen Proxy verbinden. Beachten Sie: Proxy tunneling zwingt Mumble in den TCP-Kompatibilitätsmodus was zur Folge hat, dass alle Sprach-Daten über den Kontrollkanal gesandt werden. - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. <b>Hostname des Proxys.</b><br/> Dieses Feld legt den Hostnamen des Proxys, durch welchen Sie die Netzwerk Daten versenden möchten, fest. - + Check for new releases of Mumble automatically. Überprüfe automatisch, ob eine neue Mumble Version verfügbar ist. - + This will check for new releases of Mumble every time you start the program, and notify you if one is available. Dies wird bei jedem Start des Programms auf neue Mumble Versionen prüfen und Sie, sofern es welche gibt, darüber informieren. - + Check for application updates on startup Überprüfe beim Start ob Updates verfügbar sind - + Check for new releases of plugins automatically. Überprüfe automatisch, ob aktualisierte Plugins verfügbar sind. - + This will check for new releases of plugins every time you start the program, and download them automatically. Dies veranlasst Mumble bei jedem Programmstart auf neue Plugin-Versionen zu prüfen und diese gegebenenfalls automatisch herunterzuladen. - + Download plugin updates on startup Plugin Updates beim Starten herunterladen - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus its development where it is needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. <b>Anonyme Statistiken senden</b><br/> Mumble hat ein kleines Entwickler-Team. Deshalb muss die verfügbare Zeit auf die wichtigsten Dinge konzentriert werden. Indem Sie einige anonymisierte Daten senden, helfen Sie beim festlegen der Entwicklungsprioritäten. @@ -7793,27 +7794,27 @@ Mumble hat ein kleines Entwickler-Team. Deshalb muss die verfügbare Zeit auf di <b>Art des Proxys durch den verbunden werden soll</b><br />Dies lässt Mumble alle ausgehenden Verbindungen durch einen Proxy gehen. Beachten Sie, dass Proxytunneling Mumble in den TCP Kompatibilitätsmodus zwingt, was alle Sprachdaten über den Kontrollkanal sendet. - + Direct connection Direkte Verbindung - + HTTP(S) proxy HTTP(S) Proxy - + SOCKS5 proxy SOCKS5 Proxy - + Hostname Hostname - + Hostname of the proxy Hostname des Proxys @@ -7822,62 +7823,62 @@ Mumble hat ein kleines Entwickler-Team. Deshalb muss die verfügbare Zeit auf di <b>Hostname des Proxys.</b><br />Dieses Feld spezifiert den Hostnamen des Proxys durch den Netzwerkverkehr getunnelt werden soll. - + Port Port - + Port number of the proxy Portnummer des Proxys - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. <b>Portnummer des Proxys.</b><br />Dieses Feld spezifiert die Portnummer auf der der Proxy eine Verbindung erwartet. - + Username Benutzername - + Username for proxy authentication Benutzername für Proxy-Authentisierung - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>Benutzername für Proxy-Authentisierung.</b><br />Dieses Feld spezifiert den Benutzernamen mit dem Sie sich beim Proxy authentisieren. Falls der Proxy keine Authentisierung verwendet, oder Sie sich anonym verbinden wollen, lassen Sie das Feld frei. - + Password Passwort - + Password for proxy authentication Passwort für Proxy-Authentisierung - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>Passwort für Proxy-Authentisierung.</b><br />Dieses Feld spezifiert das Passwort welches zur Authentisierung mit dem Proxy verwendet wird. Falls der Proxy keine Authentisierung verwendet oder Sie sich anonym verbinden wollen, lassen Sie das Feld frei. - + Misc Verschiedenes - + Prevent log from downloading images Eingebettete Bilddateien nicht herunterladen - + <b>Disable image download</b><br/> Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the img tag. <b>Disable image download<b><br/> @@ -7886,12 +7887,12 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the Verhindert das Herunterladen von Nachrichten die mittels img-Tag in Nachrichten eingebunden sind. - + Disable image download Eingebettete Bilddateien nicht herunterladen - + Mumble services Mumble Dienste @@ -7900,7 +7901,7 @@ Verhindert das Herunterladen von Nachrichten die mittels img-Tag in Nachrichten Prüfe bei Start ob neue Updates verfügbar sind - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Sende anonyme Statistiken an das Mumble Projekt @@ -7909,7 +7910,7 @@ Verhindert das Herunterladen von Nachrichten die mittels img-Tag in Nachrichten <b>Sende anonyme Statistiken.</b><br />Mumble hat ein kleines Entwicklungsteam und als solches muss es sich auf die Entwicklungen konzentrieren, die am meisten benötigt werden. Durch das Senden von Statistiken helfen Sie dem Projekt festzustellen, wohin die Entwicklung führen soll. - + Submit anonymous statistics Sende anonyme Statistiken @@ -7976,8 +7977,8 @@ Verhindert das Herunterladen von Nachrichten die mittels img-Tag in Nachrichten Overlay - - + + Mumble Mumble @@ -7992,7 +7993,7 @@ Verhindert das Herunterladen von Nachrichten die mittels img-Tag in Nachrichten - Sie nicht die Juni 2007 Version von DX9.0c installiert haben - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 @@ -8001,7 +8002,7 @@ Verhindert das Herunterladen von Nachrichten die mittels img-Tag in Nachrichten - Sie ein Betriebssystem vor WinXP SP2 benutzen - + Failed to initialize overlay memory. This usually means that the shared memory is locked by the OS, and you need to reboot to release it. Das Initialisieren des Overlay-Speichers ist fehlgeschlagen. Das heißt meistens, dass der Gemeinsame Speicher (shared memory) vom Betriebssystem gesperrt ist und Sie neu starten müssen um ihn freizugeben. @@ -8009,27 +8010,27 @@ Verhindert das Herunterladen von Nachrichten die mittels img-Tag in Nachrichten OverlayConfig - + Options Optionen - + Position Position - + Font Schriftart - + Enable Overlay Overlay aktivieren - + Enable overlay. Overlay aktivieren. @@ -8054,143 +8055,139 @@ Verhindert das Herunterladen von Nachrichten die mittels img-Tag in Nachrichten Zeige - + Who to show on the overlay Wer auf dem Overlay angezeigt werden soll - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. <b>Dies legt fest, wer im Overlay angezeigt werden soll.</b><br />Falls viele Spieler im selben Kanal sind, könnte die Overlayliste sehr lang werden. Benutzen Sie dies um sie zu kürzen.<br /><i>Niemand</i> - Zeige niemanden (aber lass das Overlay laufen).<br /><i>Nur Sprechende</i> - Nur sprechende Benutzer zeigen.<br /><i>Jeder</i> - Zeige alle. - + Always Show Self Sich selbst immer anzeigen - + Always show yourself on overlay. Sich selbst immer auf dem Overlay anzeigen. - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. Dies legt fest, ob Sie selbst immer angezeigt werden sollen oder nicht. Diese Einstellung ist nützlich, wenn Sie im Overlay nicht jeden anzeigen. In dem Fall würden sie ihren Status nur sehen, wenn Sie sprechen und sie könnten nicht sehen ob sie taub- oder stummgestellt wurden. - + Show User Textures Zeige Benutzertexturen - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. Zeige benutzerdefinierte Texturen statt Text auf dem Overlay. - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. Dies legt fest ob Benutzertexturen von registrierten Benutzern heruntergeladen und benutzt werden sollen. Wenn deaktiviert, wird normaler Text angezeigt. - + Grow Left Nach links wachsen - + Let overlay grow to the left Das Overlay nach links wachsen lassen - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. Das Overlay versucht so klein wie möglich und an der Position die Sie gewählt haben zu bleiben. Dies erlaubt dem Overlay notfalls nach links zu wachsen. - + Grow Right Nach rechts wachsen - + Grow Up Nach oben wachsen - + Let overlay grow upwards Das Overlay nach oben wachsen lassen - + Grow Down Nach unten wachsen - + Let overlay grow downwards Das Overlay nach unten wachsen lassen - + X-Position of Overlay X-Position des Overlays - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. Dies legt die relative X-Position des Overlays fest. - + Y-Position of Overlay Y-Position des Overlays - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start Mumble after starting the application, or if you disable the overlay while the application is running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. Dies legt fest ob das Overlay aktiv ist oder nicht. Diese Einstellung wird nur überprüft wenn Anwendungen gestartet werden, stellen Sie also sicher, dass Mumble läuft und die Option aktiviert ist, bevor Sie die andere Applikation, in welcher das Overlay erscheinen soll, starten.<br/> Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das Overlay deaktivieren während die Applikation läuft gibt es keinen sicheren Weg das Overlay wieder zu starten ohne die Applikation neu zu starten. - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. Dies legt die relative Y-Position des Overlay fest. - + Current Font Aktuelle Schriftart - + Set Font Setze Schriftart - + Maximum height of names. Maximale Höhe von Namen. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. Dies legt die maximale Höhe der Namen (oder Benutzertexturen) relativ zur Bildschirmauflösung fest. Wenn Ihr aktives 3D-Fenster 800 Pixel hoch ist und Sie dies auf 5% setzen, wird jeder Name maximal 40 Pixel hoch. Namen werden eine Höhe von 60 Pixeln nicht überschreiten, egal was Sie hier festlegen. - + Maximum height Maximale Höhe - - - - - + Change Ändern @@ -8207,90 +8204,90 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das Farbe für alternativ-sprechende Benutzer - + Color for Channels Farbe für Kanäle - + Color for active Channels Farbe für aktive Kanäle - + Overlay Overlay - + Show no one Zeige niemanden - + Show only talking Zeige nur Sprechende - + Show everyone Zeige Jeden - - + + Color for users Farbe für Benutzer - - + + Color for talking users Farbe für sprechende Benutzer - - + + Color for whispering users Farbe für flüsternde Benutzer - + Color for channels Farbe für Kanäle - + Color for active channels Farbe für aktive Kanäle - + Form Formular - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. Das Overlay versucht so klein wie möglich und an der Position die Sie gewählt haben zu bleiben. Dies erlaubt dem Overlay notfalls nach oben zu wachsen. - + Let overlay grow to the right Das Overlay nach rechts wachsen lassen - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. Das Overlay versucht so klein wie möglich und an der Position die Sie gewählt haben zu bleiben. Dies erlaubt dem Overlay notfalls nach rechts zu wachsen. - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. Das Overlay versucht so klein wie möglich und an der Position die Sie gewählt haben zu bleiben. Dies erlaubt dem Overlay notfalls nach unten zu wachsen. - + TextLabel Textlabel @@ -8356,23 +8353,23 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das PluginConfig - + Options Optionen - - + + Plugins Plugins - + Link to Game and Transmit Position Mit Spiel verbinden und Position übertragen - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information Plugins aktivieren und Positionsinformationen übertragen @@ -8381,84 +8378,84 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das Dies aktiviert Plugins für unterstützte Spiele um Ihre In-Game-Position zu ermitteln und diese mit jedem Sprachpaket zu übertragen. Dies erlaubt anderen Spielern ihre Stimme aus der Richtung zu hören, in der Sie sich befinden. - + &Reload plugins Plugins &neu laden - + Reloads all plugins Lädt alle Plugins neu - + This allows plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit it with each voice packet. This enables other users to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. This enables plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit that with each voice packet. This enables other users to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. Dies erlaubt es Plugins Ihre Position im Spiel zu bestimmen und diese mit jedem Sprachpaket zu versenden. Dies erlaubt es anderen Benutzern Sie aus jener Richtung zu hören, in welcher Sie aus der Sicht der anderen Person stehen. - + Name Name - + Enabled Aktiviert - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. Dies liest alle Plugins neu ein. Benutzen Sie dies, falls Sie dem Pluginverzeichnis ein Plugin hinzugefügt, oder ein Plugin geändert haben. - + &About Ü&ber - + Information about plugin Informationen über das Plugin - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. Dies zeigt eine kleine Informationsnachricht über das Plugin an. - + &Configure &Konfigurieren - + Show configuration page of plugin Zeige Konfiguration des Plugins - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. Dies zeigt eine Konfigurationsseite des Plugins an, falls eine existiert. - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. Plugin hat keine Konfigurationsfunktion. - + Plugin has no about function. Plugin hat keine Über-Funktion. - + Form Formular @@ -8466,13 +8463,13 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das Plugins - - + + Downloaded new or updated plugin to %1. Neues oder aktualisiertes Plugin nach %1 heruntergeladen. - + Failed to install new plugin to %1. Installation eines neuen Plugins nach %1 fehlgeschlagen. @@ -8481,7 +8478,7 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das Plugin %1 hat Verbindung verloren. - + %1 lost link. %1 hat Verbindung verloren. @@ -8490,7 +8487,7 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das Plugin %1 hat sich verbunden. - + %1 linked. %1 verbunden. @@ -8498,7 +8495,7 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das PortAudioSystem - + Default Device Standardgerät @@ -8541,12 +8538,12 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input Standardeingabe - + Default Output Standardausgabe @@ -8554,82 +8551,81 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das RichTextEditor - + Failed to load image Laden des Bildes fehlgeschlagen - + Image file too large to embed in document. Please use images smaller than %1 kB. Bilddatei zu groß um Sie im Dokument einzubetten. Bitte verwenden Sie Bilder kleiner als %1 kB. - TabWidget - TabWidget + TabWidget - + Display Anzeige - + Source Text Quelltext - + &Bold &Fett - + Ctrl+B STRG+B - + &Italic &Kursiv - + Italic Kursiv - + Ctrl+I STRG+I - + Underline Unterstrichen - + Ctrl+U STRG+U - + Color Farbe - + Insert Link Link einfügen - + Ctrl+L STRG+L - + Insert Image Bild einfügen @@ -8637,17 +8633,17 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das RichTextEditorLink - + Add Link Link hinzufügen - + URL URL - + Text Text @@ -8659,27 +8655,27 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das UDP Pakete konnten nicht vom Server empfangen werden. Wechsel zum TCP-Modus. - + UDP packets cannot be sent to or received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. UDP Pakete können nicht gesendet oder vom Server nicht empfangen werden. Wechsle zu TCP-Modus. - + UDP packets cannot be sent to the server. Switching to TCP mode. UDP Pakete können nicht zum Server gesendet werden. Wechsle in den TCP-Modus. - + UDP packets cannot be received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. UDP Pakete können vom Server nicht empfangen werden. Wechsle in den TCP-Modus. - + UDP packets can be sent to and received from the server. Switching back to UDP mode. UDP Pakete können zum Server gesendet und vom Server empfangen werden. Wechsle zurück in den UDP-Modus. - + Connection timed out Verbindung wegen Zeitüberschreitung unterbrochen @@ -8687,42 +8683,42 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das ServerView - + Favorite Favoriten - + LAN LAN - + Public Internet Öffentlich - Internet - + Asia Asien - + North America Nordamerika - + South America Südamerika - + Europe Europa - + Oceania Ozeanien @@ -8730,7 +8726,7 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned Nicht zugewiesen @@ -8738,22 +8734,22 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das ShortcutDelegate - + On An - + Off Aus - + Toggle Wechseln - + Unassigned Nicht zugewiesen @@ -8761,7 +8757,7 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut Tastenkürzel drücken @@ -8769,22 +8765,22 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das ShortcutTargetDialog - + Root Wurzel - + Parent Elternkanal - + Current Aktueller Kanal - + Subchannel #%1 Unterkanal #%1 @@ -8792,42 +8788,42 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das ShortcutTargetWidget - + ... … - + , , - + Root Wurzel - + Parent Elternkanal - + Current Aktueller Kanal - + Subchannel #%1 Unterkanal #%1 - + Invalid Ungültig - + <Empty> <Leer> @@ -8835,17 +8831,17 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das ShortcutToggleWidget - + Off Aus - + Toggle Wechseln - + On An @@ -8877,17 +8873,17 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das Deaktiviert HTML Formatierung - + Enter text Text eingeben - + If checked the message is recursively sent to all subchannels Wenn aktiviert wird die Nachricht rekursiv auch an alle Unterkanäle gesandt - + Send recursively to subchannels Sende rekursiv zu Unterkanälen @@ -8895,22 +8891,22 @@ Bitte beachten Sie: Wenn Sie Mumble nach dem Applikationsstart starten oder das Tokens - + Empty Token Leerer Zugriffscode - + Mumble - Access Tokens Mumble - Zugriffscodes - + List of access tokens on current server Liste von Zugriffscodes auf dem aktuellen Server - + <b>This is an editable list of access tokens on the connected server.</b> <br /> An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simple access management on channels. Mumble will remember the tokens you've used and resend them to the server next time you reconnect, so you don't have to enter these every time. @@ -8919,22 +8915,22 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl Ein Zugriffscode ist ein Textstück, welches als Passwort für sehr einfaches Zugriffsmanagement für Kanäle verwendet werden kann. Mumble merkt sich die von Ihnen verwendeten Zugriffscodes und sendet diese das nächste mal automatisch an den Server, damit Sie sie nicht jedes mal eingeben müssen. - + Add a token Einen Zugriffscode hinzufügen - + &Add &Hinzufügen - + Remove a token Einen Zugriffscode entfernen - + &Remove &Entfernen @@ -8942,19 +8938,18 @@ Ein Zugriffscode ist ein Textstück, welches als Passwort für sehr einfaches Zu UserEdit - - + Registered Users Registrierte Benutzer - + Rename Umbenennen - - + + Remove Entfernen @@ -8962,145 +8957,145 @@ Ein Zugriffscode ist ein Textstück, welches als Passwort für sehr einfaches Zu UserModel - + This is a user connected to the server. The icon to the left of the user indicates whether or not they are talking: Dies ist ein zum Server verbundener Benutzer. Das Icon links vom Benutzer zeigt, ob der Benutzer spricht oder nicht: - + Talking to your channel. Spricht zu Ihrem Kanal. - + Whispering directly to your channel. Flüstert direkt zu Ihrem Kanal. - + Whispering directly to you. Flüstert direkt zu Ihnen. - + Not talking. Spricht nicht. - + This is a channel on the server. The icon indicates the state of the channel: Dies ist ein Kanal auf dem Server. Das Icon zeigt den Zustand des Kanals: - + Your current channel. Ihr aktueller Kanal. - + A channel that is linked with your channel. Linked channels can talk to each other. Ein Kanal welcher mit Ihrem Kanal verknüpft ist. Benutzer in verknüpften Kanälen können miteinander sprechen. - + A channel on the server that you are not linked to. Ein Kanal auf dem Server mit dem Sie nicht verknüpft sind. - + This shows the flags the user has on the server, if any: Dies zeigt die Attribute, welche der Benutzer auf dem Server hat (sofern er welche hat): - + On your friend list Auf deiner Freundesliste - + Authenticated user Authentifizierter Benutzer - + Muted (manually muted by self) Stumm gestellt (selbst) - + Muted (manually muted by admin) Stumm gestellt (von Admin) - + Muted (not allowed to speak in current channel) Stumm (darf im aktuellen Kanal nicht sprechen) - + Muted (muted by you, only on your machine) Stumm gestellt (von Ihnen, nur für Sie) - + Deafened (by self) Taub gestellt (selbst) - + Deafened (by admin) Taub gestellt (von Admin) - + User has a new comment set (click to show) Benutzer hat einen neuen Kommentar gesetzt (klicken um anzusehen) - + Channel has a new comment set (click to show) Kanal hat einen neuen Kommentar (klicken um anzusehen) - - + + Cannot perform this movement automatically, please reset the numeric sorting indicators or adjust it manually. Kann dieses Verschieben nicht automatisiert ausführen. Bitte setzen Sie die Kanalpositionswert zurück oder setzen Sie sie manuell. - + User has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) Benutzer hat einen Kommentar gesetzt, welchen Sie schon gesehen haben. (klicken um anzusehen) - + This shows the flags the channel has, if any: Dies zeigt die Attribute, welche der Kanal hat (sofern vorhanden): - + Channel has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) Kanal hat einen Kommentar gesetzt, welchen Sie bereits gesehen haben. (klicken um anzusehen) - + Name Name - + Flags Attribute - - - + + + Mumble Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie den Kanal verschieben möchten? @@ -9112,7 +9107,7 @@ Ein Zugriffscode ist ein Textstück, welches als Passwort für sehr einfaches Zu Mumble - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. Mumble konnte keine Versionsinformationen vom SourceForge-Server ermitteln. @@ -9120,102 +9115,102 @@ Ein Zugriffscode ist ein Textstück, welches als Passwort für sehr einfaches Zu ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details Zertifikatsketten-Details - + Certificate chain Zertifikatskette - + Certificate details Zertifikatdetails - + %1 %2 %1 %2 - - + + Common Name: %1 Allgemeiner Name: %1 - - + + Organization: %1 Organisation: %1 - + Subunit: %1 Untereinheit: %1 - - + + Country: %1 Staat: %1 - - + + Locality: %1 Lokalität: %1 - - + + State: %1 Land: %1 - + Valid from: %1 Gültig von : %1 - + Valid to: %1 Gültig bis: %1 - + Serial: %1 Serial: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 Öffentlicher Schlüssel: %1 bits %2 - + RSA RSA - + DSA DSA - + Digest (MD5): %1 Digest (MD5): %1 - + Issued by: Ausgegeben von: - + Unit Name: %1 Einheitname: %1 @@ -9238,7 +9233,7 @@ Ein Zugriffscode ist ein Textstück, welches als Passwort für sehr einfaches Zu WASAPISystem - + Default Device Standardgerät diff --git a/src/mumble/mumble_en.ts b/src/mumble/mumble_en.ts index a912907ea..902979d49 100644 --- a/src/mumble/mumble_en.ts +++ b/src/mumble/mumble_en.ts @@ -4,119 +4,114 @@ ACLEditor - + Deny - + Allow - + Allow %1 - + Deny %1 - + Mumble - Add channel - - + + Failed: Invalid channel - + Mumble - Edit %1 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 - + Dialog - - Properties - - - - + Name - + Enter the channel name here. - + <b>Name</b><br>Enter the channel name in this field. The name has to comply with the restriction imposed by the server you are connected to. - + Description - + Password - + Enter the channel password here. - + <b>Password</b><br>This field allows you to easily set and change the password of a channel. In the background it uses Mumble's access tokens feature. To allow more fine grained and powerful access control directly use ACLs and groups instead (<i>Advanced configuration</i> has to be checked to be able to see these settings). - + Check to create a temporary channel. - + <b>Temporary</b><br> When checked the channel created will be marked as temporary. This means when the last player leaves it the channel will be automatically deleted by the server. - + Temporary - + Channel positioning facility value - + <b>Position</b><br/> This value enables you to change the way Mumble arranges the channels in the tree. A channel with a higher <i>Position</i> value will always be placed below one with a lower value and the other way around. If the <i>Position</i> value of two channels is equal they will get sorted alphabetically by their name. <b>Position</b><br/> @@ -124,214 +119,208 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre - + Position - + &Groups - - + Group - + List of groups - + Remove selected group - - - + Remove - + Inherit group members from parent - + Inherit - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels - + Inheritable - + Group was inherited from parent channel - + Inherited - - + Members - - - + Add - + Add member to group - + Remove member from group - + &ACL - + Active ACLs - + List of entries - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. - + Inherit ACL of parent? - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. - + Inherit ACLs - + Move entry up - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. - + &Up - + Move entry down - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. - + &Down - + Add new entry - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. - + &Add - + Remove entry - + This removes the currently selected entry. - + &Remove - + Context - + Entry should apply to this channel. Entry should apply to this channel - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. - + Applies to this channel - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. - + <b>Group</b><br> These are all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. <b>Group</b><br> @@ -339,149 +328,154 @@ This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, - + Add new group - + <b>Add</b><br/> Add a new group. - + <b>Remove</b><br>This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. - + <b>Inherit</b><br>This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. - + <b>Inheritable</b><br>This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. - + <b>Inherited</b><br>This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. - + Inherited members - + Contains the list of members added to the group by this channel. - + <b>Members</b><br> This list contains all members that were added to the group by the current channel. Be aware that this does not include members inherited by higher levels of the channel tree. These can be found in the <i>Inherited members</i> list. To prevent this list to be inherited by lower level channels uncheck <i>Inheritable</i> or manually add the members to the <i>Excluded members</i> list. - + Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. - + <b>Excluded members</b><br> Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. - + Contains the list of members inherited by other channels. - + <b>Inherited members</b><br> Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i>Inherit</i> to prevent inheritance from higher level channels. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to add to the group and click Add. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to remove from the group and click Add. - + Exclude - + Excluded members - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. - + Applies to sub-channels - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a '!', its membership is negated, and if it starts with a '~', it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in.<br />If a group name starts with a '#', it is interpreted as an access token. Users must have entered whatever follows the '#' in their list of access tokens to match. This can be used for very simple password access to channels for non-authenticated users.<br />If a group name starts with a '$', it will only match users whose certificate hash matches what follows the '$'.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for '<i>sub,0,0,0</i>').<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for '<i>!sub,0,0,0</i>').<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. - + Permissions - + User/Group - + Group this entry applies to - + User ID - + User this entry applies to - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. + + + &Properties + + ALSAAudioInput - + Default ALSA Card - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 @@ -489,12 +483,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ALSAAudioOutput - + Default ALSA Card - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 @@ -502,150 +496,148 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ASIOConfig - + %1 (version %2) - + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5Hz - - - - + + + + Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver - + ASIO - + Form - + Device selection - + Device - + Device to use for microphone - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. - + Query selected device - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. - + &Query - + Configure selected device - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. - + &Configure - + Capabilities - + Driver name - + Buffer size - + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. - + Configure input channels - + Channels - + Microphone - - + <- - - + -> - + Unused - + Speakers @@ -653,18 +645,18 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ASIOInput - - + + Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. @@ -672,27 +664,27 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AboutDialog - + About Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> - + &About Mumble - + &License - + OK @@ -700,17 +692,17 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AboutSpeexDialog - + About Speex - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%1">%1</a></tt></p><p>This program uses SpeexDSP.</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering and voice activity detection.</p> - + OK @@ -718,374 +710,367 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioInput - + Form - + Interface - + System - + Input method for audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. - + Device - + Input device for audio - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> - + Transmission - + &Transmit - + When to transmit your speech - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. - + DoublePush Time - + If you press the PTT key twice in this time it will get locked. - + <b>DoublePush Time</b><br />If you press the push-to-talk key twice during the configured interval of time it will be locked. Mumble will keep transmitting until you hit the key once more to unlock PTT again. - - TextLabel - - - - + Gets played when the PTT button is pressed - + Gets played when the PTT button is released - + Reset audio cue to default - + <b>Reset</b><br/>Reset the paths for the files to their default. - + Reset - + Browse for on audio file - - + Browse - + Browse for off audio file - + Off - + On - + Preview the audio cues - + <b>Preview</b><br/>Plays the current <i>on</i> soundfile followed by the current <i>off</i> soundfile. - + Preview - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. - + PTT Audio cue - + Use SNR based speech detection - + Signal to Noise - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. - + Amplitude - + Voice &Hold - + How long to keep transmitting after silence - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. - + Silence Below - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. - + Speech Above - + Signal values above this count as voice - + Compression - + &Quality - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. - + Audio per packet - + How many audio frames to send per packet - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). - + Audio Processing - + Noise Suppression - + Noise suppression - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be suppressed. - + Amplification - + Maximum amplification of input sound - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. - + Current speech detection chance - + Cancel echo from speakers - + Enabling this will cancel the echo from your speakers. Mixed has low CPU impact, but only works well if your speakers are equally loud and equidistant from the microphone. Multichannel echo cancellation provides much better echo cancellation, but at a higher CPU cost. - + Disabled - + Mixed - + Multichannel - + Echo - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. - + Idle AutoMute - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. - + Signal values below this count as silence - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio - + Server maximum network bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Audio quality auto-adjusted to %2 kbit/s (%3ms) @@ -1093,70 +1078,71 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioInputDialog - + Continuous - + Voice Activity - + Push To Talk - + Audio Input - - + + %1 ms - - - + + + Off - + %1 s - + %1 kb/s - + -%1 dB - - %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + + %1 kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) - + CELT - + Speex - + %1 min @@ -1164,308 +1150,313 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioOutput - + Form - + Interface - + System - + Output method for audio - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. - + Device - + Output device for audio - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> - - + Positional Audio - + Audio Output - + Default &Jitter Buffer - + Safety margin for jitter buffer - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. - + Minimum distance to user before sound volume decreases - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other users' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other users' speech volume will not decrease any further. - + <b>This enables one of the loopback test modes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other users will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. - + Volume - + Volume of incoming speech - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. - + Output Delay - + Amount of data to buffer - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. - + Factor for sound volume decrease - + Bloom - + Factor for sound volume increase - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. - + Headphones - + Minimum Distance - + Maximum Distance - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease - + Minimum Volume - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? - + Loopback Test - + Delay Variance - + Variance in packet latency - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you to set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. - + Packet Loss - + Packet loss for loopback mode - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% - + &Loopback - + Desired loopback mode - + Other Applications - + Volume of other applications during speech - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. + + + If checked Mumble also lowers the volume of other applications when you talk + + + + + Attenuate other applications while you talk + + AudioOutputDialog - + None - + Local - + Server - + Audio Output - - + + + %1 ms - - - - - - %1% + + + + + + %1 % - - %1ms - - - - - - %1m + + + %1 m AudioOutputSample - + Choose sound file - + Invalid sound file - + The file '%1' cannot be used by Mumble. Please select a file with a compatible format and encoding. @@ -1473,180 +1464,179 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioStats - - >1000ms + + >1000 ms + >1000ms - + Audio Statistics - + Input Levels - + Peak microphone level - - - + Peak power in last frame - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. - + Peak speaker level - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) of the speakers. Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. - + Peak clean level - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. - + Signal Analysis - + Microphone power - + How close the current input level is to ideal - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. - + Speech Probability - + Probability of speech - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). - + Configuration feedback - + Current audio bitrate - + Bitrate of last frame - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. - + DoublePush interval - + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses - + Speech Detection - + Current speech detection chance - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. - + Signal and noise power spectrum - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. - + Echo Analysis - + Weights of the echo canceller - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. @@ -1654,130 +1644,128 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard - + Introduction - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard - + Finished - + Enjoy using Mumble - + Device selection - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. - - + System - + Input method for audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. - - + Device - + Input device to use - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers - + Use echo cancellation - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. - + Output method for audio - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. - + Output device to use - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> - + Enable positional audio - + Allows positioning of sound Allows positioning of sound. - + <p> This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. </p> @@ -1787,22 +1775,22 @@ Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped loca - + Input Device - + Output Device - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. - + <p> To keep latency to an absolute minimum, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. </p> @@ -1813,17 +1801,17 @@ You should hear a voice sample. Change the slider below to the lowest value whic - + Amount of data to buffer - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. - + <p> Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. </p> @@ -1834,17 +1822,17 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou - + Positional Audio - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. - + <p> Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other users relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other user is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. </p> @@ -1855,12 +1843,12 @@ The graph below shows the position of <font color="red">you</ - + Use headphones instead of speakers - + <p> Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. </p> @@ -1871,141 +1859,201 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus - + Use headphones - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. - + Volume tuning - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. - + Voice Activity Detection - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. - + Raw amplitude from input - + Signal-To-Noise ratio - + Next you need to adjust the following slider. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). - + Device tuning - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. - - %1ms - - - - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project - + Push To Talk: + + + Quality & Notifications + + + + + Adjust quality and notification settings. + + + + + Quality settings + + + + + Low + + + + + In this configuration Mumble will use a <b>low amount of bandwidth</b>. This will inevitable result in high latency and poor quality. Choose this only if your connection cannot handle the other settings. (Speex 16kbit/s, 60ms per packet) + + + + + Balanced + + + + + This is the <b>recommended default</b> configuration. It provides a good balance between quality, latency and bandwidth usage. (CELT 40kbit/s, 20ms per packet) + + + + + Ultra + + + + + This configuration is only recommended for use in setups where bandwidth is not an issue like a LAN. It provides the lowest latency supported by Mumble and <b>high quality</b>. (CELT 72kbit/s, 10ms per packet) + + + + + Notification settings + + + + + Use Text-To-Speech to read notifications and messages to you. + + + + + Disable Text-To-Speech and use sounds instead. + + + + + %1 ms + + BanEditor - + Mumble - Edit Bans - + &Address - + &Mask - + Reason - + Start - + End - + User - + Hash - + &Add - + &Update - + &Remove @@ -2013,27 +2061,27 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus CertView - + Name - + Email - + Issuer - + (none) - + Self-signed @@ -2041,67 +2089,67 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus CertWizard - + Resolving domain %1. - + Unable to validate email.<br />Enter a valid (or blank) email to continue. - + There was an error generating your certificate.<br />Please try again. - + Your certificate and key could not be exported to PKCS#12 format. There might be an error in your certificate. - + The file could not be opened for writing. Please use another file. - + The file could not be written successfully. Please use another file. - + The file could not be opened for reading. Please use another file. - + The file is empty or could not be read. Please use another file. - + The file did not contain a valid certificate and key. Please use another file. - + Select file to export certificate to - + Select file to import certificate from - + Unable to resolve domain. - + Mumble User @@ -2109,174 +2157,168 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus Certificates - + Certificate Management - + Certificate Authentication - + Authenticating to servers without using passwords - + <p>Mumble can use certificates to authenticate with servers. Using certificates avoids passwords, meaning you don't need to disclose any password to the remote site. It also enables very easy user registration.</p><p>While Mumble can work without certificates, the majority of servers will expect you to have one.</p> - - - + Current certificate - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. - - + Current Certificate - - + Create a new certificate - + This will create a new certificate. - + Import certificate from file - + This will import a certificate from file. - + Import a certificate - - + Export Certificate - + This will export a certificate to file. - + Export current certificate - + Import Certificate - + PKCS #12 Certificate import - + <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from FireFox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> - + Import from - + Filename to import from - + This is the filename you wish to import a certificate from. - + Select file to import from - + This opens a file selection dialog to choose a file to import a certificate from. - + Open... - + Password - + Password for PKCS#12 file - + This is the password for the PKCS#12 file containing your certificate. - + Certificate to import - + This is the certificate you are importing. - - + Certificate Details - + Replace Certificate - + Replace existing certificate with new certificate? - + <p>You already have a certificate stored in Mumble, and you are about to replace it.</p> <p>If you are upgrading to a certificate issued to you by a trusted CA and the email addresses match your current certificate, this is completely safe, and servers you connect to will automatically recognize the strong certificate for your email address. </p> @@ -2289,277 +2331,281 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be replaced. - + New certificate - + This is the new certificate that will replace the old one. - - + New Certificate - + Make a backup of your certificate - + <p>If you ever lose your current certificate, which will happen if your computer suffers a hardware failure or you reinstall your machine, you will no longer be able to authenticate to any server you are registered on. It is therefore <b>mandatory</b> that you make a backup of your certificate. We strongly recommend you store this backup on removable storage, such as an USB memory stick.</p> <p>Note that this file will not be encrypted, and if anyone gains access to it, they will be able to impersonate you, so take good care of it.</p> - + Export to - + Filename to export to - + This is the filename you wish to export a certificate to. - + Save As... - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be exported. - + Generate a new certificate for strong authentication - + <p>Mumble will now generate a strong certificate for authentication to servers.</p><p>If you wish, you may provide some additional information to be stored in the certificate, which will be presented to servers when you connect. If you provide a valid email address, you can upgrade to a CA issued email certificate later on, which provides strong identification.</p> - + Name - + Email - + Your email address (e.g. johndoe@mumble.info) - + This is your email address. It is strongly recommended to provide a valid email address, as this will allow you to upgrade to a strong certificate without authentication problems. - + Your name (e.g. John Doe) - + This is your name, and will be filled out in the certificate. This field is entirely optional. - + Finish - + Certificate-based authentication is ready for use - + Enjoy using Mumble with strong authentication. + + + Automatic certificate creation + + ChanACL - + None - + Traverse - + Enter - + Speak - + Mute/Deafen - + Make channel - + Make temporary - + Link channel - + This represents no privileges. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. - + This represents the permission to whisper to this channel from the outside. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with the Whisper key held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other users. Once muted, a user will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged user or reconnects to the server. - + This represents the permission to move a user to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the user, either the moving user must have Move privileges in the destination channel, or the user must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Users with this privilege can move users into channels the target user normally wouldn't have permission to enter. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. - + This represents the permission to make a temporary subchannel. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Temporary channels are not stored and disappear when the last user leaves. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Users in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking user has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. - + This represents the permission to write text messages to other users in this channel. - + This represents the permission to forcibly remove users from the server. - + This represents the permission to permanently remove users from the server. - + This represents the permission to register and unregister users on the server. - + This represents the permission to register oneself on the server. - + Whisper - + Move - + Text message - + Kick - + Ban - + Register User - + Register Self - + Write ACL @@ -2567,7 +2613,12 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ChatbarLineEdit - + + Paste and send + + + + Type chat message here @@ -2575,37 +2626,37 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ClientUser - + Friend - + Authenticated - + Muted (server) - + Deafened (server) - + Local Mute - + Muted (self) - + Deafened (self) @@ -2613,73 +2664,73 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ConfigDialog - - + + Accept changes - - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. - - + + Reject changes - - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. - - + + Apply changes - - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. - - + + Undo changes for current page - - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. - - + + Restore defaults for current page - - + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. - + Mumble Configuration - - + + Advanced @@ -2687,242 +2738,242 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ConnectDialog - + Connecting to %1 - - + + Enter username - + Adding host %1 - - + + Servername - + Hostname - + Bonjour name - + Port - + Addresses - + Website - + Packet loss - + Ping (80%) - - + + %1 ms - + Ping (95%) - + Bandwidth - + %1 kbit/s - - + + &Connect + + + + + &Filters + + + + + Users - + Version - - Connect - - - - - - Add New... - - - - - Filters - - - - + Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list - + Mumble Server Connect - + Ping - + Remove from Favorites - - Edit... - - - - + Add custom server - - Add to Favorites - - - - - Open Webpage - - - - - Show Reachable - - - - + Show all servers that respond to ping - - Show Populated - - - - + Show all servers with users - - Show All - - - - + Show all servers - + &Copy - + Copy favorite link to clipboard - + &Paste - + Paste favorite from clipboard + + + &Edit... + + + + + + &Add New... + + + + + Add to &Favorites + + + + + Open &Webpage + + + + + Show &Reachable + + + + + Show &Populated + + + + + Show &All + + ConnectDialogEdit - + Edit Server - + &Servername - + Name of the server - + <b>Name</b><br/> Name of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your serverlist and can be chosen freely. - + A&ddress - + Internet address of the server. Internet address of the server. - + <b>Address</b><br/> Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an IPv4/IPv6 address or a Bonjour service identifier. Bonjour service identifiers have to be prefixed with a '@' to be recognized by Mumble. <b>Address</b></br> @@ -2930,33 +2981,33 @@ Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an ipv4/6 address - + &Port - + Port on which the server is listening - + <b>Port</b><br/> Port on which the server is listening. If the server is identified by a Bonjour service identifier this field will be ignored. - + &Username - + Username to send to the server - + <b>Username</b><br/> Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions on how a username might look like. Also your username could already be taken by another user. @@ -2965,7 +3016,7 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions CoreAudioSystem - + Default Device @@ -2973,68 +3024,68 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions CrashReporter - + Mumble Crash Report - + <p><b>We're terribly sorry, but it seems Mumble has crashed. Do you want to send a crash report to the Mumble developers?</b></p><p>The crash report contains a partial copy of Mumble's memory at the time it crashed, and will help the developers fix the problem.</p> - + Email address (optional) - + Please briefly describe what you were doing at the time of the crash - + Send Report - + Don't send report - + Crash upload successful - + Thank you for helping make Mumble better! - - + + Crash upload failed - + We're really sorry, but it appears the crash upload has failed with error %1 %2. Please inform a developer. - + This really isn't funny, but apparently there's a bug in the crash reporting code, and we've failed to upload the report. You may inform a developer about error %1 - + Uploading crash report - + Abort upload @@ -3042,22 +3093,22 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions DXAudioInput - + Default DirectSound Voice Input - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. - + Lost DirectSound input device. @@ -3065,22 +3116,22 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions DXAudioOutput - + Default DirectSound Voice Output - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. - + Lost DirectSound output device. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. @@ -3088,19 +3139,19 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions Database - - + + Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. - + The database '%1' is read-only. Mumble can not store server settings (ie. SSL certificates) until you fix this problem. @@ -3108,62 +3159,62 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts - + List of configured shortcuts - + Function - + Data - + Shortcut - + Suppress - + Add new shortcut - + This will add a new global shortcut - + &Add - + Remove selected shortcut - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. - + &Remove @@ -3171,27 +3222,28 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts - + Shortcut button combination. - - <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. + + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Click this field and then press the desired key/button combo to rebind. Double-click to clear. + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. - + Suppress keys from other applications - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. @@ -3199,7 +3251,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. @@ -3207,82 +3259,82 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutTarget - + Whisper Target - + Whisper to list of Users - + Channel Target - + Restrict to Group - + If specified, only members of this group will receive the whisper. - + If checked the whisper will also be transmitted to linked channels. - + Whisper to Linked channels - + If checked this whisper will also be sent to the subchannels of the channel target. - + Whisper to subchannels - + List of users - + Add - + Remove - + Whisper to Channel - + Modifiers - + Do not send positional audio information when using this whisper shortcut. - + Ignore positional audio @@ -3290,7 +3342,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 @@ -3298,7 +3350,7 @@ of the possible locations. LCD - + Not connected @@ -3306,32 +3358,32 @@ of the possible locations. LCDConfig - + Enable this device - + LCD - + Form - + Devices - + Name - + <p>This is the list of available LCD devices on your system. It lists devices by name, but also includes the size of the display. Mumble supports outputting to several LCD devices at a time.</p> <h3>Size:</h3> <p> @@ -3341,39 +3393,39 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe - + Size - + Enabled - + Views - + Minimum Column Width - + <p>This option decides the minimum width a column in the User View.</p> <p>If too many people are speaking at once, the User View will split itself into columns. You can use this option to pick a compromise between number of users shown on the LCD, and width of user names.</p> - + This setting decides the width of column splitter. - + Splitter Width @@ -3381,107 +3433,112 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Log - + Debug - + Critical - + Warning - + Information - + Server Connected - + Server Disconnected - + You self-muted/deafened - + Other self-muted/deafened - + Permission Denied - + Text Message - + User Joined Server - + User Left Server - + User kicked (you or by you) - + User kicked - + User muted (you) - + User muted (by you) - + User muted (other) - + User Joined Channel - + User Left Channel - + + the server + + + + [[ Text object too large to display ]] - + [Date changed to %1] @@ -3490,145 +3547,145 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change<br />Ensure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for sound files. Text-To-Speech and sound files cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a sound file predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Sound files and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. - + Messages - + Message - + Console - + Notification - + Text-To-Speech - + Soundfile - + Path - + Text To Speech - + Volume - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> - + Length threshold - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. - + Characters - + Whisper - + If checked you will only hear whispers from users you added to your friend list. - + Only accept whispers from friends @@ -3636,2013 +3693,2064 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe LookConfig - - + + System default - + None - + Only with users - + All - + Ask - + Do Nothing - + Move - + User Interface - + Choose skin file - + Form - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with users</i> will expand and collapse channels as users join and leave them. - + List users above subchannels (requires restart). - + <b>If set, users will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. - + Users above Channels - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.</b> - + Check to show chat bar - + <b>If checked the chat bar is shown.</b><br />Uncheck this to hide it. <b>If checked the chat bar is shown</b><br />Uncheck to hide it - + Show chatbar - + Show number of users in each channel - + Show channel user count - - + Language - + Language to use (requires restart) - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. - + Look and Feel - + Layout - + Classic - + Stacked - + Hybrid - + Custom - + This changes the behavior when moving channels. - + This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. - + Style - + Basic widget style - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> - + Skin - + Skin file to use - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. - + ... - + Expand - + When to automatically expand channels - + Channel Dragging - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. - + Ask on quit while connected - - Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. - - - - - <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> - - - - + Always On Top - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. + + + This setting controls when the application will be always on top. + + + + + This setting controls in which situations the application will stay always on top. If you select <i>Never</i> the application will not stay on top. <i>Always</i> will always keep the application on top. <i>In minimal view</i> / <i>In normal mode</i> will only keep the application always on top when minimal view is activated / deactivated. + + + + + Never + + + + + Always + + + + + In minimal view + + + + + In normal view + + + + + Displays talking status in system tray + + + + + Show talking status in tray icon + + MainWindow - - + + Root - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut - + Join Channel Global Shortcut - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut - - - - - + + + + + + Mumble - - + + Mumble -- %1 - + &Window - - + + Minimize - + Ctrl+M - + Close - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? - + Mute Self Global Shortcut - + Set self-mute status. Global Shortcut - + This will set or toggle your muted status. If you turn this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut - + Deafen Self Global Shortcut - + Set self-deafen status. Global Shortcut - + This will set or toggle your deafened status. If you turn this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut - + This will switch the states of the in-game overlay between showing everybody, just the users who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut - + Whisper - - + + Not connected - + Clear - + Opening URL %1 - + File does not exist - + File is not a configuration file. - + Settings merged from file. - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' - + This version of Mumble can't handle URLs for Mumble version %1.%2.%3 - + Connecting to %1 - + Enter username - - + + Connecting to server %1. - + Reconnecting. - + <h2>Version</h2><p>Protocol %1.%2.%3.</p> - + <p>No build information or OS version available.</p> - + <p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p> - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s</p> - + Register yourself as %1 - + <p>You are about to register yourself on this server. This action cannot be undone, and your username cannot be changed once this is done. You will forever be known as '%1' on this server.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register yourself?</p> - + Register user %1 - + <p>You are about to register %1 on the server. This action cannot be undone, the username cannot be changed, and as a registered user, %1 will have access to the server even if you change the server password.</p><p>From this point on, %1 will be authenticated with the certificate currently in use.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register %1?</p> - + Kicking user %1 - + Banning user %1 - + Change comment on user %1 - - - To channel %1: %2 - - - - - + + Message to channel %1 - + Connected. - + SSL Version mismatch - + This server is using an older encryption standard. It might be an older 1.1 based Mumble server.<br />Would you like to launch the compatibility client to connect to it? - + The compatibility client could not be found, or failed to start.<br />Note that the compatibility client is an optional component for most installations, and might not be installed. - + Type message to channel '%1' here - + Type message to user '%1' here - + Choose image file - + Images (*.png *.jpg) - - + + Failed to load image - + Could not open file for reading. - + Image format not recognized. - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. - + UDP Statistics - + To Server - + From Server - + Good - + Late - + Lost - + Resync - + Mumble Server Information - - + + &View Certificate - - + + Enter reason - + Sending message to %1 - - + + + To %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 - + + Are you sure you want to reset the comment of user %1? + + + + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? - + Sending message to channel %1 - - To tree %1: %2 - - - - + Message to tree %1 - + + (Tree) %1: %2 + + + + + %1: %2 + + + + Unmuted and undeafened. - + Unmuted. - + Muted. - + Muted and deafened. - + Deafened. - + Undeafened. - + About Qt - + SSL Verification failed: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> - + Failed to launch compatibility client - + Server connection failed: %1. - + Disconnected from server. - + Invalid username - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. - + That username is already in use, please try another username. - + Wrong password - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. - + &Server - + &Channel - + &Audio - + C&onfigure - + &Help - + Log - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. - + &Quit Mumble - + Closes the program - + Exits the application. - + Ctrl+Q - + &Connect - + Open the server connection dialog - + &Disconnect - + Disconnect from server - + Disconnects you from the server. - + &Ban lists - + Edit ban lists on server - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. - + &Information - + Show information about the server connection - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. - + &Kick - + &Mute - + &Ban - + &Deafen - + &Local Mute - - - Send Messa&ge - - - - - + Send a Text Message - + Sends a text message to another user. - + &Add - + Add new channel - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. - + &Remove - + Remove channel - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. - + &Link - + Link your channel to another channel - + &User - + This is the chatbar<br />If you enter text here and then press enter the text is sent to the user or channel that was selected. If nothing is selected the message is sent to your current channel. - + Chatbar - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick-connect. - + Kick user (with reason) - + Kick selected user off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. - + Mute user - + Mute or unmute user on server. Unmuting a deafened user will also undeafen them. - + Kick and ban user (with reason) - + Kick and ban selected user from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. - + Deafen user - + Deafen or undeafen user on server. Deafening a user will also mute them. - + Mute user locally - + Mute or unmute user locally. Use this on other users in the same room. - + &Edit - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If users in a channel have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. - + &Unlink Channel - + Unlink your channel from another channel - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. - - Unlink &All - - - - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. - + &Reset - + Reset audio preprocessor - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. - + &Mute Self - + Mute yourself - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. - + &Deafen Self - + Deafen yourself - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. - + &Text-To-Speech - + Toggle Text-To-Speech - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. - + S&tatistics - + Display audio statistics - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. - + &Unlink Plugin - + Forcibly unlink plugin - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. - + &Settings - + Configure Mumble - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. - + &Audio Wizard - + Start the audio configuration wizard - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. - + &What's This? - + Enter What's This? mode - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. - + &About - + Information about Mumble - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. - + About &Speex - + Information about Speex - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. - + About &Qt - + Information about Qt - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. - + Check for &Updates - + Check for new version of Mumble - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. - + &Change Comment - + Change the comment on the selected user. - + This allows you to change the comment (shown as a tooltip) of a user. Unless you've been given extra privileges on the server, you can only change your own comment. - - Certificate Wizard - - - - + Configure certificates for strong authentication - + This starts the wizard for creating, importing and exporting certificates for authentication against servers. - - Register - - - - + Register user on server - + This will permanently register the user on the server. - + Add &Friend - + Adds a user as your friend. - + This will add the user as a friend, so you can recognize him on this and other servers. - + &Remove Friend - + Removes a user from your friends. - + This will remove a user from your friends list. - + &Update Friend - + Update name of your friend. - + Your friend uses a different name than what is in your database. This will update the name. - + Registered &Users - + Edit registered users list - + This opens the editor for registered users, which allow you to change their name or unregister them. - - Change Texture - - - - + Change your overlay texture on this server - + &Access Tokens - + Add or remove text-based access tokens - - Remove Texture - - - - + Remove currently defined user texture. - + &Minimal View - + Toggle minimal window modes - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. - - Joined server: %1. - - - - - - - the server - - - - + You muted and deafened %1. - + You unmuted and undeafened %1. - + You undeafened %1. - + You suppressed %1. - + %1 muted and deafened by %2. - + %1 unmuted and undeafened by %2. - + %1 undeafened by %2. - + %1 suppressed by %2. - + %1 moved to %2. - + %1 moved to %2 by %3. - + %1 moved in from %2 by %3. - - Left server: %1. - - - - + %1 is now muted and deafened. - + You were denied %1 privileges in %2. - + %3 was denied %1 privileges in %2. - + Denied: Cannot modify SuperUser. - + Denied: Invalid channel name. - + Denied: Text message too long. - + Denied: Operation not permitted in temporary channel. - + You need a certificate to perform this operation. - + %1 does not have a certificate. - + Permission denied. - + + %1 connected. + + + + %1 is now muted. - + %1 is now unmuted. - + You were unmuted and undeafened by %1. - + You were muted by %1. - + You were undeafened by %1. - + You were suppressed by %1. - + You were unsuppressed by %1. - - You were unmuted by %1. + + %1 disconnected. - - You muted %1. - - - - - You unsuppressed %1. - - - - - You unmuted %1. - - - - - %1 muted by %2. - - - - - %1 unsuppressed by %2. - - - - - %1 unmuted by %2. - - - - - the server + + Server message from - + + (Tree) + + + + + (Channel) + + + + + %2%1: %3 + + + + + You were unmuted by %1. + + + + + You muted %1. + + + + + You unsuppressed %1. + + + + + You unmuted %1. + + + + + %1 muted by %2. + + + + + %1 unsuppressed by %2. + + + + + %1 unmuted by %2. + + + + Unable to find matching CELT codecs with other clients. You will not be able to talk to all users. - + You were muted and deafened by %1. You were deafened by %1. - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. - + You were moved to %1 by %2. - + %1 entered channel. - + Server connection rejected: %1. - + Denied: %1. - - From %1: %2 - - - - + Message from %1 - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in UserModel::dropMimeData. - + Welcome to Mumble. - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? - + Hide Frame - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. + + + Send &Message + + + + + &Unlink All + + + + + &Certificate Wizard + + + + + &Register + + + + + Change &Texture + + + + + &Remove Texture + + + + + Reset &Comment + + + + + Reset the comment of the selected user. + + + + + &Join Channel + + NetworkConfig - + Network - + Form - + Connection - + Use TCP compatibility mode Use TCP compatability mode - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). - + Reconnect when disconnected - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. - + Reconnect automatically - + Proxy - + Type - + Type of proxy to connect through - + Direct connection - + HTTP(S) proxy - + SOCKS5 proxy - + Hostname - + Hostname of the proxy - + Force TCP mode - + Enable QoS to prioritize packets - + This will enable QoS, which will attempt to prioritize voice packets over other traffic. - + Use Quality of Service - + Don't send certificate to server and don't save passwords. (Not saved). - + <b>This will suppress identity information from the client.</b><p>The client will not identify itself with a certificate, even if defined, and will not cache passwords for connections. This is primarily a test-option and is not saved.</p> - + Suppress certificate and password storage - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through.</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. - + Port - + Port number of the proxy - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. - + Username - + Username for proxy authentication - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. - + Password - + Password for proxy authentication - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. - + Misc - + Prevent log from downloading images - + <b>Disable image download</b><br/> Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the img tag. - + Disable image download - + Mumble services - + Check for new releases of Mumble automatically. - + This will check for new releases of Mumble every time you start the program, and notify you if one is available. - + Check for application updates on startup - + Check for new releases of plugins automatically. - + This will check for new releases of plugins every time you start the program, and download them automatically. - + Download plugin updates on startup - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus its development where it is needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project - + Submit anonymous statistics @@ -5650,20 +5758,20 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the Overlay - - + + Mumble - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 - + Failed to initialize overlay memory. This usually means that the shared memory is locked by the OS, and you need to reboot to release it. @@ -5671,255 +5779,251 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the OverlayConfig - + Show no one - + Show only talking - + Show everyone - - + + Color for users - - + + Color for talking users - - + + Color for whispering users - + Color for channels - + Color for active channels - + Overlay - + Form - + Options - + Enable overlay. - + Enable Overlay - + Who to show on the overlay - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. - + Always show yourself on overlay. - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. - + Always Show Self - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. - + Show User Textures - + Position - + Let overlay grow upwards - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. - + Grow Up - + Y-Position of Overlay - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. - + Let overlay grow to the left - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. - + Grow Left - + Let overlay grow to the right - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. - + Grow Right - + Let overlay grow downwards - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. - + Grow Down - + X-Position of Overlay - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. - + Font - + Current Font - + TextLabel - + Set Font - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start Mumble after starting the application, or if you disable the overlay while the application is running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. - + Maximum height - + Maximum height of names. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. - - - - - + Change - + Color for Channels - + Color for active Channels @@ -5927,118 +6031,128 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the PluginConfig - - + + Plugins - - + + Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. - + Plugin has no about function. - + Form - + Options - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information - + This allows plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit it with each voice packet. This enables other users to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. - + Link to Game and Transmit Position - + Reloads all plugins - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. - + &Reload plugins - + Information about plugin - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. - + &About - + Show configuration page of plugin - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. - + &Configure + + + Name + + + + + Enabled + + Plugins - - + + Downloaded new or updated plugin to %1. - + Failed to install new plugin to %1. - + %1 lost link. - + %1 linked. @@ -6046,7 +6160,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the PortAudioSystem - + Default Device @@ -6054,12 +6168,12 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input - + Default Output @@ -6067,82 +6181,77 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the RichTextEditor - + Failed to load image - + Image file too large to embed in document. Please use images smaller than %1 kB. - - TabWidget - - - - + Display - + Source Text - + &Bold - + Ctrl+B - + &Italic - + Italic - + Ctrl+I - + Underline - + Ctrl+U - + Color - + Insert Link - + Ctrl+L - + Insert Image @@ -6150,17 +6259,17 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the RichTextEditorLink - + Add Link - + URL - + Text @@ -6168,27 +6277,27 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ServerHandler - + UDP packets cannot be sent to or received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. - + UDP packets cannot be sent to the server. Switching to TCP mode. - + UDP packets cannot be received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. - + UDP packets can be sent to and received from the server. Switching back to UDP mode. - + Connection timed out @@ -6196,42 +6305,42 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ServerView - + Favorite - + LAN - + Public Internet - + Asia - + North America - + South America - + Europe - + Oceania @@ -6239,7 +6348,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned @@ -6247,22 +6356,22 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutDelegate - + On - + Off - + Toggle - + Unassigned @@ -6270,7 +6379,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut @@ -6278,22 +6387,22 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutTargetDialog - + Root - + Parent - + Current - + Subchannel #%1 @@ -6301,42 +6410,42 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutTargetWidget - + ... - + , - + Root - + Parent - + Current - + Subchannel #%1 - + Invalid - + <Empty> @@ -6344,17 +6453,17 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutToggleWidget - + Off - + Toggle - + On @@ -6362,17 +6471,17 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the TextMessage - + Enter text - + If checked the message is recursively sent to all subchannels - + Send recursively to subchannels @@ -6380,22 +6489,22 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the Tokens - + Empty Token - + Mumble - Access Tokens - + List of access tokens on current server - + <b>This is an editable list of access tokens on the connected server.</b> <br /> An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simple access management on channels. Mumble will remember the tokens you've used and resend them to the server next time you reconnect, so you don't have to enter these every time. @@ -6403,22 +6512,22 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl - + Add a token - + &Add - + Remove a token - + &Remove @@ -6426,159 +6535,164 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl UserEdit - - + Registered Users - + + Remove + + + Rename + + UserModel - + This is a user connected to the server. The icon to the left of the user indicates whether or not they are talking: - + Talking to your channel. - + Whispering directly to your channel. - + Whispering directly to you. - + Not talking. - + This is a channel on the server. The icon indicates the state of the channel: - + Your current channel. - + A channel that is linked with your channel. Linked channels can talk to each other. - + A channel on the server that you are not linked to. - + This shows the flags the user has on the server, if any: - + On your friend list - + Authenticated user - + Muted (manually muted by self) - + Muted (manually muted by admin) - + Muted (not allowed to speak in current channel) - + Muted (muted by you, only on your machine) - + Deafened (by self) - + Deafened (by admin) - + User has a new comment set (click to show) - + User has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) - + This shows the flags the channel has, if any: - + Channel has a new comment set (click to show) - + Channel has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) - + Name - + Flags - - - + + + Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? - - + + Cannot perform this movement automatically, please reset the numeric sorting indicators or adjust it manually. @@ -6586,7 +6700,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl VersionCheck - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. @@ -6594,102 +6708,102 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details - + Certificate chain - + %1 %2 - + Certificate details - - + + Common Name: %1 - - + + Organization: %1 - + Subunit: %1 - - + + Country: %1 - - + + Locality: %1 - - + + State: %1 - + Valid from: %1 - + Valid to: %1 - + Serial: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 - + RSA - + DSA - + Digest (MD5): %1 - + Issued by: - + Unit Name: %1 @@ -6697,7 +6811,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl WASAPISystem - + Default Device diff --git a/src/mumble/mumble_es.ts b/src/mumble/mumble_es.ts index 37e373ddd..50f8d264c 100644 --- a/src/mumble/mumble_es.ts +++ b/src/mumble/mumble_es.ts @@ -4,113 +4,107 @@ ACLEditor - + Active ACLs LCAs activas - + Context Contexto - + User/Group Usuario/Grupo - + Permissions Permisos - - + Group Grupo - - + Members Miembros - + &Add &Agregar - + &Remove &Eliminar - + &Up &Subir - + &Down &Bajar - + Inherit ACLs Heredar LCAs - + Applies to this channel Se aplica a este canal - + Applies to sub-channels Se aplica a los subcanales - + User ID ID de usuario - + Deny Denegar - + Allow Permitir - - - + Remove Eliminar - + Inherit Heredar - + Inheritable Heredable - + Inherited Heredado - - - + Add Agregar @@ -119,12 +113,12 @@ Agregar a Eliminar - + &Groups &Grupos - + &ACL &LCA @@ -153,79 +147,78 @@ Este botón cancelará todos los cambios y cerrará el cuadro de diálogo sin actualizar las LCAs o los grupos en el servidor. - + List of entries Lista de entradas - + <b>Inherited</b><br>This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. <b>Heredado</b><br>Indica que el grupo fue heredado del canal padre. No se puede editar este atributo, sólo es informativo. - Properties - Propiedades + Propiedades - + Name Nombre - + Enter the channel name here. Introduzca el nombre del canal aquí. - + <b>Name</b><br>Enter the channel name in this field. The name has to comply with the restriction imposed by the server you are connected to. <b>Nombre</b><br>Introduzca el nombre del canal en este campo. El nombre debe cumplir con la restricción impuesta por el servidor al que está conectado. - + Description Descripción - + Password Contraseña - + Enter the channel password here. Introduzca la contraseña del canal aquí. - + <b>Password</b><br>This field allows you to easily set and change the password of a channel. In the background it uses Mumble's access tokens feature. To allow more fine grained and powerful access control directly use ACLs and groups instead (<i>Advanced configuration</i> has to be checked to be able to see these settings). <b>Contraseña</b><br>Este campo le permite establecer y cambiar fácilmente la contraseña de un canal. Internamente se usa la funcionalidad de credenciales de acceso de Mumble. Para un control de acceso más potente y preciso use directamente LCAs y grupos en vez de ésto (Debe estar activada <i>Configuración avanzada</i> para que pueda ver estas opciones). - + Check to create a temporary channel. Actívelo para crear un canal temporal. - + <b>Temporary</b><br> When checked the channel created will be marked as temporary. This means when the last player leaves it the channel will be automatically deleted by the server. <b>Temporal</b><br> Cuando se activa el canal que se cree se marcará como temporal. Ésto significa que el canal será borrado automáticamente por el servidor cuando el último jugador lo abandone. - + Temporary Temporal - + Channel positioning facility value Valor para el posicionamiento del canal - + <b>Position</b><br/> This value enables you to change the way Mumble arranges the channels in the tree. A channel with a higher <i>Position</i> value will always be placed below one with a lower value and the other way around. If the <i>Position</i> value of two channels is equal they will get sorted alphabetically by their name. <b>Position</b><br/> @@ -234,12 +227,12 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre Este valor le permite cambiar la forma en que Mumble ordena los canales en el árbol. Un canal con un valor de <i>Posición</i> mayor será colocado debajo de aquellos con un valor de posición menor y viceversa. Si el valor de <i>Posición</i> de dos canales es el mismo, se ordenarán alfabéticamente según su nombre. - + Position Posición - + <b>Group</b><br> These are all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. <b>Group</b><br> @@ -248,221 +241,221 @@ This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, Éstos son todos los grupos definidos actualmente para el canal. Para crear un nuevo grupo, tan sólo escriba el nombre y presione intro. - + Add new group Agregar nuevo grupo - + <b>Add</b><br/> Add a new group. <b>Agregar</b><br/> Agrega un nuevo grupo. - + <b>Remove</b><br>This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. <b>Eliminar</b><br>Elimina el grupo actualmente seleccionado. Si el grupo fue heredado, no se eliminará de la lista, pero toda la información sobre el grupo se borrará. - + <b>Inherit</b><br>This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. <b>Heredar</b><br>Hereda todos los miembros del grupo del padre, si el grupo está marcado como <i>Heredable</i> en el canal padre. - + <b>Inheritable</b><br>This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. <b>Heredable</b><br>Hace este grupo heredable a los subcanales. Si el grupo no es heredable, los subcaneles son libres de crear un nuevo grupo con el mismo nombre. - + Inherited members Miembros heredados - + Contains the list of members added to the group by this channel. Contiene la lista de miembros agregados al grupo por este canal. - + <b>Members</b><br> This list contains all members that were added to the group by the current channel. Be aware that this does not include members inherited by higher levels of the channel tree. These can be found in the <i>Inherited members</i> list. To prevent this list to be inherited by lower level channels uncheck <i>Inheritable</i> or manually add the members to the <i>Excluded members</i> list. <b>Mienbros</b><br> Esta lista contiene todos los miembros que fueron agregados al grupo por el canal actual. Sepa que ésto no incluye los miembros heredados por niveles superiores del árbol de canales. Éstos pueden encontrarse en la lista <i>miembros heredados</i>. Para impedir que esta lista sea heredada por los canales de nivel inferior desmarque <i>Heredable</i> o agregue manualmente los miembros a la lista <i>Miembros excluidos</i>. - + Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. Contiene una lista con los miembros cuya pertenencia al grupo no será heredada desde el canal padre. - + <b>Excluded members</b><br> Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. <b>Miembros excluidos</b><br> Contiene una lista con los miembros cuya pertenencia al grupo no será heredada desde el canal padre. - + Contains the list of members inherited by other channels. Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por otros canales. - + <b>Inherited members</b><br> Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i>Inherit</i> to prevent inheritance from higher level channels. <b>Miembros heredados</b><br> Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i>Heredar</i> para impedir la herencia desde canales de nivel superior. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to add to the group and click Add. Escriba el nombre de un usuario que desee agregar al grupo y haga click en Agregar. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to remove from the group and click Add. Escriba el nombre de un usuario que desee eliminar del grupo y haga click en Agregar. - + Exclude Excluir - + Excluded members Miembros excluidos - + Inherit ACL of parent? ¿Heredar LCA del padre? - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. Establece si la LCA de la cadena de canales padre se aplican a este objeto o no. Sólo se heredarán aquellas entradas que estén marcadas en el padre con "Aplicar a Subcanales". - + Add new entry Agregar nueva entrada - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. Agrega una nueva entrada, inicialmente establecida sin permisos y aplicándose a todo. - + Remove entry Eliminar entrada - + This removes the currently selected entry. Elimina la entrada actualmente seleccionada. - + Move entry up Mover entrada hacia arriba - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. Mueve la entrada hacia arriba en la lista. Ya que las entradas se evalúan en orden, esto podría cambiar los permisos efectivos de los usuarios. No puede mover una entrada por encima de una entrada heredada. Si realmente necesita hacer eso, tendrá que duplicar la entrada heredada. - + Move entry down Mover entrada hacia abajo - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. Mueve la entrada hacia abajo en la lista. Ya que las entradas se evalúan en orden, esto podría cambiar los permisos efectivos de los usuarios. - + Entry should apply to this channel. La entrada debería aplicarse a este canal. - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. Hace que la entrada se aplique a este canal. - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. La entrada debería aplicarse a los subcanales. - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. Hace que la entrada se aplique a los subcanales de este canal. - + Group this entry applies to Grupo al que se aplica esta entrada - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a '!', its membership is negated, and if it starts with a '~', it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in.<br />If a group name starts with a '#', it is interpreted as an access token. Users must have entered whatever follows the '#' in their list of access tokens to match. This can be used for very simple password access to channels for non-authenticated users.<br />If a group name starts with a '$', it will only match users whose certificate hash matches what follows the '$'.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for '<i>sub,0,0,0</i>').<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for '<i>!sub,0,0,0</i>').<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. Controla a que grupo de usuarios se aplica esta entrada.<br />Preste atención a que el grupo se evalúa en el contexto del canal en el que se usa la entrada. Por ejemplo, la LCA en el canal Raíz da el permiso <i>Escritura</i> al grupo <i>admin</i>. Esta entrada, si es heredada por un canal, dará al usuario privilegios de escritura si pertenece al grupo <i>admin</i> en ese canal, incluso si no pertence al grupo <i>admin</i> en el canal donde la LCA se originó. <br />Si un nombre de grupo comienza por '!', se niega su pertenencia, y si comienza por '~', se evalúa en el canal en el que la LCA se definió, en vez de en el canal en el que la LCA está activa.<br />Si un nombre de un grupo comienza por '#', se interpreta como una credencial de acceso. Los usuarios deben haber introducido lo que siga al '#' en su lista de credenciales de acceso para que se consideren como coincidentes. Ésto puede usarse como un control de acceso a canales muy simple para usuarios sin autenticar.<br />Si un nombre de grupo comienza por '$', sólo se aplicará a los usuarios cuyo certificado tenga un resúmen que coincida con lo que siga al '$'.<br/>Algunos grupos especiales predefinidos son:<br /><b>all</b> - Representa a todos los usuarios.<br /><b>auth</b> - Representa a todos los usuarios autenticados.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - Representa a un usuario en un subcanal con un mínimo de <i>a</i> padres comunes, y entre <i>b</i> y <i>c</i> canales por debajo en la cadena. Vea nuestro sitio web para una documentación más extensa acerca de éste.<br /><b>in</b> - Representa a los usuarios actualmente en el canal (abreviatura de <i>sub,0,0,0</i>).<br /><b>out</b> - Representa los usuarios fuera del canal (abreviatura de <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Fíjese en que una entrada se aplica o a un usuario o a un grupo, no a ambos. - + User this entry applies to Usuario al que se aplica esta entrada - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. Controla a qué usuario se le aplica esta entrada. Tan sólo escriba el nombre del usuario y pulse intro para buscar una correspondencia en el servidor. - + Allow %1 Permitir %1 - + Deny %1 Denegar %1 - + Mumble - Add channel Mumble - Agregar canal - - + + Failed: Invalid channel Falló: Canal inválido - + Mumble - Edit %1 Mumble - Editar %1 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Concede el privilegio %1. Si un privilegio es permitido y denegado a la vez, entonces es denegado.<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Revoca el privilegio %1. Si un privilegio es permitido y denegado a la vez, entonces es denegado.<br />%2 - + List of groups Lista de grupos @@ -471,7 +464,7 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Estos son todos los grupos actualmente definidos para el canal. Para crear un nuevo grupo, tan sólo escriba el nombre y presione intro. - + Remove selected group Elimina el grupo seleccionado @@ -480,7 +473,7 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Elimina el grupo actualmente seleccionado. Si el grupo fue heredado, no se eliminará de la lista, pero toda la información sobre el grupo se borrará. - + Inherit group members from parent Heredar miembros del grupo del padre @@ -489,7 +482,7 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Hereda todos los miembros del grupo del padre, si el grupo está marcado como <i>Heredable</i> en el canal padre. - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels Hace al grupo heredable a los subcanales @@ -498,7 +491,7 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Hace este grupo heredable a los subcanales. Si el grupo no es heredable, los subcaneles son libres de crear un nuevo grupo con el mismo nombre. - + Group was inherited from parent channel El grupo fue heredado del canal padre @@ -507,7 +500,7 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Indica que el grupo fue heredado del canal padre. No se puede editar este atributo, sólo es informativo. - + Add member to group Agregar miembro al grupo @@ -516,7 +509,7 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Escriba el nombre de un jugador que desee agregar al grupo y presione intro. - + Remove member from group Eliminar miembro del grupo @@ -541,7 +534,7 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Controla a que grupo de usuarios se aplica esta entrada.<br />Preste atención a que el grupo se evalúa en el contexto del canal en el que se usa la entrada. Por ejemplo, la LCA en el canal Raíz da el permiso <i>Escritura</i> al grupo <i>admin</i>. Esta entrada, si es heredada por un canal, dará al usuario privilegios de escritura si pertenece al grupo <i>admin</i> en ese canal, incluso si no pertence al grupo <i>admin</i> en el canal donde la LCA se originó. <br />Si un nombre de grupo comienza por !, se niega su pertenencia, y si comienza por ~, se evalúa en el canal en el que la LCA se definió, en vez de en el canal en el que la LCA está activa. El orden es importante; <i>!~in</i> es válido, pero <i>~!in</i> no lo es.<br/>Algunos grupos especiales predefinidos son:<br /><b>all</b> - Representa a todos los usuarios.<br /><b>auth</b> - Representa a todos los usuarios autenticados.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - Representa a un usuario en un subcanal con un mínimo de <i>a</i> padres comunes, y entre <i>b</i> y <i>c</i> canales por debajo en la cadena. Vea nuestro sitio web para una documentación más extensa acerca de éste.<br /><b>in</b> - Representa a los usuarios actualmente en el canal (abreviatura de <i>sub,0,0,0</i>).<br /><b>out</b> - Representa los usuarios fuera del canal (abreviatura de <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Fíjese en que una entrada se aplica o a un usuario o a un grupo, no a ambos. - + Dialog Diálogo @@ -554,20 +547,25 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Escriba el nombre de un jugador que desee eliminar del grupo y haga click en Agregar. - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. Muestra todas las entradas activas en este canal. Las entradas heredadas de los canales padre se mostrarán en cursiva.<br />Las LCAs se evalúan de arriba a abajo, lo que significa que la prioridad aumenta al desplazarse hacia abajo en la lista. + + + &Properties + + ALSAAudioInput - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 Falló la apertura de la entrada ALSA elegida: %1 - + Default ALSA Card Tarjeta ALSA por defecto @@ -575,12 +573,12 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> ALSAAudioOutput - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 Falló la apertura de la salida ALSA elegida: %1 - + Default ALSA Card Tarjeta ALSA por defecto @@ -651,32 +649,32 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> ASIOConfig - + Device selection Selección del dispositivo - + Capabilities Capacidades - + Buffer size Tamaño del búfer - + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. Configura los canales de entrada para ASIO. Asegúrese de seleccionar al menos un canal como micrófono y altavoz. <i>Micrófono</i> debería ser al que está conectado su micrófono, y <i>Altavoz</i> debería ser un canal que muestree <i>lo que oye</i>.<br />Por ejemplo, para Audigy 2 ZS, una buena selección para Micrófono sería <i>Mic L</i> mientras que Altavoz debería ser <i>Mix L</i> y <i>Mix R</i>. - + Channels Canales - + Configure input channels Configurar canales de entrada @@ -685,42 +683,42 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Configura los canales de entrada para ASIO. Asegúrese de seleccionar al menos un canal como micrófono y altavoz. <i>Micrófono</i> debería ser al que está conectado su micrófono, y <i>Altavoz</i> debería ser un canal que muestree "Lo que oye".<br />Por ejemplo, para Audigy 2 ZS, una buena selección para Micrófono sería "Mic L" mientras que Altavoz debería ser "Mix L" y "Mix R" - + Device to use for microphone Dispositivo a usar para el micrófono - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. Elige qué dispositivo consultar. Aún debe consultar realmente el dispositivo y seleccionar qué canales usar. - + Device Dispositivo - + Query selected device Consulta el dispositivo seleccionado - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Consulta el dispositivo seleccionado en busca de canales. Sepa que muchos controladores ASIO son extremadamente defectuosos, y consultarlos podría bloquear la aplicación o el sistema. - + Configure selected device Configura el dispositivo seleccionado - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Configura el dispositivo seleccionado. Sepa que muchos controladores ASIO son extremadamente defectuosos, y consultarlos podría bloquear la aplicación o el sistema. - + Driver name Nombre del controlador @@ -729,29 +727,27 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Tamaño del búfer - + Microphone Micrófono - - + <- <- - - + -> -> - + Unused Sin usar - + Speakers Altavoces @@ -768,53 +764,53 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> %1 ms -> %2 ms (resolución %3 ms) %4Hz -- Inutilizable - + %1 (version %2) %1 (versión %2) - + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5Hz Búfer de %1 -> %2 muestras, con resolución de %3 muestras (se prefieren %4) a %5Hz - - - - + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 Falló la inicialización de ASIO: %1 - + ASIO ASIO - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver No se pudo instanciar el controlador ASIO - + &Query &Consultar - + &Configure &Configurar - + Form Formulario @@ -830,18 +826,18 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> ASIOInput - - + + Mumble Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. Debe seleccionar al menos un micrófono y una fuente altavoz para usar ASIO. Si sólo necesita el muestreo del micrófono, use DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. Falló la apertura del dispositivo ASIO seleccionado. No se realizará ninguna entrada. @@ -853,17 +849,17 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> <h3>Mumble v1.0.0</h3><p>Copyright 2005-2006 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p>Traducción al español por Álvaro M. Recio Pérez<br />naproxeno@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Una utilidad de charla por voz para jugadores</b></p><p><tt>http://mumble.sourceforge.net/</tt></p> - + &About Mumble &Acerca de Mumble - + &License &Licencia - + OK Aceptar @@ -876,12 +872,12 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> <h3>Mumble v%1</h3><p>Copyright 2005-2008 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p>Traducción al español por Álvaro M. Recio Pérez<br />naproxeno@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Una utilidad de charla por voz para jugadores</b></p><p><tt>http://mumble.sourceforge.net/</tt></p> - + About Mumble Acerca de Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p>Traducción al español por Álvaro M. Recio Pérez<br />naproxeno@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Una utilidad de charla por voz para jugadores</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> @@ -889,7 +885,7 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> AboutSpeexDialog - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%1">%1</a></tt></p><p>This program uses SpeexDSP.</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering and voice activity detection.</p> <h3>Acerca de Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%1">%1</a></tt></p><p>Este programa usa SpeexDSP</p><p>Speex se usa para cancelación de eco, filtrado de<br />ruido y detección de actividad vocal</p> @@ -898,12 +894,12 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> <h3>Acerca de Speex</h3><p><tt>http://www.speex.org/</tt></p><p>Este programa usa Speex versión %1</p><p>Speex se usa para cancelación de eco, filtrado de<br />ruido, detección de actividad vocal y compresión del<br />habla.</p> - + OK Aceptar - + About Speex Acerca de Speex @@ -1330,42 +1326,42 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> AudioInput - + Form Formulario - + Interface Interfaz - + System Sistema - + Input method for audio Método de entrada para el audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Éste es el método de entrada a usar para el audio.</b><br />Muy probablemente desee utilizar DirectSound. - + Device Dispositivo - + Input device for audio Dispositivo de salida para el audio - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> <b>Éste es el dispositivo de salida a usar para el audio.</b> @@ -1374,51 +1370,50 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Cancelación de eco - + Transmission Transmisión - + &Transmit &Transmitir - + When to transmit your speech Cuándo transmitir su habla - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. <b>Establece cuándo debería transmitirse el habla.</b><br /><i>Contínuo</i> - Todo el tiempo<br /><i>Actividad Vocal</i> - Cuando está hablando claramente.<br /><i>Presionar Para Hablar</i> - Cuando presiona la tecla establecida en <i>Métodos abreviados</i>. - + DoublePush Time Tiempo para DoblePulsación - TextLabel - EtiquetaDeTexto + EtiquetaDeTexto Audible audio cue when push-to-talk pressed and released Indicación de audio sonora cuando se presione o suelte presionar-para-hablar (PTT) - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. <b>Habilita las indicaciones de audio para presionar para hablar.</b><br />Si se activa, se produciran pitidos cortos de audio cuando se presione o suelte presionar para hablar. - + PTT Audio cue Indicación de audio PTT - + Use SNR based speech detection Usar detección basada en SNR @@ -1427,42 +1422,42 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> <b>Establece el uso de la relación señal/ruido para la detección vocal.</b><br />En este modo, se analiza la entrada en busca de algo que parezca una señal clara, y la clarida de la señal se usa para provocar la detección vocal. - + Signal to Noise Señal/ruido - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. Usar detección vocal basada en la amplitud. - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. <b>Establece el uso de la amplitud para la detección vocal.</b><br />En este modo, se usa la intensidad de la señal de entrada para detectar el habla. - + Amplitude Amplitud - + Voice &Hold &Persistencia de la voz - + How long to keep transmitting after silence Cuánto tiempo continuar transmitiendo tras un silencio - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>Selecciona cuánto tiempo debería continuar la transmisión tras una detección percibida en el habla.</b>Auméntelo si su voz es interrumpida mientras habla (observable por un icono de voz parpadeando rápidamente junto a su nombre).<br />Sólo tiene sentido cuando se usa con la transmisión por Actividad Vocal. - + Silence Below Silencio por debajo de @@ -1471,38 +1466,37 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Los valores de la señal por debajo de éste se consideran como silencio - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. <b>Establece los valores que provocaran la detección vocal.</b><br />Use ésto junto con la ventana la ventana de estadísticas del audio para ajustar manualmente los valores que provocan la detección del habla. Los valores de entrada por debajo del "Silencio por debajo de" siempre se consideran como silencio. Los valores por encima del "Habla por encima de" siempre se consideran como voz. Los valores intermedios se considerarán como voz si usted ya estaba hablando, pero no provocarán una nueva detección. - + Speech Above Habla por encima de - + Signal values above this count as voice Los valores de la señal por encima de éste se consideran como voz - + Compression Compresión - + &Quality &Calidad - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) Calidad de la compresión (ancho de banda máximo) - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. <b>Establece la calidad de compresión.</b><br />Esto determina cuánto ancho de banda se le permite usar a Mumble para el audio saliente. @@ -1519,17 +1513,17 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> <b>Establece la complejidad de la compresión.</b><br />Esto determina cuánta CPU se le permite usar a Mumble para incrementer la calidad de la voz transmitida. Valores por encima de 5 proporcionan sólo una ganancia marginal. - + Audio per packet Audio por paquete - + How many audio frames to send per packet Cuántas tramas de audio enviar por paquete - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>Selecciona cuántas tramas de audio deberían insertarse en un paquete.</b><br />Aumentar esto incrementará la latencia de su voz, pero también reducirá los requisitos de ancho de banda. @@ -1538,22 +1532,22 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Ancho de banda máximo usado para el audio enviado - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). <b>Muestra el ancho de banda máximo empleado.</b><br />Esto muestra la cantidad máxima de ancho de banda enviado desde su máquina. Velocidad de transmisión del audio es la velocidad de transmisión máxima (ya que se usa VBR) únicamente para los datos de audio. Posición es la velocidad de transmisión usada para información posicional. Sobrecarga son las cabeceras de nuestras tramas y de los paquetes IP (IP y UDP son el 75% de esta sobrecarga). - + Audio Processing Procesamiento del audio - + Noise Suppression Supresión de ruido - + Noise suppression Supresión de ruido @@ -1562,173 +1556,172 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> <b>Establece la cantidad de supresión de ruido a aplicar.<b><br />Cuanto más alto sea este valor, mas agresivamente se suprimirá el ruido estacionario. - + Amplification Amplificación - + Maximum amplification of input sound Amplificación máxima del sonido de entrada - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. <b>Amplificación máxima de la entrada.</b><br />Mumble normaliza el volumen de entrada antes de la compresión, y esto establece cuánto se le permite amplificar.<br />El nivel real se actualiza continuamente basado en su patrón de habla actual, pero nunca sobrepasará el nivel especificado aquí.<br />Si el nivel de <i>Volumen del Micrófono</i> de las estadísticas de audio ronda el 100%, probablemente desee establecer esto alrededor de 2.0, pero si, como la mayoría de la gente, no consigue alcanzar 100%, establezca esto a algo mucho mayor.<br />Idealmente, fíjelo de tal forma que <i>Volumen del Micrófono * Factor de Amplificación >= 100</i>, incluso cuando hable realmente bajo.<br /><br />Fíjese en que no es perjudicial establecer esto al máximo, pero Mumble comenzará a captar otras conversaciones si lo deja autoajustarse a ese nivel. - + Current speech detection chance Probabilidad actual de detección del habla - + Cancel echo from speakers Cancelar el eco de los altavoces - + Enabling this will cancel the echo from your speakers. Mixed has low CPU impact, but only works well if your speakers are equally loud and equidistant from the microphone. Multichannel echo cancellation provides much better echo cancellation, but at a higher CPU cost. Activar ésto cancelará el eco de sus altavoces. Mezclado tien un impacto bajo en la CPU, pero sólo funciona bien si sus altavoces están al mismo volúmen y son equidistantes al micrófono. La cancelación del eco multicanal proporciona mejor cancelación de eco, pero a un coste de CPU mayor. - + Disabled Deshabilitado - + Mixed Mezclado - + Multichannel Multicanal - + Echo Eco - + If you press the PTT key twice in this time it will get locked. Si presiona la tecla PTT dos veces durante este tiempo, ésta quedará bloqueada. - + <b>DoublePush Time</b><br />If you press the push-to-talk key twice during the configured interval of time it will be locked. Mumble will keep transmitting until you hit the key once more to unlock PTT again. <b>Tiempo para DoblePulsación</b><br />Si presiona la tecla presionar-para-hablar dos veces durante el intervalo de tiempo configurado, ésta quedará bloqueada. Mumble seguirá transmitiendo hasta que presione la tecla una vez más para desbloquear PTT otra vez. - + Gets played when the PTT button is pressed Se reproduce cuando se presiona el botón PTT - + Gets played when the PTT button is released Se reproduce cuando se suelta el botón PTT - + Reset audio cue to default Reinicial la indicación sonora al valor por defecto - + <b>Reset</b><br/>Reset the paths for the files to their default. <b>Reiniciar</b><br/>Reinicia las rutas de los ficheros a sus valores por defecto. - + Reset Reiniciar - + Browse for on audio file Selecciona un archivo de audio para asignarlo a la activación - - + Browse Seleccionar - + Browse for off audio file Selecciona un archivo de audio para asignarlo a la desactivación - + Off Al desactivar - + On Al activar - + Preview the audio cues Reproducir las notificaciones sonoras - + <b>Preview</b><br/>Plays the current <i>on</i> soundfile followed by the current <i>off</i> soundfile. <b>Reproducir</b><br/>Reproduce el archivo de audio <i>al activar</i> actual seguido del archivo de audio <i>al desactivar</i> actual. - + Preview Reproducir - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated Indicación de audio sonora cuando se active o desactive presionar-para-hablar (PTT) - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. <b>Establece el uso de la relación señal/ruido para la detección vocal.</b><br />En este modo, se analiza la entrada en busca de algo que parezca una señal clara, y la clarida de la señal se usa para provocar la detección vocal. - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Muestra las opciones actuales de detección del habla.</b><br />Puede cambiar las opciones desde el cuadro de diálogo Opciones o desde el Asistente de audio. - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be suppressed. <b>Establece la cantidad de supresión de ruido a aplicar.<b><br />Cuanto más alto sea este valor, mas agresivamente se suprimirá el ruido estacionario. - + Idle AutoMute Inactividad para AutoEnmudecer - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. Cuánto tiempo debe permanecer inactivo antes de auto-enmudecer. - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. Establece un temporizador de inactividad. Si el temporizador expira sin que se haya enviado audio, se le enmudecerá. - + Signal values below this count as silence Los valores de la señal por debajo de éste se consideran como silencio - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio Ancho de banda máximo usado para enviar audio @@ -1737,7 +1730,7 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> <b>Establece la cantidad de supresión de ruido a aplicar.<b><br />Cuanto más alto sea este valor, mas agresivamente se suprimirá el ruido estacionario. - + Server maximum network bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Audio quality auto-adjusted to %2 kbit/s (%3ms) El ancho de banda máximo del servidor es sólo %1 kbit/s. Se ha ajustado automáticamente la calidad a %2 kbit/s (%3ms) @@ -1745,65 +1738,66 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> AudioInputDialog - + Continuous Contínuo - + Voice Activity Actividad Vocal - + Push To Talk Presionar Para Hablar - + Audio Input Entrada de audio - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - + + + Off Desconectado - + %1 s %1 s - + %1 kb/s %1 kb/s - + -%1 dB -%1 dB - - %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) - %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Posición %4, Sobrecarga %3) + + %1 kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Posición %4, Sobrecarga %3) - + CELT CELT - + Speex Speex @@ -1812,7 +1806,7 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> %1kbit/s (Audio %2, Posición %4, Sobrecarga %3) - + %1 min %1 min @@ -1820,88 +1814,87 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> AudioOutput - + Form Formulario - + Interface Interfaz - + System Sistema - + Output method for audio Método de salida para el audio - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Éste es el método de salida a usar para el audio.</b><br />Muy probablemente desee utilizar DirectSound. - + Device Dispositivo - + Output device for audio Dispositivo de salida para el audio - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> <b>Éste es el dispositivo de salida a usar para el audio.</b> - - + Positional Audio Audio posicional - + Audio Output Salida de audio - + Default &Jitter Buffer Búfer de &fluctuación por defecto - + Safety margin for jitter buffer Márgen de seguridad para el búfer de fluctuación - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. <b>Establece el márgen de seguridad máximo para el búfer de fluctuación.</b><br />Todo el audio entrante es almacenado en un búfer, y el búfer de fluctuación trata de forzar continuamente a este búfer al mínimo sostenible por su red, para que la latencia sea tan baja como sea posible. Ésto establece el tamaño mínimo de búfer a usar. Si el comienzo de las frases que oye es muy tembloroso, aumente este valor. - + Minimum distance to user before sound volume decreases Distancia mínima al usuario antes de que el sonido disminuya - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other users' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. Establece la distancia mínima para cálculos de sonido. El volumen del habla de otros usuarios no disminuirá hasta que estén al menos a esta distancia de ti. - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other users' speech volume will not decrease any further. Establece la distancia máxima para cálculos de sonido. Cuando estén más lejos que esto, el volumen del habla de otros usuarios no disminuirá más. - + <b>This enables one of the loopback test modes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other users will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. <b>Activa uno de los modos de prueba de bucle de retorno.</b><br /><i>Ninguno</i> - Bucle de retorno desactivado<br /><i>Local</i> - Emula un servidor local.<br /><i>Servidor</i> - Solicita un bucle de retorno desde el servidor.<br />Por favor, fíjese en que cuando está activado el modo de bucle de retorno, ningún otro usuario oirá su voz. Esta opción no se guarda al salir de la aplicación. @@ -1910,27 +1903,27 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> EtiquetaDeTexto - + Volume Volúmen - + Volume of incoming speech Volúmen del habla entrante - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. <b>Ajusta el volúmen del habla entrante.</b><br />Fíjese en que si incrementa esto por encima de 100%, se distorsionará el audio. - + Output Delay Retraso de salida - + Amount of data to buffer Cantidad de datos a almacenar @@ -1971,7 +1964,7 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Atenuación - + Factor for sound volume decrease Factor para la disminución del volumen del sonido @@ -1980,28 +1973,28 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Cuán rápido debería disminuir el volumen del sonido cuando pase más allá de la distancia mínima. Lo normal (1.0) es que el volumen del sonido disminuya la mitad cada vez que la distancia se doble. Aumentar este valor quiere decir que el volumen disminuye más rápidamente, mientras que reducirlo quiere decir que disminuye más lentamente. - + Bloom Bloom - + Minimum Volume Volúmen mínimo - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. Establece la cantidad de datos que prealmacenar en el búfer de salida. Experimente con diferentes valores y fíjelo al más bajo que no cause ruido en el sonido. - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. Los "altavoces" conectados son en realidad auriculares - + Minimum Distance Distancia mínima @@ -2010,12 +2003,12 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Distancia mínima al jugador antes de que el sonido disminuya - + Maximum Distance Distancia máxima - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease Distancia máxima, más allá de la cual el volúmen del habla no disminuirá @@ -2024,53 +2017,53 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Establece la distancia máxima para cálculos de sonido. Cuando estén más lejos que esto, el volumen del habla de otros jugadores no disminuirá más. - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? ¿Cuál debería ser el volúmen a la distancia máxima? - + Loopback Test Prueba de bucle de retorno - + Delay Variance Varianza del retraso - + Variance in packet latency Varianza de la latencia de los paquetes - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you to set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. <b>Establece la varianza de la latencia de los paquetes para la prueba de bucle de retorno</b><br />La mayoría de rutas de audio contienen algo de latencia variable. Esto le permite fijar esa varianza para la prueba de bucle de retorno. Por ejemplo, si fija esto a 15 ms, se emulará una red con 20-35 ms de latencia de ping u 80-95 ms de latencia. La mayoría de conexiones de red domésticas tienen una variancia de unos 5 ms. - + Packet Loss Pérdida de paquetes - + Packet loss for loopback mode Pérdida de paquetes para el modo de bucle de retorno - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% <b>Establece la pérdida de paquetes para el modo de bucle de retorno.</b><br />Ésta será la tasa de paquetes perdidos. A menos que su ancho de banda de salida haya alcanzado el máximo o haya algún problema con su conexión, ésta será siempre 0% - + &Loopback &Bucle de retorno - + Desired loopback mode Modo de bucle de retorno deseado @@ -2079,12 +2072,12 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> <b>Activa uno de los modos de prueba de bucle de retorno.</b><br /><i>Ninguno</i> - Bucle de retorno desactivado<br /><i>Local</i> - Emula un servidor local.<br /><i>Servidor</i> - Solicita un bucle de retorno desde el servidor.<br />Por favor, fíjese en que cuando está activado el modo de bucle de retorno, ningún otro jugador oirá su voz. Esta opción no se guarda al salir de la aplicación. - + Factor for sound volume increase Factor de aumento del volumen del sonido - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? ¿Cuánto debería aumentar el sonido para fuentes que están muy cerca? @@ -2093,78 +2086,96 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Los "altavoces" conectados son en realidad auriculares. - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. Activar esto indica que no tiene altavoces conectados, sólo auriculares. Esto es importante, ya que generalmente los altavoces están situados delante de usted, mientras que los auriculares están directamente a su izquierda/derecha. - + Headphones Auriculares - + Other Applications Otras aplicaciones - + Volume of other applications during speech Volumen de otras aplicaciones durante el habla - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. <b>Baja el volumen de las otras aplicaciones durante el habla.</b><br />Mumble puede disminuir el volumen de otras aplicaciones mientras hay habla entrante. Esto establece el volumen relativo de las otras aplicaciones cuando otros estan hablando. + + + If checked Mumble also lowers the volume of other applications when you talk + + + + + Attenuate other applications while you talk + + AudioOutputDialog - + None Ninguno - + Local Local - + Server Servidor - + Audio Output Salida de audio - - + + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - - - + + + + + + %1 % + + + + + + %1 m + + + %1% - %1% + %1% - %1ms - %1ms + %1ms - - %1m - %1m + %1m %1 @@ -2174,17 +2185,17 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> AudioOutputSample - + Choose sound file Elija el archivo de sonido - + Invalid sound file Archivo de sonido inválido - + The file '%1' cannot be used by Mumble. Please select a file with a compatible format and encoding. El archivo '%1' no puede ser usado por Mumble. Por favor, seleccione un archivo con un formato y codificación compatible. @@ -2192,17 +2203,17 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> AudioStats - + Peak microphone level Nivel máximo del micrófono - + Peak speaker level Nivel máximo de los altavoces - + Peak clean level Nivel limpio máximo @@ -2215,7 +2226,7 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Señal/Ruido del micrófono - + Speech Probability Probabilidad de habla @@ -2224,9 +2235,7 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Velocidad de transmisión del audio - - - + Peak power in last frame Potencia máxima en la última trama @@ -2235,12 +2244,12 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Muestra la potencia máxima en la última trama (20 ms), y es la misma medida que generalmente encontrará mostrada como "potencia de entrada". Por favor, no haga caso a esto y vea <b>Intensidad</b> en su lugar, que es mucho más estable e ignora las muestras extremas. - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. Muestra la potencia máxima de los altavoces en la última trama (20 ms). A menos que esté usando un método de muestreo multi-canal (como ASIO) con los canales de altavoces configurados, esto será 0. Si ha configurado una instalación de este tipo, y esto aún muestra 0 mientras se reproduce audio de otros programas, su instalación no está funcionando. - + How close the current input level is to ideal Cuán próximo al ideal está el nivel de entrada actual @@ -2249,62 +2258,62 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Muestra cuán próximo al ideal está su nivel de volumen de entrada actual. Para ajustar su nivel de micrófono, abra el programa que emplea para ajustar el volumen de grabación, y observe el valor de aquí mientras habla.<br /><b>Hable alto, como lo haría cuando está enfadado por perder ante un novato.</b><br />Ajuste el volumen hasta que este valor esté próximo a 100%, pero asegúrese de que no lo sobrepasa. Si lo sobrepasa, es probable que se produzcan cortes en partes de su habla, lo que degradará la calidad de sonido - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone Tasa señal/ruido del micrófono - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. Muestra la Tasa Señal/Ruido (SNR) del micrófono en la última trama (20 ms). Muestra cuán clara es la voz en comparación con el ruido.<br />Si este valor está por debajo de 1.0, hay más ruido que voz en la señal, y por tanto se reduce la calidad.<br />No hay límite superior para este valor, pero no espere ver muy por encima de 40-50 sin un estudio de sonido. - + Probability of speech Probabilidad de habla - + Bitrate of last frame Velocidad de transmisión de la última trama - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. Esta es la velocidad de transmisión de la última trama comprimida (20 ms), y como tal aumentará y disminuirá mientras VBR ajusta la calidad. Para ajustar la velocidad de transmisión máxima, ajuste <b>Complejidad de Compresión</b> en el cuadro de diálogo Opciones. - + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses Tiempo entre las dos últimas pulsaciones de PresionarParaHablar - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate Espectro de potencia de la señal de entrada y estimación del ruido - + Weights of the echo canceller Pesos del cancelador de eco - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). Esta es la probabilidad de que la última trama (20 ms) fuera habla y no ruido ambiental.<br />La transmisión por Actividad Vocal depende de la correción de este valor. El truco de esto es que el medio de una frase se detecta siempre como habla, el problema son las pausas entre palabras y el comienzo del discurso. Es difícil distinguir un suspiro de una palabra que empiece con 'h'.<br />Si esto está en fuente negrita, significa que Mumble está transmitiendo actualmente (si está conectado). - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. Muestra la potencia máxima en la última trama (20 ms) tras todo el procesado. Idealmente, esto debería ser -96 dB cuando no esté hablando. En realidad, un estudio de sonido debería ver -60 dB, y usted debería ver en torno a -20 dB con un poco de suerte. Cuando hable, esto debería aumentar hasta un valor entre -5 y -10 dB.<br />Si está usando cancelación de eco, y esto sube a más de -15 dB cuando no está hablando, su instalación no está funcionando, y molestará con ecos a los otros usuarios. - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. Muestra el espectro de potencia de la señal de entrada actual (línea roja) y la estimación de ruido actual (relleno azul).<br />Todas las amplitudes se multiplican por 30 para mostrar las partes interesantes (cuánta más señal que ruido está presente en cada banda de onda).<br />Esto probablemente tiene interés solo si está tratando de ajustar con precisión las condiciones de ruido de su micrófono. Bajo buenas condiciones, debería haber tan sólo una pequeña palpitación de azul en la parte inferior. Si el azul sobrepasa más de la mitad del gráfico, posee un entorno seriamente ruidoso. - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. Muestra los pesos del cancelador de eco, con el tiempo incrementándose hacia abajo y la frecuencia incrementándose hacia la derecha.<br />Idealmente, esto debería ser negro, indicando que no existe eco alguno. Más comúnmente, habrá una o más bandas horizontales de color azulado que representan eco retrasado en el tiempo. Debería poder ver los pesos actualizados en tiempo real.<br />Fíjese en que mientras no haya nada a lo que cancelar el eco, no verá datos muy útiles aquí. Reproduzca algo de música y las cosas deberían estabilizarse.<br />Puede elegir ver las partes reales o imaginarias de los pesos en el dominio de la frecuencia, o de forma alternativa el módulo y la fase calculados. Lo más útil de estos probablemente sea el módulo, que es la amplitud del eco, y muestra cuánto de la señal saliente está siendo eliminado en este paso de tiempo. Los otros modos de visionado son útiles en su mayoría a personas que quieren ajustar los algoritmos de cancelación de eco.<br />Por favor, fíjese en que si la imagen completa fluctúa ampliamente mientras está en el modo módulo, el cancelador de eco no logra encontrar ninguna correlación entre las dos fuentes de entrada (altavoces y micrófono). O tiene un retraso muy largo en el eco, o una de las fuentes de entrada está mal configurada. @@ -2333,22 +2342,23 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Fase - - >1000ms - >1000ms + + >1000 ms + >1000ms + >1000ms - + Audio Statistics Estadísticas del audio - + Input Levels Niveles de entrada - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. Muestra la potencia máxima en la última trama (20 ms), y es la misma medida que generalmente encontrará mostrada como "potencia de entrada". Por favor, no haga caso a ésto y vea <b>Potencia del micrófono</b> en su lugar, que es mucho más estable e ignora las muestras extremas. @@ -2357,37 +2367,37 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> EtiquetaDeTexto - + Signal Analysis Análisis de la señal - + Microphone power Potencia del micrófono - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. Muestra cuán próximo al ideal está su nivel de volumen de entrada actual. Para ajustar su nivel de micrófono, abra el programa que emplea para ajustar el volumen de grabación, y observe el valor de aquí mientras habla.<br /><b>Hable alto, como lo haría cuando está enfadado por perder ante un novato.</b><br />Ajuste el volumen hasta que este valor esté próximo a 100%, pero asegúrese de que no lo sobrepasa. Si lo sobrepasa, es probable que se produzcan cortes en partes de su habla, lo que degradará la calidad de sonido. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Relación señal/ruido - + Configuration feedback Información para la configuración - + Current audio bitrate Velocidad actual de transmisión del audio - + DoublePush interval Intervalo de DoblePulsación @@ -2396,27 +2406,27 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Tiempo entre las dos últimas pulsaciones de PresionarParaHablar - + Speech Detection Detección del habla - + Current speech detection chance Probabilidad actual de detección del habla - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Muestra las opciones actuales de detección del habla.</b><br />Puede cambiar las opciones desde el cuadro de diálogo Opciones o desde el Asistente de audio. - + Signal and noise power spectrum Espectro de potencia de la señal y el ruido - + Echo Analysis Análisis del eco @@ -2424,17 +2434,17 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard Asistente para el ajuste del audio - + Introduction Introducción - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard Bienvenido al Asistente para el ajuste del audio de Mumble @@ -2447,12 +2457,12 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Por favor, sea consciente de que mientras el asistente esté activo, el audio será redirigido localmente para permitirle escucharlo, y no se enviará al servidor. - + Finished Finalizado - + Enjoy using Mumble Disfrute usando Mumble @@ -2461,12 +2471,12 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Enhorabuena. Ahora debería estar listo para disfrutar una experiencia de sonido más rica con Mumble. - + Device selection Selección del dispositivo - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. Seleccionando el dispositivo de entrada y salida a usar con Mumble. @@ -2475,39 +2485,37 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Dispositivo de entrada - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. Éste es el dispositivo al que esta conectado su micrófono. - - + System Sistema - + Input method for audio Método de entrada para el audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Éste es el método de entrada a usar para el audio.</b><br />Muy probablemente desee utilizar DirectSound. - - + Device Dispositivo - + Input device to use Dispositivo de entrada a usar - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> <b>Selecciona qué tarjeta de sonido usar para la entrada de audio.</b> @@ -2516,37 +2524,37 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Dispositivo de salida - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. Éste es el dispositivo al que están conectados sus altavoces o auriculares. - + Output method for audio Método de salida para el audio - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Éste es el método de salida a usar para el audio.</b><br />Muy probablemente quiera utilizar DirectSound. - + Output device to use Dispositivo de salida a usar - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> <b>Selecciona qué tarjeta de sonido usar para la salida de audio.</b> - + Volume tuning Ajuste del volumen - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. Ajustando el volumen del hardware del micrófono al nivel óptimo. @@ -2559,37 +2567,37 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Hable fuerte en voz alta, como cuando está molesto o entusiasmado. Baje el volumen en el panel de control de sonido hasta que la barra de abajo permanezca, mientras habla, tan alto como sea posible en la zona azul y verde pero <b>no</b> en la zona roja. - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. Ahora hable bajito, como cuando está hablando tarde en la noche y no quiere molestar a nadie. Ajuste el control deslizante de abajo de forma que la barra alcance el verde mientras habla, pero permanezca en azul mientras guarde silencio. - + Voice Activity Detection Detección de la Actividad Vocal - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. Permitir a Mumble suponer cuándo está hablando y cuándo guarda silencio. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. Ésto ayudará a Mumble averiguar cuándo está hablando. El primer paso es seleccionar qué valor de los datos usar. - + Raw amplitude from input Amplitud sin procesar de la entrada - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Relación señal-ruiido - + Next you need to adjust the following slider. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Ahora debe ajustar los siguientes dos controles deslizantes. Las primeras palabras que diga deberían terminar en el área verde (es habla con toda certeza). Mientras habla, debería permanecer en la amarilla (podria ser habla) y cuando no esté hablando, todo deberia estar en la roja (definitivamente no es habla). @@ -2599,12 +2607,12 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Por último, debe ajustar el tiempo de gracia. Mumble puede detectar este tiempo sin habla y aún seguir transmitiendo antes de interrumpirlo. Esto le permite recobrar el aliento mientras habla. - + Device tuning Ajuste del dispositivo - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. Cambiando el retraso del hardware de salida al valor mínimo. @@ -2625,9 +2633,8 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Establece la cantidad de datos que prealmacenar en el búfer de salida. Experimente con diferentes valores y fíjelo al más bajo que no cause fluctuaciones rápidas en el sonido. - %1ms - %1ms + %1ms %1 s @@ -2650,7 +2657,7 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> No se puede determinar la ruta de audio. No se reconoce la entrada. - + Use echo cancellation Usar cancelación de eco @@ -2659,23 +2666,23 @@ Contiene la lista de miembros heredados por el canal actual. Desmarque <i> Cancelar el eco de los auriculares o altavoces. - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. Ésto habilita la cancelación de eco del audio saliente, que beneficia a altavoces y auriculares. - + Enable positional audio Habilitar audio posicional - + Allows positioning of sound Allows positioning of sound. Habilita el posicionamiento del sonido - + <p> This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. </p> @@ -2690,27 +2697,27 @@ Por favor, sepa que mientras este asistente esté activo, todo el audio será re </p> - + Input Device Dispositivo de entrada - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers Cancelar el eco de los auriculares o altavoces - + Output Device Dispositivo de salida - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. Permite a Mumble usar audio posicional para situar las voces. - + <p> To keep latency to an absolute minimum, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. </p> @@ -2727,17 +2734,17 @@ Debería oir una muestra de voz. Cambie el control deslizante de abajo al valor - + Amount of data to buffer Cantidad de datos a almacenar - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. Establece la cantidad de datos que prealmacenar en el búfer de salida. Experimente con diferentes valores y fíjelo al más bajo que no cause ruido en el sonido. - + <p> Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. </p> @@ -2754,17 +2761,17 @@ Hable fuerte en voz alta, como cuando está molesto o entusiasmado. Baje el volu - + Positional Audio Audio posicional - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. Ajustando la atenuación del audio posicional. - + <p> Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other users relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other user is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. </p> @@ -2781,12 +2788,12 @@ El gráfico de abajo muestra <font color="red">su</font> p - + Use headphones instead of speakers Usar auriculares en vez de altavoces - + <p> Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. </p> @@ -2811,7 +2818,7 @@ Mumble se encuentra en continuo desarrollo, y el equipo de desarrollo quiere cen El gráfico de abajo muestra <font color="red">su</font> posición, los <font color="yellow">altavoces</font> y una <font color="green">fuente de sonido móvil</font> vistas desde arriba. Debería oir el audio moverse entre los canales. - + Use headphones Usar auriculares @@ -2820,7 +2827,7 @@ Mumble se encuentra en continuo desarrollo, y el equipo de desarrollo quiere cen Usar auriculares en vez de altavoces. - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. Ésto hace que se ignore la configuración de altavoces del SO y configura el posicionamiento para auriculares en su lugar. @@ -2829,55 +2836,120 @@ Mumble se encuentra en continuo desarrollo, y el equipo de desarrollo quiere cen Mumble se encuentra en continuo desarrollo, y el equipo de desarrollo quiere centrarse en las características que beneficien a la mayoría de usuarios. Para ello, Mumble admite el envío de estadísticas anónimas acerca de su configuración a los desarrolladores. Dichas estadísticas son esenciales para el desarrollo futuro, y para asegurar que las características que usa no queden obsoletas. - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Enviar estadísticas anónimas al proyecto Mumble - + Push To Talk: Presionar Para Hablar: + + + Quality & Notifications + + + + + Adjust quality and notification settings. + + + + + Quality settings + + + + + Low + + + + + In this configuration Mumble will use a <b>low amount of bandwidth</b>. This will inevitable result in high latency and poor quality. Choose this only if your connection cannot handle the other settings. (Speex 16kbit/s, 60ms per packet) + + + + + Balanced + + + + + This is the <b>recommended default</b> configuration. It provides a good balance between quality, latency and bandwidth usage. (CELT 40kbit/s, 20ms per packet) + + + + + Ultra + + + + + This configuration is only recommended for use in setups where bandwidth is not an issue like a LAN. It provides the lowest latency supported by Mumble and <b>high quality</b>. (CELT 72kbit/s, 10ms per packet) + + + + + Notification settings + + + + + Use Text-To-Speech to read notifications and messages to you. + + + + + Disable Text-To-Speech and use sounds instead. + + + + + %1 ms + + BanEditor - + Reason Motivo - + Start Inicio - + End Fin - + User Usuario - + Hash Resúmen - + &Add &Agregar - + &Update A&ctualizar - + &Remove &Eliminar @@ -2906,7 +2978,7 @@ Mumble se encuentra en continuo desarrollo, y el equipo de desarrollo quiere cen Este botón cancelará todos los cambios y cerrá el cuadro de diálogo sin actualizar las LCAs o los grupos en el servidor. - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - Editar prohibiciones @@ -2915,12 +2987,12 @@ Mumble se encuentra en continuo desarrollo, y el equipo de desarrollo quiere cen 0.0.0.0 - + &Address &Dirección - + &Mask &Máscara @@ -2928,27 +3000,27 @@ Mumble se encuentra en continuo desarrollo, y el equipo de desarrollo quiere cen CertView - + Name Nombre - + Email Correo electrónico - + Issuer Emisor - + (none) (ninguno) - + Self-signed Autofirmado @@ -2956,67 +3028,67 @@ Mumble se encuentra en continuo desarrollo, y el equipo de desarrollo quiere cen CertWizard - + Resolving domain %1. Resolviendo el dominio %1. - + Unable to validate email.<br />Enter a valid (or blank) email to continue. No se pudo validar el correo electrónico.<br />Introduzca una dirección de correo electrónico válida (o en blanco) para continuar. - + There was an error generating your certificate.<br />Please try again. Hubo un error al generar su certificado.<br />Por favor, inténtelo de nuevo. - + Your certificate and key could not be exported to PKCS#12 format. There might be an error in your certificate. Su certificado y su clave no pudieron ser exportados al formato PKCS#12. Podría haber un error en su certificado. - + The file could not be opened for writing. Please use another file. No se pudo abrir el archivo para su escritura. Por favor, use otro archivo. - + The file could not be written successfully. Please use another file. El archivo no pudo ser escrito con éxito. Por favor, use otro archivo. - + The file could not be opened for reading. Please use another file. El archivo no pudo ser abierto para su lectura. Por favor, use otro archivo. - + The file is empty or could not be read. Please use another file. El archivo está vacío o no pudo ser leído. Por favor, use otro archivo. - + The file did not contain a valid certificate and key. Please use another file. El archivo no contenía un certificado y una clave válidos. Por favor, use otro archivo. - + Select file to export certificate to Seleccione el archivo al que exportar el certificado - + Select file to import certificate from Seleccione el archivo del que importar el certificado - + Unable to resolve domain. No se pudo resolver el dominio. - + Mumble User Usuario Mumble @@ -3024,7 +3096,7 @@ Mumble se encuentra en continuo desarrollo, y el equipo de desarrollo quiere cen Certificates - + Certificate Management Gestión de certificados @@ -3033,169 +3105,163 @@ Mumble se encuentra en continuo desarrollo, y el equipo de desarrollo quiere cen Abre un cuadro de diálogo de selección de archivos para que elija un archivo al que exportar el certificado. - + Certificate Authentication Autenticación con certificado - + Authenticating to servers without using passwords Autenticarse con a los servidore sin usar contraseñas - + <p>Mumble can use certificates to authenticate with servers. Using certificates avoids passwords, meaning you don't need to disclose any password to the remote site. It also enables very easy user registration.</p><p>While Mumble can work without certificates, the majority of servers will expect you to have one.</p> <p>Mumble puede usar certificados para autenticarse con los servidores. El uso de certificados evita las contraseñas, lo que significa que no necesita divulgar ninguna contraseña al sitio remoto. También posibilita un registro de usuarios muy sencillo.</p><p>Aunque Mumble puede funcionar sin certificados, la mayoría de servidores suponen que usted dispone de uno.</p> - - - + Current certificate Certificado actual - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. Este es el certificado que Mumble usa actualmente. - - + Current Certificate Certificado actual - - + Create a new certificate Crear un nuevo certificado - + This will create a new certificate. Ésto creará un nuevo certificado. - + Import certificate from file Importar certificado desde un archivo - + This will import a certificate from file. Ésto importará un certificado desde un archivo. - + Import a certificate Importar un certificado - - + Export Certificate Exportar certificado - + This will export a certificate to file. Ésto exportará un certificado a un archivo. - + Export current certificate Exportar certificado actual - + Import Certificate Importar certificado - + PKCS #12 Certificate import Importación de certificado PKCS #12 - + <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from FireFox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> <p>Mumble puede importar certificados almacenados en el formato PKCS #12. Este es el formato que se usa al exportar una clave desde Mumble, y también cuando se importan claves desde Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera, etc.</p><p>Si el archivo está protegido por contraseña, deberá introducir la contraseña para importar el certificado.</p> - + Import from Importar desde - + Filename to import from Nombre del archivo desde el que importar - + This is the filename you wish to import a certificate from. Éste es el nombre del archivo desde el que desea importar un certificado. - + Select file to import from Seleccionar el fichero desde el que importar - + This opens a file selection dialog to choose a file to import a certificate from. Abre un cuadro de diálogo de selección de archivos para elegir un archivo desde el que importar un certificado. - + Open... Abrir... - + Password Contraseña - + Password for PKCS#12 file Contraseña para el archivo PKCS#12 - + This is the password for the PKCS#12 file containing your certificate. Ésta es la contraseña para el archivo PKCS#12 que contiene su certificado. - + Certificate to import Certificado para importar - + This is the certificate you are importing. Éste es el certificado que está importando. - - + Certificate Details Detalles del certificado - + Replace Certificate Reemplazar certificado - + Replace existing certificate with new certificate? ¿Reemplazar el certificado existente con el nuevo certificado? - + <p>You already have a certificate stored in Mumble, and you are about to replace it.</p> <p>If you are upgrading to a certificate issued to you by a trusted CA and the email addresses match your current certificate, this is completely safe, and servers you connect to will automatically recognize the strong certificate for your email address. </p> @@ -3216,118 +3282,122 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be replaced. Este es el certificado que Mumble usa actualmente. Será reemplazado. - + New certificate Nuevo certificado - + This is the new certificate that will replace the old one. Éste es el nuevo certificado que reemplazará el antiguo. - - + New Certificate Nuevo certificado - + Make a backup of your certificate Hacer una copia de seguridad de su certificado - + <p>If you ever lose your current certificate, which will happen if your computer suffers a hardware failure or you reinstall your machine, you will no longer be able to authenticate to any server you are registered on. It is therefore <b>mandatory</b> that you make a backup of your certificate. We strongly recommend you store this backup on removable storage, such as an USB memory stick.</p> <p>Note that this file will not be encrypted, and if anyone gains access to it, they will be able to impersonate you, so take good care of it.</p> <p>Si alguna vez pierde su certificado actual, lo que ocurrirá si su ordenador sufre un fallo de hardware o si reinstala su máquina, no podrá autenticarse con ningún servidor en el que se haya registrado. Es por tanto <b>obligatorio</b> que haga una copia de seguridad de su certificado. Recomendamos encarecidamente que almacene esta copia de seguridad en almacenamiento extraíble, como una memoria USB.</p> <p>Fíjese en que este archivo no se encriptará, y si alguien consigue acceder a él, podrá hacerse pasar por usted, así que tenga cuidado con él.</p> - + Export to Exportar en - + Filename to export to Nombre del archivo al que exportar - + This is the filename you wish to export a certificate to. Éste es el nombre del archivo al que desea exportar el certificado. - + Save As... Guardar como... - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be exported. Éste es el certificado que Mumble usa actualmente. Será exportado. - + Generate a new certificate for strong authentication Genera un nuevo certificado para autenticación robusta - + <p>Mumble will now generate a strong certificate for authentication to servers.</p><p>If you wish, you may provide some additional information to be stored in the certificate, which will be presented to servers when you connect. If you provide a valid email address, you can upgrade to a CA issued email certificate later on, which provides strong identification.</p> <p>Mumble generará ahora un certificado robusto para la autenticación con los servidores.</p><p>Si lo desea, puede proporcionar información adicional para que se almacene en el certificado, que será presentada a los servidores cuando se conecte. Si proporciona una dirección de correo electrónico válida, puede actualizarlo posteriormente a un certificado de correo electrónico emitido por una AC, que proporciona una identificación robusta.</p> - + Name Nombre - + Email Correo electrónico - + Your email address (e.g. johndoe@mumble.info) Su dirección de correo electrónico (p.e. usuario@mumble.info) - + This is your email address. It is strongly recommended to provide a valid email address, as this will allow you to upgrade to a strong certificate without authentication problems. Ésta es su dirección de correo electrónico. Se recomienda encarecidamente que proporcione una dirección de correo electrónico válida, ya que le permitirá actualizar posteriormente su certificado a uno robusto sin que ocurran problemas de autenticación. - + Your name (e.g. John Doe) Su nombre (p.e. José Pérez) - + This is your name, and will be filled out in the certificate. This field is entirely optional. Éste es su nombre, y se usará para rellenar el certificado. Este campo es totalmente opcional. - + Finish Finalizar - + Certificate-based authentication is ready for use La autenticación basada en certificados está lista para su uso - + Enjoy using Mumble with strong authentication. Disfrute usando Mumble con autenticación robusta. + + + Automatic certificate creation + + ChanACL @@ -3368,7 +3438,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? V - + None Ninguno @@ -3377,17 +3447,17 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Escritura - + Traverse Recorrer - + Enter Ingresar - + Speak Hablar @@ -3396,7 +3466,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? HablarAlt - + Mute/Deafen Enmudecer/Ensordecer @@ -3405,132 +3475,132 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Mover/Expulsar - + Make channel Crear canal - + Make temporary Convertir en temporal - + Link channel Vincular canal - + This represents no privileges. No representa ningún privilegio. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. Representa acceso total al canal, incluyendo la habilidad de cambiar la información de grupo y LCA. Este privilegio implica los otros privilegios. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. Representa el permiso de recorrer el canal. Si se deniega este privilegio a un usuario, no podrá acceder a este canal ni ningún subcanal de ninguna forma, sin importar otros permisos en los subcanales. - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. Representa el permiso de unirse al canal. Si tiene una estructura de canales jerárquica, podría desear dar Recorrer a todos, pero restringir Ingresar en la raíz de su jerarquía. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. Representa el permiso de hablar en un canal. Los usuarios sin este privilegio serán suprimidos por el servidor (vistos como mudos), y no podrán hablar hasta que se les de voz con los privilegios adecuados. - + This represents the permission to whisper to this channel from the outside. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with the Whisper key held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. Representa el permiso de susurrar en un canal desde el exterior. Funciona exactamente como el privilegio <i>hablar</i>, pero se aplica a paquetes hablados con la tecla Susurrar pulsada. Se usa para transmitir a una jerarquía de canales sin vincular. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other users. Once muted, a user will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged user or reconnects to the server. Representa el permiso de enmudecer y ensordecer a otros usuarios. Una vez enmudecido, un jugador permanecerá enmudecido hasta que se le otorgue voz por otro usuario con privilegios o se vuelva a conectar al servidor. - + This represents the permission to move a user to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the user, either the moving user must have Move privileges in the destination channel, or the user must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Users with this privilege can move users into channels the target user normally wouldn't have permission to enter. Representa el permiso de mover a un usuario a otro canal o expulsarlo del servidor. Para mover realmente al usuario, o bien el jugador que mueve debe tener privilegios Mover/Expulsar en el canal de destino, o debe estar permitido al usuario ingresar normalmente en el canal. Los usuarios con este privilegio pueden trasladar a usuarios a canales a los que el usuarios objetivo normalmente no tendría permiso para entrar. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Representa el permiso de crear subcanales. El usuarios que crea el subcanal será agregado al grupo admin del subcanal. - + This represents the permission to make a temporary subchannel. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Temporary channels are not stored and disappear when the last user leaves. Representa el permiso de crear un subcanal temporal. El usuario que crea el subcanal se añadirá al grupo admin del subcanal. Los canales temporales no se almacenan y desaparecen cuando lo abandona el último usuario. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Users in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking user has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. Representa el permiso de vincular canales. Los usuarios en canales vinculados se oirán entre sí, siempre que el jugador que habla tenga el privilegio <i>hablar</i> en el canal del oyente. Necesita el privilegio de vincular en ambos canales para crear un vínculo, pero sólo en uno de los caneles para eliminarlo. - + This represents the permission to write text messages to other users in this channel. Representa el permiso para escribir mensajes de texto a otros usuarios en este canal. - + This represents the permission to forcibly remove users from the server. Representa el permiso para eliminar usuarios del servidor por la fuerza. - + This represents the permission to permanently remove users from the server. Representa el permiso para eliminar usuarios del servidor permanentemente. - + This represents the permission to register and unregister users on the server. Represente el permiso para registrar y borrar usuarios del servidor. - + This represents the permission to register oneself on the server. Representa el permiso para registrarse a sí mismo en el servidor. - + Whisper Susurrar - + Move Mover - + Text message Mensaje de texto - + Kick Expulsar - + Ban Prohibir - + Register User Registrar usuario - + Register Self Registrarse a sí mismo @@ -3559,7 +3629,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Representa el permiso de hablar en un canal con habla marcada. Funciona exactamente como el privilegio <i>hablar</i>, pero se aplica a paquetes hablados con PresionarParaHablarAlt pulsado. Se usa para transmitir a una jerarquía de canales sin vincular. - + Write ACL Escribir LCA @@ -3567,7 +3637,12 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ChatbarLineEdit - + + Paste and send + + + + Type chat message here Introduzca el mensaje aquí @@ -3602,37 +3677,37 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ClientUser - + Friend Amigo - + Authenticated Autenticado - + Muted (server) Mudo (servidor) - + Deafened (server) Sordo (servidor) - + Local Mute Mudo localmente - + Muted (self) Mudo (por sí mismo) - + Deafened (self) Sordo (por sí mismo) @@ -3640,13 +3715,13 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ConfigDialog - + Mumble Configuration Configuración de Mumble - - + + Advanced Avanzado @@ -3655,14 +3730,14 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &Aceptar - - + + Accept changes Aceptar cambios - - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. Este botón aceptará las opciones actuales y volverá a la aplicación.<br />Las opciones se almacenarán en el disco cuando salga de la aplicación. @@ -3671,14 +3746,14 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &Cancelar - - + + Reject changes Rechazar cambios - - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. Este botón rechazará todos los cambios y volverá a la aplicación.<br />Las opciones se restaurarán a las posiciones previas. @@ -3687,38 +3762,38 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &Aplicar - - + + Apply changes Aplicar cambios - - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. Este botón aplicará inmediatamente todos los cambios. - - + + Undo changes for current page Deshace los cambios en la página actual - - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. Este botón revertirá cualquier cambio hecho en la página actual a las opciones aplicadas mas recientemente. - - + + Restore defaults for current page Restaura las opciones por defecto en la página actual - - + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. Este boton restaurará sólo las opciones en la página actual a sus valores por defecto. No se cambiarán otras páginas.<br />Para restaurar todas las opciones a sus valores por defecto, tendrá que usar este botón en cada página. @@ -3766,8 +3841,9 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &Contraseña + &Connect - &Conectar + &Conectar Cancel @@ -3810,117 +3886,118 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &Ver página web - + Connecting to %1 Conectando a %1 - - + + Enter username Introduzca el nombre de usuario - + Adding host %1 Agregando anfitrión %1 - - + + Servername Nombre del servidor - + Hostname Nombre del anfitrión - + Bonjour name Nombre Bonjour - + Port Puerto - + Addresses Direcciones - + Website Página web - + Packet loss Pérdida de paquetes - + Ping (80%) Ping (80%) - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - + Ping (95%) Ping (95%) - + Bandwidth Ancho de banda - + %1 kbit/s %1 kbit/s - - + + &Filters + + + + + Users Usuarios - + Version Versión - Connect - Conectar + Conectar - - Add New... - Agregar nuevo... + Agregar nuevo... - Filters - Filtros + Filtros - + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list No se pudo obtener la lista de servidores @@ -3941,87 +4018,81 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? -Entrada sin nombre- - + Mumble Server Connect Conexión al servidor Mumble - + Ping Ping - + Remove from Favorites Eliminar de favoritos - Edit... - Editar... + Editar... - + Add custom server Agregar servidor personal - Add to Favorites - Agregar a favoritos + Agregar a favoritos - Open Webpage - Abrir página web + Abrir página web - Show Reachable - Mostrar alcanzables + Mostrar alcanzables - + Show all servers that respond to ping Muestra todos los servidores que responden al ping - Show Populated - Mostrar en uso + Mostrar en uso - + Show all servers with users Muestra todos los servidores con usuarios - Show All - Mostrar todos + Mostrar todos - + Show all servers Muestra todos los servidores - + &Copy &Copiar - + Copy favorite link to clipboard Copiar enlace a favorito al portapapeles - + &Paste &Pegar - + Paste favorite from clipboard Pegar favorito desde el portapapeles @@ -4041,44 +4112,80 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Update Actualizar + + + &Edit... + + + + + + &Add New... + + + + + Add to &Favorites + + + + + Open &Webpage + + + + + Show &Reachable + + + + + Show &Populated + + + + + Show &All + + ConnectDialogEdit - + Edit Server Editar servidor - + &Servername &Nombre del servidor - + Name of the server Nombre del servidor - + <b>Name</b><br/> Name of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your serverlist and can be chosen freely. <b>Nombre</b><br/> Nombre del servidor. Así es como se llamará su servidor en la lista de servidores. Puede ser elegido libremente. - + A&ddress &Dirección - + Internet address of the server. Internet address of the server. Dirección de Internet del servidor. - + <b>Address</b><br/> Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an IPv4/IPv6 address or a Bonjour service identifier. Bonjour service identifiers have to be prefixed with a '@' to be recognized by Mumble. <b>Address</b></br> @@ -4087,34 +4194,34 @@ Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an ipv4/6 address Dirección de Internet del servidor. Puede ser un nombre de anfitrión normal, una dirección IPv4/IPv6 o un identificador de servicio Bonjour. Los identificadores de servicio Bonjour deben contener el prefijo '@' para que sean reconocidos por Mumble. - + &Port &Puerto - + Port on which the server is listening Puerto en el que el servidor está escuchando - + <b>Port</b><br/> Port on which the server is listening. If the server is identified by a Bonjour service identifier this field will be ignored. <b>Puert</b><br/> Puerto en el que el servidor está escuchando. Si el servidor se identifica mediante un identificador de servicio Bonjour este campo será ignorado. - + &Username Nombre de &usuario - + Username to send to the server Nombre de usuario que se envia al servidor - + <b>Username</b><br/> Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions on how a username might look like. Also your username could already be taken by another user. <b>Nombre de usuario</b><br/> @@ -4124,7 +4231,7 @@ Nombre de usuario que se envia al servidor. Sepa que el servidor puede imponer r CoreAudioSystem - + Default Device Dispositivo por defecto @@ -4132,68 +4239,68 @@ Nombre de usuario que se envia al servidor. Sepa que el servidor puede imponer r CrashReporter - + Mumble Crash Report Informe de error de Mumble - + <p><b>We're terribly sorry, but it seems Mumble has crashed. Do you want to send a crash report to the Mumble developers?</b></p><p>The crash report contains a partial copy of Mumble's memory at the time it crashed, and will help the developers fix the problem.</p> <p><b>Lo sentimos muchísimo, pero parece que ha ocurrido un error en Mumble. ¿Desea enviar un informe de error a los desarrolladores de Mumble?</b></p><p>El informe de error contiene una copia parcial de la memoria de Mumble en el momento en el que ocurrió el error, y ayudará a que los desarrolladores corrijan el problema.</p> - + Email address (optional) Dirección de correo electrónico (opcional) - + Please briefly describe what you were doing at the time of the crash Por favor, describa lo que estaba haciendo en el momento en que ocurrió el error - + Send Report Enviar informe - + Don't send report No enviar informe - + Crash upload successful Informe enviado con éxito - + Thank you for helping make Mumble better! ¡Gracias por ayudar a mejorar Mumble! - - + + Crash upload failed Falló el envío del informe - + We're really sorry, but it appears the crash upload has failed with error %1 %2. Please inform a developer. Lo sentimos de verdad, pero parece que el envío del informe ha fallado con el error %1 %2. Por favor, informe a un desarrollador. - + This really isn't funny, but apparently there's a bug in the crash reporting code, and we've failed to upload the report. You may inform a developer about error %1 Realmente esto no es nada divertido, pero aparentemente hay un error en el código de informe de errores, y no hemos conseguido enviar el informe. Puede informar a un desarrollador acerca del error %1 - + Uploading crash report Enviando informe de error - + Abort upload Suspender envio @@ -4213,22 +4320,22 @@ Nombre de usuario que se envia al servidor. Sepa que el servidor puede imponer r Falló la apertura del dispositivo DirectSound elegido. Usando los valores por defecto. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. Falló la apertura del dispositivo DirectSound elegido. Se usará el dispositivo por defecto. - + Default DirectSound Voice Input Entrada de voz DirectSound por defecto - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. Falló la apertura del dispositivo DirectSound elegido. No se realizará ninguna captura del micrófono. - + Lost DirectSound input device. Dispositivo de entrada DirectSound perdido. @@ -4240,22 +4347,22 @@ Nombre de usuario que se envia al servidor. Sepa que el servidor puede imponer r Mumble - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. Falló la apertura del dispositivo DirectSound elegido. No se oirá audio. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. Falló la apertura del dispositivo DirectSound elegido. Se usará el dispositivo por defecto. - + Default DirectSound Voice Output Salida de voz DirectSound por defecto - + Lost DirectSound output device. Dispositivo de salida DirectSound perdido. @@ -4426,20 +4533,20 @@ Nombre de usuario que se envia al servidor. Sepa que el servidor puede imponer r Database - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Mumble no logró inicializar una base de datos en ninguna de las ubicaciones posibles. - + The database '%1' is read-only. Mumble can not store server settings (ie. SSL certificates) until you fix this problem. La base de datos '%1' es de solo lectura. Mumble no podrá almacenar los ajustes del servidor (p. ej., certificados SSL) hasta que arregle este problema. @@ -4454,62 +4561,62 @@ de las ubicaciones posibles. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts Métodos abreviados - + List of configured shortcuts Lista de métodos abreviados configurados - + Function Función - + Data Datos - + Shortcut Método abreviado - + Suppress Ocultar - + Add new shortcut Agregar nuevo método abreviado - + This will add a new global shortcut Ésto agregará un nuevo método abreviado - + &Add &Agregar - + Remove selected shortcut Eliminar el método abreviado seleccionado - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. Esto eliminará permanentemente un método abreviado seleccionado. - + &Remove &Eliminar @@ -4517,7 +4624,7 @@ de las ubicaciones posibles. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts Métodos abreviados @@ -4546,22 +4653,23 @@ de las ubicaciones posibles. Esconder - + Shortcut button combination. Combinación de botones del método abreviado. - - <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. - <b>Ésta es la combinación de teclas del método abreviado global.</b><br />Haga doble click en este campo y después presione la combinación de teclas deseada para volver a asociarla. + + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Click this field and then press the desired key/button combo to rebind. Double-click to clear. + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. + <b>Ésta es la combinación de teclas del método abreviado global.</b><br />Haga doble click en este campo y después presione la combinación de teclas deseada para volver a asociarla. - + Suppress keys from other applications Ocultar las teclas a otras aplicaciones - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. <b>Oculta a otras aplicaciones las pulsaciones de teclas.</b><br />Activar ésto ocultará el botón (o el último botón de una combinación de múltiples botones) a otras apliaciones. Tenga en cuenta que no todos los botones se pueden ocultar. @@ -4569,7 +4677,7 @@ de las ubicaciones posibles. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. Mumble ha detectado que es incapaz de recibir eventos de los Métodos Abreviados Globales cuando se ejecuta en segundo plano.<br /><br />Esto ocurre porque la característica de Acceso Universal llamada 'Habilitar acceso para dispositivos de asistencia' actualmente está deshabilitada.<br /><br />Por favor <a href=" ">habilite esta opción</a> y continúe cuando lo haya hecho. @@ -4577,82 +4685,82 @@ de las ubicaciones posibles. GlobalShortcutTarget - + Whisper Target Objetivo del susurro - + Whisper to list of Users Susurrar a una lista de usuarios - + Channel Target Canal objetivo - + Restrict to Group Restringir al grupo - + If specified, only members of this group will receive the whisper. Si se especifica, sólo los miembros de este grupo recibirán el susurro. - + If checked the whisper will also be transmitted to linked channels. Si se activa, el susurro también se transmitirá a los canales vinculados. - + Whisper to Linked channels Susurrar a los canales vinculados - + If checked this whisper will also be sent to the subchannels of the channel target. Si se activa, este susurro también se enviará a los subcanales del canal objetivo. - + Whisper to subchannels Susurrar a los subcanales - + List of users Lista de usuarios - + Add Agregar - + Remove Eliminar - + Whisper to Channel Susurrar al canal - + Modifiers Modificadores - + Do not send positional audio information when using this whisper shortcut. No enviar información de audio posicional cuando se use este método abreviado. - + Ignore positional audio Ignorar audio posicional @@ -4687,7 +4795,7 @@ de las ubicaciones posibles. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 Raton %1 @@ -4718,7 +4826,7 @@ de las ubicaciones posibles. LCD - + Not connected Desconectado @@ -4734,17 +4842,17 @@ de las ubicaciones posibles. De caracteres - + Enable this device Habilitar este dispositivo - + LCD LCD - + Form Formulario @@ -4779,12 +4887,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt; font-weight:600; font-style:italic;"><span style=" font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">Determina si Mumble deberia dibujar en un dispositivo LCD en particular.</span></p></body></html> - + Devices Dispositivos - + Name Nombre @@ -4793,7 +4901,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Tipo - + <p>This is the list of available LCD devices on your system. It lists devices by name, but also includes the size of the display. Mumble supports outputting to several LCD devices at a time.</p> <h3>Size:</h3> <p> @@ -4808,27 +4916,27 @@ Este campo describe el tamaño de un dispositivo LCD. El tamaño se da, o bien e <p>Determina si Mumble deberia dibujar en un dispositivo LCD en particular.</p> - + Size Tamaño - + Enabled Habilitado - + Views Vistas - + Minimum Column Width Ancho de columna mínimo - + <p>This option decides the minimum width a column in the User View.</p> <p>If too many people are speaking at once, the User View will split itself into columns. You can use this option to pick a compromise between number of users shown on the LCD, and width of user names.</p> @@ -4837,7 +4945,7 @@ Este campo describe el tamaño de un dispositivo LCD. El tamaño se da, o bien e - + This setting decides the width of column splitter. Esta opción determina la anchura del divisor de columnas. @@ -4866,7 +4974,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } EtiquetaDeTexto - + Splitter Width Anchura del divisor @@ -4890,32 +4998,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } [%2] %1 - + Debug Depuración - + Critical Crítico - + Warning Advertencia - + Information Información - + Server Connected Conectado al servidor - + Server Disconnected Desconectado del servidor @@ -4936,12 +5044,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Jugador expulsado - + You self-muted/deafened Se enmudeció/ensordeció a sí mismo - + Other self-muted/deafened Otro se enmudeció/ensordeció a sí mismo @@ -4966,12 +5074,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Jugador abandonó el canal - + Permission Denied Permiso denegado - + Text Message Mensaje de texto @@ -4980,57 +5088,62 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Errores de guión - + User Joined Server Usuario se unió al servidor - + User Left Server Usuario dejó el servidor - + User kicked (you or by you) Usuario expulsado (usted o por usted) - + User kicked Usuario expulsado - + User muted (you) Usuario mudo (usted) - + User muted (by you) Usuario mudo (por usted) - + User muted (other) Usuario mudo (a otro) - + User Joined Channel Un usuario se unió al canal - + User Left Channel Usuario dejó el canal - + + the server + + + + [[ Text object too large to display ]] [[ Objeto de texto demasiado grande para ser mostrado ]] - + [Date changed to %1] [Fecha cambiada a %1] @@ -5040,42 +5153,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events Conmutar consola para eventos "%1" - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events Conmutar notificaciones emergentes para eventos "%1" - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events Conmutar Texto-A-Voz (TTS) para eventos "%1" - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events Haga click aquí para conmutar las notificaciones sonoras para eventos "%1" - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change Ruta al archivo de sonido usado para notificaciones de sonido en caso de eventos "%1"<br />Click para reproducir<br />Doble click para cambiar - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. Haga click aquí para conmutar la salida a consola para los eventos "%1"<br />Si se activa, esta opción hará que Mumble escriba todos los eventos "%1" en su registro de mensajes. - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. Haga click aquí para conmutar las notificaciones emergentes para los eventos "%1"<br />Si se activa, Mumble creará una ventana emergente por cada evento "%1". - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change<br />Ensure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. Ruta al archivo de sonido usado para notificaciones en caso de eventos "%1".<br />Click para reproducir<br />Doble click para cambiar<br />Asegúrese de que las notificaciones de sonido para estos eventos están habilitadas o este campo no tendrá efecto. @@ -5084,13 +5197,13 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Haga click aquí para conmutar el Texto-A-Voz para los eventos "%1"<br />Si se activa, Mumble usa Texto-A-Voz para leer los eventos "%1" en voz alta. El motor de Texto-A-Voz también puede leer el contenido del evento, algo que no puede conseguirse mediante ficheros de sonido. No se pueden usar Texto-A-Voz y archivos de sonido simultáneamente. - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for sound files. Text-To-Speech and sound files cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Haga click aquí para conmutar el Texto-A-Voz para los eventos "%1"<br />Si se activa, Mumble usa Texto-A-Voz para leer los eventos "%1" en voz alta. El motor de Texto-A-Voz también puede leer el contenido del evento, algo que no puede conseguirse mediante ficheros de sonido. No se pueden usar Texto-A-Voz y archivos de sonido simultáneamente. - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a sound file predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Sound files and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. Haga click aquí para conmutar las notificaciones de sonido para los eventos "%1"<br />Si se activa, Mumble usa un archivo de sonido para indicarle los eventos "%1". No se pueden usar archivos de sonido y Texto-A-Voz simultáneamente. @@ -5108,12 +5221,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } El archivo '%1' no existe o no es un archivo speex válido. - + Messages Mensajes - + Console Consola @@ -5130,82 +5243,82 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Habilitar Texto-A-Voz (TTS) para %1 - + Text To Speech Texto A Voz (TTS) - + Volume Volumen - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine Volumen del motor Texto-A-Voz (TTS) - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>Este es el volumen usado para la síntesis de voz.</b> - + Length threshold Umbral de longitud - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine Umbral de longitud del mensaje para el motor Texto-A-Voz - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. <b>Establece el umbral de longitud a usar para el motor de Texto-A-Voz.</b><br />No se leeran en voz alta por completo los mensajes mayores que este límite. - + Whisper Susurros - + If checked you will only hear whispers from users you added to your friend list. Si se activa, sólo oirá susurros de los usuarios que haya agregado a su lista de amigos. - + Only accept whispers from friends Sólo aceptar susurros de amigos - + Message Mensaje - + Notification Notificación - + Text-To-Speech Texto-A-Voz - + Soundfile Archivo de sonido - + Path Ruta - + Characters Caracteres @@ -5213,24 +5326,23 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LookConfig - - + Language Idioma - + Look and Feel Apariencia - - + + System default Predeterminado del sistema - + Language to use (requires restart) Idioma a usar (requiere reiniciar) @@ -5239,27 +5351,27 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <b>Establece qué idioma debería usar mumble</b><br />Tendrá que reiniciar Mumble para usar el nuevo idioma. - + Style Estilo - + Basic widget style Estilo básico de los controles - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> <b>Establece la apariecia básica a usar.</b> - + Skin Carátula - + Skin file to use Archivo de carátula a usar @@ -5280,22 +5392,22 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <b>Establece si la división en la ventana principal es horizontal o vertical.</b> - + User Interface Interfaz de usuario - + ... ... - + Choose skin file Elija el archivo de carátula - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. <b>Establece qué idioma debería usar mumble.</b><br />Tendrá que reiniciar Mumble para usar el nuevo idioma. @@ -5324,12 +5436,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Listar los jugadores encima de los subcanales (requiere reiniciar). - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. <b>Establece qué carátula debería usar Mumble.</b><br />La carátula es un archivo de estilo aplicado sobre el estilo de control básico. Si hay iconos en el mismo directorio que la hoja de estilo, éstos reemplazarán los iconos por defecto. - + Form Formulario @@ -5342,7 +5454,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Busca actualizaciones al inicio - + None Ninguno @@ -5351,17 +5463,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Sólo con jugadores - + All Todos - + Expand Expandir - + When to automatically expand channels Cuándo expandir automáticamente los canales @@ -5370,27 +5482,27 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Establece qué canales expandir automáticamente. <i>Ninguno</i> no expandirá ningún canal, <i>Todos</i> expandirá todos los canales y <i>Sólo con jugadores</i> expandirá y contraerá los canales según se unan o los abandonen los jugadores. - + Only with users Sólo con usuarios - + Ask Preguntar - + Do Nothing No hacer nada - + Move Mover - + Channel Dragging Arrastre de canales @@ -5403,7 +5515,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Establece la conducta del arrastre de canales, puede ser usada para prevenir arrastres accidentales. <i>Mover canal</i> mueve el canal sin avisar. <i>No hacer nada</i> no hace nada y muestra un mensaje de error. <i>Preguntar</i> usa un cuadro de mensajes para confirmar si usted realmente deseaba mover el canal. - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. Preguntar si cerrar o minimizar al salir de Mumble. @@ -5412,119 +5524,117 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <b>Si se marca, le pedirá confirmar que desea salir si está conectado.<b> - + Ask on quit while connected Preguntar al salir mientras esté conectado - Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. - Hacer que la ventana de Mumble aparezca siempre por encima de las otras ventanas. + Hacer que la ventana de Mumble aparezca siempre por encima de las otras ventanas. - <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> - <b>Hace que la ventana de Mumble se mantenga sobre las demás.</b> + <b>Hace que la ventana de Mumble se mantenga sobre las demás.</b> - + Always On Top Siempre visible - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> <b>Si se marca, minimizar la ventana principal de Mumble hará que se oculte y sólo sea accesible desde el área de notificación. De lo contrario, será minimizada como lo haría normalmente una ventana.</b> - + Layout Diseño - + Classic Clásico - + Stacked Apilado - + Hybrid Híbrido - + Custom Personal - + This changes the behavior when moving channels. Cambia el comportamiento al mover canales. - + This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. Establece la conducta del arrastre de canales, puede ser usada para prevenir arrastres accidentales. <i>Mover</i> mueve el canal sin avisar. <i>No hacer nada</i> no hace nada y muestra un mensaje de error. <i>Preguntar</i> usa un cuadro de mensajes para confirmar si usted realmente deseaba mover el canal. - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with users</i> will expand and collapse channels as users join and leave them. Establece qué canales expandir automáticamente. <i>Ninguno</i> no expandirá ningún canal, <i>Todos</i> expandirá todos los canales y <i>Sólo con usuarios</i> expandirá y contraerá los canales según se unan o los abandonen los usuarios. - + List users above subchannels (requires restart). Listar los usuarios encima de los subcanales (requiere reiniciar). - + <b>If set, users will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. <b>Si se marca, los usuarios se mostrarán encima de los subcanales en la vista del canal.</b><br />Se requiere reiniciar Mumble para ver el cambio. - + Users above Channels Usuarios encima de los canales - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.</b> <b>Si se marca, le pedirá confirmar que desea salir si está conectado.<b> - + Hide in tray when minimized Ocultar en el área de notificación al minimizar - + Check to show chat bar Actívelo para mostrar la barra de charla - + <b>If checked the chat bar is shown.</b><br />Uncheck this to hide it. <b>If checked the chat bar is shown</b><br />Uncheck to hide it <b>Si se activa, se muestra la barra de charla</b><br />Desactívelo para ocultarla. - + Show chatbar Mostrar barra de charla - + Show number of users in each channel Muestra el número de usuarios en cada canal - + Show channel user count Mostrar el recuento de usuarios del canal @@ -5541,31 +5651,71 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Configuración experta - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. Oculta la ventana principal de Mumble en el área de notificación cuando está minimizada. + + + This setting controls when the application will be always on top. + + + + + This setting controls in which situations the application will stay always on top. If you select <i>Never</i> the application will not stay on top. <i>Always</i> will always keep the application on top. <i>In minimal view</i> / <i>In normal mode</i> will only keep the application always on top when minimal view is activated / deactivated. + + + + + Never + + + + + Always + + + + + In minimal view + + + + + In normal view + + + + + Displays talking status in system tray + + + + + Show talking status in tray icon + + MainWindow - + Welcome to Mumble. Bienvenido a Mumble. - - + + Root Root - + &Connect &Conectar - + Open the server connection dialog Abre el cuadro de diálogo de conexión con el servidor @@ -5574,37 +5724,37 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Muestra un cuadro de diálogo de servidores registrados, y también permite conectarse rápidamente. - + &Disconnect &Desconectar - + Disconnect from server Desconectarse del servidor - + Disconnects you from the server. Le desconecta del servidor. - + &Ban lists &Prohibiciones - + Edit ban lists on server Edita la lista de prohibiciones en el servidor - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. Le permite editar la lista de IPs prohibidas en el lado del servidor. - + &Kick &Expulsar @@ -5617,7 +5767,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Expulsa del servidor al jugador seleccionado. Se le pedirá que especifique un motivo. - + &Ban &Prohibir @@ -5630,7 +5780,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Expulsa y prohibe en el servidor al jugador seleccionado. Se le pedirá que especifique un motivo. - + &Mute En&mudecer @@ -5643,7 +5793,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Enmudece o da voz a un jugador en el servidor. Dar voz a un jugador ensordecido también le dará escucha. - + &Deafen En&sordecer @@ -5656,7 +5806,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ensordece o da escucha a un jugador en el servidor. Ensordecer a un jugador también lo enmudecerá. - + &Local Mute Enmudecer &localmente @@ -5665,32 +5815,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Enmudece o da voz localmente a un jugador. - + &Add &Agregar - + Add new channel Agrega un nuevo canal - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. Agrega un nuevo subcanal al canal actualmente seleccionado. - + &Remove &Eliminar - + Remove channel Elimina un canal - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. Elimina un canal y todos sus subcanales. @@ -5699,12 +5849,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Editar LCA - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel Edita los Grupos y la LCA para el canal - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. Abre el cuadro de diálogo Grupo y LCA para el canal, para controlar los permisos. @@ -5725,12 +5875,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ésto cambia la descripción de un canal. - + &Link &Vincular - + Link your channel to another channel Vincula su canal a otro canal @@ -5743,237 +5893,234 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Desvincular - + Unlink your channel from another channel Desvincula su canal de otro canal - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. Desvincula su canal actual del canal seleccionado. - Unlink &All - Desvincular &todo + Desvincular &todo - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. Desvincula su canal de todos los canales vinculados. - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. Desvincula su canal actual (no el seleccionado) de todos los canales vinculados. - + &Reset &Reiniciar - + Reset audio preprocessor Reinicia el preprocesador de audio - + &Mute Self En&mudecerse - + Mute yourself Se enmudece a sí mismo - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. Se enmudece o se da voz a sí mismo. Cuando enmudezca, no enviará ningún dato al servidor. Darse voz mientras está ensordecido también le dará escucha. - + &Deafen Self En&sordecerse - + Deafen yourself Se ensordece a sí mismo - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. Se ensordece o se da escucha a sí mismo. Cuando ensordezca, no oirá nada. Darse escucha a sí mismo también le dará voz. - + &Text-To-Speech &Texto-A-Voz - + Toggle Text-To-Speech Conmuta Texto-A-Voz - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. Activa o desactiva el motor de texto-a-voz (TTS). Realmente sólo se dirán los mensajes habilitados para TTS en el cuadro de diálogo Configuración. - + S&tatistics &Estadísticas - + Display audio statistics Muestra estadísticas de audio - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. Muestra un pequeño cuadro de diálogo con información acerca de la entrada de audio. - + Forcibly unlink plugin Desvincular complemento forzosamente - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. Fuerza al complemento actual a desvincularse, lo que es útil si está leyendo datos completamente erróneos. - + &Settings &Opciones - + Configure Mumble Configura Mumble - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. Le permite cambiar la mayoría de opciones de Mumble. - + &What's This? ¿&Qué es esto? - + Enter What's This? mode Entra en el modo "¿Qué es esto?" - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. Haga click en esto para entrar en el modo "¿Qué es esto?". Su cursor se transformará en una interrogación. Haga click en cualquier botón, opción de menú o área para mostrar una descripción de lo que es. - + &About &Acerca de - + Information about Mumble Información acerca de Mumble - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. Muestra un pequeño cuadro de diálogo con información y la licencia de Mumble. - + About &Speex Acerca de &Speex - + Information about Speex Información acerca de Speex - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. Muestra un pequeño cuadro de diálogo con información acerca de Speex. - + Information about Qt Información acerca de Qt - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. Muestra un pequeño cuadro de diálogo con información acerca de Qt. - + Check for &Updates Comprobar &actualizaciones - + Check for new version of Mumble Comprueba si existe una nueva versión de Mumble - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. Se conecta a la página web de Mumble para comprobar si está disponible una nueva versión, y le notifica con una URL de descarga apropiada si éste es el caso. - + &Change Comment &Cambiar comentario - + Change the comment on the selected user. Cambia el comentario sobre el usuario seleccionado. - + This allows you to change the comment (shown as a tooltip) of a user. Unless you've been given extra privileges on the server, you can only change your own comment. Le permite cambiar el comentario (mostrado como un consejo) de un usuario. A menos que se le hayan concedido privilegios adicionales en el servidor, sólo puede cambiar su propio comentario. - Certificate Wizard - Asistente de certificados + Asistente de certificados - + Configure certificates for strong authentication Configura los certificados para autenticación robusta - + This starts the wizard for creating, importing and exporting certificates for authentication against servers. Inicia el asistente para crear, importar y exporar certificados para autenticarse con los servidores. - Register - Registrar + Registrar - + Register user on server Registra un usuario en el servidor - + This will permanently register the user on the server. Ésto registrará al usuario permanentemente en el servidor. @@ -5982,98 +6129,96 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ésto registrará permanentemete al usuario en el servidor. Fíjese en que no podrá cambiar el nombre de usuario posteriormente, ni puede borrar fácilmente a un usuario, así que asegúrese de que realmente desea hacer esto. - + Add &Friend Agregar &amigo - + Adds a user as your friend. Agrega un usuario como su amigo. - + This will add the user as a friend, so you can recognize him on this and other servers. Ésto agregará al usuario como un amigo, para que pueda reconocerlo en este y otros servidores. - + &Remove Friend &Eliminar amigo - + Removes a user from your friends. Elimina a un usuario de su lista de amigos. - + This will remove a user from your friends list. Ésto eliminará a un usuario de su lista de amigos. - + &Update Friend &Actualizar amigo - + Update name of your friend. Actualiza el nombre de su amigo. - + Your friend uses a different name than what is in your database. This will update the name. Su amigo usa un nombre distinto al del que está en su base de datos. Ésto actualizará el nombre. - + Registered &Users &Usuarios registrados - + Edit registered users list Editar la lista de usuarios registrados - + This opens the editor for registered users, which allow you to change their name or unregister them. Abre el editor de usuarios registrados, que le permite cambiar sus nombres o borrarlos. - Change Texture - Cambiar textura + Cambiar textura - + Change your overlay texture on this server Cambia su textura de sobreimpresión en este servidor - + &Access Tokens &Credenciales de acceso - + Add or remove text-based access tokens Agrega o elimina credenciales de acceso basadas en texto - Remove Texture - Eliminar textura + Eliminar textura - + Remove currently defined user texture. Elimina la textura actual definida por el usuario. - - + + Mumble -- %1 Mumble -- %1 @@ -6082,7 +6227,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Registro de mensajes - + &Server &Servidor @@ -6091,22 +6236,22 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Jugador - + &Channel &Canal - + &Audio &Audio - + C&onfigure C&onfigurar - + &Help &Ayuda @@ -6115,8 +6260,8 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Expulsando al jugador %1 - - + + Enter reason Introduzca el motivo @@ -6125,11 +6270,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Prohibiendo al jugador %1 - - - - - + + + + + + Mumble Mumble @@ -6142,37 +6288,37 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ¿Está seguro de que desa borrar %1 y todos sus subcanales? - + Unmuted and undeafened. Con voz y escucha. - + Unmuted. Con voz. - + Muted. Mudo. - + Muted and deafened. Mudo y sordo. - + Deafened. Sordo. - + Undeafened. Con escucha. - + About Qt Acerca de Qt @@ -6185,173 +6331,193 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Conectado al servidor. - + Server connection failed: %1. Falló la conexión con el servidor: %1. - + Disconnected from server. Desconectado del servidor. - + Reconnecting. Volviendo a conectar. - Joined server: %1. - Se ha unido al servidor: %1. + Se ha unido al servidor: %1. - - - the server - el servidor + el servidor - + You were unmuted and undeafened by %1. %1 le dio voz y escucha. - + You muted and deafened %1. Fue enmudecido y ensordecido por %1. - + You unmuted and undeafened %1. Enmudeció y ensordeció a %1. - + You undeafened %1. Le dio escucha a %1. - + You suppressed %1. Contuvo a %1. - + %1 muted and deafened by %2. %1 fue enmudecido y ensordecido por %2. - + %1 unmuted and undeafened by %2. %2 dio voz y escucha a %1. - + %1 suppressed by %2. %1 fue contenido por %2. - + %1 moved to %2. %1 fue llevado a %2. - + %1 moved to %2 by %3. %1 fue llevado a %2 por %3. - + %1 moved in from %2 by %3. %1 fue traído desde %2 por %3. - Left server: %1. - Abandonó el servidor: %1. + Abandonó el servidor: %1. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 está ahora mudo y sordo. - + You were denied %1 privileges in %2. Se le denegó el privilegio %1 en %2. - + %3 was denied %1 privileges in %2. Se le denegó el privilegio %1 en %2 a %3. - + Denied: Cannot modify SuperUser. Denegado: No puede modificar al SuperUsuario. - + Denied: Invalid channel name. Denegado: Nombre de canal inválido. - + Denied: Text message too long. Denegado: Mensaje de texto demasiado largo. - + Denied: Operation not permitted in temporary channel. Denegado: Operación no permitida en un canal temporal. - + You need a certificate to perform this operation. Necesita un certificado para realizar esta operación. - + %1 does not have a certificate. %1 no posee un certificado. - + Permission denied. Permiso denegado. - + + %1 connected. + + + + %1 is now muted. %1 está ahora mudo. - + %1 is now unmuted. %1 ahora tiene voz. + + + %1 disconnected. + + + + + (Tree) + + + + + (Channel) + + + + + %2%1: %3 + + server servidor - + You were muted by %1. Fue enmudecido por %1. - + You were suppressed by %1. Fue contenido por %1. - + You were unsuppressed by %1. Fue liberado por %1. - + You were unmuted by %1. %1 le dio voz. @@ -6360,84 +6526,83 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ensordeció a %1. - + You muted %1. Enmudeció a %1. - + You unsuppressed %1. Liberó a %1. - + You unmuted %1. Dio voz a %1. - + %1 muted by %2. %1 enmudecido por %2. - + %1 unsuppressed by %2. %1 liberado por %2. - + %1 unmuted by %2. %2 dio voz a %1. - the server message from - el servidor + el servidor - + Unable to find matching CELT codecs with other clients. You will not be able to talk to all users. No se pudieron encontrar codecs CELT adecuados para los otros clientes. No podrá hablar a todos los usuarios. - + You were muted and deafened by %1. You were deafened by %1. Fue enmudecido y ensordecido por %1. - + You were undeafened by %1. %1 le dio escucha. - + %1 undeafened by %2. %2 dio escucha a %1. - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. Fue expulsado del servidor por %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 fue expulsado del servidor por %1: %2. - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. Fue expulsado y prohibido del servidor por %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 fue expulsado y prohibido del servidor por %1: %2. - + You were moved to %1 by %2. Fue movido a %1 por %2. @@ -6458,7 +6623,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } %2 mudó a %1. - + %1 entered channel. %1 ingresó en el canal. @@ -6467,22 +6632,22 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } %2 trajo a %1. - + Server connection rejected: %1. Conexión con el servidor rechazada: %1. - + Denied: %1. Denegado: %1. - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. Reinicia el preprocesador de audio, incluyendo cancelación de ruido, ganancia automática y detección de actividad vocal. Si de pronto algo empeora el entorno de audio (como dejar caer el micrófono) y fue temporal, use esto para evitar tener que esperar a que se reajuste el preprocesador. - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. Muestra toda la actividad reciente. Aquí se muestran conexiones a servidores, errores y mensajes informativos.<br />Para configurar exactamente qué mensajes se muestran aquí, use la orden <b>Opciones</b> del menú. @@ -6491,13 +6656,13 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } %1 ensordecido por %2. - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Presionar-para-Hablar (PTT) - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut Reiniciar el preprocesador de audio @@ -6513,7 +6678,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Conmutar ensordecerse - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut Desvincular complemento @@ -6539,19 +6704,19 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Todos los subcanales - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut Presionar-para-Enmudecer - + Join Channel Global Shortcut Unirse al canal - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut Conmutar sobreimpresión @@ -6570,22 +6735,22 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } %2 mudó a %1. - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? ¿Está seguro de que desa borrar %1 y todos sus subcanales? - + &Quit Mumble &Salir de Mumble - + Closes the program Cierra el programa - + Exits the application. Sale de la aplicación. @@ -6595,19 +6760,16 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ctrl+S - - Send Messa&ge - &Enviar mensaje + &Enviar mensaje - - + Send a Text Message Enviar un mensaje de texto - + Sending message to %1 Enviando mensaje a %1 @@ -6616,197 +6778,195 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Introduzca el mensaje - - + + + To %1: %2 A %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 Mensaje para %1 - + Change comment on user %1 Cambió el comentario sobre el usuario %1 - - To channel %1: %2 - Para el canal %1: %2 + Para el canal %1: %2 - - + + Message to channel %1 Mensaje al canal %1 - + Connected. Conectado. - + Failed to launch compatibility client No se pudo iniciar el cliente de compatibilidad - + Invalid username Nombre de usuario inválido - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. Se ha conectado con un nombre de usuario no válido, por favor, intente con otro. - + That username is already in use, please try another username. Ese nombre de usuario ya esta en uso, por favor, intente con otro nombre de usuario. - + Wrong password Contraseña incorrecta - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. Contraseña para los usuarios registrados incorrecta, por favor, inténtelo otra vez. - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. Contraseña del servidor incorrecta para cuenta de usuario no registrada, por favor, inténtelo de nuevo. - From %1: %2 - De %1: %2 + De %1: %2 - + Message from %1 Mensaje de %1 - + &Audio Wizard &Asistente de audio - + Sends a text message to another user. Envía un mensaje de texto a otro usuario. - + &User &Usuario - + This is the chatbar<br />If you enter text here and then press enter the text is sent to the user or channel that was selected. If nothing is selected the message is sent to your current channel. Ésta es la barra de charla<br />Si introduce texto aquí y después presiona intro, el texto se enviará al usuario o canal que esté seleccionado. Si no se selecciona nada, el mensaje se envía a su canal actual. - + Chatbar Barra de charla - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick-connect. Muestra un cuadro de diálogo con los servidores registrados, y también le permite establecer una conexión rápida. - + Kick user (with reason) Expulsar usuario (con motivo) - + Kick selected user off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Expulsa del servidor al usuario seleccionado. Se le pedirá que especifique un motivo. - + Mute user Enmudecer usuario - + Mute or unmute user on server. Unmuting a deafened user will also undeafen them. Enmudece o da voz en el servidor al usuario. Dar voz a un usuario ensordecido también le dará escucha. - + Kick and ban user (with reason) Expulsar y prohibir usuario (con motivo) - + Kick and ban selected user from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Expulsa y prohibe del servidor al usuario seleccionado. Se le pedirá que especifique un motivo. - + Deafen user Ensordecer usuario - + Deafen or undeafen user on server. Deafening a user will also mute them. Ensordece o da escucha en el servidor al usuario. Ensordecer a un usuario también lo enmudecerá. - + Mute user locally Enmudecer usuario localmente - + Mute or unmute user locally. Use this on other users in the same room. Enmudece o da voz localmente a un usuario. Use ésto sobre otros usuarios de la misma sala. - + &Edit &Editar - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If users in a channel have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. Vincula su canal actual con el canal seleccionado. Si tienen permiso para hablar en el otro canal, los usuarios podrán oírse entre sí. Este vínculo es permanente, y durará hasta que se desvincule manualmente o se reinicie el servidor. Por favor, vea los método abreviados para pulsar-para-vincular. - + Start the audio configuration wizard Inicia el asistente de configuración de audio - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. Le guiará a través del proceso de configuración de su hardware de audio. - + SSL Verification failed: %1 Falló la verificación SSL: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. <b>ADVERTENCIA:</b> El servidor presentó un certificado que es diferente del almacenado. - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. El servidor presento un certificado que no superó la verificación. @@ -6835,143 +6995,158 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <li><b>Estado:</b> %1</li> - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> <p>%1.<br />Los errores especificos con este certificado son: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>¿Desea aceptar este certificado de todos modos?<br />(También se almacenará para que no se le pregunte ésto de nuevo.)</p> - + &Information &Información - + Show information about the server connection Muestra información acerca de la conexión con el servidor - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. Muestra información extendida acerca de la conexión con el servidor. - + Opening URL %1 Abriendo URL %1 - + File does not exist El archivo no existe - + File is not a configuration file. El archivo no es un archivo de configuración. - + Settings merged from file. Opciones combinadas desde el archivo. - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' El esquema del URL no es 'mumble' - + This version of Mumble can't handle URLs for Mumble version %1.%2.%3 Esta versión de Mumble no puede manejar URLs para la versión %1.%2.%3 de Mumble - + Connecting to %1 Conectando a %1 - + Enter username Introduzca el nombre de usuario - - + + Connecting to server %1. Conectando al servidor %1. - + <h2>Version</h2><p>Protocol %1.%2.%3.</p> <h2>Versión</h2><p>Protocolo %1.%2.%3.</p> - + <p>No build information or OS version available.</p> <p>No hay información de compilación o S.O. disponible.</p> - + <p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p> <p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p> - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> <h2>Canal de control</h2><p>Cifrado con %2 de %1 bit<br />%3 ms de latencia media (desviación %4)</p> - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> <h2>Canal de voz</h2><p>Cifrado con OCB-AES128 de 128 bit<br />%1 ms de latencia media (desviación %4)</p> - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s</p> <h2>Ancho de banda del audio</h2><p>Máximo %1 kbit/s<br />Actual %2 kbit/s</p> - + Mumble Server Information Información del servidor Mumble - + Register yourself as %1 Registrarse como %1 - + <p>You are about to register yourself on this server. This action cannot be undone, and your username cannot be changed once this is done. You will forever be known as '%1' on this server.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register yourself?</p> <p>Está a punto de registrarse en este servidor. Esta acción no puede deshacerse, y su nombre de usuario no puede cambiarse una vez que se complete. Será conocido para siempre como '%1' en este servidor.</p><p>¿Está seguro de que desea registrarse?</p> - + Register user %1 Registrar al usuario %1 - + <p>You are about to register %1 on the server. This action cannot be undone, the username cannot be changed, and as a registered user, %1 will have access to the server even if you change the server password.</p><p>From this point on, %1 will be authenticated with the certificate currently in use.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register %1?</p> <p>Está a punto de registrar a %1 en el servidor. Esta acción no puede deshacerse, el nombre de usuario no puede cambiarse, y como usuario registrado, %1 tendrá acceso al servidor incluso si cambia la contraseña del servidor.</p><p>De ahora en adelante, %1 será autenticado mediante el certificado actualmente en uso.</p><p>¿Está seguro de que desea registrar a %1?</p> - + Kicking user %1 Expulsando al usuario %1 - + Banning user %1 Prohibiendo al usuario %1 - + + Are you sure you want to reset the comment of user %1? + + + + + (Tree) %1: %2 + + + + + %1: %2 + + + + SSL Version mismatch Las versiones de SSL no coinciden - + This server is using an older encryption standard. It might be an older 1.1 based Mumble server.<br />Would you like to launch the compatibility client to connect to it? Este servidor está usando un estándar de cifrado antiguo. Podría tratarse de un viejo servidor Mumble 1.1.<br />¿Le gustaría iniciar el cliente de compatibilidad para conectarse a él? @@ -6980,43 +7155,43 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } No se pudo iniciar el cliente de compatibilidad - + The compatibility client could not be found, or failed to start.<br />Note that the compatibility client is an optional component for most installations, and might not be installed. No se pudo encontrar el cliente de compatibilidad, o éste no se pudo iniciar.<br />Fíjese en que el cliente de compatibilidad es un componente opcional para la mayoría de instalaciones, y podría no estar instalado. - + Type message to channel '%1' here Escriba aquí el mensaje al canal '%1' - + Type message to user '%1' here Escriba aquí el mensaje al usuario '%1' - + Choose image file Elija el archivo de imágen - + Images (*.png *.jpg) Imágenes (*.png *.jpg) - - + + Failed to load image Fallo al cargar archivo de imágen - + Could not open file for reading. No se pudo abrir el archivo para su lectura. - + Image format not recognized. Formato de imágen no reconocido. @@ -7025,8 +7200,8 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Canal de control: latencia %1 ms, Cifrado con %3 bit %4<br />Canal de voz: latencia %2 ms, Sin cifrar - - + + &View Certificate &Ver certificado @@ -7035,13 +7210,13 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <h2>Canal de control</h2><p>Cifrado con %2 de %1 bits<br />%3 ms de latencia media (%4 de varianza)</p> - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut Mantenga pulsado este botón para enviar la voz. - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut Ésto configura el botón presionar-para-hablar que, mientra mantenga pulsado, hará que se transmita la voz. @@ -7067,7 +7242,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Esto conmutará su estado de ensordecimiento. Si se activa, también se activará el enmudecimiento. - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut Conmutar el estado de la sobreimpresión en el juego. @@ -7078,7 +7253,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Esto conmutará el estado de la sobreimpresión durante el juego entre mostrar a todos, sólo mostrar los jugadores que están hablando, y no mostrar a nadie. - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. El canal de voz se envía a través del canal de control. @@ -7087,37 +7262,37 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <h2>Canal de voz</h2><p>Cifrado con OCB-AES128 de 128 bits<br />%1 ms de latencia media (%4 de varianza)</p> - + UDP Statistics Estadísticas de UDP - + To Server Hacia el servidor - + From Server Desde el servidor - + Good Correctos - + Late Tardíos - + Lost Perdidos - + Resync Resincronizaciones @@ -7126,7 +7301,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Cambiar descripción del canal %1 - + Sending message to channel %1 Enviando mensaje al canal %1 @@ -7135,12 +7310,11 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Enviando mensaje al árbol de canales %1 - To tree %1: %2 - Al árbol %1: %2 + Al árbol %1: %2 - + Message to tree %1 Mensaje para el árbol %1 @@ -7149,7 +7323,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ahora está en el modo de ensordecimiento local. Este modo no se refleja en el servidor, y aun seguirá transmitiendo su voz al servidor. Este modo sólo debe ser usado si hay varias personas en la misma habitación y una de ellas usa Mumble con altavoces. - + Ctrl+Q Ctrl+S @@ -7186,12 +7360,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Le pone en el modo de ensordecimiento local, donde sus altavoces son silenciados pero aun sigue transmitiendo audio. - + About &Qt Acerca de &Qt - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. Envía un mensaje de texto a todos los usuario de un canal. @@ -7212,7 +7386,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } El ancho de banda máximo del servidor es sólo de %1 kbit/s. Se ha ajustado automáticamente la calidad. - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? Ésta es la primera vez que inicia Mumble.<br />¿Le gustaría ejecutar el Asistente de audio para configurar su tarjeta de sonido? @@ -7225,75 +7399,75 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Conectado al servidor %1. - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? Mumble está conectado a un servidor actualmente. ¿Desea cerrarlo o minimizarlo? - + Close Cerrar - - + + Minimize Minimizar - + Mute Self Global Shortcut Enmudecerse - + Set self-mute status. Global Shortcut Fija su estado de enmudecimiento. - + This will set or toggle your muted status. If you turn this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut Ésto establecerá o conmutará su estado de enmudecimiento. Si lo desactiva, también desactivará el ensordecimiento. - + Deafen Self Global Shortcut Ensordecerse - + Set self-deafen status. Global Shortcut Fija su estado de ensordecimiento. - + This will set or toggle your deafened status. If you turn this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut Ésto fijará o conmutará su estado de ensordecimiento. Si lo activa, también activara su enmudecimiento. - + This will switch the states of the in-game overlay between showing everybody, just the users who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut Esto conmutará el estado de la sobreimpresión durante el juego entre mostrar todos los usuarios, sólo mostrar los usuarios que están hablando, y no mostrar nadie. - + Whisper Susurrar - + &Window &Ventana - + Ctrl+M Ctrl+M @@ -7302,61 +7476,61 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ctrl+W - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut Conmutar mínimo - + &Minimal View Vista &mínima - + Toggle minimal window modes Conmutar los modos de ventana mínima - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. Esto conmutará el modo mínimo, en el que la ventana del registro de mensajes y el menú están ocultos. - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut Aumentar el volúmen (+10%) - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut Disminuir el volúmen (-10%) - - + + Not connected Desconectado - + Clear Borrar - + Log Registro - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. Ha establecido el arrastre de canales a "No hacer nada" así que el canal no se movió. - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in UserModel::dropMimeData. Modo de arrastre de canales desconocido en UserModel::dropMimeData. @@ -7365,66 +7539,112 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Modo de arrastre de canales desconocido en PlayerModel::dropMimeData. - + &Unlink Channel &Desvincular - + &Unlink Plugin &Desvincular + Server message from - Servidor + Servidor &Quit &Salir - + Hide Frame Ocultar marco - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window Conmuta entre mostrar o no el marco de la ventana mínima - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. Esto determina si la ventana mínima tiene un marco para ser movida o cambiada de tamaño. + + + Send &Message + + + + + &Unlink All + + + + + &Certificate Wizard + + + + + &Register + + + + + Change &Texture + + + + + &Remove Texture + + + + + Reset &Comment + + + + + Reset the comment of the selected user. + + + + + &Join Channel + + NetworkConfig - + Network Red - + Form Formulario - + Connection Conexión - + Use TCP compatibility mode Usar modo de compatibilidad TCP - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). <b>Habilita el modo de Compatibilidad TCP</b>.<br />Esto hará que Mumble sólo use TCP cuando se comunique con el servidor. Esto aumentará la sobrecarga y provocará que los paquetes perdidos produzcan notables pausas en la comunicación, así que sólo debería ser usado si no consigue usar la opción por defecto (que emplea UDP para la voz y TCP para el control). @@ -7433,32 +7653,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Usar modo TCP - + Reconnect when disconnected Volver a conectar cuando sea desconectado - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>Volver a conectar cuando sea desconectado</b>.<br />Hace que Mumble intente volver a conectar automáticamente después de 10 segundos si falla su conexión con el servidor. - + Reconnect automatically Reconectar automáticamente - + Proxy Proxy - + Type Tipo - + Type of proxy to connect through Tipo de proxy a través del que conectar @@ -7467,27 +7687,27 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <b>Tipo de proxy a través del que conectar</b><br />Ésto hace que Mumble se conecte a través de un proxy para todas las conexiones salientes. Nota: El uso de túneles proxy fuerza a Mumble al modo de compatibilidad TCP, causando que todos los datos de voz se envíen a través del canal de control. - + Direct connection Conexión directa - + HTTP(S) proxy Proxy HTTP(S) - + SOCKS5 proxy Proxy SOCKS5 - + Hostname Nombre del servidor - + Hostname of the proxy Nombre del servidor proxy @@ -7496,154 +7716,154 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <b>Nombre del servidor proxy.<b><br />Este campo especifica el nombre del servidor proxy a través del que desea construir un túnel para el tráfico de red. - + Force TCP mode Forzar modo TCP - + Enable QoS to prioritize packets Habilita QoS para dar prioridad a los paquetes - + This will enable QoS, which will attempt to prioritize voice packets over other traffic. Ésto habilitará QoS (<i>quality of service</i>,calidad de servicio), lo que tratará de dar mayor prioridad a los paquetes de voz sobre el resto del tráfico. - + Use Quality of Service Usar Calidad de Servicio (QoS) - + Don't send certificate to server and don't save passwords. (Not saved). No enviar información de certificados al servidor y no almacenar las contraseñas. (No se guarda). - + <b>This will suppress identity information from the client.</b><p>The client will not identify itself with a certificate, even if defined, and will not cache passwords for connections. This is primarily a test-option and is not saved.</p> <b>Ésto suprime la información de identidad del cliente.</b><p>El cliente no se identificará con un certificado, incluso si está definido, y no almacenará las contraseñas de las conexiones. Se trata principalmente de una opción para pruebas y no se guarda.</p> - + Suppress certificate and password storage Suprimir certificados y almacenamiento de contraseñas - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through.</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>Tipo de proxy a través del que conectar</b><br />Ésto hace que Mumble se conecte a través de un proxy para todas las conexiones salientes. Nota: El uso de túneles proxy fuerza a Mumble al modo de compatibilidad TCP, causando que todos los datos de voz se envíen a través del canal de control. - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. <b>Nombre del servidor proxy.<b><br />Este campo especifica el nombre del servidor proxy a través del que desea enviar el tráfico. - + Port Puerto - + Port number of the proxy Número de puerto del proxy - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. <b>Número de puerto del proxy.</b><br />Este campo especifica el número de puerto al que el proxy espera las conexiones. - + Username Nombre de usuario - + Username for proxy authentication Nombre de usuario para la autenticación con el proxy - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>Nombre de usuario para la autenticación con el proxy.</b><br />Ésto especifica el nombre de usuario que utilizará para autentificarse con el proxy. En caso de que el proxy no use autenticación, o que desee conectarse anónimamente, sencillamente deje este campo en blanco. - + Password Contraseña - + Password for proxy authentication Contraseña para la autenticación con el proxy - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>Contraseña para la autenticación con el proxy.</b><br />Ésto especifica la contraseña que usará para autenticarse con el proxy. En caso de que el proxy no use autenticación, o que desee conectarse anónimamente, sencillamente deje este campo en blanco. - + Misc Varios - + Prevent log from downloading images Impedir que el registro de mensajes descargue imágenes - + <b>Disable image download</b><br/> Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the img tag. <b>Desactivar descarga de imágenes</b><br/> Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla mediante la etiqueta img. - + Disable image download Desactivar descarga de imágenes - + Mumble services Servicios de Mumble - + Check for new releases of Mumble automatically. Buscar nuevas versiones de Mumble automáticamente. - + This will check for new releases of Mumble every time you start the program, and notify you if one is available. Ésto hará que se busquen nuevas versiones de Mumble cada vez que se inicia el programa, y se le informe si hay una disponible. - + Check for application updates on startup Buscar actualizaciones de la aplicación durante al inicio - + Check for new releases of plugins automatically. Buscar nuevas versiones de los complementos automáticamente. - + This will check for new releases of plugins every time you start the program, and download them automatically. Ésto hará que se busquen nuevas versiones de los complementos cada vez que inicia el programa, y las descará automáticamente. - + Download plugin updates on startup Descargar actualizaciones de los complementos alinicio - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus its development where it is needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. <b>Envíar estadísticas anónimas.</b><br />Mumble tiene un equipo de desarrollo pequeño, y como tal necesita centrar su desarrollo donde mas se necesita. Con el envío de algunas estadísticas está contribuyendo a determinar dónde centrar el desarrollo. @@ -7652,7 +7872,7 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi Buscar actualizaciones al iniciar - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Envia estadísticas anónimas al proyecto Mumble @@ -7661,7 +7881,7 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi <b>Envíar estadísticas anónimas.</b><br />Mumble tiene un equipo de desarrollo pequeño, y como tal necesita centrar su desarrollo donde mas se necesita. Con el envío de algunas estadísticas está contribuyendo a determinar dónde centar el desarrollo. - + Submit anonymous statistics Enviar estadísticas anónimas @@ -7732,8 +7952,8 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi Overlay - - + + Mumble Mumble @@ -7765,7 +7985,7 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi No se pudo cargar la biblioteca de sobreimpresión. Esto quiere decir que ha ocurrido alguna de las siguientes circunstancias:- la biblioteca (mumble_ol.dll) no fue encontrada en el directorio desde el que ejecutó Mumble- está usando un SO anterior a WinXP SP2- no tiene la versión de DX9.0c actualizada en junio de 2007 - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 @@ -7774,7 +7994,7 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi - está usando un SO anterior a WinXP SP2 - + Failed to initialize overlay memory. This usually means that the shared memory is locked by the OS, and you need to reboot to release it. No se pudo inicializar la memoria de sobreimpresión. Normalmente esto significa que la memoria compartida está bloqueada por el S.O., y que necesita reiniciar para liberarla. @@ -7782,27 +8002,27 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi OverlayConfig - + Options Opciones - + Position Posición - + Font Fuente - + Enable Overlay Habilitar Sobreimpresión - + Enable overlay. Habilita la sobreimpresión. @@ -7827,7 +8047,7 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi Mostrar - + Who to show on the overlay Quién mostrar en la sobreimpresión @@ -7836,32 +8056,32 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi <b>Establece a quién mostrar en la sobreimpresión durante el juego.</b><br />Si muchas personas están conectadas al mismo canal, la lista sobreimpresionada podría ser muy larga. Use ésto para acortarla.<br /><i>Nadie</i> - No mostrar a nadie (pero dejar funcionando la sobreimpresión).<br /><i>Sólo hablando</i> - Sólo mostrar las personas que hablan.<br /><i>Todos</i> - Mostrar todos. - + Always Show Self Siempre mostrarse a sí mismo - + Always show yourself on overlay. Siempre le muestra en la sobreimpresión. - + Grow Left Crecer hacia la izquierda - + Let overlay grow to the left Permitir a la sobreimpresión crecer hacia la izquierda - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. La sobreimpresión trata de permanecer lo más pequeña posible y en la posición que ha seleccionado. Esto permite que la sobreimpresión crezca hacia la izquierda si es necesario. - + Grow Right Crecer hacia la derecha @@ -7874,12 +8094,12 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi La sobreimpresión trata de permanecer lo más pequeña posible y en la posición que ha seleccionado. Esto permite que la sobreimpresión crezca hacia la derecha si es necesario. - + Grow Up Crecer hacia arriba - + Let overlay grow upwards Permitir a la sobreimpresión crecer hacia arriba @@ -7888,12 +8108,12 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi La sobreimpresión trata de permanecer lo más pequeña posible y en la posición que ha seleccionado. Esto permite que la sobreimpresión crezca hacia la arriba si es necesario. - + Grow Down Crecer hacia abajo - + Let overlay grow downwards Permitir a la sobreimpresión crecer hacia abajo @@ -7902,32 +8122,32 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi La sobreimpresión trata de permanecer lo más pequeña posible y en la posición que ha seleccionado. Esto permite que la sobreimpresión crezca hacia la abajo si es necesario. - + X-Position of Overlay Posición-X de la sobreimpresión - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. Establece la posición X relativa de la sobreimpresión. - + Y-Position of Overlay Posición-Y de la sobreimpresión - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. Establece la posición Y relativa de la sobreimpresión. - + Current Font Fuente actual - + Set Font Establece la fuente @@ -7944,11 +8164,7 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi Anchura máxima - - - - - + Change Cambiar @@ -7965,27 +8181,27 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi Color de los jugadores que hablan-alt - + Color for Channels Color de los canales - + Color for active Channels Color de los canales activos - + Overlay Sobreimpresión - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. Establece si mostrarse siempre a sí mismo o no. Esta opción es útil si no está mostrando a todos los usuarios en la sobreimpresión, ya que entonces sólo vería su propio estado si usted está hablando, lo que no le permitiría ver si fue ensordecido o enmudecido. - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. <b>Establece a quién mostrar en la sobreimpresión durante el juego.</b><br />Si muchas personas están conectadas al mismo canal, la lista sobreimpresionada podría ser muy larga. Use esto para acortarla.<br /><i>Nadie</i> - No mostrar a nadie (pero dejar funcionando la sobreimpresión).<br /><i>Sólo los que hablan</i> - Sólo mostrar las personas que hablan.<br /><i>Todos los usuarios</i> - Mostrar todos los usuarios. @@ -7994,111 +8210,111 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi Establece la anchura máxima de los nombres mostrados, relativa a la altura. Si fija esto a 100%, ninguna línea de texto será más ancha que su altura. A 500%, ninguna línea será 5 veces más ancha que su altura, y así sucesivamente. - + Show User Textures Mostrar texturas de los usuarios - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. Muestra texturas personalizadas por el usuario en vez de texto en la sobreimpresión. - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. Establece si se descargarán y usarán texturas personalizadas para los usuarios registrados. Si se desactiva, se usará en su lugar el texto resumido habitual. - + Maximum height of names. Altura maxima de los nombres. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. Establece la altura máxima de los nombres mostrados, en relación a la altura de la pantalla. Si su ventana 3D activa tiene 800 píxeles de alto y se fija esto a 5%, entonces cada nombre tendrá 40 píxeles de alto. Fíjese en que los nombres no serán más altos de 60 píxeles sin importar lo que se establezca aquí. - + Maximum height Altura máxima - + Show no one No mostrar a nadie - + Show only talking Mostrar sólo los que hablan - + Show everyone Mostrar todos los usuarios - - + + Color for users Color de los usuarios - - + + Color for talking users Color de los usuarios que hablan - - + + Color for whispering users Color de los usuarios que susurran - + Color for channels Color de los canales - + Color for active channels Color de los canales activos - + Form Formulario - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start Mumble after starting the application, or if you disable the overlay while the application is running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. Establece si la sobreimpresión está habilitada o no. Esta opción se comprueba sólo cuando se inician las aplicaciones, así que asegúrese de que Mumble está ejecutándose y esta opción está activada antes de que inicie la aplicación.<br />Por favor, fíjese en que si inicia la aplicación después de iniciar Mumble, o si desactiva la sobreimpresión mientras se está ejecutando, no existe ninguna forma segura de reiniciar la sobreimpresión sin reiniciar también la aplicación. - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. La sobreimpresión trata de permanecer lo más pequeña posible y en la posición que ha seleccionado. Esto permite que la sobreimpresión crezca hacia la arriba si es necesario. - + Let overlay grow to the right Permitir a la sobreimpresión crecer hacia la derecha - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. La sobreimpresión trata de permanecer lo más pequeña posible y en la posición que ha seleccionado. Esto permite que la sobreimpresión crezca hacia la derecha si es necesario. - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. La sobreimpresión trata de permanecer lo más pequeña posible y en la posición que ha seleccionado. Esto permite que la sobreimpresión crezca hacia la arriba si es necesario. - + TextLabel EtiquetaDeTexto @@ -8172,18 +8388,18 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi PluginConfig - + Options Opciones - - + + Plugins Complementos - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information Habilita los complementos y transmite información posicional @@ -8192,92 +8408,102 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi Habilita que los complementos para los juegos soportados extraigan su posición en el juego y transmitan eso con cada paquete de voz. Esto permite que otros jugadores oigan su voz en el juego desde la dirección en la que su personaje está en relación al suyo. - + This allows plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit it with each voice packet. This enables other users to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. Permite que los complementos para los juegos soportados extraigan su posición en el juego y transmitan eso con cada paquete de voz. Esto permite que otros jugadores oigan su voz en el juego desde la dirección en la que su personaje está en relación al suyo. - + Reloads all plugins Recarga todos los complementos - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. Vuelve a buscar y a recargar los complementos. Use esto si acaba de agregar o cambiar un complemento en el directorio de complementos. - + Information about plugin Información acerca del complemento - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. Muestra un pequeño mensaje de información acerca del complemento. - + Show configuration page of plugin Muestra la página de configuración del complemento - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. Muestra la página de configuración del complemento, si la hay. - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. El complemento no tiene función de configuración. - + Link to Game and Transmit Position Vincularse con el juego y transmitir la posición - + &Reload plugins &Recargar complementos - + &About &Acerca de - + &Configure &Configurar - + Plugin has no about function. El complemento no tiene información "acerca de". - + Form Formulario + + + Name + + + + + Enabled + + Plugins - - + + Downloaded new or updated plugin to %1. Se ha descargado un complemento nuevo o actualizado para %1. - + Failed to install new plugin to %1. No se pudo instalar un nuevo complemento para %1. @@ -8286,7 +8512,7 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi El plugin %1 perdió el vínculo. - + %1 lost link. %1 perdió el vínculo. @@ -8295,7 +8521,7 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi Plugin %1 vínculado. - + %1 linked. %1 vinculado. @@ -8303,7 +8529,7 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi PortAudioSystem - + Default Device Dispositivo por defecto @@ -8382,12 +8608,12 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input Entrada por defecto - + Default Output Salida por defecto @@ -8395,82 +8621,81 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi RichTextEditor - + Failed to load image No se pudo cargar la imágen - + Image file too large to embed in document. Please use images smaller than %1 kB. Archivo de imágen demasiado grande para ser incrustado en el documento. Por favor, use imágenes más pequeñas que %1 kB. - TabWidget - ComponentePestaña + ComponentePestaña - + Display Visualización - + Source Text Texto fuente - + &Bold &Negrita - + Ctrl+B Ctrl+N - + &Italic Curs&iva - + Italic Cursiva - + Ctrl+I Ctrl+I - + Underline Subrayado - + Ctrl+U Ctrl+S - + Color Color - + Insert Link Insertar vínculo - + Ctrl+L Ctrl+L - + Insert Image Insertar imágen @@ -8478,17 +8703,17 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi RichTextEditorLink - + Add Link Agregar vínculo - + URL URL - + Text Texto @@ -8496,27 +8721,27 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi ServerHandler - + UDP packets cannot be sent to or received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. No se pueden enviar o recibir paquetes UDP del servidor. Cambiando al modo TCP. - + UDP packets cannot be sent to the server. Switching to TCP mode. No se pueden enviar paquetes UDP al servidor. Cambiando al modo TCP. - + UDP packets cannot be received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. No se pueden recibir paquetes UDP del servidor. Cambiando al modo TCP. - + UDP packets can be sent to and received from the server. Switching back to UDP mode. Se pueden enviar y recibir paquetes UDP del servidor. Volviendo al modo UDP. - + Connection timed out Expiró el tiempo de espera para la conexión @@ -8524,42 +8749,42 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi ServerView - + Favorite Favorito - + LAN LAN - + Public Internet Internet pública - + Asia Asia - + North America América del Norte - + South America América del Sur - + Europe Europa - + Oceania Oceanía @@ -8567,7 +8792,7 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned Sin asignar @@ -8575,22 +8800,22 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi ShortcutDelegate - + On Activado - + Off Desactivado - + Toggle Conmutar - + Unassigned Sin asignar @@ -8598,7 +8823,7 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut Presione la tecla de método abreviado @@ -8606,22 +8831,22 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi ShortcutTargetDialog - + Root Raíz - + Parent Padre - + Current Actual - + Subchannel #%1 Subcanal nª %1 @@ -8629,42 +8854,42 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi ShortcutTargetWidget - + ... ... - + , , - + Root Raíz - + Parent Padre - + Current Actual - + Subchannel #%1 Subcanal nª %1 - + Invalid Inválido - + <Empty> <Vacío> @@ -8672,17 +8897,17 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi ShortcutToggleWidget - + Off Desactivado - + Toggle Conmutar - + On Activado @@ -8706,17 +8931,17 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi Deshabilita el formato html - + Enter text Introduzca el texto - + If checked the message is recursively sent to all subchannels Si se activa, el mensaje se envía recursivamente a todos los subcanales - + Send recursively to subchannels Enviar recursivamente a los subcanales @@ -8724,22 +8949,22 @@ Impide que el cliente descargue imágenes incrustadas en mensajes de charla medi Tokens - + Empty Token Credencial vacía - + Mumble - Access Tokens Mumble - Credenciales de acceso - + List of access tokens on current server Lista de credenciales de acceso en el servidor actual - + <b>This is an editable list of access tokens on the connected server.</b> <br /> An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simple access management on channels. Mumble will remember the tokens you've used and resend them to the server next time you reconnect, so you don't have to enter these every time. @@ -8750,22 +8975,22 @@ Una credencial de acceso es una cadena de texto que puede ser usada como contras - + Add a token Agrega una credencial - + &Add &Agregar - + Remove a token Elimina una credencial - + &Remove &Eliminar @@ -8773,159 +8998,164 @@ Una credencial de acceso es una cadena de texto que puede ser usada como contras UserEdit - - + Registered Users Usuarios registrados - + + Remove Eliminar + + + Rename + + UserModel - + This is a user connected to the server. The icon to the left of the user indicates whether or not they are talking: Éste es un usuario conectado al servidor. El icono a la izquierda del usuario indica si está o no hablando: - + Talking to your channel. Hablando a su canal. - + Whispering directly to your channel. Susurrando directamente a su canal. - + Whispering directly to you. Susurrándote directamente a ti. - + Not talking. Callado. - + This is a channel on the server. The icon indicates the state of the channel: Ésto es un canal del servidor. El icono indica el estado del canal: - + Your current channel. Su canal actual. - + A channel that is linked with your channel. Linked channels can talk to each other. Un canal que está vinculado con su canal. Los canales vinculados pueden hablarse entre sí. - + A channel on the server that you are not linked to. Un canal del servidor al que no está vinculado. - + This shows the flags the user has on the server, if any: Ésto muestra los emblemas que tiene el usuario en el servidor, si los hay: - + On your friend list En su lista de amigos - + Authenticated user Usuario autenticado - + Muted (manually muted by self) Mudo (enmudecido manualmente por sí mismo) - + Muted (manually muted by admin) Mudo (enmudecido manualmente por un administrado) - + Muted (not allowed to speak in current channel) Mudo (no se le permite hablar en el canal actual) - + Muted (muted by you, only on your machine) Mudo (enmudecido por usted, sólo en su máquina) - + Deafened (by self) Sordo (por sí mismo) - + Deafened (by admin) Sordo (por un administrador) - + User has a new comment set (click to show) El usuario ha recibido un nuevo comentario (click para mostrar) - + User has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) El usuario tiene un comentario que ya ha visto (click para mostrar) - + This shows the flags the channel has, if any: Muestra los emblemas que tiene el canal, si los hay: - + Channel has a new comment set (click to show) El canal ha recibido un nuevo comentario (click para mostrar) - + Channel has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) El canal tiene un comentario que ya ha visto (click para mostrar) - + Name Nombre - + Flags Emblemas - - - + + + Mumble Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? ¿Está seguro de que desea arrastrar este canal? - - + + Cannot perform this movement automatically, please reset the numeric sorting indicators or adjust it manually. No se puede realizar este movimiento automáticamente, por favor, reinicie los indicadores numéricos de órden o ajústelo manualmente. @@ -8941,7 +9171,7 @@ Una credencial de acceso es una cadena de texto que puede ser usada como contras No se pudo recuperar del servidor la información de la versión. - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. Mumble no pudo recuperar la información de la versión del servidor SourceForge. @@ -8949,102 +9179,102 @@ Una credencial de acceso es una cadena de texto que puede ser usada como contras ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details Detalles de la cadena de certificados - + Certificate chain Cadena de certificados - + Certificate details Detalles del certificado - + %1 %2 %1 %2 - - + + Common Name: %1 Nombre común: %1 - - + + Organization: %1 Organización: %1 - + Subunit: %1 Subunidad: %1 - - + + Country: %1 País: %1 - - + + Locality: %1 Localidad: %1 - - + + State: %1 Estado: %1 - + Valid from: %1 Válido desde: %1 - + Valid to: %1 Válido hasta: %1 - + Serial: %1 Número de serie: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 Clave pública: %1 bits %2 - + RSA RSA - + DSA DSA - + Digest (MD5): %1 Huella digital (MD5): %1 - + Issued by: Emitido por: - + Unit Name: %1 Nombre de unidad: %1 @@ -9099,7 +9329,7 @@ Una credencial de acceso es una cadena de texto que puede ser usada como contras WASAPISystem - + Default Device Dispositivo por defecto diff --git a/src/mumble/mumble_fr.ts b/src/mumble/mumble_fr.ts index f33a6bea3..aedb1c75b 100644 --- a/src/mumble/mumble_fr.ts +++ b/src/mumble/mumble_fr.ts @@ -8,118 +8,112 @@ Mumble - Editer la LCA pour %1 - + Active ACLs LCAs actifs - + Context Contexte - + User/Group Utilisateur/Groupe - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a '!', its membership is negated, and if it starts with a '~', it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in.<br />If a group name starts with a '#', it is interpreted as an access token. Users must have entered whatever follows the '#' in their list of access tokens to match. This can be used for very simple password access to channels for non-authenticated users.<br />If a group name starts with a '$', it will only match users whose certificate hash matches what follows the '$'.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for '<i>sub,0,0,0</i>').<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for '<i>!sub,0,0,0</i>').<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. Contrôle à quel groupe d'utilisateurs cette entrée s'applique.<br />Il est à noter que les groupes sont évalués dans le contexte du salon dans lequel l'entrée est utilisée Par exemple, la LCA du salon racine par défaut donne la permission d'<i>écriture</i> au groupe <i>admin</i>. Cette entrée, si héritée par un salon, donnera à l'utilisateur le privilège d'écriture s'il appartient au groupe <i>admin</i> du salon, même s'il n'appartient pas au groupe <i>admin</i> dans le salon de la LCA originelle.<br />Si le nom d'un groupe commence par '!', son appartenance est négative, et s'il commence par un '~', il est évalué dans le salon dans lequel la LCA a été définie, plutôt que dans le salon dans lequel la LCA est active.<br />Si le nom d'un groupe commence par '#', son contenu sera interprété comme un jeton d'accès. Les utilisateurs doivent saisir ce qui suit le '#' dans leur liste de jetons d'accès pour être valide. Cette méthode peut être utilisée pour un accès simple par mots de passe pour les utilisateurs non authentifiés.<br />Si le nom d'un groupe commence par '$', seulement les utilisateurs dont le hash du certificat, qui doit suivre le '$', seront valides.<br />Quelques groupes prédéfinis sont :<br /><b>all</b> - Tout le monde est concerné.<br /><b>auth</b> - Tous les utilisateurs authentifiés<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - Utilisateurs actuellement dans un sous-salon avec au moins <i>a</i> parents commun, entre les salons <i>b</i> et <i>c</i>. Voir le site web pour une explication plus complète.<br /><b>in</b> - Utilisateurs dans le salon (raccourci pour <i>sub,0,0,0</i>)<br /><b>out</b> - Utilisateurs en dehors du salon (raccourci pour <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Il est à noter que ces entrées s'appliquent soit à un utilisateur, soit à un groupe, mais pas aux deux. - + Permissions Permissions - - + Group Groupe - - + Members Membres - + &Add &Ajouter - + &Remove Supp&rimer - + &Up Ha&ut - + &Down &Bas - + Inherit ACLs Hérite des LCAs - + Applies to this channel Appliquer à ce salon - + Applies to sub-channels Appliquer aux sous-salons - + User ID ID Utilisateur - + Deny Refuser - + Allow Accorder - - - + Remove Supprimer - + Inherit Hérite - + Inheritable Héritable - + Inherited Hérité - - - + Add Ajouter @@ -128,12 +122,12 @@ Ajouter à la liste de suppression - + &Groups &Groupes - + &ACL &LCA @@ -162,7 +156,7 @@ Ce bouton va annuler toutes les modifications et fermer la fenêtre sans mettre à jour les LCAs ou groupes sur le serveur. - + List of entries Liste des entrées @@ -171,104 +165,103 @@ Montrer toutes les entrées actives sur ce salon. Les entrées héritées des salons parents seront montrées en italique. - + Inherit ACL of parent? Hériter la LCA du parent ? - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. Définit si la LCA en haut de la chaîne des salons parents s'applique à cet objet ou non. Seules les entrées qui sont marquées dans les parents comme "Appliquer au sous-salons" seront hérités. - + Add new entry Ajouter une nouvelle entrée - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. Ajoute une nouvelle entrée, initialement définie avec aucune permission, et s'appliquant à tous. - + Remove entry Supprimer une entrée - + This removes the currently selected entry. Supprime l'entrée actuellement sélectionnée. - + Move entry up Déplacer l'entrée vers le haut - Properties - Propriétés + Propriétés - + Name Nom - + Enter the channel name here. Saisir le nom du salon ici. - + <b>Name</b><br>Enter the channel name in this field. The name has to comply with the restriction imposed by the server you are connected to. <b>Nom</b><br/>Saisir le nom du salon dans ce champ. Le nom doit se conformer aux restrictions imposées par le serveur auquel vous êtes connecté. - + Description Description - + Password Mot de passe - + Enter the channel password here. Saisir le mot de passe du salon ici. - + <b>Password</b><br>This field allows you to easily set and change the password of a channel. In the background it uses Mumble's access tokens feature. To allow more fine grained and powerful access control directly use ACLs and groups instead (<i>Advanced configuration</i> has to be checked to be able to see these settings). <b>Mot de passe</b><br/>Ce champ vous permet de définir ou de changer le mot de passe du salon. Il utilise les fonctions de jetons d'accès de Mumble en arrière plan. Pour définir plus finement et plus puissamment les droits d'accès, utilisez directement les LCA et groupes à la place (<i>Configuration avancée</i> doit être coché pour afficher ces paramètres). - + Check to create a temporary channel. Cocher pour créer un salon temporaire. - + <b>Temporary</b><br> When checked the channel created will be marked as temporary. This means when the last player leaves it the channel will be automatically deleted by the server. <b>Temporaire</b><br> Quand cette case est cochée, le salon ainsi créé sera marqué temporaire. En conséquence, le salon sera automatiquement supprimé dès que le dernier utilisateur l'aura quitté. - + Temporary Temporaire - + Channel positioning facility value Valeur de positionnement du salon - + <b>Position</b><br/> This value enables you to change the way Mumble arranges the channels in the tree. A channel with a higher <i>Position</i> value will always be placed below one with a lower value and the other way around. If the <i>Position</i> value of two channels is equal they will get sorted alphabetically by their name. <b>Position</b><br/> @@ -277,12 +270,12 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre Cette valeur vous permet de définir comment Mumble arrange les salons dans l'arborescence. Un salon avec une valeur de <b>Position</b> plus grance sera toujours placé en dessous de ceux qui ont une valeur plus petite, et inversement. Si la valeur de <b>Position</b> est identique entre deux salons, ceux-ci seront trié par ordre alphabétique à partir de leur noms. - + Position Position - + <b>Group</b><br> These are all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. <b>Group</b><br> @@ -291,137 +284,137 @@ This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, Ce sont tous les groupes actuellement définis pour ce salon. Pour créer un nouveau groupe, il suffit de saisir un nom et d'appuyer sur Entrée. - + Add new group Ajouter un nouveau groupe - + <b>Add</b><br/> Add a new group. <b>Ajouter</b><br/> Ajouter un nouveau groupe. - + <b>Remove</b><br>This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. <b>Supprimer</b><br/>Efface le groupe actuellement sélectionné. Si le groupe était hérité, il ne sera pas retiré de la liste, mais toutes les modifications locales du groupe seront effacées. - + <b>Inherit</b><br>This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. <b>Hérite</b><br/>Permet à tous les membres du groupe dêtre hérités du groupe parent, si le groupe est marqué comme étant <i>Héritable<i> dans le salon parent. - + <b>Inheritable</b><br>This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. <b>Héritable</b><br/> Indique que ce groupe peut être hérité par les sous salons. Si le groupe est non héritable, les sous salons sont libres de créer un nouveau groupe avec le même nom. - + <b>Inherited</b><br>This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. <b>Hérité</b><br/>Indique que le groupe est hérité du salon parent. Vous ne pouvez pas modifier cette option, elle n'est qu'informative. - + Inherited members Membres hérités - + Contains the list of members added to the group by this channel. Contient la liste des membres ajoutés au groupe par ce salon. - + <b>Members</b><br> This list contains all members that were added to the group by the current channel. Be aware that this does not include members inherited by higher levels of the channel tree. These can be found in the <i>Inherited members</i> list. To prevent this list to be inherited by lower level channels uncheck <i>Inheritable</i> or manually add the members to the <i>Excluded members</i> list. <b>Membres</><br/> Cette liste contient tous les membres ajoutés au groupe dans le salon actuel. Notez que celà n'inclut pas les membres hérités par les salons de niveaux suppérieurs. Ceux-ci peuvent être trouvés dans la liste des <i>Membres hérités</i>. Pour éviter que cette liste ne soit héritée par les sous salons, décochez <i>Héritable</i> ou ajouter manuellement les membres à la liste des <i>Membres exclus</i>. - + Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. Contient la liste des membres dont l'appartenance au groupe ne doit pas être hérité depuis le salon parent. - + <b>Excluded members</b><br> Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. <b>Membres exclus</b><br/> Contient une liste de membres dont l'appartenance au groupe ne doit pas être hérité du salon parent. - + Contains the list of members inherited by other channels. Contient une liste des membres hérités depuis d'autres salons. - + <b>Inherited members</b><br> Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i>Inherit</i> to prevent inheritance from higher level channels. <b>Membres hérités</b><br /> Contient la liste des membres hérités par le salon actuel. Décochez <i>Hérite</i> pour empêcher l'héritage depuis un salon de niveau supérieur. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to add to the group and click Add. Saisir le nom de l'utilisateur que vous souhaitez ajouter au groupe et cliquez sur Ajouter. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to remove from the group and click Add. Saisir le nom de l'utilisateur que vous souhaitez retirer du groupe et cliquez sur Ajouter. - + Exclude Exclure - + Excluded members Membres exclus - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. Déplace une entrée vers le haut dans la liste. Comme les entrées sont évaluées dans l'ordre, cela peut changer la permission effective des utilisateurs. Vous ne pouvez pas déplacer une entrée héritée, si vous le nécessitez vraiment, vous aurez à dupliquer l'entrée héritée. - + Move entry down Déplacer une entrée vers le bas - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. Déplace une entrée vers le bas dans la liste. Comme les entrées sont évaluées dans l'ordre, ceci peut changer les permissions effectives des utilisateurs. - + Entry should apply to this channel. Entry should apply to this channel Les entrées devraient s'appliquer à ce salon. - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. Applique l'entrée à ce salon. - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. L'entrée devrait s'appliquer aux sous-salons. - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. Applique l'entrée aux sous-salons de ce salon. - + Group this entry applies to Le groupe sur lequel cette entrée s'applique @@ -430,53 +423,53 @@ Contient la liste des membres hérités par le salon actuel. Décochez <i> Contrôle à quel groupe d'utilisateurs cette entrée s'applique.<br />Il est à noter que les groupes sont évalués dans le contexte du salon dans lequel l'entrée est utilisée Par exemple, la LCA du salon racine par défaut donne la permission d'<i>écriture</i> au groupe <i>admin</i>. Cette entrée, si héritée par un salon, donnera à l'utilisateur le privilège d'écriture s'il appartient au groupe <i>admin</i> du salon, même s'il n'appartient pas au groupe <i>admin</i> dans le salon de la LCA originelle.<br />Si le nom d'un groupe commence avec !, son appartenance est négative, et s'il commence par un ~, il est évalué dans le salon dans lequel la LCA a été définie, plutôt que dans le salon dans lequel la LCA est active. L'ordre est important; <i>!~in</i> est valide, mais <i>~!in</i> ne l'est pas.<br />Quelques groupes prédéfinis sont :<br /><b>all</b> - Tout le monde est concerné.<br /><b>auth</b> - Tous les utilisateurs autenthifiés<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - Utilisateurs actuellement dans un sous-salon avec au moins <i>a</i> parents commun, entre les salons <i>b</i> et <i>c</i>. Voire le site web pour une explication plus complète.<br /><b>in</b> - Utilisateurs dans le salon ( <i>sub,0,0,0</i> )<br /><b>out</b> - Utilisateurs en dehors du salon ( <i>!sub,0,0,0</i> ).<br />Il est à noter que ces entrées s'appliquent soit à un utilisateur ou à un groupe, mais pas aux deux. - + User this entry applies to Utilisateur sur lequel cette entrée s'applique - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. Contrôle sur quel utilisateur cette entrée s'applique. Tapez simplement le nom de l'utilisateur et pressez entrée pour interroger le serveur. - + Allow %1 Permettre %1 - + Deny %1 Refuser %1 - + Mumble - Add channel Mumble - Ajouter un salon - - + + Failed: Invalid channel Échec: Salon invalide - + Mumble - Edit %1 Mumble - Édite %1 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Accorde le privilège %1. Si un privilège est à la fois accordé et refusé, il est refusé.<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Retirer le privilège %1. Si le privilège est à la fois accordé et refusé, il est refusé.<br />%2 - + List of groups Liste des groupes @@ -485,7 +478,7 @@ Contient la liste des membres hérités par le salon actuel. Décochez <i> Tous les groupes actuellements définis pour le salon. Pour créer un groupe, tappez simplement son nom et appuyez sur enter. - + Remove selected group Supprime le groupe sélectionné @@ -494,7 +487,7 @@ Contient la liste des membres hérités par le salon actuel. Décochez <i> Supprime le groupe actuellement sélectionné. Si le groupe était hérité, il ne va pas être supprimé de la liste, mais toutes les informations le concernant seront effacées. - + Inherit group members from parent Hériter les groupes du parent @@ -503,7 +496,7 @@ Contient la liste des membres hérités par le salon actuel. Décochez <i> Tous les membres du groupe héritent du parent, si le groupe est marqué comme <i>Héritable</i> dans le salon parant. - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels Rendre le groupe héritable pour les sous-salons @@ -512,7 +505,7 @@ Contient la liste des membres hérités par le salon actuel. Décochez <i> Rend ce groupe héritable pour les sous-salons. Si un groupe n'est pas héritable, ses sous-salons seront toujours libre de créer un nouveau groupe avec le même nom. - + Group was inherited from parent channel Le groupe a hérité du salon parent @@ -521,7 +514,7 @@ Contient la liste des membres hérités par le salon actuel. Décochez <i> Indique que le groupe a hérité du salon parent. Vous ne pouvez pas éditer ce fanion, ce n'est qu'une information. - + Add member to group Ajouter un membre au groupe @@ -530,7 +523,7 @@ Contient la liste des membres hérités par le salon actuel. Décochez <i> Tappez le nom du joueur que vous souhaitez ajouter au groupe et appuyez sur entrée. - + Remove member from group Retire le membre du groupe @@ -539,7 +532,7 @@ Contient la liste des membres hérités par le salon actuel. Décochez <i> Tappez le nom du joueur que vous souhaitez retirer du groupe et appuyez sur entrée. - + Dialog Dialogue @@ -552,20 +545,25 @@ Contient la liste des membres hérités par le salon actuel. Décochez <i> Ecrire le nom du joueur que vous souhaitez supprimer dans le groupe et clicker sur ajouter. - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. Cela montre toutes les entrées actives sur ce salon. Le nombre de salons hérités seront montré en italique. <br />Les ACL sont évalués de haut en bas, ce qui signifie que la priorité augmente à mesure que vous déplacez vers le bas de la liste. + + + &Properties + + ALSAAudioInput - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 L'ouverture du périphérique d'entrée ALSA choisit a échoué : %1 - + Default ALSA Card Carte ALSA par défaut @@ -573,12 +571,12 @@ Contient la liste des membres hérités par le salon actuel. Décochez <i> ALSAAudioOutput - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 L'ouverture du périphérique de sortie ALSA choisit a échoué : %1 - + Default ALSA Card Carte ALSA par défaut @@ -641,33 +639,33 @@ Contient la liste des membres hérités par le salon actuel. Décochez <i> ASIOConfig - + Device selection Sélection du périphérique - + Capabilities Capacités - + Buffer size Taille du tampon - + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. Configurera les canaux d'entrée pour l'ASIO. Veuillez vous assurer que vous avez sélectionné au moins un canal comme micro et haut-parleurs. <i>Microphone</i> indique l'endroit où votre microphone est connecté, et <i>Haut-parleurs</i>indique le canal qui joue '<i>Ce que vous entendez</i>'.<br/> Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est '<i>Mic L</l>' tandis que haut-parleur est '<i>Mix L</i>' et '<i>Lix R</i>'. - + Channels Canaux - + Configure input channels Configurer les cannaux d'entrée @@ -676,52 +674,52 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' Configure les canaux d'entrée ASIO. Vérifiez que vous avez choisi au moins un canal pour le microphone et les haut-parleur. <i>Microphone</i> devrait être l'emplacement de votre microphone et <i>Speaker</i> devrait être être le canal "What you hear".<br /> Par exemple, sur la carte Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le micro serait "Mic L" tandis que les Haut-Parleurs seraient "Mix L" et "Mix R" - + Device to use for microphone Périphérique à utiliser pour le microphone - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. Choisis le périphérique à interroger. Vous devez toujours interroger le périphérique et sélectionner les canaux à utiliser. - + Device Périphérique - + &Query &Interroger - + Query selected device Interroger le périphérique sélectionné - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Interroge le périphérique sélectionné pour connaître ses cannaux. Soyez conscients que beaucoup de pilotes ASIO sont buggés à l'extrême et les interroger peut crasher l'application ou le système. - + &Configure &Configurer - + Configure selected device Configurer le périphérique sélectionné - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Configure le périphérique sélectionné. Soyez conscients que les pilotes ASIO sont buggés à l'extrême, et les utiliser pourrait causer le crash de l'application ou du système. - + Driver name Nom du pilote @@ -730,29 +728,27 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' Taille du tampon - + Microphone Microphone - - + <- <- - - + -> -> - + Unused Non utilisé - + Speakers Haut parleurs @@ -769,43 +765,43 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' %1 ms -> %2ms ( résolution de %3 ms ) %4Hz -- Inutilisable - + %1 (version %2) %1 (version %2) - + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5Hz %1 -> %2 échantillons tampon, avec %3 résolution exemple (%4 préféré) à %5 Hz - - - - + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 L'initialisation de ASIO a échoué: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver Impossible d'instancier le pilote ASIO - + ASIO ASIO - + Form Form @@ -821,18 +817,18 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' ASIOInput - - + + Mumble Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. Vous devez sélectionner au moins un microphone et un haut-parleur pour utiliser ASIO. Si vous avez seulement besoin du microphone, utilisez DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. L'ouverture du périphérique ASIO sélectionné a échouée. Il n'y aura pas d'entrée. @@ -844,27 +840,27 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' <h3>Mumble v%1</h3><p>Copyright 2005-2008 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Un utilitaire de chat vocal pour les joueurs</b></p><p><tt>http://mumble.sourceforge.net/</tt></p> - + &About Mumble &A propos de Mumble - + &License &Licence - + OK Valider - + About Mumble À propos de Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Un utilitaire de communication vocale pour les joueurs</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> @@ -872,7 +868,7 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' AboutSpeexDialog - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%1">%1</a></tt></p><p>This program uses SpeexDSP.</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering and voice activity detection.</p> <h3>À propos de Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%1">%1</a></tt></p><p>Ce programme utilise SpeexDSP</p><p>Speex est utilisé pour la suppression de l'écho,le filtrage<br /> du bruit et la détection de l'activité vocale.</p> @@ -881,12 +877,12 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' <h3>À propos de Speex</h3><p><tt>http://www.speex.org/</tt></p><p>Ce programme utilise la version %1 de Speex</p><p>Speex est utilisé pour l'annulation de l'écho,<br />le filtrage du bruit, la détection de l'activité vocale,<br />et la compression de la voix.</p> - + OK Valider - + About Speex À propos de Speex @@ -1221,43 +1217,43 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' AudioInput - + Form Form - + Interface Interface - + System Système - + Input method for audio Méthode d'entrée pour l'audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Il s'agit de la méthode d'entrée utilisée pour l'audio.</b><br />En général vous utilisez DirectSound. - + Device Périphérique - + Input device for audio Output method for audio Périphérique d'entrée pour l'audio - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>C'est le périphérique d'entrée à utiliser pour l'audio.<.b> @@ -1267,47 +1263,46 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' Supprimer l'écho - + Transmission Transmission - + &Transmit &Transmission - + When to transmit your speech Quand transmettre votre voix - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. <b>Détermine quand transmettre votre voix.</b><br /><i>Continu</i> - En continu<br /><i>Activité Vocale</i> - Quand vous parlez clairement.<br /><i>Appuyez pour parler</i> - Quand vous pressez la touche choisie dans les <i>Raccourcis</i>. - + DoublePush Time DoublePush Time - TextLabel - TextLabel + TextLabel - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. <b>Active le bip sonore pour le push to talk</b><br/>Si vous activez cette option, vous entendrez un court bip sonore quand le bouton appuyez-pour-parler sera activé ou relaché. - + PTT Audio cue Sons APP - + Use SNR based speech detection Utilise le rapport Signal/Bruit pour la détection de la voix @@ -1316,78 +1311,77 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' <b>Ceci défiinit la détection de parole à utiliser pour le taux de signal/bruit.</b><br />Dans ce mode, l'entrée est analysé pour quelque chose ressemblant à un signal clair, et que la clarté du signal soit utilisé pour déclencher la parole de détection. - + Signal to Noise Signal/Bruit - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. Utilise l'amplitude pour la détection de la voix. - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. <b>Définit la détection pour utiliser l'amplitude.</b><br/>Dans ce mode, la force du signal d'entrée sera utilisé pour détecter la voix. - + Amplitude Amplitude - + Voice &Hold Maintient de la &voix - + How long to keep transmitting after silence Combien de temps après un silence continuer à maintenir la transmission - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>Détermine combien de temps la transmission devrait continuer après une pause dans la conversation.</b><br />Choisissez une valeur supérieure si votre voix est coupée lorsque vous parlez (l'icône située a coté de votre nom clignote alors très rapidement).<br />Cela n'a de sens que si vous utilisez la transmission via l'Activité Vocale. - + Silence Below Silence en deça - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. <b>Définit la valeur pour la détection de la voix.</b><br/>Utilisez ce réglage avec la fenêtre de Statistiques Audio pour régler manuellement la valeur de détection de la voix. Toute valeur d'entrée en dessous de "Silence en deça" sera toujours considéré comme du silence. Les valeurs au delà de "Voix au delà" seront toujours considéré comme de la voix. Les valeurs intermédiaires seront considérées comme étant de la voix si vous êtes en train de parler, mais n'activeront pas une nouvelle détection. - + Speech Above Voix au delà - + Signal values above this count as voice Les valeurs de signal au delà comptent comme de la voix - + Compression Compression - + &Quality &Qualité - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) Qualité de la compression (influe sur la bande passante) - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. <b>Définis la qualité de la compression.</b><br />Détermine combien de bande passante Mumble est autorisé à utiliser pour l'audio en sortie. @@ -1404,17 +1398,17 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' <b>Définis la complexité de la compression.<b><br />Détermine combien de CPU mumble est autorisé à utiliser pour améliorer la qualité de la voix transmise. - + Audio per packet Trames par paquet - + How many audio frames to send per packet Nombre de trames audio a envoyer par paquet - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>Sélectionne le nombre de trames audio qui devraient être envoyées dans un paquet.</b><br />Augmenter cette valeur augmentera votre latence, mais réduira aussi vos besoins en bande passante. @@ -1423,22 +1417,22 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' Bande passante maximum utilisée pour l'envoi audio - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). <b>Montre la bande passante maximale utilisée.</b><br />Montre la bande maximale passante maximale utilisée par votre machine. Le débit binaire audio est le débit binaire maximum (puisqu'un débit binaire variable est utilisé) pour les données seules. La position est le débit binaire utilisé pour les informations de position. L'entête contient le système de trames et les entêtes des paquets IP. (IP ET UPD est de 75% de l'entête). - + Audio Processing Processeur audio - + Noise Suppression Suppression du bruit - + Noise suppression Suppression du bruit @@ -1447,173 +1441,172 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' <b>Cela fixe le niveau de suppression de bruit.</b><br />Plus cette valeur est haute, moins il y aura de parasites. - + Amplification Amplification - + Maximum amplification of input sound Amplification maximale de l'entrée sonore - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. <b>Amplification de l'entrée maximale.</b><br />Mumble normalise le son de l'entrée avant de le compresser, et l'amplifie aussi fort qu'il en est autorisé.<br />Le niveau actuel est continuellement mis à jour selon votre modèle de parole actuel, mais il ne dépassera jamais le niveau spécifié ici.<br />Si le <i>Volume du microphone</li> des statistiques audio tourne autour de 100%, vous voudrez probablement le mettre à 2.0 ou quelque chose comme ça, mais si, comme la plupart des gens, vous n'arrivez pas à atteindre 100%, définissez quelque chose de beaucoup plus haut.<br />Idéallement, définissez le de manière à ce que <i>Volume du microphone * Facteur d'amplification >= 100</i>, même si vous parlez vraiment doucement.<br /><br />Il est à noter que mettre cette option au maximum ne causera aucun dégât, mais que Mumble risque d'entendre d'autres conversations, si vous lz laissez à ce niveau. - + Current speech detection chance Détection de parole actuelle - + Cancel echo from speakers Suppression de l'écho des haut-parleurs - + Enabling this will cancel the echo from your speakers. Mixed has low CPU impact, but only works well if your speakers are equally loud and equidistant from the microphone. Multichannel echo cancellation provides much better echo cancellation, but at a higher CPU cost. Activer cette option annulera l'écho de vos haut-parleurs. Mixé a le moins d'impact CPU, mais ne fonctionne que si vos enceintes sont au même volume et équidistants de votre microphone. Multicanal offre de meilleurs résultats, mais au prix d'une charge CPU plus importante. - + Disabled Désactivé - + Mixed Mixé - + Multichannel Multicanal - + Echo Écho - + If you press the PTT key twice in this time it will get locked. Si vous pressez la touche Appuyez-pour-parler deux fois dans cet intervale de temps, cela la bloquera. - + <b>DoublePush Time</b><br />If you press the push-to-talk key twice during the configured interval of time it will be locked. Mumble will keep transmitting until you hit the key once more to unlock PTT again. <b>DoublePush Time</b><br/>Si vous pressez la touche Appuyez-pour-parler deux fois durant l'intervale de temps configuré, celà la verrouillera. Mumble continuera à transmettre tant que la touche ne sera pas enfoncée une nouvelle fois. - + Gets played when the PTT button is pressed Sera joué quand le boutton Appuyez-pour-parler sera pressé - + Gets played when the PTT button is released Sera joué quand le boutton Appuyez-pour-parler sera relaché - + Reset audio cue to default Remet les sons par défaut - + <b>Reset</b><br/>Reset the paths for the files to their default. <b>Remettre à zéro</b><br/>Reinitialise les chemins des fichiers sonores aux valeurs par défaut. - + Reset R.A.Z - + Browse for on audio file Recherche un fichier audio quand activé - - + Browse Parcourir - + Browse for off audio file Rechercher un fichier audio quand éteind - + Off Éteint - + On Allumé - + Preview the audio cues Écouter les bips sonores - + <b>Preview</b><br/>Plays the current <i>on</i> soundfile followed by the current <i>off</i> soundfile. <b>Prévisualisation</b><br/>Joue le son pour l'action <i>Allumé</i> suivi de celui pour <i>Éteint</i>. - + Preview Prévisualisation - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated Son entendu lorsque la touche appuyez-pour-parler est activée ou reclachée - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. <b>Définit la détection vocale sur l'utilisation du rapport Signal/Bruit.</b><br/>Dans ce mode, l'entrée est analysé pour trouver ce qui ressemble à un signal clair, et la qualité de ce signal est utilisé comme base pour déterminer la détection vocale. - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Ceci affiche le niveau actuel des paramètres de détection de parole.</b><br />Vous pouvez changer ces paramètres depuis les paramètres ou l'assistant audio. - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be suppressed. <b>Définit la quantité de son à supprimer à appliquer.</b><br/>Plus la valeur est élevée, plus les bruits seront supprimés. - + Idle AutoMute Auto-absence (devenir muet) - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. Combien de temps avant l'absence automatique. - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. Ceci règle les paramètres d'absence. Si pendant cette durée il n'y a eut aucun envoi audio vers le serveur. Vous deviendrez muet. - + Signal values below this count as silence Les valeurs de signal en deça sont du silence - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio Bande passante maximale utilisée pour envoyer l'audio @@ -1622,7 +1615,7 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' <b>Cela fixe le niveau de suppression de bruit à appliquer.</b><br />Plus cette valeur est haute, plus il y aura de suppression de bruit. - + Server maximum network bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Audio quality auto-adjusted to %2 kbit/s (%3ms) La bande passante maximale est seulement de %1 kbits/s. La qualité audio est automatiquement ajustée à %2 kbits/s (%3ms) @@ -1630,65 +1623,66 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' AudioInputDialog - + Continuous Continu - + Voice Activity Activité vocale - + Push To Talk Appuyez-pour-parler - + Audio Input Entrée audio - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - + + + Off Éteint - + %1 s %1 s - + %1 kb/s %1 kb/s - + -%1 dB -%1 dB - - %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) - %1kbits/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Entêtes %3) + + %1 kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + %1kbits/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Entêtes %3) - + CELT CELT - + Speex Speex @@ -1697,7 +1691,7 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' %1kbits/s ( Audio %2, Position %4, Entêtes %3 ) - + %1 min %1 min @@ -1705,90 +1699,89 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' AudioOutput - + Form Form - + Interface Interface - + System Système - + Output method for audio Input method for audio Méthode de sortie audio - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Méthode de sortie audio.</b><br />En général vous utilisez DirectSound. - + Device Périphérique - + Output device for audio Périphérique de sortie audio - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> <b>C'est le périphérique de sortie à utiliser pour l'audio.</b> - - + Positional Audio Position Audio - + Audio Output Sortie audio - + Default &Jitter Buffer Tampon de &gigue par défaut - + Safety margin for jitter buffer Marge de sécurité pour le tampon de gigue - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. <b>C'est la valeur minimale de sécurité du tampon de gigue.</b><br/>Tout le son qui arrive est temporisé, et le tampon de gigue essaie de maintenir le tampon à la valeur minimale soutenable par cotre réseau, la latence est donc maintenue au niveau le plus bas possible. Ce paramètre définit la taille minimale du tampon à utiliser. Si le début des phrases que vous entendez est vraiment mauvais, augmentez cette valeur. - + Minimum distance to user before sound volume decreases Distance minimale de l'utilisateur avant que le volume sonore diminue - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other users' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. Spécifie la distance minimale pour le calcul du son. Le volume des autres utiisateurs ne sera pas diminué tant qu'ils ne seront pas plus éloigné de vous. - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other users' speech volume will not decrease any further. Spécifie la distance maximum pour le calcul du son. Passé cette distance, le volume des autres joueurs ne diminuera plus. - + <b>This enables one of the loopback test modes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other users will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. <b>Active l'un des tests de boucle locale.</b><br/><i>Aucun</i>- Test boucle locale désactivée.<br/><i>Local</i> - Émule un serveur local.<br/><i>Serveur</i> - Demande au serveur de retourner le son.<br/>Veuillez noter que si vous activez le test de boucle locale, aucun autre utilisateur ne vous entendra. Ce paramètre n'est pas mémorisé en quittant. @@ -1797,27 +1790,27 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' TextLabel - + Volume Volume - + Volume of incoming speech Volume de parole entrant - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. <b>Ceci ajuste le volume entrant de parole.</b><br />Notez que si vous augmentez cette valeur au-delà de 100%, le son sera déformé. - + Output Delay Délai de sortie - + Amount of data to buffer Quantitée de données à mettre en tampon @@ -1854,7 +1847,7 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' Atténuation - + Factor for sound volume decrease Facteur de diminution du volume sonore @@ -1863,53 +1856,53 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' À quelle vitesse le volume sonore devrait descendre en dépassant la distance minimale. Normalement ( 1.0 ), le son diminue de moitié à chaque fois que la distance double. Augmenter cette valeur signifie que le son descend plus vite, tandis que la diminuer signifie que le son diminue plus lentement. - + Bloom Augmentation - + Loopback Test Test de boucle locale - + Delay Variance Délai de variance - + Variance in packet latency Variance de la latence des paquets - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you to set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms <b>Définit la variance de la latence des paquets pour le test de boucle locale.</b><br/>Beaucoup de chemins audio contiennent une latence variable. Vous pouvez spécifier ici cette variance pour effectuer des tests de boucle locale. Par exemple, si vous la définissez à 15ms, un réseau avec une latence de 20-35 ms de ping ou de 80-90 ms de lantence sera émulé. La majorité des connexions domestiques ont une variance proche de 5 ms. - + Packet Loss Paquet perdu - + Packet loss for loopback mode Paquet perdu pour le mode de boucle locale - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% <b>Ceci définit la perte de paquets pour le mode de boucle locale.</b><br />Ce sera le taux de paquets perdus. À moins que votre bande passante sortante soit atteinte ou qu'il y ai un problème avec votre connexion réseau, ce sera 0% - + &Loopback Boucle &locale - + Desired loopback mode Mode de boucle locale désirée @@ -1918,43 +1911,43 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' <b>Ceci permet de s'écouter parler à des fins de test.</b><br /><i>Aucun</i> - Loopback désactivé<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulation d'un serveur local.<br /><i>Serveur</i> - Loopback depuis le serveur.<br />A noter que quand le loopback est activé les autres joueurs ne pourront pas vous entendre. Ces paramètres ne sont pas sauvegardés quand l'application est quitté. - + Factor for sound volume increase Facteur de diminution du volume sonore - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. Les "haut-parleurs" actuellement connectés sont un casque - + Minimum Distance Distance minimale - + Maximum Distance Distance maximale - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease Distance maximale, au delà de laquelle le volume n'est pas diminué - + Minimum Volume Volume minimum - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? Quel doit être le volume à la distance maximale ? - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? Comment doit être augmenté le volume pour les sources qui sont vraiment très proches ? @@ -1963,83 +1956,101 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' Les "hauts parleurs" connectés sont en fait des écouteurs. - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. Cocher ceci indique que vous n'avez pas de haut-parleurs connectés, juste un casque. C'est important, car les haut-parleurs sont nromalement en face de vous, alors que le casque est directement sur votre gauche/droite. - + Headphones Casque audio - + Other Applications Autres applications - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. Spécifie la quantité de données à mettre en cache dans le tampon de sortie. Essayez différentes valeurs et mettez la plus basse qui ne cause pas de rapides décalages du son. - + Volume of other applications during speech Le volume pour les autres applications pendant la conversation - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. <b>Baisser le volume des autres applications pendant la conversation.</b><br />Ceci permet de baisser le volume des autres applications pendant que vous discutez sur Mumble. + + + If checked Mumble also lowers the volume of other applications when you talk + + + + + Attenuate other applications while you talk + + AudioOutputDialog - + None Aucun - + Local Local - + Server Serveur - + Audio Output Sortie audio - - + + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - - - + + + + + + %1 % + + + + + + %1 m + + + %1% - %1 % + %1 % - %1ms - %1ms + %1ms - - %1m - %1m + %1m %1 @@ -2049,17 +2060,17 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' AudioOutputSample - + Choose sound file Choisir le fichier son - + Invalid sound file Fichier son invalide - + The file '%1' cannot be used by Mumble. Please select a file with a compatible format and encoding. Le fichier '%1' ne peut pas être utilisé par Mumble. Veuillez choisir un fichier avec un format et un encodage compatible. @@ -2071,17 +2082,17 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' Mumble - + Peak microphone level Niveau maximal du microphone - + Peak speaker level Niveau maximal du haut-parleur - + Peak clean level Niveau maximal nettoyé @@ -2094,7 +2105,7 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' Signal/Bruit du micro - + Speech Probability Probabilité de parole @@ -2119,9 +2130,7 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' Phase - - - + Peak power in last frame Puissance maximale dans la trame précédente @@ -2130,93 +2139,94 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' Montre la puissance maximale de la dernière trame ( 20 ms ), et - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) of the speakers. Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. Montre la puissance maximale de la dernière trame (20 ms) des haut-parleurs. Sauf si vous utilisez une méthode multicanal d'échantillonnage (telles que l'ASIO) des canaux des haut-parleurs configuré, cette valeur sera 0. Si vous avez une telle configuration, affichant toujours 0 pendant que vous entendez de le son d'autres applications, votre configuration ne fonctionne pas. - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. Montre la puissance maximale de la dernière trame (20 ms) après tous les traitements. Idéalement, elle doit être de -96dB quand vous ne parlez pas. En réalité, un studio sonore atteindra -60 dB, et vous aurrez joyeusement -20 dB ailleurs. Quand vous ne parlez pas, il devrait se trouver entre -5 et -10 dB.<br/>Si vous utiliser la suppression de l'écho, et que la valeur est de plus de -15 dB quand vous ne parlez pas, votre configuration ne fonctionne pas, et vous dérangez les autres utilisateurs avec l'écho. - + How close the current input level is to ideal À quel point le niveau sonore en entrée est proche de l'idéal - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone Rapport Signal/Bruit du microphone - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. C'est le rapport Signal/Bruit (SNR) de votre microphone de la dernière trame (20 ms). Il vous affiche comment votre voix est nettoyée des bruits.<br/>Si cette valeur est suppérieure à 1.0, Il y a davantage de bruits que de signal vocal, et la qualité est donc réduite.<br/>Il n'y a pas de limite supérieure à cette valeur, mais n'espérez pas avoir de valeurs supérieures à 40-50 sans studio audio. - + Probability of speech Probabilité de parole - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). Il s'agit de la probabilité que la trame précédente (20 ms) soit de la parole et non du bruit.<br />La transmission de l'activité vocale dépend de cette valeur. L'astuce est que le milieu de la phrase est toujours détecté comme de la voix ; les problèmes sont les pauses entre les mots et le début des phrases. Il est difficile de distinguer un soupir d'un mot commençant par "h".<br />Si c'est écrit en gras, cela signifie que Mumble est en train de transmettre des données (si vous êtes connectés). - + Bitrate of last frame Débit binaire de la dernière trame - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. Il s'agit du débit binaire de la dernière trame compressée (20 ms). Ceci va varier de haut en bas puisque nous utilisons un bitrate variable pour ajuster la qualité. Pour ajuster le bitrate maximal, ajustez <b>Complexité de la compression</b> dans les Préférences. - + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses Temps entre la dernière pression double sur Appuyez-pour-Parler - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate Spectre de la puissance du signal d'entrée et du bruit estimé - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. Montre le spectre de puissance du signal d'entrée actuel (ligne rouge) et l'estimation du bruit actuel (en bleu).<br />Toutes les amplitudes sont multipliées par 30 pour montrer les parties intéressantes (quantité de signal par rapport au bruit dans chaque bande de fréquence).<br />Ce n'est intéressant que si vous voulez configurer finement les conditions de bruit de votre microphone. Dans de bonnes conditions, il devrait y avoir seulement un léger battement de bleu. Si le niveau de bleu dépasse la moitié sur la graphique, vous avez un envireonnement vraiment bruyant. - + Weights of the echo canceller Force de l'écho suppression - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. Montre le poids de la suppression de l'écho, avec le temps en ordonnée et la fréquence en absisse.<br />Idéalement, celui-ci devrait être noir, indiquant qu'aucun écho n'existe. Plus communément, vous aurez une ou plusieurs bandes bleutées représentant le temps de retard de l'écho. Vous devriez être capable de visualiser les poids mis à jour en temps réel.<br />Notez que tant que vous n'avez aucun signal où enlever l'écho, vous ne verrez pas beaucoup de données utiles ici. Ecoutez de la musique et les choses devraient se stabiliser.<br />Vous pouvez choisir de voir la partie réelle ou imaginaire dans le domaine fréquentiel, ou alternativement le module et la phase des poids. Le plus utile de ces outils serait probablement le module, qui est l'amplitude de l'écho, qui montre la quantité de signal sortant supprimé à chaque instant. Les autres modes de visualisation sont principalement utiles pour les gens qui veulent régler les algorithmes d'annulation de l'écho.<br />Remarque : si l'image entière fluctue massivement en mode module, l'algorithme de suppression de l'écho n'a pas réussi à trouver une corrélation entre les deux sources d'entrée (haut-parleurs et microphone). Soit vous avez un retard très long sur l'écho, soit une des sources d'entrée est mal configurée. - - >1000ms - >1000ms + + >1000 ms + >1000ms + >1000ms - + Audio Statistics Statistiques audio - + Input Levels Niveaux d'entrée - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. Montre la puissance maximale de la dernière trame (20 ms), c'est la même valeur que vous trouverez normalement en "puissance d'entrée".Veuillez ignorer cette valeur et regarder plutôt la <b>puissance du micro</b>, qui est beaucoup plus stable et ne tient pas compte des valeurs aberrantes. @@ -2225,62 +2235,62 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' TextLabel - + Signal Analysis Analyse du signal - + Microphone power Puissance du micro - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. Montre à quel point le niveau de volume d'entré courant est proche de l'idéal. Pour ajuster le niveau de votre microphone, ouvrez le programme que vous utilisez pour ajuster le volume d'enregistrement, et regardez la valeur ici pendant que vous parlez.<br /><b>Parlez fort, comme lorsque vous êtes énervé d'avoir été tué par un noob.</b><br />Réglez le volume jusqu'à ce que cette valeur soit proche de 100%, mais assurez-vous qu'elle ne le dépasse pas. Si ça va au-delà, vous aurez probablement des coupure dans votre discussion, ce qui degradera la qualité audio. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Taux de signal/bruit - + Configuration feedback Retour de configuration - + Current audio bitrate Débit binaire audio actuel - + DoublePush interval Intervalle double PTT - + Speech Detection Détection de parole - + Current speech detection chance Détection de parole actuelle - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Ceci affiche le niveau actuel des paramètres de détection de parole.</b><br />Vous pouvez changer ses paramètres depuis les paramètres ou l'assistant audio. - + Signal and noise power spectrum Spectre de la puissance du signal d'entrée et du bruit - + Echo Analysis Analyse de l'écho @@ -2288,17 +2298,17 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard Assistant audio - + Introduction Introduction - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard Bienvenue dans l'assistant audio de Mumble @@ -2311,12 +2321,12 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' Durant la phase de paramètrage de la carte son, l'audio est sera bouclée localement pour vous permettre d'écouter sa réponse, et non pas depuis un serveur. - + Finished Terminé - + Enjoy using Mumble Profitez de l'utilisation de Mumble @@ -2325,12 +2335,12 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' Félicitations. Vous devriez maintenant être prêt à profiter d'une expérience sonore riche avec Mumble. - + Device selection Sélection du périphérique - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. Sélectionner le périphérique d'entrée et de sortie à utiliser dans Mumble. @@ -2339,39 +2349,37 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' Périphérique d'entrée - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. Périphérique auquel votre microphone est connecté. - - + System Système - + Input method for audio Méthode d'entrée pour l'audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Il s'agit de la méthode d'entrée utilisée pour l'audio.</b><br />En général vous utilisez DirectSound. - - + Device Périphérique - + Input device to use Périphérique d'entrée à utiliser - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> <b>Sélectionner la carte son a utiliser pour la sortie audio.</b> @@ -2380,37 +2388,37 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' Périphérique de sortie - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. Périphérique auquel vos haut-parleurs ou vos écouteurs sont connectés. - + Output method for audio Méthode de sortie audio - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Méthode de sortie audio. </b><br />En général vous utilisez DirectSound. - + Output device to use Périphérique de sortie à utiliser - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> <b>Sélectionner quelle carte son utiliser pour la sortie sonore.</b> - + Volume tuning Réglage du volume - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. Réglage du volume matériel du micro pour une meilleure configuration. @@ -2423,37 +2431,37 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' Parler fort, comme lorsque vous êtes ennuyé ou excitée. Diminuer le volume sonore dans le panneau de contrôle jusqu'à ce que la barre soit aussi haute que possible dans le bleu et le vert, mais <b>pas</ b> dans la zone rouge pendant que vous parlez. - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. Maintenant, parlez doucement, comme vous le feriez lorsque l'on parle tard dans la nuit et que vous ne voulez pas déranger qui que ce soit. Ajustez le curseur ci-dessous pour que la barre se déplace dans le vert lorsque vous parlez, mais reste bleu quand vous êtes silencieux. - + Voice Activity Detection Détection de l'Activité Vocale - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. Mumble détermine quand vous parlez, et lorsque vous faites le silence. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. Cela permettra de Mumble savoir quand vous parlez. La première étape consiste à sélectionner les données de valeur à utiliser. - + Raw amplitude from input Amplitude d'entrée - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Taux de signal/bruit - + Next you need to adjust the following slider. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Ensuite, vous devez ajuster les deux curseurs. Les premières syllabes des phares devraient se trouver dans la zone verte (voix confirmée). Tout en parlant, vous devriez rester à l'intérieur du jaune (voix hypotétique), et lorsque vous ne parlez pas, tout devrait être dans le rouge (aucune voix). @@ -2463,12 +2471,12 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' Enfin, vous avez besoin d'ajuster le temps de parole. Mumble peut détecter le temps de non-parole et toujours transmettre avant qu'il se rompt. Cela vous permet de reprendre votre souffle. - + Device tuning Réglage périphérique - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. Changer le délai de sortie matériel à sa valeur minimale. @@ -2481,9 +2489,10 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' Spécifie la quantité de données à mettre en cache dans le tampon de sortie. Essayez différentes valeurs et mettez la plus basse qui ne cause pas de rapides décalages du son. - - %1ms - %1ms + + %1 ms + %1ms + %1ms %1 s @@ -2498,7 +2507,7 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' Le chemin audio ne peut pas être déterminé. - + Use echo cancellation Utiliser l'annulation de l'écho @@ -2507,23 +2516,23 @@ Par exemple, sur Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le microphone est ' Annuler l'écho depuis les hauts parleurs ou écouteurs. - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. Ceci active l'annulation d'écho de la sortie audio, ce qui aide à la fois la parole et les écouteurs. - + Enable positional audio Activer la position audio - + Allows positioning of sound Allows positioning of sound. Autoriser la position audio - + <p> This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. </p> @@ -2534,27 +2543,27 @@ Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped loca <p>Notez que tant que cet assistant sera actif, le son sera joué localement pour vous permettre de l'écouter, et aucun son ne sera envoyé au serveur.</p> - + Input Device Périphérique d'entrée - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers Suppression de l'écho du casque ou des haut-parleurs - + Output Device Périphérique de sortie - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. Ceci autorise Mumble à utiliser la postion audio. - + <p> To keep latency to an absolute minimum, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. </p> @@ -2566,17 +2575,17 @@ You should hear a voice sample. Change the slider below to the lowest value whic <p>Vous devez entendre une voix exemple. Déplacez le curseur sur la valeur la plus petite ne donnant <b>aucune</b> interruption ni décalage de son. Veuillez noter que la suppression de l'écho est désactivée durant ce test.</p> - + Amount of data to buffer Quantité de données à mettre en tampon - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. Spécifie la quantité de données à mettre en cache dans le tampon de sortie. Essayez différentes valeurs et mettez la plus basse qui ne cause pas de rapides décalages du son. - + <p> Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. </p> @@ -2588,77 +2597,77 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou <p>Parlez fort, comme lorsque vous êtes irrité ou excité. Diminuer le volume dans le panneau de contrôle sonore jusqu'à ce que la barre ci-dessous reste le plus haut possible dans le bleu et le vert mais <b>pas</b> dans la zone rouge quand vous parlez.</p> - + Quality & Notifications - + Adjust quality and notification settings. - + Quality settings - + Low - + Balanced - + Ultra - + In this configuration Mumble will use a <b>low amount of bandwidth</b>. This will inevitable result in high latency and poor quality. Choose this only if your connection cannot handle the other settings. (Speex 16kbit/s, 60ms per packet) - + This is the <b>recommended default</b> configuration. It provides a good balance between quality, latency and bandwidth usage. (CELT 40kbit/s, 20ms per packet) - + This configuration is only recommended for use in setups where bandwidth is not an issue like a LAN. It provides the lowest latency supported by Mumble and <b>high quality</b>. (CELT 72kbit/s, 10ms per packet) - + Notification settings - + Use Text-To-Speech to read notifications and messages to you. - + Disable Text-To-Speech and use sounds instead. - + Positional Audio Position Audio - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. Ajuster l'attenuation de la position audio. - + <p> Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other users relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other user is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. </p> @@ -2670,12 +2679,12 @@ The graph below shows the position of <font color="red">you</ <p>Le dessin ci-dessous montre <font color="red">votre</font> position, celle de vos <font color="yellow">haut-parleurs</font> et une <fond color="green">source sonore en mouvement</font> comme si vous étiez vu de dessus. Vous deviez entendre le son se déplacer entre les canaux.</p> - + Use headphones instead of speakers Utiliser un casque à la place de haut-parleurs - + <p> Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. </p> @@ -2691,7 +2700,7 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus Mumble supporte la position audio pour quelques jeux, et et la position de la voix des autres joueurs par rapport à leur position dans le jeu. Selon leur position, le volume de la voix sera modifiée entre les intervenants afin de simuler la direction et la distance à laquelle l'autre joueur se trouve. Cette position dépend de votre bonne configuration des haut-parleurs au niveau de votre système d'exploitation, donc un test est fait ici. - + Use headphones Utiliser les écouteurs @@ -2700,17 +2709,17 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus Utiliser les écouteurs plutôt que les hauts parleurs. - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. Ceci ignore la configuration des haut parleurs du système d'exploitation et configure la position pour les écouteurs à la place. - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Soumettre les statistiques anonyme au projet Mumble - + Push To Talk: Appuyez pour parler : @@ -2718,7 +2727,7 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus BanEditor - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - Éditer la liste des bannis @@ -2727,42 +2736,42 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus 0.0.0.0 - + Reason Raison - + Start Début - + End Fin - + User Utilisateur - + Hash Hash - + &Add &Ajouter - + &Update Mettre à jo&ur - + &Remove Supp&rimer @@ -2791,12 +2800,12 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus Ce bouton va annuler les modifications et fermer la fenêtre sans mettre à jour les LCAs ou les groupes sur le serveur. - + &Address &Adresse - + &Mask &Masque @@ -2804,27 +2813,27 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus CertView - + Name Nom - + Email Courriel - + Issuer Émetteur - + (none) (aucun) - + Self-signed Auto-signé @@ -2832,67 +2841,67 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus CertWizard - + Resolving domain %1. Résolution du domaine %1. - + Unable to validate email.<br />Enter a valid (or blank) email to continue. Incapable de valider le courriel.<br/>Saisissez une adresse de courriel valide (ou vide) pour continuer. - + There was an error generating your certificate.<br />Please try again. Une erreur est survenue durant la génération de votre certificat.<br/>Veuillez réessayer. - + Your certificate and key could not be exported to PKCS#12 format. There might be an error in your certificate. Votre certificat et votre clé ne peuvent pas être exportés au format PKCS#12. Il doit y avoir une erreur dans votre certificat. - + The file could not be opened for writing. Please use another file. Le fichier ne peut pas être ouvert en ecriture. Veuillez utiliser un autre fichier. - + The file could not be written successfully. Please use another file. Le fichier n'a pas pu être enregistré correctement. Veuillez utiliser un autre fichier. - + The file could not be opened for reading. Please use another file. Le fichier ne peut pas être lu. Veuillez utiliser un autre fichier. - + The file is empty or could not be read. Please use another file. Le fichier est vide ou ne peut être lu. Veuillez utiliser un autre fichier. - + The file did not contain a valid certificate and key. Please use another file. Le fichier ne contient pas de clé et de certificat valide. Veuillez utiliser un autre fichier. - + Select file to export certificate to Sélectionnez le fichier dans lequel exporter le certificat - + Select file to import certificate from Sélectionnez le fichier à partir duquel importer le certificat - + Unable to resolve domain. Incapable de résoudre le domaine. - + Mumble User Utilisateur Mumble @@ -2900,7 +2909,7 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus Certificates - + Certificate Management Gestion du Certificat @@ -2909,169 +2918,163 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus Ouvre une fenêtre de sélection pour choisir le fichier devant contenir le certificat exporté. - + Certificate Authentication Authentification par certificat - + Authenticating to servers without using passwords Authentification aux serveurs sans utiliser de mots de passe - + <p>Mumble can use certificates to authenticate with servers. Using certificates avoids passwords, meaning you don't need to disclose any password to the remote site. It also enables very easy user registration.</p><p>While Mumble can work without certificates, the majority of servers will expect you to have one.</p> <p>Mumble peut utiliser des certificats pour s'authentifier avec les serveurs. L'usage des certificats évite d'utiliser des mots de passe, vous ne devez donc pas les divulguer à des sites distants. Il permet aussi de s'enregistrer vraiment facilement.</p><p>Même si Mumble peut fonctionner sans certificat, la majorité des serveurs s'attendent à ce que vous en ayez un.</p> - - - + Current certificate Certificat actuel - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. C'est le certificat que Mumble utilise actuellement. - - + Current Certificate Certificat actuel - - + Create a new certificate Créer un nouveau certificat - + This will create a new certificate. Créera un nouveau certificat. - + Import certificate from file Importer un certificat depuis un fichier - + This will import a certificate from file. Importera un certificat depuis un fichier. - + Import a certificate Importer un certificat - - + Export Certificate Exporter un certificat - + This will export a certificate to file. Exportera le certificat vers un fichier. - + Export current certificate Exporter le certificat actuel - + Import Certificate Importer un certificat - + PKCS #12 Certificate import Importation de certificat PKCS #12 - + <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from FireFox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> <p>Mumble peut importer des certificats stockés au format PKCS #12. C'est le format utilisé lors de l'exportation de la clé de Mumble, et aussi lors de l'export de clés depuis Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera, etc.</p><p>Si le fichier est protégé par un mot de passe, vous avez besoin de celui-ci pour importer le certificat.</p> - + Import from Importer depuis - + Filename to import from Nom de fichier à importer - + This is the filename you wish to import a certificate from. C'est le fichier à partir duquel vous souhaitez importer le certificat. - + Select file to import from Sélectionnez le fichier à importer - + This opens a file selection dialog to choose a file to import a certificate from. Ouvre la boite de dialogue pour sélectionner le fichier de certificat à importer. - + Open... Ouvrir... - + Password Mot de passe - + Password for PKCS#12 file Fichier pour le mot de passe au format PKCS #12 - + This is the password for the PKCS#12 file containing your certificate. C'est le mot de passe pour le fichier PKCS #12 contenant votre certificat. - + Certificate to import Certificat à importer - + This is the certificate you are importing. C'est le certificat que vous aller importer. - - + Certificate Details Détails du certificat - + Replace Certificate Remplacer le certificat - + Replace existing certificate with new certificate? Remplacer le certificat existant par le nouveau ? - + <p>You already have a certificate stored in Mumble, and you are about to replace it.</p> <p>If you are upgrading to a certificate issued to you by a trusted CA and the email addresses match your current certificate, this is completely safe, and servers you connect to will automatically recognize the strong certificate for your email address. </p> @@ -3087,118 +3090,122 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? <p>Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir remplacer votre certificat ?</p> - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be replaced. C'est le certificat Mumble que vous utilisez actuellement. Il sera remplacé. - + New certificate Nouveau certificat - + This is the new certificate that will replace the old one. C'est le nouveau certificat qui va remplacer l'ancien. - - + New Certificate Nouveau certificat - + Make a backup of your certificate Faire une sauvegarde de votre certificat - + <p>If you ever lose your current certificate, which will happen if your computer suffers a hardware failure or you reinstall your machine, you will no longer be able to authenticate to any server you are registered on. It is therefore <b>mandatory</b> that you make a backup of your certificate. We strongly recommend you store this backup on removable storage, such as an USB memory stick.</p> <p>Note that this file will not be encrypted, and if anyone gains access to it, they will be able to impersonate you, so take good care of it.</p> <p>Si vous perdez votre certificat, ce qui peut se produire si votre ordinateur est victime d'une panne matérielle ou si vous réinstallez votre machine, vous ne pourrez plus vous authentifier sur aucun des serveurs sur lesquels vous vous étiez enregistré. Il est donc <b>obligatoire</b> de faire une sauvegarde de votre certificat. Nous recommandons fortement de le sauvegarder sur un stockage amovible, tel une clé USB.</p> <p>Notez que ce fichier ne sera pas chiffré, et que toute personne qui mettra la main dessus pourra se faire passer pour vous, prenez donc ceci en considération.</p> - + Export to Exporter vers - + Filename to export to Nom du fichier exporté - + This is the filename you wish to export a certificate to. C'est le nom de fichier dans lequel vous souhaitez exporter votre certificat. - + Save As... Enregistrer sous... - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be exported. C'est le certificat que Mumble utilise actuellement. Il sera exporté. - + Generate a new certificate for strong authentication Génère un nouveau certificat pour l'authentification forte - + <p>Mumble will now generate a strong certificate for authentication to servers.</p><p>If you wish, you may provide some additional information to be stored in the certificate, which will be presented to servers when you connect. If you provide a valid email address, you can upgrade to a CA issued email certificate later on, which provides strong identification.</p> <p>Mumble va maintenant générer un certificat pour l'authentification forte avec les serveurs.</p><p>Si vous voulez, vous pouvez spécifier des informations additionnelles à enregistrer dans le certificat, qui seront présentées aux serveurs leur de vos connections. Si vous fournissez une adresse de courriel valide, vous pouvez demander à une autorité de certification de vous délivrer un certificat courriel plus tard, qui permet une identification forte.</p> - + Name Nom - + Email Courriel - + Your email address (e.g. johndoe@mumble.info) Votre adresse de courriel (ex. jacquesdupond@mumble.info) - + This is your email address. It is strongly recommended to provide a valid email address, as this will allow you to upgrade to a strong certificate without authentication problems. C'est votre adresse de courriel. Il est fortement recommandé de fournir une adresse email valide, car cela vous permettra de passer à un certificat d'authentification forte sans problèmes. - + Your name (e.g. John Doe) Votre nom (ex. Jacques Dupond) - + This is your name, and will be filled out in the certificate. This field is entirely optional. C'est votre nom, et celui-ci sera recopié dans le certificat. Ce champ est entièrement optionnel. - + Finish Terminer - + Certificate-based authentication is ready for use L'authentification par certificat est prête à être utilisée - + Enjoy using Mumble with strong authentication. Profitez de l'authentification forte avec Mumble. + + + Automatic certificate creation + + ChanACL @@ -3239,7 +3246,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? L - + None Aucun @@ -3248,17 +3255,17 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Écrire - + Traverse Traverser - + Enter Entrer - + Speak Parler @@ -3267,7 +3274,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Parler Alt - + Mute/Deafen Rend muet(te)/sourd(e) @@ -3276,132 +3283,132 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Déplacer/Éjecter - + Make channel Créer un salon - + Make temporary Créer des temporaires - + Link channel Lier des salons - + This represents no privileges. Ne représente aucun privilège. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. Représente l'accès total au salon, incluant la capacité de changer les informations des groupes et des LCA. Ce privilège inclut tous les autres privilèges. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. Représente la permission de traverser un salon. Si ce privilège est interdit à un utilisateur, il va être incapable d'accéder à ce salon ainsi qu'à ses sous-salons, peu importe les autres permissions des sous-salons. - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. Représente la permission de joindre un salon. Si vous avez une structure de salons hiérarchiques, vous voudriez peut être donner à tout le monde le droit de Traverser, mais restreindre le droit d'Entrer dans le salon racine de votre hiérarchie. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. Représente la permission de parler dans un salon. Un utilisateur sans ce droit va être supprimé par le serveur (vu comme muet) et ne sera pas capable de parler à moins que quelqu'un ayant les droits ne lui rende la parole. - + This represents the permission to whisper to this channel from the outside. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with the Whisper key held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. Représente la permission de chuchoter vers ce salon depuis l'extérieur. Fonctionne exactement comme le droit de <i>parler</i>, mais s'applique aux paquets envoyés avec la touche Chuchoter enfoncée. Peut être utilisé pour envoyer un message à plusieurs salons sans avoir besoin de les lier. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other users. Once muted, a user will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged user or reconnects to the server. Représente la permission de rendre muet et sourd d'autres utilisateurs. Une fois muet, un utilisateur le reste jusqu'à ce qu'un autre utilisateur ayant ce privilège lui rende la voix, ou qu'il se reconnecte au serveur. - + This represents the permission to move a user to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the user, either the moving user must have Move privileges in the destination channel, or the user must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Users with this privilege can move users into channels the target user normally wouldn't have permission to enter. Représente la permission de déplacer un utilisateur vers un autre salon ou de l'éjecter du serveur. Pour déplacer un utilisateur, celui ci doit avoir le droit d'entrer dans le salon, ou l'utilisateur le déplaçant doit avoir le droit de déplacement/éjection sur le salon ciblé. Les utilisateurs ayant ce privilège peuvent déplacer des utilisateurs dans des salons dans lesquels l'utilisateur ciblé n'a normalement pas le droit d'entrer. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Représente la permission de créer des sous-salons. L'utilisateur créant le sous-salon sera ajouté au groupe administrateur de ce sous-salon. - + This represents the permission to make a temporary subchannel. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Temporary channels are not stored and disappear when the last user leaves. Représente la permission de créer un sous salon temporaire. L'utilisateur créant le sous salon sera ajouté au groupe admin du sous salon. Les salons temporaires ne sont pas mémorisés et disparaissent dès que le dernier utilisateur le quitte. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Users in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking user has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. Représente la permission de lier des salons. Les utilisateurs présents dans des salons liés s'entendent mutuellement, aussi longtemps que l'utilisateur a le privilège de parler dans le salon de celui qui écoute. Vous avez besoin du privilège de lien dans les deux salons pour créer un lien, mais seulement d'un des deux pour le supprimer. - + This represents the permission to write text messages to other users in this channel. Représente la permission d'écrire des messages textuels à l'autres utilisateurs dans ce salon. - + This represents the permission to forcibly remove users from the server. Représente la permission d'expulser un utilisateur du serveur. - + This represents the permission to permanently remove users from the server. Représente la permission de bannir un utilisateur du serveur. - + This represents the permission to register and unregister users on the server. Représente la permission d'enregistrer ou désinscrire les utilisateurs du serveur. - + This represents the permission to register oneself on the server. Représente la permission de s'enregistrer soi même sur le serveur. - + Whisper Chuchoter - + Move Déplacer - + Text message Message texte - + Kick Expulser - + Ban Bannir - + Register User Enregistrer l'utilisateur - + Register Self S'enregistrer @@ -3422,7 +3429,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Représente la permission de lier des salons. Les joueurs présents dans des salons liés s'entendent mutuellement, aussi longtemps que le joueur a le privilège de parler dans le salon de celui qui écoute. Vous avez besoin du privilège de lien dans les deux salons pour créer un lien, mais seulement d'un des deux pour le supprimer. - + Write ACL Écrire LCA @@ -3430,7 +3437,12 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ChatbarLineEdit - + + Paste and send + + + + Type chat message here Saisir un message ici @@ -3465,37 +3477,37 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ClientUser - + Friend Ami - + Authenticated Authentifié(e) - + Muted (server) Muet(te) (serveur) - + Deafened (server) Sourd(e) (serveur) - + Local Mute Muet(te) (local) - + Muted (self) Devenir muet(te) - + Deafened (self) Devenir sourd(e) @@ -3503,13 +3515,13 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ConfigDialog - + Mumble Configuration Configuration de Mumble - - + + Advanced Avancé @@ -3518,14 +3530,14 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &Valider - - + + Accept changes Accepter les modifications - - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. Ce bouton acceptera les préférences actuelles et retournera à l'application.<br />Les préférences seront sauvegardées sur votre disque dur quand vous quitterez l'application. @@ -3534,14 +3546,14 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? A&nnuler - - + + Reject changes Annuler les modifications - - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. Ce bouton annulera toutes les modifications et retournera à l'application.<br />Les paramètres seront restaurer à leurs états précédents. @@ -3550,38 +3562,38 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &Appliquer - - + + Apply changes Appliquer les modifications - - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. Ce bouton appliquera immédiatement toutes les modifications. - - + + Undo changes for current page Annuler les modifications apportées à la page courante - - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. Ce bouton revient sur tous les changements effectués sur la page en cours depuis la dernière sauvegarde de paramètres. - - + + Restore defaults for current page Restaurer par défaut pour la page courante - - + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. Ce boutton restaure les paramètres par défaut de la page actuelle seulement. Les autres pages ne sont pas modifiées.<br/>Pour restaurer tous les paramètres par défaut, vous devez utiliser ce boutton sur toutes les pages. @@ -3625,8 +3637,9 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Mot de &passe + &Connect - &Connexion + &Connexion Cancel @@ -3669,117 +3682,120 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &Voir la page web - + Connecting to %1 Connexion à %1 - - + + Enter username Entrer le nom d'utilisateur - + Adding host %1 Ajout de l'hôte %1 - - + + Servername Nom du serveur - + Hostname Nom d'hôte - + Bonjour name Nom Bonjour - + Port Port - + Addresses Adresses - + Website Site internet - + Packet loss Paquets perdus - + Ping (80%) Ping (80%) - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - + Ping (95%) Ping (95%) - + Bandwidth Bande passante - + %1 kbit/s %1 kbits/s - - + + Users Utilisateurs - + Version Version - - Connect - Connexion + + &Connect + Connect + Connexion - - - Add New... - Ajouter un nouveau... + + + &Add New... + Add New... + Ajouter un nouveau... - - Filters - Filtres + + &Filters + Filters + Filtres - + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list Impossible de récupérer la liste des serveurs @@ -3800,87 +3816,81 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? -Sans nom- - + Mumble Server Connect Connection serveur Mumble - + Ping Ping - + Remove from Favorites Supprimer des favoris - Edit... - Éditer... + Éditer... - + Add custom server Ajouter un serveur personnalisé - Add to Favorites - Ajouter aux favoris + Ajouter aux favoris - Open Webpage - Ouvrir la page Web + Ouvrir la page Web - Show Reachable - Afficher les joignables + Afficher les joignables - + Show all servers that respond to ping Afficher tous les serveurs répondant au ping - Show Populated - Afficher les peuplés + Afficher les peuplés - + Show all servers with users Afficher tous les serveurs avec des utilisateurs - Show All - Afficher tous + Afficher tous - + Show all servers Afficher tous les serveurs - + &Copy &Copier - + Copy favorite link to clipboard Copier le lien favoris dans le presse papier - + &Paste C&oller - + Paste favorite from clipboard Coller le favoris du presse papier @@ -3900,44 +3910,74 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Update Mettre à jour + + + &Edit... + + + + + Add to &Favorites + + + + + Open &Webpage + + + + + Show &Reachable + + + + + Show &Populated + + + + + Show &All + + ConnectDialogEdit - + Edit Server Éditer le serveur - + &Servername Nom du &serveur - + Name of the server Nom du serveur - + <b>Name</b><br/> Name of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your serverlist and can be chosen freely. <b>Nom</b><br/> Nom du serveur. C'est le nom du serveur tel qu'il apparaîtra dans vos favoris et qui vous pemettra de le choisir plus facilement. - + A&ddress A&dresse - + Internet address of the server. Internet address of the server. Adresse internet du serveur. - + <b>Address</b><br/> Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an IPv4/IPv6 address or a Bonjour service identifier. Bonjour service identifiers have to be prefixed with a '@' to be recognized by Mumble. <b>Address</b></br> @@ -3946,34 +3986,34 @@ Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an ipv4/6 address Adresse internet du serveur. Ça peut être une nom d'hôte, une adresse IPv4/IPv6 ou un identifiant du service Bonjour. Les identifiants du service Bonjour doivent être préfixés avec un '@' pour être reconnus par Mumble. - + &Port &Port - + Port on which the server is listening Port d'écoute du serveur - + <b>Port</b><br/> Port on which the server is listening. If the server is identified by a Bonjour service identifier this field will be ignored. <b>Port</b><br/> Port d'écoute du seveur. Si le serveur est identifié par le service Bonjour, ce champ est ignoré. - + &Username &Nom d'utilisateur - + Username to send to the server Nom d'utilisateur envoyé au serveur - + <b>Username</b><br/> Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions on how a username might look like. Also your username could already be taken by another user. <b>Nom d'utilisateur</b><br/> @@ -3983,7 +4023,7 @@ Nom d'utilisateur envoyé au serveur. Notez que le serveur peut imposer des CoreAudioSystem - + Default Device Périphérique par défaut @@ -3991,68 +4031,68 @@ Nom d'utilisateur envoyé au serveur. Notez que le serveur peut imposer des CrashReporter - + Mumble Crash Report Rapport d'erreur de Mumble - + <p><b>We're terribly sorry, but it seems Mumble has crashed. Do you want to send a crash report to the Mumble developers?</b></p><p>The crash report contains a partial copy of Mumble's memory at the time it crashed, and will help the developers fix the problem.</p> <p><b>Nous sommes vraiment navré, mais il semblerai que Mumble a cessé de fonctionner. Voulez-vous envoyer un rapport de l'incident aux développeurs de Mumble ?</b></p><p>Ce rapport contient une copie partielle de la mémoire de Mumble au moment de son arrêt, et permettra aux développeurs de résoudre le problème.</p> - + Email address (optional) Adresse de courriel (optionnel) - + Please briefly describe what you were doing at the time of the crash S'il vous plait, veuillez décrire ce que vous faisiez au moment du plantage - + Send Report Envoyer le rapport - + Don't send report Ne pas envoyer de rapport - + Crash upload successful Envoie du rapport effectué - + Thank you for helping make Mumble better! Merci d'aider Mumble à devenir meilleur ! - - + + Crash upload failed Erreur lors de l'envoie du rapport - + We're really sorry, but it appears the crash upload has failed with error %1 %2. Please inform a developer. Nous sommes navré, mais l'envoie du rapport d'erreur a échoué avec l'erreur %1 %2. Veuillez en informer un développeur. - + This really isn't funny, but apparently there's a bug in the crash reporting code, and we've failed to upload the report. You may inform a developer about error %1 Ce n'est vraiment pas drôle, mais il semblerait qu'il y ait un boggue dans le code du rapport d'erreur, et donc, le rapport n'a pu être envoyé. Vous devriez informer un développeur à propos de l'erreur %1 - + Uploading crash report Envoie du rapport d'erreur - + Abort upload Annuler l'envoie @@ -4068,22 +4108,22 @@ Nom d'utilisateur envoyé au serveur. Notez que le serveur peut imposer des Ouverture de l'entrée son choisie impossible. Aucune capture son depuis le microphone sera faite. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. Ouverture de l'entrée son choisie impossible. Le périphérique par défaut sera utilisé. - + Default DirectSound Voice Input Entrée Voix par défaut - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. Ouverture de l'entrée son choisie impossible. Aucune capture son depuis le microphone sera faite. - + Lost DirectSound input device. Périphérique d'entrée son perdu. @@ -4095,22 +4135,22 @@ Nom d'utilisateur envoyé au serveur. Notez que le serveur peut imposer des Mumble - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. Ouverture de la sortie son choisie impossible. Vous n'entendrez aucun son. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. Ouverture de la sortie son choisie impossible. Le périphérique par défaut sera utilisé. - + Default DirectSound Voice Output Sortie Voix par défaut - + Lost DirectSound output device. Périphérique de sortie perdu. @@ -4257,20 +4297,20 @@ Nom d'utilisateur envoyé au serveur. Notez que le serveur peut imposer des Database - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Mumble n'a pas réussi à initialiser la base de données à aucun des emplacements possibles. - + The database '%1' is read-only. Mumble can not store server settings (ie. SSL certificates) until you fix this problem. La base de données '%1' est en lecture seule. Mumble ne peut pas enregistrer les paramètres du serveur (ex. le certificat SSL) tant que vous n'aurez pas résolu le problème. @@ -4285,62 +4325,62 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts Raccourcis - + List of configured shortcuts Liste des raccourcis actuellement configurés - + Function Fonction - + Data Données - + Shortcut Raccourci - + Suppress Supprime - + Add new shortcut Ajouter un nouveau raccourci - + This will add a new global shortcut Ajoutera un nouveau raccourci global - + &Add &Ajouter - + Remove selected shortcut Supprime le raccourci sélectionné - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. Supprime définitivement le raccourci sélectioné. - + &Remove Supp&rimer @@ -4348,7 +4388,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts Raccourcis @@ -4377,22 +4417,23 @@ of the possible locations. Supprimer - + Shortcut button combination. Combinaison de touche du raccourci. - - <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. - <b>Combinaison de touches du raccourci global.</b><br/>Effectuez un double-clic dans ce champ pour le modifier, puis pressez la combinaison de touches/boutons désirées que vous souhaitez attribuer. + + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Click this field and then press the desired key/button combo to rebind. Double-click to clear. + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. + <b>Combinaison de touches du raccourci global.</b><br/>Effectuez un double-clic dans ce champ pour le modifier, puis pressez la combinaison de touches/boutons désirées que vous souhaitez attribuer. - + Suppress keys from other applications Supprimer les touches pour les autres applications - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. <b>Cache les touches pressées aux autres applications.</b><br/>Activer cette option cachera la touche (ou la dernière touche pour une combinaison) aux autres applications. Notez que toutes les touches ne peuvent pas être supprimées. @@ -4400,7 +4441,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. Mumble a détecté qu'il n'est pas capable de recevoir l'évènements de raccourcis global quand il est en arrière plan.<br/><br/>C'est parce que la fonction d'Accès Universel nommée 'Activer l'accès pour les périphériques d'aide' est actuellement désactivée.<br/><br/>Veuillez <a href=" ">activer ce paramètre</a> et continuer quand c'est fait. @@ -4408,82 +4449,82 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutTarget - + Whisper Target Cible du chuchottement - + Whisper to list of Users Chuchoter à une liste d'utilisateurs - + Channel Target Salon cible - + Restrict to Group Restreindre au groupe - + If specified, only members of this group will receive the whisper. Si spécifié, seulement les membres de ce groupe recevront le chuchottement. - + If checked the whisper will also be transmitted to linked channels. Si coché, le chuchotement sera aussi transmit aux salons liés. - + Whisper to Linked channels Chuchoter aux salons liés - + If checked this whisper will also be sent to the subchannels of the channel target. Si coché, ce chuchotement sera aussi transmit aux sous salons du salon cible. - + Whisper to subchannels Chuchoter aux sous salons - + List of users Liste des utilisateurs - + Add Ajouter - + Remove Supprimer - + Whisper to Channel Chuchoter vers un salon - + Modifiers Modificateurs - + Do not send positional audio information when using this whisper shortcut. Ne pas envoyer les informations de positionnement audio en utilisant le chuchotement. - + Ignore positional audio Ignorer le positionement audio @@ -4514,7 +4555,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 Souris %1 @@ -4545,7 +4586,7 @@ of the possible locations. LCD - + Not connected Non connecté @@ -4557,27 +4598,27 @@ of the possible locations. Graphique - + Enable this device Activé ce périphérique - + LCD LCD - + Form Form - + Devices Périphériques - + Name Nom @@ -4586,7 +4627,7 @@ of the possible locations. Type - + <p>This is the list of available LCD devices on your system. It lists devices by name, but also includes the size of the display. Mumble supports outputting to several LCD devices at a time.</p> <h3>Size:</h3> <p> @@ -4600,27 +4641,27 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <p>Indique à Mumble s'il doit utiliser un périphérique LCD particulier.</p> - + Size Taille - + Enabled Activé - + Views Vues - + Minimum Column Width Taille minimale des colonnes - + <p>This option decides the minimum width a column in the User View.</p> <p>If too many people are speaking at once, the User View will split itself into columns. You can use this option to pick a compromise between number of users shown on the LCD, and width of user names.</p> @@ -4628,7 +4669,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <p>Si trop de personnes parlent en même temps, la vue utilisateur sera coupée en colonnes. Vous pouvez utliser cette option pour spécifier un compromis entre le nombre d'utilisateurs affichés sur le LCD, et la longueur des noms d'utilisateurs.</p> - + This setting decides the width of column splitter. Ce paramètre détermine la largeur de la séparation entre les colonnes. @@ -4637,7 +4678,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe TextLabel - + Splitter Width Largeur de la séparation @@ -4645,27 +4686,27 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Log - + Debug Deboggage - + Critical Critique - + Warning Avertissement - + Information Information - + Server Connected Serveur Connecté @@ -4690,12 +4731,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Joueur expulsé - + You self-muted/deafened Vous vous êtes rendu(e) sourd(e)/muet(te) - + Other self-muted/deafened Les autres sont rendus sourd/muet @@ -4720,7 +4761,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Joueur quitte le canal - + Permission Denied Permission refusée @@ -4729,67 +4770,72 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe [%2] %1 - + Server Disconnected Déconnecté du serveur - + User Joined Server Un utilisateur a rejoint le serveur - + User Left Server Un utilisateur quitte le serveur - + User kicked (you or by you) Un utilisateur expulsé (vous ou par vous) - + User kicked Un utilisateur expulsé - + User muted (you) Un utilisateur rendu muet (vous) - + User muted (by you) Un utilisateur rendu muet (par vous) - + User muted (other) Un utilisateur rendu muet (autre) - + User Joined Channel Un utilisateur arrive sur le salon - + User Left Channel Un utilisateur quitte le salon - + Text Message Message texte - + + the server + + + + [[ Text object too large to display ]] [[ Texte trop long pour être affiché ]] - + [Date changed to %1] [Date changée en %1] @@ -4798,66 +4844,66 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events Active/désactive la console pour les évènements %1 - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events Active/désactive les notifications sous forme de bulle pour les évènements %1 - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events Active/désactive la synthèse vocale pour les évènements %1 - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events Cliquer ici pour activer/désactiver les notifications sonores pour les évènements %1 - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change Chemin d'accès au fichier son utilisé pour les notifications d'évènements %1<br/>Cliquez une fois pour écouter<br/>Cliquez deux fois pour le modifier - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. Active/désactive les messages sur la console pour les évènements %1.<br/>Si l'option est activée, Mumble affichera tous les evènements de %1 dans la fenêtre d'historique. - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. Active/désactive les notifications sous forme de bulle pour les évènements %1.<br/>Si l'option est activée, Mumble affichera tous les evènements de %1 dans une bulle de notification. - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change<br />Ensure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. Chemin d'accès au fichier son utilisé pour les notifications d'évènements %1<br/>Cliquez une fois pour écouter<br/>Cliquez deux fois pour le modifier<br/>Veuillez vérifier que la notification sonore pour ces évènements est activée, ou ce paramètre n'aura aucun effet. - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for sound files. Text-To-Speech and sound files cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Active/désactive la synthèse vocale pour les évènements %1.<br/>Si l'option est activée, Mumble utilisera la synthèse vocale pour vous lire tous les evènements de %1. La synthèse vocale est aussi capable de lire le contenu des évènements, ce qui n'est pas le cas des fichiers sonores. La synthèse vocale et les fichiers sonores ne peuvent pas être activés en même temps. - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a sound file predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Sound files and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. Active/désactive les notifications sonores pour les évènements %1.<br/>Si l'option est activée, Mumble utilisera le fichier son que vous avez prédéfini pour vous indiquer tous les evènements de %1. Les fichiers sonores et la synthèse vocale ne peuvent pas être activés en même temps. - + Messages Messages - + Console Console @@ -4874,82 +4920,82 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Activer le Text-To-Speech pour %1 - + Text To Speech Synthèse vocale - + Volume Volume - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine Volume du moteur de synthèse vocale - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>C'est le volume utilisé pour le mode synthèse.</b> - + Length threshold Seuil de longueur - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine Seuil de longueur pour les messages de la synthèse vocale - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. <b>Il s'agit du seuil de longueur utilisé pour la synthèse vocale.</b><br />Les messages plus longs que cette limite ne seront pas lu en entier. - + Whisper Chuchottement - + If checked you will only hear whispers from users you added to your friend list. Si coché, vous n'entendrez les chuchottements que des utilisateurs que vous avez ajouté à votre liste d'amis. - + Only accept whispers from friends N'accepter les chuchottements que des amis - + Message Message - + Notification Notification - + Text-To-Speech Synthèse vocale - + Soundfile Fichier son - + Path Chemin - + Characters Caractères @@ -4957,151 +5003,149 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe LookConfig - - + Language Langue - + Look and Feel Apparence - - + + System default Par défault - + Language to use (requires restart) Langue a utiliser (nécessite un redémarrage) - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. <b>Défini quel langue Mumble devrait utiliser</b><br />Vous devez redémarrer Mumble pour utiliser une nouvelle langue. - + Style Style - + Layout Disposition - + Classic Classique - + Stacked Empilé - + Hybrid Hybride - + Custom Personnalisé - + This changes the behavior when moving channels. Change le comportement lors du déplacement des salons. - + This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. Définit le comportement en cas de déplacement d'un salon ; peut être utilisé pour prévenir un déplacement accidentel. <i>Déplacer</i> déplace le salon sans rien demander. <i>Ne rien faire</i> n'effectue aucune opération et affiche un message d'erreur. <i>Demander</i> affiche une fenêtre de confirmation pour confirmer le déplacement du salon. - + Basic widget style Modèle de contrôle basique - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> <b>Ceci spécifie l'apparence à utiliser.</b> - + Skin Thème - + ... ... - + This setting controls when the application will be always on top. Contrôle quand l'application sera toujours au dessus. - This setting controls in which situations the application will stay always on top. If you select <i>Never</i> the application will not stay on top. <i>Always</i> will always keep the application on top. <i>In minimal view</i> / <i>In normal mode</i> will only raise the application on top when minimal view is activated / deactivated. - Définit sous quelles conditions l'application restera toujours au dessus. Si vous sélectionnez <i>Jamais</i>, l'application ne sera jamais qu dessus. <i>Toujours</i> permettra à l'application de toujours rester au dessus. <i>En vue minimale</> / <i>En vue normale</i> n'affichera l'application toujours au dessus quand l'affichage en vue minimale sera activé / désactivé. + Définit sous quelles conditions l'application restera toujours au dessus. Si vous sélectionnez <i>Jamais</i>, l'application ne sera jamais qu dessus. <i>Toujours</i> permettra à l'application de toujours rester au dessus. <i>En vue minimale</> / <i>En vue normale</i> n'affichera l'application toujours au dessus quand l'affichage en vue minimale sera activé / désactivé. - + Never Jamais - + Always Toujours - + In minimal view En vue minimale - + In normal view En vue normale - + Check to show chat bar Cocher pour afficher la zone de saisir - + <b>If checked the chat bar is shown.</b><br />Uncheck this to hide it. <b>If checked the chat bar is shown</b><br />Uncheck to hide it <b>Si coché, la zone de saisie est affichée</b><br/>Décocher pour la masquer. - + Show chatbar Afficher la zone de saisie - + Show number of users in each channel Afficher le nombre l'utilisateurs dans chaque salon - + Show channel user count Afficher le nombre d'utilisateurs - + Skin file to use Fichier de thème à utiliser @@ -5134,12 +5178,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <b>Si coché, tous les salons seront étendus par défaut quand vous vous connecterez à un serveur</b> - + User Interface Interface utilisateur - + Choose skin file Choisir le fichier thème @@ -5156,12 +5200,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <b>Si définis, les joueurs seront montrés au dessus des sous-cannaux dans la vue des cannaux.</b><br />Un redémarrage de mumble est nécessaire pour que ce changement fasse effet. - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. <b>Définit le skin Mumble à utiliser.</b><br/>Ce skin est un fichier de style appliqué sur le style par défaut. Si il y a des icônes dans le même dossier que le style, celles-ci remplacent les icônes par défaut. - + Form Form @@ -5174,7 +5218,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Vérifier les mises a jour au démarrage - + None Aucun @@ -5183,52 +5227,52 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Seulement avec les joueurs - + All Tous - + Expand Elargir - + When to automatically expand channels Quand étendre automatiquement les salons - + Only with users Seulement quand il y a des utilisateurs - + Ask Demander - + Do Nothing Ne rien faire - + Move Déplacer - + Channel Dragging Faire glisser le salon - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. Demande si on quitte ou réduit la fenêtre en fermant Mumble. - + Ask on quit while connected Confirmer l'arrêt si connecté @@ -5241,42 +5285,42 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <b>Affiche la fenêtre de Mumble au dessus des autres fenêtres.</b> - + Always On Top Toujours au dessus - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> <b>Si coché, réduire la fenêtre principale de Mumble la cachera et elle ne sera accessible plus que depuis la barre des tâches. Sinon, il sera minimisé comme toute fenêtre normale.</b> - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with users</i> will expand and collapse channels as users join and leave them. Définit quels sont les salons à étendre automatiquement. <i>Aucun</i> et <i>Tous</i> étendra aucun ou tous les salons, alors que <i>Seulement avec des utilisateurs</i> étendra et réduira les salons dès que les utilisateurs les joindront ou les quitteront. - + List users above subchannels (requires restart). Liste les utilisateurs au dessus des sous-salons (redémarrage requis). - + <b>If set, users will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. <b>Si coché, les utilisateurs seront affiché au dessus des sous-salons dans l'arborescence.</b><br/>Mumble doit être redémarré pour activer les changements. - + Users above Channels Utilisateurs en haut des salons - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.</b> <b>Si coché, vérifie si vous voulez quitter si vous êtes connecté.</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized Caché dans la barre des tâches quand il est réduit @@ -5289,36 +5333,51 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Configuration avancée - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. Cache la fenêtre principale de Mumble dans la barre des taches quand il est réduit. + + + This setting controls in which situations the application will stay always on top. If you select <i>Never</i> the application will not stay on top. <i>Always</i> will always keep the application on top. <i>In minimal view</i> / <i>In normal mode</i> will only keep the application always on top when minimal view is activated / deactivated. + + + + + Displays talking status in system tray + + + + + Show talking status in tray icon + + MainWindow - + Welcome to Mumble. Bienvenue sur Mumble. - - + + Root Racine - + &Quit Mumble &Quitter Mumble - + Closes the program Ferme le programme - + Exits the application. Quitte l'application. @@ -5328,12 +5387,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Quitter - + &Connect &Connexion - + Open the server connection dialog Ouvrir la fenêtre de connexion du serveur @@ -5342,37 +5401,37 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Voir une fenêtre des serveurs enregistrés, et également autoriser la connexion rapide. - + &Disconnect &Déconnexion - + Disconnect from server Déconnexion du serveur - + Disconnects you from the server. Vous avez été déconnecté du serveur. - + &Ban lists Liste des &bannis - + Edit ban lists on server Éditer la liste des bannis du serveur - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. Éditer la liste des IP bannies stockée sur le serveur. - + &Kick &Expulser @@ -5385,7 +5444,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Éjecte le joueur sélectionné. Il vous sera demandé de spécifier une raison. - + &Ban &Bannir @@ -5398,7 +5457,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Expulser et bannir un joueur du serveur. Vous devrez spécifier une raison. - + &Mute &Muet @@ -5411,7 +5470,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Rend muet ou rend la parole à un joueur du serveur. Rendre la parole à un sourd lui rendra également l'ouie. - + &Deafen Ren&dre sourd @@ -5424,7 +5483,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Rend sourd ou rend l'ouïe à un joueur du serveur. Rendre un joueur sourd va aussi le rendre muet. - + &Local Mute Ne plus &l'écouter @@ -5433,32 +5492,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Ne plus écouter ou écouter à nouveau un joueur du serveur. - + &Add &Ajouter - + Add new channel Ajouter un nouveau salon - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. Ceci ajoute un nouveau sous-salon au salon actuellement choisi. - + &Remove Supp&rimer - + Remove channel Supprimer le salon - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. Ceci supprime un salon et tout ses sous-salons. @@ -5467,22 +5526,22 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe &Editer LCA - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel Editer groupe et LCA pour le salon - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. Ceci ouvre la fenêtre de groupe et LCA pour le salon, pour contrôler les permissions. - + &Link &Lier - + Link your channel to another channel Lier votre salon à un autre salon @@ -5495,388 +5554,383 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe &Délier - + &User &Utilisateur - + This is the chatbar<br />If you enter text here and then press enter the text is sent to the user or channel that was selected. If nothing is selected the message is sent to your current channel. C'est la barre de dialogue<br/>Si vous saisissez du texte ici et pressez Entrée, le texte est envoyé à l'utilisateur ou au salon sélectionné. Si rien n'est sélectionné, le message est envoyé au salon actuel. - + Chatbar Barre de dialogue - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick-connect. Affiche une fenêtre des serveurs enregistrés, et permet aussi la connexion rapide. - + Kick user (with reason) Expulser l'utilisateur (avec raison) - + Kick selected user off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Expulse l'utilisateur sélectionné du serveur. Vous devrez saisir une raison. - + Mute user Rendre muet l'utilisateur - + Mute or unmute user on server. Unmuting a deafened user will also undeafen them. Rend muet ou rend la parole à l'utilisateur du serveur. Rendre la parole à un utilisateur sourd lui rend aussi l'ouïe. - + Kick and ban user (with reason) Expulser et bannir l'utilisateur (avec raison) - + Kick and ban selected user from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Expulse et banni l'utilisateur sélectionné du serveur. Vous devrez saisir une raison. - + Deafen user Rendre sourd l'utilisateur - + Deafen or undeafen user on server. Deafening a user will also mute them. Rend sourd ou rend l'ouïe à un utilisateur du serveur. Rendre sourd un utilisateur le rend aussi muet. - + Mute user locally Rend un utilisateur muet localement - + Mute or unmute user locally. Use this on other users in the same room. Rend muet ou rend la parole à un utilisateur localement. Utiliser cette option pour les autres utilisateurs dans la même pièce. - + &Edit &Editer - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If users in a channel have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. Lie votre salon actuel au salon sélectionné. Si des utilisateurs dans un salon ont la permission de parler dans l'autre salon, les utilisateurs peuvent s'entendre. C'est une liaison permanente, et restera jusqu'à ce qu'ils soient manuellement déliés, ou que le serveur soit redémarré. Veuillez regarder le raccourcis pour Appuyez-pour-lier. - + Unlink your channel from another channel Délie votre salon d'un autre salon - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. Délie votre salon actuel du salon sélectionné. - Unlink &All - Délier &Tous + Délier &Tous - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. Délie votre salon de tous les autres salons liés. - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. Délie le salon actuel (pas celui qui est sélectionné) de tous les autres salons liés. - + &Reset &Remettre à zéro - + Reset audio preprocessor Remet à zéro le pré-processeur audio - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. Remet à zéro le pré-processeur audio, en incluant l'annulation du bruit, le volume automatique et la détection de l'activité vocale. Si quelque chose a soudainement perturbé l'environnement audio (si le microphone tombe par exemple) et que ce n'est que temporaire, utilisez cette fonctionalité pour éviter d'avoir à attendre que le pré-processeur audio se ré-étalone. - + &Mute Self Devenir &muet(te) - + Mute yourself Se rendre muet(te) - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. Se rendre muet(te) ou non. Lorsque vous êtes muet(te), vous n'envoyez pas de données au serveur. Enlever le mode muet alors que vous êtes en mode sourd enlèvrera également le mode sourd. - + &Deafen Self Devenir s&ourd(e) - + Deafen yourself Se rendre sourd(e) - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. Se rendre sourd(e) ou non. Vous rendre sourd(e) vous rendra aussi muet(te). - + &Text-To-Speech Syn&thèse vocale - + Toggle Text-To-Speech Activer/désactiver la synthèse vocale - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. Active ou désactive le moteur de voix de synthèse. Seulement les messages activés pour la synthèse vocale dans la fenêtre de configuration seront entendus. - + S&tatistics &Statistiques - + Display audio statistics Affiche les statistiques audio - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. Affiche une petit fenêtre d'information sur votre sortie audio actuelle. - + Forcibly unlink plugin Forcer la désactivation du plugin - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. Force le plugin actuel à se désactiver, ce qui est utile s'il lit des données erronées. - + &Settings Paramètre&s - + Configure Mumble Configurer Mumble - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. Permet de change la plupart des paramètres de Mumble. - + &What's This? &Qu'est-ce que c'est ? - + Enter What's This? mode Entrer dans le mode « Qu'est-ce que c'est ? » - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. Cliquez sur ce bouton pour entre dans le mode « Qu'est-ce que c'est ? ». Votre curseur se changera en point d'interrogation. Cliquez alors sur n'importe quel bouton, choix de menu ou zone pour voir apparaitre une une description de son utilité. - + &About &A propos - + Information about Mumble Informations sur Mumble - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. Affiche une petite fenêtre d'information et la licence de Mumble. - + About &Speex À propos de &Speex - + Information about Speex Informations sur Speex - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. Affiche une petite fenêtre d'information sur Speex. - + &Change Comment Modifier le &commentaire - + Change the comment on the selected user. Modifier le commentaire de l'utilisateur sélectionné. - + This allows you to change the comment (shown as a tooltip) of a user. Unless you've been given extra privileges on the server, you can only change your own comment. Permet de modifier le commentaire (affiche en aide textuelle) de l'utilisateur. Si vous n'avez pas de droits étendus sur le serveur, vous ne pouvez modifier que votre commentaire. - Certificate Wizard - Assistant Certificat + Assistant Certificat - + Configure certificates for strong authentication Configure les certificats pour une authentification forte - + This starts the wizard for creating, importing and exporting certificates for authentication against servers. Lance l'assistant de création, importation et exportation de certificat pour s'authentifier auprès des serveurs. - Register - S'enregistrer + S'enregistrer - + Register user on server Enregistrer l'utilisateur sur le serveur - + This will permanently register the user on the server. Enregistrera de manière définitive l'utilisateur sur le serveur. - + Add &Friend Ajouter un &ami - + Adds a user as your friend. Ajoute un utilisateur à vos amis. - + This will add the user as a friend, so you can recognize him on this and other servers. Ajoutera l'utilisateur à vos amis, vous pourrez donc le reconnaitre sur ce serveur et sur les autres serveurs. - + &Remove Friend Supp&rimer un ami - + Removes a user from your friends. Retire un utilisateur de vos amis. - + This will remove a user from your friends list. Retirera un utilisateur de votre liste d'amis. - + &Update Friend Met à &jour votre ami - + Update name of your friend. Met à jour le nom de votre ami. - + Your friend uses a different name than what is in your database. This will update the name. Votre ami utilise un nom différent de celui que vous avez dans votre base. Ceci mettra à jour son nom. - + Registered &Users &Utilisateurs enregistrés - + Edit registered users list Édite la liste des utilisateurs enregistrés - + This opens the editor for registered users, which allow you to change their name or unregister them. Ouvre l'éditeur des utilisateurs enregistrés, ce qui vous permettra de changer leur nom ou de supprimer leur enregistrement. - Change Texture - Modifier la texture + Modifier la texture - + Change your overlay texture on this server Modifier votre texture d'overlay sur ce serveur - + &Access Tokens &Jetons d'accès - + Add or remove text-based access tokens Ajoute ou retire des jetons d'accès - Remove Texture - Retire la texture + Retire la texture - + Remove currently defined user texture. Supprime votre texture utilisateur. @@ -5885,33 +5939,33 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe &A propos de Qt - + Information about Qt Informations sur Qt - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. Affiche une petite fenêtre d'information sur Qt. - + Check for &Updates Vérifier les mises à jo&ur - + Check for new version of Mumble Vérifier les nouvelles versions de Mumble - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. Se connecte au site web de Mumble, vérifie si une nouvelle version est disponible, et vous propose un lien de téléchargement approprié le cas échéant. - - + + Mumble -- %1 Mumble -- %1 @@ -5920,12 +5974,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Journal des messages - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. Affiche toute l'ativité récente. Les connexion aux serveurs, les messages d'erreurs et d'informations sont affichés ici. - + &Server &Serveur @@ -5934,45 +5988,45 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe &Joueur - + &Channel &Salon - + &Audio Au&dio - + C&onfigure C&onfigurer - + &Help &Aide - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Appuyez-pour-parler - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut Pressez en maintenez ce bouton pour parler. - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut Configure le bouton Appuyez-pour-parler, et tant que vous presserez ce bouton, votre voix sera transmise. - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut RàZ processeur audio @@ -5988,7 +6042,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Activer la surdité pour soi - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut Désactiver le plugin @@ -6014,25 +6068,25 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Tous les Sous Salon - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut Appuyez-pour-Muet - + Join Channel Global Shortcut Rejoindre le salon - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut Activer/désactiver l'overlay - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut Activer/eésactiver l'affichage de l'overlay. @@ -6047,8 +6101,8 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Expulsion du joueur %1 - - + + Enter reason Entrez la raison @@ -6057,11 +6111,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Bannissement du joueur %1 - - - - - + + + + + + Mumble Mumble @@ -6070,42 +6125,42 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Nom du canal - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? Etes-vous sûr(e) de vouloir supprimer %1 et tous ses sous-canaux ? - + Unmuted and undeafened. N'est pas sourd(e) et muet(te). - + Unmuted. N'est pas muet (te). - + Muted. Muet(te). - + Muted and deafened. Sourd(e) et muet(te). - + Deafened. Sourd(e). - + Undeafened. N'est pas sourd(e). - + About Qt À propos de QT @@ -6118,173 +6173,193 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Connecté au serveur. - + Server connection failed: %1. La connexion au serveur à échoué : %1. - + Disconnected from server. Déconnecté du serveur. - + Reconnecting. Reconnexion. - Joined server: %1. - %1 a rejoint le serveur. + %1 a rejoint le serveur. - - - the server - le serveur + le serveur - + You were unmuted and undeafened by %1. %1 vous a rendu la parole et l'ouïe. - + You muted and deafened %1. Vous avez rendu %1 sourd(e) et muet(te). - + You unmuted and undeafened %1. Vous avez rendu la parole et l'ouïe à %1. - + You undeafened %1. Vous avez rendu l'ouïe à %1. - + You suppressed %1. Vous avez suspendu %1. - + %1 muted and deafened by %2. %2 a rendu %1 sourd(e) et muet(te). - + %1 unmuted and undeafened by %2. %2 a rendu la porole et l'ouïe à %1. - + %1 suppressed by %2. %2 a suspendu %1. - + %1 moved to %2. %1 s'est déplacé(e) dans le salon %2. - + %1 moved to %2 by %3. %1 a été sorti(e) du salon %2 par %3. - + %1 moved in from %2 by %3. %1 a été déplacé(e) depuis le salon %2 par %3. - Left server: %1. - %1 a quitté le serveur. + %1 a quitté le serveur. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 est maintenant sourd(e) et muet(te). - + You were denied %1 privileges in %2. Le privilège %1 vous est refusé dans %2. - + %3 was denied %1 privileges in %2. %3 vous a refusé le privilège %1 dans %2. - + Denied: Cannot modify SuperUser. Refusé: Ne peut modifier SuperUser. - + Denied: Invalid channel name. Refusé: Nom de salon invalide. - + Denied: Text message too long. Refusé: Message texte trop long. - + Denied: Operation not permitted in temporary channel. Refusé: Opération non permise dans les salons temporaires. - + You need a certificate to perform this operation. Vous avez besoin d'un certificat pour effectuer cette action. - + %1 does not have a certificate. %1 n'a pas de certificat. - + Permission denied. Authorisation refusée. - + + %1 connected. + + + + %1 is now muted. %1 est maintenant muet(te). - + %1 is now unmuted. %1 n'est plus muet(te). + + + %1 disconnected. + + + + + (Tree) + + + + + (Channel) + + + + + %2%1: %3 + + server serveur - + You were muted by %1. %1 vous a rendu muet(te). - + You were suppressed by %1. Vous avez été suspendu par %1. - + You were unsuppressed by %1. Vous avez été rétabli(e) par %1. - + You were unmuted by %1. %1 vous a rendu le droit à la parole. @@ -6293,54 +6368,53 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Vous avez rendu sourd %1. - + You muted %1. Vous avez rendu muet %1. - + You unsuppressed %1. Vous avez rétabli %1. - + You unmuted %1. Vous avez rendu la voix à %1. - + %1 muted by %2. %2 a rendu %1 muet(te). - + %1 unsuppressed by %2. %1 a été rétabli(e) par %2. - + %1 unmuted by %2. %1 n'est plus muet (%2). - the server message from - le serveur + le serveur - + Unable to find matching CELT codecs with other clients. You will not be able to talk to all users. Incapable de trouver des codecs CELT correspondant aux autres clients. Vous ne serez pas capable de parler aux autres utilisateurs. - + You were muted and deafened by %1. You were deafened by %1. %1 vous a rendu sourd(e) et muet(te). - + You were undeafened by %1. %1 vous a rendu le droit à la parole et à l'écoute. @@ -6349,32 +6423,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe %1 a été rendu sourd(e) et muet(te) par %2. - + %1 undeafened by %2. %2 a rendu l'ouïe à %1. - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. Vous avez été expulsé(e) du serveur par %1 : %2. - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 a été expulsé(e) du serveur par %1 : %2. - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. Vous avez été expulsé(e) et banni(e) du serveur par %1 : %2. - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 a été expulsé(e) et banni(e) du serveur par %1 : %2. - + You were moved to %1 by %2. Vous avez été déplacé(e) dans le salon %1 par %2. @@ -6387,7 +6461,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe %1 a été sorti(e) du canal par %2. - + %1 entered channel. %1 est entré(e) dans le salon. @@ -6396,24 +6470,21 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe %1 a été déplacé(e) dans le canal par %2. - + Server connection rejected: %1. Connexion au serveur rejetée : %1. - + Denied: %1. Refusé : %1. - - Send Messa&ge - Envoyer un messa&ge + Envoyer un messa&ge - - + Send a Text Message Envoyer un message textuel @@ -6422,7 +6493,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Envoyer un message textuel à un autre utilisateur. - + Sending message to %1 Envoi du message à %1 @@ -6431,258 +6502,271 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Tappez votre message - - + + + To %1: %2 À %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 Message à %1 - + + Are you sure you want to reset the comment of user %1? + + + + + (Tree) %1: %2 + + + + + %1: %2 + + + + Failed to launch compatibility client Erreur lors du lancement du client de compatibilité - + Invalid username Nom d'utilisateur invalide - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. Vous vous êtes connectés avec un nom d'utilisateur invalide, veuillez en essayer un autre. - + That username is already in use, please try another username. Ce nom d'utilisateur est déjà utilisé, veuillez essayer un autre nom d'utilisateur. - + Wrong password Mauvais mot de passe - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. Mauvais mot de passe pour l'utilisateur enregistré, veuillez essayer à nouveau. - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. Mauvais mot de passe de serveur pour un utilisateur non enregistré, veuillez essayer à nouveau. - From %1: %2 - De %1 : %2 + De %1 : %2 - + Message from %1 Message de la part de %1 - + Sends a text message to another user. Envoyer un message textuel à un autre utilisateur. - + &Audio Wizard Assistant &Audio - + Start the audio configuration wizard Démarre l'assistant de configuration audio - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. Ceci vous guidera dans la configuration de votre matériel audio. - + SSL Verification failed: %1 Vérification SSL échoué: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. <b>ATTENTION :</b>Le serveur présente un certificat différent de celui mémorisé. - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. Le serveur présente un certificat qui a une vérification invalide. - + &Information &Information - + Show information about the server connection Afficher des informations sur la connexion avec le serveur - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. Ceci affiche des informations supplémentaires sur la connexion au serveur. - + Opening URL %1 Ouvrir l'URL %1 - + File does not exist Fichier inexistant - + File is not a configuration file. Le fichier n'est pas un fichier de configuration. - + Settings merged from file. Paramètres fusionnée à partir du fichier. - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' Le schéma d'URL n'est pas 'mumble' - + This version of Mumble can't handle URLs for Mumble version %1.%2.%3 Cette version de Mumble ne peut pas manipuler les URLs pour Mumble version %1.%2.%3 - + Connecting to %1 Connexion à %1 - + Enter username Entrer le nom d'utilisateur - - + + Connecting to server %1. Connexion au serveur %1. - + <h2>Version</h2><p>Protocol %1.%2.%3.</p> <h2>Version</h2><p>Protocole %1.%2.%3.</p> - + <p>No build information or OS version available.</p> <p>Aucune information de version de système disponible.</p> - + <p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p> <p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p> - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> <h2>Canal de contrôle</h2><p>Chiffré en %2 %1 bits<br/>%3 ms de latence moyenne (déviation de %4)</p> - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> <h2>Canal de voix</h2><p>Chiffré en OCB-AES128 128 bits<br/>%1 ms de latence moyenne (déviation de %4)</p> - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s</p> <h2>Bande passante audio</h2><p>Maximale de %1 kbits/s<br/>Actuelle %2 kbits/s</p> - + Mumble Server Information Information sur le serveur Mumble - - + + &View Certificate &Voir le certificat - + Register yourself as %1 S'enregistrement en tant que %1 - + <p>You are about to register yourself on this server. This action cannot be undone, and your username cannot be changed once this is done. You will forever be known as '%1' on this server.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register yourself?</p> <p>Vous êtes sur le point de vous enregistrer sur ce serveur. Cette action ne peut pas être annulée, et votre identifiant ne pourra plus être modifié une fois cette étape effectuée. Vous serez pour toujours connu comme '%1' sur ce serveur</p><p>Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir vous enregistrer ?</p> - + Register user %1 Enregistrer l'utilisateur %1 - + <p>You are about to register %1 on the server. This action cannot be undone, the username cannot be changed, and as a registered user, %1 will have access to the server even if you change the server password.</p><p>From this point on, %1 will be authenticated with the certificate currently in use.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register %1?</p> <p>Vous êtes sur le point d'enregistrer %1 sur le serveur. Cette action est irréversible, le nom d'utilisateur ne pourra pas être modifié, et %1 aura accès au serveur même si vous changez le mot de passe du serveur.</p><p>À partir de ce points, %1 sera authentifié avec le certificat actuellement utilisé.</p><p>Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir l'enregistrer %1 ?</p> - + Kicking user %1 Expulsion de l'utilisateur %1 - + Banning user %1 Bannissement de l'utilisateur %1 - + Change comment on user %1 Modifier le commentaire de l'utilisateur %1 - - To channel %1: %2 - Du salon %1: %2 + Du salon %1: %2 - - + + Message to channel %1 Message pour le salon %1 - + Connected. Connecté. - + SSL Version mismatch Incompatibilité de version SSL - + This server is using an older encryption standard. It might be an older 1.1 based Mumble server.<br />Would you like to launch the compatibility client to connect to it? Ce serveur utilse un vieux standard de chiffrage. Ce doit être un serveur Mumble basé sur la version 1.1<br/>Voulez-vous lancer le client de compatibilité pour vous y connecter ? @@ -6691,93 +6775,93 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Impossible de lancer le client de compatibilité - + The compatibility client could not be found, or failed to start.<br />Note that the compatibility client is an optional component for most installations, and might not be installed. Le client de compatibilité n'a pas pu être trouvé, ou n'a pas pu être lancé.<br/>Celui-ci étant un composant optionnel pour la majorité des installations, il peut ne pas être installé. - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> <p>%1.<br />Les erreurs de ce certificat sont les suivantes: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Voulez-vous quand même accepter ce certificat ?<br />(Il sera également stocké et ne vous sera pas redemandé.)</p> - + Type message to channel '%1' here Saisir un message pour le salon '%1' ici - + Type message to user '%1' here Saisir un message pour l'utilisateur '%1' ici - + Choose image file Choisir un fichier image - + Images (*.png *.jpg) Image (*.png *.jpg) - - + + Failed to load image Impossible de charger l'image - + Could not open file for reading. N'a pas pu ouvrir le fichier en lecture. - + Image format not recognized. Format d'image non reconnu. - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. La voix est envoyée au dessus du canal de contrôle. - + UDP Statistics Statistiques UDP - + To Server Au serveur - + From Server Du serveur - + Good Bon - + Late Tardif - + Lost Perdu - + Resync Resynchronise - + Sending message to channel %1 Envoyé un message au salon %1 @@ -6786,17 +6870,16 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Envoyé un message à l'arborescence du canal %1 - To tree %1: %2 - A l'arborescence %1: %2 + A l'arborescence %1: %2 - + Message to tree %1 Message à l'arborescence %1 - + Ctrl+Q Ctrl+Q @@ -6825,12 +6908,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Silence haut-parleurs - + About &Qt À propos de &Qt - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. Envoyer un message texte à tous les utilisateurs dans le salon. @@ -6851,7 +6934,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe La bande passante du serveur est de maximum %1 kbit/s. La qualité audio doit être réajusté. - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? C'est la première fois que vous lancez Mumble.<br /> Souhaitez-vous passer par l'Assistant audio pour configurer votre carte son ? @@ -6864,75 +6947,75 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Connecté au serveur %1. - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? Mumble est actuellement connecté à un serveur. Voulez-vous le fermer ou le réduire dans la barre des tâches? - + Close Fermer - - + + Minimize Réduire - + Mute Self Global Shortcut Se rendre muet(te) - + Set self-mute status. Global Shortcut Activer le status muet pour soi même. - + This will set or toggle your muted status. If you turn this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut Activera ou désactivera votre status muet. Si vous vous rendez la voix, vous entendrez aussi. - + Deafen Self Global Shortcut Se rendre sourd(e) - + Set self-deafen status. Global Shortcut Activer le status sourd pour soi même. - + This will set or toggle your deafened status. If you turn this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut Se rendre sourd(e) ou non. Vous rendre sourd(e) vous rendra aussi muet(te). - + This will switch the states of the in-game overlay between showing everybody, just the users who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut Bascule l'affichage de l'overlay en jeux entre afficher tout le monde, seulement les utilisateurs parlant ou personne. - + Whisper Chuchoter - + &Window &Fenêtre - + Ctrl+M Ctrl+M @@ -6941,126 +7024,172 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Ctrl+W - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut Active/désactive l'interface minimale - + &Minimal View Vue &minimale - + Toggle minimal window modes Basculer l'interface en mode minimal ou normal - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. Cela basculer en mode minimal, où la fenêtre et le menu est caché. - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut Augmenter volume (+10%) - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut Diminuer le volume (-10%) - - + + Not connected Non connecté - + Clear Effacer - + Log Historique - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. Votre option 'Faire glisser le salon' est définie sur "Ne rien faire", le salon n'a donc pas été déplacé. - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in UserModel::dropMimeData. Mode de déplacement du salon inconnu dans UserModel::dropMimeData. - + &Unlink Channel &Délier - + &Unlink Plugin &Délier + Server message from - Serveur + Serveur &Quit &Quitter - + Hide Frame Cacher la bordure - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window Affiche/masque la bordure sur la fenêtre minimale - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. Permet de choisir si l'affichage minimale doit avoir une bordure pour déplacer ou redimensionner la fenêtre. + + + Send &Message + + + + + &Unlink All + + + + + &Certificate Wizard + + + + + &Register + + + + + Change &Texture + + + + + &Remove Texture + + + + + Reset &Comment + + + + + Reset the comment of the selected user. + + + + + &Join Channel + + NetworkConfig - + Network Réseau - + Form Form - + Connection Connexion - + Use TCP compatibility mode Use TCP compatability mode Utiliser le mode de compatibilité TCP - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). <b>Activer le mode de compatibilité TCP</b>.<br />Cela permet d'utiliser Mumble uniquement avec le protocole TCP pour communiquer avec le serveur. Cette initiative augmente l'utilisation de la bande passante, et causer la perte de paquets produira ainsi des pauses dans la communication. Donc ceci ne devrait être utilisée que si vous ne pouvez pas utiliser les paramètres par défaut (qui utilise pour la voix UDP et TCP pour le contrôle). @@ -7069,57 +7198,57 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Utilise le mode TCP - + Reconnect when disconnected Reconnexion quand vous êtes déconnecté - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>Se reconnecter quand vous êtes déconnecté</b>.<br />Mumble essaiera automatiquement de se reconnecter après dix secondes si la connexion échoue. - + Reconnect automatically Reconnexion automatique - + Proxy Proxy - + Type Type - + Type of proxy to connect through Type de proxy a utiliser - + Direct connection Connexion directe - + HTTP(S) proxy Proxy HTTP(S) - + SOCKS5 proxy Proxy SOCKS5 - + Hostname Nom d'hôte - + Hostname of the proxy Nom d'hôte du proxy @@ -7128,154 +7257,154 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <b>Nom d'hôte du proxy.<b><br />Ce champ spécifie le nom d'hôte du proxy que vous souhaitez utiliser. - + Force TCP mode Forcer le mode TCP - + Enable QoS to prioritize packets Activer la Qualité de Service pour la priorité des paquets - + This will enable QoS, which will attempt to prioritize voice packets over other traffic. Active la Qualité de Service, qui tend à augmenter la priorité des paquets vocaux par rapport à d'autres traffics. - + Use Quality of Service Utiliser la Qualité de Service - + Don't send certificate to server and don't save passwords. (Not saved). N'envoie pas de certificat au serveur et ne sauve pas les mots de passe. (Option non enregistrée). - + <b>This will suppress identity information from the client.</b><p>The client will not identify itself with a certificate, even if defined, and will not cache passwords for connections. This is primarily a test-option and is not saved.</p> <b>Désactive les informations d'identification du client.</b><p>Le client ne va pas s'identifier à l'aide d'un certificat, même si celui-ci existe, et il ne mémorisera pas les mots de passes de la connexion. Cette option est principalement utilisée à des fins de tests et n'est pas mémorisée.</p> - + Suppress certificate and password storage Désactiver l'usage du certificat et mots de passes - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through.</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>Type de connexion via le proxy.</b><br/>Permet à Mumble de se connecter au travers d'un proxy pour toutes les connexions sortantes. Notez que l'usage du proxy force Mumble à utiliser le mode de compatibilité TCP, la voix est donc envoyée au dessus du canal de contrôle. - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. <b>Nom d'hôte du proxy.</b><br/>Ce champ identifie le nom d'hôte du proxy que vous souhiatez utiliser. - + Port Port - + Port number of the proxy Numéro de port du proxy - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. <b>Numéro du port du proxy.</b><br />Ce champ spécifie le numéro de port du serveur proxy sur lequel il écoute. - + Username Nom d'utilisateur - + Username for proxy authentication Nom d'utilisateur à utiliser pour l'authentification - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>Nom d'utilisateur à utiliser pour l'authentification sur le proxy.</b><br />Dans le cas ou le proxy n'utilise pas d'authentification, ou si vous voulez vous connecté en tant qu'anonyme, laissez simplement le champ vide. - + Password Mot de passe - + Password for proxy authentication Mot de passe pour l'authentification sur le proxy - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>Mot de passe à utiliser pour l'authentification sur le proxy .</b><br />Dans le cas ou le proxy n'utilise pas d'authentification, ou si vous voulez vous connecté en tant qu'anonyme, laissez simplement le champ vide. - + Misc Divers - + Prevent log from downloading images Empêche Mumble de télécharger les images - + <b>Disable image download</b><br/> Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the img tag. <b>Désactiver le téléchargement des images</b><br/> Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de chat avec la balise img. - + Disable image download Désactiver le téléchargement des images - + Mumble services Services de Mumble - + Check for new releases of Mumble automatically. Vérifier les nouvelles versions de Mumble automatiquement. - + This will check for new releases of Mumble every time you start the program, and notify you if one is available. Vérifiera l'existance de nouvelles version de Mumble à chaque lancement de celui-ci, et vous notifiera si elle est disponible. - + Check for application updates on startup Vérifier les nouvelles versions au démarrage - + Check for new releases of plugins automatically. Vérifie automatiquement les nouvelles versions des plugins au démarrage. - + This will check for new releases of plugins every time you start the program, and download them automatically. Vérifiera l'existance de nouvelle version des plugins à chaque lancement de l'application, et les téléchargera automatiquement. - + Download plugin updates on startup Télécharger les mises à jour des plugins au démarrage - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus its development where it is needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. <b>Envoyer les statistiques anonymes.</b><br/>Mumble dispose d'une petite équipe de développement, et comme tel, doit concentrer son développement où celui-ci est le plus nécessaire. En envoyant quelques statistiques, vous aidez le projet à déterminer où le développement doit se focaliser. @@ -7284,12 +7413,12 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de Vérifier les mises a jour au démarrage - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Soumettre des statistique anonyme au projet Mumble - + Submit anonymous statistics Envoyer des statistiques anonymes @@ -7352,8 +7481,8 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de Overlay - - + + Mumble Mumble @@ -7375,7 +7504,7 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de Impossible de charger la librairie d'overlay. Cela signifie que :- la librairie ( mumble_ol.dll ) n'a pas été trouvée dans le répertoire depuis lequel vous avez lancé Mumble.- vous êtes sur une versions de windows antérieure à XP SP2- vous n'avez pas fait la mise à jour de Juin 2007 DX9.0c - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 @@ -7384,7 +7513,7 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de - vous êtes sur une versions de Windows antérieure à XP SP2 - + Failed to initialize overlay memory. This usually means that the shared memory is locked by the OS, and you need to reboot to release it. Impossible d'initialiser la mémoire pour l'overlay. Celà signifie généralement que la mémoire est bloquée par le système d'exploitation, et que vous devez redémarrer pour la libérer. @@ -7392,27 +7521,27 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de OverlayConfig - + Options Options - + Position Position - + Font Police - + Enable Overlay Activer l'overlay - + Enable overlay. Activer l'overlay. @@ -7437,47 +7566,47 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de Afficher - + Who to show on the overlay Qui montrer sur l'overlay - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. <b>Définis qui montrer en jeu dans l'overlay.</b><br />Si de nombreuses personnes sont connectées sur le même salon, la liste de l'overlay peut être très longue. Utilisez ça pour la raccourcir.<br /><i>Personne</i> - Ne montre personne (mais laisse l'overlay fonctionner).<br /><i>Parlant uniquement</i> - Ne montre que les gens qui parlent.<br /><i>Tout le monde</i> - Montre tout le monde. - + Always Show Self Toujours s'afficher soi même - + Always show yourself on overlay. Toujours vous montrer sur l'overlay. - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. Spécifie si vous voulez vous affichez dans l'overlay ou non. C'est utile si vous n'êtes pas en train de montrer tout le monde, car vous pourrez voir votre propre status, donc savoir si vous parlez, si vous êtes sourd ou muet. - + Grow Left Aggrandir vers la gauche - + Let overlay grow to the left Laisser l'overlay s'aggrandir vers la gauche - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. L'overlay tente de rester aussi petit que possible à la position que vous avez sélectionné. Autorise l'overlay à s'aggrandir sur la gauche si besoin. - + Grow Right Aggrandir vers la droite @@ -7490,12 +7619,12 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de L'overlay tente de rester aussi petit que possible à la position que vous avez sélectionné. Autorise l'overlay à s'aggrandir sur la droite si besoin. - + Grow Up Aggrandir vers le haut - + Let overlay grow upwards Laisser l'overlay s'aggrandir vers le haut @@ -7504,12 +7633,12 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de L'overlay tente de rester aussi petit que possible à la position que vous avez sélectionné. Autorise l'overlay à s'aggrandir vers le haut si besoin. - + Grow Down Aggrandir vers le bas - + Let overlay grow downwards Laisser l'aggrandir vers le bas @@ -7518,32 +7647,32 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de L'overlay tente de rester aussi petit que possible à la position que vous avez sélectionné. Autorise l'overlay à s'aggrandir vers le bas si besoin. - + X-Position of Overlay Position X de l'Overlay - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. Définit la position relative de l'overlay sur l'axe X. - + Y-Position of Overlay Position Y de l'Overlay - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. Définit la position relative de l'overlay sur l'axe Y. - + Current Font Police actuelle - + Set Font Définir la police @@ -7560,11 +7689,7 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de Largeur maximum - - - - - + Change Changer @@ -7581,126 +7706,126 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de Couleur des joueurs qui ne parlent pas - + Color for Channels Couleur des canaux - + Color for active Channels Couleur des canaux actifs - + Overlay Overlay - + Maximum height of names. Hauteur maximale des noms. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. Spécifie la hauteur maximale des noms affichés, relatif à la taille de l'écran. Si vous avez une fenêtre 3D de 800 pixels de haut et que vous définissez 5%, chaque nom sera haut de 40 pixels. Il est à noter que, peu importe ce que vous avez défini, les noms ne feront pas plus de 60 pixels de haut. - + Maximum height Hauteur maximum - + Show User Textures Montrer les textures des utilisateurs - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. Montrer les textures des utilisateurs au lieu du texte de l'overlay. - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. Ceci définit le téléchargement et l'utilisation des textures personnalisées pour les utilisateurs enregistrés. Si désactivé, l'esquisse de texte ordinaire sera utilisé à sa place. - + Show no one Afficher aucun - + Show only talking Montrer seulement ceux qui parlent - + Show everyone Montrer tout le monde - - + + Color for users Couleur des utilisateurs - - + + Color for talking users Couleur des utilisateurs parlants - - + + Color for whispering users Couleur des utilisateurs chuchotant - + Color for channels Couleur des salons - + Color for active channels Couleur des salons actifs - + Form Form - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start Mumble after starting the application, or if you disable the overlay while the application is running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. Définit si l'overlay est actif ou pas. Cette option est vérifiée au lancement des applications, assurez-vous donc que Mumble fonctionne et que cette option soit activée avant de démarrer l'application.<br/>Veuillez noter que si vous démarrez Mumble après le lancement de l'application, ou si vous désactivez l'overlay pendant que l'application fonctionne, il n'y a pas de manières sûre pour réactiver l'overlay sans redémarrer l'application. - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. L'overlay tente de rester aussi petit que possible à la position que vous avez sélectionné. Autorise l'overlay à s'aggrandir vers le haut si besoin. - + Let overlay grow to the right Laisser l'overlay s'aggrandir vers la droite - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. L'overlay tente de rester aussi petit que possible à la position que vous avez sélectionné. Autorise l'overlay à s'aggrandir sur la droite si besoin. - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. L'overlay tente de rester aussi petit que possible à la position que vous avez sélectionné. Autorise l'overlay à s'aggrandir vers le bas si besoin. - + TextLabel TextLabel @@ -7758,23 +7883,23 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de PluginConfig - + Options Options - - + + Plugins Plugins - + Link to Game and Transmit Position Lier au jeu et transmettre la position - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information Activer les plugins et transmettre les informations de position @@ -7783,87 +7908,97 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de Active le plugin permettant aux jeux supportés de transmettre la position du joueur dans chaque paquet de voix. Cela permet aux autres joueurs d'entendre votre voix dans le jeu dans la position de votre personnage par rapport aux autres. - + &Reload plugins &Recharger les plugins - + Reloads all plugins Recharge tous les plugins - + This allows plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit it with each voice packet. This enables other users to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. Permet aux plugins des jeux supportés récupérer votre position dans le jeu et de la transmettre. Permet aussi aux autres utilisateurs d'entendre votre voix dans le jeux en rapport avec votre position et sa propre position. - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. Rechercher et recharger les plugins. Utilisez cette fonction si vous venez d'ajouter ou de modifier un plugin dans le répertoire des plugins. - + &About &A propos - + Information about plugin Informations sur le plugin - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. Affiche une rapide introduction au fonctionnement du plugin. - + &Configure &Configurer - + Show configuration page of plugin Afficher la page de configuration du plugin - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. Affiche la page de configuration du plugin si elle existe. - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. Le plugin n'a pas de fonction « configure » (configurer). - + Plugin has no about function. Le plugin n'a pas de fonction « about » (à propos). - + Form Form + + + Name + + + + + Enabled + + Plugins - - + + Downloaded new or updated plugin to %1. Téléchargé le nouveau plugin ou mis à jour vers %1. - + Failed to install new plugin to %1. Échec de l'installation du nouveau plugin dans %1. @@ -7872,7 +8007,7 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de Le plugin %1 est désactivé. - + %1 lost link. %1 est désactivé. @@ -7881,7 +8016,7 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de Le plugin %1 est activé. - + %1 linked. %1 est activé. @@ -7889,7 +8024,7 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de PortAudioSystem - + Default Device Périphérique par défaut @@ -7960,12 +8095,12 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input Entrée par défaut - + Default Output Sortie par défaut @@ -7973,82 +8108,81 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de RichTextEditor - + Failed to load image Impossible de charger l'image - + Image file too large to embed in document. Please use images smaller than %1 kB. L'image est trop grosse pour être intégrée au document. Veuillez utliser des images plus petites que %1 ko. - TabWidget - TabWidget + TabWidget - + Display Affichage - + Source Text Texte source - + &Bold &Gras - + Ctrl+B Ctrl+B - + &Italic &Italique - + Italic Italique - + Ctrl+I Ctrl+I - + Underline Souligne - + Ctrl+U Ctrl+U - + Color Couleur - + Insert Link Insérer un Lien - + Ctrl+L Ctrl+L - + Insert Image Insérer une Image @@ -8056,17 +8190,17 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de RichTextEditorLink - + Add Link Ajouter un lien - + URL URL - + Text Texte @@ -8074,27 +8208,27 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de ServerHandler - + UDP packets cannot be sent to or received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. Les paquets UDP ne peuvent pas être envoyés ni reçus du serveur. Passage en mode TCP. - + UDP packets cannot be sent to the server. Switching to TCP mode. Les paquets UDP ne peuvent pas être envoyés au serveur. Passage en mode TCP. - + UDP packets cannot be received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. Les paquets UDP ne peuvent pas être reçus du serveur. Passage en mode TCP. - + UDP packets can be sent to and received from the server. Switching back to UDP mode. Les paquets UDP peuvent être envoyés et reçus du serveur. Retour en mode UDP. - + Connection timed out Délai de connexion dépassé @@ -8102,42 +8236,42 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de ServerView - + Favorite Favoris - + LAN Réseau local - + Public Internet Internet public - + Asia Asie - + North America Amérique du Nord - + South America Amérique du Sud - + Europe Europe - + Oceania Océanie @@ -8145,7 +8279,7 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned Non assigné @@ -8153,22 +8287,22 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de ShortcutDelegate - + On Activer - + Off Désactiver - + Toggle Commuter - + Unassigned Non assigné @@ -8176,7 +8310,7 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut Appuyer sur un raccourci clavier @@ -8184,22 +8318,22 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de ShortcutTargetDialog - + Root Racine - + Parent Parent - + Current Actuel - + Subchannel #%1 Sous salon #%1 @@ -8207,42 +8341,42 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de ShortcutTargetWidget - + ... ... - + , , - + Root Racine - + Parent Parent - + Current Actuel - + Subchannel #%1 Sous salon #%1 - + Invalid Invalide - + <Empty> <Vide> @@ -8250,17 +8384,17 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de ShortcutToggleWidget - + Off Désactiver - + Toggle Commuter - + On Activer @@ -8280,17 +8414,17 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de Désactivé le format html - + Enter text Saisir le texte - + If checked the message is recursively sent to all subchannels Si coché, le message sera envoyé récursivement à tous les sous salons - + Send recursively to subchannels Envoyer récursivement aux sous salons @@ -8298,22 +8432,22 @@ Empêche le client de télécharger les images intégrées dans les messages de Tokens - + Empty Token Jeton vide - + Mumble - Access Tokens Mumble - Jetons d'accès - + List of access tokens on current server Liste des jetons d'accès du serveur actuel - + <b>This is an editable list of access tokens on the connected server.</b> <br /> An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simple access management on channels. Mumble will remember the tokens you've used and resend them to the server next time you reconnect, so you don't have to enter these every time. @@ -8322,22 +8456,22 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl Un jeton d'accès est une chaîne de caractères, qui peut être utilisée comme mot de passe pour une gestion simple des accès aux salons. Mumble mémorise les jetons que vous avez utilisé et les réutilisera la prochaine fois que vous vous reconecterez, vous n'avez donc pas à les ressaisir à chaque fois. - + Add a token Ajouter un jeton - + &Add &Ajouter - + Remove a token Supprimer un jeton - + &Remove Supp&rimer @@ -8345,159 +8479,164 @@ Un jeton d'accès est une chaîne de caractères, qui peut être utilisée UserEdit - - + Registered Users Utilisateurs enregistrés - + + Remove Supprimer + + + Rename + + UserModel - + This is a user connected to the server. The icon to the left of the user indicates whether or not they are talking: C'est un utilisateur connecté au serveur. L'icône à gauche de l'utilisateur infique si il parle ou pas : - + Talking to your channel. Parle dans votre salon. - + Whispering directly to your channel. Chuchotte directement dans votre salon. - + Whispering directly to you. Vous chuchotte directement. - + Not talking. Ne parle pas. - + This is a channel on the server. The icon indicates the state of the channel: C'est un salon dans le serveur. L'icône indique l'état du salon : - + Your current channel. Votre salon actuel. - + A channel that is linked with your channel. Linked channels can talk to each other. Un salon qui est lié au votre. Les salons liés peuvent se parler l'un-l'autre. - + A channel on the server that you are not linked to. Un salon du serveur qui n'est pas lié. - + This shows the flags the user has on the server, if any: Affiche les attributs de l'utilisateur sur le serveur, si disponible : - + On your friend list Dans votre liste d'amis - + Authenticated user Utilisateur authentifié - + Muted (manually muted by self) Muet(te) (s'est rendu muet(te)) - + Muted (manually muted by admin) Muet(te) (manuellement par un admin) - + Muted (not allowed to speak in current channel) Muet(te) (n'a pas la permission de parler dans le salon actuel) - + Muted (muted by you, only on your machine) Muet(te) (vous l'avez rendu muet(te), seulement sur votre machine) - + Deafened (by self) Sourd(e) (s'est rendu sourd(e)) - + Deafened (by admin) Sourd(e) (par un admin) - + User has a new comment set (click to show) L'utilisateur a un nouveau commentaire (cliquer pour afficher) - + User has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) L'utilisateur a un commentaire que vous avez déjà vu. (Cliquer pour afficher) - + This shows the flags the channel has, if any: Affiche l'attribut du salon, si disponible : - + Channel has a new comment set (click to show) Le salon a un nouveau commentaire (cliquer pour afficher) - + Channel has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) Le salon a un commentaire que vous avez déjà lu. (Cliquer pour afficher) - + Name Nom - + Flags Attributs - - - + + + Mumble Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? Etes vous sur de vouloir déplacer ce salon ? - - + + Cannot perform this movement automatically, please reset the numeric sorting indicators or adjust it manually. Ne peut pas effectuer ce déplacement automatiquement, veuillez réinitialiser les indicateurs de position, ou l'ajuster manuellement. @@ -8509,7 +8648,7 @@ Un jeton d'accès est une chaîne de caractères, qui peut être utilisée Mumble - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. Mumble n'a pas pu récupérer les informations de version depuis le serveur de SourceForge. @@ -8517,102 +8656,102 @@ Un jeton d'accès est une chaîne de caractères, qui peut être utilisée ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details Détail de la chaîne de certificats - + Certificate chain Chaîne de certificat - + Certificate details Détails du certificat - + %1 %2 %1 %2 - - + + Common Name: %1 Nom courant : %1 - - + + Organization: %1 Organistaion : %1 - + Subunit: %1 Nom d'unité : %1 - - + + Country: %1 Pays : %1 - - + + Locality: %1 Localité : %1 - - + + State: %1 Pays : %1 - + Valid from: %1 Valide depuis : %1 - + Valid to: %1 Valide jusqu'a : %1 - + Serial: %1 Numéro de série : %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 Clé publique : %1 bits %2 - + RSA RSA - + DSA DSA - + Digest (MD5): %1 Digest (MD5) : %1 - + Issued by: Délivré par : - + Unit Name: %1 Nom d'unité : %1 @@ -8643,7 +8782,7 @@ Un jeton d'accès est une chaîne de caractères, qui peut être utilisée WASAPISystem - + Default Device Périphérique par défaut diff --git a/src/mumble/mumble_it.ts b/src/mumble/mumble_it.ts index 332391c50..5f6009eb7 100644 --- a/src/mumble/mumble_it.ts +++ b/src/mumble/mumble_it.ts @@ -8,120 +8,119 @@ Mumble - Modifica ACL per %1 - + Deny Nega - + Allow Permetti - + Allow %1 Permetti %1 - + Deny %1 Nega %1 - + Mumble - Add channel Mumble - Aggiungi canale - - + + Failed: Invalid channel Fallito: Canale non valido - + Mumble - Edit %1 Mumble - Modifica %1 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Permette il privilegio %1. Se un privilegio è contemporaneamente permesso e negato, sarà negato.<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Revoca il privilegio %1. Se un privilegio è contemporaneamente permesso e negato, sarà negato.<br />%2 - + Dialog Dialogo - Properties - Proprietà + Proprietà - + Name Nome - + Enter the channel name here. Inserisci qui il nome del canale. - + <b>Name</b><br>Enter the channel name in this field. The name has to comply with the restriction imposed by the server you are connected to. <b>Nome</b><br>Inserisci il nome del canale in questo campo. Il nome deve attenersi alle restrizioni imposte dal server a cui sei connesso. - + Description Descrizione - + Password Password - + Enter the channel password here. Inserisci qui la password del canale. - + <b>Password</b><br>This field allows you to easily set and change the password of a channel. In the background it uses Mumble's access tokens feature. To allow more fine grained and powerful access control directly use ACLs and groups instead (<i>Advanced configuration</i> has to be checked to be able to see these settings). <b>Password</b><br>Questo campo ti permette di impostare e cambiare facilmente la password del canale. Come base usa il sistema dei Token d'accesso di Mumble. Per consentire un controllo più forte e raffinato usa le ACL ed i gruppi (<i>Configurazione avanzata</i> deve essere selezionata per poter vedere queste impostazioni). - + Check to create a temporary channel. Seleziona per creare un canale temporaneo. - + <b>Temporary</b><br> When checked the channel created will be marked as temporary. This means when the last player leaves it the channel will be automatically deleted by the server. <b>Temporaneo</b><br> Quando selezionato il canale creato sarà segnato come temporaneo. Questo vuol dire che quando l'ultimo utente uscirà dal canale, questo verrà automaticamente cancellato dal server. - + Temporary Temporaneo - + Channel positioning facility value Valore posizionamento canale - + <b>Position</b><br/> This value enables you to change the way Mumble arranges the channels in the tree. A channel with a higher <i>Position</i> value will always be placed below one with a lower value and the other way around. If the <i>Position</i> value of two channels is equal they will get sorted alphabetically by their name. <b>Position</b><br/> @@ -130,23 +129,22 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre Questo valore ti dà la possibilità di cambiare il modo in cui Mumble organizza i canali nell'albero dei canali. Un canale con un valore di <i>Posizione</i> più alto sarà sempre posto sotto uno con un valore più basso e così via. Se il valore della <i>Posizione</i> di due canali è uguale allora questi saranno ordinati in ordine alfabetico secondo il loro nome. - + Position Posizione - + &Groups &Gruppi - - + Group Gruppo - + List of groups Lista dei gruppi @@ -155,7 +153,7 @@ Questo valore ti dà la possibilità di cambiare il modo in cui Mumble organizza Questi sono tutti i gruppi attualmente definiti per un canale. Per creare un nuovo gruppo, scrivi il nome e premi invio. - + Remove selected group Rimuove il gruppo selezionato @@ -164,14 +162,12 @@ Questo valore ti dà la possibilità di cambiare il modo in cui Mumble organizza Cancella il gruppo selezionato. Se un gruppo era eraditario, non verrà rimosso dalla lista, ma tutte le informazioni locali riguardanti il gruppo saranno cancellate. - - - + Remove Rimuovi - + Inherit group members from parent Eredita i membri del gruppo dal genitore @@ -180,12 +176,12 @@ Questo valore ti dà la possibilità di cambiare il modo in cui Mumble organizza Eredita tutti i membri di un gruppo dal padre, se un gruppo è marcato come <i>Ereditabile</i>nel canale padre. - + Inherit Eredita - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels Rende un gruppo ereditabile ai sottocanali @@ -194,12 +190,12 @@ Questo valore ti dà la possibilità di cambiare il modo in cui Mumble organizza Rende ereditabile un gruppo ai sotto-canali. Se un gruppo non è ereditabile, i sotto-canali saranno comunque liberi di creare un nuovo gruppo con lo stesso nome. - + Inheritable Ereditabile - + Group was inherited from parent channel Gruppo ereditato dal canale padre @@ -208,20 +204,17 @@ Questo valore ti dà la possibilità di cambiare il modo in cui Mumble organizza Indica che un gruppo è stato ereditato dal canale padre. Non puoi modificare questa impostazione, è solo informativa. - + Inherited Ereditato - - + Members Membri - - - + Add Aggiungi @@ -230,7 +223,7 @@ Questo valore ti dà la possibilità di cambiare il modo in cui Mumble organizza Aggiungi a Rimuovi - + Add member to group Aggiungi membro al gruppo @@ -239,7 +232,7 @@ Questo valore ti dà la possibilità di cambiare il modo in cui Mumble organizza Inserisci il nome del giocatore che vuoi aggiungere al gruppo e premi Aggiungi. - + Remove member from group Rimuove un membro dal gruppo @@ -248,102 +241,102 @@ Questo valore ti dà la possibilità di cambiare il modo in cui Mumble organizza Inserisci il nome del giocatore che vuoi cancellare dal gruppo e premi Add. - + &ACL &ACL - + Active ACLs ACL attive - + List of entries Elenco di voci - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. Mostra tutte le voci attive su questo canale. Le voci ereditate dal canale padre verranno visualizzate in corsivo.<br />Le ACL sono considerate dall'alto al basso, cioè la priorità aumenta spostandosi verso il basso nell'elenco. - + Inherit ACL of parent? Eredita ACL del canale padre? - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. Imposta se le ACL provenienti dalla catena parentale dei canali sono applicate a questo oggetto. Solo quelle voci che sono contrassegnate nel padre come "Applica ai sottocanali" saranno ereditate. - + Inherit ACLs Eredita le ACL - + Move entry up Sposta voce in alto - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. Sposta in alto la voce nella lista. Dato che le voci vengono valutate in ordine, questo potrebbe cambiare le autorizzazioni attive per gli utenti. Non è possibile spostare una voce al di sopra di un ingresso ereditato, se proprio avete bisogno di farlo potete duplicare la voce ereditata. - + &Up &Su - + Move entry down Sposta la voce in basso - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. Sposta in giù la voce nella lista. Dato che le voci vengono valutate in ordine, questo potrebbe cambiare le autorizzazioni attive per gli utenti. - + &Down &Giù - + Add new entry Aggiungi nuova voce - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. Aggiunge una nuova voce, inizialmente impostata senza permessi e applicata a tutti. - + &Add &Aggiungi - + Remove entry Rimuovi voce - + This removes the currently selected entry. Rimuove la voce selezionata. - + &Remove &Rimuovi - + Context Contesto @@ -352,22 +345,22 @@ Questo valore ti dà la possibilità di cambiare il modo in cui Mumble organizza La voce dovrebbe valere per questo canale - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. Applica la voce a questo canale. - + Applies to this channel Applica a questo canale - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. La voce dovrebbe applicarsi ai sottocanali. - + <b>Group</b><br> These are all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. <b>Group</b><br> @@ -376,130 +369,130 @@ This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, Questi sono tutti i gruppi attualmente definiti per il canale. Per creare un nuovo gruppo basta inserire il nome e premere invio. - + Add new group Aggiungi un nuovo gruppo - + <b>Add</b><br/> Add a new group. <b>Aggiungi</b><br/> Aggiunge un nuovo gruppo. - + <b>Remove</b><br>This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. <b>Rimuovi</b><br>Rimuove il gruppo selezionato. Se il gruppo è stato ereditato, questo non sarà rimosso dalla lista, ma tutte le informazioni locali saranno rimosse. - + <b>Inherit</b><br>This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. <b>Eredita</b><br>Eredita tutti i membri nel gruppo dal canale genitore, se il gruppo è segnato come <i>Ereditabile</i> nel canale genitore. - + <b>Inheritable</b><br>This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. <b>Ereditabile</b><br>Permette al gruppo di essere ereditato ai sottocanali. Se il gruppo non è ereditabile i sottocanali sono ancora liberi di creare un gruppo con lo stesso nome. - + <b>Inherited</b><br>This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. <b>Ereditato</b><br>Indica che il gruppo è stato ereditato dal canale genitore. Non puoi cambiare questa selezione, è solamente un'informazione. - + Inherited members Membri ereditati - + Contains the list of members added to the group by this channel. Contiene la lista dei membri aggiunti al gruppo da questo canale. - + <b>Members</b><br> This list contains all members that were added to the group by the current channel. Be aware that this does not include members inherited by higher levels of the channel tree. These can be found in the <i>Inherited members</i> list. To prevent this list to be inherited by lower level channels uncheck <i>Inheritable</i> or manually add the members to the <i>Excluded members</i> list. <b>Membri</b><br> Questa lista contiene tutti i membri che sono stati aggiunti al gruppo dal canale attuale. Attenzione, non incude i membri ereditati da livelli superiori dell'albero dei canali. Questi possono essere trovati nella lista dei <i>Membri ereditati</i>. Per prevenire che questa lista sia ereditata dai canali inferiori deseleziona <i>Ereditabile</i> o aggiungi manualmente i membri alla lista dei <i>Membri esclusi dall'eredità</i>. - + Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. Contiene una lista dei membri che non saranno ereditati ai canali inferiori. - + <b>Excluded members</b><br> Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. <b>Membri esclusi dall'eredità</b><br> Contiene una lista dei membri che non saranno ereditati ai canali inferiori. - + Contains the list of members inherited by other channels. Contiene la lista degli utenti ereditati dagli altri canali. - + <b>Inherited members</b><br> Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i>Inherit</i> to prevent inheritance from higher level channels. <b>Membri ereditati</b><br> Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i>Eredita</i> per prevenire l'ereditazione da canali di livello più alto. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to add to the group and click Add. Inserisci il nome dell'utente che vuoi aggiungere al gruppo e premi Aggiungi. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to remove from the group and click Add. Inserisci il nome dell'utente che vuoi rimuovere dal gruppo e premi Aggiungi. - + Exclude Escludi - + Excluded members Membri esclusi dall'eredità - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. Applica la voce ai sottocanali di questo canale. - + Applies to sub-channels Applica ai sottocanali - + Entry should apply to this channel. Voci che dovrebbero essere applicate a questo canale. - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a '!', its membership is negated, and if it starts with a '~', it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in.<br />If a group name starts with a '#', it is interpreted as an access token. Users must have entered whatever follows the '#' in their list of access tokens to match. This can be used for very simple password access to channels for non-authenticated users.<br />If a group name starts with a '$', it will only match users whose certificate hash matches what follows the '$'.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for '<i>sub,0,0,0</i>').<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for '<i>!sub,0,0,0</i>').<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. Controlla a quale gruppo di utenti si applica questa voce.<br />Si noti che il gruppo è valutato nel contesto del canale in cui la voce è inserita. Ad esempio, il valore predefinito ACL sul canale Root dà il permesso <i>Scrivi</i> al gruppo <i>admin</i>. Questa voce, se ereditata da un canale, darà ad un utente i privilegi di scrittura se egli appartiene al gruppo <i>admin</i> in quel canale, anche se non apparteneva al gruppo <i>admin</i> nel canale in cui è nato l'ACL.<br />Se il nome di un gruppo inizia con un !, è negata ai suoi membri, e se inizia con una ~, è valutata nel canale in cui l'ACL è stata definita, al posto che nel canale in cui è stata attivata l'ACL.<br />Se il nome di un gruppo inizia con '#' questo viene interpretato come un Token di accesso. Gli utenti devono aver inserito qualcosa dopo '#' nella loro lista dei Token di accessoper essere riconosciuto. Questo può essere usato come semplice accesso con password ai canali, per utenti non autenticati.<br />Se il nome di un gruppo inizia con '$', questo accetta solo utenti con nome del certificato che inizia con '$'.<br /> Pochi particolari gruppi predefiniti sono i seguenti:<br /><b>all</b> - Corrisponderà a tutti.<b>auth</b> - Corrisponderanno tutti gli utenti autenticati.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - Utenti in a sotto-canali minimo <i>a</i> genitori comuni, e tra <i>b</i> e <i>c</i> canali verso il basso nella catena. Vedere il sito web per una documentazione più estesa su questo punto.<br /><b>in</b> - Utenti attualmente nel canale (scorciatoia di <i>sub,0,0,0</i>).<br /><b>out</b> - Gli utenti al di fuori del canale (scorciatoia di <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Si noti che una voce si applica ad un utente o ad un gruppo, non a entrambi. - + Permissions Permessi - + User/Group Utente/Gruppo - + Group this entry applies to Gruppo a cui si applica questa voce @@ -508,30 +501,35 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> Controlla a quale gruppo di utenti si applica questa voce.<br />Si noti che il gruppo è valutato nel contesto del canale in cui la voce è inserita. Ad esempio, il valore predefinito ACL sul canale Root dà il permesso <i>Scrivi</i> al gruppo <i>admin</i>. Questa voce, se ereditata da un canale, darà ad un utente i privilegi di scrittura se egli appartiene al gruppo <i>admin</i> in quel canale, anche se non apparteneva al gruppo <i>admin</i> nel canale in cui è nato l'ACL.<br />Se il nome di un gruppo inizia con un !, è negata ai suoi membri, e se inizia con una ~, è valutata nel canale in cui l'ACL è stata definita, al posto che nel canale in cui è stata attivata l'ACL. L'ordine è importante; <i>!~in</i> è valido, ma <i>~!in</i> non lo è.<br />Pochi particolari gruppi predefiniti sono i seguenti:<br /><b>all</b> - Corrisponderà a tutti.<b>auth</b> - Corrisponderanno tutti gli utenti autenticati.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - Utenti in a sotto-canali minimo <i>a</i> genitori comuni, e tra <i>b</i> e <i>c</i> canali verso il basso nella catena. Vedere il sito web per una documentazione più estesa su questo punto.<br /><b>in</b> - Utenti attualmente nel canale (scorciatoia di <i>sub,0,0,0</i>).<br /><b>out</b> - Gli utenti al di fuori del canale (scorciatoia di <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Si noti che una voce si applica ad un utente o ad un gruppo, non a entrambi. - + User ID ID Utente - + User this entry applies to Utente a cui applicare questa voce - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. Controlla a quale utente si applica questa voce. Basta digitare il nome utente e premere invio per chiedere al server una corrispondenza. + + + &Properties + + ALSAAudioInput - + Default ALSA Card Scheda ALSA predefinita - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 Fallita l'apertura dell'Input ALSA selezionato: %1 @@ -539,12 +537,12 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> ALSAAudioOutput - + Default ALSA Card Scheda ALSA predefinita - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 Fallita l'apertura dell'Output ALSA selezionato: %1 @@ -564,113 +562,113 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms risoluzione) %4Hz -- Non usabile - + %1 (version %2) %1 (versione %2) - + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5Hz %1 -> %2 campioni del buffer, con risoluzione campioni %3 (%4 preferito) a %5Hz - - - - + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 Inizializzazione di ASIO fallita: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver Instanziazione del driver ASIO fallita - + ASIO ASIO - + Form Modulo - + Device selection Selezione del dispositivo - + Device Dispositivo - + Device to use for microphone Dispositivo da usare per il microfono - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. Sceglie quale dispositivo interrogare. Devi comunque interrogare il dispositivo e selezionare quale canale usare. - + Query selected device Interroga il dispositivo selezionato - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Interroga il dispositivo selezionato per i canali. Molti driver ASIO sono estremamente bacati, e interrogandoli potrebbero causare un crash dell'applicazione o del sistema. - + &Query &Interroga - + Configure selected device Configura il dispositivo selezionato - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Configura il dispositivo selezionato. Molti driver ASIO sono estremamente bacati, e interrogandoli potrebbero causare un crash dell'applicazione o del sistema. - + &Configure &Configura - + Capabilities Funzionalità - + Driver name Nome del driver - + Buffer size Grandezza del buffer - + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. Questo configurerà i canali d'ingresso per ASIO. Assicurati di aver selezionato almeno un canale per il microfono e le cuffie/casse. <i>Microfono</i> dovrebbe essere dove il tuo microfono è attaccato, e <i>Casse</i> dovrebbe essere dove sono i canali di '<i>Quello che senti</i>'.<br /> Per esempio, sull'Audigy 2 ZS, una buona selezione per Microfono potrebbe essere '<i>Mic L</i>' mentre Casse '<i>Mix L</i>' e '<i>Mix R</i>'. @@ -683,7 +681,7 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> Dimensione del Buffer - + Configure input channels Configura i canali di ingresso @@ -692,34 +690,32 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> Configurarerà i canali di ingresso per ASIO. Assicurarsi di selezionare almeno un canale come microfono e altoparlante. <i>Microfono</i> deve essere dove è collegato il microfono, e <i>Altoparlante</i> deve essere il canale che catturi <i>Cosa si sente</i>.<br />Ad esempio, con Audigy 2 ZS, una buona scelta per Microfono sarebbe <i>Mic L</i>mentre per gli altoparlanti dovrebbe essere <i>Mix L</i> e <i>Mix R</i>. - + Channels Canali - + Microphone Microfono - - + <- <- - - + -> -> - + Unused Non usato - + Speakers Casse @@ -727,18 +723,18 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> ASIOInput - - + + Mumble Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. Devi selezionare almeno un microfono e un altoparlante per usare ASIO. Se hai bisogno solo il campionamento microfonico, usa DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. Apertura del dispositivo ASIO fallito. Non ci sarà nessun ingresso. @@ -746,27 +742,27 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> AboutDialog - + About Mumble Informazioni su Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net<br /><br />Traduzione italiana a cura di Spaccaossi<br />spaccaossi@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Utility per la chat vocale per giocatori</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> - + &About Mumble &Info su Mumble - + &License &Licenza - + OK OK @@ -774,12 +770,12 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> AboutSpeexDialog - + About Speex Informazioni su Speex - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%1">%1</a></tt></p><p>This program uses SpeexDSP.</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering and voice activity detection.</p> <h3>Informazioni su Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%1">%1</a></tt></p><p>Questo programma usa SpeexDSP.</p><p>Speex è usato per la cancellazione dell'eco, <br />il filtraggio dei rumori e l'attivazione vocale.</p> @@ -788,7 +784,7 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> <h3>Informazioni su Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p><p>Questo programma usa Speex versione %1</p><p>Speex è usato per la cancellazione dell'eco, il filtraggio<br />del rumore, il rilevamento del parlato e per la compressione<br />della voce.</p> - + OK OK @@ -796,32 +792,32 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> AudioInput - + Form Modulo - + Interface Interfaccia - + System Sistema - + Input method for audio Metodo di input per l'audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Metodo di ingresso da utilizzare per l'audio.</b><br />Molto probabilmente vorrai usare DirectSound. - + Device Dispositivo @@ -838,163 +834,161 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> Rimuovi l'Eco - + Transmission Trasmissione - + &Transmit &Trasmetti - + When to transmit your speech Quando trasmettere la tua voce - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. <b>Imposta quando la voce dovrebbe essere trasmessa.</b><br /><i>Continuamente</i> - Tutto il tempo<br /><i>Attivazione vocale</i> - Quando stai parlando.<br /><i>Premi-Per-Parlare</i> - Quando premi il pulsante impostato sotto <i>Scorciatoie</i>. - + DoublePush Time Tempo di DoppiaPremuta - + If you press the PTT key twice in this time it will get locked. Se premi il pulsante PPP due volte la tramissione si dovrebbe bloccare. - + <b>DoublePush Time</b><br />If you press the push-to-talk key twice during the configured interval of time it will be locked. Mumble will keep transmitting until you hit the key once more to unlock PTT again. <b>Tempo di DoppiaPressione</b><br />Se premi il pulsante Premi-Per-Parlare due volte durante l'intervallo di tempo configurato la trasmissione non finirà fino a che non premerai di nuovo il pulsante PPP. - TextLabel - Etichetta testo + Etichetta testo - + Gets played when the PTT button is pressed Viene riprodotto quando il pulsante PPP viene premuto - + Gets played when the PTT button is released Viene riprodotto quando il pulsante PPP viene rilasciato - + Reset audio cue to default Reimposta segnale audio su predefinito - + <b>Reset</b><br/>Reset the paths for the files to their default. <b>Reimposta</b><br/>Reimposta il percorso dei file al loro valore predefinito. - + Reset Reimposta - + Browse for on audio file Sfoglia le cartelle per impostare un file sonoro per On - - + Browse Sfoglia - + Browse for off audio file Sfoglia le cartelle per impostare un file sonoro per Off - + Off Off - + On On - + Preview the audio cues Riproduce un'anteprima del segnale sonoro - + <b>Preview</b><br/>Plays the current <i>on</i> soundfile followed by the current <i>off</i> soundfile. <b>Anteprima</b><br/>Riproduce un'anteprima dei file attuali per <i>on</i> e di seguito<i>off</i>. - + Preview Anteprima - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. <b>Abilita la segnalazione audio per il premi per parlare.</b><br />Attivandolo sentirete un breve segnale acustico quando il PPP viene premuto e rilasciato. - + PTT Audio cue Segnale audio per PPP - + Use SNR based speech detection Usa il riconoscimento della voce basato su SNR - + Signal to Noise Rapporto segnale/rumore - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. Usa riconoscimento della voce basato sull'Ampiezza. - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. <b>Imposta l'uso dell'ampiezza per il rilevamento della voce.</b><br />In questa modalità, il livello del segnale d'ingresso viene utilizzato per rilevare la voce. - + Amplitude Ampiezza - + Voice &Hold Trasmetti &per - + How long to keep transmitting after silence Per quanto tempo continua a trasmettere dopo l'inizio del silenzio - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>Imposta per quanto tempo dopo un arresto del discorso la trasmissione deve continuare.</b><br />Aumentalo se la tua voce viene tagliata quando parli (si vedi un lampeggio rapido dell'icona voce accanto al tuo nome).<br />Ha senso impostarlo solo quando viene utilizzata la trasmissione ad Attività Vocale. - + Silence Below Silenzio Sotto @@ -1003,178 +997,177 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> Valore del Segnale sotto il quale conta come silenzio - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. <b>Questo cursore imposta il valore di soglia per il rilevamento del discorso.</b><br />Usa questo insieme alla finestra delle statistiche audio per sintonizzare manualmente il cursore per i valori di soglia per l'individuazione del discorso. un segnale al di sotto dei valori "Silenzio sotto" vieni sempre considerato come silenzio. Un segnale al di sopra di "Voce sopra" viene considerato come discorso. Un segnale compreso tra i due cursori conterà come discorso solo se prima si stava parlando, ma non farà iniziare una nuova trasmissione. - + Speech Above Voce Sopra - + Signal values above this count as voice Valore del segnale sopra il quale conta come discorso - + Compression Compressione - + &Quality &Qualità - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) Qualità di compressione (picco di banda) - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. <b>Questo imposterà la qualità della compressione.</b><br />Questo determinerà quanta banda Mumble sarà autorizzato ad usare per l'audio in uscita. - + Audio per packet Audio per pacchetto - + How many audio frames to send per packet Quante parti dell'audio mandare per pacchetto - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>Questo seleziona quante parti dell'audio saranno messe in un pacchetto</b><br />Incrementando questo sarà incrementata la latenza della tua voce, ma ridurrà anche la banda richiesta. - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). <b> Questo mostra il picco della larghezza di banda utilizzata in uscita.</b><br /> Questo mostra la quantità del picco della larghezza di banda inviata dal tuo computer. Bitrate audio è il massimo bitrate (come si usa VBR) per i dati audio da soli. Posizione è il bitrate utilizzato per le informazioni sulla posizione. Carico è l'inquadratura e l'header del pacchetto IP (IP e UDP sono il 75% del carico). - + Audio Processing Elaborazione Audio - + Noise Suppression Soppressione Rumore - + Noise suppression Soppressione rumore - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be suppressed. <b>Questo imposta la quantità di rumore da eliminare.<b><br />Più alto sarà questo valore e più rumore fisso sarà eliminato. - + Amplification Amplificazione - + Maximum amplification of input sound Massima amplificazione del segnale di ingresso - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. <b>Massima amplificazione dell'ingresso.</b><br /> Mumble normalizza il volume in ingresso prima della compressione, e questo imposta quanto gli è consentito amplificare.<br />Il livello attuale è continuamente aggiornato in base al suo attuale modello di intervento, ma non potrà mai andare al di sopra del livello indicato qui.<br />Se le statistiche dell livello del <i>Volume del microfono</i> gravitano attorno al 100%, probabilmente si desidera impostare questo al 2,0 o più, ma se , come la maggior parte delle persone, non si riesce a raggiungere il 100%, impostalo molto al di sopra.<br />Idealmente, impostarlo in modo che <i>Volume del microfono x Fattore di amplificazione>= 100</i>, anche quando stai parlando piano.<br /><br />Si noti che non vi è nulla di male nel mettere questa impostazione al massimo, ma Mumble inizierà raccogliendo le altre conversazioni se lasciato per l'auto-tune a quel livello. - + Current speech detection chance Probabilità attuale di riconoscimento della voce - + Input device for audio Dispositivo di ingresso per il suono - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> <b>Questo è il dispositivo d'ingresso da usare per il suono.</b> - + Cancel echo from speakers Cancella l'eco dalle casse - + Enabling this will cancel the echo from your speakers. Mixed has low CPU impact, but only works well if your speakers are equally loud and equidistant from the microphone. Multichannel echo cancellation provides much better echo cancellation, but at a higher CPU cost. Abilitando questo si cancellerà l'eco dalle casse/cuffie. La modalità 'Misto' ha un impatto minore sulla CPU, ma funziona meglio se le tue casse/cuffie hanno un livello sonoro uguale e se sono equidistanti dal microfono. L'eleminazione eco multicanale fornisce invece una cancellazione eco migliore, ma con un maggior utilizzo della CPU. - + Disabled Disabilitato - + Mixed Misto - + Multichannel Multicanale - + Echo Eco - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated Barra dell'audio udibile quando premi per parlare è attivato o disattivato - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. <b>Questo imposta l'individuazione del discorso con il rapporto segnale/rumore.</b><br />In questa modalità, l'ingresso è analizzato per trovare qualcosa di simile a un chiaro segnale, e la chiarezza del segnale viene utilizzata per attivare il rilevamento del discorso. - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Questo visualizza le impostazioni correnti per il riconoscimento del parlato.</b><br />Puoi cambiare le impostazioni dalla finestra delle impostazioni o dall'Audio Wizard. - + Idle AutoMute AutoMuto quando Inattivo - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. Per quanto tempo devi rimanere inattivo prima dell'auto-muto. - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. Stabilisce un timer di inattività. Se il timer scade senza che nessun audio venga inviato al server, il tuo microfono verrà disattivato. - + Signal values below this count as silence Valore del segnale sotto il quale questo conta come silenzio - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio Banda massima usata per inviare l'audio @@ -1183,7 +1176,7 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> <b>Questo imposta la quantità di rumore da eliminare.<b><br />Più alto sarà questo valore e più rumore sarà eliminato. - + Server maximum network bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Audio quality auto-adjusted to %2 kbit/s (%3ms) La banda massima del server è solamente %1 kbit/s. Qualità sonora impostata su %2 kbit/s (%3ms) @@ -1191,65 +1184,66 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> AudioInputDialog - + Continuous Continuo - + Voice Activity Attività vocale - + Push To Talk Premi Per pParlare - + Audio Input Ingresso audio - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - + + + Off Off - + %1 s %1 s - + %1 kb/s %1 kb/s - + -%1 dB -%1 dB - - %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) - %1kbit/s (Suono %2 %5, Posizione %4, Sovrapposizione %3) + + %1 kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + %1kbit/s (Suono %2 %5, Posizione %4, Sovrapposizione %3) - + CELT CELT - + Speex Speex @@ -1258,7 +1252,7 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> %1kbit/s (Audio %2, Posizione %4, Sovraccarico %3) - + %1 min %1 min @@ -1266,17 +1260,17 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> AudioOutput - + Form Modulo - + Interface Interfaccia - + System Sistema @@ -1289,53 +1283,52 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> <b>Questo è il metodo di input da utilizzare per l'audio.</b><br />Molto probabilmente vorrai utilizzare DirectSound. - + Device Dispositivo - + Output method for audio Metodo d'uscita per l'audio - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Questo è il sistema d'uscita da utilizzare per l'audio.</b><br />Molto probabilmente vorrai utilizzare DirectSound. - + Output device for audio Dispositivo sonoro di uscita - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> <b>Questo è il dispositivo di uscita da usare per il suono.</b> - - + Positional Audio Audio posizionale - + Audio Output Uscita audio - + Default &Jitter Buffer Spazio &buffer predefinito - + Safety margin for jitter buffer Margine di sicurezza per lo spazio del buffer - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. <b>Imposta il minimo margine di sicurezza per lo spazio del buffer.</b><br />Tutto l'audio in ingresso è messo nel buffer, e il limite dello spazio del buffer cerca continuamente di tenere il buffer al minimo sostenibile dalla tua rete, in modo da avere una latenza quanto più bassa possibile. Imposta la dimensione minima del buffer da utilizzare. Se all'inizio delle frasi c'è un rumore distorto, aumenta questo valore. @@ -1344,27 +1337,27 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> Etichetta testo - + Volume Volume - + Volume of incoming speech Volume per la voce in ingresso - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. <b>Regola il volume di ingresso della voce.</b><br />Si noti che se si aumenta oltre il 100%, l'audio verrà distorto. - + Output Delay Ritardo d'uscita - + Amount of data to buffer Quantità di dati da usare come buffer @@ -1373,7 +1366,7 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> Imposta la quantità di dati da prebufferizzare nel buffer d'uscita. Sperimentare diversi valori e tenere al minimo che non causa un jitter veloce nel suono. - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. Gli altoparlanti attualmente connessi sono delle cuffie. @@ -1383,42 +1376,42 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> Imposta la distanza minima per i calcoli sonori. Il volume della voce degli altri giocatori non diminuirà fino a che non saranno almeno così lontani da voi. - + Factor for sound volume decrease Fattore di decremento per il volume dei suoni - + Bloom Bloom - + Factor for sound volume increase Fattore di incremento del volume sonoro - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? Quanto dovrebbe aumentare il volume del suono per le sorgenti che sono molto vicine? - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. Se impostato indica che non sono collegati degli altoparlanti, ma solo le cuffie. Questo è importante, in quanto gli altoparlanti solitamente sono di fronte a voi, mentre le cuffie sono direttamente a sinistra/destra. - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. Imposta la quantità di dati da tenere nel pre-buffer per il buffer d'uscita. Sperimentare diversi valori e tenere al valore minimo che non causa una distorsione veloce del suono. - + Headphones Cuffie - + Minimum Distance Distanza minima @@ -1427,12 +1420,12 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> Distanza minima dal giocatore prima che il volume del suono decresca - + Maximum Distance Distanza massima - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease Massima distanza, dopo la quale il volume del discorso non decrescerà più @@ -1441,78 +1434,78 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> Questo imposta la massima distanza per il calcolo del suono. Quando saranno più lontano di così il volume dei discorsi degli altri giocatori non decrescerà più. - + Minimum distance to user before sound volume decreases Distanza minima dall'utente prima che il volume del suono inizi a decrescere - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other users' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. Imposta la distanza minima per i calcoli sonori. Il volume della voce degli altri utenti non diminuirà fino a che non saranno almeno così lontani da voi. - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other users' speech volume will not decrease any further. Questo imposta la massima distanza per il calcolo del suono. Quando saranno più lontano di così il volume dei discorsi degli altri utenti non decrescerà più. - + Minimum Volume Volume minimo - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? Quale dovrebbe essere il volume alla massima distanza? - + Loopback Test Test di Ricircolo - + Delay Variance Varianza del Ritardo - + Variance in packet latency Varianza della latenza dei pacchetti - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you to set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. <b>Questo imposta la latenza del pacchetto per il test di riciclico locale. </b><br /> La maggior parte dell'audio contiene alcuni percorsi di latenza variabile. Questo permette di impostare le variabili per la modalità di test di riciclo. Ad esempio, se si imposta questo a 15ms, questo emula una rete con 20-35ms di latenza oppure con 80-95ms di latenza. La maggior parte delle connessioni di rete domestiche ha una variazione di circa 5ms - + Packet Loss Pacchetti Persi - + Packet loss for loopback mode Pacchetti persi in modalità ricircolo - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% <b>Imposta la perdita di pacchetti per la modalità di ricircolo.</b><br />Questo sarà il rapporto dei pacchetti persi. A meno che non ci sono dei picchi di banda in uscita o se c'è qualcosa che non va con la connessione di rete, questo sarà 0% - + &Loopback &Ricircolo - + Desired loopback mode Modalità ricircolo desiderata - + <b>This enables one of the loopback test modes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other users will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. <b>Consente uno dei modi di test di ricircolo.</b><br /><i>Nessuno</i> - Ricircolo disattivato<br /><i>Locale</i> - Emula un server locale.<br /><i>Server</i> - Richiesta di ricircolo al server.<br />Si prega di notare che quando il ricircolo è abilitato, gli altri utenti non sentiranno la tua voce. Questa impostazione non viene salvata all'uscita dall'applicazione. @@ -1521,84 +1514,102 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> <b>Consente uno dei modi di test di ricircolo.</b><br /><i>Nessuno</i> - Ricircolo disattivato<br /><i>Locale</i> - Emulare un server locale.<br /><i>Server</i> - Richiesta di ricircolo al server.<br />Si prega di notare che quando il ricircolo è abilitato, gli altri giocatori si sentiranno la tua voce. Questa impostazione non viene salvata all'uscita dall'applicazione. - + Other Applications Altre applicazioni - + Volume of other applications during speech Volume delle altre applicazioni durante il parlato - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. <b>Diminuire il volume delle altre applicazioni durante il parlato.</b><br />Mumble supporta la diminuzione del volume delle altre applicazioni durante la ricezione della voce. Imposta il volume relativo delle altre applicazioni quando stanno parlando gli altri. + + + If checked Mumble also lowers the volume of other applications when you talk + + + + + Attenuate other applications while you talk + + AudioOutputDialog - + None Niente - + Local Locale - + Server Server - + Audio Output Uscita Audio - - + + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - - - + + + + + + %1 % + + + + + + %1 m + + + %1% - %1% + %1% - %1ms - %1ms + %1ms - - %1m - %1m + %1m AudioOutputSample - + Choose sound file Scegli il file sonoro - + Invalid sound file File sonoro non valido - + The file '%1' cannot be used by Mumble. Please select a file with a compatible format and encoding. Il file '%1' non può essere usato da Mumble. Per favore seleziona un file con un formato e una codifica compatibile. @@ -1606,34 +1617,33 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> AudioStats - - >1000ms - >1000ms + + >1000 ms + >1000ms + >1000ms - + Audio Statistics Statistiche Audio - + Input Levels Livelli di Ingresso - + Peak microphone level Livello di picco del microfono - - - + Peak power in last frame Picco di potenza nell'ultima parte - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. Mostra la potenza di picco nell'ultima parte (20 ms), ed è la stessa misurazione che si trova solitamente visualizzata come "potenza in ingresso". Si prega di ignorare questo aspetto e invece badare a <b>Potenza del microfono</b>, che è molto più costante e non tiene conto delle anomalie. @@ -1642,18 +1652,18 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> Etichetta testo - + Peak speaker level Livello di picco degli altoparlanti - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) of the speakers. Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. Questo mostra la potenza di picco degli altoparlanti nel corso delle ultime parti (20 ms). A meno che non si sta utilizzando un metodo di campionamento multi-canale (come ASIO), questo sarà 0. Se avete configurato una tale impostazione, e questo mostra ancora 0 mentre si sta riproducendo l'audio da altri programmi, la configurazione non funziona. - + Peak clean level Livello pulito di picco @@ -1662,87 +1672,87 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> Mostra la potenza di picco nell'ultima trama (20 ms) dopo tutti i processamenti. Idealmente, questa dovrebbe essere -96 dB quando non stai parlando. In realtà, un studio audio dovrebbe vedere -60 dB, e si spera che tu veda qualcosa intorno a -20 dB. Mentre stai parlando, questo dovrebbe salire tra -5 e -10 dB.<br />Se stai usando la cancellazione dell'eco, e aumenta a più di -15 dB quando non stai parlando, l'impostazione non funziona, e infastidirai gli altri giocatori con echi. - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. Mostra la potenza di picco nell'ultima parte (20 ms) dopo tutti i processi. Idealmente, questa dovrebbe essere -96 dB quando non stai parlando. In realtà, uno studio audio dovrebbe vedere -60 dB, e si spera che tu veda qualcosa intorno a -20 dB. Mentre stai parlando, questo dovrebbe salire tra -5 e -10 dB.<br />Se stai usando la cancellazione dell'eco, ed è più alta di -15 dB quando non stai parlando, l'impostazione non funziona, e infastidirai gli altri giocatori con l'eco. - + Signal Analysis Analisi del segnale - + Microphone power Potenza del microfono - + How close the current input level is to ideal Quanto il livello dell'ingresso attuale è vicino a quello ideale - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. Mostra quanto il livello dell'ingresso attuale è vicino a quello ideale. Per regolare il livello del microfono, apri il programma che usi per regolare il volume di registrazione, e guarda il valore mentre stai parlando.<br /><b>Parla forte, come faresti quando sei spaventato.</b><br />Regola il volume fino a quando questo valore è vicino al 100%, ma assicurarsi che non vada al di sopra. Se andesse sopra, probabilmente taglieresti alcune parti del tuo parlato, che degraderà la qualità del suono. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Rapporto Segnale/Rumore - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone Rapporto Segnale/Rumore dal microfono - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. E' il rapporto segnale/rumore (SNR) del microfono nell'ultima parte (20 ms). Mostra quanto è più forte la voce confrontata con il rumore.<br />Se questo valore è inferiore a 1.0, c'è più rumore della voce nel segnale, e quindi la qualità sarà bassa.<br />Non vi è alcun limite a questo valore, ma non aspettatevi di vederlo molto al di sopra di 40-50 senza essere in uno studio audio. - + Speech Probability Probabilità di parlato - + Probability of speech Probabilità di parlato - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). E' la probabilità che l'ultima parte (20 ms) sia del parlato e non rumore ambientale.<br />L'attivazione vocale dipende da quanto è corretto questo valore. Il trucco è che la parte centrale di una frase sia sempre individuata come discorso, il problema è nelle pause tra le parole e l'inizio del discorso. E' difficile distinguere un sospiro da una parola che comincia con la 'h'.<br />Se è in grassetto, significa che Mumble è attualmente in trasmissione (se connesso). - + Configuration feedback Ritorno di configurazione - + Current audio bitrate Banda audio attuale - + Bitrate of last frame Banda dell'ultima parte - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. E' il bitrate audio dell'ultima parte compressa (20 ms), e come tale, si muove su e giù mentre il VBR regola la qualità. Per regolare il bitrate di picco, regolare <b>Complessità della Compressione</b> nella finestra di dialogo Impostazioni. - + DoublePush interval Intervallo di DoppiaPremuta - + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses Tempo tra le ultime due pressioni del tasto Premi-Per-Parlare @@ -1751,47 +1761,47 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> Intervallo tra le ultime due premute di PremiPerParlare - + Speech Detection Riconoscimento del parlato - + Current speech detection chance Probabilità attuale di riconoscimento del parlato - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Mostra l'attuale intervento di rilevamento del parlato.</b><br />Puoi cambiare le impostazioni della finestra di dialogo Impostazioni o dall'Audio Wizard. - + Signal and noise power spectrum Potenza spettrale del segnale e del rumore - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate Potenza spettrale del segnale e del rumore di ingresso stimata - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. Mostra la potenza dello spettro del segnale di ingresso attuale (linea rossa) e l'attuale stima del rumore (area di colore blu).<br />Tutte le ampiezze sono moltiplicate per 30 per mostrare le parti interessanti (quanto più il segnale rispetto al rumore è presente in ogni banda di frequenza).<br />Probabilmente è di interesse solo se si sta cercando di mettere a punto il rumore del microfono. In buone condizioni, ci dovrebbe essere solo una piccola vibrazione di colore blu nella parte inferiore. Se il blu è più di metà sul grafico, ci si trova in un ambiente molto rumoroso. - + Echo Analysis Analisi dell'eco - + Weights of the echo canceller Peso del cancellatore di eco - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. Mostra il peso del cancellatore di eco, con il tempo crescente verso il basso e la frequenza crescente a destra.<br />In teoria, dovrebbe essere nero, cioè che non esiste eco. Più comunemente, otterrai una o più strisce orizzontali di colore bluastro che rappresentano l'eco in ritardo. Si dovrebbe poter vedere i pesi aggiornati in tempo reale.<br />Notare che finché l'eco è nullo, qui non sarà possibile visualizzare dati molto utili. Riproduci un po' di musica e le cose dovrebbero stabilizzarsi.<br />Puoi scegliere di visualizzare la parte reale o immaginaria dei pesi nel dominio della frequenza, o alternativamente il modulo e la fase calcolati. Il più utile di questi sarà probabilmente il modulo, che è l'ampiezza dell'eco, e mostra quanta parte del segnale in uscita è stata rimossa in quel momento. Le altre modalità di visualizzazione sono per lo più utili per le persone che vogliono affinare gli algoritmi per la cancellazione dell'eco.<br />Notare: Se l'intera immagine oscilla molto mentre si è in modalità modulo, il cancellatore di echo non sta fallendo nel trovare una correlazione tra le due sorgenti di ingresso (altoparlanti e microfono). O hai un ritardo di eco veramente lungo, o una delle sorgenti di ingresso è configurata male. @@ -1799,17 +1809,17 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard Wizard di sintonia dell'audio - + Introduction Introduzione - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard Benvenuto all'Audio Wizard di Mumble @@ -1822,12 +1832,12 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> Finche la procedura sarà attiva, l'audio sarà riciclato localmente per darti la possibilità di risentirti e non sarà inviato al server. - + Finished Finito - + Enjoy using Mumble Divertiti usando Mumble @@ -1836,12 +1846,12 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> Congratulazioni. Ora dovresti essere pronto a provare una ricca esperienza audio con Mumble. - + Device selection Selezione dispositivo - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. Seleziona i dispositivi di input e output da usare con Mumble. @@ -1850,49 +1860,47 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> Dispositivo di input - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. Questo è il dispositivo a cui è connesso il microfono. - - + System Sistema - + Input method for audio Metodo di input per l'audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Questo è il metodo dell'input da usare per l'audio.</b><br />è probabile che si desideri utilizzare DirectSound. - - + Device Dispositivo - + Input device to use Dispositivo di input da usare - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> <b>Seleziona la scheda audio da usare come input audio.</b> - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers Cancella l'eco dalle cuffie o dalle casse - + Use echo cancellation Usa cancellazione eco @@ -1901,7 +1909,7 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> Cancella l'eco delle cuffie o degli altoparlanti. - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. Questo abilita l'eliminazione dell'eco per l'audio in uscita, che aiuta sia con gli altoparlanti che con le cuffie. @@ -1910,43 +1918,43 @@ Contiene la lista dei membri ereditati dal canale attuale. Deseleziona <i> Dispositivo di output - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. Questo è il dispositivo a cui sono connessi gli altoparlanti o le cuffie. - + Output method for audio Metodo di output per l'audio - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Questo è il metodo dell'output da usare per l'audio.</b><br />è probabile che si desideri utilizzare DirectSound. - + Output device to use Dispositivo di output da usare - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> <b>Seleziona la scheda audio da usare come uscita audio.</b> - + Enable positional audio Abilita audio posizionale - + Allows positioning of sound Allows positioning of sound. Consente il posizionamento del suono. - + <p> This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. </p> @@ -1961,22 +1969,22 @@ Ricordati che fino a quando la procedura guidata sarà attiva, il suono sarà ri </p> - + Input Device Dispositivo di entrata - + Output Device Dispositivo di uscita - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. Questo consente a Mumble di usare l'audio posizionale per posizionare le voci. - + <p> To keep latency to an absolute minimum, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. </p> @@ -1993,17 +2001,17 @@ Dovresti sentire un esempio di voce.Imposta il cursore sottostante al minor valo - + Amount of data to buffer Quantità di dati da usare come buffer - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. Questo imposta la quantità di pre-buffer da mettere nel buffer in uscita. Prova con diversi valori e imposta quello più basso che non causi rapide distorsioni nel suono. - + <p> Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. </p> @@ -2020,17 +2028,17 @@ Parla ad alta voce, come quando sei infastidito o eccitato. Poi diminuisci il vo - + Positional Audio Audio posizionale - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. Aggiustamento dell'attenuazione dell'audio posizionale. - + <p> Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other users relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other user is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. </p> @@ -2047,12 +2055,12 @@ Il grafico sottostante visualizza la posizione di <font color="red" - + Use headphones instead of speakers Utilizza cuffie invece delle casse - + <p> Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. </p> @@ -2077,7 +2085,7 @@ Mumble è in continuo sviluppo, e gli sviluppatori cercano di concentrarsi sulle Il grafico sottostante visualizza la posizione di <font color="red">Tu</font>, gli <font color="yellow">Altoparlanti</font> e <font color="green">la fonte mobile dell'audio</font>come se fosse visto da sopra.Dovresti sentire l'audio muoversi tra gli altoparlanti. - + Use headphones Usa cuffie @@ -2086,17 +2094,17 @@ Mumble è in continuo sviluppo, e gli sviluppatori cercano di concentrarsi sulle Usa le cuffie al posto degli altoparlanti. - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. Questo ignora la configurazione degli altoparlanti dal sistema operativo e invece configura il posizionamente delle cuffie. - + Volume tuning Sintonia volume - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. Sintonizza il volume dell'hardware del microfono sulle impostazioni ottimali. @@ -2109,37 +2117,37 @@ Mumble è in continuo sviluppo, e gli sviluppatori cercano di concentrarsi sulle Parla ad alta voce, come quando sei infastidito o eccitato. Poi diminuisci il volume del suono dal pannello di controllo fino a che la barra sotto rimane il più alto possibile nella zona blu e verde quando si parla, ma <b>non</b> in quella rossa. - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. Ora parla dolcemente, come quando si parla a tarda notte e non vuoi disturbare nessuno. Regola il cursore sotto in modo che la barra si sposti nella zona verde quando si parla, ma rimane nel blu mentre si sta in silenzio. - + Voice Activity Detection Rilevamento dell'attività della voce - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. Lascia capire a Mumble quando stai parlando e quando stai in silenzio. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. Ciò aiuterà Mumble a capire quando si sta parlando. Il primo passo è la scelta dei dati di valore da usare. - + Raw amplitude from input Ampiezza grezza dall'input - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Rapporto Segnale/Rumore - + Next you need to adjust the following slider. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Dopo devi aggiustare i seguenti 2 cursori. Le prime parole pronunciate dovrebbero finire nella zona verde (inizio del parlato). Mentre stai parlando dovresti stare dentro il giallo (discorso) e quando non stai parlando, tutto dovrebbe stare nella zona rossa (sottofondo). @@ -2149,12 +2157,12 @@ Mumble è in continuo sviluppo, e gli sviluppatori cercano di concentrarsi sulle Infine, è necessario regolare il tempo di grazia. Mumble può rilevare che non stai più parlando e continuare la trasmissione per il tempo di grazia. Questo ti permetterà di riprendere fiato mentre parli senza interrompere la trasmissione. - + Device tuning Sintonia dispositivo - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. Modifica output dell'hardware al suo valore minimo. @@ -2179,9 +2187,8 @@ Mumble è in continuo sviluppo, e gli sviluppatori cercano di concentrarsi sulle Se si posiziona il microfono in modo che possa raccogliere l'audio dagli altoparlanti o dalle cuffie, Mumble misurerà il ritardo audio nel vostro sistema, questo significa che il ritardo di un campione sarà collocato in un buffer in uscita fino a quando non sarà trovato un buffer corrispondente in arrivo. - %1ms - %1ms + %1ms Audio path is %1ms long. @@ -2200,55 +2207,120 @@ Mumble è in continuo sviluppo, e gli sviluppatori cercano di concentrarsi sulle Mumble è in continuo sviluppo, e gli sviluppatori cercano di concentrarsi sulle caratteristiche di cui beneficiano la maggior parte degli utenti. A tal fine, sostenete Mumble inviando statistiche anonime sulla vostra configurazione agli sviluppatori. Queste statistiche sono essenziali per lo sviluppo futuro, e anche per essere sicuri che le caratteristiche che usi non siano disapprovate. - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Invia statistiche anonime al progetto Mumble per migliorare il programma - + Push To Talk: Premi Per Parlare: + + + Quality & Notifications + + + + + Adjust quality and notification settings. + + + + + Quality settings + + + + + Low + + + + + In this configuration Mumble will use a <b>low amount of bandwidth</b>. This will inevitable result in high latency and poor quality. Choose this only if your connection cannot handle the other settings. (Speex 16kbit/s, 60ms per packet) + + + + + Balanced + + + + + This is the <b>recommended default</b> configuration. It provides a good balance between quality, latency and bandwidth usage. (CELT 40kbit/s, 20ms per packet) + + + + + Ultra + + + + + This configuration is only recommended for use in setups where bandwidth is not an issue like a LAN. It provides the lowest latency supported by Mumble and <b>high quality</b>. (CELT 72kbit/s, 10ms per packet) + + + + + Notification settings + + + + + Use Text-To-Speech to read notifications and messages to you. + + + + + Disable Text-To-Speech and use sounds instead. + + + + + %1 ms + + BanEditor - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - Edita Banditi - + &Address &Indirizzo - + &Mask &Maschera - + Reason Ragione - + Start Inizio - + End Fine - + User Utente - + Hash Hash @@ -2257,17 +2329,17 @@ Mumble è in continuo sviluppo, e gli sviluppatori cercano di concentrarsi sulle 0.0.0.0 - + &Add &Aggiungi - + &Update &Aggiorna - + &Remove &Rimuovi @@ -2275,27 +2347,27 @@ Mumble è in continuo sviluppo, e gli sviluppatori cercano di concentrarsi sulle CertView - + Name Nome - + Email Email - + Issuer Emittente - + (none) (nessuno) - + Self-signed Autofirmato @@ -2303,67 +2375,67 @@ Mumble è in continuo sviluppo, e gli sviluppatori cercano di concentrarsi sulle CertWizard - + Resolving domain %1. Risoluzione dominio %1. - + Unable to validate email.<br />Enter a valid (or blank) email to continue. Impossibile validare email.<br />Inserisci un'email valida (o lascia in bianco) per continuare. - + There was an error generating your certificate.<br />Please try again. C'è stato un errore durante la generazione del tuo certificato.<br />Riprova. - + Your certificate and key could not be exported to PKCS#12 format. There might be an error in your certificate. La tua chiave e il tuo certificato non possono essere esportati nel formato PKCS#12. Ci potrebbe essere un errore nel tuo certificato. - + The file could not be opened for writing. Please use another file. Il file non può essere aperto per la scrittura. Per favore usa un'altro file. - + The file could not be written successfully. Please use another file. Il file non può essere scritto. Per favore usa un'altro file. - + The file could not be opened for reading. Please use another file. Il file non può essere aperto per la lettura. Per favore usa un'altro file. - + The file is empty or could not be read. Please use another file. Il file è vuoto o non può essere letto. Per favore usa un'altro file. - + The file did not contain a valid certificate and key. Please use another file. Il file non non contiene un valido certificato e chiave. Per favore usa un'altro file. - + Select file to export certificate to Seleziona il file dove esportare il certificato - + Select file to import certificate from Seleziona il file da cui importare il certificato - + Unable to resolve domain. Impossibile risolvere dominio. - + Mumble User Utente Mumble @@ -2371,7 +2443,7 @@ Mumble è in continuo sviluppo, e gli sviluppatori cercano di concentrarsi sulle Certificates - + Certificate Management Gestione certificato @@ -2380,169 +2452,163 @@ Mumble è in continuo sviluppo, e gli sviluppatori cercano di concentrarsi sulle Apre una finestra di dialogo per scegliere il file sul quale esportare il certificato. - + Certificate Authentication Autenticazione certificato - + Authenticating to servers without using passwords Autenticazione con il server senza usare password - + <p>Mumble can use certificates to authenticate with servers. Using certificates avoids passwords, meaning you don't need to disclose any password to the remote site. It also enables very easy user registration.</p><p>While Mumble can work without certificates, the majority of servers will expect you to have one.</p> <p>Mumble può usare i certificati per autenticarsi con i server. Usare i certificati evita di dover usare password, vuol dire che non c'è bisogno di inviare password al sito remoto. In questo modo è possibile registrarsi ai server molto più facilmente.</p><p>Anche se Mumble può funzionare senza certificati, molti server ne richiedono uno.</p> - - - + Current certificate Certificato attuale - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. Questo è il certificato attualmente in uso da Mumble. - - + Current Certificate Certificato attuale - - + Create a new certificate Crea un nuovo certificato - + This will create a new certificate. Questo creerà un nuovo certificato. - + Import certificate from file Importa certificato da un file - + This will import a certificate from file. Questo importerà un certificato da un file. - + Import a certificate Importa un certificato - - + Export Certificate Esporta certificato - + This will export a certificate to file. Questo esporterà un certificato su un file. - + Export current certificate Esporta certificato attuale - + Import Certificate Importa certificato - + PKCS #12 Certificate import Importa certificato PKCS #12 - + <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from FireFox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> <p>Mumble può importare certificati salvati in formato PKCS #12. Questo è il formato usato quando esporti una chiave per Mumble, e anche quando esporti chiavi da FireFox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>Se il file è protetto da password, avrai bisogno della password per importare il certificato.<p> - + Import from Importa da - + Filename to import from Nome del file da cui importare - + This is the filename you wish to import a certificate from. Questo è il nome del file da cui vuoi importare il certificato. - + Select file to import from Seleziona il file da cui importare - + This opens a file selection dialog to choose a file to import a certificate from. Apre una finestra di dialogo per scegliere il file da dove importare il certificato. - + Open... Apri... - + Password Password - + Password for PKCS#12 file Password per il file PKCS#12 - + This is the password for the PKCS#12 file containing your certificate. Questa è la password per il file PKCS #12 contenente il tuo certificato. - + Certificate to import Certificato da importare - + This is the certificate you are importing. Questo è il certificato che stai importando. - - + Certificate Details Dettagli certificato - + Replace Certificate Sostituisci certificato - + Replace existing certificate with new certificate? Sostituisci certificato esistente con un nuovo certificato? - + <p>You already have a certificate stored in Mumble, and you are about to replace it.</p> <p>If you are upgrading to a certificate issued to you by a trusted CA and the email addresses match your current certificate, this is completely safe, and servers you connect to will automatically recognize the strong certificate for your email address. </p> @@ -2563,118 +2629,122 @@ Sei sicuro di voler sostituire il tuo certificato? - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be replaced. Questo è il certificato che Mumble usa attualmente. Sarà sostituito. - + New certificate Nuovo certificato - + This is the new certificate that will replace the old one. Questo è il nuovo certificato che sostituirà quello vecchio. - - + New Certificate Nuovo certificato - + Make a backup of your certificate Crea un backup del tuo certificato - + <p>If you ever lose your current certificate, which will happen if your computer suffers a hardware failure or you reinstall your machine, you will no longer be able to authenticate to any server you are registered on. It is therefore <b>mandatory</b> that you make a backup of your certificate. We strongly recommend you store this backup on removable storage, such as an USB memory stick.</p> <p>Note that this file will not be encrypted, and if anyone gains access to it, they will be able to impersonate you, so take good care of it.</p> <p>Se mai perderai il tuo certificato attuale, che potrebbe accadere nel caso in cui l'hardware del tuo PC si rompa o se reinstalli il tuo SO, in questo caso non sarai più in grado di autenticarti a nessuno dei server in cui ti eri registrato. E' quindi <b>necessario</b> fare una copia di backup del tuo certificato. Noi raccomandiamo fortemente di tenere questo backup in un dispositivo rimovibile, come una memoria USB.</p> <p>Nota che questo file non sarà criptato, e se qualcuno ne avrà l'accesso, questo sarà in grado di impersonare te, quindi abbine cura.</p> - + Export to Esporta in - + Filename to export to Nome del file su cui esportare - + This is the filename you wish to export a certificate to. Questo è il nome del file su cui vuoi esportare il certificato. - + Save As... Salva come... - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be exported. Questo è il certificato che Mumble usa attualmente. Sarà esportato. - + Generate a new certificate for strong authentication Genera un nuovo certificato per una potente autenticazione - + <p>Mumble will now generate a strong certificate for authentication to servers.</p><p>If you wish, you may provide some additional information to be stored in the certificate, which will be presented to servers when you connect. If you provide a valid email address, you can upgrade to a CA issued email certificate later on, which provides strong identification.</p> <p>Mumble ora genererà un certificato potente per l'autenticazione ai server.</p><p>Se desideri, puoi fornire alcune informazioni aggiuntive da salvare nel certificato, che saranno presentate ai server quando ti connetterai. Se fornisci un indirizzo email valido, puoi aggiornare il tuo certificato ad uno migliore che fornisce una forte identificazione.</p> - + Name Nome - + Email Email - + Your email address (e.g. johndoe@mumble.info) Il tuo indirizzo email (es. johndoe@mumble.info) - + This is your email address. It is strongly recommended to provide a valid email address, as this will allow you to upgrade to a strong certificate without authentication problems. Questo è il tuo indirizzo email. Si raccomanda fortemente di fornire un indirizzo email valido, perchè questo ti permette di avere un forte certificato senza problemi di autenticazione. - + Your name (e.g. John Doe) Tuo nome (es. John Doe) - + This is your name, and will be filled out in the certificate. This field is entirely optional. Questo è il tuo nome, e sarà inserito nel tuo certificato. Questo campo non è obbligatorio. - + Finish Fine - + Certificate-based authentication is ready for use Autenticazione basata sul certificato pronta per l'uso - + Enjoy using Mumble with strong authentication. Divertiti utilizzando Mumble con una potente autenticazione. + + + Automatic certificate creation + + ChanACL @@ -2715,22 +2785,22 @@ Sei sicuro di voler sostituire il tuo certificato? L - + None Niente - + Traverse Attraversa - + Enter Entra - + Speak Parla @@ -2739,7 +2809,7 @@ Sei sicuro di voler sostituire il tuo certificato? Stop Parla - + Mute/Deafen Disattiva audio e/o microfono @@ -2748,132 +2818,132 @@ Sei sicuro di voler sostituire il tuo certificato? Sposta/Espelli - + Make channel Crea canale - + Make temporary Crea temporaneo - + Link channel Collega canale - + This represents no privileges. Non rappresenta privilegi. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. Rappresenta il totale controllo sul canale, includendo la possibilità di cambiare gruppo e le informazioni ACL. Questo privilegio implica tutti gli altri privilegi. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. Rappresenta il permesso di attraversare il canale. Se a un utente è negato questo privilegio, non potrà accedere al canale e a tutti i sottocanali, indipendentemente dai permessi dei sottocanali. - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. Rappresenta il permesso di unirsi al canale. In una struttura gerarchica dei canali, potresti volere dare a tutti l'Attraversamento, ma impedire di Entrare nella radice della gerarchia. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. Rappresenta il permesso di parlare in un canale. Un utente senza questo privilegio verrà silenziato dal server (visto come silenziato), e non sarà in grado di parlare fino a che non sarà attivato da qualcuno che abbia i diritti sufficienti. - + This represents the permission to whisper to this channel from the outside. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with the Whisper key held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. Rappresenta il permesso di sussurrare in un canale da fuori. Funziona esattamente come il privilegio <i>parla</i> , ma si applica ai pacchetti trasmessi mentre si tiene premuto il pulsante Sussurra. Può essere usato per trasmettere ad una gerarchia di canali senza collegarli. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other users. Once muted, a user will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged user or reconnects to the server. Rappresenta il permesso di disattivare il microfono e l'audio degli altri utenti. una volta disattivato il suo microfono , questo rimarrà tale fino a che un'altro utente con gli stessi privilegi non lo riattiverà, oppure dopo una riconnessione al server. - + This represents the permission to move a user to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the user, either the moving user must have Move privileges in the destination channel, or the user must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Users with this privilege can move users into channels the target user normally wouldn't have permission to enter. Rappresenta l'autorizzazione a spostare un utente su un altro canale o a espellerlo dal server. Per spostare un utente, l'utente che sposta deve avere il privilegio Sposta/Espelli nel canale di destinazione, o l'utente che sposta deve essere autorizzato a entrare nel canale. Gli utenti con questo privilegio possono muovere altri utenti in canali dove normalmente non avrebbero permesso di entrare. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Rappresenta il permesso di creare sottocanali. L'utente che creerà il canale sarà automaticamente aggiunto al gruppo degli admin di quel sottocanale. - + This represents the permission to make a temporary subchannel. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Temporary channels are not stored and disappear when the last user leaves. Rappresenta il permesso di creare sottocanali temporanei. L'utente che creerà il canale sarà automaticamente aggiunto al gruppo degli admin di quel sottocanale. I canali temporanei non saranno salvati e spariranno quando l'ultimo utente lascerà il canale. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Users in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking user has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. Rappresenta il permesso di collegare i canali. Gli utenti in canali collegati si ascoltano a vicenda, se l'utente che parla ha il privilegio <i>Parlare</i> nel canale dell'ascoltatore. È necessario il privilegio di Collegamento in entrambi i canali per poter creare un collegamento, ma in uno qualsiasi dei canali per rimuoverlo. - + This represents the permission to write text messages to other users in this channel. Rappresenta il permesso di scrivere messaggi di testo agli altri utenti di questo canale. - + This represents the permission to forcibly remove users from the server. Rappresenta il permesso di rimuovere forzatamente gli utenti dal server. - + This represents the permission to permanently remove users from the server. Rappresenta il permesso di rimuovere permanentemente gli utenti dal server. - + This represents the permission to register and unregister users on the server. Rappresenta il permesso di registrare e cancellare gli utenti dal server. - + This represents the permission to register oneself on the server. Rappresenta il permesso di registrarsi da soli sul server. - + Whisper Sussurra - + Move Sposta - + Text message Messaggio di testo - + Kick Espelli - + Ban Bandisci - + Register User Registra utente - + Register Self Registrati @@ -2898,7 +2968,7 @@ Sei sicuro di voler sostituire il tuo certificato? Rappresenta il permesso di collegare i canali. I giocatori in canali collegati si ascoltano a vicenda, se il giocatore che parla ha il privilegio <i>Parlare</i> nel canale dell'ascoltatore. È necessario il privilegio di Collegamento in entrambi i canali per poter creare un collegamento, ma in uno qualsiasi dei canali per rimuoverlo. - + Write ACL Scrive le ACL @@ -2906,7 +2976,12 @@ Sei sicuro di voler sostituire il tuo certificato? ChatbarLineEdit - + + Paste and send + + + + Type chat message here Inserisci il messaggio di chat qui @@ -2941,37 +3016,37 @@ Sei sicuro di voler sostituire il tuo certificato? ClientUser - + Friend Amico - + Authenticated Autenticato - + Muted (server) Microfono disattivato (server) - + Deafened (server) Microfono e audio disattivati (server) - + Local Mute Microfono disattivato localmente - + Muted (self) Microfono disattivato (auto) - + Deafened (self) Microfono e audio disattivati (auto) @@ -2979,62 +3054,62 @@ Sei sicuro di voler sostituire il tuo certificato? ConfigDialog - - + + Accept changes Accetta i cambiamenti - - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. Il pulsante accetterà le impostazioni attuali e tornerà all'applicazione.<br />Le impostazioni saranno salvate su disco quando uscirai dall'applicazione. - - + + Reject changes Rifiuta i cambiamenti - - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. Il pulsante rifiuterà tutti i cambiamenti e tornerà all'applicazione.<br />Le impostazioni saranno reimpostate al valore precedente. - - + + Apply changes Applica i cambiamenti - - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. Il pulsante applicherà immediatamente tutti i cambiamenti. - - + + Undo changes for current page Annulla i cambiamenti per la pagina corrente - - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. Il pulsante annullerà tutti i cambiamenti fatti sulla pagina corrente al valore precedente. - - + + Restore defaults for current page Ricarica il valore predefinito per la pagina corrente - - + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. Questo pulsante riporta le impostazioni della pagina corrente ai loro valori predefiniti. Le altre pagine non saranno cambiate.<br />Per reimpostare tutte le impostazioni ai loro valori predefiniti devi usare questo pulsante su tutte le pagine. @@ -3043,13 +3118,13 @@ Sei sicuro di voler sostituire il tuo certificato? Il bottone caricherà le impostazioni per la pagina corrente al loro default. Le altre pagine non saranno modificate.<br />Per riimpostare tutti i settaggi ai loro valori predefiniti, devi usare questo bottone su tutte le pagine. - + Mumble Configuration Configurazione di Mumble - - + + Advanced Avanzato @@ -3061,13 +3136,13 @@ Sei sicuro di voler sostituire il tuo certificato? ConnectDialog - + Connecting to %1 Connessione a %1 - - + + Enter username Inserire il nome utente @@ -3076,106 +3151,107 @@ Sei sicuro di voler sostituire il tuo certificato? Sconosciuto - + Adding host %1 Aggiunta host %1 - - + + Servername Nome server - + Hostname Nome host - + Bonjour name Nome Bonjour - + Port Porta - + Addresses Indirizzi - + Website Sito web - + Packet loss Perdita pacchetti - + Ping (80%) Ping (80%) - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - + Ping (95%) Ping (95%) - + Bandwidth Banda - + %1 kbit/s %1 kbit/s - - + + &Filters + + + + + Users Utenti - + Version Versione - Connect - Connetti + Connetti - - Add New... - Aggiungi nuovo... + Aggiungi nuovo... - Filters - Filtri + Filtri - + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list Scaricamento della lista dei server fallita @@ -3196,87 +3272,81 @@ Sei sicuro di voler sostituire il tuo certificato? Aggiorna - + Mumble Server Connect Connessione al Server Mumble - + Ping Ping - + Remove from Favorites Rimuovi dai preferiti - Edit... - Modifica... + Modifica... - + Add custom server Aggiungi server personalizzato - Add to Favorites - Aggiungi ai preferiti + Aggiungi ai preferiti - Open Webpage - Apri pagina web + Apri pagina web - Show Reachable - Visualizza raggiungibili + Visualizza raggiungibili - + Show all servers that respond to ping Visualizza tutti i server che rispondono al ping - Show Populated - Visualizza popolati + Visualizza popolati - + Show all servers with users Visualizza tutti i server con utenti - Show All - Visualizza tutti + Visualizza tutti - + Show all servers Visualizza tutti i server - + &Copy &Copia - + Copy favorite link to clipboard Copia collegamento preferito negli appunti - + &Paste &Incolla - + Paste favorite from clipboard Incolla preferito dagli appunti @@ -3305,8 +3375,9 @@ Sei sicuro di voler sostituire il tuo certificato? &Password + &Connect - &Connessione + &Connessione &Cancel @@ -3348,44 +3419,80 @@ Sei sicuro di voler sostituire il tuo certificato? &View Webpage &Visualizza pagina Web + + + &Edit... + + + + + + &Add New... + + + + + Add to &Favorites + + + + + Open &Webpage + + + + + Show &Reachable + + + + + Show &Populated + + + + + Show &All + + ConnectDialogEdit - + Edit Server Modifica server - + &Servername Nome del &server - + Name of the server Nome del server - + <b>Name</b><br/> Name of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your serverlist and can be chosen freely. <b>Nome</b><br/> Nome del server. Questo è come il server si chiamerà, come nella tua lista server, e può essere scelto liberamente. - + A&ddress &Indirizzo - + Internet address of the server. Internet address of the server. Indirizzo internet del server. - + <b>Address</b><br/> Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an IPv4/IPv6 address or a Bonjour service identifier. Bonjour service identifiers have to be prefixed with a '@' to be recognized by Mumble. <b>Address</b></br> @@ -3394,34 +3501,34 @@ Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an ipv4/6 address Indirizzi internet del server. Può essere un normale nome di host, un indirizzo ipv4/6, o un identificatore di servizio Bonjour. Gli identificatori di servizi Bonjour devono avere il prefisso '@' per essere riconosciuti da Mumble. - + &Port &Porta - + Port on which the server is listening Porta di ascolto del server - + <b>Port</b><br/> Port on which the server is listening. If the server is identified by a Bonjour service identifier this field will be ignored. <b>Porta</b><br/> Porta sulla quale il server è in ascolto. Se il server è identificato con un identificatore di servizio Bonjour questo campo sarà ignorato. - + &Username &Nome utente - + Username to send to the server Nome utente da inviare al server - + <b>Username</b><br/> Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions on how a username might look like. Also your username could already be taken by another user. <b>Nome utente</b><br/> @@ -3431,7 +3538,7 @@ Nome utente da mandare al server. ll server potrebbe avere delle restrizioni su CoreAudioSystem - + Default Device Periferica predefinita @@ -3439,68 +3546,68 @@ Nome utente da mandare al server. ll server potrebbe avere delle restrizioni su CrashReporter - + Mumble Crash Report Rapporto errori di Mumble - + <p><b>We're terribly sorry, but it seems Mumble has crashed. Do you want to send a crash report to the Mumble developers?</b></p><p>The crash report contains a partial copy of Mumble's memory at the time it crashed, and will help the developers fix the problem.</p> <p><b>Siamo terribilmente spiacenti, ma sembra che Mumble si sia chiuso per colpa di un errore. Vuoi inviare un rapporto sugli errori agli sviluppatori di Mumble?</b></p><p>Il rapporto contiene una copia parziale della memoria di Mumble al momento dell'errore, e questo aiuterà gli sviluppatori a correggere il problema.</p> - + Email address (optional) Indirizzo email (facoltativo) - + Please briefly describe what you were doing at the time of the crash Per favore descrivi brevemente cosa stavi facendo al momento della chiusura (preferibilmente in inglese) - + Send Report Invia rapporto - + Don't send report Non inviare rapporto - + Crash upload successful Invio rapporto completato con successo - + Thank you for helping make Mumble better! Grazie per averci aiutato a rendere Mumble migliore! - - + + Crash upload failed Invio rapporto fallito - + We're really sorry, but it appears the crash upload has failed with error %1 %2. Please inform a developer. Siamo veramente spiacenti, ma sembra che l'invio del rapporto è fallito con l'errore %1 %2. Per favore informa uno sviluppatore. - + This really isn't funny, but apparently there's a bug in the crash reporting code, and we've failed to upload the report. You may inform a developer about error %1 Questo veramente non è divertente, ma apparentemente c'è un bug nel codice del rapporto, e abbiamo fallito ad inviare il rapporto. Puoi informare uno sviluppatore sull'errore %1 - + Uploading crash report Invio rapporto errore in corso - + Abort upload Interrompi invio @@ -3508,22 +3615,22 @@ Nome utente da mandare al server. ll server potrebbe avere delle restrizioni su DXAudioInput - + Default DirectSound Voice Input Ingresso Voce DirectSound predefinito - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. Apertura del dispositivo di ingresso DirectSound fallita. Non ci sarà nessun ingresso microfonico. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. Apertura dell'ingresso DirectSound fallita. Verrà usato il dispositivo predefinito. - + Lost DirectSound input device. Dispositivo di ingresso DirectSound sconnesso. @@ -3531,22 +3638,22 @@ Nome utente da mandare al server. ll server potrebbe avere delle restrizioni su DXAudioOutput - + Default DirectSound Voice Output Uscita Voce DirectSound predefinita - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. Apetuta dell'uscita DirectSound scelta fallita. Verrà usato il dispositivo di default. - + Lost DirectSound output device. Dispositivo di uscita DirectSound sconnesso. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. Apertura dell'uscita DirectSound fallita. Non si udirà nessun audio. @@ -3554,20 +3661,20 @@ Nome utente da mandare al server. ll server potrebbe avere delle restrizioni su Database - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Mumble non è riuscito a inizializzare il database in nessuna delle possibili posizioni. - + The database '%1' is read-only. Mumble can not store server settings (ie. SSL certificates) until you fix this problem. @@ -3575,62 +3682,62 @@ delle possibili posizioni. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts Scorciatoie - + List of configured shortcuts lista delle scorciatoie configurate - + Function Funzione - + Data Dati - + Shortcut Scorciatoia - + Suppress Sopprimi - + Add new shortcut Aggiungi una nuova scorciatoia - + This will add a new global shortcut Questo aggiugerà una scorciatoia globale - + &Add &Aggiungi - + Remove selected shortcut Rimuove la scorciatoia selezionata - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. Questo rimuoverà permanentemente la scorciatoia selezionata. - + &Remove &Rimuovi @@ -3638,27 +3745,28 @@ delle possibili posizioni. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts Scorciatoie - + Shortcut button combination. Combinazione di pulsanti della scorciatoia. - - <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. - <b>Questa è la combinazione della scorciatoia globale.</b><br />Fai doppio click in questo campo e poi premi la combinazione di tasti per riassegnarla. + + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Click this field and then press the desired key/button combo to rebind. Double-click to clear. + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. + <b>Questa è la combinazione della scorciatoia globale.</b><br />Fai doppio click in questo campo e poi premi la combinazione di tasti per riassegnarla. - + Suppress keys from other applications Elimina tasti da altre applicazioni - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. <b>Nasconde le pressioni dei tasti nelle altre applicazioni.</b><br />Abilitando verranno nascosti i pulsanti (o l'ultimo pulsante di una sequenza multi pulsante) dalle altre applicazioni. Nota che non tutti i bottoni possono essere premuti. @@ -3666,7 +3774,7 @@ delle possibili posizioni. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. Mumble ha rilevato che non è in grado di ricevere i segnali delle Scorciatoie Globali quando è in background.<br /><br />Questo è dovuto alla funzione di Accesso Universale chiamata 'Abilita accesso per i dispositivi di assistenza' che è attualmente disattiva.<br /><br />Si prega di <a href="">abilitare questa impostazione</a> e proseguire quando terminato. @@ -3674,82 +3782,82 @@ delle possibili posizioni. GlobalShortcutTarget - + Whisper Target Destinatario del sussurro - + Whisper to list of Users Sussurra a lista di utenti - + Channel Target Canale destinatario - + Restrict to Group Restringi al gruppo - + If specified, only members of this group will receive the whisper. Se specificato, solo i membri di questo gruppo riceveranno il sussurro. - + If checked the whisper will also be transmitted to linked channels. Se selezionato il sussurro sarà trasmesso anche ai canali collegati. - + Whisper to Linked channels Sussurra ai canali collegati - + If checked this whisper will also be sent to the subchannels of the channel target. Se selezionato il sussurro sarà trasmesso anche ai sottocanali del canale destinatario. - + Whisper to subchannels Sussurra ai sottocanali - + List of users Lista degli utenti - + Add Aggiungi - + Remove Rimuovi - + Whisper to Channel Sussurra al canale - + Modifiers Modificatori - + Do not send positional audio information when using this whisper shortcut. Non spedisce audio posizionale quando si stà usando questo collegamento per il sussurro. - + Ignore positional audio Ignora audio posizionale @@ -3757,7 +3865,7 @@ delle possibili posizioni. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 Mouse %1 @@ -3765,7 +3873,7 @@ delle possibili posizioni. LCD - + Not connected Non collegato @@ -3781,17 +3889,17 @@ delle possibili posizioni. Carattere - + Enable this device Abilita questo dispositivo - + LCD LCD - + Form Modulo @@ -3840,12 +3948,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt; font-weight:600; font-style:italic;"><span style=" font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">Questo decide se Mumble deve attingere ad un particolare dispositivo LCD.</span></p></body></html> - + Devices Dispositivo - + Name Nome @@ -3854,7 +3962,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Tipo - + <p>This is the list of available LCD devices on your system. It lists devices by name, but also includes the size of the display. Mumble supports outputting to several LCD devices at a time.</p> <h3>Size:</h3> <p> @@ -3869,27 +3977,27 @@ Questo campo descrive la dimenzione di un dispositivo LCD. Ladimensione è espre <p>Questo decide se Mumble deve attingere ad un particolare dispositivo LCD.</p> - + Size Dimensione - + Enabled Abilitato - + Views Visualizzazioni - + Minimum Column Width Larghezza minima colonna - + <p>This option decides the minimum width a column in the User View.</p> <p>If too many people are speaking at once, the User View will split itself into columns. You can use this option to pick a compromise between number of users shown on the LCD, and width of user names.</p> @@ -3898,7 +4006,7 @@ Questo campo descrive la dimenzione di un dispositivo LCD. Ladimensione è espre - + This setting decides the width of column splitter. Questa impostazione decide la larghezza della divisione tra le colonne. @@ -3919,7 +4027,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Etichetta testo - + Splitter Width Larghezza divisione @@ -3935,32 +4043,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Log - + Debug Debug - + Critical Critici - + Warning Avvisi - + Information Informativi - + Server Connected Server Connesso - + Server Disconnected Server Disconnesso @@ -3981,12 +4089,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Giocatore espulso - + You self-muted/deafened Microfono/audio disattivati (auto) - + Other self-muted/deafened Microfono/audio disattivati (altro) @@ -4011,12 +4119,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Giocatore uscito dal Canale - + Permission Denied Permesso Negato - + Text Message Messaggio di Testo @@ -4025,57 +4133,62 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Errori di script - + User Joined Server Utente entrato nel server - + User Left Server Utente ha lasciato il server - + User kicked (you or by you) Utente espulso (tu o da te) - + User kicked Utente espulso - + User muted (you) Microfono disattivato all'utente (tu) - + User muted (by you) Microfono disattivato all'utente (da te) - + User muted (other) Microfono disattivato all'utente (altro) - + User Joined Channel Utente entrato nel canale - + User Left Channel Utente uscito dal canale - + + the server + + + + [[ Text object too large to display ]] [[ Oggetto di testo troppo grande per essere visualizzato ]] - + [Date changed to %1] [Data cambiata a %1] @@ -4085,42 +4198,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events Imposta console per gli eventi %1 - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events Imposta notifica pop-up per gli eventi %1 - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events Imposta Sintesi vocale per gli eventi %1 - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events Premi qui per cambiare la notifica audio per gli eventi %1 - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change Percorso del file sonoro da usare come notifica nel caso degli eventi %1<br />Click singolo per ascoltare<br />Doppio-click per cambiare - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. Clicca qui per attivare la console di uscita per gli eventi %1.<br /> Se selezionata, questa opzione fà scrivere a Mumble tutti gli eventi %1 nel messaggio di log. - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. Premi qui per impostare le notifiche pop-up per gli eventi %1.<br />Se selezionato, un pop-up di notifica sarà creato da Mumble per gli eventi %1. - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change<br />Ensure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. Percorso del file sonoro da usare come notifica nel caso degli eventi %1<br />Click singolo per ascoltare<br />Doppio-click per cambiare<br />Assicurati che le notifiche sonore siano abilitate per questi eventi o questi campi non avranno effetto. @@ -4129,13 +4242,13 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Clicca qui per notificare gli eventi%1 con un messaggio di Sintesi Vocale. <br /> Se selezionato, mumble utilizza La sintesi vocale per leggere gli eventi %1 ad alta voce a voi. La sintesi vocale è anche in grado di leggere il contenuto dell'evento che non è leggibile con il file audio. il file audio per la sintesi vocale e non può essere utilizzato allo stesso tempo. - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for sound files. Text-To-Speech and sound files cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Clicca qui per cambiare la notifica sonora per gli eventi %1.<br />Se selezionato mumble userò un file audio predefinito per indicare gli eventi %1. File audio e SIntesi Vocale non possono essere usati allo stesso tempo. - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a sound file predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Sound files and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. Premi qui per impostare le notifiche sonore per gli eventi %1.<br />Se selezionato, Mumble userà un file definito dall'utente per indicare gli eventi %1. File sonori e sintesi vocale non possono essere usati allo stesso tempo. @@ -4153,92 +4266,92 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Il file "%1" non esiste o è un file speex invalido. - + Messages Messaggi - + Message Messaggio - + Console Console - + Notification Notifiche - + Text-To-Speech Sintesi vocale - + Soundfile File del suono - + Path Percorso - + Text To Speech Sintesi vocale - + Volume Volume - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine Volume del motore di Sintesi Vocale - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>Volume usato per la sintesi vocale.</b> - + Length threshold Soglia di lunghezza - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine Soglia di lunghezza messaggio per il Motore di Sintesi Vocale - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. <b>Soglia di lunghezza usata per il Motore di Sintesi Vocale.</b><br>I messaggi più lunghi di questo limite non verranno letti. - + Characters Caratteri - + Whisper Sussurra - + If checked you will only hear whispers from users you added to your friend list. Se selezionato sentirai sussurri solo dagli utenti aggiunti alla tua lista amici. - + Only accept whispers from friends Accetta sussurri solo dagli amici @@ -4246,13 +4359,13 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LookConfig - - + + System default Predefinito del sistema - + None Niente @@ -4261,195 +4374,194 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Solo con i giocatori - + Only with users Solo con utenti - + All Tutti - + Ask Chiedi - + Do Nothing Non fare niente - + Move Sposta - + User Interface Interfaccia Utente - + Choose skin file Scegli file delle skin - + Form Modulo - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with users</i> will expand and collapse channels as users join and leave them. Imposta quali canali saranno automaticamente espansi. <i>Nessuno</i> e <i>Tutti</i> espanderanno o no tutti i canali, mentre <i>Solo con utenti</i> espanderà e comprimerà i canali quando gli utenti entreranno o lasceranno i canali. - + List users above subchannels (requires restart). Elenca gli utenti sopra i sottocanali (richiede riavvio di Mumble). - + <b>If set, users will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. <b>Se selezionato, gli utenti saranno mostrati sopra i sottocanali.</b><br />Un riavvio di Mumble è richiesto per vedere i cambiamenti. - + Users above Channels Utenti sopra i canali - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.</b> <b>Se selezionato, verificherà se vuoi uscire quando sei connesso</b> - + Check to show chat bar Seleziona per visualizzare la barra della chat - + <b>If checked the chat bar is shown.</b><br />Uncheck this to hide it. <b>If checked the chat bar is shown</b><br />Uncheck to hide it <b>Se selezionato la barra della chat sarà visibile</b><br />Deselezionalo per nasconderla - + Show chatbar Visualizza chatbar - + Show number of users in each channel - + Show channel user count - - + Language Lingua - + Language to use (requires restart) Lingua da usare (richiede riavvio) - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. <b>Stabilisce quale lingua dovrebbe usare Mumble.</b><br />Devi riavviare Mumble per utilizzare la nuova lingua. - + Look and Feel Aspetto e Sensazione - + Layout Aspetto - + Classic Classico - + Stacked Impilato - + Hybrid Ibrido - + Custom Personalizato - + This changes the behavior when moving channels. Questo cambia il comportamento quando sposti dei canali. - + This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. Imposta il comportamento dei trascinamenti di canale, può essere utilizzato per evitare il trascinamento accidentale. <i>Sposta Canale</i> il canale si sposta senza chiedere conferma. <i>Non fare nulla</i> non li sposta e visualizza un messaggio di errore. <i>Chiedi</i> mostra una finestra di dialogo per chiedere conferma se si voleva davvero spostare il canale. - + Style Stile - + Basic widget style Stile di base dei widget - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> <b>Imposta l'aspetto e la sensazione di base da utilizzare.</b> - + Skin Skin - + Skin file to use File di skin da usare - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. <b>Stabilisce quale skin dovrebbe usare Mumble.</b><br />La skin è un file di stile applicato sopra allo stile base dei widget. Se ci sono icone nella stessa directory del foglio di stile, sostituiranno le icone predefinite. - + ... ... - + Expand Espandi - + When to automatically expand channels Quando espandere automaticamente i canali @@ -4470,7 +4582,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Giocatori sui Canali - + Channel Dragging Trascinamento Canale @@ -4483,7 +4595,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Imposta il comportamento dei trascinamenti di canale, può essere utilizzato per evitare il trascinamento accidentale. <i>Sposta Canale</i> il canale si sposta senza chiedere conferma. <i>Non fare nulla</i> non li sposta e stampa un messaggio di errore. <i>Chiedi</i> mostra una finestra di dialogo per chiedere conferma se si voleva davvero spostare il canale. - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. Chiede se chiudere o minimizzare quando esci da Mumble. @@ -4492,32 +4604,30 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <b>Se impostato, chiederà conferma che tu voglia veramente uscire quando sei collegato.<b> - + Ask on quit while connected Chiedi conferma in uscita se connesso - Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. - Tieni la finestra di Mumble sopra alle altre finestre. + Tieni la finestra di Mumble sopra alle altre finestre. - <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> - <b>Tiene la finestra di Mumble sopra le altre.</b> + <b>Tiene la finestra di Mumble sopra le altre.</b> - + Always On Top Sempre in primo piano - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> <b>Se impostato, minimizare la finestra principale di Mumble causerà questa ad essere nascosta e accessibile solo dalla tray. Altrimenti sarà minimizzata come una normale finestra.</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized Nascondi nella tray quando minimizzato @@ -4534,39 +4644,79 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Configurazione Avanzata - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. Nascondi la finestra principale di Mumble nella tray quando è minimizzata. + + + This setting controls when the application will be always on top. + + + + + This setting controls in which situations the application will stay always on top. If you select <i>Never</i> the application will not stay on top. <i>Always</i> will always keep the application on top. <i>In minimal view</i> / <i>In normal mode</i> will only keep the application always on top when minimal view is activated / deactivated. + + + + + Never + + + + + Always + + + + + In minimal view + + + + + In normal view + + + + + Displays talking status in system tray + + + + + Show talking status in tray icon + + MainWindow - - + + Root Radice - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Premi-per-parlare - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut Tieni premuto questo bottone per inviare la voce. - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut Questo configura il bottone premi-pre-parlare, e fino a che terrai premuto questo bottone, trasmetterai la voce. - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut Reset processore audio @@ -4602,7 +4752,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Questo cambia il tuo stato Escluditi. Se la selezione è on, sarà abilitato ache il Silenziati. - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut Scollega Plugin @@ -4628,25 +4778,25 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Canale tutti sotto-canali - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut Premi-per-mutare - + Join Channel Global Shortcut Entra nel canale - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut Imposta la sovrapposizione - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut Imposta stato di sovrapposizione in-game. @@ -4662,304 +4812,318 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Alt Premi-per.parlare - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut Imposta Visuale minima - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut Aumenta volume (+10%) - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut Diminuisci volume (-10%) - - - - - + + + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + Mumble -- %1 Mumble -- %1 - + &Window &Finestra - - + + Minimize Minimizza - + Ctrl+M Ctrl+M - + Close Chiudi - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? Mumble è attualmente connesso ad un server. Vuoi Chiuderlo o Minimizzarlo? - + Mute Self Global Shortcut Disattivati microfono - + Set self-mute status. Global Shortcut Imposta stato di microfono disattivato (tuo). - + This will set or toggle your muted status. If you turn this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut Questo imposta o cambia lo stato di microfono disattivato. Se lo imposti su OFF, disabiliterai anche la disattivazione automatica del microfono e dell'audio. - + Deafen Self Global Shortcut Disattiva audio e microfono (tuo) - + Set self-deafen status. Global Shortcut Imposta stato di microfono e audio disattivati (tuo). - + This will set or toggle your deafened status. If you turn this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut Questo imposta o cambia lo stato di audio e microfono disattivato. Se lo imposti su ON, abiliterai anche la disattivazione automatica del microfono. - + This will switch the states of the in-game overlay between showing everybody, just the users who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut Questo cambia lo stato della sovrapposizione in-game tra visualizza tutti, solo gli utenti che stanno parlando e nessuno. - + Whisper Sussurra - - + + Not connected Non connesso - + Clear Cancella - + Opening URL %1 Apertura URL %1 - + File does not exist Il file non esiste - + File is not a configuration file. Il file non è un file di configurazione. - + Settings merged from file. Impostazioni unite con quelle del file. - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' Lo schema dell'URL non è 'mumble' - + This version of Mumble can't handle URLs for Mumble version %1.%2.%3 Questa versione di Mumble non può utilizzare gli URL di Mumble versione %1.%2.%3 - + Connecting to %1 Connessione a %1 - + Enter username Inserisci nome utente - - + + Connecting to server %1. Connessione al server %1. - + Reconnecting. Riconnessione. - + <h2>Version</h2><p>Protocol %1.%2.%3.</p> <h2>Versione</h2><p>Protocollo %1.%2.%3.</p> - + <p>No build information or OS version available.</p> <p>Nessuna informazione disponibile sul SO.</p> - + <p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p> <p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p> - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> <h2>Canale di controllo</h2><p>Crittografato con %1 bit %2<br/>%3 ms latenza media (%4 deviazione)</p> - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> <h2>Canale di voce</h2><p>Crittografato con 128 bit OCB-AES128<br/>%1 ms latenza media (%4 deviazione)</p> - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s</p> <h2>banda audio</h2><p>Massimo %1 kbit/s<br/>Attuale %2 kbit/s</p> - + Register yourself as %1 Registrati come %1 - + <p>You are about to register yourself on this server. This action cannot be undone, and your username cannot be changed once this is done. You will forever be known as '%1' on this server.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register yourself?</p> <p>Stai per registrarti sul server. Quest'azione non può essere annullata, il tuo nome utente non potrà essere cambiato. Sarai per sempre conosciuto come '%1' su questo server.<p>Se sicuro di volerti registrare?</p> - + Register user %1 Registra utente %1 - + <p>You are about to register %1 on the server. This action cannot be undone, the username cannot be changed, and as a registered user, %1 will have access to the server even if you change the server password.</p><p>From this point on, %1 will be authenticated with the certificate currently in use.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register %1?</p> <p>Stai per registrare %1 sul server. Quest'azione non può essere annullata, il nome utente non può essere cambiato, ed essendo un utente registrato, %1 avrà accesso al server anche se il server cambierà password.</p><p>Da questo punto in poi, %1 sarà autenticato con il certificato attualmente in uso.</p><p>Se sicuro di voler registrare %1?</p> - + Kicking user %1 Espellimento utente %1 - + Banning user %1 Bandimento utente %1 - + Change comment on user %1 Cambia commento sull'utente %1 - - - To channel %1: %2 - Al canale %1: %2 + + Are you sure you want to reset the comment of user %1? + - - + To channel %1: %2 + Al canale %1: %2 + + + + Message to channel %1 Messaggio al canale %1 - + + (Tree) %1: %2 + + + + + %1: %2 + + + + Connected. Connesso. - + SSL Version mismatch - + This server is using an older encryption standard. It might be an older 1.1 based Mumble server.<br />Would you like to launch the compatibility client to connect to it? - + The compatibility client could not be found, or failed to start.<br />Note that the compatibility client is an optional component for most installations, and might not be installed. - + Type message to channel '%1' here Inserisci qui il messaggio per il canale '%1' - + Type message to user '%1' here inserisci qui il messaggio per l'utente '%1' - + Choose image file Scegli file immagine - + Images (*.png *.jpg) Immagini (*.png *.jpg) - - + + Failed to load image Caricamento immagine fallito - + Could not open file for reading. Impossibile aprire il file per la lettura. - + Image format not recognized. Formato dell'imagine non riconosciuto. @@ -4968,7 +5132,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <h2>Canale di controllo</h2><p>Crittografato con %1 bit %2<br/>%3 ms latenza media (%4 variazione)</p> - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. Il canale di voce è trasmesso sul canale di controllo. @@ -4977,37 +5141,37 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <h2>Canale di voce</h2><p>Crittografato con 128 bit OCB-AES128<br/>%1 ms latenza media (%4 variazione)</p> - + UDP Statistics Statistiche UDP - + To Server Al server - + From Server Dal server - + Good Buono - + Late Ultimo - + Lost Perso - + Resync Risincronizzazione @@ -5016,13 +5180,13 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <h2>banda audio</h2><p>Massimo %1 kbit/s<br/>Corrente %2 kbit/s (Qualità %3)</p> - + Mumble Server Information Informazioni del server di Mumble - - + + &View Certificate &Visualizza certificato @@ -5031,8 +5195,8 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Espulsione giocatore %1 - - + + Enter reason Inserisci motivazione @@ -5041,19 +5205,20 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Bandimento giocatore %1 - + Sending message to %1 Invio messaggio a %1 - - + + + To %1: %2 Per %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 Messaggio a %1 @@ -5062,7 +5227,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Nome canale - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? Sei sicuro di voler cancellare %1 e tutti i suoi sottocanali? @@ -5071,7 +5236,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Cambia la descrizione del canale %1 - + Sending message to channel %1 Invio messaggio al canale %1 @@ -5080,47 +5245,46 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Invio messaggio all'albero del canale %1 - To tree %1: %2 - Per l'albero di canali %1: %2 + Per l'albero di canali %1: %2 - + Message to tree %1 Messaggio all'albero di canali %1 - + Unmuted and undeafened. Micorofono e audio riattivati. - + Unmuted. Microfono riattivato. - + Muted. Microfono disattivato. - + Muted and deafened. Microfono e audio disattivati. - + Deafened. Audio disattivato. - + Undeafened. Audio riattivato. - + About Qt Informazioni su Qt @@ -5133,72 +5297,72 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Connessione al server %1. - + SSL Verification failed: %1 Verifica SSL fallita: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. <b>ATTENZIONE:</b> Il server presenta un certificato che è differente da quello posseduto. - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. Il server ha presentato un certificato che ha fallito la verifica. - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> <p>%1.<br />L'errore specifico con il certificato è: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Vuoi accettare questo certificato ugualmente?<br />(Questo sarà anche salvato quindi non ti sarà chiesto di nuovo.)</p> - + Failed to launch compatibility client - + Server connection failed: %1. Connessione al server fallita: %1. - + Disconnected from server. Disconnesso dal server. - + Invalid username Nome utente non valido - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. Ti sei connesso con un nome utente non valido, provane un'altro. - + That username is already in use, please try another username. Questo nome utente è già in uso, prova con un'altro nome. - + Wrong password Password errata - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. Password errata per gli utenti registrati, prova di nuovo. - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. Password errata per un account non registrato, prova di nuovo. - + &Server &Server @@ -5207,62 +5371,62 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Giocatore - + &Channel &Canale - + &Audio &Audio - + C&onfigure C&onfigurazione - + &Help A&iuto - + Log Log - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. Questo visualizza tutte le attività recenti.Connessioni ai server, errori e messaggi informativi sono visualizzati qui.<br />Per configurare quali messaggi saranno visualizzati qui, usa il comando <b>Impostazioni</b> dal menu. - + &Quit Mumble &Esci da Mumble - + Closes the program Chiude il programma - + Exits the application. Esce dall'applicazione. - + Ctrl+Q Ctrl+Q - + &Connect &Connetti - + Open the server connection dialog Apre la finestra della connessione al server @@ -5271,52 +5435,52 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Visualizza una finestra dei server registrati, e permette anche la connessione rapida. - + &Disconnect &Disconnetti - + Disconnect from server Disconnetti dal server - + Disconnects you from the server. Disconnette dal server. - + &Ban lists &Lista utenti banditi - + Edit ban lists on server Modifica la lista dei ban sul server - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. Questo ti fà modificare la lista degli ip bannati dal lato server. - + &Information &Informazioni - + Show information about the server connection Visualizza le informazione della connessione al server - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. Questo visualizza informazioni estese sulla connessione al server. - + &Kick &Espelli @@ -5329,7 +5493,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Espelle il giocatore dal server. Ti sarà chiesto di specificare una motivazione. - + &Mute Disattiva &microfono @@ -5342,7 +5506,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Silenzia o riattiva il giocatore nel server. Riattivare un giocatore escluso lo farà includere di nuovo. - + &Ban &Bandisci @@ -5355,7 +5519,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Espelli e bandisci il giocatore dal server. Tri sarà chiesto di specificare una motivazione. - + &Deafen &Disattiva microfono ed audio @@ -5368,7 +5532,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Esclude o include il giocatore nel server. Escludendo un giocatore questo sarà anche silenziato. - + &Local Mute Disattiva microfono &localmente @@ -5381,49 +5545,46 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Silenzia o riattiva un giocatore localmente. Usa questo su altri giocatore nella stessa room. - - Send Messa&ge - Invia &Messaggio + Invia &Messaggio - - + Send a Text Message Invia un messaggio di testo - + Sends a text message to another user. Invia un messaggio di testo ad un'altro utente. - + &Add &Aggiungi - + Add new channel Aggiungi un nuovo canale - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. Questo aggiungerà un nuovo sotto-canale al canale selezionato. - + &Remove &Rimuovi - + Remove channel Rimuove il canale - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. Questo rimuoverà il canale e tutti i suoi sottocanali. @@ -5432,12 +5593,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Modifica ACL - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel Modifica Gruppi e ACL per il canale - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. Questo apre la finestra Gruppi e ACL per il canale, il controllo dei permessi. @@ -5466,12 +5627,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Questo cambia la descrizione del canale. - + &Link &Collega - + Link your channel to another channel Collega il canale ad un'altro canale @@ -5480,360 +5641,357 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Questo collega il canale corrente con il canale selezionato. Se i giocatori hanno il permesso per parlare nell'altro canale, si potranno sentire con gli altri. Questo è un collegamento permanente, e non terminerà fino a che i canali non saranno scollegati manualmente o il server verrà riavviato. Per favore guarda la scorciatoia per il Premi-per-collegare. - + &User &Utente - + This is the chatbar<br />If you enter text here and then press enter the text is sent to the user or channel that was selected. If nothing is selected the message is sent to your current channel. Questa è la barra di chat<br />Se inserisci qui del testo e dopo premi invio, il testo sarà inviato all'utente o al canale selezionato. Se non c'è niente selezionato il messaggio sarà inviato al canale attuale. - + Chatbar Barra chat - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick-connect. Visualizza una finestra dei server registrati, e permette anche la connessione rapida. - + Kick user (with reason) Espelli utente (con motivazione) - + Kick selected user off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Espelle l'utente dal server. Ti sarà chiesto di specificare una motivazione. - + Mute user Disattiva microfono all'utente - + Mute or unmute user on server. Unmuting a deafened user will also undeafen them. Disattiva o riattiva il microfono di un utente sul server. Riattivando il microfono di un utente riattiverai anche il suo audio. - + Kick and ban user (with reason) Espelli e bandisci l'utente (con motivazione) - + Kick and ban selected user from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Espelli e bandisci l'utente selezionato dal server. Ti sarà chiesto di specificare una ragione. - + Deafen user Disattiva audio utente - + Deafen or undeafen user on server. Deafening a user will also mute them. Disattiva o riattiva l'audio dell'utente sul server. Disattivando l'audio di un utente disattiverai anche il suo microfono. - + Mute user locally Disattiva microfono dell' utente localmente - + Mute or unmute user locally. Use this on other users in the same room. Disattiva o riattiva il microfono di un utente localmente. Usa questo su altri giocatore nello stesso canale. - + &Edit &Modifica - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If users in a channel have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. Questo collega il canale corrente con il canale selezionato. Se gli utenti hanno il permesso per parlare nell'altro canale, si potranno sentire con gli altri. Questo è un collegamento permanente, e non terminerà fino a che i canali non saranno scollegati manualmente o il server verrà riavviato. Per favore guarda la scorciatoia per il Premi-per-collegare. - + &Unlink Channel &Scollega - + Unlink your channel from another channel Scollega il tuo canale da un'altro canale - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. Questo scollegherà il tuo canale dal canale selezionato. - Unlink &All - Scollega da &tutti + Scollega da &tutti - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. Scollega il tuo canale da tutti gli altri canali collegati precedentemente. - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. Questo scollegerà il canale corrente(non quello selezionato) da tutti i canali collegati. - + &Reset &Reset - + Reset audio preprocessor Reset preprocesore audio - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. Questo resetta il preprocessore audio, inclusa la cancellazione del rumore, il guadagno automatico e la rilevazione dell'attività della voce. Se qualcosa peggiorasse improvvisamente l'audio dell'ambiente (come far cadere il microfono) e questo è temporaneo, usa questo per evitare di aspettare che il preprocessore audio si riaggiusti. - + &Mute Self Disattiva &microfono - + Mute yourself Disattiva il tuo microfono - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. Disattiva o riattiva il tuo microfono. Quando il tuo microfono è disattivato tu non invii nessun dato al server. Riattivarsi il microfono quando si ha l'audio disattivato implica anche riattivarsi l'audio. - + &Deafen Self Disattiva &audio - + Deafen yourself Disattiva il tuo audio - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. Disattiva o riattiva il tuo audio. Quando il tuo audio è disattivato non sentirai niente. Disattivare l'audio implica disattivare il microfono. - + &Text-To-Speech &Sintesi vocale - + Toggle Text-To-Speech Cambia Sintesi vocale - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. Abilita o disabilita il motore di sintesi vocale. Solamente i messaggi abilitati per la sintesi vocale nella finestra di configurazione saranno trasmessi. - + S&tatistics S&tatistiche - + Display audio statistics Visualizza le statistiche audio - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. Visualizza una piccola finestra di dialogo con le informazioni sull'input audio corrente. - + &Unlink Plugin S&collega - + Forcibly unlink plugin Forza scollegamento plugin - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. Questo forza il plugin corrente a scollegarsi, che è utile se questo stà leggendo delle informazioni completamente sbagliate. - + &Settings &Impostazioni - + Configure Mumble Configura Mumble - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. Permette di cambiare molte delle impostazioni di Mumble. - + &Audio Wizard &Audio Wizard - + Start the audio configuration wizard Inizia la procedura guidata per la configurazione dell'audio - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. Questo ti guiderà attraverso il processo di configurazione dell'hardware audio. - + &What's This? &Cos'è questo? - + Enter What's This? mode Entra nella modalità Cos'è questo - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. Premi qui per entrare nella modalità "Cos'è questo". Il cursore diventerà un punto interrogativo. Premendo su qualsiasi bottone, scelta del menu o area, verrà visualizzata una descrizione di cosa è quello. - + &About &Info - + Information about Mumble Informazioni su Mumble - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. Visualizza una piccola finestra con le informazioni e la licenza di Mumble. - + About &Speex Info su &Speex - + Information about Speex Informazioni su Speex - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. Visualizza una piccola finestra con le informazioni su Speex. - + About &Qt Info su &Qt - + Information about Qt Informazioni su Qt - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. Visualizza un dialogo con le informazioni su Qt. - + Check for &Updates Cerca &Aggiornamenti - + Check for new version of Mumble Cerca una nuova versione di Mumble - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. Connette alla pagina internet di Mumble per cercare se una nuova versione del programma è disponibili e avverte con un URL se è il caso di scaricare una versione aggiornata. - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. Invia un messaggio di testo a tutti gli utenti in questo canale. - + &Change Comment &Cambia commento - + Change the comment on the selected user. Cambia il commento sull'utente selezionato. - + This allows you to change the comment (shown as a tooltip) of a user. Unless you've been given extra privileges on the server, you can only change your own comment. Questo ti permette di cambiare il commento (visualizzato come consiglio) di un utente. Fino a quando non ti saranno assegnati privilegi superiori nel server, potrai cambiare solo il tuo commento. - Certificate Wizard - Wizard del certificato + Wizard del certificato - + Configure certificates for strong authentication Configura certificati per un'autenticazione forte - + This starts the wizard for creating, importing and exporting certificates for authentication against servers. Questo avvia la procedura guidata per creare, importare o esportare i certificati per autenticarsi con i server. - Register - Registra + Registra - + Register user on server Registra utente sul server - + This will permanently register the user on the server. @@ -5842,92 +6000,90 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Questo registrerà permanentemente l'utente nel server. Nota che non puoi cambiare il tuo nome utente successivamente, nemmeno rimuovere facilmente la tua registrazione, quindi accertati di volerlo fare veramente. - + Add &Friend Aggiungi &amico - + Adds a user as your friend. Aggiunge utente come tuo amico. - + This will add the user as a friend, so you can recognize him on this and other servers. Questo aggiunge l'utente alla lista degli amici, così potrai trovarlo in questo ed altri server. - + &Remove Friend &Rimuovi amico - + Removes a user from your friends. Rimuove un utente dai tuoi amici. - + This will remove a user from your friends list. Questo rimuove l'utente dalla lista degli amici. - + &Update Friend &Aggiorna amico - + Update name of your friend. Aggiorna il nome del tuo amico. - + Your friend uses a different name than what is in your database. This will update the name. Il tuo amico usa un nome differente da quello che è nel tuo database. Questo aggiornerà il nome. - + Registered &Users &Utenti registrati - + Edit registered users list Modifica la lista degli utenti registrati - + This opens the editor for registered users, which allow you to change their name or unregister them. Questo apre l'editor degli utenti registrati, che ti permette di cambiare il loro nome o di eliminare la loro registrazione. - Change Texture - Cambia Immagine + Cambia Immagine - + Change your overlay texture on this server Cambia l'immagine della sovrapposizione su questo server - + &Access Tokens &Token di accesso - + Add or remove text-based access tokens Aggiunge o rimuove Token di accesso basati sul testo - Remove Texture - Rimuovi immagine + Rimuovi immagine - + Remove currently defined user texture. Rimuove l'immagine attuale dell'utente. @@ -5944,173 +6100,193 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Questo invia un messaggio al canale e a tutti i suoi sotto-canali. - + &Minimal View Visuale &Minima - + Toggle minimal window modes Cambia la modalità visualizzazione minima - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. Questo seleziona la modalità minima, dove la finestra del log e il menu sono noscosti. - Joined server: %1. - %1 è entrato nel server. + %1 è entrato nel server. - - - the server - il server + il server - + You were unmuted and undeafened by %1. - + You muted and deafened %1. - + You unmuted and undeafened %1. - + You undeafened %1. - + You suppressed %1. - + %1 muted and deafened by %2. - + %1 unmuted and undeafened by %2. - + %1 suppressed by %2. - + %1 moved to %2. %1 spostato su %2. - + %1 moved to %2 by %3. %1 spostato da %3 su %2. - + %1 moved in from %2 by %3. %1 spostato qui da %3 dal canale %2. - Left server: %1. - %1 ha lasciato il server. + %1 ha lasciato il server. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 ha disattivato il suo audio e microfono. - + You were denied %1 privileges in %2. Ti è stato negato il privilegio %1 su %2. - + %3 was denied %1 privileges in %2. A %3 è stato negato il privilegio %1 su %2. - + Denied: Cannot modify SuperUser. Negato: Impossibile modificare SuperUser. - + Denied: Invalid channel name. Negato: Nome del canale non valido. - + Denied: Text message too long. Negato: Messaggio di testo troppo lungo. - + Denied: Operation not permitted in temporary channel. Negato: Operazione non permessa in un canale temporaneo. - + You need a certificate to perform this operation. - + %1 does not have a certificate. - + Permission denied. Permesso negato. - + + %1 connected. + + + + %1 is now muted. %1 ha disattivato il suo microfono. - + %1 is now unmuted. %1 ha riattivato il suo microfono. + + + %1 disconnected. + + + + + (Tree) + + + + + (Channel) + + + + + %2%1: %3 + + server server - + You were muted by %1. Il tuo microfono è stato disattivato da %1. - + You were suppressed by %1. Il tuo microfono è stato disattivato da %1. - + You were unsuppressed by %1. Il tuo microfono è stato riattivato da %1. - + You were unmuted by %1. Il tuo microfono è stato riattivato da %1. @@ -6119,54 +6295,53 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ha disattivato l'audio di %1. - + You muted %1. Hai disattivato il microfono di %1. - + You unsuppressed %1. Hai riattivato il microfono di %1. - + You unmuted %1. Hai riattivato il microfono di %1. - + %1 muted by %2. Il microfono di %1 è stato disattivato da %2. - + %1 unsuppressed by %2. Il microfono di %1 è stato riattivato da %2. - + %1 unmuted by %2. Il microfono di %1 è stato riattivato da %2. - the server message from - messaggio dal server + messaggio dal server - + Unable to find matching CELT codecs with other clients. You will not be able to talk to all users. Impossibile trovare codec CELT uguali a quelli degli altri utenti. Non sarai in grado di parlare con gli altri utenti. - + You were muted and deafened by %1. You were deafened by %1. Il tuo microfono e audio è stato disattivato da %1. - + You were undeafened by %1. Sei stato riammesso da %1. @@ -6175,32 +6350,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } L'audio e il microfono di %1 sono stati disattivati da %2. - + %1 undeafened by %2. %1 riammesso da %2. - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. Sei stato espulso dal server da %1 per la seguente motivazione: %2. - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 è stato espulso dal server da %1 per la seguente motivazione: %2. - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. Sei stato espulso e bandito dal server da %1 per la seguente motivazione: %2. - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 è stato espulto e bandito dal server da %1 per la seguente motivazione: %2. - + You were moved to %1 by %2. Sei stato spostato da %2 sul canale %1. @@ -6217,17 +6392,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } %1 spostato dentro da %2 dal canale %3. - + %1 entered channel. %1 è entrato nel canale. - + Server connection rejected: %1. Connessione al server respinta: %1. - + Denied: %1. Negato: %1. @@ -6236,22 +6411,21 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } La banda massima del server è solamente %1 kbit/s. Qualità auto-aggiustata. - From %1: %2 - Da %1: %2 + Da %1: %2 - + Message from %1 Messaggio da %1 - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. Hai selezionato "non fare niente" sulle impostazioni del trascinamento del canale, quindi il canale non sarà spostato. - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in UserModel::dropMimeData. Modalità trascinamento canale sconosciuta in UserModel::dropMimeData. @@ -6260,61 +6434,107 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Modalità trascianamento canale sconosciuta in PlayerModel::dropMimeData. - + Welcome to Mumble. Benvenuto su Mumble. - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? Questa è la prima volta che avvii Mumble.<br />Vorresti essere aiutato dall'Audio Wizard per configurare la tua scheda audio e le impostazioni audio? + Server message from - Server + Server - + Hide Frame Nascondi cornice - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window Cambia visualizzazione cornice nella finestra minina - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. Questo imposterà se la finestra minima deve avere la cornice per muoversi e ridimensionarsi. + + + Send &Message + + + + + &Unlink All + + + + + &Certificate Wizard + + + + + &Register + + + + + Change &Texture + + + + + &Remove Texture + + + + + Reset &Comment + + + + + Reset the comment of the selected user. + + + + + &Join Channel + + NetworkConfig - + Network Rete - + Form Modulo - + Connection Connessione - + Use TCP compatibility mode Use TCP compatability mode Usa la modalità per la compatibilità TCP - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). <b>Abilita la modalità compatibile TCP</b>.<br />Farà in modo che Mumble usi solo il protocollo TCP quando comunica con il server. Ciò aumenterà il sovraccarico di rete e causerà la perdita di pacchetti che creeranno vuoti nelle comunicazioni, quindi va usato solo se con il sistema standard (che usa UDP per la voce e il TCP per il controllo) non funziona. @@ -6323,32 +6543,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Usa modo TCP - + Reconnect when disconnected Ricollegati quando disconnesso - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>Riconnetti quando disconnesso</b>.<br />Mumble proverà a ricollegarsi automaticamente dopo 10 secondi se cade la connessione al server. - + Reconnect automatically Ricollegati automaticamente - + Proxy Proxy - + Type Tipo - + Type of proxy to connect through Tipo di proxy da cui passa la connessione @@ -6358,27 +6578,27 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <b>Tipo di proxy tramite cui connettersi</b><br />Ciò fà connettere Mumble attraverso un proxy per tutte le connessioni in uscita. Nota: il proxy tunneling forza Mumble nella modalita di compatibilità TCP, causando l'invio di tutti i dati vocali tramite il canale di controllo. - + Direct connection Connessione diretta - + HTTP(S) proxy HTTP(S) proxy - + SOCKS5 proxy SOCKS5 proxy - + Hostname Hostname - + Hostname of the proxy Nome del proxy @@ -6387,154 +6607,154 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <b>Hostname del proxy.<b><br />Specifica il nome del proxy attraverso cui vuoi che passi il traffico di rete. - + Force TCP mode Forza modalità TCP - + Enable QoS to prioritize packets - + This will enable QoS, which will attempt to prioritize voice packets over other traffic. - + Use Quality of Service - + Don't send certificate to server and don't save passwords. (Not saved). Non invia certificati al server e non salva le password (Non salvato). - + <b>This will suppress identity information from the client.</b><p>The client will not identify itself with a certificate, even if defined, and will not cache passwords for connections. This is primarily a test-option and is not saved.</p> <b>Questo evita l'invio di informazioni di identità da parte del client. </b><p> Il client non dovrà identificarsi con un certificato, anche se definito, e non saranno salvate le password per le connessioni. Ciò è principalmente un'opzione di prova e non viene salvata.</P> - + Suppress certificate and password storage Impedisci conservazione certificati e password - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through.</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>Tipo di proxy tramite cui connettersi.</b><br />Ciò fà connettere Mumble attraverso un proxy per tutte le connessioni in uscita. Nota: il proxy tunneling forza Mumble nella modalita di compatibilità TCP, causando l'invio di tutti i dati vocali tramite il canale di controllo. - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. <b>Nome dell'host del proxy.</b><br />Specifica il nome dell'host del proxy attraverso cui vuoi che passi il traffico di rete. - + Port Porta - + Port number of the proxy Numero di porta del proxy - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. <b>Numero di porta del proxy.</b><br />Specifica il numero della porta su cui il proxy sta in ascolto per le connessioni. - + Username Nome utente - + Username for proxy authentication Nome utente per l'autenticazione del proxy - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>Nome utente per l'autenticazione proxy.</b><br />Specifica il nome utente utilizzato per l'autenticazione con il proxy. Nel caso in cui il proxy non utilizza l'autenticazione, o se si desidera effettuare la connessione anonima, è sufficiente lasciare vuoto questo campo. - + Password Password - + Password for proxy authentication Password per l'autenticazione del proxy - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>Password per l'autenticazione proxy.</b><br />Specifica la password utilizzata per l'autenticazione con il proxy. Nel caso in cui il proxy non utilizza l'autenticazione, o se si desidera effettuare la connessione anonima, è sufficiente lasciare vuoto questo campo. - + Misc Varie - + Prevent log from downloading images Impedisce il download delle immagini sul log - + <b>Disable image download</b><br/> Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the img tag. <b>Disabilita download delle immagini</b><br/> Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag img. - + Disable image download Disabilita download immagini - + Mumble services Servizi di Mumble - + Check for new releases of Mumble automatically. Cerca nuove versioni di Mumble automaticamente. - + This will check for new releases of Mumble every time you start the program, and notify you if one is available. Cercherà nuove versioni di Mumble ogni volta che aprirai il programma, e ti avviserà se una di queste è disponibile. - + Check for application updates on startup Cerca aggiornamenti all'avvio - + Check for new releases of plugins automatically. Cerca nuove versioni dei plugin automaticamente. - + This will check for new releases of plugins every time you start the program, and download them automatically. Cercherà nuove versioni dei plugin ogni volta che aprirai il programma, e li scaricherà automaticamente. - + Download plugin updates on startup Cerca aggiornamenti plugin all'avvio - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus its development where it is needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. <b>Invia statistiche anonime.</b><br />Mumble ha un piccolo team di sviluppo, e come tale ha bisogno di concentrare lo sviluppo dove è maggiormente necessario. Inviando un po' di statistiche permetti al progetto di stabilire dove concentrare lo sviluppo. @@ -6543,7 +6763,7 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag Controlla aggiornamenti all'avvio - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Invia statistiche anonime al progetto Mumble @@ -6552,7 +6772,7 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag <b>Invia statistiche anonime.</b><br />Mumble ha un piccolo team di sviluppo, e come tale ha bisogno di concentrare lo sviluppo dove è maggiormente necessario. Inviando un po' di statistiche permetti al progetto di stabilire dove concentrare lo sviluppo. - + Submit anonymous statistics Invia statistiche anonime @@ -6560,8 +6780,8 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag Overlay - - + + Mumble Mumble @@ -6576,7 +6796,7 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag - non hai la versione di DX9.0c aggiornata al June 2007 - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 @@ -6585,7 +6805,7 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag - hai un OS precedente a WinXP SP2 - + Failed to initialize overlay memory. This usually means that the shared memory is locked by the OS, and you need to reboot to release it. Inizializzazione memoria di sovrapposizione fallita. Questo di solito vuol dire che la memoria condivisa è stata bloccata dal SO, devi riavviare per sbloccarla. @@ -6593,65 +6813,65 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag OverlayConfig - + Show no one Non mostrare nessuno - + Show only talking Mostra solo chi parla - + Show everyone Mostra tutti - - + + Color for users Colore per gli utenti - - + + Color for talking users Colore per gli utenti che parlano - - + + Color for whispering users Colore per gli utenti che sussurrano - + Color for channels Colore per i canali - + Color for active channels Colore per i canali attivi - + Overlay Sovrapposizione - + Form Modulo - + Options Opzioni - + Enable overlay. Abilita la sovrapposizione. @@ -6660,173 +6880,173 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag Stabilisce se la sovrapposizione è attivata o meno. Questa impostazione è settata solo con applicazioni D3D9 in esecuzione, quindi assicuratevi che Mumble sia in esecuzione e che questa opzione sia attiva prima di avviare l'applicazione.<br />Si prega di notare che se si avvia l'applicazione dopo l'avvio di Mumble, o se si disattiva la sovrapposizione durante l'esecuzione, non vi è alcun modo sicuro per riavviare la sovrapposizione senza dover riavviare l'applicazione. - + Enable Overlay Abilita la Sovrapposizione - + Who to show on the overlay Chi mostrare nella sovrapposizione - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. Stabilisce chi mostrare nella sovrapposizione in gioco.</b><br />Se molte persone sono collegate allo stesso canale, la lista sovrapposta potrebbe essere molto lunga. Usa questo per accorciarla.<br /><i>Nessuno</i> - Non mostrare nessuno (ma lascia in esecuzione la sovrapposizione).<br /><i>Solo chi stà parlando</i> - Mostra solo chi stà parlando.<br /><i>Tutti</i> - Mostra tutti. - + Always show yourself on overlay. Mostra sempre se stessi nella sovrapposizione. - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. Stabilisce se mostrare sempre te stesso o meno. Questa impostazione è utile se non stai visualizzando tutti nella sovrapposizione, dato che vedresti solo il tuo stato se stessi parlando, che non ti permette di vedere che sei statoi escluso o silenziato. - + Always Show Self Mostra sempre se stessi - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. Mostra una immagine personalizzata dell'utente al posto della sovrapposizione testuale. - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. Imposta se scaricare e usare una immagine personalizzata per gli utenti registrati. Se disabilitato, verrà usato il testo standard. - + Show User Textures Mostra le immagini Utente - + Position Posizione - + Let overlay grow upwards Fa crescere la sovrapposizione verso l'alto - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. Tiene la sovrapposizione la più piccola possibile e alla posizione da te selezionata. Permette alla sovrapposizione di crescere verso l'alto se necessario. - + Grow Up Cresci in alto - + Y-Position of Overlay Coordinata Y della sovrapposizione - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. Imposta la coordinata Y relativa della sovrapposizione. - + Let overlay grow to the left Fa crescere la sovrapposizione verso sinistra - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. Tiene la sovrapposizione la più piccola possibile e alla posizione da te selezionata. Permette alla sovrapposizione di crescere verso sinistra se necessario. - + Grow Left Cresci a sinistra - + Let overlay grow to the right Fa crescere la sovrapposizione verso destra - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. Tiene la sovrapposizione la più piccola possibile e alla posizione da te selezionata. Permette alla sovrapposizione di crescere verso destra se necessario. - + Grow Right Cresci a destra - + Let overlay grow downwards Fa crescere la sovrapposizione verso il basso - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. Tiene la sovrapposizione la più piccola possibile e alla posizione da te selezionata. Permette alla sovrapposizione di crescere verso il basso se necessario. - + Grow Down Cresci in basso - + X-Position of Overlay Coordinata X della sovrapposizione - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. Imposta la coordinata X relativa della sovrapposizione. - + Font Carattere - + Current Font Carattere corrente - + TextLabel EtichettaTesto - + Set Font Imposta Carattere - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start Mumble after starting the application, or if you disable the overlay while the application is running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. Stabilisce se la sovrapposizione è attivata o meno. Questa impostazione è settata solo con applicazioni in esecuzione, quindi assicuratevi che Mumble sia in esecuzione e che questa opzione sia attiva prima di avviare l'applicazione.<br />Si noti che se si avvia l'applicazione dopo l'avvio di Mumble, o se si disattiva la sovrapposizione durante l'esecuzione, non vi è alcun modo sicuro per riavviare la sovrapposizione senza dover riavviare l'applicazione. - + Maximum height Altezza massima - + Maximum height of names. Massima altezza dei nomi. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. Stabilisce l'altezza massima dei nomi mostrati, rispetto all'altezza dello schermo. Se la finestra 3D attiva è di 800 pixel di altezza e questa è impostata al 5%, ogni nome sarà di 40 pixel di altezza. Si noti che i nomi non saranno più alti di 60 pixel, con qualsiasi impostazione. @@ -6835,11 +7055,7 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag Colore per i giocatori - - - - - + Change Cambia @@ -6852,12 +7068,12 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag Colore per il giocatore Alt parlante - + Color for Channels Colore per i Canali - + Color for active Channels Colore per i Canali attivi @@ -6896,39 +7112,39 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag PluginConfig - - + + Plugins Plugin - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. Il Plugins non ha funzioni di configurazione. - + Plugin has no about function. Il Plugin non ha informazioni. - + Form Modulo - + Options Opzioni - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information Abilita i plugins e trasmette le informazioni posizionali @@ -6937,81 +7153,91 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag Abilita i plugins per i giochi supportati a ottenere la tua posizione nel gioco e la trasmette con ogni pacchetto voce. Questo consente agli altri giocatori di sentire la tua voce dalla direzione con cui il tuo personaggio è in relazione alla loro. - + This allows plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit it with each voice packet. This enables other users to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. Questo permette ai plugin per i giochi supportati di capire la tua posizione nel gioco e trasmettere l'audio di conseguenza. Questo permette inoltre agli altri utenti di sentire la tua voce dalla direzione del tuo personaggio e in relazione alla posizione del loro. - + Link to Game and Transmit Position Collega al Gioco e Trasmetti la Posizione - + Reloads all plugins Ricarica tutti i plugin - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. Ricerca e ricarica tutti i plugin. Usare se hai appena aggiunto o cambiato un plugin nella cartella dei plugin. - + &Reload plugins &Ricarica i plugin - + Information about plugin Informazioni sul plugin - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. Mostra qualche informazione riguardo al plugin. - + &About &Informazioni su - + Show configuration page of plugin Mostra la pagina di configurazione del plugin - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. Mostra la pagina di configurazione del plugin, se c'è. - + &Configure &Configura + + + Name + + + + + Enabled + + Plugins - - + + Downloaded new or updated plugin to %1. Scaricato nuovo o aggiornato plugin a %1. - + Failed to install new plugin to %1. Installazione fallita del nouvo plugin a %1. - + %1 lost link. Collegamento perso con %1. - + %1 linked. collegato con %1. @@ -7019,7 +7245,7 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag PortAudioSystem - + Default Device Periferica predefinita @@ -7027,12 +7253,12 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input Ingresso predefinito - + Default Output Uscita predefinita @@ -7040,82 +7266,81 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag RichTextEditor - + Failed to load image Caricamento immagine fallito - + Image file too large to embed in document. Please use images smaller than %1 kB. File immagine troppo grande da inserire nel documento. Per favore inserisci un'immagine più piccola di %1 kB. - TabWidget - TabWidget + TabWidget - + Display Visualizza - + Source Text Testo sorgente - + &Bold &Grassetto - + Ctrl+B Ctrl+B - + &Italic &Corsivo - + Italic Corsivo - + Ctrl+I Ctrl+I - + Underline Sottolineato - + Ctrl+U Ctrl+U - + Color Colore - + Insert Link Inserisci link - + Ctrl+L Ctrl+L - + Insert Image Inserisci immagine @@ -7123,17 +7348,17 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag RichTextEditorLink - + Add Link Aggiungi collegamento - + URL Indirizzo - + Text Testo @@ -7141,27 +7366,27 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag ServerHandler - + UDP packets cannot be sent to or received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. Pacchetti UDP impossibili da inviare o ricevere dal server. Cambio modalità su TCP. - + UDP packets cannot be sent to the server. Switching to TCP mode. Pacchetti UDP impossibili da inviare al server. Cambio modalità su TCP. - + UDP packets cannot be received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. Pacchetti UDP impossibili da ricevere dal server. Cambio modalità su TCP. - + UDP packets can be sent to and received from the server. Switching back to UDP mode. I pacchetti UDP possono essere inviati e ricevuti dal server. Ritorno a modalità UDP. - + Connection timed out @@ -7169,42 +7394,42 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag ServerView - + Favorite Preferiti - + LAN LAN - + Public Internet Internet - + Asia Asia - + North America Nord America - + South America Sud America - + Europe Europa - + Oceania Oceania @@ -7212,7 +7437,7 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned Non assegnato @@ -7220,22 +7445,22 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag ShortcutDelegate - + On On - + Off Off - + Toggle Imposta - + Unassigned Non asseganto @@ -7243,7 +7468,7 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut Premi scorciatoia @@ -7251,22 +7476,22 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag ShortcutTargetDialog - + Root Radice - + Parent Genitore - + Current Attuale - + Subchannel #%1 Sotto-canale #%1 @@ -7274,42 +7499,42 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag ShortcutTargetWidget - + ... ... - + , , - + Root Radice - + Parent Genitore - + Current Attuale - + Subchannel #%1 Sottocanale #%1 - + Invalid Non valido - + <Empty> <Vuoto> @@ -7317,17 +7542,17 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag ShortcutToggleWidget - + Off Off - + Toggle Imposta - + On On @@ -7351,17 +7576,17 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag Anteprima - + Enter text Inserisci testo - + If checked the message is recursively sent to all subchannels Se selezionato il messaggio verrà inviato ricorsivamente a tutti i sottocanali - + Send recursively to subchannels Invia ricorsivamente ai sottocanli @@ -7369,22 +7594,22 @@ Impedisce il download delle immagini incorporate nei messaggi di chat con il tag Tokens - + Empty Token Token vuoto - + Mumble - Access Tokens Mumble - Token di accesso - + List of access tokens on current server Lista di token di accesso sul server attuale - + <b>This is an editable list of access tokens on the connected server.</b> <br /> An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simple access management on channels. Mumble will remember the tokens you've used and resend them to the server next time you reconnect, so you don't have to enter these every time. @@ -7394,22 +7619,22 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl - + Add a token Aggiunge un token - + &Add &Aggiungi - + Remove a token Rimuove un token - + &Remove &Rimuovi @@ -7417,159 +7642,164 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl UserEdit - - + Registered Users Utenti registrati - + + Remove Rimuovi + + + Rename + + UserModel - + This is a user connected to the server. The icon to the left of the user indicates whether or not they are talking: Questo è un utente connesso al server. L'icona sulla sinistra dell'utente indica se stà parlando o no: - + Talking to your channel. Parla al tuo canale. - + Whispering directly to your channel. Sussurra direttamente al tuo canale. - + Whispering directly to you. Sussurra direttamente a te. - + Not talking. Non stà parlando. - + This is a channel on the server. The icon indicates the state of the channel: Questo è un canale nel server. L'icona indica lo stato del canale: - + Your current channel. Il tuo canale attuale. - + A channel that is linked with your channel. Linked channels can talk to each other. Un canale che è collegato al tuo canale. Canali collegati possono parlare tra di loro. - + A channel on the server that you are not linked to. Un canale nel server al quale non sei collegato. - + This shows the flags the user has on the server, if any: Questo visualizza i segnali che l'utente possiede nel server, se ce ne sono: - + On your friend list Sulla tua lista amici - + Authenticated user Utente autenticato - + Muted (manually muted by self) Microfono disattivato (manualmente e da solo) - + Muted (manually muted by admin) Microfono disattivato (manualmente da un'amministratore) - + Muted (not allowed to speak in current channel) Microfono disattivato (non abilitato a parlare nel canale attuale) - + Muted (muted by you, only on your machine) Microfono disattivato (da te, solo sul tuo PC) - + Deafened (by self) Audio disattivato (da solo) - + Deafened (by admin) Audio disattivato (da un amministratore) - + User has a new comment set (click to show) Utente che ha un nuovo commento impostato (click per vedere) - + User has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) Utente che ha un commento impostato, che hai già visto. (click per vedere) - + This shows the flags the channel has, if any: Questo visualizza i segnali che il canale possiede, se ce ne sono: - + Channel has a new comment set (click to show) Canale che ha un nuovo commento impostato (click per vedere) - + Channel has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) Canale che ha un commento impostato, che hai già visto. (click per vedere) - + Name Nome - + Flags Segnali - - - + + + Mumble Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? Sei sicuro di voler spostare questo canale? - - + + Cannot perform this movement automatically, please reset the numeric sorting indicators or adjust it manually. Impossibile eseguire questo movimento automaticamente, per favore reimposta gli indicatori numerici o aggiustalo manualmente. @@ -7577,7 +7807,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl VersionCheck - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. Mumble non è riuscito a recuperare le informazioni sull'ultima versione dal server SourceForge. @@ -7585,102 +7815,102 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details Dettagli sulla Catena dei Certificati - + Certificate chain Catena dei Certificati - + %1 %2 %1 %2 - + Certificate details Dettagli dei Certificati - - + + Common Name: %1 Nome Comune: %1 - - + + Organization: %1 Organizzazione: %1 - + Subunit: %1 Sottounità: %1 - - + + Country: %1 Paese: %1 - - + + Locality: %1 Località: %1 - - + + State: %1 Stato: %1 - + Valid from: %1 Valido da: %1 - + Valid to: %1 Valido fino a: %1 - + Serial: %1 Seriale: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 Chiave Pubblica: %1 bits %2 - + RSA RSA - + DSA DSA - + Digest (MD5): %1 Firma (MD5): %1 - + Issued by: Inviato da: - + Unit Name: %1 Nome Unità: %1 @@ -7688,7 +7918,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl WASAPISystem - + Default Device Periferica predefinita diff --git a/src/mumble/mumble_ja.ts b/src/mumble/mumble_ja.ts index 195567e96..4bd2ff906 100644 --- a/src/mumble/mumble_ja.ts +++ b/src/mumble/mumble_ja.ts @@ -8,119 +8,113 @@ Mumble - %1のACLを編集 - + Active ACLs ACLを有効にする - + Context コンテキスト - + User/Group ユーザ/グループ - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a '!', its membership is negated, and if it starts with a '~', it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in.<br />If a group name starts with a '#', it is interpreted as an access token. Users must have entered whatever follows the '#' in their list of access tokens to match. This can be used for very simple password access to channels for non-authenticated users.<br />If a group name starts with a '$', it will only match users whose certificate hash matches what follows the '$'.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for '<i>sub,0,0,0</i>').<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for '<i>!sub,0,0,0</i>').<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. この項目がどのユーザのグループに適用されるかを制御します。グループはそのエントリが使用されるチャンネルのコンテキストそして評価されます。たとえば、Root チャンネル上のデフォルトのACL は <i>書き込み</i>権限を<i>admin</i>グループに与えています。このエントリは、もしチャンネルで継承済みでなければ、たとえそのACLに由来するチャンネルの<i>admin</i>グループに属していなくても<i>admin</i>グループがそのチャンネルに所属するならユーザに書き込み権限を与えます。グループの名前が ! で始まっていれば、そのメンバは否定されます。そして ~ で始まるなら　そのチャンネルで有効なACLよりもそのチャンネルのACLが定義された方が優先されます。グループの名前が # で始まる場合は、それはアクセストークンとして解釈されます。ユーザはアクセストークンのリストの中に # の後に続く文字列を持っている必要があります。これはとても非認証ユーザにたいして非常に単純なシンプルなパスワードアクセスの方法として使えます。グループの名前が $ で始まる場合、それは $ に続く文字列がユーザの証明書のハッシュにマッチする場合です。特別な定義済みグループは次のとおりです。<br/><b>all</b> - すべてにマッチ。<br/><b>auth</b> - 認証済みのすべてのユーザにマッチ。<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - サブチャンネル <i>a</i> <i>b</i><i>c</i>最小で<i>a</i>個の共通の両親を持ち、チェーンの下側へ<i>b</i>個から<i>c個</i>の間のサブチャンネルのユーザにマッチします。この項目についてのより多くのドキュメントを見るには公式サイトを確認してください。<b>in</b> - 現在のチャンネルにいるすべてのユーザにマッチ。（これは <i>sub,0,0,0</i>の簡易的な表記です。）<b>out</b> - 現在のチャンネルの外にいるすべてのユーザにマッチ。（これは <i>！sub,0,0,0</i>の簡易的な表記です。） エントリはユーザかグループのどちらかに適用され、両方には適用されません。 - + Permissions 権限 - - + Group グループ - - + Members メンバー - + &Add 追加(&A) - + &Remove 削除(&R) - + &Up 上へ(&U) - + &Down 下へ(&D) - + Inherit ACLs ACLを継承する - + Applies to this channel このチャンネルに適用する - + Applies to sub-channels サブチャンネルに適用する - + User ID ユーザID - + Deny 禁止 - + Allow 許可 - - - + Remove 削除 - + Inherit 継承 - + Inheritable 継承可 - + Inherited 継承済み - - - + Add 追加 @@ -129,12 +123,12 @@ 削除リストに追加 - + &Groups グループ(&G) - + &ACL &ACL @@ -163,7 +157,7 @@ このボタンは全ての変更をキャンセルし、サーバのACLやグループを変更せずにダイアログを閉じます。 - + List of entries 項目リスト @@ -172,104 +166,103 @@ このチャンネルの全てのアクティブな項目を表示します。親チャンネルから継承される項目はイタリック(斜字)体で表示されます - + Inherit ACL of parent? 親チャンネルのACLを継承しますか？ - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. これは親チャンネルのチェーンへのACLが適用されるか否かに関係なく設定されます。親の"サブチャンネルに適用する"にチェックされた項目だけが継承されます。 - + Add new entry 新しい項目を追加 - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. 新たに項目を作成します。初期状態はパーミッションが無く、全てに適用されます。 - + Remove entry 項目を削除 - + This removes the currently selected entry. 選択されている項目を削除します。 - + Move entry up 項目を上に移動 - Properties - プロパティ + プロパティ - + Name チャンネル名 - + Enter the channel name here. チャンネル名をここに入力してください。 - + <b>Name</b><br>Enter the channel name in this field. The name has to comply with the restriction imposed by the server you are connected to. <b>チャンネル名</b><br>このフィールドにチャンネル名を入力してください。チャンネル名は接続しているサーバの制限に従う必要があります。 - + Description 説明 - + Password パスワード - + Enter the channel password here. チャンネルに入るためのパスワードをここに入力してください。 - + <b>Password</b><br>This field allows you to easily set and change the password of a channel. In the background it uses Mumble's access tokens feature. To allow more fine grained and powerful access control directly use ACLs and groups instead (<i>Advanced configuration</i> has to be checked to be able to see these settings). <b>パスワード</b><br>このフィールドで簡単にチャンネルのパスワードを設定・変更できます。 背景にはMumble のアクセストークンの機能の使用があります。より細やかで協力なアクセス制御をするには、ACLとおグループを直接に使用してください。（<i>高度な設定</i>はこれらの設定を見るためにチェックする必要があります）。 - + Check to create a temporary channel. 一時チャンネルを作る場合はチェックしてください。 - + <b>Temporary</b><br> When checked the channel created will be marked as temporary. This means when the last player leaves it the channel will be automatically deleted by the server. <b>一時チャンネルとして設定する</b><br> チェックしてチャンネルを作ると一時としてマークされます。最後に残っていたユーザがチャンネルから離れるとサーバによって自動的にそのチャンネルが削除されます。 - + Temporary 一時チャンネルとして設定する - + Channel positioning facility value チャンネルの位置を指定するための値 - + <b>Position</b><br/> This value enables you to change the way Mumble arranges the channels in the tree. A channel with a higher <i>Position</i> value will always be placed below one with a lower value and the other way around. If the <i>Position</i> value of two channels is equal they will get sorted alphabetically by their name. <b>Position</b><br/> @@ -278,12 +271,12 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre この値を設定することで、このチャンネルがチャンネルツリー上で並ぶ順番を変更することができます。より高い<i>ポジション</i>値を持つチャンネルは常により低い値を持つチャンネルよりも下に表示されます。また、２つのチャンネルの<i>ポジション</i>値が等しいなら、それらのチャンネル名について辞書順で並べ替えられます。 - + Position ポジション - + <b>Group</b><br> These are all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. <b>Group</b><br> @@ -292,136 +285,136 @@ This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, このチャンネルで現在定義されている全てのグループです。新しいグループを作るには、グループ名を入力してEnterキーを押してください。 - + Add new group 新しいグループを追加 - + <b>Add</b><br/> Add a new group. <b>追加</b><br /> 新しいグループを追加する。 - + <b>Remove</b><br>This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. <b>削除</b><br />現在選択されているグループを削除します。もし、グループが継承されているなら、それはリストから削除されません。しかし、グループについての全ての局所情報はクリアされます。 - + <b>Inherit</b><br>This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. <b>継承</b><br />そのグループが親チャンネルで<i>継承可能</i>と設定されているなら、そのグループの全てのメンバを継承します。 - + <b>Inheritable</b><br>This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. <b>継承可能</b><br />このグループがサブチャンネルに継承可能であることを意味します。グループが継承不可能であれば、サブチャンネルは同じ名前の新しいグループを自由に作ることが可能です。 - + <b>Inherited</b><br>This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. <b>継承済み</b>これはグループが親チャンネルから継承されたことを意味します。このフラグはただの情報なので編集できません。 - + Inherited members 継承済みメンバ - + Contains the list of members added to the group by this channel. このチャンネルのグループに追加されたメンバのリスト。 - + <b>Members</b><br> This list contains all members that were added to the group by the current channel. Be aware that this does not include members inherited by higher levels of the channel tree. These can be found in the <i>Inherited members</i> list. To prevent this list to be inherited by lower level channels uncheck <i>Inheritable</i> or manually add the members to the <i>Excluded members</i> list. <b>メンバ</b><br /> このリストは現在のチャンネルのグループに追加された全てのメンバーを含みます。より高い階層のチャンネルツリーから継承されたメンバは含まないことに注意してください。それらのメンバは<i>継承済みメンバー</i>のリストで確認できます。より低い階層のチャンネルでこのリストを継承させたくない場合は<i>継承可能</i>のチェックを外すか、手動で<i>除外メンバ</i>のリストにメンバを追加してください。 - + Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. 親チャンネルから継承されないグループのメンバーのリスト。 - + <b>Excluded members</b><br> Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. <b>除外メンバ</b><br /> 親チャンネルに継承されないグループのメンバーのリストを含む。 - + Contains the list of members inherited by other channels. 他のチャンネルから継承されたメンバのリストです。 - + <b>Inherited members</b><br> Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i>Inherit</i> to prevent inheritance from higher level channels. <b>継承済みメンバ</b><br /> 現在のチャンネルで継承済みのメンバのリストです。より高い階層のチャンネルからの継承を防ぐには<i>継承</i>のチェックを外してください。 - + Type in the name of a user you wish to add to the group and click Add. グループに追加したいユーザ名をタイプして追加をクリックしてください。 - + Type in the name of a user you wish to remove from the group and click Add. グループから削除したいユーザ名を入力して追加をクリックしてください。 - + Exclude 除外 - + Excluded members 除外メンバ - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. リスト内の項目を上に動かします。項目が適切に評価されると、ユーザに影響する権限が変更される場合があります。継承した項目より上に動かすことは出来ません。もし本当に必要なら継承された項目を複製する必要があります。 - + Move entry down 項目を下に移動 - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. リスト内の項目を下に動かします。項目が適切に評価されると、ユーザに影響する権限が変更される場合があります。 - + Entry should apply to this channel. Entry should apply to this channel このチャンネルに適用する。 - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. 項目をこのチャンネルに適用します。 - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. サブチャンネルに適用 - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. 項目をこのチャンネルのサブチャンネルに適用します。 - + Group this entry applies to この項目を適用するグループ @@ -430,53 +423,53 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> この項目がどのユーザグループに適用されるかを制御します。 - + User this entry applies to この項目を適用するユーザ - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. この項目がどのユーザに適用されるかを制御します。検索するにはユーザ名を入力してEnterキーを押してください。 - + Allow %1 %1を許可する - + Deny %1 %1を禁止する - + Mumble - Add channel Mumble - チャンネル追加 - - + + Failed: Invalid channel 失敗: 不適切なチャンネル - + Mumble - Edit %1 Mumble - %1 の編集 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 %1に特権を付与します。特権の許可と禁止の両方が設定されている場合、禁止になります。<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 %1から特権を剥奪します。特権の許可と禁止の両方が設定されている場合、禁止になります。<br />%2 - + List of groups グループリスト @@ -485,7 +478,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> チャンネルに定義されている全てのグループです。新たにグループを作成するには名前を入力してEnterを押してください。 - + Remove selected group 選択されたグループを削除 @@ -494,7 +487,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 選択されたグループを削除します。もしグループが継承されていたらリストからは削除されませんが、グループに関するローカルな情報は消えてしまいます。 - + Inherit group members from parent 親からグループメンバーを継承する @@ -503,7 +496,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 親チャンネルでグループが継承可になっている場合、親グループから全てのメンバーを継承します。 - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels サブチャンネルに対してグループを継承可能にする @@ -512,7 +505,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> サブチャンネルに対してグループを継承可能にします。もしグループが継承不可ならばサブチャンネルでは同じ名前の新しいグループを作成することが出来ます。 - + Group was inherited from parent channel 親チャンネルから継承したグループ @@ -521,7 +514,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> グループが親チャンネルから継承されたことを示しています。このフラグは変更できません。これは単なる情報です。 - + Add member to group グループにメンバーを追加 @@ -530,7 +523,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> グループに追加したいプレイヤーの名前を入力してEnterキーを押してください。 - + Remove member from group グループからメンバーを削除 @@ -539,7 +532,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> グループから削除したいプレイヤーの名前を入力してEnterキーを押してください。 - + Dialog ダイアログ @@ -552,20 +545,25 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 削除したいプレイヤー名を入力してAddボタンをクリックしてください。 - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. このチャンネルで有効な項目を全て表示します。親チャンネルから継承した項目はイタリック(斜字)体で表示されます。<br />ACLは上から順に評価されます。つまり、リストの順位を下げる事は優先度が上がる事を意味します。 + + + &Properties + + ALSAAudioInput - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 選択されたALSA入力のオープンに失敗しました: %1 - + Default ALSA Card デフォルトALSAカード @@ -573,12 +571,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ALSAAudioOutput - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 選択されたALSA出力のオープンに失敗しました: %1 - + Default ALSA Card デフォルトALSAカード @@ -649,32 +647,32 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ASIOConfig - + Device selection デバイス選択 - + Capabilities ケーパビリティ - + Buffer size バッファサイズ - + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. ASIOのための入力チャンネルを設定します。少なくとも1つのチャンネルをマイクとスピーカーとして選んでください。<i>マイク</i> はあなたのマイクが接続されているところで、<i>スピーカー</i>は"聞くもの"を試してみるチャンネルです。Sound Blaster Audigy 2 ZS の例ではスピーカーが"Mix L" and "Mix R"の時、マイクを"Mic L"にするのが良い選択のひとつです。 - + Channels チャンネル - + Configure input channels 入力チャネルを設定します @@ -683,52 +681,52 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ASIOのための入力チャンネルを設定します。少なくとも1つのチャンネルをマイクとスピーカーとして選んでください。<i>マイク</i> はあなたのマイクが接続されているところです。<i>スピーカー</i>は"聞くもの"を試してみるチャンネルです。Sound Blaster Audigy 2 ZS の例ではスピーカーが"Mix L" and "Mix R"の時、マイクを"Mic L"にするのが良い選択のひとつです。 - + Device to use for microphone マイクに使用するデバイス - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. 問い合わせるデバイスを選択します。あなたはまだデバイスを実際に問い合わせ、使用するチャンネルを選ぶ必要があります。 - + Device デバイス - + &Query 問い合わせ(&Q) - + Query selected device 選択されたデバイスの問い合わせを行います - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. チャンネルで選択されたデバイスを問い合わせます。多くのASIOドライバーが極端に不安定であることに注意してください。それらに問い合わせをすることはアプリケーションやシステムのクラッシュを引き起こすかもしれません。 - + &Configure 設定(&C) - + Configure selected device 選択されたデバイスの設定を行います - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. 選択されたデバイスの設定を行います。多くのASIOドライバーが極端に不安定であることに注意してください。それらに問い合わせをすることはアプリケーションやシステムのクラッシュを引き起こすかもしれません - + Driver name ドライバー名 @@ -737,29 +735,27 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> バッファサイズ - + Microphone マイク - - + <- <- - - + -> -> - + Unused 未使用 - + Speakers スピーカー @@ -776,43 +772,43 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz -- 未使用 - + %1 (version %2) - + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5Hz - - - - + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 ASIOの初期化に失敗しました: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver ASIOドライバのインスタンス化に失敗しました。 - + ASIO ASIO - + Form フォーム @@ -828,18 +824,18 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ASIOInput - - + + Mumble Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. ASIOを使用するためには少なくとも1つのマイクと1つのスピーカーを選択しなければなりません。もしマイクサンプリングが必要なだけなら DirectSound を使用してください。 - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. 選択されたASIOドライバを開くのに失敗しました。入力は行われません。 @@ -852,27 +848,27 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> - + &About Mumble Mumbleについて(&A) - + &License ライセンス(&L) - + OK OK - + About Mumble Mumbleについて - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> @@ -880,7 +876,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AboutSpeexDialog - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%1">%1</a></tt></p><p>This program uses SpeexDSP.</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering and voice activity detection.</p> @@ -889,12 +885,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <h3>Speexについて</h3><p><tt>http://www.speex.org/</tt></p><p>This program uses Speex version %1</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering, voice activity detection and speech<br />compression.</p> - + OK OK - + About Speex Speexについて @@ -1301,43 +1297,43 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioInput - + Form フォーム - + Interface インターフェース - + System システム - + Input method for audio 音声入力方法 - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>音声の入力方法です。</b><br />ほとんどの場合DirectSoundで問題ありません。 - + Device デバイス - + Input device for audio Output method for audio 音声入力方法 - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>音声のための入力デバイスです。</b> @@ -1347,51 +1343,50 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> エコーキャンセル - + Transmission 伝送方式 - + &Transmit 送信(&T) - + When to transmit your speech 発言を送信するタイミング - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. <b>発言を送信するタイミングを設定します。</b><br /><i>常に有効</i> - 常時音声入力を受け付けます<br /><i>声で有効化</i> - はっきりとしゃべっている時に受け付けます。<br /><i>キー押下で有効化</i> - <i>ショートカットキー</i>で設定したキーを押している間音声入力を受け付けます。 - + DoublePush Time 二重押し時間 - TextLabel - テキストラベル + テキストラベル Audible audio cue when push-to-talk pressed and released "キー押下で有効化"設定の時、ショートカットキーが押される/離されるといったタイミングで音による通知を行います。 - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. <b>キー押下で有効化の際に通知を行います</b><br />この設定を有効にすると、ショートカットキーが押されたり離されたりするタイミング短いビープ音を鳴らします。 - + PTT Audio cue キー押下を音で通知 - + Use SNR based speech detection S/N比に基づく発言認識を使用 @@ -1400,42 +1395,42 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <b>発言認識にS/N比を使うかどうかを決定します。</b><br />このモードでは、ノイズ無しに近い状態に比較して入力が解析され、その明瞭度が発言の検出に使用されます。 - + Signal to Noise S/N比 - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. 信号の強さに基づく発言認識を使用 - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. <b>発言認識に信号の強さを使用するかを設定します。</b>このモードにすると、入力信号そのものの強さが発言の検出に使用されます。 - + Amplitude 信号の強さ - + Voice &Hold 送信継続時間(&H) - + How long to keep transmitting after silence 音声が無くなった後、どれくらい送信を続けるか - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>音声が無くなった後、送信がどれくらい続くかを選択します。</b><br />あなたが話している時(名前の後ろで点滅しているアイコンで確認できます)に音声が途切れてしまうようならば、この設定をより高くしてください。<br />この設定は"声で有効化"の場合のみ効果があります。 - + Silence Below 非発言のしきい値 @@ -1444,38 +1439,37 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 発言していないと判定される信号値のしきい値 - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. <b>声を検出するための基準値を設定します。</b>手動で調整するためには音声統計ウインドウを一緒にご利用ください。"非発言しきい値"以下の値は常に発言していない状態と見なされ、"発言しきい値"より上の値は発言と見なされます。これらの間の値は既に話し中であれば発言と判断されますが、新たな発言であると判断する材料にはなりません。 - + Speech Above 発言しきい値 - + Signal values above this count as voice 発言と判定される信号値のしきい値 - + Compression 圧縮 - + &Quality 音質(&Q) - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) 圧縮品質(ピーク帯域幅) - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. <b>圧縮品質を設定します。</b><br />送出される音声のためにどれくらいの帯域幅を使えるか決定します。 @@ -1492,17 +1486,17 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <b>圧縮の計算量を設定します。</b><br />送信される声の音質を向上させるためにどれくらいのCPUリソースを使えるか決定します。 - + Audio per packet パケットあたりの音声長 - + How many audio frames to send per packet 送信1パケットに含む音声フレームの長さ - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>送信1パケットに含む音声フレームの長さを選択します。</b><br />これを大きくするとあなたの音声の遅延が大きくなりますが、必要とするネットワーク帯域幅は下がります。 @@ -1511,22 +1505,22 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 音声の送信に使用するネットワーク帯域幅のピーク値 - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). <b>音声の送信に使用される帯域幅の最大値を示します。</b><br />これは、あなたのPCから送出される帯域の最も大きな値を表示しています。Audioビットレートは音声データ単体の最大ビットレート(VBR使用時)を表します。 Positionは位置情報のために使用されるビットレート表し、Overheadは独自のフレーミングとIPパケットヘッダ(IP と UDP はこのOverheadの90%)を表しています。 - + Audio Processing 音声処理 - + Noise Suppression ノイズ抑制 - + Noise suppression ノイズ抑制 @@ -1535,173 +1529,172 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <b>ノイズ抑制の量を設定します。</b><br />値を大きくすると、より積極的に定常ノイズを抑制しようとします。 - + Amplification 音量の増幅 - + Maximum amplification of input sound 音声入力の最大増幅量 - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. <b>音声入力の最大増幅量です。</b><br />Mumbleは圧縮を行う前に入力量を正常化します。この設定は、どれくらい音量を増幅させるかを決定します。<br />実際の音量はその時の発言パターンによって変化しますが、ここで指定された音量を上回ることはありません。<br />音声統計で<i>マイクの音量</i>レベルが常に100%近くに達しているなら、この値を2.0くらいにしたくなるかも知れません。しかし、(大部分の人がそうだと思いますが)100%に届かないなら、この値をより高くしてください。<br />あなたが非常に穏やかに話している時に<i>マイク音量 * 増幅値 >= 100</i> となるのが理想的です。<br /><br />この値を最大にすることに実害はありませんが、だからといって適当に最大値に合わせてしまうと他の会話まで拾ってしまうので気をつけてください。 - + Current speech detection chance 現在の発言検出見込み - + Cancel echo from speakers スピーカからのエコーをキャンセルします - + Enabling this will cancel the echo from your speakers. Mixed has low CPU impact, but only works well if your speakers are equally loud and equidistant from the microphone. Multichannel echo cancellation provides much better echo cancellation, but at a higher CPU cost. あなたのスピーカからのエコーをキャンセルすることができます。ミックスはCPU負荷が低いが、スピーカから一定の大きさの音を出していて、マイクから一定の距離を保っている場合にしかうまく働きません。マルチチャンネル エコーキャンセルはよりよいエコーキャンセルを提供するが、CPU負荷がミックスより高いです。 - + Disabled 無効 - + Mixed ミックス - + Multichannel マルチチャンネル - + Echo エコー - + If you press the PTT key twice in this time it will get locked. PTTキーを2回押すとロックされます。 - + <b>DoublePush Time</b><br />If you press the push-to-talk key twice during the configured interval of time it will be locked. Mumble will keep transmitting until you hit the key once more to unlock PTT again. <b>2度押し時間</b><br />もしあなたがプッシュトークキーを2回、ここで設定した感覚の間に押したなら、キーはロックされます。Mumble は あなたがPTTをアンロックするために一回以上キーを押すまで転送状態のままです。 - + Gets played when the PTT button is pressed PTT ボタンが押されたときに再生させる - + Gets played when the PTT button is released PTT ボタンが放されたときに再生させる - + Reset audio cue to default オーディオキューをデフォルトにリセット - + <b>Reset</b><br/>Reset the paths for the files to their default. <b>リセット</b><br />デフォルトにファイルへのパスをリセットします。 - + Reset リセット - + Browse for on audio file オン時の音声ファイルを参照 - - + Browse 参照 - + Browse for off audio file オフ時の音声ファイルを参照 - + Off オフ - + On オン - + Preview the audio cues オーディオキューをプレビュー - + <b>Preview</b><br/>Plays the current <i>on</i> soundfile followed by the current <i>off</i> soundfile. <b>プレビュー</b><br />現在のオンのときのサウンドファイルを再生しそのあとにオフのときのサウンドファイルを再生する。 - + Preview プレビュー - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated "キー押下で有効化"設定の時、ショートカットキーが押される/離されるといったタイミングで音による通知を行います - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. <b>S/N比を使用して発言認識を設定します。</b><br />このモードでは、入力は明らかな信号に似た何かに分析され、その信号の明快さは、音声検出ののために使用されます。 - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>現在の発言検出設定を表します。</b><br />設定ダイアログか音声ウィザードから設定を変更することができます。 - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be suppressed. <b>この設定は多くのノイズを抑制します。</b><br />より大きい値を設定すると、より多くのノイズが抑制されます。 - + Idle AutoMute 自動ミュートまでの待ち時間 - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. 自動ミュートまで必要なアイドル時間 - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. アイドリング時間を設定します。指定時間のあいだ、サーバへ何の音声も送信されなかった場合、ミュートになります。 - + Signal values below this count as silence 発言していないと判定される信号値のしきい値 - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio 音声を送信するために使う最大帯域 @@ -1710,7 +1703,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <b>ノイズ抑制の量を設定します。</b><br />値を大きくすると、より積極的に定常ノイズを抑制しようとします。 - + Server maximum network bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Audio quality auto-adjusted to %2 kbit/s (%3ms) サーバの最大ネットワーク帯域は %1 kbit/s しかありません。音質を自動的に %2 kbit/s (%3ms) に調整します @@ -1718,65 +1711,66 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioInputDialog - + Continuous 常に有効 - + Voice Activity 声で有効化 - + Push To Talk キー押下で有効化 - + Audio Input 音声入力 - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - + + + Off オフ - + %1 s %1 s - + %1 kb/s - + -%1 dB -%1 dB - - %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + + %1 kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) %1kbit/s (音声 %2 %5, 位置 %4, オーバヘッド %3) - + CELT - + Speex @@ -1785,7 +1779,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> %1kbit/s (Audio %2, Position %4, Overhead %3) - + %1 min %1 min @@ -1793,90 +1787,89 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioOutput - + Form フォーム - + Interface インターフェース - + System システム - + Output method for audio Input method for audio 音声出力方法 - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>音声の出力方法です。</b><br />ほとんどの場合DirectSoundで問題ありません。 - + Device デバイス - + Output device for audio 音声のための出力デバイス - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> <b>これは音声を出力するために使うデバイスです。</b> - - + Positional Audio 位置音響 - + Audio Output 音声出力 - + Default &Jitter Buffer ジッタバッファのデフォルト(&J) - + Safety margin for jitter buffer ジッタバッファの安全マージン - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. <b>ジッタバッファのための最小の安全マージンを設定します。</b><br />全ての受信音声は一時保存されます。ジッタバッファは、現在のネットワークの状態に合わせて一時保存の領域を小さくしようとし続けるので、レイテンシーは可能な限り小さくなります。この設定は、使用する最小のバッファサイズを決定します。聞こえてくる会話の出だしが不安定なら、この値を増やしてください。 - + Minimum distance to user before sound volume decreases 音が小さくなる前のユーザへの最小距離 - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other users' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. サウンドの計算に使う最小距離を設定します。少なくともこの距離だけ離れていれば、他のプレイヤーの音声は減衰しません。 - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other users' speech volume will not decrease any further. 音の計算のために最大距離の設定します。 これよりより遠くに離れているとき、他のプレーヤーのスピーチボリュームはこれ以上減少しないでしょう。 - + <b>This enables one of the loopback test modes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other users will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. <b>ループバックテストモードの一つが有効になります。</b><br /><i>なし</i> - ループバックしない<br /><i>ローカル</i> - ローカルなサーバをエミュレートします。<br /><i>サーバ</i> - サーバにループバックを要求します。<br />ループバックが有効になっている間、他のプレイヤーはあなたの声を聞くことが出来ないのでご注意ください。この設定はアプリケーション終了時に保存されません。 @@ -1885,27 +1878,27 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> テキストラベル - + Volume 音量 - + Volume of incoming speech 受信音声の音量 - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. <b>受信する音声の音量を調整します。</b><br />ここでは、音量を下げる事のみが可能です。増やす事は出来ません。 - + Output Delay 出力猶予 - + Amount of data to buffer バッファデータ量 @@ -1946,7 +1939,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ロールオフ - + Factor for sound volume decrease ボリューム減少の割合 @@ -1955,53 +1948,53 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 最小距離を超えた時、音量がどのくらい落ちるかについての値です。普通(1.0)の設定では距離が2倍になるたびに音量は半分になります。これを大きくすると音量の落ち込みが速くなり、小さくすると音量の落ち込みは遅くなります。 - + Bloom ブルーム - + Loopback Test ループバックテスト - + Delay Variance レイテンシー調整 - + Variance in packet latency パケットレイテンシーの変動値 - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you to set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. <b>ループバックテストの為のパケットレイテンシーの値を調整します。</b><br />音声のネットワーク経路は、ほとんどの場合若干のレイテンシーを含んでいます。 この設定はループバックモードでのテスト時、レイテンシーの値を変更できるようにします。例えば、この値を15msにすると、20-35msのレイテンシーや80ms-95msのレイテンシーを持ったネットワークをエミュレートするでしょう。 国内のネット接続ではおよそ5msくらいのレイテンシーがあります - + Packet Loss パケットロス - + Packet loss for loopback mode ループバックモードでのパケットロス - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% <b>ループバックモードでのパケットロスを設定します。</b><br />これはパケットロスの割合です。送信方向の帯域幅のピークに達するか、ネットワーク接続に問題がない限り、これは0%のはずです。 - + &Loopback ループバック(&L) - + Desired loopback mode 使用したいループバックモード @@ -2010,18 +2003,18 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <b>ループバックテストモードの一つが有効になります。</b><br /><i>なし</i> - ループバックしない<br /><i>ローカル</i> - ローカルなサーバをエミュレートします。<br /><i>サーバ</i> - サーバにループバックを要求します。<br />ループバックが有効になっている間、他のプレイヤーはあなたの声を聞くことが出来ないのでご注意ください。この設定はアプリケーション終了時に保存されません。 - + Factor for sound volume increase ボリューム増加の割合 - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. 接続されたスピーカは実際はヘッドフォンです。 - + Minimum Distance 最小距離 @@ -2030,12 +2023,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> サウンドのボリュームが減る前のプレイヤに対する最小の距離です。 - + Maximum Distance 最大距離 - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease 音声のボリュームが減少しない最大の距離 @@ -2044,17 +2037,17 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 音の計算のために最大距離の設定します。 これよりより遠くに離れているとき、他のプレーヤーのスピーチボリュームはこれ以上減少しないでしょう。 - + Minimum Volume 最小音量 - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? ボリュームは最大距離がどのくらいであるべきか? - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? 入力ソースの近さによってどのくらいボリュームを上げるか @@ -2063,83 +2056,101 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 接続している "出力機器" はヘッドホンです。 - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. スピーカーを接続しておらず、ヘッドホンだけであることを確認してください。ヘッドホンはあなたからまっすぐ右と左に位置しているのに対し、スピーカーは一般的にあなたの正面に位置しているため、これは重要になります。 - + Headphones ヘッドホン - + Other Applications 他のアプリケーション - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. 出力バッファにおけるプリバッファの量を設定します。いろいろな値で試してみて、急に不安定にならない一番小さな値に設定してください。 - + Volume of other applications during speech 発言中の他のアプリケーションの音量 - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. <b>発言中における他のアプリケーションの音量減少</b><br />Mumbleは音声受信中に他のアプリケーションの音量を下げるのを手助けします。ここでは、あなたが話している間の他アプリケーションの音量比率を設定します。 + + + If checked Mumble also lowers the volume of other applications when you talk + + + + + Attenuate other applications while you talk + + AudioOutputDialog - + None なし - + Local ローカル - + Server サーバ - + Audio Output 音声出力 - - + + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - - - + + + + + + %1 % + + + + + + %1 m + + + %1% - %1% + %1% - %1ms - %1ms + %1ms - - %1m - %1m + %1m %1 @@ -2149,17 +2160,17 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioOutputSample - + Choose sound file サウンドファイルを選択してください - + Invalid sound file 不正なサウンドファイル - + The file '%1' cannot be used by Mumble. Please select a file with a compatible format and encoding. ファイル '%1' はMumble で使用できません。対応するフォーマットとエンコードのファイルを選択してください。 @@ -2167,17 +2178,17 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioStats - + Peak microphone level 最大マイクレベル - + Peak speaker level 最大スピーカーレベル - + Peak clean level 最大クリーンレベル @@ -2190,7 +2201,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> マイクS/N比 - + Speech Probability 発言確率 @@ -2199,9 +2210,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 音声ビットレート - - - + Peak power in last frame 直近フレームでの最大の強さ @@ -2210,7 +2219,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 直近のフレーム(20 ms)での最大音量さを表示します。そしてこれは、通常"入力の強さ"として表示されている測定値と同じものです。これは無視して<b>音量</b>を見るようにしてください。こちらの方がより安定していて外部要素に影響されにくいです。 - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) of the speakers. Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. 直近のフレーム(20 ms)におけるスピーカーの最大音量を表示します。スピーカの設定を変更して多重チャンネルサンプリング法(例えばASIO)を使用していない限り、これは0になります。セットアップでそのような構成をしているのに、ほかのプログラムが音声を再生している間も0を表示しているなら、セットアップは正しく動いていません。 @@ -2220,7 +2229,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 直近のフレーム(20 ms)における全ての処理後の最大音量を表示します。あなたが話していないとき、これは -96 dBであるのが理想です。しかし実際には音楽スタジオでも -60 dB、あなたの環境では -20 dB くらい出れば良い方でしょう。あなたが話している時は、-5 から -10 dB のあたりまで上がります。<br />もしあなたがエコーキャンセルを使っていて、話してもいないのに -15 dB まで上がるようならセットアップは失敗しています。この場合、反響によってほかのプレイヤーを悩ますことになります。 - + How close the current input level is to ideal 入力レベルの理想値までの差 @@ -2229,62 +2238,62 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 現在の入力音量が理想の値からどれくらい離れているかを表示します。マイクの音量を調整するためには、録音ボリュームを調整するプログラムを開いて、話している間この値を見てください。<br /><b>noob(訳注: 初心者の事)にやられて怒り狂っているときのように大声で叫んでください。</b><br />この値が100%近くになるまで音量を調整してください。しかし100%を超えないように注意しましょう。もし超えてしまうとあなたの音声の一部が省略されて、音質が低下するでしょう。 - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. 直近のフレーム(20 ms)における全ての処理後の最大音量を表示します。あなたが話していないとき、これは -96 dBであるのが理想です。しかし実際には音楽スタジオでも -60 dB、あなたの環境では -20 dB くらい出れば良い方でしょう。あなたが話している時は、-5 から -10 dB のあたりまで上がります。<br />もしあなたがエコーキャンセルを使っていて、話してもいないのに -15 dB まで上がるようならセットアップは失敗しています。この場合、反響によってほかのプレイヤーを悩ますことになります。 - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone マイクからのS/N比 - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. 直近のフレーム(20 ms)におけるマイクの信号対雑音比(S/N比)です。これは、声がノイズと比較してどれくらいはっきりしているかを表しています。<br />もしこの値が1.0以下なら、信号の中に声よりもノイズのほうが多くなっており、音質は低下しているでしょう。<br />この値に上限はありませんが、音楽スタジオでもなければ40-50を大きく上回るとは思わないでください。 - + Probability of speech 発言確率 - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). 直近のフレーム(20 ms)が発言であったり、環境ノイズ以外の音であった確率です。<br />声で有効化する送信方式はこの値が正しい事に依存します。この事による優れた点は話の途中は常に発言と見なされることです。問題は、単語と発言開始の間にある休止です。ため息と'h'で始まる単語を見分けるのは難しい事です。<br />これが太字になっていたら、Mumbleが現在送信中である事を表しています(接続中の場合)。 - + Bitrate of last frame 直近フレームのビットレート - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. 直近の圧縮されたフレーム(20 ms)における音声ビットレートです。VBRが品質を調整するので値は上下します。最大ビットレートを調整するには、設定ダイアログで<b>圧縮 計算量</b>を調整してください。 - + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses 直近2回のショートカットキー押下の間隔 - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate 入力信号とノイズ予想のパワースペクトル - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. 現在の入力信号(赤線)とノイズ予想(青線)のパワースペクトルを表します。<br />すべての振幅は判りやすい結果(各周波帯でノイズよりどれくらい多くの信号が存在するか)を提供するために30倍されます。<br />マイクの雑音状況を改善しようと微調整しているならば、多分に興味深いものとなるでしょう。良好な状態では、一番下に小さく揺れている青線だけがあるべきです。もし青線がグラフの中ほどより上にあるなら、あなたは深刻にノイズの多い環境にあると言えます。 - + Weights of the echo canceller エコーキャンセラの重み - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. 下に向かっている時間と右に向かっている周波数でエコーキャンセラの重みを表示します。<br />理想的には、これは反響が全くない事を示す黒でなくてはなりません。普通は、反響が遅れる時間を表す青っぽい色の横縞が一つ以上あるでしょう。あなたは、重みがリアルタイムに更新されるのを見る事ができます。<br />反響しないものがない限り、ここでは何も有用なデータが得られない事に注意してください。安定した状態で何曲かの音楽を再生してください。<br />あなたは周波数領域における重みの実数または虚数の部分、もしくは計算された係数と位相の表示を選んで見ることができます。これらで最も役に立つのはおそらく係数です。係数とは反響の大きさであり、送信方向の信号が一定時間毎にどのくらい取り除かれているかを表します。他の表示は主にエコーキャンセラアルゴリズムを調整したい人にとって役に立ちます。<br />注意： 係数モードの時に全ての表示が大幅に変動する場合、エコーキャンセラは2つの入力源(スピーカーとマイク)の間にどんな相関関係も見出せていません。反響に非常に長い遅れがあるか、入力源のうち1つが誤って設定されているかのどちらかでしょう。 @@ -2309,22 +2318,23 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 位相 - - >1000ms - >1000ms + + >1000 ms + >1000ms + >1000ms - + Audio Statistics 音声統計 - + Input Levels 入力レベル - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. 直近のフレーム(20 ms)での最大の強さを表示します。そしてこれは、通常"入力の強さ"として表示されている測定値と同じものです。これは無視して<b>マイクの強さ</b>を見るようにしてください。こちらの方がより安定していて外部要素に影響されにくいです。 @@ -2333,37 +2343,37 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> テキストラベル - + Signal Analysis 信号分析 - + Microphone power マイクの強さ - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. 現在の入力音量が理想の値からどれくらい離れているかを表します。マイクの音量を調整するためには、録音ボリュームを調整するプログラムを開いて、話している間この値を見てください。<br /><b>noob(訳注: 初心者の事)にやられて怒り狂っているときのように大声で叫んでください。</b><br />この値が100%近くになるまで音量を調整してください。しかし100%を超えないように注意しましょう。もし超えてしまうとあなたの音声の一部が省略されて、音質が低下するでしょう。 - + Signal-To-Noise ratio S/N比 - + Configuration feedback 設定フィードバック - + Current audio bitrate 現在の音声ビットレート - + DoublePush interval 二重押しの間隔 @@ -2372,27 +2382,27 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 直近2回のショートカットキー押下の間隔 - + Speech Detection 発言検出 - + Current speech detection chance 現在の発言検出見込み - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>現在の発言検出設定を表します。</b><br />設定ダイアログか音声ウィザードから設定を変更することができます。 - + Signal and noise power spectrum 信号とノイズのパワースペクトル - + Echo Analysis 反響分析 @@ -2400,17 +2410,17 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard 音声調整ウィザード - + Introduction イントロダクション - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard Mumble 音声ウィザードへようこそ @@ -2423,12 +2433,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ウィザードが動作中の間、音声はあなたが聞けるようPC上だけで完結し、サーバには送信されませんのでご注意ください。 - + Finished 完了 - + Enjoy using Mumble Mumbleをお楽しみください @@ -2437,12 +2447,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> おめでとうございます！Mumbleでリッチなサウンド体験をする準備が整いました。 - + Device selection デバイス選択 - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. Mumbleで使用する入力および出力のデバイスを選択します。 @@ -2451,39 +2461,37 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 入力デバイス - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. あなたが接続しているデバイスです。 - - + System システム - + Input method for audio 音声入力方法 - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>音声の入力方法です。</b><br />ほとんどの場合DirectSoundで問題ありません。 - - + Device デバイス - + Input device to use 入力に使用するデバイス - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> <b>音声の入力にどのサウンドカードを使用するか選択してください。</b> @@ -2492,37 +2500,37 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 出力デバイス - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. あなたのスピーカ(もしくはヘッドホン)が接続しているデバイスです。 - + Output method for audio 音声の出力方法 - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>音声の出力方法です。</b><br />ほとんどの場合DirectSoundで問題ありません。 - + Output device to use 出力に使用するデバイス - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> <b>音声の出力にどのサウンドカードを使用するか選択してください。</b> - + Volume tuning 音量調整 - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. マイクの音量を最適な設定になるよう調整します。 @@ -2535,37 +2543,37 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> イライラしていたり、興奮していたりする時のように大声で話してみてください。話している間、下にあるバーが青と緑の区域のなるべく赤に近い場所に留まるまでサウンドコントロールパネルの音量を下げてください。(赤い区域には<b>入らない</b>ようにしましょう) - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. 次に、誰も起こさないようにしている夜中のようにそっと話してみましょう。話している間、バーが緑にかかり、静かにしている時は青に留まるように下のスライダーを調整してください。 - + Voice Activity Detection 発声の検出 - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. 話している状態と静かにしている状態をMumbleに判別させます。 - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. あなたがいつ話しているのかをMumbleに判別させるお手伝いをします。まず最初に、どのデータの値を使うかの選択を行います。 - + Raw amplitude from input 音声信号の大きさ - + Signal-To-Noise ratio 信号対雑音比(S/N比) - + Next you need to adjust the following slider. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). 次に、以下の2つのスライダーを調節しましょう。最初の発声は緑(確実に発言と判定)になると良いでしょう。話している最中は黄色(発言だろうと判定)の中に収まり、話していない時はすべて赤(発言ではないと判定)に入っているようにしてください。 @@ -2575,12 +2583,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 最後に、猶予時間を調整しましょう。発言以外のものを検出する許容量が上がり、話が途切れずに送信を続けることができるでしょう。これにより、話の間に小休止を入れることができるようになります。 - + Device tuning デバイス調整 - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. ハードウェアの出力遅延が最小値になるように変更します。 @@ -2597,9 +2605,8 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 出力バッファにおけるプリバッファの量を設定します。いろいろな値で試してみて、急に不安定にならない一番小さな値に設定してください。 - %1ms - %1ms + %1ms %1 s @@ -2622,7 +2629,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 音声経路が決定できません。入力が不明です。 - + Use echo cancellation エコーキャンセルを使う @@ -2631,23 +2638,23 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ヘッドセットやスピーカーからのエコーをキャンセルします。 - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. 出力音声のエコーキャンセルを有効にします。スピーカーとヘッドセットの両方に対して有効です。 - + Enable positional audio 位置音響を有効にする - + Allows positioning of sound Allows positioning of sound. 音声の位置 - + <p> This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. </p> @@ -2662,27 +2669,27 @@ Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped loca </p> - + Input Device 入力デバイス - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers ヘッドセットやスピーカからのエコーをキャンセル - + Output Device 出力デバイス - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. 声の位置を定めるために位置音響を使えるようにします。 - + <p> To keep latency to an absolute minimum, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. </p> @@ -2698,17 +2705,17 @@ You should hear a voice sample. Change the slider below to the lowest value whic </p> - + Amount of data to buffer バッファデータ量 - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. 出力バッファにおけるプリバッファの量を設定します。いろいろな値で試してみて、急に不安定にならない一番小さな値に設定してください。 - + <p> Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. </p> @@ -2724,17 +2731,17 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou </p> - + Positional Audio 位置音響 - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. 位置音響の減衰効果を調整します - + <p> Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other users relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other user is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. </p> @@ -2750,12 +2757,12 @@ Mumbleは、いくつかのゲームにおいてゲーム内での他プレイ </p> - + Use headphones instead of speakers スピーカーの代わりにヘッドホンを使う - + <p> Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. </p> @@ -2779,7 +2786,7 @@ Mumbleは現在開発中であり、開発チームはより多くのユーザ このグラフはこれらの位置を表しています: <font color="red">あなた</font>, the <font color="yellow">スピーカー</font> and a <font color="green">移動する音の発生源</font> 上からに見えるようなら、チャンネルの間に移動して聞くのがよいでしょう。 - + Use headphones ヘッドホンを使う @@ -2788,7 +2795,7 @@ Mumbleは現在開発中であり、開発チームはより多くのユーザ スピーカーの代わりにヘッドホンを使う - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. OSのスピーカー構成を無視して、代わりにヘッドホン用の位置設定を使用します。 @@ -2797,60 +2804,125 @@ Mumbleは現在開発中であり、開発チームはより多くのユーザ Mumbleは現在開発中であり、開発チームはより多くのユーザの利益となる機能に注力したいと考えています。そのため、匿名で設定に関する統計を送信する機能を追加しました。これらの統計情報は主に将来の開発のために使用されるか、特定の機能が使用されていないかどうかを確認するために使用されます。 - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Mumbleプロジェクトに匿名で統計を送信する - + Push To Talk: キー押下で有効化: + + + Quality & Notifications + + + + + Adjust quality and notification settings. + + + + + Quality settings + + + + + Low + + + + + In this configuration Mumble will use a <b>low amount of bandwidth</b>. This will inevitable result in high latency and poor quality. Choose this only if your connection cannot handle the other settings. (Speex 16kbit/s, 60ms per packet) + + + + + Balanced + + + + + This is the <b>recommended default</b> configuration. It provides a good balance between quality, latency and bandwidth usage. (CELT 40kbit/s, 20ms per packet) + + + + + Ultra + + + + + This configuration is only recommended for use in setups where bandwidth is not an issue like a LAN. It provides the lowest latency supported by Mumble and <b>high quality</b>. (CELT 72kbit/s, 10ms per packet) + + + + + Notification settings + + + + + Use Text-To-Speech to read notifications and messages to you. + + + + + Disable Text-To-Speech and use sounds instead. + + + + + %1 ms + + BanEditor - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - Ban編集 - + Reason 理由 - + Start 開始 - + End 終了 - + User ユーザ - + Hash ハッシュ - + &Add 追加(&A) - + &Update 更新(&U) - + &Remove 削除(&R) @@ -2883,12 +2955,12 @@ Mumbleは現在開発中であり、開発チームはより多くのユーザ 0.0.0.0 - + &Address アドレス(&A) - + &Mask ネットマスク(&M) @@ -2896,27 +2968,27 @@ Mumbleは現在開発中であり、開発チームはより多くのユーザ CertView - + Name 名前 - + Email Eメール - + Issuer 発行者 - + (none) （空欄） - + Self-signed 自己署名 @@ -2924,67 +2996,67 @@ Mumbleは現在開発中であり、開発チームはより多くのユーザ CertWizard - + Resolving domain %1. ドメイン名 %1 を解決しています。 - + Unable to validate email.<br />Enter a valid (or blank) email to continue. Eメールアドレス を認証できません。<br />継続するには有効なEメールアドレスを入力するか、空欄のままにしてください。 - + There was an error generating your certificate.<br />Please try again. 証明書の生成でエラーが発生しました。<br />もう一度、試してみてください。 - + Your certificate and key could not be exported to PKCS#12 format. There might be an error in your certificate. 証明書とキーはPKCS#12 フォーマットでエクスポートできません。証明書にエラーがある可能性があります。 - + The file could not be opened for writing. Please use another file. そのファイルを書き込みモードで開けませんでした。他のファイルを使用してください。 - + The file could not be written successfully. Please use another file. そのファイルに正しく書き込めませんでした。他のファイルを使ってください。 - + The file could not be opened for reading. Please use another file. そのファイルを読み込みモードで開けませんでした。他のファイルを使用してください。 - + The file is empty or could not be read. Please use another file. そのファイルは空であるか読み込むことができません。他のファイルを使用してください。 - + The file did not contain a valid certificate and key. Please use another file. そのファイルは正しい証明書とキーを含んでいません。他のファイルを使用してください。 - + Select file to export certificate to 証明書をエクスポートするためのファイルを選択してください - + Select file to import certificate from 証明書をインポートするためのファイルを選択してください - + Unable to resolve domain. ドメイン名を解決することができません。 - + Mumble User Mumble ユーザ @@ -2992,7 +3064,7 @@ Mumbleは現在開発中であり、開発チームはより多くのユーザ Certificates - + Certificate Management 証明書 管理 @@ -3001,169 +3073,163 @@ Mumbleは現在開発中であり、開発チームはより多くのユーザ 証明書をエクスポートするファイルを選択するためのダイアログを開きます。 - + Certificate Authentication 証明書による認証 - + Authenticating to servers without using passwords パスワードを使わないサーバへのユーザ認証 - + <p>Mumble can use certificates to authenticate with servers. Using certificates avoids passwords, meaning you don't need to disclose any password to the remote site. It also enables very easy user registration.</p><p>While Mumble can work without certificates, the majority of servers will expect you to have one.</p> <p>Mumble はサーバと認証するために証明書を使います。証明書の使用することでパスワードの入力が不要になります。つまりパスワードを使用しないでサーバにアクセスできます。このことでとても簡単にユーザ登録ができるようになります。</p><p>Mumble は証明書なしでも動きますが、多くのサーバの管理者はあなたが証明書を持っていることを望んでいます。</p> - - - + Current certificate 現在の証明書 - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. Mumble が現在使用している証明書です。 - - + Current Certificate 現在の証明書 - - + Create a new certificate 新しい証明書を作る - + This will create a new certificate. 新しい証明書を作ります。 - + Import certificate from file ファイルから証明書をインポートします - + This will import a certificate from file. ファイルから証明書をインポートします。 - + Import a certificate 証明書をインポートする - - + Export Certificate 証明書をエクスポートする - + This will export a certificate to file. ファイルに証明書をエクスポートします。 - + Export current certificate 現在の証明書をエクスポートする - + Import Certificate 証明書のインポートする - + PKCS #12 Certificate import PKCS #12 証明書のインポート - + <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from FireFox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> <p>Mumble は PKCS #12 形式で保存された証明書をインポートできます。 これは Mumble がキーをエクスポートする時に使われる形式です。これは FireFox や Internet Explorer 、 Opera などでも使われます。</p><p>そのファイルがパスワードで保護されていたら、証明書をインポートするためにパスワードが必要になります。</p> - + Import from インポート元 - + Filename to import from インポート元のファイル名 - + This is the filename you wish to import a certificate from. これは証明書をインポートするファイル名です。 - + Select file to import from インポート元となるファイルを選択 - + This opens a file selection dialog to choose a file to import a certificate from. 証明書のインポート元となるファイルを選択するためのダイアログを開きます。 - + Open... 開く.... - + Password パスワード - + Password for PKCS#12 file PKCS#12 ファイルのためのパスワード - + This is the password for the PKCS#12 file containing your certificate. 証明書を含むPKCS#12ファイルのためのパスワードです。 - + Certificate to import インポートする証明書 - + This is the certificate you are importing. これはあなたがインポートする証明書です。 - - + Certificate Details 証明書の詳細 - + Replace Certificate 証明書の置き換え - + Replace existing certificate with new certificate? 存在する証明書を新しい証明書に置き換えますか? - + <p>You already have a certificate stored in Mumble, and you are about to replace it.</p> <p>If you are upgrading to a certificate issued to you by a trusted CA and the email addresses match your current certificate, this is completely safe, and servers you connect to will automatically recognize the strong certificate for your email address. </p> @@ -3183,118 +3249,122 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? </p> - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be replaced. Mumbleが現在使用している証明書です。置き換えられます。 - + New certificate 新しい証明書 - + This is the new certificate that will replace the old one. これは古い証明書と置き換えられる新しい証明書です。 - - + New Certificate 新しい証明書 - + Make a backup of your certificate 証明書のバックアップを作成 - + <p>If you ever lose your current certificate, which will happen if your computer suffers a hardware failure or you reinstall your machine, you will no longer be able to authenticate to any server you are registered on. It is therefore <b>mandatory</b> that you make a backup of your certificate. We strongly recommend you store this backup on removable storage, such as an USB memory stick.</p> <p>Note that this file will not be encrypted, and if anyone gains access to it, they will be able to impersonate you, so take good care of it.</p> <p>現在の証明書をハードウェアの故障やマシンの再インストールなどで失ったなら、登録したサーバから認証を受けることが出来なくなります。そのため、証明書のバックアップを作成することは<b>必須</b>です。USBメモリのようなリムーバブルストレージにバックアップを保存することを強く推奨します。</p> <p>このファイルは暗号化されておらず、もし、誰かがアクセスしたら、あなたに成りすます可能性があります。十分に気をつけてください。</p> - + Export to エクスポート先 - + Filename to export to エクスポート先のファイル名 - + This is the filename you wish to export a certificate to. 証明書をエクスポートするファイル名です。 - + Save As... 名前をつけて保存... - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be exported. Mumbleが現在使用している証明書です。エクスポートされます。 - + Generate a new certificate for strong authentication 強力な認証のための新しい証明書を生成 - + <p>Mumble will now generate a strong certificate for authentication to servers.</p><p>If you wish, you may provide some additional information to be stored in the certificate, which will be presented to servers when you connect. If you provide a valid email address, you can upgrade to a CA issued email certificate later on, which provides strong identification.</p> <p>Mumble はサーバに対する認証のために強力な証明書を生成します。</p><p>証明書に追加情報を記録できます。これらの情報はサーバに接続する時にそのサーバに送信されます。正しいEメールアドレスを提供したなら、後でCAが発行したEメール証明書にアップグレードできます。</p> - + Name 名前 - + Email Eメール - + Your email address (e.g. johndoe@mumble.info) あなたのEメールアドレス（例えば jhondoe@mumble.info) - + This is your email address. It is strongly recommended to provide a valid email address, as this will allow you to upgrade to a strong certificate without authentication problems. あなたのEメールアドレスです。正しいEメールアドレスを提供することが推奨されます。認証の問題なく強力な証明書にアップグレードできるからです。 - + Your name (e.g. John Doe) あなたの名前です（例えば山田太郎） - + This is your name, and will be filled out in the certificate. This field is entirely optional. あなたの名前であり証明書に記入されれます。このフィールの入力は任意です。 - + Finish 終了 - + Certificate-based authentication is ready for use 証明書ベースの認証が使えるようになりました - + Enjoy using Mumble with strong authentication. 強力な認証とともに Mumble を楽しんでください。 + + + Automatic certificate creation + + ChanACL @@ -3335,7 +3405,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? L - + None なし @@ -3344,17 +3414,17 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ACLの更新 - + Traverse トラバース - + Enter チャンネルへの参加 - + Speak 発言 @@ -3363,7 +3433,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Alt発言 - + Mute/Deafen 発言禁止/聴取禁止 @@ -3372,132 +3442,132 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? 移動/キック - + Make channel チャンネル作成 - + Make temporary 一時チャンネルの作成 - + Link channel チャンネルをリンク - + This represents no privileges. 権限がないことを表します。 - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. グループとACL情報の変更を含む、チャンネルへの完全なアクセスを表します。この権限は、必然的に他の全ての権限を含んでいます。 - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. チャンネル間を移動する権限を表します。あるユーザがこの権限を与えられない場合、サブチャンネルの権限に関わらず、どんな方法でもこのチャンネルおよびサブチャンネルにアクセス出来なくなります。 - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. チャンネルに参加する権限を表します。階層的なチャンネル構造がある場合、全ての人にチャンネルアクセスを与えたくなるかもしれませんが、階層の最下部で参加が制限されるかもしれません。 - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. このチャンネル内で発言する権限を表します。この権限がないユーザはサーバによって発言を抑制され(発言禁止にされているように見えます)、適切な権限を持つ誰かが発言禁止を解くまで話すことができません。 - + This represents the permission to whisper to this channel from the outside. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with the Whisper key held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. このチャンネルの外側から中へささやきを行う権限を表します。この権限は<i>発言</i>の権限のように働きます。しかし、ささやきのキーが押されている発言パケットに適用されます。リンクしていないチャンネルの階層にブロードキャストするかもしれません。 - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other users. Once muted, a user will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged user or reconnects to the server. 他のユーザを発言禁止にしたり、聴取禁止にしたりする権限を表します。一度発言禁止になると、他に権限を持ったユーザが発言禁止を解くか、サーバに接続しなおすまで発言禁止のままになります。 - + This represents the permission to move a user to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the user, either the moving user must have Move privileges in the destination channel, or the user must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Users with this privilege can move users into channels the target user normally wouldn't have permission to enter. 他の人を別のチャンネルに移動させたり、サーバからキックしたりする権限を表します。実際にユーザを動かすには、実行する人が移動先のチャンネルの移動/キック権限を持っているか、ユーザが移動先チャンネルに入る権限を持っていなければなりません。この権限を持っている人は、対象のユーザが通常参加を許可されていないチャンネルに移動させることができます。 - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. サブチャンネルを作成する権限を表します。サブチャンネルを作ったユーザは、そのチャンネルの管理者グループに追加されます。 - + This represents the permission to make a temporary subchannel. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Temporary channels are not stored and disappear when the last user leaves. サブチャンネルとして一時チャンネルを作成する権限を表します。サブチャンネルを作ったユーザはそのチャンネルの admin グループに追加されます。一時チャンネルは、チャンネルからユーザがいなくなった場合に保持されずに消えます。 - + This represents the permission to link channels. Users in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking user has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. チャンネルをリンクする権限を表します。話している人が聞き手のチャンネルに<i>発言</i>の権限を持っている限り、リンクされたチャンネルのユーザは互いに聞く事ができます。 - + This represents the permission to write text messages to other users in this channel. このチャンネルで他のユーザにテキストメッセージを送る権限を表します。 - + This represents the permission to forcibly remove users from the server. サーバからユーザを追い出す権限を表します。 - + This represents the permission to permanently remove users from the server. サーバからユーザを永久的に追放する権限を表します。 - + This represents the permission to register and unregister users on the server. サーバ上のユーザをユーザ登録したり登録を抹消する権利を表します。 - + This represents the permission to register oneself on the server. サーバ上でユーザ自身がユーザ登録を行う権限を表します。 - + Whisper ささやき - + Move ユーザの移動 - + Text message テキストメッセージ - + Kick ユーザのキック - + Ban ユーザのバン - + Register User 他ユーザを登録 - + Register Self 自分をユーザ登録 @@ -3522,7 +3592,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? チャンネルをリンクする権限を表します。話している人が聞き手のチャンネルに<i>発言</i>の権限を持っている限り、リンクされたチャンネルのプレイヤーは互いに聞く事ができます。 - + Write ACL ACLの上書き @@ -3530,7 +3600,12 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ChatbarLineEdit - + + Paste and send + + + + Type chat message here ここにメッセージを入力 @@ -3565,37 +3640,37 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ClientUser - + Friend フレンド - + Authenticated 認証済み - + Muted (server) 発言禁止 (server) - + Deafened (server) 聴取禁止 (サーバ) - + Local Mute ローカルでの発言禁止 - + Muted (self) 発言禁止 (セルフ) - + Deafened (self) 聴取禁止 (セルフ) @@ -3603,13 +3678,13 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ConfigDialog - + Mumble Configuration Mumbleの設定 - - + + Advanced 高度な設定を表示する @@ -3618,14 +3693,14 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &OK - - + + Accept changes 変更を確定 - - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. このボタンは現在の設定を適用してアプリケーションに戻ります。<br />この設定はアプリケーションを終了してもディスクに保存されます。 @@ -3634,14 +3709,14 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? キャンセル(&C) - - + + Reject changes 変更を破棄 - - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. このボタンは変更を破棄してアプリケーションに戻ります。<br />設定は前の状態に戻ります。 @@ -3650,38 +3725,38 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? 適用(&A) - - + + Apply changes 変更を適用 - - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. 全ての変更を、すぐに適用します。 - - + + Undo changes for current page このページの変更を元に戻す。 - - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. このボタンは、現在のページで最後に適用した変更を元に戻します。 - - + + Restore defaults for current page このページをデフォルト設定に戻す。 - - + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. このボタンは現在のページの設定をデフォルトに戻します。他のページは変更されません。<br />全ての設定をデフォルト戻すには、各ページでこのボタンを使わなければなりません。 @@ -3729,8 +3804,9 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? パスワード(&P) + &Connect - 接続(&C) + 接続(&C) Cancel @@ -3773,117 +3849,118 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ウェブサイトを見る(&V) - + Connecting to %1 %1に接続中 - - + + Enter username ユーザ名を入力してください - + Adding host %1 ホスト %1 を追加中 - - + + Servername サーバ名 - + Hostname ホスト名 - + Bonjour name Bonjour 名 - + Port ポート - + Addresses アドレス - + Website WEBサイト - + Packet loss パケット損失 - + Ping (80%) - - + + %1 ms - + Ping (95%) - + Bandwidth ネットワーク帯域 - + %1 kbit/s - - + + &Filters + + + + + Users ユーザ - + Version バージョン - Connect - 接続 + 接続 - - Add New... - 新しく追加 ... + 新しく追加 ... - Filters - フィルタ + フィルタ - + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list サーバリストを取得出来ませんでした @@ -3904,87 +3981,81 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? -Unnamed entry- - + Mumble Server Connect Mumbleサーバ接続 - + Ping - + Remove from Favorites お気に入りから削除する - Edit... - 編集... + 編集... - + Add custom server カスタムサーバを追加 - Add to Favorites - お気に入りに追加 + お気に入りに追加 - Open Webpage - Webページを開く + Webページを開く - Show Reachable - 到達可能なものを表示する + 到達可能なものを表示する - + Show all servers that respond to ping ping に応答する全てのサーバを表示する - Show Populated - ユーザのいるサーバを表示 + ユーザのいるサーバを表示 - + Show all servers with users ユーザがいる全てのサーバを表示 - Show All - 全て表示 + 全て表示 - + Show all servers 全てのサーバを表示 - + &Copy コピー(&C) - + Copy favorite link to clipboard クリップボードにお気に入りのリンクをコピー - + &Paste ペースト(&P) - + Paste favorite from clipboard クリップボードからお気に入りへペースト @@ -4004,44 +4075,80 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Update 更新 + + + &Edit... + + + + + + &Add New... + + + + + Add to &Favorites + + + + + Open &Webpage + + + + + Show &Reachable + + + + + Show &Populated + + + + + Show &All + + ConnectDialogEdit - + Edit Server サーバを編集 - + &Servername サーバ名(&S) - + Name of the server サーバの名前 - + <b>Name</b><br/> Name of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your serverlist and can be chosen freely. <b>名前</b><br/> サーバの名前。これはサーバリスト上でサーバの名前であり、自由に変更が可能です。 - + A&ddress アドレス(&D) - + Internet address of the server. Internet address of the server. サーバのインターネットアドレス。 - + <b>Address</b><br/> Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an IPv4/IPv6 address or a Bonjour service identifier. Bonjour service identifiers have to be prefixed with a '@' to be recognized by Mumble. <b>Address</b></br> @@ -4050,34 +4157,34 @@ Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an ipv4/6 address サーバのインターネットアドレス。これは通常はホスト名・ip v4/6 アドレス、Bonjour サービス識別子です。Bonjourサービス識別子はMumbleに区別されるために '@' を接頭辞としてつける必要があります。 - + &Port ポート(&P) - + Port on which the server is listening サーバが待ち受けているポート - + <b>Port</b><br/> Port on which the server is listening. If the server is identified by a Bonjour service identifier this field will be ignored. <b>ポート</b><br /> サーバが待ち受けるポート。サーバが Bonjour サービス識別子によって識別されるならこのフィールドは無視されます。 - + &Username ユーザ名(&U) - + Username to send to the server サーバに送信するユーザ名 - + <b>Username</b><br/> Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions on how a username might look like. Also your username could already be taken by another user. <b>ユーザ名</b><br /> @@ -4087,7 +4194,7 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions CoreAudioSystem - + Default Device デフォルトデバイス @@ -4095,68 +4202,68 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions CrashReporter - + Mumble Crash Report - + <p><b>We're terribly sorry, but it seems Mumble has crashed. Do you want to send a crash report to the Mumble developers?</b></p><p>The crash report contains a partial copy of Mumble's memory at the time it crashed, and will help the developers fix the problem.</p> - + Email address (optional) - + Please briefly describe what you were doing at the time of the crash - + Send Report - + Don't send report - + Crash upload successful - + Thank you for helping make Mumble better! - - + + Crash upload failed - + We're really sorry, but it appears the crash upload has failed with error %1 %2. Please inform a developer. - + This really isn't funny, but apparently there's a bug in the crash reporting code, and we've failed to upload the report. You may inform a developer about error %1 - + Uploading crash report - + Abort upload @@ -4172,22 +4279,22 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions 選択されたDirectSound Inputのオープンに失敗しました。マイクからの入力は行われません。 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. 選択されたDirectSound Inputのオープンに失敗しました。デフォルトのデバイスが使用されます。 - + Default DirectSound Voice Input デフォルトのDirectSound音声入力 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. DirectSound入力デバイスのオープンに失敗しました。 マイクの取得ができませんでした。 - + Lost DirectSound input device. DirectSound入力デバイスを失いました @@ -4199,22 +4306,22 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions Mumble - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. 選択されたDirectSound出力のオープンに失敗しました。音声は出力されません。 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. 選択されたDirectSound出力のオープンに失敗しました。音声は出力されません。 - + Default DirectSound Voice Output デフォルトのDirectSound音声出力 - + Lost DirectSound output device. DirectSound出力デバイスを失いました @@ -4373,13 +4480,13 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions Database - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Mumble: データベースの初期化が可能な場所がなく、 @@ -4387,7 +4494,7 @@ of the possible locations. - + The database '%1' is read-only. Mumble can not store server settings (ie. SSL certificates) until you fix this problem. データベース "%1" は読み込み専用です。 この問題を修正するまで、Mumble はサーバの設定（例えばSSL証明書）を保存できません。 @@ -4402,62 +4509,62 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts ショートカット - + List of configured shortcuts 設定されたショートカットのリスト - + Function 機能 - + Data データ - + Shortcut ショートカット - + Suppress 抑制 - + Add new shortcut 新しいショートカットを追加 - + This will add a new global shortcut これにより新しいグローバルショートカットを追加するだろう - + &Add 追加(&A) - + Remove selected shortcut 選択されたショートカットを削除します - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. これにより選択されたショートカットを永久に削除します。 - + &Remove 削除(&R) @@ -4465,7 +4572,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts ショートカット @@ -4494,22 +4601,23 @@ of the possible locations. 抑制 - + Shortcut button combination. ショートカットボタンの組み合わせ。 - - <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. + + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Click this field and then press the desired key/button combo to rebind. Double-click to clear. + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. <b>これはグローバルショットカットキーの組み合わせです。</b><br />このフィールドをダブルクリックして、バインドしなおしたいキーかボタンのコンボをダブルクリックしてください。 - + Suppress keys from other applications 他のアプリケーションのキーを抑制します - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. <b>他のアプリケーションで押されたボタンを隠します.</b><br />この設定を有効にすると、他のアプリケーションで押されたボタン(または、複数ボタンの組み合わせの最後のもの)を隠します. 全てのボタンを抑制できるわけではないことにご注意ください。 @@ -4517,7 +4625,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. バックグラウンドでグローバルなショートカットイベントが発生し、受け入れることができませんでした。<br /><br />'補助デバイスへのアクセス' のようなユニバーサルアクセス機能が無効になっているのが原因です。<br /><br /><a href=" ">この設定を有効にして</a> その後、再び設定してください。 @@ -4525,82 +4633,82 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutTarget - + Whisper Target ささやきのターゲット - + Whisper to list of Users ユーザのリストにささやき - + Channel Target チャンネルターゲット - + Restrict to Group グループの制限 - + If specified, only members of this group will receive the whisper. 設定すると、このグループのメンバーのみがささやきを受けとります。 - + If checked the whisper will also be transmitted to linked channels. チェックすると、ささやきがリンクしているチャンネルにも転送されます。 - + Whisper to Linked channels リンク済みのチャンネルにささやき - + If checked this whisper will also be sent to the subchannels of the channel target. チェックすると対象チャンネルのサブチャンネルにもささやきが送信されます。 - + Whisper to subchannels サブチャンネルにささやき - + List of users ユーザのリスト - + Add 追加 - + Remove 削除 - + Whisper to Channel チャンネルにささやき - + Modifiers 変更 - + Do not send positional audio information when using this whisper shortcut. このささやきのショートカットを使用して位置音響の情報を送信しません。 - + Ignore positional audio 位置音響を無効にする @@ -4631,7 +4739,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 マウス %1 @@ -4662,7 +4770,7 @@ of the possible locations. LCD - + Not connected 接続されていません @@ -4678,27 +4786,27 @@ of the possible locations. キャラクタ - + Enable this device このデバイスを有効にする - + LCD LCD - + Form フォーム - + Devices デバイス - + Name 名前 @@ -4707,7 +4815,7 @@ of the possible locations. タイプ - + <p>This is the list of available LCD devices on your system. It lists devices by name, but also includes the size of the display. Mumble supports outputting to several LCD devices at a time.</p> <h3>Size:</h3> <p> @@ -4717,34 +4825,34 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe - + Size サイズ - + Enabled 有効 - + Views ビュー - + Minimum Column Width 列の最少幅 - + <p>This option decides the minimum width a column in the User View.</p> <p>If too many people are speaking at once, the User View will split itself into columns. You can use this option to pick a compromise between number of users shown on the LCD, and width of user names.</p> - + This setting decides the width of column splitter. @@ -4753,7 +4861,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe テキストラベル - + Splitter Width 分割線の幅 @@ -4761,32 +4869,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Log - + Debug デバッグ - + Critical 致命的 - + Warning 警告 - + Information 情報 - + Server Connected サーバに接続 - + Server Disconnected サーバから切断 @@ -4807,12 +4915,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 誰かがキックされた時 - + You self-muted/deafened 自分を発言禁止/聴取禁止にした時 - + Other self-muted/deafened 他の人が発言禁止/聴取禁止になった時 @@ -4837,7 +4945,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 誰かがチャンネルから退出 - + Permission Denied 権限がない場合 @@ -4846,62 +4954,67 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe [%2] %1 - + Text Message テキストメッセージ - + User Joined Server ユーザがサーバに参加 - + User Left Server ユーザがサーバから退出 - + User kicked (you or by you) ユーザがキックされた時 (あなた自身、またはあなたによって) - + User kicked ユーザがキックされた時 - + User muted (you) ユーザが発言禁止になった時 （あなたが） - + User muted (by you) ユーザが発言禁止になった時 （あなたによって) - + User muted (other) ユーザが発言禁止になった時 （その他） - + User Joined Channel ユーザがチャンネルに参加 - + User Left Channel ユーザがチャンネルから退出 - + + the server + + + + [[ Text object too large to display ]] [[ テキストが表示するには大きすぎます ]] - + [Date changed to %1] [ 日付が %1 に変更されます ] @@ -4910,43 +5023,43 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events イベント「%1」 のためのコンソールを切り替える - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events イベント「%1」のためのポップアップ通知を切り替える - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events イベント「%1」のためのテキスト読み上げを切り替える - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events イベント「%1」の音声通知を切り替えるためにはここをクリック - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change イベント「%1」のときに音声通知のために使用するサウンドファイルのパス<br />シングルクリックで再生<br />ダブルクリックで変更 - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. イベント「%1」のコンソール出力を切り替えるためにはここをクリック。<br />チェックされた場合、メッセージログに全てのイベント「%1」を出力する。 - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. イベント「%1」のポップアップ通知を切り替えるためにはここをクリック。<br />チェックされた場合、イベント「%1」がおきるたびポップアップ通知が行われる。 - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change<br />Ensure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. イベント「%1」のときに音声通知のために使用するサウンドファイルのパス<br />シングルクリックで再生<br />ダブルクリックで変更<br />これらのイベントのための音声通知が有効であるか、またはこのフィールドが無効であることを確認してください。 @@ -4956,13 +5069,13 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe イベント「%1」の適すと読み上げを切り替えるためにはここをクリック。<br />チェックされた場合、イベント「%1」が読み上げられる。テキスト読み上げはサウンドファイルではでいない、イベントの内容を読み上げがが可能である。テキスト読み上げとサウンドファイルは同時に使用することはできない。 - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for sound files. Text-To-Speech and sound files cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. イベント「%1」の音声通知を切り替えるためにはここをクリック。<br />チェックされた場合、あなたが用意したイベント「%1」を示す音声ファイルが使用さる。サウンドファイルと適すと読み上げは同時に使用することはできない。 - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a sound file predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Sound files and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. イベント「%1」のときに音声通知を切り替えるにはここをクリックしてください。<br /> もしチェックしたなら、Mumble はイベント「%1」に設定された音声ファイルを再生します。音声ファイルとTTSは同時に使えません。 @@ -4980,12 +5093,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe ファイル「%1」は存在しないか、適切な speex ファイルではありません。 - + Messages メッセージ - + Console コンソール @@ -5002,82 +5115,82 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe %1のテキスト読み上げを有効にする - + Text To Speech テキスト読み上げ - + Volume 音量 - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine テキスト読み上げエンジンの音量 - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>この音量は合成音声に用いられます。</b> - + Length threshold 長さの上限 - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine テキスト読み上げエンジンにおける長さの上限値 - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. <b>テキスト読み上げエンジンにおける長さの上限値です。</b><br />上限より長いものは、最後まで読み上げられません。 - + Whisper ささやき - + If checked you will only hear whispers from users you added to your friend list. チェックするとフレンドリストに追加されたユーザからのみささやきのみを聞くようになります。 - + Only accept whispers from friends フレンドからのささやきのみ受け付ける - + Message メッセージ - + Notification 通知 - + Text-To-Speech テキスト読み上げ - + Soundfile サウンドファイル - + Path パス - + Characters 文字 @@ -5085,121 +5198,120 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe LookConfig - - + Language 言語 - + Look and Feel 外観と手触り - - + + System default システムのデフォルト - + Language to use (requires restart) 使用する言語(再起動が必要) - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. <b>Mumbleが使用する言語を決定します。</b><br />新しい言語を使うためには再起動が必要です。 - + Style スタイル - + Layout レイアウト - + Classic クラシック - + Stacked スタック - + Hybrid ハイブリッド - + Custom カスタム - + This changes the behavior when moving channels. チャンネルを移動したときの動作を変更します。 - + This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. チャンネルを動かすときの動作を変更します。これを設定すると誤ってチャンネルをドラッグしてしまうのを防ぐことができます。 <i>チャンネルを移動</i> 確認なしにチャンネルを動かします。 <i>何もしない</i> 何も行わず、エラーメッセージを表示します。 <i>確認する</i> 確認メッセージボックスを出してから動かします。 - + Basic widget style 基本的なウインドウのスタイル - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> <b>基本となる見た目と使用感を設定します。</b> - + Skin スキン - + ... ... - + Check to show chat bar チャットバーを表示するにはチェック - + <b>If checked the chat bar is shown.</b><br />Uncheck this to hide it. <b>If checked the chat bar is shown</b><br />Uncheck to hide it <b>チェックしたらチャットバーが現れます</b><br />チェックをはずすと隠す。 - + Show chatbar チャットバーを表示する - + Show number of users in each channel それぞれのチャンネルのユーザ数を表示 - + Show channel user count チャンネルにいるユーザ数を表示する - + Skin file to use 使用するスキンファイル @@ -5212,12 +5324,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe メインウインドウの区切りに水平もしくは垂直の区切りを使う - + User Interface インターフェース - + Choose skin file スキンファイルを選択 @@ -5246,12 +5358,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe サブチャンネルより上にプレイヤーが表示されるように並べます。(再起動が必要) - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. <b>Mumbleで使用するスキンを設定します。</b><br />スキンは基本的なウィジェットスタイルで用いられるスタイルファイルです。アイコンがスタイルシートと同じディレクトリにあるなら、デフォルトのアイコンを置き換えます。 - + Form フォーム @@ -5264,7 +5376,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 起動時に更新をチェックする - + None なし @@ -5273,17 +5385,17 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 人が居るチャンネルのみ - + All 全て - + Expand 展開 - + When to automatically expand channels 自動的にチャンネルを展開する @@ -5292,27 +5404,27 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe どのチャンネルを自動的に展開するかを決定します。 <i>なし</i> と <i>全て</i> は全てのチャンネルを展開する/しない設定にします。<i>人が居るチャンネルのみ</i> はプレイヤーの入室状況に応じて展開と折りたたみが変わります。 - + Only with users ユーザが居るチャンネルのみ - + Ask 確認する - + Do Nothing 何もしない - + Move 移動する - + Channel Dragging チャンネルのドラッグ操作 @@ -5325,7 +5437,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe チャンネルを動かすときのふるまいを変更します。これを設定すると誤ってチャンネルをドラッグしてしまうのを防ぐことができます。 <i>チャンネルを移動</i> 確認なしにチャンネルを動かします。 <i>何もしない</i> 何も行わず、エラーメッセージを表示します。 <i>確認する</i> 確認メッセージボックスを出してから動かします。 - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. 終了時に最小化するか閉じるかを確認します @@ -5334,57 +5446,55 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <b>これがセットされている場合、接続中に終了するかを確認します。</b> - + Ask on quit while connected 接続中の終了は確認する - Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. - 最前面に表示する + 最前面に表示する - <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> - <b>Mumbleのウインドウを最前面に表示します。</b> + <b>Mumbleのウインドウを最前面に表示します。</b> - + Always On Top 常に前面に表示する - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> <b>これがセットされていた場合、最小化されたMumbleのメインウインドウは非表示になり、タスクトレイからのみアクセスできるようになります。これがセットされていない場合、ウインドウは普通に最小化します。</b> - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with users</i> will expand and collapse channels as users join and leave them. どのチャンネルを自動的に展開するかを決定します。 <i>なし</i> と <i>全て</i> は全てのチャンネルを展開する/しない設定にします。<i>人が居るチャンネルのみ</i> はユーザの入室状況に応じて展開と折りたたみが変わります。 - + List users above subchannels (requires restart). サブチャンネルの上にユーザを表示する（再起動が必要です）。 - + <b>If set, users will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. <b>これを設定していると、チャンネル表示の時にサブチャンネルより上にユーザが表示されるようになります。</b><br />この設定を反映するにはMumbleの再起動が必要です。 - + Users above Channels チャンネルの上にユーザを表示する - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.</b> <b>これがセットされている場合、接続中に終了するかを確認します。</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized 最小化時、タスクトレイに格納する @@ -5401,26 +5511,66 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 上級者向け設定 - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. 最小化されている時にメインウインドウをタスクトレイに格納します + + + This setting controls when the application will be always on top. + + + + + This setting controls in which situations the application will stay always on top. If you select <i>Never</i> the application will not stay on top. <i>Always</i> will always keep the application on top. <i>In minimal view</i> / <i>In normal mode</i> will only keep the application always on top when minimal view is activated / deactivated. + + + + + Never + + + + + Always + + + + + In minimal view + + + + + In normal view + + + + + Displays talking status in system tray + + + + + Show talking status in tray icon + + MainWindow - - + + Root ルート - + &Connect 接続(&C) - + Open the server connection dialog サーバ接続ダイアログを開く @@ -5429,37 +5579,37 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 登録されたサーバのダイアログを開きます。クイック接続もできるようになります。 - + &Disconnect 切断(&D) - + Disconnect from server サーバから切断 - + Disconnects you from the server. サーバから切断します。 - + &Ban lists &BAN一覧 - + Edit ban lists on server サーバのBAN一覧を編集 - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. サーバ側の禁止IPリストを編集します。 - + &Kick キック(&K) @@ -5472,7 +5622,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 選択されたプレイヤーをサーバから追い出します。あなたは、理由を尋ねられるでしょう。 - + &Ban &BAN @@ -5485,7 +5635,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 選択されたプレイヤーをサーバからキックしてBANします。あなたは、理由を尋ねられるでしょう。 - + &Mute 発言禁止(&M) @@ -5498,7 +5648,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe サーバにいるプレイヤーを発言禁止にしたり、解除したりします。聴取禁止になっているプレイヤーに対して発言禁止の解除を行うと、聴取禁止も解除されます。 - + &Deafen 聴取禁止(&D) @@ -5511,7 +5661,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe サーバにいるプレイヤーを聴取禁止にしたり、解除したりします。聴取禁止にすると発言も禁止にします。 - + &Local Mute ローカルで発言禁止(&L) @@ -5520,32 +5670,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe ローカルで発言禁止にしたり解除したりします。 - + &Add 追加(&A) - + Add new channel 新しいチャンネルを追加 - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. 現在選択されているチャンネルに新たなサブチャンネルを追加します。 - + &Remove 削除(&R) - + Remove channel チャンネルを削除 - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. チャンネルと全てのサブチャンネルを削除します。 @@ -5554,12 +5704,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe ACLを編集(&E) - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel チャンネルのグループとACLを編集 - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. 権限を管理するため、チャンネルのグループとACLダイアログを開きます。 @@ -5580,12 +5730,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe チャンネルの説明を変更する - + &Link リンク(&L) - + Link your channel to another channel あなたのいるチャンネルを他のチャンネルとリンクします。 @@ -5598,217 +5748,214 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe リンク解除(&U) - + Unlink your channel from another channel 他のチャンネルとのリンクを解除します - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. 選択されたチャンネルとあなたのいるチャンネルのリンクを解除します。 - Unlink &All - 全てのリンクを解除(&A) + 全てのリンクを解除(&A) - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. 他のチャンネルとのリンクを全て解除します。 - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. 全てのリンクされたチャンネルとあなたのいるチャンネル(選択されたものではありません)のリンクを解除します。 - + &Reset リセット(&R) - + Reset audio preprocessor 音声プリプロセッサをリセット - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. ノイズキャンセルや音声増幅や音声有効化の検出といった音声の前処理をリセットします。何かが起こって一時的に音声の環境が悪化するとき(マイクを落とした時など)、プリプロセッサの対応を待つのを避けるため、これを使ってください。 - + &Mute Self 自分を発言禁止(&M) - + Mute yourself あなた自身を発言禁止にします - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. あなた自身を発言禁止にしたり、解除したりします。発言禁止のとき、サーバに何もデータを送りません。聴取禁止の時に発言禁止の解除を行うと、聴取禁止も解除されます。 - + &Deafen Self 自分を聴取禁止(&D) - + Deafen yourself あなた自身を聴取禁止にします - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. あなた自身を聴取禁止にしたり、解除したりします。あなたは何も聞くことができません。聴取禁止にすると発言も禁止にします。 - + &Text-To-Speech テキスト読み上げ(&T) - + Toggle Text-To-Speech テキスト読み上げの切り替え - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. テキスト読み上げエンジンを有効にするかどうか。設定ダイアログにてテキスト読み上げが有効になっているメッセージのみ読み上げられます。 - + S&tatistics 統計(&T) - + Display audio statistics 音声統計を表示 - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. 現在の音声入力の情報を表示する小さなダイアログがポップアップします。 - + Forcibly unlink plugin 強制的にプラグインを外す - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. 現在のプラグインを強制的に外します。完全におかしなデータを読み込んでいるときに便利でしょう。 - + &Settings 設定(&S) - + Configure Mumble Mumbleを設定 - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. Mumbleのいろいろな設定をします - + &What's This? &What's This? - + Enter What's This? mode What's This?モードに移行します - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. クリックして"What's This?"モードに入ります。マウスカーソルはクエスチョンマークになって、何かボタンを押すと、選択されたメニューやエリアが何をするかの説明を表示します。 - + &About Mumbleについて(&A) - + Information about Mumble Mumbleについての情報 - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. Mumbleの情報やライセンスについての小さなダイアログを表示します。 - + About &Speex &Speexについて - + Information about Speex Speexに関する情報 - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. Speexに関する情報のための小さなダイアログを表示します。 - + &Change Comment コメントを変更(&C) - + Change the comment on the selected user. 選択されたユーザのコメントを変更する。 - + This allows you to change the comment (shown as a tooltip) of a user. Unless you've been given extra privileges on the server, you can only change your own comment. ツールチップとして表示される、ユーザのコメントを変更することができます。サーバ上で追加の権限を与えられない限り、 自分自身のコメントしか変更することができません。 - Certificate Wizard - 証明書発行ウィザード + 証明書発行ウィザード - + Configure certificates for strong authentication 強固な認証のための証明書を設定する - + This starts the wizard for creating, importing and exporting certificates for authentication against servers. サーバに対する認証のための証明書を、作成・インポート・エクスポートするためのウィザードを開始します。 - Register - ユーザ登録 + ユーザ登録 - + Register user on server サーバ上でユーザを登録 - + This will permanently register the user on the server. 永久的にサーバにユーザ登録します。 @@ -5817,92 +5964,90 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe サーバ上のユーザを永久的にユーザ登録します。登録後にユーザ名を変更できないことと、簡単にユーザ登録を取り消せることを覚えておいてください。あなたが本当にそうしたいときにしてください。 - + Add &Friend フレンドに追加(&F) - + Adds a user as your friend. あなたのフレンドにユーザを追加する。 - + This will add the user as a friend, so you can recognize him on this and other servers. ユーザをフレンドとして追加します。他のサーバ上でもそのユーザを区別することができます。 - + &Remove Friend フレンドを削除する(&R) - + Removes a user from your friends. フレンドからユーザを削除します。 - + This will remove a user from your friends list. フレンドリストからユーザを削除します。 - + &Update Friend フレンドを更新(&U) - + Update name of your friend. フレンドの名前を更新します。 - + Your friend uses a different name than what is in your database. This will update the name. あなたのフレンドがデータベースに登録されているものと違う名前を使用しています。名前が更新されます。 - + Registered &Users 登録済みユーザ（&U） - + Edit registered users list 登録済みユーザのリストを編集 - + This opens the editor for registered users, which allow you to change their name or unregister them. 権限を管理するため、登録済みユーザの編集ダイアログを開きます。（ユーザの名前を変更したり、登録を削除したり出来ます）。 - Change Texture - テクスチャを変更 + テクスチャを変更 - + Change your overlay texture on this server このサーバでのあなたのオーバレイテクスチャを変更する - + &Access Tokens アクセストークン(&A) - + Add or remove text-based access tokens アクセストークンを追加または削除する - Remove Texture - テクスチャを削除 + テクスチャを削除 - + Remove currently defined user texture. 現在定義されているユーザテクスチャを削除します。 @@ -5911,33 +6056,33 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Qtについて(&A) - + Information about Qt Qtについての情報 - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. Qtに関する情報のための小さなダイアログを表示します。 - + Check for &Updates 更新を確認(&U) - + Check for new version of Mumble Mumbleの新しいバージョンがあるか確認します。 - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. Mumbleのウェブページに接続して新しいバージョンが出ているかを確認します。もし新しいのが出ていたら適切なダウンロードURLを通知します。 - - + + Mumble -- %1 Mumble -- %1 @@ -5946,12 +6091,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe メッセージのログ - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. 最近の動作を全て表示します。サーバへの接続、エラーや情報メッセージは全てここに表示されます。<br />ここにどのメッセージを表示するかを指定するには、メニューから<b>設定</b>コマンドを選んでください。 - + &Server サーバ(&S) @@ -5960,45 +6105,45 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe プレイヤー(&P) - + &Channel チャンネル(&C) - + &Audio 音声(&A) - + C&onfigure 設定(&O) - + &Help ヘルプ(&H) - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut 音声を有効化 - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut 声を送るときに押し続けるボタン。 - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut キー押し下げのボタンを設定する。このボタンを押している間あなたの声は送信される。 - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut 音声処理をリセット @@ -6034,7 +6179,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe これはあなたの聴取禁止状態を切り換えるでしょう。また、これをオンに切り替えると、発言禁止も有効になるだろう。 - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut プラグインを外す @@ -6060,25 +6205,25 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 全サブチャンネルに流す - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut 押してる間発言禁止 - + Join Channel Global Shortcut チャンネルに入る - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut オーバーレイ表示切替 - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut ゲーム中でのオーバーレイの状態を切り替える。 @@ -6098,8 +6243,8 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe プレイヤー %1 をキックしました。 - - + + Enter reason 理由を入力してください @@ -6108,11 +6253,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe プレイヤー %1 をBANしました - - - - - + + + + + + Mumble Mumble @@ -6121,42 +6267,42 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe チャンネル名 - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? %1 とそのサブチャンネルを全て削除します。よろしいですか？ - + Unmuted and undeafened. 発言禁止を解除し、聴取禁止も解除 - + Unmuted. 発言禁止を解除 - + Muted. 発言禁止 - + Muted and deafened. 発言禁止と聴取禁止 - + Deafened. 聴取禁止 - + Undeafened. 聴取禁止を解除 - + About Qt Qtについて @@ -6169,173 +6315,193 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe サーバに接続しました。 - + Server connection failed: %1. サーバへの接続に失敗しました: %1. - + Disconnected from server. サーバから切断しました。 - + Reconnecting. 再接続中. - Joined server: %1. - サーバに接続しました: %1. + サーバに接続しました: %1. - - - the server - サーバ + サーバ - + You were unmuted and undeafened by %1. - + You muted and deafened %1. - + You unmuted and undeafened %1. - + You undeafened %1. - + You suppressed %1. - + %1 muted and deafened by %2. - + %1 unmuted and undeafened by %2. - + %1 suppressed by %2. - + %1 moved to %2. %1 は %2 に移動されました。 - + %1 moved to %2 by %3. %1 は %3 によって %2 に移動されました。 - + %1 moved in from %2 by %3. %1 は %3 によって %2 から移動されました。 - Left server: %1. - サーバから切断しました: %1. + サーバから切断しました: %1. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 が発言禁止/聴取禁止状態になりました。 - + You were denied %1 privileges in %2. あなたは %2 で %1 の権限を拒否されました。 - + %3 was denied %1 privileges in %2. %3 は %2 で %1 の権限がありません。 - + Denied: Cannot modify SuperUser. 拒否: SuperUserを変更できません。 - + Denied: Invalid channel name. 拒否: 不正なユーザ名です。 - + Denied: Text message too long. 拒否: テキストメッセージが長すぎます。 - + Denied: Operation not permitted in temporary channel. 拒否: 一時チャンネル上で操作が許可されていません。 - + You need a certificate to perform this operation. この操作を実行するには証明書が必要です。 - + %1 does not have a certificate. %1 は証明書を持っていません。 - + Permission denied. 権限がありません。 - + + %1 connected. + + + + %1 is now muted. %1 が発言禁止状態になりました。 - + %1 is now unmuted. %1 の発言禁止状態が解除されました。 + + + %1 disconnected. + + + + + (Tree) + + + + + (Channel) + + + + + %2%1: %3 + + server サーバ - + You were muted by %1. あなたは %1 によって発言禁止にされました。 - + You were suppressed by %1. あなたは %1 によって発言禁止にされました。 - + You were unsuppressed by %1. あなたは %1 によって発言禁止を解除されました。 - + You were unmuted by %1. あなたは %1 によって発言禁止を解除されました。 @@ -6344,54 +6510,53 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe あなたは %1 を聴取禁止にしました。 - + You muted %1. あなたは %1 を発言禁止にしました。 - + You unsuppressed %1. あなたは %1 の発言禁止を解除しました。 - + You unmuted %1. あなたは %1 の発言禁止を解除しました。 - + %1 muted by %2. %1 は %2 によって発言禁止にされました。 - + %1 unsuppressed by %2. %1 が %2 によって発言禁止を解除されました。 - + %1 unmuted by %2. %1 は %2 によって発言禁止を解除されました。 - the server message from - サーバ + サーバ - + Unable to find matching CELT codecs with other clients. You will not be able to talk to all users. 他のクライアントとマッチするCELTコーデックが見つかりません。あなたは全てのユーザとは話せないでしょう。 - + You were muted and deafened by %1. You were deafened by %1. あなたは %1 によって聴取禁止にされました。 - + You were undeafened by %1. あなたは %1 によって聴取禁止を解除されました。 @@ -6400,32 +6565,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe %1 は %2 によって聴取禁止にされました。 - + %1 undeafened by %2. %1 は %2 によって聴取禁止を解除されました。 - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. あなたは %1 によってサーバからキックされました: %2. - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 は %1 によってサーバからキックされました: %2. - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. あなたは %1 によってキックされ、サーバからBANされました: %2. - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 は %1 によってキックされ、サーバからBANされました: %2. - + You were moved to %1 by %2. あなたは %2 によって %1 に移動されました。 @@ -6446,7 +6611,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe %1 は %2 によって移動させられました。 - + %1 entered channel. %1 がチャンネルに入りました。 @@ -6455,387 +6620,397 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe %1 は %2 によって移動させられました。 - + Server connection rejected: %1. サーバへの接続は拒否されました: %1. - + Denied: %1. 拒否されました: %1. - + Welcome to Mumble. Mumbleへようこそ - + &Quit Mumble 終了(&Q) - + Closes the program プログラムを終了 - + Exits the application. アプリケーションを終了 - - Send Messa&ge - メッセージを送信(&G) + メッセージを送信(&G) - - + Send a Text Message テキストメッセージを送信 - + Sending message to %1 %1 にメッセージを送信しています。 - - + + + To %1: %2 %1 宛: %2 - - + + Message to %1 %1 へのメッセージ - + + Are you sure you want to reset the comment of user %1? + + + + + (Tree) %1: %2 + + + + + %1: %2 + + + + Failed to launch compatibility client - + Invalid username 不正なユーザ名 - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. 不正なユーザ名で接続しました。他の名前を試してください。 - + That username is already in use, please try another username. そのユーザ名は既に使われています。他の名前を試してください。 - + Wrong password 誤ったパスワード - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. 登録されたユーザのパスワードが違います。再度試してください - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. 未登録ユーザのパスワードが違います。再度試してください。 - From %1: %2 - %1 より: %2 + %1 より: %2 - + Message from %1 %1 からのメッセージ - + &Audio Wizard 音声ウィザード(&A) - + Sends a text message to another user. 他のユーザにテキストメッセージを送信します。 - + &User ユーザ(&U) - + This is the chatbar<br />If you enter text here and then press enter the text is sent to the user or channel that was selected. If nothing is selected the message is sent to your current channel. これはチャットバーです。<br /> テキストをここに打ち込み ENTER を押せば、テキストは選択されたユーザかチャンネルに送られます。どこも選択しなければ、あなたが現在いるチャンネルに送信されます。 - + Chatbar チャットバー - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick-connect. 登録済みのサーバのダイアログを表示し、高速に接続することを許可する。 - + Kick user (with reason) （理由付で）ユーザをキック - + Kick selected user off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. サーバから選択されたユーザを追放します。あなたは追放する理由を尋ねられます。 - + Mute user ユーザを発言禁止 - + Mute or unmute user on server. Unmuting a deafened user will also undeafen them. サーバにいるユーザを発言禁止にしたり、解除したりします。聴取禁止になっているユーザに対して発言禁止の解除を行うと、聴取禁止も解除されます。 - + Kick and ban user (with reason) （理由付きで）ユーザをキックした後にバン - + Kick and ban selected user from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. サーバから選択されたユーザのキックとバン。あなたは理由を尋ねられます。 - + Deafen user 発言禁止のユーザ - + Deafen or undeafen user on server. Deafening a user will also mute them. サーバ上のユーザを発言禁止にしたり可能にしたりする。発言禁止のユーザもまたそれらをミュートにする。 - + Mute user locally ローカルでユーザを発言禁止にする - + Mute or unmute user locally. Use this on other users in the same room. ローカルでユーザを発言禁止にします。同じ部屋にいるプレイヤーに使ってください。 - + &Edit 編集(&E) - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If users in a channel have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. あなたのいるチャンネルを選択されたチャンネルとリンクします。他方のチャンネルで発言する権限を持っていたら、ユーザはお互いを聞くことができます。これは恒久的なリンクであり、手動でリンクを解除されるかサーバがリスタートするまで続きます。push-to-linkのショートカットを見てください。 - + Start the audio configuration wizard 音声の設定ウィザードを開始します。 - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. サウンドハードウェアの設定プロセスに案内します。 - + SSL Verification failed: %1 SSL検証エラー: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. <b>警告:</b> 送信された証明書は保存されたものとは異なっています。 - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. 送信された証明書の検証に失敗しました。 - + &Information 情報(&I) - + Show information about the server connection サーバとの接続についての情報を表示 - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. サーバとの接続についての詳細な情報を表示します。 - + Opening URL %1 URL %1 を開きます - + File does not exist ファイルが存在しません - + File is not a configuration file. 設定ファイルが見つかりません。 - + Settings merged from file. 設定をファイルからマージする。 - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' URLスキームは 'mumble' ではありません - + This version of Mumble can't handle URLs for Mumble version %1.%2.%3 このバージョンのMumble は Mumble %1.%2.%3 のための URL を扱えません - + Connecting to %1 %1 に接続しています - + Enter username ユーザ名を入力してください。 - - + + Connecting to server %1. サーバ %1 に接続しています。 - + <h2>Version</h2><p>Protocol %1.%2.%3.</p> <h2>バージョン</h2><p>プロトコル %1.%2.%3.</p> - + <p>No build information or OS version available.</p> <p>ビルド情報がないか OS のバージョンが有効です。</p> - + <p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p> - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> <h2>制御チャンネル</h2><p>%1 bit %2 で暗号化されています。<br />平均 %3 ms の遅延 (平方偏差 %4)</p> - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> <h2>音声チャンネル</h2><p>128 bit OCB-AES128 で暗号化されています。<br />平均 %1 ms の遅延 (平方偏差 %4)</p> - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s</p> <h2>音声帯域幅</h2><p>最大値 %1 kbit/s<br />現在値 %2 kbit/s</p> - + Mumble Server Information Mumble サーバの情報 - - + + &View Certificate 証明書を見る(&V) - + Register yourself as %1 %1 として自分をユーザ登録 - + <p>You are about to register yourself on this server. This action cannot be undone, and your username cannot be changed once this is done. You will forever be known as '%1' on this server.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register yourself?</p> <p>サーバ上で自分自身をユーザ登録しようとしています。このアクションは取り消せません。あなたのユーザ名はこの操作の後に変更できません。あなたはこのサーバ上で '%1' として知られるようになります。</p><p>本当に自分自身を登録しますか？</p> - + Register user %1 ユーザ %1 を登録 - + <p>You are about to register %1 on the server. This action cannot be undone, the username cannot be changed, and as a registered user, %1 will have access to the server even if you change the server password.</p><p>From this point on, %1 will be authenticated with the certificate currently in use.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register %1?</p> <p>あなたはサーバ上で %1 をユーザ登録しようとしています。このアクションは取り消せませんし登録済みのユーザ名を変えることもできません。登録済みのユーザ '%1' は、サーバパスワードを変更したとしても、サーバにアクセスするでしょう。</p><p>この時点から、'%1' は 現在の証明書でユーザ認証されます。</p><p>本当に %1 を登録しますか？</p> - + Kicking user %1 ユーザをキック : %1 - + Banning user %1 ユーザ：%1 をバンする - + Change comment on user %1 ユーザ %1 のコメントを変更する - - To channel %1: %2 - チャンネル %1 宛: %2 + チャンネル %1 宛: %2 - - + + Message to channel %1 チャンネル %1 へのメッセージ - + Connected. 接続完了。 - + SSL Version mismatch SSL のバージョンの不一致 - + This server is using an older encryption standard. It might be an older 1.1 based Mumble server.<br />Would you like to launch the compatibility client to connect to it? このサーバはより古い暗号化手順を使用しています。 1.1 ベースの Mumble サーバである可能性があります。<br />このサーバに接続するために互換クライアントを起動しますか? @@ -6844,48 +7019,48 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 互換クライアントの起動に失敗 - + The compatibility client could not be found, or failed to start.<br />Note that the compatibility client is an optional component for most installations, and might not be installed. 互換クライアントが見つからないか起動に失敗しました。<br />互換クライアントはほとんどのインストールに置いてオプションの項目であり、インストールされていない可能性があります。 - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> <p>%1.<br />詳細な証明書エラーの内容: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>この証明書を受け入れますか？<br />(同時に証明書を保存するので、今後この質問は表示されません。)</p> - + Type message to channel '%1' here チャンネル '%1' へのメッセージをここに入力 - + Type message to user '%1' here ユーザ '%1' へのメッセージをここに入力 - + Choose image file イメージファイルを選択 - + Images (*.png *.jpg) イメージ (*.png *.jpg) - - + + Failed to load image 画像の読み込みに失敗 - + Could not open file for reading. 読み込みモードでファイルを開けません。 - + Image format not recognized. 画像の形式を認識できません。 @@ -6894,7 +7069,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <h2>制御チャンネル</h2><p>%1 bit %2 で暗号化されています。<br />平均 %3 ms の遅延 (平方偏差 %4)</p> - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. 音声チャンネルは管理チャンネルを通して送信されます。 @@ -6903,37 +7078,37 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <h2>音声チャンネル</h2><p>128 bit OCB-AES128 で暗号化されています。<br />平均 %1 ms の遅延 (平方偏差 %4)</p> - + UDP Statistics UDP統計 - + To Server サーバ宛 - + From Server サーバから - + Good 良好 - + Late 遅延 - + Lost 消失 - + Resync 最同期 @@ -6942,7 +7117,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe チャンネル 「%1」 の説明を変更する - + Sending message to channel %1 チャンネル %1 に送信するメッセージ @@ -6951,12 +7126,11 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe チャンネルツリー %1 に送信するメッセージ - To tree %1: %2 - tree %1 宛: %2 + tree %1 宛: %2 - + Message to tree %1 tree %1 宛メッセージ @@ -6965,7 +7139,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe ローカルな聴取禁止モードになりました。このモードはサーバには反映されません。そしてあなたの声はまだ送信され続けています。このモードは、同じ部屋に数人の人がいて、そのうちの1人がMumbleを大音量のスピーカーで使っているような時だけ使用すればよいでしょう。 - + Ctrl+Q Ctrl+Q @@ -7002,12 +7176,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe ローカルな聴取禁止モードに設定します。あなたのスピーカーは音を出しませんが、送信はなお続いています。 - + About &Qt &Qtについて - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. チャンネル内の全てのユーザにテキストメッセージを送信します @@ -7028,7 +7202,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe サーバの最大帯域幅は %1 kbit/s しかありません。品質は自動的に調整されます。 - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? 初めての起動です。<br />サウンドカードの設定をするために音声ウィザードに移動しますか？ @@ -7041,75 +7215,75 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe サーバ %1 に接続しました。 - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? サーバに接続中です。接続を閉じるか最小化するかを選択してください。 - + Close 閉じる - - + + Minimize 最小化 - + Mute Self Global Shortcut 自分を発言禁止 - + Set self-mute status. Global Shortcut 自分自身を発言禁止状態に設定。 - + This will set or toggle your muted status. If you turn this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut 発言禁止の状態を設定するか切り替えます。オフになると、聴取禁止も無効になります。 - + Deafen Self Global Shortcut 自身を聴取禁止にする - + Set self-deafen status. Global Shortcut 自分自身を聴取禁止状態に変更。 - + This will set or toggle your deafened status. If you turn this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut あなたの聴取禁止状態を設定するか切り替えます。オンになれば、発言禁止も有効になります。 - + This will switch the states of the in-game overlay between showing everybody, just the users who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut ゲーム中でのオーバーレイの状態を「全員」と「話している人だけ」、「なし」の間で切り替える。 - + Whisper ささやき - + &Window ウインドウ(&W) - + Ctrl+M Ctrl+M @@ -7118,61 +7292,61 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Ctrl+W - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut 小型切り替え - + &Minimal View 小さく表示(&M) - + Toggle minimal window modes 小型ウインドウモードの切り替え - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. ログウインドウとメニューを省いた小型ウインドウの切り替えをします。 - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut 音量を上げる(+10%) - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut 音量を下げる(-10%) - - + + Not connected 接続されていません - + Clear クリア - + Log ログ - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. チャンネルをドラッグしたときに "何もしない" ようにします; チャンネルが移動しなくなります。 - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in UserModel::dropMimeData. 不明なチャンネルドラッグモード, UserModel::dropMimeData. @@ -7181,67 +7355,113 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 不明なチャンネルドラッグモード, PlayerModel::dropMimeData - + &Unlink Channel リンク解除(&U) - + &Unlink Plugin リンク解除(&U) + Server message from - サーバ + サーバ &Quit 終了(&Q) - + Hide Frame フレームを隠す - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window 小さく表示したときにフレームを見せるか見せないかを切り替えます - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. 小さく表示したとき移動やサイズ変更のためにフレームを表示するかを切り替えます。 + + + Send &Message + + + + + &Unlink All + + + + + &Certificate Wizard + + + + + &Register + + + + + Change &Texture + + + + + &Remove Texture + + + + + Reset &Comment + + + + + Reset the comment of the selected user. + + + + + &Join Channel + + NetworkConfig - + Network ネットワーク - + Form フォーム - + Connection 接続 - + Use TCP compatibility mode Use TCP compatability mode TCP 互換モードを使用する - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). <b>TCP互換モードを有効にします。</b>.<br />この設定をするとMumbleがサーバとの通信にTCPのみを使用するようになります。この設定は通信のオーバーヘッドを増大させ、通信時に音声が途切れる原因になるので、デフォルトの設定(音声:UDP 操作:TCP)が使用できない場合だけ使用するのが良いでしょう。 @@ -7250,32 +7470,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe TCPモードを使用する - + Reconnect when disconnected 切断時に再接続を試みます - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>切断時に再接続を試みます。</b><br />この設定をすると、サーバへの接続が失敗した際、10秒後に再接続を行います。 - + Reconnect automatically 自動再接続 - + Proxy プロキシ - + Type タイプ - + Type of proxy to connect through プロキシの接続タイプ @@ -7285,27 +7505,27 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <b>プロキシの接続タイプ</b><br />プロキシを通して外向きの接続を行うようにします。 注意: プロキシ接続をする場合、強制的にTCP互換モードに変更されます。 全ての音声データは管理チャンネルを通して送信されるようになります。 - + Direct connection 直接接続 - + HTTP(S) proxy HTTP(S) プロキシ - + SOCKS5 proxy SOCKS5 プロキシ - + Hostname ホスト名 - + Hostname of the proxy プロキシのホスト名 @@ -7314,154 +7534,154 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <b>プロキシサーバのホスト名<b><br />あなたが使用したいプロキシサーバのホスト名を指定します。 - + Force TCP mode 強制的にTCPモードを使用する - + Enable QoS to prioritize packets 優先度付パケットのためにQoSを有効化 - + This will enable QoS, which will attempt to prioritize voice packets over other traffic. QoSを有効にします。QoS 他の通信トラフィックより音声パケットの優先順位を上げようとするものです。 - + Use Quality of Service QoS を使用する - + Don't send certificate to server and don't save passwords. (Not saved). サーバに証明書を送らず、パスワードも保存しない。 - + <b>This will suppress identity information from the client.</b><p>The client will not identify itself with a certificate, even if defined, and will not cache passwords for connections. This is primarily a test-option and is not saved.</p> <b>これはクライアントから個人情報の送信を抑制します。</b><p>クライアントは証明書を使用しませんし、接続のためのパスワードを保存しません。これはテストオプションで保存もされません。</p> - + Suppress certificate and password storage 証明書とパスワードの保存を抑制する - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through.</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>プロキシの接続タイプ。</b><br />プロキシを通して外向きの接続を行うようにします。 注意: プロキシ接続をする場合、強制的にTCP互換モードに変更されます。 全ての音声データは管理チャンネルを通して送信されるようになります。 - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. <b>プロキシのホスト名</b><br />このフィールドにはネットワークトラフィックを通過させたいプロキシのホスト名を設定します。 - + Port ポート - + Port number of the proxy プロキシのポート番号 - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. <b>プロキシのポート番号</b><br />プロキシへの接続に使うポート番号を指定します。 - + Username ユーザ名 - + Username for proxy authentication プロキシ認証のユーザ名 - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>プロキシ認証のユーザ名</b><br />プロキシサーバの認証に使用するユーザ名を指定します。プロキシサーバが認証を行わなない場合や、匿名で接続する場合はこのフィールドを空にしてください。 - + Password パスワード - + Password for proxy authentication プロキシ認証のパスワード - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>プロキシ認証のパスワード</b><br />プロキシサーバの認証に使うパスワードを指定します。プロキシサーバが認証を行わない場合や、匿名で接続する場合はこのフィールドを空にしてください。 - + Misc - + Prevent log from downloading images ログ上で画像のダウンロードをしない - + <b>Disable image download</b><br/> Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the img tag. <b>画像のダウンロードを無効化</b><br /> img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウンロードを無効化します。 - + Disable image download 画像のダウンロードを無効にする - + Mumble services Mumble サービス - + Check for new releases of Mumble automatically. Mumbleの新しいリリースを自動的に確認する。 - + This will check for new releases of Mumble every time you start the program, and notify you if one is available. プログラムを起動する度に Mumble の新しいバージョンを確認し、存在すれば通知します。 - + Check for application updates on startup 開始時に Mumble のアップデートをチェックする - + Check for new releases of plugins automatically. プラグインの新しいリリースを自動的に確認する。 - + This will check for new releases of plugins every time you start the program, and download them automatically. プログラムが開始する度に新しいプラグインを確認し、存在すれば自動的にダウンロードする。 - + Download plugin updates on startup 開始時にプラグインのアップデートをダウンロードする - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus its development where it is needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. <b>匿名で統計情報の送信</b>Mumble の開発チームの規模は小さいので、必要なものに開発の焦点をしぼる必要があります。統計情報を送信することで、プロジェクトが開発の焦点をどこに定めるかを決定するため手助けとなります。 @@ -7470,7 +7690,7 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン 起動時に更新をチェックする - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Mumbleプロジェクトに匿名で統計を送信 @@ -7479,7 +7699,7 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン <b>匿名で統計を送信します。</b><br />Mumbleは小さなチームで開発を行っているためもっとも必要な機能に絞って開発をしなければなりません。統計情報の送信はプロジェクトがどこに注力して開発すれば良いかを決定するための指針になります。 - + Submit anonymous statistics 匿名で利用状況の統計を送信する @@ -7542,8 +7762,8 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン Overlay - - + + Mumble Mumble @@ -7568,7 +7788,7 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン - 2007年6月にアップデートされたバージョンの DX9.0x を使っていない - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 @@ -7577,7 +7797,7 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン - WinXP SP2 より古い OS を使用している - + Failed to initialize overlay memory. This usually means that the shared memory is locked by the OS, and you need to reboot to release it. オーバーレイメモリの初期化に失敗しました。共有メモリが OS によってロックされていることが原因であり、それを解放するためには OS を再起動する必要があります。 @@ -7585,27 +7805,27 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン OverlayConfig - + Options オプション - + Position 位置 - + Font フォント - + Enable Overlay オーバーレイを有効にする - + Enable overlay. オーバーレイを有効にします。 @@ -7630,47 +7850,47 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン 表示 - + Who to show on the overlay オーバーレイに誰を表示するか - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. <b>ゲーム中のオーバーレイに誰を表示するか決定します。</b><br />多くの人が同じチャンネルにいる場合、リストはとても長くなるでしょう。<br /><i>なし</i> - 誰も表示ません。(それでもオーバーレイは動いています)<br /><i>話している人だけ</i> - 話している人だけ表示します。<br /><i>全員</i> - 全員表示します。 - + Always Show Self 常に自分を表示 - + Always show yourself on overlay. オーバーレイで常に自分を表示 - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. 自分自身を常に表示するかどうか決定します。この設定は全員表示にしていない時に効果的です。自分が話しているかの状況だけを確認することができます。あなたが発言禁止や聴取禁止になっている場合には表示されません。 - + Grow Left 左に延長 - + Let overlay grow to the left オーバーレイを左に延長させる - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. オーバーレイは選択した位置にできるだけ小さく留まろうとします。この設定は、必要ならオーバーレイが左に伸びることを許可します。 - + Grow Right 右に延長 @@ -7683,12 +7903,12 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン オーバーレイは選択した位置にできるだけ小さく留まろうとします。この設定は、必要ならオーバーレイが右に伸びることを許可します。 - + Grow Up 上に延長 - + Let overlay grow upwards オーバーレイを上方向に延長させる @@ -7697,12 +7917,12 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン オーバーレイは選択した位置にできるだけ小さく留まろうとします。この設定は、必要ならオーバーレイが上に伸びることを許可します。 - + Grow Down 下に延長 - + Let overlay grow downwards オーバーレイを下方向に延長させる @@ -7711,32 +7931,32 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン オーバーレイは選択した位置にできるだけ小さく留まろうとします。この設定は、必要ならオーバーレイが下に伸びることを許可します。 - + X-Position of Overlay オーバーレイの横軸の位置 - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. オーバーレイの相対的なX座標を決定します。 - + Y-Position of Overlay オーバーレイの縦軸の位置 - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. オーバーレイの相対的なY座標を決定します。 - + Current Font 現在のフォント - + Set Font フォント設定 @@ -7753,11 +7973,7 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン 最大の幅 - - - - - + Change 変更 @@ -7774,126 +7990,126 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン Alt発言をしているプレイヤーの色 - + Color for Channels チャンネルの色 - + Color for active Channels 有効なチャンネルの色 - + Overlay オーバーレイ - + Show User Textures ユーザテクスチャを表示 - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. テキストの代わりにユーザのカスタムテクスチャをオーバーレイに表示 - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. 登録されたユーザのカスタムテクスチャをダウンロードして使用するかどうかを決定します。無効の時は通常のテキストが代わりに使われます。 - + Maximum height of names. 名前の最大の高さ - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. 画面の高さに対する名前表示の最大の高さを決定します。あなたのゲーム画面が 800ピクセルの高さでこれが5%にセットされているとき、各名前は 40ピクセルの高さで表示されます。注意: ここの値に関わらず、名前の高さは 60ピクセル以上にはなりません。 - + Maximum height 最大の高さ - + Show no one なし - + Show only talking 話している人だけ - + Show everyone 全員 - - + + Color for users ユーザの色 - - + + Color for talking users しゃべっているユーザの色 - - + + Color for whispering users ささやいているユーザの色 - + Color for channels チャンネルの色 - + Color for active channels 有効なチャンネルの色 - + Form フォーム - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start Mumble after starting the application, or if you disable the overlay while the application is running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. これはオーバレイを有功にするかそうでないかを設定します。この設定はアプリケーションが開始したときにのみチェックされます。Mumble が動作中であることと、アプリケーションが開始する前にこのオプションが有効になっていることを確認してください。<br />Mumble が開始した後にアプリケーションを開始しても、起動中にオーバレイを無効にしても、アプリケーションを際スタートしないとオーバレイを再開する安全な方法ではありません。 - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. オーバーレイはあなたが選択した位置で最小の状態で表示されます。この設定を有効にすると、必要に応じてオーバーレイが上方向に伸びます。 - + Let overlay grow to the right オーバーレイを右に延長させる - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. オーバーレイはあなたが選択した位置で最小の状態で表示されます。この設定を有効にすると、必要に応じてオーバーレイが右方向に伸びます。 - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. オーバーレイはあなたが選択した位置で最小の状態で表示されます。この設定を有効にすると、必要に応じてオーバーレイが下方向に伸びます。 - + TextLabel テキストラベル @@ -7967,23 +8183,23 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン PluginConfig - + Options オプション - - + + Plugins プラグイン - + Link to Game and Transmit Position ゲームと送信位置をリンクさせる - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information プラグインを有効にすると位置情報を送信します。 @@ -7992,87 +8208,97 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン この設定は、サポートされたゲームのプラグインが位置情報を取得して、音声パケットと共に送信することを可能にします。他のプレイヤーから見て、ゲーム内であなたのキャラクターがいる方向から声が聞こえるようにすることができます。 - + &Reload plugins プラグイン再読み込み(&R) - + Reloads all plugins 全てのプラグインを再読み込みします - + This allows plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit it with each voice packet. This enables other users to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. この設定は、サポートされたゲームのプラグインが位置情報を取得して、音声パケットと共に送信することを可能にします。他のユーザから見て、ゲーム内であなたのキャラクタがいる方向から声が聞こえるようにすることができます。 - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. プラグインを再読み込みします。プラグインのディレクトリに追加したり、変更を行ったときに使用してください。 - + &About 概要(&A) - + Information about plugin プラグインについての情報 - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. プラグインについての簡単な情報を表示します。 - + &Configure 設定(&C) - + Show configuration page of plugin プラグインの設定項目を表示 - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. プラグインの設定ページがあれば表示します。 - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. プラグインに設定機能がありません。 - + Plugin has no about function. プラグインの設定項目がありません。 - + Form フォーム + + + Name + + + + + Enabled + + Plugins - - + + Downloaded new or updated plugin to %1. 更新されたプラグインを %1 にダウンロードしました。 - + Failed to install new plugin to %1. %1 に新しいプラグインをインストールできません。 @@ -8081,7 +8307,7 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン プラグイン %1 はリンクを失いました。 - + %1 lost link. %1 はリンクを失いました。 @@ -8090,7 +8316,7 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン プラグイン %1 はリンクされました。 - + %1 linked. %1 はリンクされました。 @@ -8098,7 +8324,7 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン PortAudioSystem - + Default Device デフォルトデバイス @@ -8177,12 +8403,12 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input デフォルト入力 - + Default Output デフォルト出力 @@ -8190,82 +8416,81 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン RichTextEditor - + Failed to load image 画像の読み込みに失敗 - + Image file too large to embed in document. Please use images smaller than %1 kB. ドキュメントに埋め込むには画像ファイルが大きすぎます。 %1 kB より小さい画像を使用してください。 - TabWidget - タブウィジット + タブウィジット - + Display 表示 - + Source Text ソーステキスト - + &Bold 太字体(&B) - + Ctrl+B - + &Italic イタリック体(&I) - + Italic イタリック体 - + Ctrl+I - + Underline 下線 - + Ctrl+U - + Color 色 - + Insert Link リンクを挿入 - + Ctrl+L - + Insert Image 画像を挿入 @@ -8273,17 +8498,17 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン RichTextEditorLink - + Add Link リンクを追加 - + URL - + Text テキスト @@ -8291,27 +8516,27 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン ServerHandler - + UDP packets cannot be sent to or received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. UDP パケットをサーバに送ることができないか、サーバから受けとることができません。TCPモードに切り替えます。 - + UDP packets cannot be sent to the server. Switching to TCP mode. UDPパケットをサーバに送ることができません。TCPモードに切り替えます。 - + UDP packets cannot be received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. UDPパケットをサーバから受けとることができません。TCPモードに切り替えます。 - + UDP packets can be sent to and received from the server. Switching back to UDP mode. UDPパケットをサーバに送ることも、サーバから受けとることもできません。UDPモードに切り替えます。 - + Connection timed out 接続はタイムアウトになりました @@ -8319,42 +8544,42 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン ServerView - + Favorite お気に入り - + LAN ローカル - + Public Internet インターネット - + Asia アジア - + North America 北アメリカ - + South America 南アメリカ - + Europe ヨーロッパ - + Oceania オセアニア @@ -8362,7 +8587,7 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned 未割り当て @@ -8370,22 +8595,22 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン ShortcutDelegate - + On オン - + Off オフ - + Toggle 切り替え - + Unassigned 未割り当て @@ -8393,7 +8618,7 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut ショートカットを押下 @@ -8401,22 +8626,22 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン ShortcutTargetDialog - + Root ルート - + Parent 親 - + Current 現在 - + Subchannel #%1 サブチャンネル #%1 @@ -8424,42 +8649,42 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン ShortcutTargetWidget - + ... - + , - + Root ルート - + Parent 親 - + Current 現在 - + Subchannel #%1 サブチャンネル #%1 - + Invalid 無効 - + <Empty> <空欄> @@ -8467,17 +8692,17 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン ShortcutToggleWidget - + Off オフ - + Toggle 切り替え - + On オン @@ -8501,17 +8726,17 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン htmlフォーマットを無効にする - + Enter text テキストを入力 - + If checked the message is recursively sent to all subchannels チェックすると全てのサブチャンネルに再帰的にメッセージが送信されます - + Send recursively to subchannels 再帰的にサブチャンネルに送る @@ -8519,22 +8744,22 @@ img タグでチャットメッセージに埋め込まれた画像のダウン Tokens - + Empty Token 空のトークン - + Mumble - Access Tokens Mumble - アクセストークン - + List of access tokens on current server 現在のサーバのアクセストークンのリスト - + <b>This is an editable list of access tokens on the connected server.</b> <br /> An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simple access management on channels. Mumble will remember the tokens you've used and resend them to the server next time you reconnect, so you don't have to enter these every time. @@ -8544,22 +8769,22 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl アクセストークンはチャンネルへのアクセスをとても単純に管理するパスワードとして使うことが可能な文字列です。 Mumble はあなたが使ったトークンを記録して、次にサーバに接続した際に送り直します。つまり、毎回入力する必要は無いのです。 - + Add a token トークンを追加 - + &Add 追加(&A) - + Remove a token トークンを削除 - + &Remove 削除(&R) @@ -8567,159 +8792,164 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl UserEdit - - + Registered Users 登録済みのユーザ - + + Remove 削除 + + + Rename + + UserModel - + This is a user connected to the server. The icon to the left of the user indicates whether or not they are talking: サーバに接続しているユーザです。ユーザの左側のアイコンは彼らが話しているかどうかを意味します: - + Talking to your channel. あなたのチャンネルに話しています。 - + Whispering directly to your channel. チャンネルに直接ささやいています。 - + Whispering directly to you. あなたに直接ささやいています。 - + Not talking. 話していません。 - + This is a channel on the server. The icon indicates the state of the channel: サーバ上のチャンネルです。アイコンはチャンネルの状態を意味します : - + Your current channel. 現在のチャンネル。 - + A channel that is linked with your channel. Linked channels can talk to each other. あなたのチャンネルとリンクしているチャンネルです。リンクしているチャンネルは互いに話せます。 - + A channel on the server that you are not linked to. あなたがリンクしていないサーバ上のチャンネルです。 - + This shows the flags the user has on the server, if any: ユーザがサーバ上で持っているフラグを表示します: - + On your friend list 友人リスト上 - + Authenticated user 認証されたユーザ - + Muted (manually muted by self) 発言禁止（自身で発言を禁止に） - + Muted (manually muted by admin) 発言禁止（管理者によって発言禁止に） - + Muted (not allowed to speak in current channel) 発言禁止（このチャンネルで発言が許されていない） - + Muted (muted by you, only on your machine) 発言禁止（自分で発言禁止にし、またあなたのマシンのみ） - + Deafened (by self) 聴取禁止（自身により） - + Deafened (by admin) 聴取禁止（管理者により） - + User has a new comment set (click to show) ユーザは新しいコメントを持っています（見るためにはクリックしてください） - + User has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) ユーザはあなたが既に見たコメントを持っています。（見るにはクリックしてください） - + This shows the flags the channel has, if any: チャンネルが持っているフラグを表示します: - + Channel has a new comment set (click to show) チャンネルは新しいコメントをもっています。（見るためにはクリックしてください） - + Channel has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) チャンネルはあなたが既に見たコメントを持っています。（見るためにはクリックしてください） - + Name 名前 - + Flags フラグ - - - + + + Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? 本当にこのチャンネルをドラッグしますか ? - - + + Cannot perform this movement automatically, please reset the numeric sorting indicators or adjust it manually. @@ -8731,7 +8961,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl Mumble - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. SourceForgeサーバからのバージョン情報の取得に失敗しました。 @@ -8739,102 +8969,102 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details 証明書階層の詳細 - + Certificate chain 証明書の階層 - + Certificate details 証明の内容 - + %1 %2 %1 %2 - - + + Common Name: %1 一般名称(CN): %1 - - + + Organization: %1 組織(O): %1 - + Subunit: %1 部門(OU): %1 - - + + Country: %1 国(C): %1 - - + + Locality: %1 地域(L): %1 - - + + State: %1 地方(ST): %1 - + Valid from: %1 発行者: %1 - + Valid to: %1 発行対象: %1 - + Serial: %1 シリアル番号: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 公開鍵: %1 ビット %2 - + RSA RSA - + DSA DSA - + Digest (MD5): %1 ダイジェスト(MD5): %1 - + Issued by: 発行者: - + Unit Name: %1 部門名: %1 @@ -8881,7 +9111,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl WASAPISystem - + Default Device デフォルトデバイス diff --git a/src/mumble/mumble_pl.ts b/src/mumble/mumble_pl.ts index 74d116706..2fcc21315 100644 --- a/src/mumble/mumble_pl.ts +++ b/src/mumble/mumble_pl.ts @@ -4,118 +4,112 @@ ACLEditor - + Active ACLs Aktywne reguły ACL - + Context Kontekst - + User/Group Użytkownik / Grupa - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a '!', its membership is negated, and if it starts with a '~', it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in.<br />If a group name starts with a '#', it is interpreted as an access token. Users must have entered whatever follows the '#' in their list of access tokens to match. This can be used for very simple password access to channels for non-authenticated users.<br />If a group name starts with a '$', it will only match users whose certificate hash matches what follows the '$'.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for '<i>sub,0,0,0</i>').<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for '<i>!sub,0,0,0</i>').<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. Kontroluje, której grupy użytkowników dotyczy dana reguła.<br />Należy pamiętać, że grupa jest sprawdzana w kontekście reguł jakie są w niej używane. Na przykład, na kanale Root domyślna reguła ACL nadaje uprawnienie <i>Zapisz ACLe</i> grupie <i>admin</i>. Jeżeli ta reguła zostanie odziedziczona przez kanał, nada ona uprawnienia zapisu ACL użytkownikowi który należy do grupy <i>admin</i> na tym kanale, nawet gdy użytkownik nie należy do grupy <i>admin</i> na kanale z którego reguły ACL pochodza.<br />Jeżeli nazwa grupy rozpoczyna od !, członkowstwo użytkownika jest negowane, a gdy rozpoczyna się od ~, reguła jest sprawdzana na kanale gdzie została zdefiniowana, zamiast na kanale w którym reguła ACL jest aktywna. Kolejność jest ważna: <i>!~in</i> jest ważny, ale <i>~!in</i> nie jest.<br />Jest kilka predefiniowanych grup:<br /><b>all</b> - wszyscy użytkownicy będą pasować.<br /><b>auth</b> - Wszyscy uwierzytelnieni użytkownicy będą pasować.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - Użytkownicy znajdujący się w aktualnie w pod-kanele. Zobacz dokumentacje na stronie internetowej, aby dowiedzieć się więcej o tej funkcji.<br /><b>in</b> - Użytkownicy aktualnie znajdujący się na kanale (wygodniejsza metoda w porównaniu do <i>sub,0,0,0</i>.<br /><b>out</b> - Użytkownicy nie znajdujący się na kanale będą pasować (wygodniejsza metoda w porównaniu do <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Pamiętaj, że wpis może dotyczyć zarówno użytkownika lub grupy, a nie obu jednocześnie. - + Permissions Uprawnienia - - + Group Grupa - - + Members Członkowie - + &Add &Dodaj - + &Remove &Usuń - + &Up W &górę - + &Down W &dół - + Inherit ACLs Dziedzicz reguły ACL - + Applies to this channel Stosuj do tego kanału - + Applies to sub-channels Stosuj do pod-kanałów - + User ID ID Użytkownika - + Deny Zabroń - + Allow Zezwól - - - + Remove Usuń - + Inherit Dziedzicz - + Inheritable Dziedziczny - + Inherited Odziedziczony - - - + Add Dodaj @@ -124,267 +118,266 @@ Dodaj do usunięcia - + &Groups &Grupy - + &ACL &ACL - + List of entries Lista reguł - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. Pokazuje aktywną listę reguł na tym kanale. Pozycje odziedziczone z kanałów nadrzędnych wyświetlone są przy użyciu kursywy.<br /> Lista ACL przetwarzana jest od góry do dołu, oznacza to, że pozycje znajdujące się na dole listy mają wyższy priorytet. - + Inherit ACL of parent? Dziedziczyć reguły ACL z kanałów nadrzędnych? - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. Ustawia czy reguły ACL mają być dziedziczone z kanałów nadrzędnych. Tylko reguły, które w kanałach nadrzędnych są oznaczone jako "Dotyczy pod-kanałów" będą dziedziczone. - + Add new entry Dodaj nową regułę - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. Dodaje nową regułę, która początkowo nie posiada uprawnień oraz jest zastosowana dla wszystkich. - + Remove entry Usuń regułę - + This removes the currently selected entry. Usuwa aktualnie wybraną regułę. - + Move entry up Przenieś regułę w górę - Properties - Właściwości + Właściwości - + Name Nazwa - + Enter the channel name here. Wprowadź tutaj nazwe kanału. - + <b>Name</b><br>Enter the channel name in this field. The name has to comply with the restriction imposed by the server you are connected to. <b>Nazwa</b><br>Tutaj podaj nazwę kanału.Nazwa musi zgadzać się z ograniczeniem narzuconym przez serwer, do którego jesteś podłączony. - + Description Opis - + Password Hasło - + Enter the channel password here. Wprowadź tutaj hasło dla kanału. - + <b>Password</b><br>This field allows you to easily set and change the password of a channel. In the background it uses Mumble's access tokens feature. To allow more fine grained and powerful access control directly use ACLs and groups instead (<i>Advanced configuration</i> has to be checked to be able to see these settings). <b>Hasło</b><br>Te pole pozwala na łatwe ustawienie i zmianę hasła kanału. W tle, opcja ta używa funkcji tokenów Mumble. Aby zezwolić na lepszy dostęp bezpośrednio używaj edytora ACL i grup.<i>Zaawansowana konfiguracja</i> musi być zaznaczona żeby widzieć te opcje. - + Check to create a temporary channel. Zaznacz tę opcję, aby utworzyć kanał tymczasowy. - + <b>Temporary</b><br> When checked the channel created will be marked as temporary. This means when the last player leaves it the channel will be automatically deleted by the server. <b>Tymczasowy</b><br> Po włączeniu tej opcji kanał, który utworzysz będzie zaznaczony jako tymczasowy. Oznacza to, że jesli ostatni użytkownik opuści ten kanał to zostanie on skasowany przez serwer. - + Temporary Tymczasowy - + Channel positioning facility value Wartość funkcji pozycjonowania kanału - + <b>Position</b><br/> This value enables you to change the way Mumble arranges the channels in the tree. A channel with a higher <i>Position</i> value will always be placed below one with a lower value and the other way around. If the <i>Position</i> value of two channels is equal they will get sorted alphabetically by their name. <b>Pozycja</b><br/> Ta wartość pozwala na zmianę sposobu w jaki Mumble układa kanały na drzewie.Kanał z wyższą wartością<i>Pozycja</i> będzie umieszczony poniżej niższej wartości i na odwrót. Jeśli <i>Pozycja</i> dwóch kanałów jest taka sama zostaną one poukładane alfabetycznie. - + Position Pozycja - + <b>Group</b><br> These are all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. <b>Grupa</b><br>To są wszystkie grupy aktualnie zdefiniowane dla tego kanału. By utwożyć nową grupę, poprostu wpisz jej nazwę i naciśnij enter. - + Add new group Dodaj nową grupę - + <b>Add</b><br/> Add a new group. <b>Dodaj</b><br/>Dodaje nową grupę. - + <b>Remove</b><br>This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. <b>Usuń</b><br>Usuwa aktualnie wybraną grupę. Jeśli grupa była dziedziczona, to nie zostanie usunięta z listy, ale wszystkie lokalne informacje o tej grupie zostaną wyczyszczone. - + <b>Inherit</b><br>This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. <b>Dziedzicz</b><br>Dziedziczy wszystkich członków z grupy nadrzędnej, jeżeli grupa jest oznaczona jako <i>Dziedziczna</i> w kanale nadrzędnym. - + <b>Inheritable</b><br>This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. <b>Dziedziczna</b><br>Umożliwia dziedziczenie uprawnień grupy w pod-kanałach. Jeżeli grupa nie pozwala na dziedziczenie, to w pod-kanałach można twożyć grupy o tych samych nazwach. - + <b>Inherited</b><br>This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. <b>Odziedziczona</b><br>Wskazuje czy grupa została odziedziczona z kanału nadrzędnego. Nie możesz edytować tej flagi, to jest tylko informacja. - + Inherited members Odziedziczeni członkowie - + Contains the list of members added to the group by this channel. Zawiera listę członków dodanych do grupy na tym kanale. - + <b>Members</b><br> This list contains all members that were added to the group by the current channel. Be aware that this does not include members inherited by higher levels of the channel tree. These can be found in the <i>Inherited members</i> list. To prevent this list to be inherited by lower level channels uncheck <i>Inheritable</i> or manually add the members to the <i>Excluded members</i> list. <b>Członkowie</b><br>Ta lista zawiera wszystkich członków którzy zostali dodani do grupy na tym kanale. Należy pamiętać, że dane te nie obejmują użytkowników dziedziczonych z kanałów nadżędnych. Znajdują się oni na liscie <i>Odziedziczeni członkowie</i>. By zapobiegać dziedziczniu tej listy przez pod-kanały odznacz <i>Dziedziczna</i> lub manualnie dodaj członków do listy <i>Wykluczeni członkowie</i>. - + Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. Zawiera listę członków których członkowsto w grupie nie będzie dziedziczone z kanałów nadżędnych. - + <b>Excluded members</b><br> Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. <b>Wykluczeni członkowie</b><br>Zawiera listę członków których członkowsto w grupie nie będzie dziedziczone z kanałów nadżędnych. - + Contains the list of members inherited by other channels. Zawiera listę członków odziedziczonych z innych kanałów. - + <b>Inherited members</b><br> Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i>Inherit</i> to prevent inheritance from higher level channels. <b>Odziedziczeni członkowie</b><br>Zawiera listę członków odziedziczonych z innych kanałów. Odznacz <i>Dziedzicz</i> by zapobiec dziedziczeniu z kanałów nadżędnych. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to add to the group and click Add. Wpisz nazwę użytkownika którego chciałbyś dodać do grupy i kliknij Dodaj. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to remove from the group and click Add. Wpisz nazwę użytkownika którego chciałbyś usunać z grupy i kliknij Usuń. - + Exclude Wyklucz - + Excluded members Wykluczeni członkowie - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. Przenosi regułę w górę listy. Reguły są sprawdzane w kolejności, więc taka zmiana może mieć wpływ na uprawnienia użytkowników. Nie możesz przenieść raguły ponad regulę z której są dziedziczone ACL, jeżeli naprawdę tego potrzebujesz zduplikuj daną regułę. - + Move entry down Przenieś regułę w dół - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. Przenosi regułę w dół listy. Reguły są sprawdzane w kolejności, więc taka zmiana może mieć wpływ na uprawnienia użytkowników. - + Entry should apply to this channel. Entry should apply to this channel Reguła powinna być stosowana do tego kanału. - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. Sprawia, że reguła dotyczy tego kanału. - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. Reguła powinna być stosowana do pod-kanałów. - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. Sprawia, że reguła dotyczy pod-kanałów tego kanału. - + Group this entry applies to Reguły dotyczą @@ -394,53 +387,53 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Kontroluje, której grupy użytkowników dotyczy dana reguła.<br />Należy pamiętać, że grupa jest sprawdzana w kontekście reguł jakie są w niej używane. Na przykład, na kanale Root domyślna reguła ACL nadaje uprawnienie <i>Zapisz ACL</i> grupie <i>admin</i>. Jeżeli ta reguła zostanie odziedziczona przez kanał, nada ona uprawnienia zapisu ACL użytkownikowi który należy do grupy <i>admin</i> na tym kanale, nawet gdy użytkownik nie należy do grupy <i>admin</i> na kanale z którego reguły ACL pochodza.<br />Jeżeli nazwa grupy rozpoczyna od !, członkowstwo użtykownika jest negowane, a gdy rozpoczyna się od ~, reguła jest sprawdzana na kanale gdzie została zdefiniowana, zamiast na kanale w którym reguła ACL jest aktywna. Kolejność jest ważna: <i>!~in</i> jest ważny, ale <i>~!in</i> nie jest.<br />Jest kilka predefiniowanych grup:<br /><b>all</b> - wszyscy użytkownicy będą pasować.<br /><b>auth</b> - Wszyscy uwierzytelnieni użytkownicy będą pasować.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - Użytkownicy znajdujący się w aktualnie w pod-kanele. Zobacz dokumentacje na stronie internetowej, aby dowiedzieć się więcej o tej funkcji.<br /><b>in</b> - Użytkownicy aktualnie znajdujący się na kanale (wygodniejsza metoda w porównaniu do <i>sub,0,0,0</i>.<br /><b>out</b> - Użytkownicy nie znajdujący się na kanale będą pasować (wygodniejsza metoda w porównaniu do <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Pamiętaj, że wpis może dotyczyć zarówno użytkownika lub grupy, a nie obu jednocześnie. - + User this entry applies to Reguła dotyczy tego użytkownika - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. Kontroluje do którego użytkownika należy ta reguła. Poprostu wpisz nazwę użytkownika i naciśnij Enter by wysłać zapytanie do serwera w celu sprawdzenia poprawności nazwy użytkownika. - + Allow %1 Zezwól %1 - + Deny %1 Zabroń %1 - + Mumble - Add channel Mumble - Dodaj kanał - - + + Failed: Invalid channel Niepowodzenie: Niepoprawny kanał - + Mumble - Edit %1 Mumble - Edycja %1 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Przydziela uprawnienie: %1. Jeżeli uprawnienie jest jednocześnie dozwolone i zabronione, to jest zabronione.<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Odbiera uprawnienie %1. Jeżeli uprawnienie jest jednocześnie dozwolone i zabronione, to jest zabronione.<br />%2 - + List of groups Lista grup @@ -449,7 +442,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> To jest lista wszystkich grup zdefiniowanych dla tego kanału. Aby utworzyć nową grupę wpisz jej nazwę i naciśnij Enter. - + Remove selected group Usuń zaznaczoną grupę @@ -458,7 +451,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Usuwa aktualnie wybrana grupę. Jeśli grupa była dziedziczona, to nie zostanie usunięta z listy, ale wszystkie lokalne informacje o tej grupie zostaną wyczyszczone. - + Inherit group members from parent Dziedzicz członków grupy z grupy nadrzędnej @@ -467,7 +460,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Dziedziczy wszystkich członków z grupy nadrzędnej, jeżeli grupa jest oznaczona jako .<i>Dziedziczna</i> w kanale nadrzędnym. - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels Umożliw dziedziczenie grupy w pod-kanałach @@ -476,7 +469,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Umożliwia dziedziczenie uprawnień grupy w pod-kanałach. Jeżeli grupa nie pozwala na dziedziczenie, to w pod-kanałach można twożyć grupy o tych samych nazwach. - + Group was inherited from parent channel Grupa została odziedziczona z kanału nadrzędnego @@ -485,12 +478,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Wskazuje czy grupa została odziedziczona z kanału nadrzędnego. Nie możesz edytować tej flagi, to jest tylko informacja. - + Add member to group Dodaj członka do grupy - + Remove member from group Usuń członka z grupy @@ -499,7 +492,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Mumble - edycja reguł ACL dla kanału %1 - + Dialog Dialog @@ -511,16 +504,21 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Type in the name of a player you wish to remove from the group and click Add. Wpisz nazwę użytkownika, któego chcesz usunąć z grupy i kliknij Dodaj. + + + &Properties + + ALSAAudioInput - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 Otwieranie wybranego Wejścia ALSA nie powiodło się: %1 - + Default ALSA Card Domyślna karta ALSA @@ -528,12 +526,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ALSAAudioOutput - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 Otwieranie wybranego wyjścia ALSA nie powiodło się: %1 - + Default ALSA Card Domyślna karta ALSA @@ -541,72 +539,72 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ASIOConfig - + Device selection Wybieranie urządzenia - + Capabilities Możliwości - + Buffer size Rozmiar bufora - + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. Ta opcja pomoże skonfigurować wejście kanałów dla ASIO. Upewnij się, że zaznaczysz przynajmniej jeden kanał jako mikrofon i jeden jako głośniki czy słuchawki. <i>Mikrofon</i> powinien być ustawiony tam gdzie masz podłączony mikrofon a <i>Głośniki</i> tam gdzie kanał przerabia <i>to co słyszysz</i> Na przykład dla Audigy 2 ZS dobrym wyborem dla Mikrofonu będzie <i>Mic L</i> a dla Głośników <i>Mix L</i> i <i>Mix R</i>. - + Channels Kanały - + Configure input channels Konfiguruj kanały wejścia - + Device to use for microphone Urządzenie do którego jest podłączony mikrofon - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. Wybiera które urządzenie sprawdzić. Musisz jeszcze sprawdzić urządzenie i wybrać kanały do wykorzystania. - + Device Urządzenie - + Query selected device Sprawdź zaznaczone urządzenie - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Sprawdza dane urządzenie. <b>Uwaga:</b> wiele sterowników ASIO jest tak wadliwych, że sprawdzanie ich może spowodować zawieszenie się programu lub całego systemu. - + Configure selected device Konfiguruj zaznaczone urządzenie - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Konfiguruje dane urządzenie. <b>Uwaga:</b> wiele sterowników ASIO jest tak wadliwych, że sprawdzanie ich może spowodować zawieszenie się programu lub całego systemu. - + Driver name Nazwa sterownika @@ -615,29 +613,27 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Rozmiar bufora - + Microphone Mikrofon - - + <- <- - - + -> -> - + Unused Nieużywany - + Speakers Głośniki @@ -656,53 +652,53 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms rozdzielczość) %4Hz -- Niemożliwy do wykorzystania - + %1 (version %2) %1 (wersja %2) - + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz %1 -> %2 bufor próbkowania, z rozdzielczością %3 (preferowana %4) na %5 Hz - - - - + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 Inizjalizacja ASIO nie powiodła się: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver prawdopodobnie bledne tlumaczenie //Zuko Wytwarzanie sterownika ASIO nie powiodło się - + ASIO ASIO - + &Query &Sprawdź - + &Configure &Konfiguruj - + Form Formularz @@ -718,18 +714,18 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ASIOInput - - + + Mumble Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. Musisz zaznaczyć przynajmniej jeden mikrofon oraz jedno źródło głośnika, aby używać ASIO. Jeżeli potrzebujesz tylko próbkowania mikrofonu używaj DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. Otwieranie zaznaczonego urządzenia ASIO nie powiodło się. Żadne wejście nie jest gotowe. @@ -737,27 +733,27 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AboutDialog - + &About Mumble &O Mumble - + &License &Licencja - + OK OK - + About Mumble O Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> <h3>Mumble v%1</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Polskie tłumaczenie:</b><br> Bartek Sumowski<br /> <a href=http://mumble.stranded.eu>mumble.stranded.eu</a><br><b>Korekta:<br /></b> Michał Żukowski<br> </p><p><b>Komunikator głosowy dla graczy</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> @@ -765,17 +761,17 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AboutSpeexDialog - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%1">%1</a></tt></p><p>This program uses SpeexDSP.</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering and voice activity detection.</p> <h3>O Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%1">%1</a></tt></p><p>Ten program używa SpeexDSP.</p><p>Speex używany jest do usuwania echa i szumu,<br />filtrowania oraz wykrywania mowy.</p> - + OK OK - + About Speex O Speex @@ -787,43 +783,43 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioInput - + Form Formularz - + Interface Interfejs - + System System - + Input method for audio Metoda wejścia dźwięku - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Jest to metoda wejścia dźwięku.</b><br />Najprawdopodobniej chcesz korzystać z DirectSound. - + Device Urządzenie - + Input device for audio Output method for audio Metoda wejścia dźwięku - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Jest to metoda wejścia dźwięku.</b> @@ -833,52 +829,51 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Usuwanie akustycznego echa - + Transmission Transmisja - + &Transmit &Sposób transmisji głosu - + When to transmit your speech Kiedy wysyłać twój głos - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. <b>Ta opcja określa kiedy to co mówisz powinno zostać wysłane.</b><br /><i>Ciągłe nadawanie</i><br /><i>Aktywacja głosowa</i> - Gdy mówisz wyraźnie<br /><i>Aktywacja przyciskiem</i> - Gdy trzymasz wciśnięty przycisk ustawiony w <i>Skróty</i>. - + DoublePush Time Czas podwójnego kliknięcia - TextLabel - Tekst + Tekst Audible audio cue when push-to-talk pressed and released <b>Aktywując tę opcję usłyszysz charakterystyczny dźwięk.</b><br />Podczas wciskania przycisku do rozmowy usłyszysz dźwięk z gry PacMan. - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. <b>Ta opcja aktywuje potwierdzenie dźwiękowe przy użyciu opcji aktywacji przyciskiem</b><br />Podczas wciskania i zwalniania przycisku usłyszysz dźwięk potwierdzający rozpoczęcie oraz zakończenie transmisji. - + PTT Audio cue Jak ktos wymysli lepsze tlumaczenie to bedzie fajnie ;D Odtwórz dźwięk, podczas wciskania przycisku aktywacji głosowej - + Use SNR based speech detection Używaj analizy na podstawie czystego sygnału @@ -887,42 +882,42 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <b>Analiza na podstawie czystego sygnału.</b> W tym trybie, źródło dźwięku jest analizowane pod kątem tzw. czystego sygnału, czystość tego sygnału jest używana do uaktywnienia wykrywania mowy. - + Signal to Noise stosunek sygnału do szumu - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. <b>Analiza na podstawie siły głosu.</b> W tym trybie, źródło dźwięku jest analizowane pod kątem siły głosu, głośniejszy dźwięk uaktywnia transmisję głosu. - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. <b>Ta opcja ustawia sposób detekcji głosu na analizę na podstawie siły głosu.</b> W tym trybie, źródło dźwięku jest analizowane pod kątem siły głosu, głośniejszy dźwięk uaktywnia transmisję głosu. - + Amplitude analiza na podstawie siły głosu - + Voice &Hold Czas podtrzymania &transmisji - + How long to keep transmitting after silence Jak długo utrzymywać nadawanie po zakończeniu wypowiedzi - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>Ta opcja określa jak długo utrzymywać nadawanie po zakończeniu wypowiedzi.</b><br />Ustaw wyższą wartość gdy twoje wypowiedzi są przerywane (można to zauważyć poprzeż szybkie miganie ikony przy twoim nicku)<br />Opcja ma jedyne sensowne zastosowanie gdy stosujesz aktywację głosową. - + Silence Below Cisza @@ -931,53 +926,52 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Sygnał poniżej podanej wartości traktowany jest jako cisza - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. <b>Ta opcja określa próg aktywacji detekcji mowy.</b><br />Użyj tego razem z <Statystykami</i> aby manualnie wyregulować próg aktywacji głosowej. Wartości wejścia poniżej "Cisza" zawsze są traktowane jakie cisza. Wartości powyżej "Mowa" zawsze są traktowane jako mowa. Wartości poniżej są traktowane jako mowa ale nie są traktowane jako nowa detekcja mowy. - + Speech Above Mowa - + Signal values above this count as voice Sygnał powyżej podanej wartości traktowany jest jako mowa - + Compression Kompresja - + &Quality &Jakość - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) Jakość kompresji (maksymalne pasmo) - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. <b>Ta opcja określa jakość kompresji.</b><br />Decyduje również, ile pasma Mumble może wykorzystać podczas wysyłania dźwięku. - + Audio per packet Dźwięk na pakiet - + How many audio frames to send per packet Ile ramek dźwięku ma być wysyłane na pakiet - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>Ta opcja ustawia ile ramek dźwięku powinno być umieszczonych w jednym pakiecie.</b><br />Zwiększanie ilości milisekund opóźni przesyłanie twojego głosu, ale dzięki temu zużyjesz mniej pasma. @@ -986,193 +980,192 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Maksymalna ilość przepustowości łącza - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). <b>Wyświetla maksymalne pasmo jakie może być użyte.</b><br />Wyświetla maksymalne pasmo jakie może być wykorzystane przy wysyłaniu z twojego komputera. Bitrate dźwięku (użyte jest VBR) jest maksymalnym bitrate dla samego dźwięku. Położenie jest to bitrate zawierający informacje wykorzystywane przy dźwięku pozycyjnym. Obciążenie są to nagłówki pakietów (IP i UDP stanowi 75% obciążenia). - + Audio Processing Przetwarzanie dźwięku - + Noise Suppression Tłumienie hałasu - + Noise suppression Tłumienie hałasu - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be suppressed. <b>Ta opcja ustawia natężenie wyciszania hałasu.</b><br />Im wyższa wartość tym mocniej dźwięk będzie wyciszany. - + Amplification Wzmocnienie dźwięku - + Maximum amplification of input sound Maksymalne wzmocnienie dźwięku wejściowego - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. <b>Maksymalne wzmocnienie wejścia.</b><br />Mumble normalizuje poziom głośności przed kompresją, opcja ta określa dozwolony poziom wzmocnienia.<br />Rzeczywisty poziom jest stale aktualizowany w oparciu o aktualną strukturę twojej wypowiedzi, ale nigdy nie przekracza poziomu określonego tutaj.<br /> Jeśli poziom głośności mikrofonu w statystykach wynosi około 100% to prawdopodobnie chcesz ustawić wartość tej opcji na 2.0, ale gdy jak większość użytkowników nie będziesz w stanie osiągnąć 100%, ustaw wartość tej opcji trochę wyżej.<br />Najlepiej ustawić jak tak: <i>głośność mikrofonu * czynnik wzmocnienia>= 100</i> nawet gdy mówisz bardzo miękko. Pamiętaj, że nie zaszkodzi w tym ustawienie maksymalnej wartości, ale Mumble zacznie przechwytywać inne rozmowy jeżeli zostawisz to do auto-dostrojenia. - + Current speech detection chance Aktualna szansa na wykrycie mowy - + Cancel echo from speakers Usuwaj echo z głośników - + Enabling this will cancel the echo from your speakers. Mixed has low CPU impact, but only works well if your speakers are equally loud and equidistant from the microphone. Multichannel echo cancellation provides much better echo cancellation, but at a higher CPU cost. Włączając tą opcję usuniesz echo dochodzące z głośników. Pomieszane ma mały wpływ ma proceosr, ale działa tylko na bardzo głośno ustawione głośniki. Multikanałowe usuwanie echa dostarcza lepszą jakość ale skutkuje to większym wykorzystaniem procesora. - + Disabled Wyłącz - + Mixed Pomieszane - + Multichannel Multikanałowe - + Echo Echo - + If you press the PTT key twice in this time it will get locked. Jeśli naciśniesz przycisk PTT podwójnie w takim czasie zostanie on zablokowany. - + <b>DoublePush Time</b><br />If you press the push-to-talk key twice during the configured interval of time it will be locked. Mumble will keep transmitting until you hit the key once more to unlock PTT again. <b>Czas podwójnego kliknięcia</b><br/>Jeśli wciśniesz przycisk push-to-talk (naciśnij-i-mów) dwukrotnie, we wskazanym czasie, wówczas Mumble będzie ciągle transmitować twój głos dopóki ponownie nie wciśniesz przycisku PTT podwójnie. - + Gets played when the PTT button is pressed Odtwarza dźwięk kiedy wciśnięty jest przycisk PTT - + Gets played when the PTT button is released Odtwarza dźwięk kiedy puszczony jest przycisk PTT - + Reset audio cue to default Domyślny dźwięk PTT - + <b>Reset</b><br/>Reset the paths for the files to their default. <b>Resetuj</b><br/>Resetuje ścieżki dla plików dźwiękowych do wartości domyślnych. - + Reset Resetuj - + Browse for on audio file Przeglądaj w poszukiwaniu pliku dźwiękowego służącego do włączenia - - + Browse Przeglądaj - + Browse for off audio file Przeglądaj w poszukiwaniu pliku dźwiękowego służącego do wyłączenia - + Off Wyłącz - + On Włącz - + Preview the audio cues Podgląd plików audio - + <b>Preview</b><br/>Plays the current <i>on</i> soundfile followed by the current <i>off</i> soundfile. <b>Podgląd</b><br/>Odtwarza obecne dźwięki dla obu wartości (<i>włącz</i> i <i>wyłącz</i>). - + Preview Podgląd - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated Kiedy wciskasz przycisk transmisji głosu zostanie odegrany dźwięk potwierdzający rozpoczęcie transmisji - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. <b>Ta opcja ustawia sposób detekcji głosu na stosunek sygnału do szumu.</b><br />W tym trybie sygnał wejściowy jest analizowany jako czysty, a czystość tego sygnału używana jest do włączania transmisji głosowej. - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Wyświetla aktualne ustawienia wykrywania mowy.</b><br />Możesz zmienić te ustawienia w <i>Opcjach</i> lub w <i>Kreatorze ustawień audio</i>. - + Idle AutoMute Automatyczne wyciszanie mikrofonu<br />po upłynięciu czasu bezczynności - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. Ile czasu musisz pozostać bezczynnym by zostać automatycznie wyciszonym. - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. Tutaj możesz ustawić czas bezczynności. Jeżeli przez ten czas nie wyślesz żadnego pakietu do serwera, zostaniesz wyciszony. - + Signal values below this count as silence Sygnał poniżej tych wartości zalicza się jako cisza - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio Maksymalne pasmo używane do wysyłania dźwięku @@ -1181,7 +1174,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <b>Ta opcja określa wartość tłumienia hałasu.</b><br />Zwiększenie tej wartości powoduje agresywniejsze tłumienie hałasu. - + Server maximum network bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Audio quality auto-adjusted to %2 kbit/s (%3ms) Maksymalna przepustowość serwera to tylko %1 kbit/s. Jakość mowy została automatycznie dopasowana do %2 kbit/s (%3ms) @@ -1189,65 +1182,66 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioInputDialog - + Continuous ciągłe nadawanie - + Voice Activity aktywacja głosowa - + Push To Talk aktywacja przyciskiem - + Audio Input Wejście audio - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - + + + Off Wyłącz - + %1 s %1 s - + %1 kb/s %1 kb/s - + -%1 dB %1 dB - - %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) - %1kbit/s (Dźwięk %2 %5, Pozycja %4, Obciążenie %3) + + %1 kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + %1kbit/s (Dźwięk %2 %5, Pozycja %4, Obciążenie %3) - + CELT CELT - + Speex Speex @@ -1256,7 +1250,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> %1 kbit/s (Dźwięk %2, Położenie %4, Obciążenie %3) - + %1 min %1 min @@ -1264,100 +1258,99 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioOutput - + Form Formularz - + Interface Interfejs - + System System - + Output method for audio Input method for audio Metoda wyjścia dźwięku - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Jest to metoda wyjścia dźwięku.</b><br />Najprawdopodobniej chcesz korzystać z DirectSound. - + Device Urządzenie - + Output device for audio Urządzenie wyjściowe dla dźwięku - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> <b>To jest urządzenie wyjściowe dla urządzeń dźwiękowych.</b> - - + Positional Audio Dźwięk pozycyjny - + Audio Output Wyjście audio - + Default &Jitter Buffer Domyślny bufor &drgań - + Safety margin for jitter buffer Granica bezpieczeństwa dla bufora drgań - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. <b>Granica bezpieczeństwa dla bufora drgań.</b><br />Każdy przychodzący dźwięk jest najpierw buforowany, przez co opóźnienie jest najniższe jak to tylko możliwe. Ta opcja ustawia minimalny rozmiar bufora. Jeśli mowa jest dla ciebie lekko zniekształcona spróbuj zwiększyć ilość milisekund. - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones Podłączone "głośniki" to w rzeczywistości słuchawki - + Minimum distance to user before sound volume decreases Minimalna odległośćd od użytkownika zanim głośność dźwięku zostanie zmniejszona - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other users' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. Ta opcja ustawia minimalną odległość na obliczenia dźwięku. Głośność mowy użytkowników nie obniży się dopóki nie będą znajdowali się w określonej odległości od ciebie. - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other users' speech volume will not decrease any further. Ta opcja ustawia maksymalną odległość na obliczenia dźwięku. Jeśli wskazuje dalej niż ustalona odległość, głośność mowy innych użytkowników nie ulegnie zmianie. - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you to set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. <b>Ta opcja ustawia opóźnienie pakietów dla trybu testowego.</b><bt /> Większość ścieżek zawiera jakąś przybliżoną wartość opóźnienia. Umożliwia to ustawienie tego opóźnienia dla trybu testowego. Na przykład, jeśli ustawisz 15ms, opcja ta zacznie emulować sieć z opóźnieniami w granicach 20-35ms lub 80-95ms. Większość domowych połączeń internetowych waha się w granicach 5ms. - + <b>This enables one of the loopback test modes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other users will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. <b>Ta opcja włącza jeden z kilku trybów testowych.</b><br /><i>Brak</i> - Tryb testowy wyłączony<bt /><i>Lokalny</i> Emulowanie serwera lokalnego.<br /><i>Serwer</i> Test na serwerze.<br /> Prosimy zauważyć, że kiedy tryb testowy jest włączony, żaden inny użytkownik cię nie usłyszy. Ponad to opcja ta nie jest zapamiętywania przy wyjściu z programu. @@ -1366,27 +1359,27 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Tekst - + Volume Głośność - + Volume of incoming speech Głośność przychodzącego dźwięku - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. <b>Ta opcja pozwala na określenie głośności przychodzącej mowy.</b><br />Każda wartość powyżej 100% sprawi, że dźwięk będzie trochę zniekształcony. - + Output Delay Opóźnienie wyjścia - + Amount of data to buffer Ilość danych trafiających do bufora @@ -1429,7 +1422,7 @@ przechwytywania źródeł dźwięku Zanikanie dźwięku - + Factor for sound volume decrease Ustawia jak szybko odbierany dźwięk ma zanikać @@ -1438,22 +1431,22 @@ przechwytywania źródeł dźwięku Jak szybko głośność powinna spadać, gdy przekroczy minimalny zasięg przechwytywania dźwięku. - + Bloom Zmienna głośność - + Loopback Test Tryb testowy - + Delay Variance Opóźnienie pakietów - + Variance in packet latency Opóźnienie pakietów podczas testu @@ -1462,27 +1455,27 @@ przechwytywania źródeł dźwięku <b>Ta opcja ustawia długość opóźnienia pakietów dla trybu testowego.</b><br />Na przykład jeśli ustawisz 15 milisekund test zacznie emulować opóźnienie sieci z pingiem 20-35 milisekund lub 80-95 milisekund. Większość połączeń różni się między sobą o około 5 milisekund. - + Packet Loss Utracone pakiety - + Packet loss for loopback mode Ilość utraconych pakietów podczas testu - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% <b>Ta opcja ustawia ilość utraconych pakietów w trybie testowym.</b> - + &Loopback &Wybierz tryb - + Desired loopback mode Tryb testowania @@ -1491,7 +1484,7 @@ przechwytywania źródeł dźwięku Ta opcja uaktywnia tryb testowy. - + Factor for sound volume increase Czynnik wpływający na zwiększenie głośności @@ -1500,17 +1493,17 @@ przechwytywania źródeł dźwięku Podłączone "głośniki" to w rzeczywistości słuchawki. - + Minimum Distance Minimalna odległość - + Maximum Distance Maksymalna odległość - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease Ta opcja ustawia maksymalną odległość słyszalności dźwięku @@ -1519,17 +1512,17 @@ przechwytywania źródeł dźwięku Ta opcja ustawia maksymalną odległość słyszalności dźwięku. W zależności od ustawienia odległości, mowa innych użytkowników nie będzie słyszana głośniej. - + Minimum Volume Minimalna głośność - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? Jaka powinna być głośność maksymalnej odległości? - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? Jak bardzo Mumble powinien zmieniać głośność dla źródeł dźwięku, które są zbyt blisko? @@ -1538,84 +1531,102 @@ przechwytywania źródeł dźwięku <b>Jeśli w tej chwli używasz słuchawek</b> to zaznacz tę opcję. Jest to ważne, bo zazwyczaj głośniki są przed tobą a słuchawki bezpośrednio z lewej i prawej. - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. <b>Jeśli w tej chwli używasz słuchawek</b> to zaznacz, że nie posiadasz głośników tylko słuchawki. Jest to ważne, bo zazwyczaj głośniki są przed tobą a słuchawki bezpośrednio z lewej i prawej. - + Headphones Słuchawki - + Other Applications Inne aplikacje - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. Ta opcja ustawia ilość danych, które są wstępnie wczytywane do bufora wyjścia. Poeksperymentuj z różnymi wartościami i ustaw je na najniższą, możliwą wartość. - + Volume of other applications during speech Głośność innych aplikacji podczas rozmowy - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. <b>Zmniejsza głośność innych aplikacji podczas rozmowy.</b><br />Mumble wspiera obniżanie głośności innych aplikacji podczas nadchodzącej rozmowy. Ta opcja ustawia względną głośność innych aplikacji kiedy inni mówią. <b>UWAGA!</b> Działa tylko na Windows VISTA SP1. + + + If checked Mumble also lowers the volume of other applications when you talk + + + + + Attenuate other applications while you talk + + AudioOutputDialog - + None wyłącz tryb testowy - + Local test lokalny - + Server test na serwerze - + Audio Output Wyjście audio - - + + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - - - + + + + + + %1 % + + + + + + %1 m + + + %1% - %1% + %1% - %1ms - %1 ms + %1 ms - - %1m - %1m + %1m %1 @@ -1625,17 +1636,17 @@ przechwytywania źródeł dźwięku AudioOutputSample - + Choose sound file Wybierz plik dźwiękowy - + Invalid sound file Nieprawidłowy plik dźwiękowy - + The file '%1' cannot be used by Mumble. Please select a file with a compatible format and encoding. Plik '%1' nie mógł zostać użyty przez Mumble. Prosimy wybrać plik z kompatybilnym formatem pliku. @@ -1643,119 +1654,118 @@ przechwytywania źródeł dźwięku AudioStats - + Peak microphone level - + Peak speaker level - + Peak clean level - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. Ta opcja pokazuje moc ostatniej ramki (20 ms) po całym procesie przetwarzania.W najlepszym wypadku, opcja ta powinna być na poziomie -96dB kiedy nic nie mówisz. W rzeczywistości powinna to być wartość zbliżona do -60 dB ale od czasu do czasu powinieneś widzieć -20 dB. Kiedy mówisz, wartość ta powinna wzrosnąć do około -5 dB czy -10 dB.<br /> Jeśli usuwasz opcji usuwania echa, a wartość ta wzrasta powyżej -15 dB kiedy nie mówisz twoje ustawienia są złe i będziesz przeszkadzać innym użytkownikiem echem dobiegającym z twojej transmisji. - + Speech Probability Prawdopodobieństwo mowy - - - + Peak power in last frame - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. Ta opcja pokazuje moc głośników w ostatniej ramce (20 ms). Jednak jeśli używasz wielokanałowej metody próbkowania (np. ASIO) ze skonfigurowanymi kanałami ta opcja będzie wynosić 0. Jeśli posiadasz taki sprzęt skonfigurowany, a ta opcja nadal pokazuje 0, gdy odtwarzasz dźwięk z innych programów to znaczy, że twoje ustawienie nie działa prawidłowo. - + How close the current input level is to ideal Jak blisko obecny poziom głośności jest bliski idealnemu - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone Analiza na podstawie sygnału z mikrofonu - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. Analiza na podstawie czystego sygnału. - + Probability of speech Prawdopodobieństwo mowy - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). - + Bitrate of last frame Bitrate ostatniej ramki - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. - + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses Czas pomiędzy dwoma ostatnimi wciśnięciami PTT - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate Siła spektrum sygnału i szacowanie poziomu hałasu - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. - + Weights of the echo canceller Ciężkość usuwania echa - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. - - >1000ms - >1000ms + + >1000 ms + >1000ms + >1000ms - + Audio Statistics Statystyki - + Input Levels Poziomy wejścia - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. @@ -1764,37 +1774,37 @@ przechwytywania źródeł dźwięku Tekst - + Signal Analysis Analiza sygnału - + Microphone power Siła mikrofonu - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Analiza na podstawie czystego sygnału - + Configuration feedback Konfiguracja - + Current audio bitrate Bitrate audio - + DoublePush interval Szybkość podwójnego kliknięcia @@ -1803,27 +1813,27 @@ przechwytywania źródeł dźwięku Czas pomiędzy dwoma ostatnimi naciśnięciami klawisza do mówienia - + Speech Detection Wykrywanie mowy - + Current speech detection chance Aktualna szansa na wykrycie - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Ta opcja pokazuje obecny stan sposobu transmisji głosu.</b><br />Możesz zmienić te ustawienia z menu Ustawienia lub korzystając z Kreatora ustawień dźwięku. - + Signal and noise power spectrum Widmo hałasu i siły - + Echo Analysis Analiza echa @@ -1831,17 +1841,17 @@ przechwytywania źródeł dźwięku AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard Kreator ustawień dźwięku - + Introduction Wprowadzenie - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard Witamy w kreatorze ustawień dźwięku Mumble @@ -1858,12 +1868,12 @@ przechwytywania źródeł dźwięku Przejdź Dalej, aby rozpocząć konfigurację! - + Finished Zakończono - + Enjoy using Mumble Miłej zabawy z Mumble @@ -1872,12 +1882,12 @@ Przejdź Dalej, aby rozpocząć konfigurację! Gratulujemy! Od teraz powinieneś cieszyć się lepszą jakością dźwięku z Mumble. - + Device selection Wybór urządzenia - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. Wybierz urządzenia wejścia/wyjścia, z których Mumble będzie korzystać. @@ -1886,7 +1896,7 @@ Przejdź Dalej, aby rozpocząć konfigurację! Urządzenie wejścia - + <p> This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. </p> @@ -1901,49 +1911,47 @@ Zwróć uwagę na to, że podczas kolejnych kroków będziesz słyszeć sam sieb </p> - + Input Device Urządzenie wejścia - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. Urządzenie, do którego podłączony jest mikrofon. - - + System System - + Input method for audio System wejścia audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>System wyjścia audio.</b><br />DirectSound zalecane. - - + Device Urządzenie - + Input device to use Urządzenie wejścia - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> <b>Zaznacza, które urządzenie użyć</b> - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers Usuń echo ze słuchawek lub głośników @@ -1952,37 +1960,37 @@ Zwróć uwagę na to, że podczas kolejnych kroków będziesz słyszeć sam sieb Urządzenie wyjścia - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. Urządzenie, do którego podłączączone są słuchawki/głośniki. - + Output method for audio System wyjścia audio - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>System wyjścia audio.</b><br />DirectSound zalecane. - + Output device to use Urządzenie wyjścia - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> <b>Zaznacza, które urządzenie użyć</b> - + Allows positioning of sound Uaktywnia dźwięk pozycyjny - + <p> To keep latency to an absolute minimum, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. </p> @@ -1998,27 +2006,27 @@ Powinieneś słyszeć próbkę głosową. Ustaw teraz wskaźnik na pasku poniże </p> - + Amount of data to buffer Ilość danych trafiających do bufora - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. Opcja ta zmienia ilość danych wczytywanych do bufora wyjścia. Eksperymentuj z różnymi wartościami i ustaw ją do najniższej możliwej, nie powodującej błędów podczas odtwarzania dźwięku. - + Volume tuning Regulacja głośności - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. Ustawienie optymalnej głośności mikrofonu. - + <p> Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other users relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other user is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. </p> @@ -2034,12 +2042,12 @@ Wykres poniżej pokazuje pozycję <font color="red">twoją</f </p> - + Use headphones instead of speakers Używaj słuchawek zamiast głośników - + <p> Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. </p> @@ -2063,32 +2071,32 @@ Mumble jest podczas ciągłego tworzenia a nasza drużyna chce skupić się na f Mów głośno, tak jakbyś był podekscytowany albo wkurzony. Zmniejszaj stopniowo głośność w panelu aż pasek poniżej zostanie tak wysoko jak to możliwe w niebiesko-zielonym kolorze (nie może być w czerwonym). - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. Teraz mów łagodnie tak jakbyś mówił późno w nocy, aby nikogo nie obudzić. - + Voice Activity Detection Wybór sposobu aktywacji głosowej - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. Teraz pozwól Mumble ustalić, kiedy słyszany jest twój głos a kiedy panuje cisza. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. Wskaż sposób aktywacji, którego chcesz używać. - + Raw amplitude from input Analiza na podstawie siły głosu - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Analiza na podstawie czystego sygnału @@ -2103,12 +2111,12 @@ Zielony - mowa zdecydowana, żółty - mowa normalna, czerwony - gdy nic nie mó W ten sposób możesz uniknąć ucinania głosu pomiędzy wypowiadanymi zdaniami. - + Device tuning Ustawianie urządzenia - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. Zmiana opóźnień sprzętu do minimalnych wartości. @@ -2127,9 +2135,8 @@ Postaraj się ustawić wielkość bufora tak, aby nie występowały żadne zakł Ustaw jak najniżej możliwą wartość (UWAGA! Twoja karta dźwiękowa może nie działać na bardzo niskich wartościach). - %1ms - %1ms + %1ms %1 s @@ -2153,7 +2160,7 @@ Postaraj się ustawić wielkość bufora tak, aby nie występowały żadne zakł Wejście dźwieku nie zostało rozpoznane! - + Use echo cancellation Usuwanie akustycznego echa @@ -2162,17 +2169,17 @@ Wejście dźwieku nie zostało rozpoznane! Ta opcja usuwa echo ze słuchawek lub głośników. - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. Uaktywnia usuwanie echa pochodzącego z urządzeń (głośniki lub słuchawki). - + Output Device Urządzenie wyjścia - + Enable positional audio Włącz dźwięk pozycyjny @@ -2181,12 +2188,12 @@ Wejście dźwieku nie zostało rozpoznane! Uaktywnia pozycjonowanie dźwięku. - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. Pozwala to Mumble na używanie pozycjonowania dźwięku aby umieszczać głosy w różny sposób. - + <p> Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. </p> @@ -2202,17 +2209,17 @@ Mów głośno, tak jakbyś był wkurzony lub podekscytowany. Zmniejsz głośnoś </p> - + Next you need to adjust the following slider. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Nastepnie musisz ustawić te suwaki. Generalnie podczas mowy wygląda to tak, że zdecydowana mowa to obszar zielony, zwyczajna mowa to obszar żółty. Wszystko inne znajduje się w obszarze czerwonym - po prostu brak mowy. - + Positional Audio Dźwięk pozycyjny - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. Szczegółowe ustawienia dźwięku pozycyjnego. @@ -2226,7 +2233,7 @@ Mów głośno, tak jakbyś był wkurzony lub podekscytowany. Zmniejsz głośnoś Powinieneś usłyszeć dźwięk przemieszczający się pomiędzy głośnikami. - + Use headphones Zaznacz tą opcję jeśli masz podłączone słuchawki @@ -2235,7 +2242,7 @@ Powinieneś usłyszeć dźwięk przemieszczający się pomiędzy głośnikami.Używaj słuchawek zamiast głośników. - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. Dzięki tej opcji ignorujesz ustawienia w systemie i wymuszasz słuchawki. @@ -2246,60 +2253,125 @@ Mumble jest ciągle rozwijany, naszym priorytetem jest skupianie się na cechach Dane te zawierają konfigurację twojego klienta i są nam bardzo potrzebne do przyszłego rozwoju aplikacji. - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Zezwalaj na wysyłanie anonimowych statystyk do twórców programu - + Push To Talk: Aktywacja wybranym przyciskiem: + + + Quality & Notifications + + + + + Adjust quality and notification settings. + + + + + Quality settings + + + + + Low + + + + + In this configuration Mumble will use a <b>low amount of bandwidth</b>. This will inevitable result in high latency and poor quality. Choose this only if your connection cannot handle the other settings. (Speex 16kbit/s, 60ms per packet) + + + + + Balanced + + + + + This is the <b>recommended default</b> configuration. It provides a good balance between quality, latency and bandwidth usage. (CELT 40kbit/s, 20ms per packet) + + + + + Ultra + + + + + This configuration is only recommended for use in setups where bandwidth is not an issue like a LAN. It provides the lowest latency supported by Mumble and <b>high quality</b>. (CELT 72kbit/s, 10ms per packet) + + + + + Notification settings + + + + + Use Text-To-Speech to read notifications and messages to you. + + + + + Disable Text-To-Speech and use sounds instead. + + + + + %1 ms + + BanEditor - + Reason Powód - + Start Od - + End Do - + User Użytkownik - + Hash Wartość - + &Add &Dodaj - + &Update &Aktualizuj - + &Remove &Usuń - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - edycja banów @@ -2308,12 +2380,12 @@ Dane te zawierają konfigurację twojego klienta i są nam bardzo potrzebne do p 0.0.0.0 - + &Address &Adres IP - + &Mask &Maska @@ -2321,27 +2393,27 @@ Dane te zawierają konfigurację twojego klienta i są nam bardzo potrzebne do p CertView - + Name Nazwa - + Email Email - + Issuer Wystawca - + (none) (brak) - + Self-signed Własnoręcznie podpisany @@ -2349,67 +2421,67 @@ Dane te zawierają konfigurację twojego klienta i są nam bardzo potrzebne do p CertWizard - + Resolving domain %1. Wczytywanie domeny %1. - + Unable to validate email.<br />Enter a valid (or blank) email to continue. Nie można potwierdzić adresu email.<br />Podaj właściwy (lub żadnego) adres email, aby kontynuować. - + There was an error generating your certificate.<br />Please try again. Wystąpił błąd podczas generowania twojego certyfikatu.<br />Prosimy spróbować później. - + Your certificate and key could not be exported to PKCS#12 format. There might be an error in your certificate. Twój certyfikat oraz klucz nie mogły zostać wyeksportowane do formatu PKCS#12. W twoim certyfikacie może występować błąd. - + The file could not be opened for writing. Please use another file. Plik nie mógł zostać otwarty w celu zapisania. Prosimy użyć innego pliku. - + The file could not be written successfully. Please use another file. Plik nie mógł zostać zapisany. Prosimy użyć innego pliku. - + The file could not be opened for reading. Please use another file. Plik nie mógł zostać otwarty w celu odczytania jego zawartości. Prosimy użyć innego pliku. - + The file is empty or could not be read. Please use another file. Plik jest pusty lub uszkodzony. Prosimy użyć innego pliku. - + The file did not contain a valid certificate and key. Please use another file. Plik nie zawierał poprawnego certyfikatu i klucza. Prosimy użyć innego pliku. - + Select file to export certificate to Wybierz plik, do którego wyeksportować certyfikat - + Select file to import certificate from Wybierz plik, z którego importować certyfikat - + Unable to resolve domain. Nie udało się odczytać domeny. - + Mumble User Użytkownik Mumble @@ -2417,173 +2489,167 @@ Dane te zawierają konfigurację twojego klienta i są nam bardzo potrzebne do p Certificates - + Certificate Management Zarządzanie certyfikatami - + Certificate Authentication Autoryzacja certyfikatów - + Authenticating to servers without using passwords Rejestracja na serwerach bez użycia haseł - + <p>Mumble can use certificates to authenticate with servers. Using certificates avoids passwords, meaning you don't need to disclose any password to the remote site. It also enables very easy user registration.</p><p>While Mumble can work without certificates, the majority of servers will expect you to have one.</p> <p>Mumble używa certyfikatów do autoryzacji na serwerach. Używanie ich to przede wszystkim brak haseł, co oznacza brak problemów z zapamiętaniem haseł na różnych serwerach, co pozwala również na bardzo łatwą rejestracje na jakimkolwiek serwerze.</p><p>Mumble może pracować bez certyfikatów ale licz się z tym że większość serwerów będzie ich wymagać.</p> - - - + Current certificate Obecny certyfikat - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. To jest certyfikat, którego Mumble używa obecnie. - - + Current Certificate Obecny certyfikat - - + Create a new certificate Utwórz nowy certyfikat - + This will create a new certificate. Opcja ta utworzy nowy certyfikat. - + Import certificate from file Importuj certyfikat z pliku - + This will import a certificate from file. Opcja ta importuje certyfikat z pliku. - + Import a certificate Importuj certyfikat - - + Export Certificate Eksportuj certyfikat - + This will export a certificate to file. Opcja ta wyeksportuje certyfikat do pliku. - + Export current certificate Wyeksportuj obecny certyfikat - + Import Certificate Importuj certyfikat - + PKCS #12 Certificate import Import certyfikatu PKCS $12 - + <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> <p>Mumble może importować certyfikaty w formacie PKCS #12. Jest to również format używany podczas eksportowania certyfikatu w Mumble, ale i w innych aplikacjach jak Opera, Internet Explorer czy Firefox.</p><p>Jeśli plik jest zabezpieczony hasłem, będziesz musiał je podać, aby zaimportować certyfikat.</p> - + Import from Importuj z - + Filename to import from Nazwa pliku do importu - + This is the filename you wish to import a certificate from. To jest nazwa pliku, z którego chcesz importować certyfikat. - + Select file to import from Zaznacz plik, z którego importować - + This opens a file selection dialog to choose a file to import a certificate from. Opcja ta otwiera okno wyboru plików w celu importowania certyfikatu. - + Open... Otwórz... - + Password Hasło - + Password for PKCS#12 file Hasło dla pliku PKCS #12 - + This is the password for the PKCS#12 file containing your certificate. To jest hasło dla pliku PKCS #12, który zawiera twój certyfikat. - + Certificate to import Certyfikat do zaimportowania - + This is the certificate you are importing. To jest certyfikat, który importujesz. - - + Certificate Details Szczegóły certyfikatu - + Replace Certificate Zastąp certyfikat - + Replace existing certificate with new certificate? Zastąpić istniejący certyfikat nowym? - + <p>You already have a certificate stored in Mumble, and you are about to replace it.</p> <p>If you are upgrading to a certificate issued to you by a trusted CA and the email addresses match your current certificate, this is completely safe, and servers you connect to will automatically recognize the strong certificate for your email address. </p> @@ -2603,118 +2669,122 @@ Jesteś pewien, że chcesz zastąpić swój bieżący certyfikat? </p> - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be replaced. To jest certyfikat, którego Mumble obecnie używa. Zostanie on zastąpiony innym. - + New certificate Nowy certyfikat - + This is the new certificate that will replace the old one. To jest nowy certyfikat, który zastąpi stary. - - + New Certificate Nowy certyfikat - + Make a backup of your certificate Stwórz kopię swojego certyfikatu - + <p>If you ever lose your current certificate, which will happen if your computer suffers a hardware failure or you reinstall your machine, you will no longer be able to authenticate to any server you are registered on. It is therefore <b>mandatory</b> that you make a backup of your certificate. We strongly recommend you store this backup on removable storage, such as an USB memory stick.</p> <p>Note that this file will not be encrypted, and if anyone gains access to it, they will be able to impersonate you, so take good care of it.</p> <p>Jeśli kiedykolwiek zgubisz swój certyfikat, twój sprzęt się spali lub z jakiegoś innego powodu stracisz plik to stracisz możliwość wchodzenia na serwery, na których byłeś zautoryzowany. Tak więc tworzenie kopii zapasowej to <b>konieczność</b> - użyj na przykład dysku USB.</p> <p>Pamiętaj, że ten plik nie jest w żaden sposób zaszyfrowany i jeśli ktoś uzyska do niego dostęp to będą mogli wchodzić jako ty na twoje ulubione serwery Mumble. Także dbaj o swoje kopie zapasowe!</p> - + Export to Eksportuj do - + Filename to export to Nazwa pliku, do którego eksportować - + This is the filename you wish to export a certificate to. To jest nazwa pliku do, którego chcesz zapisać swój certyfikat. - + Save As... Zapisz jako... - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be exported. To jest certyfikat obecnie używany w Mumble. Zostanie on wyeksportowany. - + Generate a new certificate for strong authentication Generuj nowy certyfikat dla silnej autoryzacji - + <p>Mumble will now generate a strong certificate for authentication to servers.</p><p>If you wish, you may provide some additional information to be stored in the certificate, which will be presented to servers when you connect. If you provide a valid email address, you can upgrade to a CA issued email certificate later on, which provides strong identification.</p> <p> Za chwilę Mumble wygeneruje silny certyfikat, abyś mógł autoryzować się na serwerach.</p><p>Jeśli chcesz, możesz podać jakieś dodatkowe informacje i zapisać je wewnątrz certyfikatu, zostaną one zaprezentowane serwerowi, do którego podłączysz się w przyszłości. Jeśli podasz prawdziwy adres email możesz śmiało uaktualnić swój certyfikat do wersji CA co sprawi, że będzie on jeszcze silniej zabezpieczony.</p> - + Name Nazwa - + Email Email - + Your email address (e.g. johndoe@mumble.info) Twój adres email (np. jankowalski@mumble.info) - + This is your email address. It is strongly recommended to provide a valid email address, as this will allow you to upgrade to a strong certificate without authentication problems. To jest twój adres email. Zalecane jest użycie prawdziwego adresu email, co pozwoli na ulepszenie do silnego certyfikatu bez problemów z autoryzacją. - + Your name (e.g. John Doe) Twoja nazwa (np. Jan Kowalski) - + This is your name, and will be filled out in the certificate. This field is entirely optional. To twoja nazwa, zostanie użyta w certyfikacie. Te pole jest opcjonalne. - + Finish Zakończ - + Certificate-based authentication is ready for use Autoryzacja bazująca na certyfikatach jest gotowa do używania - + Enjoy using Mumble with strong authentication. Miłej zabawy z Mumble i silnymi certyfikatami. + + + Automatic certificate creation + + ChanACL @@ -2755,7 +2825,7 @@ Jesteś pewien, że chcesz zastąpić swój bieżący certyfikat? L - + None Żaden @@ -2764,17 +2834,17 @@ Jesteś pewien, że chcesz zastąpić swój bieżący certyfikat? Pisanie - + Traverse Wejście na pod-kanał - + Enter Wejście - + Speak Mowa @@ -2783,7 +2853,7 @@ Jesteś pewien, że chcesz zastąpić swój bieżący certyfikat? Alternatywna mowa - + Mute/Deafen Wyciszanie słuchawek oraz mikrofonu @@ -2792,132 +2862,132 @@ Jesteś pewien, że chcesz zastąpić swój bieżący certyfikat? Przenieś / Kopnij - + Make channel Tworzenie kanałów - + Make temporary Tworzenie kanałów tymczasowych - + Link channel Łączenie kanałów - + This represents no privileges. Brak uprawnień. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. Uprawnienie to umożliwia całkowity dostęp do kanału, wliczjąc możliwość dokonywania zmian w grupach oraz regułach ACL. To uprawnienie zawiera wszystkie pozostałe uprawnienia. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. Uprawnienie to umożliwia wejście na pod-kanały. Jeżeli użytkownik ma zabroniony dostęp do tego uprawnienia nie będzie w stanie w żaden sposób wejść na pod-kanały, niezależnie od innych uprawnień jakie posiada w pod-kanałach. - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. Uprawnienie to umożliwia wejście na kanał. Jeżeli posiadasz hierarchiczną strukturę kanałów, możesz nadać każdemu uprawnienie wejścia na pod-kanały jednocześnie blokując dostęp do głównego kanału w hierarchii. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. Uprawnienie to umożliwia używanie mowy na kanale. Użytkownicy nieposiadający tego uprawnienia będą automatycznie wyciszani przez serwer, oraz nie będą w stanie mówić dopóki osoba z odpowiednimi uprawnieniami nie zdejmie im wyciszenia. - + This represents the permission to whisper to this channel from the outside. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with the Whisper key held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. Uprawnienie to umożliwia używanie szeptu do tego kanału z zewnątrz. Działa dokładnie tak samo jak uprawnienie <i>Mowa</i>, lecz jest stosowany do pakietów mowy, gdy użyty jest przycisk Szeptu. Może zostać użyte do wygłaszania przemówień do całego drzewa kanałów bez potrzeby ich linkowania. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other users. Once muted, a user will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged user or reconnects to the server. Uprawnienie to umożliwia wyciszanie słuchawek oraz mikrofonu innym użytkownikom. Gdy użytkownik zostanie wyciszony pozostanie wyciszony dopóki inny uprawniony użytkownik nie zdejmie wyciszenia lub do czasu ponownego połączenia z serwerem. - + This represents the permission to move a user to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the user, either the moving user must have Move privileges in the destination channel, or the user must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Users with this privilege can move users into channels the target user normally wouldn't have permission to enter. Uprawnienie to umożliwia przenoszenie użytkowników na inne kanały oraz wykopanie ich z serwera. Aby przenieść użytkownika, użytkownik przenoszący musi mieć uprawenienie <i>Przenieś</i> w docelowym kanale. Użytkownicy z tym uprawnieniem mogą przenosić innych użytkowników na kanały na które sami nie mogli by normalnie wejść. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Uprawnienie to umożliwia tworzenie pod-kanałów. Użytkownik twożący pod-kanał zostaje automatycznie dodany do grupy administratorów tego pod-kanału. - + This represents the permission to make a temporary subchannel. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Temporary channels are not stored and disappear when the last user leaves. Uprawnienie to umożliwia tworzenie tymczasowych pod-kanałów. Użytkownik twożący pod-kanał zostaje automatycznie dodany do grupy administratorów tego pod-kanału. Tymczasowe kanały nie są zapisywane i znikają gdy wszyscy użytkownicy z nich wyjdą. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Users in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking user has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. Uprawnienie to umożliwia łączenie kanałów. Użytkownicy na połączonych kanałach słyszą się nawzajem, jeśli tylko mówiąca osoba posiada uprawnienie <i>Mowa</i> na kanale gdzie znajduje się słuchacz. Aby połączyć kanały musisz posiadać uprawnienie łączenia kanałów na obu kanałach, aby je rozłączyć tylko w jednym. - + This represents the permission to write text messages to other users in this channel. Uprawnienie to umożliwia pisanie wiadomości tekstowych do innych użytkowników znajdujących się na tym kanale. - + This represents the permission to forcibly remove users from the server. Uprawnia do siłowego usuwania użytkowników z serwera. - + This represents the permission to permanently remove users from the server. Uprawnienie to umożliwia trwałe usunięcie użytkownika z serwera. - + This represents the permission to register and unregister users on the server. Uprawnia do rejestrowania oraz wyrejestrowywania użytkowników na serwerze. - + This represents the permission to register oneself on the server. Uprawnienie to umożliwia rejestrację samego siebie na serwerze. - + Whisper Szept - + Move Przenoszenie użytkowników - + Text message Wysyłanie wiadomości tekstowej - + Kick Kopanie użytkowników - + Ban Banowanie użytkowników - + Register User Rejestracje użytkowników - + Register Self Rejestrację samego siebie @@ -2942,7 +3012,7 @@ Jesteś pewien, że chcesz zastąpić swój bieżący certyfikat? Przedstawia możliwość łączenia kanałów. Gdy mówiący użytkownik posiada przywilej <i>speak</i> na kanale gdzie są osoby które mogą go słuchać, użytkownicy połączonych kanałów słyszą się nawzajem. Aby połączyć kanały potrzebujesz przywileju łączenia kanałów na obu kanałach i tylko w jednym by rozłączyć kanały. - + Write ACL Edycję ACL @@ -2950,7 +3020,12 @@ Jesteś pewien, że chcesz zastąpić swój bieżący certyfikat? ChatbarLineEdit - + + Paste and send + + + + Type chat message here Tutaj wpisz wiadomość @@ -2985,37 +3060,37 @@ Jesteś pewien, że chcesz zastąpić swój bieżący certyfikat? ClientUser - + Friend Znajomy - + Authenticated Uwierzytelniony - + Muted (server) Wyciszony mikrofon (przez serwer) - + Deafened (server) Wyciszone słuchawki (przez serwer) - + Local Mute Lokalne wyciszenie - + Muted (self) Wyciszony mikrofon (przez użytkownika) - + Deafened (self) Wyciszone słuchawki (przez użytkownika) @@ -3023,73 +3098,73 @@ Jesteś pewien, że chcesz zastąpić swój bieżący certyfikat? ConfigDialog - + Mumble Configuration Konfiguracja Mumble - - + + Advanced Zaawansowane - - + + Accept changes Akceptuj zmiany - - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. Ten przycisk zaakceptuje zmiany i powróci do aplikacji.<br />Ustawienia zostaną zapisane na dysku jak zamkniesz program. - - + + Reject changes Odrzuć zmiany - - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. Ten przycisk odrzuca zmiany i powraca do aplikacji. - - + + Apply changes Zastosuj zmiany - - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. Ten przycisk natychmiastowo uwzględnia zmiany. - - + + Undo changes for current page Cofnij zmiany na danej stronie - - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. Cofa zmiany na danej stronie. - - + + Restore defaults for current page Przywróć domyślne dla danej strony - - + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. Ten przycisk przywróci ustawienia domyślne dla obecnej strony. Inne strony nie zostaną zmienione. <br />Aby przywrócić wszystkie opcje do domyślnych wartości musisz użyć podobnego przycisku na każdej stronie. @@ -3133,8 +3208,9 @@ Jesteś pewien, że chcesz zastąpić swój bieżący certyfikat? &Hasło + &Connect - &Połącz + &Połącz Cancel @@ -3173,117 +3249,118 @@ Jesteś pewien, że chcesz zastąpić swój bieżący certyfikat? &Zobacz WWW - + Connecting to %1 Podłączanie do %1 - - + + Enter username Nazwa użytkownika - + Adding host %1 Dodawanie hosta %1 - - + + Servername Nazwa serwera - + Hostname Host - + Bonjour name Nazwa Bonjur - + Port Port - + Addresses Adresy - + Website Strona WWW - + Packet loss Utracone pakiety - + Ping (80%) Ping (80%) - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - + Ping (95%) Ping (95%) - + Bandwidth Przepustowość - + %1 kbit/s %1 kbit/s - - + + &Filters + + + + + Users Użytkownicy - + Version Wersja - Connect - Połącz + Połącz - - Add New... - Dodaj nowy... + Dodaj nowy... - Filters - Filtry + Filtry - + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list Nie udało sie pobrać listy @@ -3300,87 +3377,81 @@ Jesteś pewien, że chcesz zastąpić swój bieżący certyfikat? Bez Nazwy - + Mumble Server Connect Połączenie Mumble - + Ping Ping - + Remove from Favorites Usuń z Ulubionych - Edit... - Edytuj... + Edytuj... - + Add custom server Dodaj serwer niestandardowy - Add to Favorites - Dodaj do Ulubionych + Dodaj do Ulubionych - Open Webpage - Otwórz stronę WWW + Otwórz stronę WWW - Show Reachable - Pokazuj osiągalne + Pokazuj osiągalne - + Show all servers that respond to ping Pokazuj wszystkie serwery reagujące na ping - Show Populated - Pokazuj zaludnione + Pokazuj zaludnione - + Show all servers with users Pokazuj serwery z użytkownikami - Show All - Pokazuj wszystkie + Pokazuj wszystkie - + Show all servers Pokazuj wszystkie serwery - + &Copy &Kopiuj - + Copy favorite link to clipboard Kopiuj ulubiony do schowka - + &Paste &Wklej - + Paste favorite from clipboard Wklej ulubiony ze schowka @@ -3404,77 +3475,113 @@ Jesteś pewien, że chcesz zastąpić swój bieżący certyfikat? Update Aktualizuj + + + &Edit... + + + + + + &Add New... + + + + + Add to &Favorites + + + + + Open &Webpage + + + + + Show &Reachable + + + + + Show &Populated + + + + + Show &All + + ConnectDialogEdit - + Edit Server Edytuj serwer - + &Servername &Nazwa serwera - + Name of the server Nazwa serwera - + <b>Name</b><br/> Name of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your serverlist and can be chosen freely. <b>Nazwa</b><br/> Nazwa serwera. Ta opcja ustala nazwę serwera jaka będzie widoczna na liście serwerów. - + A&ddress A&dres - + Internet address of the server. Adres Internetowy serwera. - + <b>Address</b><br/> Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an IPv4/IPv6 address or a Bonjour service identifier. Bonjour service identifiers have to be prefixed with a '@' to be recognized by Mumble. <b>Adres</b><br/> Adres Internetowy serwera. To może być zwykła nazwa hosta, adres IPv4/IPv6 lub adres usługi Bonjour. Identyfikator usługi Bonjour musi być rozpoczęty znakiem @, aby był rozpoznawany przez Mumble. - + &Port &Port - + Port on which the server is listening Port na, którym nasłuchuje serwer - + <b>Port</b><br/> Port on which the server is listening. If the server is identified by a Bonjour service identifier this field will be ignored. <b>Port</b><br/> Port na, którym nasłuchuje serwer. Jeśli serwer jest identyfikowany przez usługę Bonjour pole te będzie ignorowane. - + &Username &Użytkownik - + Username to send to the server Nazwa użytkownika na serwerze - + <b>Username</b><br/> Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions on how a username might look like. Also your username could already be taken by another user. <b>Nazwa użytkownika</b><br/> @@ -3484,7 +3591,7 @@ Nazwa użytkownika na serwerze. Zwróć uwagę na to, że serwer może zablokowa CoreAudioSystem - + Default Device Urządzenie domyślne @@ -3492,68 +3599,68 @@ Nazwa użytkownika na serwerze. Zwróć uwagę na to, że serwer może zablokowa CrashReporter - + Mumble Crash Report Raportowanie Błędów Mumble - + <p><b>We're terribly sorry, but it seems Mumble has crashed. Do you want to send a crash report to the Mumble developers?</b></p><p>The crash report contains a partial copy of Mumble's memory at the time it crashed, and will help the developers fix the problem.</p> <p><b>Okropnie nam przykro ale wyglada na to, że Mumble się wysypał. Czy chcesz wysłać raport z błędem do twórców programu?</b></p><p>Raport ten zawiera kopię pamięci Mumble z momentu, w którym program przestał funkcjonować, pomoże on w dużej mierze naszej drużynie szybko usunąć błąd, który spowodował ten problem.</p> - + Email address (optional) Adres email (opcjonalnie) - + Please briefly describe what you were doing at the time of the crash Prosimy o krótki opis czynności, które wykonywałeś podczas wystąpienia błędu - + Send Report Wyślij Raport - + Don't send report Nie wysyłaj - + Crash upload successful Raport przesłano pomyślnie - + Thank you for helping make Mumble better! Dziękujemy za pomoc przy Mumble! - - + + Crash upload failed Nie udało się wysłać raportu - + We're really sorry, but it appears the crash upload has failed with error %1 %2. Please inform a developer. Bardzo nam przykro ale wygląda na to, że wysyłanie raportu nie powiodło się z powodu %1 %2. Prosimy o kontakt z twórcami aplikacji. - + This really isn't funny, but apparently there's a bug in the crash reporting code, and we've failed to upload the report. You may inform a developer about error %1 To zapewne nie jest śmieszne, ale wygląda na to, że istnieje mały błąd w narzędziu do wysyłania raportów. Możesz powiadomić twórców programu o błędzie %1 - + Uploading crash report Wysyłanie raportu - + Abort upload Przerwij @@ -3561,22 +3668,22 @@ Nazwa użytkownika na serwerze. Zwróć uwagę na to, że serwer może zablokowa DXAudioInput - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. Otwieranie wybranego wejścia dźwięku nie powiodło się. Domyślne urządzenie zostanie włączone. - + Default DirectSound Voice Input Domyślne wejście dźwięku DirectSound - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. Otwieranie wybranego wejścia dźwięku nie powiodło się. Dźwięk z mikrofonu nie będzie pobierany. - + Lost DirectSound input device. Utracono urządzenie wejścia DirectSound. @@ -3584,22 +3691,22 @@ Nazwa użytkownika na serwerze. Zwróć uwagę na to, że serwer może zablokowa DXAudioOutput - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. Otwieranie wybranego wyjścia dźwięku nie powiodło się. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. Otwieranie wybranego wyjścia dźwięku nie powiodło się. - + Default DirectSound Voice Output Domyślne wyjście dźwięku DirectSound - + Lost DirectSound output device. Utracono urządzenie wyjścia DirectSound. @@ -3607,20 +3714,20 @@ Nazwa użytkownika na serwerze. Zwróć uwagę na to, że serwer może zablokowa Database - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Nie udało się zainicjalizować bazy danych w żadnej z podanych lokacji. - + The database '%1' is read-only. Mumble can not store server settings (ie. SSL certificates) until you fix this problem. Baza danych '%1' jest tylko do odczytu. Mumble nie może przechowywać ustawień serwera (certyfikatów SSL) dopóki nie naprawisz tego problemu. @@ -3628,62 +3735,62 @@ w żadnej z podanych lokacji. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts Skróty - + List of configured shortcuts Lista skonfigurowanych skrótów - + Function Funkcja - + Data Dane - + Shortcut Skrót - + Suppress Zarezerwuj - + Add new shortcut Dodaj nowy skrót - + This will add a new global shortcut Ta opcja doda nowy, globalny skrót - + &Add &Dodaj - + Remove selected shortcut Usuń zaznaczony skrót - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. Ta opcja na stałe usunie zaznaczony skrót. - + &Remove &Usuń @@ -3691,7 +3798,7 @@ w żadnej z podanych lokacji. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts Skróty @@ -3720,22 +3827,23 @@ w żadnej z podanych lokacji. Zarezerwuj - + Shortcut button combination. Kombinacja klawiszy skrótów. - - <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. - <b>To jest globalna kombinacja klawiszy.</b><br />Podwójnie kliknij, a następnie wciskaj kombinację klawiszy aby je zapisać. + + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Click this field and then press the desired key/button combo to rebind. Double-click to clear. + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. + <b>To jest globalna kombinacja klawiszy.</b><br />Podwójnie kliknij, a następnie wciskaj kombinację klawiszy aby je zapisać. - + Suppress keys from other applications Zablokuj skrót innej aplikacji - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. <b>Ta opcja ukrywa wciśnięcia przycisków przed innymi aplikacjami.</b><br /> Włączając tę opcję ukrywasz przycisk przed inną aplikacjją (lub ostatni z kombinacji multi-przycisków). Nie wszystkie przyciski da się tak ukryć. @@ -3743,7 +3851,7 @@ w żadnej z podanych lokacji. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. <b>Ta opcja pozwala na ustalenie wstrzymań pomiędzy nadawaniem głosu.</b><br />Ustaw tę opcję wyżej jeśli twój głos jest niewyraźny..<br />Ta opcja ma sens tyko, gdy używasz aktywacji głosowej. @@ -3751,82 +3859,82 @@ w żadnej z podanych lokacji. GlobalShortcutTarget - + Whisper Target Szepnij do - + Whisper to list of Users Szepnij do listy użytkowników - + Channel Target Docelowy kanał - + Restrict to Group Ogranicz dla grupy - + If specified, only members of this group will receive the whisper. Jeśli ustawione, tylko użytkownicy tej grupy usłyszą szept. - + If checked the whisper will also be transmitted to linked channels. Jeśli zaznaczone, szept będzie również wysyłany do połączonych kanałów. - + Whisper to Linked channels Szepnij do połączonych kanałów - + If checked this whisper will also be sent to the subchannels of the channel target. Jeśli zaznaczone, szept będzie również wysyłany do pod-kanałów danego kanału. - + Whisper to subchannels Szepnij do pod-kanałów - + List of users Lista użytkowników - + Add Dodaj - + Remove Usuń - + Whisper to Channel Szepnij do kanału - + Modifiers Zmienne - + Do not send positional audio information when using this whisper shortcut. Nie wysyłaj pozycyjnego dźwięku podczas szeptu. - + Ignore positional audio Ignoruj dźwięk pozycyjny @@ -3834,7 +3942,7 @@ w żadnej z podanych lokacji. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 Mysz %1 @@ -3842,7 +3950,7 @@ w żadnej z podanych lokacji. LCD - + Not connected Niepołączony @@ -3858,17 +3966,17 @@ w żadnej z podanych lokacji. Tekst - + Enable this device Uaktywnij to urządzenie - + LCD LCD - + Form Formularz @@ -3890,12 +3998,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">To jest lista wszystkich dostępnych urządzeń LCD w twoim systemie. Listuje wszystkie urządzdenia alfabetycznie oraz podaje informacje o rozmiarze ekranu czy jego typie. Mumble wspiera wyświetlanie napisów na kilku urządzeniach LCD jednocześnie.</p><p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;"></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;"><span style=" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;">Typ:</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">Mumble wspierda 2 rodzaje urządzeń LCD. Graficzny ekran LCD pozwala na wypełnienie pojedyńczych pikseli na ekranie, natomiast tekstowy ekran LCD pozwala na pokazywanie poszczególnych znaków na ekranie. Niektóre opcje programu działają tylko na graficznym ekranie LCD.</p><p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;"></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;"><span style=" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;">Rozmiar:</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">Te pole ocenia rozmiar urządzenia LCD. Piksele dla graficznych ekranów LCD lub tekstowe dla tekstowych LCD.</p><p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;"></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;"><span style=" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;">Uaktywniony:</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt; font-weight:600; font-style:italic;"><span style=" font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">Ta opcja decyduje czy na danym ekranie LCD jest coś wyświetlane czy nie.</span></p></body></html> - + Devices Urządzenia - + Name Nazwa @@ -3904,7 +4012,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Typ - + <p>This is the list of available LCD devices on your system. It lists devices by name, but also includes the size of the display. Mumble supports outputting to several LCD devices at a time.</p> <h3>Size:</h3> <p> @@ -3919,27 +4027,27 @@ Te pole opisuje rozmiar urządzenia LCD. Rozmiar jest podany w pikselach lub w z <p>Te pole decyduje czy Mumble powinno używać danego urządzenia LCD czy nie.</p> - + Size Rozmiar - + Enabled Uaktywniony - + Views Podgląd - + Minimum Column Width Minimalna szerokość kolumny - + <p>This option decides the minimum width a column in the User View.</p> <p>If too many people are speaking at once, the User View will split itself into columns. You can use this option to pick a compromise between number of users shown on the LCD, and width of user names.</p> @@ -3947,7 +4055,7 @@ Te pole opisuje rozmiar urządzenia LCD. Rozmiar jest podany w pikselach lub w z <p>Jeśli zbyt wiele ludzi mówi na raz widok użytkownika podzieli się na dwie kolumny. Możesz używać tej opcji, aby wybrać kompromis pomiędzy ilością użytkowników pokazanych na ekranie a rozmiarem ich nazw.</p> - + This setting decides the width of column splitter. Te ustawienie pomaga w ustaleniu szerokości kolumny podzielonych okien. @@ -3968,7 +4076,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Tekst - + Splitter Width Szerokość rozdzielnika @@ -3984,32 +4092,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Log - + Debug Debug - + Critical Błąd krytyczny - + Warning Ostrzeżenie - + Information Informacja - + Server Connected Połączono z serwerem - + Server Disconnected Rozłączono od serwera @@ -4030,12 +4138,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Użytkownik wykopany - + You self-muted/deafened Wyciszyłeś mikrofon/słuchawki i mikrofon - + Other self-muted/deafened Ktoś wyciszył swój mikrofon/słuchawki i mikrofon @@ -4060,12 +4168,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Użytkownik opuścił kanał - + Permission Denied Brak dostępu - + Text Message Wiadomość tekstowa @@ -4074,57 +4182,62 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Błędy skryptów - + User Joined Server Użytkownik dołączył do serwera - + User Left Server Użytkownik opuścił serwer - + User kicked (you or by you) Użytkownik wyrzucony (ty lub przez ciebie) - + User kicked Użytkownik wyrzucony - + User muted (you) Masz wyciszony mikrofon - + User muted (by you) Wyciszyłeś mikrofon użytkownika - + User muted (other) Użytkownik wyciszony - + User Joined Channel Użytkownik wszedł na kanał - + User Left Channel Użytkownik opuścił kanał - + + the server + + + + [[ Text object too large to display ]] [[ Obiekt tekstowy jest zbyt duży, aby go wyświetlić ]] - + [Date changed to %1] [Data zmieniona na %1] @@ -4133,43 +4246,43 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events Włącz konsolę dla zdarzeń: %1 - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events Włącz powiadomienia dla zdarzeń: %1 - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events Włącz Tekst-na-mowę dla %1 - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events Kliknij tutaj żeby włączyć powiadomienia dźwiękowe dla %1 - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change Ścieżka do pliku dźwiękowego dla powiadomień dźwiękowych w przypadku wydarzeń typu %1<br />Kliknięcie pojedyncze odtwarza dźwięk<br />Kliknięcie podwójne zmienia plik - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. Kliknij tutaj, aby włączyć wpisy w konsoli dla %1.<br />Jeśli zaznaczone Mumble będzie pokazywać wszystkie %1 w logu. - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. Kliknij tutaj, aby włączyć powiadomienia dla %1.<br />Jeśli zaznaczone Mumble będzie pokazywać wszystkie %1 w obszarze powiadomień. - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change<br />Ensure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. Ścieżka do pliku dźwiękowego dla powiadomień dźwiękowych w przypadku wydarzeń typu %1<br />Kliknięcie pojedyncze odtwarza dźwięk<br />Kliknięcie podwójne zmienia plik<br />Upewnij się, że powiadomienia tego typu wydarzeń są włączone inaczej powyższe ustawienia nie odniosą skutku. @@ -4179,13 +4292,13 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Kliknij tutaj, aby włączyć tekst na mowęi dla %1.<br />Jeśli zaznaczone Mumble będzie używać tekstu na mowę do odczytania %1 na głos. Tekst na mowę i powiadomienia dźwiękowe nie mogą być uaktywnione razem. - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for sound files. Text-To-Speech and sound files cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Kliknij tutaj, aby włączyć powiadomienia dźwiękowe dla %1.<br />Jeśli zaznaczone Mumble będzie odtwarzać dźwięki dla %1. Powiadomienia dźwiękowe nie mogą być uaktywnione razem z tekstem na mowę. - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a sound file predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Sound files and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. Ścieżka do pliku użytego do powiadomień dźwiękowych w przypadku dla %1.<br />Jeśli zaznaczone, Mumble używa dźwięku aby powiadomić o zdarzeniach typu %1. Plik dźwiękowe oraz Tekst-Na-Mowę nie mogą działać razem. @@ -4199,12 +4312,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Nieprawidłowy plik dźwiękowy - + Messages Wiadomości - + Console Konsola @@ -4217,82 +4330,82 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Uaktywnij tekst na mowę dla %1 - + Text To Speech Tekst na mowę - + Volume Głośność - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine Głośność tekstu na mowę - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>Głośność tekstu na mowę.</b> - + Length threshold Długość - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine Długość wiadomości dla tekstu na mowę - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. <b>Ustala długość wiadomości odczytywanej przez tekst na mowę.</b><br />Wiadomości większe niż ustalony limit nie będą odczytywane. - + Whisper Szepnij - + If checked you will only hear whispers from users you added to your friend list. Jeśli zaznaczone będziesz słyszeć tylko szepty od innych użytkowników dodanych do twojej listy znajomych. - + Only accept whispers from friends Akceptuj szepty tylko od znajomych - + Message Wiadomość - + Notification Powiadomienie - + Text-To-Speech Tekst na mowę - + Soundfile Plik dźwiękowy - + Path Ścieżka do pliku dźwiękowego - + Characters liter(y) @@ -4300,114 +4413,113 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LookConfig - - + Language Język aplikacji - + Look and Feel Wygląd - - + + System default Domyślny (zgodny z systemem operacyjnym) - + Language to use (requires restart) Wybierz język (potrzebny restart) - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. <b>Wybiera język interfejsu. - + Style Styl okienek - + Layout Ułożenie - + Classic Klasyczny - + Stacked Stos - + Hybrid Hybryda - + Custom Własny - + This changes the behavior when moving channels. Ta opcja zmienia zachowanie podczas przenoszenia kanałów. - + This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. Ta opcja zmienia zachowanie przeciągania kanałów, może zostać użyta by zapobiec przypadkowemu przeciąganiu. <i>Przenieś</i> przenosi kanał bez powiadomienia. <i>Nic nie rób</i> nic nie robi i pokazuje wiadomość z błędem. <i>Pytaj</i> używa powiadomienia tekstowego czy, aby na pewno chciałeś przenieść kanał. - + Basic widget style Styl okienek - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> <b>Ustawia wygląd.</b> - + Skin Skórka - + Skin file to use Plik skórki - + Check to show chat bar Pokazuj pasek czatu - + <b>If checked the chat bar is shown.</b><br />Uncheck this to hide it. <b>Jeśli zaznaczone pasek czatu będzie widoczny.</b><br />Odznacz tę opcję jeśli chcesz go ukryć. - + Show chatbar Pokazuj pasek czatu - + Show number of users in each channel Pokazuj liczbę użytkowników na każdym kanale - + Show channel user count Pokazuj liczbę użytkowników na kanałach @@ -4416,17 +4528,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Listuj użytkowników nad kanałem (wymaga restartu). - + User Interface Interfejs - + ... ... - + Choose skin file Zmień skórkę @@ -4439,12 +4551,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Wyświetlaj nazwy użytkowników nad nazwą kanału - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. <b>Ustawia jakiej skórki powinien używać Mumble. - + Form Formularz @@ -4457,7 +4569,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Sprawdzaj, czy istnieje nowsza wersja Mumble przy starcie - + None nie rozwijaj kanałów @@ -4466,17 +4578,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } rozwijaj tylko te kanały, na których są użytkownicy - + All rozwijaj wszystkie kanały - + Expand Rozwijanie kanałów - + When to automatically expand channels Ustawia kiedy automatycznie rozwijać kanały @@ -4485,27 +4597,27 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ta opcja ustawia, które kanały powinny być automatycznie rozwijane. - + Only with users Tylko z użytkownikami - + Ask pytaj przed podjęciem akcji - + Do Nothing wyłącz opcje przeciągania kanałów - + Move przenieś kanał bez pytania - + Channel Dragging Przeciąganie kanałów @@ -4518,7 +4630,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ogranicza możliwość przypadkowego przestawienia układu kanałów. - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. Okno potwierdzenia pokazuje się tylko wtedy, gdy jesteś połączony z jakimś serwerem. @@ -4527,57 +4639,55 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <b>Jeśli ta opcja jest zaznaczona to zobaczysz komunikat czy rzeczywiście chcesz zamknąć Mumble (abyś przypadkiem nie zamknął programu), ujrzysz go tylko wtedy, gdy jesteś aktualnie połączony z jakimś serwerem.<b> - + Ask on quit while connected Ostrzegaj przed zamknięciem programu - Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. - Okno Mumble wyświetlane zawsze na wierzchu. + Okno Mumble wyświetlane zawsze na wierzchu. - <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> - <b>Sprawia, że okno Mumble jest zawsze na pierwszym planie.</b> + <b>Sprawia, że okno Mumble jest zawsze na pierwszym planie.</b> - + Always On Top Zawsze na wierzchu - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> <b>Jeśli zaznaczone, minimalizacja głównego okna Mumble sprawi, że okno zostanie ukryte a dostęp do niego będzie dostępny tylko po przez ikonę w zasobniku systemowym. Jeśli opcja ta jest niezaznaczona, minimalizacja Mumble ukryje okno w normalny sposób (na pasku zadań).</b> - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with users</i> will expand and collapse channels as users join and leave them. Ta opcja ustawia, który kanał jest automatycznie rozwijany. <i>Żaden</i> i <i>Wszystkie</i> - nie będą rozwijane nigdzie lub wszędzie. <i>Tylko z użytkownikami</i> rozwija i zwija kanały z razem z użytkownikami, którzy na nie wchodzą. - + List users above subchannels (requires restart). Pokazuje użytkowników ponad pod-kanałami (wymaga restartu). - + <b>If set, users will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. <b>Jeśli ustawione, użytkownicy będą pokazywani ponad pod-kanałami w widoku kanałów.</b><br />Restart Mumble jest wymagany, aby zobaczyć zmiany. - + Users above Channels Pokazuj użytkowników nad kanałami - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.</b> <b>Jeśli ustawione, program będzie sprawdzać czy chcesz go zamknąć, gdy jesteś na serwerze.</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized Ukryj w zasobniku systemowym podczas minimalizacji @@ -4594,26 +4704,66 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Zaawansowana konfiguracja - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. Ukryj Mumble w zasobniku systemowym, kiedy główne okno zostanie zminimalizowane. + + + This setting controls when the application will be always on top. + + + + + This setting controls in which situations the application will stay always on top. If you select <i>Never</i> the application will not stay on top. <i>Always</i> will always keep the application on top. <i>In minimal view</i> / <i>In normal mode</i> will only keep the application always on top when minimal view is activated / deactivated. + + + + + Never + + + + + Always + + + + + In minimal view + + + + + In normal view + + + + + Displays talking status in system tray + + + + + Show talking status in tray icon + + MainWindow - - + + Root Źródło - + &Connect &Połącz - + Open the server connection dialog Otwórz okno połączenia serwera @@ -4622,37 +4772,37 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Pokazuje serwery zarejestrowane, pozwala na szybkie dołączenie. - + &Disconnect &Rozłącz - + Disconnect from server Rozłącz od serwera - + Disconnects you from the server. Rozłącza cię od serwera. - + &Ban lists &Lista banów - + Edit ban lists on server Edytuj listę banów serwera - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. Pozwala na edycję listy zbanowanych IP. - + &Kick &Kopnij @@ -4665,7 +4815,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Wyrzuca użytkownika z serwera. - + &Ban &Banuj @@ -4678,7 +4828,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Blokuje dostęp do serwera temu użytkownikowi. - + &Mute &Wycisz @@ -4691,7 +4841,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Wycisza użytkownika na serwerze. - + &Deafen &Wycisz słuchawki i mikrofon @@ -4704,37 +4854,37 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Wycisz słuchawki i mikrofon użytkownika na serwerze. - + &Local Mute &Wycisz lokalnie - + &Add &Dodaj - + Add new channel Dodaj nowy kanał - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. Dodaje nowy pod-kanał. - + &Remove &Usuń - + Remove channel Usuń kanał - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. Usuwa kanał i wszystkie pod-kanały. @@ -4743,12 +4893,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Edytuj ACL - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel Edytuje grupy i ACL kanału - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. Otwiera okno z zezwoleniami. @@ -4769,12 +4919,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ta opcja zmienia opis kanału. - + &Link &Połącz kanały - + Link your channel to another channel Połącz kanał do innego kanału @@ -4783,349 +4933,344 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ta opcja łączy obecny kanał z zaznaczonym kanałem. - + Unlink your channel from another channel Rozłącz kanał od innego kanału - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. Rozłącza bieżący kanał od zaznaczonego kanału. - Unlink &All - &Rozłącz wszystkie + &Rozłącz wszystkie - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. Rozłącza twój kanał od reszty. - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. Ta opcja rozłącza twój obecny kanał od wszystkich innych kanałów. - + &Reset &Resetuj sprzęt audio - + Reset audio preprocessor Resetuj sprzęt audio - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. Ta opcja zresetuje twoje urządzenie audio. Użyj jej jeśli coś jest nie tak (hałas, zakłócenia). - + &Mute Self &Wycisz mikrofon - + Mute yourself Wycisz mikrofon - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. Wycisza twój mikrofon. Nadal słyszysz innych. - + &Deafen Self &Wycisz słuchawki i mikrofon - + Deafen yourself Wycisz słuchawki i mikrofon - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. Wyłącza twoje słuchawki i mikrofon. Nic nie będziesz słyszał ani nikt nie będzie słyszeć ciebie. - + &Text-To-Speech &Tekst na mowę - + Toggle Text-To-Speech Włącz/Wyłącz tekst na mowę - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. Włącza lub wyłącza tekst na mowę. Wszelkie wiadomości z dziennika zostaną przeczytane na głos przez Microsoft Sam'a (lub inny domyślny dla danego komputera głos). - + S&tatistics S&tatystyki - + Display audio statistics Wyświetl statystyki audio - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. Wyświetla informacje o twoim wejściu audio. - + Forcibly unlink plugin Wymuś rozłączenie wtyczki - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. Ta opcja wymusza rozłączenie bieżącej wtyczki, przydatne jeśli wysyła ona złe dane. - + &Settings &Ustawienia - + Configure Mumble Konfiguracja Mumble - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. Pozwala na zmianę większości ustawień Mumble. - + &What's This? &Co to jest? - + Enter What's This? mode Wejdź w tryb "Co to jest?" - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. Uaktywnia tryb "Co to jest?". Klikaj kursorem na poszczególne elementy interfejsu, aby dowiedzieć się do czego służą. - + &About O &programie - + Information about Mumble Informacje na temat Mumble - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. Wyświetla małe okno z informacjami o licencji Mumble. - + About &Speex O &Speex - + Information about Speex Informacje na temat Speex - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. Wyświetla małe okno z informacjami na temat Speex. - + Information about Qt Informacje na temat Qt - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. Wświetla małe okno z informacjami na temat Qt. - + Check for &Updates Sprawdź dostępność &aktualizacji - + Check for new version of Mumble Sprawdź czy jest nowa wersja Mumble - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. Łączy się ze stroną Mumble i sprawdza czy jest nowa wersja, jeśli tak to podaje link do niej. - + &Change Comment &Edytuj komentarz - + Change the comment on the selected user. Edytuj komentarz wybranemu użytkownikowi. - + This allows you to change the comment (shown as a tooltip) of a user. Unless you've been given extra privileges on the server, you can only change your own comment. Umożliwia edycję komentarza (pokazywaną jako tooltip) użytkownika. Chyba, że ograniczenia na serwerze pozwalają tyko na zmianę własnego komentarza. - Certificate Wizard - Kreator certyfikatów + Kreator certyfikatów - + Configure certificates for strong authentication Konfiguruj certyfikaty dla silnej autoryzacji - + This starts the wizard for creating, importing and exporting certificates for authentication against servers. Uruchamia kreator umożliwiający tworzenie, importowanie i eksportowanie certyfikatów uwierzytelniających na serwerach. - Register - Zarejestruj + Zarejestruj - + Register user on server Rejestruje użytkownika na serwerze - + This will permanently register the user on the server. Opcja ta stałe rejestruje użytkownika na serwerze. - + Add &Friend Dodaj &znajomego - + Adds a user as your friend. Dodaje użytkownika do znajomych. - + This will add the user as a friend, so you can recognize him on this and other servers. Dodaje użytkownika do twojej listy znajomych, abyś w przyszłości mógł rozpoznać go na tym oraz innych serwerach. - + &Remove Friend &Usuń znajomego - + Removes a user from your friends. Usuwa znajomego z listy znajomych. - + This will remove a user from your friends list. Opcja ta usunie znajomego z twojej listy znajomych. - + &Update Friend &Aktualizuj znajomego - + Update name of your friend. Aktualizuje nazwę twojego znajomego. - + Your friend uses a different name than what is in your database. This will update the name. Twój znajomy używa innej nazwy niż ta w twojej bazie danych. Opcja ta uaktualni tą nazwę. - + Registered &Users &Użytkownicy - + Edit registered users list Edytuj listę zarejestrowanych użytkowników - + This opens the editor for registered users, which allow you to change their name or unregister them. Otwiera edytor zarejestrowanych użytkowników, pozwala on na edycję nazw oraz wyrejestrowanie użytkowników. - Change Texture - Zmień awatar + Zmień awatar - + Change your overlay texture on this server Zmienia twoją teksturę widoczną na nakładce na tym serwerze - + &Access Tokens &Hasła dostępu - + Add or remove text-based access tokens Dodaje lub usuwa hasła dostępu - Remove Texture - Usuń awatar + Usuń awatar - + Remove currently defined user texture. Usuwa obecną teksturę z nakładki. - - + + Mumble -- %1 Mumble -- %1 - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. Dziennik pokazuje wszystkie ostatnie wydarzenia takie jak: próby połączenia z serwerem, błędy oraz wiadomości użytkowników.<br /> Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>Wiadomości. - + &Server &Serwer @@ -5134,22 +5279,22 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W &Użytkownik - + &Channel &Kanał - + &Audio &Dźwięk - + C&onfigure K&onfiguracja - + &Help &Pomoc @@ -5158,8 +5303,8 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W Wykopywanie użytkownika %1 - - + + Enter reason Podaj powód @@ -5168,22 +5313,23 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W Banowanie użytkownika %1 - - - - - + + + + + + Mumble Mumble - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut Naciśnij i przytrzymaj ten przycisk, aby transmitować głos. - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut Ta opcja pokaże twój status wyciszenia słuchawek i mikrofonu. Jeśli włączysz tą opcję uaktywnisz również wyciszenie samego mikrofonu. @@ -5204,7 +5350,7 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W Włącz tryb wycieszenia słuchawek - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut Włącz tryb nakładki w grze. @@ -5223,37 +5369,37 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W Zmień opis kanału %1 - + Unmuted and undeafened. Słuchawki i mikrofon ponownie działają. - + Unmuted. Mikrofon ponownie działa. - + Muted. Mikrofon został wyciszony. - + Muted and deafened. Słuchawki i mikrofon zostały wyciszone. - + Deafened. Słuchawki i mikrofon zostały wyciszone. - + Undeafened. Słuchawki ponownie działają. - + About Qt O Qt @@ -5262,195 +5408,214 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W Dołączam %1. - + Server connection failed: %1. Połączenie z serwerem zostało przerwane: %1. - + Disconnected from server. Rozłączony od serwera. - + Reconnecting. Ponowne łączenie. - Joined server: %1. - %1 dołączył do serwera. + %1 dołączył do serwera. - - - the server - serwer + serwer - + You were muted and deafened by %1. Twój mikrofon/słuchawki i mikrofon zostały wyciszone przez %1. - + You were unmuted and undeafened by %1. Twoje słuchawki i mikrofon ponownie działają dzięki %1. - + You were suppressed by %1. Zostałeś wyciszony przez %1. - + You were unsuppressed by %1. Ponownie możesz rozmawiać dzięki %1. - + You muted and deafened %1. Twoje słuchawki i mikrofon zostały wyciszone %1. - + You unmuted and undeafened %1. Włączyłeś słuchawki i mikrofon %1. - + You muted %1. Wyciszyłeś mikrofon %1. - + You unmuted %1. Włączyłeś mikrofon %1. - + You undeafened %1. Włączyłeś słuchawki i mikrofon %1. - + You suppressed %1. Wyciszyłeś %1. - + You unsuppressed %1. %1 ponownie może rozmawiać. - + %1 muted and deafened by %2. %1 wyciszył słuchawki i mikrofon %2. - + %1 unmuted and undeafened by %2. %1 włączył słuchawki i mikrofon %2. - + %1 suppressed by %2. %1 wyciszony przez %2. - + %1 unsuppressed by %2. %1 ponownie może mówić dzięki %2. - + %1 moved to %2. %1 przeniesiony do %2. - + %1 moved to %2 by %3. %1 przeniesiony do %2 przez %3. - + %1 moved in from %2 by %3. %1 przeniesiony z %2 przez %3. - - Left server: %1. - %1 opuścił serwer. + + %1 disconnected. + + + + + (Tree) + + + + + (Channel) + + + + + %2%1: %3 + + + + Left server: %1. + %1 opuścił serwer. - the server message from - serwera + serwera - + Unable to find matching CELT codecs with other clients. You will not be able to talk to all users. Nie udało się odnaleźć pasujących kodeków CELT. Nie będziesz mógł rozmawiać do wszystkich użytkowników. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 ma teraz wyciszone słuchawki i mikrofon. - + You were denied %1 privileges in %2. Zostałeś pozbawiony %1 uprawnień w %2. - + %3 was denied %1 privileges in %2. %3 został pozbawiony %1 uprawnień w %2. - + Denied: Cannot modify SuperUser. Brak dostępu: Nie można modyfikować SuperUser'a. - + Denied: Invalid channel name. Brak dostępu: Nieprawidłowa nazwa kanału. - + Denied: Text message too long. Brak dostępu: Wiadomość tekstowa jest zbyt długa. - + Denied: Operation not permitted in temporary channel. Brak dostępu: Operacja niedozwolona na kanale tymczasowym. - + You need a certificate to perform this operation. Potrzebujesz certyfikatu, aby wykonać tą operację. - + %1 does not have a certificate. %1 nie ma certyfikatu. - + Permission denied. Brak dostępu. - + + %1 connected. + + + + %1 is now muted. %1 ma teraz wyciszony mikrofon. - + %1 is now unmuted. %1 nie ma już wyciszonego mikrofonu. @@ -5459,22 +5624,22 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W Serwer - + You were muted by %1. %1 wyciszył twój mikrofon. - + You were unmuted by %1. %1 wyłączył wyciszenie mikrofonu. - + %1 muted by %2. %2 wyciszył mikrofon %1. - + %1 unmuted by %2. %2 wyłączył wyciszenie mikrofonu %1. @@ -5483,7 +5648,7 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W Twoje słuchawki i mikrofon zostały wyciszone przez: %1. - + You were undeafened by %1. Twoje słuchawki i mikrofon nie są już wyciszone: %1. @@ -5492,32 +5657,32 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W Słuchawki i mikrofon %1 zostały wyciszone przez %2. - + %1 undeafened by %2. %2 wyłączył wyciszenie słuchawek %1. - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. Zostałeś wykopany z serwera przez %1. Z powodu: %2. - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 został wykopany z serwera przez %1. Z powodu: %2. - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. Dostałeś bana od %1 z powodu %2. - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 dostał bana od %1 z powodu: %2. - + You were moved to %1 by %2. Zostałeś przeniesiony do kanału %1 przez %2. @@ -5538,7 +5703,7 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W %2 przeniósł %1. - + %1 entered channel. %1 wszedł na kanał. @@ -5547,28 +5712,28 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W %2 przeniósł %1. - + Server connection rejected: %1. Połączenie odrzucone: %1. - + Denied: %1. Zabroniono: %1. - + Welcome to Mumble. Witamy w Mumble. - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Aktywacja przyciskiem - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut Zresetuj sprzęt audio @@ -5604,19 +5769,19 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W Wszystkie pod-kanały - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut Wyciszenie przyciskiem - + Join Channel Global Shortcut Dołącz do kanału - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut Włącz nakładkę @@ -5627,480 +5792,490 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W Alternatywny przycisk - aktywacji przyciskiem - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut Wyłącz wtyczki - - + + Connecting to server %1. Łączenie z serwerem %1. - + <h2>Version</h2><p>Protocol %1.%2.%3.</p> <h2>Wersja</h2><p>Protokół %1.%2.%3.</p> - + <p>No build information or OS version available.</p> <p>Brak informacji o wersji lub wersji dla twojego systemu.</p> - + <p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p> <p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p> - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> <h2>Kanały</h2><p>Zaszyfrowany %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms przeciętne opóźnienie (%4 załamanie)</p> - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> <h2>Mowa</h2><p>Zaszyfrowany 128 bitowym OCV-AES 128<br />%1 ms przeciętne opóźnienie (%4 załamanie)</p> - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s</p> <h2>Przepustowość dźwięku</h2><p>Maksymalnie %1 kbit/s<br />Obecnie %2 kbit/s</p> - + Register yourself as %1 Zarejestruj siebie jako %1 - + <p>You are about to register yourself on this server. This action cannot be undone, and your username cannot be changed once this is done. You will forever be known as '%1' on this server.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register yourself?</p> <p>Masz zamiar zarejestrować się na tym serwerze. Akcja ta nie może zostać cofnięta, twoja nazwa użytkownika również nie może ulec zmianie w przyszłości. Na zawsze będziesz znany jako '%1' na tym serwerze.</p><p>Czy jesteś pewien, że chcesz się zarejestrować?</p> - + Register user %1 Zarejestruj użytkownika %1 - + <p>You are about to register %1 on the server. This action cannot be undone, the username cannot be changed, and as a registered user, %1 will have access to the server even if you change the server password.</p><p>From this point on, %1 will be authenticated with the certificate currently in use.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register %1?</p> <p>Masz zamiar zarejestrować się na tym serwerze jako %1. Akcja ta nie może zostać cofnięta, twoja nazwa użytkownika również nie może ulec zmianie w przyszłości, a jako zarejestrowany użytkownik %1 zawsze będziesz mieć dostęp do tego serwera, nawet jeśli jakieś hasła ulegną zmianie.</p><p>Od tej chwili, %1 będzie autoryzowany certyfikatem, który jest obecnie przez ciebie używany.</p><p>Czy jesteś pewien, że chcesz się zarejestrować jako %1?</p> - + Kicking user %1 Wykopywanie użytkownika %1 - + Banning user %1 Banowanie użytkownika %1 - + Change comment on user %1 Edytuj komentarz użytkownika %1 - - To channel %1: %2 - Do kanału %1: %2 + Do kanału %1: %2 - - + + Message to channel %1 Wiadomość do kanału %1 - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? Czy jesteś pewien, że chcesz usunąć %1 oraz wszystkie pod-kanały? - + Type message to channel '%1' here Napisz wiadomość do kanału '%1' tutaj - + Type message to user '%1' here Napisz wiadomość do użytkownika '%1' tutaj - + Choose image file Wybierz plik obrazka - + Images (*.png *.jpg) Obrazki (*.png *.jpg) - - + + Failed to load image Nie udało się załadować obrazka - + Could not open file for reading. Nie udało się otworzyć pliku do odczytu. - + Image format not recognized. Nieznany format obrazka. - + &Quit Mumble &Zakończ - + Closes the program Zamyka program - + Exits the application. Wyłącza aplikację. - - Send Messa&ge - Wyślij wiado&mość + Wyślij wiado&mość - - + Send a Text Message Wyślij wiadomość tekstową - + Sending message to %1 Wysyłanie wiadomości do %1 - - + + + To %1: %2 Do %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 Wiadomość do %1 - + + Are you sure you want to reset the comment of user %1? + + + + + (Tree) %1: %2 + + + + + %1: %2 + + + + Connected. Połączony. - + SSL Version mismatch Nieprawidłowa wersja SSL - + This server is using an older encryption standard. It might be an older 1.1 based Mumble server.<br />Would you like to launch the compatibility client to connect to it? Ten serwer używa starszej wersji szyfrowania. Być może jest to starszy serwer bazujący na wersji 1.1 Mumble.<br />Czy chcesz uruchomić klient kompatybilny wstecz, aby się połączyć? - + Failed to launch compatibility client Nie udało się włączyć klienta kompatybilnego wstecz - + The compatibility client could not be found, or failed to start.<br />Note that the compatibility client is an optional component for most installations, and might not be installed. Klient kompatybilny wstecz nie został odnaleziony lub nie udało się go uruchomić.<br />Pamiętaj, że klient kompatybilny wstecz to opcjonalny składnik instalacji i może wcale nie być zainstalowany. - + Invalid username Niepoprawna nazwa użytkownika - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. Połączyłeś się do serwera z niewłaściwą nazwą użytkownika, spróbuj innej nazwy. - + That username is already in use, please try another username. Ta nazwa użytkownika jest już zajęta, spróbuj innej. - + Wrong password Błędne hasło - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. Podałeś złe hasło dla zarejestrowanych użytkowników, spróbuj jeszcze raz. - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. Podałeś złe hasło dla niezarejestrowanych użytkowników, spróbuj jeszcze raz. - From %1: %2 - Od %1: %2 + Od %1: %2 - + Message from %1 Wiadomość od %1 - + &Audio Wizard &Kreator ustawień dźwięku - + Sends a text message to another user. Wysyła wiadomość tekstową do innego użytkownika. - + &User &Użytkownik - + This is the chatbar<br />If you enter text here and then press enter the text is sent to the user or channel that was selected. If nothing is selected the message is sent to your current channel. To jest pasek czatu<br />Jeśli wpiszesz w nim test i naciśniesz enter text zostanie wysłany do kanału lub użytkownika, który w chwili obecnej jest zaznaczony. Jeśli nic nie jest zaznaczone wiadomość zostanie wysłana do całego kanału, na którym się znajdujesz. - + Chatbar Pasek czatu - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick-connect. Pokazuje okno z zarejestrowanymi serwerami, pozwala również na szybkie łączenie. - + Kick user (with reason) Kopnij użytkownika (z podaniem powodu) - + Kick selected user off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Wyrzuca zaznaczonego użytkownika z serwera. Zostaniesz poproszony o podanie powodu. - + Mute user Wycisz mikrofon użytkownika - + Mute or unmute user on server. Unmuting a deafened user will also undeafen them. Wycisza lub włącza mikrofon użytkownika na serwerze. Włączenie mikrofonu użytkownika spowoduje włączenie jego słuchawek. - + Kick and ban user (with reason) Wykop i zbanuj użytkownika (z podaniem powodu) - + Kick and ban selected user from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Wyrzuca i blokuje dostęp zaznaczonego użytkownika do serwera. Zostaniesz poproszony o podanie powodu. - + Deafen user Wycisz słuchawki i mikrofon użytkownika - + Deafen or undeafen user on server. Deafening a user will also mute them. Wycisza lub włącza słuchawki i mikrofon użytkownika na serwerze. Wyciszenie słuchawek i mikrofonu użytkownika spowoduje również wyciszenie jego mikrofonu. - + Mute user locally Wycisz mikrofon użytkownika (lokalnie) - + Mute or unmute user locally. Use this on other users in the same room. Wycisza lub włącza mikrofon użytkownika lokalnie. Używaj tej opcji na innych użytkownikach w tym samym pokoju. - + &Edit &Edytuj - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If users in a channel have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. Ta opcja pozwala na połączenie twojego kanału z zaznaczonym kanałem. Jeśli użytkownicy na kanale mają pozwolenie na słyszenie mowy innego kanału będą mogli się słyszeć. Te połączenie jest cały czas aktywne dopóki go nie wyłączysz lub do czasu gdy serwer zostanie zrestartowany. Prosimy zapoznać się ze skrótami push-to-link (naciśnij-i-połącz). - + Start the audio configuration wizard Rozpocznij konfiguracjęprogramu Mumble - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. Ten kreator poprowadzi cię przez proces konfiguracji programu Mumble. - + SSL Verification failed: %1 Weryfikacja SSL nie powiodła się: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. <b>OSTRZEŻENIE:</b> Ten serwer posiada obecnie inny certyfikat niż poprzedni, który masz zachowany u siebie. - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. Serwer posiada certyfikat, który nie przeszedł weryfikacji. - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> <p>%1.<br />Błędy certyfikatu: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Czy mimo to chcesz go zaakceptować?<br />(Mumble więcej cię o to nie zapyta.)</p> - + &Information &Informacje - + Show information about the server connection Pokaż informacje o serwerze - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. Ta opcja pokaże zaawansowane informacje na temat połączenia z serwerem. - + Mumble Server Information Serwer Mumble - Informacje - - + + &View Certificate &Zobacz certyfikat - + Opening URL %1 Otwieranie adresu %1 - + Mute Self Global Shortcut Wycisz swój mikrofon - + Set self-mute status. Global Shortcut Ustawia wyciszenie mikrofonu. - + This will set or toggle your muted status. If you turn this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut Ta opcja ustawi lub przełączy twój status wyciszenia mikrofonu. Jeśli wyłączysz tą opcję to deaktywujesz również wyciszenie słuchawek i mikrofonu. - + Deafen Self Global Shortcut Wycisz swoje słuchawki i mikrofon - + Set self-deafen status. Global Shortcut Ustawia wyciszenie słuchawek i mikrofonu. - + This will set or toggle your deafened status. If you turn this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut Ta opcja ustawi lub przełączy twój status wyciszenia słuchawek i mikrofonu. Jeśli włączysz tą opcję to aktywujesz również wyciszenie mikrofonu. - + This will switch the states of the in-game overlay between showing everybody, just the users who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut Ta opcja przełączy stany nakładki podczas gry, będzie ona widoczna dla wszystkich, dla tych co mówią lub dla nikogo. - + Whisper Szepnij - - + + Not connected Nie połączony - + File does not exist Plik nie istnieje - + File is not a configuration file. Plik nie jest konfigurowalny. - + Settings merged from file. Ustawienia połączone z pliku. - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' Adres URL nie jest obsługiwany przez Mumble ('mumble') - + This version of Mumble can't handle URLs for Mumble version %1.%2.%3 Ta wersja Mumble nie działa z URL dla starych wersji Mumble %1.%2.%3 - + Connecting to %1 Łączenie z %1 - + Enter username Nazwa użytkownika @@ -6113,7 +6288,7 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W Zmienia nazwę kanału. - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? Program Mumble został uruchomiony po raz pierwszy na tym komputerze.<br /> Czy chcesz uruchomić kreator ustawień dźwięku, aby skonfigurować podstawowe opcje aplikacji? @@ -6122,7 +6297,7 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W <h2>Kanał kontrolny</h2><p>Szyfrowanie %1 bit %2<br />%1 ms przeciętnego opóźnienia (%4 niezgodności)</p> - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. Kanał głosowy jest wysyłany przez kanał kontrolny. @@ -6131,42 +6306,42 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W <h2>Kanał głosowy</h2><p>Szyfrowanie 128-bitowym kluczem OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms przeciętnego opóźnienia (%4 niezgodności)</p> - + UDP Statistics Statystyki UDP - + To Server Do serwera - + From Server Od serwera - + Good Dobre - + Late Opóźnione - + Lost Utracone - + Resync Re-synchronizowane - + Ctrl+Q Ctrl+Q @@ -6183,12 +6358,12 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W &Zmień nazwę - + About &Qt O &Qt - + Sending message to channel %1 Wysyłanie wiadomości na kanał: %1 @@ -6197,17 +6372,16 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W Wyślij wiadomość do wszystkich na: %1 - To tree %1: %2 - Do kanału %1: %2 + Do kanału %1: %2 - + Message to tree %1 Wyślij do kanału %1 - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. Wysyła wiadomość do wszystkich na tym kanale. @@ -6236,30 +6410,30 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W Połączony z serwerem %1. - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? <b>UWAGA!</b> Mumble jest obecnie połączony z serwerem. Chcesz zakończyć czy zminimalizować program? - + Close Zakończ - - + + Minimize Minimalizuj - + &Window &Okno - + Ctrl+M Ctrl+M @@ -6268,55 +6442,55 @@ Chcesz zakończyć czy zminimalizować program? Ctrl+W - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut Tryb minimalny - + &Minimal View &Tryb minimalny - + Toggle minimal window modes Uruchom minimalny tryb - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. Ta opcja uruchomi tryb minimalny, gdzie okno z dziennikiem i menu są ukryte. - + Log Dziennik - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut Głośność w górę (+10%) - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut Głośność w dół (-10%) - + Clear Wyczyść - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. Przeciąganie kanału masz ustatwione na "wyłącz opcje przeciągania kanałów" dlatego nie zostałeś przeniesiony. - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in UserModel::dropMimeData. Nieznany sposób przeciągania kanałów w UserModel::dropMimeData. @@ -6325,66 +6499,112 @@ Chcesz zakończyć czy zminimalizować program? Nieznany tryb Przeciągania Kanału w PlayerModel::dropMimeData. - + &Unlink Channel &Rozłącz kanały - + &Unlink Plugin &Wyłącz wtyczki + Server message from - Serwer + Serwer &Quit &Zakończ - + Hide Frame Ukryj ramkę - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window Uaktywnia obramowanie okna w trybie minimalnym - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. Uaktywnia obramowanie okna w trybie minimalnym dzięki czemu można przenosić i zmieniać rozmiar okna. + + + Send &Message + + + + + &Unlink All + + + + + &Certificate Wizard + + + + + &Register + + + + + Change &Texture + + + + + &Remove Texture + + + + + Reset &Comment + + + + + Reset the comment of the selected user. + + + + + &Join Channel + + NetworkConfig - + Network Sieć - + Form Formularz - + Connection Połączenie - + Use TCP compatibility mode Używaj trybu zgodności TCP - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). <b>Uaktywnij tryb kompatybilności TCP.</b> Dzięki tej opcji Mumble działa w przypadkach kiedy nie można się połączyć w trybie UDP. Negatywnym skutkiem tej opcji jest utracenie pewnej liczby pakietów. @@ -6393,32 +6613,32 @@ Chcesz zakończyć czy zminimalizować program? Używaj trybu TCP - + Reconnect when disconnected Automatycznie wznawiaj przerwane połączenie - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>Automatycznie wznawiaj przerwane połączenie</b> Mumble będzie ponawiać połączenie co 10 sekund. - + Reconnect automatically Automatycznie wznawiaj przerwane połączenie - + Proxy Proxy - + Type Typ - + Type of proxy to connect through Typ proxy @@ -6427,27 +6647,27 @@ Chcesz zakończyć czy zminimalizować program? <b>Rodzaj proxy.</b> Połączenia przez proxy wymuszają tryb zgodności TCP. - + Direct connection połączenie bezpośrednie - + HTTP(S) proxy HTTP(S) Proxy - + SOCKS5 proxy SOCKS5 Proxy - + Hostname Host - + Hostname of the proxy Nazwa hosta proxy @@ -6456,154 +6676,154 @@ Chcesz zakończyć czy zminimalizować program? Nazwa serwera proxy. - + Force TCP mode Wymuś tryb TCP - + Enable QoS to prioritize packets Włącz QoS, aby spriorytetyzować pakiety - + This will enable QoS, which will attempt to prioritize voice packets over other traffic. Ta opcja uaktywni QoS, który spróbuje nadać pakietom wychodzącym z programu większy priorytet. - + Use Quality of Service Używaj Quality of Service - + Don't send certificate to server and don't save passwords. (Not saved). Nie wysyłaj certyfikatu na serwer ani nie zapamiętuj haseł. - + <b>This will suppress identity information from the client.</b><p>The client will not identify itself with a certificate, even if defined, and will not cache passwords for connections. This is primarily a test-option and is not saved.</p> <b>Ta opcja usuwa wszelkie informacje z klienta.</b><p>Klient nie będzie identyfikował się za pomocą certyfikatu, nawet jeśli wcześniej był tak ustawiony, i nie będzie zapisywał haseł dla połączeń. Ta opcja jest opcją testową i nie jest zapamiętywana.</p> - + Suppress certificate and password storage Nie zachowuj haseł i certyfikatów - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through.</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>Typ proxy używanego do połączenia.</b><br />Ta opcja zmusza Mumble do połączenia przez serwer proxy dla wszystkich wychodzących połączeń. Informacja: Tunelowanie proxy zmusza Mumble do używania trybu TCP, sprawiając że wszystkie dane będą przesyłane przez kanał kontrolny. - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. <b>Nazwa hosta proxy.</b><br /> Te pole określa nazwę hosta serwera proxy przez, który chcesz puścić cały ruch. - + Port Port - + Port number of the proxy Numer portu - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. Port na zdalnym serwerze. - + Username Użytkownik - + Username for proxy authentication Nazwa użytkownika dla proxy - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. Nazwa użytkownika przy autoryzacji do proxy. - + Password Hasło - + Password for proxy authentication Hasło dla proxy - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. Hasło do serwera proxy. Jeżeli dostęp ma być anonimowy pozostaw te pole puste. - + Misc Różne - + Prevent log from downloading images Nie zezwalaj na pobieranie obrazów w dzienniku - + <b>Disable image download</b><br/> Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the img tag. <b>Nie pobieraj obrazów</b><br/> Zapobiega pobieraniu obrazów przez klienta, które są umieszczane w dzienniku za pomocą tagu img. - + Disable image download Nie pobieraj obrazów - + Mumble services Usługi Mumble - + Check for new releases of Mumble automatically. Automatycznie sprawdzaj czy są nowe wersje Mumble. - + This will check for new releases of Mumble every time you start the program, and notify you if one is available. Ta opcja pozwala na sprawdzenie czy istnieje nowsza wersja Mumble za każdym razem kiedy uruchamiasz program. - + Check for application updates on startup Sprawdzaj dostępność aktualizacji - + Check for new releases of plugins automatically. Automatycznie sprawdzaj czy są nowe wersje wtyczek. - + This will check for new releases of plugins every time you start the program, and download them automatically. Ta opcja pozwala na sprawdzanie nowych wersji wtyczek za każdym razem kiedy włączasz program, pozwala również na ich automatyczną aktualizację i pobieranie. - + Download plugin updates on startup Pobieraj aktualizacje wtyczek przy starcie - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus its development where it is needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. <b>Wysyłaj anonimowe statystyki.</b><br />Mumble posiada mały zespół deweloperów, który musi skupić się na funkcjach, które są najbardziej potrzebne. Wysyłając statystyki pomagasz projektowi w określeniu na czym skupić się w przyszłości. @@ -6612,7 +6832,7 @@ Zapobiega pobieraniu obrazów przez klienta, które są umieszczane w dzienniku Sprawdzaj podczas uruchamiania czy jest nowsza wersja Mumble - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Zezwalaj na wysyłanie anonimowych statystyk @@ -6621,7 +6841,7 @@ Zapobiega pobieraniu obrazów przez klienta, które są umieszczane w dzienniku <b>Zezwalaj na wysyłanie anonimowych statystyk.</b><br />Mumble ma małą drużynę deweloperów, która musi się skupić na opcjach, które są jak najbardziej potrzebne. Zezwalając na wysyłanie statystyk pomagasz ustalić nad czym skupić dalszy rozwój aplikacji. - + Submit anonymous statistics Zezwalaj na wysyłanie anonimowych statystyk @@ -6629,8 +6849,8 @@ Zapobiega pobieraniu obrazów przez klienta, które są umieszczane w dzienniku Overlay - - + + Mumble Mumble @@ -6645,7 +6865,7 @@ Zapobiega pobieraniu obrazów przez klienta, które są umieszczane w dzienniku - nie masz zainstalowanego DirectX 9.0c z Czerwca 2007 - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 @@ -6654,7 +6874,7 @@ Zapobiega pobieraniu obrazów przez klienta, które są umieszczane w dzienniku - jesteś na systemie starszym niż WinXP SP2 - + Failed to initialize overlay memory. This usually means that the shared memory is locked by the OS, and you need to reboot to release it. Nie udało się zainicjalizować pamięci nakładki. Ten błąd zazwyczaj oznacza, że pamieć współdzielona jest zablokowana przez system i musisz uruchomić komputer ponownie, aby ją zwolnić. @@ -6662,27 +6882,27 @@ Zapobiega pobieraniu obrazów przez klienta, które są umieszczane w dzienniku OverlayConfig - + Options Opcje - + Position Pozycja nakładki na ekranie - + Font Czcionka - + Enable Overlay Włącz nakładkę - + Enable overlay. Włącza nakładkę. @@ -6691,142 +6911,138 @@ Zapobiega pobieraniu obrazów przez klienta, które są umieszczane w dzienniku To ustawia czy nakładka jest aktywna, czy nie. Te ustawienia są sprawdzane tylko podczas uruchamiania aplikacji obsługujących D3D9, więc upewnij się czy nakładka jest włączona zanim uruchomisz aplikację.<br />Należy pamiętać że jeżeli uruchomisz aplikację przed włączeniem mumble, lub wyłączysz nakładkę podczas jej działania, to nie ma bezpiecznej metody by zrestartować nakładkę bez ponownego uruchomienia aplikacji. - + Who to show on the overlay Kogo pokazywać w nakładce - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. <b>Ta opcja ustawia kogo widać na nakładce podczas gry.</b><br />Jeśli wiele osób jest podłączonych do tego samego kanału nakładka może stać się bardzo długa. Użyj tej opcji, aby ją skrócić If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>Nikt</i> - Nie pokazuj nikogoe (ale pozostaw nakładkę włączoną).<br /><i>Tylko mówiący</i> - Tylko mówiący ludzie.<br /><i>Wszyscy</i> - Pokazuj wszystkich. - + Always Show Self Pokazuj swój nick na nakładce - + Always show yourself on overlay. Ta opcja sprawia, że Mumble zawsze pokazuje twoją nazwę użytkownika na nakładce. - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. Ustawia czy zobaczysz swoją nazwę użytkownika na nakładce czy też nie. - + Show User Textures Pokazuj tekstury użytkowników zamiast ich nicków - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. Pokazuje tekstury wybrane przez użytkowników zamiast ich nazw użytkownika. Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestracji. - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. Używa niestandardowe tekstury użytkowników zamiast ich nazw użytkownika. - + Grow Left Do lewej - + Let overlay grow to the left Do lewej - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. Nakładka stara się pozostać najmniejszą jak tylko może w pozycji, którą ustawiłeś. Ta opcja pozwala nakładce rosnąć w lewo jeśli trzeba. - + Grow Right Do prawej - + Grow Up Do góry - + Let overlay grow upwards Pozwala nakładce rosnąć w górę - + Grow Down Do dołu - + Let overlay grow downwards Pozwala nakładce rosnąć do dołu - + X-Position of Overlay Pozycja X Nakładki - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. Ustawia pozycję X nakładki. - + Y-Position of Overlay Pozycja Y Nakładki - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start Mumble after starting the application, or if you disable the overlay while the application is running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. Ta opcja ustawia czy nakładka jest włączona czy nie. Zaznaczaj ją zaraz po tym jak uruchomisz aplikację, tak więc upewnij się czy Mumble jest włączone i czy opcja ta jest zaznaczona zanim uruchomisz grę.<br />Zwróć uwagę na to, że jeśli uruchomisz Mumble po tym jak uruchomisz grę albo jeśli wyłączysz nakładkę podczas gry, nie istnieje żaden sposób, aby zrestartować nakładkę bez ponownego uruchomienia aplikacji. - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. Ustawia pozycję Y nakładki. - + Current Font Obecna czcionka - + Set Font Czcionka - + Maximum height of names. Maksymalna wysokość nazw użytkownika. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. Maksymalna wysokość nazw użytkownika na nakładce. - + Maximum height Maksymalna wysokość - - - - - + Change Zmień @@ -6843,90 +7059,90 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra Alternatywny kolor użytkownika aktywnego - + Color for Channels Kolor kanałów - + Color for active Channels Kolor aktywnych kanałów - + Overlay Nakładka - + Show no one nie pokazuj nikogo - + Show only talking pokazuj tylko rozmawiających - + Show everyone pokazuj wszystkich - - + + Color for users Kolor dla użytkowników - - + + Color for talking users Kolor dla mówiących użytkowników - - + + Color for whispering users Kolor dla szepczących użytkowników - + Color for channels Kolor dla kanałów - + Color for active channels Kolor dla aktywych kanałów - + Form Formularz - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. Nakładka stara się pozostać najmniejszą jak tylko może w pozycji, którą ustawiłeś. Ta opcja pozwala nakładce rosnąć w górę jeśli trzeba. - + Let overlay grow to the right Pozwala nakładce rosnąć do prawej - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. Nakładka stara się pozostać najmniejszą jak tylko może w pozycji, którą ustawiłeś. Ta opcja pozwala nakładce rosnąć w prawo jeśli trzeba. - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. Nakładka stara się pozostać najmniejszą jak tylko może w pozycji, którą ustawiłeś. Ta opcja pozwala nakładce rosnąć w dół jeśli trzeba. - + TextLabel Tekst @@ -6967,23 +7183,23 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra PluginConfig - + Options Opcje - - + + Plugins Wtyczki - + Link to Game and Transmit Position Połącz z grami i nadawaj pozycję graczy - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information Włącza wtyczki oraz nadaje informacje o pozycjach graczy względem siebie podczas gry @@ -6992,97 +7208,107 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra Uaktywnia to wtyczki, które przetwarzają dźwięk w zależności od położenia użytkownika na mapie, dzięki czemu możesz usłyszeć użytkowników ze względu na położenie na mapie. Ta funckja jest dostępna tylko do wybranych gier. - + &Reload plugins &Przeładuj wtyczki - + Reloads all plugins Przeładowuje wszystkie wtyczki - + This allows plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit it with each voice packet. This enables other users to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. Ta opcja zezwala wtyczkom dla wspieranych gier przechwytywać głos tak, że ustali on twoją pozycję w grze. Umożliwia to innym graczom słyszenie twojego głosu w grze dokładnie z tego miejsca, w którym twoja postać się znajduje. - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. Ponownie skanuje i przeładowuje wtyczki. Użyj tej opcji jeśli dodałeś lub zmieniłeś wtyczkę w katalogu <i>plugins</i>. - + &About &O wtyczce - + Information about plugin Informacje o wtyczce - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. Pokazuje krótką informację na temat wtyczki. - + &Configure &Konfiguruj - + Show configuration page of plugin Otwiera okno konfiguracji - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. Wyświetla okno z konfiguracją wtyczki, jeżeli wtyczka posiadą konfigurację. - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. Wtyczka nie posiada konfiguracji. - + Plugin has no about function. Brak informacji o wtyczce. - + Form Formularz + + + Name + + + + + Enabled + + Plugins - - + + Downloaded new or updated plugin to %1. Pobrano nowy lub uaktualniony plugin do %1. - + Failed to install new plugin to %1. Nie udało się zainstalować nowego pluginu do %1. - + %1 lost link. %1 utracił połączenie. - + %1 linked. %1 połączony. @@ -7090,7 +7316,7 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra PortAudioSystem - + Default Device Domyślne urządzenie @@ -7098,12 +7324,12 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input Domyślne wejście - + Default Output Domyślne wyjście @@ -7111,82 +7337,81 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra RichTextEditor - + Failed to load image Nie udało się załadować obazu - + Image file too large to embed in document. Please use images smaller than %1 kB. Obrazek jest zbyt duży, aby umiescić go w dokumencie. Prosimy używać obrazków mniejszych niz %1 kB. - TabWidget - TabWidget + TabWidget - + Display Podgląd - + Source Text Tekst źródłowy - + &Bold &Pogrubienie - + Ctrl+B Ctrl+B - + &Italic &Kursywa - + Italic Kursywa - + Ctrl+I Ctrl+I - + Underline Podkreślenie - + Ctrl+U Ctrl+U - + Color Kolor - + Insert Link Wstaw link - + Ctrl+L Ctrl+L - + Insert Image Wstaw obraz @@ -7194,17 +7419,17 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra RichTextEditorLink - + Add Link Dodaj link - + URL URL - + Text Tekst @@ -7212,27 +7437,27 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra ServerHandler - + UDP packets cannot be sent to or received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. Pakiety UDP nie mogły zostać wysłane lub odebrane z serwera. Nastąpiła zmiana na tryb TCP. - + UDP packets cannot be sent to the server. Switching to TCP mode. Pakiety UDP nie mogły zostać wysłane do serwera. Nastąpiła zmiana na tryb TCP. - + UDP packets cannot be received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. Pakiety UDP nie mogły zostać odebrane z serwera. Nastąpiła zmiana na tryb TCP. - + UDP packets can be sent to and received from the server. Switching back to UDP mode. Pakiety UDP mogą zostać wysłane i odebrane z serwera. Nastąpiła zmiana na tryb UDP. - + Connection timed out Przekroczono limit czasu połączenia @@ -7240,42 +7465,42 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra ServerView - + Favorite Ulubione - + LAN LAN - + Public Internet Publiczne - + Asia Azja - + North America Ameryka Północna - + South America Ameryka Południowa - + Europe Europa - + Oceania Oceania @@ -7283,7 +7508,7 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned Nieprzypisany @@ -7291,22 +7516,22 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra ShortcutDelegate - + On Włącz - + Off Wyłącz - + Toggle Przełącz - + Unassigned Nieprzypisany @@ -7314,7 +7539,7 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut Naciśnij klawisz @@ -7322,22 +7547,22 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra ShortcutTargetDialog - + Root Źródło - + Parent Macierzysty - + Current Obecny - + Subchannel #%1 Pod-kanał #%1 @@ -7345,42 +7570,42 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra ShortcutTargetWidget - + ... ... - + , , - + Root Źródło - + Parent Macierzysty - + Current Obecny - + Subchannel #%1 Pod-kanał #%1 - + Invalid Nieprawidłowy - + <Empty> <Pusty> @@ -7388,17 +7613,17 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra ShortcutToggleWidget - + Off Wyłącz - + Toggle Przełączenie - + On Włącz @@ -7423,17 +7648,17 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra Wyłącza formatowanie HTML - + Enter text Wpisz tekst - + If checked the message is recursively sent to all subchannels Jeśli zaznaczone wiadomość jest wysyłana do wszystkich pod-kanałów - + Send recursively to subchannels Wyślij do wszystkich pod-kanałów @@ -7441,22 +7666,22 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra Tokens - + Empty Token Puste hasło - + Mumble - Access Tokens Mumble - Hasła dostępu - + List of access tokens on current server Lista haseł dostępu na obecnym serwerze - + <b>This is an editable list of access tokens on the connected server.</b> <br /> An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simple access management on channels. Mumble will remember the tokens you've used and resend them to the server next time you reconnect, so you don't have to enter these every time. @@ -7466,22 +7691,22 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl Hasło dostępu to tekst, ktory może być użyty jako hasło do bardzo łatwego zarządzania dostępem do kanałów. Mumble będzie pamiętać hasła, które użyłeś i prześle je na serwer ponownie podczas łączenia co umożliwi logowanie bez każdorazowego wpisywania hasła. - + Add a token Dodaj hasło - + &Add &Dodaj - + Remove a token Usuń hasło - + &Remove &Usuń @@ -7489,159 +7714,164 @@ Hasło dostępu to tekst, ktory może być użyty jako hasło do bardzo łatwego UserEdit - - + Registered Users Zarejestrowani użytkownicy - + + Remove Usuń + + + Rename + + UserModel - + This is a user connected to the server. The icon to the left of the user indicates whether or not they are talking: To jest użytkownik podłączony do serwera. Ikona po lewej wskazuje czy w chwili obecnej: - + Talking to your channel. Mówi do twojego kanału. - + Whispering directly to your channel. Szepcze bezpośrednio do twojego kanału. - + Whispering directly to you. Szepcze bezpośrednio do ciebie. - + Not talking. Nie mówi. - + This is a channel on the server. The icon indicates the state of the channel: To jest kanał na serwerze. Ikona wskazuje stan kanału: - + Your current channel. Twój obecny kanał. - + A channel that is linked with your channel. Linked channels can talk to each other. Kanał, z którym twój kanał jest połączony. Połączone kanały mogą rozmawiać między sobą. - + A channel on the server that you are not linked to. Kanał na serwerze, do którego nie jesteś połączony. - + This shows the flags the user has on the server, if any: Ta opcja pokazuje atrybuty użytkownika, o ile jakieś istnieją: - + On your friend list Na twojej liście znajomych - + Authenticated user Użytkownik uwierzytelniony - + Muted (manually muted by self) Wyciszony mikrofon (przez siebie) - + Muted (manually muted by admin) Wyciszony mikrofon (przez admina) - + Muted (not allowed to speak in current channel) Wyciszony mikrofon (brak pozwolenia na rozmowę na tym kanale) - + Muted (muted by you, only on your machine) Wyciszony mikrofon (przez ciebie, tylko na twojej maszynie) - + Deafened (by self) Wyciszone słuchawki i mikrofon (przez siebie) - + Deafened (by admin) Wyciszone słuchawki i mikrofon (przez admina) - + User has a new comment set (click to show) Użytkownik ma nowy komentarz (kliknij, aby wyświetlić) - + User has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) Użytkownik posiada komentarz, który już widziałeś (kliknij, aby wyświetlić) - + This shows the flags the channel has, if any: Ta opcja pokazuje atrybuty kanału, o ile jakieś posiada: - + Channel has a new comment set (click to show) Kanał ma nowy komentarz (kliknij, aby wyświetlić) - + Channel has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) Kanał ma komentarz, który już widziałeś (kliknij, aby wyświetlić) - + Name Nazwa - + Flags Atrybut(y) - - - + + + Mumble Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? Czy jesteś pewien, że chcesz przeciągnąć ten kanał? - - + + Cannot perform this movement automatically, please reset the numeric sorting indicators or adjust it manually. Nie można przenieść automatycznie, prosimy o posortowanie numeryczne wskaźników lub ręczne ustawienie. @@ -7649,7 +7879,7 @@ Hasło dostępu to tekst, ktory może być użyty jako hasło do bardzo łatwego VersionCheck - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. Nie udało się pobrać informacji o wersji z serwera SourceForge. @@ -7657,102 +7887,102 @@ Hasło dostępu to tekst, ktory może być użyty jako hasło do bardzo łatwego ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details Szczegóły certyfikatu - + Certificate chain Certyfikat - + Certificate details Szczegóły certyfikatu - + %1 %2 %1 %2 - - + + Common Name: %1 Nazwa pospolita: %1 - - + + Organization: %1 Organizacja: %1 - + Subunit: %1 Pod-jednostka: %1 - - + + Country: %1 Kraj: %1 - - + + Locality: %1 Lokalizacja: %1 - - + + State: %1 Kraj: %1 - + Valid from: %1 Ważne od: %1 - + Valid to: %1 Ważne do: %1 - + Serial: %1 Numer seryjny: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 Klucz publiczny: %1 bitów %2 - + RSA RSA - + DSA DSA - + Digest (MD5): %1 Odcisk (MD5): %1 - + Issued by: Wydany przez: - + Unit Name: %1 Nazwa jednostki: %1 @@ -7760,7 +7990,7 @@ Hasło dostępu to tekst, ktory może być użyty jako hasło do bardzo łatwego WASAPISystem - + Default Device Urządzenie domyślne diff --git a/src/mumble/mumble_ru.ts b/src/mumble/mumble_ru.ts index 7f872061c..88b67e67d 100644 --- a/src/mumble/mumble_ru.ts +++ b/src/mumble/mumble_ru.ts @@ -8,118 +8,112 @@ Mumble - Изменить ACL (список контроля доступа) для %1 - + Active ACLs Активные ACL(списки контроля доступа) - + Context Контекст - + User/Group Пользователь/Группа - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a '!', its membership is negated, and if it starts with a '~', it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in.<br />If a group name starts with a '#', it is interpreted as an access token. Users must have entered whatever follows the '#' in their list of access tokens to match. This can be used for very simple password access to channels for non-authenticated users.<br />If a group name starts with a '$', it will only match users whose certificate hash matches what follows the '$'.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for '<i>sub,0,0,0</i>').<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for '<i>!sub,0,0,0</i>').<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. - + Permissions Разрешения - - + Group Группа - - + Members Члены группы - + &Add &Добавить - + &Remove &Удалить - + &Up &Вверх - + &Down Вн&из - + Inherit ACLs Наследовать ACL(список контроля доступа) - + Applies to this channel Примененные к этому каналу - + Applies to sub-channels Примененные к подканалам - + User ID Идентификатор пользователя - + Deny Отказать - + Allow Разрешить - - - + Remove Убрать - + Inherit Наследовать - + Inheritable Наследуемый - + Inherited Унаследованный - - - + Add Добавить @@ -128,12 +122,12 @@ Добавить к удаленным - + &Groups &Группы - + &ACL &Списки контроля доступа (ACL) @@ -162,7 +156,7 @@ Эта кнопка отменит все изменения и закроет диалоговое окно без обновления списков ACL или групп на сервере. - + List of entries Список вхождений @@ -171,103 +165,98 @@ Это покажет все активные вхождения на этом канале. Вхождения, наследованные от родительских каналов будут выделены курсивом. - + Inherit ACL of parent? Унаследовать списки ACL от предков? - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. Это унаследует либо нет цепочку списков ACL от каналов-предков для этого объекта. Унаследованы будут только вхождения, помеченные у предков как "Применить к подканалам". - + Add new entry Добавить новый - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. Добавляет новое вхождение, по умолчанию без прав доступа иприменяемое ко всем. - + Remove entry Удалить вхождение - + This removes the currently selected entry. Удалит выделенное вхождение. - + Move entry up Переместить выше - - Properties - - - - + Name Имя - + Enter the channel name here. - + <b>Name</b><br>Enter the channel name in this field. The name has to comply with the restriction imposed by the server you are connected to. - + Description - + Password - + Enter the channel password here. - + <b>Password</b><br>This field allows you to easily set and change the password of a channel. In the background it uses Mumble's access tokens feature. To allow more fine grained and powerful access control directly use ACLs and groups instead (<i>Advanced configuration</i> has to be checked to be able to see these settings). - + Check to create a temporary channel. - + <b>Temporary</b><br> When checked the channel created will be marked as temporary. This means when the last player leaves it the channel will be automatically deleted by the server. - + Temporary - + Channel positioning facility value - + <b>Position</b><br/> This value enables you to change the way Mumble arranges the channels in the tree. A channel with a higher <i>Position</i> value will always be placed below one with a lower value and the other way around. If the <i>Position</i> value of two channels is equal they will get sorted alphabetically by their name. <b>Position</b><br/> @@ -275,12 +264,12 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre - + Position Позиция - + <b>Group</b><br> These are all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. <b>Group</b><br> @@ -288,132 +277,132 @@ This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, - + Add new group - + <b>Add</b><br/> Add a new group. - + <b>Remove</b><br>This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. - + <b>Inherit</b><br>This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. - + <b>Inheritable</b><br>This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. - + <b>Inherited</b><br>This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. - + Inherited members - + Contains the list of members added to the group by this channel. - + <b>Members</b><br> This list contains all members that were added to the group by the current channel. Be aware that this does not include members inherited by higher levels of the channel tree. These can be found in the <i>Inherited members</i> list. To prevent this list to be inherited by lower level channels uncheck <i>Inheritable</i> or manually add the members to the <i>Excluded members</i> list. - + Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. - + <b>Excluded members</b><br> Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. - + Contains the list of members inherited by other channels. - + <b>Inherited members</b><br> Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i>Inherit</i> to prevent inheritance from higher level channels. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to add to the group and click Add. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to remove from the group and click Add. - + Exclude - + Excluded members - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. Перемещает вхождение выше по списку. Так как вхождения упорядочены, это может изменить эффективные привелегии пользователей. Вы не сможете переместить вхождение выше унаследованного, если вы действительно хотите его переместить, вам придется продублировать унаследованое вхождение. - + Move entry down Переместить ниже - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. Перемещает вхождение ниже по списку. Так как вхождения упорядочены, это может изменить эффективные привелегии пользователей. - + Entry should apply to this channel. Entry should apply to this channel Применять к каналу - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. Применяет вхождение к этому каналу. - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. Применять к подканалам. - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. Применяет вхождение ко всем подканалам этого канала. - + Group this entry applies to Применить к группе @@ -422,53 +411,53 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Управляет, к какой группе пользователей применять вхождение.<br />Заметьте, что группа оценивается как контекст канала, в котором используется вхождение. Например, по умолчанию список ACL канала Root дает права на <i>Запись</i> группе <i>admin</i>. Если это вхождение унаследуется каналом, даст пользователю права на запись если он принадлежит к группе <i>admin</i> на этом канале, даже если он не принадлежит к группе <i>admin</i> на канале, от которого унаследовали список ACL.<br />Если имя группы начинается с a !, его членство отрицается, а если начинается с a ~, оно оценивается для канала, которому ACL был определен, чем канал, в котором есть активный ACL. Порядок важен; <i>!~in</i> принимается, но <i>~!in</i> нет.<br />Несколько особых предопределенных групп:<br /><b>all</b> - Соответствует всем.<br /><b>auth</b> - Соответствует всем авторизованным пользователям.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - Пользователи на подканале с минимум <i>a</i> общими предками, а также между <i>b</i> и <i>c</i> каналами в цепочке. Для более подробной информации посетите вебсайт.<br /><b>in</b> - Подойдут пользователи на текущем канале (удобство для <i>sub,0,0,0</i>).<br /><b>out</b> - Соответствует всем пользователям вне канала (удобство для <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Заметьте, что вхождение применяется только к пользователю или к группе, а не к обоим. - + User this entry applies to Применять для пользователя - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. Управляет, к какому пользователю применять вхождение. Просто введите имя пользователя и нажмите Enter, чтобы послать запрос на сервер. - + Allow %1 Позволить %1 - + Deny %1 Запретить %1 - + Mumble - Add channel - - + + Failed: Invalid channel - + Mumble - Edit %1 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Это дает привелегию на %1. Если привелегия и позволяет, и запрещает, она запрещает.<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Отбирает привелегию на %1. Если привелегия и позволяет, и запрещает, она запрещает.<br />%2 - + List of groups Список групп @@ -477,7 +466,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Показывает все группы, определенные для канала. Чтобы создать новую группу, просто введите имя и нажмите Enter. - + Remove selected group Удалить выбранную группу @@ -486,7 +475,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Удаляет выбранную группу. Если группа была унаследована, она не уберется из списка, но вся локальная информация о группе будет стерта. - + Inherit group members from parent Унаследовать членов группы от @@ -495,7 +484,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Наследует всех членов группы от предка, если группа отмечена как <i>Наследуемая</i> в родительском канале. - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels Сделать группу наследуемой для подканалов @@ -504,7 +493,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Сделать группу наследуемой для подканалов. Если группа ненаследованная, подканалы все еще свободны для создания новой группы с таким же именем. - + Group was inherited from parent channel Группа была унаследована от родительского канала @@ -513,7 +502,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Показывает, что группа унаследована от канала-родителя. Вы не можете изменить этот флаг, он просто для информации. - + Add member to group Добавить члена группы @@ -522,7 +511,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Введите имя игрока, которого вы хотите добавить в группу и нажмите Enter. - + Remove member from group Удалить члена группы @@ -531,25 +520,30 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Введите имя игрока, которого вы хотите удалить из группы и нажмите Enter. - + Dialog - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. + + + &Properties + + ALSAAudioInput - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 - + Default ALSA Card @@ -557,12 +551,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ALSAAudioOutput - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 - + Default ALSA Card @@ -601,32 +595,32 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ASIOConfig - + Device selection Выбор устройства - + Capabilities Возможности - + Buffer size - + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. - + Channels Каналы - + Configure input channels Настроить каналы ввода @@ -635,52 +629,52 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Настраивает входные каналы для ASIO. Убедитесь, что выбрали минимум 1 канал как микрофон и динамик. <i>Микрофон</i> должен быть там, куда подсоединен ваш микрофон, и <i>Динамик</i> должен быть каналом, передающим "Что вы слышите".<br />Например, на Audigy 2 ZS, отличным выбором для Микрофона будет "Mic L", в то время, как динамик - "Mix L" и "Mix R" - + Device to use for microphone Устройство для подключения микрофона - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. Выбирает, какое устройство опрашивать. Вам все еще надо опросить устройство и выбрать канал, который будете использовать. - + Device Устройство - + &Query &Запрос - + Query selected device Опросить выбранное устройство - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Опрашивает выбранное устройство поканально. Опасайтесь того, что многие драйвера ASIO не доделаны, и опрос их может вызвать "зависание" приложения или всей системы. - + &Configure Н&астроить - + Configure selected device Настроить выбранное устройство - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Настраивает выбранное устройство. Опасайтесь того, что многие драйвера ASIO не доделаны, и опрос их может вызвать "зависание" приложения или всей системы. - + Driver name Имя привода @@ -689,29 +683,27 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Размер буфера - + Microphone Микрофон - - + <- <- - - + -> -> - + Unused Не используется - + Speakers Динамики @@ -728,43 +720,43 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> %1 мс -> %2 мс (%3 мс разрешение) %4Гц -- Не используемо - + %1 (version %2) - + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5Hz - - - - + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 Ошибка инициализации ASIO: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver Невозможно установить драйвер ASIO - + ASIO ASIO - + Form @@ -772,18 +764,18 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ASIOInput - - + + Mumble Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. Вам нужно выбрать хотя бы одно устройство для микрофона и одно для динамика для использования ASIO. Если вам нужно только протестировать микрофон, используйет DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. Невозможно открыть устройство ASIO. Входных данных не получено. @@ -796,27 +788,27 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Русский перевод Khazov Nick<br />m2k3d0n@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Программа для голосового общения игроков</b></p><p><tt>http://mumble.sourceforge.net/</tt></p> - + &About Mumble &О Mumble - + &License Л&ицензия - + OK ОК - + About Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> @@ -824,7 +816,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AboutSpeexDialog - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%1">%1</a></tt></p><p>This program uses SpeexDSP.</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering and voice activity detection.</p> @@ -833,12 +825,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <h3>О Speex</h3><p><tt>http://www.speex.org/</tt></p><p>Эта программа использует Speex версии %1</p><p>Speex используется для подавления эха, шумов<br />фильтрации, определения голосовой активности и сжатия<br />речи.</p> - + OK ОК - + About Speex @@ -1049,241 +1041,234 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioInput - + Form - + Interface - + System - + Input method for audio Метод ввода для аудио - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Этот метод ввода используется для аудио.</b><br />Скорее всего вы захотите использовать DirectSound. - + Device Устройство - + Input device for audio Output method for audio Мытод вывода для аудио - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Этот метод вывода используется для аудио.</b><br />Скорее всего вы захотите использовать DirectSound. - + Transmission Передача - + &Transmit - + When to transmit your speech Когда передавать вашу речь - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. <b>Устанавливает, когда передавать речь.</b><br /><i>Постоянно</i> - Все время<br /><i>При активность голоса</i> - Когда вы говорите четко.<br /><i>Нажмите для разговора</i> - Когда вы зажимаете горячую клавишу, установленную в <i>Ярлыках</i>. - + DoublePush Time - + If you press the PTT key twice in this time it will get locked. - + <b>DoublePush Time</b><br />If you press the push-to-talk key twice during the configured interval of time it will be locked. Mumble will keep transmitting until you hit the key once more to unlock PTT again. - - TextLabel - - - - + Gets played when the PTT button is pressed - + Gets played when the PTT button is released - + Reset audio cue to default - + <b>Reset</b><br/>Reset the paths for the files to their default. - + Reset - + Browse for on audio file - - + Browse - + Browse for off audio file - + Off - + On - + Preview the audio cues - + <b>Preview</b><br/>Plays the current <i>on</i> soundfile followed by the current <i>off</i> soundfile. - + Preview - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. - + PTT Audio cue - + Use SNR based speech detection - + Signal to Noise - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. - + Amplitude - + Voice &Hold - + How long to keep transmitting after silence Как долго передавать после тишины - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>Выбирает, как долго после паузы в речи продолжать передачу.</b><br />Установите ее больше, если у вас много пауз в речи (можно увидеть по часто мигающей иконке голоса рядом с вашим именем).<br />Имеет смысл только когда используется с передачей по активности голоса. - + Silence Below - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. - + Speech Above - + Signal values above this count as voice - + Compression Сжатие - + &Quality - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) Качество сжатия (пиковая передача) - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. <b>Устанавливает качество сжатия.</b><br />Определяет, какую загрузку канала Mumble разрешено использовать для исходящего аудио. @@ -1296,17 +1281,17 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <b>Устанавливает сложность сжатия.</b><br />Определяет, сколько мощности ЦП Mumble разрешено использовать для увеличения качества передаваемого голоса. Установка выше 5 даст только предельный прирост. - + Audio per packet Аудио на пакет - + How many audio frames to send per packet Как много аудио фрагментов посылать в пакете - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>Выбирает, сколько аудиофрагментов помещать в пакет.</b><br />Увеличение ее увеличит задержку голоса, но также уменьшит требования к толщине канала связи. @@ -1315,122 +1300,122 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Максимальная скорость, используемая для посылки аудио - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). <b>Показывает пиковую загрузку посланных сигналов.</b><br />Показывает пиковое значение скорости передачи данных от вашего компьютера. Битрейт аудио - максимальный битрейт (по принятым сокращениям, VBR) только для аудиоданных. Позиция - битрейт, используемый для информации о позиции. Загрузка - раскадровка и заголовки IP пакетов (IP и UDP - 90% этой загрузки). {75%?} - + Audio Processing - + Noise Suppression - + Noise suppression - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be suppressed. - + Amplification - + Maximum amplification of input sound Максимальное усиление входящего звука - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. <b>Максимальное усиление входного голоса.</b><br />Mumble нормализует входную громкость до сжатия, эта опция устанавливает, на сколько можно его усилить.<br />Текущий уровень постоянно обновляется на основе текущего образца речи, но никогда не будет выше установленного здесь уровня.<br />Если уровень <i>Громкости микрофона</i> аудиостатистики держится на уровне 100%, вы можете установить его на 2.0 или выше, но если, как многие люди, вы не можете достичь 100%, установите его на чуть более высоком уровне.<br />В идеале, установите его так, чтобы <i>Громкость микрофона * Фактор усиления >= 100</i>, даже если вы говорите слишком мягко.<br /><br />Заметьте, что ничего плохого не случится, если вы установите его на максимум, но Mumble начнет подбирать другие переговоры, если вы оставите его на автоматической настройке на данном уровне. - + Current speech detection chance - + Cancel echo from speakers - + Enabling this will cancel the echo from your speakers. Mixed has low CPU impact, but only works well if your speakers are equally loud and equidistant from the microphone. Multichannel echo cancellation provides much better echo cancellation, but at a higher CPU cost. - + Disabled - + Mixed - + Multichannel - + Echo - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. - + Idle AutoMute - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. - + Signal values below this count as silence - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio - + Server maximum network bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Audio quality auto-adjusted to %2 kbit/s (%3ms) @@ -1438,65 +1423,66 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioInputDialog - + Continuous Продолжительный - + Voice Activity Голосовая активность - + Push To Talk Нажмите для разговора - + Audio Input - - + + %1 ms %1 мс - - - + + + Off - + %1 s - + %1 kb/s - + -%1 dB - - %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + + %1 kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) - + CELT - + Speex @@ -1505,7 +1491,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> %1кбит/с (Аудио %2, Позиция %4, Загрузка %3) - + %1 min @@ -1513,115 +1499,114 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioOutput - + Form - + Interface - + System - + Output method for audio Input method for audio Метод ввода для аудио - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Этот метод ввода используется для аудио.</b><br />Скорее всего вы захотите использовать DirectSound. - + Device Устройство - + Output device for audio - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> - - + Positional Audio Позиционированное аудио - + Audio Output - + Default &Jitter Buffer - + Safety margin for jitter buffer - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. - + Minimum distance to user before sound volume decreases - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other users' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other users' speech volume will not decrease any further. - + <b>This enables one of the loopback test modes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other users will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. - + Volume Громкость - + Volume of incoming speech - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. - + Output Delay Задержка вывода - + Amount of data to buffer @@ -1654,7 +1639,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Откат - + Factor for sound volume decrease Фактор уменьшения громкости звука @@ -1663,175 +1648,189 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Как быстро будет падать громкость звука после достижения определеной дистанции. Обычно (1.0) - громкость уменьшается вполовину при удвоении расстояния. Увеличение этого значения обозначает, что громкость падает быстрее, уменьшение - замедление падения. - + Bloom - + Loopback Test - + Delay Variance - + Variance in packet latency - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you to set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. - + Packet Loss - + Packet loss for loopback mode - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% - + &Loopback - + Desired loopback mode - + Factor for sound volume increase - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. - + Minimum Distance - + Maximum Distance - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease - + Minimum Volume - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. - + Headphones - + Other Applications - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. - + Volume of other applications during speech - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. + + + If checked Mumble also lowers the volume of other applications when you talk + + + + + Attenuate other applications while you talk + + AudioOutputDialog - + None Нет - + Local - + Server - + Audio Output - - + + + %1 ms %1 мс - - - - - - %1% + + + + + + %1 % - - %1ms - %1мс + + + %1 m + + + + %1ms + %1мс - - %1m - %1м + %1м %1 @@ -1841,17 +1840,17 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioOutputSample - + Choose sound file - + Invalid sound file - + The file '%1' cannot be used by Mumble. Please select a file with a compatible format and encoding. @@ -1859,17 +1858,17 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioStats - + Peak microphone level Пиковый уровень микрофона - + Peak speaker level Пиковый уровень динамика - + Peak clean level Пиковый уровень очистки @@ -1882,7 +1881,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Сигнал-шум Микрофона - + Speech Probability Вероятность речи @@ -1891,9 +1890,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Битрейт аудио - - - + Peak power in last frame Пиковая мощность в последнем фрагменте @@ -1902,7 +1899,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Показывает пиковую мощность в последнем фрагменте (20 мс), и измеряется также, как и "входная мощность". Пожалуйста, оставьте ее и посмотрите на <b>Громкость</b>, которая более устойчива и не пренебрегается. - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) of the speakers. Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. Показывает пиковую мощность в последнем фрагменте (20 мс) динамиков. Пока вы используете мультиканальный метод проб (такой как ASIO),настроенный на каналы динамика, она будет равна 0. Если у вас они так сконфигурированы, все еще будет отображаться 0, пока вы будете прослушивать звук из других программ, ваши настройки не будут работать. @@ -1912,7 +1909,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Показывает пиковую мощность в последнем фрагменте (20 мс) после всех обработок. В идеале, должна быть -96 dB когда вы не разговариваете. На самом деле, звуковая программа примет -60 dB, мы можете с большой вероятностью увидеть -20 dB. Когда вы говорите, его следует поднять до уровня от -5 до -10 dB.<br />Если вы используете подавление эха, и оно поднимается выше -15 dB когда вы не говорите, ваши настройки не работают, и вы будете надоедать другим своим эхом. - + How close the current input level is to ideal Как близок текущий входной уровень к идеалу @@ -1921,62 +1918,62 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Как близок текущий входной уровень к идеалу. Чтобы приспособить уровень микрофона, откройте любую программу, которую вы используете для приспособления громкости записи, и посмотрите на значение во время разговора.<br /><b>Говорите громко, как будто от досады, когда вас только что подстрелил нуб.</b><br />Подгоняйте громкость пока это значение не приблизится к 100%, но убедитесь, что оно не выше. Если оно заходит выше, вы будто обрезаете часть своей речи, что понизит качество звука - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone Соотношение Сигнал-шум микрофона - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. Отношение Сигнал-шум (SNR) микрофона в последнем фрагменте (20 мс). Показывает, насколько чист голос по сравнению с шумом.<br />Если значение ниже 1.0, в сигнале больше шума, нежели голоса, и поэтому ухудшается качество.<br />Верхнего предела не существует, но не ожидайте увидеть выше 40-50 без студии звукозаписи. - + Probability of speech Вероятность речи - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). Вероятность того, что последний фрагмент (20 мс) был речью, а не шумом.<br />Передача голосовой активности зависит от верности этого. Фишка в том, что середина предложения всегда распознается как речь; проблема в паузах между словами и началом разговора. Трудно отделить кашель от слова, начинающегося на 'х'.<br />Если это выделено жирным шрифтом, значит Mumble сейчас передает (если вы подключены). - + Bitrate of last frame Битрейт последнего фрагмента - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. Аудио битрейт последнего сжатого фрагмента (20 мс), и поэтому оно может варьироваться, как и VBR применительно к качеству. Чтобы приспособить пиковый битрейт, приспособьте <b>Сложность сжатия</b> в диалоге настроек. - + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate Мощностной спектр входного сигнала и оценка шума - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. Показывает мощностной спектр текущего входного сигнала (красная линия) и текущая оценка шума (выполнена синим).<br />Все амплитуды умножены на 30, чтобы показать интересные части (на сколько больше сигнала, чем шума представлено в каждом отрезке).<br />Это только если вы интересуетесь точными условиями шума вашего микрофона. При хороших условиях, это будет всего лишь как крошечный синий отрезок внизу. Если синего на графике более половины, у вас серьезные проблемы с шумом среды. - + Weights of the echo canceller Значения подавителя эха - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. Отображает значение подавителя эха, со временем растущего вниз и увеличением частоты вправо.<br />В идеале, должен быть черным, отображая, что эха нет. В общем, у вас будут 1 или несколько горизонтальных полосок синеватого цвета, отображая время задержки эха. Вы должны увидеть значения в реальном времени.<br />Заметьте пожалуйста, что если вы не отключите эхо, вы не увидите здесь полезной информации. Запустите музыку, и все должно нормализоваться. <br />Вы можете выбрать просмотр реальных или воображаемых частей доменно-частотных значений, или наоборот высчитанные модуль и фазу. Наиболее применимым из них будут, скорее всего модуль, который является амплитудой эха, и показывает, сколько сигнала было вырезано за промежуток времени. Другие режимы просмотра более полезны для людей, желающих настроить алгоритмы глушения эха.<br />Пожалуйста, заметьте: Если картина в целом обширно варьируется в режиме модулей, подавитель эха не модет найти никакого соответствия между двумя входными источниками (динамиками и микрофоном). Или у вас очень долгая задержка эха, или один из входных источников настроен неправильно. @@ -1985,82 +1982,83 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> Mumble - - >1000ms + + >1000 ms + >1000ms - + Audio Statistics - + Input Levels - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. - + Signal Analysis - + Microphone power - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio - + Configuration feedback - + Current audio bitrate - + DoublePush interval - + Speech Detection - + Current speech detection chance - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. - + Signal and noise power spectrum - + Echo Analysis @@ -2068,186 +2066,183 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard - + Introduction - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard - + Finished - + Enjoy using Mumble - + Device selection Выбор устройства - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. - - + System - + Input method for audio Метод ввода для аудио - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Этот метод ввода используется для аудио.</b><br />Скорее всего вы захотите использовать DirectSound. - - + Device Устройство - + Input device to use - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. - + Output method for audio Мытод вывода для аудио - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. - + Output device to use - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> - + Volume tuning - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. - + Voice Activity Detection - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. - + Raw amplitude from input - + Signal-To-Noise ratio - + Next you need to adjust the following slider. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). - + Device tuning - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. - %1ms - %1мс + %1мс - + Use echo cancellation - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. - + Enable positional audio - + Allows positioning of sound Allows positioning of sound. - + <p> This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. </p> @@ -2257,27 +2252,27 @@ Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped loca - + Input Device - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers - + Output Device - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. - + <p> To keep latency to an absolute minimum, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. </p> @@ -2288,17 +2283,17 @@ You should hear a voice sample. Change the slider below to the lowest value whic - + Amount of data to buffer - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. - + <p> Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. </p> @@ -2309,17 +2304,17 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou - + Positional Audio Позиционированное аудио - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. - + <p> Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other users relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other user is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. </p> @@ -2330,12 +2325,12 @@ The graph below shows the position of <font color="red">you</ - + Use headphones instead of speakers - + <p> Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. </p> @@ -2346,70 +2341,135 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus - + Use headphones - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project - + Push To Talk: + + + Quality & Notifications + + + + + Adjust quality and notification settings. + + + + + Quality settings + + + + + Low + + + + + In this configuration Mumble will use a <b>low amount of bandwidth</b>. This will inevitable result in high latency and poor quality. Choose this only if your connection cannot handle the other settings. (Speex 16kbit/s, 60ms per packet) + + + + + Balanced + + + + + This is the <b>recommended default</b> configuration. It provides a good balance between quality, latency and bandwidth usage. (CELT 40kbit/s, 20ms per packet) + + + + + Ultra + + + + + This configuration is only recommended for use in setups where bandwidth is not an issue like a LAN. It provides the lowest latency supported by Mumble and <b>high quality</b>. (CELT 72kbit/s, 10ms per packet) + + + + + Notification settings + + + + + Use Text-To-Speech to read notifications and messages to you. + + + + + Disable Text-To-Speech and use sounds instead. + + + + + %1 ms + + BanEditor - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - изменить баны - + Reason - + Start - + End - + User - + Hash - + &Add &Добавить - + &Update &Обновить - + &Remove &Удалить @@ -2438,12 +2498,12 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus Данная кнопка отменит все изменения и закроет окно без обновления списков ACL или групп на сервере. - + &Address - + &Mask @@ -2451,27 +2511,27 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus CertView - + Name Имя - + Email - + Issuer - + (none) - + Self-signed @@ -2479,67 +2539,67 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus CertWizard - + Resolving domain %1. - + Unable to validate email.<br />Enter a valid (or blank) email to continue. - + There was an error generating your certificate.<br />Please try again. - + Your certificate and key could not be exported to PKCS#12 format. There might be an error in your certificate. - + The file could not be opened for writing. Please use another file. - + The file could not be written successfully. Please use another file. - + The file could not be opened for reading. Please use another file. - + The file is empty or could not be read. Please use another file. - + The file did not contain a valid certificate and key. Please use another file. - + Select file to export certificate to - + Select file to import certificate from - + Unable to resolve domain. - + Mumble User @@ -2547,174 +2607,168 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus Certificates - + Certificate Management - + Certificate Authentication - + Authenticating to servers without using passwords - + <p>Mumble can use certificates to authenticate with servers. Using certificates avoids passwords, meaning you don't need to disclose any password to the remote site. It also enables very easy user registration.</p><p>While Mumble can work without certificates, the majority of servers will expect you to have one.</p> - - - + Current certificate - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. - - + Current Certificate - - + Create a new certificate - + This will create a new certificate. - + Import certificate from file - + This will import a certificate from file. - + Import a certificate - - + Export Certificate - + This will export a certificate to file. - + Export current certificate - + Import Certificate - + PKCS #12 Certificate import - + <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from FireFox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> - + Import from - + Filename to import from - + This is the filename you wish to import a certificate from. - + Select file to import from - + This opens a file selection dialog to choose a file to import a certificate from. - + Open... - + Password - + Password for PKCS#12 file - + This is the password for the PKCS#12 file containing your certificate. - + Certificate to import - + This is the certificate you are importing. - - + Certificate Details - + Replace Certificate - + Replace existing certificate with new certificate? - + <p>You already have a certificate stored in Mumble, and you are about to replace it.</p> <p>If you are upgrading to a certificate issued to you by a trusted CA and the email addresses match your current certificate, this is completely safe, and servers you connect to will automatically recognize the strong certificate for your email address. </p> @@ -2727,117 +2781,121 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be replaced. - + New certificate - + This is the new certificate that will replace the old one. - - + New Certificate - + Make a backup of your certificate - + <p>If you ever lose your current certificate, which will happen if your computer suffers a hardware failure or you reinstall your machine, you will no longer be able to authenticate to any server you are registered on. It is therefore <b>mandatory</b> that you make a backup of your certificate. We strongly recommend you store this backup on removable storage, such as an USB memory stick.</p> <p>Note that this file will not be encrypted, and if anyone gains access to it, they will be able to impersonate you, so take good care of it.</p> - + Export to - + Filename to export to - + This is the filename you wish to export a certificate to. - + Save As... - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be exported. - + Generate a new certificate for strong authentication - + <p>Mumble will now generate a strong certificate for authentication to servers.</p><p>If you wish, you may provide some additional information to be stored in the certificate, which will be presented to servers when you connect. If you provide a valid email address, you can upgrade to a CA issued email certificate later on, which provides strong identification.</p> - + Name Имя - + Email - + Your email address (e.g. johndoe@mumble.info) - + This is your email address. It is strongly recommended to provide a valid email address, as this will allow you to upgrade to a strong certificate without authentication problems. - + Your name (e.g. John Doe) - + This is your name, and will be filled out in the certificate. This field is entirely optional. - + Finish - + Certificate-based authentication is ready for use - + Enjoy using Mumble with strong authentication. + + + Automatic certificate creation + + ChanACL @@ -2878,7 +2936,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Св - + None Нет @@ -2887,17 +2945,17 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Запись - + Traverse Пересекать - + Enter Вход - + Speak Разговор @@ -2906,7 +2964,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Альтернативный разговор - + Mute/Deafen Глушить @@ -2915,132 +2973,132 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Переместить/выкинуть - + Make channel Создать канал - + Make temporary - + Link channel Связать канал - + This represents no privileges. Представляет отсутствие привелегий. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. Предоставляет полный доступ к каналу, веключая возможность изменять информацию о группах и ACL. Эта привелегия включает все привелегии. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. Предоставляет разрешение пересекать канал. Если у пользователя нет такой привилегии, он никак не сможет получить доступ к каналу и подканалам, независимо от разрешений подканалов. - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. Предоставляет разрешение входить на канал. Если у канала иерархическая структура, вы можете дать каждому право пересекать канал, но ограничивать Вход в корне вашей иерархии. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. Предоставляет разрешение говорить на канале. Пользователи без этой привелегии будут заглушены сервером, и неспособны будут говорить, пока не получат разрешение от кого-то, имеющего соответствующие привелегии. - + This represents the permission to whisper to this channel from the outside. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with the Whisper key held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other users. Once muted, a user will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged user or reconnects to the server. - + This represents the permission to move a user to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the user, either the moving user must have Move privileges in the destination channel, or the user must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Users with this privilege can move users into channels the target user normally wouldn't have permission to enter. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. - + This represents the permission to make a temporary subchannel. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Temporary channels are not stored and disappear when the last user leaves. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Users in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking user has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. - + This represents the permission to write text messages to other users in this channel. - + This represents the permission to forcibly remove users from the server. - + This represents the permission to permanently remove users from the server. - + This represents the permission to register and unregister users on the server. - + This represents the permission to register oneself on the server. - + Whisper - + Move - + Text message - + Kick - + Ban - + Register User - + Register Self @@ -3065,7 +3123,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Предоставляет привелегию связывать каналы. Игроки на связанных каналах могут слышат друг друга, также, как и говорящий игрок имеет право <i>говорить</i> на канале слушающего. Вы должны связать привелегии на обоих каналах, чтобы создать связь, но на другом канале, чтобы удалить ее. - + Write ACL @@ -3073,7 +3131,12 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ChatbarLineEdit - + + Paste and send + + + + Type chat message here @@ -3081,37 +3144,37 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ClientUser - + Friend - + Authenticated - + Muted (server) - + Deafened (server) - + Local Mute - + Muted (self) - + Deafened (self) @@ -3119,13 +3182,13 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ConfigDialog - + Mumble Configuration Настройки Mumble - - + + Advanced @@ -3134,14 +3197,14 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &Ок - - + + Accept changes Принять изменения - - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. Кнопка примет текущие настройки и вернется в приложении.<br />Настройки будут сохранены на диск, когда вы выйдете из приложения. @@ -3150,14 +3213,14 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &Отмена - - + + Reject changes Отменить изменения - - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. Отменит все изменения и вернется в приложение.<br />Настройки будут сброшены до предыдущих значений. @@ -3166,38 +3229,38 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &Применить - - + + Apply changes Применить изменения - - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. Немедленно применяет все изменения. - - + + Undo changes for current page - - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. - - + + Restore defaults for current page - - + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. @@ -3225,8 +3288,9 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? П&ароль + &Connect - &Связаться + &Связаться Cancel @@ -3245,202 +3309,161 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Имя - + Connecting to %1 - - + + Enter username - + Adding host %1 - - + + Servername - + Hostname - + Bonjour name - + Port - + Addresses - + Website - + Packet loss - + Ping (80%) - - + + %1 ms %1 мс - + Ping (95%) - + Bandwidth - + %1 kbit/s - - + + &Filters + + + + + Users - + Version - - Connect - - - - - - Add New... - - - - - Filters - - - - + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list - + Mumble Server Connect - + Ping - + Remove from Favorites - - Edit... - - - - + Add custom server - - Add to Favorites - - - - - Open Webpage - - - - - Show Reachable - - - - + Show all servers that respond to ping - - Show Populated - - - - + Show all servers with users - - Show All - - - - + Show all servers - + &Copy - + Copy favorite link to clipboard - + &Paste - + Paste favorite from clipboard @@ -3448,43 +3471,79 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? Add Добавить + + + &Edit... + + + + + + &Add New... + + + + + Add to &Favorites + + + + + Open &Webpage + + + + + Show &Reachable + + + + + Show &Populated + + + + + Show &All + + ConnectDialogEdit - + Edit Server - + &Servername - + Name of the server - + <b>Name</b><br/> Name of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your serverlist and can be chosen freely. - + A&ddress А&дрес - + Internet address of the server. Internet address of the server. - + <b>Address</b><br/> Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an IPv4/IPv6 address or a Bonjour service identifier. Bonjour service identifiers have to be prefixed with a '@' to be recognized by Mumble. <b>Address</b></br> @@ -3492,33 +3551,33 @@ Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an ipv4/6 address - + &Port &Порт - + Port on which the server is listening - + <b>Port</b><br/> Port on which the server is listening. If the server is identified by a Bonjour service identifier this field will be ignored. - + &Username Имя п&ользователя - + Username to send to the server - + <b>Username</b><br/> Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions on how a username might look like. Also your username could already be taken by another user. @@ -3527,7 +3586,7 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions CoreAudioSystem - + Default Device @@ -3535,68 +3594,68 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions CrashReporter - + Mumble Crash Report - + <p><b>We're terribly sorry, but it seems Mumble has crashed. Do you want to send a crash report to the Mumble developers?</b></p><p>The crash report contains a partial copy of Mumble's memory at the time it crashed, and will help the developers fix the problem.</p> - + Email address (optional) - + Please briefly describe what you were doing at the time of the crash - + Send Report - + Don't send report - + Crash upload successful - + Thank you for helping make Mumble better! - - + + Crash upload failed - + We're really sorry, but it appears the crash upload has failed with error %1 %2. Please inform a developer. - + This really isn't funny, but apparently there's a bug in the crash reporting code, and we've failed to upload the report. You may inform a developer about error %1 - + Uploading crash report - + Abort upload @@ -3612,22 +3671,22 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions Открытие выбранного входа DirectSound невозможно. Ввод с микрофона неосуществим. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. Открытие выбранного входа DirectSound невозможно. Будет использовано устройство по умолчанию. - + Default DirectSound Voice Input Голосовой вход DirectSound по умолчанию - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. - + Lost DirectSound input device. @@ -3639,22 +3698,22 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions Mumble - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. Открытие выбранного выхода DirectSound невозможно. Вы не услышите звука. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. Открытие выбранного выхода DirectSound невозможно. Будет использовано устройство по умолчанию. - + Default DirectSound Voice Output Голосовой выход DirectSound по умолчанию - + Lost DirectSound output device. @@ -3805,20 +3864,20 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions Database - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Mumble не удалось инициализировать базу данных ни в одном из доступных мест. - + The database '%1' is read-only. Mumble can not store server settings (ie. SSL certificates) until you fix this problem. @@ -3833,62 +3892,62 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts Ярлыки - + List of configured shortcuts - + Function Функция - + Data - + Shortcut Ярлык - + Suppress - + Add new shortcut - + This will add a new global shortcut - + &Add &Добавить - + Remove selected shortcut - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. - + &Remove &Удалить @@ -3896,7 +3955,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts Ярлыки @@ -3917,22 +3976,23 @@ of the possible locations. <b>Этот глобальный ярлык указывает на %1</b><br />Щелкните на этом поле и затем на выбренной клавише/сочетании клавиш для применения. Дважды кликните для очистки. - + Shortcut button combination. - - <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. + + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Click this field and then press the desired key/button combo to rebind. Double-click to clear. + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. - + Suppress keys from other applications - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. @@ -3940,7 +4000,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. @@ -3948,82 +4008,82 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutTarget - + Whisper Target - + Whisper to list of Users - + Channel Target - + Restrict to Group - + If specified, only members of this group will receive the whisper. - + If checked the whisper will also be transmitted to linked channels. - + Whisper to Linked channels - + If checked this whisper will also be sent to the subchannels of the channel target. - + Whisper to subchannels - + List of users - + Add Добавить - + Remove Убрать - + Whisper to Channel - + Modifiers - + Do not send positional audio information when using this whisper shortcut. - + Ignore positional audio @@ -4054,7 +4114,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 @@ -4085,7 +4145,7 @@ of the possible locations. LCD - + Not connected @@ -4093,32 +4153,32 @@ of the possible locations. LCDConfig - + Enable this device - + LCD - + Form - + Devices - + Name Имя - + <p>This is the list of available LCD devices on your system. It lists devices by name, but also includes the size of the display. Mumble supports outputting to several LCD devices at a time.</p> <h3>Size:</h3> <p> @@ -4128,39 +4188,39 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe - + Size - + Enabled - + Views - + Minimum Column Width - + <p>This option decides the minimum width a column in the User View.</p> <p>If too many people are speaking at once, the User View will split itself into columns. You can use this option to pick a compromise between number of users shown on the LCD, and width of user names.</p> - + This setting decides the width of column splitter. - + Splitter Width @@ -4168,32 +4228,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Log - + Debug Отладка - + Critical Критичный - + Warning Предупреждение - + Information Информация - + Server Connected Сервер подключен - + Server Disconnected Сервер отключен @@ -4214,12 +4274,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Игрок выброшен - + You self-muted/deafened Вы заглушили сами себя - + Other self-muted/deafened Другой игрок заглушил сам себя @@ -4244,7 +4304,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Игрок покинул канал - + Permission Denied Доступ запрещен @@ -4253,62 +4313,67 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe [%2] %1 - + Text Message - + User Joined Server - + User Left Server - + User kicked (you or by you) - + User kicked - + User muted (you) - + User muted (by you) - + User muted (other) - + User Joined Channel - + User Left Channel - + + the server + + + + [[ Text object too large to display ]] - + [Date changed to %1] @@ -4317,65 +4382,65 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change<br />Ensure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for sound files. Text-To-Speech and sound files cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a sound file predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Sound files and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. - + Messages Сообщения - + Console Консоль @@ -4392,82 +4457,82 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Включить преобразователь текста в речь для %1 - + Text To Speech Текст в речь - + Volume Громкость - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine Громкость преобразователя текста в речь - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>Эта громкость используется для создания речи.</b> - + Length threshold - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. - + Whisper - + If checked you will only hear whispers from users you added to your friend list. - + Only accept whispers from friends - + Message - + Notification - + Text-To-Speech - + Soundfile - + Path - + Characters @@ -4475,270 +4540,299 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe LookConfig - - + Language - + Look and Feel - - + + System default - + Language to use (requires restart) - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. - + Style - + Layout - + Classic - + Stacked - + Hybrid - + Custom - + This changes the behavior when moving channels. - + This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. - + Basic widget style - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> - + Skin - + ... - + Check to show chat bar - + <b>If checked the chat bar is shown.</b><br />Uncheck this to hide it. <b>If checked the chat bar is shown</b><br />Uncheck to hide it - + Show chatbar - + Show number of users in each channel - + Show channel user count - + Skin file to use - + User Interface - + Choose skin file - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. - + Form - + None Нет - + All - + Expand - + When to automatically expand channels - + Only with users - + Ask - + Do Nothing - + Move - + Channel Dragging - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. - + Ask on quit while connected - - Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. - - - - - <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> - - - - + Always On Top - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with users</i> will expand and collapse channels as users join and leave them. - + List users above subchannels (requires restart). - + <b>If set, users will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. - + Users above Channels - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. + + + This setting controls when the application will be always on top. + + + + + This setting controls in which situations the application will stay always on top. If you select <i>Never</i> the application will not stay on top. <i>Always</i> will always keep the application on top. <i>In minimal view</i> / <i>In normal mode</i> will only keep the application always on top when minimal view is activated / deactivated. + + + + + Never + + + + + Always + + + + + In minimal view + + + + + In normal view + + + + + Displays talking status in system tray + + + + + Show talking status in tray icon + + MainWindow - - + + Root Корень - + &Connect &Присоединиться - + Open the server connection dialog Открыть окно соединения с сервером @@ -4747,37 +4841,37 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Показывает окно зарегистрированных серверов, а также позволяет быстро связываться. - + &Disconnect &Отключиться - + Disconnect from server Отключить от сервера - + Disconnects you from the server. Отключает вас от сервера. - + &Ban lists &Списки забаненных - + Edit ban lists on server Редактировать список забаненных на сервере - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. Позволяет вам изменять серверные банлисты по IP. - + &Kick В&ыбросить @@ -4790,7 +4884,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Выкидывает игрока с сервера. Вас спросят о причине. - + &Ban За&банить @@ -4803,7 +4897,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Выкидывает и банит выбранного игрока с сервера. Вас попросят уточнить причину. - + &Mute Сделать &немым @@ -4816,7 +4910,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Глушить или разглушить игрока на сервере. Разглушение игрока даст ему возможность говорить. - + &Deafen Заг&лушить @@ -4829,7 +4923,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Глушит или снимает глушение с игрока на сервере. Глушение игрока также сделает его немым. - + &Local Mute &Местное глушение @@ -4838,32 +4932,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Делает игрока немым локально. - + &Add &Добавить - + Add new channel Добавить новый канал - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. Добавляет новый подканал в выбранный канал. - + &Remove &Удалить - + Remove channel Удалить канал - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. Удаляет канал и все подканалы. @@ -4872,22 +4966,22 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe &Редактировать списки ACL - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel Редактировать Группы и списки ACL для канала - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. Открывает диалоговое окно групп и списков ACL для каналов, чтобы управлять привилегиями. - + &Link &Связать - + Link your channel to another channel Связывает ваш канал с другими каналами @@ -4900,307 +4994,286 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe &Разорвать связь - + Unlink your channel from another channel Разорвать связь канала с другим - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. Разрывает связь вашего канала с выбранным каналом. - Unlink &All - Разорвать &Все + Разорвать &Все - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. Разрывает канал с остальными каналами. - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. Разрывает связь вашего канала со всеми (не только с выбранными) каналами. - + &Reset Сб&росить - + Reset audio preprocessor Сбросить аудио препроцессор - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. Сбросит аудио препроцессор, включая подавление шумов, автоматическое получение и определение активности голоса. Если что-то внезапно вмешается в звуковую среду (например падение микрофона) на короткое время, используйте это, чтобы не ждать приспособления препроцессора. - + &Mute Self Загл&ушить себя - + Mute yourself Заглушить себя - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. Заглушает себя. При включении, вы не сможете посылать данных на сервер. - + &Deafen Self Сделать се&бя немым - + Deafen yourself Делает себя немым - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. Делает себя немым или возвращает голос. Когда вы нем, вы не услышите никого. Онемение также и заглушает. - + &Text-To-Speech &Text-To-Speech - + Toggle Text-To-Speech Включить Text-To-Speech - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. Включает или выключает движок Text-To-Speech. Будут произносится сообщения, включенные в диалоговом окне конфигурации TTS. - + S&tatistics С&татистика - + Display audio statistics Показывает аудио статистику - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. Вызывает маленькую подсказку о вашем текущем аудио вводе. - + Forcibly unlink plugin Насильно отключить плагин - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. Заставляет текущий плагин разорвать связь, что удобно про считываниии абсолютно неверных данных. - + &Settings &Настройки - + Configure Mumble Настроить Mumble - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. Позволяет вам изменять большинство настроек Mumble. - + &What's This? &Что это? - + Enter What's This? mode Войти в Что это? режим - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. Нажмите, чтобы войти в режим "Что это?". Ваш курсор превратится в знак вопроса. Нажмите на любой кнопке, пункту меню или зоне, чтобы получить пояснение. - + &About &О программе - + Information about Mumble Информация о Mumble - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. Показывает маленькое диалоговое окно с информацией и лицензией для Mumble. - + About &Speex О &Speex - + Information about Speex Информация о Speex - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. Показывает небольшое диалоговое окно с информацией о Speex. - + &Change Comment - + Change the comment on the selected user. - + This allows you to change the comment (shown as a tooltip) of a user. Unless you've been given extra privileges on the server, you can only change your own comment. - - Certificate Wizard - - - - + Configure certificates for strong authentication - + This starts the wizard for creating, importing and exporting certificates for authentication against servers. - - Register - - - - + Register user on server - + This will permanently register the user on the server. - + Add &Friend - + Adds a user as your friend. - + This will add the user as a friend, so you can recognize him on this and other servers. - + &Remove Friend - + Removes a user from your friends. - + This will remove a user from your friends list. - + &Update Friend - + Update name of your friend. - + Your friend uses a different name than what is in your database. This will update the name. - + Registered &Users - + Edit registered users list - + This opens the editor for registered users, which allow you to change their name or unregister them. - - Change Texture - - - - + Change your overlay texture on this server - + &Access Tokens - + Add or remove text-based access tokens - - Remove Texture - - - - + Remove currently defined user texture. @@ -5209,33 +5282,33 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe &О Qt - + Information about Qt Информация о Qt - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. Показывает небольшое диалоговое окно с информацией о Qt. - + Check for &Updates Проверить об&новления - + Check for new version of Mumble Проверить новую версию Mumble - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. Присоединяется к вебстранице Mumble, чтобы проверить доступность новой версии, и уведомляет вас о ссылке для закачки в этом случае. - - + + Mumble -- %1 Mumble -- %1 @@ -5244,12 +5317,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe История сообщений - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. Показывает все недавние действия. Соединяясь с сервером, сообщения о всех ошибках и информации будут показаны все.<br />Чтобы настроить, какие точно сообщения отображать там, используйте команду <b>Настройки</b> из меню. - + &Server &Сервер @@ -5258,45 +5331,45 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe &Игрок - + &Channel &Канал - + &Audio &Аудио - + C&onfigure Н&астройки - + &Help &Помощь - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Нажмите чтобы говорить - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut Сбросить Аудио препроцессор @@ -5312,7 +5385,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Включить онемение себя - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut Отключить плагин @@ -5339,25 +5412,25 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Все подканалы - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut Нажмите чтобы заглушить - + Join Channel Global Shortcut Присоединиться к каналу - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut Включить Замещение - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut @@ -5372,8 +5445,8 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Выкидывание игрока %1 - - + + Enter reason Введите причину @@ -5382,11 +5455,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Бан игрока %1 - - - - - + + + + + + Mumble Mumble @@ -5395,42 +5469,42 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Имя канала - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? Вы уверены, что хотите удалить %1 и все его подканалы? - + Unmuted and undeafened. Онемение и глушение снято. - + Unmuted. Глушение снято. - + Muted. Заглушен. - + Muted and deafened. В онемении и заглушен. - + Deafened. В онемении. - + Undeafened. Онемение снято. - + About Qt О Qt @@ -5443,225 +5517,241 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Соединен с сервером. - + Server connection failed: %1. Попытка соединения с сервером не удалась: %1. - + Disconnected from server. Отключен от сервера. - + Reconnecting. Повтор связи. - Joined server: %1. - Присединились к серверу: %1. + Присединились к серверу: %1. - - - - the server - - - - + You were unmuted and undeafened by %1. - + You muted and deafened %1. - + You unmuted and undeafened %1. - + You undeafened %1. - + You suppressed %1. - + %1 muted and deafened by %2. - + %1 unmuted and undeafened by %2. - + %1 suppressed by %2. - + %1 moved to %2. - + %1 moved to %2 by %3. - + %1 moved in from %2 by %3. - Left server: %1. - Покинут сервер: %1. + Покинут сервер: %1. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 сейчас в онемении и заглушен. - + You were denied %1 privileges in %2. - + %3 was denied %1 privileges in %2. - + Denied: Cannot modify SuperUser. - + Denied: Invalid channel name. - + Denied: Text message too long. - + Denied: Operation not permitted in temporary channel. - + You need a certificate to perform this operation. - + %1 does not have a certificate. - + Permission denied. - + + %1 connected. + + + + %1 is now muted. %1 сейчас заглушен. - + %1 is now unmuted. С %1 снято глушение. + + + %1 disconnected. + + + + + Server + message from + + + + + (Tree) + + + + + (Channel) + + + + + %2%1: %3 + + server сервер - + You were muted by %1. Вы заглушили %1. - + You were suppressed by %1. - + You were unsuppressed by %1. - + You were unmuted by %1. Вы сняли глушение с %1. - + You muted %1. - + You unsuppressed %1. - + You unmuted %1. - + %1 muted by %2. %1 заглушен %2. - + %1 unsuppressed by %2. - + %1 unmuted by %2. %2 снял глушение с %1. - - the server - message from - - - - + Unable to find matching CELT codecs with other clients. You will not be able to talk to all users. - + You were muted and deafened by %1. You were deafened by %1. На вас наложил онемение %1. - + You were undeafened by %1. С вас снял онемение %1. @@ -5670,32 +5760,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe %1 в онемении из-за %2. - + %1 undeafened by %2. С %1 снято онемение %2. - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. Вы были выкинуты с сервера благодаря %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 был выкинут с сервера %1: %2. - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. Вы были выкинуты и забанены на сервере администратором %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 был выкинут с сервера и забанен администратором %1: %2. - + You were moved to %1 by %2. @@ -5708,7 +5798,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe %1 перемещен из канала %2. - + %1 entered channel. %1 вошел на канал. @@ -5717,695 +5807,733 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe %1 перемещен сюда %2. - + Server connection rejected: %1. Попытка подключения отклонена: %1. - + Denied: %1. Запрещено: %1. - + Welcome to Mumble. Добро пожаловать в Mumble. - + &Quit Mumble - + Closes the program - + Exits the application. - - - Send Messa&ge - - - - - + Send a Text Message - + Sending message to %1 - - + + + To %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 - + + Are you sure you want to reset the comment of user %1? + + + + + (Tree) %1: %2 + + + + + %1: %2 + + + + Failed to launch compatibility client - + Invalid username - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. - + That username is already in use, please try another username. - + Wrong password - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. - - From %1: %2 - - - - + Message from %1 - + &Audio Wizard - + Sends a text message to another user. - + &User - + This is the chatbar<br />If you enter text here and then press enter the text is sent to the user or channel that was selected. If nothing is selected the message is sent to your current channel. - + Chatbar - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick-connect. - + Kick user (with reason) - + Kick selected user off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. - + Mute user - + Mute or unmute user on server. Unmuting a deafened user will also undeafen them. - + Kick and ban user (with reason) - + Kick and ban selected user from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. - + Deafen user - + Deafen or undeafen user on server. Deafening a user will also mute them. - + Mute user locally - + Mute or unmute user locally. Use this on other users in the same room. - + &Edit - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If users in a channel have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. - + Start the audio configuration wizard - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. - + SSL Verification failed: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. - + &Information - + Show information about the server connection - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. - + Opening URL %1 - + File does not exist - + File is not a configuration file. - + Settings merged from file. - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' - + This version of Mumble can't handle URLs for Mumble version %1.%2.%3 - + Connecting to %1 - + Enter username - - + + Connecting to server %1. - + <h2>Version</h2><p>Protocol %1.%2.%3.</p> - + <p>No build information or OS version available.</p> - + <p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p> - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s</p> - + Mumble Server Information - - + + &View Certificate - + Register yourself as %1 - + <p>You are about to register yourself on this server. This action cannot be undone, and your username cannot be changed once this is done. You will forever be known as '%1' on this server.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register yourself?</p> - + Register user %1 - + <p>You are about to register %1 on the server. This action cannot be undone, the username cannot be changed, and as a registered user, %1 will have access to the server even if you change the server password.</p><p>From this point on, %1 will be authenticated with the certificate currently in use.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register %1?</p> - + Kicking user %1 - + Banning user %1 - + Change comment on user %1 - - - To channel %1: %2 - - - - - + + Message to channel %1 - + Connected. - + SSL Version mismatch - + This server is using an older encryption standard. It might be an older 1.1 based Mumble server.<br />Would you like to launch the compatibility client to connect to it? - + The compatibility client could not be found, or failed to start.<br />Note that the compatibility client is an optional component for most installations, and might not be installed. - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> - + Type message to channel '%1' here - + Type message to user '%1' here - + Choose image file - + Images (*.png *.jpg) - - + + Failed to load image - + Could not open file for reading. - + Image format not recognized. - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. - + UDP Statistics - + To Server - + From Server - + Good - + Late - + Lost - + Resync - + Sending message to channel %1 - - To tree %1: %2 - - - - + Message to tree %1 - + Ctrl+Q - + About &Qt - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? - + Close - - + + Minimize - + Mute Self Global Shortcut - + Set self-mute status. Global Shortcut - + This will set or toggle your muted status. If you turn this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut - + Deafen Self Global Shortcut - + Set self-deafen status. Global Shortcut - + This will set or toggle your deafened status. If you turn this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut - + This will switch the states of the in-game overlay between showing everybody, just the users who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut - + Whisper - + &Window - + Ctrl+M - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut - + &Minimal View - + Toggle minimal window modes - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut - - + + Not connected - + Clear - + Log - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in UserModel::dropMimeData. - + &Unlink Channel &Разорвать связь - + &Unlink Plugin &Разорвать связь - + Hide Frame - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. + + + Send &Message + + + + + &Unlink All + + + + + &Certificate Wizard + + + + + &Register + + + + + Change &Texture + + + + + &Remove Texture + + + + + Reset &Comment + + + + + Reset the comment of the selected user. + + + + + &Join Channel + + NetworkConfig - + Network - + Form - + Connection - + Use TCP compatibility mode Use TCP compatability mode - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). @@ -6414,218 +6542,218 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Использовать режим TCP - + Reconnect when disconnected Восстановление связи при обрыве - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>Восстановить связь при обрыве</b>.<br />Mumble будет пытаться автоматически восстановить связь через 10 в случае обрыва связи с сервером. - + Reconnect automatically - + Proxy - + Type - + Type of proxy to connect through - + Direct connection - + HTTP(S) proxy - + SOCKS5 proxy - + Hostname - + Hostname of the proxy - + Force TCP mode - + Enable QoS to prioritize packets - + This will enable QoS, which will attempt to prioritize voice packets over other traffic. - + Use Quality of Service - + Don't send certificate to server and don't save passwords. (Not saved). - + <b>This will suppress identity information from the client.</b><p>The client will not identify itself with a certificate, even if defined, and will not cache passwords for connections. This is primarily a test-option and is not saved.</p> - + Suppress certificate and password storage - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through.</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. - + Port - + Port number of the proxy - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. - + Username - + Username for proxy authentication - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. - + Password - + Password for proxy authentication - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. - + Misc - + Prevent log from downloading images - + <b>Disable image download</b><br/> Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the img tag. - + Disable image download - + Mumble services - + Check for new releases of Mumble automatically. - + This will check for new releases of Mumble every time you start the program, and notify you if one is available. - + Check for application updates on startup - + Check for new releases of plugins automatically. - + This will check for new releases of plugins every time you start the program, and download them automatically. - + Download plugin updates on startup - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus its development where it is needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project - + Submit anonymous statistics @@ -6664,8 +6792,8 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the Overlay - - + + Mumble Mumble @@ -6680,14 +6808,14 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the - у Вас нет обновленной в августе 2006 версии DX9.0c - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 - + Failed to initialize overlay memory. This usually means that the shared memory is locked by the OS, and you need to reboot to release it. @@ -6695,27 +6823,27 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the OverlayConfig - + Options Настройки - + Position Позиция - + Font Шрифт - + Enable Overlay Включить замещение - + Enable overlay. Включить замещение. @@ -6740,47 +6868,47 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the Показать - + Who to show on the overlay Кого показывать при замещении - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. <b>Определяет, кого показывать в игровом замещении.</b><br />Если много людей на одном канале, замещение может быть очень долгим. Используйте это, чтобы сократить его.<br /><i>Никого</i> -Не показывать никого (но оставить замещение включенным).<br /><i>Только говорящих</i> - Показывать только говорящих людей.<br /><i>Всех</i> - Показывать всех. - + Always Show Self Всегда показывать меня - + Always show yourself on overlay. Всегда показывать себя в замещении. - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. Устанавливает, всегда ли показывать себя. Настройка применима если вы не отображаете всех в замещении, поэтому тогда вы увидите собственный статус при разговоре, который вы не услышите, если в онемении или заглушены. - + Grow Left Расти влево - + Let overlay grow to the left Позволяет замещению расти влево - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. Замещение пытается остаться как можно меньшим и на выбранной позиции. Позволяет замещению расти влево при необходимости. - + Grow Right Расти вправо @@ -6793,12 +6921,12 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the Замещение попытается оставться как можно меньшим и на установленой позиции. Позволяет замещению расти вправо при необходимости. - + Grow Up Расти вверх - + Let overlay grow upwards Позволяет замещению расти вверх @@ -6807,12 +6935,12 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the Замещение попытается оставться как можно меньшим и на установленой позиции. Позволяет замещению расти вверх при необходимости. - + Grow Down Расти вниз - + Let overlay grow downwards Позволяет замещению расти вниз @@ -6821,32 +6949,32 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the Замещение попытается оставться как можно меньшим и на установленой позиции. Позволяет замещению расти вниз при необходимости. - + X-Position of Overlay Позиция Х замещения - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. Устанавливает относительную Х позицию замещения. - + Y-Position of Overlay Y-позиция замещения - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. Устанавливает относительную Y - позицию замещения. - + Current Font Текущий шрифт - + Set Font Установить шрифт @@ -6863,11 +6991,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the Максимальная ширина - - - - - + Change Изменить @@ -6884,126 +7008,126 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the Цвета для усиленно говорящих игроков - + Color for Channels Цвет для каналов - + Color for active Channels Цвет для Активных каналов - + Overlay Замещение - + Show User Textures - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. - + Maximum height of names. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. - + Maximum height - + Show no one - + Show only talking - + Show everyone - - + + Color for users - - + + Color for talking users - - + + Color for whispering users - + Color for channels - + Color for active channels - + Form - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start Mumble after starting the application, or if you disable the overlay while the application is running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. - + Let overlay grow to the right - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. - + TextLabel @@ -7050,23 +7174,23 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the PluginConfig - + Options Настройки - - + + Plugins Плагины - + Link to Game and Transmit Position Связаться с игрой и передать позицию - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information Включить плагины и передать информацию о позиции @@ -7075,87 +7199,97 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the Включает плагины для поддерживаемых игр, чтобы соответствовать вашей позиции в игре и передавать их с каждым голосовым пакетом. Позволяет другим игрокам слушать ваш голос в игре оттуда, откуда он расположен по отношению к ним. - + &Reload plugins &Перезагрузить плагины - + Reloads all plugins Перезагрузить все плагины - + This allows plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit it with each voice packet. This enables other users to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. Пересканирует и перезагружает плагины. Используйте, если вы только что добавили или изменили плагин в папке с плагинами. - + &About &О плагине - + Information about plugin Информация о плагине - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. Покажет небольшую справку о плагине. - + &Configure &Настроить - + Show configuration page of plugin Показать страницу настроек плагина - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. Показывает страницу настроек плагина, если есть. - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. Плагин не имеет функции конфигурирования. - + Plugin has no about function. У плагина нет функции информации. - + Form + + + Name + + + + + Enabled + + Plugins - - + + Downloaded new or updated plugin to %1. - + Failed to install new plugin to %1. @@ -7164,7 +7298,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the Плагин %1 потерял связь. - + %1 lost link. %1 потерял связь. @@ -7173,7 +7307,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the Плагин %1 подключен. - + %1 linked. %1 подключен. @@ -7181,7 +7315,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the PortAudioSystem - + Default Device @@ -7216,12 +7350,12 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input - + Default Output @@ -7229,82 +7363,77 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the RichTextEditor - + Failed to load image - + Image file too large to embed in document. Please use images smaller than %1 kB. - - TabWidget - - - - + Display - + Source Text - + &Bold - + Ctrl+B - + &Italic - + Italic - + Ctrl+I - + Underline - + Ctrl+U - + Color - + Insert Link - + Ctrl+L - + Insert Image @@ -7312,17 +7441,17 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the RichTextEditorLink - + Add Link - + URL - + Text @@ -7330,27 +7459,27 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ServerHandler - + UDP packets cannot be sent to or received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. - + UDP packets cannot be sent to the server. Switching to TCP mode. - + UDP packets cannot be received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. - + UDP packets can be sent to and received from the server. Switching back to UDP mode. - + Connection timed out @@ -7358,42 +7487,42 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ServerView - + Favorite - + LAN - + Public Internet - + Asia - + North America - + South America - + Europe - + Oceania @@ -7401,7 +7530,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned @@ -7409,22 +7538,22 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutDelegate - + On - + Off - + Toggle - + Unassigned @@ -7432,7 +7561,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut Нажмите ярлык @@ -7440,22 +7569,22 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutTargetDialog - + Root Корень - + Parent - + Current - + Subchannel #%1 @@ -7463,42 +7592,42 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutTargetWidget - + ... - + , - + Root Корень - + Parent - + Current - + Subchannel #%1 - + Invalid - + <Empty> @@ -7506,17 +7635,17 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutToggleWidget - + Off - + Toggle - + On @@ -7524,17 +7653,17 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the TextMessage - + Enter text - + If checked the message is recursively sent to all subchannels - + Send recursively to subchannels @@ -7542,22 +7671,22 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the Tokens - + Empty Token - + Mumble - Access Tokens - + List of access tokens on current server - + <b>This is an editable list of access tokens on the connected server.</b> <br /> An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simple access management on channels. Mumble will remember the tokens you've used and resend them to the server next time you reconnect, so you don't have to enter these every time. @@ -7565,22 +7694,22 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl - + Add a token - + &Add &Добавить - + Remove a token - + &Remove &Удалить @@ -7588,159 +7717,164 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl UserEdit - - + Registered Users - + + Remove Убрать + + + Rename + + UserModel - + This is a user connected to the server. The icon to the left of the user indicates whether or not they are talking: - + Talking to your channel. - + Whispering directly to your channel. - + Whispering directly to you. - + Not talking. - + This is a channel on the server. The icon indicates the state of the channel: - + Your current channel. - + A channel that is linked with your channel. Linked channels can talk to each other. - + A channel on the server that you are not linked to. - + This shows the flags the user has on the server, if any: - + On your friend list - + Authenticated user - + Muted (manually muted by self) - + Muted (manually muted by admin) - + Muted (not allowed to speak in current channel) - + Muted (muted by you, only on your machine) - + Deafened (by self) - + Deafened (by admin) - + User has a new comment set (click to show) - + User has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) - + This shows the flags the channel has, if any: - + Channel has a new comment set (click to show) - + Channel has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) - + Name Имя - + Flags Флаги - - - + + + Mumble Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? - - + + Cannot perform this movement automatically, please reset the numeric sorting indicators or adjust it manually. @@ -7752,7 +7886,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl Mumble - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. Mumble возвратил ошибку при запросе информации о версии с сервера SourceForge. @@ -7760,102 +7894,102 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details - + Certificate chain - + Certificate details - + %1 %2 %1 %2 - - + + Common Name: %1 - - + + Organization: %1 - + Subunit: %1 - - + + Country: %1 - - + + Locality: %1 - - + + State: %1 - + Valid from: %1 - + Valid to: %1 - + Serial: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 - + RSA - + DSA - + Digest (MD5): %1 - + Issued by: - + Unit Name: %1 @@ -7878,7 +8012,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl WASAPISystem - + Default Device diff --git a/src/mumble/mumble_zh_CN.ts b/src/mumble/mumble_zh_CN.ts index 122bc40d2..b91e79972 100644 --- a/src/mumble/mumble_zh_CN.ts +++ b/src/mumble/mumble_zh_CN.ts @@ -8,119 +8,114 @@ Mumble - 编辑 访问控制列表 %1 - + Deny 拒绝 - + Allow 允许 - + Allow %1 允许 %1 - + Deny %1 拒绝 %1 - + Mumble - Add channel - - + + Failed: Invalid channel - + Mumble - Edit %1 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 授予 %1 权限.如果一个权限同时被拒绝和允许，则被视为拒绝。<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 撤销 %1 权限.如果一个权限同时被拒绝和允许，则被视为拒绝。<br />%2 - + Dialog 对话框 - - Properties - - - - + Name - + Enter the channel name here. - + <b>Name</b><br>Enter the channel name in this field. The name has to comply with the restriction imposed by the server you are connected to. - + Description - + Password 密码 - + Enter the channel password here. - + <b>Password</b><br>This field allows you to easily set and change the password of a channel. In the background it uses Mumble's access tokens feature. To allow more fine grained and powerful access control directly use ACLs and groups instead (<i>Advanced configuration</i> has to be checked to be able to see these settings). - + Check to create a temporary channel. - + <b>Temporary</b><br> When checked the channel created will be marked as temporary. This means when the last player leaves it the channel will be automatically deleted by the server. - + Temporary - + Channel positioning facility value - + <b>Position</b><br/> This value enables you to change the way Mumble arranges the channels in the tree. A channel with a higher <i>Position</i> value will always be placed below one with a lower value and the other way around. If the <i>Position</i> value of two channels is equal they will get sorted alphabetically by their name. <b>Position</b><br/> @@ -128,23 +123,22 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre - + Position 位置 - + &Groups &群 - - + Group 群 - + List of groups 群列表 @@ -153,7 +147,7 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre 这是当前频道内定义的所有群。要创建一个新群，请输入群名然后按回车。 - + Remove selected group 删除选中的群 @@ -162,14 +156,12 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre 删除当前选中的群。如果该群有子群，它将不会被从列表中删除，但是与该群相关的所有本地信息将被清除. - - - + Remove 删除 - + Inherit group members from parent 从父继承群成员 @@ -178,12 +170,12 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre 如果群在父频道里被标记为<i>可继承</i>,则从父继承所有群成员。 - + Inherit 继承 - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels 使群可被子频道继承 @@ -192,12 +184,12 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre 使该群可被子频道继承。如果该群不可被继承，则可在子频道内创建同名新群。 - + Inheritable 可继承 - + Group was inherited from parent channel 继承自父频道的群 @@ -206,20 +198,17 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre 这表明该群继承自父频道。该标志仅供参考，你不能编辑该标志。 - + Inherited 继承的 - - + Members 成员 - - - + Add 添加 @@ -228,7 +217,7 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre 添加到删除列表 - + Add member to group 添加群成员 @@ -237,7 +226,7 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre 输入你要添加到群里的玩家名字然后点击添加。 - + Remove member from group 从群里删除成员 @@ -246,102 +235,102 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre 输入你要从群内删除的成员然后点击删除。 - + &ACL &访问控制列表 - + Active ACLs 当前访问控制列表 - + List of entries 条目列表 - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. 显示该频道内所有活跃条目。继承自父频道的条目将以斜体显示.<br/>访问控制列表是自上而下处理，意味着列表越往下优先级越高。 - + Inherit ACL of parent? 继承父访问控制列表？ - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. 设置是否对当前对象应用父频道的访问控制列表。只有那些在父频道内被标记为“应用到子频道”的条目将被继承。 - + Inherit ACLs 继承访问控制列表 - + Move entry up 上移条目 - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. 在列表中上移条目。由于条目自上而下被处理，这有可能改变用户的有效权限.你不能将一个条目移到继承的条目之上，如果你确实想这么做，你需要复制继承的条目。 - + &Up &上移 - + Move entry down 下移条目 - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. 在列表中下移条目。由于条目自上而下被处理，这有可能改变用户的有效权限。 - + &Down &下移 - + Add new entry 添加新条目 - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. 添加一个新条目，初始设置为无权限并应用到所有。 - + &Add &添加 - + Remove entry 删除条目 - + This removes the currently selected entry. 删除当前选中的条目。 - + &Remove &删除 - + Context 上下文 @@ -350,22 +339,22 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre 应用到该频道的条目 - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. 应用该条目到当前频道。 - + Applies to this channel 应用到当前频道 - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. 应用到子频道的条目。 - + <b>Group</b><br> These are all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. <b>Group</b><br> @@ -373,154 +362,159 @@ This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, - + Add new group - + <b>Add</b><br/> Add a new group. - + <b>Remove</b><br>This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. - + <b>Inherit</b><br>This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. - + <b>Inheritable</b><br>This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. - + <b>Inherited</b><br>This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. - + Inherited members - + Contains the list of members added to the group by this channel. - + <b>Members</b><br> This list contains all members that were added to the group by the current channel. Be aware that this does not include members inherited by higher levels of the channel tree. These can be found in the <i>Inherited members</i> list. To prevent this list to be inherited by lower level channels uncheck <i>Inheritable</i> or manually add the members to the <i>Excluded members</i> list. - + Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. - + <b>Excluded members</b><br> Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. - + Contains the list of members inherited by other channels. - + <b>Inherited members</b><br> Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i>Inherit</i> to prevent inheritance from higher level channels. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to add to the group and click Add. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to remove from the group and click Add. - + Exclude - + Excluded members - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. 应用该条目到当前频道的子频道。 - + Applies to sub-channels 应用到子频道 - + Entry should apply to this channel. - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a '!', its membership is negated, and if it starts with a '~', it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in.<br />If a group name starts with a '#', it is interpreted as an access token. Users must have entered whatever follows the '#' in their list of access tokens to match. This can be used for very simple password access to channels for non-authenticated users.<br />If a group name starts with a '$', it will only match users whose certificate hash matches what follows the '$'.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for '<i>sub,0,0,0</i>').<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for '<i>!sub,0,0,0</i>').<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. - + Permissions 权限 - + User/Group 用户/群 - + Group this entry applies to 应用该条目的群 - + User ID 用户名 - + User this entry applies to 应用该条目的用户 - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. 控制该条目应用到哪个用户。请输入用户名然后按回车来向服务器做匹配查询。 + + + &Properties + + ALSAAudioInput - + Default ALSA Card 默认 ALSA 声卡 - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 无法打开所选 ALSA 输入: %1 @@ -528,12 +522,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ALSAAudioOutput - + Default ALSA Card 默认 ALSA 声卡 - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 无法打开所选 ALSA 输出: %1 @@ -553,113 +547,113 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> %1 毫秒 -> %2 毫秒 （%3 毫秒 分辨率） %4 赫兹--不可用 - + %1 (version %2) - + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5Hz - - - - + + + + Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 ASIO初始化失败: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver 无法初始化 ASIO 驱动 - + ASIO - + Form 表单 - + Device selection 设备选择 - + Device 设备 - + Device to use for microphone 用作麦克风的设备 - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. 选择要查询的设备。你仍需要实际查询该设备然后选择要使用哪些声道。 - + Query selected device 查询所选设备 - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. 查询所选设备的声道。注意大多数 ASIO 驱动有极端漏洞，查询设备可能导致应用程序或系统崩溃。 - + &Query &查询 - + Configure selected device 配置所选设备 - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. 配置所选设备。注意大多数 ASIO 驱动有极端漏洞，查询设备可能导致应用程序或系统崩溃。 - + &Configure &配置 - + Capabilities 设置信息 - + Driver name 驱动名称 - + Buffer size - + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. @@ -672,7 +666,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 缓冲区大小 - + Configure input channels 配置输入声道 @@ -681,34 +675,32 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 配置 ASIO 的输入声道.请确保你选择了至少一个声道作为麦克风和扬声器。<i>麦克风</i>应该是你的已连接的麦克风连，<i>扬声器</i>应该是一个采样<i>你听到的声音</i>的声道。<br />比如在 Audigy 2 ZS 上，一个好的麦克风的选择会是<i> Mic L </i>而扬声器会是<i> Mix L </i>和<i> Mix R</i>. - + Channels 声道 - + Microphone 麦克风 - - + <- - - + -> - + Unused 未使用 - + Speakers 扬声器 @@ -716,18 +708,18 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ASIOInput - - + + Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. 你需要选择至少一个麦克风和一个扬声器源来使用 ASIO.如果你只需要使用要麦克风进行采样,请使用 DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. 无法打开所选 ASIO 设备。没有可用输入。 @@ -735,27 +727,27 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AboutDialog - + About Mumble 关于 Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>版权所有 %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>一个游戏玩家的语音聊天工具</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> - + &About Mumble &关于 Mumble - + &License &授权 - + OK @@ -763,12 +755,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AboutSpeexDialog - + About Speex 关于 Speex - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%1">%1</a></tt></p><p>This program uses SpeexDSP.</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering and voice activity detection.</p> @@ -777,7 +769,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <h3>关于 Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p><p>该程序使用 Speex 版本 %1</p><p>Speex 被用于回声消除，噪音<br />过滤，语言活动检测和语音<br />压缩。</p> - + OK @@ -785,32 +777,32 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioInput - + Form 表单 - + Interface 接口 - + System 系统 - + Input method for audio 音频输入方法 - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>这是用于音频的输入方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - + Device 设备 @@ -827,163 +819,161 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 消除回声 - + Transmission 传送 - + &Transmit &传送 - + When to transmit your speech 何时传送你的语音 - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. <b>设置何时语音将被传送。</b><br /><i>连续</i>一直<br /><i>有语音活动</i> 当你说话清晰时。<br /><i>按键通话</i> - 当你按住作为<i>快捷键</i>的自定义按键组合时。 - + DoublePush Time 两次按键时间间隔 - + If you press the PTT key twice in this time it will get locked. - + <b>DoublePush Time</b><br />If you press the push-to-talk key twice during the configured interval of time it will be locked. Mumble will keep transmitting until you hit the key once more to unlock PTT again. - TextLabel - 文本标签 + 文本标签 - + Gets played when the PTT button is pressed - + Gets played when the PTT button is released - + Reset audio cue to default - + <b>Reset</b><br/>Reset the paths for the files to their default. - + Reset - + Browse for on audio file - - + Browse - + Browse for off audio file - + Off 关闭 - + On - + Preview the audio cues - + <b>Preview</b><br/>Plays the current <i>on</i> soundfile followed by the current <i>off</i> soundfile. - + Preview 预览 - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. <b>启用按键通话的音频提示。</b><br />当你按下或释放按键通话快捷键时会听到一声短的蜂鸣声。 - + PTT Audio cue PTT 提示音 - + Use SNR based speech detection 使用基于 SNR 的语音侦测 - + Signal to Noise 信噪比 - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. 使用基于振幅的语音侦测。 - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. <b>设置用振幅来做语音侦测。</b><br />在此模式下，输入信号的原始强度被用于语音侦测。 - + Amplitude 振幅 - + Voice &Hold &暂停 发言 - + How long to keep transmitting after silence 无声后多长时间内继续传送 - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>设置发言暂停被感知到后多长时间内继续传送。</b>如果你在讲话时你的语音破碎（在你的名字旁边会显示一个快速闪烁的语音图标），增大这个值。<br />只有在使用检测到语音活动时传送时该选项才有用。 - + Silence Below 无声 低于 @@ -992,178 +982,177 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 信号值低于这个数值时视为无声 - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. <b>设置语音检测的触发值。</b><br />与音频统计窗口一起来使用该值以手工调整语音侦测的触发值。输入值低于"无声 低于“时总是会被视为无声。值高于”语音 高于“时总是被视为语音。如果你正在讲话，两者之间的值会被视为语音，但是不会触发一个新的侦测。 - + Speech Above 语言 高于 - + Signal values above this count as voice 信号值高于这个数值时视为语音 - + Compression 压缩 - + &Quality &质量 - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) 压缩质量(峰值带宽） - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. <b>设置压缩质量。</b><br />确定 Mumble 可用于发送音频的带宽大小。 - + Audio per packet 每个数据包的音频帧数 - + How many audio frames to send per packet 每个数据包里发送多少个音频帧 - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>选择一个数据包里放多少个音频帧。</b><br />增加这个数值会增加你的语音延迟，但也会减少带宽需求。 - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). <b>显示已用的发送带宽峰值。</b><br />显示从你的机器发出的峰值带宽大小。音频比特率是仅用于音频数据的最大比特率(由于我们使用VBR)。位置是用于位置信息的比特率。系统开销是我们的组帧和 IP 数据包头(IP 和 UDP 是该系统开销的75%)。 - + Audio Processing 音频处理 - + Noise Suppression 噪音抑制 - + Noise suppression 噪音抑制 - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be suppressed. - + Amplification 放大率 - + Maximum amplification of input sound 输入声音的最大放大率 - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. <b>输入的最大放大率。</b><br />Mumble 在压缩前会规格化输入音量，该选项设置音量被允许放大多少。<br />实际等级将根据你的语音模式来持续更新，但是不会高于这里指定的等级。<br />如果音频统计的<i>麦克风响度</i>等级在 100%左右，你很有可能想把该值设为大约 2.0，但是如果像大多数人一样，你不能达到 100%，设置一个更高的值。<br />理想状态下，设置该值使<i>麦克风响度 * 放大率 >= 100</i>,甚至当你相当轻声的讲话时。<br /><br />注意设置该值为其最大值不会有任何副作用，但是如果你将该值设为自动调节到其最大值， Mumble 会开始拾取其他人的谈话。 - + Current speech detection chance 当前语音侦测几率 - + Input device for audio - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> - + Cancel echo from speakers - + Enabling this will cancel the echo from your speakers. Mixed has low CPU impact, but only works well if your speakers are equally loud and equidistant from the microphone. Multichannel echo cancellation provides much better echo cancellation, but at a higher CPU cost. - + Disabled - + Mixed - + Multichannel - + Echo - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated 当按键通话激活或未激活时听到的提示音频 - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. <b>设置使用信噪比来进行语音侦测。</b><br /> 在此模式下，将从输入中寻找并分析出一个近似清晰的信号，而这个信号的清晰度被用于触发语音侦测。 - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>显示当前语音侦测设置。</b><br />你能在设置对话框或音频精灵里修改当前设置。 - + Idle AutoMute 空闲时自动静音 - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. 空闲多长时间后自动静音。 - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. 设置空闲定时器。如果定时器过期时没有任何音频发送到服务器，你将被静音。 - + Signal values below this count as silence - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio 用于发送音频的最大带宽 @@ -1172,7 +1161,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <b>设置应用于噪音抑制的数值大小.</b><br />数值越高，稳态噪声越会被积极的抑制。 - + Server maximum network bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Audio quality auto-adjusted to %2 kbit/s (%3ms) @@ -1180,65 +1169,66 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioInputDialog - + Continuous 连续 - + Voice Activity 语音活动 - + Push To Talk 按键通话 - + Audio Input 音频输入 - - + + %1 ms %1 毫秒 - - - + + + Off 关闭 - + %1 s %1 秒 - + %1 kb/s - + -%1 dB -%1 分贝 - - %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + + %1 kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) - + CELT - + Speex @@ -1247,7 +1237,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> %1 千比特/秒 （音频 %2, 位置 %4, 系统开销 %3） - + %1 min %1 分钟 @@ -1255,17 +1245,17 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioOutput - + Form 表单 - + Interface 接口 - + System 系统 @@ -1278,53 +1268,52 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <b>这是用于音频的输入方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - + Device 设备 - + Output method for audio 音频输出方法 - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>这是用于音频输出的方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - + Output device for audio - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> - - + Positional Audio 定位音频 - + Audio Output 音频输出 - + Default &Jitter Buffer 默认 &Jitter 缓冲区 - + Safety margin for jitter buffer Jitter 缓冲区的安全边界 - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. <b>设置 Jitter 缓冲区的最小安全边界. </b><br />所有收到的音频都会被缓冲，而 Jitter 缓冲区不断尝试使该缓冲区保持能被你的网络所允许的最小值, 从而使延迟尽可能的低。 设置使用的缓冲区大小的最小值。如果你听到的句子的起始部分是颤音，请增加这个值。 @@ -1333,27 +1322,27 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 文本标签 - + Volume 音量 - + Volume of incoming speech 收到的语音的音量 - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. <b>调节收到的语音的音量。</b><br />注意如果你增加此值至超过 100%，声音会失真。 - + Output Delay 输出延时 - + Amount of data to buffer 缓冲数据大小 @@ -1362,7 +1351,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 设置输出缓冲区里前置缓冲的数据大小。试验不同值然后设置成不引起快速颤音的最低值. - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. 已连接的“扬声器”实际上是耳机. @@ -1372,42 +1361,42 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 设置声强计算的最小距离.当别的玩家离你小于这个距离时他的语音将不会减弱. - + Factor for sound volume decrease 音量减弱因子 - + Bloom 声音增强 - + Factor for sound volume increase 音量增强因子 - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? 当音源距离过近时音量该增强多少? - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. 选中此选项表明你没有连接扬声器，只有耳机。这很重要，因为扬声器通常在你面前，而耳机直接在你左右。 - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. - + Headphones 耳机 - + Minimum Distance 最小距离 @@ -1416,12 +1405,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 距离玩家至少多远时声音开始减弱 - + Maximum Distance 最大距离 - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease 超过最大距离时音量将不再减弱 @@ -1430,78 +1419,78 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 设置声强计算最大距离。当超过此距离时，别的玩家的音量将不再减弱。 - + Minimum distance to user before sound volume decreases - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other users' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other users' speech volume will not decrease any further. - + Minimum Volume 最小音量 - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? 位于最大距离时的音量大小? - + Loopback Test 回环测试 - + Delay Variance 延时方差 - + Variance in packet latency 数据包延时的方差 - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you to set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. <b>设置回环测试时的数据包延迟方差。</b><br />大多数音频路径含有一定的延迟方差。该选项允许你设置回环测试模式时的方差。例如，如果你设置该值为 15毫秒，将模拟一个 20-35毫秒 ping 延迟或一个 80-95毫秒延迟的网络。大多数国内网络的延迟方差啊大概是5毫秒 - + Packet Loss 数据包丢失 - + Packet loss for loopback mode 回环模式的数据包丢失 - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% <b>设置回环模式时的数据包丢失。</b><br />该值即为丢包率。除非你的出外的带宽达到峰值或者你的网络连接有问题，该值会是 0% - + &Loopback &回环 - + Desired loopback mode 期望的回环模式 - + <b>This enables one of the loopback test modes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other users will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. @@ -1510,84 +1499,98 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <b>该选项启用某种回环测试模式。</b><br /><i>无</i> - 禁用回环<br /><i>本地</i> - 模拟一个本地服务器。<br /><i>服务器</i> - 请求来自服务器的回环。<br />请注意当回环模式启用时，别的玩家不会听到你的声音。当应用程序退出时该选项不会被存盘。 - + Other Applications 其他应用程序 - + Volume of other applications during speech 讲话时别的应用程序的音量 - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. <b>讲话时减小其他应用程序的音量.</b><br />Mumble 支持收到语音时减小其他应用程序的音量。这将设置当其他的人交谈时其他应用程序的相对音量。 + + + If checked Mumble also lowers the volume of other applications when you talk + + + + + Attenuate other applications while you talk + + AudioOutputDialog - + None 无 - + Local 本地 - + Server 服务器 - + Audio Output 音频输出 - - + + + %1 ms %1 毫秒 - - - - - - %1% - + + + + + + %1 % + + + + + + %1 m + - %1ms - %1 毫秒 + %1 毫秒 - - %1m - %1 米 + %1 米 AudioOutputSample - + Choose sound file 选择声音文件 - + Invalid sound file 无效声音文件 - + The file '%1' cannot be used by Mumble. Please select a file with a compatible format and encoding. @@ -1595,34 +1598,33 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioStats - - >1000ms - >1000毫秒 + + >1000 ms + >1000ms + >1000毫秒 - + Audio Statistics 音频统计 - + Input Levels 输入级别 - + Peak microphone level 麦克风级别峰值 - - - + Peak power in last frame 最后帧的峰值功率 - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. @@ -1631,103 +1633,103 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 文本标签 - + Peak speaker level 扬声器级别峰值 - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) of the speakers. Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. - + Peak clean level 静输入级别峰值 - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. - + Signal Analysis 信号分析 - + Microphone power 麦克风功率 - + How close the current input level is to ideal 当前输入级别离完美有多近 - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio 信噪比 - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone 麦克风的信噪音比 - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. - + Speech Probability 语音的概率 - + Probability of speech 语音的概率 - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). - + Configuration feedback 配置反馈 - + Current audio bitrate 当前音频比特率 - + Bitrate of last frame 最后帧的比特率 - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. - + DoublePush interval 两次按键时间间隔 - + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses @@ -1736,47 +1738,47 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 最后两次按下按键通话键的时间间隔 - + Speech Detection 语音侦测 - + Current speech detection chance 当前语音侦测几率 - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>显示当前语音侦测设置。</b><br />你能在设置对话框或音频精灵里修改当前设置。 - + Signal and noise power spectrum 信号和噪音功率频谱 - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate 输入信号和噪音估计的功率频谱 - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. - + Echo Analysis 回声分析 - + Weights of the echo canceller 回声抵消器的影响 - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. @@ -1784,17 +1786,17 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard 音频调节精灵 - + Introduction 介绍 - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard 欢迎使用 Mumble 音频精灵 @@ -1807,12 +1809,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 请注意当音频精灵活跃时，音频将被在本地环回以允许你听到它，没有音频会被发送到服务器。 - + Finished 完成 - + Enjoy using Mumble Mumble 祝你使用愉快 @@ -1821,12 +1823,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 恭喜。现在你可以准备好享受 Mumble 带给你的丰富声音体验. - + Device selection 设备选择 - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. 选择 Mumble 用来输入和输出的设备. @@ -1835,49 +1837,47 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 输入设备 - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. 这是你的麦克风连接到的设备。 - - + System 系统 - + Input method for audio 音频输入方法 - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>这是用于音频的输入方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - - + Device 设备 - + Input device to use 使用的输入设备 - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> <b>选择哪个声卡用于音频输入。</b> - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers - + Use echo cancellation 使用回声消除 @@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 消除来自耳机或扬声器的回声. - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. 启用送出音频的回声消除，这在扬声器和耳机上都有帮助。 @@ -1895,43 +1895,43 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 输出设备 - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. 这是你的扬声器或耳机连接到的设备. - + Output method for audio 音频输出方法 - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>这是用于音频输出的方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - + Output device to use 使用的输出设备 - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> <b>选择哪个声卡用于音频输出。</b> - + Enable positional audio 启用定位音频 - + Allows positioning of sound Allows positioning of sound. 允许声音定位. - + <p> This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. </p> @@ -1941,22 +1941,22 @@ Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped loca - + Input Device - + Output Device - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. 这允许 Mumble 使用定位音频来放置语音。 - + <p> To keep latency to an absolute minimum, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. </p> @@ -1967,17 +1967,17 @@ You should hear a voice sample. Change the slider below to the lowest value whic - + Amount of data to buffer 缓冲数据大小 - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. - + <p> Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. </p> @@ -1988,17 +1988,17 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou - + Positional Audio 定位音频 - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. 调节定位音频的衰减量. - + <p> Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other users relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other user is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. </p> @@ -2009,12 +2009,12 @@ The graph below shows the position of <font color="red">you</ - + Use headphones instead of speakers - + <p> Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. </p> @@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus 下图中显示<font color="red">你</font>的位置，<font color="yellow">扬声器</font>和一个<font color="green">移动的声源</font>。你应该听到音频在声道间切换. - + Use headphones 使用耳机 @@ -2042,17 +2042,17 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus 使用耳机而不是扬声器. - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. 这将忽略操作系统的扬声器配置并为耳机配置音频定位. - + Volume tuning 音量调节 - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. 调节麦克风硬件音量到最佳设置。 @@ -2065,37 +2065,37 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus 请大声讲话，就像你在愤怒或兴奋时那样。减小你的声音控制面板里的音量直到下面的进度条在你讲话时尽可能的停留在蓝区和绿区，而<b>不是</b>红区里. - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. 现在轻声讲话，就像你在深夜时不想打扰任何人一样。调节下面的滑块直到下面的进度条在你讲话时进入绿区，而在你沉默时停留在蓝区。 - + Voice Activity Detection 语言活动检测 - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. 让 Mumble 分辨出你是在讲话还是在沉默. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. 这将帮助 Mumble 知道你是在讲话。第一步是选择用哪个数据值。 - + Raw amplitude from input 输入的原始振幅 - + Signal-To-Noise ratio 信噪比 - + Next you need to adjust the following slider. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). 下一步你需要调节下面两个滑块。你最初讲几句话时进度条应该停留在绿区（确定是讲话）。当你讲话时，进度条应该停留在黄区（可能是讲话）；当你没讲话时，进度条应该停留在红区(明确没在讲话）. @@ -2105,12 +2105,12 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus 最后，你需要调节宽限时间.在宽限时间内 Mumble 能够侦测到你没在讲话并继续传送，然后断开连接。这允许你在讲话时喘息。 - + Device tuning 设备调节 - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. 修改硬件输出延时到它们的最小值。 @@ -2135,9 +2135,8 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus 如果你将麦克风放到能捕捉扬声器或耳机声音的地方, Mumble 将计算你的系统中的总的音频路径延时;这个延时是自一个声音样本被放到输出缓冲区后直到它在匹配的输入缓冲区里被找到的时间间隔. - %1ms - %1毫秒 + %1毫秒 Audio path is %1ms long. @@ -2156,70 +2155,135 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus Mumble 正处于开发阶段，开发团队致力于开发能使大多数用户受益的功能。Mumble 支持匿名递交你的配置统计信息给开发人员。这些统计信息对于将来的开发非常重要，并确保你使用的功能不会被弃用。 - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project 递交匿名统计给 Mumble 项目组 - + Push To Talk: 按键通话: + + + Quality & Notifications + + + + + Adjust quality and notification settings. + + + + + Quality settings + + + + + Low + + + + + In this configuration Mumble will use a <b>low amount of bandwidth</b>. This will inevitable result in high latency and poor quality. Choose this only if your connection cannot handle the other settings. (Speex 16kbit/s, 60ms per packet) + + + + + Balanced + + + + + This is the <b>recommended default</b> configuration. It provides a good balance between quality, latency and bandwidth usage. (CELT 40kbit/s, 20ms per packet) + + + + + Ultra + + + + + This configuration is only recommended for use in setups where bandwidth is not an issue like a LAN. It provides the lowest latency supported by Mumble and <b>high quality</b>. (CELT 72kbit/s, 10ms per packet) + + + + + Notification settings + + + + + Use Text-To-Speech to read notifications and messages to you. + + + + + Disable Text-To-Speech and use sounds instead. + + + + + %1 ms + + BanEditor - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - 编辑黑名单 - + &Address &地址 - + &Mask &子网掩码 - + Reason - + Start - + End - + User - + Hash - + &Add &添加 - + &Update &更新 - + &Remove &删除 @@ -2227,27 +2291,27 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus CertView - + Name - + Email - + Issuer - + (none) - + Self-signed @@ -2255,67 +2319,67 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus CertWizard - + Resolving domain %1. - + Unable to validate email.<br />Enter a valid (or blank) email to continue. - + There was an error generating your certificate.<br />Please try again. - + Your certificate and key could not be exported to PKCS#12 format. There might be an error in your certificate. - + The file could not be opened for writing. Please use another file. - + The file could not be written successfully. Please use another file. - + The file could not be opened for reading. Please use another file. - + The file is empty or could not be read. Please use another file. - + The file did not contain a valid certificate and key. Please use another file. - + Select file to export certificate to - + Select file to import certificate from - + Unable to resolve domain. - + Mumble User @@ -2323,174 +2387,168 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus Certificates - + Certificate Management - + Certificate Authentication - + Authenticating to servers without using passwords - + <p>Mumble can use certificates to authenticate with servers. Using certificates avoids passwords, meaning you don't need to disclose any password to the remote site. It also enables very easy user registration.</p><p>While Mumble can work without certificates, the majority of servers will expect you to have one.</p> - - - + Current certificate - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. - - + Current Certificate - - + Create a new certificate - + This will create a new certificate. - + Import certificate from file - + This will import a certificate from file. - + Import a certificate - - + Export Certificate - + This will export a certificate to file. - + Export current certificate - + Import Certificate - + PKCS #12 Certificate import - + <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from FireFox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> - + Import from - + Filename to import from - + This is the filename you wish to import a certificate from. - + Select file to import from - + This opens a file selection dialog to choose a file to import a certificate from. - + Open... - + Password 密码 - + Password for PKCS#12 file - + This is the password for the PKCS#12 file containing your certificate. - + Certificate to import - + This is the certificate you are importing. - - + Certificate Details - + Replace Certificate - + Replace existing certificate with new certificate? - + <p>You already have a certificate stored in Mumble, and you are about to replace it.</p> <p>If you are upgrading to a certificate issued to you by a trusted CA and the email addresses match your current certificate, this is completely safe, and servers you connect to will automatically recognize the strong certificate for your email address. </p> @@ -2503,137 +2561,141 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be replaced. - + New certificate - + This is the new certificate that will replace the old one. - - + New Certificate - + Make a backup of your certificate - + <p>If you ever lose your current certificate, which will happen if your computer suffers a hardware failure or you reinstall your machine, you will no longer be able to authenticate to any server you are registered on. It is therefore <b>mandatory</b> that you make a backup of your certificate. We strongly recommend you store this backup on removable storage, such as an USB memory stick.</p> <p>Note that this file will not be encrypted, and if anyone gains access to it, they will be able to impersonate you, so take good care of it.</p> - + Export to - + Filename to export to - + This is the filename you wish to export a certificate to. - + Save As... - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be exported. - + Generate a new certificate for strong authentication - + <p>Mumble will now generate a strong certificate for authentication to servers.</p><p>If you wish, you may provide some additional information to be stored in the certificate, which will be presented to servers when you connect. If you provide a valid email address, you can upgrade to a CA issued email certificate later on, which provides strong identification.</p> - + Name - + Email - + Your email address (e.g. johndoe@mumble.info) - + This is your email address. It is strongly recommended to provide a valid email address, as this will allow you to upgrade to a strong certificate without authentication problems. - + Your name (e.g. John Doe) - + This is your name, and will be filled out in the certificate. This field is entirely optional. - + Finish - + Certificate-based authentication is ready for use - + Enjoy using Mumble with strong authentication. + + + Automatic certificate creation + + ChanACL - + None 无 - + Traverse 遍历 - + Enter 进入 - + Speak 发言 @@ -2642,7 +2704,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? 试图发言 - + Mute/Deafen 禁音/耳聋 @@ -2651,137 +2713,137 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? 移动/踢出 - + Make channel 创建频道 - + Make temporary - + Link channel 链接频道 - + This represents no privileges. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. - + This represents the permission to whisper to this channel from the outside. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with the Whisper key held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other users. Once muted, a user will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged user or reconnects to the server. - + This represents the permission to move a user to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the user, either the moving user must have Move privileges in the destination channel, or the user must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Users with this privilege can move users into channels the target user normally wouldn't have permission to enter. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. - + This represents the permission to make a temporary subchannel. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Temporary channels are not stored and disappear when the last user leaves. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Users in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking user has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. - + This represents the permission to write text messages to other users in this channel. - + This represents the permission to forcibly remove users from the server. - + This represents the permission to permanently remove users from the server. - + This represents the permission to register and unregister users on the server. - + This represents the permission to register oneself on the server. - + Whisper - + Move 移动 - + Text message - + Kick - + Ban - + Register User - + Register Self - + Write ACL 创建访问控制列表 @@ -2789,7 +2851,12 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ChatbarLineEdit - + + Paste and send + + + + Type chat message here @@ -2824,37 +2891,37 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ClientUser - + Friend - + Authenticated 已认证 - + Muted (server) 静音(服务器) - + Deafened (server) 耳聋(服务器) - + Local Mute 本地静音 - + Muted (self) 静音(自己） - + Deafened (self) 耳聋(自己) @@ -2862,62 +2929,62 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ConfigDialog - - + + Accept changes 确定 - - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. 该按钮将接受当前设置并返回到应用程序。<br/>当你退出应用程序时这些设置将被存盘。 - - + + Reject changes 取消 - - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. 该按钮将拒绝所有修改并返回到应用程序。<br/>这些设置将被重置到先前的设定。 - - + + Apply changes 应用 - - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. 该按钮将立即应用所有修改. - - + + Undo changes for current page 撤销 - - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. 该按钮将复原对当前页的任意修改到最近使用的设置。 - - + + Restore defaults for current page 恢复默认值 - - + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. @@ -2926,13 +2993,13 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? 该按钮将恢复当前页设置到默认值。其他页面的设置将不被修改。<b r/>为了恢复其他页面上的设置到默认值，你需要在每个页面上都使用该按钮。 - + Mumble Configuration Mumble 配置 - - + + Advanced @@ -2944,13 +3011,13 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ConnectDialog - + Connecting to %1 正在连接到 %1 - - + + Enter username 输入用户名 @@ -2959,106 +3026,95 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? 未知 - + Adding host %1 - - + + Servername - + Hostname 主机名 - + Bonjour name - + Port 端口 - + Addresses - + Website - + Packet loss - + Ping (80%) - - + + %1 ms %1 毫秒 - + Ping (95%) - + Bandwidth - + %1 kbit/s - - + + &Filters + + + + + Users - + Version - - Connect - - - - - - Add New... - - - - - Filters - - - - + Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list 无法获取服务器列表 @@ -3079,87 +3135,57 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? 更新 - + Mumble Server Connect Mumble 服务器连接 - + Ping - + Remove from Favorites - - Edit... - - - - + Add custom server - - Add to Favorites - - - - - Open Webpage - - - - - Show Reachable - - - - + Show all servers that respond to ping - - Show Populated - - - - + Show all servers with users - - Show All - - - - + Show all servers - + &Copy - + Copy favorite link to clipboard - + &Paste - + Paste favorite from clipboard @@ -3188,8 +3214,9 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &密码 + &Connect - &连接 + &连接 &Cancel @@ -3231,43 +3258,79 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &View Webpage &查看主页 + + + &Edit... + + + + + + &Add New... + + + + + Add to &Favorites + + + + + Open &Webpage + + + + + Show &Reachable + + + + + Show &Populated + + + + + Show &All + + ConnectDialogEdit - + Edit Server - + &Servername - + Name of the server - + <b>Name</b><br/> Name of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your serverlist and can be chosen freely. - + A&ddress &地址 - + Internet address of the server. Internet address of the server. - + <b>Address</b><br/> Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an IPv4/IPv6 address or a Bonjour service identifier. Bonjour service identifiers have to be prefixed with a '@' to be recognized by Mumble. <b>Address</b></br> @@ -3275,33 +3338,33 @@ Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an ipv4/6 address - + &Port &端口 - + Port on which the server is listening - + <b>Port</b><br/> Port on which the server is listening. If the server is identified by a Bonjour service identifier this field will be ignored. - + &Username &用户名 - + Username to send to the server - + <b>Username</b><br/> Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions on how a username might look like. Also your username could already be taken by another user. @@ -3310,7 +3373,7 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions CoreAudioSystem - + Default Device 默认设备 @@ -3318,68 +3381,68 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions CrashReporter - + Mumble Crash Report - + <p><b>We're terribly sorry, but it seems Mumble has crashed. Do you want to send a crash report to the Mumble developers?</b></p><p>The crash report contains a partial copy of Mumble's memory at the time it crashed, and will help the developers fix the problem.</p> - + Email address (optional) - + Please briefly describe what you were doing at the time of the crash - + Send Report - + Don't send report - + Crash upload successful - + Thank you for helping make Mumble better! - - + + Crash upload failed - + We're really sorry, but it appears the crash upload has failed with error %1 %2. Please inform a developer. - + This really isn't funny, but apparently there's a bug in the crash reporting code, and we've failed to upload the report. You may inform a developer about error %1 - + Uploading crash report - + Abort upload @@ -3387,22 +3450,22 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions DXAudioInput - + Default DirectSound Voice Input 默认 DirectSound 语音输入 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. 不能打开所选 DirectSound 输入设备。不能捕捉麦克风。 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. 不能打开所选 DirectSound 输入。将使用默认设备。 - + Lost DirectSound input device. 丢失 DirectSound 输入设备。 @@ -3410,22 +3473,22 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions DXAudioOutput - + Default DirectSound Voice Output 默认 DirectSound 语音输出 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. 不能打开所选 DirectSound 输出。将使用默认设备。 - + Lost DirectSound output device. 丢失 DirectSound 输出设备。 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. 不能打开所选 DirectSound 输出。将听不到音频。 @@ -3433,19 +3496,19 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions Database - - + + Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Mumble 无法在任何可能的位置里初始化数据库. - + The database '%1' is read-only. Mumble can not store server settings (ie. SSL certificates) until you fix this problem. @@ -3453,62 +3516,62 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts 快捷键 - + List of configured shortcuts 配置好的快捷键列表 - + Function 功能 - + Data - + Shortcut 快捷键 - + Suppress 禁止 - + Add new shortcut 添加新快捷键 - + This will add a new global shortcut 这将添加一个新的全局快捷键 - + &Add &添加 - + Remove selected shortcut 移除所选快捷键 - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. 这将永久性的删除所选快捷键。 - + &Remove &删除 @@ -3516,27 +3579,28 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts 快捷键 - + Shortcut button combination. 快捷键按钮组合. - - <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. - <b>这是全局快捷键组合。</b><br />双击该区域然后绑定想要的按键/按钮组合。 + + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Click this field and then press the desired key/button combo to rebind. Double-click to clear. + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. + <b>这是全局快捷键组合。</b><br />双击该区域然后绑定想要的按键/按钮组合。 - + Suppress keys from other applications 禁止其他应用程序使用的按键 - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. <b>向其他应用程序隐藏这些按键。</b><br/>允许该选项将向其他应用程序隐藏指定按键（或者组合按键的最后一个按键）。注意并不是所有按键都能被禁用。 @@ -3544,7 +3608,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. Mumble 检测到当它位于后台时它不能接收到全局快捷键事件。<br /><br />这是因为被称为‘允许辅助设备的使用’的辅助使用功能当前被禁用。<br /><br />请<a href=" ">启用该选项</a>然后继续。 @@ -3552,82 +3616,82 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutTarget - + Whisper Target - + Whisper to list of Users - + Channel Target - + Restrict to Group - + If specified, only members of this group will receive the whisper. - + If checked the whisper will also be transmitted to linked channels. - + Whisper to Linked channels - + If checked this whisper will also be sent to the subchannels of the channel target. - + Whisper to subchannels - + List of users - + Add 添加 - + Remove 删除 - + Whisper to Channel - + Modifiers - + Do not send positional audio information when using this whisper shortcut. - + Ignore positional audio @@ -3635,7 +3699,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 鼠标 %1 @@ -3643,7 +3707,7 @@ of the possible locations. LCD - + Not connected 未连接 @@ -3659,27 +3723,27 @@ of the possible locations. 字符 - + Enable this device 启用该设备 - + LCD - + Form 表单 - + Devices 设备 - + Name 名称 @@ -3688,7 +3752,7 @@ of the possible locations. 类型 - + <p>This is the list of available LCD devices on your system. It lists devices by name, but also includes the size of the display. Mumble supports outputting to several LCD devices at a time.</p> <h3>Size:</h3> <p> @@ -3698,34 +3762,34 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe - + Size 大小 - + Enabled 已启用 - + Views 视图 - + Minimum Column Width 最小列宽 - + <p>This option decides the minimum width a column in the User View.</p> <p>If too many people are speaking at once, the User View will split itself into columns. You can use this option to pick a compromise between number of users shown on the LCD, and width of user names.</p> - + This setting decides the width of column splitter. @@ -3734,7 +3798,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 文本标签 - + Splitter Width 分割线宽度 @@ -3742,32 +3806,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Log - + Debug 调试 - + Critical 紧急 - + Warning 警告 - + Information 信息 - + Server Connected 服务器已连接 - + Server Disconnected 服务器已断开连接 @@ -3788,12 +3852,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 玩家被踢出 - + You self-muted/deafened 你自我静音/耳聋 - + Other self-muted/deafened 其他人自我静音/耳聋 @@ -3818,12 +3882,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 玩家离开频道 - + Permission Denied 没有权限 - + Text Message 文本消息 @@ -3832,57 +3896,62 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 脚本错误 - + User Joined Server - + User Left Server - + User kicked (you or by you) - + User kicked - + User muted (you) - + User muted (by you) - + User muted (other) - + User Joined Channel - + User Left Channel - + + the server + + + + [[ Text object too large to display ]] - + [Date changed to %1] @@ -3891,42 +3960,42 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events 为 %1 事件启用控制台 - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events 为 %1 事件启用弹出窗口通知 - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events 为%1事件启用文本语音转换 - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events 点击这里为 %1 事件启用声音通知 - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. 点击这里为 %1 事件启用控制台输出。<br />如果选中，该选项使 Mumble 输出所有 %1 事件到它的消息日志中。 - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change<br />Ensure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. @@ -3935,13 +4004,13 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 点击这里为 %1 事件启用文本语音转换.<br />如果选中， Mumble 会使用文本语音转化将 %1 事件大声的读出来给你听。当声音文件无效时，文本语音转换也能读取事件内容。文本语音转化和声音文件不能同时使用。 - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for sound files. Text-To-Speech and sound files cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. 点击这里为 %1 事件启用声音通知。<br />如果选中， Mumble 会使用一个你预先定义的声音文件来标示 %1 事件。声音文件和文本语音转换不能同时被使用。 - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a sound file predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Sound files and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. 在 %1 事件发生时用于声音通知的声音文件的路径。<br />单击播放<br />双击更换<br />请确认这些事件的声音通知被启用，否则这个字段将没有任何效果。 @@ -3959,92 +4028,92 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 文件 ‘%1’ 不存在或者不是一个有效的语音编码文件。 - + Messages 消息 - + Message 消息 - + Console 控制台 - + Notification 通知 - + Text-To-Speech 文本语音转换 - + Soundfile 声音文件 - + Path 路径 - + Text To Speech 文本语音转换 - + Volume 音量 - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine 文本语音转换引擎的音量 - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>这是用于语音合成的音量。</b> - + Length threshold 长度阈值 - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine 用于文本语音转换的消息长度阈值 - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. <b>这是用于文本语音转换引擎的消息长度阈值。</b><br />消息长于此值时将不会被全部读出来。 - + Characters 字符 - + Whisper - + If checked you will only hear whispers from users you added to your friend list. - + Only accept whispers from friends @@ -4052,13 +4121,13 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe LookConfig - - + + System default 系统默认 - + None 无 @@ -4067,195 +4136,194 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 仅当有玩家时 - + Only with users - + All 所有 - + Ask 询问 - + Do Nothing 无动作 - + Move 移动 - + User Interface 用户界面 - + Choose skin file 选择皮肤文件 - + Form 表单 - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with users</i> will expand and collapse channels as users join and leave them. - + List users above subchannels (requires restart). - + <b>If set, users will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. - + Users above Channels - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.</b> - + Check to show chat bar - + <b>If checked the chat bar is shown.</b><br />Uncheck this to hide it. <b>If checked the chat bar is shown</b><br />Uncheck to hide it - + Show chatbar - + Show number of users in each channel - + Show channel user count - - + Language 语言 - + Language to use (requires restart) 使用的语言（需要重启） - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. <b>设置 Mumble 使用哪种语言。</b><br />你需要重启 Mumble 来使用新语言。 - + Look and Feel 外观 - + Layout - + Classic - + Stacked - + Hybrid - + Custom - + This changes the behavior when moving channels. - + This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. - + Style 风格 - + Basic widget style 基本窗口风格 - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> <b>设置使用基本外观。</b> - + Skin 皮肤 - + Skin file to use 使用的皮肤文件 - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. <b>设置 Mumble 应该使用哪个皮肤文件。</b><br/>皮肤是一个应用在基本窗口风格上的风格文件。如果在与风格相同的目录里有图标，目录中的图标将替换默认图标。 - + ... - + Expand 展开 - + When to automatically expand channels 什么时候自动展开频道 @@ -4276,7 +4344,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 玩家位于频道之上 - + Channel Dragging 频道拖动 @@ -4289,7 +4357,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 设置频道拖动时的行为，能被用来防止意外的拖动。<i>移动频道</i>将在移动频道时不做提示.<i>无动作</i>将在试图移动频道时显示一个出错信息。<i>询问</i>使用一个消息框来确认你是真的想移动一个频道。 - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. 询问退出 Mumble 时是关闭还是最小化。 @@ -4298,32 +4366,30 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <b>如果选中，当你连接到服务器时将验证你是否想退出.</b> - + Ask on quit while connected 当你连接到服务器时询问是否退出 - Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. - 使 Mumble 窗口位于其他窗口之上. + 使 Mumble 窗口位于其他窗口之上. - <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> - <b>这将使 Mumble 窗口成为最上面的窗口。</b> + <b>这将使 Mumble 窗口成为最上面的窗口。</b> - + Always On Top 总在最上 - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> <b>如果选中，最小化 Mumble 主窗口时将使得它被隐藏到系统托盘。否则，它将会像通常一样被最小化。</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized 最小化时隐藏到系统托盘 @@ -4340,39 +4406,79 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 专家配置选项 - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. 当最小化时，隐藏 Mumble 主窗口到系统托盘。 + + + This setting controls when the application will be always on top. + + + + + This setting controls in which situations the application will stay always on top. If you select <i>Never</i> the application will not stay on top. <i>Always</i> will always keep the application on top. <i>In minimal view</i> / <i>In normal mode</i> will only keep the application always on top when minimal view is activated / deactivated. + + + + + Never + + + + + Always + + + + + In minimal view + + + + + In normal view + + + + + Displays talking status in system tray + + + + + Show talking status in tray icon + + MainWindow - - + + Root 根 - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut 按键通话 - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut 按住该按钮来发送语音。 - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut 配置按键发音按键，只要你按住该按键，语音将被传送。 - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut 重置音频处理器 @@ -4408,7 +4514,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 该选项切换自我耳聋状态。如果打开此选项，将同时启用自我禁音。 - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut 卸载插件 @@ -4434,25 +4540,25 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 所有子频道 - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut 按键禁音 - + Join Channel Global Shortcut 加入频道 - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut 切换 Overlay - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut 切换游戏中的 overlay 状态。 @@ -4468,303 +4574,313 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 交替按键通话 - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut 切换最小化 - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut 增大音量（+10%） - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut 减小音量（-10%） - - - - - + + + + + + Mumble - - + + Mumble -- %1 - + &Window &窗口 - - + + Minimize 最小化 - + Ctrl+M - + Close 关闭 - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? Mumble 现在连接到了一个服务器。你想要关闭还是最小化它？ - + Mute Self Global Shortcut - + Set self-mute status. Global Shortcut - + This will set or toggle your muted status. If you turn this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut - + Deafen Self Global Shortcut - + Set self-deafen status. Global Shortcut - + This will set or toggle your deafened status. If you turn this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut - + This will switch the states of the in-game overlay between showing everybody, just the users who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut - + Whisper - - + + Not connected 未连接 - + Clear 清除 - + Opening URL %1 打开网址 %1 - + File does not exist - + File is not a configuration file. - + Settings merged from file. - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' 'Mumble' 不支持的网址方案 - + This version of Mumble can't handle URLs for Mumble version %1.%2.%3 - + Connecting to %1 正在连接到 %1 - + Enter username 输入用户名 - - + + Connecting to server %1. - + Reconnecting. 正在重新连接中。 - + <h2>Version</h2><p>Protocol %1.%2.%3.</p> - + <p>No build information or OS version available.</p> - + <p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p> - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s</p> - + Register yourself as %1 - + <p>You are about to register yourself on this server. This action cannot be undone, and your username cannot be changed once this is done. You will forever be known as '%1' on this server.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register yourself?</p> - + Register user %1 - + <p>You are about to register %1 on the server. This action cannot be undone, the username cannot be changed, and as a registered user, %1 will have access to the server even if you change the server password.</p><p>From this point on, %1 will be authenticated with the certificate currently in use.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register %1?</p> - + Kicking user %1 - + Banning user %1 - + Change comment on user %1 - - - To channel %1: %2 + + Are you sure you want to reset the comment of user %1? - - + + Message to channel %1 - + + (Tree) %1: %2 + + + + + %1: %2 + + + + Connected. - + SSL Version mismatch - + This server is using an older encryption standard. It might be an older 1.1 based Mumble server.<br />Would you like to launch the compatibility client to connect to it? - + The compatibility client could not be found, or failed to start.<br />Note that the compatibility client is an optional component for most installations, and might not be installed. - + Type message to channel '%1' here - + Type message to user '%1' here - + Choose image file - + Images (*.png *.jpg) - - + + Failed to load image - + Could not open file for reading. - + Image format not recognized. @@ -4773,7 +4889,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <h2>控制信道</h2><p>使用 %1 比特 %2 加密<br />平均延迟 %3 毫秒（%4 方差）</p> - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. 语音频道通过控制信道发送。 @@ -4782,37 +4898,37 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <h2>语音频道</h2><p>使用 128 比特 OCB-AES128 加密<br/>%1 毫秒延迟（%4 方差）</p> - + UDP Statistics UDP 统计 - + To Server 到服务器 - + From Server 来至服务器 - + Good 良好 - + Late 迟到 - + Lost 丢失 - + Resync 重新同步 @@ -4821,13 +4937,13 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <h2>音频带宽</h2><p>最大 %1千比特/秒<br />当前 %2 千比特/秒 （质量 %3）</p> - + Mumble Server Information Mumble 服务器信息 - - + + &View Certificate &查看认证 @@ -4836,8 +4952,8 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 踢出玩家 %1 - - + + Enter reason 输入原因 @@ -4846,19 +4962,20 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 封禁玩家 %1 - + Sending message to %1 发送消息给 %1 - - + + + To %1: %2 发送给 %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 发送消息给 %1 @@ -4867,7 +4984,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 频道名 - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? 你确信要删除 %1和它的子频道吗？ @@ -4876,7 +4993,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 改变频道 %1的描叙 - + Sending message to channel %1 发送消息给频道 %1 @@ -4885,47 +5002,46 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 发送消息给频道树 %1 - To tree %1: %2 - 发送给树 %1: %2 + 发送给树 %1: %2 - + Message to tree %1 发送消息给树 %1 - + Unmuted and undeafened. 解除静音并解除耳聋。 - + Unmuted. 解除静音。 - + Muted. 静音。 - + Muted and deafened. 禁音和耳聋. - + Deafened. 耳聋. - + Undeafened. 解除耳聋。 - + About Qt 关于 Qt @@ -4938,72 +5054,72 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 已连接到服务器 %1. - + SSL Verification failed: %1 SSL 认证失败: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. <b>警告:</b>服务器提供的认证与保存的认证不同。 - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. 服务器提供的认证认证失败。 - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> <p>%1.<br /> 认证中的错误是：</p><ol>%2</ol><p>你希望接受认证吗？<br />（认证将被保存从而你不会被再次索要认证。）</p> - + Failed to launch compatibility client - + Server connection failed: %1. 连接服务器失败: %1. - + Disconnected from server. 与服务器断开连接. - + Invalid username 无效用户名 - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. 你使用一个无效的用户名连接，请尝试别外一个。 - + That username is already in use, please try another username. 用户名已经被使用，请使用另外一个用户名。 - + Wrong password 密码错误 - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. 注册用户密码错误，请重试。 - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. 未注册用户的服务器密码错误，请重试。 - + &Server &服务器 @@ -5012,62 +5128,62 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe &玩家 - + &Channel &频道 - + &Audio &音频 - + C&onfigure &配置 - + &Help &帮助 - + Log 日志 - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. 这里显示所有最近的活动。正在连接到服务器，错误和通知消息都将在这里显示。<br />要准确配置什么消息将被显示在这里，请从菜单中使用<b>设置</b>命令。 - + &Quit Mumble &退出 Mumble - + Closes the program 关闭程序 - + Exits the application. 退出应用程序。 - + Ctrl+Q - + &Connect &连接 - + Open the server connection dialog 打开服务器连接对话框 @@ -5076,52 +5192,52 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 显示一个已注册服务器的对话框，并允许快速连接。 - + &Disconnect &断开 - + Disconnect from server 从服务器断开连接 - + Disconnects you from the server. 使你从服务器断开连接。 - + &Ban lists &黑名单 - + Edit ban lists on server 编辑服务器上的黑名单 - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. 这让你编辑服务器端的网址黑名单。 - + &Information &信息 - + Show information about the server connection 显示服务器连接信息 - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. 显示服务器连接的扩展信息. - + &Kick &踢出 @@ -5134,7 +5250,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 从服务器踢出所选玩家。你将被要求指定一个原因。 - + &Mute &静音 @@ -5147,7 +5263,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 在服务器上对玩家静音或取消静音。取消静音一个耳聋的玩家将同时对他取消耳聋。 - + &Ban &封禁 @@ -5160,7 +5276,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 从服务器踢出并封禁所选玩家。你将被要求指定一个原因。 - + &Deafen &耳聋 @@ -5173,7 +5289,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 在服务器上使玩家耳聋或取消耳聋。耳聋一个玩家将同时对他静音。 - + &Local Mute &本地静音 @@ -5186,49 +5302,46 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 本地对玩家静音或者取消静音. 对相同房间的其他玩家使用该选项。 - - Send Messa&ge - 发送&消息 + 发送&消息 - - + Send a Text Message 发送一条文本消息 - + Sends a text message to another user. 向另一个用户发送一条文本消息。 - + &Add &添加 - + Add new channel 添加一个新频道 - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. 在当前所选频道内添加一个子频道。 - + &Remove &删除 - + Remove channel 删除频道 - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. 删除一个频道及其所有子频道。 @@ -5237,12 +5350,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe &编辑 访问控制列表 - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel 为频道编辑群和访问控制列表 - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. 打开频道的群和访问控制列表对话框，来控制频道的访问权限。 @@ -5271,12 +5384,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 修改一个频道的描叙。 - + &Link &链接 - + Link your channel to another channel 链接你的频道和另一个频道 @@ -5285,450 +5398,429 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 链接你的当前频道和所选频道。如果他们有权限在对方频道讲话，玩家现在能听到彼此的声音。这是个永久性的链接，直到手动取消链接或者服务器重启。请查看按键链接快捷键。 - + &User - + This is the chatbar<br />If you enter text here and then press enter the text is sent to the user or channel that was selected. If nothing is selected the message is sent to your current channel. - + Chatbar - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick-connect. - + Kick user (with reason) - + Kick selected user off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. - + Mute user - + Mute or unmute user on server. Unmuting a deafened user will also undeafen them. - + Kick and ban user (with reason) - + Kick and ban selected user from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. - + Deafen user - + Deafen or undeafen user on server. Deafening a user will also mute them. - + Mute user locally - + Mute or unmute user locally. Use this on other users in the same room. - + &Edit - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If users in a channel have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. - + &Unlink Channel &取消链接 - + Unlink your channel from another channel 取消你的频道和另一个频道之间的链接 - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. 取消你的当前频道和所选频道之间的链接。 - Unlink &All - 取消&所有链接 + 取消&所有链接 - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. 取消你的频道和所有已链接频道之间的链接。 - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. 取消你的当前频道（非所选频道）和所有已链接的频道之间的链接。 - + &Reset &重置 - + Reset audio preprocessor 重置音频预处理器 - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. 该选项将重置音频预处理器，包含噪音消除，自动获取和语音活动检测。如果音频环境突然变的恶劣（比如掉麦）并且是暂时的，使用该选项来避免等待预处理器自我调节。 - + &Mute Self &静音自己 - + Mute yourself 自我静音 - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. 对自己静音或取消静音。当静音时，你将不会发送数据到服务器。当耳聋时取消静音将同时取消耳聋。 - + &Deafen Self &耳聋自己 - + Deafen yourself 自我耳聋 - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. 使自己耳聋或取消耳聋。当耳聋时，你将听不到声音。耳聋自己将同时静音自己。 - + &Text-To-Speech &文本语音转换 - + Toggle Text-To-Speech 切换文本语音转换 - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. 启用或禁用文本语音转换引擎。只有在配置对话框里被启用了文本语音转换的消息才会被读出来。 - + S&tatistics &统计 - + Display audio statistics 显示音频统计 - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. 弹出一个关于你当前音频输入信息的对话框。 - + &Unlink Plugin &卸载 - + Forcibly unlink plugin 强行卸载插件 - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. 强行卸载当前插件，当插件读取的数据完全错误时相当有用。 - + &Settings &设置 - + Configure Mumble 配置 Mumble - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. 允许你改变 Mumble 的大多数设置。 - + &Audio Wizard &音频精灵 - + Start the audio configuration wizard 启动音频配置精灵 - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. 这将引导你进入配置你的音频硬件的流程。 - + &What's This? &这是什么? - + Enter What's This? mode 进入 这是什么? 模式 - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. 点击进入"这是什么?"模式。你的鼠标指针将变成一个问号。点击任意按钮，菜单或区域来显示它是什么的描叙。 - + &About &关于 - + Information about Mumble Mumble 的相关信息 - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. 显示一个 Mumble 相关信息和许可的对话框。 - + About &Speex 关于 &Speex - + Information about Speex Speex 的相关信息 - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. 显示一个 Speex 相关信息的小对话框。 - + About &Qt 关于 &Qt - + Information about Qt Qt 相关信息 - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. 显示一个 Qt 相关信息的小对话框。 - + Check for &Updates 检测&更新 - + Check for new version of Mumble 检测 Mumble 的新版本 - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. 连接到 Mumble 主页来检测是否有新版本可用，如果有新版本可用将通知你下载。 - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. 向频道内所有用户发送文本信息。 - + &Change Comment - + Change the comment on the selected user. - + This allows you to change the comment (shown as a tooltip) of a user. Unless you've been given extra privileges on the server, you can only change your own comment. - - Certificate Wizard - - - - + Configure certificates for strong authentication - + This starts the wizard for creating, importing and exporting certificates for authentication against servers. - - Register - - - - + Register user on server - + This will permanently register the user on the server. - + Add &Friend - + Adds a user as your friend. - + This will add the user as a friend, so you can recognize him on this and other servers. - + &Remove Friend - + Removes a user from your friends. - + This will remove a user from your friends list. - + &Update Friend - + Update name of your friend. - + Your friend uses a different name than what is in your database. This will update the name. - + Registered &Users - + Edit registered users list - + This opens the editor for registered users, which allow you to change their name or unregister them. - - Change Texture - - - - + Change your overlay texture on this server - + &Access Tokens - + Add or remove text-based access tokens - - Remove Texture - - - - + Remove currently defined user texture. @@ -5745,225 +5837,235 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 向一个频道及其所有子频道发送文本消息。 - + &Minimal View &简化窗口 - + Toggle minimal window modes 启用简化窗口模式 - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. 这将启用简化窗口模式，该模式将隐藏日志窗口和菜单。 - Joined server: %1. - 加入服务器: %1. + 加入服务器: %1. - - - - the server - - - - + You were unmuted and undeafened by %1. - + You muted and deafened %1. - + You unmuted and undeafened %1. - + You undeafened %1. - + You suppressed %1. - + %1 muted and deafened by %2. - + %1 unmuted and undeafened by %2. - + %1 suppressed by %2. - + %1 moved to %2. - + %1 moved to %2 by %3. - + %1 moved in from %2 by %3. - Left server: %1. - 离开服务器: %1. + 离开服务器: %1. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 现在被静音和耳聋. - + You were denied %1 privileges in %2. - + %3 was denied %1 privileges in %2. - + Denied: Cannot modify SuperUser. - + Denied: Invalid channel name. - + Denied: Text message too long. - + Denied: Operation not permitted in temporary channel. - + You need a certificate to perform this operation. - + %1 does not have a certificate. - + Permission denied. - + + %1 connected. + + + + %1 is now muted. %1 现在被静音。 - + %1 is now unmuted. %1 现在被取消静音。 + + + %1 disconnected. + + + + + (Tree) + + + + + (Channel) + + + + + %2%1: %3 + + server 服务器 - + You were muted by %1. 你被 %1 静音。 - + You were suppressed by %1. - + You were unsuppressed by %1. - + You were unmuted by %1. 你被 %1 取消静音。 - + You muted %1. - + You unsuppressed %1. - + You unmuted %1. - + %1 muted by %2. %1 被 %2 静音。 - + %1 unsuppressed by %2. - + %1 unmuted by %2. %1 被 %2 取消静音。 - - the server - message from - - - - + Unable to find matching CELT codecs with other clients. You will not be able to talk to all users. - + You were muted and deafened by %1. You were deafened by %1. 你被 %1 耳聋。 - + You were undeafened by %1. 你被 %1 取消耳聋。 @@ -5972,32 +6074,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe %1 被 %2 耳聋。 - + %1 undeafened by %2. %1 被 %2 取消耳聋。 - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. 你被 %1 从服务器踢出: %2。 - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 被 %1 从服务器踢出: %2。 - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. 你被 %1 从服务器踢出并封禁: %2。 - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 被 %1 从服务器踢出并封禁: %2。 - + You were moved to %1 by %2. 你被从 %1 移动到 %2。 @@ -6014,17 +6116,17 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe %1 被 %2 从 %3 移入。 - + %1 entered channel. %1 进入频道。 - + Server connection rejected: %1. 服务器拒绝连接: %1。 - + Denied: %1. 拒绝: %1。 @@ -6033,22 +6135,21 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 服务器最大带宽是 %1 千比特/秒。自动调整质量。 - From %1: %2 - 发送自 %1: %2 + 发送自 %1: %2 - + Message from %1 来至 %1 的消息 - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. 你设置频道拖动为“无动作"因此频道没有被移动。 - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in UserModel::dropMimeData. @@ -6057,61 +6158,107 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 未知的频道拖动模式 PlayerModel::dropMimeData。 - + Welcome to Mumble. 欢迎来到 Mumble。 - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? 这是你第一次启动 Mumble.<br />你想用音频精灵配置声卡吗？ + Server message from - 服务器 + 服务器 - + Hide Frame 隐藏边框 - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window 在简化窗口模式下切换边框显示 - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. 该选项切换简化窗口是否有个用来移动和改变大小的边框。 + + + Send &Message + + + + + &Unlink All + + + + + &Certificate Wizard + + + + + &Register + + + + + Change &Texture + + + + + &Remove Texture + + + + + Reset &Comment + + + + + Reset the comment of the selected user. + + + + + &Join Channel + + NetworkConfig - + Network 网络 - + Form 表单 - + Connection 连接 - + Use TCP compatibility mode Use TCP compatability mode 使用 TCP 兼容模式 - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). <b>启用 TCP 兼容模式</b>。<br/>这将使 Mumble 与服务器通信时只使用 TCP。这将增加系统开销并导致丢包从而使通信时出现明显的暂停，因此只有在你不能使用默认模式时使用它（默认模式使用 UDP 来传输语音，TCP 来控制）。 @@ -6120,32 +6267,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 使用 TCP 模式 - + Reconnect when disconnected 连接断开后重新连接 - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>连接断开后重新连接</b>。<br/>这将使 Mumble 在与服务器的连接断开 10秒后自动重新连接。 - + Reconnect automatically 自动重新连接 - + Proxy 代理 - + Type 类型 - + Type of proxy to connect through 连接通过的代理类型 @@ -6155,27 +6302,27 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <b>连接通过的代理类型</b><br/>这使 Mumble 通过代理来连接到所有出外的连接。注意: 代理隧道封装会迫使 Mumble 进入 TCP 兼容模式，导致所有语音数据都通过控制信道发送。 - + Direct connection 直接连接 - + HTTP(S) proxy HTTP(S) 代理 - + SOCKS5 proxy SOCKS5 代理 - + Hostname 主机名 - + Hostname of the proxy 代理主机名 @@ -6184,153 +6331,153 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <b>代理主机名。</b><br />该字段指定你希望用来穿隧传输网络流量的代理主机名。 - + Force TCP mode - + Enable QoS to prioritize packets - + This will enable QoS, which will attempt to prioritize voice packets over other traffic. - + Use Quality of Service - + Don't send certificate to server and don't save passwords. (Not saved). - + <b>This will suppress identity information from the client.</b><p>The client will not identify itself with a certificate, even if defined, and will not cache passwords for connections. This is primarily a test-option and is not saved.</p> - + Suppress certificate and password storage - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through.</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. - + Port 端口 - + Port number of the proxy 代理端口号 - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. <b>代理服务器端口号。</b><br/>该字段指定代理服务器使用的端口号。 - + Username 用户名 - + Username for proxy authentication 用于代理认证的用户名 - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>用于代理认证的用户名。</b><br />该字段指定用于代理认证的用户名。如果代理不需要认证，或者你想要使用匿名连接，请将此字段留白。 - + Password 密码 - + Password for proxy authentication 用于代理认证的密码 - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>用于代理认证的密码。</b><br/>该字段指定用于代理认证的密码。如果代理不需要认证，或者你想要使用匿名连接，请将此字段留白。 - + Misc - + Prevent log from downloading images - + <b>Disable image download</b><br/> Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the img tag. - + Disable image download - + Mumble services Mumble 服务 - + Check for new releases of Mumble automatically. - + This will check for new releases of Mumble every time you start the program, and notify you if one is available. - + Check for application updates on startup - + Check for new releases of plugins automatically. - + This will check for new releases of plugins every time you start the program, and download them automatically. - + Download plugin updates on startup - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus its development where it is needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. @@ -6339,7 +6486,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the 启动时检测更新 - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project 递交匿名统计数据给 Mumble 项目 @@ -6348,7 +6495,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the <b>递交匿名统计数据。</b><br />Mumble 有一个小的开发团队，并需要专注于开发用户最想要的功能。通过递交匿名统计数据你将帮助开发团队确定重点开发什么。 - + Submit anonymous statistics 递交匿名统计数据 @@ -6356,8 +6503,8 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the Overlay - - + + Mumble @@ -6372,14 +6519,14 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the - 你的 DX9.0C 版本低于 2007年6月升级版 - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 - + Failed to initialize overlay memory. This usually means that the shared memory is locked by the OS, and you need to reboot to release it. @@ -6387,65 +6534,65 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the OverlayConfig - + Show no one 不显示任何人 - + Show only talking 当发言时显示 - + Show everyone 显示所有人 - - + + Color for users - - + + Color for talking users - - + + Color for whispering users - + Color for channels - + Color for active channels - + Overlay - + Form 表单 - + Options 选项 - + Enable overlay. 启用 overlay . @@ -6454,173 +6601,173 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the 设置是否启用 overlay。该设置仅当应用程序已启动时才会被检查，因此确保 Mumble 正在运行并且该选项在你启动应用程序之前已被打开。<br />请注意如果你在启动 Mumble 后启动应用程序，或者你在运行时禁用 overlay，重新启动 overlay 需要重新启动应用程序。 - + Enable Overlay 启用 Overlay - + Who to show on the overlay 在 overlay 上显示谁 - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. <b>设置在游戏中的 overlay 内显示谁。</b><br />如果许多玩家已经连接到同一个频道，overlay 列表可能会非常长。使用该选项来让列表变短。<br /><i>无人</i> - 不显示任何人（但是让 overlay 运行).<br /><i>仅当用户发言时</i> - 仅显示正在发言的人。<br /><i>所有人</i> - 显示所有人。 - + Always show yourself on overlay. 在 overlay 上总是显示自己。 - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. 设置是否总是显示自己。该选项只有当你不在 overlay 中显示所有人时才有用，你在讲话时只能看到自己的状态，你将看不到自己被禁音或耳聋。 - + Always Show Self 总是显示自己 - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. 在 overlay 上显示用户自定义纹理而不是文本。 - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. 设置是否让注册用户下载并使用自定义纹理。如果禁用该选项，常规边框文字将被使用。 - + Show User Textures 显示用户纹理 - + Position 位置 - + Let overlay grow upwards 让 overlay 往上增长 - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. Overlay 试着保持足够小并固定在你选定的位置上。该选项允许 overlay 在需要时往上增长。 - + Grow Up 往上增长 - + Y-Position of Overlay Overlay 的 Y-坐标 - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. 设置 overlay 的相对 Y 坐标。 - + Let overlay grow to the left 让 overlay 往左增长 - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. Overlay 试着保持足够小并固定在你选定的位置上。该选项允许 overlay 在需要时往左增长。 - + Grow Left 往左增长 - + Let overlay grow to the right 让 overlay 往右增长 - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. Overlay 试着保持足够小并固定在你选定的位置上。该选项允许 overlay 在需要时往右增长。 - + Grow Right 往右增长 - + Let overlay grow downwards 让 overlay 往下增长 - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. Overlay 试着保持足够小并固定在你选定的位置上。该选项允许 overlay 在需要时往下增长。 - + Grow Down 往下增长 - + X-Position of Overlay Overlay 的 X-坐标 - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. 设置 overlay 的相对 X 坐标。 - + Font 字体 - + Current Font 当前字体 - + TextLabel 文本标签 - + Set Font 设置字体 - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start Mumble after starting the application, or if you disable the overlay while the application is running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. - + Maximum height 最大高度 - + Maximum height of names. 名字的最大高度. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. 设置显示的名字的最大高度，相对于屏幕高度来说。如果你的活跃 3D 窗口是 800像素高而该值被设成 5%，每个名字会是 40像素高。注意无论你在这里设置什么值名字都不会高于 60像素. @@ -6629,11 +6776,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the 玩家颜色 - - - - - + Change 更改 @@ -6646,12 +6789,12 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the 试图发言玩家的颜色 - + Color for Channels 频道的颜色 - + Color for active Channels 活跃频道的颜色 @@ -6686,39 +6829,39 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the PluginConfig - - + + Plugins 插件 - - + + Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. 插件没有配置选项。 - + Plugin has no about function. 插件没有关于选项. - + Form 表单 - + Options 选项 - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information 启用插件并传送位置信息 @@ -6727,81 +6870,91 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the 对支持的游戏启用插件以获取你在游戏中的位置并在每个语音包中传送。这将使别的玩家能根据你在游戏中的声音来判断你在游戏中相对于他们自己的方位。 - + This allows plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit it with each voice packet. This enables other users to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. - + Link to Game and Transmit Position 链接到游戏并传送位置 - + Reloads all plugins 重载所有插件 - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. 重新扫描和重载插件。当你添加或改变一个插件目录中的插件时使用该选项。 - + &Reload plugins &重载插件 - + Information about plugin 插件相关信息 - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. 显示插件相关信息。 - + &About &关于 - + Show configuration page of plugin 显示插件配置页面 - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. 显示插件配置页面。 - + &Configure &配置 + + + Name + + + + + Enabled + + Plugins - - + + Downloaded new or updated plugin to %1. - + Failed to install new plugin to %1. - + %1 lost link. %1 的链接丢失。 - + %1 linked. %1 已链接上。 @@ -6809,7 +6962,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the PortAudioSystem - + Default Device 默认设备 @@ -6817,12 +6970,12 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input 默认输入 - + Default Output 默认输出 @@ -6830,82 +6983,77 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the RichTextEditor - + Failed to load image - + Image file too large to embed in document. Please use images smaller than %1 kB. - - TabWidget - - - - + Display - + Source Text - + &Bold - + Ctrl+B - + &Italic - + Italic - + Ctrl+I - + Underline - + Ctrl+U - + Color - + Insert Link - + Ctrl+L - + Insert Image @@ -6913,17 +7061,17 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the RichTextEditorLink - + Add Link - + URL 网址 - + Text @@ -6931,27 +7079,27 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ServerHandler - + UDP packets cannot be sent to or received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. - + UDP packets cannot be sent to the server. Switching to TCP mode. - + UDP packets cannot be received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. - + UDP packets can be sent to and received from the server. Switching back to UDP mode. - + Connection timed out @@ -6959,42 +7107,42 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ServerView - + Favorite - + LAN - + Public Internet - + Asia - + North America - + South America - + Europe - + Oceania @@ -7002,7 +7150,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned 未分配 @@ -7010,22 +7158,22 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutDelegate - + On - + Off 关闭 - + Toggle - + Unassigned 未分配 @@ -7033,7 +7181,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut 输入快捷键 @@ -7041,22 +7189,22 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutTargetDialog - + Root 根 - + Parent - + Current - + Subchannel #%1 @@ -7064,42 +7212,42 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutTargetWidget - + ... - + , - + Root 根 - + Parent - + Current - + Subchannel #%1 - + Invalid - + <Empty> @@ -7107,17 +7255,17 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutToggleWidget - + Off 关闭 - + Toggle - + On @@ -7141,17 +7289,17 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the 预览 - + Enter text - + If checked the message is recursively sent to all subchannels - + Send recursively to subchannels @@ -7159,22 +7307,22 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the Tokens - + Empty Token - + Mumble - Access Tokens - + List of access tokens on current server - + <b>This is an editable list of access tokens on the connected server.</b> <br /> An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simple access management on channels. Mumble will remember the tokens you've used and resend them to the server next time you reconnect, so you don't have to enter these every time. @@ -7182,22 +7330,22 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl - + Add a token - + &Add &添加 - + Remove a token - + &Remove &删除 @@ -7205,159 +7353,164 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl UserEdit - - + Registered Users - + + Remove 删除 + + + Rename + + UserModel - + This is a user connected to the server. The icon to the left of the user indicates whether or not they are talking: - + Talking to your channel. - + Whispering directly to your channel. - + Whispering directly to you. - + Not talking. - + This is a channel on the server. The icon indicates the state of the channel: - + Your current channel. - + A channel that is linked with your channel. Linked channels can talk to each other. - + A channel on the server that you are not linked to. - + This shows the flags the user has on the server, if any: - + On your friend list - + Authenticated user - + Muted (manually muted by self) - + Muted (manually muted by admin) - + Muted (not allowed to speak in current channel) - + Muted (muted by you, only on your machine) - + Deafened (by self) - + Deafened (by admin) - + User has a new comment set (click to show) - + User has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) - + This shows the flags the channel has, if any: - + Channel has a new comment set (click to show) - + Channel has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) - + Name - + Flags 标志 - - - + + + Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? 你确信要拖动这个频道吗？ - - + + Cannot perform this movement automatically, please reset the numeric sorting indicators or adjust it manually. @@ -7365,7 +7518,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl VersionCheck - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. Mumble 无法从 SouceForge 服务器获取版本信息。 @@ -7373,102 +7526,102 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details 认证链详细信息 - + Certificate chain 认证链 - + %1 %2 - + Certificate details 认证详细信息 - - + + Common Name: %1 通用名: %1 - - + + Organization: %1 组织: %1 - + Subunit: %1 部门: %1 - - + + Country: %1 国家: %1 - - + + Locality: %1 位置: %1 - - + + State: %1 省(市): %1 - + Valid from: %1 有效期始于: %1 - + Valid to: %1 有效期到: %1 - + Serial: %1 序列号: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 公开密钥: %1 比特 %2 - + RSA 非对称加密算法 - + DSA 数字签名算法 - + Digest (MD5): %1 - + Issued by: 发布者: - + Unit Name: %1 部门名: %1 @@ -7476,7 +7629,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl WASAPISystem - + Default Device 默认设备 diff --git a/src/mumble/mumble_zh_TW.ts b/src/mumble/mumble_zh_TW.ts index 9e386e656..1374fbc8a 100644 --- a/src/mumble/mumble_zh_TW.ts +++ b/src/mumble/mumble_zh_TW.ts @@ -8,119 +8,114 @@ Mumble - 編輯 訪問控制列表 %1 - + Deny 拒絕 - + Allow 允許 - + Allow %1 允許 %1 - + Deny %1 拒絕 %1 - + Mumble - Add channel - - + + Failed: Invalid channel - + Mumble - Edit %1 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 授予 %1 權限.如果一個權限同時被拒絕和允許，則被視為拒絕。<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 撤銷 %1 權限.如果一個權限同時被拒絕和允許，則被視為拒絕。<br />%2 - + Dialog 對話框 - - Properties - - - - + Name - + Enter the channel name here. - + <b>Name</b><br>Enter the channel name in this field. The name has to comply with the restriction imposed by the server you are connected to. - + Description - + Password 密碼 - + Enter the channel password here. - + <b>Password</b><br>This field allows you to easily set and change the password of a channel. In the background it uses Mumble's access tokens feature. To allow more fine grained and powerful access control directly use ACLs and groups instead (<i>Advanced configuration</i> has to be checked to be able to see these settings). - + Check to create a temporary channel. - + <b>Temporary</b><br> When checked the channel created will be marked as temporary. This means when the last player leaves it the channel will be automatically deleted by the server. - + Temporary - + Channel positioning facility value - + <b>Position</b><br/> This value enables you to change the way Mumble arranges the channels in the tree. A channel with a higher <i>Position</i> value will always be placed below one with a lower value and the other way around. If the <i>Position</i> value of two channels is equal they will get sorted alphabetically by their name. <b>Position</b><br/> @@ -128,23 +123,22 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre - + Position 位置 - + &Groups &群 - - + Group 群 - + List of groups 群列表 @@ -153,7 +147,7 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre 這是當前頻道內定義的所有群。要創建一個新群，請輸入群名然后按回車。 - + Remove selected group 刪除選中的群 @@ -162,14 +156,12 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre 刪除當前選中的群。如果該群有子群，它將不會被從列表中刪除，但是與該群相關的所有本地信息將被清除. - - - + Remove 刪除 - + Inherit group members from parent 從父繼承群成員 @@ -178,12 +170,12 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre 如果群在父頻道里被標記為<i>可繼承</i>,則從父繼承所有群成員。 - + Inherit 繼承 - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels 使群可被子頻道繼承 @@ -192,12 +184,12 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre 使該群可被子頻道繼承。如果該群不可被繼承，則可在子頻道內創建同名新群。 - + Inheritable 可繼承 - + Group was inherited from parent channel 繼承自父頻道的群 @@ -206,20 +198,17 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre 這表明該群繼承自父頻道。該標志僅供參考，你不能編輯該標志。 - + Inherited 繼承的 - - + Members 成員 - - - + Add 添加 @@ -228,7 +217,7 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre 添加到刪除列表 - + Add member to group 添加群成員 @@ -237,7 +226,7 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre 輸入你要添加到群里的玩家名字然后點擊添加。 - + Remove member from group 從群里刪除成員 @@ -246,102 +235,102 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre 輸入你要從群內刪除的成員然后點擊刪除。 - + &ACL &訪問控制列表 - + Active ACLs 當前訪問控制列表 - + List of entries 條目列表 - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. 顯示該頻道內所有活躍條目。繼承自父頻道的條目將以斜體顯示.<br/>訪問控制列表是自上而下處理，意味著列表越往下優先級越高。 - + Inherit ACL of parent? 繼承父訪問控制列表？ - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. 設置是否對當前對象應用父頻道的訪問控制列表。只有那些在父頻道內被標記為“應用到子頻道”的條目將被繼承。 - + Inherit ACLs 繼承訪問控制列表 - + Move entry up 上移條目 - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. 在列表中上移條目。由于條目自上而下被處理，這有可能改變用戶的有效權限.你不能將一個條目移到繼承的條目之上，如果你確實想這么做，你需要復制繼承的條目。 - + &Up &上移 - + Move entry down 下移條目 - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. 在列表中下移條目。由于條目自上而下被處理，這有可能改變用戶的有效權限。 - + &Down &下移 - + Add new entry 添加新條目 - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. 添加一個新條目，初始設置為無權限并應用到所有。 - + &Add &添加 - + Remove entry 刪除條目 - + This removes the currently selected entry. 刪除當前選中的條目。 - + &Remove &刪除 - + Context 上下文 @@ -350,22 +339,22 @@ This value enables you to change the way mumble arranges the channels in the tre 應用到該頻道的條目 - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. 應用該條目到當前頻道。 - + Applies to this channel 應用到當前頻道 - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. 應用到子頻道的條目。 - + <b>Group</b><br> These are all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. <b>Group</b><br> @@ -373,154 +362,159 @@ This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, - + Add new group - + <b>Add</b><br/> Add a new group. - + <b>Remove</b><br>This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. - + <b>Inherit</b><br>This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. - + <b>Inheritable</b><br>This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. - + <b>Inherited</b><br>This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. - + Inherited members - + Contains the list of members added to the group by this channel. - + <b>Members</b><br> This list contains all members that were added to the group by the current channel. Be aware that this does not include members inherited by higher levels of the channel tree. These can be found in the <i>Inherited members</i> list. To prevent this list to be inherited by lower level channels uncheck <i>Inheritable</i> or manually add the members to the <i>Excluded members</i> list. - + Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. - + <b>Excluded members</b><br> Contains a list of members whose group membership will not be inherited from the parent channel. - + Contains the list of members inherited by other channels. - + <b>Inherited members</b><br> Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i>Inherit</i> to prevent inheritance from higher level channels. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to add to the group and click Add. - + Type in the name of a user you wish to remove from the group and click Add. - + Exclude - + Excluded members - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. 應用該條目到當前頻道的子頻道。 - + Applies to sub-channels 應用到子頻道 - + Entry should apply to this channel. - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a '!', its membership is negated, and if it starts with a '~', it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in.<br />If a group name starts with a '#', it is interpreted as an access token. Users must have entered whatever follows the '#' in their list of access tokens to match. This can be used for very simple password access to channels for non-authenticated users.<br />If a group name starts with a '$', it will only match users whose certificate hash matches what follows the '$'.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for '<i>sub,0,0,0</i>').<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for '<i>!sub,0,0,0</i>').<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. - + Permissions 權限 - + User/Group 用戶/群 - + Group this entry applies to 應用該條目的群 - + User ID 用戶名 - + User this entry applies to 應用該條目的用戶 - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. 控制該條目應用到哪個用戶。請輸入用戶名然后按回車來向服務器做匹配查詢。 + + + &Properties + + ALSAAudioInput - + Default ALSA Card 默認 ALSA 聲卡 - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 無法打開所選 ALSA 輸入: %1 @@ -528,12 +522,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ALSAAudioOutput - + Default ALSA Card 默認 ALSA 聲卡 - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 無法打開所選 ALSA 輸出: %1 @@ -553,113 +547,113 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> %1 毫秒 -> %2 毫秒 （%3 毫秒 分辨率） %4 赫茲--不可用 - + %1 (version %2) - + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5Hz - - - - + + + + Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 ASIO初始化失敗: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver 無法初始化 ASIO 驅動 - + ASIO - + Form 表單 - + Device selection 設備選擇 - + Device 設備 - + Device to use for microphone 用作麥克風的設備 - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. 選擇要查詢的設備。你仍需要實際查詢該設備然后選擇要使用哪些聲道。 - + Query selected device 查詢所選設備 - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. 查詢所選設備的聲道。注意大多數 ASIO 驅動有極端漏洞，查詢設備可能導致應用程序或系統崩潰。 - + &Query &查詢 - + Configure selected device 配置所選設備 - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. 配置所選設備。注意大多數 ASIO 驅動有極端漏洞，查詢設備可能導致應用程序或系統崩潰。 - + &Configure &配置 - + Capabilities 設置信息 - + Driver name 驅動名稱 - + Buffer size - + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. @@ -672,7 +666,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 緩沖區大小 - + Configure input channels 配置輸入聲道 @@ -681,34 +675,32 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 配置 ASIO 的輸入聲道.請確保你選擇了至少一個聲道作為麥克風和揚聲器。<i>麥克風</i>應該是你的已連接的麥克風連，<i>揚聲器</i>應該是一個采樣<i>你聽到的聲音</i>的聲道。<br />比如在 Audigy 2 ZS 上，一個好的麥克風的選擇會是<i> Mic L </i>而揚聲器會是<i> Mix L </i>和<i> Mix R</i>. - + Channels 聲道 - + Microphone 麥克風 - - + <- - - + -> - + Unused 未使用 - + Speakers 揚聲器 @@ -716,18 +708,18 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> ASIOInput - - + + Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. 你需要選擇至少一個麥克風和一個揚聲器源來使用 ASIO.如果你只需要使用要麥克風進行采樣,請使用 DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. 無法打開所選 ASIO 設備。沒有可用輸入。 @@ -735,27 +727,27 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AboutDialog - + About Mumble 關于 Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>版權所有 %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>一個游戲玩家的語音聊天工具</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> - + &About Mumble &關于 Mumble - + &License &授權 - + OK @@ -763,12 +755,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AboutSpeexDialog - + About Speex 關于 Speex - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%1">%1</a></tt></p><p>This program uses SpeexDSP.</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering and voice activity detection.</p> @@ -777,7 +769,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <h3>關于 Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p><p>該程序使用 Speex 版本 %1</p><p>Speex 被用于回聲消除，噪音<br />過濾，語言活動檢測和語音<br />壓縮。</p> - + OK @@ -785,32 +777,32 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioInput - + Form 表單 - + Interface 接口 - + System 系統 - + Input method for audio 音頻輸入方法 - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>這是用于音頻的輸入方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - + Device 設備 @@ -827,163 +819,161 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 消除回聲 - + Transmission 傳送 - + &Transmit &傳送 - + When to transmit your speech 何時傳送你的語音 - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. <b>設置何時語音將被傳送。</b><br /><i>連續</i>一直<br /><i>有語音活動</i> 當你說話清晰時。<br /><i>按鍵通話</i> - 當你按住作為<i>快捷鍵</i>的自定義按鍵組合時。 - + DoublePush Time 兩次按鍵時間間隔 - + If you press the PTT key twice in this time it will get locked. - + <b>DoublePush Time</b><br />If you press the push-to-talk key twice during the configured interval of time it will be locked. Mumble will keep transmitting until you hit the key once more to unlock PTT again. - TextLabel - 文本標簽 + 文本標簽 - + Gets played when the PTT button is pressed - + Gets played when the PTT button is released - + Reset audio cue to default - + <b>Reset</b><br/>Reset the paths for the files to their default. - + Reset - + Browse for on audio file - - + Browse - + Browse for off audio file - + Off 關閉 - + On - + Preview the audio cues - + <b>Preview</b><br/>Plays the current <i>on</i> soundfile followed by the current <i>off</i> soundfile. - + Preview 預覽 - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. <b>啟用按鍵通話的音頻提示。</b><br />當你按下或釋放按鍵通話快捷鍵時會聽到一聲短的蜂鳴聲。 - + PTT Audio cue PTT 提示音 - + Use SNR based speech detection 使用基于 SNR 的語音偵測 - + Signal to Noise 信噪比 - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. 使用基于振幅的語音偵測。 - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. <b>設置用振幅來做語音偵測。</b><br />在此模式下，輸入信號的原始強度被用于語音偵測。 - + Amplitude 振幅 - + Voice &Hold &暫停 發言 - + How long to keep transmitting after silence 無聲后多長時間內繼續傳送 - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>設置發言暫停被感知到后多長時間內繼續傳送。</b>如果你在講話時你的語音破碎（在你的名字旁邊會顯示一個快速閃爍的語音圖標），增大這個值。<br />只有在使用檢測到語音活動時傳送時該選項才有用。 - + Silence Below 無聲 低于 @@ -992,178 +982,177 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 信號值低于這個數值時視為無聲 - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. <b>設置語音檢測的觸發值。</b><br />與音頻統計窗口一起來使用該值以手工調整語音偵測的觸發值。輸入值低于"無聲 低于“時總是會被視為無聲。值高于”語音 高于“時總是被視為語音。如果你正在講話，兩者之間的值會被視為語音，但是不會觸發一個新的偵測。 - + Speech Above 語言 高于 - + Signal values above this count as voice 信號值高于這個數值時視為語音 - + Compression 壓縮 - + &Quality &質量 - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) 壓縮質量(峰值帶寬） - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. <b>設置壓縮質量。</b><br />確定 Mumble 可用于發送音頻的帶寬大小。 - + Audio per packet 每個數據包的音頻幀數 - + How many audio frames to send per packet 每個數據包里發送多少個音頻幀 - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>選擇一個數據包里放多少個音頻幀。</b><br />增加這個數值會增加你的語音延遲，但也會減少帶寬需求。 - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). <b>顯示已用的發送帶寬峰值。</b><br />顯示從你的機器發出的峰值帶寬大小。音頻比特率是僅用于音頻數據的最大比特率(由于我們使用VBR)。位置是用于位置信息的比特率。系統開銷是我們的組幀和 IP 數據包頭(IP 和 UDP 是該系統開銷的75%)。 - + Audio Processing 音頻處理 - + Noise Suppression 噪音抑制 - + Noise suppression 噪音抑制 - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be suppressed. - + Amplification 放大率 - + Maximum amplification of input sound 輸入聲音的最大放大率 - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. <b>輸入的最大放大率。</b><br />Mumble 在壓縮前會規格化輸入音量，該選項設置音量被允許放大多少。<br />實際等級將根據你的語音模式來持續更新，但是不會高于這里指定的等級。<br />如果音頻統計的<i>麥克風響度</i>等級在 100%左右，你很有可能想把該值設為大約 2.0，但是如果像大多數人一樣，你不能達到 100%，設置一個更高的值。<br />理想狀態下，設置該值使<i>麥克風響度 * 放大率 >= 100</i>,甚至當你相當輕聲的講話時。<br /><br />注意設置該值為其最大值不會有任何副作用，但是如果你將該值設為自動調節到其最大值， Mumble 會開始拾取其他人的談話。 - + Current speech detection chance 當前語音偵測几率 - + Input device for audio - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> - + Cancel echo from speakers - + Enabling this will cancel the echo from your speakers. Mixed has low CPU impact, but only works well if your speakers are equally loud and equidistant from the microphone. Multichannel echo cancellation provides much better echo cancellation, but at a higher CPU cost. - + Disabled - + Mixed - + Multichannel - + Echo - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated 當按鍵通話激活或未激活時聽到的提示音頻 - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. <b>設置使用信噪比來進行語音偵測。</b><br /> 在此模式下，將從輸入中尋找并分析出一個近似清晰的信號，而這個信號的清晰度被用于觸發語音偵測。 - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>顯示當前語音偵測設置。</b><br />你能在設置對話框或音頻精靈里修改當前設置。 - + Idle AutoMute 空閑時自動靜音 - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. 空閑多長時間后自動靜音。 - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. 設置空閑定時器。如果定時器過期時沒有任何音頻發送到服務器，你將被靜音。 - + Signal values below this count as silence - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio 用于發送音頻的最大帶寬 @@ -1172,7 +1161,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <b>設置應用于噪音抑制的數值大小.</b><br />數值越高，穩態噪聲越會被積極的抑制。 - + Server maximum network bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Audio quality auto-adjusted to %2 kbit/s (%3ms) @@ -1180,65 +1169,66 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioInputDialog - + Continuous 連續 - + Voice Activity 語音活動 - + Push To Talk 按鍵通話 - + Audio Input 音頻輸入 - - + + %1 ms %1 毫秒 - - - + + + Off 關閉 - + %1 s %1 秒 - + %1 kb/s - + -%1 dB -%1 分貝 - - %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + + %1 kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) + %1kbit/s (Audio %2 %5, Position %4, Overhead %3) - + CELT - + Speex @@ -1247,7 +1237,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> %1 千比特/秒 （音頻 %2, 位置 %4, 系統開銷 %3） - + %1 min %1 分鐘 @@ -1255,17 +1245,17 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioOutput - + Form 表單 - + Interface 接口 - + System 系統 @@ -1278,53 +1268,52 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <b>這是用于音頻的輸入方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - + Device 設備 - + Output method for audio 音頻輸出方法 - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>這是用于音頻輸出的方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - + Output device for audio - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> - - + Positional Audio 定位音頻 - + Audio Output 音頻輸出 - + Default &Jitter Buffer 默認 &Jitter 緩沖區 - + Safety margin for jitter buffer Jitter 緩沖區的安全邊界 - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. <b>設置 Jitter 緩沖區的最小安全邊界. </b><br />所有收到的音頻都會被緩沖，而 Jitter 緩沖區不斷嘗試使該緩沖區保持能被你的網絡所允許的最小值, 從而使延遲盡可能的低。 設置使用的緩沖區大小的最小值。如果你聽到的句子的起始部分是顫音，請增加這個值。 @@ -1333,27 +1322,27 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 文本標簽 - + Volume 音量 - + Volume of incoming speech 收到的語音的音量 - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. <b>調節收到的語音的音量。</b><br />注意如果你增加此值至超過 100%，聲音會失真。 - + Output Delay 輸出延時 - + Amount of data to buffer 緩沖數據大小 @@ -1362,7 +1351,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 設置輸出緩沖區里前置緩沖的數據大小。試驗不同值然后設置成不引起快速顫音的最低值. - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. 已連接的“揚聲器”實際上是耳機. @@ -1372,42 +1361,42 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 設置聲強計算的最小距離.當別的玩家離你小于這個距離時他的語音將不會減弱. - + Factor for sound volume decrease 音量減弱因子 - + Bloom 聲音增強 - + Factor for sound volume increase 音量增強因子 - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? 當音源距離過近時音量該增強多少? - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. 選中此選項表明你沒有連接揚聲器，只有耳機。這很重要，因為揚聲器通常在你面前，而耳機直接在你左右。 - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. - + Headphones 耳機 - + Minimum Distance 最小距離 @@ -1416,12 +1405,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 距離玩家至少多遠時聲音開始減弱 - + Maximum Distance 最大距離 - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease 超過最大距離時音量將不再減弱 @@ -1430,78 +1419,78 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 設置聲強計算最大距離。當超過此距離時，別的玩家的音量將不再減弱。 - + Minimum distance to user before sound volume decreases - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other users' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other users' speech volume will not decrease any further. - + Minimum Volume 最小音量 - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? 位于最大距離時的音量大小? - + Loopback Test 回環測試 - + Delay Variance 延時方差 - + Variance in packet latency 數據包延時的方差 - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you to set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms. <b>設置回環測試時的數據包延遲方差。</b><br />大多數音頻路徑含有一定的延遲方差。該選項允許你設置回環測試模式時的方差。例如，如果你設置該值為 15毫秒，將模擬一個 20-35毫秒 ping 延遲或一個 80-95毫秒延遲的網絡。大多數國內網絡的延遲方差啊大概是5毫秒 - + Packet Loss 數據包丟失 - + Packet loss for loopback mode 回環模式的數據包丟失 - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% <b>設置回環模式時的數據包丟失。</b><br />該值即為丟包率。除非你的出外的帶寬達到峰值或者你的網絡連接有問題，該值會是 0% - + &Loopback &回環 - + Desired loopback mode 期望的回環模式 - + <b>This enables one of the loopback test modes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other users will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. @@ -1510,84 +1499,98 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> <b>該選項啟用某種回環測試模式。</b><br /><i>無</i> - 禁用回環<br /><i>本地</i> - 模擬一個本地服務器。<br /><i>服務器</i> - 請求來自服務器的回環。<br />請注意當回環模式啟用時，別的玩家不會聽到你的聲音。當應用程序退出時該選項不會被存盤。 - + Other Applications 其他應用程序 - + Volume of other applications during speech 講話時別的應用程序的音量 - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. <b>講話時減小其他應用程序的音量.</b><br />Mumble 支持收到語音時減小其他應用程序的音量。這將設置當其他的人交談時其他應用程序的相對音量。 + + + If checked Mumble also lowers the volume of other applications when you talk + + + + + Attenuate other applications while you talk + + AudioOutputDialog - + None 無 - + Local 本地 - + Server 服務器 - + Audio Output 音頻輸出 - - + + + %1 ms %1 毫秒 - - - - - - %1% - + + + + + + %1 % + + + + + + %1 m + - %1ms - %1 毫秒 + %1 毫秒 - - %1m - %1 米 + %1 米 AudioOutputSample - + Choose sound file 選擇聲音文件 - + Invalid sound file 無效聲音文件 - + The file '%1' cannot be used by Mumble. Please select a file with a compatible format and encoding. @@ -1595,34 +1598,33 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioStats - - >1000ms - >1000毫秒 + + >1000 ms + >1000ms + >1000毫秒 - + Audio Statistics 音頻統計 - + Input Levels 輸入級別 - + Peak microphone level 麥克風級別峰值 - - - + Peak power in last frame 最后幀的峰值功率 - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. @@ -1631,103 +1633,103 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 文本標簽 - + Peak speaker level 揚聲器級別峰值 - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) of the speakers. Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. - + Peak clean level 靜輸入級別峰值 - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. - + Signal Analysis 信號分析 - + Microphone power 麥克風功率 - + How close the current input level is to ideal 當前輸入級別離完美有多近 - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio 信噪比 - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone 麥克風的信噪音比 - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. - + Speech Probability 語音的概率 - + Probability of speech 語音的概率 - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). - + Configuration feedback 配置反饋 - + Current audio bitrate 當前音頻比特率 - + Bitrate of last frame 最后幀的比特率 - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. - + DoublePush interval 兩次按鍵時間間隔 - + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses @@ -1736,47 +1738,47 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 最后兩次按下按鍵通話鍵的時間間隔 - + Speech Detection 語音偵測 - + Current speech detection chance 當前語音偵測几率 - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>顯示當前語音偵測設置。</b><br />你能在設置對話框或音頻精靈里修改當前設置。 - + Signal and noise power spectrum 信號和噪音功率頻譜 - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate 輸入信號和噪音估計的功率頻譜 - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. - + Echo Analysis 回聲分析 - + Weights of the echo canceller 回聲抵消器的影響 - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. @@ -1784,17 +1786,17 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard 音頻調節精靈 - + Introduction 介紹 - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard 歡迎使用 Mumble 音頻精靈 @@ -1807,12 +1809,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 請注意當音頻精靈活躍時，音頻將被在本地環回以允許你聽到它，沒有音頻會被發送到服務器。 - + Finished 完成 - + Enjoy using Mumble Mumble 祝你使用愉快 @@ -1821,12 +1823,12 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 恭喜。現在你可以准備好享受 Mumble 帶給你的丰富聲音體驗. - + Device selection 設備選擇 - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. 選擇 Mumble 用來輸入和輸出的設備. @@ -1835,49 +1837,47 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 輸入設備 - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. 這是你的麥克風連接到的設備。 - - + System 系統 - + Input method for audio 音頻輸入方法 - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>這是用于音頻的輸入方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - - + Device 設備 - + Input device to use 使用的輸入設備 - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> <b>選擇哪個聲卡用于音頻輸入。</b> - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers - + Use echo cancellation 使用回聲消除 @@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 消除來自耳機或揚聲器的回聲. - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. 啟用送出音頻的回聲消除，這在揚聲器和耳機上都有幫助。 @@ -1895,43 +1895,43 @@ Contains the list of members inherited by the current channel. Uncheck <i> 輸出設備 - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. 這是你的揚聲器或耳機連接到的設備. - + Output method for audio 音頻輸出方法 - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>這是用于音頻輸出的方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - + Output device to use 使用的輸出設備 - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> <b>選擇哪個聲卡用于音頻輸出。</b> - + Enable positional audio 啟用定位音頻 - + Allows positioning of sound Allows positioning of sound. 允許聲音定位. - + <p> This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. </p> @@ -1941,22 +1941,22 @@ Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped loca - + Input Device - + Output Device - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. 這允許 Mumble 使用定位音頻來放置語音。 - + <p> To keep latency to an absolute minimum, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. </p> @@ -1967,17 +1967,17 @@ You should hear a voice sample. Change the slider below to the lowest value whic - + Amount of data to buffer 緩沖數據大小 - + This sets the amount of data to pre-buffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. - + <p> Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. </p> @@ -1988,17 +1988,17 @@ Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sou - + Positional Audio 定位音頻 - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. 調節定位音頻的衰減量. - + <p> Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other users relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other user is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. </p> @@ -2009,12 +2009,12 @@ The graph below shows the position of <font color="red">you</ - + Use headphones instead of speakers - + <p> Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. </p> @@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus 下圖中顯示<font color="red">你</font>的位置，<font color="yellow">揚聲器</font>和一個<font color="green">移動的聲源</font>。你應該聽到音頻在聲道間切換. - + Use headphones 使用耳機 @@ -2042,17 +2042,17 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus 使用耳機而不是揚聲器. - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. 這將忽略操作系統的揚聲器配置并為耳機配置音頻定位. - + Volume tuning 音量調節 - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. 調節麥克風硬件音量到最佳設置。 @@ -2065,37 +2065,37 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus 請大聲講話，就像你在憤怒或興奮時那樣。減小你的聲音控制面板里的音量直到下面的進度條在你講話時盡可能的停留在藍區和綠區，而<b>不是</b>紅區里. - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. 現在輕聲講話，就像你在深夜時不想打擾任何人一樣。調節下面的滑塊直到下面的進度條在你講話時進入綠區，而在你沉默時停留在藍區。 - + Voice Activity Detection 語言活動檢測 - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. 讓 Mumble 分辨出你是在講話還是在沉默. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. 這將幫助 Mumble 知道你是在講話。第一步是選擇用哪個數據值。 - + Raw amplitude from input 輸入的原始振幅 - + Signal-To-Noise ratio 信噪比 - + Next you need to adjust the following slider. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). 下一步你需要調節下面兩個滑塊。你最初講几句話時進度條應該停留在綠區（確定是講話）。當你講話時，進度條應該停留在黃區（可能是講話）﹔當你沒講話時，進度條應該停留在紅區(明確沒在講話）. @@ -2105,12 +2105,12 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus 最后，你需要調節寬限時間.在寬限時間內 Mumble 能夠偵測到你沒在講話并繼續傳送，然后斷開連接。這允許你在講話時喘息。 - + Device tuning 設備調節 - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. 修改硬件輸出延時到它們的最小值。 @@ -2135,9 +2135,8 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus 如果你將麥克風放到能捕捉揚聲器或耳機聲音的地方, Mumble 將計算你的系統中的總的音頻路徑延時;這個延時是自一個聲音樣本被放到輸出緩沖區后直到它在匹配的輸入緩沖區里被找到的時間間隔. - %1ms - %1毫秒 + %1毫秒 Audio path is %1ms long. @@ -2156,70 +2155,135 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus Mumble 正處于開發階段，開發團隊致力于開發能使大多數用戶受益的功能。Mumble 支持匿名遞交你的配置統計信息給開發人員。這些統計信息對于將來的開發非常重要，并確保你使用的功能不會被棄用。 - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project 遞交匿名統計給 Mumble 項目組 - + Push To Talk: 按鍵通話: + + + Quality & Notifications + + + + + Adjust quality and notification settings. + + + + + Quality settings + + + + + Low + + + + + In this configuration Mumble will use a <b>low amount of bandwidth</b>. This will inevitable result in high latency and poor quality. Choose this only if your connection cannot handle the other settings. (Speex 16kbit/s, 60ms per packet) + + + + + Balanced + + + + + This is the <b>recommended default</b> configuration. It provides a good balance between quality, latency and bandwidth usage. (CELT 40kbit/s, 20ms per packet) + + + + + Ultra + + + + + This configuration is only recommended for use in setups where bandwidth is not an issue like a LAN. It provides the lowest latency supported by Mumble and <b>high quality</b>. (CELT 72kbit/s, 10ms per packet) + + + + + Notification settings + + + + + Use Text-To-Speech to read notifications and messages to you. + + + + + Disable Text-To-Speech and use sounds instead. + + + + + %1 ms + + BanEditor - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - 編輯黑名單 - + &Address &地址 - + &Mask &子網掩碼 - + Reason - + Start - + End - + User - + Hash - + &Add &添加 - + &Update &更新 - + &Remove &刪除 @@ -2227,27 +2291,27 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus CertView - + Name - + Email - + Issuer - + (none) - + Self-signed @@ -2255,67 +2319,67 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus CertWizard - + Resolving domain %1. - + Unable to validate email.<br />Enter a valid (or blank) email to continue. - + There was an error generating your certificate.<br />Please try again. - + Your certificate and key could not be exported to PKCS#12 format. There might be an error in your certificate. - + The file could not be opened for writing. Please use another file. - + The file could not be written successfully. Please use another file. - + The file could not be opened for reading. Please use another file. - + The file is empty or could not be read. Please use another file. - + The file did not contain a valid certificate and key. Please use another file. - + Select file to export certificate to - + Select file to import certificate from - + Unable to resolve domain. - + Mumble User @@ -2323,174 +2387,168 @@ Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus Certificates - + Certificate Management - + Certificate Authentication - + Authenticating to servers without using passwords - + <p>Mumble can use certificates to authenticate with servers. Using certificates avoids passwords, meaning you don't need to disclose any password to the remote site. It also enables very easy user registration.</p><p>While Mumble can work without certificates, the majority of servers will expect you to have one.</p> - - - + Current certificate - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. - - + Current Certificate - - + Create a new certificate - + This will create a new certificate. - + Import certificate from file - + This will import a certificate from file. - + Import a certificate - - + Export Certificate - + This will export a certificate to file. - + Export current certificate - + Import Certificate - + PKCS #12 Certificate import - + <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> <p>Mumble can import certificates stored in PKCS #12 format. This is the format used when exporting a key from Mumble, and also when exporting keys from FireFox, Internet Explorer, Opera etc.</p><p>If the file is password protected, you will need the password to import the certificate.</p> - + Import from - + Filename to import from - + This is the filename you wish to import a certificate from. - + Select file to import from - + This opens a file selection dialog to choose a file to import a certificate from. - + Open... - + Password 密碼 - + Password for PKCS#12 file - + This is the password for the PKCS#12 file containing your certificate. - + Certificate to import - + This is the certificate you are importing. - - + Certificate Details - + Replace Certificate - + Replace existing certificate with new certificate? - + <p>You already have a certificate stored in Mumble, and you are about to replace it.</p> <p>If you are upgrading to a certificate issued to you by a trusted CA and the email addresses match your current certificate, this is completely safe, and servers you connect to will automatically recognize the strong certificate for your email address. </p> @@ -2503,137 +2561,141 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be replaced. - + New certificate - + This is the new certificate that will replace the old one. - - + New Certificate - + Make a backup of your certificate - + <p>If you ever lose your current certificate, which will happen if your computer suffers a hardware failure or you reinstall your machine, you will no longer be able to authenticate to any server you are registered on. It is therefore <b>mandatory</b> that you make a backup of your certificate. We strongly recommend you store this backup on removable storage, such as an USB memory stick.</p> <p>Note that this file will not be encrypted, and if anyone gains access to it, they will be able to impersonate you, so take good care of it.</p> - + Export to - + Filename to export to - + This is the filename you wish to export a certificate to. - + Save As... - + This is the certificate Mumble currently uses. It will be exported. - + Generate a new certificate for strong authentication - + <p>Mumble will now generate a strong certificate for authentication to servers.</p><p>If you wish, you may provide some additional information to be stored in the certificate, which will be presented to servers when you connect. If you provide a valid email address, you can upgrade to a CA issued email certificate later on, which provides strong identification.</p> - + Name - + Email - + Your email address (e.g. johndoe@mumble.info) - + This is your email address. It is strongly recommended to provide a valid email address, as this will allow you to upgrade to a strong certificate without authentication problems. - + Your name (e.g. John Doe) - + This is your name, and will be filled out in the certificate. This field is entirely optional. - + Finish - + Certificate-based authentication is ready for use - + Enjoy using Mumble with strong authentication. + + + Automatic certificate creation + + ChanACL - + None 無 - + Traverse 遍歷 - + Enter 進入 - + Speak 發言 @@ -2642,7 +2704,7 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? 試圖發言 - + Mute/Deafen 禁音/耳聾 @@ -2651,137 +2713,137 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? 移動/踢出 - + Make channel 創建頻道 - + Make temporary - + Link channel 鏈接頻道 - + This represents no privileges. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. - + This represents the permission to whisper to this channel from the outside. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with the Whisper key held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other users. Once muted, a user will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged user or reconnects to the server. - + This represents the permission to move a user to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the user, either the moving user must have Move privileges in the destination channel, or the user must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Users with this privilege can move users into channels the target user normally wouldn't have permission to enter. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. - + This represents the permission to make a temporary subchannel. The user making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Temporary channels are not stored and disappear when the last user leaves. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Users in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking user has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. - + This represents the permission to write text messages to other users in this channel. - + This represents the permission to forcibly remove users from the server. - + This represents the permission to permanently remove users from the server. - + This represents the permission to register and unregister users on the server. - + This represents the permission to register oneself on the server. - + Whisper - + Move 移動 - + Text message - + Kick - + Ban - + Register User - + Register Self - + Write ACL 創建訪問控制列表 @@ -2789,7 +2851,12 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ChatbarLineEdit - + + Paste and send + + + + Type chat message here @@ -2824,37 +2891,37 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ClientUser - + Friend - + Authenticated 已認証 - + Muted (server) 靜音(服務器) - + Deafened (server) 耳聾(服務器) - + Local Mute 本地靜音 - + Muted (self) 靜音(自己） - + Deafened (self) 耳聾(自己) @@ -2862,62 +2929,62 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ConfigDialog - - + + Accept changes 確定 - - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. 該按鈕將接受當前設置并返回到應用程序。<br/>當你退出應用程序時這些設置將被存盤。 - - + + Reject changes 取消 - - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. 該按鈕將拒絕所有修改并返回到應用程序。<br/>這些設置將被重置到先前的設定。 - - + + Apply changes 應用 - - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. 該按鈕將立即應用所有修改. - - + + Undo changes for current page 撤銷 - - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. 該按鈕將復原對當前頁的任意修改到最近使用的設置。 - - + + Restore defaults for current page 恢復默認值 - - + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. @@ -2926,13 +2993,13 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? 該按鈕將恢復當前頁設置到默認值。其他頁面的設置將不被修改。<b r/>為了恢復其他頁面上的設置到默認值，你需要在每個頁面上都使用該按鈕。 - + Mumble Configuration Mumble 配置 - - + + Advanced @@ -2944,13 +3011,13 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? ConnectDialog - + Connecting to %1 正在連接到 %1 - - + + Enter username 輸入用戶名 @@ -2959,106 +3026,95 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? 未知 - + Adding host %1 - - + + Servername - + Hostname 主機名 - + Bonjour name - + Port 端口 - + Addresses - + Website - + Packet loss - + Ping (80%) - - + + %1 ms %1 毫秒 - + Ping (95%) - + Bandwidth - + %1 kbit/s - - + + &Filters + + + + + Users - + Version - - Connect - - - - - - Add New... - - - - - Filters - - - - + Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list 無法獲取服務器列表 @@ -3079,87 +3135,57 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? 更新 - + Mumble Server Connect Mumble 服務器連接 - + Ping - + Remove from Favorites - - Edit... - - - - + Add custom server - - Add to Favorites - - - - - Open Webpage - - - - - Show Reachable - - - - + Show all servers that respond to ping - - Show Populated - - - - + Show all servers with users - - Show All - - - - + Show all servers - + &Copy - + Copy favorite link to clipboard - + &Paste - + Paste favorite from clipboard @@ -3188,8 +3214,9 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &密碼 + &Connect - &連接 + &連接 &Cancel @@ -3231,43 +3258,79 @@ Are you sure you wish to replace your certificate? &View Webpage &查看主頁 + + + &Edit... + + + + + + &Add New... + + + + + Add to &Favorites + + + + + Open &Webpage + + + + + Show &Reachable + + + + + Show &Populated + + + + + Show &All + + ConnectDialogEdit - + Edit Server - + &Servername - + Name of the server - + <b>Name</b><br/> Name of the server. This is what the server will be named like in your serverlist and can be chosen freely. - + A&ddress &地址 - + Internet address of the server. Internet address of the server. - + <b>Address</b><br/> Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an IPv4/IPv6 address or a Bonjour service identifier. Bonjour service identifiers have to be prefixed with a '@' to be recognized by Mumble. <b>Address</b></br> @@ -3275,33 +3338,33 @@ Internet address of the server. This can be a normal hostname, an ipv4/6 address - + &Port &端口 - + Port on which the server is listening - + <b>Port</b><br/> Port on which the server is listening. If the server is identified by a Bonjour service identifier this field will be ignored. - + &Username &用戶名 - + Username to send to the server - + <b>Username</b><br/> Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions on how a username might look like. Also your username could already be taken by another user. @@ -3310,7 +3373,7 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions CoreAudioSystem - + Default Device 默認設備 @@ -3318,68 +3381,68 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions CrashReporter - + Mumble Crash Report - + <p><b>We're terribly sorry, but it seems Mumble has crashed. Do you want to send a crash report to the Mumble developers?</b></p><p>The crash report contains a partial copy of Mumble's memory at the time it crashed, and will help the developers fix the problem.</p> - + Email address (optional) - + Please briefly describe what you were doing at the time of the crash - + Send Report - + Don't send report - + Crash upload successful - + Thank you for helping make Mumble better! - - + + Crash upload failed - + We're really sorry, but it appears the crash upload has failed with error %1 %2. Please inform a developer. - + This really isn't funny, but apparently there's a bug in the crash reporting code, and we've failed to upload the report. You may inform a developer about error %1 - + Uploading crash report - + Abort upload @@ -3387,22 +3450,22 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions DXAudioInput - + Default DirectSound Voice Input 默認 DirectSound 語音輸入 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. 不能打開所選 DirectSound 輸入設備。不能捕捉麥克風。 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. 不能打開所選 DirectSound 輸入。將使用默認設備。 - + Lost DirectSound input device. 丟失 DirectSound 輸入設備。 @@ -3410,22 +3473,22 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions DXAudioOutput - + Default DirectSound Voice Output 默認 DirectSound 語音輸出 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. 不能打開所選 DirectSound 輸出。將使用默認設備。 - + Lost DirectSound output device. 丟失 DirectSound 輸出設備。 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. 不能打開所選 DirectSound 輸出。將聽不到音頻。 @@ -3433,19 +3496,19 @@ Username to send to the server. Be aware that the server can impose restrictions Database - - + + Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Mumble 無法在任何可能的位置里初始化數據庫. - + The database '%1' is read-only. Mumble can not store server settings (ie. SSL certificates) until you fix this problem. @@ -3453,62 +3516,62 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts 快捷鍵 - + List of configured shortcuts 配置好的快捷鍵列表 - + Function 功能 - + Data - + Shortcut 快捷鍵 - + Suppress 禁止 - + Add new shortcut 添加新快捷鍵 - + This will add a new global shortcut 這將添加一個新的全局快捷鍵 - + &Add &添加 - + Remove selected shortcut 移除所選快捷鍵 - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. 這將永久性的刪除所選快捷鍵。 - + &Remove &刪除 @@ -3516,27 +3579,28 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts 快捷鍵 - + Shortcut button combination. 快捷鍵按鈕組合. - - <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. - <b>這是全局快捷鍵組合。</b><br />雙擊該區域然后綁定想要的按鍵/按鈕組合。 + + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Click this field and then press the desired key/button combo to rebind. Double-click to clear. + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. + <b>這是全局快捷鍵組合。</b><br />雙擊該區域然后綁定想要的按鍵/按鈕組合。 - + Suppress keys from other applications 禁止其他應用程序使用的按鍵 - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. <b>向其他應用程序隱藏這些按鍵。</b><br/>允許該選項將向其他應用程序隱藏指定按鍵（或者組合按鍵的最后一個按鍵）。注意并不是所有按鍵都能被禁用。 @@ -3544,7 +3608,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. Mumble 檢測到當它位于后台時它不能接收到全局快捷鍵事件。<br /><br />這是因為被稱為‘允許輔助設備的使用’的輔助使用功能當前被禁用。<br /><br />請<a href=" ">啟用該選項</a>然后繼續。 @@ -3552,82 +3616,82 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutTarget - + Whisper Target - + Whisper to list of Users - + Channel Target - + Restrict to Group - + If specified, only members of this group will receive the whisper. - + If checked the whisper will also be transmitted to linked channels. - + Whisper to Linked channels - + If checked this whisper will also be sent to the subchannels of the channel target. - + Whisper to subchannels - + List of users - + Add 添加 - + Remove 刪除 - + Whisper to Channel - + Modifiers - + Do not send positional audio information when using this whisper shortcut. - + Ignore positional audio @@ -3635,7 +3699,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 鼠標 %1 @@ -3643,7 +3707,7 @@ of the possible locations. LCD - + Not connected 未連接 @@ -3659,27 +3723,27 @@ of the possible locations. 字符 - + Enable this device 啟用該設備 - + LCD - + Form 表單 - + Devices 設備 - + Name 名稱 @@ -3688,7 +3752,7 @@ of the possible locations. 類型 - + <p>This is the list of available LCD devices on your system. It lists devices by name, but also includes the size of the display. Mumble supports outputting to several LCD devices at a time.</p> <h3>Size:</h3> <p> @@ -3698,34 +3762,34 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe - + Size 大小 - + Enabled 已啟用 - + Views 視圖 - + Minimum Column Width 最小列寬 - + <p>This option decides the minimum width a column in the User View.</p> <p>If too many people are speaking at once, the User View will split itself into columns. You can use this option to pick a compromise between number of users shown on the LCD, and width of user names.</p> - + This setting decides the width of column splitter. @@ -3734,7 +3798,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 文本標簽 - + Splitter Width 分割線寬度 @@ -3742,32 +3806,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe Log - + Debug 調試 - + Critical 緊急 - + Warning 警告 - + Information 信息 - + Server Connected 服務器已連接 - + Server Disconnected 服務器已斷開連接 @@ -3788,12 +3852,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 玩家被踢出 - + You self-muted/deafened 你自我靜音/耳聾 - + Other self-muted/deafened 其他人自我靜音/耳聾 @@ -3818,12 +3882,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 玩家離開頻道 - + Permission Denied 沒有權限 - + Text Message 文本消息 @@ -3832,57 +3896,62 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 腳本錯誤 - + User Joined Server - + User Left Server - + User kicked (you or by you) - + User kicked - + User muted (you) - + User muted (by you) - + User muted (other) - + User Joined Channel - + User Left Channel - + + the server + + + + [[ Text object too large to display ]] - + [Date changed to %1] @@ -3891,42 +3960,42 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events 為 %1 事件啟用控制台 - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events 為 %1 事件啟用彈出窗口通知 - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events 為%1事件啟用文本語音轉換 - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events 點擊這里為 %1 事件啟用聲音通知 - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. 點擊這里為 %1 事件啟用控制台輸出。<br />如果選中，該選項使 Mumble 輸出所有 %1 事件到它的消息日志中。 - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. - + Path to sound file used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Double-click to change<br />Ensure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. @@ -3935,13 +4004,13 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 點擊這里為 %1 事件啟用文本語音轉換.<br />如果選中， Mumble 會使用文本語音轉化將 %1 事件大聲的讀出來給你聽。當聲音文件無效時，文本語音轉換也能讀取事件內容。文本語音轉化和聲音文件不能同時使用。 - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for sound files. Text-To-Speech and sound files cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. 點擊這里為 %1 事件啟用聲音通知。<br />如果選中， Mumble 會使用一個你預先定義的聲音文件來標示 %1 事件。聲音文件和文本語音轉換不能同時被使用。 - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a sound file predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Sound files and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. 在 %1 事件發生時用于聲音通知的聲音文件的路徑。<br />單擊播放<br />雙擊更換<br />請確認這些事件的聲音通知被啟用，否則這個字段將沒有任何效果。 @@ -3959,92 +4028,92 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 文件 ‘%1’ 不存在或者不是一個有效的語音編碼文件。 - + Messages 消息 - + Message 消息 - + Console 控制台 - + Notification 通知 - + Text-To-Speech 文本語音轉換 - + Soundfile 聲音文件 - + Path 路徑 - + Text To Speech 文本語音轉換 - + Volume 音量 - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine 文本語音轉換引擎的音量 - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>這是用于語音合成的音量。</b> - + Length threshold 長度閾值 - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine 用于文本語音轉換的消息長度閾值 - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. <b>這是用于文本語音轉換引擎的消息長度閾值。</b><br />消息長于此值時將不會被全部讀出來。 - + Characters 字符 - + Whisper - + If checked you will only hear whispers from users you added to your friend list. - + Only accept whispers from friends @@ -4052,13 +4121,13 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe LookConfig - - + + System default 系統默認 - + None 無 @@ -4067,195 +4136,194 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 僅當有玩家時 - + Only with users - + All 所有 - + Ask 詢問 - + Do Nothing 無動作 - + Move 移動 - + User Interface 用戶界面 - + Choose skin file 選擇皮膚文件 - + Form 表單 - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with users</i> will expand and collapse channels as users join and leave them. - + List users above subchannels (requires restart). - + <b>If set, users will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. - + Users above Channels - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.</b> - + Check to show chat bar - + <b>If checked the chat bar is shown.</b><br />Uncheck this to hide it. <b>If checked the chat bar is shown</b><br />Uncheck to hide it - + Show chatbar - + Show number of users in each channel - + Show channel user count - - + Language 語言 - + Language to use (requires restart) 使用的語言（需要重啟） - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. <b>設置 Mumble 使用哪種語言。</b><br />你需要重啟 Mumble 來使用新語言。 - + Look and Feel 外觀 - + Layout - + Classic - + Stacked - + Hybrid - + Custom - + This changes the behavior when moving channels. - + This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. This sets the behavior of channel drags; it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. - + Style 風格 - + Basic widget style 基本窗口風格 - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> <b>設置使用基本外觀。</b> - + Skin 皮膚 - + Skin file to use 使用的皮膚文件 - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. <b>設置 Mumble 應該使用哪個皮膚文件。</b><br/>皮膚是一個應用在基本窗口風格上的風格文件。如果在與風格相同的目錄里有圖標，目錄中的圖標將替換默認圖標。 - + ... - + Expand 展開 - + When to automatically expand channels 什么時候自動展開頻道 @@ -4276,7 +4344,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 玩家位于頻道之上 - + Channel Dragging 頻道拖動 @@ -4289,7 +4357,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 設置頻道拖動時的行為，能被用來防止意外的拖動。<i>移動頻道</i>將在移動頻道時不做提示.<i>無動作</i>將在試圖移動頻道時顯示一個出錯信息。<i>詢問</i>使用一個消息框來確認你是真的想移動一個頻道。 - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. 詢問退出 Mumble 時是關閉還是最小化。 @@ -4298,32 +4366,30 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <b>如果選中，當你連接到服務器時將驗証你是否想退出.</b> - + Ask on quit while connected 當你連接到服務器時詢問是否退出 - Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. - 使 Mumble 窗口位于其他窗口之上. + 使 Mumble 窗口位于其他窗口之上. - <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> - <b>這將使 Mumble 窗口成為最上面的窗口。</b> + <b>這將使 Mumble 窗口成為最上面的窗口。</b> - + Always On Top 總在最上 - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> <b>如果選中，最小化 Mumble 主窗口時將使得它被隱藏到系統托盤。否則，它將會像通常一樣被最小化。</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized 最小化時隱藏到系統托盤 @@ -4340,39 +4406,79 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 專家配置選項 - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. 當最小化時，隱藏 Mumble 主窗口到系統托盤。 + + + This setting controls when the application will be always on top. + + + + + This setting controls in which situations the application will stay always on top. If you select <i>Never</i> the application will not stay on top. <i>Always</i> will always keep the application on top. <i>In minimal view</i> / <i>In normal mode</i> will only keep the application always on top when minimal view is activated / deactivated. + + + + + Never + + + + + Always + + + + + In minimal view + + + + + In normal view + + + + + Displays talking status in system tray + + + + + Show talking status in tray icon + + MainWindow - - + + Root 根 - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut 按鍵通話 - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut 按住該按鈕來發送語音。 - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut 配置按鍵發音按鍵，只要你按住該按鍵，語音將被傳送。 - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut 重置音頻處理器 @@ -4408,7 +4514,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 該選項切換自我耳聾狀態。如果打開此選項，將同時啟用自我禁音。 - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut 卸載插件 @@ -4434,25 +4540,25 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 所有子頻道 - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut 按鍵禁音 - + Join Channel Global Shortcut 加入頻道 - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut 切換 Overlay - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut 切換游戲中的 overlay 狀態。 @@ -4468,303 +4574,313 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 交替按鍵通話 - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut 切換最小化 - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut 增大音量（+10%） - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut 減小音量（-10%） - - - - - + + + + + + Mumble - - + + Mumble -- %1 - + &Window &窗口 - - + + Minimize 最小化 - + Ctrl+M - + Close 關閉 - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? Mumble 現在連接到了一個服務器。你想要關閉還是最小化它？ - + Mute Self Global Shortcut - + Set self-mute status. Global Shortcut - + This will set or toggle your muted status. If you turn this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut - + Deafen Self Global Shortcut - + Set self-deafen status. Global Shortcut - + This will set or toggle your deafened status. If you turn this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut - + This will switch the states of the in-game overlay between showing everybody, just the users who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut - + Whisper - - + + Not connected 未連接 - + Clear 清除 - + Opening URL %1 打開網址 %1 - + File does not exist - + File is not a configuration file. - + Settings merged from file. - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' 'Mumble' 不支持的網址方案 - + This version of Mumble can't handle URLs for Mumble version %1.%2.%3 - + Connecting to %1 正在連接到 %1 - + Enter username 輸入用戶名 - - + + Connecting to server %1. - + Reconnecting. 正在重新連接中。 - + <h2>Version</h2><p>Protocol %1.%2.%3.</p> - + <p>No build information or OS version available.</p> - + <p>%1 (%2)<br />%3</p> - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 deviation)</p> - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s</p> - + Register yourself as %1 - + <p>You are about to register yourself on this server. This action cannot be undone, and your username cannot be changed once this is done. You will forever be known as '%1' on this server.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register yourself?</p> - + Register user %1 - + <p>You are about to register %1 on the server. This action cannot be undone, the username cannot be changed, and as a registered user, %1 will have access to the server even if you change the server password.</p><p>From this point on, %1 will be authenticated with the certificate currently in use.</p><p>Are you sure you want to register %1?</p> - + Kicking user %1 - + Banning user %1 - + Change comment on user %1 - - - To channel %1: %2 + + Are you sure you want to reset the comment of user %1? - - + + Message to channel %1 - + + (Tree) %1: %2 + + + + + %1: %2 + + + + Connected. - + SSL Version mismatch - + This server is using an older encryption standard. It might be an older 1.1 based Mumble server.<br />Would you like to launch the compatibility client to connect to it? - + The compatibility client could not be found, or failed to start.<br />Note that the compatibility client is an optional component for most installations, and might not be installed. - + Type message to channel '%1' here - + Type message to user '%1' here - + Choose image file - + Images (*.png *.jpg) - - + + Failed to load image - + Could not open file for reading. - + Image format not recognized. @@ -4773,7 +4889,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <h2>控制信道</h2><p>使用 %1 比特 %2 加密<br />平均延遲 %3 毫秒（%4 方差）</p> - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. 語音頻道通過控制信道發送。 @@ -4782,37 +4898,37 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <h2>語音頻道</h2><p>使用 128 比特 OCB-AES128 加密<br/>%1 毫秒延遲（%4 方差）</p> - + UDP Statistics UDP 統計 - + To Server 到服務器 - + From Server 來至服務器 - + Good 良好 - + Late 遲到 - + Lost 丟失 - + Resync 重新同步 @@ -4821,13 +4937,13 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <h2>音頻帶寬</h2><p>最大 %1千比特/秒<br />當前 %2 千比特/秒 （質量 %3）</p> - + Mumble Server Information Mumble 服務器信息 - - + + &View Certificate &查看認証 @@ -4836,8 +4952,8 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 踢出玩家 %1 - - + + Enter reason 輸入原因 @@ -4846,19 +4962,20 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 封禁玩家 %1 - + Sending message to %1 發送消息給 %1 - - + + + To %1: %2 發送給 %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 發送消息給 %1 @@ -4867,7 +4984,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 頻道名 - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? 你確信要刪除 %1和它的子頻道嗎？ @@ -4876,7 +4993,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 改變頻道 %1的描敘 - + Sending message to channel %1 發送消息給頻道 %1 @@ -4885,47 +5002,46 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 發送消息給頻道樹 %1 - To tree %1: %2 - 發送給樹 %1: %2 + 發送給樹 %1: %2 - + Message to tree %1 發送消息給樹 %1 - + Unmuted and undeafened. 解除靜音并解除耳聾。 - + Unmuted. 解除靜音。 - + Muted. 靜音。 - + Muted and deafened. 禁音和耳聾. - + Deafened. 耳聾. - + Undeafened. 解除耳聾。 - + About Qt 關于 Qt @@ -4938,72 +5054,72 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 已連接到服務器 %1. - + SSL Verification failed: %1 SSL 認証失敗: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. <b>警告:</b>服務器提供的認証與保存的認証不同。 - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. 服務器提供的認証認証失敗。 - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> <p>%1.<br /> 認証中的錯誤是：</p><ol>%2</ol><p>你希望接受認証嗎？<br />（認証將被保存從而你不會被再次索要認証。）</p> - + Failed to launch compatibility client - + Server connection failed: %1. 連接服務器失敗: %1. - + Disconnected from server. 與服務器斷開連接. - + Invalid username 無效用戶名 - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. 你使用一個無效的用戶名連接，請嘗試別外一個。 - + That username is already in use, please try another username. 用戶名已經被使用，請使用另外一個用戶名。 - + Wrong password 密碼錯誤 - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. 注冊用戶密碼錯誤，請重試。 - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. 未注冊用戶的服務器密碼錯誤，請重試。 - + &Server &服務器 @@ -5012,62 +5128,62 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe &玩家 - + &Channel &頻道 - + &Audio &音頻 - + C&onfigure &配置 - + &Help &幫助 - + Log 日志 - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. 這里顯示所有最近的活動。正在連接到服務器，錯誤和通知消息都將在這里顯示。<br />要准確配置什么消息將被顯示在這里，請從菜單中使用<b>設置</b>命令。 - + &Quit Mumble &退出 Mumble - + Closes the program 關閉程序 - + Exits the application. 退出應用程序。 - + Ctrl+Q - + &Connect &連接 - + Open the server connection dialog 打開服務器連接對話框 @@ -5076,52 +5192,52 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 顯示一個已注冊服務器的對話框，并允許快速連接。 - + &Disconnect &斷開 - + Disconnect from server 從服務器斷開連接 - + Disconnects you from the server. 使你從服務器斷開連接。 - + &Ban lists &黑名單 - + Edit ban lists on server 編輯服務器上的黑名單 - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. 這讓你編輯服務器端的網址黑名單。 - + &Information &信息 - + Show information about the server connection 顯示服務器連接信息 - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. 顯示服務器連接的擴展信息. - + &Kick &踢出 @@ -5134,7 +5250,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 從服務器踢出所選玩家。你將被要求指定一個原因。 - + &Mute &靜音 @@ -5147,7 +5263,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 在服務器上對玩家靜音或取消靜音。取消靜音一個耳聾的玩家將同時對他取消耳聾。 - + &Ban &封禁 @@ -5160,7 +5276,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 從服務器踢出并封禁所選玩家。你將被要求指定一個原因。 - + &Deafen &耳聾 @@ -5173,7 +5289,7 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 在服務器上使玩家耳聾或取消耳聾。耳聾一個玩家將同時對他靜音。 - + &Local Mute &本地靜音 @@ -5186,49 +5302,46 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 本地對玩家靜音或者取消靜音. 對相同房間的其他玩家使用該選項。 - - Send Messa&ge - 發送&消息 + 發送&消息 - - + Send a Text Message 發送一條文本消息 - + Sends a text message to another user. 向另一個用戶發送一條文本消息。 - + &Add &添加 - + Add new channel 添加一個新頻道 - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. 在當前所選頻道內添加一個子頻道。 - + &Remove &刪除 - + Remove channel 刪除頻道 - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. 刪除一個頻道及其所有子頻道。 @@ -5237,12 +5350,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe &編輯 訪問控制列表 - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel 為頻道編輯群和訪問控制列表 - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. 打開頻道的群和訪問控制列表對話框，來控制頻道的訪問權限。 @@ -5271,12 +5384,12 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 修改一個頻道的描敘。 - + &Link &鏈接 - + Link your channel to another channel 鏈接你的頻道和另一個頻道 @@ -5285,450 +5398,429 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 鏈接你的當前頻道和所選頻道。如果他們有權限在對方頻道講話，玩家現在能聽到彼此的聲音。這是個永久性的鏈接，直到手動取消鏈接或者服務器重啟。請查看按鍵鏈接快捷鍵。 - + &User - + This is the chatbar<br />If you enter text here and then press enter the text is sent to the user or channel that was selected. If nothing is selected the message is sent to your current channel. - + Chatbar - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick-connect. - + Kick user (with reason) - + Kick selected user off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. - + Mute user - + Mute or unmute user on server. Unmuting a deafened user will also undeafen them. - + Kick and ban user (with reason) - + Kick and ban selected user from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. - + Deafen user - + Deafen or undeafen user on server. Deafening a user will also mute them. - + Mute user locally - + Mute or unmute user locally. Use this on other users in the same room. - + &Edit - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If users in a channel have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, users can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. - + &Unlink Channel &取消鏈接 - + Unlink your channel from another channel 取消你的頻道和另一個頻道之間的鏈接 - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. 取消你的當前頻道和所選頻道之間的鏈接。 - Unlink &All - 取消&所有鏈接 + 取消&所有鏈接 - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. 取消你的頻道和所有已鏈接頻道之間的鏈接。 - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. 取消你的當前頻道（非所選頻道）和所有已鏈接的頻道之間的鏈接。 - + &Reset &重置 - + Reset audio preprocessor 重置音頻預處理器 - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. 該選項將重置音頻預處理器，包含噪音消除，自動獲取和語音活動檢測。如果音頻環境突然變的惡劣（比如掉麥）并且是暫時的，使用該選項來避免等待預處理器自我調節。 - + &Mute Self &靜音自己 - + Mute yourself 自我靜音 - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. 對自己靜音或取消靜音。當靜音時，你將不會發送數據到服務器。當耳聾時取消靜音將同時取消耳聾。 - + &Deafen Self &耳聾自己 - + Deafen yourself 自我耳聾 - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. 使自己耳聾或取消耳聾。當耳聾時，你將聽不到聲音。耳聾自己將同時靜音自己。 - + &Text-To-Speech &文本語音轉換 - + Toggle Text-To-Speech 切換文本語音轉換 - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. 啟用或禁用文本語音轉換引擎。只有在配置對話框里被啟用了文本語音轉換的消息才會被讀出來。 - + S&tatistics &統計 - + Display audio statistics 顯示音頻統計 - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. 彈出一個關于你當前音頻輸入信息的對話框。 - + &Unlink Plugin &卸載 - + Forcibly unlink plugin 強行卸載插件 - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. 強行卸載當前插件，當插件讀取的數據完全錯誤時相當有用。 - + &Settings &設置 - + Configure Mumble 配置 Mumble - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. 允許你改變 Mumble 的大多數設置。 - + &Audio Wizard &音頻精靈 - + Start the audio configuration wizard 啟動音頻配置精靈 - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. 這將引導你進入配置你的音頻硬件的流程。 - + &What's This? &這是什么? - + Enter What's This? mode 進入 這是什么? 模式 - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. 點擊進入"這是什么?"模式。你的鼠標指針將變成一個問號。點擊任意按鈕，菜單或區域來顯示它是什么的描敘。 - + &About &關于 - + Information about Mumble Mumble 的相關信息 - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. 顯示一個 Mumble 相關信息和許可的對話框。 - + About &Speex 關于 &Speex - + Information about Speex Speex 的相關信息 - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. 顯示一個 Speex 相關信息的小對話框。 - + About &Qt 關于 &Qt - + Information about Qt Qt 相關信息 - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. 顯示一個 Qt 相關信息的小對話框。 - + Check for &Updates 檢測&更新 - + Check for new version of Mumble 檢測 Mumble 的新版本 - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. 連接到 Mumble 主頁來檢測是否有新版本可用，如果有新版本可用將通知你下載。 - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. 向頻道內所有用戶發送文本信息。 - + &Change Comment - + Change the comment on the selected user. - + This allows you to change the comment (shown as a tooltip) of a user. Unless you've been given extra privileges on the server, you can only change your own comment. - - Certificate Wizard - - - - + Configure certificates for strong authentication - + This starts the wizard for creating, importing and exporting certificates for authentication against servers. - - Register - - - - + Register user on server - + This will permanently register the user on the server. - + Add &Friend - + Adds a user as your friend. - + This will add the user as a friend, so you can recognize him on this and other servers. - + &Remove Friend - + Removes a user from your friends. - + This will remove a user from your friends list. - + &Update Friend - + Update name of your friend. - + Your friend uses a different name than what is in your database. This will update the name. - + Registered &Users - + Edit registered users list - + This opens the editor for registered users, which allow you to change their name or unregister them. - - Change Texture - - - - + Change your overlay texture on this server - + &Access Tokens - + Add or remove text-based access tokens - - Remove Texture - - - - + Remove currently defined user texture. @@ -5745,225 +5837,235 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 向一個頻道及其所有子頻道發送文本消息。 - + &Minimal View &簡化窗口 - + Toggle minimal window modes 啟用簡化窗口模式 - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. 這將啟用簡化窗口模式，該模式將隱藏日志窗口和菜單。 - Joined server: %1. - 加入服務器: %1. + 加入服務器: %1. - - - - the server - - - - + You were unmuted and undeafened by %1. - + You muted and deafened %1. - + You unmuted and undeafened %1. - + You undeafened %1. - + You suppressed %1. - + %1 muted and deafened by %2. - + %1 unmuted and undeafened by %2. - + %1 suppressed by %2. - + %1 moved to %2. - + %1 moved to %2 by %3. - + %1 moved in from %2 by %3. - Left server: %1. - 離開服務器: %1. + 離開服務器: %1. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 現在被靜音和耳聾. - + You were denied %1 privileges in %2. - + %3 was denied %1 privileges in %2. - + Denied: Cannot modify SuperUser. - + Denied: Invalid channel name. - + Denied: Text message too long. - + Denied: Operation not permitted in temporary channel. - + You need a certificate to perform this operation. - + %1 does not have a certificate. - + Permission denied. - + + %1 connected. + + + + %1 is now muted. %1 現在被靜音。 - + %1 is now unmuted. %1 現在被取消靜音。 + + + %1 disconnected. + + + + + (Tree) + + + + + (Channel) + + + + + %2%1: %3 + + server 服務器 - + You were muted by %1. 你被 %1 靜音。 - + You were suppressed by %1. - + You were unsuppressed by %1. - + You were unmuted by %1. 你被 %1 取消靜音。 - + You muted %1. - + You unsuppressed %1. - + You unmuted %1. - + %1 muted by %2. %1 被 %2 靜音。 - + %1 unsuppressed by %2. - + %1 unmuted by %2. %1 被 %2 取消靜音。 - - the server - message from - - - - + Unable to find matching CELT codecs with other clients. You will not be able to talk to all users. - + You were muted and deafened by %1. You were deafened by %1. 你被 %1 耳聾。 - + You were undeafened by %1. 你被 %1 取消耳聾。 @@ -5972,32 +6074,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe %1 被 %2 耳聾。 - + %1 undeafened by %2. %1 被 %2 取消耳聾。 - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. 你被 %1 從服務器踢出: %2。 - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 被 %1 從服務器踢出: %2。 - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. 你被 %1 從服務器踢出并封禁: %2。 - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 被 %1 從服務器踢出并封禁: %2。 - + You were moved to %1 by %2. 你被從 %1 移動到 %2。 @@ -6014,17 +6116,17 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe %1 被 %2 從 %3 移入。 - + %1 entered channel. %1 進入頻道。 - + Server connection rejected: %1. 服務器拒絕連接: %1。 - + Denied: %1. 拒絕: %1。 @@ -6033,22 +6135,21 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 服務器最大帶寬是 %1 千比特/秒。自動調整質量。 - From %1: %2 - 發送自 %1: %2 + 發送自 %1: %2 - + Message from %1 來至 %1 的消息 - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. 你設置頻道拖動為“無動作"因此頻道沒有被移動。 - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in UserModel::dropMimeData. @@ -6057,61 +6158,107 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 未知的頻道拖動模式 PlayerModel::dropMimeData。 - + Welcome to Mumble. 歡迎來到 Mumble。 - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? 這是你第一次啟動 Mumble.<br />你想用音頻精靈配置聲卡嗎？ + Server message from - 服務器 + 服務器 - + Hide Frame 隱藏邊框 - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window 在簡化窗口模式下切換邊框顯示 - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. 該選項切換簡化窗口是否有個用來移動和改變大小的邊框。 + + + Send &Message + + + + + &Unlink All + + + + + &Certificate Wizard + + + + + &Register + + + + + Change &Texture + + + + + &Remove Texture + + + + + Reset &Comment + + + + + Reset the comment of the selected user. + + + + + &Join Channel + + NetworkConfig - + Network 網絡 - + Form 表單 - + Connection 連接 - + Use TCP compatibility mode Use TCP compatability mode 使用 TCP 兼容模式 - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). <b>啟用 TCP 兼容模式</b>。<br/>這將使 Mumble 與服務器通信時只使用 TCP。這將增加系統開銷并導致丟包從而使通信時出現明顯的暫停，因此只有在你不能使用默認模式時使用它（默認模式使用 UDP 來傳輸語音，TCP 來控制）。 @@ -6120,32 +6267,32 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe 使用 TCP 模式 - + Reconnect when disconnected 連接斷開后重新連接 - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>連接斷開后重新連接</b>。<br/>這將使 Mumble 在與服務器的連接斷開 10秒后自動重新連接。 - + Reconnect automatically 自動重新連接 - + Proxy 代理 - + Type 類型 - + Type of proxy to connect through 連接通過的代理類型 @@ -6155,27 +6302,27 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <b>連接通過的代理類型</b><br/>這使 Mumble 通過代理來連接到所有出外的連接。注意: 代理隧道封裝會迫使 Mumble 進入 TCP 兼容模式，導致所有語音數據都通過控制信道發送。 - + Direct connection 直接連接 - + HTTP(S) proxy HTTP(S) 代理 - + SOCKS5 proxy SOCKS5 代理 - + Hostname 主機名 - + Hostname of the proxy 代理主機名 @@ -6184,153 +6331,153 @@ This field describes the size of an LCD device. The size is given either in pixe <b>代理主機名。</b><br />該字段指定你希望用來穿隧傳輸網絡流量的代理主機名。 - + Force TCP mode - + Enable QoS to prioritize packets - + This will enable QoS, which will attempt to prioritize voice packets over other traffic. - + Use Quality of Service - + Don't send certificate to server and don't save passwords. (Not saved). - + <b>This will suppress identity information from the client.</b><p>The client will not identify itself with a certificate, even if defined, and will not cache passwords for connections. This is primarily a test-option and is not saved.</p> - + Suppress certificate and password storage - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through.</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. - + Port 端口 - + Port number of the proxy 代理端口號 - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. <b>代理服務器端口號。</b><br/>該字段指定代理服務器使用的端口號。 - + Username 用戶名 - + Username for proxy authentication 用于代理認証的用戶名 - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>用于代理認証的用戶名。</b><br />該字段指定用于代理認証的用戶名。如果代理不需要認証，或者你想要使用匿名連接，請將此字段留白。 - + Password 密碼 - + Password for proxy authentication 用于代理認証的密碼 - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>用于代理認証的密碼。</b><br/>該字段指定用于代理認証的密碼。如果代理不需要認証，或者你想要使用匿名連接，請將此字段留白。 - + Misc - + Prevent log from downloading images - + <b>Disable image download</b><br/> Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the img tag. - + Disable image download - + Mumble services Mumble 服務 - + Check for new releases of Mumble automatically. - + This will check for new releases of Mumble every time you start the program, and notify you if one is available. - + Check for application updates on startup - + Check for new releases of plugins automatically. - + This will check for new releases of plugins every time you start the program, and download them automatically. - + Download plugin updates on startup - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus its development where it is needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. @@ -6339,7 +6486,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the 啟動時檢測更新 - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project 遞交匿名統計數據給 Mumble 項目 @@ -6348,7 +6495,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the <b>遞交匿名統計數據。</b><br />Mumble 有一個小的開發團隊，并需要專注于開發用戶最想要的功能。通過遞交匿名統計數據你將幫助開發團隊確定重點開發什么。 - + Submit anonymous statistics 遞交匿名統計數據 @@ -6356,8 +6503,8 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the Overlay - - + + Mumble @@ -6372,14 +6519,14 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the - 你的 DX9.0C 版本低于 2007年6月升級版 - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 - + Failed to initialize overlay memory. This usually means that the shared memory is locked by the OS, and you need to reboot to release it. @@ -6387,65 +6534,65 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the OverlayConfig - + Show no one 不顯示任何人 - + Show only talking 當發言時顯示 - + Show everyone 顯示所有人 - - + + Color for users - - + + Color for talking users - - + + Color for whispering users - + Color for channels - + Color for active channels - + Overlay - + Form 表單 - + Options 選項 - + Enable overlay. 啟用 overlay . @@ -6454,173 +6601,173 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the 設置是否啟用 overlay。該設置僅當應用程序已啟動時才會被檢查，因此確保 Mumble 正在運行并且該選項在你啟動應用程序之前已被打開。<br />請注意如果你在啟動 Mumble 后啟動應用程序，或者你在運行時禁用 overlay，重新啟動 overlay 需要重新啟動應用程序。 - + Enable Overlay 啟用 Overlay - + Who to show on the overlay 在 overlay 上顯示誰 - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. <b>設置在游戲中的 overlay 內顯示誰。</b><br />如果許多玩家已經連接到同一個頻道，overlay 列表可能會非常長。使用該選項來讓列表變短。<br /><i>無人</i> - 不顯示任何人（但是讓 overlay 運行).<br /><i>僅當用戶發言時</i> - 僅顯示正在發言的人。<br /><i>所有人</i> - 顯示所有人。 - + Always show yourself on overlay. 在 overlay 上總是顯示自己。 - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. 設置是否總是顯示自己。該選項只有當你不在 overlay 中顯示所有人時才有用，你在講話時只能看到自己的狀態，你將看不到自己被禁音或耳聾。 - + Always Show Self 總是顯示自己 - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. 在 overlay 上顯示用戶自定義紋理而不是文本。 - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. 設置是否讓注冊用戶下載并使用自定義紋理。如果禁用該選項，常規邊框文字將被使用。 - + Show User Textures 顯示用戶紋理 - + Position 位置 - + Let overlay grow upwards 讓 overlay 往上增長 - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. Overlay 試著保持足夠小并固定在你選定的位置上。該選項允許 overlay 在需要時往上增長。 - + Grow Up 往上增長 - + Y-Position of Overlay Overlay 的 Y-坐標 - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. 設置 overlay 的相對 Y 坐標。 - + Let overlay grow to the left 讓 overlay 往左增長 - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. Overlay 試著保持足夠小并固定在你選定的位置上。該選項允許 overlay 在需要時往左增長。 - + Grow Left 往左增長 - + Let overlay grow to the right 讓 overlay 往右增長 - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. Overlay 試著保持足夠小并固定在你選定的位置上。該選項允許 overlay 在需要時往右增長。 - + Grow Right 往右增長 - + Let overlay grow downwards 讓 overlay 往下增長 - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. Overlay 試著保持足夠小并固定在你選定的位置上。該選項允許 overlay 在需要時往下增長。 - + Grow Down 往下增長 - + X-Position of Overlay Overlay 的 X-坐標 - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. 設置 overlay 的相對 X 坐標。 - + Font 字體 - + Current Font 當前字體 - + TextLabel 文本標簽 - + Set Font 設置字體 - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start Mumble after starting the application, or if you disable the overlay while the application is running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked when applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. - + Maximum height 最大高度 - + Maximum height of names. 名字的最大高度. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. 設置顯示的名字的最大高度，相對于屏幕高度來說。如果你的活躍 3D 窗口是 800像素高而該值被設成 5%，每個名字會是 40像素高。注意無論你在這里設置什么值名字都不會高于 60像素. @@ -6629,11 +6776,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the 玩家顏色 - - - - - + Change 更改 @@ -6646,12 +6789,12 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the 試圖發言玩家的顏色 - + Color for Channels 頻道的顏色 - + Color for active Channels 活躍頻道的顏色 @@ -6686,39 +6829,39 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the PluginConfig - - + + Plugins 插件 - - + + Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. 插件沒有配置選項。 - + Plugin has no about function. 插件沒有關于選項. - + Form 表單 - + Options 選項 - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information 啟用插件并傳送位置信息 @@ -6727,81 +6870,91 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the 對支持的游戲啟用插件以獲取你在游戲中的位置并在每個語音包中傳送。這將使別的玩家能根據你在游戲中的聲音來判斷你在游戲中相對于他們自己的方位。 - + This allows plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit it with each voice packet. This enables other users to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. - + Link to Game and Transmit Position 鏈接到游戲并傳送位置 - + Reloads all plugins 重載所有插件 - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. 重新掃描和重載插件。當你添加或改變一個插件目錄中的插件時使用該選項。 - + &Reload plugins &重載插件 - + Information about plugin 插件相關信息 - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. 顯示插件相關信息。 - + &About &關于 - + Show configuration page of plugin 顯示插件配置頁面 - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. 顯示插件配置頁面。 - + &Configure &配置 + + + Name + + + + + Enabled + + Plugins - - + + Downloaded new or updated plugin to %1. - + Failed to install new plugin to %1. - + %1 lost link. %1 的鏈接丟失。 - + %1 linked. %1 已鏈接上。 @@ -6809,7 +6962,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the PortAudioSystem - + Default Device 默認設備 @@ -6817,12 +6970,12 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input 默認輸入 - + Default Output 默認輸出 @@ -6830,82 +6983,77 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the RichTextEditor - + Failed to load image - + Image file too large to embed in document. Please use images smaller than %1 kB. - - TabWidget - - - - + Display - + Source Text - + &Bold - + Ctrl+B - + &Italic - + Italic - + Ctrl+I - + Underline - + Ctrl+U - + Color - + Insert Link - + Ctrl+L - + Insert Image @@ -6913,17 +7061,17 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the RichTextEditorLink - + Add Link - + URL 網址 - + Text @@ -6931,27 +7079,27 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ServerHandler - + UDP packets cannot be sent to or received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. - + UDP packets cannot be sent to the server. Switching to TCP mode. - + UDP packets cannot be received from the server. Switching to TCP mode. - + UDP packets can be sent to and received from the server. Switching back to UDP mode. - + Connection timed out @@ -6959,42 +7107,42 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ServerView - + Favorite - + LAN - + Public Internet - + Asia - + North America - + South America - + Europe - + Oceania @@ -7002,7 +7150,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned 未分配 @@ -7010,22 +7158,22 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutDelegate - + On - + Off 關閉 - + Toggle - + Unassigned 未分配 @@ -7033,7 +7181,7 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut 輸入快捷鍵 @@ -7041,22 +7189,22 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutTargetDialog - + Root 根 - + Parent - + Current - + Subchannel #%1 @@ -7064,42 +7212,42 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutTargetWidget - + ... - + , - + Root 根 - + Parent - + Current - + Subchannel #%1 - + Invalid - + <Empty> @@ -7107,17 +7255,17 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the ShortcutToggleWidget - + Off 關閉 - + Toggle - + On @@ -7141,17 +7289,17 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the 預覽 - + Enter text - + If checked the message is recursively sent to all subchannels - + Send recursively to subchannels @@ -7159,22 +7307,22 @@ Prevents the client from downloading images embedded into chat messages with the Tokens - + Empty Token - + Mumble - Access Tokens - + List of access tokens on current server - + <b>This is an editable list of access tokens on the connected server.</b> <br /> An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simple access management on channels. Mumble will remember the tokens you've used and resend them to the server next time you reconnect, so you don't have to enter these every time. @@ -7182,22 +7330,22 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl - + Add a token - + &Add &添加 - + Remove a token - + &Remove &刪除 @@ -7205,159 +7353,164 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl UserEdit - - + Registered Users - + + Remove 刪除 + + + Rename + + UserModel - + This is a user connected to the server. The icon to the left of the user indicates whether or not they are talking: - + Talking to your channel. - + Whispering directly to your channel. - + Whispering directly to you. - + Not talking. - + This is a channel on the server. The icon indicates the state of the channel: - + Your current channel. - + A channel that is linked with your channel. Linked channels can talk to each other. - + A channel on the server that you are not linked to. - + This shows the flags the user has on the server, if any: - + On your friend list - + Authenticated user - + Muted (manually muted by self) - + Muted (manually muted by admin) - + Muted (not allowed to speak in current channel) - + Muted (muted by you, only on your machine) - + Deafened (by self) - + Deafened (by admin) - + User has a new comment set (click to show) - + User has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) - + This shows the flags the channel has, if any: - + Channel has a new comment set (click to show) - + Channel has a comment set, which you've already seen. (click to show) - + Name - + Flags 標志 - - - + + + Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? 你確信要拖動這個頻道嗎？ - - + + Cannot perform this movement automatically, please reset the numeric sorting indicators or adjust it manually. @@ -7365,7 +7518,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl VersionCheck - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. Mumble 無法從 SouceForge 服務器獲取版本信息。 @@ -7373,102 +7526,102 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details 認証鏈詳細信息 - + Certificate chain 認証鏈 - + %1 %2 - + Certificate details 認証詳細信息 - - + + Common Name: %1 通用名: %1 - - + + Organization: %1 組織: %1 - + Subunit: %1 部門: %1 - - + + Country: %1 國家: %1 - - + + Locality: %1 位置: %1 - - + + State: %1 省(市): %1 - + Valid from: %1 有效期始于: %1 - + Valid to: %1 有效期到: %1 - + Serial: %1 序列號: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 公開密鑰: %1 比特 %2 - + RSA 非對稱加密算法 - + DSA 數字簽名算法 - + Digest (MD5): %1 - + Issued by: 發布者: - + Unit Name: %1 部門名: %1 @@ -7476,7 +7629,7 @@ An access token is a text string, which can be used as a password for very simpl WASAPISystem - + Default Device 默認設備 diff --git a/src/mumble11x/mumble_cs.ts b/src/mumble11x/mumble_cs.ts index 13107129b..4e8bdce3d 100644 --- a/src/mumble11x/mumble_cs.ts +++ b/src/mumble11x/mumble_cs.ts @@ -4,134 +4,127 @@ ACLEditor - + Mumble - Edit ACL for %1 Mumble - upravit ACL pro %1 - + Active ACLs Aktivní pravidla ACL - + Context Kontext - + User/Group Uživatel/skupina - + Permissions Oprávnění - - + Group Skupina - + Members Členové - + &Add Přid&at - + &Remove Odst&ranit - + &Up Nahor&u - + &Down &Ðolů - + Inherit ACLs Zdědit ACL - + Applies to this channel Použít pro tento kanál - + Applies to sub-channels Použít pro kanály umístěné v tomto kanále - + User ID Uživatelovo ID - + Deny Zakázat - + Allow Povolit - - - - + Remove Odstranit - - + Inherit Zdědit - + Inheritable Děditelné - + Inherited Zděděno - - - + Add Přidat - + Add to Remove Přidat k odstranění - + &Groups S&kupiny - + &ACL &ACL @@ -160,173 +153,173 @@ Toto tlačítko způsobí, že okno bude zavřeno, aniž by se upravily záznamy ACL nebo skupin na serveru. - + List of entries Seznam položek - + Inherit ACL of parent? Zdědit ACL mateřského kanálu? - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. Nastavuje, jestli ACL nadřazeného kanálu bude aplikováno na tento objekt. Zděděny mohou být pouze položky označené v nadřazeném kanálu jako "aplikovat na podkanály". - + Add new entry Přidat záznam - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. - + Remove entry Odstranit záznam - + This removes the currently selected entry. Odstraní vybraný záznam. - + Move entry up Přesunout záznam nahoru - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. Přesune záznam nahoru v seznamu. Protože záznamy pravidel jsou vyhodnocovány postupně, to může změnit privilegia přidělená uživateli. Nemůžete přesunout záznam nad zděděný záznam -- pokud je to opravdu potřeba pak musíte duplikovat zděděný záznam. - + Move entry down Přesunout záznam dolů - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. Přesune záznam dolů v seznamu. Protože záznamy pravidel jsou vyhodnocovány postupně, může to změnit privilegia přidělená uživateli. - + Entry should apply to this channel. Entry should apply to this channel Použít pro tento kanál - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. Tímto se daná položka stane platnou pro tento kanál. - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. Použít v podkanálech. - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. Tímto se daná položka stane platnou pro podkanály tohoto kanálu. - + Group this entry applies to - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a !, its membership is negated, and if it starts with a ~, it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in. Order is important; <i>!~in</i> is valid, but <i>~!in</i> is not.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for <i>sub,0,0,0</i>).<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. - + User this entry applies to - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. - + Allow %1 Povolit %1 - + Deny %1 Odepřít %1 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Tímto se povolí privilegium %1. Pokud je privilegium zároveň přiděleno i odepřeno, považuje se za odepřené.<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Odebere privilegium %1. Pokud je privilegium zároveň přiděleno i odepřeno, považuje se za odepřené.<br />%2 - + List of groups Seznam skupin - + This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. Toto je seznam skupin definovaných pro tento kanál. Pro vytvoření nové skupiny jen napište její jméno a zmáčkněte klávesu Enter. - + Remove selected group Odstranit vybranou skupinu - + This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. Odstraní vybranou skupinu. Pokud byla skupina zděděna, nebude odstraněna ze seznamu, ale všechny místní informace o skupině budou smazány. - + Inherit group members from parent Zdědit členy skupiny od rodiče - + This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. Tímto se zdědí všichni členové skupiny z rodiče, pokud je skupina označena jako <i>děditelná</i> v nadřazeném kanálu. - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels Učiní skupiny děditelnými pro podkanály - + This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. Učiní tuto skupinu děditelnou do podkanálů. Pokud je skupina neděditelná, podkanály mohou zvovy vytvořit stejně pojmenovanou skupinu. - + Group was inherited from parent channel Skupina byla zděděna od mateřského kanálu - + This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. - + Add member to group Přidat člena do skupiny @@ -335,7 +328,7 @@ Napište jméno uživatele, kterého chcete přidat do skupiny a zmáčkněte enter. - + Remove member from group Odebrat uživatele ze skupiny @@ -344,22 +337,22 @@ Napište jméno uživatele, kterého chcete odstranit ze skupiny a zmáčkněte enter. - + Dialog - + Type in the name of a player you wish to add to the group and click Add. - + Type in the name of a player you wish to remove from the group and click Add. - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. @@ -367,12 +360,12 @@ ALSAAudioInput - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 Otevírání zvoleného zvukového vstupu selhalo. Nebude tedy snímán zvuk ze žádného mikrofonu, - + Default ALSA Card @@ -380,12 +373,12 @@ ALSAAudioOutput - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 Otevírání zvukového výstupu selhalo: %1 - + Default ALSA Card @@ -444,179 +437,166 @@ ASIOConfig - + Device selection Výběr zařízení - + Capabilities - + Channels - + Configure input channels - + Device to use for microphone Zařízení, na kterém je mikrofon - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. - + Device Zařízení - + &Query - + Query selected device - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. - + &Configure - + Configure selected device - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. - + Driver name - - Buffersize - - - - + Microphone Mikrofon - - + <- - - + -> - + Unused - + Speakers Bedničky - - %1 (ver %2) + + %1 (version %2) - - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz + + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz - - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz -- Unusable - - - - - - - + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver - + ASIO - + Form - - - TextLabel + + Buffer size - - This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples <i>What you hear</i>.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be <i>Mic L</i> while Speaker should be <i>Mix L</i> and <i>Mix R</i>. + + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. ASIOInput - - + + Mumble Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. @@ -629,27 +609,27 @@ <p><tt>http://mumble.sourceforge.net/</tt></p> - + &About Mumble O &aplikaci Mumble - + &License &Licenční ujednání - + OK OK - + About Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> @@ -661,17 +641,17 @@ <h3>O kodeku Speex</h3><p><tt>http://www.speex.org/</tt></p><p>Tento program používá Speex verze %1</p><p>Speex je použit pro omezení ozvěny, pro redukci šumu, <br />pro detekování hlasové aktivity a pro kompresi řeči</p> - + OK OK - + About Speex - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p><p>This program uses Speex version %1</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering, voice activity detection and speech<br />compression.</p> @@ -902,86 +882,79 @@ AudioInput - + Form - + Interface - + System Systém - + Input method for audio Vstupní metoda pro audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. - + Device Zařízení - + Input device for audio Output method for audio Výstupní metoda pro zvuk - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>To je metoda pro přehrávání zvuku.</b><br /> Pravděpodobně budete chtít použít ALSA nebo DirectSound. - + Cancel Echo - + Transmission Přenos - + &Transmit - + When to transmit your speech Kdy vysílat Vaši řeč - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. Nastaví, kdy bude Vaše řeč přenášena do internetu.</b><br /><i>Stále</i> - neustálé vysílání<br /><i>Při hlasové aktivitě</i> - když je detekována hlasová aktivita .<br /><i>Mluvení na stisk tlačítka</i> - mluvení je přenášeno, pouze když držíte stisknutou nadefinovanou klávesu pro mluvení. - + DoublePush Time - - - - - - - - + TextLabel @@ -990,98 +963,97 @@ Slyšitelný zvuk signalizující každý začátek a konec vysílání - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. <b>Zahraje krátký signál, když někdo začíná a končí vysílání.</b> - + PTT Audio cue Zvukový signál na počátku a konci vysílání - + Use SNR based speech detection - + Signal to Noise - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. - + Amplitude - + Voice &Hold - + How long to keep transmitting after silence Jak dlouho se ještě vysílá po ukončení hlasové aktivity - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>Nastaví, jak dlouho po ukončení hlasových aktivit zůstane vysílání aktivní.</b><br /> Nastavte na vyšší hodnotu, pokud je vaše vysílání přerušováno mezi větami (což je vidět i vizuálně na ikonce vedle vašeho jména).<br />Toto nastavení má smysl pouze pokud je použito vysílání při hlasové aktivitě. - + Silence Below - + Signal values below this counts as silence - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. - + Speech Above - + Signal values above this count as voice - + Compression Komprese - + &Quality - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) Kvalita komprese (maximální šířka pásma) - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. @@ -1090,17 +1062,17 @@ Síla komprese (zvedne zatížení CPU) - + Audio per packet Audio/blok - + How many audio frames to send per packet Množství úseků zvuku odeslaných v jednom bloku - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>Vybere kolik úseků zvuku bude zasíláno v jednom bloku dat.</b><br />Zvětšením této hodnoty se zvětší zpoždění v komunikaci, ale také bude efektivnější využití šířky pásma. @@ -1109,82 +1081,82 @@ Maximální šířka pásma pro zasílané audio - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). - + Audio Processing - + Noise Suppression - + Noise suppression - + Amplification - + Maximum amplification of input sound Maximální zesílení vstupního audio signálu - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. - + Current speech detection chance - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. - + Idle AutoMute - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be supressed. @@ -1192,54 +1164,54 @@ AudioInputDialog - + Continuous Stále - + Voice Activity Při hlasové aktivitě - + Push To Talk Mluvení pouze na stisk tlačítka - + Audio Input - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - + + Off - + %1 s %1 s - + -%1 dB - + %1kbit/s (Audio %2, Position %4, Overhead %3) %1kbit/s (Audio %2, Pozice %4, režie %3) - + %1 min @@ -1247,255 +1219,245 @@ AudioOutput - + Form - + Interface - + System Systém - + Output method for audio Input method for audio Vstupní metoda pro audio - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>To je metoda pro přehrávání zvuku.</b><br /> Pravděpodobně budete chtít použít ALSA nebo DirectSound. - + Device Zařízení - + Output device for audio - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> - - + Positional Audio - + Audio Output - + Default &Jitter Buffer - + Safety margin for jitter buffer - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. - - - - - - - - - - + TextLabel - + Volume Hlasitost - + Volume of incoming speech - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. - + Output Delay Výstupní opoždění - + Amount of data to buffer - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other players' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. - + Factor for sound volume decrease - + Bloom - + Loopback Test Testování místním propojením do smyčky - + Delay Variance - + Variance in packet latency - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms - + Packet Loss Ztráta paketů - + Packet loss for loopback mode Ztráta paketů v režimu místní smyčky - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% - + &Loopback - + Desired loopback mode Vyžadovaný režim smyčky - + <b>This enables one of the loopback testmodes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other players will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. - + Factor for sound volume increase - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. - + Minimum Distance - + Minimum distance to player before sound volume decreases - + Maximum Distance - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other players' speech volume will not decrease any further. - + Minimum Volume - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. - + Headphones - + Other Applications - + Volume of other applications during speech - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. @@ -1503,48 +1465,48 @@ AudioOutputDialog - + None - + Local Místní - + Server Server - + Audio Output - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - - - + + + + + %1% %1% - + %1ms %1ms - - + + %1m @@ -1556,17 +1518,17 @@ Mumble - + Peak microphone level Nejvyšší úroveň mikrofonu - + Peak speaker level Nejvyšší úroveň výstupu - + Peak clean level Nejnižší klidová úroveň @@ -1579,7 +1541,7 @@ Poměr signál/šum - + Speech Probability Pravděpodobnost řeči @@ -1588,9 +1550,7 @@ Šířka datového pásma - - - + Peak power in last frame Max. výkon v posledním časovém úseku @@ -1599,18 +1559,17 @@ Ukazuje maximální výkon v poslením úseku zvuku (20 ms). Této hodnoty si nemusíte všímat, pravděpodobně bude lepší sledovat <b>Hlasitost</b>, jejíž hodnota se nemění tak rychle. - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) of the speakers. Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. Ukazuje maximální výkon zvukového výstupu za poslední časový úsek (20 ms). Pokud nepoužíváte vícekanálovou samplovací metodu (jako např. ASIO) s nastavenými kanály pro výstup, pak tato hodnota bude rovna 0. Pokud máte takové nastavení a stále vidíte 0 zatímco jiné aplikace hrají zvuk, Vaše nastavení asi není v pořádku. - This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other players with echoes. - Ukazuje hodnotu maximálního výkonu za poslední časový úsek (20ms) po veškerém zpracování. Ideálně tato hodnota bude -96 dB když nemluvíte. V realném světě tato hodnota může být např. -60 dB ve zvukovém studiu jinak běžně asi 20 dB. Pokud mluvíte, tato hodnota stoupne na asi -10 až -5 dB.<br /> Pokud používáte používáte potlačení ozvěny a tato hodnota stoupne na více než -15 dB když nemluvíte, pak Vaše nastavení nefunguje správně a dozajista budete obtěžovat ostatní uživatele ozvěnou. + Ukazuje hodnotu maximálního výkonu za poslední časový úsek (20ms) po veškerém zpracování. Ideálně tato hodnota bude -96 dB když nemluvíte. V realném světě tato hodnota může být např. -60 dB ve zvukovém studiu jinak běžně asi 20 dB. Pokud mluvíte, tato hodnota stoupne na asi -10 až -5 dB.<br /> Pokud používáte používáte potlačení ozvěny a tato hodnota stoupne na více než -15 dB když nemluvíte, pak Vaše nastavení nefunguje správně a dozajista budete obtěžovat ostatní uživatele ozvěnou. - + How close the current input level is to ideal Jak blízko je současná hlasitost vstupu k ideální hlasitosti @@ -1619,349 +1578,342 @@ Ukazuje, jak blízko je současná úroveň hlasitosti k ideální. Pro nastavení úrovně mikrofonu, otevřete svou oblíbenou aplikaci pro nastavení zvuku, upravte úroveň záznamu a sledujte změny této hodnoty během mluvení.<br /><b>Mluvte nahlas podobně jako při nadšení nebo rozčilení</b><br /> Upravte hlasitost tak, aby byla hodnota blízká 100 %, ale aby nepřesahovala. Přesahování vede k degradaci kvality zvuku (limitací) a možnému cvakání. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone Poměr signál-šum mikrofonu (SNR) - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. Poměr signál-šum mikrofonu v posledním zvukovém rámci (20 ms). Ukazuje jak je hlas silný v porovnání se šumem.<br /> Pokud je tato hodnota pod 1.0, je šum silnější než hlas a kvalita nebude dobrá. <br /> Neexistuje žádný horní limit pro tuto hodnotu, ale neočekávejte hodnoty větší než 40 nebo 50, pokud nejste ve zvukovém studiu. - + Probability of speech Pravděpodobnost, že je mluveno - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). Toto je pravděpodobnost, že poslední zvukový rámec (20 ms) byl řeč, ne jenom hluk okolního prostředí.<br /> Přenos při hlasová aktivitě závisí na tom, aby detekce proběhla správně. Trik je v tom, že uprostřed věty je vždy snadné rozpoznat řeč, problémem jsou pauzy mezi slovy a začátek mluvení. Je obtížné rozpoznat povzdech od písmenka 'h' na začátku slova.<br /> Pokud tohle je zobrazeno tučně, znamená to, že hlasová aktivita byla rozpoznána. - + Bitrate of last frame Šířka zvukového pásma - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. Šířka zvukového pásma pro poslední časový úsek (20 ms). Tato hodnota se prúběžně automaticky mění, aby se ideálně přizpůsobila potřebám kvality. V nastavení je možno upravit šířku pásma. - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate Výkonové spektrum vstupního signálu a odhad šumu - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. Ukazuje výkonové spektrum aktuálního vstupu (červená čára) a aktuální odhad šumu (vyplněno modře).<br />Všechny amplitudy jsou vynásobeny 30x aby byly vidět zajímavé části (jak moc je signál větší než zvuk pro různé frekvence).<br /> To je pravděpodobně zajímavé, pokud zkoušíte vyladit šumové podmínky mikrofonu. V dobrých podmínkách bude dole pouze modrá čára. Pokud dosahuje modrá oblast do poloviny výšky grafu, znamená to, že zvuk je rušen silným šumem. - + Weights of the echo canceller Intenzita snahy o odstranění ozvěny - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. - - >1000ms - - - - + Audio Statistics - + Input Levels - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. - - - - - - - - - TextLabel - - - - + Signal Analysis - + Microphone power - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Poměr zvuku k šumu - + Configuration feedback - + Current audio bitrate - + DoublePush interval - - Time between last two PushToTalk presses - - - - + Speech Detection - + Current speech detection chance - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. - + Signal and noise power spectrum - + Echo Analysis + + + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. + + + + + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses + + + + + >1000 ms + + AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard Průvodce nastavením zvuku - + Introduction Úvod - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard Vítejte v průvodci pro nastavení zvuku pro aplikaci Mumble - + This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. Toto je průvodce nastavení zvuku pro Mumble. Pomůže vám správně nastavit vstupní úrovně na zvukové kartě a také vybrat vhodné parametry pro zpracování zvuku v Mumble. - + Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped locally to allow you to listen to it, and no audio will be sent to the server. Prosím všimněte si, že dokud je průvodce aktivní, zvuk bude používán pouze místně, abyste si jej mohli poslechnout - žádné zvuky se nepřenesou na případně připojený server. - + Finished Dokončeno - + Enjoy using Mumble Mumble je připraveno k použití - + Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. Blahopřejeme. Nyní si můžete plně užít zvukovou komunikaci s Mumble. - + Device selection Výběr zařízení - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. Vyberte vstupní a výstupní zvukové zařízení pro použití v Mumble. - + Input device Vstupní zařízení - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. Zařízení pro zvukový vstup (s mikrofonem). - - + + System Systém - + Input method for audio Vstupní metoda pro audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>To je metoda pro zaznamenávání zvuku.</b><br /> Pravděpodobně budete chtít použít ALSA nebo DirectSound. - - + + Device Zařízení - + Input device to use Vstupní zařízení - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> <b>Vyberte zvukovou kartu, která bude snímat zvuk.</b> - + Output device Výstupní zařízení - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. Zařízení, ke kterému jsou připojeny sluchátka nebo mikrofon. - + Output method for audio Výstupní metoda pro zvuk - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>To je metoda pro přehrávání zvuku.</b><br /> Pravděpodobně budete chtít použít ALSA nebo DirectSound. - + Output device to use Výstupní zařízení - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> <b>Vyberte zvukovou kartu, která bude přehrávat zvuk.</b> - + Volume tuning Vyladění hlasitosti - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. Nastavení hlasitosti mikrofonu pro optimální hlasitost. - + Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. Otevřete ovládací panel nastavení zvuku a jděte do nastavení záznamu. Ujistěte se, že mikrofon je vybrán jako aktivní vstup a má maximální hlasitost pro záznam. Pokud je k dispozici volba "Microphone boost", určitě ji zapněte. - + Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sound control panel until the bar below stays as high as possible in the blue and green but <b>not</b> the red zone while you speak. Mluvte nahlas, jako kdybyste byl podrážděn nebo nadšen. Během mluvení nastavte hlasitost v ovladacim panelu zvuku tak, aby monitorovaný zvuk byl co možná nejvýše v modré a zelené oblastí, ale aby <b>nezasahoval</b> do oblasti rudé. - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. Nyní se uvolněte a mluvte potichu, jako kdyby byla pozdní noc a nechtěli jste nikoho rušit ve spánku. Nastavte táhlo pod tímto textem tak, aby monitorovaný zvuk byl v zelené oblasti při mluvení, ale aby bezpečně zůstal v modré oblasti, když jste potichu. - + Voice Activity Detection Detekce hlasové aktivity - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. Mumble umí rozpoznávat mluvení a ticho. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. Toto pomůže aplikaci Mumble rozpoznat, kdy mluvíte. První krok je výběr, podle které hodnoty se má provádět rozpoznání. - + Raw amplitude from input Hlasitost vstupu - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Poměr zvuku k šumu - + Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Nyní je potřeba nastavit následující dvě hodnoty. Prvních několik vašich slabik by mělo skončit v zelené oblasti (rozpoznáno jako řeč). Pokud mluvíte, měl by monitor zůstávat ve žluté (rozpoznáno jako pravděpopdobná řeč). Když nemluvíte, vše by mělo být v červené oblasti (to dozajista není řeč). - + Last, you need to adjust the grace time. Mumble may detect this much non-speech and still keep transmitting before it breaks off. This allows you to catch your breath while speaking. Nakonec je potřeba nastavit čas prodlevy, kdy je po skončení řeči stále ješte mikrofon zapnut a můžete tak během řeči udělat malou pauzu, aniž by byl přenos ukončen. - + Device tuning Vyladění zařízení - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. Změní výstupní parametry zvuku tak, aby prodleva v komunikaci mohla být minimální. - + To keep latency to an absolute minium, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. Aby zpoždění při komunikaci mohlo být minimalizováno, je důležité nastavit výstupní vyrovnávací paměť co nejmenší. Mnohé zvukové karty hlásí, že neumějí používat malé velikosti vyrovnávací paměti, i když to jinak technicky je možné, takže jediná možnost, jak zjistit nejmenší vhodnou hodnotu je pokud a omyl. @@ -1970,122 +1922,122 @@ Nyní byste měli slyšet zvukový akord. Změňte nastavení pod tímto textem na nejmenší hodnotu, která bude fungovat <b>bez</b> přerušování nebo cvakání ve zvuku. - + Amount of data to buffer. Velikost zásobníku pro výstup. - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. To nastaví množství dat, která budou v výstupním zásobníku aplikace, než se pošlou na zvukový výstup. Experimentujte s rozdílnými hodnotami a nastavte si nejmenší hodnotu, která nezpůsobí přerušování nebo cvakání ve zvuku. - + %1ms %1ms - + %1 s %1 s - + You should hear a single tone that's changing in frequency. Change the slider below to the lowest value which gives <b>no</b> interruptions or jitter in the sound. Please note that local echo is disabled during this test to improve audio path recognition. - + If you position the microphone so it can pick up the speakers or headset, Mumble will measure the total audio path delay in your system; this means the delay from a sample is placed in an outbound buffer until it's found in a matching incoming buffer. - + Audio path is %1ms long. - + Audio path cannot be determined. Input not recognized. - + Use echo cancellation - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers. - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. - + Enable positional audio - + Allows positioning of sound. - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. - + Positional Audio - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. - + Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other players relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other player is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. - + The graph below shows the position of <font color="red">you</font>, the <font color="yellow">speakers</font> and a <font color="green">moving sound source</font> as if seen from above. You should hear the audio move between the channels. - + Use headphones - + Use headphones instead of speakers. - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. - + Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus on the features that benefit the most users. To this end, Mumble supports submitting anonymous statistics about your configuration to the developers. These statistcs are essential for future development, and also make sure the features you use aren't deprecated. - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project - + Push To Talk: @@ -2093,27 +2045,27 @@ BanEditor - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - Upravit bany (zákazy) - + 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 - + &Add Přid&at - + &Update &Obnovit - + &Remove Odst&ranit @@ -2142,12 +2094,12 @@ Toto tlačítko zruší veškeré právě provedené změny a uzavře dialog bez úpravy skupin a ACL na serveru. - + &Address - + &Mask @@ -2155,52 +2107,52 @@ ChanACL - + W Z - + T P - + E V - + S M - + A A - + M U - + K V - + C T - + L N - + None Žádné @@ -2209,97 +2161,97 @@ Zápis - + Traverse Průchod - + Enter Vstup - + Speak Mluvení - + AltSpeak Alt_mluvení - + Mute/Deafen Zakázat mluvení/poslouchání - + Move/Kick Přesunout/Vykopnout - + Make channel Vytvoření kanálu - + Link channel Propojení kanálů - + This represents no privileges. Toto představuje absenci jakýchkoliv privilegií. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. Reprezentuje totální právo ke kanálu, včetně schopnosti změnit skupiny a ACL. Mít toto privilegium automaticky znamená mít všechna ostatní práva. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. Reprezentuje povolení procházet kanálem. Pokud je procházení uživateli odepřeno, nebude schopen přijít do kanálu či jeho podkanálů (i kdyby tam měl průchod povolen). - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. Povolení vejít do kanálu. V hierarchicky uspořádaných kanálech je často výhodné dám všem právo průchodu (traverse), ale omezit právo vstupu (enter) v kořeni hierarchie. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. Representuje oprávnění mluvit v kanálu. Uživatelům bez tohoto privilegia bude serverem zakázáno mluvit a nebudou mít možnost mluvit, dokud jim nějaký administrátor tuto schopnost neumožní. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel with flagged speech. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with AltPushToTalk held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. Reprezentuje oprávnění mluvit v kanálu 'alternativně'. Na rozdíl od normálního mluvení se alternativní mluvení provádí stlačením tlačítka pro Alt_mluvení. To může být použito pro vysílání přes celou hierarchii kanálů aniž by bylo nutno kanály propojovat. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other players. Once muted, a player will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged player or reconnects to the server. Reprezentuje oprávnění zakázat mluvení nebo poslouchání ostatním uživatelům. Uživatelé, kterým bylo zakázáno mluvit nebo poslouchat, nedostanou zpět tuto schopnost, pokud jim opět nebude vrácena zpět privilegovaným uživatelem, nebo dokud se neodpojí a znova nepřipojí k serveru. - + This represents the permission to move a player to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the player, either the moving player must have Move/Kick privileges in the destination channel, or the player must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Players with this privilege can move players into channels the target player normally wouldn't have permission to enter. Reprezentuje oprávnění k přesunu uživatele do jiného kanálu nebo oprávnění jej zcela vykopnout ze serveru. Pro úspěšný přesun musí mít přesunující uživatel právo přesunu do cílového kanálu, nebo tam musí být povolen pro přesunovaného bežný vstup. Uživatelé s tímto oprávněním tedy mohou přesunovat do neveřejných kanálů uživatele, kteří by se tam jinak nedostali. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The player making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Reprezentuje oprávnění vytvářet v kanále podkanály. Uživatel vytvářející kanál přidán do skupiny administrátorů tohoto kanálu. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Players in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking player has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. Reprezentuje oprávnění propojovat kanály. Uživatelé ve spojených kanálech slyší jeden druhého, pokud mluvící uživatel má oprávnění <i>mluvit</i> v kanále, kde je posluchač. Pro vytvoření zvukového propojení je nutno mít toto oprávnění v obou kanálech, pří rušení stačí oprávnění v jednom z nich. - + Write ACL @@ -2307,32 +2259,32 @@ ClientPlayer - + Authenticated - + Muted (server) - + Deafened (server) - + Local Mute - + Muted (self) - + Deafened (self) @@ -2340,7 +2292,7 @@ ConfigDialog - + Mumble Configuration Konfigurace Mumble @@ -2349,12 +2301,14 @@ &OK - + + Accept changes Potvrdit změny - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. Toto tlačítko potvrdí současné nastavení a navrátí se do aplikace.<br />Nastavení bude uloženo na disku při ukončení aplikace. @@ -2363,12 +2317,14 @@ &Zrušit - + + Reject changes Odmítnout nové změny - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. Tímto tlačítkem můžete odmítnout nastavované změny a vrátit se do aplikace.<br />Nastavení nebude změněno. @@ -2377,50 +2333,57 @@ &Použít - + + Apply changes Potvrdit změny - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. Toto tlačítko okamžitě provede všechny vybrané změny. - + + Undo changes for current page - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. - + + Restore defaults for current page - - This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will be not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. + + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. - - Tab 1 + + + Advanced ConnectDialog - + &Custom Servers &Moje servery - + Server &Browser Výběr &veřejných serverů @@ -2429,43 +2392,42 @@ &Jméno - + A&ddress A&dresa - + &Port &Port - + &Username &Uživatelské jméno - + &Password &Heslo - - + &Connect &Připojit - + Cancel Zrušit - + &Add Přid&at - + &Remove Odst&ranit @@ -2474,93 +2436,101 @@ Jméno - + Address Adresa - + URL URL - + C&opy to custom Zk&opírovat do seznamu mých serverů - + &View Webpage Otevřít &Webovou stránku - + Connecting to %1 Připojování k %1 - + Enter username Zadejte jmého uživatele - + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list Selhalo stažení seznamu dostupných serverů - + &Label - + Label - + Unknown - + -Unnamed entry- - + Mumble Server Connect - + &Cancel - - + + New - - + + Add Přidat - + Update + + CoreAudioSystem + + + Default Device + + + DXAudioInput @@ -2572,22 +2542,22 @@ Otevírání vybraného vstupu DirectSound selhalo. Nebude prováděn záznam mikrofonu. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. Otevírání vybraného vstupu DirectSound selhalo. Bude použito výchozí zařízení. - + Default DirectSound Voice Input Výchozí DirectSound hlasový vstup - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. - + Lost DirectSound input device. @@ -2599,22 +2569,22 @@ Mumble - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. Otevírání vybraného výstupu DirectSound selhalo. Nebude slyšet žádný zvukový výstup. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. Otevírání vybraného výstupu DirectSound selhalo. Bude použito výchozí zařízení. - + Default DirectSound Voice Output Výchozí DirectSound hlasový výstup - + Lost DirectSound output device. @@ -2681,12 +2651,12 @@ Database - + Mumble Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Mumble nedokazalo inicializovat databázi @@ -2703,57 +2673,57 @@ v žádném z možných míst. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts - + List of configured shortcuts - + Function Funkce - + Shortcut Zkratka - + Suppress - + Add new shortcut - + This will add a new global shortcut - + &Add - + Remove selected shortcut - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. - + &Remove Odst&ranit @@ -2761,7 +2731,7 @@ v žádném z možných míst. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts @@ -2778,22 +2748,22 @@ v žádném z možných míst. <b>Toto je globální klávesová zkratka přiřazena k '%1'</br>Klikněte na toto políčko a pak zmáčkněte klávesu/tlačítko pro změnu. Dvojité kliknutí zruší přiřazení. - + Shortcut button combination. - + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. - + Suppress keys from other applications - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. @@ -2801,7 +2771,7 @@ v žádném z možných míst. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. @@ -2832,7 +2802,7 @@ v žádném z možných míst. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 @@ -2863,7 +2833,7 @@ v žádném z možných míst. LCD - + Not connected @@ -2871,32 +2841,32 @@ v žádném z možných míst. LCDConfig - + Graphic - + Character - + Enable this device - + LCD - + Form - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -2928,42 +2898,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - + Devices - + Name Jméno - + Type - + Size - + Enabled - + Views - + Minimum Column Width - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -2976,18 +2946,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - - + TextLabel - + Splitter Width - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -2999,99 +2968,80 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Log - Debug - Debug + Debug - Critical - Critical + Critical - Warning - Warning + Warning - Information - Information + Information - Server Connected - Server připojen + Server připojen - Server Disconnected - Server odpojen + Server odpojen - Player Joined Server - Uživatel se připojil k serveru + Uživatel se připojil k serveru - Player Left Server - Uživatel opustil server + Uživatel opustil server - Player kicked (you or by you) - Uživatel byl vykopnut + Uživatel byl vykopnut - Player kicked - Uživatel vykopnut + Uživatel vykopnut - You self-muted/deafened - Zakázal jste si možnost hovoru/poslechu + Zakázal jste si možnost hovoru/poslechu - Other self-muted/deafened - Uživatel si vypnul mluvení/poslech + Uživatel si vypnul mluvení/poslech - Player muted (you) - Bylo zakázáno mluvení + Bylo zakázáno mluvení - Player muted (by you) - Uživateli bylo Vámi zakázano mluvit + Uživateli bylo Vámi zakázano mluvit - Player muted (other) - Uživatelovi bylo zakázáno mluvit + Uživatelovi bylo zakázáno mluvit - Player Joined Channel - Uživatel vstoupil do kanálu + Uživatel vstoupil do kanálu - Player Left Channel - Uživatel opustil kanál + Uživatel opustil kanál - Permission Denied - K provedení akce chybí potřebné oprávnění + K provedení akce chybí potřebné oprávnění - Text Message - Textová zpráva + Textová zpráva [%2] %1 @@ -3101,80 +3051,80 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. - + Choose sound file - + Invalid sound file - + The file '%1' does not exist or is not a valid speex file. - + Messages Zprávy - + Console Konsola @@ -3191,67 +3141,67 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Povolit čtení textu nahlas pro %1 - + Text To Speech Čtení textu nahlas - + Volume Hlasitost - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine Hlasitost čtení textu nahlas - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>Hlasitost pro hlasovou syntézu</b> - + Length threshold Maximální délka - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine Maximální délka zprávy pro přečtení hlasovým systémem - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. <b>Toto je maximální délka zprávy pro čtení</b><br />Zprávy delší než tento limit nebudou přečteny v celé svojí délce. - + Message - + Notification - + Text-To-Speech - + Soundfile - + Path - + Characters @@ -3259,59 +3209,58 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LookConfig - - + Language Jazyk - + Look and Feel Vzhled a motivy - - + + System default Podle výchozího nastavení systému - + Language to use (requires restart) Jazyk pro uživatelské rozhraní (vyžaduje restart) - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. <b>Nastaví jazyk, který má aplikace Mumble používat.</b><br />Musíte restartovat Mumble, aby se změna projevila. - + Style Styl - + Basic widget style Základní styl prvků grafického prostředí - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> <b>nastaví základní styl vzhledu aplikace.</b> - + Skin Motiv - + ... ... - + Skin file to use Soubor motivu, který se bude používat @@ -3328,7 +3277,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Nastavení horizontálního nebo vertikálního rozdělení hlavního okna - + <b>If set, players will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. <b>Pokud je tohle nastaveno, pak budou uživatelé zobrazeni v každém kanálu ještě před seznamem podkanálů v přehledu kanálu.</b><br /> Pro aktivaci této změny je nutno restartovat aplikaci Mumble. @@ -3345,152 +3294,137 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <b>Pokud je nastaveno, strom komuikačních kanálů bude rozbalen při připojení k serveru.<b> - + Players above Channels Uživatelé nad kanály - + List players above subchannels (requires restart). Vypíše seznam uživatelů nad seznamem kanálů (vyžaduje restart aplikace). - + User Interface Rozhraní - + Choose skin file Vyberte soubor s motivem - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. - + Form - + None - + Only with players - + All - + Expand - + When to automatically expand channels - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with players</i> will expand and collapse channels as players join and leave them. - + Ask - + Do Nothing - + Move - + Channel Dragging - + This changes the behaviour when moving channels. - + This sets the behaviour of channel drags, it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.<b> - + Ask on quit while connected - + Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. - + <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> - + Always On Top - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized - - Show all configuration items - - - - - <b>This will show all configuration items.</b><br />Mumble contains a lot of configuration items that most users won't need to change. Checking this will show all configurable items. - - - - - Expert Config - - - - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. @@ -3498,28 +3432,28 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } MainWindow - + Welcome to Mumble. Vítejte v aplikaci Mumble. - - + + Root Kořen - + &Quit Mumble &Ukončit - + Closes the program Uzavře aplikaci - + Exits the application. Ukončí aplikaci. @@ -3529,112 +3463,112 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ukončit - + &Connect &Připojit - + Open the server connection dialog Otevřít dialog nastavení spojení se serverem - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick connect. Ukáže dialog registrovaných serverů a umožňuje tak rychlé a snadné připojení k nim. - + &Disconnect &Odpojit - + Disconnect from server Odpojit od serveru - + Disconnects you from the server. Odpojí k serveru otevřená spojení. - + &Ban lists Seznam &zákazů - + Edit ban lists on server Upravit seznam banů - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. Tady můžete upravit seznam banů (zakázaných ip adres) pro server. - + &Kick &Vykopnout - + Kick player (with reason) Vykonout uživatele s odůvodněním) - + Kick selected player off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Vykopne vybraného uživatele ze serveru. Budete dotázán na důvod. - + &Ban Zákaz (&ban) - + Kick and ban player (with reason) Vykopnout a zakázat uživatele (s odůvodněním) - + Kick and ban selected player from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Vykopne a zakáže vybraného uživatele. Budete požádání o doplnění důvodu. - + &Mute Vypnout &mluvení - + Mute player Zakázat uživateli mluvit - + Mute or unmute player on server. Unmuting a deafened player will also undeafen them. Zakáže vybranému uživateli na serveru schopost mluvit, nebo mu ji opět vrátí. Vrácením práva mluvit uživateli s vypnutým poslechem se mu zároveň zapne poslech. - + &Deafen Zakázat &poslouchání - + Deafen player Vypnout poslech uživateli - + Deafen or undeafen player on server. Deafening a player will also mute them. Vypnout/zapnout poslech uživateli. Vypnutím poslechu se uživateli zároveň zakáže mluvit. - + &Local Mute Lokální um&lčení @@ -3643,99 +3577,97 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Lokální zákaz/povolení mluvení uživateli. - - + Send Messa&ge &Odeslat zprávu - - + Send a Text Message Odeslat textovou zprávu - + Sends a text message to another user. Pošle textovou zprávu jinému uživateli. - + &Add &Přidat - + Add new channel Přidat nový kanál - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. Přidá nový kanál do vybraného kanálu. - + &Remove Odst&ranit - + Remove channel Odstranit kanál - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. Odstraní kanál a všechny jeho podkanály. - + &Edit ACL Uprav&it ACL - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel Upravit Skupiny a ACL pro kanál - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. Otevře dialogové okno skupin a ACL daného kanálu. Zde se mohou nastavit oprávnění k určitým operacím. - + &Rename - + &Change Description - + Changes the channel description - + This changes the description of a channel. - + &Link &Propojit - + Link your channel to another channel Propojí současný kanál s kanálem označeným kurzorem - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, players can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. Propojí současný kanál s vybraným kanálem. Pokud mají povoleno mluvit, uslyší se účastníci navzájem. Toto spojení bude fungovat až do jeho zrušení nebo do restartování serveru. @@ -3744,172 +3676,172 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } O&dpojit - + Unlink your channel from another channel Zruší propojení současného a zvoleného kanálu - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. Zruší propojení mezi současným a vybraným kanálem. - + Unlink &All Odpoj&it vše - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. Zruší propojení sučasného kanálu ke všem kanálům s ním spojeným. - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. Zruší propojení mezi současným kanálem uživatele a všech kanálů, které jsou s tímto kanálem propojeny. - + &Reset &Resetovat audio - + Reset audio preprocessor Resetuje zvukový preprocesor - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. Resetuje zvukový preprocesor, včetně rušení šumu, automatické hlasitosti a detekce hlasové aktivity. Pokud se nějak náhle zhorší zvukové prostředí (například při upuštění mikrofonu na stůl) a příčina problémů odezní, jde tak rychle znovunastavit rozumné hodnoty. - + &Mute Self Vypnout si &mluvení - + Mute yourself Zakázat si mluvení - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. Zakázat/povolit si mluvení. Když je zakázáno mluvení, neposílají se na server žádná zvuková data. Povolením mluvení se zároveň zapína poslech. - + &Deafen Self Vypnout si &poslech - + Deafen yourself Vypnout si poslech - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. Vypnout si poslech. Tak neuslyšíte komunikaci. Vypnutí poslechu automaticky zároveň zakáže mluvení. - + &Text-To-Speech Výstup &textu do hlasové syntézy - + Toggle Text-To-Speech Přepnout výstup textu do hlasové syntézy - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. Povolí nebo zakáže převod textu na počítačem mluvený hlas. Budou přečtena pouze textová hlášení, u kterých je to nastaveno v konfiguračním dialogu. - + S&tatistics S&tatistika - + Display audio statistics Zobrazí zvukovou statistiku - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. Vyskočí malé okénko s informacemi o současném audio vstupu. - + Forcibly unlink plugin Násilně odstraň plugin - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. Násilně udpojí současný plugin, což může být užitečné, pokud čte a zpracovává úplně chybný data. - + &Settings &Nastavení - + Configure Mumble Nastavit Mumble - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. Nastavení většiny možností. - + &Audio Wizard &Zvukový Wizard - + Start the audio configuration wizard Spustí zvukový Wizard pro nastavení - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. Tohle vás provede zkrze proces konfigurace zvukového hardware. - + &What's This? &Co je to? - + Enter What's This? mode Vstoupí do režimu "co je tohle?" - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. Klikněte pro vsoupení do režimu "Co je tohle?" Váš kurzor se změní na otazník. Jakmile máte tlačítko, výběr menu nebo cokoliv co chcete ukázat. - + &About &O aplikaci - + Information about Mumble Informace o Mumble - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. Ukáže okno s informacemi a licenčním ujednáním pro používání Mumble. @@ -3917,17 +3849,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - + About &Speex O kodeku &Speex - + Information about Speex Informace o kodeku Speex - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. Ukáže informace o použitém kodeku Speex. @@ -3936,32 +3868,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } O &knihovně Qt - + Information about Qt Informace o knihovně Qt - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. Ukáže dialogové okno s informacemi o knihovně QT. - + Check for &Updates Zjistit &dostupnost nové verze - + Check for new version of Mumble Ověřit dostupnost nových verzí aplikace Mumble - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. Připojí se k webové stránce Mumble pro zjištění případné dostupnosti novějších verzí a vypíše vhodný odkaz na stažení, pokud je nová verze k dispozici. - + Mumble -- %1 Mumble =- %1 @@ -3970,189 +3902,189 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Záznam zpráv - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. Zobrazuje nedávné aktivity, jako např. připojování k serverům, chyby a informační zprávy.<br /> V nastavení jde určit, které z těchto zpráv se mají či nemají zobrazovat. - + &Server &Server - + &Player &Uživatel - + &Channel &Kanál - + &Audio &Zvuk - + C&onfigure &Nastavit - + &Help &Pomoc - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Mluvení při stisku klávesy - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut Resetovat zvukový procesor - + Toggle Mute Self Global Shortcut Zákázat/povolit si mluvení - + Toggle self-mute status. Global Shortcut - + This will toggle your muted status. If you toggle this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut - + Toggle Deafen Self Global Shortcut Poslech zapnout/vypnout - + Toggle self-deafen status. Global Shortcut - + This will toggle your deafen status. If you toggle this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut Odpojit Plugin - + Force Center Position Global Shortcut Vynutit použití střední pozice - + Chan Parent Global Shortcut Nadřazený kanál - + Chan Sub#%1 Global Shortcut Podkanál #%1 - + Chan All Subs Global Shortcut - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut Zakázat si mluvení při stisku klávesy - + Join Channel Global Shortcut Vstoupit do kanálu - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut Přepnout Overlay - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut - + This will switch the states of the ingame overlay between showing everybody, just the players who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut - + Alt Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Alternativní klávesa pro mluvení - + Reconnecting. Opětovné připojování. - + Kicking player %1 Vykopnutí uživaetele %1 - - + + Enter reason Zadejte důvod - + Banning player %1 Ban pro uživatele %1 - + Sending message to %1 Posílam zprávu pro %1 @@ -4161,77 +4093,77 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Zadejte zprávu - - + + To %1: %2 Pro %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 Zpráva pro %1 - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + Channel Name Název kanálu - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? Opravdu chcete odstranit kanál %1 včetně všech jeho podkanálů? - + Unmuted and undeafened. Opět schopen slyšet a mluvit. - + Unmuted. Opět schopen mluvit. - + Muted. Zakázáno mluvení. - + Muted and deafened. Zakázáno mluvit a poslouchat. - + Deafened. Vypnut poslech. - + Undeafened. Opět schopen slyšet. - + About Qt O knihovně Qt - + Joining %1. Vstupuji do %1. @@ -4240,153 +4172,153 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Připojen k serveru. - + Server connection failed: %1. Připojování k serveru selhalo: %1. - + Invalid username Špatné jméno uživatele - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. Připojujete se s nesprávným jménem uživatele, prosím zkuste nějaké jiné. - + That username is already in use, please try another username. Toto uživatelské jméno je již používáno, prosím zkuste nějaké jiné. - + Wrong password Špatné heslo - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. Špatné heslo registrovaného uživatele, prosím zkuste znova. - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. Špatné heslo serveru pro neregistrované uživatele, prosím zkuste znova. - + Disconnected from server. Spojení se serverem bylo zrušeno. - + Joined server: %1. K serveru se připojil: %1. - + Left server: %1. Uživatel %1 opustil server. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 má zakázáno mluvit a poslouchat. - + %1 is now muted. %1 má zakázáno mluvit. - + %1 is now unmuted. %1 je nyní schopen mluvit. - - + + server server - + You were muted by %1. %1 Vám zakázal mluvit. - + You were unmuted by %1. Vrácena schopnost mluvit od %1. - + %1 muted by %2. %2 zakázal mluvit uživateli %1. - + %1 unmuted by %2. %1 získává schopnost mluvit od %2. - + You were deafened by %1. Bylo vám vypnut poslech uživatelem %1. - + You were undeafened by %1. Byla Vám vrácena schopnost slyšet od %1. - + %1 deafened by %2. %2 vypnul poslech uživateli %1. - + %1 undeafened by %2. %1 byla vlrácena schopnost slyšet od %2. - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. Byl jste vykopnut ze serveru od %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 byl vykopnut ze serveru od %1: %2. - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. Byl jste vykopnut a dostal jste ban (zákaz) od %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 byl vykopnut a dostal ban (zákaz) od %1: %2. - + You were moved to %1 by %2. - + %1 left channel. %1 opustil kanál. - + %1 moved out by %2 to %3. - + %1 moved in by %2 from %3. @@ -4395,7 +4327,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } %1 byl přesunut z kanálu uživatelem %2. - + %1 entered channel. %1 vstoupil do kanálu. @@ -4404,345 +4336,345 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } %1 byl přesunut do kanálu zásahem uživatele %2. - + Server connection rejected: %1. Spojení se serverem bylo odmítnuto: %1. - + Denied: %1. Zakázano: %1. - + From %1: %2 Od %1: %2 - + Message from %1 - + &Information - + Show information about the server connection - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. - + Opening URL %1 - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' - + Connecting to %1 Připojování k %1 - + Enter username Zadejte jmého uživatele - + Mumble Server Information - - + + &View Certificate - + SSL Verification failed: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> - + UDP Statistics - + To Server - + From Server - + Good - + Late - + Lost - + Resync - + Change description of channel %1 - + Sending message to channel %1 - + Sending message to channel tree %1 - + To tree %1: %2 - + Message to tree %1 - + Ctrl+Q Ukončit - + Mute player locally - + Mute or unmute player locally. Use this on other players in the same room. - + Renames the channel - + This renames a channel. - + About &Qt - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. - + Send &Tree Message - + Send message to channel tree. - + This sends a text message to a channel and it's subchannels. - + Server maximum bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Quality auto-adjusted. - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s (Quality %3)</p> - + Connected to server %1. - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? - + Close - - + + Minimize - + &Window - + Ctrl+M - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut - + &Minimal View - + Toggle minimal window modes - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut - + Clear - + Log - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in PlayerModel::dropMimeData. - + &Unlink Channel O&dpojit - + &Unlink Plugin O&dpojit - + Server message from Server - + Hide Frame - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. @@ -4750,169 +4682,169 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } NetworkConfig - + Network - + Form - + Connection - + Use TCP compatibility mode Use TCP compatability mode - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). - + Use TCP mode Použít TCP režim - + Reconnect when disconnected Přihlásit zpátky na server, pokud došlo k výpadku spojení - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>Automatické připojení</b>.<br />Pokud se ztratí spojení se serverem, Mumble se pokusí automaticky spojení obnovit každých 10 sekund. - + Reconnect automatically - + Proxy - + Type - + Type of proxy to connect through - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>Type of proxy to connect through</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatability mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. - + Direct connection - + HTTP(S) proxy - + SOCKS5 proxy - + Hostname - + Hostname of the proxy - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.<b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. - + Port - + Port number of the proxy - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. - + Username - + Username for proxy authentication - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. - + Password - + Password for proxy authentication - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. - + Mumble services - + Check for updates on startup - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus it's development where it's needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. - + Submit anonymous statistics @@ -4963,12 +4895,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Overlay - + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 @@ -4983,32 +4915,32 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: OverlayConfig - + Options Volby - + Position Umístění - + Font Písmo - + Enable Overlay Zapnout Overlay - + Enable overlay. Zapnout overlay. - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked with D3D9 applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. Nastavuje funkci overlay. Toto nastavení D3D9 applikace zjišťují při spouštění, takže se ujistěte, že Mumble běží a overlay je zapnut ještě než pustíte svoji aplikaci.<br />Prosím všimněte si, že pokud aplikaci spustíte po Mumble, nebo pokud zakážete overlay funkci za běhu, není možné bezpečně vypnout overlay bez restartu dané aplikace. @@ -5029,62 +4961,62 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: Ukázat - + Who to show on the overlay Kdo bude zobrazen v overlay vrstvě - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. <b>Nastaví, kdo bude vidět v overlay vrstvě.</b><br />Pokud bude připojeno příliš mnoho lidí, seznam se může stát nepříjemně dlouhým. Tímto nastavením jej můžete zkrátit.<br /><i>Nikoho</i> - nezobrazovat nikoho (ale nechat běžící overlay).<br /><i>Pozue mluvící</i> - zobrazí pouze uživatele, kteří právě mluví.<br /><i>Každého</i> - zobrazí úplně každého. - + Always Show Self Vždy ukázat sebe - + Always show yourself on overlay. Vždy ukáže vaše jméno v overlay vrstvě. - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. Nastavuje, jestli budete vidět vy sami. Toto nastavení je nejvíce užitečné, pokud nikoho ostatního vidět nechcete, pouze chcete vidět svůj vlastní stav - jestli mluvíte nebo ne, nebo jestli máte zakázáno mluvení/poslech. - + Show User Textures Ukázat obrázky uživatelů - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. Ukázat v overlay vrstvě uživatelův nastavený obrázek místo textu. - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. Nastavuje, jestli se má stáhnout a použít navolený obrázek pro zobrazení registrovaných uživatelů. Pokud je zakázáno, zobrazí se uživatelé běžným textem. - + Grow Left Zvětšovat doleva - + Let overlay grow to the left Overlay se zvětšuje směrem doleva - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. Ovelay vrstva je tak malá, jak je to jenom možné a je na zvolené pozici. Tímto nastavením se povolí zvětšování overlay na levou stranu, pokud je to potřeba. - + Grow Right Zvětšovat doprava @@ -5097,12 +5029,12 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: Ovelay vrstva je tak malá, jak je to jenom možné a je na zvolené pozici. Tímto nastavením se povolí zvětšování overlay na pravou stranu, pokud je to potřeba. - + Grow Up Zvětšovat nahoru - + Let overlay grow upwards Overlay se zvětšuje směrem nahoru @@ -5111,12 +5043,12 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: Ovelay vrstva je tak malá, jak je to jenom možné a je na zvolené pozici. Tímto nastavením se povolí zvětšování overlay nahoru, pokud je to potřeba. - + Grow Down Zvětšovat dolů - + Let overlay grow downwards Overlay se zvětšuje směrem dolů @@ -5125,137 +5057,127 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: Ovelay vrstva je tak malá, jak je to jenom možné a je na zvolené pozici. Tímto nastavením se povolí zvětšování overlay směrem dolů, pokud je to potřeba. - + X-Position of Overlay Pozice overlay na ose X - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. Relativni pozice na ose X. - + Y-Position of Overlay Pozice overlay na ose Y - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. Relativni pozice na ose Y. - + Current Font Současný font - + Set Font nastavit font - + Maximum height of names. Maximální výška jmen. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. Nastaví maximální výšku zobrazených jmen, relativně k výšce obrazovky. Pokud vaše 3D okno má 800 pixelů na výšku a tato hodnota je nastavena na 5%, každé jméno bude 40 pixelů vysoké. Jména nikdy nebudou větší než 60 pixelů, i kdybyste nastavili vyšší hodnotu. - + Maximum height Maximální výška - - - - - + Change Změnit - + Color for players Barva pro uživatele - + Color for talking players Barva pro mluvící uživatele - + Color for alt-talking players Barva pro Alt-mluvící uživatele - + Color for Channels Barva pro kanály - + Color for active Channels Barva pro aktivní kanály - + Overlay Overlay - + Show no one - + Show only talking - + Show everyone - + Form - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. - + Let overlay grow to the right - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. - - - - - - - + TextLabel @@ -5279,7 +5201,7 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: Tento uživatel je připojen k serveru. Ikonka nalevo od jména názorně indikuje jeho mluvení: <br /><img src=":/talking_on.png" />Mluví</br /><img src=":/talking_off.png" /> Nemluví - + This is a channel on the server. Only players in the same channel can hear each other. Toto je komunikační kanál na serveru. Pouze učastníci, kteří jsou ve stejném kanálu, se budou navzájem slyšet. @@ -5288,32 +5210,32 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: Zobrazení příznaků uživatele (pokud nějaké má nastaveny):<br /><img src=":/authenticated.png" />Přihlášený uživatel<br /><img src=":/muted_self.png" />Zakázal si mluvení<br /><img src=":/muted_server.png" />Bylo mu zakázáno mluvit<br /><img src=":/deafened_self.png" />Vypnutý poslech<br /><img src=":/deafened_server.png" />Byl mu vypnut poslech<br />Uživatel, který sám sobě zakázal mluvit nebo poslouchat, je pravděpodobně vzdálen od počítače, nebo zrovna nemá čas na hovory (vaří si kávu)<br />Uživatel, kterému bylo zakázano mluvit od administrátora, se pravděpodobně choval nezpůsobně. - + Name Jméno - + Flags Příznaky - + This is a player connected to the server. The icon to the left of the player indicates whether or not they are talking:<br /><img src="skin:talking_on.png" /> Talking<br /><img src="skin:talking_off.png" /> Not talking - + This shows the flags the player has on the server, if any:<br /><img src="skin:authenticated.png" />Authenticated user<br /><img src="skin:muted_self.png" />Muted (by self)<br /><img src="skin:muted_server.png" />Muted (by admin)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_self.png" />Deafened (by self)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_server.png" />Deafened (by admin)<br />A player muted by himself is probably just away, talking on the phone or something like that.<br />A player muted by an admin is probably also just away, and the noise the player is making was annoying enough that an admin muted him. - + Mumble Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? @@ -5321,94 +5243,94 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: PluginConfig - + Options Volby - - + + Plugins - + Link to Game and Transmit Position - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information - + This enables plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit that with each voice packet. This enables other players to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. - + &Reload plugins - + Reloads all plugins - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. - + &About &O aplikaci - + Information about plugin - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. - + &Configure - + Show configuration page of plugin - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. - + Plugin has no about function. - + Form @@ -5416,12 +5338,12 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: Plugins - + %1 lost link. - + %1 linked. @@ -5429,7 +5351,7 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: PortAudioSystem - + Default Device @@ -5472,12 +5394,12 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input - + Default Output @@ -5485,7 +5407,7 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned @@ -5493,7 +5415,7 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: ShortcutDelegate - + Unassigned @@ -5501,7 +5423,7 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut @@ -5509,23 +5431,33 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: TextMessage - + Message to send - + Preview - - Send raw message + + Disables html formatting - - Disables html formating + + Disable text formatting + + + + + This field reflects how the message will look like in the chat. + + + + + <b>Preview</b><br />This field takes the raw string entered above and renders it like it will look like in the log. For example &lt;b&gt;Test&lt;/b&gt; will display as: <b>Test<b>. @@ -5536,7 +5468,7 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: Mumble - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. Mumble nedokázalo získat informace o aktuálních verzích ze serveru SourceForge. @@ -5544,102 +5476,102 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details - + Certificate chain - + Certificate details - + %1 %2 - - + + Common Name: %1 - - + + Organization: %1 - + Subunit: %1 - - + + Country: %1 - - + + Locality: %1 - - + + State: %1 - + Valid from: %1 - + Valid to: %1 - + Serial: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 - + RSA - + DSA - + Digest (MD5): %1 - + Issued by: - + Unit Name: %1 @@ -5666,7 +5598,7 @@ To může být způsobeno například těmito důvody: WASAPISystem - + Default Device diff --git a/src/mumble11x/mumble_de.ts b/src/mumble11x/mumble_de.ts index 3d6a18381..727f0a30c 100644 --- a/src/mumble11x/mumble_de.ts +++ b/src/mumble11x/mumble_de.ts @@ -1,133 +1,125 @@ - ACLEditor - + Active ACLs Aktive ACLs - + Context Kontext - + User/Group Benutzer/Gruppe - + Permissions Rechte - - + Group Gruppe - + Members Mitglieder - + &Add &Hinzufügen - + &Remove &Entfernen - + &Up &Hoch - + &Down &Runter - + Inherit ACLs ACLs erben - + Applies to this channel Betrifft diesen Kanal - + Applies to sub-channels Betrifft Unterkanäle - + User ID Benutzer ID - + Deny Verweigern - + Allow Erlauben - - - - + Remove Entfernen - - + Inherit Erben - + Inheritable Vererbbar - + Inherited Vererbt - - - + Add Hinzufügen - + Add to Remove Entfernen - + &Groups &Gruppen - + &ACL &ACL @@ -156,177 +148,177 @@ Dieser Button macht alle Änderungen rückgängig und schließt den Dialog ohne ACLs oder Gruppen auf dem Server zu aktualisieren. - + List of entries Liste von Einträgen - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. Dies zeigt alle aktive Einträge in diesem Kanal an. Von Elternkanälen geerbte Einträge werden kursiv angezeigt.<br />ACLs werden von oben nach unten ausgewertet. Das bedeutet, dass sich die Priorität nach unten hin erhöht. - + Inherit ACL of parent? ACL von Eltern erben? - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. Dies legt fest ob ACL am Anfang der Kette von Elternkanälen dieses Objekt betrifft. Nur solche Einträge, die in den Eltern als "Betrifft Unterkanäle" markiert sind, werden geerbt. - + Add new entry Neuen Eintrag hinzufügen - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. Dies fügt einen neuen Eintrag ohne Rechte hinzu. - + Remove entry Eintrag entfernen - + This removes the currently selected entry. Dies entfernt den aktuell ausgewählten Eintrag. - + Move entry up Eintrag nach oben verschieben - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. Dies verschiebt den Eintrag in der Liste nach oben. Da Einträge nach ihrer Reihenfolge ausgewertet werden, könnte dies die effektiven Rechte der Benutzer ändern. Man kann keinen Eintrag über einen geerbten Eintrag verschieben. Sollte dies jedoch ausdrücklich gewünscht sein, so muss der Eintrag dupliziert werden. - + Move entry down Eintrag nach unten verschieben - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. Dies verschiebt den Eintrag in der Liste nach unten. Da Einträge nach ihrer Reihenfolge ausgewertet werden, könnte dies die effektiven Rechte der Benutzer ändern. - + Entry should apply to this channel. Eintrag soll für diesen Kanal gelten. - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. Dies lässt den Eintrag für diesen Kanal gelten. - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. Eintrag soll für Unterkanäle gelten. - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. Dies lässt den Eintrag für Unterkanäle gelten. - + Group this entry applies to Gruppe, für die dieser Eintrag gilt - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a !, its membership is negated, and if it starts with a ~, it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in. Order is important; <i>!~in</i> is valid, but <i>~!in</i> is not.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for <i>sub,0,0,0</i>).<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. Dies steuert welche Gruppe von Beutzern dieser Eintrag betrifft.<br />Die Gruppen werden im Kontext des Kanals ausgewertet in dem sich der Eintrag befindet. Zum Beispiel gibt der Standard ACL in den Wurzelkanälen <i>Schreib</i>-Rechte der <i>Admin</i>-Gruppe. Dieser Eintrag gibt den Benutzern - wenn von einem Kanal geerbt - Schreibrecht, wenn er zur Gruppe der <i>Admin</i>s in diesem Kanal gehört, selbst wenn er nicht zu der <i>Admin</i>-Gruppe gehört woher der ACL eigentlich stammt.<br />Beginnt ein Gruppenname mit einem "!", wird die Mitgliedschaft negiert und wenn es mit einem "~" beginnt, wird es in dem Kanal ausgewertet in dem die ACL definiert wurde. Die Reihenfolge ist wichtig; <i>!~in</i> ist gültig, <i>~!in</i> jedoch nicht. Einige wenige spezielle vordefinierte Gruppen sind: <br /><b>all</b> - Jeder trifft zu.<br /><b>auth</b> - Alle authentifizierten Benutzer treffen zu.<br /><b>in</b> - Benutzer im Channel treffen zu.<br /><b>out</b> - Benutzer außerhalb des Kanals treffen zu.<br />Ein Eintrag trifft dabei entweder auf einen Benutzer oder eine Gruppe zu, nicht auf beide. - + User this entry applies to Benutzer, für den der Eintrag gilt - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. Dies steuert welchen Benutzer dieser Eintrag betrifft. Benutzernamen eingeben und Enter drücken um die Existenz des Accounts auf dem Server zu prüfen. - + Allow %1 %1 erlauben - + Deny %1 %1 ablehnen - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Dies gibt das %1 Privileg. Wenn ein Privileg sowohl vorhanden als auch genommen ist, so wird es genommen.<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Dies nimmt das %1 Privileg. Wenn ein Privileg sowohl vorhanden als auch genommen ist, so wird es genommen.<br />%2 - + List of groups Liste von Gruppen - + This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. Dies sind alle aktuell im Kanal definierten Gruppen. Um eine neue Gruppe zu erstellen, den Namen eingeben und Enter drücken. - + Remove selected group Entferne ausgewählte Gruppe - + This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. Dies entfernt die momentan ausgewählte Gruppe. Wenn die Gruppe geerbt wurde wird sie nicht von der Liste entfernt, aber alle lokalen Informationen über diese Gruppe werden gelöscht. - + Inherit group members from parent Erbe Gruppenmitglieder von Eltern - + This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. Dies erbt alle Mitglieder der Elterngruppe, wenn die Gruppe als <i>Vererbbar</i> im Elternkanal markiert ist. - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels Gruppe zu Unterkanälen vererbbar machen - + This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. Dies macht die Gruppe zu Unterkanälen vererbbar. Ist die Gruppe nicht vererbbar können Unterkanäle Gruppen mit demselben Namen erstellen. - + Group was inherited from parent channel Gruppe wurde vom Elternkanal geerbt - + This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. Dies zeigt an, dass die Gruppe vom Elternkanal geerbt wurde. Dieses Attribut dient nur zur Information und kann nicht bearbeitet werden. - + Add member to group Mitglied zu Gruppe hinzufügen @@ -335,7 +327,7 @@ Namen des Spielers eingeben, der zur Gruppe hinzugefügt werden soll. - + Remove member from group Entferne Mitglied aus der Gruppe @@ -344,22 +336,22 @@ Namen des Players eingeben, der aus der Gruppe entfernt werden soll. - + Mumble - Edit ACL for %1 Mumble - ACL von %1 editieren - + Dialog Dialog - + Type in the name of a player you wish to add to the group and click Add. Namen des Benutzers, der zur Gruppe hinzugefügt werden soll, hier eingeben und Hinzufügen drücken. - + Type in the name of a player you wish to remove from the group and click Add. Namen des Benutzers, der aus der Gruppe entfernt werden soll, hier eingeben und Entfernen drücken. @@ -367,12 +359,12 @@ ALSAAudioInput - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 Öffnen des ALSA-Eingabegerätes fehlgeschlagen: %1 - + Default ALSA Card Standard ALSA-Karte @@ -380,12 +372,12 @@ ALSAAudioOutput - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 Öffnen des ALSA-Ausgabegerätes fehlgeschlagen: %1 - + Default ALSA Card Standard ALSA-Karte @@ -456,22 +448,22 @@ ASIOConfig - + Device selection Geräteauswahl - + Capabilities Funktionalitäten - + Channels Kanäle - + Configure input channels Eingabekanäle konfigurieren @@ -480,159 +472,170 @@ Dies konfiguriert die Eingangskanäle für ASIO. Es muss sichergestellt werden, dass wenigstens ein Kanal als Mikrofon und Lautsprecher ausgewählt wurde. <br />Eine gute Auswahl für eine Audigy 2 ZS wäre für Mikrofon "Mic L", während es für die Lautsprecher "Mix L" und "Mix R" sein sollte - + Device to use for microphone Mikrofongerät - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. Dies wählt das abzufragende Gerät aus. Man muss trotzdem das Gerät abfragen und die zu nutzenden Kanäle auswählen. - + Device Gerät - + Query selected device Gewähltes Gerät abfragen - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Dies fragt das ausgewählte Gerät nach Kanälen ab. Achtung: Viele ASIO-Treiber sind extrem fehlerbehaftet und sie abzufragen könnte die Anwendung oder das System zum Absturz bringen. - + Configure selected device Ausgewähltes Gerät konfigurieren - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Dies konfiguriert das ausgewählte Gerät. Achtung: Viele ASIO-Treiber sind extrem fehlerbehaftet und sie abzufragen könnte die Anwendung oder das System zum Absturz bringen. - + Driver name Treibername - Buffersize - Puffergröße + Puffergröße - + Microphone Mikrofon - - + <- <- - - + -> -> - + Unused Ungenutzt - + Speakers Lautsprecher - %1 (ver %2) - %1 (ver %2) + %1 (ver %2) - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms Auflösung) %4Hz + %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms Auflösung) %4Hz - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz -- Unusable - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms Auflösung) %4Hz -- Unbenutzbar + %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms Auflösung) %4Hz -- Unbenutzbar - - - - + + %1 (version %2) + + + + + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz + + + + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 ASIO-Initialisierung fehlgeschlagen: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver Konnte ASIO-Treiber nicht instanziieren - + ASIO ASIO - + &Query &Abfragen - + &Configure &Konfigurieren - + Form Formular - - TextLabel - Textlabel + Textlabel - This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples <i>What you hear</i>.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be <i>Mic L</i> while Speaker should be <i>Mix L</i> and <i>Mix R</i>. - Dies konfiguriert die Eingangskanäle für ASIO. Es muss sichergestellt werden, dass wenigstens ein Kanal als Mikrofon und Lautsprecher ausgewählt wurden. <i>Mikrofon</i> sollte das angeschlossene Mikrofon sein und <i>Lautsprecher</i> sollte ein Kanal sein, der samplet <i>Was sie hören</i>. <br />Eine gute Auswahl für eine Audigy 2 ZS wäre für Mikrofon <i>Mic L</i>, während es für die Lautsprecher <i>Mix L</i> und <i>Mix R</i> sein sollte. + Dies konfiguriert die Eingangskanäle für ASIO. Es muss sichergestellt werden, dass wenigstens ein Kanal als Mikrofon und Lautsprecher ausgewählt wurden. <i>Mikrofon</i> sollte das angeschlossene Mikrofon sein und <i>Lautsprecher</i> sollte ein Kanal sein, der samplet <i>Was sie hören</i>. <br />Eine gute Auswahl für eine Audigy 2 ZS wäre für Mikrofon <i>Mic L</i>, während es für die Lautsprecher <i>Mix L</i> und <i>Mix R</i> sein sollte. + + + + Buffer size + + + + + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. + ASIOInput - - + + Mumble Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. Es muss mindestens eine Mikrofon- und eine Lautsprecherquelle ausgewählt sein um ASIO zu nutzen. Wenn Sie lediglich den Mikrofoneingang nutzen wählen Sie DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. Öffnen des ausgewählten ASIO-Gerätes fehlgeschlagen. Es wird kein Eingang benutzt. @@ -644,17 +647,17 @@ <h3>Mumble v0.9.4</h3><p>Copyright 2005-2006 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p>Deutsche Übersetzung von Matthias Vogelgesang<br /> m0ta@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Ein Voicechat-Programm für Spieler</b></p><p><tt>http://mumble.sourceforge.net/</tt></p> - + &About Mumble Ü&ber Mumble - + &License &Lizenz - + OK OK @@ -663,12 +666,12 @@ <h3>Mumble v%1</h3><p>Copyright 2005-2007 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p>Deutsche Übersetzung von Matthias Vogelgesang<br /> m0ta@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Ein Voicechat-Programm für Spieler</b></p><p><tt>http://mumble.sourceforge.net/</tt></p> - + About Mumble Über Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> <h3>Mumble v%1</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p>Deutsche Übersetzung von Jan Klass und Matthias Vogelgesang<br /> m0ta@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Ein Voicechat-Programm für Spieler</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a>/</tt></p> @@ -680,17 +683,17 @@ <h3>Über Speex</h3><p><tt>http://www.speex.org/</tt></p><p>Dieses Programm nutzt Speex Version %1</p><p>Speex wird zur Echoreduktion, Geräuschfilterung<br />, Stimmaktivierungserkennung und<br />Sprachkompression genutzt.</p> - + OK OK - + About Speex Über Speex - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p><p>This program uses Speex version %1</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering, voice activity detection and speech<br />compression.</p> <h3>Über Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p><p>Dieses Programm nutzt Speex Version %1</p><p>Speex wird zur Echoreduktion, Rauschfilterung,<br /> Stimmaktivierungserkennung und<br />Sprachkompression verwendet.</p> @@ -1061,84 +1064,77 @@ AudioInput - + Form Formular - + Interface Schnittstelle - + System System - + Input method for audio Eingabemethode für Audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Dies ist die zu verwendende Eingabemethode für Audio.</b><br />Am wahrscheinlichsten sollte DirectSound ausgewählt werden. - + Device Gerät - + Input device for audio Eingabegerät für Audio - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> <b>Dies ist das zu verwendende Eingabegerät für Audio.</b> - + Cancel Echo Echo auslöschen - + Transmission Übertragung - + &Transmit Über&tragen - + When to transmit your speech Wann Sprache übertragen werden soll - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. <b>Dies legt fest, wann Sprache übertragen werden soll.</b><br /><i>Kontinuierlich</i> - Die ganze Zeit<br /><i>Stimmaktivierung</i> - Sobald man deutlich spricht.</br><i>Push-To-Talk</i> - Wenn ein Hotkey gedrückt wird (siehe <i>Shortcuts</i>). - + DoublePush Time Doppeldruck-Zeit - - - - - - - - + TextLabel Textlabel @@ -1147,17 +1143,17 @@ Hörbarer Audio Hinweis, wenn Push-To-Talk gedrückt und losgelassen wird - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. <b>Dies aktiviert die Audio Hinweise für Push-To-Talk.</b><br />Wenn dies gesetzt wird, gibt es einen kurzen Piepton wenn Push-To-Talk gedrückt und losgelassen wird. - + PTT Audio cue PTT Audio Hinweis - + Use SNR based speech detection Benutze SNR basierte Spracherkennung @@ -1166,83 +1162,82 @@ <b>Dies legt fest, dass Sprache durch ein Signal-Rausch-Verhältnis erkannt wird.</b><br />In diesem Modus wird die Eingabe auf ein klares Signal hin analysiert und die Klarheit des Signals für die Spracherkennung genutzt. - + Signal to Noise Signal zu Rauschen - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. Benutze amplitudenbasierte Spracherkennung. - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. <b>Dies legt fest, dass Sprache durch die Amplitude erkannt wird.</b><br />In diesem Modus wird die Stärke des Eingangssignals genutzt um Sprache zu erkennen. - + Amplitude Amplitude - + Voice &Hold Stimme &halten - + How long to keep transmitting after silence Wie lange nach Einsetzen von Stille übertragen werden soll - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>Dies wählt aus, wie lange nach Beenden des Gesprächs noch übertragen werden soll.</b><br />Höhere Werte nutzen, wenn die Stimme plötzlich abbricht (erkennbar an einem flackerndem Voice-Icon neben dem Namen).<br />Dies ist nur bei Stimmaktivierungs-Übertragung sinnvoll. - + Silence Below Stille bis - + Signal values below this counts as silence Signalwerte darunter zählen als Stille - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. <b>Dies setzt die Auslösewerte für die Spracherkennung.</b><br />Zusammen mit dem Audiostatistik Fenster können die Auslösewerte für Spracherkennung manuell eingestellt werden. Eingabewerte unter "Stille bis" zählen immer als Stille, Werte über "Sprache über" immer als Sprache. Werte dazwischen zählen als Sprache wenn schon gesprochen wird, lösen aber keine Erkennung (und damit Übertragung) aus. - + Speech Above Sprache über - + Signal values above this count as voice Signalwerte darüber zählen als Sprache - + Compression Kompression - + &Quality &Qualität - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) Qualität der Kompression (Spitzenbandbreite) - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. <b>Dies setzt die Qualität der Kompression.</b><br />Dies bestimmt wieviel Bandbreite Mumble für ausgehendes Audio nutzen darf. @@ -1259,17 +1254,17 @@ <b>Dies legt die Komplexität der Kompression fest.</b><br />Es bestimmt wieviel CPU-Zeit Mumble nutzen darf um die übertragene Sprachqualität zu steigern. Einstellungen über 5 bringen nur minimale Verbesserungen. - + Audio per packet Audio pro Paket - + How many audio frames to send per packet Wieviele Audioframes pro Paket zu senden sind - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>Dies legt fest, wieviele Audioframes in ein Paket gepackt werden sollen.</b><br />Dies zu erhöhen, steigert die Latenz der Sprache, senkt aber gleichzeitig Bandbreitenbedarf. @@ -1278,22 +1273,22 @@ Maximal verwendete Bandbreite für Audiodaten - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). <b>Dies zeigt die Spitze der ausgehenden Bandbreite an.</b><br />Dies zeigt die maximale Höhe der Bandbreite an, die zum Senden verwendet wurde. Die Audio Bitrate ist die maximale Bitrate, die für Audio Daten genutzt wird (maximal da VBR verwendet wird). Position ist die Bitrate für Positionsinformationen. Overhead ist vom Einrahmen und den IP Paketheadern (IP und UPD machen75% dieses Overheads aus). - + Audio Processing Ton-Verarbeitung - + Noise Suppression Rauschunterdrückung - + Noise suppression Rauschunterdrückung @@ -1302,62 +1297,62 @@ <b>Dies legt die Menge an Rauschunterdrückung fest.</b><br />Je höher dieser Wert ist, desto aggressiver werden stationäre Geräusche unterdrückt. - + Amplification Verstärkung - + Maximum amplification of input sound Maximale Verstärkung des Eingangssounds - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. <b>Maximale Verstärkung des Eingangs.</b><br />Mumble normalisiert die Eingangslautstärke vor der Kompression, wobei dies einstellt wie sehr verstärkt werden darf.<br />Der tatsächliche Level wird kontinuierlich, vom Sprachmuster abhängig, aktualisiert; allerdings nie höher als hier festgelegt.<br />Wenn die Mikrofonlautstärke in den Audiostatistiken um 100% liegt, sollte man dies auf 2.0 setzen. Für Leute die dies kaum erreichen, muss es deutlich höher angesetzt werden.<br />Idealerweise sollte es folgendermaßen gesetzt werden: <i>Mikrofon Lautstärke * Verstärkungsfaktor >= 100</i>, selbst wenn man wirklich leise spricht.<br />Es ist nicht schädlich dies auf das Maximum zu setzen, aber Mumble wird auch Umgebungsgeräusche aufnehmen. - + Current speech detection chance Aktuelle Spracherkennungswahrscheinlichkeit - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated Akustischer Hinweis, wenn Push-to-Talk aktiviert oder deaktiviert wird. - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. <b>Dies wählt als Spracherkennungsmechanismus das Signal-zu-Rausch-Verhältnis.</b><br />In diesem Modus werden die eingehenden Audiodaten auf ein klares Signal hin überprüft. Die Klarheit des Signals aktiviert dann die Spracherkennung. - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Dies zeigt die aktuellen Spracherkennungs-Einstellungen an.</b><br />Die Einstellung können im Einstellungsdialog oder dem Audio-Assistenten geändert werden. - + Idle AutoMute AutoStumm bei nicht-Verwendung - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. Wie lange ungenutzt bleiben, bis man stumm gestellt wird. - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. Dies setzt den Ungenutzt-Timer. Wenn der Timer ausläuft, ohne dass Ton-Daten an den Server gesendet werden, werden Sie stumm geschaltet. - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio Maximale Bandbreite, die zum senden von Audiodaten verwendet wird. - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be supressed. <b>Dies legt die Menge an Rauschunterdrückung fest, die verwendet werden soll.</b><br />Je höher dieser Wert, desto aggressiver wird stationäres Rauschen unterdrückt. @@ -1365,54 +1360,54 @@ AudioInputDialog - + Continuous Kontinuierlich - + Voice Activity Stimmaktivierung - + Push To Talk Push-To-Talk - + Audio Input Audioeingabe - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - + + Off Aus - + %1 s %1 s - + -%1 dB -%1 dB - + %1kbit/s (Audio %2, Position %4, Overhead %3) %1 kbit/s (Audio %2, Position %4, Overhead %3) - + %1 min %1 min @@ -1420,112 +1415,102 @@ AudioOutput - + Form Formular - + Interface Schnittstelle - + System System - + Output method for audio Ausgabemethode für Audio - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Dies ist die Ausgabemethode die für Audio verwendet werden soll.</b><br />Am wahrscheinlichsten sollte DirectSound ausgewählt werden. - + Device Gerät - + Output device for audio - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> - - + Positional Audio Positionsabhängiges Audio - + Audio Output Audioausgabe - + Default &Jitter Buffer Standard &Jitter Puffer - + Safety margin for jitter buffer Sicherheitsgrenze für den Jitterpuffer - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. <b>Dies legt die minimale Sicherheitsgrenze für den Jitterpuffer fest.</b><br />Jedes eingehende Audio wird gepuffert und der Jitterpuffer versucht den Puffer so klein wie möglich zu halten so dass die Latenz so gering wie möglich sein kann. Dies legt die minimale Puffergröße fest. Falls sich der Anfang eines Satzes unterbrochen anhört, erhöhen Sie diesen Wert. - - - - - - - - - - + TextLabel Textlabel - + Volume Lautstärke - + Volume of incoming speech Lautstärke der ankommenden Sprache - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. <b>Dies legt die Lautstärke der eingehenden Sprache fest.</b><br />Beachten Sie, dass bei einem Wert über 100% die Geräusche verzerrt werden. - + Output Delay Ausgabeverzögerung - + Amount of data to buffer Menge an Daten die gepuffert werden sollen - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. Dies legt die Menge an Daten fest, die im Ausgabepuffer vorgepuffert werden sollen. Experimentieren Sie mit verschiedenen Werten und setzen Sie es auf den niedrigsten Wert, der noch kein schnelles Zittern/Flackern im Ton verursacht. @@ -1542,7 +1527,7 @@ Minimale Distanz zum Spieler bevor Lautstärke sinkt - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other players' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. Dies legt die minimale Distanz für Klangberechnungnen fest. Die Lautstärke anderer Spieler wird nicht sinken, solange sie nicht wenigstens soweit wie eingestellt entfernt sind. @@ -1563,7 +1548,7 @@ Rolloff - + Factor for sound volume decrease Faktor zur Lautstärkensenkung @@ -1572,107 +1557,107 @@ Wie schnell soll die Lautstärke sinken, wenn die Minimaldistanz überschritten ist. Mit der Standardeinstellung (1.0) wird die Lautstärke bei doppelter Entfernung halbiert. Ein höherer Wert lässt die Lautstärke schneller fallen, während ein geringerer Wert die Lautstärker langsamer fallen lässt. - + Bloom Bloom - + Loopback Test Rückkopplungs-Test - + Delay Variance Verzögerungsvarianz - + Variance in packet latency Varianz der Paketlatenz - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms <b>Dies legt die Varianz der Paketlatenz für den Rückkopplungs-Test fest.</b><br />Die meisten Audiopfade haben eine variable Latenz. Hiermit können Sie die Varianz für den Rückkopplungs-Test festlegen. Falls Sie dies zum Beispiel auf 15ms setzen, wird ein Netzwerk mit 20-35ms oder eines mit 80-95ms Latenz immitiert. Die meisten Netzverbindungen haben eine Varianz von etwa 5ms. - + Packet Loss Packetverlust - + Packet loss for loopback mode Paketverlust für den Rückkopplungs-Modus - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% <b>Dies legt den Paketverlust für den Rückkopplungs-Modus fest.</b><br />Dies ist das Verhältnis an verlorenen Paketen. Außer ihre Ausgangsbandbreite stößt an ihre Grenze, oder etwas stimmt nicht mit Ihrer Netzwerkverbindung, wird dies 0% betragen - + &Loopback &Rückkopplung - + Desired loopback mode Gewünschter Rückkopplungs-Modus - + <b>This enables one of the loopback testmodes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other players will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. <b>Dies aktiviert einen der Rückkopplungs-Testmodi.</b><br /><i>Keiner</i> - Rückkopplung deaktiviert<br /><i>Lokal</i> - Immitiert einen lokalen Server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Fordere vom Server eine Rückkopplung.<br />Beachten Sie, dass Sie niemand bei aktiviertem Loopback hören kann. Diese Einstellung wird beim Beenden der Anwendung nicht gespeichert. - + Factor for sound volume increase Faktor zur Lautstärkenerhöhung - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. Die angeschlossenen Audioausgabe-Geräte sind Kopfhöhrer. - + Minimum Distance Minimale Distanz - + Minimum distance to player before sound volume decreases Minimale Distanz zum Spieler, bevor dessen Lautstärke geringer wird. - + Maximum Distance Maximale Distanz - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease Maximale Distanz zum Spieler, hinter der seine Lautstärke nicht mehr geringer wird. - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other players' speech volume will not decrease any further. Dies setzt die maximale Distanz für Ton-Berechnungen. Wenn man weiter weg als diese Distanz ist, wird die Lautstärke des anderen Spielers nicht mehr weiter verringert. - + Minimum Volume Minimale Lautstärke - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? Wie hoch soll die Lautstärke bei maximaler Distanz sein? - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? Um wie viel soll die Lautstärke für Quellen erhöht werden, die sehr nah sind? @@ -1681,27 +1666,27 @@ Kopfhöhrer sind angeschlossen und werden verwendet. - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. Ist dies aktiviert bedeutet dies, dass keine Lautsprecher angeschlossen sind, sondern nur Kopfhörer. Dies ist wichtig, da Lautsprecher für gewöhnlich vor Ihnen sind, während Kopfhörer direkt links und rechts anliegen. - + Headphones Kopfhörer - + Other Applications Andere Anwendungen - + Volume of other applications during speech Lautstärke der anderen Anwendungen während jemand spricht - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. <b>Reduziere Lautstärke anderer Anwendungen während jemand spricht.</b><br />Mumble unterstützt die Reduzierung der Lautstärke anderer Anwendungen während des Sprechens. Dies legt die relative Lautstärke anderer Anwendungen fest, wenn andere sprechen. @@ -1709,48 +1694,48 @@ AudioOutputDialog - + None Keine - + Local Lokal - + Server Server - + Audio Output Audioausgabe - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - - - + + + + + %1% %1% - + %1ms %1ms - - + + %1m %1m @@ -1762,17 +1747,17 @@ AudioStats - + Peak microphone level Höchster Mikrofonpegel - + Peak speaker level Höchster Lautsprecherpegel - + Peak clean level Höchster sauberer Pegel @@ -1785,7 +1770,7 @@ Mic Signal-Rauschen-Verhältnis - + Speech Probability Sprachwahrscheinlichkeit @@ -1794,9 +1779,7 @@ Audio Bitrate - - - + Peak power in last frame Spitzenhöhe im letzten Paket @@ -1805,17 +1788,16 @@ Dies zeigt die Spitzenleistung im letzten Frame (20ms) an und ist als Maß äquivalent zu "Input Power". Stattdessen bitte <b>Lautstärke</b> nutzen. - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. Dies zeigt den Spitzenpegel des Lautsprechers im letzten Paket (20ms) an. Solange keine Multikanal-Sampling-Methode (wie ASIO) genutzt wird, wird dieser Wert 0 sein. Hat man jedoch solch eine Einstellung konfiguriert und der Wert ist trotzdem 0 während man Klänge von anderen Programmen abspielt, arbeitet die Einstellung nicht korrekt. - This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other players with echoes. - Dies zeigt den Spitzenpegel nach dem Processing im letzten Paket (20ms) an. Im Idealfall sollte dies -96 dB betragen, wenn man nicht spricht. Die Realität zeigt, dass man in einem Tonstudio etwa -60 dB und zuhause -20 dB erwarten kann. When man spricht, sollte dies auf -5 bis -10 dB ansteigen.<br />Nutzt man Echounterdrückung und der Wert steigt auf mehr als -15 dB wenn man nicht spricht, sind die Audioeinstellungen nicht korrekt und man stört andere Spieler mit Echos. + Dies zeigt den Spitzenpegel nach dem Processing im letzten Paket (20ms) an. Im Idealfall sollte dies -96 dB betragen, wenn man nicht spricht. Die Realität zeigt, dass man in einem Tonstudio etwa -60 dB und zuhause -20 dB erwarten kann. When man spricht, sollte dies auf -5 bis -10 dB ansteigen.<br />Nutzt man Echounterdrückung und der Wert steigt auf mehr als -15 dB wenn man nicht spricht, sind die Audioeinstellungen nicht korrekt und man stört andere Spieler mit Echos. - + How close the current input level is to ideal Wie nah der aktuelle Eingangspegel am Idealwert ist @@ -1824,52 +1806,52 @@ Dies zeigt an wie nah die Eingangssignallautstärke am Ideal ist. Um die Mikrofonlautstärke anzupassen, sollte das Programm gestartet werden mit dem die Aufnahmelautstärke angepasst wird.<br /><b>Nun sollte man, so laut wie es im Spiel vorkommt, sprechen</b><br />Die Lautstärke muss nun so nah wie möglich an die 100% angepasst werden, aber nicht darüber hinaus. Wenn dem so ist, wird es hörbares Clipping geben, was die Soundqualität mindert - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone Signal-Rausch-Verhältnis vom Mikrofon - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. Dies ist das Signal-Rausch-Verhältnis (SRV) des Mikrofons im letzten Paket (20ms). Es zeigt an, um wie viel klarer die Stimme im Vergleich zum (Hintergrund-)Rauschen ist.<br />Ist der Wert unter 1.0 gibt es mehr Geräusche als Stimme im Signal, weshalb die Qualität reduziert ist.<br />Es gibt keine Obergrenze, aber ein Wert über 40-50 kann ohne Tonstudio nicht erwartet werden. - + Probability of speech Sprachwahrscheinlichkeit - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). Dies ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit, dass das letzte Paket (20ms) Sprache und kein Umgebungsrauschen war.<br />Die Stimmaktivierungserkennung hängt davon ab, wie sie eingestellt ist. Der Trick ist, dass die Mitte eines Satzes immer als Sprache erkannt wird; problematisch sind Pausen zwischen Wörtern und der Anfang des Satzes.<br />Ist dies fett geschrieben, bedeutet dies, dass Mumble gerade übertragt (wenn man verbunden ist). - + Bitrate of last frame Bitrate des letzten Paketes - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. Dies ist die Audiobitrate des letzten komprimierten Paketes (20ms). Deshalb wird sie auch hoch und runter springen, da VBR die Qualität anpasst. Um die Spitzenbitrate einzustellen muss <b>Kompressionsqualität</b> im Einstellungsdialog angepasst werden. - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate Powerspektrum des Eingangssignals und Rauschabschätzung - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. Dies zeigt das Powerspektrum des Eingangssignals (rote Linie) und die Rauschabschätzung (blau gefüllt) an.<br />Alle Amplituden werden mit 30 multipliziert um anzuzeigen wie viel mehr Signal als Rauschen im Wellenband vorhanden ist.<br />Dies ist vermutlich nur von Interesse, wenn man die Rauschbedingungen des Mikrofones präzise einstellt. Unter guten Voraussetzungen sollte nur eine winzige blaue Stelle unten zu sehen sein. Ist mehr als die Hälfte des Graphen blau, hat man eine ungünstige Geräuschkulisse. - + Weights of the echo canceller Gewichte des Echounterdrückers - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. Dies zeigt die Gewichte des Echounterdrückers, mit der Zeit auf der Y- und der Frequenz auf der X-Achse.<br />Idealerweise sollte dies schwarz sein, was kein Echo bedeutet. Normalerweise hat man einen oder mehrere horizontale Streifen von blauer Farbe, die das zeitverzögerte Echo darstellen. Man sollte sehen, wie die Gewichte in Echtzeit aktualisiert werden.<br />So lange man keine Echoquelle hat, wird man keine nützlichen Daten hier sehen, weshalb man etwas Musik abspielen sollte.<br />Man kann zwischen Real- und Imaginäranteilen des Frequenzdomänen-Gewischte oder alternativ den berechneten Modulus und Phase auswählen. Am nützlichsten ist hierbei Modulus, was die Amplitude des Echos angibt und anzeigt wieviel vom ausgehenden Signal bei diesem Zeitschritt entfernt wird. Die anderen Ansichten sind nützlich für diejenigen die den Echoauslöschungs-Algorithmus finetunen wollen.<br />Achtung: Wenn das Gesamtbild im Modulus-Modus massiv fluktuiert, kann der Echoauslöscher keine Korrelation zwischen den beiden Eingangsquellen (Lautsprecher und Mikrofon) herstellen. Entweder hat man eine lange Verzögerung des Echos oder eine der Eingangsquellen sind falsch konfiguriert. @@ -1898,299 +1880,304 @@ DoublePush Intervall - >1000ms - >1000ms + >1000ms - + Audio Statistics Audiostatistiken - + Input Levels Eingangspegel - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. Dies zeigt den Spitzenpegel im letzten Paket (20ms) an und zeigt was üblicherweise wohl "Eingangspegel" genannt wird. Bitte ignorieren Sie dies und sehen sich stattdessen bitte <b>Mikrofonleistung</b> an, was deutlich stabiler ist und Ausbrüche verwirft. - - - - - - - - TextLabel - Textlabel + Textlabel - + Signal Analysis Signal Analyse - + Microphone power Mikrofonpegel - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. Dies zeigt an, wie nah die aktuelle Eingangslautstärke am Ideal ist. Um den Mikrofonpegel anzupassen, öffnen Sie das Programm mit dem Aufnahmelautstärken geändert werden und schauen Sie hier auf den Wert während Sie reden.<br /><b>Sprechen Sie so laut, als wären Sie über etwas verärgert.</b><br />Passen Sie die Lautstärke an, bis der Wert nahe der 100% ist, aber nicht darüber hinaus. Wenn es darüber hinaus geht, wird es vermutlich zum Clipping in ihrer Sprache kommen, was die Soundqualität stark beeinträchtigt. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Signal-Rausch-Verhältnis - + Configuration feedback Konfigurations-Rückmeldung - + Current audio bitrate Aktuelle Audio Bitrate - + DoublePush interval DoppelDruck Intervall - Time between last two PushToTalk presses - Zeit zwischen den beiden letzten Push-To-Talks (Knopfdrücken) + Zeit zwischen den beiden letzten Push-To-Talks (Knopfdrücken) - + Speech Detection Spracherkennung - + Current speech detection chance Aktuelle Spracherkennungswahrscheinlichkeit - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Dies zeigt die aktuellen Spracherkennungs-Einstellungen an.</b><br />Die Einstellungen können im Einstellungsdialog oder dem Audio-Assistenten geändert werden. - + Signal and noise power spectrum Signal und Rausch Leistungsspektrum - + Echo Analysis Echo Analyse + + + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. + + + + + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses + + + + + >1000 ms + + AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard Audio Einstellungs-Assistent - + Introduction Einführung - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard Willkommen zum Mumble Audio Assistenten - + This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. Dies ist der Audio Einstellungs-Assistent von Mumble. Er wird Ihnen helfen, die richtigen Eingabelautstärken ihrer Soundkarte und die korrekten Parameter für die Tonverarbeitung festzulegen. - + Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped locally to allow you to listen to it, and no audio will be sent to the server. Bitte beachten Sie, dass, während dieser Assistent ausgeführt wird, jegliche Tondaten lokal zurückgekoppelt werden und keine Ton-Daten an den Server gesendet werden. - + Finished Fertig - + Enjoy using Mumble Viel Spaß mit Mumble - + Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. Herzlichen Glückwunsch. Sie sollten nun eine reichere Sounderfahrung mit Mumble machen. - + Device selection Geräteauswahl - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. Wählen Sie das Eingabe- und Ausgabegerät aus, welches Mumble verwenden soll. - + Input device Eingabegerät - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. Dies ist das Gerät was mit ihrem Mikrofon verbunden ist. - - + + System System - + Input method for audio Eingabemethode für Audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Dies ist die Eingabemethode für Audio.</b><br />Am wahrscheinlichsten sollte DirectSound ausgewählt werden. - - + + Device Gerät - + Input device to use Eingabegerät - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> <b>Wählen Sie, welche Soundkarte für Audioeingaben verwendet werden soll.</b> - + Output device Ausgabegerät - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. Dies ist das Gerät, an das ihre Lautsprecher oder Kopfhörer angeschlossen sind. - + Output method for audio Ausgabemethode für Audio - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Dies ist die Ausgabemethode für Audio.</b><br />Am wahrscheinlichsten sollte DirectSound ausgewählt werden. - + Output device to use Ausgabegerät - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> <b>Wählen Sie, welche Soundkarte für Audioausgaben verwendet werden soll.</b> - + Volume tuning Lautstärken-Einstellung - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. Mikrofonhardware-Lautstärke auf optimale Werte einstellen. - + Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. Öffnen Sie die Lautstärkeeinstellungen und gehen Sie zu den Aufnahmeeinstellungen. Versichern Sie sich, dass das Mikrofon als aktives Eingabegerät mit maximaler Aufnahmelautstärke ausgewählt ist. Falls es eine Option "Mikrofon Boost" gibt, sollte diese aktiviert sein. - + Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sound control panel until the bar below stays as high as possible in the blue and green but <b>not</b> the red zone while you speak. Sprechen Sie so laut, als wären Sie verärgert oder aufgeregt. Verringern Sie die Lautstärke in den Lautstärkeeinstellungen bis der Balken so weit wie möglich oben im blauen und grünen, aber nicht im roten Bereich ist, während Sie sprechen. - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. Sprechen Sie jetzt so ruhig, als würden sie spät nachts sprechen und niemanden stören wollen. Bewegen Sie den Schieber so, dass der Balken im Grünen ist während Sie sprechen, aber im Blauen bleibt wenn Sie nichts sagen. - + Voice Activity Detection Sprachaktivitäts-Erkennung - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. Lassen Sie Mumble herausfinden wann Sie sprechen und wann nicht. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. Dies wird Mumble helfen herauszufinden, wann Sie sprechen. Der erste Schritt ist den zu benutzenden Datenwert auszuwählen. - + Raw amplitude from input Rohamplitude der Eingabe - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Signal-Rausch-Verhältnis - + Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Als nächstes müssen Sie die folgenden beiden Schieber einstellen. Die ersten paar Geräusche die Sie beim Sprechen machen sollten im grünen Bereich (definitv Sprache) landen. Während Sie sprechen sollten Sie im gelben Bereich (könnte Sprache sein) bleiben und wenn Sie nicht sprechen, sollte alles im roten Bereich (definitiv keine Sprache) bleiben. - + Last, you need to adjust the grace time. Mumble may detect this much non-speech and still keep transmitting before it breaks off. This allows you to catch your breath while speaking. Als letztes müssen Sie die Aufschubzeit festlegen. Mumble kann so lange weiteren Ton aufnehmen und weiterhin übertragen, bevor es abbricht. Dies erlaubt ihnen während des Sprechens Luft zu holen. - + Device tuning Geräte-Einstellungen - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. Setze Hardware Ausgabeverzögerungen auf ein Minimum. - + To keep latency to an absolute minium, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. Um die Latenz auf ein Minimum zu reduzieren ist es wichtig, so wenig Audio wie möglich auf der Soundkarte zu puffern. Viele Soundkarten geben jedoch einen deutlich geringeren Puffer an als jenen, den Sie eigentlich zum arbeiten benötigen. Deshalb ist der einzige Weg die Größe auszutesten. @@ -2199,122 +2186,122 @@ Sie sollten einen Multiton-Akkord hören. Setzen Sie den Schieber auf den niedrigsten Wert, der <b>keine</b> Unterbrechungen oder Jitter im Sound verursacht. - + Amount of data to buffer. Menge an zu puffernden Daten. - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. Dies legt die Menge an Daten fest, die im Ausgabepuffer vorgepuffert werden sollen. Experimentieren Sie mit verschiedenen Werten und setzen Sie es auf den niedrigsten Wert, der noch kein schnelles Zittern oder Vibrieren im Ton verursacht. - + %1ms %1ms - + %1 s %1 s - + You should hear a single tone that's changing in frequency. Change the slider below to the lowest value which gives <b>no</b> interruptions or jitter in the sound. Please note that local echo is disabled during this test to improve audio path recognition. Sie sollten eine Person reden hören. Schieben Sie den Regler auf den niedrigsten Wert der noch <b>keine</b> Unterbrechungen oder Knacken im Ton liefert. Bitte beachten Sie, dass die lokale Rückkopplung ausgeschaltet ist, um die Ausgabe besser zu hören. - + If you position the microphone so it can pick up the speakers or headset, Mumble will measure the total audio path delay in your system; this means the delay from a sample is placed in an outbound buffer until it's found in a matching incoming buffer. Wenn Sie das Mikrofon so positionieren, dass es die Lautsprecher oder das Headset aufnimmt, wird Mumble die Audiopfad-Gesamtverzögerung in Ihrem System messen. Dies ist die Zeit zwischen dem Ausgeben eines Tons bis er im Eingangspuffer gefunden wird. - + Audio path is %1ms long. Audiopfad ist %1ms lang. - + Audio path cannot be determined. Input not recognized. Audiopfad konnte nicht bestimmt werden. Eingabe wurde nicht erkannt. - + Use echo cancellation Benutze Echounterdrückung - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers. Unterdrücke Echos vom Headset oder den Lautsprechern. - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. Dies aktiviert die Echo-Unterdrückung für ausgehende Audio-Signale, was sowohl bei Lautsprechern wie auch Headsets hilft. - + Enable positional audio Positionsabhängiges Audio aktivieren - + Allows positioning of sound. Erlaubt Positionierung der Audio-Signale. - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. Dies erlaubt Mumble positionsabhängiges Audio zu verwenden um Stimmen zu platzieren. - + Positional Audio Positionsabhängiges Audio - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. Einstellen der Lautstärkenverminderung positionsabhängiger Audio-Signale. - + Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other players relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other player is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. Mumble unterstützt positionsabhängiges Audio für einige Spiele und positioniert die Stimmen der anderen Spieler relativ zu Ihrer Position im Spiel. In Abhängigkeit von ihrer Position wird die Lautstärke der Stimmen geändert um Richtung und Abstand der Spieler zu simulieren. Solch eine Positionierung hängt von einer korrekten Lautsprecherkonfiguration in Ihrem Betriebssystem ab, weshalb hier ein Test gemacht wird. - + The graph below shows the position of <font color="red">you</font>, the <font color="yellow">speakers</font> and a <font color="green">moving sound source</font> as if seen from above. You should hear the audio move between the channels. Die Grafik unten zeigt die Position von <font color="red">Ihnen</font>, den <font color="yellow">Lautsprechern</font> und einer sich <font color="green">bewegenden Quelle</font> von oben gesehen. Sie sollten das Geräusch sich zwischen den Kanälen bewegen hören. - + Use headphones Benutze Kopfhörer - + Use headphones instead of speakers. Benutze Kopfhörer statt Lautsprechern. - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. Dies ignoriert die Betriebssystem Lautsprechereinstellungen und konfiguriert die Positionierung stattdessen für Kopfhörer. - + Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus on the features that benefit the most users. To this end, Mumble supports submitting anonymous statistics about your configuration to the developers. These statistcs are essential for future development, and also make sure the features you use aren't deprecated. Mumble ist in ständiger Entwicklung und das Entwicklungsteam will sich auf die Features konzentrieren, die den meisten Benutzern nützen. Dazu unterstützt Mumble das Senden anonymer Statistiken über die Konfiguration. Diese Statistiken sind essentiell für die weitere Entwicklung und stellen sicher, dass die benutzten Features die Sie nutzen nicht entfernt werden. - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Sende anonyme Statistiken an das Mumble Projekt - + Push To Talk: Push-To-Talk: @@ -2322,17 +2309,17 @@ BanEditor - + &Add &Hinzufügen - + &Update &Aktualisieren - + &Remove &Entfernen @@ -2361,22 +2348,22 @@ Dieser Button macht alle Änderungen rückgängig und schließt den Dialog ohne ACLs oder Gruppen auf dem Server zu aktualisieren. - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - Bans editieren - + 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 - + &Address &Adresse - + &Mask &Maske @@ -2384,52 +2371,52 @@ ChanACL - + W W - + T T - + E E - + S S - + A A - + M M - + K K - + C C - + L L - + None Keine @@ -2438,97 +2425,97 @@ Schreiben - + Traverse durchqueren - + Enter Betreten - + Speak Sprechen - + AltSpeak AltSpeak - + Mute/Deafen Stumm-/Taubstellen - + Move/Kick Verschieben/Kicken - + Make channel Channel erstellen - + Link channel Channel verbinden - + This represents no privileges. Dies repräsentiert keine Privilegien. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. Dies repräsentiert vollen Zugriff zum Kanal, einschließlich Fähigkeiten Gruppen und ACL-Informationen zu ändern. Dieses Privileg impliziert alle anderen Privilegien. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. Dies repräsentiert das Recht um mit dem Kanal zu durchqueren. Wenn ein Benutzer dieses Privileg nicht hat, kann er auf keinen Kanal oder Unterkanal zugreifen, egal welche Rechte er in den Unterkanälen hat. - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. Dies repräsentiert Rechte um den Kanal zu betreten. Hat man eine hierarchische Kanalstruktur, sollte man jedem Traverse geben aber Betreten in der Wurzel der Hierarchie einschränken. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. Dies repräsentiert das Recht in einem Kanal zu sprechen. Benutzer ohne dieses Privileg werden vom Server unterdrückt (gekennzeichnet als stumm) und können in diesem Channel so lange nicht sprechen, bis sie von jemandem mit den entsprechenden Rechten ent-stummgestellt werden. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel with flagged speech. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with AltPushToTalk held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. Dies repräsentiert das Recht in einem Kanal mit alternativer Sprache (AltSpeak) zu sprechen. Dies funktioniert genauso wie das <i>Sprechen</i>-Privileg, betrifft aber Audio-Daten die aufgenommen wurden, während Alt-Push-To-Talk gedrückt wurde. Es wird genutzt um Sprache in einer Hierarchie von Kanälen zu verbreiten ohne sie zu verbinden. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other players. Once muted, a player will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged player or reconnects to the server. Dies repräsentiert das Recht andere Benutzer stumm oder taub zu stellen. Einmal stummgestellt bleibt ein Benutzer stumm bis ein anderer Benutzer mit entsprechenden Privilegien dies ändert oder sich neu zum Server verbunden wird. - + This represents the permission to move a player to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the player, either the moving player must have Move/Kick privileges in the destination channel, or the player must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Players with this privilege can move players into channels the target player normally wouldn't have permission to enter. Dies repräsentiert das Recht einen Benutzer in einen anderen Kanal zu verschieben oder ihn vom Server zu kicken. Um einen Benutzer auch wirklich zu verschieben muss der verschiebende Benutzer entweder Verschieben/Kick-Rechte im Zielkanal haben, oder dem verschobenen Benutzer muss es erlaubt sein, den Zielkanal zu betreten. Benutzer mit diesem Privileg können also (ausreichende Rechte im Zielkanal vorausgesetzt) andere Benutzer in Kanäle verschieben, die diese normalerweise nicht betreten dürfen. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The player making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Dies repräsentiert das Recht Unterkanäle zu erstellen. Der Benutzer, der den Unterkanal erstellt, gehört automatisch zur Admingruppe des Kanals. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Players in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking player has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. Dies repräsentiert das Recht Kanäle zu verbinden. Benutzer in verbundenen Kanälen können sich gegenseitig hören, solange der sprechende Benutzer das <i>Sprechen</i>-Privileg im Kanal des Hörers hat. Man benötigt Verbindungsprivilegien in beiden Kanälen um eine Verbindung aufzubauen, aber nur in einem der Beiden um sie aufzuheben. - + Write ACL ACL bearbeiten @@ -2536,32 +2523,32 @@ ClientPlayer - + Authenticated Authentifiziert - + Muted (server) Stumm (Server) - + Deafened (server) Taub (Server) - + Local Mute Lokal Stumm - + Muted (self) Stumm (selbst) - + Deafened (self) Taub (selbst) @@ -2569,7 +2556,7 @@ ConfigDialog - + Mumble Configuration Mumble-Konfiguration @@ -2578,12 +2565,14 @@ &OK - + + Accept changes Änderungen übernehmen - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. Dieser Button übernimmt die aktuellen Einstellungen und kehrt zur Anwendung zurück.<br />Die Einstellungen werden beim Beenden der Anwendung gespeichert. @@ -2592,12 +2581,14 @@ &Abbrechen - + + Reject changes Änderungen verwerfen - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. Der Button wird alle Änderungen verwerfen und zur Anwendung zurückkehren.<br />Die Einstellungen werden auf die vorherigen Werte zurückgesetzt. @@ -2606,34 +2597,44 @@ Ü&bernehmen - + + Apply changes Änderungen übernehmen - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. Dieser Button wird alle Änderungen sofort übernehmen. - + + Undo changes for current page Änderungen der aktuellen Seite rückgängig machen - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. Dieser Knopf stellt alle Änderunge auf der aktuellen Seite auf die zuletzt angewandten Einstellung zurück. - + + Restore defaults for current page Standard für die aktuelle Seite wiederherstellen - + + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. + + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will be not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. - Dieser Knopf stellt die Einstellungen der aktuellen Seite auf ihre Standardwerte zurück. Andere Seiten werden nicht verändert.<br />Um alle Einstellungen auf Standardwerte zu setzen, muss dieser Knopf auf allen Seiten betätigt werden. + Dieser Knopf stellt die Einstellungen der aktuellen Seite auf ihre Standardwerte zurück. Andere Seiten werden nicht verändert.<br />Um alle Einstellungen auf Standardwerte zu setzen, muss dieser Knopf auf allen Seiten betätigt werden. Show all configuration items @@ -2648,9 +2649,14 @@ Expertenkonfiguration - Tab 1 - Tab 1 + Tab 1 + + + + + Advanced + @@ -2660,53 +2666,52 @@ &Name - + A&ddress A&dresse - + &Port &Port - + &Username Ben&utzername - + &Password &Passwort - - + &Connect &Verbinden - + Cancel Abbrechen - + &Add &Hinzufügen - + &Remove &Entfernen - + &Custom Servers &Benutzerdefinierte Server - + Server &Browser Server &Browser @@ -2715,93 +2720,101 @@ Name - + Address Adresse - + URL URL - + C&opy to custom Zu Benutzerdefinierten &hinzufügen - + &View Webpage &Webseite besuchen - + Connecting to %1 Verbinde zu %1 - + Enter username Benutzernamen eingeben - + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list Konnte Serverliste nicht laden - + &Label &Bezeichnung - + Label Bezeichnung - + -Unnamed entry- -Unbenannter Eintrag- - + Mumble Server Connect Mumble Server Verbinden - + &Cancel &Abbrechen - + Unknown Unbekannt - - + + New Neu - - + + Add Hinzufügen - + Update Aktualisieren + + CoreAudioSystem + + + Default Device + + + DXAudioInput @@ -2817,22 +2830,22 @@ Öffnen des DirectSound Eingangsgerätes gescheitert. Standardeinstellungen werden benutzt. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. Öffnen des DirectSound Eingangsgerätes fehlgeschlagen. Standardgerät wird benutzt. - + Default DirectSound Voice Input Standard DirectSound Spracheingabe - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. Öffnen des DirectSound Eingangsgerätes fehlgeschlagen. Es wird kein Mikrofonsound aufgenommen. - + Lost DirectSound input device. DirectSound Eingangsgerät verloren. @@ -2844,7 +2857,7 @@ Mumble - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. Öffnen des DirectSound Ausgabegerätes fehlgeschlagen. Es kann kein Ton gehört werden. @@ -2853,17 +2866,17 @@ Öffnen des DirectSound Ausgabegerätes gescheitert. Standardeinstellungen werden benutzt. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. Öffnen des DirectSound Ausgabegerätes fehlgeschlagen. Standardgerät wird benutzt. - + Default DirectSound Voice Output Standard DirectSound Sprachausgabe - + Lost DirectSound output device. DirectSound Ausgabegerät verloren. @@ -3026,12 +3039,12 @@ Database - + Mumble Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Mumble konnte keine Datenbank in einer @@ -3048,57 +3061,57 @@ der möglichen Orte initialisieren. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts Tastenkürzel - + List of configured shortcuts Liste der konfigurierten Tastenkürzel - + Function Funktion - + Shortcut Tastenkürzel - + Suppress Unterdrücken - + Add new shortcut Neues Tastenkürzel hinzufügen - + This will add a new global shortcut Dies fügt ein neues Tastenkürzel hinzu - + &Add &Hinzufügen - + Remove selected shortcut Gewähltes Tastenkürzel entfernen - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. Dies wird das gewählte Tastenkürzel permanent löschen. - + &Remove &Entfernen @@ -3106,7 +3119,7 @@ der möglichen Orte initialisieren. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts Tastenkürzel @@ -3135,22 +3148,22 @@ der möglichen Orte initialisieren. Unterdrücken - + Shortcut button combination. Tastenkombination des Tastenkürzels. - + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. <b>Dies ist die globale Tastenkombination des Tastenkürzels.</b><br />Doppelklicken Sie dieses Feld und dann die gewünschte Tastenkombination um sie neu zu setzen. - + Suppress keys from other applications Unterdrücke Tasten vor anderen Anwendungen - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. <b>Dies unterdrückt Tastendrücke von anderen Anwendungen.</b><br />Durch Aktivierung wird der Tastendruck (oder die letzte Taste einer Mehrfachtasten-Kombination) vor anderen Anwendungen versteckt. Es können aber nicht alle Tasten unterdrückt werden. @@ -3158,7 +3171,7 @@ der möglichen Orte initialisieren. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. Mumble hat festgestellt, dass es keine Globalen Tastenkürzel Ereignisse erhalten kann, wenn es im Hintergrund läuft.<br /><br />Dies wird durch die Deaktivierung des Universal Access Features "Enable access for assitive devices" verursacht.<br /><br />Bitte <a href="">aktivieren sie diese Einstellung</a>. @@ -3193,7 +3206,7 @@ der möglichen Orte initialisieren. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 Maus %1 @@ -3224,7 +3237,7 @@ der möglichen Orte initialisieren. LCD - + Not connected Nicht verbunden @@ -3232,32 +3245,32 @@ der möglichen Orte initialisieren. LCDConfig - + Graphic Grafik - + Character Zeichen - + Enable this device Dieses Gerät aktivieren - + LCD LCD - + Form Formular - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -3288,42 +3301,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt; font-weight:600; font-style:italic;"><span style=" font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">Dies entscheidet ob Mumble auf ein bestimmtes LCD zeichnen soll.</span></p></body></html> - + Devices Geräte - + Name Name - + Type Typ - + Size Größe - + Enabled Aktiviert - + Views Ansichten - + Minimum Column Width Minimale Spaltenbreite - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -3336,18 +3349,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Diese Option legt die minimale Breite einer Spalte in der Spieleransicht fest.</span></p><p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;"></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">Wenn zu viele Leute gleichzeitig sprechen, wird die Spieleransicht sich selbst in Spalten aufteilen.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">Mit dieser Option kann ein Kompromiss zwischen der angezeigten Anzahl auf dem</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">LCD und der Spielerbreite geschlossen werden.</p></body></html> - - + TextLabel Textlabel - + Splitter Width Splitterbreite - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -3363,99 +3375,80 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } [%2] %1 - Debug - Debug + Debug - Critical - Kritisch + Kritisch - Warning - Warnung + Warnung - Information - Information + Information - Server Connected - Server verbunden + Server verbunden - Server Disconnected - Serververbindung abgebrochen + Serververbindung abgebrochen - Player Joined Server - Benutzer betrat Server + Benutzer betrat Server - Player Left Server - Benutzer verließ Server + Benutzer verließ Server - Player kicked (you or by you) - Benutzer gekickt (du oder von dir) + Benutzer gekickt (du oder von dir) - Player kicked - Benutzer gekickt + Benutzer gekickt - You self-muted/deafened - Selbst stumm-/taubgestellt + Selbst stumm-/taubgestellt - Other self-muted/deafened - Anderer stumm-/taubgestellt + Anderer stumm-/taubgestellt - Player muted (you) - Benutzer stummgestellt (dich) + Benutzer stummgestellt (dich) - Player muted (by you) - Benutzer stummgestellt (durch dich) + Benutzer stummgestellt (durch dich) - Player muted (other) - Benutzer stummgestellt (jemand anderes) + Benutzer stummgestellt (jemand anderes) - Player Joined Channel - Benutzer betrat Kanal + Benutzer betrat Kanal - Player Left Channel - Benutzer verließ Kanal + Benutzer verließ Kanal - Permission Denied - Erlaubnis verweigert + Erlaubnis verweigert - Text Message - Textnachricht + Textnachricht Script Errors @@ -3465,80 +3458,80 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events Wechsle Einstellung für Konsole für %1 Ereignisse - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events De-/Aktiviere Pop-up Nachrichten für %1 Ereignisse - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events De-/Aktiviere Text-zu-Sprache für %1 Ereignisse - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events Klicken Sie hier, um die Audio-Hinweise für %1 Ereignisse zu wechseln - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change Pfad zur Sounddatei, die für die Audio-Benachrichtigung für %1 Ereignisse verwendet wird.<br />Einfacher Klick zum abspielen<br />Doppelklick zum ändern - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. Klicken Sie hier, um die Konsolenausgabe für %1 Ereignisse zu wechseln (zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren).<br />Wenn gewählt gibt Mumble alle %1 Ereignisse in seinem Nachrichten-Log aus. - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. Klicken Sie hier, um die Pop-up Benachrichtigungen für %1 Ereignisse zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren.<br />Wenn gewählt, wird für jedes %1 Ereignis ein Benachrichtigungs-Pop-up erzeugt. - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. Klicken Sie hier, um Text-zu-Sprache für %1 Ereignisse zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren.<br />Wenn gewählt veranlasst Mumble, dass %1 Ereignisse vorgelesen werden. Text-zu-Sprache kann auch den Inhalt von Ereignissen vorlesen, was Sounddateien nicht können. Text-zu-Sprache und Sounddateien können nicht gleichzeitig verwendet werden. - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Klicken Sie hier, um Sound-benachrichtigungen für %1 Ereignisse zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren.<br />Wenn gewählt, verwendet Mumble von ihnen gewählte Sounddateien um %1 Ereignisse zu kennzeichnen. Sounddateien und Text-zu-Sprache können nicht gleichzeitig verwendet werden. - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. Pfad zu einer Sounddatei für Sound Benachrichtigungen bei %1 Ereignissen.<br />Einfacher Klick zum abspielen<br />Doppelklick zum ändern<br />Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Sound-Benachrichtigung für diesen Ereignistyp aktiviert ist, sonst hat dieses Feld keine Auswirkungen. - + Choose sound file Wählen Sie eine Sounddatei - + Invalid sound file Ungültige Sounddatei - + The file '%1' does not exist or is not a valid speex file. Die Datei '%1' existiert nicht oder ist keine gültige speex Datei. - + Messages Nachrichten - + Console Konsole @@ -3555,67 +3548,67 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Text-zu-Sprache für %1 einschalten - + Text To Speech Text-zu-Sprache - + Volume Lautstärke - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine Lautstärke der Text-zu-Sprache-Engine - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>Dies ist die Lautstärke für die Sprachsynthese.</b> - + Length threshold Längen-Schwellwert - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine Nachrichtenlängen-Schwellwert für die Text-zu-Sprache-Engine - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. <b>Dieser Längen-Schwellwert wird von der Text-zu-Sprache-Engine genutzt.</b><br />Nachrichten die Länger als der Grenzwert sind, werden nicht in voller Länge laut vorgelesen. - + Message Nachricht - + Notification Benachrichtigung - + Text-To-Speech Text-zu-Sprache - + Soundfile Sounddatei - + Path Pfad - + Characters Zeichen @@ -3623,54 +3616,53 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LookConfig - - + Language Sprache - + Look and Feel Aussehen - - + + System default Systemstandard - + Language to use (requires restart) Sprachauswahl (benötigt Neustart) - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. <b>Dies legt die Sprache fest, die Mumble verwenden soll.</b><br />Ein Neustart ist nötig um die neue Sprache zu nutzen. - + Style Stil - + Basic widget style Einfacher Widget-Stil - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> <b>Dies legt das einfache Aussehen fest.</b> - + Skin Skin - + Skin file to use zu verwendende Skindatei @@ -3683,27 +3675,27 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Benutze horizontale Splitter - + List players above subchannels (requires restart). Liste Spieler über Unterkanälen auf (benötigt Neustart). - + User Interface Benutzerinterface - + ... ... - + Choose skin file Wähle Skindatei - + <b>If set, players will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. <b>Wenn gesetzt werden Spieler im darüberliegenden Unterkanal in der Kanalansicht angezeigt.</b><br />Ein Neustart von Mumble ist nötig, um die Änderungen zu sehen. @@ -3720,17 +3712,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <b>Wenn gesetzt werden alle Kanäle standardmäßig beim Verbindungsaufbau zum Server expandiert.</b> - + Players above Channels Spieler über Kanälen - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. <b>Dies legt fest, welchen Skin Mumble verwenden soll.</b><br />Der Skin ist eine Stildatei, die über den einfachen Widgetstil gelegt wird. Wenn Icons im selben Verzeichnis wie die Stilvorlage liegen, so werden die Standard-Icons ausgetauscht. - + Form Formular @@ -3743,122 +3735,119 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Prüfe nach Updates bei Start - + None Keine - + Only with players Nur mit Benutzern - + All Alle - + Expand Expandieren - + When to automatically expand channels Wann sollen Kanäle automatisch erweitert werden - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with players</i> will expand and collapse channels as players join and leave them. Dies legt fest, welche Kanäle automatisch expandiert werden sollen.<i>Keine</i> und <i>Alle</i> expandieren keinen, respektive alle Kanäle, während <i>Nur mit Benutzer</i> die Kanäle expandiert bzw. zusammenschließt in denen Benutzer beitreten bzw. verlassen. - + Ask Frage Nach - + Do Nothing Tue Nichts - + Move Bewegen - + Channel Dragging Kanal Ziehen - + This changes the behaviour when moving channels. Dies ändert das Verhalten, wenn Kanäle bewegt werden. - + This sets the behaviour of channel drags, it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. Dies legt das Verhalten vom Kanal ziehen fest, um unabsichtliches Ziehen zu verhindern.<i>Bewege Kanal</i> bewegt den Kanal ohne nachzufragen.<i>Tue Nichts</i> tut nichts und zeigt eine Fehlermeldung an.<i>Frage nach</i> zeigt ein Nachrichtenfenster an, mit dem das Ziehen bestätigt werden kann. - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. Frage, ob das Mumblefenster geschlossen oder minimiert werden soll, wenn Mumble beendet wird. - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.<b> <b>Wenn gesetzt, wird gefragt ob beendet werden soll, wenn noch verbunden ist.<b> - + Ask on quit while connected Frage beim Beenden mit aktiver Verbindung nach - + Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. Lasse das Mumblefenster über allen anderen Fenstern erscheinen. - + <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> <b>Dies lässt das Mumblefenster das oberste Fenster sein.</b> - + Always On Top Immer oben - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> <b>Wenn gesetzt, wird das Haupt Mumblefenster in den Infobereich minimiert. Anderenfalls wird es wie üblich minimiert.</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized Verstecke im Tray, wenn minimiert - Show all configuration items - Zeige alle Konfigurationselemente + Zeige alle Konfigurationselemente - <b>This will show all configuration items.</b><br />Mumble contains a lot of configuration items that most users won't need to change. Checking this will show all configurable items. - <b>Dies zeigt alle Konfigurationselemente.</b><br />Mumble enthält viele Konfigurationselemente, die die meisten Benutzer nicht ändern werden. Wird dies aktiviert werden alle konfigurierbaren Elemente angezeigt. + <b>Dies zeigt alle Konfigurationselemente.</b><br />Mumble enthält viele Konfigurationselemente, die die meisten Benutzer nicht ändern werden. Wird dies aktiviert werden alle konfigurierbaren Elemente angezeigt. - Expert Config - Expertenkonfiguration + Expertenkonfiguration - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. Verstecke das Mumblefenster im Tray, wenn es minimiert wird. @@ -3866,118 +3855,118 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } MainWindow - - + + Root Wurzel - + &Connect &Verbinden - + Open the server connection dialog Öffne den Serververbindungs-Dialog - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick connect. Zeigt einen Dialog mit registrierten Servern und erlaubt schnelles Verbinden. - + &Disconnect &Trennen - + Disconnect from server Verbindung zum Server trennen - + Disconnects you from the server. Trennt Ihre Verbindung zum Server. - + &Ban lists &Banliste - + Edit ban lists on server Bannlisten des Server editieren - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. Dies lässt Sie die serverseitige IP Bannliste editieren. - + &Kick &Kicken - + Kick player (with reason) Benutzer Kicken (mit Grund) - + Kick selected player off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Den ausgewählten Benutzer vom Server schmeissen. Sie werden aufgefordert, einen Grund anzugeben. - + &Ban &Bannen - + Kick and ban player (with reason) Benutzer vom Server Kicken und Verbannen (mit Grund) - + Kick and ban selected player from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Den ausgewählten Benutzer vom Server schmeissen und bannen. Man wird aufgefordert, einen Grund anzugeben. - + &Mute &Stumm stellen - + Mute player Benutzer stumm stellen - + Mute or unmute player on server. Unmuting a deafened player will also undeafen them. Den Benutzer stumm stellen oder das reden wieder erlauben. Erlaubt man einem Taub gestellten Benutzer das reden, darf er automatisch auch wieder etwas hören. - + &Deafen &Taub stellen - + Deafen player Benutzer taub stellen - + Deafen or undeafen player on server. Deafening a player will also mute them. Benutzer taub stellen oder das zuhören wieder erlauben. Einen Benutzer taub zu stellen wird ihn automatisch auch stumm stellen. - + &Local Mute &Lokal stumm stellen @@ -3986,82 +3975,82 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Spieler lokal stumm oder nicht stummstellen. - + &Add &Hinzufügen - + Add new channel Neuen Kanal hinzufügen - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. Dies fügt dem aktuell gewählten Kanal einen Unterkanal hinzu. - + &Remove &Entfernen - + Remove channel Kanal entfernen - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. Dies entfernt einen Kanal und all seine Unterkanäle. - + &Edit ACL ACL &editieren - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel Gruppen und ACL des Channels bearbeiten - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. Dies öffnet den Gruppen- und ACL-Dialog des Kanals um die Berechtigungen einzustellen. - + &Rename &Umbenennen - + &Change Description &Beschreibung ändern - + Changes the channel description Ändert die Kanalbeschreibung - + This changes the description of a channel. Dies ändert die Beschreibung eines Kanals. - + &Link &Verknüpfen - + Link your channel to another channel Verknüpft Ihren aktuellen Kanal mit einem anderen - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, players can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. Dies verbindet den aktuellen Kanal mit dem Gewählten. Wenn Spieler Spracherlaubnis im anderen Kanal haben, so können sie sich jetzt gegenseitig hören. Dies ist eine permanente Verbindung die solange bestehen bleibt, bis die Verknüpfung manuell aufgehoben oder der Server neugestart wird. @@ -4070,172 +4059,172 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Unlink - + Unlink your channel from another channel Die Verknüpfung des aktuellen Kanals zu einem anderen Kanal trennen - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. Dies trennt die Verknüpfung des aktuellen Kanals zum Ausgewählten. - + Unlink &All &Alle Verknüpfungen entfernen - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. Trennt alle verbundenen Kanäle. - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. Dies trennt die Verbindungen des aktuellen Kanals (nicht des ausgewählten) zu allen verknüpften Kanälen. - + &Reset &Zurücksetzen - + Reset audio preprocessor Setzt den Audio-Präprozessor zurück - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. Setzt den Audio-Präprozessor zurück: unter anderem Geräuschunterdrückung, automatisches Gain und Stimmaktivierungserkennung. Wenn etwas plötzlich die Audioumgebung verschlechtert (z.B. das Fallen lassen des Mikrofons), so kann dies verwendet werden um nicht auf das anpassen des Präprozessor warten zu müssen. - + &Mute Self Selbst &Stumm stellen - + Mute yourself Sich selber stumm stellen - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. Stellen Sie sich selbst stumm oder deaktivieren es. Wenn Sie stumm gestellt sind werden keine Daten von Ihnen an den Server gesandt. Deaktivieren Sie das stumm stellen währen Sie taub gestellt sind, wird dieses auch deaktiviert. - + &Deafen Self Selbst &Taub stellen - + Deafen yourself Sich selbst taub stellen - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. Sich selbst Taub stellen an/aus. Wenn taub gestellt hört man nichts. Sich taub zu stellen stellt einen automatisch stumm. - + &Text-To-Speech &Text-Zu-Sprache - + Toggle Text-To-Speech Text-Zu-Sprache ein-/ausschalten - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. Text-Zu-Sprache-Engine ein- oder ausschalten. Nur Nachrichten die in den Einstellungen entsprechend aktiviert sind werden tatsächlich gesprochen. - + S&tatistics St&atistiken - + Display audio statistics Zeigt Audiostatistiken an - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. Zeigt einen kleinen Dialog mit Informationen über den aktuellen Audio Eingang an. - + Forcibly unlink plugin Trennen des Plugins erzwingen - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. Dies zwingt das aktuelle Plugin zur Trennenung, was hilfreich sein kann, wenn es völlig falsche Daten einliest. - + &Settings &Einstellungen - + Configure Mumble Mumble konfigurieren - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. Erlaubt die meisten Einstellungen von Mumble zu ändern. - + &What's This? &Was ist das? - + Enter What's This? mode Was ist das? Modus betreten - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. Dies anklicken um den "Was ist das?"-Modus zu aktivieren. Der Cursor wird sich in ein Fragezeichen ändern. Klickt man damit auf irgendeinen Button, Menüeintrag oder ein Gebiet, wird eine kurze Beschreibung angezeigt. - + &About Ü&ber - + Information about Mumble Informationen über Mumble - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. Zeigt einen kleinen Dialog mit Informationen über Mumble und zur Lizenzierung. - + About &Speex Über &Speex - + Information about Speex Informationen über Speex - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. Zeigt einen kleinen Dialog mit Informationen über Speex. @@ -4244,32 +4233,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Über &Qt - + Information about Qt Informationen über Qt - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. Zeigt einen kleinen Dialog mit Informationen über Qt. - + Check for &Updates Auf &Updates prüfen - + Check for new version of Mumble Prüfen, ob eine neue Version von Mumble vverfügbar ist - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. Verbindet sich mit der Mumble Webseite um zu prüfen ob eine neue Version verfügbar ist. Ist eine neue Version verfügbar wird mit einer passenden Download URL darauf hingewiesen. - + Mumble -- %1 Mumble -- %1 @@ -4278,71 +4267,71 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Log mit Nachrichten - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. Dieser Bereich zeigt die letzten Aktivitäten an. Verbindungen zum Server, Fehler und Informationsnachrichten werden hier angezeigt.<br />Um genau festzulegen welche Nachrichten hier angezeigt werden verwenden Sie den <b>Einstellungen</b> Menüeintrag und öffnen den Tab <b>Nachrichten</b>. - + &Server &Server - + &Player B&enutzer - + &Channel &Kanal - + &Audio &Audio - + C&onfigure K&onfiguration - + &Help &Hilfe - + Kicking player %1 Kicke Benutzer %1 - - + + Enter reason Grund eingeben - + Banning player %1 Banne Benutzer %1 - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + Channel Name Kanalname @@ -4351,42 +4340,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Sind Sie sicher Kanal %1 und all seine Unterkanäle zu löschen? - + Unmuted and undeafened. Stumm und taub stellen ausgeschaltet. - + Unmuted. Stumm stellen aus. - + Muted. Stumm. - + Muted and deafened. Stumm und taub gestellt. - + Deafened. Taubgestellt. - + Undeafened. Taubstellung aus. - + About Qt Über Qt - + Joining %1. Betrete %1. @@ -4395,128 +4384,128 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Mit Server verbunden. - + Server connection failed: %1. Serververbindung fehlgeschlagen: %1. - + Disconnected from server. Verbindung zum Server unterbrochen. - + Reconnecting. Neuverbindung. - + Joined server: %1. Server beigetreten: %1. - + Left server: %1. %1 hat den Server verlassen. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 ist jetzt stumm und taub gestellt. - + %1 is now muted. %1 ist jetzt stumm gestellt. - + %1 is now unmuted. %1 ist jetzt nicht mehr stumm gestellt. - - + + server Server - + You were muted by %1. Du wurdest von %1 stumm gestellt. - + You were unmuted by %1. Stumm gestellt sein wurde von %1 deaktiviert. - + %1 muted by %2. %1 von %2 stumm gestellt. - + %1 unmuted by %2. Stummstellung von %1 durch %2 aufgehoben. - + You were deafened by %1. Du wurdest von %1 taub gestellt. - + You were undeafened by %1. Taubstellen von %1 deaktiviert. - + %1 deafened by %2. %1 wurde von %2 taub gestellt. - + %1 undeafened by %2. Taubstellen von %1 durch %2 deaktiviert. - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. Du wurdest von %1 vom Server gekickt: %2. - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 wurde von %1 vom Server gekickt: %2. - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. Du wurdest von %1 vom Server gekickt und gebannt: %2. - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 wurde von %1 vom Server gekickt und gebannt: %2. - + You were moved to %1 by %2. Sie wurden von %2 nach %1 verschoben. - + %1 left channel. %1 hat den Kanal verlassen. - + %1 moved out by %2 to %3. %1 wurde durch %2 aus ihrem Kanal nach %3 verschoben. - + %1 moved in by %2 from %3. %1 wurde durch %2 von %3 in ihren Kanal verschoben. @@ -4525,7 +4514,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } %1 wurde von %2 rausgeschoben. - + %1 entered channel. %1 betrat den Kanal. @@ -4534,163 +4523,163 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } %1 wurde von %2 reingeschoben. - + Server connection rejected: %1. Serververbindung abgelehnt : %1. - + Denied: %1. Abgelehnt: %1. - + Welcome to Mumble. Willkommen in Mumble. - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Push-To-Talk - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut Drücken und halten Sie diese Taste um Sprache zu senden. - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut Dies konfiguriert die push-to-talk Taste. So lange Sie diese Taste gedrückt halten, übermitteln Sie sprache. - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut Audio Prozessor zurücksetzen - + Toggle Mute Self Global Shortcut Selbst stumm stellen umschalten - + Toggle self-mute status. Global Shortcut Wechsle 'selbst stumm gestellt' Status. - + This will toggle your muted status. If you toggle this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut Dies wechselt Ihren 'selbst stumm gestellt' Status. Wenn Sie diesen deaktivieren, deaktivieren Sie auch 'selbst taub gestellt'. - + Toggle Deafen Self Global Shortcut Selbst taub stellen umschalten - + Toggle self-deafen status. Global Shortcut Wechsle 'selbst taub gestellt' Status. - + This will toggle your deafen status. If you toggle this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut Dies wechselt Ihren 'selbst taub gestellt' Status. Wenn Sie diesen aktivieren, aktivieren Sie damit auch 'selbst stumm gestellt'. - + Force Center Position Global Shortcut Erzwinge Mittelposition - + Chan Parent Global Shortcut Elternkanal - + Chan Sub#%1 Global Shortcut Unterkanal #%1 - + Chan All Subs Global Shortcut Alle Unterkanäle - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut Stumm stellen - + Join Channel Global Shortcut Kanal betreten - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut Overlay-Modus umschalten - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut Wechsle den Modus des in-game Overlays. - + This will switch the states of the ingame overlay between showing everybody, just the players who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut Dies wechselt den in-game Overlay Modus zwischen 'zeige Jeden', 'nur Sprechende' und 'Niemanden'. - + Alt Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Alt Push-To-Talk - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut Plugin trennen - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie %1 und alle Unterkanäle löschen möchten? - + &Quit Mumble Mumble B&eenden - + Closes the program Schließt das Programm - + Exits the application. Beendet die Applikation. @@ -4700,14 +4689,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ctrl+Q - - + Send Messa&ge Sende Nachri&cht - - + Send a Text Message Sende eine Text-Nachricht @@ -4716,99 +4703,99 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Sende eine Text-Nachricht an einen anderen Benutzer. - + Sending message to %1 Sende Nachricht an %1 - - + + To %1: %2 An %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 Nachricht an %1 - + Change description of channel %1 Ändere Beschreibung von Kanal %1 - + Invalid username Ungültiger Benutzername - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. Sie haben sich mit ungültigem Benutzernamen verbunden. Bitte versuchen Sie einen anderen. - + That username is already in use, please try another username. Dieser Benutzername ist bereits vergeben. Bitte versuchen Sie einen anderen. - + Wrong password Falsches Passwort - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. Falsches Passwort für registrierte Benutzer. Bitte versuchen Sie es noch einmal. - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. Falsches Serverpasswort für unregistrierte Benutzer. Bitte versuchen Sie es noch einmal. - + From %1: %2 Von %1: %2 - + Message from %1 Nachricht von %1 - + &Audio Wizard &Audio Assistent - + Sends a text message to another user. Schickt eine Textnachricht an einen anderen Benutzer. - + Start the audio configuration wizard Startet den Audiokonfigurations-Assistenten - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. Dies leitet Sie durch den Hardware-Konfigurationsprozess. - + SSL Verification failed: %1 SSL Überprüfung fehlgeschlagen: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. <b>WARNUNG:</b> Der Server hat ein Zertifikat gesendet, das sich vom für diesen Server gespeicherten Zertifikat unterscheidet. - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. Der Server hat Zertifikat gesendet, dessen Überprüfung gescheitert ist. @@ -4837,27 +4824,27 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <li><b>Bundesstaat:</b> %1</li> - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> <p>%1.<br />Die Fehler dieses Zertifikats sind: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Wollen Sie dieses Zertifikat trotzdem akzeptieren?<br />(Es wird auch abgespeichert, weshalb Sie nicht wieder gefragt werden.)</p> - + &Information &Informationen - + Show information about the server connection Zeigt Informationen über die Serververbindung an - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. Dies zeigt erweitertete Informationen über die Verbindung zum Server an. - + Mumble Server Information Mumble Server Informationen @@ -4866,28 +4853,28 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Kontrollkanal: %1 ms Latenz. Verschlüsselt mit %3 bit %4<br />Sprachkanal: %2 ms Latenz, verschlüsselt mit OCB-AES128 - - + + &View Certificate &Zertifikat zeigen - + Opening URL %1 Öffne URL %1 - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' URL-Schema ist nicht 'mumble' - + Connecting to %1 Verbinde zu %1 - + Enter username Benutzernamen eingeben @@ -4896,67 +4883,67 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Kanal u&mbenennen - + Renames the channel Benennt den Kanal um - + This renames a channel. Dies benennt einen Kanal um. - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? Dies ist das erste Mal, dass Sie Mumble starten.<br />Wollen Sie den Audio Assistenten starten, um Ihre Soundkarte zu konfigurieren? - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> <h2>Kontrollkanal</h2><p>Verschlüsselt mit %1 Bit %2<br />%3 ms Durchschnittslatenz (%4 Varianz)</p> - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. Sprachkanal wird über den Kontrollkanal gesendet. - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> <h2>Sprachkanal</h2><p>Verschlüsselt mit 128 Bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms Durchschnittslatenz (%4 Varianz)</p> - + UDP Statistics UDP Statistiken - + To Server Zum Server - + From Server Vom Server - + Good Gut - + Late Spät - + Lost Verloren - + Resync Neu Synchronisieren @@ -4965,17 +4952,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Sie befinden sich jetzt im lokalen Taubmodus. Dieser Modus stimmt nicht mit dem des Servers überein und ihre Stimme wird weiterhin zum Server übertragen. Dieser Modus sollte nur genutzt werden, wenn sich mehrere Leute im selben Raum befinden und einer von ihnen benutzt Lautsprecher. - + Ctrl+Q Ctrl+Q - + Mute player locally Benutzer lokal stummstellen - + Mute or unmute player locally. Use this on other players in the same room. Benutzer lokal stummstellen. Benutzen Sie dies wenn sich andere Spieler im selben Raum befinden. @@ -4996,88 +4983,88 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Versetzt Sie in den lokale Taubmodus in welchem Ihre Lautsprecher leise gestellt sind, aber immer noch Audio übertragen wird. - + About &Qt Über &Qt - + Sending message to channel %1 Sende Nachricht an Kanal %1 - + Sending message to channel tree %1 Sende Nachricht an Kanalbaum %1 - + To tree %1: %2 Von Baum %1: %2 - + Message to tree %1 Nachricht an Baum %1 - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. Schickt eine Textnachricht an alle Benutzer im Kanal. - + Send &Tree Message Sende &Baumnachricht - + Send message to channel tree. Sende Nachricht an Kanalbaum (Kanal und Unterkanäle). - + This sends a text message to a channel and it's subchannels. Dies schickt eine Textnachricht an einen Kanal und seine Unterkanäle. - + Server maximum bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Quality auto-adjusted. Maximale Bandbreite des Servers ist nur %1 kbit/s. Die Qualität wurde automatisch angepasst. - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s (Quality %3)</p> <h2>Audio Bandbreite</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Aktuell %2 kbit/s (Qualität %3)</p> - + Connected to server %1. Mit Server %1 verbunden. - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? Mumble ist gerade zu einem Server verbunden. Möchten Sie es schließen oder minimieren? - + Close Schließen - - + + Minimize Minimieren - + &Window &Fenster - + Ctrl+M Strg+M @@ -5086,72 +5073,72 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Strg+W - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut Minimalansichts-Modus umschalten - + &Minimal View &Minimale Ansicht - + Toggle minimal window modes Zwischen Minimalansichts-Modi umschalten - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. Dies schaltet in den Minimal-Modus um, in dem das Logfenster und das Menu versteckt sind. - + Log Log - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut Lauter (+10%) - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut Leiser (-10%) - + Clear Löschen - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. Die Kanal-Ziehen-Aktion wurde auf "Nichts tun" gesetzt. Der Kanal wird also nicht bewegt. - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in PlayerModel::dropMimeData. Unbekannter Kanalzieh-Modus in PlayerModel:dropMimeData. - + &Unlink Channel &Verknüpfung entfernen - + &Unlink Plugin &Deaktivieren - + Server message from Server @@ -5161,17 +5148,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Beenden - + Hide Frame Fenster Verstecken - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window Anzeige des Rahmens im Minimal-Modus wechseln - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. Dies wechselt ob das Minimal-Fenster einen Rahmen zum verschieben und vergrößern hat oder nicht. @@ -5179,167 +5166,167 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } NetworkConfig - + Network Netzwerk - + Form Formular - + Connection Verbindung - + Use TCP compatibility mode Benutze TCP-Kompatibilitätsmodus - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). <b>TCP-Kompatibilitätsmodus aktivieren</b>.<br />Dies lässt Mumble nur TCP zur Kommunikation mit dem Server nutzen. Dies wird den Overhead erhöhen und bei verlorenen Paketen hörbare Pausen produzieren. Sie sollten diese Einstellung also nur verwenden, wenn die Standardeinstellungen nicht funktionieren. - + Use TCP mode Benutze TCP-Modus - + Reconnect when disconnected Nach Verbindungsabbruch erneut verbinden - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>Neuverbinden nach Verbindungsabbruch</b>.<br />Dies führt eine automatische Neuverbindung nach 10 Sekunden durch, wenn die Serververbindung abbricht. - + Reconnect automatically Automatisch Neuverbinden - + Proxy Proxy - + Type Typ - + Type of proxy to connect through Art des Proxys durch den verbunden werden soll - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>Art des Proxys durch den verbunden werden soll</b><br />Dies lässt Mumble alle ausgehenden Verbindungen durch einen Proxy gehen. Beachten Sie, dass Proxytunneling Mumble in den TCP Kompatibilitätsmodus zwingt, was alle Sprachdaten über den Kontrollkanal sendet. - + Direct connection Direkte Verbindung - + HTTP(S) proxy HTTP(S) Proxy - + SOCKS5 proxy SOCKS5 Proxy - + Hostname Hostname - + Hostname of the proxy Hostname des Proxys - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.<b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. <b>Hostname des Proxys.</b><br />Dieses Feld spezifiert den Hostnamen des Proxys durch den Netzwerkverkehr getunnelt werden soll. - + Port Port - + Port number of the proxy Portnummer des Proxys - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. <b>Portnummer des Proxys.</b><br />Dieses Feld spezifiert die Portnummer auf der der Proxy eine Verbindung erwartet. - + Username Benutzername - + Username for proxy authentication Benutzername für Proxy Authentisierung - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>Benutzername für Proxy Authentisierung.</b><br />Dies spezifiert den Benutzernamen um sich den Proxy zu authentifizieren. Falls der Proxy keine Authentisierung verwendet oder Sie sich anonym verbinden wollen, lassen Sie das Feld frei. - + Password Passwort - + Password for proxy authentication Passwort für Proxy Authentisierung - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>Passwort für Proxy Authentisierung.</b><br />Dies spezifiert das Passwort um sich den Proxy zu authentifizieren. Falls der Proxy keine Authentisierung verwendet oder Sie sich anonym verbinden wollen, lassen Sie das Feld frei. - + Mumble services Mumble Dienste - + Check for updates on startup Prüfe bei Start ob neue Updates verfügbar sind - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Sende anonyme Statistiken an das Mumble Projekt - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus it's development where it's needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. <b>Sende anonyme Statistiken.</b><br />Mumble hat ein kleines Entwicklungsteam und als solches muss es sich auf die Entwicklungen konzentrieren, die am meisten benötigt werden. Durch das Senden von Statistiken helfen Sie dem Projekt festzustellen, wohin die Entwicklung führen soll. - + Submit anonymous statistics Sende anonyme Statistiken @@ -5406,12 +5393,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Overlay - + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 @@ -5425,32 +5412,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } OverlayConfig - + Options Optionen - + Position Position - + Font Schriftart - + Enable Overlay Overlay aktivieren - + Enable overlay. Overlay aktivieren. - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked with D3D9 applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. Dies legt fest, ob das Overlay benutzt wird oder nicht. Diese Einstellung wird nur angezeigt wenn D3D9 Applikationen gestartet sind. Versichern Sie sich also dass Mumble läuft und diese Option aktiviert ist bevor Sie die Applikation starten.<br />Bitte beachten Sie dass, falls Sie die Applikation nach Mumble starten, oder Sie das Overlay während des Betriebs deaktivieren, es keinen sicheren Weg gibt das Overlay neuzustarten ohne die Applikation neuzustarten. @@ -5471,217 +5458,207 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Zeige - + Who to show on the overlay Wer auf dem Overlay angezeigt werden soll - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. <b>Dies legt fest, wer im Overlay angezeigt werden soll.</b><br />Falls viele Spieler im selben Kanal sind, könnte die Overlayliste sehr lang werden. Benutzen Sie dies um sie zu kürzen.<br /><i>Niemand</i> - Zeige niemanden (aber lass das Overlay laufen).<br /><i>Nur Sprechende</i> - Nur sprechende Benutzer zeigen.<br /><i>Jeder</i> - Zeige alle (im Kanal). - + Always Show Self Immer sich selbst anzeigen - + Always show yourself on overlay. Immer sich selbst auf dem Overlay anzeigen. - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. Dies legt fest, ob Sie selbst immer angezeigt werden sollen oder nicht. Diese Einstellung ist nützlich, wenn Sie im Overlay nicht jeden anzeigen. In dem Fall würden sie ihren Status nur sehen, wenn Sie sprechen und sie könnten nicht sehen ob sie taub- oder stummgestellt wurden. - + Show User Textures Zeige Benutzertexturen - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. Zeige benutzerdefinierte Texturen statt Text auf dem Overlay. - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. Dies legt fest ob Benutzertexturen von registrierten Benutzern heruntergeladen und benutz werden sollen. Wenn deaktiviert, wird normaler Text angezeigt. - + Grow Left Nach links wachsen - + Let overlay grow to the left Das Overlay nach links wachsen lassen - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. Das Overlay versucht so klein wie möglich und an der Position die sie gewählt haben zu bleiben. Dies erlaubt das Overlay notfalls nach links wachsen zu lassen. - + Grow Right Nach rechts wachsen - + Grow Up Nach oben wachsen - + Let overlay grow upwards Das Overlay nach oben wachsen lassen - + Grow Down Nach unten wachsen lassen - + Let overlay grow downwards Das Overlay nach unten wachsen lassen - + X-Position of Overlay X-Position des Overlays - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. Dies legt die relative X-Position des Overlays fest. - + Y-Position of Overlay Y-Position des Overlays - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. Dies legt die relative Y-Position des Overlay fest. - + Current Font Aktuelle Schriftart - + Set Font Setze Schriftart - + Maximum height of names. Maximale Höhe von Namen. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. Dies legt die maximale Höhe der Namen (oder Benutzertexturen) relativ zur Bildschirmauflösung fest. Wenn Ihr aktives 3D-Fenster 800 Pixel hoch ist und Sie dies auf 5% setzen, wird jeder Name maximal 40 Pixel hoch. Namen werden eine Höhe von 60 Pixeln nicht überschreiten, egal was Sie hier festlegen. - + Maximum height Maximale Höhe - - - - - + Change Ändern - + Color for players Farbe für Benutzer - + Color for talking players Farbe für sprechende Benutzer - + Color for alt-talking players Farbe für alternativ-sprechende Benutzer - + Color for Channels Farbe für Kanäle - + Color for active Channels Farbe für aktive Kanäle - + Overlay Overlay - + Show no one Zeige niemanden - + Show only talking Zeige nur sprechende - + Show everyone Zeigen Jeden - + Form Formular - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. Das Overlay versucht so klein wie möglich und an der Position die sie gewählt haben zu bleiben. Dies erlaubt das Overlay notfalls nach oben wachsen zu lassen. - + Let overlay grow to the right Das Overlay nach rechts wachsen lassen - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. Das Overlay versucht so klein wie möglich und an der Position die sie gewählt haben zu bleiben. Dies erlaubt das Overlay notfalls nach rechts wachsen zu lassen. - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. Das Overlay versucht so klein wie möglich und an der Position die sie gewählt haben zu bleiben. Dies erlaubt das Overlay notfalls nach unten wachsen zu lassen. - - - - - - - + TextLabel Textlabel @@ -5716,37 +5693,37 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Spielerattribute - + This is a player connected to the server. The icon to the left of the player indicates whether or not they are talking:<br /><img src="skin:talking_on.png" /> Talking<br /><img src="skin:talking_off.png" /> Not talking Dies ist ein mit dem Server verbundener Benutzer. Das Icon links vom Spieler zeigt an, ob er spricht oder nicht: <br /><img src="skin:talking_on.png" />Sprechend<br /><img src="skin:talking_off.png"/> Nicht sprechend - + This is a channel on the server. Only players in the same channel can hear each other. Dies ist ein Kanal auf dem Server. Nur Spieler im selben Kanal können sich gegenseitig hören. - + This shows the flags the player has on the server, if any:<br /><img src="skin:authenticated.png" />Authenticated user<br /><img src="skin:muted_self.png" />Muted (by self)<br /><img src="skin:muted_server.png" />Muted (by admin)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_self.png" />Deafened (by self)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_server.png" />Deafened (by admin)<br />A player muted by himself is probably just away, talking on the phone or something like that.<br />A player muted by an admin is probably also just away, and the noise the player is making was annoying enough that an admin muted him. Dies zeigt die Attribute an, die ein Benutzer auf dem Server hat:<br /><img src="skin:authenticated.png" />Authentifizierter Benutzer<br /><img src="skin:muted_self.png" />Stummgestellt (durch sich selbst)<br /><img src="skin:muted_server.png" />Stummgestellt (durch Admin)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_self.png" />Taubgestellt (durch sich selbst)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_server.png" />Taubgestellt (durch Admin)<br />Ein Benutzer der sich selbst stummgestellt hat, ist vermutlich weg oder ist am Telefon.<br />Ein Benutzer der durch einen Admin stummgestellt wurde, ist vermutlich auch weg, aber die Geräusche die der Spieler macht, waren so störend, dass der Admin ihn stummgestellt hat. - + Name Name - + Flags Attribute - + Mumble Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie den Kanal verschieben möchten? @@ -5754,94 +5731,94 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PluginConfig - + Options Optionen - - + + Plugins Plugins - + Link to Game and Transmit Position Mit Spiel verbinden und Position übertragen - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information Plugin aktivieren und Positionsinformationen übertragen - + This enables plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit that with each voice packet. This enables other players to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. Dies aktiviert Plugins für unterstützte Spiele um Ihre In-Game-Position zu ermitteln und diese mit jedem Sprachpaket zu übertragen. Dies erlaubt anderen Spielern ihre Stimme aus der Richtung zu hören, in der Sie sich befinden. - + &Reload plugins Plugins &neu laden - + Reloads all plugins Läd alle Plugins neu - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. Dies liest alle Plugins neu ein. Benutzen Sie dies, falls Sie dem Pluginverzeichnis ein Plugin hinzugefügt oder ein Plugin geändert haben. - + &About Ü&ber - + Information about plugin Informationen über das Plugin - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. Dies zeigt eine kleine Informationsnachricht über das Plugin an. - + &Configure &Konfigurieren - + Show configuration page of plugin Zeige Konfiguration des Plugins - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. Dies zeigt eine Konfigurationsseite des Plugins an, falls eine existiert. - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. Plugin hat keine Konfigurationsfunktion. - + Plugin has no about function. Plugin hat keine Über-Funktion. - + Form Formular @@ -5853,7 +5830,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Plugin %1 hat Verbindung verloren. - + %1 lost link. %1 hat Verbindung verloren. @@ -5862,7 +5839,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Plugin %1 hat sich verbunden. - + %1 linked. %1 verbunden. @@ -5870,7 +5847,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PortAudioSystem - + Default Device Standardgerät @@ -5913,12 +5890,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input Standardeingabe - + Default Output Standardausgabe @@ -5926,7 +5903,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned Nicht zugewiesen @@ -5934,7 +5911,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutDelegate - + Unassigned Nicht zugewiesen @@ -5942,7 +5919,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut Kurzbefehl drücken @@ -5950,24 +5927,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } TextMessage - + Message to send Zu sendende Nachricht - + Preview Vorschau - Send raw message - Roh-Nachricht senden + Roh-Nachricht senden - Disables html formating - Deaktiviert HTML Formatierung + Deaktiviert HTML Formatierung + + + + Disables html formatting + + + + + Disable text formatting + + + + + This field reflects how the message will look like in the chat. + + + + + <b>Preview</b><br />This field takes the raw string entered above and renders it like it will look like in the log. For example &lt;b&gt;Test&lt;/b&gt; will display as: <b>Test<b>. + @@ -5977,7 +5972,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Mumble - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. Mumble konnte keine Versionsinformationen vom SourceForge-Server ermitteln. @@ -5985,102 +5980,102 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details Zertifikat Kettendetails - + Certificate chain Zertifikatkette - + Certificate details Zertifikatdetails - + %1 %2 %1 %2 - - + + Common Name: %1 Allgemeiner Name: %1 - - + + Organization: %1 Organisation: %1 - + Subunit: %1 Untereinheit: %1 - - + + Country: %1 Staat: %1 - - + + Locality: %1 Lokalität: %1 - - + + State: %1 Land: %1 - + Valid from: %1 Gültig von : %1 - + Valid to: %1 Gültig bis: %1 - + Serial: %1 Serial: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 Öffentlicher Schlüssel: %1 bits %2 - + RSA RSA - + DSA DSA - + Digest (MD5): %1 Digest (MD5): %1 - + Issued by: Ausgegeben von: - + Unit Name: %1 Einheitname: %1 @@ -6103,7 +6098,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } WASAPISystem - + Default Device Standardgerät diff --git a/src/mumble11x/mumble_en.ts b/src/mumble11x/mumble_en.ts index 58d3f33d1..2b68e6819 100644 --- a/src/mumble11x/mumble_en.ts +++ b/src/mumble11x/mumble_en.ts @@ -4,330 +4,323 @@ ACLEditor - + Mumble - Edit ACL for %1 - + Deny - + Allow - + Allow %1 - + Deny %1 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 - + Dialog - + &Groups - - + Group - + List of groups - + This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. - + Remove selected group - + This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. - - - - + Remove - + Inherit group members from parent - + This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. - - + Inherit - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels - + This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. - + Inheritable - + Group was inherited from parent channel - + This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. - + Inherited - + Members - - - + Add - + Add to Remove - + Add member to group - + Type in the name of a player you wish to add to the group and click Add. - + Remove member from group - + Type in the name of a player you wish to remove from the group and click Add. - + &ACL - + Active ACLs - + List of entries - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. - + Inherit ACL of parent? - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. - + Inherit ACLs - + Move entry up - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. - + &Up - + Move entry down - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. - + &Down - + Add new entry - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. - + &Add - + Remove entry - + This removes the currently selected entry. - + &Remove - + Context - + Entry should apply to this channel. Entry should apply to this channel - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. - + Applies to this channel - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. - + Applies to sub-channels - + Permissions - + User/Group - + Group this entry applies to - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a !, its membership is negated, and if it starts with a ~, it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in. Order is important; <i>!~in</i> is valid, but <i>~!in</i> is not.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for <i>sub,0,0,0</i>).<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. - + User ID - + User this entry applies to - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. @@ -335,12 +328,12 @@ ALSAAudioInput - + Default ALSA Card - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 @@ -348,12 +341,12 @@ ALSAAudioOutput - + Default ALSA Card - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 @@ -361,179 +354,166 @@ ASIOConfig - - %1 (ver %2) + + %1 (version %2) - - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz + + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz - - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz -- Unusable - - - - - - - + + + + Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver - + ASIO - + Form - + Device selection - + Device - + Device to use for microphone - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. - + Query selected device - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. - + &Query - + Configure selected device - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. - + &Configure - + Capabilities - + Driver name - - - TextLabel - - - - - Buffersize - - - - + Configure input channels - - This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples <i>What you hear</i>.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be <i>Mic L</i> while Speaker should be <i>Mix L</i> and <i>Mix R</i>. - - - - + Channels - + Microphone - - + <- - - + -> - + Unused - + Speakers + + + Buffer size + + + + + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. + + ASIOInput - - + + Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. @@ -541,27 +521,27 @@ AboutDialog - + About Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> - + &About Mumble - + &License - + OK @@ -569,17 +549,17 @@ AboutSpeexDialog - + About Speex - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p><p>This program uses Speex version %1</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering, voice activity detection and speech<br />compression.</p> - + OK @@ -587,275 +567,267 @@ AudioInput - + Form - + Interface - + System - + Input method for audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. - + Device - + Input device for audio - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> - + Cancel Echo - + Transmission - + &Transmit - + When to transmit your speech - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. - + DoublePush Time - - - - - - - - + TextLabel - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. - + PTT Audio cue - + Use SNR based speech detection - + Signal to Noise - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. - + Amplitude - + Voice &Hold - + How long to keep transmitting after silence - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. - + Silence Below - + Signal values below this counts as silence - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. - + Speech Above - + Signal values above this count as voice - + Compression - + &Quality - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. - + Audio per packet - + How many audio frames to send per packet - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). - + Audio Processing - + Noise Suppression - + Noise suppression - + Amplification - + Maximum amplification of input sound - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. - + Current speech detection chance - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. - + Idle AutoMute - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be supressed. @@ -863,54 +835,54 @@ AudioInputDialog - + Continuous - + Voice Activity - + Push To Talk - + Audio Input - - + + %1 ms - - + + Off - + %1 s - + -%1 dB - + %1kbit/s (Audio %2, Position %4, Overhead %3) - + %1 min @@ -918,254 +890,244 @@ AudioOutput - + Form - + Interface - + System - + Output method for audio - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. - + Device - + Output device for audio - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> - - + Positional Audio - + Audio Output - + Default &Jitter Buffer - + Safety margin for jitter buffer - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. - - - - - - - - - - + TextLabel - + Volume - + Volume of incoming speech - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. - + Output Delay - + Amount of data to buffer - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other players' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. - + Factor for sound volume decrease - + Bloom - + Factor for sound volume increase - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. - + Headphones - + Minimum Distance - + Minimum distance to player before sound volume decreases - + Maximum Distance - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other players' speech volume will not decrease any further. - + Minimum Volume - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? - + Loopback Test - + Delay Variance - + Variance in packet latency - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms - + Packet Loss - + Packet loss for loopback mode - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% - + &Loopback - + Desired loopback mode - + <b>This enables one of the loopback testmodes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other players will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. - + Other Applications - + Volume of other applications during speech - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. @@ -1173,48 +1135,48 @@ AudioOutputDialog - + None - + Local - + Server - + Audio Output - - + + %1 ms - - - - - + + + + + %1% - + %1ms - - + + %1m @@ -1222,512 +1184,498 @@ AudioStats - - >1000ms - - - - + Audio Statistics - + Input Levels - + Peak microphone level - - - + Peak power in last frame - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. - - - - - - - - - TextLabel - - - - + Peak speaker level - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) of the speakers. Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. - + Peak clean level - - This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other players with echoes. - - - - + Signal Analysis - + Microphone power - + How close the current input level is to ideal - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. - + Speech Probability - + Probability of speech - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). - + Configuration feedback - + Current audio bitrate - + Bitrate of last frame - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. - + DoublePush interval - - Time between last two PushToTalk presses - - - - + Speech Detection - + Current speech detection chance - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. - + Signal and noise power spectrum - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. - + Echo Analysis - + Weights of the echo canceller - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. + + + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. + + + + + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses + + + + + >1000 ms + + AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard - + Introduction - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard - + This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. - + Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped locally to allow you to listen to it, and no audio will be sent to the server. - + Finished - + Enjoy using Mumble - + Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. - + Device selection - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. - + Input device - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. - - + + System - + Input method for audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. - - + + Device - + Input device to use - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> - + Use echo cancellation - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers. - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. - + Output device - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. - + Output method for audio - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. - + Output device to use - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> - + Enable positional audio - + Allows positioning of sound. - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. - + Positional Audio - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. - + Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other players relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other player is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. - + The graph below shows the position of <font color="red">you</font>, the <font color="yellow">speakers</font> and a <font color="green">moving sound source</font> as if seen from above. You should hear the audio move between the channels. - + Use headphones - + Use headphones instead of speakers. - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. - + Volume tuning - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. - + Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. - + Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sound control panel until the bar below stays as high as possible in the blue and green but <b>not</b> the red zone while you speak. - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. - + Voice Activity Detection - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. - + Raw amplitude from input - + Signal-To-Noise ratio - + Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). - + Last, you need to adjust the grace time. Mumble may detect this much non-speech and still keep transmitting before it breaks off. This allows you to catch your breath while speaking. - + Device tuning - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. - + To keep latency to an absolute minium, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. - + You should hear a single tone that's changing in frequency. Change the slider below to the lowest value which gives <b>no</b> interruptions or jitter in the sound. Please note that local echo is disabled during this test to improve audio path recognition. - + Amount of data to buffer. - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. - + If you position the microphone so it can pick up the speakers or headset, Mumble will measure the total audio path delay in your system; this means the delay from a sample is placed in an outbound buffer until it's found in a matching incoming buffer. - + %1ms - + Audio path is %1ms long. - + Audio path cannot be determined. Input not recognized. - + %1 s - + Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus on the features that benefit the most users. To this end, Mumble supports submitting anonymous statistics about your configuration to the developers. These statistcs are essential for future development, and also make sure the features you use aren't deprecated. - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project - + Push To Talk: @@ -1735,37 +1683,37 @@ BanEditor - + Mumble - Edit Bans - + &Address - + &Mask - + 0.0.0.0 - + &Add - + &Update - + &Remove @@ -1773,147 +1721,147 @@ ChanACL - + W - + T - + E - + S - + A - + M - + K - + C - + L - + None - + Traverse - + Enter - + Speak - + AltSpeak - + Mute/Deafen - + Move/Kick - + Make channel - + Link channel - + This represents no privileges. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel with flagged speech. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with AltPushToTalk held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other players. Once muted, a player will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged player or reconnects to the server. - + This represents the permission to move a player to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the player, either the moving player must have Move/Kick privileges in the destination channel, or the player must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Players with this privilege can move players into channels the target player normally wouldn't have permission to enter. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The player making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Players in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking player has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. - + Write ACL @@ -1921,32 +1869,32 @@ ClientPlayer - + Authenticated - + Muted (server) - + Deafened (server) - + Local Mute - + Muted (self) - + Deafened (self) @@ -1954,226 +1902,244 @@ ConfigDialog - + + Accept changes - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. - + + Reject changes - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. - + + Apply changes - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. - + + Undo changes for current page - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. - + + Restore defaults for current page - - This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will be not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. + + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. - + Mumble Configuration - - Tab 1 + + + Advanced ConnectDialog - + Connecting to %1 - + Enter username - + Unknown - + Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list - - + + New - + -Unnamed entry- - - + + Add - + Update - + Mumble Server Connect - + &Custom Servers - + &Label - + A&ddress - + &Port - + &Username - + &Password - - + &Connect - + &Cancel - + &Add - + &Remove - + Server &Browser - + Label - + Address - + URL - + Cancel - + C&opy to custom - + &View Webpage + + CoreAudioSystem + + + Default Device + + + DXAudioInput - + Default DirectSound Voice Input - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. - + Lost DirectSound input device. @@ -2181,22 +2147,22 @@ DXAudioOutput - + Default DirectSound Voice Output - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. - + Lost DirectSound output device. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. @@ -2204,12 +2170,12 @@ Database - + Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. @@ -2218,57 +2184,57 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts - + List of configured shortcuts - + Function - + Shortcut - + Suppress - + Add new shortcut - + This will add a new global shortcut - + &Add - + Remove selected shortcut - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. - + &Remove @@ -2276,27 +2242,27 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts - + Shortcut button combination. - + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. - + Suppress keys from other applications - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. @@ -2304,7 +2270,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. @@ -2312,7 +2278,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 @@ -2320,7 +2286,7 @@ of the possible locations. LCD - + Not connected @@ -2328,32 +2294,32 @@ of the possible locations. LCDConfig - + Graphic - + Character - + Enable this device - + LCD - + Form - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -2385,42 +2351,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - + Devices - + Name - + Type - + Size - + Enabled - + Views - + Minimum Column Width - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -2433,18 +2399,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - - + TextLabel - + Splitter Width - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -2453,246 +2418,148 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - - Log - - - Debug - - - - - Critical - - - - - Warning - - - - - Information - - - - - Server Connected - - - - - Server Disconnected - - - - - Player Joined Server - - - - - Player Left Server - - - - - Player kicked (you or by you) - - - - - Player kicked - - - - - You self-muted/deafened - - - - - Other self-muted/deafened - - - - - Player muted (you) - - - - - Player muted (by you) - - - - - Player muted (other) - - - - - Player Joined Channel - - - - - Player Left Channel - - - - - Permission Denied - - - - - Text Message - - - LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. - + Choose sound file - + Invalid sound file - + The file '%1' does not exist or is not a valid speex file. - + Messages - + Message - + Console - + Notification - + Text-To-Speech - + Soundfile - + Path - + Text To Speech - + Volume - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> - + Length threshold - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. - + Characters @@ -2700,214 +2567,198 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LookConfig - - + + System default - + None - + Only with players - + All - + Ask - + Do Nothing - + Move - + User Interface - + Choose skin file - + Form - - + Language - + Language to use (requires restart) - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. - + Look and Feel - + Style - + Basic widget style - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> - + Skin - + Skin file to use - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. - + ... - + Expand - + When to automatically expand channels - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with players</i> will expand and collapse channels as players join and leave them. - + List players above subchannels (requires restart). - + <b>If set, players will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. - + Players above Channels - + Channel Dragging - + This changes the behaviour when moving channels. - + This sets the behaviour of channel drags, it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.<b> - + Ask on quit while connected - + Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. - + <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> - + Always On Top - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized - - Show all configuration items - - - - - <b>This will show all configuration items.</b><br />Mumble contains a lot of configuration items that most users won't need to change. Checking this will show all configurable items. - - - - - Expert Config - - - - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. @@ -2915,1211 +2766,1209 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } MainWindow - - + + Root - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut - + Toggle Mute Self Global Shortcut - + Toggle self-mute status. Global Shortcut - + This will toggle your muted status. If you toggle this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut - + Toggle Deafen Self Global Shortcut - + Toggle self-deafen status. Global Shortcut - + This will toggle your deafen status. If you toggle this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut - + Force Center Position Global Shortcut - + Chan Parent Global Shortcut - + Chan Sub#%1 Global Shortcut - + Chan All Subs Global Shortcut - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut - + Join Channel Global Shortcut - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut - + This will switch the states of the ingame overlay between showing everybody, just the players who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut - + Alt Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + Mumble - + Mumble -- %1 - + &Window - - + + Minimize - + Ctrl+M - + Close - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? - + Clear - + Opening URL %1 - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' - + Connecting to %1 - + Enter username - + Reconnecting. - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> - + UDP Statistics - + To Server - + From Server - + Good - + Late - + Lost - + Resync - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s (Quality %3)</p> - + Mumble Server Information - - + + &View Certificate - + Kicking player %1 - - + + Enter reason - + Banning player %1 - + Sending message to %1 - - + + To %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 - - + + Channel Name - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? - + Change description of channel %1 - + Sending message to channel %1 - + Sending message to channel tree %1 - + To tree %1: %2 - + Message to tree %1 - + Unmuted and undeafened. - + Unmuted. - + Muted. - + Muted and deafened. - + Deafened. - + Undeafened. - + About Qt - + Joining %1. - + Connected to server %1. - + SSL Verification failed: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> - + Server connection failed: %1. - + Disconnected from server. - + Invalid username - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. - + That username is already in use, please try another username. - + Wrong password - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. - + &Server - + &Player - + &Channel - + &Audio - + C&onfigure - + &Help - + Log - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. - + &Quit Mumble - + Closes the program - + Exits the application. - + Ctrl+Q - + &Connect - + Open the server connection dialog - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick connect. - + &Disconnect - + Disconnect from server - + Disconnects you from the server. - + &Ban lists - + Edit ban lists on server - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. - + &Information - + Show information about the server connection - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. - + &Kick - + Kick player (with reason) - + Kick selected player off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. - + &Mute - + Mute player - + Mute or unmute player on server. Unmuting a deafened player will also undeafen them. - + &Ban - + Kick and ban player (with reason) - + Kick and ban selected player from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. - + &Deafen - + Deafen player - + Deafen or undeafen player on server. Deafening a player will also mute them. - + &Local Mute - + Mute player locally - + Mute or unmute player locally. Use this on other players in the same room. - - + Send Messa&ge - - + Send a Text Message - + Sends a text message to another user. - + &Add - + Add new channel - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. - + &Remove - + Remove channel - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. - + &Edit ACL - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. - + &Rename - + Renames the channel - + This renames a channel. - + &Change Description - + Changes the channel description - + This changes the description of a channel. - + &Link - + Link your channel to another channel - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, players can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. - + &Unlink Channel - + Unlink your channel from another channel - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. - + Unlink &All - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. - + &Reset - + Reset audio preprocessor - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. - + &Mute Self - + Mute yourself - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. - + &Deafen Self - + Deafen yourself - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. - + &Text-To-Speech - + Toggle Text-To-Speech - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. - + S&tatistics - + Display audio statistics - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. - + &Unlink Plugin - + Forcibly unlink plugin - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. - + &Settings - + Configure Mumble - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. - + &Audio Wizard - + Start the audio configuration wizard - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. - + &What's This? - + Enter What's This? mode - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. - + &About - + Information about Mumble - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. - + About &Speex - + Information about Speex - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. - + About &Qt - + Information about Qt - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. - + Check for &Updates - + Check for new version of Mumble - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. - + Send &Tree Message - + Send message to channel tree. - + This sends a text message to a channel and it's subchannels. - + &Minimal View - + Toggle minimal window modes - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. - + Joined server: %1. - + Left server: %1. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. - + %1 is now muted. - + %1 is now unmuted. - - + + server - + You were muted by %1. - + You were unmuted by %1. - + %1 muted by %2. - + %1 unmuted by %2. - + You were deafened by %1. - + You were undeafened by %1. - + %1 deafened by %2. - + %1 undeafened by %2. - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. - + You were moved to %1 by %2. - + %1 left channel. - + %1 moved out by %2 to %3. - + %1 moved in by %2 from %3. - + %1 entered channel. - + Server connection rejected: %1. - + Denied: %1. - + Server maximum bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Quality auto-adjusted. - + From %1: %2 - + Message from %1 - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in PlayerModel::dropMimeData. - + Welcome to Mumble. - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? - + Server message from - + Hide Frame - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. @@ -4127,169 +3976,169 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } NetworkConfig - + Network - + Form - + Connection - + Use TCP compatibility mode Use TCP compatability mode - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). - + Use TCP mode - + Reconnect when disconnected - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. - + Reconnect automatically - + Proxy - + Type - + Type of proxy to connect through - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>Type of proxy to connect through</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatability mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. - + Direct connection - + HTTP(S) proxy - + SOCKS5 proxy - + Hostname - + Hostname of the proxy - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.<b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. - + Port - + Port number of the proxy - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. - + Username - + Username for proxy authentication - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. - + Password - + Password for proxy authentication - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. - + Mumble services - + Check for updates on startup - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus it's development where it's needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. - + Submit anonymous statistics @@ -4297,12 +4146,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Overlay - + Mumble - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 @@ -4313,247 +4162,237 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } OverlayConfig - + Show no one - + Show only talking - + Show everyone - + Overlay - + Form - + Options - + Enable overlay. - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked with D3D9 applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. - + Enable Overlay - + Who to show on the overlay - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. - + Always show yourself on overlay. - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. - + Always Show Self - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. - + Show User Textures - + Position - + Let overlay grow upwards - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. - + Grow Up - + Y-Position of Overlay - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. - + Let overlay grow to the left - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. - + Grow Left - + Let overlay grow to the right - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. - + Grow Right - + Let overlay grow downwards - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. - + Grow Down - + X-Position of Overlay - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. - + Font - + Current Font - - - - - - - + TextLabel - + Set Font - + Maximum height - + Maximum height of names. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. - + Color for players - - - - - + Change - + Color for talking players - + Color for alt-talking players - + Color for Channels - + Color for active Channels @@ -4561,37 +4400,37 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PlayerModel - + This is a player connected to the server. The icon to the left of the player indicates whether or not they are talking:<br /><img src="skin:talking_on.png" /> Talking<br /><img src="skin:talking_off.png" /> Not talking - + This is a channel on the server. Only players in the same channel can hear each other. - + This shows the flags the player has on the server, if any:<br /><img src="skin:authenticated.png" />Authenticated user<br /><img src="skin:muted_self.png" />Muted (by self)<br /><img src="skin:muted_server.png" />Muted (by admin)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_self.png" />Deafened (by self)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_server.png" />Deafened (by admin)<br />A player muted by himself is probably just away, talking on the phone or something like that.<br />A player muted by an admin is probably also just away, and the noise the player is making was annoying enough that an admin muted him. - + Name - + Flags - + Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? @@ -4599,94 +4438,94 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PluginConfig - - + + Plugins - - + + Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. - + Plugin has no about function. - + Form - + Options - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information - + This enables plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit that with each voice packet. This enables other players to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. - + Link to Game and Transmit Position - + Reloads all plugins - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. - + &Reload plugins - + Information about plugin - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. - + &About - + Show configuration page of plugin - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. - + &Configure @@ -4694,12 +4533,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Plugins - + %1 lost link. - + %1 linked. @@ -4707,7 +4546,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PortAudioSystem - + Default Device @@ -4715,12 +4554,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input - + Default Output @@ -4728,7 +4567,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned @@ -4736,7 +4575,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutDelegate - + Unassigned @@ -4744,7 +4583,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut @@ -4752,30 +4591,40 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } TextMessage - - Send raw message - - - - - Disables html formating - - - - + Message to send - + Preview + + + Disables html formatting + + + + + Disable text formatting + + + + + This field reflects how the message will look like in the chat. + + + + + <b>Preview</b><br />This field takes the raw string entered above and renders it like it will look like in the log. For example &lt;b&gt;Test&lt;/b&gt; will display as: <b>Test<b>. + + VersionCheck - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. @@ -4783,102 +4632,102 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details - + Certificate chain - + %1 %2 - + Certificate details - - + + Common Name: %1 - - + + Organization: %1 - + Subunit: %1 - - + + Country: %1 - - + + Locality: %1 - - + + State: %1 - + Valid from: %1 - + Valid to: %1 - + Serial: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 - + RSA - + DSA - + Digest (MD5): %1 - + Issued by: - + Unit Name: %1 @@ -4886,7 +4735,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } WASAPISystem - + Default Device diff --git a/src/mumble11x/mumble_es.ts b/src/mumble11x/mumble_es.ts index d2d783a07..097299232 100644 --- a/src/mumble11x/mumble_es.ts +++ b/src/mumble11x/mumble_es.ts @@ -1,133 +1,125 @@ - ACLEditor - + Active ACLs LCAs activas - + Context Contexto - + User/Group Usuario/Grupo - + Permissions Permisos - - + Group Grupo - + Members Miembros - + &Add &Agregar - + &Remove &Eliminar - + &Up &Subir - + &Down &Bajar - + Inherit ACLs Heredar LCAs - + Applies to this channel Se aplica a este canal - + Applies to sub-channels Se aplica a los subcanales - + User ID ID de usuario - + Deny Denegar - + Allow Permitir - - - - + Remove Eliminar - - + Inherit Heredar - + Inheritable Heredable - + Inherited Heredado - - - + Add Agregar - + Add to Remove Agregar a Eliminar - + &Groups &Grupos - + &ACL &LCA @@ -156,7 +148,7 @@ Este botón cancelará todos los cambios y cerrará el cuadro de diálogo sin actualizar las LCAs o los grupos en el servidor. - + List of entries Lista de entradas @@ -165,163 +157,163 @@ Muestra todas las entradas activas en este canal. Las entradas heredadas de los canales padre se mostrarán en cursiva. - + Inherit ACL of parent? ¿Heredar LCA del padre? - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. Establece si la LCA de la cadena de canales padre se aplican a este objeto o no. Sólo se heredarán aquellas entradas que estén marcadas en el padre con "Aplicar a Subcanales". - + Add new entry Agregar nueva entrada - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. Agrega una nueva entrada, inicialmente establecida sin permisos y aplicándose a todo. - + Remove entry Eliminar entrada - + This removes the currently selected entry. Elimina la entrada actualmente seleccionada. - + Move entry up Mover entrada hacia arriba - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. Mueve la entrada hacia arriba en la lista. Ya que las entradas se evalúan en orden, esto podría cambiar los permisos efectivos de los usuarios. No puede mover una entrada por encima de una entrada heredada. Si realmente necesita hacer eso, tendrá que duplicar la entrada heredada. - + Move entry down Mover entrada hacia abajo - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. Mueve la entrada hacia abajo en la lista. Ya que las entradas se evalúan en orden, esto podría cambiar los permisos efectivos de los usuarios. - + Entry should apply to this channel. Entry should apply to this channel La entrada debería aplicarse a este canal - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. Hace que la entrada se aplique a este canal. - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. La entrada debería aplicarse a los subcanales. - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. Hace que la entrada se aplique a los subcanales de este canal. - + Group this entry applies to Grupo al que se aplica esta entrada - + User this entry applies to Usuario al que se aplica esta entrada - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. Controla a qué usuario se le aplica esta entrada. Tan sólo escriba el nombre del usuario y pulse intro para buscar una correspondencia en el servidor. - + Allow %1 Permitir %1 - + Deny %1 Denegar %1 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Concede el privilegio %1. Si un privilegio es permitido y denegado a la vez, entonces es denegado.<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Revoca el privilegio %1. Si un privilegio es permitido y denegado a la vez, entonces es denegado.<br />%2 - + List of groups Lista de grupos - + This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. Estos son todos los grupos actualmente definidos para el canal. Para crear un nuevo grupo, tan sólo escriba el nombre y presione intro. - + Remove selected group Elimina el grupo seleccionado - + This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. Elimina el grupo actualmente seleccionado. Si el grupo fue heredado, no se eliminará de la lista, pero toda la información sobre el grupo se borrará. - + Inherit group members from parent Heredar miembros del grupo del padre - + This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. Hereda todos los miembros del grupo del padre, si el grupo está marcado como <i>Heredable</i> en el canal padre. - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels Hace al grupo heredable a los subcanales - + This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. Hace este grupo heredable a los subcanales. Si el grupo no es heredable, los subcaneles son libres de crear un nuevo grupo con el mismo nombre. - + Group was inherited from parent channel El grupo fue heredado del canal padre - + This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. Indica que el grupo fue heredado del canal padre. No se puede editar este atributo, sólo es informativo. - + Add member to group Agregar miembro al grupo @@ -330,7 +322,7 @@ Escriba el nombre de un jugador que desee agregar al grupo y presione intro. - + Remove member from group Eliminar miembro del grupo @@ -343,7 +335,7 @@ Controla a que grupo de usuarios se aplica esta entrada.<br />Preste atención a que el grupo se evalúa en el contexto del canal en el que se usa la entrada. Por ejemplo, la LCA en el canal Raíz da el permiso <i>Escritura</i> al grupo <i>admin</i>. Esta entrada, si es heredada por un canal, dará al usuario privilegios de escritura si pertenece al grupo <i>admin</i> en ese canal, incluso si no pertence al grupo <i>admin</i> en el canal donde la LCA se originó. <br />Si un nombre de grupo comienza por !, se niega su pertenencia, y si comienza por ~, se evalúa en el canal en el que la LCA se definió, en vez de en el canal en el que la LCA está activa. El orden es importante; <i>!~in</i> es válido, pero <i>~!in</i> no lo es.<br/>Algunos grupos especiales predefinidos son:<br /><b>all</b> - Representa a todos los usuarios.<br /><b>auth</b> - Representa a todos los usuarios autenticados.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - Representa a un usuario en un subcanal con un mínimo de <i>a</i> padres comunes, y entre <i>b</i> y <i>c</i> canales por debajo en la cadena. Vea nuestro sitio web para una documentación más extensa acerca de éste.<br /><b>in</b> - Representa a los usuarios actualmente en el canal (abreviatura de <i>sub,0,0,0</i>).<br /><b>out</b> - Representa los usuarios fuera del canal (abreviatura de <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Fíjese en que una entrada se aplica o a un usuario o a un grupo, no a ambos. - + Mumble - Edit ACL for %1 Mumble- Editar LCA para %1 @@ -352,27 +344,27 @@ Este botón cancelará todos los cambios y cerrará el cuadro de diálogo sin actualizar las LCAs o los grupos en el servidor. - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a !, its membership is negated, and if it starts with a ~, it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in. Order is important; <i>!~in</i> is valid, but <i>~!in</i> is not.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for <i>sub,0,0,0</i>).<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. Controla a que grupo de usuarios se aplica esta entrada.<br />Preste atención a que el grupo se evalúa en el contexto del canal en el que se usa la entrada. Por ejemplo, la LCA en el canal Raíz da el permiso <i>Escritura</i> al grupo <i>admin</i>. Esta entrada, si es heredada por un canal, dará al usuario privilegios de escritura si pertenece al grupo <i>admin</i> en ese canal, incluso si no pertence al grupo <i>admin</i> en el canal donde la LCA se originó. <br />Si un nombre de grupo comienza por !, se niega su pertenencia, y si comienza por ~, se evalúa en el canal en el que la LCA se definió, en vez de en el canal en el que la LCA está activa. El orden es importante; <i>!~in</i> es válido, pero <i>~!in</i> no lo es.<br/>Algunos grupos especiales predefinidos son:<br /><b>all</b> - Representa a todos los usuarios.<br /><b>auth</b> - Representa a todos los usuarios autenticados.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - Representa a un usuario en un subcanal con un mínimo de <i>a</i> padres comunes, y entre <i>b</i> y <i>c</i> canales por debajo en la cadena. Vea nuestro sitio web para una documentación más extensa acerca de éste.<br /><b>in</b> - Representa a los usuarios actualmente en el canal (abreviatura de <i>sub,0,0,0</i>).<br /><b>out</b> - Representa los usuarios fuera del canal (abreviatura de <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Fíjese en que una entrada se aplica o a un usuario o a un grupo, no a ambos. - + Dialog Diálogo - + Type in the name of a player you wish to add to the group and click Add. Escriba el nombre de un jugador que desee agregar al grupo y haga click en Agregar. - + Type in the name of a player you wish to remove from the group and click Add. Escriba el nombre de un jugador que desee eliminar del grupo y haga click en Agregar. - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. Muestra todas las entradas activas en este canal. Las entradas heredadas de los canales padre se mostrarán en cursiva.<br />Las LCAs se evalúan de arriba a abajo, lo que significa que la prioridad aumenta al desplazarse hacia abajo en la lista. @@ -380,12 +372,12 @@ ALSAAudioInput - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 Falló la apertura de la entrada ALSA elegida: %1 - + Default ALSA Card Tarjeta ALSA por defecto @@ -393,12 +385,12 @@ ALSAAudioOutput - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 Falló la apertura de la salida ALSA elegida: %1 - + Default ALSA Card Tarjeta ALSA por defecto @@ -469,22 +461,22 @@ ASIOConfig - + Device selection Selección del dispositivo - + Capabilities Capacidades - + Channels Canales - + Configure input channels Configurar canales de entrada @@ -493,159 +485,170 @@ Configura los canales de entrada para ASIO. Asegúrese de seleccionar al menos un canal como micrófono y altavoz. <i>Micrófono</i> debería ser al que está conectado su micrófono, y <i>Altavoz</i> debería ser un canal que muestree "Lo que oye".<br />Por ejemplo, para Audigy 2 ZS, una buena selección para Micrófono sería "Mic L" mientras que Altavoz debería ser "Mix L" y "Mix R" - + Device to use for microphone Dispositivo a usar para el micrófono - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. Elige qué dispositivo consultar. Aún debe consultar realmente el dispositivo y seleccionar qué canales usar. - + Device Dispositivo - + Query selected device Consulta el dispositivo seleccionado - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Consulta el dispositivo seleccionado en busca de canales. Sea consciente de que muchos controladores ASIO son extremadamente poco fiables, y consultarlos podría bloquear la aplicación o el sistema. - + Configure selected device Configura el dispositivo seleccionado - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Configura el dispositivo seleccionado. Sea consciente de que muchos controladores ASIO son extremadamente poco fiables, y consultarlos podría bloquear la aplicación o el sistema. - + Driver name Nombre del controlador - Buffersize - Tamaño del búfer + Tamaño del búfer - + Microphone Micrófono - - + <- <- - - + -> -> - + Unused Sin usar - + Speakers Altavoces - %1 (ver %2) - %1 (ver %2) + %1 (ver %2) - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz - %1 ms -> %2 ms (resolución %3 ms) %4Hz + %1 ms -> %2 ms (resolución %3 ms) %4Hz - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz -- Unusable - %1 ms -> %2 ms (resolución %3 ms) %4Hz -- Inutilizable + %1 ms -> %2 ms (resolución %3 ms) %4Hz -- Inutilizable - - - - + + %1 (version %2) + + + + + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz + + + + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 Falló la inicialización de ASIO: %1 - + ASIO ASIO - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver No se pudo instanciar el controlador ASIO - + &Query &Consultar - + &Configure &Configurar - + Form Formulario - - TextLabel - EtiquetaDeTexto + EtiquetaDeTexto - This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples <i>What you hear</i>.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be <i>Mic L</i> while Speaker should be <i>Mix L</i> and <i>Mix R</i>. - Configura los canales de entrada para ASIO. Asegúrese de seleccionar al menos un canal como micrófono y altavoz. <i>Micrófono</i> debería ser al que está conectado su micrófono, y <i>Altavoz</i> debería ser un canal que muestree <i>lo que oye</i>.<br />Por ejemplo, para Audigy 2 ZS, una buena selección para Micrófono sería <i>Mic L</i> mientras que Altavoz debería ser <i>Mix L</i> y <i>Mix R</i>. + Configura los canales de entrada para ASIO. Asegúrese de seleccionar al menos un canal como micrófono y altavoz. <i>Micrófono</i> debería ser al que está conectado su micrófono, y <i>Altavoz</i> debería ser un canal que muestree <i>lo que oye</i>.<br />Por ejemplo, para Audigy 2 ZS, una buena selección para Micrófono sería <i>Mic L</i> mientras que Altavoz debería ser <i>Mix L</i> y <i>Mix R</i>. + + + + Buffer size + + + + + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. + ASIOInput - - + + Mumble Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. Debe seleccionar al menos un micrófono y una fuente altavoz para usar ASIO. Si sólo necesita el muestreo del micrófono, use DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. Falló la apertura del dispositivo ASIO seleccionado. No se realizará ninguna entrada. @@ -657,17 +660,17 @@ <h3>Mumble v1.0.0</h3><p>Copyright 2005-2006 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p>Traducción al español por Álvaro M. Recio Pérez<br />naproxeno@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Una utilidad de charla por voz para jugadores</b></p><p><tt>http://mumble.sourceforge.net/</tt></p> - + &About Mumble &Acerca de Mumble - + &License &Licencia - + OK Aceptar @@ -680,12 +683,12 @@ <h3>Mumble v%1</h3><p>Copyright 2005-2008 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p>Traducción al español por Álvaro M. Recio Pérez<br />naproxeno@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Una utilidad de charla por voz para jugadores</b></p><p><tt>http://mumble.sourceforge.net/</tt></p> - + About Mumble Acerca de Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p>Traducción al español por Álvaro M. Recio Pérez<br />naproxeno@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Una utilidad de charla por voz para jugadores</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> @@ -697,17 +700,17 @@ <h3>Acerca de Speex</h3><p><tt>http://www.speex.org/</tt></p><p>Este programa usa Speex versión %1</p><p>Speex se usa para cancelación de eco, filtrado de<br />ruido, detección de actividad vocal y compresión del<br />habla.</p> - + OK Aceptar - + About Speex Acerca de Speex - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p><p>This program uses Speex version %1</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering, voice activity detection and speech<br />compression.</p> <h3>Acerca de Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p><p>Este programa usa Speex versión %1</p><p>Speex se usa para cancelación de eco, filtrado de<br />ruido, detección de actividad vocal y compresión del<br />habla.</p> @@ -1130,86 +1133,79 @@ AudioInput - + Form Formulario - + Interface Interfaz - + System Sistema - + Input method for audio Método de entrada para el audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Éste es el método de entrada a usar para el audio.</b><br />Muy probablemente desee utilizar DirectSound. - + Device Dispositivo - + Input device for audio Output method for audio Método de salida para el audio - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Éste es el método de salida a usar para el audio.</b><br />Muy probablemente desee utilizar DirectSound. - + Cancel Echo Cancelación de eco - + Transmission Transmisión - + &Transmit &Transmitir - + When to transmit your speech Cuándo transmitir su habla - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. <b>Establece cuándo debería transmitirse el habla.</b><br /><i>Contínuo</i> - Todo el tiempo<br /><i>Actividad Vocal</i> - Cuando está hablando claramente.<br /><i>Presionar Para Hablar</i> - Cuando presiona la tecla establecida en <i>Métodos abreviados</i>. - + DoublePush Time Tiempo para DoblePulsación - - - - - - - - + TextLabel EtiquetaDeTexto @@ -1218,17 +1214,17 @@ Indicación de audio sonora cuando se presione o suelte presionar-para-hablar (PTT) - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. <b>Habilita las indicaciones de audio para presionar para hablar.</b><br />Si se activa, se produciran pitidos cortos de audio cuando se presione o suelte presionar para hablar. - + PTT Audio cue Indicación de audio PTT - + Use SNR based speech detection Usar detección basada en SNR @@ -1237,83 +1233,82 @@ <b>Establece el uso de la relación señal/ruido para la detección vocal.</b><br />En este modo, se analiza la entrada en busca de algo que parezca una señal clara, y la clarida de la señal se usa para provocar la detección vocal. - + Signal to Noise Señal/ruido - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. Usar detección vocal basada en la amplitud. - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. <b>Establece el uso de la amplitud para la detección vocal.</b><br />En este modo, se usa la intensidad de la señal de entrada para detectar el habla. - + Amplitude Amplitud - + Voice &Hold &Persistencia de la voz - + How long to keep transmitting after silence Cuánto tiempo continuar transmitiendo tras un silencio - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>Selecciona cuánto tiempo debería continuar la transmisión tras una detección percibida en el habla.</b>Auméntelo si su voz es interrumpida mientras habla (observable por un icono de voz parpadeando rápidamente junto a su nombre).<br />Sólo tiene sentido cuando se usa con la transmisión por Actividad Vocal. - + Silence Below Silencio por debajo de - + Signal values below this counts as silence Los valores de la señal por debajo de éste se consideran como silencio - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. <b>Establece los valores que provocaran la detección vocal.</b><br />Use ésto junto con la ventana la ventana de estadísticas del audio para ajustar manualmente los valores que provocan la detección del habla. Los valores de entrada por debajo del "Silencio por debajo de" siempre se consideran como silencio. Los valores por encima del "Habla por encima de" siempre se consideran como voz. Los valores intermedios se considerarán como voz si usted ya estaba hablando, pero no provocarán una nueva detección. - + Speech Above Habla por encima de - + Signal values above this count as voice Los valores de la señal por encima de éste se consideran como voz - + Compression Compresión - + &Quality &Calidad - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) Calidad de la compresión (ancho de banda máximo) - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. <b>Establece la calidad de compresión.</b><br />Esto determina cuánto ancho de banda se le permite usar a Mumble para el audio saliente. @@ -1330,17 +1325,17 @@ <b>Establece la complejidad de la compresión.</b><br />Esto determina cuánta CPU se le permite usar a Mumble para incrementer la calidad de la voz transmitida. Valores por encima de 5 proporcionan sólo una ganancia marginal. - + Audio per packet Audio por paquete - + How many audio frames to send per packet Cuántas tramas de audio enviar por paquete - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>Selecciona cuántas tramas de audio deberían insertarse en un paquete.</b><br />Aumentar esto incrementará la latencia de su voz, pero también reducirá los requisitos de ancho de banda. @@ -1349,22 +1344,22 @@ Ancho de banda máximo usado para el audio enviado - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). <b>Muestra el ancho de banda máximo empleado.</b><br />Esto muestra la cantidad máxima de ancho de banda enviado desde su máquina. Velocidad de transmisión del audio es la velocidad de transmisión máxima (ya que se usa VBR) únicamente para los datos de audio. Posición es la velocidad de transmisión usada para información posicional. Sobrecarga son las cabeceras de nuestras tramas y de los paquetes IP (IP y UDP son el 75% de esta sobrecarga). - + Audio Processing Procesamiento del audio - + Noise Suppression Supresión de ruido - + Noise suppression Supresión de ruido @@ -1373,62 +1368,62 @@ <b>Establece la cantidad de supresión de ruido a aplicar.<b><br />Cuanto más alto sea este valor, mas agresivamente se suprimirá el ruido estacionario. - + Amplification Amplificación - + Maximum amplification of input sound Amplificación máxima del sonido de entrada - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. <b>Amplificación máxima de la entrada.</b><br />Mumble normaliza el volumen de entrada antes de la compresión, y esto establece cuánto se le permite amplificar.<br />El nivel real se actualiza continuamente basado en su patrón de habla actual, pero nunca sobrepasará el nivel especificado aquí.<br />Si el nivel de <i>Volumen del Micrófono</i> de las estadísticas de audio ronda el 100%, probablemente desee establecer esto alrededor de 2.0, pero si, como la mayoría de la gente, no consigue alcanzar 100%, establezca esto a algo mucho mayor.<br />Idealmente, fíjelo de tal forma que <i>Volumen del Micrófono * Factor de Amplificación >= 100</i>, incluso cuando hable realmente bajo.<br /><br />Fíjese en que no es perjudicial establecer esto al máximo, pero Mumble comenzará a captar otras conversaciones si lo deja autoajustarse a ese nivel. - + Current speech detection chance Probabilidad actual de detección del habla - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated Indicación de audio sonora cuando se active o desactive presionar-para-hablar (PTT) - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. <b>Establece el uso de la relación señal/ruido para la detección vocal.</b><br />En este modo, se analiza la entrada en busca de algo que parezca una señal clara, y la clarida de la señal se usa para provocar la detección vocal. - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Muestra las opciones actuales de detección del habla.</b><br />Puede cambiar las opciones desde el cuadro de diálogo Opciones o desde el Asistente de audio. - + Idle AutoMute Inactividad para AutoEnmudecer - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. Cuánto tiempo debe permanecer inactivo antes de auto-enmudecer. - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. Establece un temporizador de inactividad. Si el temporizador expira sin que se haya enviado audio, se le enmudecerá. - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio Ancho de banda máximo usado para enviar audio - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be supressed. <b>Establece la cantidad de supresión de ruido a aplicar.<b><br />Cuanto más alto sea este valor, mas agresivamente se suprimirá el ruido estacionario. @@ -1436,54 +1431,54 @@ AudioInputDialog - + Continuous Contínuo - + Voice Activity Actividad Vocal - + Push To Talk Presionar Para Hablar - + Audio Input Entrada de audio - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - + + Off Desconectado - + %1 s %1 s - + -%1 dB -%1 dB - + %1kbit/s (Audio %2, Position %4, Overhead %3) %1kbit/s (Audio %2, Posición %4, Sobrecarga %3) - + %1 min %1 min @@ -1491,114 +1486,104 @@ AudioOutput - + Form Formulario - + Interface Interfaz - + System Sistema - + Output method for audio Input method for audio Método de entrada para el audio - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Éste es el método de entrada a usar para el audio.</b><br />Muy probablemente desee utilizar DirectSound. - + Device Dispositivo - + Output device for audio - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> - - + Positional Audio Audio posicional - + Audio Output Salida de audio - + Default &Jitter Buffer Búfer de &vibración por defecto - + Safety margin for jitter buffer Márgen de seguridad para el búfer de vibración - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. <b>Establece el márgen de seguridad máximo para el búfer de vibración.</b><br />Todo el audio entrante es almacenado en un búfer, y el búfer de vibración trata de forzar continuamente a este búfer al mínimo sostenible por su red, para que la latencia sea tan baja como sea posible. Ésto establece el tamaño mínimo de búfer a usar. Si el comienzo de las frases que oye es muy tembloroso, aumente este valor. - - - - - - - - - - + TextLabel EtiquetaDeTexto - + Volume Volúmen - + Volume of incoming speech Volúmen del habla entrante - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. <b>Ajusta el volúmen del habla entrante.</b><br />Fíjese en que si incrementa esto por encima de 100%, se distorsionará el audio. - + Output Delay Retraso de salida - + Amount of data to buffer Cantidad de datos a almacenar - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. Establece la cantidad de datos que prealmacenar en el búfer de salida. Experimente con diferentes valores y fíjelo al más bajo que no cause ruido en el sonido. @@ -1615,7 +1600,7 @@ Distancia mínima al jugador antes de que el sonido disminuya - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other players' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. Establece la distancia mínima para cálculos de sonido. El volumen del habla de otros jugadores no disminuirá hasta que estén al menos a esta distancia de ti. @@ -1636,7 +1621,7 @@ Atenuación - + Factor for sound volume decrease Factor para la disminución del volumen del sonido @@ -1645,107 +1630,107 @@ Cuán rápido debería disminuir el volumen del sonido cuando pase más allá de la distancia mínima. Lo normal (1.0) es que el volumen del sonido disminuya la mitad cada vez que la distancia se doble. Aumentar este valor quiere decir que el volumen disminuye más rápidamente, mientras que reducirlo quiere decir que disminuye más lentamente. - + Bloom Bloom - + Minimum Volume Volúmen mínimo - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. Los "altavoces" conectados son en realidad auriculares. - + Minimum Distance Distancia mínima - + Minimum distance to player before sound volume decreases Distancia mínima al jugador antes de que el sonido disminuya - + Maximum Distance Distancia máxima - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease Distancia máxima, más allá de la cual el volúmen del habla no disminuirá - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other players' speech volume will not decrease any further. Establece la distancia máxima para cálculos de sonido. Cuando estén más lejos que esto, el volumen del habla de otros jugadores no disminuirá más. - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? ¿Cuál debería ser el volúmen a la distancia máxima? - + Loopback Test Prueba de bucle de retorno - + Delay Variance Varianza del retraso - + Variance in packet latency Varianza de la latencia de los paquetes - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms <b>Establece la varianza de la latencia de los paquetes para la prueba de bucle de retorno</b><br />La mayoría de rutas de audio contienen algo de latencia variable. Esto le permite fijar esa varianza para la prueba de bucle de retorno. Por ejemplo, si fija esto a 15 ms, se emulará una red con 20-35 ms de latencia de ping u 80-95 ms de latencia. La mayoría de conexiones de red domésticas tienen una variancia de unos 5 ms - + Packet Loss Pérdida de paquetes - + Packet loss for loopback mode Pérdida de paquetes para el modo de bucle de retorno - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% <b>Establece la pérdida de paquetes para el modo de bucle de retorno.</b><br />Ésta será la tasa de paquetes perdidos. A menos que su ancho de banda de salida haya alcanzado el máximo o haya algún problema con su conexión, ésta será siempre 0% - + &Loopback &Bucle de retorno - + Desired loopback mode Modo de bucle de retorno deseado - + <b>This enables one of the loopback testmodes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other players will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. <b>Activa uno de los modos de prueba de bucle de retorno.</b><br /><i>Ninguno</i> - Bucle de retorno desactivado<br /><i>Local</i> - Emula un servidor local.<br /><i>Servidor</i> - Solicita un bucle de retorno desde el servidor.<br />Por favor, fíjese en que cuando está activado el modo de bucle de retorno, ningún otro jugador oirá su voz. Esta opción no se guarda al salir de la aplicación. - + Factor for sound volume increase Factor de aumento del volumen del sonido - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? ¿Cuánto debería aumentar el sonido para fuentes que están muy cerca? @@ -1754,27 +1739,27 @@ Los "altavoces" conectados son en realidad auriculares. - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. Activar esto indica que no tiene altavoces conectados, sólo auriculares. Esto es importante, ya que generalmente los altavoces están situados delante de usted, mientras que los auriculares están directamente a su izquierda/derecha. - + Headphones Auriculares - + Other Applications Otras aplicaciones - + Volume of other applications during speech Volumen de otras aplicaciones durante el habla - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. <b>Baja el volumen de las otras aplicaciones durante el habla.</b><br />Mumble admite la disminución del volumen de otras aplicaciones mientras hay habla entrante. Esto establece el volumen relativo de las otras aplicaciones cuando otros estan hablando. @@ -1782,48 +1767,48 @@ AudioOutputDialog - + None Ninguno - + Local Local - + Server Servidor - + Audio Output Salida de audio - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - - - + + + + + %1% %1% - + %1ms %1ms - - + + %1m %1m @@ -1835,17 +1820,17 @@ AudioStats - + Peak microphone level Nivel máximo del micrófono - + Peak speaker level Nivel máximo de los altavoces - + Peak clean level Nivel limpio máximo @@ -1858,7 +1843,7 @@ Señal/Ruido del micrófono - + Speech Probability Probabilidad de habla @@ -1867,9 +1852,7 @@ Velocidad de transmisión del audio - - - + Peak power in last frame Potencia máxima en la última trama @@ -1878,12 +1861,12 @@ Muestra la potencia máxima en la última trama (20 ms), y es la misma medida que generalmente encontrará mostrada como "potencia de entrada". Por favor, no haga caso a esto y vea <b>Intensidad</b> en su lugar, que es mucho más estable e ignora las muestras extremas. - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. Muestra la potencia máxima de los altavoces en la última trama (20 ms). A menos que esté usando un método de muestreo multi-canal (como ASIO) con los canales de altavoces configurados, esto será 0. Si ha configurado una instalación de este tipo, y esto aún muestra 0 mientras se reproduce audio de otros programas, su instalación no está funcionando. - + How close the current input level is to ideal Cuán próximo al ideal está el nivel de entrada actual @@ -1892,59 +1875,58 @@ Muestra cuán próximo al ideal está su nivel de volumen de entrada actual. Para ajustar su nivel de micrófono, abra el programa que emplea para ajustar el volumen de grabación, y observe el valor de aquí mientras habla.<br /><b>Hable alto, como lo haría cuando está enfadado por perder ante un novato.</b><br />Ajuste el volumen hasta que este valor esté próximo a 100%, pero asegúrese de que no lo sobrepasa. Si lo sobrepasa, es probable que se produzcan cortes en partes de su habla, lo que degradará la calidad de sonido - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone Tasa señal/ruido del micrófono - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. Muestra la Tasa Señal/Ruido (SNR) del micrófono en la última trama (20 ms). Muestra cuán clara es la voz en comparación con el ruido.<br />Si este valor está por debajo de 1.0, hay más ruido que voz en la señal, y por tanto se reduce la calidad.<br />No hay límite superior para este valor, pero no espere ver muy por encima de 40-50 sin un estudio de sonido. - + Probability of speech Probabilidad de habla - + Bitrate of last frame Velocidad de transmisión de la última trama - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. Esta es la velocidad de transmisión de la última trama comprimida (20 ms), y como tal aumentará y disminuirá mientras VBR ajusta la calidad. Para ajustar la velocidad de transmisión máxima, ajuste <b>Complejidad de Compresión</b> en el cuadro de diálogo Opciones. - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate Espectro de potencia de la señal de entrada y estimación del ruido - + Weights of the echo canceller Pesos del cancelador de eco - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). Esta es la probabilidad de que la última trama (20 ms) fuera habla y no ruido ambiental.<br />La transmisión por Actividad Vocal depende de la correción de este valor. El truco de esto es que el medio de una frase se detecta siempre como habla, el problema son las pausas entre palabras y el comienzo del discurso. Es difícil distinguir un suspiro de una palabra que empiece con 'h'.<br />Si esto está en fuente negrita, significa que Mumble está transmitiendo actualmente (si está conectado). - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. Muestra el espectro de potencia de la señal de entrada actual (línea roja) y la estimación de ruido actual (relleno azul).<br />Todas las amplitudes se multiplican por 30 para mostrar las partes interesantes (cuánta más señal que ruido está presente en cada banda de onda).<br />Esto probablemente tiene interés solo si está tratando de ajustar con precisión las condiciones de ruido de su micrófono. Bajo buenas condiciones, debería haber tan sólo una pequeña palpitación de azul en la parte inferior. Si el azul sobrepasa más de la mitad del gráfico, posee un entorno seriamente ruidoso. - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. Muestra los pesos del cancelador de eco, con el tiempo incrementándose hacia abajo y la frecuencia incrementándose hacia la derecha.<br />Idealmente, esto debería ser negro, indicando que no existe eco alguno. Más comúnmente, habrá una o más bandas horizontales de color azulado que representan eco retrasado en el tiempo. Debería poder ver los pesos actualizados en tiempo real.<br />Fíjese en que mientras no haya nada a lo que cancelar el eco, no verá datos muy útiles aquí. Reproduzca algo de música y las cosas deberían estabilizarse.<br />Puede elegir ver las partes reales o imaginarias de los pesos en el dominio de la frecuencia, o de forma alternativa el módulo y la fase calculados. Lo más útil de estos probablemente sea el módulo, que es la amplitud del eco, y muestra cuánto de la señal saliente está siendo eliminado en este paso de tiempo. Los otros modos de visionado son útiles en su mayoría a personas que quieren ajustar los algoritmos de cancelación de eco.<br />Por favor, fíjese en que si la imagen completa fluctúa ampliamente mientras está en el modo módulo, el cancelador de eco no logra encontrar ninguna correlación entre las dos fuentes de entrada (altavoces y micrófono). O tiene un retraso muy largo en el eco, o una de las fuentes de entrada está mal configurada. - This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other players with echoes. - Muestra la potencia máxima en la última trama (20 ms) tras todo el procesado. Idealmente, esto debería ser -96 dB cuando no esté hablando. En realidad, un estudio de sonido debería ver -60 dB, y usted debería ver con suerte en torno a -20 dB. Cuando hable, esto debería aumentar hasta un valor entre -5 y -10 dB.<br />Si está usando cancelación de eco, y esto sube a más de -15 dB cuando no está hablando, su instalación no está funcionando, y molestará con ecos a otros jugadores. + Muestra la potencia máxima en la última trama (20 ms) tras todo el procesado. Idealmente, esto debería ser -96 dB cuando no esté hablando. En realidad, un estudio de sonido debería ver -60 dB, y usted debería ver con suerte en torno a -20 dB. Cuando hable, esto debería aumentar hasta un valor entre -5 y -10 dB.<br />Si está usando cancelación de eco, y esto sube a más de -15 dB cuando no está hablando, su instalación no está funcionando, y molestará con ecos a otros jugadores. Mumble @@ -1967,299 +1949,304 @@ Fase - >1000ms - >1000ms + >1000ms - + Audio Statistics Estadísticas del audio - + Input Levels Niveles de entrada - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. Muestra la potencia máxima en la última trama (20 ms), y es la misma medida que generalmente encontrará mostrada como "potencia de entrada". Por favor, no haga caso a ésto y vea <b>Potencia del micrófono</b> en su lugar, que es mucho más estable e ignora las muestras extremas. - - - - - - - - TextLabel - EtiquetaDeTexto + EtiquetaDeTexto - + Signal Analysis Análisis de la señal - + Microphone power Potencia del micrófono - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. Muestra cuán próximo al ideal está su nivel de volumen de entrada actual. Para ajustar su nivel de micrófono, abra el programa que emplea para ajustar el volumen de grabación, y observe el valor de aquí mientras habla.<br /><b>Hable alto, como lo haría cuando está enfadado por perder ante un novato.</b><br />Ajuste el volumen hasta que este valor esté próximo a 100%, pero asegúrese de que no lo sobrepasa. Si lo sobrepasa, es probable que se produzcan cortes en partes de su habla, lo que degradará la calidad de sonido. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Relación señal/ruido - + Configuration feedback Información para la configuración - + Current audio bitrate Velocidad actual de transmisión del audio - + DoublePush interval Intervalo de DoblePulsación - Time between last two PushToTalk presses - Tiempo entre las dos últimas pulsaciones de PresionarParaHablar + Tiempo entre las dos últimas pulsaciones de PresionarParaHablar - + Speech Detection Detección del habla - + Current speech detection chance Probabilidad actual de detección del habla - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Muestra las opciones actuales de detección del habla.</b><br />Puede cambiar las opciones desde el cuadro de diálogo Opciones o desde el Asistente de audio. - + Signal and noise power spectrum Espectro de potencia de la señal y el ruido - + Echo Analysis Análisis del eco + + + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. + + + + + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses + + + + + >1000 ms + + AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard Asistente para ajuste de audio - + Introduction Introducción - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard Bienvenido al Asistente para ajuste de audio de Mumble - + This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. Este es el asistente para el ajuste de audio de Mumble. Le ayudará a establecer correctamente los niveles de entrada de su tarjeta de sonido, y también fijará los parámetros correctos para el procesamiento de sonido en Mumble. - + Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped locally to allow you to listen to it, and no audio will be sent to the server. Por favor, sea consciente de que mientras el asistente esté activo, el audio será redirigido localmente para permitirle escucharlo, y no se enviará al servidor. - + Finished Finalizado - + Enjoy using Mumble Disfrute usando Mumble - + Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. Enhorabuena. Ahora debería estar listo para disfrutar una experiencia de sonido más rica con Mumble. - + Device selection Selección del dispositivo - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. Seleccionando el dispositivo de entrada y salida a usar con Mumble. - + Input device Dispositivo de entrada - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. Este es el dispositivo al que esta conectado su micrófono. - - + + System Sistema - + Input method for audio Método de entrada para el audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Éste es el método de entrada a usar para el audio.</b><br />Muy probablemente desee utilizar DirectSound. - - + + Device Dispositivo - + Input device to use Dispositivo de entrada a usar - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> <b>Selecciona qué tarjeta de sonido usar para la entrada de audio.</b> - + Output device Dispositivo de salida - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. Éste es el dispositivo al que están conectados sus altavoces o auriculares. - + Output method for audio Método de salida para el audio - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Éste es el método de salida a usar para el audio.</b><br />Muy probablemente quiera utilizar DirectSound. - + Output device to use Dispositivo de salida a usar - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> <b>Selecciona qué tarjeta de sonido usar para la salida de audio.</b> - + Volume tuning Ajuste del volumen - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. Ajustando el volumen del hardware del micrófono al nivel óptimo. - + Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. Abra su panel de control de sonido y vaya a las opciones de grabación. Asegúrese de que el micrófono está seleccionado como la entrada activa y con el máximo volumen de grabación. Si existe una opción para activar un "Potenciado del micrófono" asegúrese de que está activada. - + Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sound control panel until the bar below stays as high as possible in the blue and green but <b>not</b> the red zone while you speak. Hable fuerte en voz alta, como cuando está molesto o entusiasmado. Baje el volumen en el panel de control de sonido hasta que la barra de abajo permanezca, mientras habla, tan alto como sea posible en la zona azul y verde pero <b>no</b> en la zona roja. - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. Ahora hable bajito, como cuando está hablando tarde en la noche y no quiere molestar a nadie. Ajuste el control deslizante de abajo de forma que la barra alcance el verde mientras habla, pero permanezca en azul mientras guarde silencio. - + Voice Activity Detection Detección de la Actividad Vocal - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. Permitir a Mumble suponer cuándo está hablando y cuándo guarda silencio. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. Esto ayudará a Mumble averiguar cuándo está hablando. El primer paso es seleccionar qué valor de datos usar. - + Raw amplitude from input Amplitud sin procesar de la entrada - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Relación señal-ruiido - + Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Ahora debe ajustar los siguientes dos controles deslizantes. Las primeras palabras que diga deberían terminar en el área verde (con certeza es habla). Mientras habla, debería permanecer en la amarilla (podria ser habla) y cuando no esté hablando, todo deberia estar en la roja (con certeza no es habla). - + Last, you need to adjust the grace time. Mumble may detect this much non-speech and still keep transmitting before it breaks off. This allows you to catch your breath while speaking. Por último, debe ajustar el tiempo de gracia. Mumble puede detectar este tiempo sin habla y aún seguir transmitiendo antes de interrumpirlo. Esto le permite recobrar el aliento mientras habla. - + Device tuning Ajuste del dispositivo - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. Cambiando el retraso del hardware de salida al valor mínimo. - + To keep latency to an absolute minium, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. Para mantener la latencia en el mínimo absoluto, es importante almacenar en la tarjeta de sonido la menor cantidad de audio que sea posible. Sin embargo, muchas tarjetas de sonido informan de que requieren un búfer mucho más pequeño del que en realidad necesitan para funcionar, asi que la única forma de establecer este valor es mediante prueba y error. @@ -2268,122 +2255,122 @@ Debería oir un acorde multitono. Cambie el control deslizante de abajo al valor mas bajo con el que no obtenga <b>ninguna</b> interrupción ni ruido en el sonido. - + Amount of data to buffer. Cantidad de datos a almacenar. - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. Establece la cantidad de datos que prealmacenar en el búfer de salida. Experimente con diferentes valores y fíjelo al más bajo que no cause fluctuaciones rápidas en el sonido. - + %1ms %1ms - + %1 s %1 s - + You should hear a single tone that's changing in frequency. Change the slider below to the lowest value which gives <b>no</b> interruptions or jitter in the sound. Please note that local echo is disabled during this test to improve audio path recognition. Debería oir un solo tono que cambia de frecuencia. Cambie el control deslizante de abajo al valor más bajo que <b>no</b> produzca interrupciones o fluctuaciones en el sonido. Por favor, fíjese en que el eco local se deshabilita durante esta prueba para mejorar el reconocimiento de la ruta del audio. - + If you position the microphone so it can pick up the speakers or headset, Mumble will measure the total audio path delay in your system; this means the delay from a sample is placed in an outbound buffer until it's found in a matching incoming buffer. Si coloca su micrófono de forma que recoja el sonido de sus altavoces o auriculares, Mumble medirá el retraso total de la ruta de audio en su sistema; esto quiere decir el retraso desde que una muestra se colocada en un búfer de salida hasta que vuelve a ser encuentrada en un búfer entrante. - + Audio path is %1ms long. La longitud de la ruta de audio es de %1ms. - + Audio path cannot be determined. Input not recognized. No se puede determinar la ruta de audio. No se reconoce la entrada. - + Use echo cancellation Usar cancelación de eco - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers. Cancelar el eco de los auriculares o altavoces. - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. Esto habilita la cancelación de eco del audio saliente, que beneficia a altavoces y auriculares. - + Enable positional audio Habilitar audio posicional - + Allows positioning of sound. Habilita el posicionamiento del sonido. - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. Permite a Mumble usar audio posicional para situar las voces. - + Positional Audio Audio posicional - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. Ajustando la atenuación del audio posicional. - + Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other players relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other player is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. Mumble soporta audio posicional para algunos juegos, y posicionará la voz de otros jugadores en relación a su posición en el juego. Dependiendo de su posición, el volúmen de la voz cambiará entre los altavoces para simular la dirección y la distancia a la que están los otros jugadores. Tal posicionamiento depende de que la configuración de los altavoces sea correcta en su sistema operativo, por tanto se hará una prueba aquí. - + The graph below shows the position of <font color="red">you</font>, the <font color="yellow">speakers</font> and a <font color="green">moving sound source</font> as if seen from above. You should hear the audio move between the channels. El gráfico de abajo muestra <font color="red">su</font> posición, los <font color="yellow">altavoces</font> y una <font color="green">fuente de sonido móvil</font> vistas desde arriba. Debería oir el audio moverse entre los canales. - + Use headphones Usar auriculares - + Use headphones instead of speakers. Usar auriculares en vez de altavoces. - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. Esto hace que se ignore la configuración de altavoces del SO y configura el posicionamiento para auriculares en su lugar. - + Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus on the features that benefit the most users. To this end, Mumble supports submitting anonymous statistics about your configuration to the developers. These statistcs are essential for future development, and also make sure the features you use aren't deprecated. Mumble se encuentra en continuo desarrollo, y el equipo de desarrollo quiere centrarse en las características que beneficien a la mayoría de usuarios. Para ello, Mumble admite el envío de estadísticas anónimas acerca de su configuración a los desarrolladores. Dichas estadísticas son esenciales para el desarrollo futuro, y para asegurar que las características que usa no queden obsoletas. - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Enviar estadísticas anónimas al proyecto Mumble - + Push To Talk: Presionar Para Hablar: @@ -2391,17 +2378,17 @@ BanEditor - + &Add &Agregar - + &Update A&ctualizar - + &Remove &Eliminar @@ -2430,22 +2417,22 @@ Este botón cancelará todos los cambios y cerrá el cuadro de diálogo sin actualizar las LCAs o los grupos en el servidor. - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - Editar prohibiciones - + 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 - + &Address &Dirección - + &Mask &Máscara @@ -2453,52 +2440,52 @@ ChanACL - + W E - + T R - + E I - + S H - + A A - + M M - + K X - + C C - + L V - + None Ninguno @@ -2507,67 +2494,67 @@ Escritura - + Traverse Recorrer - + Enter Ingresar - + Speak Hablar - + AltSpeak HablarAlt - + Mute/Deafen Enmudecer/Ensordecer - + Move/Kick Mover/Expulsar - + Make channel Crear canal - + Link channel Vincular canal - + This represents no privileges. No representa ningún privilegio. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. Representa acceso total al canal, incluyendo la habilidad de cambiar la información de grupo y LCA. Este privilegio implica los otros privilegios. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. Representa el permiso de recorrer el canal. Si se deniega este privilegio a un usuario, no podrá acceder a este canal ni ningún subcanal de ninguna forma, sin importar otros permisos en los subcanales. - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. Representa el permiso de unirse al canal. Si tiene una estructura de canales jerárquica, podría desear dar Recorrer a todos, pero restringir Ingresar en la raíz de su jerarquía. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. Representa el permiso de hablar en un canal. Los usuarios sin este privilegio serán suprimidos por el servidor (vistos como mudos), y no podrán hablar hasta que se les de voz con los privilegios adecuados. @@ -2576,32 +2563,32 @@ Representa el permiso de hablar en un canal con habla marcada. Funciona exactamente como el privilegio <i>hablar</i>, pero se aplica a paquetes hablados con PresionarParaHablarAlt pulsado. Se usa para transmitir a una jerarquía de canales sin vincular. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other players. Once muted, a player will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged player or reconnects to the server. Representa el permiso de enmudecer y ensordecer a otros jugadores. Una vez enmudecido, un jugador permanecerá enmudecido hasta que se le otorgue voz por otro jugador con privilegios o se vuelva a conectar al servidor. - + This represents the permission to move a player to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the player, either the moving player must have Move/Kick privileges in the destination channel, or the player must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Players with this privilege can move players into channels the target player normally wouldn't have permission to enter. Representa el permiso de mover a un jugador a otro canal o expulsarlo del servidor. Para mover realmente al jugador, o bien el jugador que mueve debe tener privilegios Mover/Expulsar en el canal de destino, o debe estar permitido al jugador ingresar normalmente en el canal. Los jugadores con este privilegio pueden trasladar a jugadores a canales a los que el jugador objetivo normalmente no tendría permiso para entrar. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The player making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Representa el permiso de crear subcanales. El jugador que crea el subcanal será agregado al grupo admin del subcanal. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Players in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking player has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. Representa el permiso de vincular canales. Los jugadores en canales vinculados se oirán entre sí, siempre que el jugador que habla tenga el privilegio <i>hablar</i> en el canal del oyente. Necesita el privilegio de vincular en ambos canales para crear un vínculo, pero sólo en uno de los caneles para eliminarlo. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel with flagged speech. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with AltPushToTalk held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. Representa el permiso de hablar en un canal con habla marcada. Funciona exactamente como el privilegio <i>hablar</i>, pero se aplica a paquetes hablados con PresionarParaHablarAlt pulsado. Se usa para transmitir a una jerarquía de canales sin vincular. - + Write ACL Escribir LCA @@ -2609,32 +2596,32 @@ ClientPlayer - + Authenticated Autenticado - + Muted (server) Mudo (servidor) - + Deafened (server) Sordo (servidor) - + Local Mute Mudo localmente - + Muted (self) Mudo (por sí mismo) - + Deafened (self) Sordo (por sí mismo) @@ -2642,7 +2629,7 @@ ConfigDialog - + Mumble Configuration Configuración de Mumble @@ -2651,12 +2638,14 @@ &Aceptar - + + Accept changes Aceptar cambios - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. Este botón aceptará las opciones actuales y volverá a la aplicación.<br />Las opciones se almacenarán en el disco cuando salga de la aplicación. @@ -2665,12 +2654,14 @@ &Cancelar - + + Reject changes Rechazar cambios - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. Este botón rechazará todos los cambios y volverá a la aplicación.<br />Las opciones se restaurarán a las posiciones previas. @@ -2679,34 +2670,44 @@ &Aplicar - + + Apply changes Aplicar cambios - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. Este botón aplicará inmediatamente todos los cambios. - + + Undo changes for current page Deshace los cambios en la página actual - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. Este botón revertirá cualquier cambio hecho en la página actual a las opciones aplicadas mas recientemente. - + + Restore defaults for current page Restaura las opciones por defecto en la página actual - + + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. + + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will be not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. - Este boton restaurará sólo las opciones en la página actual a sus valores por defecto. No se cambiarán otras páginas.<br />Para restaurar todas las opciones a sus valores por defecto, tendrá que usar este botón en cada página. + Este boton restaurará sólo las opciones en la página actual a sus valores por defecto. No se cambiarán otras páginas.<br />Para restaurar todas las opciones a sus valores por defecto, tendrá que usar este botón en cada página. Show all configuration items @@ -2721,9 +2722,14 @@ Configuración experta - Tab 1 - Pestaña 1 + Pestaña 1 + + + + + Advanced + @@ -2733,53 +2739,52 @@ &Nombre - + A&ddress &Dirección - + &Port &Puerto - + &Username Nombre de &usuario - + &Password &Contraseña - - + &Connect &Conectar - + Cancel Cancelar - + &Add &Agregar - + &Remove &Eliminar - + &Custom Servers Servidores &personales - + Server &Browser &Explorador de servidores @@ -2788,93 +2793,101 @@ Nombre - + Address Dirección - + URL URL - + C&opy to custom C&opiar a personales - + &View Webpage &Ver página web - + Connecting to %1 Conectando a %1 - + Enter username Introduzca el nombre de usuario - + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list No se pudo obtener la lista de servidores - + &Label &Etiqueta - + Label Etiqueta - + Unknown Desconocido - + -Unnamed entry- -Entrada sin nombre- - + Mumble Server Connect Conexión al servidor Mumble - + &Cancel &Cancelar - - + + New Nuevo - - + + Add Agregar - + Update Actualizar + + CoreAudioSystem + + + Default Device + + + DXAudioInput @@ -2890,22 +2903,22 @@ Falló la apertura del dispositivo DirectSound elegido. Usando los valores por defecto. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. Falló la apertura del dispositivo DirectSound elegido. Se usará el dispositivo por defecto. - + Default DirectSound Voice Input Entrada de voz DirectSound por defecto - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. Falló la apertura del dispositivo DirectSound elegido. No se realizará ninguna captura del micrófono. - + Lost DirectSound input device. Dispositivo de entrada DirectSound perdido. @@ -2917,22 +2930,22 @@ Mumble - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. Falló la apertura del dispositivo DirectSound elegido. No se oirá audio. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. Falló la apertura del dispositivo DirectSound elegido. Se usará el dispositivo por defecto. - + Default DirectSound Voice Output Salida de voz DirectSound por defecto - + Lost DirectSound output device. Dispositivo de salida DirectSound perdido. @@ -3103,12 +3116,12 @@ Database - + Mumble Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Mumble no logró inicializar una base de datos en ninguna @@ -3125,57 +3138,57 @@ de las ubicaciones posibles. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts Métodos abreviados - + List of configured shortcuts Lista de métodos abreviados configurados - + Function Función - + Shortcut Método abreviado - + Suppress Ocultar - + Add new shortcut Agregar nuevo método abreviado - + This will add a new global shortcut Ésto agregará un nuevo método abreviado - + &Add &Agregar - + Remove selected shortcut Eliminar el método abreviado seleccionado - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. Esto eliminará permanentemente un método abreviado seleccionado. - + &Remove &Eliminar @@ -3183,7 +3196,7 @@ de las ubicaciones posibles. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts Métodos abreviados @@ -3212,22 +3225,22 @@ de las ubicaciones posibles. Esconder - + Shortcut button combination. Combinación de botones del método abreviado. - + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. <b>Ésta es la combinación de teclas del método abreviado global.</b><br />Haga doble click en este campo y después presione la combinación de teclas deseada para volver a asociarla. - + Suppress keys from other applications Ocultar las teclas a otras aplicaciones - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. <b>Oculta a otras aplicaciones las pulsaciones de teclas.</b><br />Activar ésto ocultará el botón (o el último botón de una combinación de múltiples botones) a otras apliaciones. Tenga en cuenta que no todos los botones se pueden ocultar. @@ -3235,7 +3248,7 @@ de las ubicaciones posibles. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. Mumble ha detectado que es incapaz de recibir eventos de los Métodos Abreviados Globales cuando se ejecuta en segundo plano.<br /><br />Esto ocurre porque la característica de Acceso Universal llamada 'Habilitar acceso para dispositivos de asistencia' actualmente está deshabilitada.<br /><br />Por favor <a href=" ">habilite esta opción</a> y continúe cuando lo haya hecho. @@ -3270,7 +3283,7 @@ de las ubicaciones posibles. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 Raton %1 @@ -3301,7 +3314,7 @@ de las ubicaciones posibles. LCD - + Not connected Desconectado @@ -3309,32 +3322,32 @@ de las ubicaciones posibles. LCDConfig - + Graphic Gráfico - + Character De caracteres - + Enable this device Habilitar este dispositivo - + LCD LCD - + Form Formulario - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -3365,42 +3378,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt; font-weight:600; font-style:italic;"><span style=" font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">Determina si Mumble deberia dibujar en un dispositivo LCD en particular.</span></p></body></html> - + Devices Dispositivos - + Name Nombre - + Type Tipo - + Size Tamaño - + Enabled Habilitado - + Views Vistas - + Minimum Column Width Ancho de columna mínimo - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -3421,18 +3434,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">mostrados en el LCD, y la anchura de los nombres de los jugadores.</p></body></html> - - + TextLabel EtiquetaDeTexto - + Splitter Width Anchura del divisor - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -3452,99 +3464,80 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } [%2] %1 - Debug - Depuración + Depuración - Critical - Crítico + Crítico - Warning - Advertencia + Advertencia - Information - Información + Información - Server Connected - Conectado al servidor + Conectado al servidor - Server Disconnected - Desconectado del servidor + Desconectado del servidor - Player Joined Server - Jugador se unió al servidor + Jugador se unió al servidor - Player Left Server - Jugador abandonó el servidor + Jugador abandonó el servidor - Player kicked (you or by you) - Jugador expulsado (usted o por usted) + Jugador expulsado (usted o por usted) - Player kicked - Jugador expulsado + Jugador expulsado - You self-muted/deafened - Se enmudeció/ensordeció a sí mismo + Se enmudeció/ensordeció a sí mismo - Other self-muted/deafened - Otro se enmudeció/ensordeció a sí mismo + Otro se enmudeció/ensordeció a sí mismo - Player muted (you) - Jugador le enmudeció (a usted) + Jugador le enmudeció (a usted) - Player muted (by you) - Jugador enmudecido (por usted) + Jugador enmudecido (por usted) - Player muted (other) - Jugador enmudecido (otro) + Jugador enmudecido (otro) - Player Joined Channel - Jugador se unió al canal + Jugador se unió al canal - Player Left Channel - Jugador abandonó el canal + Jugador abandonó el canal - Permission Denied - Permiso denegado + Permiso denegado - Text Message - Mensaje de texto + Mensaje de texto Script Errors @@ -3554,80 +3547,80 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events Conmutar consola para eventos de tipo %1 - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events Conmutar notificaciones emergentes para eventos de tipo %1 - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events Conmutar Texto-A-Voz (TTS) para eventos de tipo %1 - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events Haga click aquí para conmutar las notificaciones sonoras para eventos de tipo %1 - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change Ruta al archivo de sonido usado para las notificaciones sonoras en el caso de eventos de tipo %1<br />Haga un sólo click para reproducirlo<br />Haga doble click para cambiarlo - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. Haga click aquí para conmutar la salida a consola para eventos de tipo %1<br />Si se activa, esta opción hará que Mumble escriba todos los eventos de tipo %1 en su registro de mensajes. - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. Haga click aquí para conmutar las notificaciones emergentes para eventos de tipo %1<br />Si se activa, Mumble creará una ventana emergente por cada evento de tipo %1. - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. Haga click aquí para conmutar el Texto-A-Voz para eventos de tipo %1<br />Si se activa, Mumble usa Texto-A-Voz para leer evento de tipo %1 en voz alta. Texto-A-Voz también puede leer el contenido del evento, algo que no puede conseguirse mediante ficheros de sonido. No se pueden usar Texto-A-Voz y archivos de sonido simultáneamente. - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Haga click aquí para conmutar las notificaciones sonoras para eventos de tipo %1<br />Si se activa, Mumble usa un archivo de sonido predefinido por usted para indicar evento de tipo %1. No se pueden usar archivos de sonido y Texto-A-Voz simultáneamente. - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. Ruta al archivo de sonido usado para las notificaciones sonoras en el caso de eventos de tipo %1<br />Haga un sólo click para reproducirlo<br />Haga doble click para cambiarlo<br />Asegúrese de que están habilitadas las notificaciones sonoras para estos eventos o este campo no tendrá ningún efecto. - + Choose sound file Elija el archivo de sonido - + Invalid sound file Archivo de sonido no válido - + The file '%1' does not exist or is not a valid speex file. El archivo '%1' no existe o no es un archivo speex válido. - + Messages Mensajes - + Console Consola @@ -3644,67 +3637,67 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Habilitar Texto-A-Voz (TTS) para %1 - + Text To Speech Texto A Voz (TTS) - + Volume Volumen - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine Volumen del motor Texto-A-Voz (TTS) - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>Este es el volumen usado para la síntesis de voz.</b> - + Length threshold Umbral de longitud - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine Umbral de longitud del mensaje para el motor Texto-A-Voz - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. <b>Establece el umbral de longitud a usar para el motor de Texto-A-Voz.</b><br />No se leeran en voz alta por completo los mensajes mayores que este límite. - + Message Mensaje - + Notification Notificación - + Text-To-Speech Texto-A-Voz - + Soundfile Archivo de sonido - + Path Ruta - + Characters Caracteres @@ -3712,24 +3705,23 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LookConfig - - + Language Idioma - + Look and Feel Apariencia - - + + System default Predeterminado del sistema - + Language to use (requires restart) Idioma a usar (requiere reiniciar) @@ -3738,27 +3730,27 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <b>Establece qué idioma debería usar mumble</b><br />Tendrá que reiniciar Mumble para usar el nuevo idioma. - + Style Estilo - + Basic widget style Estilo básico de los controles - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> <b>Establece la apariecia básica a usar.</b> - + Skin Carátula - + Skin file to use Archivo de carátula a usar @@ -3779,27 +3771,27 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <b>Establece si la división en la ventana principal es horizontal o vertical.</b> - + User Interface Interfaz de usuario - + ... ... - + Choose skin file Elija el archivo de carátula - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. <b>Establece qué idioma debería usar mumble.</b><br />Tendrá que reiniciar Mumble para usar el nuevo idioma. - + <b>If set, players will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. <b>Si se marca, los jugadores se mostrarán encima de los subcanales en la vista del canal.</b><br />Se requiere reiniciar Mumble para ver el cambio. @@ -3816,22 +3808,22 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <b>Si se marca, por defecto se expandirán todos los canales al conectarse a un servidor.</b> - + Players above Channels Jugadores encima de los canales - + List players above subchannels (requires restart). Listar los jugadores encima de los subcanales (requiere reiniciar). - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. <b>Establece qué carátula debería usar Mumble.</b><br />La carátula es un archivo de estilo aplicado sobre el estilo de control básico. Si hay iconos en el mismo directorio que la hoja de estilo, éstos reemplazarán los iconos por defecto. - + Form Formulario @@ -3844,122 +3836,119 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Busca actualizaciones al inicio - + None Ninguno - + Only with players Sólo con jugadores - + All Todos - + Expand Expandir - + When to automatically expand channels Cuándo expandir automáticamente los canales - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with players</i> will expand and collapse channels as players join and leave them. Establece qué canales expandir automáticamente. <i>Ninguno</i> no expandirá ningún canal, <i>Todos</i> expandirá todos los canales y <i>Sólo con jugadores</i> expandirá y contraerá los canales según se unan o los abandonen los jugadores. - + Ask Preguntar - + Do Nothing No hacer nada - + Move Mover - + Channel Dragging Arrastre de canales - + This changes the behaviour when moving channels. Cambia el comportamiento al mover canales. - + This sets the behaviour of channel drags, it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. Establece la conducta del arrastre de canales, puede ser usada para prevenir arrastres accidentales. <i>Mover canal</i> mueve el canal sin avisar. <i>No hacer nada</i> no hace nada y muestra un mensaje de error. <i>Preguntar</i> usa un cuadro de mensajes para confirmar si usted realmente deseaba mover el canal. - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. Preguntar si cerrar o minimizar al salir de Mumble. - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.<b> <b>Si se marca, le pedirá confirmar que desea salir si está conectado.<b> - + Ask on quit while connected Preguntar al salir mientras esté conectado - + Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. Hacer que la ventana de Mumble aparezca siempre por encima de las otras ventanas. - + <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> <b>Hace que la ventana de Mumble se mantenga sobre las demás.</b> - + Always On Top Siempre visible - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> <b>Si se marca, minimizar la ventana principal de Mumble hará que se oculte y sólo sea accesible desde el área de notificación. De lo contrario, será minimizada como lo haría normalmente una ventana.</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized Ocultar en el área de notificación al minimizar - Show all configuration items - Muestra todos las opciones de configuración + Muestra todos las opciones de configuración - <b>This will show all configuration items.</b><br />Mumble contains a lot of configuration items that most users won't need to change. Checking this will show all configurable items. - <b>Muestra todos las opciones de configuración.</b><br />Mumble contiene muchas opciones de configuración que la mayoría de usuarios no necesitarán cambiar. Marcar ésto mostrará todas las opciones configurables. + <b>Muestra todos las opciones de configuración.</b><br />Mumble contiene muchas opciones de configuración que la mayoría de usuarios no necesitarán cambiar. Marcar ésto mostrará todas las opciones configurables. - Expert Config - Configuración experta + Configuración experta - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. Oculta la ventana principal de Mumble en el área de notificación cuando está minimizada. @@ -3967,123 +3956,123 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } MainWindow - + Welcome to Mumble. Bienvenido a Mumble. - - + + Root Root - + &Connect &Conectar - + Open the server connection dialog Abre el cuadro de diálogo de conexión con el servidor - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick connect. Muestra un cuadro de diálogo de servidores registrados, y también permite conectarse rápidamente. - + &Disconnect &Desconectar - + Disconnect from server Desconectarse del servidor - + Disconnects you from the server. Le desconecta del servidor. - + &Ban lists &Prohibiciones - + Edit ban lists on server Edita la lista de prohibiciones en el servidor - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. Le permite editar la lista de IPs prohibidas en el lado del servidor. - + &Kick &Expulsar - + Kick player (with reason) Expulsar jugador (con motivo) - + Kick selected player off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Expulsa del servidor al jugador seleccionado. Se le pedirá que especifique un motivo. - + &Ban &Prohibir - + Kick and ban player (with reason) Expulsar y prohibir jugador (con motivo) - + Kick and ban selected player from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Expulsa y prohibe en el servidor al jugador seleccionado. Se le pedirá que especifique un motivo. - + &Mute En&mudecer - + Mute player Enmudece al jugador - + Mute or unmute player on server. Unmuting a deafened player will also undeafen them. Enmudece o da voz a un jugador en el servidor. Dar voz a un jugador ensordecido también le dará escucha. - + &Deafen En&sordecer - + Deafen player Ensordece al jugador - + Deafen or undeafen player on server. Deafening a player will also mute them. Ensordece o da escucha a un jugador en el servidor. Ensordecer a un jugador también lo enmudecerá. - + &Local Mute Enmudecer &localmente @@ -4092,82 +4081,82 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Enmudece o da voz localmente a un jugador. - + &Add &Agregar - + Add new channel Agrega un nuevo canal - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. Agrega un nuevo subcanal al canal actualmente seleccionado. - + &Remove &Eliminar - + Remove channel Elimina un canal - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. Elimina un canal y todos sus subcanales. - + &Edit ACL &Editar LCA - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel Edita los Grupos y la LCA para el canal - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. Abre el cuadro de diálogo Grupo y LCA para el canal, para controlar los permisos. - + &Rename &Renombrar - + &Change Description &Cambiar descripción - + Changes the channel description Cambia la descripción del canal - + This changes the description of a channel. Ésto cambia la descripción de un canal. - + &Link &Vincular - + Link your channel to another channel Vincula su canal a otro canal - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, players can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. Vincula su canal actual al canal seleccionado. Si tienen permiso para hablar en el otro canal, los jugadores pueden oirse entre sí. Éste es un vínculo permanente, y durará hasta que se desvincule manualmente o se reinicie el servidor. Por favor vea los métodos abreviados para presionar-para-vincular. @@ -4176,197 +4165,197 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Desvincular - + Unlink your channel from another channel Desvincula su canal de otro canal - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. Desvincula su canal actual del canal seleccionado. - + Unlink &All Desvincular &todo - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. Desvincula su canal de todos los canales vinculados. - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. Desvincula su canal actual (no el seleccionado) de todos los canales vinculados. - + &Reset &Reiniciar - + Reset audio preprocessor Reinicia el preprocesador de audio - + &Mute Self En&mudecerse - + Mute yourself Se enmudece a sí mismo - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. Se enmudece o se da voz a sí mismo. Cuando enmudezca, no enviará ningún dato al servidor. Darse voz mientras está ensordecido también le dará escucha. - + &Deafen Self En&sordecerse - + Deafen yourself Se ensordece a sí mismo - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. Se ensordece o se da escucha a sí mismo. Cuando ensordezca, no oirá nada. Darse escucha a sí mismo también le dará voz. - + &Text-To-Speech &Texto-A-Voz - + Toggle Text-To-Speech Conmuta Texto-A-Voz - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. Activa o desactiva el motor de texto-a-voz (TTS). Realmente sólo se dirán los mensajes habilitados para TTS en el cuadro de diálogo Configuración. - + S&tatistics &Estadísticas - + Display audio statistics Muestra estadísticas de audio - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. Muestra un pequeño cuadro de diálogo con información acerca de la entrada de audio. - + Forcibly unlink plugin Desvincular complemento forzosamente - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. Fuerza al complemento actual a desvincularse, lo que es útil si está leyendo datos completamente erróneos. - + &Settings &Opciones - + Configure Mumble Configura Mumble - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. Le permite cambiar la mayoría de opciones de Mumble. - + &What's This? ¿&Qué es esto? - + Enter What's This? mode Entra en el modo "¿Qué es esto?" - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. Haga click en esto para entrar en el modo "¿Qué es esto?". Su cursor se transformará en una interrogación. Haga click en cualquier botón, opción de menú o área para mostrar una descripción de lo que es. - + &About &Acerca de - + Information about Mumble Información acerca de Mumble - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. Muestra un pequeño cuadro de diálogo con información y la licencia de Mumble. - + About &Speex Acerca de &Speex - + Information about Speex Información acerca de Speex - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. Muestra un pequeño cuadro de diálogo con información acerca de Speex. - + Information about Qt Información acerca de Qt - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. Muestra un pequeño cuadro de diálogo con información acerca de Qt. - + Check for &Updates Comprobar &actualizaciones - + Check for new version of Mumble Comprueba si existe una nueva versión de Mumble - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. Se conecta a la página web de Mumble para comprobar si está disponible una nueva versión, y le notifica con una URL de descarga apropiada si éste es el caso. - + Mumble -- %1 Mumble -- %1 @@ -4375,66 +4364,66 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Registro de mensajes - + &Server &Servidor - + &Player &Jugador - + &Channel &Canal - + &Audio &Audio - + C&onfigure C&onfigurar - + &Help &Ayuda - + Kicking player %1 Expulsando al jugador %1 - - + + Enter reason Introduzca el motivo - + Banning player %1 Prohibiendo al jugador %1 - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + Channel Name Nombre del canal @@ -4443,42 +4432,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ¿Está seguro de que desa borrar %1 y todos sus subcanales? - + Unmuted and undeafened. Con voz y escucha. - + Unmuted. Con voz. - + Muted. Mudo. - + Muted and deafened. Mudo y sordo. - + Deafened. Sordo. - + Undeafened. Con escucha. - + About Qt Acerca de Qt - + Joining %1. Uniéndose a %1. @@ -4487,123 +4476,123 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Conectado al servidor. - + Server connection failed: %1. Falló la conexión con el servidor: %1. - + Disconnected from server. Desconectado del servidor. - + Reconnecting. Volviendo a conectar. - + Joined server: %1. Se ha unido al servidor: %1. - + Left server: %1. Abandonó el servidor: %1. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 está ahora mudo y sordo. - + %1 is now muted. %1 está ahora mudo. - + %1 is now unmuted. %1 ahora tiene voz. - - + + server servidor - + You were muted by %1. Fue enmudecido por %1. - + You were unmuted by %1. %1 le dio voz. - + %1 muted by %2. %1 enmudecido por %2. - + %1 unmuted by %2. %2 dio voz a %1. - + You were deafened by %1. Fue ensordecido por %1. - + You were undeafened by %1. %1 le dio escucha. - + %1 undeafened by %2. %2 dio escucha a %1. - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. Fue expulsado del servidor por %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 fue expulsado del servidor por %1: %2. - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. Fue expulsado y prohibido del servidor por %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 fue expulsado y prohibido del servidor por %1: %2. - + You were moved to %1 by %2. Fue movido a %1 por %2. - + %1 left channel. %1 abandonó el canal. - + %1 moved out by %2 to %3. %1 fue llevado por %2 a %3. - + %1 moved in by %2 from %3. %1 fue traído por %2 desde %3. @@ -4612,7 +4601,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } %2 mudó a %1. - + %1 entered channel. %1 ingresó en el canal. @@ -4621,104 +4610,104 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } %2 trajo a %1. - + Server connection rejected: %1. Conexión con el servidor rechazada: %1. - + Denied: %1. Denegado: %1. - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. Reinicia el preprocesador de audio, incluyendo cancelación de ruido, ganancia automática y detección de actividad vocal. Si algo de pronto empeora el entorno de audio (como dejar caer el micrófono) y fue temporal, use esto para evitar tener que esperar a que se reajuste el preprocesador. - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. Muestra toda la actividad reciente. Aquí se muestran conexiones a servidores, errores y mensajes informativos.<br />Para configurar exactamente qué mensajes se muestran aquí, use la orden <b>Opciones</b> del menú. - + %1 deafened by %2. %1 ensordecido por %2. - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Presionar-para-Hablar (PTT) - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut Reiniciar el preprocesador de audio - + Toggle Mute Self Global Shortcut Conmutar enmudecerse - + Toggle Deafen Self Global Shortcut Conmutar ensordecerse - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut Desvincular complemento - + Force Center Position Global Shortcut Forzar posición central - + Chan Parent Global Shortcut Canal padre - + Chan Sub#%1 Global Shortcut Subcanal nº %1 - + Chan All Subs Global Shortcut Todos los subcanales - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut Presionar-para-Enmudecer - + Join Channel Global Shortcut Unirse al canal - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut Conmutar sobreimpresión - + Alt Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Presionar-para-Hablar Alt @@ -4732,22 +4721,22 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } %2 mudó a %1. - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? ¿Está seguro de que desa borrar %1 y todos sus subcanales? - + &Quit Mumble &Salir de Mumble - + Closes the program Cierra el programa - + Exits the application. Sale de la aplicación. @@ -4757,19 +4746,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ctrl+S - - + Send Messa&ge &Enviar mensaje - - + Send a Text Message Enviar un mensaje de texto - + Sending message to %1 Enviando mensaje a %1 @@ -4778,89 +4765,89 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Introduzca el mensaje - - + + To %1: %2 A %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 Mensaje para %1 - + Invalid username Nombre de usuario no válido - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. Se ha conectado con un nombre de usuario no válido, por favor, intente con otro. - + That username is already in use, please try another username. Ese nombre de usuario ya esta en uso, por favor, intente con otro nombre de usuario. - + Wrong password Contraseña incorrecta - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. Contraseña para los usuarios registrados incorrecta, por favor, inténtelo otra vez. - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. Contraseña del servidor incorrecta para cuenta de usuario no registrada, por favor, inténtelo de nuevo. - + From %1: %2 De %1: %2 - + Message from %1 Mensaje de %1 - + &Audio Wizard &Asistente de audio - + Sends a text message to another user. Envía un mensaje de texto a otro usuario. - + Start the audio configuration wizard Inicia el asistente de configuración de audio - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. Le guiará a través del proceso de configuración de su hardware de audio. - + SSL Verification failed: %1 Falló la verificación SSL: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. <b>ADVERTENCIA:</b> El servidor presentó un certificado que es diferente del almacenado. - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. El servidor presento un certificado que no superó la verificación. @@ -4889,47 +4876,47 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <li><b>Estado:</b> %1</li> - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> <p>%1.<br />Los errores especificos con este certificado son: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>¿Desea aceptar este certificado de todos modos?<br />(También se almacenará para que no se le pregunte ésto de nuevo.)</p> - + &Information &Información - + Show information about the server connection Muestra información acerca de la conexión con el servidor - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. Muestra información extendida acerca de la conexión con el servidor. - + Opening URL %1 Abriendo URL %1 - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' El esquema del URL no es 'mumble' - + Connecting to %1 Conectando a %1 - + Enter username Introduzca el nombre de usuario - + Mumble Server Information Información del servidor Mumble @@ -4938,131 +4925,131 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Canal de control: latencia %1 ms, Cifrado con %3 bit %4<br />Canal de voz: latencia %2 ms, Sin cifrar - - + + &View Certificate &Ver certificado - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> <h2>Canal de control</h2><p>Cifrado con %2 de %1 bits<br />%3 ms de latencia media (%4 de varianza)</p> - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut Mantenga pulsado este botón para enviar la voz. - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut Ésto configura el botón presionar-para-hablar que, mientra mantenga pulsado, hará que se transmita la voz. - + Toggle self-mute status. Global Shortcut Conmutar el estado de enmudecimiento. - + This will toggle your muted status. If you toggle this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut Esto conmutará su estado de enmudecimiento. Si se desactiva, también se desactivará el ensordecimiento. - + Toggle self-deafen status. Global Shortcut Conmutar el estado de ensordecimiento. - + This will toggle your deafen status. If you toggle this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut Esto conmutará su estado de ensordecimiento. Si se activa, también se activará el enmudecimiento. - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut Conmutar el estado de la sobreimpresión en el juego. - + This will switch the states of the ingame overlay between showing everybody, just the players who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut Esto conmutará el estado de la sobreimpresión durante el juego entre mostrar a todos, sólo mostrar los jugadores que están hablando, y no mostrar a nadie. - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. El canal de voz se envía a través del canal de control. - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> <h2>Canal de voz</h2><p>Cifrado con OCB-AES128 de 128 bits<br />%1 ms de latencia media (%4 de varianza)</p> - + UDP Statistics Estadísticas de UDP - + To Server Hacia el servidor - + From Server Desde el servidor - + Good Correctos - + Late Tardíos - + Lost Perdidos - + Resync Resincronizaciones - + Change description of channel %1 Cambiar descripción del canal %1 - + Sending message to channel %1 Enviando mensaje al canal %1 - + Sending message to channel tree %1 Enviando mensaje al árbol de canales %1 - + To tree %1: %2 Al árbol %1: %2 - + Message to tree %1 Mensaje para el árbol %1 @@ -5071,17 +5058,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ahora está en el modo de ensordecimiento local. Este modo no se refleja en el servidor, y aun seguirá transmitiendo su voz al servidor. Este modo sólo debe ser usado si hay varias personas en la misma habitación y una de ellas usa Mumble con altavoces. - + Ctrl+Q Ctrl+S - + Mute player locally Enmudecer al jugador localmente - + Mute or unmute player locally. Use this on other players in the same room. Enmudece o da voz a un jugador localmente. Use ésto sobre jugadores en la misma habitación. @@ -5090,12 +5077,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Renombrar canal - + Renames the channel Renombra el canal - + This renames a channel. Renombra un canal. @@ -5112,73 +5099,73 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Le pone en el modo de ensordecimiento local, donde sus altavoces son silenciados pero aun sigue transmitiendo audio. - + About &Qt Acerca de &Qt - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. Envía un mensaje de texto a todos los usuario de un canal. - + Send &Tree Message Enviar mensaje al á&rbol - + Send message to channel tree. Enviar mensaje al árbol de canales. - + This sends a text message to a channel and it's subchannels. Envía un mensaje de texto a un canal y todos sus subcanales. - + Server maximum bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Quality auto-adjusted. El ancho de banda máximo del servidor es sólo de %1 kbit/s. Se ha ajustado automáticamente la calidad. - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? Ésta es la primera vez que inicia Mumble.<br />¿Le gustaría ejecutar el Asistente de audio para configurar su tarjeta de sonido? - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s (Quality %3)</p> <h2>Ancho de banda del audio</h2><p>Máximo %1 kbit/s<br />Actual %2 kbit/s (Calidad %3)</p> - + Connected to server %1. Conectado al servidor %1. - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? Mumble está conectado a un servidor actualmente. ¿Desea cerrarlo o minimizarlo? - + Close Cerrar - - + + Minimize Minimizar - + &Window &Ventana - + Ctrl+M Ctrl+M @@ -5187,72 +5174,72 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ctrl+W - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut Conmutar mínimo - + &Minimal View Vista &mínima - + Toggle minimal window modes Conmutar los modos de ventana mínima - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. Esto conmutará el modo mínimo, en el que la ventana del registro de mensajes y el menú están ocultos. - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut Aumentar el volúmen (+10%) - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut Disminuir el volúmen (-10%) - + Clear Borrar - + Log Registro - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. Ha establecido el arrastre de canales a "No hacer nada" así que el canal no se movió. - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in PlayerModel::dropMimeData. Modo de arrastre de canales desconocido en PlayerModel::dropMimeData. - + &Unlink Channel &Desvincular - + &Unlink Plugin &Desvincular - + Server message from Servidor @@ -5262,17 +5249,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Salir - + Hide Frame Ocultar marco - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window Conmuta entre mostrar o no el marco de la ventana mínima - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. Esto determina si la ventana mínima tiene un marco para ser movida o cambiada de tamaño. @@ -5280,167 +5267,167 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } NetworkConfig - + Network Red - + Form Formulario - + Connection Conexión - + Use TCP compatibility mode Usar modo de compatibilidad TCP - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). <b>Habilita el modo de Compatibilidad TCP</b>.<br />Esto hará que Mumble sólo use TCP cuando se comunique con el servidor. Esto aumentará la sobrecarga y provocará que los paquetes perdidos produzcan notables pausas en la comunicación, así que sólo debería ser usado si no consigue usar la opción por defecto (que emplea UDP para la voz y TCP para el control). - + Use TCP mode Usar modo TCP - + Reconnect when disconnected Volver a conectar cuando sea desconectado - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>Volver a conectar cuando sea desconectado</b>.<br />Hace que Mumble intente volver a conectar automáticamente después de 10 segundos si falla su conexión con el servidor. - + Reconnect automatically Reconectar automáticamente - + Proxy Proxy - + Type Tipo - + Type of proxy to connect through Tipo de proxy a través del que conectar - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>Tipo de proxy a través del que conectar</b><br />Ésto hace que Mumble se conecte a través de un proxy para todas las conexiones salientes. Nota: El uso de túneles proxy fuerza a Mumble al modo de compatibilidad TCP, causando que todos los datos de voz se envíen a través del canal de control. - + Direct connection Conexión directa - + HTTP(S) proxy Proxy HTTP(S) - + SOCKS5 proxy Proxy SOCKS5 - + Hostname Nombre del servidor - + Hostname of the proxy Nombre del servidor proxy - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.<b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. <b>Nombre del servidor proxy.<b><br />Este campo especifica el nombre del servidor proxy a través del que desea construir un túnel para el tráfico de red. - + Port Puerto - + Port number of the proxy Número de puerto del proxy - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. <b>Número de puerto del proxy.</b><br />Este campo especifica el número de puerto al que el proxy espera las conexiones. - + Username Nombre de usuario - + Username for proxy authentication Nombre de usuario para la autenticación con el proxy - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>Nombre de usuario para la autenticación con el proxy.</b><br />Ésto especifica el nombre de usuario que utilizará para autentificarse con el proxy. En caso de que el proxy no use autenticación, o que desee conectarse anónimamente, sencillamente deje este campo en blanco. - + Password Contraseña - + Password for proxy authentication Contraseña para la autenticación con el proxy - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>Contraseña para la autenticación con el proxy.</b><br />Ésto especifica la contraseña que usará para autenticarse con el proxy. En caso de que el proxy no use autenticación, o que desee conectarse anónimamente, sencillamente deje este campo en blanco. - + Mumble services Servicios de Mumble - + Check for updates on startup Buscar actualizaciones al iniciar - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Envia estadísticas anónimas al proyecto Mumble - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus it's development where it's needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. <b>Envíar estadísticas anónimas.</b><br />Mumble tiene un equipo de desarrollo pequeño, y como tal necesita centrar su desarrollo donde mas se necesita. Con el envío de algunas estadísticas está contribuyendo a determinar dónde centar el desarrollo. - + Submit anonymous statistics Enviar estadísticas anónimas @@ -5511,7 +5498,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Overlay - + Mumble Mumble @@ -5536,7 +5523,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - no tiene la versión actualizada en agosto de 2006 de DX9.0c - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 @@ -5547,32 +5534,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } OverlayConfig - + Options Opciones - + Position Posición - + Font Fuente - + Enable Overlay Habilitar Sobreimpresión - + Enable overlay. Habilita la sobreimpresión. - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked with D3D9 applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. Establece si la sobreimpresión está habilitada o no. Esta opción se comprueba sólo cuando se inician aplicaciones D3D9, así que asegúrese de que Mumble está ejecutándose y esta opción está activada antes de que inicie la aplicación.<br />Por favor, fíjese en que si inicia la aplicación después de iniciar Mumble, o si desactiva la sobreimpresión mientras se está ejecutando, no existe ninguna forma segura de reiniciar la sobreimpresión sin reiniciar también la aplicación. @@ -5593,7 +5580,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Mostrar - + Who to show on the overlay Quién mostrar en la sobreimpresión @@ -5602,32 +5589,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <b>Establece a quién mostrar en la sobreimpresión durante el juego.</b><br />Si muchas personas están conectadas al mismo canal, la lista sobreimpresionada podría ser muy larga. Use ésto para acortarla.<br /><i>Nadie</i> - No mostrar a nadie (pero dejar funcionando la sobreimpresión).<br /><i>Sólo hablando</i> - Sólo mostrar las personas que hablan.<br /><i>Todos</i> - Mostrar todos. - + Always Show Self Siempre mostrarse a sí mismo - + Always show yourself on overlay. Siempre le muestra en la sobreimpresión. - + Grow Left Crecer hacia la izquierda - + Let overlay grow to the left Permitir a la sobreimpresión crecer hacia la izquierda - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. La sobreimpresión trata de permanecer lo más pequeña posible y en la posición que ha seleccionado. Esto permite que la sobreimpresión crezca hacia la izquierda si es necesario. - + Grow Right Crecer hacia la derecha @@ -5640,12 +5627,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } La sobreimpresión trata de permanecer lo más pequeña posible y en la posición que ha seleccionado. Esto permite que la sobreimpresión crezca hacia la derecha si es necesario. - + Grow Up Crecer hacia arriba - + Let overlay grow upwards Permitir a la sobreimpresión crecer hacia arriba @@ -5654,12 +5641,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } La sobreimpresión trata de permanecer lo más pequeña posible y en la posición que ha seleccionado. Esto permite que la sobreimpresión crezca hacia la arriba si es necesario. - + Grow Down Crecer hacia abajo - + Let overlay grow downwards Permitir a la sobreimpresión crecer hacia abajo @@ -5668,32 +5655,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } La sobreimpresión trata de permanecer lo más pequeña posible y en la posición que ha seleccionado. Esto permite que la sobreimpresión crezca hacia la abajo si es necesario. - + X-Position of Overlay Posición-X de la sobreimpresión - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. Establece la posición X relativa de la sobreimpresión. - + Y-Position of Overlay Posición-Y de la sobreimpresión - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. Establece la posición Y relativa de la sobreimpresión. - + Current Font Fuente actual - + Set Font Establece la fuente @@ -5710,51 +5697,47 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Anchura máxima - - - - - + Change Cambiar - + Color for players Color de los jugadores - + Color for talking players Color de los jugadores que hablan - + Color for alt-talking players Color de los jugadores que hablan-alt - + Color for Channels Color de los canales - + Color for active Channels Color de los canales activos - + Overlay Sobreimpresión - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. Establece si mostrarse siempre a sí mismo o no. Esta opción es útil si no está mostrando a todos en la sobreimpresión, ya que entonces sólo vería su propio estado si usted está hablando, lo que no le permitiría ver si fue ensordecido o enmudecido. - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. <b>Establece a quién mostrar en la sobreimpresión durante el juego.</b><br />Si muchas personas están conectadas al mismo canal, la lista sobreimpresionada podría ser muy larga. Use esto para acortarla.<br /><i>Nadie</i> - No mostrar a nadie (pero dejar funcionando la sobreimpresión).<br /><i>Sólo hablando</i> - Sólo mostrar las personas que hablan.<br /><i>Todos</i> - Mostrar todos. @@ -5763,83 +5746,77 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Establece la anchura máxima de los nombres mostrados, relativa a la altura. Si fija esto a 100%, ninguna línea de texto será más ancha que su altura. A 500%, ninguna línea será 5 veces más ancha que su altura, y así sucesivamente. - + Show User Textures Mostrar texturas de los usuarios - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. Muestra texturas personalizadas por el usuario en vez de texto en la sobreimpresión. - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. Establece si se descargarán y usarán texturas personalizadas para los usuarios registrados. Si se desactiva, se usará en su lugar el texto resumido habitual. - + Maximum height of names. Altura maxima de los nombres. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. Establece la altura máxima de los nombres mostrados, en relación a la altura de la pantalla. Si su ventana 3D activa tiene 800 píxeles de alto y se fija esto a 5%, entonces cada nombre tendrá 40 píxeles de alto. Fíjese en que los nombres no serán más altos de 60 píxeles sin importar lo que se establezca aquí. - + Maximum height Altura máxima - + Show no one No mostrar a nadie - + Show only talking Mostrar sólo a los que hablan - + Show everyone Mostrar a todos - + Form Formulario - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. La sobreimpresión trata de permanecer lo más pequeña posible y en la posición que ha seleccionado. Esto permite que la sobreimpresión crezca hacia la arriba si es necesario. - + Let overlay grow to the right Permitir a la sobreimpresión crecer hacia la derecha - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. La sobreimpresión trata de permanecer lo más pequeña posible y en la posición que ha seleccionado. Esto permite que la sobreimpresión crezca hacia la derecha si es necesario. - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. La sobreimpresión trata de permanecer lo más pequeña posible y en la posición que ha seleccionado. Esto permite que la sobreimpresión crezca hacia la arriba si es necesario. - - - - - - - + TextLabel EtiquetaDeTexto @@ -5878,7 +5855,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Éste es un jugador conectado al servidor. El icono a la izquierda del jugador indica si está hablando o no:<br /><img src=":/icons/talking_on.png" /> Hablando<br /><img src=":/icons/talking_off.png" /> Sin hablar - + This is a channel on the server. Only players in the same channel can hear each other. Esto es un canal del servidor. Sólo los jugadores en el mismo canal pueden oirse entre sí. @@ -5887,32 +5864,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Muestra los emblemas que el jugador tiene en el servidor, si los hubiera:<br /><img src=":/icons/authenticated.png" />Usuario autenticado<br /><img src=":/icons/muted_self.png" />Mudo (por sí mismo)<br /><img src=":/icons/muted_server.png" />Mudo (por un administrador)<br /><img src=":/icons/deafened_self.png" />Sordo (por sí mismo)<br /><img src=":/icons/deafened_server.png" />Sordo (por un administrador)<br />Un jugador enmudecido por sí mismo probablemente sólo está ausente, hablando por teléfono o algo similar.<br />Un jugador enmudecido por un administrador probablemente está también sólo ausente, y el ruido que estaba haciendo el jugador era lo bastante molesto para que un adminstrador lo haya enmudecido. - + Name Nombre - + Flags Emblemas - + This is a player connected to the server. The icon to the left of the player indicates whether or not they are talking:<br /><img src="skin:talking_on.png" /> Talking<br /><img src="skin:talking_off.png" /> Not talking Éste es un jugador conectado al servidor. El icono a la izquierda del jugador indica si está hablando o no:<br /><img src="skin:talking_on.png" /> Hablando<br /><img src="skin:talking_off.png" /> No está hablando - + This shows the flags the player has on the server, if any:<br /><img src="skin:authenticated.png" />Authenticated user<br /><img src="skin:muted_self.png" />Muted (by self)<br /><img src="skin:muted_server.png" />Muted (by admin)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_self.png" />Deafened (by self)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_server.png" />Deafened (by admin)<br />A player muted by himself is probably just away, talking on the phone or something like that.<br />A player muted by an admin is probably also just away, and the noise the player is making was annoying enough that an admin muted him. Muestra los emblemas que el jugador tiene en el servidor, si los hubiera:<br /><img src=":/authenticated.png" />Usuario autenticado<br /><img src=":/muted_self.png" />Mudo (por sí mismo)<br /><img src=":/muted_server.png" />Mudo (por un administrador)<br /><img src=":/deafened_self.png" />Sordo (por sí mismo)<br /><img src=":/deafened_server.png" />Sordo (por un administrador)<br />Un jugador enmudecido por sí mismo probablemente sólo está ausente, hablando por teléfono o algo similar.<br />Un jugador enmudecido por un administrador probablemente está también sólo ausente, y el ruido que estaba haciendo el jugador era lo bastante molesto para que un adminstrador lo haya enmudecido. - + Mumble Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? ¿Está seguro de que desea arrastrar este canal? @@ -5920,94 +5897,94 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PluginConfig - + Options Opciones - - + + Plugins Complementos - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information Habilita los complementos y transmite información posicional - + This enables plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit that with each voice packet. This enables other players to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. Habilita que los complementos para los juegos soportados extraigan su posición en el juego y transmitan eso con cada paquete de voz. Esto permite que otros jugadores oigan su voz en el juego desde la dirección en la que su personaje está en relación al suyo. - + Reloads all plugins Recarga todos los complementos - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. Vuelve a buscar y a recargar los complementos. Use esto si acaba de agregar o cambiar un complemento en el directorio de complementos. - + Information about plugin Información acerca del complemento - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. Muestra un pequeño mensaje de información acerca del complemento. - + Show configuration page of plugin Muestra la página de configuración del complemento - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. Muestra la página de configuración del complemento, si la hay. - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. El complemento no tiene función de configuración. - + Link to Game and Transmit Position Vincularse al juego y transmitir la posición - + &Reload plugins &Recargar complementos - + &About &Acerca de - + &Configure &Configurar - + Plugin has no about function. El complemento no tiene información "acerca de". - + Form Formulario @@ -6019,7 +5996,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } El plugin %1 perdió el vínculo. - + %1 lost link. %1 perdió el vínculo. @@ -6028,7 +6005,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Plugin %1 vínculado. - + %1 linked. %1 vinculado. @@ -6036,7 +6013,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PortAudioSystem - + Default Device Dispositivo por defecto @@ -6115,12 +6092,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input Entrada por defecto - + Default Output Salida por defecto @@ -6128,7 +6105,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned Sin asignar @@ -6136,7 +6113,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutDelegate - + Unassigned Sin asignar @@ -6144,7 +6121,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut Presione la tecla de método abreviado @@ -6152,24 +6129,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } TextMessage - + Message to send Mensaje a enviar - + Preview Previsualización - Send raw message - Enviar mensaje en bruto + Enviar mensaje en bruto - Disables html formating - Deshabilita el formato html + Deshabilita el formato html + + + + Disables html formatting + + + + + Disable text formatting + + + + + This field reflects how the message will look like in the chat. + + + + + <b>Preview</b><br />This field takes the raw string entered above and renders it like it will look like in the log. For example &lt;b&gt;Test&lt;/b&gt; will display as: <b>Test<b>. + @@ -6183,7 +6178,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } No se pudo recuperar del servidor la información de la versión. - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. Mumble no pudo recuperar la información de la versión del servidor SourceForge. @@ -6191,102 +6186,102 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details Detalles de la cadena de certificados - + Certificate chain Cadena de certificados - + Certificate details Detalles del certificado - + %1 %2 %1 %2 - - + + Common Name: %1 Nombre común: %1 - - + + Organization: %1 Organización: %1 - + Subunit: %1 Subunidad: %1 - - + + Country: %1 País: %1 - - + + Locality: %1 Localidad: %1 - - + + State: %1 Estado: %1 - + Valid from: %1 Válido desde: %1 - + Valid to: %1 Válido hasta: %1 - + Serial: %1 Número de serie: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 Clave pública: %1 bits %2 - + RSA RSA - + DSA DSA - + Digest (MD5): %1 Huella digital (MD5): %1 - + Issued by: Emitido por: - + Unit Name: %1 Nombre de unidad: %1 @@ -6341,7 +6336,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } WASAPISystem - + Default Device Dispositivo por defecto diff --git a/src/mumble11x/mumble_fr.ts b/src/mumble11x/mumble_fr.ts index 41b7c247c..275ebad1f 100644 --- a/src/mumble11x/mumble_fr.ts +++ b/src/mumble11x/mumble_fr.ts @@ -4,134 +4,127 @@ ACLEditor - + Mumble - Edit ACL for %1 Mumble - Editer la LCA pour %1 - + Active ACLs LCAs actifs - + Context Contexte - + User/Group Utilisateur/Groupe - + Permissions Permissions - - + Group Groupe - + Members Membres - + &Add &Ajouter - + &Remove Supp&rimer - + &Up Ha&ut - + &Down &Bas - + Inherit ACLs Hérite des LCAs - + Applies to this channel Appliquer à ce salon - + Applies to sub-channels Appliquer aux sous-salons - + User ID ID Utilisateur - + Deny Refuser - + Allow Accepter - - - - + Remove Supprimer - - + Inherit Hérite - + Inheritable Héritable - + Inherited Hérité - - - + Add Ajouter - + Add to Remove Ajouter à la liste de suppression - + &Groups &Groupes - + &ACL &LCA @@ -160,7 +153,7 @@ Ce bouton va annuler toutes les modifications et fermer la fenêtre sans mettre à jour les LCAs ou groupes sur le serveur. - + List of entries Liste des entrées @@ -169,168 +162,168 @@ Montrer toutes les entrées actives sur ce salon. Les entrées héritées des salons parents seront montrées en italique. - + Inherit ACL of parent? Hériter la LCA du parent ? - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. Défini si la LCA en haut de la chaîne des salons parents s'applique à cet objet ou non. Seules les entrées qui sont marquées dans les parents comme "Appliquer au sous-salons seront hérités. - + Add new entry Ajouter une nouvelle entrée - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. Ajoute une nouvelle entrée, initialement définie avec aucune permission, et s'appliquant à tous. - + Remove entry Supprimer une entrée - + This removes the currently selected entry. Supprime l'entrée actuellement sélectionnée. - + Move entry up Déplacer l'entrée vers le haut - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. Déplace une entrée vers le haut dans la liste. Comme les entrées sont évaluées dans l'ordre, cela peut changer la permission effective des utilisateurs. Vous ne pouvez pas déplacer une entrée héritée, si vous le nécessitez vraiment, vous aurez à dupliquer l'entrée héritée. - + Move entry down Déplacer une entrée vers le bas - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. Déplace une entrée vers le bas dans la liste. Comme les entrées sont évaluées dans l'ordre, ceci peut changer les permissions effectives des utilisateurs. - + Entry should apply to this channel. Entry should apply to this channel Les entrées devraient s'appliquer à ce salon - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. Applique l'entrée à ce salon. - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. L'entrée devrait s'appliquer aux sous-salons. - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. Applique l'entrée aux sous-salons de ce salon. - + Group this entry applies to Le groupe sur lequel cette entrée s'applique - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a !, its membership is negated, and if it starts with a ~, it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in. Order is important; <i>!~in</i> is valid, but <i>~!in</i> is not.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for <i>sub,0,0,0</i>).<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. Contrôle à quel groupe d'utilisateurs cette entrée s'applique.<br />Il est à noter que les groupes sont évalués dans le contexte du salon dans lequel l'entrée est utilisée Par exemple, la LCA du salon racine par défaut donne la permission d'<i>écriture</i> au groupe <i>admin</i>. Cette entrée, si héritée par un salon, donnera à l'utilisateur le privilège d'écriture s'il appartient au groupe <i>admin</i> du salon, même s'il n'appartient pas au groupe <i>admin</i> dans le salon de la LCA originelle.<br />Si le nom d'un groupe commence avec !, son appartenance est négative, et s'il commence par un ~, il est évalué dans le salon dans lequel la LCA a été définie, plutôt que dans le salon dans lequel la LCA est active. L'ordre est important; <i>!~in</i> est valide, mais <i>~!in</i> ne l'est pas.<br />Quelques groupes prédéfinis sont :<br /><b>all</b> - Tout le monde est concerné.<br /><b>auth</b> - Tous les utilisateurs autenthifiés<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - Utilisateurs actuellement dans un sous-salon avec au moins <i>a</i> parents commun, entre les salons <i>b</i> et <i>c</i>. Voire le site web pour une explication plus complète.<br /><b>in</b> - Utilisateurs dans le salon ( <i>sub,0,0,0</i> )<br /><b>out</b> - Utilisateurs en dehors du salon ( <i>!sub,0,0,0</i> ).<br />Il est à noter que ces entrées s'appliquent soit à un utilisateur ou à un groupe, mais pas aux deux. - + User this entry applies to Utilisateur sur lequel cette entrée s'applique - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. Controle sur quel utilisateur cette entrée s'applique. Tappez simplement le nom de l'utilisateur et pressez entrée pour interroger le serveur. - + Allow %1 Permettre %1 - + Deny %1 Refuser %1 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Accorde le privilège %1. Si un privilège est à la fois accordé et refusé, il est refusé.<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Retirer le privilège %1. Si le privilège est à la fois accordé et refusé, il est refusé.<br />%2 - + List of groups Liste des groupes - + This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. Tous les groupes actuellements définis pour le salon. Pour créer un groupe, tappez simplement son nom et appuyez sur enter. - + Remove selected group Supprime le groupe sélectionné - + This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. Supprime le groupe actuellement sélectionné. Si le groupe était hérité, il ne va pas être supprimé de la liste, mais toutes les informations le concernant seront effacées. - + Inherit group members from parent Hériter les groupes du parent - + This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. Tous les membres du groupe héritent du parent, si le groupe est marqué comme <i>Héritable</i> dans le salon parant. - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels Rendre le groupe héritable pour les sous-salons - + This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. Rend ce groupe héritable pour les sous-salons. Si un groupe n'est pas héritable, ses sous-salons seront toujours libre de créer un nouveau groupe avec le même nom. - + Group was inherited from parent channel Le groupe a hérité du salon parent - + This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. Indique que le groupe a hérité du salon parent. Vous ne pouvez pas éditer ce fanion, ce n'est qu'une information. - + Add member to group Ajouter un membre au groupe @@ -339,7 +332,7 @@ Tappez le nom du joueur que vous souhaitez ajouter au groupe et appuyez sur entrée. - + Remove member from group Retire le membre du groupe @@ -348,22 +341,22 @@ Tappez le nom du joueur que vous souhaitez retirer du groupe et appuyez sur entrée. - + Dialog Dialogue - + Type in the name of a player you wish to add to the group and click Add. Ecrire le nom du joueur que vous souhaitez ajouter dans le groupe et clicker sur ajouter. - + Type in the name of a player you wish to remove from the group and click Add. Ecrire le nom du joueur que vous souhaitez supprimer dans le groupe et clicker sur ajouter. - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. Cela montre toutes les entrées actives sur ce canal. Le nombre de salons hérités seront montré en italique. <br /> ACL sont évalués de haut en bas, ce qui signifie que la priorité augmente à mesure que vous déplacez vers le bas de la liste. @@ -371,12 +364,12 @@ ALSAAudioInput - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 L'ouverture du périphérique d'entrée ALSA choisit a échoué : %1 - + Default ALSA Card Carte alsa par défaut @@ -384,12 +377,12 @@ ALSAAudioOutput - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 L'ouverture du périphérique de sortie ALSA choisit a échoué : %1 - + Default ALSA Card Carte alsa par défaut @@ -452,22 +445,22 @@ ASIOConfig - + Device selection Sélection du périphérique - + Capabilities Capacités - + Channels Cannaux - + Configure input channels Configurer les cannaux d'entrée @@ -476,159 +469,170 @@ Configure les canaux d'entrée ASIO. Vérifiez que vous avez choisi au moins un canal pour le microphone et les haut-parleur. <i>Microphone</i> devrait être l'emplacement de votre microphone et <i>Speaker</i> devrait être être le canal "What you hear".<br /> Par exemple, sur la carte Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le micro serait "Mic L" tandis que les Haut-Parleurs seraient "Mix L" et "Mix R" - + Device to use for microphone Périphérique à utiliser pour le microphone - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. Choisis le périphérique à interroger. Vous devez toujours interroger le périphérique et sélectionner le salon à utiliser. - + Device Périphérique - + &Query &Interroger - + Query selected device Interroger le périphérique sélectionné - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Interroge le périphérique sélectionné pour connaître ses cannaux. Soyez consients que beaucoup de pilotes ASIO sont buggés à l'extrême et les interroger peut crasher l'application ou le système. - + &Configure &Configurer - + Configure selected device Configurer le périphérique sélectionné - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Configure le périphérique sélectionné. Soyez consients que les pilotes ASIO sont buggés à l'extrême, et les utiliser pourrait causer le crash de l'application ou du système. - + Driver name Nom du pilote - Buffersize - Taille du tampon + Taille du tampon - + Microphone Microphone - - + <- <- - - + -> -> - + Unused Non utilisé - + Speakers Haut parleurs - %1 (ver %2) - %1 (ver %2) + %1 (ver %2) - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz - %1 ms -> %2ms ( résolution de %3 ms ) %4Hz + %1 ms -> %2ms ( résolution de %3 ms ) %4Hz - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz -- Unusable - %1 ms -> %2ms ( résolution de %3 ms ) %4Hz -- Inutilisable + %1 ms -> %2ms ( résolution de %3 ms ) %4Hz -- Inutilisable - - - - + + %1 (version %2) + + + + + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz + + + + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 L'initialisation de ASIO a échoué: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver Impossible d'instancier le pilote ASIO - + ASIO ASIO - + Form Form - - TextLabel - TextLabel + TextLabel - This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples <i>What you hear</i>.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be <i>Mic L</i> while Speaker should be <i>Mix L</i> and <i>Mix R</i>. - Configure les canaux d'entrée ASIO. Vérifiez que vous avez choisi au moins un canal pour le microphone et les haut-parleur. <i>Microphone</i> devrait être l'emplacement de votre microphone, et <i>Speaker</i> devrait être être le canal <i>What you hear</i>.<br /> Par exemple, sur la carte Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le micro serait <i>Mic L</i> tandis que les Haut-Parleurs seraient <i>Mix L</i> et <i>Mix R</i>. + Configure les canaux d'entrée ASIO. Vérifiez que vous avez choisi au moins un canal pour le microphone et les haut-parleur. <i>Microphone</i> devrait être l'emplacement de votre microphone, et <i>Speaker</i> devrait être être le canal <i>What you hear</i>.<br /> Par exemple, sur la carte Audigy 2 ZS, une bonne sélection pour le micro serait <i>Mic L</i> tandis que les Haut-Parleurs seraient <i>Mix L</i> et <i>Mix R</i>. + + + + Buffer size + + + + + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. + ASIOInput - - + + Mumble Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. Vous devez sélectionner au moins un microphone et un haut-parleur pour utiliser ASIO. Si vous avez seulement besoin du microphone, utilisez DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. L'ouverture du périphérique ASIO sélectionné a échouée. Il n'y aura pas d'entrée. @@ -640,27 +644,27 @@ <h3>Mumble v%1</h3><p>Copyright 2005-2008 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Un utilitaire de chat vocal pour les joueurs</b></p><p><tt>http://mumble.sourceforge.net/</tt></p> - + &About Mumble &A propos de Mumble - + &License &Licence - + OK Valider - + About Mumble A propos de Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Un utilitaire de communication vocale pour les joueurs</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> @@ -672,17 +676,17 @@ <h3>À propos de Speex</h3><p><tt>http://www.speex.org/</tt></p><p>Ce programme utilise la version %1 de Speex</p><p>Speex est utilisé pour l'annulation de l'écho,<br />le filtrage du bruit, la détection de l'activité vocale,<br />et la compression de la voix.</p> - + OK Valider - + About Speex A propos de Speex - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p><p>This program uses Speex version %1</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering, voice activity detection and speech<br />compression.</p> <h3>A propos de Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p><p>Ce programme utilise la version de Speex %1</p><p>Speex est utilisé pour la suppression de bruit et d'écho<br />le filtrage, la détection de l'activité vocale<br />compression.</p> @@ -1013,101 +1017,94 @@ AudioInput - + Form Form - + Interface Interface - + System Système - + Input method for audio Méthode d'entrée pour l'audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Il s'agit de la méthode d'entrée utilisée pour l'audio.</b><br />En général vous utilisez DirectSound. - + Device Périphérique - + Input device for audio Output method for audio Méthode de sortie audio - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Méthode de sortie audio. </b><br />En général vous utilisez DirectSound. - + Cancel Echo Supprimer l'écho - + Transmission Transmission - + &Transmit &Transmission - + When to transmit your speech Quand transmettre votre voix - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. <b>Détermine quand transmettre votre voix.</b><br /><i>Continu</i> - en continu<br /><i>Activité Vocale</i> - Quand vous parlez clairement.<br /><i>Poussez pour parler</i> - Quand vous pressez la touche choisie ci-dessous <i>Raccourcis</i>. - + DoublePush Time - - - - - - - - + TextLabel TextLabel - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. - + PTT Audio cue - + Use SNR based speech detection @@ -1116,83 +1113,82 @@ <b>Ceci défiinit la détection de parole à utiliser pour le taux de signal/bruit.</b><br />Dans ce mode, l'entrée est analysé pour quelque chose ressemblant à un signal clair, et que la clarté du signal soit utilisé pour déclencher la parole de détection. - + Signal to Noise Signal/Bruit - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. - + Amplitude Amplitude - + Voice &Hold Maintient de la &Voix - + How long to keep transmitting after silence Combien de temps après un silence continuer à maintenir la transmission - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>Détermine combien de temps la transmission devrait continuer après une pause dans la conversation.</b><br />Choisissez une valeur supérieure si votre voix est coupée lorsque vous parlez (l'icône située a coté de votre nom clignote alors très rapidement).<br />Cela n'a de sens que si vous utilisez la transmission via l'Activité Vocale. - + Silence Below - + Signal values below this counts as silence - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. - + Speech Above - + Signal values above this count as voice - + Compression Compression - + &Quality &Qualité - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) Qualité de la compression (influe sur la bande passante ) - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. <b>Définis la qualité de la compression.</b><br />Détermine combien de bande passante Mumble est autorisé à utiliser pour l'audio en sortie. @@ -1209,17 +1205,17 @@ <b>Définis la complexité de la compression.<b><br />Détermine combien de CPU mumble est autorisé à utiliser pour améliorer la qualité de la voix transmise. - + Audio per packet Trames par paquet - + How many audio frames to send per packet Nombre de trames audio a envoyer par paquet - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>Sélectionne le nombre de trames audio qui devraient être envoyées dans un paquet.</b><br />Augmenter cette valeur augmentera votre latence, mais réduira aussi vos besoins en bande passante. @@ -1228,22 +1224,22 @@ Bande passante maximum utilisée pour l'envoi audio - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). <b>Montre la bande passante maximale utilisée.</b><br />Montre la bande maximale passante maximale utilisée par votre machine. Le débit binaire audio est le débit binaire maximum ( puisqu'un débit binaire variable est utilisé ) pour les données seules. La position est le débit binaire utilisé pour les informations de position. L'entête contient le système de frames et les entêtes des paquets IP. (IP ET UPD est de 75% de l'entête). - + Audio Processing Processeur audio - + Noise Suppression Suppression du bruit - + Noise suppression Suppression du bruit @@ -1252,62 +1248,62 @@ <b>Cela fixe le niveau de suppression de bruit.</b><br />Plus cette valeur est haute, moins il y aura de parasites. - + Amplification Amplification - + Maximum amplification of input sound Amplification maximum de l'entrée sonore - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. <b>Amplification de l'entrée maximum.</b><br />Mumble normalise le son de l'entrée avant de le compresser, et l'amplifie aussi fort qu'il en est autorisé.<br />Le niveau actuel est continuellement mis à jour selon votre modèle de parole actuel, mais il ne dépassera jamais le niveau spécifié ici.<br />Si le <i>Volume du microphone</li> des statistiques audio tourne autour de 100%, vous voudrez probablement le mettre à 2.0 ou quelque chose comme ça, mais si, comme la plupart des gens, vous n'arrivez pas à atteindre 100%, définissez quelque chose de beaucoup plus haut.<br />Idéallement, définissez le de manière à ce que <i>Volume du microphone * Facteur d'amplification >= 100</i>, même si vous parlez vraiment doucement.<br /><br />Il est à noter que mettre cette option au maximum ne causera aucun dégât, mais que Mumble risque d'entendre d'autres conversations, si vous laissez à ce niveau. - + Current speech detection chance Détection de parole actuelle - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Ceci affiche le niveau actuel des paramètres de détection de parole.</b><br />Vous pouvez changer ses paramètres depuis les paramètres ou l'assistant audio. - + Idle AutoMute Auto-absence (devenir muet) - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. Combien de temps avant l'absence automatique. - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. Ceci règle les paramètres d'absence. Si pendant cette durée il n'y a eut aucun envoi audio vers le serveur. Vous deviendrez muet. - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be supressed. <b>Cela fixe le niveau de suppression de bruit à appliquer.</b><br />Plus cette valeur est haute, plus il y aura de suppression de bruit. @@ -1315,54 +1311,54 @@ AudioInputDialog - + Continuous Continu - + Voice Activity Activité vocale - + Push To Talk Appuyez pour parler - + Audio Input Entrée audio - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - + + Off Eteint - + %1 s %1 s - + -%1 dB -%1 dB - + %1kbit/s (Audio %2, Position %4, Overhead %3) %1kbits/s ( Audio %2, Position %4, Entêtes %3 ) - + %1 min %1 min @@ -1370,114 +1366,104 @@ AudioOutput - + Form Form - + Interface Interface - + System Système - + Output method for audio Input method for audio Méthode d'entrée pour l'audio - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Il s'agit de la méthode d'entrée utilisée pour l'audio.</b><br />En général vous utilisez DirectSound. - + Device Périphérique - + Output device for audio - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> - - + Positional Audio Position Audio - + Audio Output Sortie audio - + Default &Jitter Buffer - + Safety margin for jitter buffer - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. - - - - - - - - - - + TextLabel TextLabel - + Volume Volume - + Volume of incoming speech Volume entrant de parole - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. <b>Ceci ajuste le volume entrant de parole.</b><br />Notez que si vous augmentez ceci au-delà de 100%, le son sera déformé. - + Output Delay Délai de sortie - + Amount of data to buffer Quantitée de données à mettre en tampon - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. @@ -1494,7 +1480,7 @@ Distance minimum d'un joueur avant que le son ne diminue - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other players' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. Définis la distance minimum pour calculer le son. Le volume de la voix des autres joueurs ne diminuera pas avant d'être au moins aussi loin de vous. @@ -1515,7 +1501,7 @@ Atténuation - + Factor for sound volume decrease Facteur de diminution du volume sonore @@ -1524,108 +1510,108 @@ À quelle vitesse le volume sonore devrait descendre en dépassant la distance minimale. Normalement ( 1.0 ), le son diminue de moitié à chaque fois que la distance double. Augmenter cette valeur signifie que le son descend plus vite, tandis que la diminuer signifie que le son diminue plus lentement. - + Bloom - + Loopback Test Test loopback - + Delay Variance Délai de variance - + Variance in packet latency Variance de la latence des paquets - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms - + Packet Loss Paquet perdu - + Packet loss for loopback mode Paquet perdu pour le mode de loopback - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% <b>Ceci définit la perte de paquets pour le mode loopback.</b><br />Ce sera le taux de paquets perdus. À moins que votre bande passante sortante soit atteinte ou s'il ya un problème avec votre connexion réseau, ce sera 0% - + &Loopback &Loopback - + Desired loopback mode Mode de loopback désiré - + <b>This enables one of the loopback testmodes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other players will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. <b>Ceci permet de s'écouter parler à des fins de test.</b><br /><i>Aucun</i> - Loopback désactivé<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulation d'un serveur local.<br /><i>Serveur</i> - Loopback depuis le serveur.<br />A noter que quand le loopback est activé les autres joueurs ne pourront pas vous entendre. Ces paramètres ne sont pas sauvegardés quand l'application est quitté. - + Factor for sound volume increase Facteur de diminution du volume sonore - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. - + Minimum Distance - + Minimum distance to player before sound volume decreases - + Maximum Distance - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other players' speech volume will not decrease any further. - + Minimum Volume - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? @@ -1634,27 +1620,27 @@ Les "hauts parleurs" connectés sont en fait des écouteurs. - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. - + Headphones Casque audio - + Other Applications Autres applications - + Volume of other applications during speech Le volume pour les autres applications pendant la conversation - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. <b>Baisser le volume des autres applications pendant la conversation.</b><br />Ceci permet de baisser le volume des autres applications pedant que vous discutez sur Mumble. @@ -1662,48 +1648,48 @@ AudioOutputDialog - + None Aucun - + Local Local - + Server Serveur - + Audio Output Sortie audio - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - - - + + + + + %1% %1 % - + %1ms %1ms - - + + %1m %1m @@ -1719,17 +1705,17 @@ Mumble - + Peak microphone level Niveau maximal du microphone - + Peak speaker level Niveau maximal du haut-parleur - + Peak clean level @@ -1742,7 +1728,7 @@ Signal/Bruit du micro - + Speech Probability Probabilité de parole @@ -1767,9 +1753,7 @@ Phase - - - + Peak power in last frame Puissance maximale dans la trame précédente @@ -1778,485 +1762,481 @@ Montre la puissance maximale de la dernière trame ( 20 ms ), et - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) of the speakers. Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. - - This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other players with echoes. - - - - + How close the current input level is to ideal À quel point le niveau sonore en entrée est proche de l'idéal - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone Rapport Signal/Bruit du microphone - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. - + Probability of speech Probabilité de parole - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). Il s'agit de la probabilité que la trame précédente ( 20 ms ) soit de la parole et non du bruit.<br />La transmission de l'activité vocale dépend de cette valeur. L'astuce est que le milieu de la phrase est toujours détecté comme voix ; les problèmes sont les pauses entre les mots et le début des phrases. Il est difficile de distinguer un soupir d'un mot commençant par "h".<br />Si c'est écrit en gras, cela signifie que Mumble est en train de transmettre des données ( si vous êtes connectés ). - + Bitrate of last frame Débit binaire de la dernière frame - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. Il s'agit du débit binaire de la dernière trame compressée ( 20 ms ). Ceci va varier de haut en bas puisque nous utilisons un bitrate variable pour ajuster la qualité. Pour ajuster le bitrate maximal, ajustez <b>Complexité de la compression</b> dans les Préférences. - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate Spectre de la puissance du signal d'entrée et du bruit estimé - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. - + Weights of the echo canceller - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. - >1000ms - >1000ms + >1000ms - + Audio Statistics Statistiques audio - + Input Levels Niveaux d'entrées - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. - - - - - - - - TextLabel - TextLabel + TextLabel - + Signal Analysis Analyse du signal - + Microphone power Puissance du micro - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Taux de signal/bruit - + Configuration feedback - + Current audio bitrate Débit binaire audio actuel - + DoublePush interval - - Time between last two PushToTalk presses - - - - + Speech Detection Détection de parole - + Current speech detection chance Détection de parole actuelle - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Ceci affiche le niveau actuel des paramètres de détection de parole.</b><br />Vous pouvez changer ses paramètres depuis les paramètres ou l'assistant audio. - + Signal and noise power spectrum Spectre de la puissance du signal d'entrée et du bruit - + Echo Analysis Analyse de l'echo + + + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. + + + + + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses + + + + + >1000 ms + + AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard Assistant audio - + Introduction Introduction - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard Bienvenue dans l'assistant audio de Mumble - + This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. Ceci est l'assistant audio pour Mumble. Il vous aide à configurer correctement le le niveau d'entré de votre carte son, Et également définir les paramètres corrects dans le traitement du son pour Mumble. - + Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped locally to allow you to listen to it, and no audio will be sent to the server. Durant la phase de paramètrage de la carte son, l'audio est sera bouclée localement pour vous permettre d'écouter sa réponse, et non pas depuis un serveur. - + Finished Terminé - + Enjoy using Mumble Profitez de l'utilisation de mumble - + Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. Félicitations. Vous devriez maintenant être prêt à profiter d'une expérience sonore riche avec Mumble. - + Device selection Sélection du périphérique - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. Sélectionner le périphérique d'entrée et sortie a utiliser dans mumble. - + Input device Périphérique d'entrée - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. Périphérique auqel votre microphone est connecté. - - + + System Système - + Input method for audio Méthode d'entrée pour l'audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Il s'agit de la méthode d'entrée utilisée pour l'audio.</b><br />En général vous utilisez DirectSound. - - + + Device Périphérique - + Input device to use Périphérique d'entrée à utiliser - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> <b>Sélectionner la carte son a utiliser pour la sortie audio.</b> - + Output device Périphérique de sortie - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. Périphérique auqel vos haut-parleurs ou vos écouteurs sont connectés. - + Output method for audio Méthode de sortie audio - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Méthode de sortie audio. </b><br />En général vous utilisez DirectSound. - + Output device to use Périphérique de sortie à utiliser - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> <b>Sélectionner quelle carte son utiliser pour la sortie sonore.</b> - + Volume tuning Réglage du volume - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. Réglage du volume matériel du micro pour une meilleure configuration. - + Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. Ouvrir le panneau de contrôle de votre carte son et aller dans les options d'enregistrements. Vérifiez que le microphone est séléctionné en tant qu'entrée active avec le volume d'enregistrement au maximum. S'il ya une option pour permettre le "mic boost" vérifiez qu'il est cochée. - + Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sound control panel until the bar below stays as high as possible in the blue and green but <b>not</b> the red zone while you speak. Parler fort, comme lorsque vous êtes ennuyé ou excitée. Diminuer le volume sonore dans le panneau de contrôle jusqu'à ce que la barre soit aussi haute que possible dans le bleu et le vert, mais <b>pas</ b> dans la zone rouge pendant que vous parlez. - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. Maintenant, parler doucement, comme vous le feriez lorsque l'on parle tard dans la nuit et que vous ne voulez pas déranger qui que ce soit. Ajustez le curseur ci-dessous pour que la barre se déplace en vert lorsque vous parlez, mais reste bleu quand vous êtes silencieux. - + Voice Activity Detection Détection de l'Activité Vocale - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. Mumble détermine quand vous parlez, et lorsque vous faites le silence. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. Cela permettra de Mumble savoir quand vous parlez. La première étape consiste à sélectionner les données de valeur à utiliser. - + Raw amplitude from input - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Taux de signal/bruit - + Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Ensuite, vous devez ajuster les deux curseurs. Le premier, dire quelques phrases devraient se retrouver dans la zone verte. Tout en parlant, vous devriez rester à l'intérieur du jaune, et lorsque vous n'êtes pas à parler, tout devrait être dans le rouge. - + Last, you need to adjust the grace time. Mumble may detect this much non-speech and still keep transmitting before it breaks off. This allows you to catch your breath while speaking. Enfin, vous avez besoin d'ajuster le temps de parole. Mumble peut détecter le temps de non-parole et toujours transmettre avant qu'il se rompt. Cela vous permet de reprendre votre souffle. - + Device tuning Réglage périphérique - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. - + To keep latency to an absolute minium, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. - + Amount of data to buffer. Quantitée de données à mettre en tampon. - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. Spécifie la quantité de données à mettre en cache dans le tampon de sortie. Essayez différentes valeurs et mettez la plus basse qui ne cause pas de rapides décalages du son. - + %1ms %1ms - + %1 s %1 s - + You should hear a single tone that's changing in frequency. Change the slider below to the lowest value which gives <b>no</b> interruptions or jitter in the sound. Please note that local echo is disabled during this test to improve audio path recognition. - + If you position the microphone so it can pick up the speakers or headset, Mumble will measure the total audio path delay in your system; this means the delay from a sample is placed in an outbound buffer until it's found in a matching incoming buffer. - + Audio path is %1ms long. Le chemin audio est de %1ms. - + Audio path cannot be determined. Input not recognized. Le chemin audio ne peut pas être déterminé. - + Use echo cancellation Utiliser l'annulation de l'echo - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers. Annuler l'écho depuis les hauts parleurs ou écouteurs. - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. Ceci active l'annulation d'écho de la sortie audio, ce qui contribue à la fois sur la parole et les écouteurs. - + Enable positional audio Activer la position audio - + Allows positioning of sound. Autoriser la position audio. - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. Ceci autorise Mumble à utiliser la postion audio. - + Positional Audio Position Audio - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. Ajuster l'attenuation de la position audio. - + Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other players relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other player is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. Mumble supporte la position audio pour quelques jeux, et et la position de la voix des autres joueurs par rapport à leur position dans le jeu. Selon leur position, le volume de la voix sera modifiée entre les intervenants afin de simuler la direction et la distance à laquelle l'autre joueur se trouve. Cette position dépend de votre bonne configuration des haut-parleurs au niveau de votre système d'exploitation, donc un test est fait ici. - + The graph below shows the position of <font color="red">you</font>, the <font color="yellow">speakers</font> and a <font color="green">moving sound source</font> as if seen from above. You should hear the audio move between the channels. - + Use headphones Utiliser les écouteurs - + Use headphones instead of speakers. Utiliser les écouteurs plutôt que les hauts parleurs. - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. Ceci ignore la configuration des haut parleurs du système d'exploitation et configure la position pour les écouteurs à la place. - + Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus on the features that benefit the most users. To this end, Mumble supports submitting anonymous statistics about your configuration to the developers. These statistcs are essential for future development, and also make sure the features you use aren't deprecated. - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Soumettre les statistiques au projet Mumble (anonyme) - + Push To Talk: Appuyez pour parler: @@ -2264,27 +2244,27 @@ BanEditor - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - Éditer la liste des bannis - + 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 - + &Add &Ajouter - + &Update Mettre à jo&ur - + &Remove Supp&rimer @@ -2313,12 +2293,12 @@ Ce bouton va annuler les modifications et fermer la fenêtre sans mettre à jour les LCAs ou les groupes sur le serveur. - + &Address &Adresse - + &Mask &Masque @@ -2326,52 +2306,52 @@ ChanACL - + W W - + T T - + E E - + S S - + A A - + M M - + K K - + C C - + L L - + None Aucun @@ -2380,97 +2360,97 @@ Écrire - + Traverse Traverser - + Enter Entrer - + Speak Parler - + AltSpeak Parler Alt - + Mute/Deafen Rend muet/sourd - + Move/Kick Déplacer/Éjecter - + Make channel Créer un salon - + Link channel Lier des salons - + This represents no privileges. Représente aucun privilège. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. Représente l'accès total au canal, incluant la capacité de changer les informations des groupes et des LCA. Ce privilège inclus tous les autres privilèges. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. Représente la permission de traverser un salon. Si ce privilège est interdit à un utilisateur, il va petre incapable d'accéder à ce salon ainsi qu'à ses sous-salons, peu importe les autres permissions des sous-salons. - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. Représente la permission de joindre un salon. Si vous avez une structure de salons hiérarchiques, vous voudriez peut être donner à tout le monde le droit de Traverser, mais restreindre le droit d'Entrer dans le salon racine de votre hiérarchie. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. Représente la permission de parler dans un salon. Un utilisateur sans ce droit va être supprimé par le serveur ( vu comme muet ) et ne sera pas capable de parler à moins que quelqu'un ayant les droits ne lui rende la parole. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel with flagged speech. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with AltPushToTalk held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other players. Once muted, a player will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged player or reconnects to the server. Représente la permission de rendre muet et sourd d'autres joueurs. Une fois muet, un joueur le reste jusqu'à ce qu'un autre joueur ayant ce privilège lui rende la voix, ou qu'il se reconnecte au serveur. - + This represents the permission to move a player to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the player, either the moving player must have Move/Kick privileges in the destination channel, or the player must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Players with this privilege can move players into channels the target player normally wouldn't have permission to enter. Représente la permission de déplacer un joueur vers un autre salon ou de l'éjecter du serveur. Pour déplacer un joueur, celui ci doit avoir le droit d'entrer dans le salon, ou le joueur le déplaçant doit avoir le droit de déplacement/éjection sur le salon ciblé. Les joueurs ayant ce privilège peuvent déplacer des joueurs dans des salons dans lesquels le joueur ciblé n'a normalement pas le droit d'entrer. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The player making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Représente la permission de créer des sous-salons. Le joueur créant les sous-salons sera ajouté au groupe administrateur de ce sous-salon. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Players in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking player has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. Représente la permission de lier des salons. Les joueurs présents dans des salons liés s'entendent mutuellement, aussi longtemps que le joueur a le privilège de parler dans le salon de celui qui écoute. Vous avez besoin du privilège de lien dans les deux salons pour créer un lien, mais seulement d'un des deux pour le supprimer. - + Write ACL Ecrire LCA @@ -2478,32 +2458,32 @@ ClientPlayer - + Authenticated Authentifié - + Muted (server) Muet (serveur) - + Deafened (server) Sourd (server) - + Local Mute Muet (local) - + Muted (self) Devenir muet(te) - + Deafened (self) Devenir sourd @@ -2511,7 +2491,7 @@ ConfigDialog - + Mumble Configuration Configuration de Mumble @@ -2520,12 +2500,14 @@ &Valider - + + Accept changes Accepter les modifications - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. Ce bouton acceptera les préférences actuelles et retournera à l'application.<br />Les préférences seront sauvegardées sur votre disque dur quand vous quitterez l'application. @@ -2534,12 +2516,14 @@ A&nnuler - + + Reject changes Annuler les modifications - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. Ce bouton annulera toutes les modifications et retournera à l'application.<br />Les paramètres seront restaurer à leurs états précédents. @@ -2548,34 +2532,44 @@ &Appliquer - + + Apply changes Appliquer les modifications - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. Ce bouton appliquera immédiatement toutes les modifications. - + + Undo changes for current page Annuler les modifications apportées à la page courante - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. Ce bouton revient sur tous les changements effectués sur la page en cours depuis la dernière sauvegarde de paramètres. - + + Restore defaults for current page Restaurer par défaut pour la page courante - + + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. + + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will be not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. - Ce bouton restaurera les paramètres pour la page courante par leur valeur par défaut. Les autres pages ne seront pas changés.<br/>Pour restaurer tout les paramètres par défaut, vous devai utiliser ce bouton sur chacune des pages. + Ce bouton restaurera les paramètres pour la page courante par leur valeur par défaut. Les autres pages ne seront pas changés.<br/>Pour restaurer tout les paramètres par défaut, vous devai utiliser ce bouton sur chacune des pages. Show all configuration items @@ -2586,9 +2580,14 @@ Configuration avancée - Tab 1 - Onglet 1 + Onglet 1 + + + + + Advanced + @@ -2598,53 +2597,52 @@ &Nom - + A&ddress A&dresse - + &Port &Port - + &Username &Nom d'utilisateur - + &Password Mot de &passe - - + &Connect &Connexion - + Cancel Annuler - + &Add &Ajouter - + &Remove &Retirer - + &Custom Servers &Serveurs personnalisés - + Server &Browser Navi&gateur de serveurs @@ -2653,93 +2651,101 @@ Nom - + Address Adresse - + URL URL - + C&opy to custom C&opier vers un serveur personnalisé - + &View Webpage &Voir la page web - + Connecting to %1 Connexion à %1 - + Enter username Entrer le nom d'utilisateur - + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list Impossible de récupérer la liste des serveurs - + &Label &Label - + Label Label - + Unknown Inconnu - + -Unnamed entry- -Sans nom- - + Mumble Server Connect Connection serveur Mumble - + &Cancel A&nnuler - - + + New Nouveau - - + + Add Ajouter - + Update Mettre à jour + + CoreAudioSystem + + + Default Device + + + DXAudioInput @@ -2751,22 +2757,22 @@ Ouverture de l'entrée son choisie impossible. Aucune capture son depuis le microphone sera faite. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. Ouverture de l'entrée son choisie impossible. Le périphérique par défaut sera utilisé. - + Default DirectSound Voice Input Entrée Voix par défaut - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. Ouverture de l'entrée son choisie impossible. Aucune capture son depuis le microphone sera faite. - + Lost DirectSound input device. Périphérique d'entrée son perdu. @@ -2778,22 +2784,22 @@ Mumble - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. Ouverture de la sortie son choisie impossible. Vous n'entendrez aucun son. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. Ouverture de la sortie son choisie impossible. Le périphérique par défaut sera utilisé. - + Default DirectSound Voice Output Sortie Voix par défaut - + Lost DirectSound output device. Périphérique de sortie perdu. @@ -2940,12 +2946,12 @@ Database - + Mumble Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Mumble n'a réussi à initialiser la base de données à aucun des emplacements possibles. @@ -2961,57 +2967,57 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts Raccourcis - + List of configured shortcuts - + Function Fonction - + Shortcut - + Suppress Supprimer - + Add new shortcut - + This will add a new global shortcut - + &Add &Ajouter - + Remove selected shortcut - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. - + &Remove @@ -3019,7 +3025,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts Raccourcis @@ -3048,22 +3054,22 @@ of the possible locations. Supprimer - + Shortcut button combination. - + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. - + Suppress keys from other applications Supprimer les touches pour les autres applications - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. @@ -3071,7 +3077,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. @@ -3102,7 +3108,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 Souris %1 @@ -3133,7 +3139,7 @@ of the possible locations. LCD - + Not connected Non connecté @@ -3141,32 +3147,32 @@ of the possible locations. LCDConfig - + Graphic Graphique - + Character - + Enable this device Activé ce périphérique - + LCD LCD - + Form Form - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -3198,42 +3204,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - + Devices Périphériques - + Name Nom - + Type Type - + Size Taille - + Enabled Activé - + Views Vues - + Minimum Column Width Taille minimale des colonnes - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -3246,18 +3252,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - - + TextLabel TextLabel - + Splitter Width - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -3269,186 +3274,167 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Log - Debug - Debuggage + Debuggage - Critical - Critique + Critique - Warning - Avertissement + Avertissement - Information - Information + Information - Server Connected - Serveur Connecté + Serveur Connecté Server Deconnected Serveur Déconnecté - Player Joined Server - Joueur arrive sur Le Serveur + Joueur arrive sur Le Serveur - Player Left Server - Joueur quitte le serveur + Joueur quitte le serveur - Player kicked (you or by you) - Joueur expulsé (vous ou par vous) + Joueur expulsé (vous ou par vous) - Player kicked - Joueur expulsé + Joueur expulsé - You self-muted/deafened - Vous êtes rendu sourd/muet + Vous êtes rendu sourd/muet - Other self-muted/deafened - Les autres sont rendu sourd/muet + Les autres sont rendu sourd/muet - Player muted (you) - Joueur muet (vous) + Joueur muet (vous) - Player muted (by you) - Joueur muet (par vous) + Joueur muet (par vous) - Player muted (other) - Joueur muet (autre) + Joueur muet (autre) - Player Joined Channel - Joueur arrive sur le canal + Joueur arrive sur le canal - Player Left Channel - Joueur quitte le canal + Joueur quitte le canal - Permission Denied - Permission refusée + Permission refusée [%2] %1 [%2] %1 - Server Disconnected - Déconnecté du serveur + Déconnecté du serveur - Text Message - Message Texte + Message Texte LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. - + Choose sound file - + Invalid sound file - + The file '%1' does not exist or is not a valid speex file. - + Messages Messages - + Console Console @@ -3465,67 +3451,67 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Activer le Text-To-Speech pour %1 - + Text To Speech Text To Speech - + Volume Volume - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine Volume du moteur de Text-To-Speech - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>C'est le volume utilisé pour le mode synthèse.</b> - + Length threshold Seuil de longueur - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine Seuil de longueur pour les messages de la voix de synthèse - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. <b>Il s'agit du seuil de longueur utilisé pour la voix de synthèse.</b><br />Les messages plus longs que cette limite ne seront pas lu en entier. - + Message Message - + Notification - + Text-To-Speech Synthèse vocale - + Soundfile - + Path - + Characters @@ -3533,59 +3519,58 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LookConfig - - + Language Langue - + Look and Feel Apparence - - + + System default Par défault - + Language to use (requires restart) Langue a utiliser (nécessite un redémarrage) - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. <b>Ceci défini quel langue Mumble devrait utiliser</b><br />Vous devez redémarrer Mumble pour utiliser une nouvelle langue. - + Style Style - + Basic widget style Modèle de contrôle basique - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> <b>Ceci spécifie l'apparence à utiliser.</b> - + Skin Thème - + ... ... - + Skin file to use Fichier de thème à utiliser @@ -3602,7 +3587,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Utiliser un séparateur horizontal ou vertical pour une même fenêtre - + <b>If set, players will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. <b>Si renseigné, les joueurs seront indiquées ci-dessus dans le sous-canal.</b><br />Un redémarrage de Mumble est requis pour voir le changement. @@ -3619,22 +3604,22 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <b>Si coché, tous les salons seront étendus par défaut quand vous vous connecterez à un serveur</b> - + User Interface Interface - + Choose skin file Choisir le fichier thème - + Players above Channels Joueurs au dessus des salons - + List players above subchannels (requires restart). Liste les joueurs au dessus des sous-salons ( nécessite un redémarrage ). @@ -3643,12 +3628,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <b>Si définis, les joueurs seront montrés au dessus des sous-cannaux dans la vue des cannaux.</b><br />Un redémarrage de mumble est nécessaire pour que ce changement fasse effet. - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. - + Form Form @@ -3661,122 +3646,115 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Vérifier les mises a jour au démarrage - + None Aucun - + Only with players Seulement avec les joueurs - + All Tous - + Expand Elargir - + When to automatically expand channels Quand étendre automatiquement les salons - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with players</i> will expand and collapse channels as players join and leave them. - + Ask Demander - + Do Nothing Ne rien faire - + Move Bouger - + Channel Dragging Faire glisser le salon - + This changes the behaviour when moving channels. - + This sets the behaviour of channel drags, it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.<b> - + Ask on quit while connected - + Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. Permettre à Mumble d'apparaitre au dessus des autres fenêtres. - + <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> - + Always On Top Toujours au dessus - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized Caché dans la barre des tâches quand il est réduit - Show all configuration items - Afficher tout les outils de configuration + Afficher tout les outils de configuration - - <b>This will show all configuration items.</b><br />Mumble contains a lot of configuration items that most users won't need to change. Checking this will show all configurable items. - - - - Expert Config - Configuration avancée + Configuration avancée - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. Caché la fenêtre principale de Mumble dans la barre des taches quand il est réduit. @@ -3784,28 +3762,28 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } MainWindow - + Welcome to Mumble. Bienvenue sur Mumble. - - + + Root Racine - + &Quit Mumble &Quitter Mumble - + Closes the program Ferme le programme - + Exits the application. Quitte l'application. @@ -3815,112 +3793,112 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Quitter - + &Connect &Connexion - + Open the server connection dialog Ouvrir la fenêtre de connexion du serveur - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick connect. Voir une fenêtre des serveurs enregistrés, et également autoriser la connexion rapide. - + &Disconnect &Déconnexion - + Disconnect from server Déconnexion du serveur - + Disconnects you from the server. Vous avez été du serveur. - + &Ban lists Listes des &bannis - + Edit ban lists on server Editer la liste des bannis du serveur - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. Éditer la liste d'IP bannies stockée sur le serveur. - + &Kick &Expulser - + Kick player (with reason) Expulser joueur (avec raison) - + Kick selected player off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Éjecte le joueur sélectionné. Il vous sera demandé de spécifier une raison. - + &Ban &Bannir - + Kick and ban player (with reason) Expulser et bannir joueur (avec raison) - + Kick and ban selected player from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Expulser et bannir un joueur du serveur. Vous devrez spécifier une raison. - + &Mute &Muet - + Mute player Rendre le joueur muet - + Mute or unmute player on server. Unmuting a deafened player will also undeafen them. Rend muet ou rend la parole à un joueur du serveur. Rendre la parole à un sourd lui rendra également l'ouie. - + &Deafen Ren&dre sourd - + Deafen player Rend le joueur sourd - + Deafen or undeafen player on server. Deafening a player will also mute them. Rend sourd ou rend l'ouïe à un joueur du serveur. Rendre un joueur sourd va aussi le rendre muet. - + &Local Mute Ne plus &l'écouter @@ -3929,82 +3907,82 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ne plus écouter ou écouter à nouveau un joueur du serveur. - + &Add &Ajouter - + Add new channel Ajouter un nouveau canal - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. Ceci ajoute un nouveau sous-canal au canal actuellement choisi. - + &Remove &Supprimer - + Remove channel Supprimer canal - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. Ceci supprime un canal et tout ses sous-canaux. - + &Edit ACL &Editer LCA - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel Editer groupe et LCA pour le canal - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. Ceci ouvre la fenêtre de groupe et LCA pour le canal, pour contrôler les permissions. - + &Rename - + &Change Description - + Changes the channel description - + This changes the description of a channel. - + &Link &Lier - + Link your channel to another channel Lier votre channel à un autre canal - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, players can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. Lie le canal actuel avec le canal séplectionné. S'ils ont la permission de parler dans l'autre canal, les joueurs pourront s'entendre entre eux. Ce lien est permanent et demeurera jusqu'à ce qu'il soit désactivé manuellement ou que le serveur soit redémarré. Veuillez consulter les raccourcis relatifs à la fonction « appuyez-pour-lier ». @@ -4013,172 +3991,172 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Délier - + Unlink your channel from another channel Délie votre canal d'un autre canal - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. Délie votre canal actuel du canal sélectionné. - + Unlink &All Délier &Tous - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. Délie votre canal de tous les autres canaux liés. - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. Délie le canal actuel (pas celui qui est sélectionné) de tous les autres canaux liés. - + &Reset &Remettre à zéro - + Reset audio preprocessor Remet à zéro le pré-processeur audio - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. Remet à zéro le pré-processeur audio, en incluant l'annulation du bruit, le volume automatique et la détection de l'activité vocale. Si quelque chose a soudainement perturbé lenvironnement audio (si le microphone tombe par exemple) et que ce n'est que temporaire, utilisez cette fonctionalité pour éviter d'avoir à attendre que le pré-processeur audio se ré-étalone. - + &Mute Self Devenir &muet(te) - + Mute yourself Se rendre muet(te) - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. Se rendre muet(te) ou non. Lorsque vous êtes muet(te), vou nenvoyez pas de données au serveur. Enlever le mode muet alors que vous êtes en mode sourd enlèvrera également le mode sourd. - + &Deafen Self Devenir sour&d(e) - + Deafen yourself Se rendre sourd(e) - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. Se rendre sourd(e) ou non. Vous rendre sourd(e) vous rendra aussi muet(te). - + &Text-To-Speech Syn&thèse vocale - + Toggle Text-To-Speech Activer/Désactiver la synthèse vocale - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. Active ou désactive le moteur de voix de synthèse. Seulement les messages activés pour TTS dans la fenêtre de configuration seront entendus. - + S&tatistics &Statistiques - + Display audio statistics Affiche les statistiques audio - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. Affiche une petit fenêtre d'information sur votre sortie audio actuelle. - + Forcibly unlink plugin Forcer la désactivation du plugin - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. Force le plugin actuel à se désactiver, ce qui est utile s'il lit des données erronées. - + &Settings Paramètre&s - + Configure Mumble Configurer Mumble - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. Permet de change la plupart des paramètres de Mumble. - + &What's This? &Qu'est-ce que c'est ? - + Enter What's This? mode Entrer dans le mode « Qu'est-ce que c'est ? » - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. Cliquez sur ce bouton pour entre dans le mode « Qu'est-ce que c'est ? ». Votre curseur se changera en point d'interrogation. Cliquez alors sur n'importe quel bouton, choix de menu ou zone pour voir apparaitre une une description de son utilité. - + &About &A propos - + Information about Mumble Informations sur de Mumble - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. Affiche une petite fenêtre d'information et la licence de Mumble. - + About &Speex &Speex - + Information about Speex Informations sur Speex - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. Affiche une petite fenêtre d'information sur Speex. @@ -4187,32 +4165,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &A propos de Qt - + Information about Qt Informations sur Qt - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. Affiche une petite fenêtre d'information sur Qt. - + Check for &Updates Mises à jo&ur - + Check for new version of Mumble Vérifier les nouvelles versions de Mumble - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. See connecte au site web de Mumble et vérifie si une nouvelle version est disponible et vous propose un lien de téléchargement approprié le cas échéant. - + Mumble -- %1 Mumble -- %1 @@ -4221,242 +4199,242 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Journal des messages - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. Affiche tout l'ativité récente. Les connexion aux serveurs, les messages d'erreurs et d'information sont affichés ici. - + &Server &Server - + &Player &Joueur - + &Channel &Canal - + &Audio Au&dio - + C&onfigure C&onfigurer - + &Help &Aide - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Appuyez-pour-parler - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut RàZ processeur audio - + Toggle Mute Self Global Shortcut Activer le mode muet pour soi - + Toggle self-mute status. Global Shortcut - + This will toggle your muted status. If you toggle this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut - + Toggle Deafen Self Global Shortcut Activer la surdité pour soi - + Toggle self-deafen status. Global Shortcut - + This will toggle your deafen status. If you toggle this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut Désactiver le plugin - + Force Center Position Global Shortcut Forcer la position centrale - + Chan Parent Global Shortcut Canal parent - + Chan Sub#%1 Global Shortcut Sous salon #%1 - + Chan All Subs Global Shortcut Tous les Sous Salon - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut Push-to-Mute - + Join Channel Global Shortcut Rejoindre le canal - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut Activer/Désactiver l'overlay - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut - + This will switch the states of the ingame overlay between showing everybody, just the players who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut - + Alt Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Alternative Push-to-Talk - + Kicking player %1 Expulsion du joueur %1 - - + + Enter reason Entrez la raison - + Banning player %1 Bannissement du joueur %1 - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + Channel Name Nom du canal - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? Etes-vous sûr(e) de vouloir supprimer %1 et tous ses sous-canaux ? - + Unmuted and undeafened. N'est pas sourd(e) et muet(te). - + Unmuted. N'est pas muet (te). - + Muted. Muet(te). - + Muted and deafened. Sourd(e) et muet(te). - + Deafened. Sourd(e). - + Undeafened. N'est pas sourd(e). - + About Qt A propos de QT - + Joining %1. %1 rejoint le serveur. @@ -4465,128 +4443,128 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Connecté au serveur. - + Server connection failed: %1. La connexion au serveur à échoué : %1. - + Disconnected from server. Déconnecté du serveur. - + Reconnecting. Reconnexion. - + Joined server: %1. %1 a rejoint le serveur. - + Left server: %1. %1 a quitté le serveur. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 est maintenant sourd(e) et muet(te). - + %1 is now muted. %1 est maintenant muet(te). - + %1 is now unmuted. %1 n'est plus muet(te). - - + + server serveur - + You were muted by %1. %1 vous a rendu muet(te). - + You were unmuted by %1. %1 vous a rendu le droit à la parole. - + %1 muted by %2. %2 a rendu %1 muet(te). - + %1 unmuted by %2. %1 n'est plus muet (%2). - + You were deafened by %1. %1 vous a rendu sourd(e). - + You were undeafened by %1. %1 vous a rendu le droit à la parole et à l'écoute. - + %1 deafened by %2. %1 a été rendu sourd et muet par %2. - + %1 undeafened by %2. %1 n'est plus sourd et muet (%2). - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. Vous avez été expulsé(e) du serveur par %1 : %2. - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 a été expulsé(e) du serveur par %1 : %2. - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. Vous avez été expulsé(e) et banni(e) du serveur par %1 : %2. - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 a été expulsé(e) et banni(e) du serveur par %1 : %2. - + You were moved to %1 by %2. - + %1 left channel. %1 a quitté le canal. - + %1 moved out by %2 to %3. - + %1 moved in by %2 from %3. @@ -4595,7 +4573,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } %1 a été sorti(e) du canal par %2. - + %1 entered channel. %1 est entré(e) dans le canal. @@ -4604,24 +4582,22 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } %1 a été déplacé(e) dans le canal par %2. - + Server connection rejected: %1. Connexion au serveur rejetée : %1. - + Denied: %1. Refusé : %1. - - + Send Messa&ge Envoyer un messa&ge - - + Send a Text Message Envoyer un message textuel @@ -4630,7 +4606,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Envoyer un message textuel à un autre utilisateur. - + Sending message to %1 Envoi du message à %1 @@ -4639,230 +4615,230 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Tappez votre message - - + + To %1: %2 À %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 Message à %1 - + Invalid username Nom d'utilisateur invalide - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. Vous vous êtes connectés avec un nom d'utilisateur invalide, veuillez en essayer un autre. - + That username is already in use, please try another username. Ce nom d'utilisateur est déjà utilisé, veuillez essayer un autre nom d'utilisateur. - + Wrong password Mauvais mot de passe - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. Mauvais mot de passe pour l'utilisateur enregistré, veuillez essayer à nouveau. - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. Mauvais mot de passe de serveur pour un utilisateur non enregistré, veuillez essayer à nouveau. - + From %1: %2 De %1 : %2 - + Message from %1 Message de la part de %1 - + Sends a text message to another user. Envoyer un message textuel à un autre utilisateur. - + &Audio Wizard Assistant &Audio - + Start the audio configuration wizard Démarre l'assistant de configuration audio - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. Ceci vous guidera dans la configuration de votre matériel audio. - + SSL Verification failed: %1 Vérification SSL échoué: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. <b>ATTENTION:</b>Le serveur présente un certificat différent de celui stocké. - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. Le serveur présente un certificat qui a une vérification invalide. - + &Information &Information - + Show information about the server connection Afficher des informations sur la connexion avec le serveur - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. Ceci affiche des informations supplémentaires sur la connexion au serveur. - + Opening URL %1 Ouvrir l'URL %1 - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' - + Connecting to %1 Connexion à %1 - + Enter username Entrer le nom d'utilisateur - + Mumble Server Information Mumble Serveur Information - - + + &View Certificate &Voir certificat - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> <p>%1.<br />Les erreurs de ce certificat sont les suivantes: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Voulez-vous quand même accepter ce certificat ?<br />(Il sera également stocké et ne vous sera pas redemandé.)</p> - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> - + UDP Statistics Statistiques UDP - + To Server Au serveur - + From Server Du serveur - + Good Bon - + Late Tardif - + Lost Perdu - + Resync Resynchronise - + Change description of channel %1 - + Sending message to channel %1 Envoyé un message au canal %1 - + Sending message to channel tree %1 Envoyé un message à l'arborescence du canal %1 - + To tree %1: %2 A l'arborescence %1: %2 - + Message to tree %1 Message à l'arborescence %1 - + Ctrl+Q Ctrl+Q - + Mute player locally Ne plus écouter le joueur localement - + Mute or unmute player locally. Use this on other players in the same room. Rendre muet ou rendre la parole à un joueur localement. A utiliser sur les autres joueurs dans le même salon. @@ -4871,12 +4847,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Renommez canal - + Renames the channel Renomme le canal - + This renames a channel. Ceci renomme le canal. @@ -4885,73 +4861,73 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Silence haut-parleurs - + About &Qt À propos de &Qt - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. Envoyer un message texte à tous les utilisateurs dans le canal. - + Send &Tree Message Envoyer un message à l'&Arborescence - + Send message to channel tree. Envoyer un message à l'arborescence du canal. - + This sends a text message to a channel and it's subchannels. Ceci envoi un message au canal et c'est sous-canaux. - + Server maximum bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Quality auto-adjusted. La bande passante du serveur est de maximum %1 kbit/s. La qualité audio doit être réajusté. - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? C'est la première fois que vous lancez Mumble. <br /> Souhaitez-vous passer par l'Assistant audio pour configurer votre carte son? - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s (Quality %3)</p> <h2>Bande passante audio</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Actuel %2 kbit/s (Qualité %3)</p> - + Connected to server %1. Connecté au serveur %1. - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? Mumble est actuellement connecté à un serveur. Voulez vous le fermé ou le réduire dans la barre des tâches? - + Close Fermer - - + + Minimize Réduire - + &Window &Fenêtre - + Ctrl+M Ctrl+M @@ -4960,72 +4936,72 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ctrl+W - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut - + &Minimal View Vue &Minimale - + Toggle minimal window modes Basculer l'interface en mode minimal - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. Cela basculer en mode minimal, où la fenêtre et le menu est caché. - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut Augmenter volume (+10%) - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut Baisser le volume (-10%) - + Clear - + Log - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in PlayerModel::dropMimeData. - + &Unlink Channel &Délier - + &Unlink Plugin &Délier - + Server message from Serveur @@ -5035,17 +5011,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Quitter - + Hide Frame - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. @@ -5053,169 +5029,169 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } NetworkConfig - + Network Réseau - + Form Form - + Connection Connexion - + Use TCP compatibility mode Use TCP compatability mode Utiliser le mode de compatibilité TCP - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). <b>Activer le mode de compatibilité TCP</b>.<br />Cela permet d'utiliser Mumble uniquement avec le protocole TCP pour communiquer avec le serveur. Cette initiative augmente l'utilisation de la bande passante et causer la perte des paquets ainsi produire des pauses dans la communication, donc ceci ne devrait être utilisée que si vous ne pouvez pas utiliser les paramètres par défaut (qui utilise pour la voix UDP et TCP pour le contrôle). - + Use TCP mode Utilise le mode TCP - + Reconnect when disconnected Reconnexion quand vous êtes déconnecté - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>Se reconnecter quand vous êtes déconnecté</b>.<br />Mumble essaiera automatiquement de se reconnecter après dix secondes si la connexion échoue. - + Reconnect automatically Reconnexion automatique - + Proxy Proxy - + Type Type - + Type of proxy to connect through Type de proxy a utiliser - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>Type of proxy to connect through</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatability mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. - + Direct connection Connexion directe - + HTTP(S) proxy HTTP(S) proxy - + SOCKS5 proxy SOCKS5 proxy - + Hostname Nom d'hôte - + Hostname of the proxy Nom d'hôte du proxy - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.<b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. <b>Nom d'hôte du proxy.<b><br />Ce champ spécifie le nom d'hôte du proxy que vous souhaitez utiliser. - + Port Port - + Port number of the proxy Numéro de port du proxy - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. <b>Numéro du port du proxy.</b><br />Ce champ spécifie le numéro de port du serveur proxy sur lequel il écoute. - + Username Nom d'utilisateur - + Username for proxy authentication Nom d'utilisateur à utiliser pour l'authentification - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>Nom d'utilisateur à utiliser pour l'authentification sur le proxy .</b><br />Dans le cas ou le proxy n'utilise pas d'authentification, ou si vous voulez vous connecté en tant qu'anonyme, simplement laissez le champ vide. - + Password Mot de passe - + Password for proxy authentication Mot de passe pour l'authentification sur le proxy - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>Mot de passe à utiliser pour l'authentification sur le proxy .</b><br />Dans le cas ou le proxy n'utilise pas d'authentification, ou si vous voulez vous connecté en tant qu'anonyme, simplement laissez le champ vide. - + Mumble services Services de Mumble - + Check for updates on startup Vérifier les mises a jour au démarrage - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Soumettre des statistique anonyme au projet Mumble - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus it's development where it's needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. - + Submit anonymous statistics Envoyer des statistiques anonymes @@ -5278,7 +5254,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Overlay - + Mumble Mumble @@ -5293,7 +5269,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - vous n'avez pas fait la mise à jour d'Aout 2006 DX9.0c - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 @@ -5304,32 +5280,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } OverlayConfig - + Options Options - + Position Position - + Font Police - + Enable Overlay Activer l'overlay - + Enable overlay. Activer l'overlay. - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked with D3D9 applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. Spécifie si l'overlay doit être activé ou non. Cette option est seulement vérifiée si des applications D3D9 sont démarrées, donc, vérifiez que Mumble fonctionne et que cette option avant de lancer une application.<br />Veuillez noter que si vous démarez une application après avoir lancé Mumble ou que vous désactivez l'overlay pendant qu'il fonctionne, il n'y a pas de moyen sûr de relancer l'overlay sans relancer l'application. @@ -5350,47 +5326,47 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Afficher - + Who to show on the overlay Qui montrer sur l'overlay - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. <b>Définis qui montrer en jeu dans l'overlay.</b><br />Si de nombreuses personnes sont connectées sur le même salon, la liste de l'overlay peut être très longue. Utilisez ça pour la raccourcir.<br /><i>Personne</i> - Ne montre personne ( mais laisse l'overlay fonctionner ).<br /><i>Parlant uniquement</i> - Ne montre que les gens qui parlent.<br /><i>Tout le monde</i> - Montre tout le monde. - + Always Show Self Toujours s'afficher soi même - + Always show yourself on overlay. Toujours vous montrer sur l'overlay. - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. Spécifie si vous voulez vous affichez dans l'overlay ou non. C'est utile si vous n'êtes pas en train de montrer tout le monde, car vous pourrez voir votre propre status, donc savoir si vous parlez, si vous êtes sourd ou muet. - + Grow Left Aggrandir vers la gauche - + Let overlay grow to the left Laisser l'overlay s'aggrandir vers la gauche - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. L'overlay tente de rester aussi petit que possible à la position que vous avez sélectionné. Autorise l'overlay à s'aggrandir sur la gauche si besoin. - + Grow Right Aggrandir vers la droite @@ -5403,12 +5379,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } L'overlay tente de rester aussi petit que possible à la position que vous avez sélectionné. Autorise l'overlay à s'aggrandir sur la droite si besoin. - + Grow Up Aggrandir vers le haut - + Let overlay grow upwards Laisser l'overlay s'aggrandir vers le haut @@ -5417,12 +5393,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } L'overlay tente de rester aussi petit que possible à la position que vous avez sélectionné. Autorise l'overlay à s'aggrandir vers le haut si besoin. - + Grow Down Aggrandir vers le bas - + Let overlay grow downwards Laisser l'aggrandir vers le bas @@ -5431,32 +5407,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } L'overlay tente de rester aussi petit que possible à la position que vous avez sélectionné. Autorise l'overlay à s'aggrandir vers le bas si besoin. - + X-Position of Overlay Position X de l'Overlay - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. Définis la position relative de l'overlay sur l'axe X. - + Y-Position of Overlay Position Y de l'Overlay - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. Définis la position relative de l'overlay sur l'axe Y. - + Current Font Police actuelle - + Set Font Définir la police @@ -5473,122 +5449,112 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Largeur maximum - - - - - + Change Changer - + Color for players Couleur des joueurs - + Color for talking players Couleur des joueurs qui parlent - + Color for alt-talking players Couleur des joueurs qui ne parlent pas - + Color for Channels Couleur des canaux - + Color for active Channels Couleur des canaux actifs - + Overlay Overlay - + Maximum height of names. Hauteur maximale des noms. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. Spécifie la hauteur maximale des noms affichés, relatif à la taille de l'écran. Si vous avez une fenêtre 3D de 800 pixels de haut et que vous définissez 5%, chaque nom sera haut de 40 pixels. Il est à noter que, peu importe ce que vous avez défini, les noms ne feront pas plus de 60 pixels de haut. - + Maximum height Hauteur maximum - + Show User Textures Montrer les textures des utilisateurs - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. Montrer les textures des utilisateurs au lieu du texte de l'overlay. - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. Ceci définit le téléchargement et l'utilisation des textures personnalisées pour les utilisateurs enregistrés. Si désactivé, l'esquisse de texte ordinaire sera utilisé à sa place. - + Show no one Afficher aucun - + Show only talking Montrer seulement ceux qui parlent - + Show everyone Montrer tout le monde - + Form Form - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. - + Let overlay grow to the right - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. - - - - - - - + TextLabel TextLabel @@ -5619,37 +5585,37 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Attributs du joueur - + This is a player connected to the server. The icon to the left of the player indicates whether or not they are talking:<br /><img src="skin:talking_on.png" /> Talking<br /><img src="skin:talking_off.png" /> Not talking Il s'agit d'un joueur connecté au serveur. L'icône située à gauche du lecteur indique si elles sont ou non en train de parler: <br /><img src="skin:talking_on.png" /> En train de parler<br /><img src="skin:talking_off.png" /> Ne parlant pas - + This is a channel on the server. Only players in the same channel can hear each other. Canal du serveur. Seuls les joueurs dans le même canal pourront s'entendre. - + This shows the flags the player has on the server, if any:<br /><img src="skin:authenticated.png" />Authenticated user<br /><img src="skin:muted_self.png" />Muted (by self)<br /><img src="skin:muted_server.png" />Muted (by admin)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_self.png" />Deafened (by self)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_server.png" />Deafened (by admin)<br />A player muted by himself is probably just away, talking on the phone or something like that.<br />A player muted by an admin is probably also just away, and the noise the player is making was annoying enough that an admin muted him. - + Name Nom - + Flags Attributs - + Mumble Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? Etes vous sur de vouloir déplacer ce salon? @@ -5657,94 +5623,94 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PluginConfig - + Options Options - - + + Plugins Plugins - + Link to Game and Transmit Position Lier au jeu et transmettre la position - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information Activer les plugins et transmettre les informations de position - + This enables plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit that with each voice packet. This enables other players to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. Active le plugin permettant aux jeux supportés de transmettre la position du joueur dans chaque paquet de voix. Cela permet aux autres joueurs d'entendre votre voix dans le jeu dans la position de votre personnage par rapport aux autres. - + &Reload plugins &Recharger les plugins - + Reloads all plugins Recharge tous les plugins - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. Rechercher et recharger les plugins. Utilisez cette fonction si vous venez d'ajouter ou de modifier un plugin dans le répertoire des plugins. - + &About &A propos - + Information about plugin Informations sur le plugin - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. Affiche une rapide introduction au fonctionnement du plugin. - + &Configure &Configurer - + Show configuration page of plugin Afficher la page de configuration du plugin - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. Affiche la page de configuration du plugin si elle existe. - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. Le plugin n'a pas de fonction « configure » (configurer). - + Plugin has no about function. Le plugin n'a pas de fonction « about » (à propos). - + Form Form @@ -5756,7 +5722,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Le plugin %1 est désactivé. - + %1 lost link. %1 est désactivé. @@ -5765,7 +5731,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Le plugin %1 est activé. - + %1 linked. %1 est activé. @@ -5773,7 +5739,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PortAudioSystem - + Default Device Périphérique par défaut @@ -5844,12 +5810,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input Entrée par défaut - + Default Output Sortie par défaut @@ -5857,7 +5823,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned @@ -5865,7 +5831,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutDelegate - + Unassigned @@ -5873,7 +5839,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut Appuyer sur un raccourci clavier @@ -5881,24 +5847,38 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } TextMessage - + Message to send Message à envoyer - + Preview Prévisualisation - - Send raw message + Disables html formating + Désactivé le format html + + + + Disables html formatting - - Disables html formating - Désactivé le format html + + Disable text formatting + + + + + This field reflects how the message will look like in the chat. + + + + + <b>Preview</b><br />This field takes the raw string entered above and renders it like it will look like in the log. For example &lt;b&gt;Test&lt;/b&gt; will display as: <b>Test<b>. + @@ -5908,7 +5888,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Mumble - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. Mumble n'a pas pu récupérer les informations de version depuis le serveur de SourceForge. @@ -5916,102 +5896,102 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details - + Certificate chain - + Certificate details Détails du certificat - + %1 %2 %1 %2 - - + + Common Name: %1 Nom courant: %1 - - + + Organization: %1 Organistaion: %1 - + Subunit: %1 - - + + Country: %1 Pays: %1 - - + + Locality: %1 Localité: %1 - - + + State: %1 Pays: %1 - + Valid from: %1 Valide depuis: %1 - + Valid to: %1 Valide jusqu'a: %1 - + Serial: %1 Serial: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 Clé publique: %1 bits %2 - + RSA RSA - + DSA DSA - + Digest (MD5): %1 Digest (MD5): %1 - + Issued by: Délivré par: - + Unit Name: %1 Nom d'unité: %1 @@ -6042,7 +6022,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } WASAPISystem - + Default Device Périphérique par défaut diff --git a/src/mumble11x/mumble_ja.ts b/src/mumble11x/mumble_ja.ts index a277ac5d5..a9f3965c8 100644 --- a/src/mumble11x/mumble_ja.ts +++ b/src/mumble11x/mumble_ja.ts @@ -4,134 +4,127 @@ ACLEditor - + Mumble - Edit ACL for %1 Mumble - %1のACLを編集 - + Active ACLs ACLを有効にする - + Context コンテキスト - + User/Group ユーザー/グループ - + Permissions 権限 - - + Group グループ - + Members メンバー - + &Add 追加(&A) - + &Remove 削除(&R) - + &Up 上へ(&U) - + &Down 下へ(&D) - + Inherit ACLs ACLを継承する - + Applies to this channel このチャンネルに適用する - + Applies to sub-channels サブチャンネルに適用する - + User ID ユーザーID - + Deny 禁止 - + Allow 許可 - - - - + Remove 削除 - - + Inherit 継承 - + Inheritable 継承可 - + Inherited 継承済み - - - + Add 追加 - + Add to Remove 削除リストに追加 - + &Groups グループ(&G) - + &ACL &ACL @@ -160,7 +153,7 @@ このボタンは全ての変更をキャンセルし、サーバーのACLやグループを変更せずにダイアログを閉じます。 - + List of entries 項目リスト @@ -169,168 +162,168 @@ このチャンネルの全てのアクティブな項目を表示します。親チャンネルから継承される項目はイタリック(斜字)体で表示されます - + Inherit ACL of parent? 親チャンネルのACLを継承しますか？ - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. これは親チャンネルのチェーンへのACLが適用されるか否かに関係なく設定されます。親の"サブチャンネルに適用する"にチェックされた項目だけが継承されます。 - + Add new entry 新しい項目を追加 - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. 新たに項目を作成します。初期状態はパーミッションが無く、全てに適用されます。 - + Remove entry 項目を削除 - + This removes the currently selected entry. 選択されている項目を削除します。 - + Move entry up 項目を上に移動 - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. リスト内の項目を上に動かします。項目が適切に評価されると、ユーザーに影響する権限が変更される場合があります。継承した項目より上に動かすことは出来ません。もし本当に必要なら継承された項目を複製する必要があります。 - + Move entry down 項目を下に移動 - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. リスト内の項目を下に動かします。項目が適切に評価されると、ユーザーに影響する権限が変更される場合があります。 - + Entry should apply to this channel. Entry should apply to this channel このチャンネルに適用 - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. 項目をこのチャンネルに適用します。 - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. サブチャンネルに適用 - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. 項目をこのチャンネルのサブチャンネルに適用します。 - + Group this entry applies to この項目を適用するグループ - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a !, its membership is negated, and if it starts with a ~, it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in. Order is important; <i>!~in</i> is valid, but <i>~!in</i> is not.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for <i>sub,0,0,0</i>).<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. この項目がどのユーザーグループに適用されるかを制御します。 - + User this entry applies to この項目を適用するユーザー - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. この項目がどのユーザーに適用されるかを制御します。検索するにはユーザー名を入力してEnterキーを押してください。 - + Allow %1 %1を許可する - + Deny %1 %1を禁止する - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 %1に特権を付与します。特権の許可と禁止の両方が設定されている場合、禁止になります。<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 %1から特権を剥奪します。特権の許可と禁止の両方が設定されている場合、禁止になります。<br />%2 - + List of groups グループリスト - + This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. チャンネルに定義されている全てのグループです。新たにグループを作成するには名前を入力してEnterを押してください。 - + Remove selected group 選択されたグループを削除 - + This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. 選択されたグループを削除します。もしグループが継承されていたらリストからは削除されませんが、グループに関するローカルな情報は消えてしまいます。 - + Inherit group members from parent 親からグループメンバーを継承する - + This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. 親チャンネルでグループが継承可になっている場合、親グループから全てのメンバーを継承します。 - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels サブチャンネルに対してグループを継承可能にする - + This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. サブチャンネルに対してグループを継承可能にします。もしグループが継承不可ならばサブチャンネルでは同じ名前の新しいグループを作成することが出来ます。 - + Group was inherited from parent channel 親チャンネルから継承したグループ - + This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. グループが親チャンネルから継承されたことを示しています。このフラグは変更できません。これは単なる情報です。 - + Add member to group グループにメンバーを追加 @@ -339,7 +332,7 @@ グループに追加したいプレイヤーの名前を入力してEnterキーを押してください。 - + Remove member from group グループからメンバーを削除 @@ -348,22 +341,22 @@ グループから削除したいプレイヤーの名前を入力してEnterキーを押してください。 - + Dialog ダイアログ - + Type in the name of a player you wish to add to the group and click Add. 追加したいプレイヤー名を入力して追加ボタンをクリックしてください。 - + Type in the name of a player you wish to remove from the group and click Add. 削除したいプレイヤー名を入力してAddボタンをクリックしてください。 - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. このチャンネルで有効な項目を全て表示します。親チャンネルから継承した項目はイタリック(斜字)体で表示されます。<br />ACLは上から順に評価されます。つまり、リストの順位を下げる事は優先度が上がる事を意味します。 @@ -371,12 +364,12 @@ ALSAAudioInput - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 選択されたALSA入力のオープンに失敗しました: %1 - + Default ALSA Card デフォルトALSAカード @@ -384,12 +377,12 @@ ALSAAudioOutput - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 選択されたALSA出力のオープンに失敗しました: %1 - + Default ALSA Card デフォルトALSAカード @@ -460,22 +453,22 @@ ASIOConfig - + Device selection デバイス選択 - + Capabilities ケーパビリティ - + Channels チャンネル - + Configure input channels 入力チャネルを設定します @@ -484,159 +477,170 @@ ASIOのための入力チャンネルを設定します。少なくとも1つのチャンネルをマイクとスピーカーとして選んでください。<i>マイク</i> はあなたのマイクが接続されているところです。<i>スピーカー</i>は"聞くもの"を試してみるチャンネルです。Sound Blaster Audigy 2 ZS の例ではスピーカーが"Mix L" and "Mix R"の時、マイクを"Mic L"にするのが良い選択のひとつです。 - + Device to use for microphone マイクに使用するデバイス - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. 問い合わせるデバイスを選択します。あなたはまだデバイスを実際に問い合わせ、使用するチャンネルを選ぶ必要があります。 - + Device デバイス - + &Query 問い合わせ(&Q) - + Query selected device 選択されたデバイスの問い合わせを行います - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. チャンネルで選択されたデバイスを問い合わせます。多くのASIOドライバーが極端に不安定であることに注意してください。それらに問い合わせをすることはアプリケーションやシステムのクラッシュを引き起こすかもしれません。 - + &Configure 設定(&C) - + Configure selected device 選択されたデバイスの設定を行います - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. 選択されたデバイスの設定を行います。多くのASIOドライバーが極端に不安定であることに注意してください。それらに問い合わせをすることはアプリケーションやシステムのクラッシュを引き起こすかもしれません - + Driver name ドライバー名 - Buffersize - バッファサイズ + バッファサイズ - + Microphone マイク - - + <- <- - - + -> -> - + Unused 未使用 - + Speakers スピーカー - %1 (ver %2) - %1 (ver %2) + %1 (ver %2) - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz + %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz -- Unusable - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz -- 未使用 + %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz -- 未使用 - - - - + + %1 (version %2) + + + + + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz + + + + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 ASIOの初期化に失敗しました: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver ASIOドライバのインスタンス化に失敗しました。 - + ASIO ASIO - + Form フォーム - - TextLabel - テキストラベル + テキストラベル - This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples <i>What you hear</i>.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be <i>Mic L</i> while Speaker should be <i>Mix L</i> and <i>Mix R</i>. - ASIOのための入力チャンネルを設定します。少なくとも1つのチャンネルをマイクとスピーカーとして選んでください。<i>マイク</i> はあなたのマイクが接続されているところで、<i>スピーカー</i>は"聞くもの"を試してみるチャンネルです。Sound Blaster Audigy 2 ZS の例ではスピーカーが"Mix L" and "Mix R"の時、マイクを"Mic L"にするのが良い選択のひとつです。 + ASIOのための入力チャンネルを設定します。少なくとも1つのチャンネルをマイクとスピーカーとして選んでください。<i>マイク</i> はあなたのマイクが接続されているところで、<i>スピーカー</i>は"聞くもの"を試してみるチャンネルです。Sound Blaster Audigy 2 ZS の例ではスピーカーが"Mix L" and "Mix R"の時、マイクを"Mic L"にするのが良い選択のひとつです。 + + + + Buffer size + + + + + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. + ASIOInput - - + + Mumble Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. ASIOを使用するためには少なくとも1つのマイクと1つのスピーカーを選択しなければなりません。もしマイクサンプリングが必要なだけなら DirectSound を使用してください。 - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. 選択されたASIOドライバを開くのに失敗しました。入力は行われません。 @@ -649,27 +653,27 @@ - + &About Mumble Mumbleについて(&A) - + &License ライセンス(&L) - + OK OK - + About Mumble Mumbleについて - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> @@ -681,17 +685,17 @@ <h3>Speexについて</h3><p><tt>http://www.speex.org/</tt></p><p>This program uses Speex version %1</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering, voice activity detection and speech<br />compression.</p> - + OK OK - + About Speex Speexについて - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p><p>This program uses Speex version %1</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering, voice activity detection and speech<br />compression.</p> @@ -1094,86 +1098,79 @@ AudioInput - + Form フォーム - + Interface インターフェース - + System システム - + Input method for audio 音声入力方法 - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>音声の入力方法です。</b><br />ほとんどの場合DirectSoundで問題ありません。 - + Device デバイス - + Input device for audio Output method for audio 音声出力方法 - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>音声の出力方法です。</b><br />ほとんどの場合DirectSoundで問題ありません。 - + Cancel Echo エコーキャンセル - + Transmission 伝送方式 - + &Transmit 送信(&T) - + When to transmit your speech 発言を送信するタイミング - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. <b>発言を送信するタイミングを設定します。</b><br /><i>常に有効</i> - 常時音声入力を受け付けます<br /><i>声で有効化</i> - はっきりとしゃべっている時に受け付けます。<br /><i>キー押下で有効化</i> - <i>ショートカットキー</i>で設定したキーを押している間音声入力を受け付けます。 - + DoublePush Time 二重押し時間 - - - - - - - - + TextLabel テキストラベル @@ -1182,17 +1179,17 @@ "キー押下で有効化"設定の時、ショートカットキーが押される/離されるといったタイミングで音による通知を行います。 - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. <b>キー押下で有効化の際に通知を行います</b><br />この設定を有効にすると、ショートカットキーが押されたり離されたりするタイミング短いビープ音を鳴らします。 - + PTT Audio cue キー押下を音で通知 - + Use SNR based speech detection S/N比に基づく発言認識を使用 @@ -1201,83 +1198,82 @@ <b>発言認識にS/N比を使うかどうかを決定します。</b><br />このモードでは、ノイズ無しに近い状態に比較して入力が解析され、その明瞭度が発言の検出に使用されます。 - + Signal to Noise S/N比 - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. 信号の強さに基づく発言認識を使用 - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. <b>発言認識に信号の強さを使用するかを設定します。</b>このモードにすると、入力信号そのものの強さが発言の検出に使用されます。 - + Amplitude 信号の強さ - + Voice &Hold 送信継続時間(&H) - + How long to keep transmitting after silence 音声が無くなった後、どれくらい送信を続けるか - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>音声が無くなった後、送信がどれくらい続くかを選択します。</b><br />あなたが話している時(名前の後ろで点滅しているアイコンで確認できます)に音声が途切れてしまうようならば、この設定をより高くしてください。<br />この設定は"声で有効化"の場合のみ効果があります。 - + Silence Below 非発言のしきい値 - + Signal values below this counts as silence 発言していないと判定される信号値のしきい値 - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. <b>声を検出するための基準値を設定します。</b>手動で調整するためには音声統計ウインドウを一緒にご利用ください。"非発言しきい値"以下の値は常に発言していない状態と見なされ、"発言しきい値"より上の値は発言と見なされます。これらの間の値は既に話し中であれば発言と判断されますが、新たな発言であると判断する材料にはなりません。 - + Speech Above 発言しきい値 - + Signal values above this count as voice 発言と判定される信号値のしきい値 - + Compression 圧縮 - + &Quality 音質(&Q) - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) 圧縮品質(ピーク帯域幅) - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. <b>圧縮品質を設定します。</b><br />送出される音声のためにどれくらいの帯域幅を使えるか決定します。 @@ -1294,17 +1290,17 @@ <b>圧縮の計算量を設定します。</b><br />送信される声の音質を向上させるためにどれくらいのCPUリソースを使えるか決定します。 - + Audio per packet パケットあたりの音声長 - + How many audio frames to send per packet 送信1パケットに含む音声フレームの長さ - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>送信1パケットに含む音声フレームの長さを選択します。</b><br />これを大きくするとあなたの音声の遅延が大きくなりますが、必要とするネットワーク帯域幅は下がります。 @@ -1313,22 +1309,22 @@ 音声の送信に使用するネットワーク帯域幅のピーク値 - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). <b>音声の送信に使用される帯域幅の最大値を示します。</b><br />これは、あなたのPCから送出される帯域の最も大きな値を表示しています。Audioビットレートは音声データ単体の最大ビットレート(VBR使用時)を表します。 Positionは位置情報のために使用されるビットレート表し、Overheadは独自のフレーミングとIPパケットヘッダ(IP と UDP はこのOverheadの90%)を表しています。 - + Audio Processing 音声処理 - + Noise Suppression ノイズ抑制 - + Noise suppression ノイズ抑制 @@ -1337,62 +1333,62 @@ <b>ノイズ抑制の量を設定します。</b><br />値を大きくすると、より積極的に定常ノイズを抑制しようとします。 - + Amplification 音量の増幅 - + Maximum amplification of input sound 音声入力の最大増幅量 - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. <b>音声入力の最大増幅量です。</b><br />Mumbleは圧縮を行う前に入力量を正常化します。この設定は、どれくらい音量を増幅させるかを決定します。<br />実際の音量はその時の発言パターンによって変化しますが、ここで指定された音量を上回ることはありません。<br />音声統計で<i>マイクの音量</i>レベルが常に100%近くに達しているなら、この値を2.0くらいにしたくなるかも知れません。しかし、(大部分の人がそうだと思いますが)100%に届かないなら、この値をより高くしてください。<br />あなたが非常に穏やかに話している時に<i>マイク音量 * 増幅値 >= 100</i> となるのが理想的です。<br /><br />この値を最大にすることに実害はありませんが、だからといって適当に最大値に合わせてしまうと他の会話まで拾ってしまうので気をつけてください。 - + Current speech detection chance 現在の発言検出見込み - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>現在の発言検出設定を表します。</b><br />設定ダイアログか音声ウィザードから設定を変更することができます。 - + Idle AutoMute 自動ミュートまでの待ち時間 - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. 自動ミュートまで必要なアイドル時間 - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. アイドリング時間を設定します。指定時間のあいだ、サーバーへ何の音声も送信されなかった場合、ミュートになります。 - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be supressed. <b>ノイズ抑制の量を設定します。</b><br />値を大きくすると、より積極的に定常ノイズを抑制しようとします。 @@ -1400,54 +1396,54 @@ AudioInputDialog - + Continuous 常に有効 - + Voice Activity 声で有効化 - + Push To Talk キー押下で有効化 - + Audio Input 音声入力 - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - + + Off オフ - + %1 s %1 s - + -%1 dB -%1 dB - + %1kbit/s (Audio %2, Position %4, Overhead %3) %1kbit/s (Audio %2, Position %4, Overhead %3) - + %1 min %1 min @@ -1455,114 +1451,104 @@ AudioOutput - + Form フォーム - + Interface インターフェース - + System システム - + Output method for audio Input method for audio 音声入力方法 - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>音声の入力方法です。</b><br />ほとんどの場合DirectSoundで問題ありません。 - + Device デバイス - + Output device for audio - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> - - + Positional Audio 位置音響 - + Audio Output 音声出力 - + Default &Jitter Buffer ジッタバッファのデフォルト(&J) - + Safety margin for jitter buffer ジッタバッファの安全マージン - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. <b>ジッタバッファのための最小の安全マージンを設定します。</b><br />全ての受信音声は一時保存されます。ジッタバッファは、現在のネットワークの状態に合わせて一時保存の領域を小さくしようとし続けるので、レイテンシーは可能な限り小さくなります。この設定は、使用する最小のバッファサイズを決定します。聞こえてくる会話の出だしが不安定なら、この値を増やしてください。 - - - - - - - - - - + TextLabel テキストラベル - + Volume 音量 - + Volume of incoming speech 受信音声の音量 - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. <b>受信する音声の音量を調整します。</b><br />ここでは、音量を下げる事のみが可能です。増やす事は出来ません。 - + Output Delay 出力猶予 - + Amount of data to buffer バッファデータ量 - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. 出力バッファにおけるプリバッファの量を設定します。いろいろな値で試してみて、急に不安定にならない一番小さな値に設定してください。 @@ -1579,7 +1565,7 @@ 音が小さくなる前のプレイヤーへの最小距離 - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other players' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. サウンドの計算に使う最小距離を設定します。少なくともこの距離だけ離れていれば、他のプレイヤーの音声は減衰しません。 @@ -1600,7 +1586,7 @@ ロールオフ - + Factor for sound volume decrease ボリューム減少の割合 @@ -1609,108 +1595,108 @@ 最小距離を超えた時、音量がどのくらい落ちるかについての値です。普通(1.0)の設定では距離が2倍になるたびに音量は半分になります。これを大きくすると音量の落ち込みが速くなり、小さくすると音量の落ち込みは遅くなります。 - + Bloom ブルーム - + Loopback Test ループバックテスト - + Delay Variance レイテンシー調整 - + Variance in packet latency パケットレイテンシーの変動値 - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms <b>ループバックテストの為のパケットレイテンシーの値を調整します。</b><br />音声のネットワーク経路は、ほとんどの場合若干のレイテンシーを含んでいます。 この設定はループバックモードでのテスト時、レイテンシーの値を変更できるようにします。例えば、この値を15msにすると、20-35msのレイテンシーや80ms-95msのレイテンシーを持ったネットワークをエミュレートするでしょう。 国内のネット接続ではおよそ5msくらいのレイテンシーがあります。 - + Packet Loss パケットロス - + Packet loss for loopback mode ループバックモードでのパケットロス - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% <b>ループバックモードでのパケットロスを設定します。</b><br />これはパケットロスの割合です。送信方向の帯域幅のピークに達するか、ネットワーク接続に問題がない限り、これは0%のはずです。 - + &Loopback ループバック(&L) - + Desired loopback mode 使用したいループバックモード - + <b>This enables one of the loopback testmodes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other players will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. <b>ループバックテストモードの一つが有効になります。</b><br /><i>なし</i> - ループバックしない<br /><i>ローカル</i> - ローカルなサーバーをエミュレートします。<br /><i>サーバー</i> - サーバーにループバックを要求します。<br />ループバックが有効になっている間、他のプレイヤーはあなたの声を聞くことが出来ないのでご注意ください。この設定はアプリケーション終了時に保存されません。 - + Factor for sound volume increase ボリューム増加の割合 - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. - + Minimum Distance - + Minimum distance to player before sound volume decreases - + Maximum Distance - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other players' speech volume will not decrease any further. - + Minimum Volume - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? 入力ソースの近さによってどのくらいボリュームを上げるか @@ -1719,27 +1705,27 @@ 接続している "出力機器" はヘッドホンです。 - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. スピーカーを接続しておらず、ヘッドホンだけであることを確認してください。ヘッドホンはあなたからまっすぐ右と左に位置しているのに対し、スピーカーは一般的にあなたの正面に位置しているため、これは重要になります。 - + Headphones ヘッドホン - + Other Applications 他のアプリケーション - + Volume of other applications during speech 発言中の他のアプリケーションの音量 - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. <b>発言中における他のアプリケーションの音量減少</b><br />Mumbleは音声受信中に他のアプリケーションの音量を下げるのを手助けします。ここでは、あなたが話している間の他アプリケーションの音量比率を設定します。 @@ -1747,48 +1733,48 @@ AudioOutputDialog - + None なし - + Local ローカル - + Server サーバー - + Audio Output 音声出力 - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - - - + + + + + %1% %1% - + %1ms %1ms - - + + %1m %1m @@ -1800,17 +1786,17 @@ AudioStats - + Peak microphone level 最大マイクレベル - + Peak speaker level 最大スピーカーレベル - + Peak clean level 最大クリーンレベル @@ -1823,7 +1809,7 @@ マイクS/N比 - + Speech Probability 発言確率 @@ -1832,9 +1818,7 @@ 音声ビットレート - - - + Peak power in last frame 直近フレームでの最大の強さ @@ -1843,18 +1827,17 @@ 直近のフレーム(20 ms)での最大音量さを表示します。そしてこれは、通常"入力の強さ"として表示されている測定値と同じものです。これは無視して<b>音量</b>を見るようにしてください。こちらの方がより安定していて外部要素に影響されにくいです。 - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) of the speakers. Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. 直近のフレーム(20 ms)におけるスピーカーの最大音量を表示します。スピーカの設定を変更して多重チャンネルサンプリング法(例えばASIO)を使用していない限り、これは0になります。セットアップでそのような構成をしているのに、ほかのプログラムが音声を再生している間も0を表示しているなら、セットアップは正しく動いていません。 - This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other players with echoes. - 直近のフレーム(20 ms)における全ての処理後の最大音量を表示します。あなたが話していないとき、これは -96 dBであるのが理想です。しかし実際には音楽スタジオでも -60 dB、あなたの環境では -20 dB くらい出れば良い方でしょう。あなたが話している時は、-5 から -10 dB のあたりまで上がります。<br />もしあなたがエコーキャンセルを使っていて、話してもいないのに -15 dB まで上がるようならセットアップは失敗しています。この場合、反響によってほかのプレイヤーを悩ますことになります。 + 直近のフレーム(20 ms)における全ての処理後の最大音量を表示します。あなたが話していないとき、これは -96 dBであるのが理想です。しかし実際には音楽スタジオでも -60 dB、あなたの環境では -20 dB くらい出れば良い方でしょう。あなたが話している時は、-5 から -10 dB のあたりまで上がります。<br />もしあなたがエコーキャンセルを使っていて、話してもいないのに -15 dB まで上がるようならセットアップは失敗しています。この場合、反響によってほかのプレイヤーを悩ますことになります。 - + How close the current input level is to ideal 入力レベルの理想値までの差 @@ -1863,52 +1846,52 @@ 現在の入力音量が理想の値からどれくらい離れているかを表示します。マイクの音量を調整するためには、録音ボリュームを調整するプログラムを開いて、話している間この値を見てください。<br /><b>noob(訳注: 初心者の事)にやられて怒り狂っているときのように大声で叫んでください。</b><br />この値が100%近くになるまで音量を調整してください。しかし100%を超えないように注意しましょう。もし超えてしまうとあなたの音声の一部が省略されて、音質が低下するでしょう。 - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone マイクからのS/N比 - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. 直近のフレーム(20 ms)におけるマイクの信号対雑音比(S/N比)です。これは、声がノイズと比較してどれくらいはっきりしているかを表しています。<br />もしこの値が1.0以下なら、信号の中に声よりもノイズのほうが多くなっており、音質は低下しているでしょう。<br />この値に上限はありませんが、音楽スタジオでもなければ40-50を大きく上回るとは思わないでください。 - + Probability of speech 発言確率 - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). 直近のフレーム(20 ms)が発言であったり、環境ノイズ以外の音であった確率です。<br />声で有効化する送信方式はこの値が正しい事に依存します。この事による優れた点は話の途中は常に発言と見なされることです。問題は、単語と発言開始の間にある休止です。ため息と'h'で始まる単語を見分けるのは難しい事です。<br />これが太字になっていたら、Mumbleが現在送信中である事を表しています(接続中の場合)。 - + Bitrate of last frame 直近フレームのビットレート - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. 直近の圧縮されたフレーム(20 ms)における音声ビットレートです。VBRが品質を調整するので値は上下します。最大ビットレートを調整するには、設定ダイアログで<b>圧縮 計算量</b>を調整してください。 - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate 入力信号とノイズ予想のパワースペクトル - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. 現在の入力信号(赤線)とノイズ予想(青線)のパワースペクトルを表します。<br />すべての振幅は判りやすい結果(各周波帯でノイズよりどれくらい多くの信号が存在するか)を提供するために30倍されます。<br />マイクの雑音状況を改善しようと微調整しているならば、多分に興味深いものとなるでしょう。良好な状態では、一番下に小さく揺れている青線だけがあるべきです。もし青線がグラフの中ほどより上にあるなら、あなたは深刻にノイズの多い環境にあると言えます。 - + Weights of the echo canceller エコーキャンセラの重み - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. 下に向かっている時間と右に向かっている周波数でエコーキャンセラの重みを表示します。<br />理想的には、これは反響が全くない事を示す黒でなくてはなりません。普通は、反響が遅れる時間を表す青っぽい色の横縞が一つ以上あるでしょう。あなたは、重みがリアルタイムに更新されるのを見る事ができます。<br />反響しないものがない限り、ここでは何も有用なデータが得られない事に注意してください。安定した状態で何曲かの音楽を再生してください。<br />あなたは周波数領域における重みの実数または虚数の部分、もしくは計算された係数と位相の表示を選んで見ることができます。これらで最も役に立つのはおそらく係数です。係数とは反響の大きさであり、送信方向の信号が一定時間毎にどのくらい取り除かれているかを表します。他の表示は主にエコーキャンセラアルゴリズムを調整したい人にとって役に立ちます。<br />注意： 係数モードの時に全ての表示が大幅に変動する場合、エコーキャンセラは2つの入力源(スピーカーとマイク)の間にどんな相関関係も見出せていません。反響に非常に長い遅れがあるか、入力源のうち1つが誤って設定されているかのどちらかでしょう。 @@ -1933,419 +1916,424 @@ 位相 - >1000ms - >1000ms + >1000ms - + Audio Statistics 音声統計 - + Input Levels 入力レベル - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. 直近のフレーム(20 ms)での最大の強さを表示します。そしてこれは、通常"入力の強さ"として表示されている測定値と同じものです。これは無視して<b>マイクの強さ</b>を見るようにしてください。こちらの方がより安定していて外部要素に影響されにくいです。 - - - - - - - - TextLabel - テキストラベル + テキストラベル - + Signal Analysis 信号分析 - + Microphone power マイクの強さ - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. 現在の入力音量が理想の値からどれくらい離れているかを表します。マイクの音量を調整するためには、録音ボリュームを調整するプログラムを開いて、話している間この値を見てください。<br /><b>noob(訳注: 初心者の事)にやられて怒り狂っているときのように大声で叫んでください。</b><br />この値が100%近くになるまで音量を調整してください。しかし100%を超えないように注意しましょう。もし超えてしまうとあなたの音声の一部が省略されて、音質が低下するでしょう。 - + Signal-To-Noise ratio S/N比 - + Configuration feedback 設定フィードバック - + Current audio bitrate 現在の音声ビットレート - + DoublePush interval 二重押しの間隔 - Time between last two PushToTalk presses - 直近2回のショートカットキー押下の間隔 + 直近2回のショートカットキー押下の間隔 - + Speech Detection 発言検出 - + Current speech detection chance 現在の発言検出見込み - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>現在の発言検出設定を表します。</b><br />設定ダイアログか音声ウィザードから設定を変更することができます。 - + Signal and noise power spectrum 信号とノイズのパワースペクトル - + Echo Analysis 反響分析 + + + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. + + + + + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses + + + + + >1000 ms + + AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard 音声調整ウィザード - + Introduction イントロダクション - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard Mumble 音声ウィザードへようこそ - + This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. これはMumbleの音声を調整するためのウィザードです。サウンドカードの入力レベルとMumbleでの音声処理のパラメータを正しく設定するお手伝いをします。 - + Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped locally to allow you to listen to it, and no audio will be sent to the server. ウィザードが動作中の間、音声はあなたが聞けるようPC上だけで完結し、サーバーには送信されませんのでご注意ください。 - + Finished 完了 - + Enjoy using Mumble Mumbleをお楽しみください - + Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. おめでとうございます！Mumbleでリッチなサウンド体験をする準備が整いました。 - + Device selection デバイス選択 - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. Mumbleで使用する入力および出力のデバイスを選択します。 - + Input device 入力デバイス - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. あなたが接続しているデバイスです。 - - + + System システム - + Input method for audio 音声入力方法 - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>音声の入力方法です。</b><br />ほとんどの場合DirectSoundで問題ありません。 - - + + Device デバイス - + Input device to use 入力に使用するデバイス - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> <b>音声の入力にどのサウンドカードを使用するか選択してください。</b> - + Output device 出力デバイス - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. あなたのスピーカ(もしくはヘッドホン)が接続しているデバイスです。 - + Output method for audio 音声の出力方法 - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>音声の出力方法です。</b><br />ほとんどの場合DirectSoundで問題ありません。 - + Output device to use 出力に使用するデバイス - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> <b>音声の出力にどのサウンドカードを使用するか選択してください。</b> - + Volume tuning 音量調整 - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. マイクの音量を最適な設定になるよう調整します。 - + Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. ボリュームコントロールパネルを開き、録音設定画面に移動しましょう。そして、マイクが選択されていて、音量が最大になっている事を確認してください。もし"マイクブースト"を有効にするオプションがあるなら、それもチェックされているか確認してください。 - + Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sound control panel until the bar below stays as high as possible in the blue and green but <b>not</b> the red zone while you speak. イライラしていたり、興奮していたりする時のように大声で話してみてください。話している間、下にあるバーが青と緑の区域のなるべく赤に近い場所に留まるまでサウンドコントロールパネルの音量を下げてください。(赤い区域には<b>入らない</b>ようにしましょう) - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. 次に、誰も起こさないようにしている夜中のようにそっと話してみましょう。話している間、バーが緑にかかり、静かにしている時は青に留まるように下のスライダーを調整してください。 - + Voice Activity Detection 発声の検出 - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. 話している状態と静かにしている状態をMumbleに判別させます。 - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. あなたがいつ話しているのかをMumbleに判別させるお手伝いをします。まず最初に、どのデータの値を使うかの選択を行います。 - + Raw amplitude from input 音声信号の大きさ - + Signal-To-Noise ratio 信号対雑音比(S/N比) - + Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). 次に、以下の2つのスライダーを調節しましょう。最初の発声は緑(確実に発言と判定)になると良いでしょう。話している最中は黄色(発言だろうと判定)の中に収まり、話していない時はすべて赤(発言ではないと判定)に入っているようにしてください。 - + Last, you need to adjust the grace time. Mumble may detect this much non-speech and still keep transmitting before it breaks off. This allows you to catch your breath while speaking. 最後に、猶予時間を調整しましょう。発言以外のものを検出する許容量が上がり、話が途切れずに送信を続けることができるでしょう。これにより、話の間に小休止を入れることができるようになります。 - + Device tuning デバイス調整 - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. ハードウェアの出力遅延が最小値になるように変更します。 - + To keep latency to an absolute minium, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. 遅延を最小限に保つためには、サウンドカード上で音声のバッファを出来るだけ小さくすることが重要です。しかし、多くのサウンドカードが要求してくるバッファは、実際に動作可能な大きさよりかなり小さなものです。結局、この値を設定するにはいろいろ試してみるほかありません。 - + Amount of data to buffer. バッファデータの量 - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. 出力バッファにおけるプリバッファの量を設定します。いろいろな値で試してみて、急に不安定にならない一番小さな値に設定してください。 - + %1ms %1ms - + %1 s %1 s - + You should hear a single tone that's changing in frequency. Change the slider below to the lowest value which gives <b>no</b> interruptions or jitter in the sound. Please note that local echo is disabled during this test to improve audio path recognition. 周波数が変わる1つの音色が聞こえますでしょうか。音が途切れたり不安定に<b>ならない</b>一番小さな値まで下のスライダーを動かしてください。なお、音声経路の認識率を向上するため、このテストの間ローカルエコーは使えなくなっている事をお忘れなく。 - + If you position the microphone so it can pick up the speakers or headset, Mumble will measure the total audio path delay in your system; this means the delay from a sample is placed in an outbound buffer until it's found in a matching incoming buffer. スピーカーやヘッドセットの出力をマイクが拾ってしまうような配置にしている場合、あなたのシステムで音声経路の遅延が起きていると判断されるでしょう; つまり、対応する受信バッファ内に含まれるまでサンプルが送信バッファに放置されて、遅延をもたらします。 - + Audio path is %1ms long. 音声経路は %1ms の長さ - + Audio path cannot be determined. Input not recognized. 音声経路が決定できません。入力が不明です。 - + Use echo cancellation エコーキャンセルを使う - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers. ヘッドセットやスピーカーからのエコーをキャンセルします。 - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. 出力音声のエコーキャンセルを有効にします。スピーカーとヘッドセットの両方に対して有効です。 - + Enable positional audio 位置音響を有効にする - + Allows positioning of sound. 音声の位置 - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. 声の位置を定めるために位置音響を使えるようにします。 - + Positional Audio 位置音響 - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. 位置音響の減衰効果を調整します - + Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other players relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other player is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. Mumbleは、いくつかのゲームにおいてゲーム内での他プレイヤーの位置に対応した位置音響をサポートします。他プレイヤーの位置によって、方向と距離をシミュレートして音量が変化します。このシミュレーションはお使いのオペレーティング・システムでスピーカーが正しく設定されていることが前提となります。そのテストはここで行うことが出来ます。 - + The graph below shows the position of <font color="red">you</font>, the <font color="yellow">speakers</font> and a <font color="green">moving sound source</font> as if seen from above. You should hear the audio move between the channels. このグラフはこれらの位置を表しています: <font color="red">あなた</font>, the <font color="yellow">スピーカー</font> and a <font color="green">移動する音の発生源</font> 上からに見えるようなら、チャンネルの間に移動して聞くのがよいでしょう。 - + Use headphones ヘッドホンを使う - + Use headphones instead of speakers. スピーカーの代わりにヘッドホンを使う - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. OSのスピーカー構成を無視して、代わりにヘッドホン用の位置設定を使用します。 - + Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus on the features that benefit the most users. To this end, Mumble supports submitting anonymous statistics about your configuration to the developers. These statistcs are essential for future development, and also make sure the features you use aren't deprecated. Mumbleは現在開発中であり、開発チームはより多くのユーザーの利益となる機能に注力したいと考えています。そのため、匿名で設定に関する統計を送信する機能を追加しました。これらの統計情報は主に将来の開発のために使用されるか、特定の機能が使用されていないかどうかを確認するために使用されます。 - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Mumbleプロジェクトに匿名で統計を送信する - + Push To Talk: キー押下で有効化: @@ -2353,22 +2341,22 @@ BanEditor - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - Ban編集 - + &Add 追加(&A) - + &Update 更新(&U) - + &Remove 削除(&R) @@ -2397,17 +2385,17 @@ このボタンは全ての変更をキャンセルし、サーバーのACLやグループを変更せずにダイアログを閉じます。 - + 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 - + &Address アドレス(&A) - + &Mask ネットマスク(&M) @@ -2415,52 +2403,52 @@ ChanACL - + W W - + T T - + E E - + S S - + A A - + M M - + K K - + C C - + L L - + None なし @@ -2469,97 +2457,97 @@ ACLの更新 - + Traverse チャンネルアクセス - + Enter 参加 - + Speak 発言 - + AltSpeak Alt発言 - + Mute/Deafen 発言禁止/聴取禁止 - + Move/Kick 移動/キック - + Make channel チャンネル作成 - + Link channel チャンネルをリンク - + This represents no privileges. 権限がないことを表します。 - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. グループとACL情報の変更を含む、チャンネルへの完全なアクセスを表します。この権限は、必然的に他の全ての権限を含んでいます。 - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. チャンネル間を移動する権限を表します。あるユーザーがこの権限を与えられない場合、サブチャンネルの権限に関わらず、どんな方法でもこのチャンネルおよびサブチャンネルにアクセス出来なくなります。 - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. チャンネルに参加する権限を表します。階層的なチャンネル構造がある場合、全ての人にチャンネルアクセスを与えたくなるかもしれませんが、階層の最下部で参加が制限されるかもしれません。 - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. このチャンネル内で発言する権限を表します。この権限がないユーザーはサーバーによって発言を抑制され(発言禁止にされているように見えます)、適切な権限を持つ誰かが発言禁止を解くまで話すことができません。 - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel with flagged speech. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with AltPushToTalk held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. このチャンネル内でフラグ付きの発言をする権限を表します。これは<i>発言</i>権限と全く同じ動作をしますが、Alt+ショートカットキーが押された時のパケットのみに適用されます。これはリンクしていないチャンネルの階層全体に送信をするために使うことが出来ます。 - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other players. Once muted, a player will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged player or reconnects to the server. 他の人を発言禁止にしたり、聴取禁止にしたりする権限を表します。一度発言禁止になると、他に権限を持った人が発言禁止を解くか、サーバーに接続しなおすまで発言禁止のままになります。 - + This represents the permission to move a player to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the player, either the moving player must have Move/Kick privileges in the destination channel, or the player must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Players with this privilege can move players into channels the target player normally wouldn't have permission to enter. 他の人を別のチャンネルに移動させたり、サーバーからキックしたりする権限を表します。実際にプレイヤーを動かすには、実行する人が移動先のチャンネルの移動/キック権限を持っているか、プレイヤーが移動先チャンネルに入る権限を持っていなければなりません。この権限を持っている人は、対象のプレイヤーが通常参加を許可されていないチャンネルに移動させることができます。 - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The player making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. サブチャンネルを作成する権限を表します。サブチャンネルを作った人は、そのチャンネルの管理者グループに追加されます。 - + This represents the permission to link channels. Players in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking player has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. チャンネルをリンクする権限を表します。話している人が聞き手のチャンネルに<i>発言</i>の権限を持っている限り、リンクされたチャンネルのプレイヤーは互いに聞く事ができます。 - + Write ACL ACLの上書き @@ -2567,32 +2555,32 @@ ClientPlayer - + Authenticated 認証済み - + Muted (server) 発言禁止 (server) - + Deafened (server) 聴取禁止 (server) - + Local Mute ローカルでの発言禁止 - + Muted (self) 発言禁止(セルフ) - + Deafened (self) 聴取禁止(セルフ) @@ -2600,7 +2588,7 @@ ConfigDialog - + Mumble Configuration Mumbleの設定 @@ -2609,12 +2597,14 @@ &OK - + + Accept changes 変更を確定 - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. このボタンは現在の設定を適用してアプリケーションに戻ります。<br />この設定はアプリケーションを終了してもディスクに保存されます。 @@ -2623,12 +2613,14 @@ キャンセル(&C) - + + Reject changes 変更を破棄 - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. このボタンは変更を破棄してアプリケーションに戻ります。<br />設定は前の状態に戻ります。 @@ -2637,34 +2629,44 @@ 適用(&A) - + + Apply changes 変更を適用 - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. 全ての変更を、すぐに適用します。 - + + Undo changes for current page このページの変更を元に戻す。 - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. このボタンは、現在のページで最後に適用した変更を元に戻します。 - + + Restore defaults for current page このページをデフォルト設定に戻す。 - + + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. + + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will be not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. - このボタンは現在のページの設定をデフォルトに戻します。他のページは変更されません。<br />全ての設定をデフォルト戻すには、各ページでこのボタンを使わなければなりません。 + このボタンは現在のページの設定をデフォルトに戻します。他のページは変更されません。<br />全ての設定をデフォルト戻すには、各ページでこのボタンを使わなければなりません。 Show all configuration items @@ -2679,9 +2681,14 @@ 上級者向け設定 - Tab 1 - Tab 1 + Tab 1 + + + + + Advanced + @@ -2691,53 +2698,52 @@ 名前(&N) - + A&ddress アドレス(&D) - + &Port ポート(&P) - + &Username ユーザー名(&U) - + &Password パスワード(&P) - - + &Connect 接続(&C) - + Cancel キャンセル - + &Add 追加(&A) - + &Remove 削除(&R) - + &Custom Servers お気に入りサーバー(&C) - + Server &Browser サーバーブラウザ(&B) @@ -2746,93 +2752,101 @@ 名前 - + Address アドレス - + URL URL - + C&opy to custom お気に入りにコピー(&O) - + &View Webpage ウェブサイトを見る(&V) - + Connecting to %1 %1に接続中 - + Enter username ユーザー名を入力してください - + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list サーバーリストを取得出来ませんでした - + &Label ラベル(&L) - + Label ラベル - + Unknown 不明 - + -Unnamed entry- -Unnamed entry- - + Mumble Server Connect Mumbleサーバー接続 - + &Cancel キャンセル(&C) - - + + New 新規 - - + + Add 追加 - + Update 更新 + + CoreAudioSystem + + + Default Device + + + DXAudioInput @@ -2844,22 +2858,22 @@ 選択されたDirectSound Inputのオープンに失敗しました。マイクからの入力は行われません。 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. 選択されたDirectSound Inputのオープンに失敗しました。デフォルトのデバイスが使用されます。 - + Default DirectSound Voice Input デフォルトのDirectSound音声入力 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. DirectSound入力デバイスのオープンに失敗しました。 マイクの取得ができませんでした。 - + Lost DirectSound input device. DirectSound入力デバイスを失いました @@ -2871,22 +2885,22 @@ Mumble - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. 選択されたDirectSound出力のオープンに失敗しました。音声は出力されません。 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. 選択されたDirectSound出力のオープンに失敗しました。音声は出力されません。 - + Default DirectSound Voice Output デフォルトのDirectSound音声出力 - + Lost DirectSound output device. DirectSound出力デバイスを失いました @@ -3045,12 +3059,12 @@ Database - + Mumble Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Mumble: データベースの初期化が可能な場所がなく、 @@ -3068,57 +3082,57 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts - + List of configured shortcuts - + Function 機能 - + Shortcut ショートカット - + Suppress 抑制 - + Add new shortcut - + This will add a new global shortcut - + &Add 追加(&A) - + Remove selected shortcut - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. - + &Remove 削除(&R) @@ -3126,7 +3140,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts ショートカット @@ -3155,22 +3169,22 @@ of the possible locations. 抑制 - + Shortcut button combination. - + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. - + Suppress keys from other applications 他のアプリケーションのキーを抑制します - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. <b>他のアプリケーションで押されたボタンを隠します.</b><br />この設定を有効にすると、他のアプリケーションで押されたボタン(または、複数ボタンの組み合わせの最後のもの)を隠します. 全てのボタンを抑制できるわけではないことにご注意ください。 @@ -3178,7 +3192,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. バックグラウンドでグローバルなショートカットイベントが発生し、受け入れることができませんでした。<br /><br />'補助デバイスへのアクセス' のようなユニバーサルアクセス機能が無効になっているのが原因です。<br /><br /><a href=" ">この設定を有効にして</a> その後、再び設定してください。 @@ -3209,7 +3223,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 マウス %1 @@ -3240,7 +3254,7 @@ of the possible locations. LCD - + Not connected 接続されていません @@ -3248,32 +3262,32 @@ of the possible locations. LCDConfig - + Graphic - + Character - + Enable this device このデバイスを有効にする - + LCD LCD - + Form フォーム - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -3305,42 +3319,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - + Devices デバイス - + Name 名前 - + Type タイプ - + Size サイズ - + Enabled 有効 - + Views - + Minimum Column Width 列の最少幅 - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -3353,18 +3367,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - - + TextLabel テキストラベル - + Splitter Width 分割線の幅 - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -3376,182 +3389,163 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Log - Debug - デバッグ + デバッグ - Critical - 致命的 + 致命的 - Warning - 警告 + 警告 - Information - 情報 + 情報 - Server Connected - サーバー接続 + サーバー接続 - Server Disconnected - サーバー切断 + サーバー切断 - Player Joined Server - 誰かがサーバーに参加 + 誰かがサーバーに参加 - Player Left Server - 誰かがサーバーから退出 + 誰かがサーバーから退出 - Player kicked (you or by you) - 誰かがキックされた時(あなた自身、またはあなたによって) + 誰かがキックされた時(あなた自身、またはあなたによって) - Player kicked - 誰かがキックされた時 + 誰かがキックされた時 - You self-muted/deafened - 自分を発言禁止/聴取禁止にした時 + 自分を発言禁止/聴取禁止にした時 - Other self-muted/deafened - 他の人が発言禁止/聴取禁止になった時 + 他の人が発言禁止/聴取禁止になった時 - Player muted (you) - 誰かがあなたを発言禁止にした時 + 誰かがあなたを発言禁止にした時 - Player muted (by you) - (あなたによって)誰かが発言禁止になった時 + (あなたによって)誰かが発言禁止になった時 - Player muted (other) - (他の人によって)誰かが発言禁止になった時 + (他の人によって)誰かが発言禁止になった時 - Player Joined Channel - 誰かがチャンネルに参加 + 誰かがチャンネルに参加 - Player Left Channel - 誰かがチャンネルから退出 + 誰かがチャンネルから退出 - Permission Denied - 権限がない場合 + 権限がない場合 [%2] %1 [%2] %1 - Text Message - テキストメッセージ + テキストメッセージ LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. - + Choose sound file - + Invalid sound file - + The file '%1' does not exist or is not a valid speex file. - + Messages メッセージ - + Console コンソール @@ -3568,67 +3562,67 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } %1のテキスト読み上げを有効にする - + Text To Speech テキスト読み上げ - + Volume 音量 - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine テキスト読み上げエンジンの音量 - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>この音量は合成音声に用いられます。</b> - + Length threshold 長さの上限 - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine テキスト読み上げエンジンにおける長さの上限値 - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. <b>テキスト読み上げエンジンにおける長さの上限値です。</b><br />上限より長いものは、最後まで読み上げられません。 - + Message メッセージ - + Notification - + Text-To-Speech テキスト読み上げ - + Soundfile - + Path - + Characters 文字 @@ -3636,59 +3630,58 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LookConfig - - + Language 言語 - + Look and Feel 外観と手触り - - + + System default システムのデフォルト - + Language to use (requires restart) 使用する言語(再起動が必要) - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. <b>Mumbleが使用する言語を決定します。</b><br />新しい言語を使うためには再起動が必要です。 - + Style スタイル - + Basic widget style 基本的なウインドウのスタイル - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> <b>基本となる見た目と使用感を設定します。</b> - + Skin スキン - + ... ... - + Skin file to use 使用するスキンファイル @@ -3701,17 +3694,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } メインウインドウの区切りに水平もしくは垂直の区切りを使う - + User Interface インターフェース - + Choose skin file スキンファイルを選択 - + <b>If set, players will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. <b>これを設定していると、チャンネル表示の時にサブチャンネルより上にプレイヤーが表示されるようになります。</b><br />この設定を反映するにはMumbleの再起動が必要です。 @@ -3728,22 +3721,22 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <b>これを設定していると、サーバに接続したときに全てのチャンネルを展開します。</b> - + Players above Channels チャンネルより上にプレイヤーを表示 - + List players above subchannels (requires restart). サブチャンネルより上にプレイヤーが表示されるように並べます。(再起動が必要) - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. <b>Mumbleで使用するスキンを設定します。</b><br />スキンは基本的なウィジェットスタイルで用いられるスタイルファイルです。アイコンがスタイルシートと同じディレクトリにあるなら、デフォルトのアイコンを置き換えます。 - + Form フォーム @@ -3756,122 +3749,119 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } 起動時に更新をチェックする - + None なし - + Only with players 人が居るチャンネルのみ - + All 全て - + Expand 展開 - + When to automatically expand channels 自動的にチャンネルを展開する - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with players</i> will expand and collapse channels as players join and leave them. どのチャンネルを自動的に展開するかを決定します。 <i>なし</i> と <i>全て</i> は全てのチャンネルを展開する/しない設定にします。<i>人が居るチャンネルのみ</i> はプレイヤーの入室状況に応じて展開と折りたたみが変わります。 - + Ask 確認する - + Do Nothing 何もしない - + Move 移動する - + Channel Dragging チャンネルのドラッグ操作 - + This changes the behaviour when moving channels. チャンネルを動かすときのふるまいを変更します。 - + This sets the behaviour of channel drags, it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. チャンネルを動かすときのふるまいを変更します。これを設定すると誤ってチャンネルをドラッグしてしまうのを防ぐことができます。 <i>チャンネルを移動</i> 確認なしにチャンネルを動かします。 <i>何もしない</i> 何も行わず、エラーメッセージを表示します。 <i>確認する</i> 確認メッセージボックスを出してから動かします。 - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. 終了時に最小化するか閉じるかを確認します - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.<b> <b>これがセットされている場合、接続中に終了するかを確認します。</b> - + Ask on quit while connected 接続中の終了は確認する - + Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. 最前面に表示する - + <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> <b>Mumbleのウインドウを最前面に表示します。</b> - + Always On Top 常に前面に表示 - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> <b>これがセットされていた場合、最小化されたMumbleのメインウインドウは非表示になり、タスクトレイからのみアクセスできるようになります。これがセットされていない場合、ウインドウは普通に最小化します。</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized 最小化時、タスクトレイに格納する - Show all configuration items - 全ての設定項目を表示 + 全ての設定項目を表示 - <b>This will show all configuration items.</b><br />Mumble contains a lot of configuration items that most users won't need to change. Checking this will show all configurable items. - <b>全ての設定項目を表示します。</b><br />Mumbleは大部分のユーザーが変更する必要のない設定項目を多く含んでいます。ここにチェックを入れると全ての設定項目を表示します。 + <b>全ての設定項目を表示します。</b><br />Mumbleは大部分のユーザーが変更する必要のない設定項目を多く含んでいます。ここにチェックを入れると全ての設定項目を表示します。 - Expert Config - 上級者向け設定 + 上級者向け設定 - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. 最小化されている時にメインウインドウをタスクトレイに格納します @@ -3879,118 +3869,118 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } MainWindow - - + + Root ルート - + &Connect 接続(&C) - + Open the server connection dialog サーバー接続ダイアログを開く - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick connect. 登録されたサーバーのダイアログを開きます。クイック接続もできるようになります。 - + &Disconnect 切断(&D) - + Disconnect from server サーバーから切断 - + Disconnects you from the server. サーバーから切断します。 - + &Ban lists &BAN一覧 - + Edit ban lists on server サーバーのBAN一覧を編集 - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. サーバー側の禁止IPリストを編集します。 - + &Kick キック(&K) - + Kick player (with reason) プレイヤーをキック(理由付き) - + Kick selected player off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. 選択されたプレイヤーをサーバーから追い出します。あなたは、理由を尋ねられるでしょう。 - + &Ban &BAN - + Kick and ban player (with reason) キックしてBAN(理由付き) - + Kick and ban selected player from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. 選択されたプレイヤーをサーバーからキックしてBANします。あなたは、理由を尋ねられるでしょう。 - + &Mute 発言禁止(&M) - + Mute player プレイヤーを発言禁止にする - + Mute or unmute player on server. Unmuting a deafened player will also undeafen them. サーバーにいるプレイヤーを発言禁止にしたり、解除したりします。聴取禁止になっているプレイヤーに対して発言禁止の解除を行うと、聴取禁止も解除されます。 - + &Deafen 聴取禁止(&D) - + Deafen player プレイヤーを聴取禁止にする - + Deafen or undeafen player on server. Deafening a player will also mute them. サーバーにいるプレイヤーを聴取禁止にしたり、解除したりします。聴取禁止にすると発言も禁止にします。 - + &Local Mute ローカルで発言禁止(&L) @@ -3999,82 +3989,82 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ローカルで発言禁止にしたり解除したりします。 - + &Add 追加(&A) - + Add new channel 新しいチャンネルを追加 - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. 現在選択されているチャンネルに新たなサブチャンネルを追加します。 - + &Remove 削除(&R) - + Remove channel チャンネルを削除 - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. チャンネルと全てのサブチャンネルを削除します。 - + &Edit ACL ACLを編集(&E) - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel チャンネルのグループとACLを編集 - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. 権限を管理するため、チャンネルのグループとACLダイアログを開きます。 - + &Rename - + &Change Description - + Changes the channel description - + This changes the description of a channel. - + &Link リンク(&L) - + Link your channel to another channel あなたのいるチャンネルを他のチャンネルとリンクします。 - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, players can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. あなたのいるチャンネルを選択されたチャンネルとリンクします。他方のチャンネルで発言する権限を持っていたら、プレイヤーはお互いを聞くことができます。これは恒久的なリンクであり、手動でリンクを解除されるかサーバーがリスタートするまで続きます。push-to-linkのショートカットを見てください。 @@ -4083,172 +4073,172 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } リンク解除(&U) - + Unlink your channel from another channel 他のチャンネルとのリンクを解除します - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. 選択されたチャンネルとあなたのいるチャンネルのリンクを解除します。 - + Unlink &All 全てのリンクを解除(&A) - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. 他のチャンネルとのリンクを全て解除します。 - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. 全てのリンクされたチャンネルとあなたのいるチャンネル(選択されたものではありません)のリンクを解除します。 - + &Reset リセット(&R) - + Reset audio preprocessor 音声プリプロセッサをリセット - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. ノイズキャンセルや音声増幅や音声有効化の検出といった音声の前処理をリセットします。何かが起こって一時的に音声の環境が悪化するとき(マイクを落とした時など)、プリプロセッサの対応を待つのを避けるため、これを使ってください。 - + &Mute Self 自分を発言禁止(&M) - + Mute yourself あなた自身を発言禁止にします - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. あなた自身を発言禁止にしたり、解除したりします。発言禁止のとき、サーバーに何もデータを送りません。聴取禁止の時に発言禁止の解除を行うと、聴取禁止も解除されます。 - + &Deafen Self 自分を聴取禁止(&D) - + Deafen yourself あなた自身を聴取禁止にします - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. あなた自身を聴取禁止にしたり、解除したりします。あなたは何も聞くことができません。聴取禁止にすると発言も禁止にします。 - + &Text-To-Speech テキスト読み上げ(&T) - + Toggle Text-To-Speech テキスト読み上げの切り替え - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. テキスト読み上げエンジンを有効にするかどうか。設定ダイアログにてテキスト読み上げが有効になっているメッセージのみ読み上げられます。 - + S&tatistics 統計(&T) - + Display audio statistics 音声統計を表示 - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. 現在の音声入力の情報を表示する小さなダイアログがポップアップします。 - + Forcibly unlink plugin 強制的にプラグインを外す - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. 現在のプラグインを強制的に外します。完全におかしなデータを読み込んでいるときに便利でしょう。 - + &Settings 設定(&S) - + Configure Mumble Mumbleを設定 - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. Mumbleのいろいろな設定をします - + &What's This? &What's This? - + Enter What's This? mode What's This?モードに移行します - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. クリックして"What's This?"モードに入ります。マウスカーソルはクエスチョンマークになって、何かボタンを押すと、選択されたメニューやエリアが何をするかの説明を表示します。 - + &About Mumbleについて(&A) - + Information about Mumble Mumbleについての情報 - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. Mumbleの情報やライセンスについての小さなダイアログを表示します。 - + About &Speex &Speexについて - + Information about Speex Speexに関する情報 - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. Speexに関する情報のための小さなダイアログを表示します。 @@ -4257,32 +4247,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Qtについて(&A) - + Information about Qt Qtについての情報 - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. Qtに関する情報のための小さなダイアログを表示します。 - + Check for &Updates 更新を確認(&U) - + Check for new version of Mumble Mumbleの新しいバージョンがあるか確認します。 - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. Mumbleのウェブページに接続して新しいバージョンが出ているかを確認します。もし新しいのが出ていたら適切なダウンロードURLを通知します。 - + Mumble -- %1 Mumble -- %1 @@ -4291,242 +4281,242 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } メッセージのログ - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. 最近の動作を全て表示します。サーバーへの接続、エラーや情報メッセージは全てここに表示されます。<br />ここにどのメッセージを表示するかを指定するには、メニューから<b>設定</b>コマンドを選んでください。 - + &Server サーバー(&S) - + &Player プレイヤー(&P) - + &Channel チャンネル(&C) - + &Audio 音声(&A) - + C&onfigure 設定(&O) - + &Help ヘルプ(&H) - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut 音声を有効化 - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut 音声処理をリセット - + Toggle Mute Self Global Shortcut 自分の発言禁止を切り替え - + Toggle self-mute status. Global Shortcut - + This will toggle your muted status. If you toggle this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut - + Toggle Deafen Self Global Shortcut 自分の聴取禁止を切り替え - + Toggle self-deafen status. Global Shortcut - + This will toggle your deafen status. If you toggle this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut プラグインを外す - + Force Center Position Global Shortcut 中央に移動させる - + Chan Parent Global Shortcut 親チャンネルに流す - + Chan Sub#%1 Global Shortcut サブチャンネル#%1に流す - + Chan All Subs Global Shortcut 全サブチャンネルに流す - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut 押してる間発言禁止 - + Join Channel Global Shortcut チャンネルに入る - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut オーバーレイ表示切替 - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut - + This will switch the states of the ingame overlay between showing everybody, just the players who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut - + Alt Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Alt発言有効化 - + Kicking player %1 プレイヤー %1 をキックしました。 - - + + Enter reason 理由を入力してください - + Banning player %1 プレイヤー %1 をBANしました - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + Channel Name チャンネル名 - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? %1 とそのサブチャンネルを全て削除します。よろしいですか？ - + Unmuted and undeafened. 発言禁止を解除し、聴取禁止も解除 - + Unmuted. 発言禁止を解除 - + Muted. 発言禁止 - + Muted and deafened. 発言禁止と聴取禁止 - + Deafened. 聴取禁止 - + Undeafened. 聴取禁止を解除 - + About Qt Qtについて - + Joining %1. %1 に入る @@ -4535,128 +4525,128 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } サーバーに接続しました。 - + Server connection failed: %1. サーバーへの接続に失敗しました: %1. - + Disconnected from server. サーバーから切断しました。 - + Reconnecting. 再接続中. - + Joined server: %1. サーバーに接続しました: %1. - + Left server: %1. サーバーから切断しました: %1. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 が発言禁止/聴取禁止状態になりました。 - + %1 is now muted. %1 が発言禁止状態になりました。 - + %1 is now unmuted. %1 の発言禁止状態が解除されました。 - - + + server サーバー - + You were muted by %1. あなたは %1 によって発言禁止にされました。 - + You were unmuted by %1. あなたは %1 によって発言禁止を解除されました。 - + %1 muted by %2. %1 は %2 によって発言禁止にされました。 - + %1 unmuted by %2. %1 は %2 によって発言禁止を解除されました。 - + You were deafened by %1. あなたは %1 によって聴取禁止にされました。 - + You were undeafened by %1. あなたは %1 によって聴取禁止を解除されました。 - + %1 deafened by %2. %1 は %2 によって聴取禁止にされました。 - + %1 undeafened by %2. %1 は %2 によって聴取禁止を解除されました。 - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. あなたは %1 によってサーバーからキックされました: %2. - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 は %1 によってサーバーからキックされました: %2. - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. あなたは %1 によってキックされ、サーバーからBANされました: %2. - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 は %1 によってキックされ、サーバーからBANされました: %2. - + You were moved to %1 by %2. - + %1 left channel. %1 がチャンネルから退出しました - + %1 moved out by %2 to %3. - + %1 moved in by %2 from %3. @@ -4665,7 +4655,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } %1 は %2 によって移動させられました。 - + %1 entered channel. %1 がチャンネルに入りました。 @@ -4674,262 +4664,260 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } %1 は %2 によって移動させられました。 - + Server connection rejected: %1. サーバーへの接続は拒否されました: %1. - + Denied: %1. 拒否されました: %1. - + Welcome to Mumble. Mumbleへようこそ - + &Quit Mumble 終了(&Q) - + Closes the program プログラムを終了 - + Exits the application. アプリケーションを終了 - - + Send Messa&ge メッセージを送信(&G) - - + Send a Text Message テキストメッセージを送信 - + Sending message to %1 %1 にメッセージを送信しています。 - - + + To %1: %2 %1 宛: %2 - - + + Message to %1 %1 へのメッセージ - + Invalid username 不正なユーザー名 - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. 不正なユーザー名で接続しました。他の名前を試してください。 - + That username is already in use, please try another username. そのユーザー名は既に使われています。他の名前を試してください。 - + Wrong password 誤ったパスワード - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. 登録されたユーザーのパスワードが違います。再度試してください - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. 未登録ユーザーのパスワードが違います。再度試してください。 - + From %1: %2 %1 より: %2 - + Message from %1 %1 からのメッセージ - + &Audio Wizard 音声ウィザード(&A) - + Sends a text message to another user. 他のユーザーにテキストメッセージを送信します。 - + Start the audio configuration wizard 音声の設定ウィザードを開始します。 - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. サウンドハードウェアの設定プロセスに案内します。 - + SSL Verification failed: %1 SSL検証エラー: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. <b>警告:</b> 送信された証明書は保存されたものとは異なっています。 - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. 送信された証明書の検証に失敗しました。 - + &Information 情報(&I) - + Show information about the server connection サーバーとの接続についての情報を表示 - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. サーバーとの接続についての詳細な情報を表示します。 - + Opening URL %1 URL %1 を開きます - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' URLスキームは 'mumble' ではありません - + Connecting to %1 %1 に接続しています - + Enter username ユーザー名を入力してください。 - + Mumble Server Information Mumble サーバーの情報 - - + + &View Certificate 証明書を見る(&V) - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> <p>%1.<br />詳細な証明書エラーの内容: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>この証明書を受け入れますか？<br />(同時に証明書を保存するので、今後この質問は表示されません。)</p> - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> <h2>制御チャンネル</h2><p>%1 bit %2 で暗号化されています。<br />平均 %3 ms の遅延 (平方偏差 %4)</p> - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. 音声チャンネルは管理チャンネルを通して送信されます。 - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> <h2>音声チャンネル</h2><p>128 bit OCB-AES128 で暗号化されています。<br />平均 %1 ms の遅延 (平方偏差 %4)</p> - + UDP Statistics UDP統計 - + To Server サーバー宛 - + From Server サーバーから - + Good 良好 - + Late 遅延 - + Lost 消失 - + Resync 最同期 - + Change description of channel %1 - + Sending message to channel %1 チャンネル %1 に送信するメッセージ - + Sending message to channel tree %1 チャンネルツリー %1 に送信するメッセージ - + To tree %1: %2 tree %1 宛: %2 - + Message to tree %1 tree %1 宛メッセージ @@ -4938,17 +4926,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ローカルな聴取禁止モードになりました。このモードはサーバーには反映されません。そしてあなたの声はまだ送信され続けています。このモードは、同じ部屋に数人の人がいて、そのうちの1人がMumbleを大音量のスピーカーで使っているような時だけ使用すればよいでしょう。 - + Ctrl+Q Ctrl+Q - + Mute player locally ローカルでプレイヤーを発言禁止にする - + Mute or unmute player locally. Use this on other players in the same room. ローカルでプレイヤーを発言禁止にします。同じ部屋にいるプレイヤーに使ってください。 @@ -4957,12 +4945,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } チャンネル名を変更(&R) - + Renames the channel チャンネル名を変更します - + This renames a channel. チャンネルの名前を変更します。 @@ -4979,73 +4967,73 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ローカルな聴取禁止モードに設定します。あなたのスピーカーは音を出しませんが、送信はなお続いています。 - + About &Qt &Qtについて - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. チャンネル内の全てのユーザーにテキストメッセージを送信します - + Send &Tree Message ツリーにメッセージを送信(&T) - + Send message to channel tree. チャンネルツリーにメッセージを送信します - + This sends a text message to a channel and it's subchannels. チャンネルとそのサブチャンネルにテキストメッセージを送信します。 - + Server maximum bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Quality auto-adjusted. サーバーの最大帯域幅は %1 kbit/s しかありません。品質は自動的に調整されます。 - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? 初めての起動です。<br />サウンドカードの設定をするために音声ウィザードに移動しますか？ - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s (Quality %3)</p> <h2>音声帯域幅</h2><p>最大値 %1 kbit/s<br />現在値 %2 kbit/s (品質 %3)</p> - + Connected to server %1. サーバー %1 に接続しました。 - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? サーバーに接続中です。接続を閉じるか最小化するかを選択してください。 - + Close 閉じる - - + + Minimize 最小化 - + &Window ウインドウ(&W) - + Ctrl+M Ctrl+M @@ -5054,72 +5042,72 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Ctrl+W - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut 小型切り替え - + &Minimal View 小さく表示(&M) - + Toggle minimal window modes 小型ウインドウモードの切り替え - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. ログウインドウとメニューを省いた小型ウインドウの切り替えをします。 - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut 音量を上げる(+10%) - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut 音量を下げる(-10%) - + Clear クリア - + Log ログ - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. チャンネルをドラッグしたときに "何もしない" ようにします; チャンネルが移動しなくなります。 - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in PlayerModel::dropMimeData. 不明なチャンネルドラッグモード, PlayerModel::dropMimeData - + &Unlink Channel リンク解除(&U) - + &Unlink Plugin リンク解除(&U) - + Server message from サーバー @@ -5129,17 +5117,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } 終了(&Q) - + Hide Frame - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. @@ -5147,169 +5135,169 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } NetworkConfig - + Network ネットワーク - + Form フォーム - + Connection 接続 - + Use TCP compatibility mode Use TCP compatability mode TCP互換モードを使用します - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). <b>TCP互換モードを有効にします。</b>.<br />この設定をするとMumbleがサーバーとの通信にTCPのみを使用するようになります。この設定は通信のオーバーヘッドを増大させ、通信時に音声が途切れる原因になるので、デフォルトの設定(音声:UDP 操作:TCP)が使用できない場合だけ使用するのが良いでしょう。 - + Use TCP mode TCPモードを使用する - + Reconnect when disconnected 切断時に再接続を試みます - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>切断時に再接続を試みます。</b><br />この設定をすると、サーバーへの接続が失敗した際、10秒後に再接続を行います。 - + Reconnect automatically 自動再接続 - + Proxy プロキシ - + Type タイプ - + Type of proxy to connect through プロキシの接続タイプ - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>Type of proxy to connect through</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatability mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>プロキシの接続タイプ</b><br />プロキシを通して外向きの接続を行うようにします。 注意: プロキシ接続をする場合、強制的にTCP互換モードに変更されます。 全ての音声データは管理チャンネルを通して送信されるようになります。 - + Direct connection 直接接続 - + HTTP(S) proxy HTTP(S) プロキシ - + SOCKS5 proxy SOCKS5 プロキシ - + Hostname ホスト名 - + Hostname of the proxy プロキシのホスト名 - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.<b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. <b>プロキシサーバのホスト名<b><br />あなたが使用したいプロキシサーバのホスト名を指定します。 - + Port ポート - + Port number of the proxy プロキシのポート番号 - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. <b>プロキシのポート番号</b><br />プロキシへの接続に使うポート番号を指定します。 - + Username ユーザー名 - + Username for proxy authentication プロキシ認証のユーザー名 - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>プロキシ認証のユーザー名</b><br />プロキシサーバの認証に使用するユーザー名を指定します。プロキシサーバが認証を行わなない場合や、匿名で接続する場合はこのフィールドを空にしてください。 - + Password パスワード - + Password for proxy authentication プロキシ認証のパスワード - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>プロキシ認証のパスワード</b><br />プロキシサーバの認証に使うパスワードを指定します。プロキシサーバが認証を行わない場合や、匿名で接続する場合はこのフィールドを空にしてください。 - + Mumble services - + Check for updates on startup 起動時に更新をチェックする - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Mumbleプロジェクトに匿名で統計を送信する - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus it's development where it's needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. <b>匿名で統計を送信します。</b><br />Mumbleは小さなチームで開発を行っているためもっとも必要な機能に絞って開発をしなければなりません。統計情報の送信はプロジェクトがどこに注力して開発すれば良いかを決定するための指針になります。 - + Submit anonymous statistics 匿名で利用状況の統計を送信する @@ -5372,7 +5360,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Overlay - + Mumble Mumble @@ -5387,7 +5375,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - 2006年8月にアップデートされたバージョンの DX9.0x を使っていない - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 @@ -5401,32 +5389,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } OverlayConfig - + Options オプション - + Position 位置 - + Font フォント - + Enable Overlay オーバーレイを有効にする - + Enable overlay. オーバーレイを有効にします。 - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked with D3D9 applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. オーバーレイを有効にするかどうか決定します。この設定はD3D9を使ったアプリケーションが起動された時だけチェックされます。ですので、アプリケーションを起動する前にMumbleが起動していて、このオプションが有効になっているか確認してください。<br />Mumbleを起動してからアプリケーションを起動し、起動中にオーバーレイを無効にした場合、アプリケーションの再起動をしないでオーバーレイを再開させる安全な方法はありませんのでご注意ください。 @@ -5447,47 +5435,47 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } 表示 - + Who to show on the overlay オーバーレイに誰を表示するか - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. <b>ゲーム中のオーバーレイに誰を表示するか決定します。</b><br />多くの人が同じチャンネルにいる場合、リストはとても長くなるでしょう。<br /><i>なし</i> - 誰も表示ません。(それでもオーバーレイは動いています)<br /><i>話している人だけ</i> - 話している人だけ表示します。<br /><i>全員</i> - 全員表示します。 - + Always Show Self 常に自分を表示 - + Always show yourself on overlay. オーバーレイで常に自分を表示 - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. 自分自身を常に表示するかどうか決定します。この設定は全員表示にしていない時に効果的です。自分が話しているかの状況だけを確認することができます。あなたが発言禁止や聴取禁止になっている場合には表示されません。 - + Grow Left 左に延長 - + Let overlay grow to the left オーバーレイを左に延長させる - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. オーバーレイは選択した位置にできるだけ小さく留まろうとします。この設定は、必要ならオーバーレイが左に伸びることを許可します。 - + Grow Right 右に延長 @@ -5500,12 +5488,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } オーバーレイは選択した位置にできるだけ小さく留まろうとします。この設定は、必要ならオーバーレイが右に伸びることを許可します。 - + Grow Up 上に延長 - + Let overlay grow upwards オーバーレイを上方向に延長させる @@ -5514,12 +5502,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } オーバーレイは選択した位置にできるだけ小さく留まろうとします。この設定は、必要ならオーバーレイが上に伸びることを許可します。 - + Grow Down 下に延長 - + Let overlay grow downwards オーバーレイを下方向に延長させる @@ -5528,32 +5516,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } オーバーレイは選択した位置にできるだけ小さく留まろうとします。この設定は、必要ならオーバーレイが下に伸びることを許可します。 - + X-Position of Overlay オーバーレイの横軸の位置 - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. オーバーレイの相対的なX座標を決定します。 - + Y-Position of Overlay オーバーレイの縦軸の位置 - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. オーバーレイの相対的なY座標を決定します。 - + Current Font 現在のフォント - + Set Font フォント設定 @@ -5570,122 +5558,112 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } 最大の幅 - - - - - + Change 変更 - + Color for players プレイヤーの色 - + Color for talking players 話しているプレイヤーの色 - + Color for alt-talking players Alt発言をしているプレイヤーの色 - + Color for Channels チャンネルの色 - + Color for active Channels 有効なチャンネルの色 - + Overlay オーバーレイ - + Show User Textures ユーザーテクスチャを表示 - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. テキストの代わりにユーザーのカスタムテクスチャをオーバーレイに表示 - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. 登録されたユーザーのカスタムテクスチャをダウンロードして使用するかどうかを決定します。無効の時は通常のテキストが代わりに使われます。 - + Maximum height of names. 名前の最大の高さ - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. 画面の高さに対する名前表示の最大の高さを決定します。あなたのゲーム画面が 800ピクセルの高さでこれが5%にセットされているとき、各名前は 40ピクセルの高さで表示されます。注意: ここの値に関わらず、名前の高さは 60ピクセル以上にはなりません。 - + Maximum height 最大の高さ - + Show no one なし - + Show only talking 話している人だけ - + Show everyone 全員 - + Form フォーム - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. オーバーレイはあなたが選択した位置で最小の状態で表示されます。この設定を有効にすると、必要に応じてオーバーレイが上方向に伸びます。 - + Let overlay grow to the right オーバーレイを右に延長させる - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. オーバーレイはあなたが選択した位置で最小の状態で表示されます。この設定を有効にすると、必要に応じてオーバーレイが右方向に伸びます。 - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. オーバーレイはあなたが選択した位置で最小の状態で表示されます。この設定を有効にすると、必要に応じてオーバーレイが下方向に伸びます。 - - - - - - - + TextLabel テキストラベル @@ -5724,7 +5702,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } サーバーに接続しているプレイヤーです。プレイヤーの左のアイコンはその人が話しているかどうかを示しています:<br /><img src=":/icons/talking_on.png" /> 話している<br /><img src=":/icons/talking_off.png" /> 話していない - + This is a channel on the server. Only players in the same channel can hear each other. サーバーにあるチャンネルです。同じチャンネルにいるプレイヤーしかお互いの会話を聞くことはできません。 @@ -5733,32 +5711,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } サーバー内のプレイヤーが持っているフラグを表示します:<br /><img src=":/icons/authenticated.png" />認証されたユーザー<br /><img src=":/icons/muted_self.png" />発言禁止(自分によって)<br /><img src=":/icons/muted_server.png" />発言禁止(管理者によって)<br /><img src=":/icons/deafened_self.png" />聴取禁止(自分によって)<br /><img src=":/icons/deafened_server.png" />聴取禁止(管理者によって)<br />自分で発言禁止にしているプレイヤーは、おそらくちょっと離席しているだけでしょう。<br />管理者によって発言禁止にされているプレイヤーは同じく離席しているだけか、管理者が発言禁止するに値するほどその人の発する雑音がうるさかったのでしょう。 - + Name 名前 - + Flags フラグ - + This is a player connected to the server. The icon to the left of the player indicates whether or not they are talking:<br /><img src="skin:talking_on.png" /> Talking<br /><img src="skin:talking_off.png" /> Not talking サーバーに接続しているプレイヤーです。プレイヤーの左のアイコンはその人が話しているかどうかを示しています:<br /><img src="skin:talking_on.png" /> 話している<br /><img src="skin:talking_off.png" /> 話していない - + This shows the flags the player has on the server, if any:<br /><img src="skin:authenticated.png" />Authenticated user<br /><img src="skin:muted_self.png" />Muted (by self)<br /><img src="skin:muted_server.png" />Muted (by admin)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_self.png" />Deafened (by self)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_server.png" />Deafened (by admin)<br />A player muted by himself is probably just away, talking on the phone or something like that.<br />A player muted by an admin is probably also just away, and the noise the player is making was annoying enough that an admin muted him. サーバー内のプレイヤーが持っているフラグを表示します:<br /><img src="skin:authenticated.png" />認証されたユーザー<br /><img src="skin:muted_self.png" />発言禁止(自分によって)<br /><img src="skin:muted_server.png" />発言禁止(管理者によって)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_self.png" />聴取禁止(自分によって)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_server.png" />聴取禁止(管理者によって)<br />自分で発言禁止にしているプレイヤーは、おそらくちょっと離席しているだけでしょう。<br />管理者によって発言禁止にされているプレイヤーは同じく離席しているだけか、管理者が発言禁止するに値するほどその人の発する雑音がうるさかったのでしょう。 - + Mumble Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? 本当にこのチャンネルをドラッグしますか？ @@ -5766,94 +5744,94 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PluginConfig - + Options オプション - - + + Plugins プラグイン - + Link to Game and Transmit Position ゲームと送信位置をリンクさせる - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information プラグインを有効にすると位置情報を送信します。 - + This enables plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit that with each voice packet. This enables other players to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. この設定は、サポートされたゲームのプラグインが位置情報を取得して、音声パケットと共に送信することを可能にします。他のプレイヤーから見て、ゲーム内であなたのキャラクターがいる方向から声が聞こえるようにすることができます。 - + &Reload plugins プラグイン再読み込み(&R) - + Reloads all plugins 全てのプラグインを再読み込みします - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. プラグインを再読み込みします。プラグインのディレクトリに追加したり、変更を行ったときに使用してください。 - + &About 概要(&A) - + Information about plugin プラグインについての情報 - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. プラグインについての簡単な情報を表示します。 - + &Configure 設定(&C) - + Show configuration page of plugin プラグインの設定項目を表示 - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. プラグインの設定ページがあれば表示します。 - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. プラグインに設定機能がありません。 - + Plugin has no about function. プラグインの設定項目がありません。 - + Form フォーム @@ -5865,7 +5843,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } プラグイン %1 はリンクを失いました。 - + %1 lost link. %1 はリンクを失いました。 @@ -5874,7 +5852,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } プラグイン %1 はリンクされました。 - + %1 linked. %1 はリンクされました。 @@ -5882,7 +5860,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PortAudioSystem - + Default Device デフォルトデバイス @@ -5961,12 +5939,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input デフォルト入力 - + Default Output デフォルト出力 @@ -5974,7 +5952,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned @@ -5982,7 +5960,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutDelegate - + Unassigned @@ -5990,7 +5968,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut ショートカットを押下 @@ -5998,24 +5976,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } TextMessage - + Message to send 送信するメッセージ - + Preview プレビュー - Send raw message - 生のメッセージを送信する + 生のメッセージを送信する - Disables html formating - htmlフォーマットを無効にする + htmlフォーマットを無効にする + + + + Disables html formatting + + + + + Disable text formatting + + + + + This field reflects how the message will look like in the chat. + + + + + <b>Preview</b><br />This field takes the raw string entered above and renders it like it will look like in the log. For example &lt;b&gt;Test&lt;/b&gt; will display as: <b>Test<b>. + @@ -6025,7 +6021,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Mumble - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. SourceForgeサーバーからのバージョン情報の取得に失敗しました。 @@ -6033,102 +6029,102 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details 証明書階層の詳細 - + Certificate chain 証明書の階層 - + Certificate details 証明の内容 - + %1 %2 %1 %2 - - + + Common Name: %1 一般名称(CN): %1 - - + + Organization: %1 組織(O): %1 - + Subunit: %1 部門(OU): %1 - - + + Country: %1 国(C): %1 - - + + Locality: %1 地域(L): %1 - - + + State: %1 地方(ST): %1 - + Valid from: %1 発行者: %1 - + Valid to: %1 発行対象: %1 - + Serial: %1 シリアル番号: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 公開鍵: %1 ビット %2 - + RSA RSA - + DSA DSA - + Digest (MD5): %1 ダイジェスト(MD5): %1 - + Issued by: 発行者: - + Unit Name: %1 部門名: %1 @@ -6175,7 +6171,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } WASAPISystem - + Default Device デフォルトデバイス diff --git a/src/mumble11x/mumble_pl.ts b/src/mumble11x/mumble_pl.ts index a12341c6b..75c9531cf 100644 --- a/src/mumble11x/mumble_pl.ts +++ b/src/mumble11x/mumble_pl.ts @@ -4,332 +4,325 @@ ACLEditor - + Active ACLs Aktywne ACL - + Context Kontekst - + User/Group Użytkownik / Grupa - + Permissions Uprawnienia - - + Group Grupa - + Members Członkowie - + &Add &Dodaj - + &Remove &Usuń - + &Up W &górę - + &Down W &dół - + Inherit ACLs Dziedzicz reguły ACL - + Applies to this channel Stosowana do tego kanału - + Applies to sub-channels Stosowana do tego pod-kanału - + User ID ID Użytkownika - + Deny Zabroń - + Allow Zezwól - - - - + Remove Usuń - - + Inherit Dziedzicz - + Inheritable Dziedziczny - + Inherited Odziedziczony - - - + Add Dodaj - + Add to Remove Dodaj do usunięcia - + &Groups &Grupy - + &ACL &ACL - + List of entries Lista reguł - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. Pokazuje aktywną listę reguł na tym kanale. Pozycje odziedziczone z kanałów nadrzędnych wyświetlone są przy użyciu kursywy.<br /> Lista ACL przetwarzana jest od góry do dołu, oznacza to, że pozycje znajdujące się na dole listy mają wyższy priorytet. - + Inherit ACL of parent? Dziedziczyć reguły ACL z kanałów nadrzędnych? - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. Ustawia czy reguły ACL mają być dziedziczone z kanałów nadrzędnych. Tylko te reguły, które są oznaczone jako rodzic "Dotyczy pod-kanałów" będą przejmowane. - + Add new entry Dodaj nową regułę - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. Dodaje nową regułę, która początkowo nie posiada uprawnień oraz jest zastosowana dla wszystkich. - + Remove entry Usuń regułę - + This removes the currently selected entry. Usuwa aktualnie wybraną regułę. - + Move entry up Przenieś regułę w górę - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. Przenosi regułę w górę listy. Reguły są sprawdzane w kolejności, więc taka zmiana może mieć wpływ na uprawnienia użytkowników. Nie możesz przenieść raguły ponad regulę z której są dziedziczone ACL, jeżeli naprawdę tego potrzebujesz zduplikuj daną regułę. - + Move entry down Przenieś regułę w dół - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. Przenosi regułę w dół listy. Reguły są sprawdzane w kolejności, więc taka zmiana może mieć wpływ na uprawnienia użytkowników. - + Entry should apply to this channel. Entry should apply to this channel slicer nie wstawil kropki jak poprawi to nie bedzie na pomaranczowo //Zuko Reguła powinna być zastosowana do tego kanału. - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. Sprawia, że reguła dotyczy tego kanału. - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. Reguła powinna być zastosowana do tego pod-kanału. - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. Sprawia, że reguła dotyczy pod-kanałów tego kanału. - + Group this entry applies to Grupa tych reguł dotyczy - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a !, its membership is negated, and if it starts with a ~, it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in. Order is important; <i>!~in</i> is valid, but <i>~!in</i> is not.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for <i>sub,0,0,0</i>).<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. ja jebie kto to wymyslil ;) //Zuko Kontroluje, której grupy użytkowników dotyczy dana reguła.<br />Należy pamiętać, że grupa jest sprawdzana w kontekście reguł jakie są w niej używane. Na przykład, na kanale Root domyślna reguła ACL nadaje uprawnienie <i>Zapisz ACL</i> grupie <i>admin</i>. Jeżeli ta reguła zostanie odziedziczona przez kanał, nada ona uprawnienia zapisu ACL użytkownikowi który należy do grupy <i>admin</i> na tym kanale, nawet gdy użytkownik nie należy do grupy <i>admin</i> na kanale z którego reguły ACL pochodza.<br />Jeżeli nazwa grupy rozpoczyna od !, członkowstwo użtykownika jest negowane, a gdy rozpoczyna się od ~, reguła jest sprawdzana na kanale gdzie została zdefiniowana, zamiast na kanale w którym reguła ACL jest aktywna. Kolejność jest ważna: <i>!~in</i> jest ważny, ale <i>~!in</i> nie jest.<br />Jest kilka predefiniowanych grup:<br /><b>all</b> - wszyscy użytkownicy będą pasować.<br /><b>auth</b> - Wszyscy uwierzytelnieni użytkownicy będą pasować.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - Użytkownicy znajdujący się w aktualnie w pod-kanele. Zobacz dokumentacje na stronie internetowej, aby dowiedzieć się więcej o tej funkcji.<br /><b>in</b> - Użytkownicy aktualnie znajdujący się na kanale (wygodniejsza metoda w porównaniu do <i>sub,0,0,0</i>.<br /><b>out</b> - Użytkownicy nie znajdujący się na kanale będą pasować (wygodniejsza metoda w porównaniu do <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Pamiętaj, że wpis może dotyczyć zarówno użytkownika lub grupy, a nie obu jednocześnie. - + User this entry applies to Reguła należy do użytkownika - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. Kontroluje do którego użytkownika należy ta reguła. Poprostu wpisz nazwę użytkownika i naciśnij Enter by wysłać zapytanie do serwera w celu sprawdzenia poprawności nazwy użytkownika. - + Allow %1 Zezwól na %1 - + Deny %1 Zabroń %1 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Przydziela uprawnienie: %1. Jeżeli uprawnienie jest jednocześnie dozwolone i zabronione, to jest zabronione.<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Odbiera uprawnienie %1. Jeżeli uprawnienie jest jednocześnie dozwolone i zabronione, to jest zabronione.<br />%2 - + List of groups Lista grup - + This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. To jest lista wszystkich grup zdefiniowanych dla tego kanału. Aby utworzyć nową grupę wpisz jej nazwę i naciśnij Enter. - + Remove selected group Usuń zaznaczoną grupę - + This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. Usuwa aktualnie wybrana grupę. Jeśli grupa była dziedziczona, to nie zostanie usunięta z listy, ale wszystkie lokalne informacje o tej grupie zostaną wyczyszczone. - + Inherit group members from parent Dziedzicz członków grupy z grupy nadrzędnej - + This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. Dziedziczy wszystkich członków z grupy nadrzędnej, jeżeli grupa jest oznaczona jako .<i>Dziedziczna</i> w kanale nadrzędnym. - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels Umożliw dziedziczenie grupy w pod-kanałach - + This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. Umożliwia dziedziczenie uprawnień grupy w pod-kanałach. Jeżeli grupa nie pozwala na dziedziczenie, to w pod-kanałach można twożyć grupy o tych samych nazwach. - + Group was inherited from parent channel Grupa została odziedziczona z kanału nadrzędnego - + This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. Wskazuje czy grupa została odziedziczona z kanału nadrzędnego. Nie możesz edytować tej flagi, to jest tylko informacja. - + Add member to group Dodaj członka do grupy - + Remove member from group Usuń członka z grupy - + Mumble - Edit ACL for %1 Mumble - edycja reguł ACL dla kanału %1 - + Dialog Dialog - + Type in the name of a player you wish to add to the group and click Add. Wpisz nazwę użytkownika, którego chcesz dodać do grupy i kliknij Dodaj. - + Type in the name of a player you wish to remove from the group and click Add. Wpisz nazwę użytkownika, któego chcesz usunąć z grupy i kliknij Dodaj. @@ -337,12 +330,12 @@ ALSAAudioInput - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 Otwieranie wybranego wejścia ALSA nie powiodło się: %1 - + Default ALSA Card Domyślna karta ALSA @@ -350,12 +343,12 @@ ALSAAudioOutput - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 Otwieranie wybranego wyjścia ALSA nie powiodło się: %1 - + Default ALSA Card Domyślna karta ALSA @@ -363,182 +356,193 @@ ASIOConfig - + Device selection Wybieranie urządzenia - + Capabilities Możliwości - + Channels Kanały - + Configure input channels Konfiguruj kanały wejścia - + Device to use for microphone Urządzenie do którego jest podłączony mikrofon - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. Wybiera które urządzenie sprawdzić. Musisz jeszcze sprawdzić urządzenie i wybrać kanały do wykorzystania. - + Device Urządzenie - + Query selected device Sprawdź zaznaczone urządzenie - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Sprawdza dane urządzenie. <b>Uwaga:</b> wiele sterowników ASIO jest tak wadliwych, że sprawdzanie ich może spowodować zawieszenie się programu lub całego systemu. - + Configure selected device Konfiguruj zaznaczone urządzenie - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Konfiguruje dane urządzenie. <b>Uwaga:</b> wiele sterowników ASIO jest tak wadliwych, że sprawdzanie ich może spowodować zawieszenie się programu lub całego systemu. - + Driver name Nazwa sterownika - Buffersize - Rozmiar bufora + Rozmiar bufora - + Microphone Mikrofon - - + <- <- - - + -> -> - + Unused Nieużywany - + Speakers Głośniki - %1 (ver %2) - %1 (wersja %2) + %1 (wersja %2) - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz resolution to moze bc prawdopodobnie probkowanie - nie mam jak sprawdzic //Zuko - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms rozdzielczość) %4Hz + %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms rozdzielczość) %4Hz - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz -- Unusable ew -- nieprzydatny; nie nadający się do użytku - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms rozdzielczość) %4Hz -- Niemożliwy do wykorzystania + %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms rozdzielczość) %4Hz -- Niemożliwy do wykorzystania - - - - + + %1 (version %2) + + + + + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz + + + + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 Inizjalizacja ASIO nie powiodła się: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver prawdopodobnie bledne tlumaczenie //Zuko Wytwarzanie sterownika ASIO nie powiodło się - + ASIO ASIO - + &Query &Sprawdź - + &Configure &Konfiguruj - + Form Formularz - - TextLabel - Tekst + Tekst - This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples <i>What you hear</i>.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be <i>Mic L</i> while Speaker should be <i>Mix L</i> and <i>Mix R</i>. - Tutaj znajduje się konfiguracja kanałów wejściowych ASIO. Upewnij się, że wybierzesz przynajmniej jeden kanał mikrofonu i głośnika.<br /> <i>Mikrofon</i>powinien być tam gdzie podłączyłeś swój mikrofon, a <i>Głóśniki</i> powinny być w kanałach z <i>Co słyszysz</i>.<br />Dla przykładu: Audigy 2 ZS dobrym wyborem dla mikrofonu był <i>Mic L</i> a głośniki powinny być w <i>MixR<i> i</i> MixL</i>. + Tutaj znajduje się konfiguracja kanałów wejściowych ASIO. Upewnij się, że wybierzesz przynajmniej jeden kanał mikrofonu i głośnika.<br /> <i>Mikrofon</i>powinien być tam gdzie podłączyłeś swój mikrofon, a <i>Głóśniki</i> powinny być w kanałach z <i>Co słyszysz</i>.<br />Dla przykładu: Audigy 2 ZS dobrym wyborem dla mikrofonu był <i>Mic L</i> a głośniki powinny być w <i>MixR<i> i</i> MixL</i>. + + + + Buffer size + + + + + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. + ASIOInput - - + + Mumble Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. Musisz zaznaczyć przynajmniej jeden mikrofon oraz jedno źródło głośnika, aby używać ASIO. Jeżeli potrzebujesz tylko próbkowania mikrofonu używaj DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. Otwieranie zaznaczonego urządzenia ASIO nie powiodło się. Żadne wejście nie jest gotowe. @@ -546,27 +550,27 @@ AboutDialog - + &About Mumble &O Mumble - + &License &Licencja - + OK OK - + About Mumble O Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> <h3>Mumble v%1</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Polskie tłumaczenie:</b> Bartek "stranded" Sumowski<br /> <a href=http://sumowski.com>sumowski.com</a><br><b>Korekta:</b> Michał Żukowski<br> <br><b>Przy tłumaczeniu pomógł:</b> _KaszpiR_<br><a href=http://www.hlds.pl>hlds.pl</a></br></p><p><b>Komunikator głosowy dla graczy</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> @@ -574,17 +578,17 @@ AboutSpeexDialog - + OK OK - + About Speex O Speex - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p><p>This program uses Speex version %1</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering, voice activity detection and speech<br />compression.</p> <h3>O Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p><p>Program używa kodeka Speex w wersji %1</p><p>Speex jest używany do usuwania akustycznego echa, filtrowania szumów, detekcji aktywacji głosowej, kompresji.</p> @@ -592,86 +596,79 @@ AudioInput - + Form Formularz - + Interface Interfejs - + System System - + Input method for audio Metoda wejścia dźwięku - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Jest to metoda wejścia dźwięku.</b><br />Najprawdopodobniej chcesz korzystać z DirectSound. - + Device Urządzenie - + Input device for audio Output method for audio Metoda wejścia dźwięku - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Jest to metoda wejścia dźwięku.</b><br />Najprawdopodobniej chcesz korzystać z DirectSound. - + Cancel Echo Usuwanie akustycznego echa - + Transmission Transmisja - + &Transmit &Sposób transmisji głosu - + When to transmit your speech Kiedy wysyłać twój głos - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. <b>Ta opcja określa kiedy to co mówisz powinno zostać wysłane.</b><br /><i>Ciągłe nadawanie</i><br /><i>Aktywacja głosowa</i> - Gdy mówisz wyraźnie<br /><i>Aktywacja przyciskiem</i> - Gdy trzymasz wciśnięty przycisk ustawiony w <i>Skróty</i>. - + DoublePush Time Ustaw czas potrzebny na włączenie podwójnego kliknięcia:<br /><br />Podwójne kliknięcie włącza ciągłą transmisję głosu, <br />ponowne podwójne kliknięcie wyłącza ją. - - - - - - - - + TextLabel Tekst @@ -680,18 +677,18 @@ <b>Aktywując tę opcję usłyszysz charakterystyczny dźwięk.</b><br />Podczas wciskania przycisku do rozmowy usłyszysz dźwięk z gry PacMan. - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. <b>Ta opcja aktywuje potwierdzenie dźwiękowe przy użyciu opcji aktywacji przyciskiem</b><br />Podczas wciskania i zwalniania przycisku usłyszysz dźwięk potwierdzający rozpoczęcie oraz zakończenie transmisji. - + PTT Audio cue Jak ktos wymysli lepsze tlumaczenie to bedzie fajnie ;D Odtwórz dźwięk, podczas wciskania przycisku aktywacji głosowej - + Use SNR based speech detection <b>Analiza na podstawie czystego sygnału.</b> W tym trybie, źródło dźwięku jest analizowane pod kątem tzw. czystego sygnału, czystość tego sygnału jest używana do uaktywnienia wykrywania mowy. @@ -700,98 +697,97 @@ <b>Analiza na podstawie czystego sygnału.</b> W tym trybie, źródło dźwięku jest analizowane pod kątem tzw. czystego sygnału, czystość tego sygnału jest używana do uaktywnienia wykrywania mowy. - + Signal to Noise stosunek sygnału do szumu - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. <b>Analiza na podstawie siły głosu.</b> W tym trybie, źródło dźwięku jest analizowane pod kątem siły głosu, głośniejszy dźwięk uaktywnia transmisję głosu. - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. <b>Ta opcja ustawia sposób detekcji głosu na analizę na podstawie siły głosu.</b> W tym trybie, źródło dźwięku jest analizowane pod kątem siły głosu, głośniejszy dźwięk uaktywnia transmisję głosu. - + Amplitude analiza na podstawie siły głosu - + Voice &Hold Czas podtrzymania &transmisji - + How long to keep transmitting after silence Jak długo utrzymywać nadawanie po zakończeniu wypowiedzi. - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>Ta opcja określa jak długo utrzymywać nadawanie po zakończeniu wypowiedzi.</b><br />Ustaw wyższą wartość gdy twoje wypowiedzi są przerywane (można to zauważyć poprzeż szybkie miganie ikony przy twoim nicku)<br />Opcja ma jedyne sensowne zastosowanie gdy stosujesz aktywację głosową. - + Silence Below Cisza - + Signal values below this counts as silence Sygnał poniżej podanej wartości traktowany jest jako cisza - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. <b>Ta opcja określa próg aktywacji detekcji mowy.</b><br />Użyj tego razem z <Statystykami</i> aby manualnie wyregulować próg aktywacji głosowej. Wartości wejścia poniżej "Cisza" zawsze są traktowane jakie cisza. Wartości powyżej "Mowa" zawsze są traktowane jako mowa. Wartości poniżej są traktowane jako mowa ale nie są traktowane jako nowa detekcja mowy. - + Speech Above Mowa - + Signal values above this count as voice Sygnał powyżej podanej wartości traktowany jest jako mowa - + Compression Kompresja - + &Quality &Jakość - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) Jakość kompresji (maksymalne pasmo) - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. <b>Ta opcja określa jakość kompresji.</b><br />Decyduje również, ile pasma Mumble może wykorzystać podczas wysyłania dźwięku. - + Audio per packet Dźwięk na pakiet - + How many audio frames to send per packet Ile ramek dźwięku ma być wysyłane na pakiet - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>Ta opcja ustawia ile ramek dźwięku powinno być umieszczonych w jednym pakiecie.</b><br />Zwiększanie ilości milisekund opóźni przesyłanie twojego głosu, ale dzięki temu zużyjesz mniej pasma. @@ -800,82 +796,82 @@ Maksymalna ilość przepustowości łącza - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). <b>Wyświetla maksymalne pasmo jakie może być użyte.</b><br />Wyświetla maksymalne pasmo jakie może być wykorzystane przy wysyłaniu z twojego komputera. Bitrate dźwięku (użyte jest VBR) jest maksymalnym bitrate dla samego dźwięku. Położenie jest to bitrate zawierający informacje wykorzystywane przy dźwięku pozycyjnym. Obciążenie są to nagłówki pakietów (IP i UDP stanowi 75% obciążenia). - + Audio Processing Przetwarzanie dźwięku - + Noise Suppression Tłumienie hałasu - + Noise suppression Maksymalny poziom tłumienia hałasu z otoczenia. - + Amplification Wzmocnienie dźwięku - + Maximum amplification of input sound Maksymalne wzmocnienie dźwięku wejściowego. - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. <b>Maksymalne wzmocnienie wejścia.</b><br />Mumble normalizuje poziom głośności przed kompresją, opcja ta określa dozwolony poziom wzmocnienia.<br />Rzeczywisty poziom jest stale aktualizowany w oparciu o aktualną strukturę twojej wypowiedzi, ale nigdy nie przekracza poziomu określonego tutaj.<br /> Jeśli poziom głośności mikrofonu w statystykach wynosi około 100% to prawdopodobnie chcesz ustawić wartość tej opcji na 2.0, ale gdy jak większość użytkowników nie będziesz w stanie osiągnąć 100%, ustaw wartość tej opcji trochę wyżej.<br />Najlepiej ustawić jak tak: <i>głośność mikrofonu * czynnik wzmocnienia>= 100</i> nawet gdy mówisz bardzo miękko. Pamiętaj, że nie zaszkodzi w tym ustawienie maksymalnej wartości, ale Mumble zacznie przechwytywać inne rozmowy jeżeli zostawisz to do auto-dostrojenia. - + Current speech detection chance Aktualna szansa na wykrycie mowy - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated Kiedy wciskasz przycisk transmisji głosu zostanie odegrany dźwięk potwierdzający rozpoczęcie transmisji - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. <b>Ta opcja ustawia sposób detekcji głosu na stosunek sygnału do szumu.</b><br />W tym trybie sygnał wejściowy jest analizowany jako czysty, a czystość tego sygnału używana jest do włączania transmisji głosowej. - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Wyświetla aktualne ustawienia wykrywania mowy.</b><br />Możesz zmienić te ustawienia w <i>Opcjach</i> lub w <i>Kreatorze ustawień audio</i>. - + Idle AutoMute Automatyczne wyciszanie mikrofonu<br />po upłynięciu czasu bezczynności - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. Ile czasu musisz pozostać bezczynnym by zostać automatycznie wyciszonym. - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. Tutaj możesz ustawić czas bezczynności. Jeżeli przez ten czas nie wyślesz żadnego pakietu do serwera, zostaniesz wyciszony. - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio Maksymalne pasmo używane do wysyłania dźwięku - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be supressed. <b>Ta opcja określa wartość tłumienia hałasu.</b><br />Zwiększenie tej wartości powoduje agresywniejsze tłumienie hałasu. @@ -883,54 +879,54 @@ AudioInputDialog - + Continuous ciągłe nadawanie - + Voice Activity aktywacja głosowa - + Push To Talk aktywacja przyciskiem - + Audio Input Wejście audio - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - + + Off Wył. - + %1 s %1 s - + -%1 dB %1 dB - + %1kbit/s (Audio %2, Position %4, Overhead %3) %1 kbit/s (Dźwięk %2, Położenie %4, Obciążenie %3) - + %1 min %1 min @@ -938,114 +934,104 @@ AudioOutput - + Form Formularz - + Interface Interfejs - + System System - + Output method for audio Input method for audio Metoda wyjścia dźwięku - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Jest to metoda wyjścia dźwięku.</b><br />Najprawdopodobniej chcesz korzystać z DirectSound. - + Device Urządzenie - + Output device for audio - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> - - + Positional Audio Dźwięk pozycyjny - + Audio Output Wyjście audio - + Default &Jitter Buffer Domyślny bufor &drgań - + Safety margin for jitter buffer Granica bezpieczeństwa dla bufora drgań. - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. <b>Granica bezpieczeństwa dla bufora drgań.</b><br />Każdy przychodzący dźwięk jest najpierw buforowany, przez co opóźnienie jest najniższe jak to tylko możliwe. Ta opcja ustawia minimalny rozmiar bufora. Jeśli mowa jest dla ciebie lekko zniekształcona spróbuj zwiększyć ilość milisekund. - - - - - - - - - - + TextLabel Tekst - + Volume Głośność - + Volume of incoming speech Głośność przychodzącego dźwięku - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. <b>Ta opcja pozwala na określenie głośności przychodzącej mowy.</b><br />Każda wartość powyżej 100% sprawi, że dźwięk będzie trochę zniekształcony. - + Output Delay Opóźnienie wyjścia - + Amount of data to buffer Ilość danych trafiających do bufora. - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. Ustala ilość danych które trafiają do przed-bufora w buforze wyjścia. Eksperymentowanie z różnymi wartościami i ustawienie ich na najniższy poziom nie skutkują natychmiastowym rozsynchronizowaniem się dźwięku. @@ -1063,7 +1049,7 @@ przechwytywania źródeł dźwięku - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other players' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. Ustawia minimalny zasięg przechwytywania źródeł dźwięku. Głośność innych użytkowników nie będzie się zmieniać dopóki nie znajdą się dalej niż wskazuje minimalny dystans. @@ -1085,7 +1071,7 @@ przechwytywania źródeł dźwięku Zanikanie dźwięku - + Factor for sound volume decrease <b>Ustawia jak szybko odbierany dźwięk ma zanikać.</b><br />Powiększając tą wartość sprawisz, że dźwięk zaniknie szybciej, zmniejszając - dźwięk zaniknie wolniej. @@ -1094,107 +1080,107 @@ przechwytywania źródeł dźwięku Jak szybko głośność powinna spadać, gdy przekroczy minimalny zasięg przechwytywania dźwięku. - + Bloom Zmienna głośność - + Loopback Test Tryb testowy - + Delay Variance Opóźnienie pakietów - + Variance in packet latency Opóźnienie pakietów podczas testu. - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms <b>Ta opcja ustawia długość opóźnienia pakietów dla trybu testowego.</b><br />Na przykład jeśli ustawisz 15 milisekund test zacznie emulować opóźnienie sieci z pingiem 20-35 milisekund lub 80-95 milisekund. Większość połączeń różni się między sobą o około 5 milisekund. - + Packet Loss Utracone pakiety - + Packet loss for loopback mode Ilość utraconych pakietów podczas testu. - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% <b>Ta opcja ustawia ilość utraconych pakietów w trybie testowym.</b> - + &Loopback &Wybierz tryb - + Desired loopback mode Tryb testowania - + <b>This enables one of the loopback testmodes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other players will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. Ta opcja uaktywnia tryb testowy. - + Factor for sound volume increase Czynnik wpływający na zwiększenie głośności - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. Podłączone "głośniki" to w rzeczywistości słuchawki. - + Minimum Distance Minimalna odległość - + Minimum distance to player before sound volume decreases - + Maximum Distance Maksymalna odległość - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease Ta opcja ustawia maksymalną odległość słyszalności dźwięku. W zależności od ustawienia odległości, mowa innych użytkowników nie będzie słyszana głośniej. - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other players' speech volume will not decrease any further. Ta opcja ustawia maksymalną odległość słyszalności dźwięku. W zależności od ustawienia odległości, mowa innych użytkowników nie będzie słyszana głośniej. - + Minimum Volume Minimalna głośność - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? Jaka powinna być głośność maksymalnej odległości? - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? <b>Jak bardzo Mumble powinien zmieniać głośność dla źródeł dźwięku, które są zbyt blisko?</b> Ustaw odpowiednią liczbę %. Domyślnie 50%. @@ -1204,27 +1190,27 @@ Ustaw odpowiednią liczbę %. Domyślnie 50%. <b>Jeśli w tej chwli używasz słuchawek</b> to zaznacz tę opcję. Jest to ważne, bo zazwyczaj głośniki są przed tobą a słuchawki bezpośrednio z lewej i prawej. - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. <b>Jeśli w tej chwli używasz słuchawek</b> to zaznacz, że nie posiadasz głośników tylko słuchawki. Jest to ważne, bo zazwyczaj głośniki są przed tobą a słuchawki bezpośrednio z lewej i prawej. - + Headphones Słuchawki - + Other Applications Inne aplikacje - + Volume of other applications during speech Głośność innych aplikacji podczas rozmowy. <b>UWAGA!</b> Działa tylko na Windows Vista / 7. - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. <b>Zmniejsza głośność innych aplikacji podczas rozmowy.</b><br />Mumble wspiera obniżanie głośności innych aplikacji podczas nadchodzącej rozmowy. Ta opcja ustawia względną głośność innych aplikacji kiedy inni mówią. <b>UWAGA!</b> Działa tylko na Windows VISTA SP1. @@ -1233,48 +1219,48 @@ Ustaw odpowiednią liczbę %. Domyślnie 50%. AudioOutputDialog - + None wyłącz tryb testowy - + Local test lokalny - + Server test na serwerze - + Audio Output Wyjście audio - - + + %1 ms %1 ms - - - - - + + + + + %1% %1% - + %1ms %1 ms - - + + %1m %1m @@ -1286,523 +1272,521 @@ Ustaw odpowiednią liczbę %. Domyślnie 50%. AudioStats - + Peak microphone level - + Peak speaker level - + Peak clean level - + Speech Probability Prawdopodobieństwo mowy - - - + Peak power in last frame - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. Ta opcja pokazuje moc głośników w ostatniej ramce (20 ms). Jednak jeśli używasz wielokanałowej metody próbkowania (np. ASIO) ze skonfigurowanymi kanałami ta opcja będzie wynosić 0. Jeśli posiadasz taki sprzęt skonfigurowany, a ta opcja nadal pokazuje 0, gdy odtwarzasz dźwięk z innych programów to znaczy, że twoje ustawienie nie działa prawidłowo. - - This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other players with echoes. - - - - + How close the current input level is to ideal Jak blisko obecny poziom głośności jest bliski idealnemu - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone Analiza na podstawie czystego sygnału. - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. Analiza na podstawie czystego sygnału. - + Probability of speech Prawdopodobieństwo mowy - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). - + Bitrate of last frame Bitrate ostatniej ramki - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate Siła spektrum sygnału i szacowanie poziomu hałasu - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. - + Weights of the echo canceller Ciężkość usuwania echa - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. - >1000ms - >1000ms + >1000ms - + Audio Statistics Statystyki - + Input Levels Poziomy wejścia - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. - - - - - - - - TextLabel - Tekst + Tekst - + Signal Analysis Analiza sygnału - + Microphone power Siła mikrofonu - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Analiza na podstawie czystego sygnału - + Configuration feedback Konfiguracja - + Current audio bitrate Bitrate audio - + DoublePush interval Szybkość podwójnego kliknięcia (aktywuje ciągłą transmisję głosu, ponowne podwójne kliknięcie wyłącza ją). - Time between last two PushToTalk presses - Czas pomiędzy dwoma ostatnimi naciśnięciami klawisza do mówienia + Czas pomiędzy dwoma ostatnimi naciśnięciami klawisza do mówienia - + Speech Detection Wykrywanie mowy - + Current speech detection chance Aktualna szansa na wykrycie - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>Ta opcja pokazuje obecny stan sposobu transmisji głosu.</b><br />Możesz zmienić te ustawienia z menu Ustawienia lub korzystając z Kreatora ustawień dźwięku. - + Signal and noise power spectrum Widmo hałasu i siły - + Echo Analysis Analiza echa + + + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. + + + + + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses + + + + + >1000 ms + + AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard Kreator ustawień dźwięku - + Introduction Wprowadzenie - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard Witamy w kreatorze ustawień dźwięku Mumble! - + This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. Dzięki temu kreatorowi poprawnie skonfigurujesz program Mumble! - + Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped locally to allow you to listen to it, and no audio will be sent to the server. Podczas działania tego kreatora dźwięk nadawany jest tak abyś sam siebie słyszał - przy czym nikt inny na żadnym serwerze cię nie usłyszy. Przejdź Dalej, aby rozpocząć konfigurację! - + Finished Zakończono - + Enjoy using Mumble Miłej zabawy z Mumble! - + Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. Gratulujemy! Od teraz powinieneś cieszyć się lepszą jakością dźwięku z Mumble. - + Device selection Wybór urządzenia - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. Wybierz urządzenia wejścia/wyjścia, z których Mumble będzie korzystać. - + Input device Urządzenie wejścia - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. Urządzenie, do którego podłączony jest mikrofon. - - + + System System - + Input method for audio System wejścia audio - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>System wyjścia audio.</b><br />DirectSound zalecane. - - + + Device Urządzenie - + Input device to use Urządzenie wejścia - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> <b>Zaznacza, które urządzenie użyć</b> - + Output device Urządzenie wyjścia - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. Urządzenie, do którego podłączączone są słuchawki/głośniki. - + Output method for audio System wyjścia audio - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>System wyjścia audio.</b><br />DirectSound zalecane. - + Output device to use Urządzenie wyjścia - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> <b>Zaznacza, które urządzenie użyć</b> - + Volume tuning Regulacja głośności - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. Ustawienie optymalnej głośności mikrofonu. - + Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. Wejdź do panelu regulacji głośności Windows (Start>Uruchom>sndvol32) i upewnij się, że mikrofon jest wybrany jako urządzenie do przechwytywania dźwięku. Użyj opcji "Mic Boost" jeżeli jest dostępna. - + Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sound control panel until the bar below stays as high as possible in the blue and green but <b>not</b> the red zone while you speak. Mów głośno, tak jakbyś był podekscytowany albo wkurzony. Zmniejszaj stopniowo głośność w panelu aż pasek poniżej zostanie tak wysoko jak to możliwe w niebiesko-zielonym kolorze (nie może być w czerwonym). - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. Teraz mów łagodnie tak jakbyś mówił późno w nocy, aby nikogo nie obudzić. - + Voice Activity Detection Wybór sposobu aktywacji głosowej - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. Teraz pozwól Mumble ustalić, kiedy słyszany jest twój głos a kiedy panuje cisza. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. Wskaż sposób aktywacji, którego chcesz używać. - + Raw amplitude from input Analiza na podstawie siły głosu - + Signal-To-Noise ratio Analiza na podstawie czystego sygnału - + Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). Następnie musisz ustawić podane wskaźniki. Zielony - mowa zdecydowana, żółty - mowa normalna, czerwony - gdy nic nie mówisz. - + Last, you need to adjust the grace time. Mumble may detect this much non-speech and still keep transmitting before it breaks off. This allows you to catch your breath while speaking. Ostatecznie ustaw jak długo Mumble podtrzymuje transmisję po zakończeniu wypowiedzi. W ten sposób możesz uniknąć ucinania głosu pomiędzy wypowiadanymi zdaniami. - + Device tuning Ustawianie urządzenia - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. Zmiana opóźnień sprzętu do minimalnych wartości. - + To keep latency to an absolute minium, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. Aby opóźnienia były najmniejsze bufor powinien być jak najmniejszy, wówczas karta dźwiękowa szybciej wysyła dźwięk. Niektóre karty dźwiękowe mają granice co do ustawień bufora, raz działają a raz nie. Postaraj się ustawić wielkość bufora tak, aby nie występowały żadne zakłócenia w odtwarzanym dźwięku. - + Amount of data to buffer. Ilość danych do trafiających do bufora - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. Ustaw jak najniżej możliwą wartość (UWAGA! Twoja karta dźwiękowa może nie działać na bardzo niskich wartościach). - + %1ms %1ms - + %1 s %1 s - + You should hear a single tone that's changing in frequency. Change the slider below to the lowest value which gives <b>no</b> interruptions or jitter in the sound. Please note that local echo is disabled during this test to improve audio path recognition. Powinieneś usłyszeć jeden dźwięk który ciągle zmienia częstotliwość. Zmień suwakiem wartość do najmniejszej a jednocześnie do takiej przy, której nie występują wahania dźwięku. Echo podczas tego testu jest wyłączone. - + If you position the microphone so it can pick up the speakers or headset, Mumble will measure the total audio path delay in your system; this means the delay from a sample is placed in an outbound buffer until it's found in a matching incoming buffer. Jeśli ustawisz swój mikrofon tak, aby przechwytywał dźwięk z głośników lub słuchawek to Mumble automatycznie ustawi opóźnienia audio tak, aby inni użytkownicy nie słyszeli dźwięków otoczenia (np. pisania na klawiaturze, oddechu). - + Audio path is %1ms long. Ścieżka dźwiękowa ma długość %1ms - + Audio path cannot be determined. Input not recognized. Ścieżka dźwiękowa nie może być określona. Wejście dźwieku nie zostało rozpoznane! - + Use echo cancellation Usuwanie akustycznego echa - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers. Ta opcja usuwa echo ze słuchawek lub głośników. - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. Uaktywnia usuwanie echa pochodzącego z urządzeń (głośniki lub słuchawki). - + Enable positional audio Dźwięk pozycyjny - + Allows positioning of sound. Uaktywnia pozycjonowanie dźwięku. - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. Pozwala to Mumble na używanie pozycjonowania dźwięku aby umieszczać głosy w różny sposób. - + Positional Audio Dźwięk pozycyjny - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. Szczegółowe ustawienia dźwięku pozycyjnego. - + Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other players relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other player is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. Mumble wspiera dźwięk pozycyjny w kilku grach. - + The graph below shows the position of <font color="red">you</font>, the <font color="yellow">speakers</font> and a <font color="green">moving sound source</font> as if seen from above. You should hear the audio move between the channels. Wykres poniżej pokazuje <font color="red">ciebie</font>, <font color="yellow">głośniki</font> oraz <font color="green">poruszające źródło dźwięku</font>. Powinieneś usłyszeć dźwięk przemieszczający się pomiędzy głośnikami. - + Use headphones Zaznacz tą opcję jeśli masz podłączone słuchawki - + Use headphones instead of speakers. Używaj słuchawek zamiast głośników. - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. Dzięki tej opcji ignorujesz ustawienia w systemie i wymuszasz słuchawki. - + Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus on the features that benefit the most users. To this end, Mumble supports submitting anonymous statistics about your configuration to the developers. These statistcs are essential for future development, and also make sure the features you use aren't deprecated. Adnotacja twórców: Mumble jest ciągle rozwijany, naszym priorytetem jest skupianie się na cechach najbardziej pożądanych przez użytkowników, dlatego dodaliśmy do programu opcję wysyłania anonimowych statystyk. Dane te zawierają konfigurację twojego klienta i są nam bardzo potrzebne do przyszłego rozwoju aplikacji. - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Zezwalaj na wysyłanie anonimowych statystyk do twórców programu - + Push To Talk: Aktywacja wybranym przyciskiem: @@ -1810,37 +1794,37 @@ Dane te zawierają konfigurację twojego klienta i są nam bardzo potrzebne do p BanEditor - + &Add &Dodaj - + &Update &Aktualizuj - + &Remove &Usuń - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - edycja banów - + 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 - + &Address &Adres IP - + &Mask &Maska @@ -1848,52 +1832,52 @@ Dane te zawierają konfigurację twojego klienta i są nam bardzo potrzebne do p ChanACL - + W W - + T T - + E E - + S S - + A A - + M M - + K K - + C C - + L L - + None Żaden @@ -1902,97 +1886,97 @@ Dane te zawierają konfigurację twojego klienta i są nam bardzo potrzebne do p Pisanie - + Traverse Wejście na pod-kanał - + Enter Wejście - + Speak Mowa - + AltSpeak Alternatywna mowa - + Mute/Deafen Wycisz słuchawki i mikrofon - + Move/Kick Przenieś / Kopnij - + Make channel Stwórz kanał - + Link channel Połącz kanał - + This represents no privileges. Brak przywilejów. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. Przedstawia całkowity dostęp do kanału, wliczjąc możliwość zmiany grup oraz informacji ACL. Ten przywilej zawiera wszystkie pozostałem przywileje. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. Przedstawia możliwość wchodzenia na pod-kanały. Jeżeli użytkownik ma zabroniony dostęp do tego przywileju nie będzie w stanie w żaden sposób wejść na pod-kanały, niezależnie od innych przywilejów jakie posiada w pod-kanałach. - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. Przedstawia możliwość wejścia na kanał. Jeżeli masz hierarchiczną strukturę, możesz nadać każdemu przywilej wchodzenia na pod-kanały jednocześnie blokując dostęp do głównego kanału w hierarchii. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. Przedstawia możliwość mowy na kanale. Użytkownicy nieposiadający tego przywileju będą automatycznie wyciszani przez serwer, oraz nie będą w stanie mówić dopóki osoba z odpowiednimi przywilejami nie zdejmie im wyciszenia. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel with flagged speech. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with AltPushToTalk held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. Przedstawia możliwość alternatywnej mowy. Przywilej ten działa dokładnie tak jak <i>mowa</i>, ale dotyczy użycia przycisku alternatywnej mowy. Przywilej ten może być użyty do ogłaszania czegoś ważnego do całego drzewa kanałów bez ich łączenia. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other players. Once muted, a player will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged player or reconnects to the server. Przedstawia możliwość wyciszania użytkowników. Gdy użytkownik zostanie wyciszony pozostanie wyciszony dopóki inny uprawniony użytkownik nie zdejmie wyciszenia lub do czasu ponownego połączenia z serwerem. - + This represents the permission to move a player to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the player, either the moving player must have Move/Kick privileges in the destination channel, or the player must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Players with this privilege can move players into channels the target player normally wouldn't have permission to enter. Przedstawia możliwość przenoszenia użytkowników na inne kanały oraz kopnięcia ich z serwera. Aby móc przenieść użytkownika musi on posiadać przywilej przenoszenia oraz kopnięcia użytkownika lub posiadać zezwolenie na wejście na kanale docelowym. Użytkownicy z tym przywilejem mogą przenosić innych użytkowników na kanały gdzie nie mogli by normalnie wejść. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The player making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Przedstawia możliwość tworzenia pod-kanałów. Użytkownik tworzący pod-kanał zostaje automatycznie dodany do grupy <i>admin</i> w pod-kanale. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Players in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking player has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. Przedstawia możliwość łączenia kanałów. Gdy mówiący użytkownik posiada przywilej <i>speak</i> na kanale gdzie są osoby które mogą go słuchać, użytkownicy połączonych kanałów słyszą się nawzajem. Aby połączyć kanały potrzebujesz przywileju łączenia kanałów na obu kanałach i tylko w jednym by rozłączyć kanały. - + Write ACL Zapisz ACL @@ -2000,32 +1984,32 @@ Dane te zawierają konfigurację twojego klienta i są nam bardzo potrzebne do p ClientPlayer - + Authenticated Uwierzytelniony - + Muted (server) Wyciszony mikrofon (przez serwer) - + Deafened (server) Wyciszone słuchawki (przez serwer) - + Local Mute Lokalne wyciszenie - + Muted (self) Wyciszony mikrofon (przez użytkownika) - + Deafened (self) Wyciszone słuchawki (przez użytkownika) @@ -2033,59 +2017,73 @@ Dane te zawierają konfigurację twojego klienta i są nam bardzo potrzebne do p ConfigDialog - + Mumble Configuration Konfiguracja Mumble - + + Accept changes Akceptuj zmiany - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. Ten przycisk zaakceptuje zmiany i powróci do aplikacji.<br />Ustawienia zostaną zapisane na dysku jak zamkniesz program. - + + Reject changes Odrzuć zmiany - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. Ten przycisk odrzuca zmiany i powraca do aplikacji. - + + Apply changes Zastosuj zmiany - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. Ten przycisk natychmiastowo uwzględnia zmiany. - + + Undo changes for current page Cofnij zmiany na danej stronie - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. Cofa zmiany na danej stronie. - + + Restore defaults for current page Przywróć domyślne dla danej strony - + + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. + + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will be not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. - Przywraca domyślne ustawienia dla danej strony. + Przywraca domyślne ustawienia dla danej strony. Show all configuration items @@ -2100,171 +2098,183 @@ Dane te zawierają konfigurację twojego klienta i są nam bardzo potrzebne do p Zaawansowane - Tab 1 - Zakładka 1 + Zakładka 1 + + + + + Advanced + ConnectDialog - + A&ddress A&dres - + &Port &Port - + &Username &Użytkownik - + &Password &Hasło - - + &Connect &Połącz - + Cancel Anuluj - + &Add &Dodaj - + &Remove &Usuń - + &Custom Servers &Niestandardowe serwery - + Server &Browser Przeglądarka &serwerów - + Address Adres IP - + URL URL - + C&opy to custom &Kopiuj do niestandardowych - + &View Webpage &Zobacz WWW - + Connecting to %1 Podłączanie do %1 - + Enter username Nazwa użytkownika - + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list Nie udało sie pobrać listy - + &Label &Nazwa - + Label Nazwa - + -Unnamed entry- Bez Nazwy - + Mumble Server Connect Połączenie Mumble - + &Cancel &Anuluj - + Unknown Nieznany - - + + New Nowy - - + + Add Dodaj - + Update Aktualizuj + + CoreAudioSystem + + + Default Device + + + DXAudioInput - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. Otwieranie wybranego wejścia dźwięku nie powiodło się. Domyślne urządzenie zostanie włączone. - + Default DirectSound Voice Input Domyślne wejście dźwięku DirectSound - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. Otwieranie wybranego wejścia dźwięku nie powiodło się. Dźwięk z mikrofonu nie będzie pobierany. - + Lost DirectSound input device. Utracono urządzenie wejścia DirectSound. @@ -2272,22 +2282,22 @@ Dane te zawierają konfigurację twojego klienta i są nam bardzo potrzebne do p DXAudioOutput - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. Otwieranie wybranego wyjścia dźwięku nie powiodło się. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. Otwieranie wybranego wyjścia dźwięku nie powiodło się. - + Default DirectSound Voice Output Domyślne wyjście dźwięku DirectSound - + Lost DirectSound output device. Utracono urządzenie wyjścia DirectSound. @@ -2295,12 +2305,12 @@ Dane te zawierają konfigurację twojego klienta i są nam bardzo potrzebne do p Database - + Mumble Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Nie udało się zainicjalizować bazy danych @@ -2310,57 +2320,57 @@ w żadnej z podanych lokacji. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts Skróty - + List of configured shortcuts Lista skonfigurowanych skrótów - + Function Funkcja - + Shortcut Skrót - + Suppress Zarezerwuj - + Add new shortcut Dodaj nowy skrót - + This will add a new global shortcut Ta opcja doda nowy, globalny skrót - + &Add &Dodaj - + Remove selected shortcut Usuń zaznaczony skrót - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. Ta opcja na stałe usunie zaznaczony skrót. - + &Remove &Usuń @@ -2368,7 +2378,7 @@ w żadnej z podanych lokacji. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts Skróty @@ -2397,22 +2407,22 @@ w żadnej z podanych lokacji. Zarezerwuj - + Shortcut button combination. Kombinacja klawiszy - + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. <b>To jest globalna kombinacja klawiszy.</b><br />Podwójnie kliknij, a następnie wciskaj kombinację klawiszy aby je zapisać. - + Suppress keys from other applications Zablokuj skrót innej aplikacji - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. <b>Ta opcja ukrywa wciśnięcia przycisków przed innymi aplikacjami.</b><br /> Włączając tę opcję ukrywasz przycisk przed inną aplikacjją (lub ostatni z kombinacji multi-przycisków). Nie wszystkie przyciski da się tak ukryć. @@ -2420,7 +2430,7 @@ w żadnej z podanych lokacji. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. <b>Ta opcja pozwala na ustalenie wstrzymań pomiędzy nadawaniem głosu.</b><br />Ustaw tę opcję wyżej jeśli twój głos jest niewyraźny..<br />Ta opcja ma sens tyko, gdy używasz aktywacji głosowej! @@ -2428,7 +2438,7 @@ w żadnej z podanych lokacji. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 Mysz %1 @@ -2436,7 +2446,7 @@ w żadnej z podanych lokacji. LCD - + Not connected Niepołączony @@ -2444,32 +2454,32 @@ w żadnej z podanych lokacji. LCDConfig - + Graphic Grafika - + Character Tekst - + Enable this device Uaktywnij to urządzenie - + LCD LCD - + Form Formularz - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -2487,42 +2497,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">To jest lista wszystkich dostępnych urządzeń LCD w twoim systemie. Listuje wszystkie urządzdenia alfabetycznie oraz podaje informacje o rozmiarze ekranu czy jego typie. Mumble wspiera wyświetlanie napisów na kilku urządzeniach LCD jednocześnie.</p><p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;"></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;"><span style=" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;">Typ:</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">Mumble wspierda 2 rodzaje urządzeń LCD. Graficzny ekran LCD pozwala na wypełnienie pojedyńczych pikseli na ekranie, natomiast tekstowy ekran LCD pozwala na pokazywanie poszczególnych znaków na ekranie. Niektóre opcje programu działają tylko na graficznym ekranie LCD.</p><p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;"></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;"><span style=" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;">Rozmiar:</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">Te pole ocenia rozmiar urządzenia LCD. Piksele dla graficznych ekranów LCD lub tekstowe dla tekstowych LCD.</p><p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;"></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;"><span style=" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;">Uaktywniony:</span></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt; font-weight:600; font-style:italic;"><span style=" font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">Ta opcja decyduje czy na danym ekranie LCD jest coś wyświetlane czy nie.</span></p></body></html> - + Devices Urządzenia - + Name Nazwa - + Type Typ - + Size Rozmiar - + Enabled Uaktywniony - + Views Podgląd - + Minimum Column Width Minimalna szerokość kolumny - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -2535,18 +2545,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"><html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }</style></head><body style=" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8.25pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;"><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-size:8pt;">Ta opcja ustawia minimalną szerokość kolumny w Widoku Graczy.</span></p><p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;"></p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">Jeśli rozmawia zbyt duża ilość ludzi jednocześnie to kolumna z Widokiem Graczy podzieli się na dwie różne kolumny.</p><p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-size:8pt;">Możesz użyc tej opcji aby wybrać kompromis pomiędzy liczbą wyświetlanych graczy na ekranie LCD oraz szerokością nazw graczy.</p></body></html> - - + TextLabel Tekst - + Splitter Width Szerokość rozdzielnika - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -2558,99 +2567,80 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Log - Debug - Debug + Debug - Critical - Błąd krytyczny + Błąd krytyczny - Warning - Ostrzeżenie + Ostrzeżenie - Information - Informacja + Informacja - Server Connected - Połączono z serwerem + Połączono z serwerem - Server Disconnected - Rozłączono od serwera + Rozłączono od serwera - Player Joined Server - Użytkownik dołączył do serwera + Użytkownik dołączył do serwera - Player Left Server - Użytkownik opuścił serwer + Użytkownik opuścił serwer - Player kicked (you or by you) - Użytkownik wykopany (ty lub przez ciebie) + Użytkownik wykopany (ty lub przez ciebie) - Player kicked - Użytkownik wykopany + Użytkownik wykopany - You self-muted/deafened - Wyciszyłeś mikrofon/słuchawki i mikrofon + Wyciszyłeś mikrofon/słuchawki i mikrofon - Other self-muted/deafened - Ktoś wyciszył swój mikrofon/słuchawki i mikrofon + Ktoś wyciszył swój mikrofon/słuchawki i mikrofon - Player muted (you) - Użytkownik wyciszył twój mikrofon + Użytkownik wyciszył twój mikrofon - Player muted (by you) - Użytkownik ma wyciszony mikrofon (przez ciebie) + Użytkownik ma wyciszony mikrofon (przez ciebie) - Player muted (other) - Użytkownik ma wyciszony mikrofon + Użytkownik ma wyciszony mikrofon - Player Joined Channel - Użytkownik wszedł na kanał + Użytkownik wszedł na kanał - Player Left Channel - Użytkownik opuścił kanał + Użytkownik opuścił kanał - Permission Denied - Brak dostępu + Brak dostępu - Text Message - Wiadomość tekstowa + Wiadomość tekstowa Script Errors @@ -2660,80 +2650,80 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events Włącz konsolę dla zdarzeń: %1 - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events Włącz powiadomienia dla zdarzeń: %1 - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events Włącz Tekst-na-mowę dla %1 - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events Kliknij tutaj żeby włączyć powiadomienia dźwiękowe dla %1 - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change Ścieżka pliku dźwiękowego dla zdarzeń %1<br />Pojedyncze kliknięcie, aby odtworzyć<be />Podwójne, aby zmienić - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. Kliknij tutaj, aby włączyć wpisy w konsoli dla %1.<br />Jeśli zaznaczone Mumble będzie pokazywać wszystkie %1 w logu. - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. Kliknij tutaj, aby włączyć powiadomienia dla %1.<br />Jeśli zaznaczone Mumble będzie pokazywać wszystkie %1 w obszarze powiadomień. - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. Kliknij tutaj, aby włączyć tekst na mowęi dla %1.<br />Jeśli zaznaczone Mumble będzie używać tekstu na mowę do odczytania %1 na głos. Tekst na mowę i powiadomienia dźwiękowe nie mogą być uaktywnione razem. - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Kliknij tutaj, aby włączyć powiadomienia dźwiękowe dla %1.<br />Jeśli zaznaczone Mumble będzie odtwarzać dźwięki dla %1. Powiadomienia dźwiękowe nie mogą być uaktywnione razem z tekstem na mowę. - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. Ścieżka do pliku użytego do powiadomień dźwiękowych w przypadku dla %1.<br />Pojedyncze kliknięcie odtwarza dany dźwięk<br />Podwójne kliknięcie zmienia plik<br />Upewnij się, że powiadomienia dźwiękowe są aktywne inaczej to nie zadziała. - + Choose sound file Wybierz plik dźwiękowy - + Invalid sound file Nieprawidłowy plik dźwiękowy - + The file '%1' does not exist or is not a valid speex file. - + Messages Wiadomości - + Console Konsola @@ -2746,67 +2736,67 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Uaktywnij tekst na mowę dla %1 - + Text To Speech Tekst na mowę - + Volume Głośność - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine Głośność tekstu na mowę - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>Głośność tekstu na mowę.</b> - + Length threshold Długość - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine Długość wiadomości dla tekstu na mowę - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. <b>Ustala długość wiadomości odczytywanej przez tekst na mowę.</b><br />Wiadomości większe niż ustalony limit nie będą odczytywane. - + Message Wiadomość - + Notification Powiadomienie - + Text-To-Speech Tekst na mowę - + Soundfile Plik dźwiękowy - + Path Ścieżka do pliku dźwiękowego - + Characters liter(y) @@ -2814,94 +2804,93 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LookConfig - - + Language Język aplikacji - + Look and Feel Wygląd - - + + System default Domyślny (zgodny z systemem operacyjnym) - + Language to use (requires restart) Wybierz język (potrzebny restart) - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. <b>Wybiera język interfejsu. - + Style Styl okienek - + Basic widget style Styl okienek - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> <b>Ustawia wygląd.</b> - + Skin Skórka - + Skin file to use Plik skórki - + List players above subchannels (requires restart). Listuj użytkowników nad kanałem (wymaga restartu). - + User Interface Interfejs - + ... ... - + Choose skin file Zmień skórkę - + <b>If set, players will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. <b>Użytkownicy będą wylistowani nad kanałem (wymaga restartu). - + Players above Channels Wyświetlaj nazwy użytkowników nad nazwą kanału - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. <b>Ustawia jakiej skórki powinien używać Mumble. - + Form Formularz @@ -2914,122 +2903,119 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Sprawdzaj, czy istnieje nowsza wersja Mumble przy starcie - + None nie rozwijaj kanałów - + Only with players rozwijaj tylko te kanały, na których są użytkownicy - + All rozwijaj wszystkie kanały - + Expand Rozwijanie kanałów - + When to automatically expand channels Ustawia kiedy automatycznie rozwijać kanały - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with players</i> will expand and collapse channels as players join and leave them. Ta opcja ustawia, które kanały powinny być automatycznie rozwijane. - + Ask pytaj przed podjęciem akcji - + Do Nothing wyłącz opcje przeciągania kanałów - + Move przenieś kanał bez pytania - + Channel Dragging Przeciąganie kanałów - + This changes the behaviour when moving channels. Ta opcja zmienia zachowanie kiedy przenosisz kanał. - + This sets the behaviour of channel drags, it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. Ogranicza możliwość przypadkowego przestawienia układu kanałów. - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. Okno potwierdzenia pokazuje się tylko wtedy, gdy jesteś połączony z jakimś serwerem. - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.<b> <b>Jeśli ta opcja jest zaznaczona to zobaczysz komunikat czy rzeczywiście chcesz zamknąć Mumble (abyś przypadkiem nie zamknął programu), ujrzysz go tylko wtedy, gdy jesteś aktualnie połączony z jakimś serwerem.<b> - + Ask on quit while connected Ostrzegaj przed zamknięciem programu - + Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. Okno Mumble wyświetlane zawsze na wierzchu. - + <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> <b>Sprawia, że okno Mumble jest zawsze na pierwszym planie.</b> - + Always On Top Zawsze na wierzchu - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> <b>Jeśli zaznaczone, minimalizacja głównego okna Mumble sprawi, że okno zostanie ukryte a dostęp do niego będzie dostępny tylko po przez ikonę w zasobniku systemowym. Jeśli opcja ta jest niezaznaczona, minimalizacja Mumble ukryje okno w normalny sposób (na pasku zadań).</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized Ukryj w zasobniku systemowym podczas minimalizacji - Show all configuration items - Pokazuj wszystkie pozycje do skonfigurowania + Pokazuj wszystkie pozycje do skonfigurowania - <b>This will show all configuration items.</b><br />Mumble contains a lot of configuration items that most users won't need to change. Checking this will show all configurable items. - <b>Pokazuj wszystkie opcje programu.</b> Większość użytkowników Mumble i tak nie zmienia tych ustawień, uaktywnij tą opcję aby zobaczyć wszystkie funkcje programu. + <b>Pokazuj wszystkie opcje programu.</b> Większość użytkowników Mumble i tak nie zmienia tych ustawień, uaktywnij tą opcję aby zobaczyć wszystkie funkcje programu. - Expert Config - Zaawansowana konfiguracja + Zaawansowana konfiguracja - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. Ukryj Mumble w zasobniku systemowym, kiedy główne okno zostanie zminimalizowane. @@ -3037,687 +3023,687 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } MainWindow - - + + Root Źródło - + &Connect &Połącz - + Open the server connection dialog Otwórz okno połączenia serwera - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick connect. Pokazuje serwery zarejestrowane, pozwala na szybkie dołączenie. - + &Disconnect &Rozłącz - + Disconnect from server Rozłącz od serwera - + Disconnects you from the server. Rozłącza cię od serwera. - + &Ban lists &Lista banów - + Edit ban lists on server Edytuj listę banów serwera - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. Pozwala na edycję listy zbanowanych IP. - + &Kick &Kopnij - + Kick player (with reason) Wyrzuć użytkownika (podaj powód) - + Kick selected player off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Wyrzuca użytkownika z serwera. - + &Ban &Banuj - + Kick and ban player (with reason) Wyrzuć i zablokuj dostęp (podaj powód) - + Kick and ban selected player from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Blokuje dostęp do serwera temu użytkownikowi. - + &Mute &Wycisz - + Mute player Wycisz użytkownika - + Mute or unmute player on server. Unmuting a deafened player will also undeafen them. Wycisza użytkownika na serwerze. - + &Deafen &Wycisz słuchawki i mikrofon - + Deafen player Wycisz słuchawki i mikrofon użytkownika - + Deafen or undeafen player on server. Deafening a player will also mute them. Wycisz słuchawki i mikrofon użytkownika na serwerze. - + &Local Mute &Wycisz lokalnie - + &Add &Dodaj - + Add new channel Dodaj nowy kanał - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. Dodaje nowy pod-kanał. - + &Remove &Usuń - + Remove channel Usuń kanał - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. Usuwa kanał i wszystkie pod-kanały. - + &Edit ACL &Edytuj ACL - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel Edytuje grupy i ACL kanału - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. Otwiera okno z zezwoleniami. - + &Rename &Zmień nazwę - + &Change Description Z&mień opis - + Changes the channel description Zmienia opis kanału - + This changes the description of a channel. Ta opcja zmienia opis kanału. - + &Link &Połącz - + Link your channel to another channel Połącz kanał do innego kanału - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, players can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. Ta opcja łączy obecny kanał z zaznaczonym kanałem. - + Unlink your channel from another channel Rozłącz kanał od innego kanału - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. Rozłącza bieżący kanał od zaznaczonego kanału. - + Unlink &All &Rozłącz wszystkie - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. Rozłącza twój kanał od reszty. - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. Ta opcja rozłącza twój obecny kanał od wszystkich innych kanałów. - + &Reset &Resetuj sprzęt audio - + Reset audio preprocessor Resetuj sprzęt audio - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. Ta opcja zresetuje twoje urządzenie audio. Użyj jej jeśli coś jest nie tak (hałas, zakłócenia). - + &Mute Self &Wycisz mikrofon - + Mute yourself Wycisz mikrofon - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. Wycisza twój mikrofon. Nadal słyszysz innych. - + &Deafen Self &Wycisz słuchawki i mikrofon - + Deafen yourself Wycisz słuchawki i mikrofon - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. Wyłącza twoje słuchawki i mikrofon. Nic nie będziesz słyszał ani nikt nie będzie słyszeć ciebie. - + &Text-To-Speech &Tekst na mowę - + Toggle Text-To-Speech Włącz/wyłącz tekst na mowę - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. Włącza lub wyłącza tekst na mowę. Wszelkie wiadomości z dziennika zostaną przeczytane na głos przez Microsoft Sam'a (lub inny domyślny dla danego komputera głos). - + S&tatistics S&tatystyki - + Display audio statistics Wyświetl statystyki audio - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. Pokazuje informacje o twoim wejściu audio. - + Forcibly unlink plugin Wymuś rozłączenie wtyczki - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. Ta opcja wymusza rozłączenie bieżącej wtyczki, przydatne jeśli wysyła ona złe dane. - + &Settings &Ustawienia - + Configure Mumble Konfiguracja Mumble - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. Pozwala na zmianę większości ustawień Mumble. - + &What's This? &Co to jest? - + Enter What's This? mode Wejdź w tryb "Co to jest?" - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. Uaktywnia tryb "Co to jest?". Klikaj kursorem na poszczególne elementy interfejsu, aby dowiedzieć się do czego służą. - + &About O &programie - + Information about Mumble Informacje na temat Mumble - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. Pokazuje małe okno z informacjami o licencji Mumble. - + About &Speex O &Speex - + Information about Speex Informacje na temat Speex - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. Pokazuje małe okno z informacjami na temat Speex. - + Information about Qt Informacje na temat Qt - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. Pokazuje małe okno z informacjami na temat Qt. - + Check for &Updates Sprawdź dostępność &aktualizacji... - + Check for new version of Mumble Sprawdź czy jest nowa wersja Mumble - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. Łączy się ze stroną Mumble i sprawdza czy jest nowa wersja, jeśli tak to podaje link do niej. - + Mumble -- %1 Mumble -- %1 - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. Dziennik pokazuje wszystkie ostatnie wydarzenia takie jak: próby połączenia z serwerem, błędy oraz wiadomości użytkowników.<br /> Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>Wiadomości. - + &Server &Serwer - + &Player &Użytkownik - + &Channel &Kanał - + &Audio &Dźwięk - + C&onfigure K&onfiguracja - + &Help &Pomoc - + Kicking player %1 Wykopywanie użytkownika %1 - - + + Enter reason Podaj powód - + Banning player %1 Banowanie użytkownika %1 - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + Mumble Mumble - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut Naciśnij i przytrzymaj ten przycisk, aby transmitować głos. - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut - + Toggle self-mute status. Global Shortcut Włącz tryb wyciszenia mikrofonu - + This will toggle your muted status. If you toggle this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut Ta opcja pokaże twój status wyciszenia. Jeśli wyłączysz tą opcję zablokujesz wyciszenie słuchawek i mikrofonu. - + Toggle self-deafen status. Global Shortcut Włącz tryb wycieszenia słuchawek - + This will toggle your deafen status. If you toggle this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut Ta opcja pokaże twój status wyciszenia słuchawek i mikrofonu. Jeśli włączysz tą opcję uaktywnisz również wyciszenie samego mikrofonu. - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut Włącz tryb nakładki w grze. - + This will switch the states of the ingame overlay between showing everybody, just the players who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut Ta opcja zmieni tryb nakładki w grze trzema dostępnymi trybami. - - + + Channel Name Podaj nazwę kanału: - + Change description of channel %1 Zmień opis kanału %1 - + Unmuted and undeafened. Słuchawki i mikrofon ponownie działają. - + Unmuted. Mikrofon ponownie działa. - + Muted. Mikrofon został wyciszony. - + Muted and deafened. Słuchawki i mikrofon zostały wyciszone. - + Deafened. Słuchawki i mikrofon zostały wyciszone. - + Undeafened. Słuchawki ponownie działają. - + About Qt O Qt - + Joining %1. Dołączam %1. - + Server connection failed: %1. Połączenie z serwerem zostało przerwane: %1. - + Disconnected from server. Rozłączony od serwera. - + Reconnecting. Ponowne łączenie. - + Joined server: %1. %1 dołączył do serwera. - + Left server: %1. %1 opuścił serwer. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 ma teraz wyciszone słuchawki i mikrofon. - + %1 is now muted. %1 ma teraz wyciszony mikrofon. - + %1 is now unmuted. %1 nie ma już wyciszonego mikrofonu. - - + + server Serwer - + You were muted by %1. %1 wyciszył twój mikrofon. - + You were unmuted by %1. %1 wyłączył wyciszenie mikrofonu. - + %1 muted by %2. %2 wyciszył mikrofon %1. - + %1 unmuted by %2. %2 wyłączył wyciszenie mikrofonu %1. - + You were deafened by %1. Twoje słuchawki i mikrofon zostały wyciszone przez: %1. - + You were undeafened by %1. Twoje słuchawki i mikrofon nie są już wyciszone: %1. - + %1 deafened by %2. Słuchawki i mikrofon %1 zostały wyciszone przez %2. - + %1 undeafened by %2. %2 wyłączył wyciszenie słuchawek %1. - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. Zostałeś wykopany z serwera przez %1. Z powodu: %2. - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 został wykopany z serwera przez %1. Z powodu: %2. - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. Dostałeś bana od %1 z powodu %2. - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 dostał bana od %1 z powodu: %2. - + You were moved to %1 by %2. Zostałeś przeniesiony do kanału %1 przez %2. - + %1 left channel. %1 opuścił kanał. - + %1 moved out by %2 to %3. %1 przeniesiony przez %2 do kanału %3. - + %1 moved in by %2 from %3. %1 przeniesiony przez %2 do kanału %3. @@ -3726,7 +3712,7 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W %2 przeniósł %1. - + %1 entered channel. %1 wszedł na kanał. @@ -3735,350 +3721,348 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W %2 przeniósł %1. - + Server connection rejected: %1. Połączenie odrzucone: %1. - + Denied: %1. Zabroniono: %1. - + Welcome to Mumble. Witamy w Mumble. - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Aktywacja przyciskiem - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut Zresetuj sprzęt audio - + Toggle Mute Self Global Shortcut Wycisz mikrofon - + Toggle Deafen Self Global Shortcut Wycisz słuchawki i mikrofon - + Force Center Position Global Shortcut Wymuś pozycję w środku - + Chan Parent Global Shortcut Źródło kanału - + Chan Sub#%1 Global Shortcut Pod-Kanał # %1 - + Chan All Subs Global Shortcut Wszystkie pod-kanały - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut Wyciszenie przyciskiem - + Join Channel Global Shortcut Dołącz do kanału - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut Włącz nakładkę - + Alt Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Alternatywny przycisk - aktywacji przyciskiem - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut Wyłącz wtyczki - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? Czy jesteś pewien, że chcesz usunąć %1 oraz wszystkie pod-kanały? - + &Quit Mumble &Zakończ - + Closes the program Zamyka program - + Exits the application. Wyłącza aplikację. - - + Send Messa&ge Wyślij wiado&mość - - + Send a Text Message Wyślij wiadomość tekstową - + Sending message to %1 Wysyłanie wiadomości do %1 - - + + To %1: %2 Do %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 Wiadomość do %1 - + Invalid username Niepoprawna nazwa użytkownika - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. Połączyłeś się do serwera z niewłaściwą nazwą użytkownika, spróbuj innej nazwy. - + That username is already in use, please try another username. Ta nazwa użytkownika jest już zajęta, spróbuj innej. - + Wrong password Błędne hasło - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. Podałeś złe hasło dla zarejestrowanych użytkowników, spróbuj jeszcze raz. - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. Podałeś złe hasło dla niezarejestrowanych użytkowników, spróbuj jeszcze raz. - + From %1: %2 Od %1: %2 - + Message from %1 Wiadomość od %1 - + &Audio Wizard &Kreator ustawień dźwięku - + Sends a text message to another user. Wysyła wiadomość tekstową do innego użytkownika. - + Start the audio configuration wizard Rozpocznij konfiguracjęprogramu Mumble - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. Ten kreator poprowadzi cię przez proces konfiguracji programu Mumble. - + SSL Verification failed: %1 Weryfikacja SSL nie powiodła się: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. <b>OSTRZEŻENIE:</b> Ten serwer posiada obecnie inny certyfikat niż poprzedni, który masz zachowany u siebie. - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. Serwer posiada certyfikat, który nie przeszedł weryfikacji. - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> <p>%1.<br />Błędy certyfikatu: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Czy mimo to chcesz go zaakceptować?<br />(Mumble więcej cię o to nie zapyta.)</p> - + &Information &Informacje - + Show information about the server connection Pokaż informacje o serwerze - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. Ta opcja pokaże zaawansowane informacje na temat połączenia z serwerem. - + Mumble Server Information Serwer Mumble - Informacje - - + + &View Certificate &Zobacz certyfikat - + Opening URL %1 Otwieranie adresu %1 - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' Adres URL nie jest obsługiwany przez Mumble ('mumble') - + Connecting to %1 Łączenie z %1 - + Enter username Nazwa użytkownika - + Renames the channel Zmienia nazwę kanału - + This renames a channel. Zmienia nazwę kanału. - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? Program Mumble został uruchomiony po raz pierwszy na tym komputerze.<br /> Czy chcesz uruchomić kreator ustawień dźwięku, aby skonfigurować podstawowe opcje aplikacji? - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> <h2>Kanał kontrolny</h2><p>Szyfrowanie %1 bit %2<br />%1 ms przeciętnego opóźnienia (%4 niezgodności)</p> - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. Kanał głosowy jest wysyłany przez kanał kontrolny. - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> <h2>Kanał głosowy</h2><p>Szyfrowanie 128-bitowym kluczem OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms przeciętnego opóźnienia (%4 niezgodności)</p> - + UDP Statistics Statystyki UDP - + To Server Do serwera - + From Server Od serwera - + Good Dobre - + Late Opóźnione - + Lost Utracone - + Resync Re-synchronizowane - + Ctrl+Q Ctrl+Q - + Mute player locally Wycisz użytkownika lokalnie - + Mute or unmute player locally. Use this on other players in the same room. Wyciszanie mikrofonu lub przywracanie głosu danego użytkownika lokalnie. Używaj tego na innych użytkownikach na tym samym kanale. @@ -4087,90 +4071,90 @@ Możesz dowolnie skonfigurować okno dziennika w Konfiguracja>Ustawienia>W &Zmień nazwę - + About &Qt O &Qt - + Sending message to channel %1 Wysyłanie wiadomości na kanał: %1 - + Sending message to channel tree %1 Wyślij wiadomość do wszystkich na: %1 - + To tree %1: %2 Do kanału %1: %2 - + Message to tree %1 Wyślij do kanału %1 - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. Wysyła wiadomość do wszystkich na tym kanale. - + Send &Tree Message Wyślij do &drzewa kanałów - + Send message to channel tree. Wyślij wiadomość do wszystkich na tym kanale. - + This sends a text message to a channel and it's subchannels. Wysyła wiadomość do wszystkich na tym kanale oraz do wszystkich pod-kanałów. - + Server maximum bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Quality auto-adjusted. Maksymalny transfer serwera to %1 kbit/s. Jakość ustawiona automatycznie. - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s (Quality %3)</p> <h2>Szerokość pasma dźwięku</h2><p>Maksymalnie %1 kbit/s<br />Obecnie %2 kbit/s (Jakość %3)</p> - + Connected to server %1. Połączony z serwerem %1. - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? <b>UWAGA!</b> Mumble jest obecnie połączony z serwerem. Chcesz zakończyć czy zminimalizować program? - + Close Zakończ - - + + Minimize Minimalizuj - + &Window &Okno - + Ctrl+M Ctrl+M @@ -4179,72 +4163,72 @@ Chcesz zakończyć czy zminimalizować program? Ctrl+W - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut Tryb minimalny - + &Minimal View &Tryb minimalny - + Toggle minimal window modes Uruchom minimalny tryb - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. Ta opcja uruchomi tryb minimalny, gdzie okno z dziennikiem i menu są ukryte. - + Log Dziennik - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut Głośność w górę (+10%) - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut Głośność w dół (-10%) - + Clear Wyczyść - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. Przeciąganie kanału masz ustatwione na "wyłącz opcje przeciągania kanałów" dlatego nie zostałeś przeniesiony. - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in PlayerModel::dropMimeData. Nieznany tryb Przeciągania Kanału w PlayerModel::dropMimeData. - + &Unlink Channel &Rozłącz - + &Unlink Plugin &Wyłącz wtyczki - + Server message from Serwer @@ -4254,17 +4238,17 @@ Chcesz zakończyć czy zminimalizować program? &Zakończ - + Hide Frame Ukryj ramkę - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window Uaktywnia obramowanie okna w trybie minimalnym - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. Uaktywnia obramowanie okna w trybie minimalnym dzięki czemu można przenosić i zmieniać rozmiar okna. @@ -4272,167 +4256,167 @@ Chcesz zakończyć czy zminimalizować program? NetworkConfig - + Network Sieć - + Form Formularz - + Connection Połączenie - + Use TCP compatibility mode Używaj trybu zgodności TCP - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). <b>Uaktywnij tryb kompatybilności TCP.</b> Dzięki tej opcji Mumble działa w przypadkach kiedy nie można się połączyć w trybie UDP. Negatywnym skutkiem tej opcji jest utracenie pewnej liczby pakietów. - + Use TCP mode Używaj trybu TCP - + Reconnect when disconnected Automatycznie wznawiaj przerwane połączenie - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>Automatycznie wznawiaj przerwane połączenie</b> Mumble będzie ponawiać połączenie co 10 sekund. - + Reconnect automatically Automatycznie wznawiaj przerwane połączenie - + Proxy Proxy - + Type Typ - + Type of proxy to connect through Typ proxy - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>Rodzaj proxy.</b> Połączenia przez proxy wymuszają tryb zgodności TCP. - + Direct connection połączenie bezpośrednie - + HTTP(S) proxy HTTP(S) Proxy - + SOCKS5 proxy SOCKS5 Proxy - + Hostname Host - + Hostname of the proxy Nazwa hosta proxy - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.<b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. Nazwa serwera proxy. - + Port Port - + Port number of the proxy Numer portu - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. Port na zdalnym serwerze. - + Username Użytkownik - + Username for proxy authentication Nazwa użytkownika dla proxy - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. Nazwa użytkownika przy autoryzacji do proxy. - + Password Hasło - + Password for proxy authentication Hasło dla proxy - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. Hasło do serwera proxy. Jeżeli dostęp ma być anonimowy pozostaw te pole puste. - + Mumble services Usługi Mumble - + Check for updates on startup Sprawdzaj podczas uruchamiania czy jest nowsza wersja Mumble - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project Zezwalaj na wysyłanie anonimowych statystyk - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus it's development where it's needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. <b>Zezwalaj na wysyłanie anonimowych statystyk.</b><br />Mumble ma małą drużynę deweloperów, która musi się skupić na opcjach, które są jak najbardziej potrzebne. Zezwalając na wysyłanie statystyk pomagasz ustalić nad czym skupić dalszy rozwój aplikacji. - + Submit anonymous statistics Zezwalaj na wysyłanie anonimowych statystyk @@ -4440,12 +4424,12 @@ Chcesz zakończyć czy zminimalizować program? Overlay - + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 @@ -4459,249 +4443,239 @@ Chcesz zakończyć czy zminimalizować program? OverlayConfig - + Options Opcje - + Position Pozycja nakładki na ekranie - + Font Czcionka - + Enable Overlay Włącz nakładkę - + Enable overlay. Włącza nakładkę. - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked with D3D9 applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. To ustawia czy nakładka jest aktywna, czy nie. Te ustawienia są sprawdzane tylko podczas uruchamiania aplikacji obsługujących D3D9, więc upewnij się czy nakładka jest włączona zanim uruchomisz aplikację.<br />Należy pamiętać że jeżeli uruchomisz aplikację przed włączeniem mumble, lub wyłączysz nakładkę podczas jej działania, to nie ma bezpiecznej metody by zrestartować nakładkę bez ponownego uruchomienia aplikacji. - + Who to show on the overlay Kogo pokazywać w nakładce - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. Wybierz kogo nakładka pokazuje podczas gry. - + Always Show Self Pokazuj swój nick na nakładce - + Always show yourself on overlay. Ta opcja sprawia, że Mumble zawsze pokazuje twoją nazwę użytkownika na nakładce. - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. Ustawia czy zobaczysz swoją nazwę użytkownika na nakładce czy też nie. - + Show User Textures Pokazuj tekstury użytkowników zamiast ich nicków - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. Pokazuje tekstury wybrane przez użytkowników zamiast ich nazw użytkownika. Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestracji. - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. Używa niestandardowe tekstury użytkowników zamiast ich nazw użytkownika. - + Grow Left Do lewej - + Let overlay grow to the left Do lewej - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. Nakładka stara się pozostać najmniejszą jak tylko może w pozycji, którą ustawiłeś. Ta opcja pozwala nakładce rosnąć w lewo jeśli trzeba. - + Grow Right Do prawej - + Grow Up Do góry - + Let overlay grow upwards Pozwala nakładce rosnąć w górę - + Grow Down Do dołu - + Let overlay grow downwards Pozwala nakładce rosnąć do dołu - + X-Position of Overlay Pozycja X Nakładki - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. Ustawia pozycję X nakładki. - + Y-Position of Overlay Pozycja Y Nakładki - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. Ustawia pozycję Y nakładki. - + Current Font Obecna czcionka - + Set Font Czcionka - + Maximum height of names. Maksymalna wysokość nazw użytkownika. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. Maksymalna wysokość nazw użytkownika na nakładce. - + Maximum height Maksymalna wysokość - - - - - + Change Zmień - + Color for players Kolor użytkownika nieaktywnego - + Color for talking players Kolor użytkownika aktywnego - + Color for alt-talking players Alternatywny kolor użytkownika aktywnego - + Color for Channels Kolor kanałów - + Color for active Channels Kolor aktywnych kanałów - + Overlay Nakładka - + Show no one nie pokazuj nikogo - + Show only talking pokazuj tylko rozmawiających - + Show everyone pokazuj wszystkich - + Form Formularz - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. Nakładka stara się pozostać najmniejszą jak tylko może w pozycji, którą ustawiłeś. Ta opcja pozwala nakładce rosnąć w górę jeśli trzeba. - + Let overlay grow to the right Pozwala nakładce rosnąć do prawej - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. Nakładka stara się pozostać najmniejszą jak tylko może w pozycji, którą ustawiłeś. Ta opcja pozwala nakładce rosnąć w prawo jeśli trzeba. - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. Nakładka stara się pozostać najmniejszą jak tylko może w pozycji, którą ustawiłeś. Ta opcja pozwala nakładce rosnąć w dół jeśli trzeba. - - - - - - - + TextLabel Tekst @@ -4709,38 +4683,38 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra PlayerModel - + This is a player connected to the server. The icon to the left of the player indicates whether or not they are talking:<br /><img src="skin:talking_on.png" /> Talking<br /><img src="skin:talking_off.png" /> Not talking Zastąpiłem nie mówi na milczy //Zuko To jest użytkownik połączony do serwera. Ikona po lewej stronie wskazuje czy użytkownik mówi czy milczy.<br /><img src="skin:talking_on.png" />Mówi<br /><img src="skin:talking_off.png" />Milczy - + This is a channel on the server. Only players in the same channel can hear each other. To jest kanał na serwerze. Tylko użytkownicy znajdujący się na tym samym kanale mogą słyszeć się nawzajem. - + This shows the flags the player has on the server, if any:<br /><img src="skin:authenticated.png" />Authenticated user<br /><img src="skin:muted_self.png" />Muted (by self)<br /><img src="skin:muted_server.png" />Muted (by admin)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_self.png" />Deafened (by self)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_server.png" />Deafened (by admin)<br />A player muted by himself is probably just away, talking on the phone or something like that.<br />A player muted by an admin is probably also just away, and the noise the player is making was annoying enough that an admin muted him. To są atrybuty jakie użytkownik posiada na serwerze:<br /><img src="skin:authenticated.png" />Uwierzytelnieniony użytkownik<br /><img src="skin:muted_self.png" />Wyciszony mikrofon (przez siebie)<br /><img src="skin:muted_server.png" />Wyciszony mikrofon (przez administratora)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_self.png" />Wyciszone słuchawki (przez użytkownika)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_server.png" />Wyciszone słuchawki (przez administratora)<br />Użytkownik który ma wyciszony mikrofon i/lub słuchawki przez siebie prawdopodobnie odszedł od komputera lub prowadzi inna rozmowę (np. przez telefon).<br />Użytkownik, który ma wyciszony mikrofon i/lub słuchawki przez administratora prawdopodobnie wydawał dziwne dźwięki i denerwował innych przez zo został wyciszony. - + Name Kanał(y) - + Flags Atrybut(y) - + Mumble Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? drag - przeciągnąć a nie przenieść //Zuko Czy jesteś pewien, że chcesz przeciągnąć ten kanał? @@ -4749,94 +4723,94 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra PluginConfig - + Options Opcje - - + + Plugins Wtyczki - + Link to Game and Transmit Position Połącz z grami i nadawaj pozycję graczy - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information Włącza wtyczki oraz nadaje informacje o pozycjach graczy względem siebie podczas gry. - + This enables plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit that with each voice packet. This enables other players to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. Uaktywnia to wtyczki, które przetwarzają dźwięk w zależności od położenia użytkownika na mapie, dzięki czemu możesz usłyszeć użytkowników ze względu na położenie na mapie. Ta funckja jest dostępna tylko do wybranych gier. - + &Reload plugins &Przeładuj wtyczki - + Reloads all plugins Przeładowuje wszystkie wtyczki - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. Ponownie skanuje i przeładowuje wtyczki. Użyj tej opcji jeśli dodałeś lub zmieniłeś wtyczkę w katalogu <i>plugins</i>. - + &About &O wtyczce - + Information about plugin Informacje o wtyczce - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. Pokazuje krótką informację na temat wtyczki. - + &Configure &Konfiguruj - + Show configuration page of plugin Otwiera okno konfiguracji - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. Wyświetla okno z konfiguracją wtyczki, jeżeli wtyczka posiadą konfigurację. - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. Wtyczka nie posiada konfiguracji. - + Plugin has no about function. Brak informacji o wtyczce. - + Form Formularz @@ -4844,12 +4818,12 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra Plugins - + %1 lost link. %1 utracił połączenie. - + %1 linked. %1 połączony. @@ -4857,7 +4831,7 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra PortAudioSystem - + Default Device Domyślne urządzenie @@ -4865,12 +4839,12 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input Domyślne wejście - + Default Output Domyślne wyjście @@ -4878,7 +4852,7 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned Nieprzypisany @@ -4886,7 +4860,7 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra ShortcutDelegate - + Unassigned Nieprzypisany @@ -4894,7 +4868,7 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut Tutaj była za długa fraza //Zuko Naciśnij klawisz @@ -4903,31 +4877,49 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra TextMessage - + Message to send Wiadomość do wysłania - + Preview Podgląd - Send raw message Stara wersja - Wyślij wiadomość bez HTML - ja sugeruję ją zastąpić //Zuko - Wyślij nieprzetworzoną wiadomość + Wyślij nieprzetworzoną wiadomość - Disables html formating - Wyłącza formatowanie HTML + Wyłącza formatowanie HTML + + + + Disables html formatting + + + + + Disable text formatting + + + + + This field reflects how the message will look like in the chat. + + + + + <b>Preview</b><br />This field takes the raw string entered above and renders it like it will look like in the log. For example &lt;b&gt;Test&lt;/b&gt; will display as: <b>Test<b>. + VersionCheck - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. Tutaj trzeba było usunąć nazwę własną //Zuko Nie udało się pobrać informacji o wersji z serwera SourceForge. @@ -4936,102 +4928,102 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details Szczegóły certyfikatu - + Certificate chain Certyfikat - + Certificate details Szczegóły certyfikatu - + %1 %2 %1 %2 - - + + Common Name: %1 Nazwa pospolita: %1 - - + + Organization: %1 Organizacja: %1 - + Subunit: %1 Pod-jednostka: %1 - - + + Country: %1 Kraj: %1 - - + + Locality: %1 Lokalizacja: %1 - - + + State: %1 Kraj: %1 - + Valid from: %1 Ważne od: %1 - + Valid to: %1 Ważne do: %1 - + Serial: %1 Numer seryjny: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 Klucz publiczny: %1 bitów %2 - + RSA RSA - + DSA DSA - + Digest (MD5): %1 Odcisk (MD5): %1 - + Issued by: Wydany przez: - + Unit Name: %1 Nazwa jednostki: %1 @@ -5039,7 +5031,7 @@ Opcja dostępna tylko, gdy ustawisz teksturę na danym serwerze podczas rejestra WASAPISystem - + Default Device Urządzenie domyślne diff --git a/src/mumble11x/mumble_ru.ts b/src/mumble11x/mumble_ru.ts index 3e48e53cb..028110c7a 100644 --- a/src/mumble11x/mumble_ru.ts +++ b/src/mumble11x/mumble_ru.ts @@ -4,134 +4,127 @@ ACLEditor - + Mumble - Edit ACL for %1 Mumble - Изменить ACL (список контроля доступа) для %1 - + Active ACLs Активные ACL(списки контроля доступа) - + Context Контекст - + User/Group Пользователь/Группа - + Permissions Разрешения - - + Group Группа - + Members Члены группы - + &Add &Добавить - + &Remove &Удалить - + &Up &Вверх - + &Down Вн&из - + Inherit ACLs Наследовать ACL(список контроля доступа) - + Applies to this channel Примененные к этому каналу - + Applies to sub-channels Примененные к подканалам - + User ID Идентификатор пользователя - + Deny Отказать - + Allow Разрешить - - - - + Remove Убрать - - + Inherit Наследовать - + Inheritable Наследуемый - + Inherited Унаследованный - - - + Add Добавить - + Add to Remove Добавить к удаленным - + &Groups &Группы - + &ACL &Списки контроля доступа (ACL) @@ -160,7 +153,7 @@ Эта кнопка отменит все изменения и закроет диалоговое окно без обновления списков ACL или групп на сервере. - + List of entries Список вхождений @@ -169,168 +162,168 @@ Это покажет все активные вхождения на этом канале. Вхождения, наследованные от родительских каналов будут выделены курсивом. - + Inherit ACL of parent? Унаследовать списки ACL от предков? - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. Это унаследует либо нет цепочку списков ACL от каналов-предков для этого объекта. Унаследованы будут только вхождения, помеченные у предков как "Применить к подканалам". - + Add new entry Добавить новый - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. Добавляет новое вхождение, по умолчанию без прав доступа иприменяемое ко всем. - + Remove entry Удалить вхождение - + This removes the currently selected entry. Удалит выделенное вхождение. - + Move entry up Переместить выше - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. Перемещает вхождение выше по списку. Так как вхождения упорядочены, это может изменить эффективные привелегии пользователей. Вы не сможете переместить вхождение выше унаследованного, если вы действительно хотите его переместить, вам придется продублировать унаследованое вхождение. - + Move entry down Переместить ниже - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. Перемещает вхождение ниже по списку. Так как вхождения упорядочены, это может изменить эффективные привелегии пользователей. - + Entry should apply to this channel. Entry should apply to this channel Применять к каналу - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. Применяет вхождение к этому каналу. - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. Применять к подканалам. - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. Применяет вхождение ко всем подканалам этого канала. - + Group this entry applies to Применить к группе - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a !, its membership is negated, and if it starts with a ~, it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in. Order is important; <i>!~in</i> is valid, but <i>~!in</i> is not.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for <i>sub,0,0,0</i>).<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. Управляет, к какой группе пользователей применять вхождение.<br />Заметьте, что группа оценивается как контекст канала, в котором используется вхождение. Например, по умолчанию список ACL канала Root дает права на <i>Запись</i> группе <i>admin</i>. Если это вхождение унаследуется каналом, даст пользователю права на запись если он принадлежит к группе <i>admin</i> на этом канале, даже если он не принадлежит к группе <i>admin</i> на канале, от которого унаследовали список ACL.<br />Если имя группы начинается с a !, его членство отрицается, а если начинается с a ~, оно оценивается для канала, которому ACL был определен, чем канал, в котором есть активный ACL. Порядок важен; <i>!~in</i> принимается, но <i>~!in</i> нет.<br />Несколько особых предопределенных групп:<br /><b>all</b> - Соответствует всем.<br /><b>auth</b> - Соответствует всем авторизованным пользователям.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - Пользователи на подканале с минимум <i>a</i> общими предками, а также между <i>b</i> и <i>c</i> каналами в цепочке. Для более подробной информации посетите вебсайт.<br /><b>in</b> - Подойдут пользователи на текущем канале (удобство для <i>sub,0,0,0</i>).<br /><b>out</b> - Соответствует всем пользователям вне канала (удобство для <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Заметьте, что вхождение применяется только к пользователю или к группе, а не к обоим. - + User this entry applies to Применять для пользователя - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. Управляет, к какому пользователю применять вхождение. Просто введите имя пользователя и нажмите Enter, чтобы послать запрос на сервер. - + Allow %1 Позволить %1 - + Deny %1 Запретить %1 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Это дает привелегию на %1. Если привелегия и позволяет, и запрещает, она запрещает.<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 Отбирает привелегию на %1. Если привелегия и позволяет, и запрещает, она запрещает.<br />%2 - + List of groups Список групп - + This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. Показывает все группы, определенные для канала. Чтобы создать новую группу, просто введите имя и нажмите Enter. - + Remove selected group Удалить выбранную группу - + This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. Удаляет выбранную группу. Если группа была унаследована, она не уберется из списка, но вся локальная информация о группе будет стерта. - + Inherit group members from parent Унаследовать членов группы от - + This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. Наследует всех членов группы от предка, если группа отмечена как <i>Наследуемая</i> в родительском канале. - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels Сделать группу наследуемой для подканалов - + This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. Сделать группу наследуемой для подканалов. Если группа ненаследованная, подканалы все еще свободны для создания новой группы с таким же именем. - + Group was inherited from parent channel Группа была унаследована от родительского канала - + This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. Показывает, что группа унаследована от канала-родителя. Вы не можете изменить этот флаг, он просто для информации. - + Add member to group Добавить члена группы @@ -339,7 +332,7 @@ Введите имя игрока, которого вы хотите добавить в группу и нажмите Enter. - + Remove member from group Удалить члена группы @@ -348,22 +341,22 @@ Введите имя игрока, которого вы хотите удалить из группы и нажмите Enter. - + Dialog - + Type in the name of a player you wish to add to the group and click Add. - + Type in the name of a player you wish to remove from the group and click Add. - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. @@ -371,12 +364,12 @@ ALSAAudioInput - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 - + Default ALSA Card @@ -384,12 +377,12 @@ ALSAAudioOutput - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 - + Default ALSA Card @@ -428,22 +421,22 @@ ASIOConfig - + Device selection Выбор устройства - + Capabilities Возможности - + Channels Каналы - + Configure input channels Настроить каналы ввода @@ -452,159 +445,162 @@ Настраивает входные каналы для ASIO. Убедитесь, что выбрали минимум 1 канал как микрофон и динамик. <i>Микрофон</i> должен быть там, куда подсоединен ваш микрофон, и <i>Динамик</i> должен быть каналом, передающим "Что вы слышите".<br />Например, на Audigy 2 ZS, отличным выбором для Микрофона будет "Mic L", в то время, как динамик - "Mix L" и "Mix R" - + Device to use for microphone Устройство для подключения микрофона - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. Выбирает, какое устройство опрашивать. Вам все еще надо опросить устройство и выбрать канал, который будете использовать. - + Device Устройство - + &Query &Запрос - + Query selected device Опросить выбранное устройство - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Опрашивает выбранное устройство поканально. Опасайтесь того, что многие драйвера ASIO не доделаны, и опрос их может вызвать "зависание" приложения или всей системы. - + &Configure Н&астроить - + Configure selected device Настроить выбранное устройство - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. Настраивает выбранное устройство. Опасайтесь того, что многие драйвера ASIO не доделаны, и опрос их может вызвать "зависание" приложения или всей системы. - + Driver name Имя привода - Buffersize - Размер буфера + Размер буфера - + Microphone Микрофон - - + <- <- - - + -> -> - + Unused Не используется - + Speakers Динамики - %1 (ver %2) - %1 (версия %2) + %1 (версия %2) - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz - %1 мс -> %2 мс (%3 мс разрешение) %4Гц + %1 мс -> %2 мс (%3 мс разрешение) %4Гц - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz -- Unusable - %1 мс -> %2 мс (%3 мс разрешение) %4Гц -- Не используемо + %1 мс -> %2 мс (%3 мс разрешение) %4Гц -- Не используемо - - - - + + %1 (version %2) + + + + + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz + + + + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 Ошибка инициализации ASIO: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver Невозможно установить драйвер ASIO - + ASIO ASIO - + Form - - - TextLabel + + Buffer size - - This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples <i>What you hear</i>.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be <i>Mic L</i> while Speaker should be <i>Mix L</i> and <i>Mix R</i>. + + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. ASIOInput - - + + Mumble Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. Вам нужно выбрать хотя бы одно устройство для микрофона и одно для динамика для использования ASIO. Если вам нужно только протестировать микрофон, используйет DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. Невозможно открыть устройство ASIO. Входных данных не получено. @@ -617,27 +613,27 @@ Русский перевод Khazov Nick<br />m2k3d0n@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>Программа для голосового общения игроков</b></p><p><tt>http://mumble.sourceforge.net/</tt></p> - + &About Mumble &О Mumble - + &License Л&ицензия - + OK ОК - + About Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> @@ -649,17 +645,17 @@ <h3>О Speex</h3><p><tt>http://www.speex.org/</tt></p><p>Эта программа использует Speex версии %1</p><p>Speex используется для подавления эха, шумов<br />фильтрации, определения голосовой активности и сжатия<br />речи.</p> - + OK ОК - + About Speex - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p><p>This program uses Speex version %1</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering, voice activity detection and speech<br />compression.</p> @@ -870,182 +866,174 @@ AudioInput - + Form - + Interface - + System - + Input method for audio Метод ввода для аудио - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Этот метод ввода используется для аудио.</b><br />Скорее всего вы захотите использовать DirectSound. - + Device Устройство - + Input device for audio Output method for audio Мытод вывода для аудио - + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Этот метод вывода используется для аудио.</b><br />Скорее всего вы захотите использовать DirectSound. - + Cancel Echo - + Transmission Передача - + &Transmit - + When to transmit your speech Когда передавать вашу речь - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. <b>Устанавливает, когда передавать речь.</b><br /><i>Постоянно</i> - Все время<br /><i>При активность голоса</i> - Когда вы говорите четко.<br /><i>Нажмите для разговора</i> - Когда вы зажимаете горячую клавишу, установленную в <i>Ярлыках</i>. - + DoublePush Time - - - - - - - - + TextLabel - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. - + PTT Audio cue - + Use SNR based speech detection - + Signal to Noise - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. - + Amplitude - + Voice &Hold - + How long to keep transmitting after silence Как долго передавать после тишины - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>Выбирает, как долго после паузы в речи продолжать передачу.</b><br />Установите ее больше, если у вас много пауз в речи (можно увидеть по часто мигающей иконке голоса рядом с вашим именем).<br />Имеет смысл только когда используется с передачей по активности голоса. - + Silence Below - + Signal values below this counts as silence - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. - + Speech Above - + Signal values above this count as voice - + Compression Сжатие - + &Quality - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) Качество сжатия (пиковая передача) - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. <b>Устанавливает качество сжатия.</b><br />Определяет, какую загрузку канала Mumble разрешено использовать для исходящего аудио. @@ -1058,17 +1046,17 @@ <b>Устанавливает сложность сжатия.</b><br />Определяет, сколько мощности ЦП Mumble разрешено использовать для увеличения качества передаваемого голоса. Установка выше 5 даст только предельный прирост. - + Audio per packet Аудио на пакет - + How many audio frames to send per packet Как много аудио фрагментов посылать в пакете - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>Выбирает, сколько аудиофрагментов помещать в пакет.</b><br />Увеличение ее увеличит задержку голоса, но также уменьшит требования к толщине канала связи. @@ -1077,82 +1065,82 @@ Максимальная скорость, используемая для посылки аудио - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). <b>Показывает пиковую загрузку посланных сигналов.</b><br />Показывает пиковое значение скорости передачи данных от вашего компьютера. Битрейт аудио - максимальный битрейт (по принятым сокращениям, VBR) только для аудиоданных. Позиция - битрейт, используемый для информации о позиции. Загрузка - раскадровка и заголовки IP пакетов (IP и UDP - 90% этой загрузки). {75%?} - + Audio Processing - + Noise Suppression - + Noise suppression - + Amplification - + Maximum amplification of input sound Максимальное усиление входящего звука - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. <b>Максимальное усиление входного голоса.</b><br />Mumble нормализует входную громкость до сжатия, эта опция устанавливает, на сколько можно его усилить.<br />Текущий уровень постоянно обновляется на основе текущего образца речи, но никогда не будет выше установленного здесь уровня.<br />Если уровень <i>Громкости микрофона</i> аудиостатистики держится на уровне 100%, вы можете установить его на 2.0 или выше, но если, как многие люди, вы не можете достичь 100%, установите его на чуть более высоком уровне.<br />В идеале, установите его так, чтобы <i>Громкость микрофона * Фактор усиления >= 100</i>, даже если вы говорите слишком мягко.<br /><br />Заметьте, что ничего плохого не случится, если вы установите его на максимум, но Mumble начнет подбирать другие переговоры, если вы оставите его на автоматической настройке на данном уровне. - + Current speech detection chance - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. - + Idle AutoMute - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be supressed. @@ -1160,54 +1148,54 @@ AudioInputDialog - + Continuous Продолжительный - + Voice Activity Голосовая активность - + Push To Talk Нажмите для разговора - + Audio Input - - + + %1 ms %1 мс - - + + Off - + %1 s - + -%1 dB - + %1kbit/s (Audio %2, Position %4, Overhead %3) %1кбит/с (Аудио %2, Позиция %4, Загрузка %3) - + %1 min @@ -1215,114 +1203,104 @@ AudioOutput - + Form - + Interface - + System - + Output method for audio Input method for audio Метод ввода для аудио - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Этот метод ввода используется для аудио.</b><br />Скорее всего вы захотите использовать DirectSound. - + Device Устройство - + Output device for audio - + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> - - + Positional Audio Позиционированное аудио - + Audio Output - + Default &Jitter Buffer - + Safety margin for jitter buffer - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. - - - - - - - - - - + TextLabel - + Volume Громкость - + Volume of incoming speech - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. - + Output Delay Задержка вывода - + Amount of data to buffer - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. @@ -1335,7 +1313,7 @@ Минимальное расстояние до игрока до уменьшения звука - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other players' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. Устанавливает минимальное расстояние для расчета звука. Громкость речи других игроков не уменьшится до тех пор, пока они по крайней мере на таком расстоянии от вас. @@ -1356,7 +1334,7 @@ Откат - + Factor for sound volume decrease Фактор уменьшения громкости звука @@ -1365,133 +1343,133 @@ Как быстро будет падать громкость звука после достижения определеной дистанции. Обычно (1.0) - громкость уменьшается вполовину при удвоении расстояния. Увеличение этого значения обозначает, что громкость падает быстрее, уменьшение - замедление падения. - + Bloom - + Loopback Test - + Delay Variance - + Variance in packet latency - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms - + Packet Loss - + Packet loss for loopback mode - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% - + &Loopback - + Desired loopback mode - + <b>This enables one of the loopback testmodes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other players will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. - + Factor for sound volume increase - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. - + Minimum Distance - + Minimum distance to player before sound volume decreases - + Maximum Distance - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other players' speech volume will not decrease any further. - + Minimum Volume - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. - + Headphones - + Other Applications - + Volume of other applications during speech - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. @@ -1499,48 +1477,48 @@ AudioOutputDialog - + None Нет - + Local - + Server - + Audio Output - - + + %1 ms %1 мс - - - - - + + + + + %1% - + %1ms %1мс - - + + %1m %1м @@ -1552,17 +1530,17 @@ AudioStats - + Peak microphone level Пиковый уровень микрофона - + Peak speaker level Пиковый уровень динамика - + Peak clean level Пиковый уровень очистки @@ -1575,7 +1553,7 @@ Сигнал-шум Микрофона - + Speech Probability Вероятность речи @@ -1584,9 +1562,7 @@ Битрейт аудио - - - + Peak power in last frame Пиковая мощность в последнем фрагменте @@ -1595,18 +1571,17 @@ Показывает пиковую мощность в последнем фрагменте (20 мс), и измеряется также, как и "входная мощность". Пожалуйста, оставьте ее и посмотрите на <b>Громкость</b>, которая более устойчива и не пренебрегается. - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) of the speakers. Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. Показывает пиковую мощность в последнем фрагменте (20 мс) динамиков. Пока вы используете мультиканальный метод проб (такой как ASIO),настроенный на каналы динамика, она будет равна 0. Если у вас они так сконфигурированы, все еще будет отображаться 0, пока вы будете прослушивать звук из других программ, ваши настройки не будут работать. - This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other players with echoes. - Показывает пиковую мощность в последнем фрагменте (20 мс) после всех обработок. В идеале, должна быть -96 dB когда вы не разговариваете. На самом деле, звуковая программа примет -60 dB, мы можете с большой вероятностью увидеть -20 dB. Когда вы говорите, его следует поднять до уровня от -5 до -10 dB.<br />Если вы используете подавление эха, и оно поднимается выше -15 dB когда вы не говорите, ваши настройки не работают, и вы будете надоедать другим своим эхом. + Показывает пиковую мощность в последнем фрагменте (20 мс) после всех обработок. В идеале, должна быть -96 dB когда вы не разговариваете. На самом деле, звуковая программа примет -60 dB, мы можете с большой вероятностью увидеть -20 dB. Когда вы говорите, его следует поднять до уровня от -5 до -10 dB.<br />Если вы используете подавление эха, и оно поднимается выше -15 dB когда вы не говорите, ваши настройки не работают, и вы будете надоедать другим своим эхом. - + How close the current input level is to ideal Как близок текущий входной уровень к идеалу @@ -1615,52 +1590,52 @@ Как близок текущий входной уровень к идеалу. Чтобы приспособить уровень микрофона, откройте любую программу, которую вы используете для приспособления громкости записи, и посмотрите на значение во время разговора.<br /><b>Говорите громко, как будто от досады, когда вас только что подстрелил нуб.</b><br />Подгоняйте громкость пока это значение не приблизится к 100%, но убедитесь, что оно не выше. Если оно заходит выше, вы будто обрезаете часть своей речи, что понизит качество звука - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone Соотношение Сигнал-шум микрофона - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. Отношение Сигнал-шум (SNR) микрофона в последнем фрагменте (20 мс). Показывает, насколько чист голос по сравнению с шумом.<br />Если значение ниже 1.0, в сигнале больше шума, нежели голоса, и поэтому ухудшается качество.<br />Верхнего предела не существует, но не ожидайте увидеть выше 40-50 без студии звукозаписи. - + Probability of speech Вероятность речи - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). Вероятность того, что последний фрагмент (20 мс) был речью, а не шумом.<br />Передача голосовой активности зависит от верности этого. Фишка в том, что середина предложения всегда распознается как речь; проблема в паузах между словами и началом разговора. Трудно отделить кашель от слова, начинающегося на 'х'.<br />Если это выделено жирным шрифтом, значит Mumble сейчас передает (если вы подключены). - + Bitrate of last frame Битрейт последнего фрагмента - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. Аудио битрейт последнего сжатого фрагмента (20 мс), и поэтому оно может варьироваться, как и VBR применительно к качеству. Чтобы приспособить пиковый битрейт, приспособьте <b>Сложность сжатия</b> в диалоге настроек. - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate Мощностной спектр входного сигнала и оценка шума - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. Показывает мощностной спектр текущего входного сигнала (красная линия) и текущая оценка шума (выполнена синим).<br />Все амплитуды умножены на 30, чтобы показать интересные части (на сколько больше сигнала, чем шума представлено в каждом отрезке).<br />Это только если вы интересуетесь точными условиями шума вашего микрофона. При хороших условиях, это будет всего лишь как крошечный синий отрезок внизу. Если синего на графике более половины, у вас серьезные проблемы с шумом среды. - + Weights of the echo canceller Значения подавителя эха - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. Отображает значение подавителя эха, со временем растущего вниз и увеличением частоты вправо.<br />В идеале, должен быть черным, отображая, что эха нет. В общем, у вас будут 1 или несколько горизонтальных полосок синеватого цвета, отображая время задержки эха. Вы должны увидеть значения в реальном времени.<br />Заметьте пожалуйста, что если вы не отключите эхо, вы не увидите здесь полезной информации. Запустите музыку, и все должно нормализоваться. <br />Вы можете выбрать просмотр реальных или воображаемых частей доменно-частотных значений, или наоборот высчитанные модуль и фазу. Наиболее применимым из них будут, скорее всего модуль, который является амплитудой эха, и показывает, сколько сигнала было вырезано за промежуток времени. Другие режимы просмотра более полезны для людей, желающих настроить алгоритмы глушения эха.<br />Пожалуйста, заметьте: Если картина в целом обширно варьируется в режиме модулей, подавитель эха не модет найти никакого соответствия между двумя входными источниками (динамиками и микрофоном). Или у вас очень долгая задержка эха, или один из входных источников настроен неправильно. @@ -1669,419 +1644,412 @@ Mumble - - >1000ms - - - - + Audio Statistics - + Input Levels - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. - - - - - - - - - TextLabel - - - - + Signal Analysis - + Microphone power - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio - + Configuration feedback - + Current audio bitrate - + DoublePush interval - - Time between last two PushToTalk presses - - - - + Speech Detection - + Current speech detection chance - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. - + Signal and noise power spectrum - + Echo Analysis + + + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. + + + + + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses + + + + + >1000 ms + + AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard - + Introduction - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard - + This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. - + Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped locally to allow you to listen to it, and no audio will be sent to the server. - + Finished - + Enjoy using Mumble - + Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. - + Device selection Выбор устройства - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. - + Input device - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. - - + + System - + Input method for audio Метод ввода для аудио - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>Этот метод ввода используется для аудио.</b><br />Скорее всего вы захотите использовать DirectSound. - - + + Device Устройство - + Input device to use - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> - + Output device - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. - + Output method for audio Мытод вывода для аудио - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. - + Output device to use - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> - + Volume tuning - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. - + Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. - + Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sound control panel until the bar below stays as high as possible in the blue and green but <b>not</b> the red zone while you speak. - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. - + Voice Activity Detection - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. - + Raw amplitude from input - + Signal-To-Noise ratio - + Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). - + Last, you need to adjust the grace time. Mumble may detect this much non-speech and still keep transmitting before it breaks off. This allows you to catch your breath while speaking. - + Device tuning - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. - + To keep latency to an absolute minium, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. - + Amount of data to buffer. - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. - + %1ms %1мс - + %1 s - + You should hear a single tone that's changing in frequency. Change the slider below to the lowest value which gives <b>no</b> interruptions or jitter in the sound. Please note that local echo is disabled during this test to improve audio path recognition. - + If you position the microphone so it can pick up the speakers or headset, Mumble will measure the total audio path delay in your system; this means the delay from a sample is placed in an outbound buffer until it's found in a matching incoming buffer. - + Audio path is %1ms long. - + Audio path cannot be determined. Input not recognized. - + Use echo cancellation - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers. - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. - + Enable positional audio - + Allows positioning of sound. - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. - + Positional Audio Позиционированное аудио - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. - + Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other players relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other player is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. - + The graph below shows the position of <font color="red">you</font>, the <font color="yellow">speakers</font> and a <font color="green">moving sound source</font> as if seen from above. You should hear the audio move between the channels. - + Use headphones - + Use headphones instead of speakers. - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. - + Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus on the features that benefit the most users. To this end, Mumble supports submitting anonymous statistics about your configuration to the developers. These statistcs are essential for future development, and also make sure the features you use aren't deprecated. - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project - + Push To Talk: @@ -2089,22 +2057,22 @@ BanEditor - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - изменить баны - + &Add &Добавить - + &Update &Обновить - + &Remove &Удалить @@ -2133,17 +2101,17 @@ Данная кнопка отменит все изменения и закроет окно без обновления списков ACL или групп на сервере. - + 0.0.0.0 - + &Address - + &Mask @@ -2151,52 +2119,52 @@ ChanACL - + W З - + T Пер - + E В - + S Р - + A А - + M Г - + K П - + C Сзд - + L Св - + None Нет @@ -2205,97 +2173,97 @@ Запись - + Traverse Пересекать - + Enter Вход - + Speak Разговор - + AltSpeak Альтернативный разговор - + Mute/Deafen Глушить - + Move/Kick Переместить/выкинуть - + Make channel Создать канал - + Link channel Связать канал - + This represents no privileges. Представляет отсутствие привелегий. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. Предоставляет полный доступ к каналу, веключая возможность изменять информацию о группах и ACL. Эта привелегия включает все привелегии. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. Предоставляет разрешение пересекать канал. Если у пользователя нет такой привилегии, он никак не сможет получить доступ к каналу и подканалам, независимо от разрешений подканалов. - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. Предоставляет разрешение входить на канал. Если у канала иерархическая структура, вы можете дать каждому право пересекать канал, но ограничивать Вход в корне вашей иерархии. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. Предоставляет разрешение говорить на канале. Пользователи без этой привелегии будут заглушены сервером, и неспособны будут говорить, пока не получат разрешение от кого-то, имеющего соответствующие привелегии. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel with flagged speech. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with AltPushToTalk held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. Преставляет разрешение говорить на канале с ослабленной речью. Работает также, как а привелегия <i>говорить</i>, но применяется к пакетам, с зажатой кнопкой Нажмите чтобы говорить - переменно. Может использоваться для передачи к иерархии каналов без связи. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other players. Once muted, a player will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged player or reconnects to the server. Предоставляет привелегии заглушать других игроков. Будучи заглушенным, игрок останется заглушенным пока не будет разглушен другим привелигериванным игроком или не переподключится к серверу. - + This represents the permission to move a player to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the player, either the moving player must have Move/Kick privileges in the destination channel, or the player must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Players with this privilege can move players into channels the target player normally wouldn't have permission to enter. Предоставляет разрешение перемещать игрока на другие каналы или выкидывать его с сервера. Чтобы действительно переместить игрока, игрок должен обладать привелегиями Переместить/Выкинуть на сервере назначения, или игрок должен быть допущен ко входу на сервер. Игроки с этой привелегией могут перемещать игроков на каналы, входить на которые у пользователя нет разрешения. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The player making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. Предоставляет разрешение создавать подканалы. Игрок, создающий подканал, будет добавлен в группу администраторов подканала. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Players in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking player has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. Предоставляет привелегию связывать каналы. Игроки на связанных каналах могут слышат друг друга, также, как и говорящий игрок имеет право <i>говорить</i> на канале слушающего. Вы должны связать привелегии на обоих каналах, чтобы создать связь, но на другом канале, чтобы удалить ее. - + Write ACL @@ -2303,32 +2271,32 @@ ClientPlayer - + Authenticated - + Muted (server) - + Deafened (server) - + Local Mute - + Muted (self) - + Deafened (self) @@ -2336,7 +2304,7 @@ ConfigDialog - + Mumble Configuration Настройки Mumble @@ -2345,12 +2313,14 @@ &Ок - + + Accept changes Принять изменения - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. Кнопка примет текущие настройки и вернется в приложении.<br />Настройки будут сохранены на диск, когда вы выйдете из приложения. @@ -2359,12 +2329,14 @@ &Отмена - + + Reject changes Отменить изменения - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. Отменит все изменения и вернется в приложение.<br />Настройки будут сброшены до предыдущих значений. @@ -2373,38 +2345,45 @@ &Применить - + + Apply changes Применить изменения - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. Немедленно применяет все изменения. - + + Undo changes for current page - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. - + + Restore defaults for current page - - This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will be not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. + + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. - - Tab 1 + + + Advanced @@ -2415,53 +2394,52 @@ &Имя - + A&ddress А&дрес - + &Port &Порт - + &Username Имя п&ользователя - + &Password П&ароль - - + &Connect &Связаться - + Cancel Отмена - + &Add &Добавить - + &Remove &Удалить - + &Custom Servers - + Server &Browser @@ -2470,93 +2448,101 @@ Имя - + Address - + URL - + C&opy to custom - + &View Webpage - + Connecting to %1 - + Enter username - + Mumble Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list - + &Label - + Label - + Unknown - + -Unnamed entry- - + Mumble Server Connect - + &Cancel - - + + New - - + + Add Добавить - + Update + + CoreAudioSystem + + + Default Device + + + DXAudioInput @@ -2568,22 +2554,22 @@ Открытие выбранного входа DirectSound невозможно. Ввод с микрофона неосуществим. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. Открытие выбранного входа DirectSound невозможно. Будет использовано устройство по умолчанию. - + Default DirectSound Voice Input Голосовой вход DirectSound по умолчанию - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. - + Lost DirectSound input device. @@ -2595,22 +2581,22 @@ Mumble - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. Открытие выбранного выхода DirectSound невозможно. Вы не услышите звука. - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. Открытие выбранного выхода DirectSound невозможно. Будет использовано устройство по умолчанию. - + Default DirectSound Voice Output Голосовой выход DirectSound по умолчанию - + Lost DirectSound output device. @@ -2761,12 +2747,12 @@ Database - + Mumble Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Mumble не удалось инициализировать базу данных ни в @@ -2783,57 +2769,57 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts Ярлыки - + List of configured shortcuts - + Function Функция - + Shortcut Ярлык - + Suppress - + Add new shortcut - + This will add a new global shortcut - + &Add &Добавить - + Remove selected shortcut - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. - + &Remove &Удалить @@ -2841,7 +2827,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts Ярлыки @@ -2862,22 +2848,22 @@ of the possible locations. <b>Этот глобальный ярлык указывает на %1</b><br />Щелкните на этом поле и затем на выбренной клавише/сочетании клавиш для применения. Дважды кликните для очистки. - + Shortcut button combination. - + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. - + Suppress keys from other applications - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. @@ -2885,7 +2871,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. @@ -2916,7 +2902,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 @@ -2947,7 +2933,7 @@ of the possible locations. LCD - + Not connected @@ -2955,32 +2941,32 @@ of the possible locations. LCDConfig - + Graphic - + Character - + Enable this device - + LCD - + Form - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -3012,42 +2998,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - + Devices - + Name Имя - + Type - + Size - + Enabled - + Views - + Minimum Column Width - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -3060,18 +3046,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - - + TextLabel - + Splitter Width - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -3083,182 +3068,159 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Log - Debug - Отладка + Отладка - Critical - Критичный + Критичный - Warning - Предупреждение + Предупреждение - Information - Информация + Информация - Server Connected - Сервер подключен + Сервер подключен - Server Disconnected - Сервер отключен + Сервер отключен - Player Joined Server - Игнрок присоединился к серверу + Игнрок присоединился к серверу - Player Left Server - Игрок покинул сервер + Игрок покинул сервер - Player kicked (you or by you) - Игрок выброшен (Вы или Вами) + Игрок выброшен (Вы или Вами) - Player kicked - Игрок выброшен + Игрок выброшен - You self-muted/deafened - Вы заглушили сами себя + Вы заглушили сами себя - Other self-muted/deafened - Другой игрок заглушил сам себя + Другой игрок заглушил сам себя - Player muted (you) - Игрок заглушил вас + Игрок заглушил вас - Player muted (by you) - Вы заглушили игрока + Вы заглушили игрока - Player muted (other) - Игрок заглушен (другим) + Игрок заглушен (другим) - Player Joined Channel - Игрок присоединился к каналу + Игрок присоединился к каналу - Player Left Channel - Игрок покинул канал + Игрок покинул канал - Permission Denied - Доступ запрещен + Доступ запрещен [%2] %1 [%2] %1 - - - Text Message - - LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. - + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. - + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. - + Choose sound file - + Invalid sound file - + The file '%1' does not exist or is not a valid speex file. - + Messages Сообщения - + Console Консоль @@ -3275,67 +3237,67 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Включить преобразователь текста в речь для %1 - + Text To Speech Текст в речь - + Volume Громкость - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine Громкость преобразователя текста в речь - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>Эта громкость используется для создания речи.</b> - + Length threshold - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. - + Message - + Notification - + Text-To-Speech - + Soundfile - + Path - + Characters @@ -3343,214 +3305,198 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LookConfig - - + Language - + Look and Feel - - + + System default - + Language to use (requires restart) - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. - + Style - + Basic widget style - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> - + Skin - + ... - + Skin file to use - + User Interface - + Choose skin file - + <b>If set, players will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. - + Players above Channels - + List players above subchannels (requires restart). - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. - + Form - + None Нет - + Only with players - + All - + Expand - + When to automatically expand channels - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with players</i> will expand and collapse channels as players join and leave them. - + Ask - + Do Nothing - + Move - + Channel Dragging - + This changes the behaviour when moving channels. - + This sets the behaviour of channel drags, it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.<b> - + Ask on quit while connected - + Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. - + <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> - + Always On Top - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized - - Show all configuration items - - - - - <b>This will show all configuration items.</b><br />Mumble contains a lot of configuration items that most users won't need to change. Checking this will show all configurable items. - - - - - Expert Config - - - - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. @@ -3558,118 +3504,118 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } MainWindow - - + + Root Корень - + &Connect &Присоединиться - + Open the server connection dialog Открыть окно соединения с сервером - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick connect. Показывает окно зарегистрированных серверов, а также позволяет быстро связываться. - + &Disconnect &Отключиться - + Disconnect from server Отключить от сервера - + Disconnects you from the server. Отключает вас от сервера. - + &Ban lists &Списки забаненных - + Edit ban lists on server Редактировать список забаненных на сервере - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. Позволяет вам изменять серверные банлисты по IP. - + &Kick В&ыбросить - + Kick player (with reason) Выкинуть игрока (с причиной) - + Kick selected player off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Выкидывает игрока с сервера. Вас спросят о причине. - + &Ban За&банить - + Kick and ban player (with reason) Выкинуть и забанить игрока (с причиной) - + Kick and ban selected player from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. Выкидывает и банит выбранного игрока с сервера. Вас попросят уточнить причину. - + &Mute Сделать &немым - + Mute player Сделать игрока немым - + Mute or unmute player on server. Unmuting a deafened player will also undeafen them. Глушить или разглушить игрока на сервере. Разглушение игрока даст ему возможность говорить. - + &Deafen Заг&лушить - + Deafen player Заглушить игрока - + Deafen or undeafen player on server. Deafening a player will also mute them. Глушит или снимает глушение с игрока на сервере. Глушение игрока также сделает его немым. - + &Local Mute &Местное глушение @@ -3678,82 +3624,82 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Делает игрока немым локально. - + &Add &Добавить - + Add new channel Добавить новый канал - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. Добавляет новый подканал в выбранный канал. - + &Remove &Удалить - + Remove channel Удалить канал - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. Удаляет канал и все подканалы. - + &Edit ACL &Редактировать списки ACL - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel Редактировать Группы и списки ACL для канала - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. Открывает диалоговое окно групп и списков ACL для каналов, чтобы управлять привилегиями. - + &Rename - + &Change Description - + Changes the channel description - + This changes the description of a channel. - + &Link &Связать - + Link your channel to another channel Связывает ваш канал с другими каналами - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, players can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. Связывает ваш текущий канал с выбранным каналом. Если у игроков есть разрешение говорить на канале, они могут слышать друг друга. Эта связь постоянна, и длится до разрыва связи вручную или перезапуска сервера. Пожалуйста, просмотрите ярлыки для нажмите-для-связи. @@ -3762,172 +3708,172 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &Разорвать связь - + Unlink your channel from another channel Разорвать связь канала с другим - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. Разрывает связь вашего канала с выбранным каналом. - + Unlink &All Разорвать &Все - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. Разрывает канал с остальными каналами. - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. Разрывает связь вашего канала со всеми (не только с выбранными) каналами. - + &Reset Сб&росить - + Reset audio preprocessor Сбросить аудио препроцессор - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. Сбросит аудио препроцессор, включая подавление шумов, автоматическое получение и определение активности голоса. Если что-то внезапно вмешается в звуковую среду (например падение микрофона) на короткое время, используйте это, чтобы не ждать приспособления препроцессора. - + &Mute Self Загл&ушить себя - + Mute yourself Заглушить себя - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. Заглушает себя. При включении, вы не сможете посылать данных на сервер. - + &Deafen Self Сделать се&бя немым - + Deafen yourself Делает себя немым - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. Делает себя немым или возвращает голос. Когда вы нем, вы не услышите никого. Онемение также и заглушает. - + &Text-To-Speech &Text-To-Speech - + Toggle Text-To-Speech Включить Text-To-Speech - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. Включает или выключает движок Text-To-Speech. Будут произносится сообщения, включенные в диалоговом окне конфигурации TTS. - + S&tatistics С&татистика - + Display audio statistics Показывает аудио статистику - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. Вызывает маленькую подсказку о вашем текущем аудио вводе. - + Forcibly unlink plugin Насильно отключить плагин - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. Заставляет текущий плагин разорвать связь, что удобно про считываниии абсолютно неверных данных. - + &Settings &Настройки - + Configure Mumble Настроить Mumble - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. Позволяет вам изменять большинство настроек Mumble. - + &What's This? &Что это? - + Enter What's This? mode Войти в Что это? режим - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. Нажмите, чтобы войти в режим "Что это?". Ваш курсор превратится в знак вопроса. Нажмите на любой кнопке, пункту меню или зоне, чтобы получить пояснение. - + &About &О программе - + Information about Mumble Информация о Mumble - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. Показывает маленькое диалоговое окно с информацией и лицензией для Mumble. - + About &Speex О &Speex - + Information about Speex Информация о Speex - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. Показывает небольшое диалоговое окно с информацией о Speex. @@ -3936,32 +3882,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } &О Qt - + Information about Qt Информация о Qt - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. Показывает небольшое диалоговое окно с информацией о Qt. - + Check for &Updates Проверить об&новления - + Check for new version of Mumble Проверить новую версию Mumble - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. Присоединяется к вебстранице Mumble, чтобы проверить доступность новой версии, и уведомляет вас о ссылке для закачки в этом случае. - + Mumble -- %1 Mumble -- %1 @@ -3970,243 +3916,243 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } История сообщений - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. Показывает все недавние действия. Соединяясь с сервером, сообщения о всех ошибках и информации будут показаны все.<br />Чтобы настроить, какие точно сообщения отображать там, используйте команду <b>Настройки</b> из меню. - + &Server &Сервер - + &Player &Игрок - + &Channel &Канал - + &Audio &Аудио - + C&onfigure Н&астройки - + &Help &Помощь - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Нажмите чтобы говорить - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut Сбросить Аудио препроцессор - + Toggle Mute Self Global Shortcut Включить заглушение себя - + Toggle self-mute status. Global Shortcut - + This will toggle your muted status. If you toggle this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut - + Toggle Deafen Self Global Shortcut Включить онемение себя - + Toggle self-deafen status. Global Shortcut - + This will toggle your deafen status. If you toggle this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut Отключить плагин - + Force Center Position Global Shortcut Принудительная центральная позиция - + Chan Parent Global Shortcut Предок канала - + Chan Sub#%1 Global Shortcut Подканал#%1 - + Chan All Subs Global Shortcut Все подканалы - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut Нажмите чтобы заглушить - + Join Channel Global Shortcut Присоединиться к каналу - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut Включить Замещение - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut - + This will switch the states of the ingame overlay between showing everybody, just the players who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut - + Alt Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut Усиленное нажмите чтобы говорить - + Kicking player %1 Выкидывание игрока %1 - - + + Enter reason Введите причину - + Banning player %1 Бан игрока %1 - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + Mumble Mumble - - + + Channel Name Имя канала - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? Вы уверены, что хотите удалить %1 и все его подканалы? - + Unmuted and undeafened. Онемение и глушение снято. - + Unmuted. Глушение снято. - + Muted. Заглушен. - + Muted and deafened. В онемении и заглушен. - + Deafened. В онемении. - + Undeafened. Онемение снято. - + About Qt О Qt - + Joining %1. Соединяемся с %1. @@ -4215,128 +4161,128 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Соединен с сервером. - + Server connection failed: %1. Попытка соединения с сервером не удалась: %1. - + Disconnected from server. Отключен от сервера. - + Reconnecting. Повтор связи. - + Joined server: %1. Присединились к серверу: %1. - + Left server: %1. Покинут сервер: %1. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 сейчас в онемении и заглушен. - + %1 is now muted. %1 сейчас заглушен. - + %1 is now unmuted. С %1 снято глушение. - - + + server сервер - + You were muted by %1. Вы заглушили %1. - + You were unmuted by %1. Вы сняли глушение с %1. - + %1 muted by %2. %1 заглушен %2. - + %1 unmuted by %2. %2 снял глушение с %1. - + You were deafened by %1. На вас наложил онемение %1. - + You were undeafened by %1. С вас снял онемение %1. - + %1 deafened by %2. %1 в онемении из-за %2. - + %1 undeafened by %2. С %1 снято онемение %2. - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. Вы были выкинуты с сервера благодаря %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 был выкинут с сервера %1: %2. - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. Вы были выкинуты и забанены на сервере администратором %1: %2. - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 был выкинут с сервера и забанен администратором %1: %2. - + You were moved to %1 by %2. - + %1 left channel. %1 покинул канал. - + %1 moved out by %2 to %3. - + %1 moved in by %2 from %3. @@ -4345,7 +4291,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } %1 перемещен из канала %2. - + %1 entered channel. %1 вошел на канал. @@ -4354,444 +4300,442 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } %1 перемещен сюда %2. - + Server connection rejected: %1. Попытка подключения отклонена: %1. - + Denied: %1. Запрещено: %1. - + Welcome to Mumble. Добро пожаловать в Mumble. - + &Quit Mumble - + Closes the program - + Exits the application. - - + Send Messa&ge - - + Send a Text Message - + Sending message to %1 - - + + To %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 - + Invalid username - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. - + That username is already in use, please try another username. - + Wrong password - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. - + From %1: %2 - + Message from %1 - + &Audio Wizard - + Sends a text message to another user. - + Start the audio configuration wizard - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. - + SSL Verification failed: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. - + &Information - + Show information about the server connection - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. - + Opening URL %1 - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' - + Connecting to %1 - + Enter username - + Mumble Server Information - - + + &View Certificate - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> - + UDP Statistics - + To Server - + From Server - + Good - + Late - + Lost - + Resync - + Change description of channel %1 - + Sending message to channel %1 - + Sending message to channel tree %1 - + To tree %1: %2 - + Message to tree %1 - + Ctrl+Q - + Mute player locally - + Mute or unmute player locally. Use this on other players in the same room. - + Renames the channel - + This renames a channel. - + About &Qt - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. - + Send &Tree Message - + Send message to channel tree. - + This sends a text message to a channel and it's subchannels. - + Server maximum bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Quality auto-adjusted. - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s (Quality %3)</p> - + Connected to server %1. - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? - + Close - - + + Minimize - + &Window - + Ctrl+M - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut - + &Minimal View - + Toggle minimal window modes - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut - + Clear - + Log - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in PlayerModel::dropMimeData. - + &Unlink Channel &Разорвать связь - + &Unlink Plugin &Разорвать связь - + Server message from - + Hide Frame - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. @@ -4799,169 +4743,169 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } NetworkConfig - + Network - + Form - + Connection - + Use TCP compatibility mode Use TCP compatability mode - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). - + Use TCP mode Использовать режим TCP - + Reconnect when disconnected Восстановление связи при обрыве - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>Восстановить связь при обрыве</b>.<br />Mumble будет пытаться автоматически восстановить связь через 10 в случае обрыва связи с сервером. - + Reconnect automatically - + Proxy - + Type - + Type of proxy to connect through - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>Type of proxy to connect through</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatability mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. - + Direct connection - + HTTP(S) proxy - + SOCKS5 proxy - + Hostname - + Hostname of the proxy - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.<b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. - + Port - + Port number of the proxy - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. - + Username - + Username for proxy authentication - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. - + Password - + Password for proxy authentication - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. - + Mumble services - + Check for updates on startup - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus it's development where it's needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. - + Submit anonymous statistics @@ -5000,7 +4944,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Overlay - + Mumble Mumble @@ -5015,7 +4959,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - у Вас нет обновленной в августе 2006 версии DX9.0c - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 @@ -5026,32 +4970,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } OverlayConfig - + Options Настройки - + Position Позиция - + Font Шрифт - + Enable Overlay Включить замещение - + Enable overlay. Включить замещение. - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked with D3D9 applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. Устанавливает, включить замещение или нет. Опция отмечена, если запущены приложения D3D9, так что удостоверьтесь, что Mumble запущен и эта опция включена перед стартом приложения.<br />Заметьте, что если вы запустите приложение после запуска Mumble, или вы отключите замещение во время действия программы, не будет безопасного способа заново включить замещение без перезапуска программы. @@ -5072,47 +5016,47 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Показать - + Who to show on the overlay Кого показывать при замещении - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. <b>Определяет, кого показывать в игровом замещении.</b><br />Если много людей на одном канале, замещение может быть очень долгим. Используйте это, чтобы сократить его.<br /><i>Никого</i> -Не показывать никого (но оставить замещение включенным).<br /><i>Только говорящих</i> - Показывать только говорящих людей.<br /><i>Всех</i> - Показывать всех. - + Always Show Self Всегда показывать меня - + Always show yourself on overlay. Всегда показывать себя в замещении. - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. Устанавливает, всегда ли показывать себя. Настройка применима если вы не отображаете всех в замещении, поэтому тогда вы увидите собственный статус при разговоре, который вы не услышите, если в онемении или заглушены. - + Grow Left Расти влево - + Let overlay grow to the left Позволяет замещению расти влево - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. Замещение пытается остаться как можно меньшим и на выбранной позиции. Позволяет замещению расти влево при необходимости. - + Grow Right Расти вправо @@ -5125,12 +5069,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Замещение попытается оставться как можно меньшим и на установленой позиции. Позволяет замещению расти вправо при необходимости. - + Grow Up Расти вверх - + Let overlay grow upwards Позволяет замещению расти вверх @@ -5139,12 +5083,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Замещение попытается оставться как можно меньшим и на установленой позиции. Позволяет замещению расти вверх при необходимости. - + Grow Down Расти вниз - + Let overlay grow downwards Позволяет замещению расти вниз @@ -5153,32 +5097,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Замещение попытается оставться как можно меньшим и на установленой позиции. Позволяет замещению расти вниз при необходимости. - + X-Position of Overlay Позиция Х замещения - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. Устанавливает относительную Х позицию замещения. - + Y-Position of Overlay Y-позиция замещения - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. Устанавливает относительную Y - позицию замещения. - + Current Font Текущий шрифт - + Set Font Установить шрифт @@ -5195,122 +5139,112 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Максимальная ширина - - - - - + Change Изменить - + Color for players Цвет для игроков - + Color for talking players Цвет для разговаривающих игроков - + Color for alt-talking players Цвета для усиленно говорящих игроков - + Color for Channels Цвет для каналов - + Color for active Channels Цвет для Активных каналов - + Overlay Замещение - + Show User Textures - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. - + Maximum height of names. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. - + Maximum height - + Show no one - + Show only talking - + Show everyone - + Form - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. - + Let overlay grow to the right - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. - - - - - - - + TextLabel @@ -5334,7 +5268,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Этот игрок подключен к серверу. Иконка слева от игрока отображает, разговаривает он сейчас или нет:<br /><img src=":/icons/talking_on.png" />Говорит<br /><img src=":/icons/talking_off.png" />Не говорит - + This is a channel on the server. Only players in the same channel can hear each other. Канал на сервере. Только игроки на одном канале могут слушать друг друга. @@ -5343,32 +5277,32 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Показывает флаги игрока на сервере,если любой:<br /><img src=":/icons/authenticated.png" />Зарегистрированный пользователь<br /><img src=":/icons/muted_self.png" />Заглушенный (собой)<br /><img src=":/icons/muted_server.png" />Заглушенный (администратором)<br /><img src=":/icons/deafened_self.png" />В онемении (собственном)<br /><img src=":/icons/deafened_server.png" />В онемении (администратора)<br />Пользователь,заглушенный собой, обычно отошел от компьютера, говорит по телефону, или что-то в этом роде.<br />Игрок, заглушенный администратором, возможно просто отошел, и шум игрока надоедал администратору,и он заглушил его. - + Name Имя - + Flags Флаги - + This is a player connected to the server. The icon to the left of the player indicates whether or not they are talking:<br /><img src="skin:talking_on.png" /> Talking<br /><img src="skin:talking_off.png" /> Not talking - + This shows the flags the player has on the server, if any:<br /><img src="skin:authenticated.png" />Authenticated user<br /><img src="skin:muted_self.png" />Muted (by self)<br /><img src="skin:muted_server.png" />Muted (by admin)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_self.png" />Deafened (by self)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_server.png" />Deafened (by admin)<br />A player muted by himself is probably just away, talking on the phone or something like that.<br />A player muted by an admin is probably also just away, and the noise the player is making was annoying enough that an admin muted him. - + Mumble Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? @@ -5376,94 +5310,94 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PluginConfig - + Options Настройки - - + + Plugins Плагины - + Link to Game and Transmit Position Связаться с игрой и передать позицию - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information Включить плагины и передать информацию о позиции - + This enables plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit that with each voice packet. This enables other players to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. Включает плагины для поддерживаемых игр, чтобы соответствовать вашей позиции в игре и передавать их с каждым голосовым пакетом. Позволяет другим игрокам слушать ваш голос в игре оттуда, откуда он расположен по отношению к ним. - + &Reload plugins &Перезагрузить плагины - + Reloads all plugins Перезагрузить все плагины - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. Пересканирует и перезагружает плагины. Используйте, если вы только что добавили или изменили плагин в папке с плагинами. - + &About &О плагине - + Information about plugin Информация о плагине - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. Покажет небольшую справку о плагине. - + &Configure &Настроить - + Show configuration page of plugin Показать страницу настроек плагина - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. Показывает страницу настроек плагина, если есть. - - + + Mumble Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. Плагин не имеет функции конфигурирования. - + Plugin has no about function. У плагина нет функции информации. - + Form @@ -5475,7 +5409,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Плагин %1 потерял связь. - + %1 lost link. %1 потерял связь. @@ -5484,7 +5418,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Плагин %1 подключен. - + %1 linked. %1 подключен. @@ -5492,7 +5426,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PortAudioSystem - + Default Device @@ -5527,12 +5461,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input - + Default Output @@ -5540,7 +5474,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned @@ -5548,7 +5482,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutDelegate - + Unassigned @@ -5556,7 +5490,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut Нажмите ярлык @@ -5564,23 +5498,33 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } TextMessage - + Message to send - + Preview - - Send raw message + + Disables html formatting - - Disables html formating + + Disable text formatting + + + + + This field reflects how the message will look like in the chat. + + + + + <b>Preview</b><br />This field takes the raw string entered above and renders it like it will look like in the log. For example &lt;b&gt;Test&lt;/b&gt; will display as: <b>Test<b>. @@ -5591,7 +5535,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Mumble - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. Mumble возвратил ошибку при запросе информации о версии с сервера SourceForge. @@ -5599,102 +5543,102 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details - + Certificate chain - + Certificate details - + %1 %2 %1 %2 - - + + Common Name: %1 - - + + Organization: %1 - + Subunit: %1 - - + + Country: %1 - - + + Locality: %1 - - + + State: %1 - + Valid from: %1 - + Valid to: %1 - + Serial: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 - + RSA - + DSA - + Digest (MD5): %1 - + Issued by: - + Unit Name: %1 @@ -5717,7 +5661,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } WASAPISystem - + Default Device diff --git a/src/mumble11x/mumble_zh_CN.ts b/src/mumble11x/mumble_zh_CN.ts index 733bdbca1..10743a952 100644 --- a/src/mumble11x/mumble_zh_CN.ts +++ b/src/mumble11x/mumble_zh_CN.ts @@ -4,342 +4,339 @@ ACLEditor - + Mumble - Edit ACL for %1 Mumble - 编辑 访问控制列表 %1 - + Deny 拒绝 - + Allow 允许 - + Allow %1 允许 %1 - + Deny %1 拒绝 %1 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 授予 %1 权限.如果一个权限同时被拒绝和允许，则被视为拒绝。<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 撤销 %1 权限.如果一个权限同时被拒绝和允许，则被视为拒绝。<br />%2 - + Dialog 对话框 - + &Groups &群 - - + Group 群 - + List of groups 群列表 - + This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. 这是当前频道内定义的所有群。要创建一个新群，请输入群名然后按回车。 - + Remove selected group 删除选中的群 - + This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. 删除当前选中的群。如果该群有子群，它将不会被从列表中删除，但是与该群相关的所有本地信息将被清除. - - - - + Remove 删除 - + Inherit group members from parent 从父继承群成员 - + This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. 如果群在父频道里被标记为<i>可继承</i>,则从父继承所有群成员。 - - + Inherit 继承 - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels 使群可被子频道继承 - + This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. 使该群可被子频道继承。如果该群不可被继承，则可在子频道内创建同名新群。 - + Inheritable 可继承 - + Group was inherited from parent channel 继承自父频道的群 - + This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. 这表明该群继承自父频道。该标志仅供参考，你不能编辑该标志。 - + Inherited 继承的 - + Members 成员 - - - + Add 添加 - + Add to Remove 添加到删除列表 - + Add member to group 添加群成员 - + Type in the name of a player you wish to add to the group and click Add. 输入你要添加到群里的玩家名字然后点击添加。 - + Remove member from group 从群里删除成员 - + Type in the name of a player you wish to remove from the group and click Add. 输入你要从群内删除的成员然后点击删除。 - + &ACL &访问控制列表 - + Active ACLs 当前访问控制列表 - + List of entries 条目列表 - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. 显示该频道内所有活跃条目。继承自父频道的条目将以斜体显示.<br/>访问控制列表是自上而下处理，意味着列表越往下优先级越高。 - + Inherit ACL of parent? 继承父访问控制列表？ - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. 设置是否对当前对象应用父频道的访问控制列表。只有那些在父频道内被标记为“应用到子频道”的条目将被继承。 - + Inherit ACLs 继承访问控制列表 - + Move entry up 上移条目 - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. 在列表中上移条目。由于条目自上而下被处理，这有可能改变用户的有效权限.你不能将一个条目移到继承的条目之上，如果你确实想这么做，你需要复制继承的条目。 - + &Up &上移 - + Move entry down 下移条目 - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. 在列表中下移条目。由于条目自上而下被处理，这有可能改变用户的有效权限。 - + &Down &下移 - + Add new entry 添加新条目 - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. 添加一个新条目，初始设置为无权限并应用到所有。 - + &Add &添加 - + Remove entry 删除条目 - + This removes the currently selected entry. 删除当前选中的条目。 - + &Remove &删除 - + Context 上下文 - Entry should apply to this channel - 应用到该频道的条目 + 应用到该频道的条目 - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. 应用该条目到当前频道。 - + Applies to this channel 应用到当前频道 - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. 应用到子频道的条目。 - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. 应用该条目到当前频道的子频道。 - + Applies to sub-channels 应用到子频道 - + Permissions 权限 - + User/Group 用户/群 - + Group this entry applies to 应用该条目的群 - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a !, its membership is negated, and if it starts with a ~, it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in. Order is important; <i>!~in</i> is valid, but <i>~!in</i> is not.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for <i>sub,0,0,0</i>).<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. - + User ID 用户名 - + User this entry applies to 应用该条目的用户 - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. 控制该条目应用到哪个用户。请输入用户名然后按回车来向服务器做匹配查询。 + + + Entry should apply to this channel. + + ALSAAudioInput - + Default ALSA Card 默认 ALSA 声卡 - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 无法打开所选 ALSA 输入: %1 @@ -347,12 +344,12 @@ ALSAAudioOutput - + Default ALSA Card 默认 ALSA 声卡 - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 无法打开所选 ALSA 输出: %1 @@ -360,179 +357,190 @@ ASIOConfig - %1 (ver %2) - %1 （版本 %2） + %1 （版本 %2） - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz - %1 毫秒 -> %2 毫秒 （%3 毫秒 分辨率） %4赫兹 + %1 毫秒 -> %2 毫秒 （%3 毫秒 分辨率） %4赫兹 - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz -- Unusable - %1 毫秒 -> %2 毫秒 （%3 毫秒 分辨率） %4 赫兹--不可用 + %1 毫秒 -> %2 毫秒 （%3 毫秒 分辨率） %4 赫兹--不可用 - - - - + + %1 (version %2) + + + + + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz + + + + + + + Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 ASIO初始化失败: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver 无法初始化 ASIO 驱动 - + ASIO - + Form 表单 - + Device selection 设备选择 - + Device 设备 - + Device to use for microphone 用作麦克风的设备 - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. 选择要查询的设备。你仍需要实际查询该设备然后选择要使用哪些声道。 - + Query selected device 查询所选设备 - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. 查询所选设备的声道。注意大多数 ASIO 驱动有极端漏洞，查询设备可能导致应用程序或系统崩溃。 - + &Query &查询 - + Configure selected device 配置所选设备 - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. 配置所选设备。注意大多数 ASIO 驱动有极端漏洞，查询设备可能导致应用程序或系统崩溃。 - + &Configure &配置 - + Capabilities 设置信息 - + Driver name 驱动名称 - - TextLabel - 文本标签 + 文本标签 - Buffersize - 缓冲区大小 + 缓冲区大小 - + Configure input channels 配置输入声道 - This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples <i>What you hear</i>.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be <i>Mic L</i> while Speaker should be <i>Mix L</i> and <i>Mix R</i>. - 配置 ASIO 的输入声道.请确保你选择了至少一个声道作为麦克风和扬声器。<i>麦克风</i>应该是你的已连接的麦克风连，<i>扬声器</i>应该是一个采样<i>你听到的声音</i>的声道。<br />比如在 Audigy 2 ZS 上，一个好的麦克风的选择会是<i> Mic L </i>而扬声器会是<i> Mix L </i>和<i> Mix R</i>. + 配置 ASIO 的输入声道.请确保你选择了至少一个声道作为麦克风和扬声器。<i>麦克风</i>应该是你的已连接的麦克风连，<i>扬声器</i>应该是一个采样<i>你听到的声音</i>的声道。<br />比如在 Audigy 2 ZS 上，一个好的麦克风的选择会是<i> Mic L </i>而扬声器会是<i> Mix L </i>和<i> Mix R</i>. - + Channels 声道 - + Microphone 麦克风 - - + <- - - + -> - + Unused 未使用 - + Speakers 扬声器 + + + Buffer size + + + + + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. + + ASIOInput - - + + Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. 你需要选择至少一个麦克风和一个扬声器源来使用 ASIO.如果你只需要使用要麦克风进行采样,请使用 DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. 无法打开所选 ASIO 设备。没有可用输入。 @@ -540,27 +548,27 @@ AboutDialog - + About Mumble 关于 Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>版权所有 %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>一个游戏玩家的语音聊天工具</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> - + &About Mumble &关于 Mumble - + &License &授权 - + OK @@ -568,17 +576,17 @@ AboutSpeexDialog - + About Speex 关于 Speex - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p><p>This program uses Speex version %1</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering, voice activity detection and speech<br />compression.</p> <h3>关于 Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p><p>该程序使用 Speex 版本 %1</p><p>Speex 被用于回声消除，噪音<br />过滤，语言活动检测和语音<br />压缩。</p> - + OK @@ -586,330 +594,330 @@ AudioInput - + Form 表单 - + Interface 接口 - + System 系统 - + Input method for audio 音频输入方法 - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>这是用于音频的输入方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - + Device 设备 - Output method for audio - 音频输出方法 + 音频输出方法 - <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. - <b>这是用于音频输出的方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 + <b>这是用于音频输出的方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - + Cancel Echo 消除回声 - + Transmission 传送 - + &Transmit &传送 - + When to transmit your speech 何时传送你的语音 - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. <b>设置何时语音将被传送。</b><br /><i>连续</i>一直<br /><i>有语音活动</i> 当你说话清晰时。<br /><i>按键通话</i> - 当你按住作为<i>快捷键</i>的自定义按键组合时。 - + DoublePush Time 两次按键时间间隔 - - - - - - - - + TextLabel 文本标签 - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. <b>启用按键通话的音频提示。</b><br />当你按下或释放按键通话快捷键时会听到一声短的蜂鸣声。 - + PTT Audio cue PTT 提示音 - + Use SNR based speech detection 使用基于 SNR 的语音侦测 - + Signal to Noise 信噪比 - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. 使用基于振幅的语音侦测。 - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. <b>设置用振幅来做语音侦测。</b><br />在此模式下，输入信号的原始强度被用于语音侦测。 - + Amplitude 振幅 - + Voice &Hold &暂停 发言 - + How long to keep transmitting after silence 无声后多长时间内继续传送 - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>设置发言暂停被感知到后多长时间内继续传送。</b>如果你在讲话时你的语音破碎（在你的名字旁边会显示一个快速闪烁的语音图标），增大这个值。<br />只有在使用检测到语音活动时传送时该选项才有用。 - + Silence Below 无声 低于 - + Signal values below this counts as silence 信号值低于这个数值时视为无声 - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. <b>设置语音检测的触发值。</b><br />与音频统计窗口一起来使用该值以手工调整语音侦测的触发值。输入值低于"无声 低于“时总是会被视为无声。值高于”语音 高于“时总是被视为语音。如果你正在讲话，两者之间的值会被视为语音，但是不会触发一个新的侦测。 - + Speech Above 语言 高于 - + Signal values above this count as voice 信号值高于这个数值时视为语音 - + Compression 压缩 - + &Quality &质量 - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) 压缩质量(峰值带宽） - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. <b>设置压缩质量。</b><br />确定 Mumble 可用于发送音频的带宽大小。 - + Audio per packet 每个数据包的音频帧数 - + How many audio frames to send per packet 每个数据包里发送多少个音频帧 - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>选择一个数据包里放多少个音频帧。</b><br />增加这个数值会增加你的语音延迟，但也会减少带宽需求。 - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). <b>显示已用的发送带宽峰值。</b><br />显示从你的机器发出的峰值带宽大小。音频比特率是仅用于音频数据的最大比特率(由于我们使用VBR)。位置是用于位置信息的比特率。系统开销是我们的组帧和 IP 数据包头(IP 和 UDP 是该系统开销的75%)。 - + Audio Processing 音频处理 - + Noise Suppression 噪音抑制 - + Noise suppression 噪音抑制 - + Amplification 放大率 - + Maximum amplification of input sound 输入声音的最大放大率 - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. <b>输入的最大放大率。</b><br />Mumble 在压缩前会规格化输入音量，该选项设置音量被允许放大多少。<br />实际等级将根据你的语音模式来持续更新，但是不会高于这里指定的等级。<br />如果音频统计的<i>麦克风响度</i>等级在 100%左右，你很有可能想把该值设为大约 2.0，但是如果像大多数人一样，你不能达到 100%，设置一个更高的值。<br />理想状态下，设置该值使<i>麦克风响度 * 放大率 >= 100</i>,甚至当你相当轻声的讲话时。<br /><br />注意设置该值为其最大值不会有任何副作用，但是如果你将该值设为自动调节到其最大值， Mumble 会开始拾取其他人的谈话。 - + Current speech detection chance 当前语音侦测几率 - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated 当按键通话激活或未激活时听到的提示音频 - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. <b>设置使用信噪比来进行语音侦测。</b><br /> 在此模式下，将从输入中寻找并分析出一个近似清晰的信号，而这个信号的清晰度被用于触发语音侦测。 - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>显示当前语音侦测设置。</b><br />你能在设置对话框或音频精灵里修改当前设置。 - + Idle AutoMute 空闲时自动静音 - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. 空闲多长时间后自动静音。 - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. 设置空闲定时器。如果定时器过期时没有任何音频发送到服务器，你将被静音。 - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio 用于发送音频的最大带宽 - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be supressed. <b>设置应用于噪音抑制的数值大小.</b><br />数值越高，稳态噪声越会被积极的抑制。 + + + Input device for audio + + + + + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> + + AudioInputDialog - + Continuous 连续 - + Voice Activity 语音活动 - + Push To Talk 按键通话 - + Audio Input 音频输入 - - + + %1 ms %1 毫秒 - - + + Off 关闭 - + %1 s %1 秒 - + -%1 dB -%1 分贝 - + %1kbit/s (Audio %2, Position %4, Overhead %3) %1 千比特/秒 （音频 %2, 位置 %4, 系统开销 %3） - + %1 min %1 分钟 @@ -917,302 +925,300 @@ AudioOutput - + Form 表单 - + Interface 接口 - + System 系统 - Input method for audio - 音频输入方法 + 音频输入方法 - <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. - <b>这是用于音频的输入方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 + <b>这是用于音频的输入方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - + Device 设备 - + Output method for audio 音频输出方法 - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>这是用于音频输出的方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - - + Positional Audio 定位音频 - + Audio Output 音频输出 - + Default &Jitter Buffer 默认 &Jitter 缓冲区 - + Safety margin for jitter buffer Jitter 缓冲区的安全边界 - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. <b>设置 Jitter 缓冲区的最小安全边界. </b><br />所有收到的音频都会被缓冲，而 Jitter 缓冲区不断尝试使该缓冲区保持能被你的网络所允许的最小值, 从而使延迟尽可能的低。 设置使用的缓冲区大小的最小值。如果你听到的句子的起始部分是颤音，请增加这个值。 - - - - - - - - - - + TextLabel 文本标签 - + Volume 音量 - + Volume of incoming speech 收到的语音的音量 - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. <b>调节收到的语音的音量。</b><br />注意如果你增加此值至超过 100%，声音会失真。 - + Output Delay 输出延时 - + Amount of data to buffer 缓冲数据大小 - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. 设置输出缓冲区里前置缓冲的数据大小。试验不同值然后设置成不引起快速颤音的最低值. - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. 已连接的“扬声器”实际上是耳机. - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other players' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. 设置声强计算的最小距离.当别的玩家离你小于这个距离时他的语音将不会减弱. - + Factor for sound volume decrease 音量减弱因子 - + Bloom 声音增强 - + Factor for sound volume increase 音量增强因子 - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? 当音源距离过近时音量该增强多少? - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. 选中此选项表明你没有连接扬声器，只有耳机。这很重要，因为扬声器通常在你面前，而耳机直接在你左右。 - + Headphones 耳机 - + Minimum Distance 最小距离 - + Minimum distance to player before sound volume decreases 距离玩家至少多远时声音开始减弱 - + Maximum Distance 最大距离 - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease 超过最大距离时音量将不再减弱 - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other players' speech volume will not decrease any further. 设置声强计算最大距离。当超过此距离时，别的玩家的音量将不再减弱。 - + Minimum Volume 最小音量 - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? 位于最大距离时的音量大小? - + Loopback Test 回环测试 - + Delay Variance 延时方差 - + Variance in packet latency 数据包延时的方差 - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms <b>设置回环测试时的数据包延迟方差。</b><br />大多数音频路径含有一定的延迟方差。该选项允许你设置回环测试模式时的方差。例如，如果你设置该值为 15毫秒，将模拟一个 20-35毫秒 ping 延迟或一个 80-95毫秒延迟的网络。大多数国内网络的延迟方差啊大概是5毫秒 - + Packet Loss 数据包丢失 - + Packet loss for loopback mode 回环模式的数据包丢失 - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% <b>设置回环模式时的数据包丢失。</b><br />该值即为丢包率。除非你的出外的带宽达到峰值或者你的网络连接有问题，该值会是 0% - + &Loopback &回环 - + Desired loopback mode 期望的回环模式 - + <b>This enables one of the loopback testmodes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other players will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. <b>该选项启用某种回环测试模式。</b><br /><i>无</i> - 禁用回环<br /><i>本地</i> - 模拟一个本地服务器。<br /><i>服务器</i> - 请求来自服务器的回环。<br />请注意当回环模式启用时，别的玩家不会听到你的声音。当应用程序退出时该选项不会被存盘。 - + Other Applications 其他应用程序 - + Volume of other applications during speech 讲话时别的应用程序的音量 - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. <b>讲话时减小其他应用程序的音量.</b><br />Mumble 支持收到语音时减小其他应用程序的音量。这将设置当其他的人交谈时其他应用程序的相对音量。 + + + Output device for audio + + + + + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> + + AudioOutputDialog - + None 无 - + Local 本地 - + Server 服务器 - + Audio Output 音频输出 - - + + %1 ms %1 毫秒 - - - - - + + + + + %1% - + %1ms %1 毫秒 - - + + %1m %1 米 @@ -1220,512 +1226,510 @@ AudioStats - >1000ms - >1000毫秒 + >1000毫秒 - + Audio Statistics 音频统计 - + Input Levels 输入级别 - + Peak microphone level 麦克风级别峰值 - - - + Peak power in last frame 最后帧的峰值功率 - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. - - - - - - - - TextLabel - 文本标签 + 文本标签 - + Peak speaker level 扬声器级别峰值 - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) of the speakers. Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. - + Peak clean level 静输入级别峰值 - - This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other players with echoes. - - - - + Signal Analysis 信号分析 - + Microphone power 麦克风功率 - + How close the current input level is to ideal 当前输入级别离完美有多近 - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio 信噪比 - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone 麦克风的信噪音比 - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. - + Speech Probability 语音的概率 - + Probability of speech 语音的概率 - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). - + Configuration feedback 配置反馈 - + Current audio bitrate 当前音频比特率 - + Bitrate of last frame 最后帧的比特率 - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. - + DoublePush interval 两次按键时间间隔 - Time between last two PushToTalk presses - 最后两次按下按键通话键的时间间隔 + 最后两次按下按键通话键的时间间隔 - + Speech Detection 语音侦测 - + Current speech detection chance 当前语音侦测几率 - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>显示当前语音侦测设置。</b><br />你能在设置对话框或音频精灵里修改当前设置。 - + Signal and noise power spectrum 信号和噪音功率频谱 - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate 输入信号和噪音估计的功率频谱 - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. - + Echo Analysis 回声分析 - + Weights of the echo canceller 回声抵消器的影响 - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. + + + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. + + + + + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses + + + + + >1000 ms + + AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard 音频调节精灵 - + Introduction 介绍 - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard 欢迎使用 Mumble 音频精灵 - + This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. 这是 Mumble 音频调节精灵。这将帮你正确设置你的声卡的输入级别，并正确设置 Mumble 的声音处理参数。 - + Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped locally to allow you to listen to it, and no audio will be sent to the server. 请注意当音频精灵活跃时，音频将被在本地环回以允许你听到它，没有音频会被发送到服务器。 - + Finished 完成 - + Enjoy using Mumble Mumble 祝你使用愉快 - + Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. 恭喜。现在你可以准备好享受 Mumble 带给你的丰富声音体验. - + Device selection 设备选择 - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. 选择 Mumble 用来输入和输出的设备. - + Input device 输入设备 - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. 这是你的麦克风连接到的设备。 - - + + System 系统 - + Input method for audio 音频输入方法 - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>这是用于音频的输入方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - - + + Device 设备 - + Input device to use 使用的输入设备 - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> <b>选择哪个声卡用于音频输入。</b> - + Use echo cancellation 使用回声消除 - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers. 消除来自耳机或扬声器的回声. - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. 启用送出音频的回声消除，这在扬声器和耳机上都有帮助。 - + Output device 输出设备 - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. 这是你的扬声器或耳机连接到的设备. - + Output method for audio 音频输出方法 - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>这是用于音频输出的方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - + Output device to use 使用的输出设备 - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> <b>选择哪个声卡用于音频输出。</b> - + Enable positional audio 启用定位音频 - + Allows positioning of sound. 允许声音定位. - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. 这允许 Mumble 使用定位音频来放置语音。 - + Positional Audio 定位音频 - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. 调节定位音频的衰减量. - + Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other players relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other player is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. Mumble 支持在某些游戏里使用定位音频，并能根据其他玩家在游戏中的位置来定位他们的发言。音量将会根据说话者的位置来改变以模拟他相对于其他玩家的方向和距离。定位音频依赖于你的操作系统正确的配置了扬声器，因此我们对扬声器进行测试。 - + The graph below shows the position of <font color="red">you</font>, the <font color="yellow">speakers</font> and a <font color="green">moving sound source</font> as if seen from above. You should hear the audio move between the channels. 下图中显示<font color="red">你</font>的位置，<font color="yellow">扬声器</font>和一个<font color="green">移动的声源</font>。你应该听到音频在声道间切换. - + Use headphones 使用耳机 - + Use headphones instead of speakers. 使用耳机而不是扬声器. - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. 这将忽略操作系统的扬声器配置并为耳机配置音频定位. - + Volume tuning 音量调节 - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. 调节麦克风硬件音量到最佳设置。 - + Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. 打开你的声音控制面板然后打开录音设置。确保麦克风被选为当前使用的输入并使用最大录音音量。如果有启用“麦克风加强”选项，请确保它被选上。 - + Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sound control panel until the bar below stays as high as possible in the blue and green but <b>not</b> the red zone while you speak. 请大声讲话，就像你在愤怒或兴奋时那样。减小你的声音控制面板里的音量直到下面的进度条在你讲话时尽可能的停留在蓝区和绿区，而<b>不是</b>红区里. - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. 现在轻声讲话，就像你在深夜时不想打扰任何人一样。调节下面的滑块直到下面的进度条在你讲话时进入绿区，而在你沉默时停留在蓝区。 - + Voice Activity Detection 语言活动检测 - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. 让 Mumble 分辨出你是在讲话还是在沉默. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. 这将帮助 Mumble 知道你是在讲话。第一步是选择用哪个数据值。 - + Raw amplitude from input 输入的原始振幅 - + Signal-To-Noise ratio 信噪比 - + Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). 下一步你需要调节下面两个滑块。你最初讲几句话时进度条应该停留在绿区（确定是讲话）。当你讲话时，进度条应该停留在黄区（可能是讲话）；当你没讲话时，进度条应该停留在红区(明确没在讲话）. - + Last, you need to adjust the grace time. Mumble may detect this much non-speech and still keep transmitting before it breaks off. This allows you to catch your breath while speaking. 最后，你需要调节宽限时间.在宽限时间内 Mumble 能够侦测到你没在讲话并继续传送，然后断开连接。这允许你在讲话时喘息。 - + Device tuning 设备调节 - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. 修改硬件输出延时到它们的最小值。 - + To keep latency to an absolute minium, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. 为了保证延时是绝对最小值，让声卡缓冲尽可能少的音频非常重要。然而大多数声卡声称它们需要比实际需求更小的缓冲区，因此设置这个值的唯一方式是去尝试。 - + You should hear a single tone that's changing in frequency. Change the slider below to the lowest value which gives <b>no</b> interruptions or jitter in the sound. Please note that local echo is disabled during this test to improve audio path recognition. 你应该听到一个不断改变频率的单音。移动下面的滑块直到它是<b>不</b>导致声音中断或颤音的最小值。请注意在测试中本地回声将被禁止以改善音频路径识别. - + Amount of data to buffer. 缓冲数据大小。 - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. 设置输出缓冲区里前置缓冲的数据大小。试验不同值然后设置成不引起快速颤音的最低值. - + If you position the microphone so it can pick up the speakers or headset, Mumble will measure the total audio path delay in your system; this means the delay from a sample is placed in an outbound buffer until it's found in a matching incoming buffer. 如果你将麦克风放到能捕捉扬声器或耳机声音的地方, Mumble 将计算你的系统中的总的音频路径延时;这个延时是自一个声音样本被放到输出缓冲区后直到它在匹配的输入缓冲区里被找到的时间间隔. - + %1ms %1毫秒 - + Audio path is %1ms long. 音频路径长%1毫秒. - + Audio path cannot be determined. Input not recognized. 音频路径无法被确定。输入无法识别. - + %1 s %1 秒 - + Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus on the features that benefit the most users. To this end, Mumble supports submitting anonymous statistics about your configuration to the developers. These statistcs are essential for future development, and also make sure the features you use aren't deprecated. Mumble 正处于开发阶段，开发团队致力于开发能使大多数用户受益的功能。Mumble 支持匿名递交你的配置统计信息给开发人员。这些统计信息对于将来的开发非常重要，并确保你使用的功能不会被弃用。 - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project 递交匿名统计给 Mumble 项目组 - + Push To Talk: 按键通话: @@ -1733,37 +1737,37 @@ BanEditor - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - 编辑黑名单 - + &Address &地址 - + &Mask &子网掩码 - + 0.0.0.0 - + &Add &添加 - + &Update &更新 - + &Remove &删除 @@ -1771,147 +1775,147 @@ ChanACL - + W - + T - + E - + S - + A - + M - + K - + C - + L - + None 无 - + Traverse 遍历 - + Enter 进入 - + Speak 发言 - + AltSpeak 试图发言 - + Mute/Deafen 禁音/耳聋 - + Move/Kick 移动/踢出 - + Make channel 创建频道 - + Link channel 链接频道 - + This represents no privileges. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel with flagged speech. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with AltPushToTalk held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other players. Once muted, a player will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged player or reconnects to the server. - + This represents the permission to move a player to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the player, either the moving player must have Move/Kick privileges in the destination channel, or the player must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Players with this privilege can move players into channels the target player normally wouldn't have permission to enter. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The player making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Players in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking player has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. - + Write ACL 创建访问控制列表 @@ -1919,32 +1923,32 @@ ClientPlayer - + Authenticated 已认证 - + Muted (server) 静音(服务器) - + Deafened (server) 耳聋(服务器) - + Local Mute 本地静音 - + Muted (self) 静音(自己） - + Deafened (self) 耳聋(自己) @@ -1952,226 +1956,252 @@ ConfigDialog - + + Accept changes 确定 - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. 该按钮将接受当前设置并返回到应用程序。<br/>当你退出应用程序时这些设置将被存盘。 - + + Reject changes 取消 - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. 该按钮将拒绝所有修改并返回到应用程序。<br/>这些设置将被重置到先前的设定。 - + + Apply changes 应用 - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. 该按钮将立即应用所有修改. - + + Undo changes for current page 撤销 - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. 该按钮将复原对当前页的任意修改到最近使用的设置。 - + + Restore defaults for current page 恢复默认值 - - This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will be not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. - 该按钮将恢复当前页设置到默认值。其他页面的设置将不被修改。<b r/>为了恢复其他页面上的设置到默认值，你需要在每个页面上都使用该按钮。 + + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. + - + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will be not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. + 该按钮将恢复当前页设置到默认值。其他页面的设置将不被修改。<b r/>为了恢复其他页面上的设置到默认值，你需要在每个页面上都使用该按钮。 + + + Mumble Configuration Mumble 配置 - Tab 1 - 标签 1 + 标签 1 + + + + + Advanced + ConnectDialog - + Connecting to %1 正在连接到 %1 - + Enter username 输入用户名 - + Unknown 未知 - + Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list 无法获取服务器列表 - - + + New 新建 - + -Unnamed entry- -未命名条目- - - + + Add 添加 - + Update 更新 - + Mumble Server Connect Mumble 服务器连接 - + &Custom Servers &自定义服务器 - + &Label &标签 - + A&ddress &地址 - + &Port &端口 - + &Username &用户名 - + &Password &密码 - - + &Connect &连接 - + &Cancel &取消 - + &Add &添加 - + &Remove &删除 - + Server &Browser 服务器&浏览器 - + Label 标签 - + Address 地址 - + URL 网址 - + Cancel 取消 - + C&opy to custom &拷贝到自定义 - + &View Webpage &查看主页 + + CoreAudioSystem + + + Default Device + + + DXAudioInput - + Default DirectSound Voice Input 默认 DirectSound 语音输入 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. 不能打开所选 DirectSound 输入设备。不能捕捉麦克风。 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. 不能打开所选 DirectSound 输入。将使用默认设备。 - + Lost DirectSound input device. 丢失 DirectSound 输入设备。 @@ -2179,22 +2209,22 @@ DXAudioOutput - + Default DirectSound Voice Output 默认 DirectSound 语音输出 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. 不能打开所选 DirectSound 输出。将使用默认设备。 - + Lost DirectSound output device. 丢失 DirectSound 输出设备。 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. 不能打开所选 DirectSound 输出。将听不到音频。 @@ -2202,12 +2232,12 @@ Database - + Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Mumble 无法在任何可能的位置里初始化数据库. @@ -2216,57 +2246,57 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts 快捷键 - + List of configured shortcuts 配置好的快捷键列表 - + Function 功能 - + Shortcut 快捷键 - + Suppress 禁止 - + Add new shortcut 添加新快捷键 - + This will add a new global shortcut 这将添加一个新的全局快捷键 - + &Add &添加 - + Remove selected shortcut 移除所选快捷键 - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. 这将永久性的删除所选快捷键。 - + &Remove &删除 @@ -2274,27 +2304,27 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts 快捷键 - + Shortcut button combination. 快捷键按钮组合. - + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. <b>这是全局快捷键组合。</b><br />双击该区域然后绑定想要的按键/按钮组合。 - + Suppress keys from other applications 禁止其他应用程序使用的按键 - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. <b>向其他应用程序隐藏这些按键。</b><br/>允许该选项将向其他应用程序隐藏指定按键（或者组合按键的最后一个按键）。注意并不是所有按键都能被禁用。 @@ -2302,7 +2332,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. Mumble 检测到当它位于后台时它不能接收到全局快捷键事件。<br /><br />这是因为被称为‘允许辅助设备的使用’的辅助使用功能当前被禁用。<br /><br />请<a href=" ">启用该选项</a>然后继续。 @@ -2310,7 +2340,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 鼠标 %1 @@ -2318,7 +2348,7 @@ of the possible locations. LCD - + Not connected 未连接 @@ -2326,32 +2356,32 @@ of the possible locations. LCDConfig - + Graphic 图形 - + Character 字符 - + Enable this device 启用该设备 - + LCD - + Form 表单 - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -2383,42 +2413,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - + Devices 设备 - + Name 名称 - + Type 类型 - + Size 大小 - + Enabled 已启用 - + Views 视图 - + Minimum Column Width 最小列宽 - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -2431,18 +2461,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - - + TextLabel 文本标签 - + Splitter Width 分割线宽度 - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -2454,245 +2483,228 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Log - Debug - 调试 + 调试 - Critical - 紧急 + 紧急 - Warning - 警告 + 警告 - Information - 信息 + 信息 - Server Connected - 服务器已连接 + 服务器已连接 - Server Disconnected - 服务器已断开连接 + 服务器已断开连接 - Player Joined Server - 玩家加入服务器 + 玩家加入服务器 - Player Left Server - 玩家离开服务器 + 玩家离开服务器 - Player kicked (you or by you) - 玩家踢出你（或被你踢出） + 玩家踢出你（或被你踢出） - Player kicked - 玩家被踢出 + 玩家被踢出 - You self-muted/deafened - 你自我静音/耳聋 + 你自我静音/耳聋 - Other self-muted/deafened - 其他人自我静音/耳聋 + 其他人自我静音/耳聋 - Player muted (you) - 玩家对你静音 + 玩家对你静音 - Player muted (by you) - 玩家被你静音 + 玩家被你静音 - Player muted (other) - 玩家静音其他人 + 玩家静音其他人 - Player Joined Channel - 玩家加入频道 + 玩家加入频道 - Player Left Channel - 玩家离开频道 + 玩家离开频道 - Permission Denied - 没有权限 + 没有权限 - Text Message - 文本消息 + 文本消息 - Script Errors - 脚本错误 + 脚本错误 LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events 为 %1 事件启用控制台 - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events 为 %1 事件启用弹出窗口通知 - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events 为%1事件启用文本语音转换 - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events 点击这里为 %1 事件启用声音通知 - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change 在 %1 事件发生时用于声音通知的声音文件的路径<br />单击播放<br/>双击更改 - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. 点击这里为 %1 事件启用控制台输出。<br />如果选中，该选项使 Mumble 输出所有 %1 事件到它的消息日志中。 - - Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. - 点击这里为 %1 事件启用弹出窗口通知。<br />如果选中， Mumble 将为每个 %1 事件创建一个弹出窗口。 + + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. + 点击这里为 %1 事件启用弹出窗口通知。<br />如果选中， Mumble 将为每个 %1 事件创建一个弹出窗口。 - - Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. - 点击这里为 %1 事件启用文本语音转换.<br />如果选中， Mumble 会使用文本语音转化将 %1 事件大声的读出来给你听。当声音文件无效时，文本语音转换也能读取事件内容。文本语音转化和声音文件不能同时使用。 + + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. + 点击这里为 %1 事件启用文本语音转换.<br />如果选中， Mumble 会使用文本语音转化将 %1 事件大声的读出来给你听。当声音文件无效时，文本语音转换也能读取事件内容。文本语音转化和声音文件不能同时使用。 - - Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. - 点击这里为 %1 事件启用声音通知。<br />如果选中， Mumble 会使用一个你预先定义的声音文件来标示 %1 事件。声音文件和文本语音转换不能同时被使用。 + + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. + 点击这里为 %1 事件启用声音通知。<br />如果选中， Mumble 会使用一个你预先定义的声音文件来标示 %1 事件。声音文件和文本语音转换不能同时被使用。 - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. 在 %1 事件发生时用于声音通知的声音文件的路径。<br />单击播放<br />双击更换<br />请确认这些事件的声音通知被启用，否则这个字段将没有任何效果。 - + Choose sound file 选择声音文件 - + Invalid sound file 无效声音文件 - + The file '%1' does not exist or is not a valid speex file. 文件 ‘%1’ 不存在或者不是一个有效的语音编码文件。 - + Messages 消息 - + Message 消息 - + Console 控制台 - + Notification 通知 - + Text-To-Speech 文本语音转换 - + Soundfile 声音文件 - + Path 路径 - + Text To Speech 文本语音转换 - + Volume 音量 - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine 文本语音转换引擎的音量 - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>这是用于语音合成的音量。</b> - + Length threshold 长度阈值 - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine 用于文本语音转换的消息长度阈值 - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. <b>这是用于文本语音转换引擎的消息长度阈值。</b><br />消息长于此值时将不会被全部读出来。 - + Characters 字符 @@ -2700,214 +2712,210 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LookConfig - - + + System default 系统默认 - + None 无 - + Only with players 仅当有玩家时 - + All 所有 - + Ask 询问 - + Do Nothing 无动作 - + Move 移动 - + User Interface 用户界面 - + Choose skin file 选择皮肤文件 - + Form 表单 - - + Language 语言 - + Language to use (requires restart) 使用的语言（需要重启） - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. <b>设置 Mumble 使用哪种语言。</b><br />你需要重启 Mumble 来使用新语言。 - + Look and Feel 外观 - + Style 风格 - + Basic widget style 基本窗口风格 - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> <b>设置使用基本外观。</b> - + Skin 皮肤 - + Skin file to use 使用的皮肤文件 - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. <b>设置 Mumble 应该使用哪个皮肤文件。</b><br/>皮肤是一个应用在基本窗口风格上的风格文件。如果在与风格相同的目录里有图标，目录中的图标将替换默认图标。 - + ... - + Expand 展开 - + When to automatically expand channels 什么时候自动展开频道 - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with players</i> will expand and collapse channels as players join and leave them. 设置哪些频道将自动展开。<i>无</i>和<i>所有</i>将展开零个或所有频道，而<i>仅当有玩家时<i>将在玩家加入和离开时自动展开和折叠频道。 - + List players above subchannels (requires restart). 在子频道之上列出玩家（需要重启）。 - + <b>If set, players will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. <b>如果选中，玩家将被显示在子频道之上.</b><br/>需要重启 Mumble 来使改变生效。 - + Players above Channels 玩家位于频道之上 - + Channel Dragging 频道拖动 - + This changes the behaviour when moving channels. 改变当移动频道时的行为。 - + This sets the behaviour of channel drags, it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. 设置频道拖动时的行为，能被用来防止意外的拖动。<i>移动频道</i>将在移动频道时不做提示.<i>无动作</i>将在试图移动频道时显示一个出错信息。<i>询问</i>使用一个消息框来确认你是真的想移动一个频道。 - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. 询问退出 Mumble 时是关闭还是最小化。 - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.<b> <b>如果选中，当你连接到服务器时将验证你是否想退出.</b> - + Ask on quit while connected 当你连接到服务器时询问是否退出 - + Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. 使 Mumble 窗口位于其他窗口之上. - + <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> <b>这将使 Mumble 窗口成为最上面的窗口。</b> - + Always On Top 总在最上 - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> <b>如果选中，最小化 Mumble 主窗口时将使得它被隐藏到系统托盘。否则，它将会像通常一样被最小化。</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized 最小化时隐藏到系统托盘 - Show all configuration items - 显示所有配置选项 + 显示所有配置选项 - <b>This will show all configuration items.</b><br />Mumble contains a lot of configuration items that most users won't need to change. Checking this will show all configurable items. - <b>显示所有配置选项.</b><br/> Mumble 包含许多大多数用户不需要改变的选项。选中该选项将显示所有可配置选项。 + <b>显示所有配置选项.</b><br/> Mumble 包含许多大多数用户不需要改变的选项。选中该选项将显示所有可配置选项。 - Expert Config - 专家配置选项 + 专家配置选项 - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. 当最小化时，隐藏 Mumble 主窗口到系统托盘。 @@ -2915,1211 +2923,1209 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } MainWindow - - + + Root 根 - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut 按键通话 - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut 按住该按钮来发送语音。 - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut 配置按键发音按键，只要你按住该按键，语音将被传送。 - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut 重置音频处理器 - + Toggle Mute Self Global Shortcut 切换自我静音 - + Toggle self-mute status. Global Shortcut 切换自我静音状态。 - + This will toggle your muted status. If you toggle this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut 该选项将切换自我静音状态。如果你关闭静音状态，将同时关闭自我耳聋状态。 - + Toggle Deafen Self Global Shortcut 切换自我耳聋 - + Toggle self-deafen status. Global Shortcut 切换自我耳聋状态。 - + This will toggle your deafen status. If you toggle this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut 该选项切换自我耳聋状态。如果打开此选项，将同时启用自我禁音。 - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut 卸载插件 - + Force Center Position Global Shortcut 强制居中 - + Chan Parent Global Shortcut 父频道 - + Chan Sub#%1 Global Shortcut 子频道#%1 - + Chan All Subs Global Shortcut 所有子频道 - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut 按键禁音 - + Join Channel Global Shortcut 加入频道 - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut 切换 Overlay - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut 切换游戏中的 overlay 状态。 - + This will switch the states of the ingame overlay between showing everybody, just the players who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut 在显示所有人，只有发言的玩家和不显示任何人之间切换游戏中的 overlay 状态。 - + Alt Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut 交替按键通话 - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut 切换最小化 - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut 增大音量（+10%） - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut 减小音量（-10%） - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + Mumble - + Mumble -- %1 - + &Window &窗口 - - + + Minimize 最小化 - + Ctrl+M - + Close 关闭 - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? Mumble 现在连接到了一个服务器。你想要关闭还是最小化它？ - + Clear 清除 - + Opening URL %1 打开网址 %1 - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' 'Mumble' 不支持的网址方案 - + Connecting to %1 正在连接到 %1 - + Enter username 输入用户名 - + Reconnecting. 正在重新连接中。 - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> <h2>控制信道</h2><p>使用 %1 比特 %2 加密<br />平均延迟 %3 毫秒（%4 方差）</p> - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. 语音频道通过控制信道发送。 - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> <h2>语音频道</h2><p>使用 128 比特 OCB-AES128 加密<br/>%1 毫秒延迟（%4 方差）</p> - + UDP Statistics UDP 统计 - + To Server 到服务器 - + From Server 来至服务器 - + Good 良好 - + Late 迟到 - + Lost 丢失 - + Resync 重新同步 - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s (Quality %3)</p> <h2>音频带宽</h2><p>最大 %1千比特/秒<br />当前 %2 千比特/秒 （质量 %3）</p> - + Mumble Server Information Mumble 服务器信息 - - + + &View Certificate &查看认证 - + Kicking player %1 踢出玩家 %1 - - + + Enter reason 输入原因 - + Banning player %1 封禁玩家 %1 - + Sending message to %1 发送消息给 %1 - - + + To %1: %2 发送给 %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 发送消息给 %1 - - + + Channel Name 频道名 - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? 你确信要删除 %1和它的子频道吗？ - + Change description of channel %1 改变频道 %1的描叙 - + Sending message to channel %1 发送消息给频道 %1 - + Sending message to channel tree %1 发送消息给频道树 %1 - + To tree %1: %2 发送给树 %1: %2 - + Message to tree %1 发送消息给树 %1 - + Unmuted and undeafened. 解除静音并解除耳聋。 - + Unmuted. 解除静音。 - + Muted. 静音。 - + Muted and deafened. 禁音和耳聋. - + Deafened. 耳聋. - + Undeafened. 解除耳聋。 - + About Qt 关于 Qt - + Joining %1. 加入 %1. - + Connected to server %1. 已连接到服务器 %1. - + SSL Verification failed: %1 SSL 认证失败: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. <b>警告:</b>服务器提供的认证与保存的认证不同。 - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. 服务器提供的认证认证失败。 - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> <p>%1.<br /> 认证中的错误是：</p><ol>%2</ol><p>你希望接受认证吗？<br />（认证将被保存从而你不会被再次索要认证。）</p> - + Server connection failed: %1. 连接服务器失败: %1. - + Disconnected from server. 与服务器断开连接. - + Invalid username 无效用户名 - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. 你使用一个无效的用户名连接，请尝试别外一个。 - + That username is already in use, please try another username. 用户名已经被使用，请使用另外一个用户名。 - + Wrong password 密码错误 - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. 注册用户密码错误，请重试。 - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. 未注册用户的服务器密码错误，请重试。 - + &Server &服务器 - + &Player &玩家 - + &Channel &频道 - + &Audio &音频 - + C&onfigure &配置 - + &Help &帮助 - + Log 日志 - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. 这里显示所有最近的活动。正在连接到服务器，错误和通知消息都将在这里显示。<br />要准确配置什么消息将被显示在这里，请从菜单中使用<b>设置</b>命令。 - + &Quit Mumble &退出 Mumble - + Closes the program 关闭程序 - + Exits the application. 退出应用程序。 - + Ctrl+Q - + &Connect &连接 - + Open the server connection dialog 打开服务器连接对话框 - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick connect. 显示一个已注册服务器的对话框，并允许快速连接。 - + &Disconnect &断开 - + Disconnect from server 从服务器断开连接 - + Disconnects you from the server. 使你从服务器断开连接。 - + &Ban lists &黑名单 - + Edit ban lists on server 编辑服务器上的黑名单 - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. 这让你编辑服务器端的网址黑名单。 - + &Information &信息 - + Show information about the server connection 显示服务器连接信息 - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. 显示服务器连接的扩展信息. - + &Kick &踢出 - + Kick player (with reason) 踢出玩家（理由） - + Kick selected player off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. 从服务器踢出所选玩家。你将被要求指定一个原因。 - + &Mute &静音 - + Mute player 静音玩家 - + Mute or unmute player on server. Unmuting a deafened player will also undeafen them. 在服务器上对玩家静音或取消静音。取消静音一个耳聋的玩家将同时对他取消耳聋。 - + &Ban &封禁 - + Kick and ban player (with reason) 踢出并封禁玩家（理由） - + Kick and ban selected player from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. 从服务器踢出并封禁所选玩家。你将被要求指定一个原因。 - + &Deafen &耳聋 - + Deafen player 耳聋玩家 - + Deafen or undeafen player on server. Deafening a player will also mute them. 在服务器上使玩家耳聋或取消耳聋。耳聋一个玩家将同时对他静音。 - + &Local Mute &本地静音 - + Mute player locally 本地对玩家静音 - + Mute or unmute player locally. Use this on other players in the same room. 本地对玩家静音或者取消静音. 对相同房间的其他玩家使用该选项。 - - + Send Messa&ge 发送&消息 - - + Send a Text Message 发送一条文本消息 - + Sends a text message to another user. 向另一个用户发送一条文本消息。 - + &Add &添加 - + Add new channel 添加一个新频道 - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. 在当前所选频道内添加一个子频道。 - + &Remove &删除 - + Remove channel 删除频道 - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. 删除一个频道及其所有子频道。 - + &Edit ACL &编辑 访问控制列表 - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel 为频道编辑群和访问控制列表 - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. 打开频道的群和访问控制列表对话框，来控制频道的访问权限。 - + &Rename &重命名 - + Renames the channel 重命名频道 - + This renames a channel. 重命名一个频道。 - + &Change Description &修改描叙 - + Changes the channel description 修改频道描叙 - + This changes the description of a channel. 修改一个频道的描叙。 - + &Link &链接 - + Link your channel to another channel 链接你的频道和另一个频道 - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, players can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. 链接你的当前频道和所选频道。如果他们有权限在对方频道讲话，玩家现在能听到彼此的声音。这是个永久性的链接，直到手动取消链接或者服务器重启。请查看按键链接快捷键。 - + &Unlink Channel &取消链接 - + Unlink your channel from another channel 取消你的频道和另一个频道之间的链接 - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. 取消你的当前频道和所选频道之间的链接。 - + Unlink &All 取消&所有链接 - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. 取消你的频道和所有已链接频道之间的链接。 - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. 取消你的当前频道（非所选频道）和所有已链接的频道之间的链接。 - + &Reset &重置 - + Reset audio preprocessor 重置音频预处理器 - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. 该选项将重置音频预处理器，包含噪音消除，自动获取和语音活动检测。如果音频环境突然变的恶劣（比如掉麦）并且是暂时的，使用该选项来避免等待预处理器自我调节。 - + &Mute Self &静音自己 - + Mute yourself 自我静音 - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. 对自己静音或取消静音。当静音时，你将不会发送数据到服务器。当耳聋时取消静音将同时取消耳聋。 - + &Deafen Self &耳聋自己 - + Deafen yourself 自我耳聋 - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. 使自己耳聋或取消耳聋。当耳聋时，你将听不到声音。耳聋自己将同时静音自己。 - + &Text-To-Speech &文本语音转换 - + Toggle Text-To-Speech 切换文本语音转换 - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. 启用或禁用文本语音转换引擎。只有在配置对话框里被启用了文本语音转换的消息才会被读出来。 - + S&tatistics &统计 - + Display audio statistics 显示音频统计 - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. 弹出一个关于你当前音频输入信息的对话框。 - + &Unlink Plugin &卸载 - + Forcibly unlink plugin 强行卸载插件 - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. 强行卸载当前插件，当插件读取的数据完全错误时相当有用。 - + &Settings &设置 - + Configure Mumble 配置 Mumble - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. 允许你改变 Mumble 的大多数设置。 - + &Audio Wizard &音频精灵 - + Start the audio configuration wizard 启动音频配置精灵 - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. 这将引导你进入配置你的音频硬件的流程。 - + &What's This? &这是什么? - + Enter What's This? mode 进入 这是什么? 模式 - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. 点击进入"这是什么?"模式。你的鼠标指针将变成一个问号。点击任意按钮，菜单或区域来显示它是什么的描叙。 - + &About &关于 - + Information about Mumble Mumble 的相关信息 - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. 显示一个 Mumble 相关信息和许可的对话框。 - + About &Speex 关于 &Speex - + Information about Speex Speex 的相关信息 - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. 显示一个 Speex 相关信息的小对话框。 - + About &Qt 关于 &Qt - + Information about Qt Qt 相关信息 - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. 显示一个 Qt 相关信息的小对话框。 - + Check for &Updates 检测&更新 - + Check for new version of Mumble 检测 Mumble 的新版本 - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. 连接到 Mumble 主页来检测是否有新版本可用，如果有新版本可用将通知你下载。 - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. 向频道内所有用户发送文本信息。 - + Send &Tree Message 发送信息到频道&树 - + Send message to channel tree. 向频道树发送信息. - + This sends a text message to a channel and it's subchannels. 向一个频道及其所有子频道发送文本消息。 - + &Minimal View &简化窗口 - + Toggle minimal window modes 启用简化窗口模式 - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. 这将启用简化窗口模式，该模式将隐藏日志窗口和菜单。 - + Joined server: %1. 加入服务器: %1. - + Left server: %1. 离开服务器: %1. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 现在被静音和耳聋. - + %1 is now muted. %1 现在被静音。 - + %1 is now unmuted. %1 现在被取消静音。 - - + + server 服务器 - + You were muted by %1. 你被 %1 静音。 - + You were unmuted by %1. 你被 %1 取消静音。 - + %1 muted by %2. %1 被 %2 静音。 - + %1 unmuted by %2. %1 被 %2 取消静音。 - + You were deafened by %1. 你被 %1 耳聋。 - + You were undeafened by %1. 你被 %1 取消耳聋。 - + %1 deafened by %2. %1 被 %2 耳聋。 - + %1 undeafened by %2. %1 被 %2 取消耳聋。 - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. 你被 %1 从服务器踢出: %2。 - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 被 %1 从服务器踢出: %2。 - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. 你被 %1 从服务器踢出并封禁: %2。 - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 被 %1 从服务器踢出并封禁: %2。 - + You were moved to %1 by %2. 你被从 %1 移动到 %2。 - + %1 left channel. %1 离开频道。 - + %1 moved out by %2 to %3. %1 被 %2 移动到 %3。 - + %1 moved in by %2 from %3. %1 被 %2 从 %3 移入。 - + %1 entered channel. %1 进入频道。 - + Server connection rejected: %1. 服务器拒绝连接: %1。 - + Denied: %1. 拒绝: %1。 - + Server maximum bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Quality auto-adjusted. 服务器最大带宽是 %1 千比特/秒。自动调整质量。 - + From %1: %2 发送自 %1: %2 - + Message from %1 来至 %1 的消息 - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. 你设置频道拖动为“无动作"因此频道没有被移动。 - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in PlayerModel::dropMimeData. 未知的频道拖动模式 PlayerModel::dropMimeData。 - + Welcome to Mumble. 欢迎来到 Mumble。 - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? 这是你第一次启动 Mumble.<br />你想用音频精灵配置声卡吗？ - + Server message from 服务器 - + Hide Frame 隐藏边框 - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window 在简化窗口模式下切换边框显示 - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. 该选项切换简化窗口是否有个用来移动和改变大小的边框。 @@ -4127,169 +4133,169 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } NetworkConfig - + Network 网络 - + Form 表单 - + Connection 连接 - + Use TCP compatibility mode Use TCP compatability mode 使用 TCP 兼容模式 - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). <b>启用 TCP 兼容模式</b>。<br/>这将使 Mumble 与服务器通信时只使用 TCP。这将增加系统开销并导致丢包从而使通信时出现明显的暂停，因此只有在你不能使用默认模式时使用它（默认模式使用 UDP 来传输语音，TCP 来控制）。 - + Use TCP mode 使用 TCP 模式 - + Reconnect when disconnected 连接断开后重新连接 - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>连接断开后重新连接</b>。<br/>这将使 Mumble 在与服务器的连接断开 10秒后自动重新连接。 - + Reconnect automatically 自动重新连接 - + Proxy 代理 - + Type 类型 - + Type of proxy to connect through 连接通过的代理类型 - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>Type of proxy to connect through</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatability mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>连接通过的代理类型</b><br/>这使 Mumble 通过代理来连接到所有出外的连接。注意: 代理隧道封装会迫使 Mumble 进入 TCP 兼容模式，导致所有语音数据都通过控制信道发送。 - + Direct connection 直接连接 - + HTTP(S) proxy HTTP(S) 代理 - + SOCKS5 proxy SOCKS5 代理 - + Hostname 主机名 - + Hostname of the proxy 代理主机名 - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.<b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. <b>代理主机名。</b><br />该字段指定你希望用来穿隧传输网络流量的代理主机名。 - + Port 端口 - + Port number of the proxy 代理端口号 - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. <b>代理服务器端口号。</b><br/>该字段指定代理服务器使用的端口号。 - + Username 用户名 - + Username for proxy authentication 用于代理认证的用户名 - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>用于代理认证的用户名。</b><br />该字段指定用于代理认证的用户名。如果代理不需要认证，或者你想要使用匿名连接，请将此字段留白。 - + Password 密码 - + Password for proxy authentication 用于代理认证的密码 - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>用于代理认证的密码。</b><br/>该字段指定用于代理认证的密码。如果代理不需要认证，或者你想要使用匿名连接，请将此字段留白。 - + Mumble services Mumble 服务 - + Check for updates on startup 启动时检测更新 - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project 递交匿名统计数据给 Mumble 项目 - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus it's development where it's needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. <b>递交匿名统计数据。</b><br />Mumble 有一个小的开发团队，并需要专注于开发用户最想要的功能。通过递交匿名统计数据你将帮助开发团队确定重点开发什么。 - + Submit anonymous statistics 递交匿名统计数据 @@ -4297,12 +4303,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Overlay - + Mumble - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 @@ -4316,247 +4322,237 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } OverlayConfig - + Show no one 不显示任何人 - + Show only talking 当发言时显示 - + Show everyone 显示所有人 - + Overlay - + Form 表单 - + Options 选项 - + Enable overlay. 启用 overlay . - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked with D3D9 applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. 设置是否启用 overlay。该设置仅当应用程序已启动时才会被检查，因此确保 Mumble 正在运行并且该选项在你启动应用程序之前已被打开。<br />请注意如果你在启动 Mumble 后启动应用程序，或者你在运行时禁用 overlay，重新启动 overlay 需要重新启动应用程序。 - + Enable Overlay 启用 Overlay - + Who to show on the overlay 在 overlay 上显示谁 - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. <b>设置在游戏中的 overlay 内显示谁。</b><br />如果许多玩家已经连接到同一个频道，overlay 列表可能会非常长。使用该选项来让列表变短。<br /><i>无人</i> - 不显示任何人（但是让 overlay 运行).<br /><i>仅当用户发言时</i> - 仅显示正在发言的人。<br /><i>所有人</i> - 显示所有人。 - + Always show yourself on overlay. 在 overlay 上总是显示自己。 - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. 设置是否总是显示自己。该选项只有当你不在 overlay 中显示所有人时才有用，你在讲话时只能看到自己的状态，你将看不到自己被禁音或耳聋。 - + Always Show Self 总是显示自己 - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. 在 overlay 上显示用户自定义纹理而不是文本。 - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. 设置是否让注册用户下载并使用自定义纹理。如果禁用该选项，常规边框文字将被使用。 - + Show User Textures 显示用户纹理 - + Position 位置 - + Let overlay grow upwards 让 overlay 往上增长 - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. Overlay 试着保持足够小并固定在你选定的位置上。该选项允许 overlay 在需要时往上增长。 - + Grow Up 往上增长 - + Y-Position of Overlay Overlay 的 Y-坐标 - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. 设置 overlay 的相对 Y 坐标。 - + Let overlay grow to the left 让 overlay 往左增长 - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. Overlay 试着保持足够小并固定在你选定的位置上。该选项允许 overlay 在需要时往左增长。 - + Grow Left 往左增长 - + Let overlay grow to the right 让 overlay 往右增长 - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. Overlay 试着保持足够小并固定在你选定的位置上。该选项允许 overlay 在需要时往右增长。 - + Grow Right 往右增长 - + Let overlay grow downwards 让 overlay 往下增长 - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. Overlay 试着保持足够小并固定在你选定的位置上。该选项允许 overlay 在需要时往下增长。 - + Grow Down 往下增长 - + X-Position of Overlay Overlay 的 X-坐标 - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. 设置 overlay 的相对 X 坐标。 - + Font 字体 - + Current Font 当前字体 - - - - - - - + TextLabel 文本标签 - + Set Font 设置字体 - + Maximum height 最大高度 - + Maximum height of names. 名字的最大高度. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. 设置显示的名字的最大高度，相对于屏幕高度来说。如果你的活跃 3D 窗口是 800像素高而该值被设成 5%，每个名字会是 40像素高。注意无论你在这里设置什么值名字都不会高于 60像素. - + Color for players 玩家颜色 - - - - - + Change 更改 - + Color for talking players 正在发言玩家的颜色 - + Color for alt-talking players 试图发言玩家的颜色 - + Color for Channels 频道的颜色 - + Color for active Channels 活跃频道的颜色 @@ -4564,37 +4560,37 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PlayerModel - + This is a player connected to the server. The icon to the left of the player indicates whether or not they are talking:<br /><img src="skin:talking_on.png" /> Talking<br /><img src="skin:talking_off.png" /> Not talking 这是一个连接到服务器的玩家。玩家左边的图标显示他是否在讲话。<br /><img src="skin:talking_on.png" />发言中<br /><img src="skin:talking_off.png" /> 沉默中 - + This is a channel on the server. Only players in the same channel can hear each other. 这是服务器上的一个频道。只有同一频道的玩家能听到彼此的声音。 - + This shows the flags the player has on the server, if any:<br /><img src="skin:authenticated.png" />Authenticated user<br /><img src="skin:muted_self.png" />Muted (by self)<br /><img src="skin:muted_server.png" />Muted (by admin)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_self.png" />Deafened (by self)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_server.png" />Deafened (by admin)<br />A player muted by himself is probably just away, talking on the phone or something like that.<br />A player muted by an admin is probably also just away, and the noise the player is making was annoying enough that an admin muted him. 显示该玩家在服务器上的标志:<br /><img src="skin:authenticated.png" />已认证的用户<br /><img src="skin:muted_self.png" />静音(被自己)<br /><img src="skin:muted_server.png" />静音(被管理员)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_self.png" />耳聋 (被自己)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_server.png" />耳聋 (被管理员)<br />玩家被自己禁音有可能是他处于离开状态，比如在接电话。<br />玩家被管理员禁音也有可能是他处于离开状态，但是他发出了让管理员恼怒到禁音他的噪音。 - + Name 名字 - + Flags 标志 - + Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? 你确信要拖动这个频道吗？ @@ -4602,94 +4598,94 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PluginConfig - - + + Plugins 插件 - - + + Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. 插件没有配置选项。 - + Plugin has no about function. 插件没有关于选项. - + Form 表单 - + Options 选项 - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information 启用插件并传送位置信息 - + This enables plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit that with each voice packet. This enables other players to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. 对支持的游戏启用插件以获取你在游戏中的位置并在每个语音包中传送。这将使别的玩家能根据你在游戏中的声音来判断你在游戏中相对于他们自己的方位。 - + Link to Game and Transmit Position 链接到游戏并传送位置 - + Reloads all plugins 重载所有插件 - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. 重新扫描和重载插件。当你添加或改变一个插件目录中的插件时使用该选项。 - + &Reload plugins &重载插件 - + Information about plugin 插件相关信息 - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. 显示插件相关信息。 - + &About &关于 - + Show configuration page of plugin 显示插件配置页面 - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. 显示插件配置页面。 - + &Configure &配置 @@ -4697,12 +4693,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Plugins - + %1 lost link. %1 的链接丢失。 - + %1 linked. %1 已链接上。 @@ -4710,7 +4706,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PortAudioSystem - + Default Device 默认设备 @@ -4718,12 +4714,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input 默认输入 - + Default Output 默认输出 @@ -4731,7 +4727,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned 未分配 @@ -4739,7 +4735,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutDelegate - + Unassigned 未分配 @@ -4747,7 +4743,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut 输入快捷键 @@ -4755,30 +4751,48 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } TextMessage - Send raw message - 发送原始消息 + 发送原始消息 - Disables html formating - 禁用 html 格式化 + 禁用 html 格式化 - + Message to send 要发送的消息 - + Preview 预览 + + + Disables html formatting + + + + + Disable text formatting + + + + + This field reflects how the message will look like in the chat. + + + + + <b>Preview</b><br />This field takes the raw string entered above and renders it like it will look like in the log. For example &lt;b&gt;Test&lt;/b&gt; will display as: <b>Test<b>. + + VersionCheck - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. Mumble 无法从 SouceForge 服务器获取版本信息。 @@ -4786,102 +4800,102 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details 认证链详细信息 - + Certificate chain 认证链 - + %1 %2 - + Certificate details 认证详细信息 - - + + Common Name: %1 通用名: %1 - - + + Organization: %1 组织: %1 - + Subunit: %1 部门: %1 - - + + Country: %1 国家: %1 - - + + Locality: %1 位置: %1 - - + + State: %1 省(市): %1 - + Valid from: %1 有效期始于: %1 - + Valid to: %1 有效期到: %1 - + Serial: %1 序列号: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 公开密钥: %1 比特 %2 - + RSA 非对称加密算法 - + DSA 数字签名算法 - + Digest (MD5): %1 - + Issued by: 发布者: - + Unit Name: %1 部门名: %1 @@ -4889,7 +4903,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } WASAPISystem - + Default Device 默认设备 diff --git a/src/mumble11x/mumble_zh_TW.ts b/src/mumble11x/mumble_zh_TW.ts index c3f2e1647..5746a957d 100644 --- a/src/mumble11x/mumble_zh_TW.ts +++ b/src/mumble11x/mumble_zh_TW.ts @@ -4,342 +4,339 @@ ACLEditor - + Mumble - Edit ACL for %1 Mumble - 編輯 訪問控制列表 %1 - + Deny 拒絕 - + Allow 允許 - + Allow %1 允許 %1 - + Deny %1 拒絕 %1 - + This grants the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 授予 %1 權限.如果一個權限同時被拒絕和允許，則被視為拒絕。<br />%2 - + This revokes the %1 privilege. If a privilege is both allowed and denied, it is denied.<br />%2 撤銷 %1 權限.如果一個權限同時被拒絕和允許，則被視為拒絕。<br />%2 - + Dialog 對話框 - + &Groups &群 - - + Group 群 - + List of groups 群列表 - + This is all the groups currently defined for the channel. To create a new group, just type in the name and press enter. 這是當前頻道內定義的所有群。要創建一個新群，請輸入群名然后按回車。 - + Remove selected group 刪除選中的群 - + This removes the currently selected group. If the group was inherited, it will not be removed from the list, but all local information about the group will be cleared. 刪除當前選中的群。如果該群有子群，它將不會被從列表中刪除，但是與該群相關的所有本地信息將被清除. - - - - + Remove 刪除 - + Inherit group members from parent 從父繼承群成員 - + This inherits all the members in the group from the parent, if the group is marked as <i>Inheritable</i> in the parent channel. 如果群在父頻道里被標記為<i>可繼承</i>,則從父繼承所有群成員。 - - + Inherit 繼承 - + Make group inheritable to sub-channels 使群可被子頻道繼承 - + This makes this group inheritable to sub-channels. If the group is non-inheritable, sub-channels are still free to create a new group with the same name. 使該群可被子頻道繼承。如果該群不可被繼承，則可在子頻道內創建同名新群。 - + Inheritable 可繼承 - + Group was inherited from parent channel 繼承自父頻道的群 - + This indicates that the group was inherited from the parent channel. You cannot edit this flag, it's just for information. 這表明該群繼承自父頻道。該標志僅供參考，你不能編輯該標志。 - + Inherited 繼承的 - + Members 成員 - - - + Add 添加 - + Add to Remove 添加到刪除列表 - + Add member to group 添加群成員 - + Type in the name of a player you wish to add to the group and click Add. 輸入你要添加到群里的玩家名字然后點擊添加。 - + Remove member from group 從群里刪除成員 - + Type in the name of a player you wish to remove from the group and click Add. 輸入你要從群內刪除的成員然后點擊刪除。 - + &ACL &訪問控制列表 - + Active ACLs 當前訪問控制列表 - + List of entries 條目列表 - + This shows all the entries active on this channel. Entries inherited from parent channels will be show in italics.<br />ACLs are evaluated top to bottom, meaning priority increases as you move down the list. 顯示該頻道內所有活躍條目。繼承自父頻道的條目將以斜體顯示.<br/>訪問控制列表是自上而下處理，意味著列表越往下優先級越高。 - + Inherit ACL of parent? 繼承父訪問控制列表？ - + This sets whether or not the ACL up the chain of parent channels are applied to this object. Only those entries that are marked in the parent as "Apply to sub-channels" will be inherited. 設置是否對當前對象應用父頻道的訪問控制列表。只有那些在父頻道內被標記為“應用到子頻道”的條目將被繼承。 - + Inherit ACLs 繼承訪問控制列表 - + Move entry up 上移條目 - + This moves the entry up in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. You cannot move an entry above an inherited entry, if you really need that you'll have to duplicate the inherited entry. 在列表中上移條目。由于條目自上而下被處理，這有可能改變用戶的有效權限.你不能將一個條目移到繼承的條目之上，如果你確實想這么做，你需要復制繼承的條目。 - + &Up &上移 - + Move entry down 下移條目 - + This moves the entry down in the list. As entries are evaluated in order, this may change the effective permissions of users. 在列表中下移條目。由于條目自上而下被處理，這有可能改變用戶的有效權限。 - + &Down &下移 - + Add new entry 添加新條目 - + This adds a new entry, initially set with no permissions and applying to all. 添加一個新條目，初始設置為無權限并應用到所有。 - + &Add &添加 - + Remove entry 刪除條目 - + This removes the currently selected entry. 刪除當前選中的條目。 - + &Remove &刪除 - + Context 上下文 - Entry should apply to this channel - 應用到該頻道的條目 + 應用到該頻道的條目 - + This makes the entry apply to this channel. 應用該條目到當前頻道。 - + Applies to this channel 應用到當前頻道 - + Entry should apply to sub-channels. 應用到子頻道的條目。 - + This makes the entry apply to sub-channels of this channel. 應用該條目到當前頻道的子頻道。 - + Applies to sub-channels 應用到子頻道 - + Permissions 權限 - + User/Group 用戶/群 - + Group this entry applies to 應用該條目的群 - + This controls which group of users this entry applies to.<br />Note that the group is evaluated in the context of the channel the entry is used in. For example, the default ACL on the Root channel gives <i>Write</i> permission to the <i>admin</i> group. This entry, if inherited by a channel, will give a user write privileges if he belongs to the <i>admin</i> group in that channel, even if he doesn't belong to the <i>admin</i> group in the channel where the ACL originated.<br />If a group name starts with a !, its membership is negated, and if it starts with a ~, it is evaluated in the channel the ACL was defined in, rather than the channel the ACL is active in. Order is important; <i>!~in</i> is valid, but <i>~!in</i> is not.<br />A few special predefined groups are:<br /><b>all</b> - Everyone will match.<br /><b>auth</b> - All authenticated users will match.<br /><b>sub,a,b,c</b> - User currently in a sub-channel minimum <i>a</i> common parents, and between <i>b</i> and <i>c</i> channels down the chain. See the website for more extensive documentation on this one.<br /><b>in</b> - Users currently in the channel will match (convenience for <i>sub,0,0,0</i>).<br /><b>out</b> - Users outside the channel will match (convenience for <i>!sub,0,0,0</i>).<br />Note that an entry applies to either a user or a group, not both. - + User ID 用戶名 - + User this entry applies to 應用該條目的用戶 - + This controls which user this entry applies to. Just type in the user name and hit enter to query the server for a match. 控制該條目應用到哪個用戶。請輸入用戶名然后按回車來向服務器做匹配查詢。 + + + Entry should apply to this channel. + + ALSAAudioInput - + Default ALSA Card 默認 ALSA 聲卡 - + Opening chosen ALSA Input failed: %1 無法打開所選 ALSA 輸入: %1 @@ -347,12 +344,12 @@ ALSAAudioOutput - + Default ALSA Card 默認 ALSA 聲卡 - + Opening chosen ALSA Output failed: %1 無法打開所選 ALSA 輸出: %1 @@ -360,179 +357,190 @@ ASIOConfig - %1 (ver %2) - %1 （版本 %2） + %1 （版本 %2） - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz - %1 毫秒 -> %2 毫秒 （%3 毫秒 分辨率） %4赫茲 + %1 毫秒 -> %2 毫秒 （%3 毫秒 分辨率） %4赫茲 - %1 ms -> %2 ms (%3 ms resolution) %4Hz -- Unusable - %1 毫秒 -> %2 毫秒 （%3 毫秒 分辨率） %4 赫茲--不可用 + %1 毫秒 -> %2 毫秒 （%3 毫秒 分辨率） %4 赫茲--不可用 - - - - + + %1 (version %2) + + + + + %1 -> %2 samples buffer, with %3 sample resolution (%4 preferred) at %5 Hz + + + + + + + Mumble - - + + ASIO Initialization failed: %1 ASIO初始化失敗: %1 - - + + Failed to instantiate ASIO driver 無法初始化 ASIO 驅動 - + ASIO - + Form 表單 - + Device selection 設備選擇 - + Device 設備 - + Device to use for microphone 用作麥克風的設備 - + This chooses what device to query. You still need to actually query the device and select which channels to use. 選擇要查詢的設備。你仍需要實際查詢該設備然后選擇要使用哪些聲道。 - + Query selected device 查詢所選設備 - + This queries the selected device for channels. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. 查詢所選設備的聲道。注意大多數 ASIO 驅動有極端漏洞，查詢設備可能導致應用程序或系統崩潰。 - + &Query &查詢 - + Configure selected device 配置所選設備 - + This configures the selected device. Be aware that many ASIO drivers are buggy to the extreme, and querying them might cause a crash of either the application or the system. 配置所選設備。注意大多數 ASIO 驅動有極端漏洞，查詢設備可能導致應用程序或系統崩潰。 - + &Configure &配置 - + Capabilities 設置信息 - + Driver name 驅動名稱 - - TextLabel - 文本標簽 + 文本標簽 - Buffersize - 緩沖區大小 + 緩沖區大小 - + Configure input channels 配置輸入聲道 - This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples <i>What you hear</i>.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be <i>Mic L</i> while Speaker should be <i>Mix L</i> and <i>Mix R</i>. - 配置 ASIO 的輸入聲道.請確保你選擇了至少一個聲道作為麥克風和揚聲器。<i>麥克風</i>應該是你的已連接的麥克風連，<i>揚聲器</i>應該是一個采樣<i>你聽到的聲音</i>的聲道。<br />比如在 Audigy 2 ZS 上，一個好的麥克風的選擇會是<i> Mic L </i>而揚聲器會是<i> Mix L </i>和<i> Mix R</i>. + 配置 ASIO 的輸入聲道.請確保你選擇了至少一個聲道作為麥克風和揚聲器。<i>麥克風</i>應該是你的已連接的麥克風連，<i>揚聲器</i>應該是一個采樣<i>你聽到的聲音</i>的聲道。<br />比如在 Audigy 2 ZS 上，一個好的麥克風的選擇會是<i> Mic L </i>而揚聲器會是<i> Mix L </i>和<i> Mix R</i>. - + Channels 聲道 - + Microphone 麥克風 - - + <- - - + -> - + Unused 未使用 - + Speakers 揚聲器 + + + Buffer size + + + + + This will configure the input channels for ASIO. Make sure you select at least one channel as microphone and speaker. <i>Microphone</i> should be where your microphone is attached, and <i>Speaker</i> should be a channel that samples '<i>What you hear</i>'.<br />For example, on the Audigy 2 ZS, a good selection for Microphone would be '<i>Mic L</i>' while Speaker should be '<i>Mix L</i>' and '<i>Mix R</i>'. + + ASIOInput - - + + Mumble - + You need to select at least one microphone and one speaker source to use ASIO. If you just need microphone sampling, use DirectSound. 你需要選擇至少一個麥克風和一個揚聲器源來使用 ASIO.如果你只需要使用要麥克風進行采樣,請使用 DirectSound. - + Opening selected ASIO device failed. No input will be done. 無法打開所選 ASIO 設備。沒有可用輸入。 @@ -540,27 +548,27 @@ AboutDialog - + About Mumble 關于 Mumble - + <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>Copyright %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>A voice-chat utility for gamers</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> <h3>Mumble (%1)</h3><p>版權所有 %3 Thorvald Natvig<br />slicer@users.sourceforge.net</p><p><b>一個游戲玩家的語音聊天工具</b></p><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p> - + &About Mumble &關于 Mumble - + &License &授權 - + OK @@ -568,17 +576,17 @@ AboutSpeexDialog - + About Speex 關于 Speex - + <h3>About Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p><p>This program uses Speex version %1</p><p>Speex is used for echo cancellation, noise<br />filtering, voice activity detection and speech<br />compression.</p> <h3>關于 Speex</h3><p><tt><a href="%2">%2</a></tt></p><p>該程序使用 Speex 版本 %1</p><p>Speex 被用于回聲消除，噪音<br />過濾，語言活動檢測和語音<br />壓縮。</p> - + OK @@ -586,330 +594,330 @@ AudioInput - + Form 表單 - + Interface 接口 - + System 系統 - + Input method for audio 音頻輸入方法 - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>這是用于音頻的輸入方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - + Device 設備 - Output method for audio - 音頻輸出方法 + 音頻輸出方法 - <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. - <b>這是用于音頻輸出的方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 + <b>這是用于音頻輸出的方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - + Cancel Echo 消除回聲 - + Transmission 傳送 - + &Transmit &傳送 - + When to transmit your speech 何時傳送你的語音 - + <b>This sets when speech should be transmitted.</b><br /><i>Continuous</i> - All the time<br /><i>Voice Activity</i> - When you are speaking clearly.<br /><i>Push To Talk</i> - When you hold down the hotkey set under <i>Shortcuts</i>. <b>設置何時語音將被傳送。</b><br /><i>連續</i>一直<br /><i>有語音活動</i> 當你說話清晰時。<br /><i>按鍵通話</i> - 當你按住作為<i>快捷鍵</i>的自定義按鍵組合時。 - + DoublePush Time 兩次按鍵時間間隔 - - - - - - - - + TextLabel 文本標簽 - + <b>This enables the audio cues for push to talk.</b><br />Setting this will give you a short audio beep when push to talk is pressed and released. <b>啟用按鍵通話的音頻提示。</b><br />當你按下或釋放按鍵通話快捷鍵時會聽到一聲短的蜂鳴聲。 - + PTT Audio cue PTT 提示音 - + Use SNR based speech detection 使用基于 SNR 的語音偵測 - + Signal to Noise 信噪比 - + Use Amplitude based speech detection. 使用基于振幅的語音偵測。 - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Amplitude.</b><br />In this mode, the raw strength of the input signal is used to detect speech. <b>設置用振幅來做語音偵測。</b><br />在此模式下，輸入信號的原始強度被用于語音偵測。 - + Amplitude 振幅 - + Voice &Hold &暫停 發言 - + How long to keep transmitting after silence 無聲后多長時間內繼續傳送 - + <b>This selects how long after a perceived stop in speech transmission should continue.</b><br />Set this higher if your voice breaks up when you speak (seen by a rapidly blinking voice icon next to your name).<br />Only makes sense when used with Voice Activity transmission. <b>設置發言暫停被感知到后多長時間內繼續傳送。</b>如果你在講話時你的語音破碎（在你的名字旁邊會顯示一個快速閃爍的語音圖標），增大這個值。<br />只有在使用檢測到語音活動時傳送時該選項才有用。 - + Silence Below 無聲 低于 - + Signal values below this counts as silence 信號值低于這個數值時視為無聲 - - + <b>This sets the trigger values for voice detection.</b><br />Use this together with the Audio Statistics window to manually tune the trigger values for detecting speech. Input values below "Silence Below" always count as silence. Values above "Speech Above" always count as voice. Values in between will count as voice if you're already talking, but will not trigger a new detection. <b>設置語音檢測的觸發值。</b><br />與音頻統計窗口一起來使用該值以手工調整語音偵測的觸發值。輸入值低于"無聲 低于“時總是會被視為無聲。值高于”語音 高于“時總是被視為語音。如果你正在講話，兩者之間的值會被視為語音，但是不會觸發一個新的偵測。 - + Speech Above 語言 高于 - + Signal values above this count as voice 信號值高于這個數值時視為語音 - + Compression 壓縮 - + &Quality &質量 - + Quality of compression (peak bandwidth) 壓縮質量(峰值帶寬） - + <b>This sets the quality of compression.</b><br />This determines how much bandwidth Mumble is allowed to use for outgoing audio. <b>設置壓縮質量。</b><br />確定 Mumble 可用于發送音頻的帶寬大小。 - + Audio per packet 每個數據包的音頻幀數 - + How many audio frames to send per packet 每個數據包里發送多少個音頻幀 - + <b>This selects how many audio frames should be put in one packet.</b><br />Increasing this will increase the latency of your voice, but will also reduce bandwidth requirements. <b>選擇一個數據包里放多少個音頻幀。</b><br />增加這個數值會增加你的語音延遲，但也會減少帶寬需求。 - + <b>This shows peak outgoing bandwidth used.</b><br />This shows the peak amount of bandwidth sent out from your machine. Audio bitrate is the maximum bitrate (as we use VBR) for the audio data alone. Position is the bitrate used for positional information. Overhead is our framing and the IP packet headers (IP and UDP is 75% of this overhead). <b>顯示已用的發送帶寬峰值。</b><br />顯示從你的機器發出的峰值帶寬大小。音頻比特率是僅用于音頻數據的最大比特率(由于我們使用VBR)。位置是用于位置信息的比特率。系統開銷是我們的組幀和 IP 數據包頭(IP 和 UDP 是該系統開銷的75%)。 - + Audio Processing 音頻處理 - + Noise Suppression 噪音抑制 - + Noise suppression 噪音抑制 - + Amplification 放大率 - + Maximum amplification of input sound 輸入聲音的最大放大率 - + <b>Maximum amplification of input.</b><br />Mumble normalizes the input volume before compressing, and this sets how much it's allowed to amplify.<br />The actual level is continually updated based on your current speech pattern, but it will never go above the level specified here.<br />If the <i>Microphone loudness</i> level of the audio statistics hover around 100%, you probably want to set this to 2.0 or so, but if, like most people, you are unable to reach 100%, set this to something much higher.<br />Ideally, set it so <i>Microphone Loudness * Amplification Factor >= 100</i>, even when you're speaking really soft.<br /><br />Note that there is no harm in setting this to maximum, but Mumble will start picking up other conversations if you leave it to auto-tune to that level. <b>輸入的最大放大率。</b><br />Mumble 在壓縮前會規格化輸入音量，該選項設置音量被允許放大多少。<br />實際等級將根據你的語音模式來持續更新，但是不會高于這里指定的等級。<br />如果音頻統計的<i>麥克風響度</i>等級在 100%左右，你很有可能想把該值設為大約 2.0，但是如果像大多數人一樣，你不能達到 100%，設置一個更高的值。<br />理想狀態下，設置該值使<i>麥克風響度 * 放大率 >= 100</i>,甚至當你相當輕聲的講話時。<br /><br />注意設置該值為其最大值不會有任何副作用，但是如果你將該值設為自動調節到其最大值， Mumble 會開始拾取其他人的談話。 - + Current speech detection chance 當前語音偵測几率 - + Audible audio cue when push-to-talk is activated or deactivated 當按鍵通話激活或未激活時聽到的提示音頻 - + <b>This sets speech detection to use Signal to Noise ratio.</b><br />In this mode, the input is analyzed for something resembling a clear signal, and the clarity of that signal is used to trigger speech detection. <b>設置使用信噪比來進行語音偵測。</b><br /> 在此模式下，將從輸入中尋找并分析出一個近似清晰的信號，而這個信號的清晰度被用于觸發語音偵測。 - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>顯示當前語音偵測設置。</b><br />你能在設置對話框或音頻精靈里修改當前設置。 - + Idle AutoMute 空閑時自動靜音 - + How long to remain idle before auto-mute. 空閑多長時間后自動靜音。 - + This sets an idle timer. If the timer expires without any audio being sent to the server, you are muted. 設置空閑定時器。如果定時器過期時沒有任何音頻發送到服務器，你將被靜音。 - + Maximum bandwidth used for sending audio 用于發送音頻的最大帶寬 - + <b>This sets the amount of noise suppression to apply.</b><br />The higher this value, the more aggressively stationary noise will be supressed. <b>設置應用于噪音抑制的數值大小.</b><br />數值越高，穩態噪聲越會被積極的抑制。 + + + Input device for audio + + + + + <b>This is the input device to use for audio.</b> + + AudioInputDialog - + Continuous 連續 - + Voice Activity 語音活動 - + Push To Talk 按鍵通話 - + Audio Input 音頻輸入 - - + + %1 ms %1 毫秒 - - + + Off 關閉 - + %1 s %1 秒 - + -%1 dB -%1 分貝 - + %1kbit/s (Audio %2, Position %4, Overhead %3) %1 千比特/秒 （音頻 %2, 位置 %4, 系統開銷 %3） - + %1 min %1 分鐘 @@ -917,302 +925,300 @@ AudioOutput - + Form 表單 - + Interface 接口 - + System 系統 - Input method for audio - 音頻輸入方法 + 音頻輸入方法 - <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. - <b>這是用于音頻的輸入方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 + <b>這是用于音頻的輸入方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - + Device 設備 - + Output method for audio 音頻輸出方法 - + <b>This is the output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>這是用于音頻輸出的方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - - + Positional Audio 定位音頻 - + Audio Output 音頻輸出 - + Default &Jitter Buffer 默認 &Jitter 緩沖區 - + Safety margin for jitter buffer Jitter 緩沖區的安全邊界 - + <b>This sets the minimum safety margin for the jitter buffer.</b><br />All incoming audio is buffered, and the jitter buffer continually tries to push the buffer to the minimum sustainable by your network, so latency can be as low as possible. This sets the minimum buffer size to use. If the start of sentences you hear is very jittery, increase this value. <b>設置 Jitter 緩沖區的最小安全邊界. </b><br />所有收到的音頻都會被緩沖，而 Jitter 緩沖區不斷嘗試使該緩沖區保持能被你的網絡所允許的最小值, 從而使延遲盡可能的低。 設置使用的緩沖區大小的最小值。如果你聽到的句子的起始部分是顫音，請增加這個值。 - - - - - - - - - - + TextLabel 文本標簽 - + Volume 音量 - + Volume of incoming speech 收到的語音的音量 - + <b>This adjusts the volume of incoming speech.</b><br />Note that if you increase this beyond 100%, audio will be distorted. <b>調節收到的語音的音量。</b><br />注意如果你增加此值至超過 100%，聲音會失真。 - + Output Delay 輸出延時 - + Amount of data to buffer 緩沖數據大小 - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. 設置輸出緩沖區里前置緩沖的數據大小。試驗不同值然后設置成不引起快速顫音的最低值. - + The connected "speakers" are actually headphones. 已連接的“揚聲器”實際上是耳機. - + This sets the minimum distance for sound calculations. The volume of other players' speech will not decrease until they are at least this far away from you. 設置聲強計算的最小距離.當別的玩家離你小于這個距離時他的語音將不會減弱. - + Factor for sound volume decrease 音量減弱因子 - + Bloom 聲音增強 - + Factor for sound volume increase 音量增強因子 - + How much should sound volume increase for sources that are really close? 當音源距離過近時音量該增強多少? - + Checking this indicates that you don't have speakers connected, just headphones. This is important, as speakers are usually in front of you, while headphones are directly to your left/right. 選中此選項表明你沒有連接揚聲器，只有耳機。這很重要，因為揚聲器通常在你面前，而耳機直接在你左右。 - + Headphones 耳機 - + Minimum Distance 最小距離 - + Minimum distance to player before sound volume decreases 距離玩家至少多遠時聲音開始減弱 - + Maximum Distance 最大距離 - + Maximum distance, beyond which speech volume won't decrease 超過最大距離時音量將不再減弱 - + This sets the maximum distance for sound calculations. When farther away than this, other players' speech volume will not decrease any further. 設置聲強計算最大距離。當超過此距離時，別的玩家的音量將不再減弱。 - + Minimum Volume 最小音量 - + What should the volume be at the maximum distance? 位于最大距離時的音量大小? - + Loopback Test 回環測試 - + Delay Variance 延時方差 - + Variance in packet latency 數據包延時的方差 - + <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing.</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms <b>This sets the packet latency variance for loopback testing</b><br />Most audio paths contain some variable latency. This allows you set that variance for loopback mode testing. For example, if you set this to 15ms, this will emulate a network with 20-35ms ping latency or one with 80-95ms latency. Most domestic net connections have a variance of about 5ms <b>設置回環測試時的數據包延遲方差。</b><br />大多數音頻路徑含有一定的延遲方差。該選項允許你設置回環測試模式時的方差。例如，如果你設置該值為 15毫秒，將模擬一個 20-35毫秒 ping 延遲或一個 80-95毫秒延遲的網絡。大多數國內網絡的延遲方差啊大概是5毫秒 - + Packet Loss 數據包丟失 - + Packet loss for loopback mode 回環模式的數據包丟失 - + <b>This sets the packet loss for loopback mode.</b><br />This will be the ratio of packets lost. Unless your outgoing bandwidth is peaked or there's something wrong with your network connection, this will be 0% <b>設置回環模式時的數據包丟失。</b><br />該值即為丟包率。除非你的出外的帶寬達到峰值或者你的網絡連接有問題，該值會是 0% - + &Loopback &回環 - + Desired loopback mode 期望的回環模式 - + <b>This enables one of the loopback testmodes.</b><br /><i>None</i> - Loopback disabled<br /><i>Local</i> - Emulate a local server.<br /><i>Server</i> - Request loopback from server.<br />Please note than when loopback is enabled, no other players will hear your voice. This setting is not saved on application exit. <b>該選項啟用某種回環測試模式。</b><br /><i>無</i> - 禁用回環<br /><i>本地</i> - 模擬一個本地服務器。<br /><i>服務器</i> - 請求來自服務器的回環。<br />請注意當回環模式啟用時，別的玩家不會聽到你的聲音。當應用程序退出時該選項不會被存盤。 - + Other Applications 其他應用程序 - + Volume of other applications during speech 講話時別的應用程序的音量 - + <b>Decrease volume of other applications during speech.</b><br />Mumble supports decreasing the volume of other applications during incoming speech. This sets the relative volume of other applications when others are talking. <b>講話時減小其他應用程序的音量.</b><br />Mumble 支持收到語音時減小其他應用程序的音量。這將設置當其他的人交談時其他應用程序的相對音量。 + + + Output device for audio + + + + + <b>This is the output device to use for audio.</b> + + AudioOutputDialog - + None 無 - + Local 本地 - + Server 服務器 - + Audio Output 音頻輸出 - - + + %1 ms %1 毫秒 - - - - - + + + + + %1% - + %1ms %1 毫秒 - - + + %1m %1 米 @@ -1220,512 +1226,510 @@ AudioStats - >1000ms - >1000毫秒 + >1000毫秒 - + Audio Statistics 音頻統計 - + Input Levels 輸入級別 - + Peak microphone level 麥克風級別峰值 - - - + Peak power in last frame 最后幀的峰值功率 - + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms), and is the same measurement as you would usually find displayed as "input power". Please disregard this and look at <b>Microphone power</b> instead, which is much more steady and disregards outliers. - - - - - - - - TextLabel - 文本標簽 + 文本標簽 - + Peak speaker level 揚聲器級別峰值 - + This shows the peak power of the speakers in the last frame (20 ms). Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) of the speakers. Unless you are using a multi-channel sampling method (such as ASIO) with speaker channels configured, this will be 0. If you have such a setup configured, and this still shows 0 while you're playing audio from other programs, your setup is not working. - + Peak clean level 靜輸入級別峰值 - - This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other players with echoes. - - - - + Signal Analysis 信號分析 - + Microphone power 麥克風功率 - + How close the current input level is to ideal 當前輸入級別離完美有多近 - + This shows how close your current input volume is to the ideal. To adjust your microphone level, open whatever program you use to adjust the recording volume, and look at the value here while talking.<br /><b>Talk loud, as you would when you're upset over getting fragged by a noob.</b><br />Adjust the volume until this value is close to 100%, but make sure it doesn't go above. If it does go above, you are likely to get clipping in parts of your speech, which will degrade sound quality. - + Signal-To-Noise ratio 信噪比 - + Signal-To-Noise ratio from the microphone 麥克風的信噪音比 - + This is the Signal-To-Noise Ratio (SNR) of the microphone in the last frame (20 ms). It shows how much clearer the voice is compared to the noise.<br />If this value is below 1.0, there's more noise than voice in the signal, and so quality is reduced.<br />There is no upper limit to this value, but don't expect to see much above 40-50 without a sound studio. - + Speech Probability 語音的概率 - + Probability of speech 語音的概率 - + This is the probability that the last frame (20 ms) was speech and not environment noise.<br />Voice activity transmission depends on this being right. The trick with this is that the middle of a sentence is always detected as speech; the problem is the pauses between words and the start of speech. It's hard to distinguish a sigh from a word starting with 'h'.<br />If this is in bold font, it means Mumble is currently transmitting (if you're connected). - + Configuration feedback 配置反饋 - + Current audio bitrate 當前音頻比特率 - + Bitrate of last frame 最后幀的比特率 - + This is the audio bitrate of the last compressed frame (20 ms), and as such will jump up and down as the VBR adjusts the quality. To adjust the peak bitrate, adjust <b>Compression Complexity</b> in the Settings dialog. - + DoublePush interval 兩次按鍵時間間隔 - Time between last two PushToTalk presses - 最后兩次按下按鍵通話鍵的時間間隔 + 最后兩次按下按鍵通話鍵的時間間隔 - + Speech Detection 語音偵測 - + Current speech detection chance 當前語音偵測几率 - + <b>This shows the current speech detection settings.</b><br />You can change the settings from the Settings dialog or from the Audio Wizard. <b>顯示當前語音偵測設置。</b><br />你能在設置對話框或音頻精靈里修改當前設置。 - + Signal and noise power spectrum 信號和噪音功率頻譜 - + Power spectrum of input signal and noise estimate 輸入信號和噪音估計的功率頻譜 - + This shows the power spectrum of the current input signal (red line) and the current noise estimate (filled blue).<br />All amplitudes are multiplied by 30 to show the interesting parts (how much more signal than noise is present in each waveband).<br />This is probably only of interest if you're trying to fine-tune noise conditions on your microphone. Under good conditions, there should be just a tiny flutter of blue at the bottom. If the blue is more than halfway up on the graph, you have a seriously noisy environment. - + Echo Analysis 回聲分析 - + Weights of the echo canceller 回聲抵消器的影響 - + This shows the weights of the echo canceller, with time increasing downwards and frequency increasing to the right.<br />Ideally, this should be black, indicating no echo exists at all. More commonly, you'll have one or more horizontal stripes of bluish color representing time delayed echo. You should be able to see the weights updated in real time.<br />Please note that as long as you have nothing to echo off, you won't see much useful data here. Play some music and things should stabilize. <br />You can choose to view the real or imaginary parts of the frequency-domain weights, or alternately the computed modulus and phase. The most useful of these will likely be modulus, which is the amplitude of the echo, and shows you how much of the outgoing signal is being removed at that time step. The other viewing modes are mostly useful to people who want to tune the echo cancellation algorithms.<br />Please note: If the entire image fluctuates massively while in modulus mode, the echo canceller fails to find any correlation whatsoever between the two input sources (speakers and microphone). Either you have a very long delay on the echo, or one of the input sources is configured wrong. + + + This shows the peak power in the last frame (20 ms) after all processing. Ideally, this should be -96 dB when you're not talking. In reality, a sound studio should see -60 dB, and you should hopefully see somewhere around -20 dB. When you are talking, this should rise to somewhere between -5 and -10 dB.<br />If you are using echo cancellation, and this rises to more than -15 dB when you're not talking, your setup is not working, and you'll annoy other users with echoes. + + + + + Time between last two Push-To-Talk presses + + + + + >1000 ms + + AudioWizard - + Audio Tuning Wizard 音頻調節精靈 - + Introduction 介紹 - + Welcome to the Mumble Audio Wizard 歡迎使用 Mumble 音頻精靈 - + This is the audio tuning wizard for Mumble. This will help you correctly set the input levels of your sound card, and also set the correct parameters for sound processing in Mumble. 這是 Mumble 音頻調節精靈。這將幫你正確設置你的聲卡的輸入級別，并正確設置 Mumble 的聲音處理參數。 - + Please be aware that as long as this wizard is active, audio will be looped locally to allow you to listen to it, and no audio will be sent to the server. 請注意當音頻精靈活躍時，音頻將被在本地環回以允許你聽到它，沒有音頻會被發送到服務器。 - + Finished 完成 - + Enjoy using Mumble Mumble 祝你使用愉快 - + Congratulations. You should now be ready to enjoy a richer sound experience with Mumble. 恭喜。現在你可以准備好享受 Mumble 帶給你的丰富聲音體驗. - + Device selection 設備選擇 - + Selecting the input and output device to use with Mumble. 選擇 Mumble 用來輸入和輸出的設備. - + Input device 輸入設備 - + This is the device your microphone is connected to. 這是你的麥克風連接到的設備。 - - + + System 系統 - + Input method for audio 音頻輸入方法 - + <b>This is the input method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>這是用于音頻的輸入方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - - + + Device 設備 - + Input device to use 使用的輸入設備 - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio input.</b> <b>選擇哪個聲卡用于音頻輸入。</b> - + Use echo cancellation 使用回聲消除 - + Cancel echo from headset or speakers. 消除來自耳機或揚聲器的回聲. - + This enables echo cancellation of outgoing audio, which helps both on speakers and on headsets. 啟用送出音頻的回聲消除，這在揚聲器和耳機上都有幫助。 - + Output device 輸出設備 - + This is the device your speakers or headphones are connected to. 這是你的揚聲器或耳機連接到的設備. - + Output method for audio 音頻輸出方法 - + <b>This is the Output method to use for audio.</b><br />Most likely you want to use DirectSound. <b>這是用于音頻輸出的方法。</b><br />很有可能你想使用 DirectSound。 - + Output device to use 使用的輸出設備 - + <b>Selects which sound card to use for audio Output.</b> <b>選擇哪個聲卡用于音頻輸出。</b> - + Enable positional audio 啟用定位音頻 - + Allows positioning of sound. 允許聲音定位. - + This allows Mumble to use positional audio to place voices. 這允許 Mumble 使用定位音頻來放置語音。 - + Positional Audio 定位音頻 - + Adjusting attenuation of positional audio. 調節定位音頻的衰減量. - + Mumble supports positional audio for some games, and will position the voice of other players relative to their position in game. Depending on their position, the volume of the voice will be changed between the speakers to simulate the direction and distance the other player is at. Such positioning depends on your speaker configuration being correct in your operating system, so a test is done here. Mumble 支持在某些游戲里使用定位音頻，并能根據其他玩家在游戲中的位置來定位他們的發言。音量將會根據說話者的位置來改變以模擬他相對于其他玩家的方向和距離。定位音頻依賴于你的操作系統正確的配置了揚聲器，因此我們對揚聲器進行測試。 - + The graph below shows the position of <font color="red">you</font>, the <font color="yellow">speakers</font> and a <font color="green">moving sound source</font> as if seen from above. You should hear the audio move between the channels. 下圖中顯示<font color="red">你</font>的位置，<font color="yellow">揚聲器</font>和一個<font color="green">移動的聲源</font>。你應該聽到音頻在聲道間切換. - + Use headphones 使用耳機 - + Use headphones instead of speakers. 使用耳機而不是揚聲器. - + This ignores the OS speaker configuration and configures the positioning for headphones instead. 這將忽略操作系統的揚聲器配置并為耳機配置音頻定位. - + Volume tuning 音量調節 - + Tuning microphone hardware volume to optimal settings. 調節麥克風硬件音量到最佳設置。 - + Open your sound control panel and go to the recording settings. Make sure the microphone is selected as active input with maximum recording volume. If there's an option to enable a "Microphone boost" make sure it's checked. 打開你的聲音控制面板然后打開錄音設置。確保麥克風被選為當前使用的輸入并使用最大錄音音量。如果有啟用“麥克風加強”選項，請確保它被選上。 - + Speak loudly, as when you are annoyed or excited. Decrease the volume in the sound control panel until the bar below stays as high as possible in the blue and green but <b>not</b> the red zone while you speak. 請大聲講話，就像你在憤怒或興奮時那樣。減小你的聲音控制面板里的音量直到下面的進度條在你講話時盡可能的停留在藍區和綠區，而<b>不是</b>紅區里. - + Now talk softly, as you would when talking late at night and you don't want to disturb anyone. Adjust the slider below so that the bar moves into green when you talk, but stays blue while you're silent. 現在輕聲講話，就像你在深夜時不想打擾任何人一樣。調節下面的滑塊直到下面的進度條在你講話時進入綠區，而在你沉默時停留在藍區。 - + Voice Activity Detection 語言活動檢測 - + Letting Mumble figure out when you're talking and when you're silent. 讓 Mumble 分辨出你是在講話還是在沉默. - + This will help Mumble figure out when you are talking. The first step is selecting which data value to use. 這將幫助 Mumble 知道你是在講話。第一步是選擇用哪個數據值。 - + Raw amplitude from input 輸入的原始振幅 - + Signal-To-Noise ratio 信噪比 - + Next you need to adjust the following two sliders. The first few utterances you say should end up in the green area (definitive speech). While talking, you should stay inside the yellow (might be speech) and when you're not talking, everything should be in the red (definitively not speech). 下一步你需要調節下面兩個滑塊。你最初講几句話時進度條應該停留在綠區（確定是講話）。當你講話時，進度條應該停留在黃區（可能是講話）﹔當你沒講話時，進度條應該停留在紅區(明確沒在講話）. - + Last, you need to adjust the grace time. Mumble may detect this much non-speech and still keep transmitting before it breaks off. This allows you to catch your breath while speaking. 最后，你需要調節寬限時間.在寬限時間內 Mumble 能夠偵測到你沒在講話并繼續傳送，然后斷開連接。這允許你在講話時喘息。 - + Device tuning 設備調節 - + Changing hardware output delays to their minimum value. 修改硬件輸出延時到它們的最小值。 - + To keep latency to an absolute minium, it's important to buffer as little audio as possible on the soundcard. However, many soundcards report that they require a much smaller buffer than what they can actually work with, so the only way to set this value is to try and fail. 為了保証延時是絕對最小值，讓聲卡緩沖盡可能少的音頻非常重要。然而大多數聲卡聲稱它們需要比實際需求更小的緩沖區，因此設置這個值的唯一方式是去嘗試。 - + You should hear a single tone that's changing in frequency. Change the slider below to the lowest value which gives <b>no</b> interruptions or jitter in the sound. Please note that local echo is disabled during this test to improve audio path recognition. 你應該聽到一個不斷改變頻率的單音。移動下面的滑塊直到它是<b>不</b>導致聲音中斷或顫音的最小值。請注意在測試中本地回聲將被禁止以改善音頻路徑識別. - + Amount of data to buffer. 緩沖數據大小。 - + This sets the amount of data to prebuffer in the output buffer. Experiment with different values and set it to the lowest which doesn't cause rapid jitter in the sound. 設置輸出緩沖區里前置緩沖的數據大小。試驗不同值然后設置成不引起快速顫音的最低值. - + If you position the microphone so it can pick up the speakers or headset, Mumble will measure the total audio path delay in your system; this means the delay from a sample is placed in an outbound buffer until it's found in a matching incoming buffer. 如果你將麥克風放到能捕捉揚聲器或耳機聲音的地方, Mumble 將計算你的系統中的總的音頻路徑延時;這個延時是自一個聲音樣本被放到輸出緩沖區后直到它在匹配的輸入緩沖區里被找到的時間間隔. - + %1ms %1毫秒 - + Audio path is %1ms long. 音頻路徑長%1毫秒. - + Audio path cannot be determined. Input not recognized. 音頻路徑無法被確定。輸入無法識別. - + %1 s %1 秒 - + Mumble is under continuous development, and the development team wants to focus on the features that benefit the most users. To this end, Mumble supports submitting anonymous statistics about your configuration to the developers. These statistcs are essential for future development, and also make sure the features you use aren't deprecated. Mumble 正處于開發階段，開發團隊致力于開發能使大多數用戶受益的功能。Mumble 支持匿名遞交你的配置統計信息給開發人員。這些統計信息對于將來的開發非常重要，并確保你使用的功能不會被棄用。 - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project 遞交匿名統計給 Mumble 項目組 - + Push To Talk: 按鍵通話: @@ -1733,37 +1737,37 @@ BanEditor - + Mumble - Edit Bans Mumble - 編輯黑名單 - + &Address &地址 - + &Mask &子網掩碼 - + 0.0.0.0 - + &Add &添加 - + &Update &更新 - + &Remove &刪除 @@ -1771,147 +1775,147 @@ ChanACL - + W - + T - + E - + S - + A - + M - + K - + C - + L - + None 無 - + Traverse 遍歷 - + Enter 進入 - + Speak 發言 - + AltSpeak 試圖發言 - + Mute/Deafen 禁音/耳聾 - + Move/Kick 移動/踢出 - + Make channel 創建頻道 - + Link channel 鏈接頻道 - + This represents no privileges. - + This represents total access to the channel, including the ability to change group and ACL information. This privilege implies all other privileges. - + This represents the permission to traverse the channel. If a user is denied this privilege, he will be unable to access this channel and any sub-channels in any way, regardless of other permissions in the sub-channels. - + This represents the permission to join the channel. If you have a hierarchical channel structure, you might want to give everyone Traverse, but restrict Enter in the root of your hierarchy. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel. Users without this privilege will be suppressed by the server (seen as muted), and will be unable to speak until they are unmuted by someone with the appropriate privileges. - + This represents the permission to speak in a channel with flagged speech. This works exactly like the <i>speak</i> privilege, but applies to packets spoken with AltPushToTalk held down. This may be used to broadcast to a hierarchy of channels without linking. - + This represents the permission to mute and deafen other players. Once muted, a player will stay muted until he is unmuted by another privileged player or reconnects to the server. - + This represents the permission to move a player to another channel or kick him from the server. To actually move the player, either the moving player must have Move/Kick privileges in the destination channel, or the player must normally be allowed to enter the channel. Players with this privilege can move players into channels the target player normally wouldn't have permission to enter. - + This represents the permission to make sub-channels. The player making the sub-channel will be added to the admin group of the sub-channel. - + This represents the permission to link channels. Players in linked channels hear each other, as long as the speaking player has the <i>speak</i> privilege in the channel of the listener. You need the link privilege in both channels to create a link, but just in either channel to remove it. - + Write ACL 創建訪問控制列表 @@ -1919,32 +1923,32 @@ ClientPlayer - + Authenticated 已認証 - + Muted (server) 靜音(服務器) - + Deafened (server) 耳聾(服務器) - + Local Mute 本地靜音 - + Muted (self) 靜音(自己） - + Deafened (self) 耳聾(自己) @@ -1952,226 +1956,252 @@ ConfigDialog - + + Accept changes 確定 - + + This button will accept current settings and return to the application.<br />The settings will be stored to disk when you leave the application. 該按鈕將接受當前設置并返回到應用程序。<br/>當你退出應用程序時這些設置將被存盤。 - + + Reject changes 取消 - + + This button will reject all changes and return to the application.<br />The settings will be reset to the previous positions. 該按鈕將拒絕所有修改并返回到應用程序。<br/>這些設置將被重置到先前的設定。 - + + Apply changes 應用 - + + This button will immediately apply all changes. 該按鈕將立即應用所有修改. - + + Undo changes for current page 撤銷 - + + This button will revert any changes done on the current page to the most recent applied settings. 該按鈕將復原對當前頁的任意修改到最近使用的設置。 - + + Restore defaults for current page 恢復默認值 - - This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will be not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. - 該按鈕將恢復當前頁設置到默認值。其他頁面的設置將不被修改。<b r/>為了恢復其他頁面上的設置到默認值，你需要在每個頁面上都使用該按鈕。 + + + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. + - + This button will restore the settings for the current page only to their defaults. Other pages will be not be changed.<br />To restore all settings to their defaults, you will have to use this button on every page. + 該按鈕將恢復當前頁設置到默認值。其他頁面的設置將不被修改。<b r/>為了恢復其他頁面上的設置到默認值，你需要在每個頁面上都使用該按鈕。 + + + Mumble Configuration Mumble 配置 - Tab 1 - 標簽 1 + 標簽 1 + + + + + Advanced + ConnectDialog - + Connecting to %1 正在連接到 %1 - + Enter username 輸入用戶名 - + Unknown 未知 - + Mumble - + Failed to fetch server list 無法獲取服務器列表 - - + + New 新建 - + -Unnamed entry- -未命名條目- - - + + Add 添加 - + Update 更新 - + Mumble Server Connect Mumble 服務器連接 - + &Custom Servers &自定義服務器 - + &Label &標簽 - + A&ddress &地址 - + &Port &端口 - + &Username &用戶名 - + &Password &密碼 - - + &Connect &連接 - + &Cancel &取消 - + &Add &添加 - + &Remove &刪除 - + Server &Browser 服務器&瀏覽器 - + Label 標簽 - + Address 地址 - + URL 網址 - + Cancel 取消 - + C&opy to custom &拷貝到自定義 - + &View Webpage &查看主頁 + + CoreAudioSystem + + + Default Device + + + DXAudioInput - + Default DirectSound Voice Input 默認 DirectSound 語音輸入 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input device failed. No microphone capture will be done. 不能打開所選 DirectSound 輸入設備。不能捕捉麥克風。 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Input failed. Default device will be used. 不能打開所選 DirectSound 輸入。將使用默認設備。 - + Lost DirectSound input device. 丟失 DirectSound 輸入設備。 @@ -2179,22 +2209,22 @@ DXAudioOutput - + Default DirectSound Voice Output 默認 DirectSound 語音輸出 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. Default device will be used. 不能打開所選 DirectSound 輸出。將使用默認設備。 - + Lost DirectSound output device. 丟失 DirectSound 輸出設備。 - + Opening chosen DirectSound Output failed. No audio will be heard. 不能打開所選 DirectSound 輸出。將聽不到音頻。 @@ -2202,12 +2232,12 @@ Database - + Mumble - + Mumble failed to initialize a database in any of the possible locations. Mumble 無法在任何可能的位置里初始化數據庫. @@ -2216,57 +2246,57 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcut - + Shortcuts 快捷鍵 - + List of configured shortcuts 配置好的快捷鍵列表 - + Function 功能 - + Shortcut 快捷鍵 - + Suppress 禁止 - + Add new shortcut 添加新快捷鍵 - + This will add a new global shortcut 這將添加一個新的全局快捷鍵 - + &Add &添加 - + Remove selected shortcut 移除所選快捷鍵 - + This will permanently remove a selected shortcut. 這將永久性的刪除所選快捷鍵。 - + &Remove &刪除 @@ -2274,27 +2304,27 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutConfig - + Shortcuts 快捷鍵 - + Shortcut button combination. 快捷鍵按鈕組合. - + <b>This is the global shortcut key combination.</b><br />Double-click this field and then the desired key/button combo to rebind. <b>這是全局快捷鍵組合。</b><br />雙擊該區域然后綁定想要的按鍵/按鈕組合。 - + Suppress keys from other applications 禁止其他應用程序使用的按鍵 - + <b>This hides the button presses from other applications.</b><br />Enabling this will hide the button (or the last button of a multi-button combo) from other applications. Note that not all buttons can be suppressed. <b>向其他應用程序隱藏這些按鍵。</b><br/>允許該選項將向其他應用程序隱藏指定按鍵（或者組合按鍵的最后一個按鍵）。注意并不是所有按鍵都能被禁用。 @@ -2302,7 +2332,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutMacInit - + Mumble has detected that it is unable to receive Global Shortcut events when it is in the background.<br /><br />This is because the Universal Access feature called 'Enable access for assistive devices' is currently disabled.<br /><br />Please <a href=" ">enable this setting</a> and continue when done. Mumble 檢測到當它位于后台時它不能接收到全局快捷鍵事件。<br /><br />這是因為被稱為‘允許輔助設備的使用’的輔助使用功能當前被禁用。<br /><br />請<a href=" ">啟用該選項</a>然后繼續。 @@ -2310,7 +2340,7 @@ of the possible locations. GlobalShortcutX - + Mouse %1 鼠標 %1 @@ -2318,7 +2348,7 @@ of the possible locations. LCD - + Not connected 未連接 @@ -2326,32 +2356,32 @@ of the possible locations. LCDConfig - + Graphic 圖形 - + Character 字符 - + Enable this device 啟用該設備 - + LCD - + Form 表單 - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -2383,42 +2413,42 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - + Devices 設備 - + Name 名稱 - + Type 類型 - + Size 大小 - + Enabled 已啟用 - + Views 視圖 - + Minimum Column Width 最小列寬 - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -2431,18 +2461,17 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } - - + TextLabel 文本標簽 - + Splitter Width 分割線寬度 - + <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd"> <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css"> p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } @@ -2454,245 +2483,228 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Log - Debug - 調試 + 調試 - Critical - 緊急 + 緊急 - Warning - 警告 + 警告 - Information - 信息 + 信息 - Server Connected - 服務器已連接 + 服務器已連接 - Server Disconnected - 服務器已斷開連接 + 服務器已斷開連接 - Player Joined Server - 玩家加入服務器 + 玩家加入服務器 - Player Left Server - 玩家離開服務器 + 玩家離開服務器 - Player kicked (you or by you) - 玩家踢出你（或被你踢出） + 玩家踢出你（或被你踢出） - Player kicked - 玩家被踢出 + 玩家被踢出 - You self-muted/deafened - 你自我靜音/耳聾 + 你自我靜音/耳聾 - Other self-muted/deafened - 其他人自我靜音/耳聾 + 其他人自我靜音/耳聾 - Player muted (you) - 玩家對你靜音 + 玩家對你靜音 - Player muted (by you) - 玩家被你靜音 + 玩家被你靜音 - Player muted (other) - 玩家靜音其他人 + 玩家靜音其他人 - Player Joined Channel - 玩家加入頻道 + 玩家加入頻道 - Player Left Channel - 玩家離開頻道 + 玩家離開頻道 - Permission Denied - 沒有權限 + 沒有權限 - Text Message - 文本消息 + 文本消息 - Script Errors - 腳本錯誤 + 腳本錯誤 LogConfig - + Toggle console for %1 events 為 %1 事件啟用控制台 - + Toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events 為 %1 事件啟用彈出窗口通知 - + Toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events 為%1事件啟用文本語音轉換 - + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events 點擊這里為 %1 事件啟用聲音通知 - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change 在 %1 事件發生時用于聲音通知的聲音文件的路徑<br />單擊播放<br/>雙擊更改 - + Click here to toggle console output for %1 events.<br />If checked, this option makes Mumble output all %1 events in its message log. 點擊這里為 %1 事件啟用控制台輸出。<br />如果選中，該選項使 Mumble 輸出所有 %1 事件到它的消息日志中。 - - Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. - 點擊這里為 %1 事件啟用彈出窗口通知。<br />如果選中， Mumble 將為每個 %1 事件創建一個彈出窗口。 + + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by Mumble for every %1 event. + Click here to toggle pop-up notifications for %1 events.<br />If checked, a notification pop-up will be created by mumble for every %1 event. + 點擊這里為 %1 事件啟用彈出窗口通知。<br />如果選中， Mumble 將為每個 %1 事件創建一個彈出窗口。 - - Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. - 點擊這里為 %1 事件啟用文本語音轉換.<br />如果選中， Mumble 會使用文本語音轉化將 %1 事件大聲的讀出來給你聽。當聲音文件無效時，文本語音轉換也能讀取事件內容。文本語音轉化和聲音文件不能同時使用。 + + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. + Click here to toggle Text-To-Speech for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses Text-To-Speech to read %1 events out loud to you. Text-To-Speech is also able to read the contents of the event which is not true for soundfiles. Text-To-Speech and soundfiles cannot be used at the same time. + 點擊這里為 %1 事件啟用文本語音轉換.<br />如果選中， Mumble 會使用文本語音轉化將 %1 事件大聲的讀出來給你聽。當聲音文件無效時，文本語音轉換也能讀取事件內容。文本語音轉化和聲音文件不能同時使用。 - - Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. - 點擊這里為 %1 事件啟用聲音通知。<br />如果選中， Mumble 會使用一個你預先定義的聲音文件來標示 %1 事件。聲音文件和文本語音轉換不能同時被使用。 + + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, Mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. + Click here to toggle sound notification for %1 events.<br />If checked, mumble uses a soundfile predefined by you to indicate %1 events. Soundfiles and Text-To-Speech cannot be used at the same time. + 點擊這里為 %1 事件啟用聲音通知。<br />如果選中， Mumble 會使用一個你預先定義的聲音文件來標示 %1 事件。聲音文件和文本語音轉換不能同時被使用。 - + Path to soundfile used for sound notifications in the case of %1 events.<br />Single click to play<br />Doubleclick to change<br />Be sure that sound notifications for these events are enabled or this field will not have any effect. 在 %1 事件發生時用于聲音通知的聲音文件的路徑。<br />單擊播放<br />雙擊更換<br />請確認這些事件的聲音通知被啟用，否則這個字段將沒有任何效果。 - + Choose sound file 選擇聲音文件 - + Invalid sound file 無效聲音文件 - + The file '%1' does not exist or is not a valid speex file. 文件 ‘%1’ 不存在或者不是一個有效的語音編碼文件。 - + Messages 消息 - + Message 消息 - + Console 控制台 - + Notification 通知 - + Text-To-Speech 文本語音轉換 - + Soundfile 聲音文件 - + Path 路徑 - + Text To Speech 文本語音轉換 - + Volume 音量 - + Volume of Text-To-Speech Engine 文本語音轉換引擎的音量 - + <b>This is the volume used for the speech synthesis.</b> <b>這是用于語音合成的音量。</b> - + Length threshold 長度閾值 - + Message length threshold for Text-To-Speech Engine 用于文本語音轉換的消息長度閾值 - + <b>This is the length threshold used for the Text-To-Speech Engine.</b><br />Messages longer than this limit will not be read aloud in their full length. <b>這是用于文本語音轉換引擎的消息長度閾值。</b><br />消息長于此值時將不會被全部讀出來。 - + Characters 字符 @@ -2700,214 +2712,210 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } LookConfig - - + + System default 系統默認 - + None 無 - + Only with players 僅當有玩家時 - + All 所有 - + Ask 詢問 - + Do Nothing 無動作 - + Move 移動 - + User Interface 用戶界面 - + Choose skin file 選擇皮膚文件 - + Form 表單 - - + Language 語言 - + Language to use (requires restart) 使用的語言（需要重啟） - + <b>This sets which language Mumble should use.</b><br />You have to restart Mumble to use the new language. <b>設置 Mumble 使用哪種語言。</b><br />你需要重啟 Mumble 來使用新語言。 - + Look and Feel 外觀 - + Style 風格 - + Basic widget style 基本窗口風格 - + <b>This sets the basic look and feel to use.</b> <b>設置使用基本外觀。</b> - + Skin 皮膚 - + Skin file to use 使用的皮膚文件 - + <b>This sets which skin Mumble should use.</b><br />The skin is a style file applied on top of the basic widget style. If there are icons in the same directory as the style sheet, those will replace the default icons. <b>設置 Mumble 應該使用哪個皮膚文件。</b><br/>皮膚是一個應用在基本窗口風格上的風格文件。如果在與風格相同的目錄里有圖標，目錄中的圖標將替換默認圖標。 - + ... - + Expand 展開 - + When to automatically expand channels 什么時候自動展開頻道 - + This sets which channels to automatically expand. <i>None</i> and <i>All</i> will expand no or all channels, while <i>Only with players</i> will expand and collapse channels as players join and leave them. 設置哪些頻道將自動展開。<i>無</i>和<i>所有</i>將展開零個或所有頻道，而<i>僅當有玩家時<i>將在玩家加入和離開時自動展開和折疊頻道。 - + List players above subchannels (requires restart). 在子頻道之上列出玩家（需要重啟）。 - + <b>If set, players will be shown above subchannels in the channel view.</b><br />A restart of Mumble is required to see the change. <b>如果選中，玩家將被顯示在子頻道之上.</b><br/>需要重啟 Mumble 來使改變生效。 - + Players above Channels 玩家位于頻道之上 - + Channel Dragging 頻道拖動 - + This changes the behaviour when moving channels. 改變當移動頻道時的行為。 - + This sets the behaviour of channel drags, it can be used to prevent accidental dragging. <i>Move Channel</i> moves the channel without prompting. <i>Do Nothing</i> does nothing and prints an error message. <i>Ask</i> uses a message box to confirm if you really wanted to move the channel. 設置頻道拖動時的行為，能被用來防止意外的拖動。<i>移動頻道</i>將在移動頻道時不做提示.<i>無動作</i>將在試圖移動頻道時顯示一個出錯信息。<i>詢問</i>使用一個消息框來確認你是真的想移動一個頻道。 - + Ask whether to close or minimize when quitting Mumble. 詢問退出 Mumble 時是關閉還是最小化。 - + <b>If set, will verify you want to quit if connected.<b> <b>如果選中，當你連接到服務器時將驗証你是否想退出.</b> - + Ask on quit while connected 當你連接到服務器時詢問是否退出 - + Make the Mumble window appear on top of other windows. 使 Mumble 窗口位于其他窗口之上. - + <b>This makes the Mumble window a topmost window.</b> <b>這將使 Mumble 窗口成為最上面的窗口。</b> - + Always On Top 總在最上 - + <b>If set, minimizing the Mumble main window will cause it to be hidden and accessible only from the tray. Otherwise, it will be minimized as a window normally would.</b> <b>如果選中，最小化 Mumble 主窗口時將使得它被隱藏到系統托盤。否則，它將會像通常一樣被最小化。</b> - + Hide in tray when minimized 最小化時隱藏到系統托盤 - Show all configuration items - 顯示所有配置選項 + 顯示所有配置選項 - <b>This will show all configuration items.</b><br />Mumble contains a lot of configuration items that most users won't need to change. Checking this will show all configurable items. - <b>顯示所有配置選項.</b><br/> Mumble 包含許多大多數用戶不需要改變的選項。選中該選項將顯示所有可配置選項。 + <b>顯示所有配置選項.</b><br/> Mumble 包含許多大多數用戶不需要改變的選項。選中該選項將顯示所有可配置選項。 - Expert Config - 專家配置選項 + 專家配置選項 - + Hide the main Mumble window in the tray when it is minimized. 當最小化時，隱藏 Mumble 主窗口到系統托盤。 @@ -2915,1211 +2923,1209 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } MainWindow - - + + Root 根 - + Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut 按鍵通話 - + Push and hold this button to send voice. Global Shortcut 按住該按鈕來發送語音。 - + This configures the push-to-talk button, and as long as you hold this button down, you will transmit voice. Global Shortcut 配置按鍵發音按鍵，只要你按住該按鍵，語音將被傳送。 - + Reset Audio Processor Global Shortcut 重置音頻處理器 - + Toggle Mute Self Global Shortcut 切換自我靜音 - + Toggle self-mute status. Global Shortcut 切換自我靜音狀態。 - + This will toggle your muted status. If you toggle this off, you will also disable self-deafen. Global Shortcut 該選項將切換自我靜音狀態。如果你關閉靜音狀態，將同時關閉自我耳聾狀態。 - + Toggle Deafen Self Global Shortcut 切換自我耳聾 - + Toggle self-deafen status. Global Shortcut 切換自我耳聾狀態。 - + This will toggle your deafen status. If you toggle this on, you will also enable self-mute. Global Shortcut 該選項切換自我耳聾狀態。如果打開此選項，將同時啟用自我禁音。 - + Unlink Plugin Global Shortcut 卸載插件 - + Force Center Position Global Shortcut 強制居中 - + Chan Parent Global Shortcut 父頻道 - + Chan Sub#%1 Global Shortcut 子頻道#%1 - + Chan All Subs Global Shortcut 所有子頻道 - + Push-to-Mute Global Shortcut 按鍵禁音 - + Join Channel Global Shortcut 加入頻道 - + Toggle Overlay Global Shortcut 切換 Overlay - + Toggle state of in-game overlay. Global Shortcut 切換游戲中的 overlay 狀態。 - + This will switch the states of the ingame overlay between showing everybody, just the players who are talking, and nobody. Global Shortcut 在顯示所有人，只有發言的玩家和不顯示任何人之間切換游戲中的 overlay 狀態。 - + Alt Push-to-Talk Global Shortcut 交替按鍵通話 - + Toggle Minimal Global Shortcut 切換最小化 - + Volume Up (+10%) Global Shortcut 增大音量（+10%） - + Volume Down (-10%) Global Shortcut 減小音量（-10%） - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + Mumble - + Mumble -- %1 - + &Window &窗口 - - + + Minimize 最小化 - + Ctrl+M - + Close 關閉 - + Mumble is currently connected to a server. Do you want to Close or Minimize it? Mumble 現在連接到了一個服務器。你想要關閉還是最小化它？ - + Clear 清除 - + Opening URL %1 打開網址 %1 - + URL scheme is not 'mumble' 'Mumble' 不支持的網址方案 - + Connecting to %1 正在連接到 %1 - + Enter username 輸入用戶名 - + Reconnecting. 正在重新連接中。 - + <h2>Control channel</h2><p>Encrypted with %1 bit %2<br />%3 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> <h2>控制信道</h2><p>使用 %1 比特 %2 加密<br />平均延遲 %3 毫秒（%4 方差）</p> - + Voice channel is sent over control channel. 語音頻道通過控制信道發送。 - + <h2>Voice channel</h2><p>Encrypted with 128 bit OCB-AES128<br />%1 ms average latency (%4 variance)</p> <h2>語音頻道</h2><p>使用 128 比特 OCB-AES128 加密<br/>%1 毫秒延遲（%4 方差）</p> - + UDP Statistics UDP 統計 - + To Server 到服務器 - + From Server 來至服務器 - + Good 良好 - + Late 遲到 - + Lost 丟失 - + Resync 重新同步 - + <h2>Audio bandwidth</h2><p>Maximum %1 kbit/s<br />Current %2 kbit/s (Quality %3)</p> <h2>音頻帶寬</h2><p>最大 %1千比特/秒<br />當前 %2 千比特/秒 （質量 %3）</p> - + Mumble Server Information Mumble 服務器信息 - - + + &View Certificate &查看認証 - + Kicking player %1 踢出玩家 %1 - - + + Enter reason 輸入原因 - + Banning player %1 封禁玩家 %1 - + Sending message to %1 發送消息給 %1 - - + + To %1: %2 發送給 %1: %2 - - + + Message to %1 發送消息給 %1 - - + + Channel Name 頻道名 - + Are you sure you want to delete %1 and all its sub-channels? 你確信要刪除 %1和它的子頻道嗎？ - + Change description of channel %1 改變頻道 %1的描敘 - + Sending message to channel %1 發送消息給頻道 %1 - + Sending message to channel tree %1 發送消息給頻道樹 %1 - + To tree %1: %2 發送給樹 %1: %2 - + Message to tree %1 發送消息給樹 %1 - + Unmuted and undeafened. 解除靜音并解除耳聾。 - + Unmuted. 解除靜音。 - + Muted. 靜音。 - + Muted and deafened. 禁音和耳聾. - + Deafened. 耳聾. - + Undeafened. 解除耳聾。 - + About Qt 關于 Qt - + Joining %1. 加入 %1. - + Connected to server %1. 已連接到服務器 %1. - + SSL Verification failed: %1 SSL 認証失敗: %1 - + <b>WARNING:</b> The server presented a certificate that was different from the stored one. <b>警告:</b>服務器提供的認証與保存的認証不同。 - + Sever presented a certificate which failed verification. 服務器提供的認証認証失敗。 - + <p>%1.<br />The specific errors with this certificate are: </p><ol>%2</ol><p>Do you wish to accept this certificate anyway?<br />(It will also be stored so you won't be asked this again.)</p> <p>%1.<br /> 認証中的錯誤是：</p><ol>%2</ol><p>你希望接受認証嗎？<br />（認証將被保存從而你不會被再次索要認証。）</p> - + Server connection failed: %1. 連接服務器失敗: %1. - + Disconnected from server. 與服務器斷開連接. - + Invalid username 無效用戶名 - + You connected with an invalid username, please try another one. 你使用一個無效的用戶名連接，請嘗試別外一個。 - + That username is already in use, please try another username. 用戶名已經被使用，請使用另外一個用戶名。 - + Wrong password 密碼錯誤 - + Wrong password for registered users, please try again. 注冊用戶密碼錯誤，請重試。 - + Wrong server password for unregistered user account, please try again. 未注冊用戶的服務器密碼錯誤，請重試。 - + &Server &服務器 - + &Player &玩家 - + &Channel &頻道 - + &Audio &音頻 - + C&onfigure &配置 - + &Help &幫助 - + Log 日志 - + This shows all recent activity. Connecting to servers, errors and information messages all show up here.<br />To configure exactly which messages show up here, use the <b>Settings</b> command from the menu. 這里顯示所有最近的活動。正在連接到服務器，錯誤和通知消息都將在這里顯示。<br />要准確配置什么消息將被顯示在這里，請從菜單中使用<b>設置</b>命令。 - + &Quit Mumble &退出 Mumble - + Closes the program 關閉程序 - + Exits the application. 退出應用程序。 - + Ctrl+Q - + &Connect &連接 - + Open the server connection dialog 打開服務器連接對話框 - + Shows a dialog of registered servers, and also allows quick connect. 顯示一個已注冊服務器的對話框，并允許快速連接。 - + &Disconnect &斷開 - + Disconnect from server 從服務器斷開連接 - + Disconnects you from the server. 使你從服務器斷開連接。 - + &Ban lists &黑名單 - + Edit ban lists on server 編輯服務器上的黑名單 - + This lets you edit the server-side IP ban lists. 這讓你編輯服務器端的網址黑名單。 - + &Information &信息 - + Show information about the server connection 顯示服務器連接信息 - + This will show extended information about the connection to the server. 顯示服務器連接的擴展信息. - + &Kick &踢出 - + Kick player (with reason) 踢出玩家（理由） - + Kick selected player off server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. 從服務器踢出所選玩家。你將被要求指定一個原因。 - + &Mute &靜音 - + Mute player 靜音玩家 - + Mute or unmute player on server. Unmuting a deafened player will also undeafen them. 在服務器上對玩家靜音或取消靜音。取消靜音一個耳聾的玩家將同時對他取消耳聾。 - + &Ban &封禁 - + Kick and ban player (with reason) 踢出并封禁玩家（理由） - + Kick and ban selected player from server. You'll be asked to specify a reason. 從服務器踢出并封禁所選玩家。你將被要求指定一個原因。 - + &Deafen &耳聾 - + Deafen player 耳聾玩家 - + Deafen or undeafen player on server. Deafening a player will also mute them. 在服務器上使玩家耳聾或取消耳聾。耳聾一個玩家將同時對他靜音。 - + &Local Mute &本地靜音 - + Mute player locally 本地對玩家靜音 - + Mute or unmute player locally. Use this on other players in the same room. 本地對玩家靜音或者取消靜音. 對相同房間的其他玩家使用該選項。 - - + Send Messa&ge 發送&消息 - - + Send a Text Message 發送一條文本消息 - + Sends a text message to another user. 向另一個用戶發送一條文本消息。 - + &Add &添加 - + Add new channel 添加一個新頻道 - + This adds a new sub-channel to the currently selected channel. 在當前所選頻道內添加一個子頻道。 - + &Remove &刪除 - + Remove channel 刪除頻道 - + This removes a channel and all sub-channels. 刪除一個頻道及其所有子頻道。 - + &Edit ACL &編輯 訪問控制列表 - + Edit Groups and ACL for channel 為頻道編輯群和訪問控制列表 - + This opens the Group and ACL dialog for the channel, to control permissions. 打開頻道的群和訪問控制列表對話框，來控制頻道的訪問權限。 - + &Rename &重命名 - + Renames the channel 重命名頻道 - + This renames a channel. 重命名一個頻道。 - + &Change Description &修改描敘 - + Changes the channel description 修改頻道描敘 - + This changes the description of a channel. 修改一個頻道的描敘。 - + &Link &鏈接 - + Link your channel to another channel 鏈接你的頻道和另一個頻道 - + This links your current channel to the selected channel. If they have permission to speak in the other channel, players can now hear each other. This is a permanent link, and will last until manually unlinked or the server is restarted. Please see the shortcuts for push-to-link. 鏈接你的當前頻道和所選頻道。如果他們有權限在對方頻道講話，玩家現在能聽到彼此的聲音。這是個永久性的鏈接，直到手動取消鏈接或者服務器重啟。請查看按鍵鏈接快捷鍵。 - + &Unlink Channel &取消鏈接 - + Unlink your channel from another channel 取消你的頻道和另一個頻道之間的鏈接 - + This unlinks your current channel from the selected channel. 取消你的當前頻道和所選頻道之間的鏈接。 - + Unlink &All 取消&所有鏈接 - + Unlinks your channel from all linked channels. 取消你的頻道和所有已鏈接頻道之間的鏈接。 - + This unlinks your current channel (not the selected one) from all linked channels. 取消你的當前頻道（非所選頻道）和所有已鏈接的頻道之間的鏈接。 - + &Reset &重置 - + Reset audio preprocessor 重置音頻預處理器 - + This will reset the audio preprocessor, including noise cancellation, automatic gain and voice activity detection. If something suddenly worsens the audio environment (like dropping the microphone) and it was temporary, use this to avoid having to wait for the preprocessor to readjust. 該選項將重置音頻預處理器，包含噪音消除，自動獲取和語音活動檢測。如果音頻環境突然變的惡劣（比如掉麥）并且是暫時的，使用該選項來避免等待預處理器自我調節。 - + &Mute Self &靜音自己 - + Mute yourself 自我靜音 - + Mute or unmute yourself. When muted, you will not send any data to the server. Unmuting while deafened will also undeafen. 對自己靜音或取消靜音。當靜音時，你將不會發送數據到服務器。當耳聾時取消靜音將同時取消耳聾。 - + &Deafen Self &耳聾自己 - + Deafen yourself 自我耳聾 - + Deafen or undeafen yourself. When deafened, you will not hear anything. Deafening yourself will also mute. 使自己耳聾或取消耳聾。當耳聾時，你將聽不到聲音。耳聾自己將同時靜音自己。 - + &Text-To-Speech &文本語音轉換 - + Toggle Text-To-Speech 切換文本語音轉換 - + Enable or disable the text-to-speech engine. Only messages enabled for TTS in the Configuration dialog will actually be spoken. 啟用或禁用文本語音轉換引擎。只有在配置對話框里被啟用了文本語音轉換的消息才會被讀出來。 - + S&tatistics &統計 - + Display audio statistics 顯示音頻統計 - + Pops up a small dialog with information about your current audio input. 彈出一個關于你當前音頻輸入信息的對話框。 - + &Unlink Plugin &卸載 - + Forcibly unlink plugin 強行卸載插件 - + This forces the current plugin to unlink, which is handy if it is reading completely wrong data. 強行卸載當前插件，當插件讀取的數據完全錯誤時相當有用。 - + &Settings &設置 - + Configure Mumble 配置 Mumble - + Allows you to change most settings for Mumble. 允許你改變 Mumble 的大多數設置。 - + &Audio Wizard &音頻精靈 - + Start the audio configuration wizard 啟動音頻配置精靈 - + This will guide you through the process of configuring your audio hardware. 這將引導你進入配置你的音頻硬件的流程。 - + &What's This? &這是什么? - + Enter What's This? mode 進入 這是什么? 模式 - + Click this to enter "What's This?" mode. Your cursor will turn into a question mark. Click on any button, menu choice or area to show a description of what it is. 點擊進入"這是什么?"模式。你的鼠標指針將變成一個問號。點擊任意按鈕，菜單或區域來顯示它是什么的描敘。 - + &About &關于 - + Information about Mumble Mumble 的相關信息 - + Shows a small dialog with information and license for Mumble. 顯示一個 Mumble 相關信息和許可的對話框。 - + About &Speex 關于 &Speex - + Information about Speex Speex 的相關信息 - + Shows a small dialog with information about Speex. 顯示一個 Speex 相關信息的小對話框。 - + About &Qt 關于 &Qt - + Information about Qt Qt 相關信息 - + Shows a small dialog with information about Qt. 顯示一個 Qt 相關信息的小對話框。 - + Check for &Updates 檢測&更新 - + Check for new version of Mumble 檢測 Mumble 的新版本 - + Connects to the Mumble webpage to check if a new version is available, and notifies you with an appropriate download URL if this is the case. 連接到 Mumble 主頁來檢測是否有新版本可用，如果有新版本可用將通知你下載。 - + Sends a text message to all users in a channel. 向頻道內所有用戶發送文本信息。 - + Send &Tree Message 發送信息到頻道&樹 - + Send message to channel tree. 向頻道樹發送信息. - + This sends a text message to a channel and it's subchannels. 向一個頻道及其所有子頻道發送文本消息。 - + &Minimal View &簡化窗口 - + Toggle minimal window modes 啟用簡化窗口模式 - + This will toggle minimal mode, where the log window and menu is hidden. 這將啟用簡化窗口模式，該模式將隱藏日志窗口和菜單。 - + Joined server: %1. 加入服務器: %1. - + Left server: %1. 離開服務器: %1. - + %1 is now muted and deafened. %1 現在被靜音和耳聾. - + %1 is now muted. %1 現在被靜音。 - + %1 is now unmuted. %1 現在被取消靜音。 - - + + server 服務器 - + You were muted by %1. 你被 %1 靜音。 - + You were unmuted by %1. 你被 %1 取消靜音。 - + %1 muted by %2. %1 被 %2 靜音。 - + %1 unmuted by %2. %1 被 %2 取消靜音。 - + You were deafened by %1. 你被 %1 耳聾。 - + You were undeafened by %1. 你被 %1 取消耳聾。 - + %1 deafened by %2. %1 被 %2 耳聾。 - + %1 undeafened by %2. %1 被 %2 取消耳聾。 - + You were kicked from the server by %1: %2. 你被 %1 從服務器踢出: %2。 - + %3 was kicked from the server by %1: %2. %3 被 %1 從服務器踢出: %2。 - + You were kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. 你被 %1 從服務器踢出并封禁: %2。 - + %3 was kicked and banned from the server by %1: %2. %3 被 %1 從服務器踢出并封禁: %2。 - + You were moved to %1 by %2. 你被從 %1 移動到 %2。 - + %1 left channel. %1 離開頻道。 - + %1 moved out by %2 to %3. %1 被 %2 移動到 %3。 - + %1 moved in by %2 from %3. %1 被 %2 從 %3 移入。 - + %1 entered channel. %1 進入頻道。 - + Server connection rejected: %1. 服務器拒絕連接: %1。 - + Denied: %1. 拒絕: %1。 - + Server maximum bandwidth is only %1 kbit/s. Quality auto-adjusted. 服務器最大帶寬是 %1 千比特/秒。自動調整質量。 - + From %1: %2 發送自 %1: %2 - + Message from %1 來至 %1 的消息 - + You have Channel Dragging set to "Do Nothing" so the channel wasn't moved. 你設置頻道拖動為“無動作"因此頻道沒有被移動。 - + Unknown Channel Drag mode in PlayerModel::dropMimeData. 未知的頻道拖動模式 PlayerModel::dropMimeData。 - + Welcome to Mumble. 歡迎來到 Mumble。 - + This is the first time you're starting Mumble.<br />Would you like to go through the Audio Wizard to configure your soundcard? 這是你第一次啟動 Mumble.<br />你想用音頻精靈配置聲卡嗎？ - + Server message from 服務器 - + Hide Frame 隱藏邊框 - + Toggle showing frame on minimal window 在簡化窗口模式下切換邊框顯示 - + This will toggle whether the minimal window should have a frame for moving and resizing. 該選項切換簡化窗口是否有個用來移動和改變大小的邊框。 @@ -4127,169 +4133,169 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } NetworkConfig - + Network 網絡 - + Form 表單 - + Connection 連接 - + Use TCP compatibility mode Use TCP compatability mode 使用 TCP 兼容模式 - + <b>Enable TCP compatibility mode</b>.<br />This will make Mumble use only TCP when communicating with the server. This will increase overhead and cause lost packets to produce noticeable pauses in communication, so this should only be used if you are unable to use the default (which uses UDP for voice and TCP for control). <b>啟用 TCP 兼容模式</b>。<br/>這將使 Mumble 與服務器通信時只使用 TCP。這將增加系統開銷并導致丟包從而使通信時出現明顯的暫停，因此只有在你不能使用默認模式時使用它（默認模式使用 UDP 來傳輸語音，TCP 來控制）。 - + Use TCP mode 使用 TCP 模式 - + Reconnect when disconnected 連接斷開后重新連接 - + <b>Reconnect when disconnected</b>.<br />This will make Mumble try to automatically reconnect after 10 seconds if your server connection fails. <b>連接斷開后重新連接</b>。<br/>這將使 Mumble 在與服務器的連接斷開 10秒后自動重新連接。 - + Reconnect automatically 自動重新連接 - + Proxy 代理 - + Type 類型 - + Type of proxy to connect through 連接通過的代理類型 - + <b>Type of proxy to connect through</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatibility mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>Type of proxy to connect through</b><br />This makes Mumble connect through a proxy for all outgoing connections. Note: Proxy tunneling forces Mumble into TCP compatability mode, causing all voice data to be sent via the control channel. <b>連接通過的代理類型</b><br/>這使 Mumble 通過代理來連接到所有出外的連接。注意: 代理隧道封裝會迫使 Mumble 進入 TCP 兼容模式，導致所有語音數據都通過控制信道發送。 - + Direct connection 直接連接 - + HTTP(S) proxy HTTP(S) 代理 - + SOCKS5 proxy SOCKS5 代理 - + Hostname 主機名 - + Hostname of the proxy 代理主機名 - + <b>Hostname of the proxy.<b><br />This field specifies the hostname of the proxy you wish to tunnel network traffic through. <b>代理主機名。</b><br />該字段指定你希望用來穿隧傳輸網絡流量的代理主機名。 - + Port 端口 - + Port number of the proxy 代理端口號 - + <b>Port number of the proxy.</b><br />This field specifies the port number that the proxy expects connections on. <b>代理服務器端口號。</b><br/>該字段指定代理服務器使用的端口號。 - + Username 用戶名 - + Username for proxy authentication 用于代理認証的用戶名 - + <b>Username for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the username you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>用于代理認証的用戶名。</b><br />該字段指定用于代理認証的用戶名。如果代理不需要認証，或者你想要使用匿名連接，請將此字段留白。 - + Password 密碼 - + Password for proxy authentication 用于代理認証的密碼 - + <b>Password for proxy authentication.</b><br />This specifies the password you use for authenticating yourself with the proxy. In case the proxy does not use authentication, or you want to connect anonymously, simply leave this field blank. <b>用于代理認証的密碼。</b><br/>該字段指定用于代理認証的密碼。如果代理不需要認証，或者你想要使用匿名連接，請將此字段留白。 - + Mumble services Mumble 服務 - + Check for updates on startup 啟動時檢測更新 - + Submit anonymous statistics to the Mumble project 遞交匿名統計數據給 Mumble 項目 - + <b>Submit anonymous statistics.</b><br />Mumble has a small development team, and as such needs to focus it's development where it's needed most. By submitting a bit of statistics you help the project determine where to focus development. <b>遞交匿名統計數據。</b><br />Mumble 有一個小的開發團隊，并需要專注于開發用戶最想要的功能。通過遞交匿名統計數據你將幫助開發團隊確定重點開發什么。 - + Submit anonymous statistics 遞交匿名統計數據 @@ -4297,12 +4303,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Overlay - + Mumble - + Failed to load overlay library. This means either that: - the library (mumble_ol.dll) wasn't found in the directory you ran Mumble from - you're on an OS earlier than WinXP SP2 @@ -4316,247 +4322,237 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } OverlayConfig - + Show no one 不顯示任何人 - + Show only talking 當發言時顯示 - + Show everyone 顯示所有人 - + Overlay - + Form 表單 - + Options 選項 - + Enable overlay. 啟用 overlay . - + This sets whether the overlay is enabled or not. This setting is only checked with D3D9 applications are started, so make sure Mumble is running and this option is on before you start the application.<br />Please note that if you start the application after starting Mumble, or if you disable the overlay while running, there is no safe way to restart the overlay without also restarting the application. 設置是否啟用 overlay。該設置僅當應用程序已啟動時才會被檢查，因此確保 Mumble 正在運行并且該選項在你啟動應用程序之前已被打開。<br />請注意如果你在啟動 Mumble 后啟動應用程序，或者你在運行時禁用 overlay，重新啟動 overlay 需要重新啟動應用程序。 - + Enable Overlay 啟用 Overlay - + Who to show on the overlay 在 overlay 上顯示誰 - + <b>This sets who to show in the in-game overlay.</b><br />If many people are connected to the same channel, the overlay list might be very long. Use this to shorten it.<br /><i>No one</i> - Don't show anyone (but leave overlay running).<br /><i>Only talking</i> - Only show talking people.<br /><i>Everyone</i> - Show everyone. <b>設置在游戲中的 overlay 內顯示誰。</b><br />如果許多玩家已經連接到同一個頻道，overlay 列表可能會非常長。使用該選項來讓列表變短。<br /><i>無人</i> - 不顯示任何人（但是讓 overlay 運行).<br /><i>僅當用戶發言時</i> - 僅顯示正在發言的人。<br /><i>所有人</i> - 顯示所有人。 - + Always show yourself on overlay. 在 overlay 上總是顯示自己。 - + This sets whether to always show yourself or not. This setting is useful if you aren't showing everyone in the overlay, as then you would only see your own status if you were talking, which wouldn't let you see that you were deafened or muted. 設置是否總是顯示自己。該選項只有當你不在 overlay 中顯示所有人時才有用，你在講話時只能看到自己的狀態，你將看不到自己被禁音或耳聾。 - + Always Show Self 總是顯示自己 - + Show User custom textures instead of text on the overlay. 在 overlay 上顯示用戶自定義紋理而不是文本。 - + This sets whether to download and use custom textures for registered users. If disabled, the regular outline text will be used instead. 設置是否讓注冊用戶下載并使用自定義紋理。如果禁用該選項，常規邊框文字將被使用。 - + Show User Textures 顯示用戶紋理 - + Position 位置 - + Let overlay grow upwards 讓 overlay 往上增長 - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow upwards if needed. Overlay 試著保持足夠小并固定在你選定的位置上。該選項允許 overlay 在需要時往上增長。 - + Grow Up 往上增長 - + Y-Position of Overlay Overlay 的 Y-坐標 - + This sets the relative Y position of the overlay. 設置 overlay 的相對 Y 坐標。 - + Let overlay grow to the left 讓 overlay 往左增長 - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the left if needed. Overlay 試著保持足夠小并固定在你選定的位置上。該選項允許 overlay 在需要時往左增長。 - + Grow Left 往左增長 - + Let overlay grow to the right 讓 overlay 往右增長 - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow to the right if needed. Overlay 試著保持足夠小并固定在你選定的位置上。該選項允許 overlay 在需要時往右增長。 - + Grow Right 往右增長 - + Let overlay grow downwards 讓 overlay 往下增長 - + The overlay tries to stay as small as possible and at the position you have selected. This allows the overlay to grow downwards if needed. Overlay 試著保持足夠小并固定在你選定的位置上。該選項允許 overlay 在需要時往下增長。 - + Grow Down 往下增長 - + X-Position of Overlay Overlay 的 X-坐標 - + This sets the relative X position of the overlay. 設置 overlay 的相對 X 坐標。 - + Font 字體 - + Current Font 當前字體 - - - - - - - + TextLabel 文本標簽 - + Set Font 設置字體 - + Maximum height 最大高度 - + Maximum height of names. 名字的最大高度. - + This sets the maximum height of names shown, relative to the screen height. If your active 3D window is 800 pixels tall and this is set to 5%, each name will be 40 pixels tall. Note that the names will not be taller than 60 pixels no matter what you set here. 設置顯示的名字的最大高度，相對于屏幕高度來說。如果你的活躍 3D 窗口是 800像素高而該值被設成 5%，每個名字會是 40像素高。注意無論你在這里設置什么值名字都不會高于 60像素. - + Color for players 玩家顏色 - - - - - + Change 更改 - + Color for talking players 正在發言玩家的顏色 - + Color for alt-talking players 試圖發言玩家的顏色 - + Color for Channels 頻道的顏色 - + Color for active Channels 活躍頻道的顏色 @@ -4564,37 +4560,37 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PlayerModel - + This is a player connected to the server. The icon to the left of the player indicates whether or not they are talking:<br /><img src="skin:talking_on.png" /> Talking<br /><img src="skin:talking_off.png" /> Not talking 這是一個連接到服務器的玩家。玩家左邊的圖標顯示他是否在講話。<br /><img src="skin:talking_on.png" />發言中<br /><img src="skin:talking_off.png" /> 沉默中 - + This is a channel on the server. Only players in the same channel can hear each other. 這是服務器上的一個頻道。只有同一頻道的玩家能聽到彼此的聲音。 - + This shows the flags the player has on the server, if any:<br /><img src="skin:authenticated.png" />Authenticated user<br /><img src="skin:muted_self.png" />Muted (by self)<br /><img src="skin:muted_server.png" />Muted (by admin)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_self.png" />Deafened (by self)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_server.png" />Deafened (by admin)<br />A player muted by himself is probably just away, talking on the phone or something like that.<br />A player muted by an admin is probably also just away, and the noise the player is making was annoying enough that an admin muted him. 顯示該玩家在服務器上的標志:<br /><img src="skin:authenticated.png" />已認証的用戶<br /><img src="skin:muted_self.png" />靜音(被自己)<br /><img src="skin:muted_server.png" />靜音(被管理員)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_self.png" />耳聾 (被自己)<br /><img src="skin:deafened_server.png" />耳聾 (被管理員)<br />玩家被自己禁音有可能是他處于離開狀態，比如在接電話。<br />玩家被管理員禁音也有可能是他處于離開狀態，但是他發出了讓管理員惱怒到禁音他的噪音。 - + Name 名字 - + Flags 標志 - + Mumble - + Are you sure you want to drag this channel? 你確信要拖動這個頻道嗎？ @@ -4602,94 +4598,94 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PluginConfig - - + + Plugins 插件 - - + + Mumble - + Plugin has no configure function. 插件沒有配置選項。 - + Plugin has no about function. 插件沒有關于選項. - + Form 表單 - + Options 選項 - + Enable plugins and transmit positional information 啟用插件并傳送位置信息 - + This enables plugins for supported games to fetch your in-game position and transmit that with each voice packet. This enables other players to hear your voice in-game from the direction your character is in relation to their own. 對支持的游戲啟用插件以獲取你在游戲中的位置并在每個語音包中傳送。這將使別的玩家能根據你在游戲中的聲音來判斷你在游戲中相對于他們自己的方位。 - + Link to Game and Transmit Position 鏈接到游戲并傳送位置 - + Reloads all plugins 重載所有插件 - + This rescans and reloads plugins. Use this if you just added or changed a plugin to the plugins directory. 重新掃描和重載插件。當你添加或改變一個插件目錄中的插件時使用該選項。 - + &Reload plugins &重載插件 - + Information about plugin 插件相關信息 - + This shows a small information message about the plugin. 顯示插件相關信息。 - + &About &關于 - + Show configuration page of plugin 顯示插件配置頁面 - + This shows the configuration page of the plugin, if any. 顯示插件配置頁面。 - + &Configure &配置 @@ -4697,12 +4693,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } Plugins - + %1 lost link. %1 的鏈接丟失。 - + %1 linked. %1 已鏈接上。 @@ -4710,7 +4706,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PortAudioSystem - + Default Device 默認設備 @@ -4718,12 +4714,12 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } PulseAudioSystem - + Default Input 默認輸入 - + Default Output 默認輸出 @@ -4731,7 +4727,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutActionWidget - + Unassigned 未分配 @@ -4739,7 +4735,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutDelegate - + Unassigned 未分配 @@ -4747,7 +4743,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ShortcutKeyWidget - + Press Shortcut 輸入快捷鍵 @@ -4755,30 +4751,48 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } TextMessage - Send raw message - 發送原始消息 + 發送原始消息 - Disables html formating - 禁用 html 格式化 + 禁用 html 格式化 - + Message to send 要發送的消息 - + Preview 預覽 + + + Disables html formatting + + + + + Disable text formatting + + + + + This field reflects how the message will look like in the chat. + + + + + <b>Preview</b><br />This field takes the raw string entered above and renders it like it will look like in the log. For example &lt;b&gt;Test&lt;/b&gt; will display as: <b>Test<b>. + + VersionCheck - + Mumble failed to retrieve version information from the SourceForge server. Mumble 無法從 SouceForge 服務器獲取版本信息。 @@ -4786,102 +4800,102 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } ViewCert - + Certificate Chain Details 認証鏈詳細信息 - + Certificate chain 認証鏈 - + %1 %2 - + Certificate details 認証詳細信息 - - + + Common Name: %1 通用名: %1 - - + + Organization: %1 組織: %1 - + Subunit: %1 部門: %1 - - + + Country: %1 國家: %1 - - + + Locality: %1 位置: %1 - - + + State: %1 省(市): %1 - + Valid from: %1 有效期始于: %1 - + Valid to: %1 有效期到: %1 - + Serial: %1 序列號: %1 - + Public Key: %1 bits %2 公開密鑰: %1 比特 %2 - + RSA 非對稱加密算法 - + DSA 數字簽名算法 - + Digest (MD5): %1 - + Issued by: 發布者: - + Unit Name: %1 部門名: %1 @@ -4889,7 +4903,7 @@ p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; } WASAPISystem - + Default Device 默認設備 diff --git a/src/murmur/Meta.cpp b/src/murmur/Meta.cpp index 9387bb73d..64227f8ce 100644 --- a/src/murmur/Meta.cpp +++ b/src/murmur/Meta.cpp @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ bool Meta::boot(int srvnum) { sockets += 11; // Listen sockets, signal pipes etc. sockets += s->iMaxUsers; // One per user } - + struct rlimit r; if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &r) == 0) { if (r.rlim_cur < r.rlim_max) {